Actions

Work Header

Elune's Pebble

Summary:

HP/Warcraft crossover with no knowledge of Warcraft needed. Harry in his 5th year could have used a few friends with actual combat experience. A lot of folks on Azeroth during Cataclysm would have been better off anywhere else. If you think HP cannon needed more Dragons, this is the fic for you! Features HP/HG/? Ship and a Dumbledore who failed his DADA practical on cursed objects.

Chapter 1: Chapter 1: Worlds Bridged or the Dawn of the Desperate Dragons

Chapter Text

Elune's Pebble

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

This is a Harry Potter and World of Warcraft crossover. I've enjoyed both worlds, but both have some… Issues with how they're presented. For content, I think this fic is best described as Adventure/Worldbuilding/A little romance? Eh, we'll see where it goes. Harry's making new friends, and will be going to new places. Early Warcraft peeps are invented characters, but unless I wanted Harry to befriend VIPs and Dragon Aspects by chapter three, that was needed.



As far as magic goes, Ley-lines, Runes as a component of permanent magic, and not all magicals having the exact same potential are in this story. (Harry can handle big stuff like the Patronus, Neville can manage a lot of smaller spells better, and Ron hasn't found what he is really good at yet.) I try to make everything I can make sense. Dragons don't like wearing clothing because it isn't comfortable over their scales, and abstain from armor because no one wants to look like Deathwing. All those Goblin Rebellions? They might not completely be the fault of the mean Wizards not respecting their ‘culture.’



I'm not a fan of bashing stories, but there's a problem with cannon Dumbledore. His actions are inconsistent with what his image is. Others have explained better than I could that he isn't a coherent person as much as he is a plot device. My Albus simply failed his Frostmourne moment to a much less drastic effect. Instead of saying "Yeah Muradin, let's get the hell out of here." Albus said "Oooh, shiny!" It's my attempt to make an inconsistent thing consistent, and hopefully it comes out better than if I'd made him the Dark Lord of lemon drops and spider webs.



This is practice for me, before I enter the realm of original literature, I want to practice playing in someone else's sandbox first. I don't own anything owned by Blizzard or JK.



Thoughtful reviews are super helpful.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Chapter 1: Worlds Bridged or the Dawn of the Desperate Dragons

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    “Tendrion, are you sure this is the only way? You’ve led us well so far, I don’t think I could do half so good a job.” In a cave, dark but for a few torches casting shadows deep below the surface, stood two creatures most would say are straight out of mythology. Reptilian features, quadrupedal, tails tipped with thick blunted spikes, and large wings now folded against their backs marked them as dragons.

 

    Physically they appeared very similar, with just some slight differences in the colors of their scales, and a difference in size that might mark one as being older. In the near darkness, the only thing to be told of their hides was that they bore some dark shade. The air was humid, condensation dripped from the ceiling in places where the stones were cooler than the air, proof of water flowing not far away.

 

    “Ralion, we are out of time, and out of places to run. We are exhausted, our muscles strained, we’re wounded. Caliona needs more help than I can give her. ‘Borrowing’ a priest back in Duskwood backfired spectacularly, though I am proud of you for honoring your word. Your sister survived her wounds, and that mortal may hesitate to harm our kind, once her people realize she’s not part of the Cult. But after looking through Karazhan’s Library, I know our plan wouldn’t work in Outland.

 

    “Here is as good as any other place, better since we’re near a ley-line intersection. I need you to trust me, one more time, my brother in blood and heart.” Finished speaking, the larger dragon just looked at the other, quiet fortitude in his stance.

 

    The smaller dragon looked to the larger, his every appendage drooping for a moment before he reached out with a forelimb and gripped the other’s shoulder. He tried to speak, but nothing came. Instead he simply nodded and let go, hoping everything that needed to be said had been said already.

 

    Both dragons began moving again. Their hunters were never far behind, they had been nipping at their heels for weeks now all across the continent. Time was their enemy.

 

    In the adjacent cavern, a circle was carved into the stone floor, many arcane symbols decorating it and sharp runic script flowing around the outer edge. It was just large enough for the larger dragon to stand in, if he chose to curl his tail. Several torches lit the cavern in a flickering light. Three other dragons lay on the ground, each opened an eye as the two entered. Packs were strewn around and an odd pink sphere lay against the wall; it matched a smaller orb on a bit of chain around Tendrion’s neck, now visible in the greater light. With not much more than a thought, he removed the odd necklace and slipped it over Ralion’s head.

 

    Four of the five dragons bore similar colors, the fifth seemed to be the odd one out with dark orange on his underside, around his talons, on the bony spikes of his tail, the back of his head and the membrane of his wings; elsewhere he was as black as night. His name was Talion. Next to him, Caliona was a very dark blue nearly everywhere, with slight stripes of purple flowing from her face, down her sides and to the tip of her tail; her wing membranes were black near the bones they lead from, fading to dark blues a little further down. On Caliona’s other side rested Vespiona, a creature with dark purple wings, just a few shades lighter than the streak that encompassed her from face to tail, above legs and an underside that was a purple so dark that even in sunlight it often appeared black.

 

    The smaller of the two entering the room was Ralion, and his colors matched Vespiona, his sister. Half again the size of Ralion, Tendrion was a creature painted like a piece of glacial ice: a blue that calls to mind old, deep ice everywhere except where it faded to a lighter shade for the outer third of his wing membrane.

 

    None of the five looked particularly great. Exhaustion had set in, seen in the way they carried themselves, in the way the three reclining feel their eyes drooping shut against their will. Ribs could be seen clearly on each one, reminders of the times they’d been forced to choose between taking time to hunt and surviving another day. Their scales were notched and cracked in places; caked in grime and mud in others, showing none of the healthy gleam that ought to be visible. The blue female on the ground had bandages wrapped around her throat, and something dark was seeping through. (Though given the few and subtle differences between genders it wasn’t easy for without a lot of contact with the dragons to tell the difference.) But when Tendrion stepped forward with a purpose, they gave him their attention, all eyes on him, save the one on the Black drake that had swollen shut.

 

    “This is it my friends. Our best chance is now. I’m going to start the ritual, as soon as a portal opens, use the speak-stones to double check there’s something on the other side. If there is, take the sphere and run for it.” Talion, the black and orange drake started to raise his head to speak, but Tendrion cut him off. “I won’t be coming with you. I don’t know if there was ever a chance for all five of us to get off this rock, but at least I can give you four a chance.”

 

    Taking a deep breath, Tendrion made eye contact with each of them. “Caliona, you have done well at curbing some your worst tendencies. Remember, violence might be needed at times, cruelty is not. Vespiona,” Here, he looked tenderly at the purple female. “you have been a wonderful part of my life, I am thankful for the time we had. Talion, it wasn’t out of pity or selfishness that I took you under my wing. I hope someday you understand why I felt like we were so much alike.”

 

    Taking a deep breath, he turned to his last companion. “Ralion, in all the time we’ve been as brothers, you have given me more hope than you can imagine. So many times I’ve seen you almost understand the truth. All of my lessons you took to heart bolstered me when I had nearly faltered. Lead them well.”

 

    Ignoring the moisture in his eyes, Tendrion stepped forward to examine the circle and hastily added two marks to the Draconic script to the existing runes, two proper nouns etched in his own fresh blood. Turning back, he stepped around to Talion’s side, helping him up, ignoring the wheeze of pain. “The four of you, around the circle at the cardinal points, now. Now matter what happens, no matter what I or any voice you hear say, I need you all to trust me and stay silent. I haven’t brought you this far from the war to let you die now. Keep in the front of your minds this: I will never betray you . I will never let you be harmed if I can help it. You’ve trusted in me so far, just do it this one last time.”

 

    In a moment, the five had walked or been drug to their places. Tendrion cut his forearms anew and filled the outer circle with fresh blood. That done, he grasped every scrap of magic that was his birthright, every scrap that his flames had stolen and poured it all into the circle. Runes lit up and an odd cadence, almost beyond their hearing started to thrum. Drakes (“Drake” being the third being the third level of their development, after the “egg” and “whelp” stages but before the “dragon” stage.) usually had a lot of problems using magic, not so much for the fact that they lacked the power, but because they had yet to develop the capacity for fine control, resulting in inefficient spell casts. (Essentially making mistakes in weaving the energy, causing spells to either not work or require more power for the same effects.) Using a carefully crafted rune array, however, to shape the energy negated this weakness. Tendrion had been working on this array in his head for months, and finished refining it during his trip through the Great (and greatly disorganized ) Library at Karazhan.

 

    Around him, the others began pouring their magic into the circle’s focus, though they’d hold back a bit. This was his plan, and everything he had was going into it. Not, of course, that the amount of magic they were pouring in was anywhere near enough for what they wanted to achieve. Tearing a hole between worlds was a vastly draining exercise, if you knew where they were relative to each other. If you had people working on both sides to accomplish your task. If you were trying to open a new tear to you knew not where, it required an almost impossible amount of magical energy.

 

    Thus came the second part of his plan, and the one he most feared. Not just because his request could be turned down, but because he knew the powers that held the minds of those he cared for above all others in an iron grip would force them to see it as betrayal. Power thrummed now through the circle now; their magic pulling wisps of power from deep beneath Azeroth’s surface, the often misunderstood ley-lines. The last addition to his circle came into play now. As power began to flow from the veins of the world, a pulse was sent out to the lesser of the two entities. Tendrion had inscribed them last to keep them secret, for they had often been enemies of those he fought and bled with. Or, to be more direct, they were the enemies of the dark gods that had burrowed into the very depths of his friend’s minds.

 

    Taking a deep breath, and gathering resolve that these four, at least, if not all their kin, would breathe free after today, he spoke at the same moment all present felt a great weight, a great presence fall on them. No matter the distance, they had been SEEN by something greater than themselves. “Cenarius, Lord of the Forest, I call for your council and blessings, that you would allow me a brief moment to give an offering and plead before She who birthed you.” Some of those words were important, spoken in an old tongue, not just for the ceremony, but hopefully for getting the demigod to hear those who he would rightfully look upon as enemies. Opening eyes he didn’t recall closing, he looked at his friends, his lover, the brother he trusted above all others. As he knew, there was betrayal on all four; but as he’d hoped there was something more on Ralion’s face, as if he was trying to understand something beyond him.

 

    Beyond the circle of his friends, the cave seemed to fall away. It was replaced with a vast monolithic forest, lit faintly by small rays of moonlight filtering down through the branches. And in the shadows, a large silhouette approached. “Who dares Call on me?”

 

    “I am Tendrion. To the best of my knowledge, I am the only free Twilight Dragon that has survived to maturity.” He couldn’t afford to look at his friends now, he had to keep eye contact with the demi-god. He knew that greater beings could read his life through his eyes and see any deceit in them. That is why he had to be very careful to broadcast his honest intentions.

 

    “A bold claim.” A figure stepped into the light. In physical size, it was not vastly larger than the drakes, resembling a centaur; with the addition of cloven hooves, antlers, long ears, and one arm that ending in wooden claws instead of the fairly normal hand on the right. If not for the sense about him, one would say he’d been infested with some kind of flowering vine, but somehow, it just felt like a part of him; it emphasized that he was a creature of the forest, or that the forest was an extension of him . His presence, the sheer force of it was almost overwhelming when directed on the five young creatures before him.

 

    As Cenarius peered into the five, especially the one in the center of the circle, he appreciated just how young those in front of him actually were. The Black drake was the oldest by far, having grown at the normal rate for the five original Dragonflights; he was about twelve years old. The biggest Twilight drake, he seemed to be about five; obviously the Cult had found a way to greatly hasten their growth. The others were just a little bit younger than that. It struck the Forest Lord that these four should have still been whelps, playing under the watchful eyes of a Broodmother, not sent off to war. As the forest lord continued to ponder those before him, he looked into the mind of center drake. The creature was maintaining eye contact, almost offering his thoughts to him. With an amused thought, he took up the drake’s invitation.

 

    And, it was an invitation. Tendrion was trying to show the Guardian of the Forest his whole life. From vague impressions inside his egg, of fear not his own, of strange sounds outside, of being roughly moved. Of coming to rest in a new place, of something wrong pacing near his egg, of pain and voices whispering to him, of something washing over him in his shell. Of the pain as his old Dragonflight was torn from him, and his magic and body changed as he became a Twilight dragon.

 

    Of the worse things to come as something awful walked among the stolen eggs, of voices that whispered and corrupted and tried to warp him into a monster. Of the fear, the torture that seemed unending, that didn’t just make him afraid but also so very angry that they dared to hurt him. Of coming so very, very close to breaking, to giving in and accepting those voices as his truth, as his gods . Of that oily darkness outside his shell moving on just moments before he would have given his loyalty to anything , just to make the pain stop. Of spending the time left to him in his egg forming a resolve to never be a slave to those things that tried to break him, to hurt them somehow.

   

    The Forest Lord saw his hatching through his own eyes, of how the whelps turned on each other and killed the weakest; how one of his siblings attacked him and he had to fight or die. Of the Broodmother watching him try to show mercy to his insane sibling as it lay wounded below him and knowing, knowing without a doubt that if he was caught being merciful this day, or any other, he would join those that were disposed of as unworthy . Of ending that whelp’s life, and hiding how it tore at him to do it, just to live another day.

 

    He saw the little dragon begin training to kill the other Dragonflights, of the indoctrination that was forced on them. He saw this little whelp feeling so very, very alone as he saw the flaws in the logic that was presented to them, that painted the mortal races and Dragonflights as villains, and the Twilight as heroes. He saw the whelp grow into a drake in the flames of their Broodmother, saw the drake fly to war in Hyjal.

 

    Saw what happened when he saw uncorrupted dragons for the first time, how he wanted to stop and simply talk to them, to know what their lives were like. And Cenarius felt the drake’s despair when his brothers and sisters fell before them as drakes and dragons of the Red, Blue, and Green Flights tore into them with so much zeal. How he fought them, letting his disappointment morph into rage at ones he’d known all his short life falling to the ground, at their lives snuffed out as if they were animals and not victims.

 

    He saw the drake harden his heart and fight on the wrong side of the war, lost and without purpose until one day he saw a Green drake limping away into the forest from a battle; of knowing that this was something he could do. He saw the drake force other pursuers away, telling them that this was his kill, and he wanted to have fun with it before she died. Saw the knowing smirks on his brothers as they turned away, felt the disgust at what he’d implied.

 

    Cenarius saw him stalk the drake into a small clearing and tell her to stay there until night fell. Saw him talk with her, almost begging her for any knowledge about the corruption that plagued his kind while he rubbed her blood onto his talons and face and underside. Saw him bind her wound with a bit of scrap cloth before holding her down and forcefully bringer her to arousal, apologizing the whole time just so that the scents on him would be right. Saw him look at her, terrified and beg her to tell no one but her Aspect, that they had so many spies in their ranks she should trust no one. Saw the horror in her eyes as she realized that the stains and scents he’d taken from her would paint the lie that he’d raped and gutted her, saw the horror that a possibly noble creature would need to fake being a monster.

 

    Cenarius saw her ask him to join her, to switch sides. Saw the rejection and why, when he admitted that he had hope for his Flight, that there must be something that could help them; if he joined her now he would never earn their trust again. When enough time had passed he left her with a promise that he would spare as many as he could, until he was caught and tortured to death. Saw him take flight, building a hope he already suspected was false in his mind, saw him adopt a false expression of satisfaction as he turned towards the latest camp.

 

    Cenarius saw a trend develop; foes spared whenever he could, eggs hidden from the collection teams that stole them. Saw a daring raid that saw two red drakes and a bag filled with whelps stolen from the clutches of the enemy, saw him hand the bag over to the Red Drakes beyond the Twilight Cult’s camp, with the condition that they all be cared for and kept away from the war, the Reds not knowing about the many Twilight whelps mixed in with the Reds and Greens, behaving themselves because he told them to . He asked the two drakes to be at a certain point, and to bring enough paint to make him look like a Red or Green for a few hours, and to bring something to get if off after.

 

    Cenarius saw him lead those two and a few of their most trusted friends on a daring raid against the Cult. Saw the true hatred he had for those that had chosen to side with the darkness as he tore through cultists he had earlier that day been politely obedient to. Saw his trap work perfectly, and the two towering Faceless Corrupters fall along with the cult. Felt his vindication when he told the Reds that these things were what bound the stolen eggs to the will of the Old Gods, and how he had hated them since he was in his shell and he couldn’t fight or flee and they hurt him until he nearly gave in. How he convinced the others to take all the eggs with them, that they might have saved even some of the Twilight eggs from his Flight’s madness, that this was his price for helping them. Over a hundred whelps and twice as many were eggs brought back to their side that night.

 

    (And this, Cenarius had heard of himself, how they had brought the rescued dragons directly to the Dragonqueen herself, and she had ordered the Twilight eggs and whelps destroyed with misty eyes, and that those five drakes had stood before her and said No. The rumors had circulated that they demanded a private audience with her, and that afterwards she’d sent the Twilight rescues off somewhere with a Broodmother and a few trusted Night Elves too injured to fight a war but hale enough to wrangle whelps, that she was reserving judgment on them for now.)

 

    He saw them make their escape, and Tendrion lean into the soft touches as the Reds split, the males making off for their lines laden with embersilk bags filled to the brim with such precious cargo, and two females staying behind to clean the paint off him and give him what comfort they could. Saw his confusion that they would be gentle with him, and their excuse that a bath and some lingering scents would explain a great deal if his absence had been noted.

 

    That was the point where Cenarius had seen enough. He briefly looked at the other four, but he could tell they were mired in the darkness just as any other of their kind. An oily darkness clung to them, and he could see in their minds betrayal and anger directed at Tendrion. But, as he looked closer, into their minds he saw why they were with this (sadly) unique drake. They were trying to understand, especially the purple male at Tendrion’s right side; the darkness kept them from seeing the truth, but they wanted to. Moving back to stand directly before Tendrion, he gave a nod of acknowledgment, he’d seen enough. Deception while being so open was almost impossible, so he’d reached a decision. If it were within his power, he would help this creature.

 

    “You did not lie. Tell me, what is it that you seek? What is your purpose here?” A part of Cenarius always approved when any creature stood before him without fear, even knowing what he was; and this little drake who, now that he looked beyond the eyes, was bruised, bloody, and half starved looked at him with a little more confidence now.

 

    “I wish to send these four to a distant world, a place where they can live free, where they won’t die without ever standing in the light, where they can understand what is denied them here. I can’t ask for perfect lives for them, but if the Goddess is willing I just want them to have a chance to Live . Not die as slaves, never seeing their chains.”

 

    “That is no small thing, even for my mother. Do you have anything to offer for this boon you seek?”

 

    For the first time since Cenarius had appeared, Tendrion looked away from him and looked each of his companions in the eye. Turning back to the figure that towered over them, metaphorically if not physically, he once again looked looked the Forest Lord in the eyes, as if daring him to detect any lies. “I offer myself. I offer my service, body and soul in whatever task she would ask of me for as long as my body, bones, or soul exists.”

 

    Everyone else drew in a deep breath. “Old,” is certainly a subjective concept, for instance, a human is old in their seventies. A dragon is old around the time they hit 15,000 years of life. Few make it that far, due to conflicts, disease and such. Azeroth’s Dragon Aspects, the leaders of their flights, are timeless in a way few others are, the four survivors of that title are over twenty-thousand years old. No one involved here doubted Elune, the goddess of the moon, mother to Cenarius, lacked the power to force such a lifespan on a creature like them. Dragon bones tend not to degrade easily, one need only visit the great Dragonblight in the cold north to see bones from the dawn of time still entombed within the ice. Naturally, many creatures feel a soul is immortal, in one form or another.

 

    “Brother...” The purple drake had began to interrupt, falling silent when all eyes turned to him for interrupting. Dropping his eyes, he merely choked out “Thank you.” He did not understand the things that were denied him, but he could see the weight of the sacrifice.

 

    Cenarius felt as if he was intruding in this moment, so he turned his focus to a beam of moonlight in his mental plane. Though he had been raised on Azeroth by his father and Ysera, he had often spoken to his mother and come to know her when he was young. After so many years there was little left to say, but he knew she would still listen to him. Within his mind he called out to her, and began explaining what he had learned.

 

    Long ago, before hostile forces invaded their world, before betrayal broke the unity of the Dragon Aspects, before all but the eldest races of the world drew their first breaths, Elune had conceived a child from Malorne, the first Protector of Nature, a being and force of the world. Cenarius took much after his father, and thus she could not keep him with herself; as a creature of Nature, of the Forest, he needed to walk the world below. Thus, she gave him to his father to raise, and asked Ysera, the Aspect of the Green Dragonflight to help him. It was a decision she had never regretted.

 

    Elune rarely acted, for reasons known only to herself, but she often watched. When her son called to her she already knew this dragon offering himself to her, for she had seen him before. She had seen him spare daughters and sons of Ysera, had seen the first time he freed whelps meant for sport, when he’d been caught and fled. She chose to give a vision to some of her priests and this odd Twilight dragon was spared after others of his own kind had torn him the sky, when he had moved to land on his own wing instead of the whelps he carried.

 

    While dead to the world in agony, her followers had moved in and wiped out all who those who seen him escape, rescued the whelps and mended his injuries. That night, Tendrion awoke bruised but whole, not knowing if he’d even broken anything after all. When he crept up on the encampment he’d been stationed at, it was burning; many corpses of the Cult but few of the Flight lay there, and he introduced himself as a straggler who had gone out for a lucky hunt at the next fortification.

 

    Instead of giving up on his nightly activities, he simply learned to be better at them. He continued until the whole of Twilight Cult had been pushed out of Hyjal and blended in with the retreating drakes. He had provided a relief of suffering to Ysera, to see at least some of her lost children coming home. This was worth rewarding. She gathered her power and began shaping it as she replied to her son. Her awareness stretched out, far beyond the world on which they stood, searching for a place for those that followed this Champion to call home. Perhaps… Perhaps those broken could help each other, could grasp hope and the future together. Yes, there was the prefect place for them, the best refuge for these drakes would be a place where they were needed in turn.

 

    Back in the cavern, as the real world faded back into being, Cenarius spoke as he too faded out of sight. “My mother accepts your offering, and will grant your request.”

 

    Cenarius saw the relief in the one who called for him, the joy that his friends had a chance was a pleasure. But watching those emotions sour and turn to dread as he began to worry for himself only now , after the others were safe, proved a few more words were needed. “You need not fear. Though you do not know it, you have already done much for which my mother would thank you, Tendrion. I do not think your service to her will be unpleasant, Twilight Champion.”

 

    With that, everything else fell away completely, leaving only the five dragons in a cave. While their attention had been focused elsewhere a great deal of power had built up in the circle and a great thrumming sound could be heard. Tendrion looked around him, seeing his friend’s looks of horror, ( For him! Not of him!) and he only gave them a smile as he felt a great pull on himself, and then he was elsewhere. For a moment he could still see that cave below the earth where he had been standing, as the runes flared and a brilliant blue portal opened. He saw Ralion shake off all his emotion, and step through bravely. Then that was it. He looked around, but he couldn’t see, or rather couldn’t comprehend any of his surroundings. Ah, so here started his service.

 

    Slowly, at first, the dragon felt a presence come close to him. And then his skin started to burn. He tried to be strong, but he was so very tired, so weary of everything in his life. As his limbs locked in place on their own he started to cry. Despite everything he had done, the lives he’d saved, he was only five years old.

 

    Something seemed to wrap around him then. And though he could feel parts of himself flaking away, the pain ended. Then, he heard a voice that comforted him. “ Be at peace, my new Herald, my Twilight Champion. That which poisoned you in your old life must be burnt away, so that you can live as my servant. Rest now, let go of your sorrows and old sufferings. You have been brave, now sleep. When you wake, you will know your place as my hand in the world below.”

 

    Somehow, it felt to Tendrion that every sleepless night in his life caught up to him at once. His body was still changing, but that felt unimportant. He gave a great yawn, and looked at the presence he felt around him. He felt so very, very small now. “Can, can you use me to help them? To save them and give them hope?”

 

    Inside his own head he didn’t know if he was talking about his old Flight or the ones they were hurting. Both, he decided, it must be both. Tendrion, the newly dubbed Twilight Champion and Herald of Elune received no answer, but could almost physically feel peace wrapped all around him. As he fell to slumber he thought that he must have asked the right question. A smile graced his changing face as he fell into the calmest sleep he’d had since he was back in his egg, before he’d been stolen away.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

A/N: This fic was inspired by Coup de What? ( https://www.fanfiction.net/s/6981143/1/Coup-de-What ) and The Words of Dragons (https://www.fanfiction.net/s/11946694/1/The-Words-of-Dragons)



Chapter 2: Chapter 2: A castle far from home

Chapter Text

I own neither franchise.

 

Chapter 2: A Castle far from Home

 

A vast distance, for now, from the band of dragons there was a boy, tossing and turning in his sleep. He had unruly black hair on his head, and many scars scattered about his body. The most prominent was on his forehead, above his right eye. His life, since he was a toddler, had never been easy. As a child, he was forced to work hard around the house where he lived. He was underfed, and forced to sleep in a space most people would merely keep cleaning supplies. He had no friends until he was eleven years old, and the relatives he stayed with made sure to constantly let him know he was neither wanted nor loved.

 

Many nights, nightmares plagued his sleep, leaving him tired for the next day. Long experience at his “home” had taught him to have them silently. When he left his home to come to a boarding school, life was better in many ways, but worse in others. He had as much food as he wanted, though it took time for him to realize that. He had many people that wanted to touch a legend that had existed with him not knowing,not benefiting from for the last ten years; and many opportunities to meet children his own age without his cousin beating them away. Sadly, the lesson life had taught him was any attention was bad and would see him hurt. He wanted to have friends, but somehow only managed two; though they were close. Except when they weren’t.

 

Since he’d come to the school, the boy had found himself fighting possessed professors, the apex predator in the basement, and demons that lived only to destroy all the happiness and joy in the world. Last year, he’d been forced into a tournament, made to compete in what was almost a blood sport because someone else had put his name into contention. He’d flown on a piece of wood against a dragon, and survived both a maze a duel with a madman. When he made it back with nothing but a bit of luck, having brought a corpse that had once been a fellow competitor and student, he received no comfort, no counseling.

 

The only man that could have cleared things up, instead of being questioned, was summarily executed. A strange move for a society that had a viable truth serum. The boy was sent back to live with people that made a point in their day to let him know he was despised, and cut off from communicating with any person that actually cared about him. He was only let back into the loop when someone, probably the same government that had silenced the man that could have validated his story, tried to, and nearly did, not just murder him, but destroy his soul.

 

When he had been ‘saved,’ as par for the course, after he had dealt with the danger himself, he found that all his friends had been living together with his Godfather, (Who was only prevented by living with Harry all the time by the fact that he had an unwarranted kill-on-sight order from this same government.) hiding in an invisible house without him. He was greeted with the news that, once again, no progress had been made in getting his Godfather’s name cleared, but instead he was about to head into a show trial; as he had become a pawn in the chess game between his headmaster and the government.

 

Naturally, instead of celebrating his continued life-with-a-soul, he was moved into cleaning a house as apparent busywork. Now in the house, he received the normal amount of love and support from the adults around him, with the addition of a godfather who was not wholly in his right mind but was trying . No counseling was offered, no trip to a certified healer to be sure he was healthy after his ordeal. Just the knowledge that everyone who read the paper was slowly being convinced he was dangerously insane.

 

As the year had progressed, things continued to get worse. He was told to keep his head down and bear it as insults and hate we re piled atop him. Just recently, he had been convinced to fight back, to teach his fellow students that were deliberately being left defenseless in the face of a coming war. Now though, his night had become a bit strange. His regularly scheduled nightmare had just been banished and now he was lucidly dreaming of a forest bathed in moonlight. He saw figures in the distance, blurry. He felt peaceful, relieved of all his burdens. Suddenly he awoke, with purpose flowing in his veins, rested and full of energy like he’d rarely felt before . Quickly and quietly he sprung out of bed and grabbed pants, no time for a shirt.

 

Stepping into the bathroom of his dorm, he called for his best hope. “Dobby!” What came when he called was a short, very strange creature with huge eyes and long, d rooping ears. The boy, Harry Potter, was quick to silence him. “I need help, Dobby. I need you to go to the girls dorm and get Hermione for me without waking her roommates, okay? Just tell her to bring her wand and some shoes and to meet me in the common room now . Tell her I need her and that it’s important.”

 

Seeing how serious his favorite human was, the little elf popped away, much more quiet ly than he arrived. Harry only stopped to grab essential items, his wand, an invisibility cloak, a magical map that would help with avoiding unwanted interruptions, and shoes without socks. He tore down the stairs, invisible. Only a few moments passed and his friend came down the other set of stairs. Her hair was incredibly disheveled, and as she came towards him, hi m having t ossed the hood of the cloak off his head, she was not happy. As she started to wind up a head of steam, he quickly covered her mouth with his hand and spoke in an urgent whisper.

 

“I need you to trust me. Just for tonight, okay? I need my best friend to believe me and give me help when I need it. Can you do that?” Shocked by his seriousness, she only nodded and slipped under the cloak with him. It was very, very rare that her friend was so serious.

 

It took her longer than it should have to notice that he wasn’t wearing a shirt. As her mind slowly woke more and more questions flared up, begging to be asked, but that would defeat the whole point of sneaking. When the reached a crossroad and saw a dot labeled Argus Flich approaching on the map, she was shocked when Harry simply pulled out his wand and sent a quiet stunning spell that dropped him instantly. In fact, she froze in shock until he carefully gripped his arm and guided her away. As they continued she heard him whisper. “Dobby, can you get him into his bed? Maybe do something to make him think he got drunk or something?”

 

Unseen, but still heard the small elf whispered back. “Mean Filchy will get to bed, no worries Great Sir Harry Potter!”

 

Unable to contain all of her questions at this point, Hermione blurted out the first thought on her mind. “What was that! That was so aggressive, just attacking him like that!” She expected Harry to start spluttering immediately, instead he just turned to face her calmly from where he’d been reading the map.

 

“I think there’s lives at stake tonight. He’ll be fine in the morning, I can’t let anything get in our way tonight.”

 

“Harry, if that’s true we should get a professor right now.”

 

The young man let out a snort. “Think for a moment Hermione, when has that ever helped in any situation we’ve been in? No, I don’t have time for Snape to insult me and a father I’ve never know n , Umbridge to give me detention, McGonagall to dither and do nothing and say that Dumbledore will take care of it and then for Dumbledore to give me a long speech that says nothing important and then coyly wink and let me do everything myself with no useful help. There isn’t any time, just trust me for a little longer, please.”

 

As her brain continued to unfog, Hermione had to admit that while she didn’t like what he said, he wasn’t exactly wrong but somehow her mind started building small arguments against what she accepted as true almost immediately. This should have been a red flag to her, but somehow it wasn’t. Her mind became embroiled in argument and counter-argument and she trusted in Harry to guide her, having had a good deal of practice sneaking under this very cloak.

 

Eventually, the two reached the seventh floor, and came before a certain, very odd portrait. After one last check of his map, Harry left her behind with a whispered “This might take a few tries to get what I want, just watch the map for a few moments.” She watched him move back and forth, muttering for a few moments, no door appearing for a time, until the third attempt.

 

Quickly following him in, she was shocked when the room was pure black obsidian, something she’d read was used in certain specialized ritual rooms. Seconds after they entered, the door faded away until the only thing left in the expansive room was a circle that looked to have been carved in the floor and then had molten gold poured in. Around the edge of the circle was a complicated rune array, in a language she had never seen before. She watched Harry walk to the edge, place his hands over two specific runes before they started to glow. That glow slowly carried around the edge until the circle and golden runes were all lit by a gentle blue light.

 

“Okay Harry. Explanation, now.” She said as sternly as she could. As the glow from the runes became the only lighting in the room she realized that this was the first time she’d seen Harry without a shirt on. There were far more scars than she thought there should be on his back and arms.

 

Letting out a deep breath, Harry began. “We’re early. Okay, do you believe in life on other worlds? And that there’s probably some where the people live better and some that live worse than us?”

 

“Yes, the sheer number of stars, of likely worlds make that almost a certainty. But the distances involved are such that science still has no idea how…” Her head snapped around and she stomped around the circle to look in his eyes, his hands were still on the circle, not having moved yet. “Harry, are you, right now, contacting another world? Is that what this circle does? And what is this runic language?”

 

“I don’t know what language it is exactly, just that it matches another one far, far away that is about to activate. I was having my usual nightmare tonight, when it just stopped, and I knew I was dreaming, and then I was far, far away. I saw figures in the distance, pleading with something. I can’t really explain the rest, but I felt something touch me, and then I knew how to get this room set up.”

 

He looked up and Hermione saw tears in eyes that did not shed them easily. “They’re desperate Hermione. If they don’t get away they’re going to die. Tonight, I can help them.” Another deep breathe and he continued. “That’s all I really know, that they’re desperate and trying to flee. And I can help them.”

 

Many, many thoughts of how this was a bad idea flowed through her mind then. Yet, somehow she thought she could trust her friend tonight. Despite the dangers, there was an excitement in the air as she watched the cadence of the light flicker momentarily, then start to grow. “Was that it, is it starting?”

 

“No, but I think it’s started to pull from something now. It’s drawing power from the castle now. And something deeper too.”

 

With a breathy gasp, she connected the dots in her head. “The ley-lines! Seven lines meet under the castle, that’s why it was built here. It’s the most magically powerful location in the world. You must be able to feel something through the runic circle, can you tell how much power it’s going to take?”

 

“You’re right, I can feel something from the circle, it’s like it was made just for me, I can feel it starting to suck up as much power as it can to break through.” Closing his eyes again, he focused for a moment. “Holy crap! I don’t know how to express what I’m feeling, but this is a huge power requirement. Like if I stopped halfway through the castle, Hogsmead, and the nearest mountain would be gone from the backlash.” Not even seeing his best friend’s face pale, he continued. “And! That’s nothing, nothing, to what’s powering it on the other side. We’re mostly just receiving what’s been sent, I think.”

 

More trepidation built in both of them, though neither said anything else for a time as the light increased and an odd hum built in the air. For Harry, this was a great experience as he felt the vast amounts of magic ebb and flow, ready to be sent forth at his command. Then he felt it.

 

“Hermione, get back! It’s coming now!” Trusting her to stay back far enough, he directed his circle to grab the “line” for lack of a better term, and meld with it. A great light show caused him to focus momentarily on the center of the circle. In the air above, a circle formed. For a moment it was perfectly round, then it distorted into an ellipse.

 

Inside the ellipse there was nothing for a moment, and Harry felt like something was fighting him. In response , he directed more and more power through the circle, and called for more to be brought up from the earth below. Sweat started to bead on him as the air inside the ellipse shifted, w arped, and then finally tore and suddenly it was done. A great rush of hot, humid air swept through, carrying with it the scent of dust and others unknown. However it worked, the feedback from the runic circle told him it was stable and would remain so for some time. He stood up, stretching his sore back and realizi ng he had nothing to wipe the sweat off himself.

 

As he started at the portal, he felt an odd sense of calm and anticipation flow through him. It was about six feet tall, and four feet wide at the widest point. The exterior was was a dark blue, cobalt some might call it. Inside that border, it was sky blue and slowly swirling. Looking to his best friend, he saw he standing beside him, looking hesitant. When she briefly met his eyes before turning back to the work of magic before them, she spoke to him.

 

“Well, at least it doesn’t look like something that’s going to bring in demonic armies or something such. It’s actually sort of beautiful.”

 

Grabbing her hand as they watched it continue to swirl calmly, he responded. “You’re right. When I stare at it, I feel calm. And there’s something else, but I’m not sure how to say it.”

 

Not looking away, she prompted him to share when he’d felt like this before. “ Like when I was waiting on my broom for one of those early games second year. When I knew I could win if I played well, and I didn’t need to worry about being the ‘Heir of Slytherin,’ at least for a while. When all that stood before me was something I could accomplish if I played hard and worked for it.” Maybe H ermione didn’t fully understand what he was saying, but she could grasp the general idea. She just held his hand a bit tighter as they waited.

 

They didn’t have long to wait, standing there before the gently shifting blue light. With no apparent change in the portal itself, a mostly purple quadrupedal figure came through, stumbling on the last step. It seemed as if he was in great pain, as he didn’t even seem to see anything, simply walking a dozen feet from the portal before his legs gave out.

 

As he met the floor, his eyes seemed to track between the portal, the runic circle below, and the two teenagers standing before it. He briefly took in the scent of sweat before tiredly raising his right claw to his face and speaking towards a small stone c lasped in his claw. He spoke in Draconic, not having any idea what language the humans might speak, and not rightly caring just now. Đ: “Come on through, just keep your wings tight and help Talion through first, bring all the supplies, especially the sphere. And leave the speak-stone paired with this one behind in plain view in front of the portal.

 

Ignored for the moment, the two teens were gaping in shock. This was a dragon, albeit much smaller than the ones they’re seen the previous year. And it was speaking . Quickly pulling out his wand, Harry nudged Hermione. “Get ready to use a levitation spell. I caught something there about wing placement and maybe an injured one coming next.” Not even really surprised at this point, she had her wand in hand as a second dragon, this one black and what would probably be brilliant orange after some cleaning came through .

 

Instead of walking, this one seemed almost to have been thrown, but was luckily caught by the bare chested teen. With a bit of care, he was l evitated further from the portal, near the first one that came through. A third came through shortly after that, dark blue with just a hint of a purple strip along it’s side. Harry quickly noticed the bandage on her throat that seemed to be leaking a bit. This one carried several bags and a pink sphere about three feet across, an odd item to be sure. Especially since, upon closer inspection, it matched a much smaller version around the first dragon’s neck. Fourthly, and last for now, was a purple dragon with the same colors and markings as the first. She was positively laden with bags. Once through, she sloughed some off and fell to the floor, breathing heavily.

 

The two teens could see the first one stand on trembling legs and check on each of the three as they now all laid on the cool stone, breathing heavily. Reaching t he blue one , he looked to the f ilthy bandage in dismay, the light in the chamber revealing the dirt caught in it. He looked at Harry, having g uessed him as the leader and then looked back at the filthy bandage.

 

Replying to that silent request, H arry muttered out: “Well, if that isn’t a request for help, I don’t know what is. Dobby!” After the small guy popped out, startling only Hermione, he spoke in a commanding voice. “Dobby, I need clean bandages, h ot water, disinfectant and some towels. After you get that, I need some water for these guys here. Be careful not to startle them; they’re capable of speech but they’re not in such great shape, okay?”

 

With a silent nod, the h ouse elf popped away. “Hermione, give me a bit of help with the throat wound and then start looking over the orange one, okay? And if the room can conjure books, give me a phrase that would get us any relevant information to help them.”

 

Finding herself oddly happy to follow her best friend’s lead, she nodded and thought for only a moment. “We could use an indexed collection of guides to treat injuries of reptilian magical creatures. Sorry, but that’s the best I can think of, these four might l ook like dragon s , but they’re different enough that any specialized spells would probably be wrong.”

 

Acknowledging with a nod, he decided to just ask the room verbally for what he needed. Low and behold, a wall appeared laden with books, with one on a pedestal in front with a guide to what was there. Also a few drains, because he figured this was going to get messy. Dobby came back quickly bearing buckets of water and towels, followed then by bandages and then more water that he carefully floated in front of the dragons.

 

Four sets (minus one that was swollen shut) of eyes watched them mistrustfully, as Harry approached what he figured as the leader, towels and bandages under his arms and steaming buckets in his hands. Locking eyes, the dragon motioned for the most injured one to lay down, and gently coaxed her when she hesitated. “Harry, I’m concerned that the orange one has broken ribs at least, and possibly internal injuries. As soon as this one’s safe I’ll see what I can do. Shouldn’t we get them some help beyond the two of us? There might be serious injuries here.”

 

Sighing as they reached the blue female, he gently started to unwind her old b andages under the watch of the vigilant male. “Who? Hermione, Hagrid can not keep a secret for the life of him even if he was here . In third year, the Ministry wanted to kill Buckbeak on Malfoy’s whim, just to hurt Hagrid. What do you think they’ll do to these creatures now with Umbridge here now?”

 

That was enough for her to actually wince. “You’re right, other than a few students, who, once again, probably couldn’t keep the secret you’re right. Where will we hide them?”

 

“We can worry about that later. Just remember not to make any sudden moves or startle them. They’re obviously intelligent, but have been through a lot. I’d guess a war, looking at some of those older scars. I don’t think they were winning either. I just hope Dobby can get everything we need here.”

 

For a long time, words weren’t needed. Between so much time spent in the infirmary and Hagrid’s creature care class, they were able to work quickly and effectively. Some infection had set in on the neck wound, but apparently the creatures understood disinfectant because when Harry motioned to the watchful one to hold her still he did while he poured it on. The wound was quickly dried and wrapped in clean bandages, and Hermione moved on while Harry stayed to check for other wounds. He cleaned her as he went, using a spell to conjure hot water to wash scales as he found that she liked it hot best. There was a lot of steam coming up as dirt and grime came off.

 

By the time Harry had finished cleaning her, and he knew for certain now she was a female, everywhere and binding a few other minor wounds, she was soundly asleep. The one watching snorted when her wing, with a membrane that really wasn’t as delicate as it first looked, tried to hold Harry close as she slept. He thought their anatomy was a bit odd, certainly they were like no species that lived on Earth as far as he knew . Seeing Hermione sitting cross-legged by the side of the orange and black dragon with a book in her lap and tapping her wand he figured she had that one under control for now. He moved on to the other purple dragon, guessing from knowing himself that the watcher would want his friends cared for first.

 

He supposed from the markings that this one was at least a full sibling maybe a twin or however that worked with their kind, of the one that was watching them as if daring the teens to hurt his friends. He heard Hermione stand up and walk over to him after casting a few spells he didn’t catch; when she joined him, she ran her hands along its purple side, frowning.

 

“Yeah, I know. The blue female was too thin also. What do you think to start them on as far as food? Maybe rabbits if we can get them?”

 

Hmm, something small like that would probably be best to start. We really have no idea what might make them sick, but if that doesn’t hurt them, we can move them up to deer pretty quickly. I wanted to ask how you got the hot-water Aquementi to cast.

 

Slow down during the last third of the wand movement and focus on getting it hot. She liked it really hot, like almost hot enough to burn my skin, so stand back far enough it doesn’t splash back on you.”

 

“Well, she certainly looks more comfortable now, I think I’ll try it over that far drain a few times. You found a few other things to treat under all that grime, didn’t you?”

 

“Yeah, these guys haven’t had time to take care of themselves for far too long. Just be careful, I thought she might be going into shock or something like this one is, see the tremors? Enough hot water helped and she nodded off. But stay far away from the nose, I had to use some c loths instead when she started to panic.”

 

There weren’t any major injuries on this one, some odd scaring though. A few minor things that needed some treating, but the hot water did the trick and she was sound asleep, not even waking with the minor touches of antiseptic. It took time, though. As Harry stopped and stood, he saw his best friend had nodded off right there on the floor. Concerned, he knew why when he felt the bone-deep comforting heat seeping off the orange dragon.

 

Hmm, a different breed, species, race? than the others I guess, even if they have mostly similar features. Well, Hermione did a good job here, his breathing sounds good and it looks like she found something to help with the bones. I wish I had a… Out of nowhere a blanket appeared and he cast a quick cushioning charm on the floor before draping the blanket over his friend and slipping a pillow under her head quietly. Turning back to the lone dragon still awake he motioned them over to the far drain. He could tell it was hesitant about being touched, but it had a good idea of what was coming, and hot water would feel so much better than slipping into a cold creek as he’d been doing his whole life.

 

Against his will, Ralion felt every muscle touched by the water relax as the human mage stated to clean him, of all things. He didn’t understand why he’d do this, why he was being helped, being comforted, after all the horrific things he’d done. Tendrion had said he’d hoped Ralion would understand someday, he didn’t know his brother had hated him.

 

His friends, his little flight, were free of their world. Well, he thought as his eyes turned towards the portal, as long as it didn’t follow t hem . To be honest, Ralion had felt the veil in his mind start to pull away as he arrived but had focused on those his brother had trusted him to look after, only now as his body’s tension started to ease did he start to look inward.

 

So many memories, so many times he’d killed, caused pain and reveled in it. He could see so much more wisdom in what Tendrion had tried to teach him now. He was a monster. He couldn’t imagine why his brother had stayed with him. Those last words of Cenarius, Tendrion had probably been helping the ‘good guys’ for a long time now. I wish I’d been there, helping to wash some of this blood off my hands. He started to scra pe at his forearms, quickly becoming frantic.

 

Harry didn’t know quite what to do when the dragon he was cleaning started to shudder before starting to scrape at himself, quickly drawing blood. Not wanting to have those talons turned on him, they were sharp , but not being able to ignore the self-harm he cut off the water and moved to his front and gently moved the dragon’s head and found himself looking into wide, terrified eyes.

 

Shit. I have no idea what I’m doing here, dear Merlin let my best be enough. Making sure to keep his face welcoming, he focused on the creature before him and spoke from his heart. Ƥ: “Stop. Stop Hurting yourself, please.”

 

Never having encountered a magical language other than Draconic, the shock was enough to get Ralion to stop tearing into his own arms long enough for Harry to quickly clean the new wounds and bandage them. Those kind eyes that kept looking into his didn’t hurt either. He didn’t actually understand the whole phrase, but “Stop” and “Please” were enough to grasp it was a request to stop the self-mutilation.

 

As the boy did some spell to dry them both and the ground below them h e suddenly felt heavier than ever before. Aggravating a few bruises, he let his weight go out as he hit the floor. Đ:”And why not? I’m a monster, I’ve always been a monster, I just never saw it before.”

 

Harry was able to make out the words “ Why,” “monster” and “see” out of that. He could guess the creature thought he was a monster but was confused by the rest. Nevertheless, keeping him talking seemed like a good idea. He was pretty sure he’d slipped into Parseltongue there, so he looked into those scared blue eyes and focused on making himself understood.

 

Ƥ : “Tell me why you’re a monster, I can only get a few words out of what you’re saying, but try , please.”

 

At least one of them was getting better at whatever they were doing, Ralion thought. He looked the boy right in his far too caring eyes and spoke as slowly as he could to make him understand why he should hate the creature before him. Đ: “I’m a killer, I’ve killed and tortured and enjoyed it! That’s what I’ve done and thought all my life! I’ve served evil in it’s most true form! I enjoyed it! Never even had a second thought !”

 

Back in Harry’s head he mulled over what had been said, and what he understood. It was painting an awful picture. Suddenly he thought back to his lessons the previous year, and what was a toss-up for both most effective and most evil Defense A gainst the Dark Arts teacher. (Remus got points for teach ing the Patronus, but in hindsight that should have been taught to a lot more students. Voldemort was pretty evil, but lost points for e xisting as a boil on the back of Quirrel. )

 

This gave him an idea, because he was pretty sure his new acquaintance was describing something similar. Ƥ: “My people have a spell, an evil spell that earns its caster life imprisonment. It forces a target to obey any command. It can make people kill their families, end their own lives, commit any crime. But, it’s the caster at fault, not the one it’s used on. The one it’s used on is the victim, the same as anyone they hurt while it’s in effect. Do you understand?”

 

Đ: “ Say that again, please?” And Harry did. At this point he was willing to repeat himself as many times as he needed if it would help.

 

After a third repetition that was easier to understand than the one before it, and in turn better than the previous; Ralion thought he understood. Đ: But I can feel the whelps flesh tearing in my talons, the fear of drakes with torn wings falling to their deaths. I felt joy! I was happy being the cause of their deaths!”

 

Harry had heard that almost perfectly. He gently interrupted. Ƥ: “And what changed? You don’t seem happy about it now.”

 

Comprehension was catching, it seemed. Ralion answered as best he could though the answer bothered him. Đ: “ I stepped through that portal. I’m so far from home, only Elune knows. I, never, never want to go home. I can’t...”

 

Ƥ : “ If whatever magic was done to you only let you free once you came here, then no, you can’t. I’ll help you however you can, but life’s not perfect here either. There’s people in this castle that would have you killed because only because it would hurt me , that it would be one more time where I couldn’t save someone. I can get you out, but people would look at you and only see an animal, an animal that they can’t let most of the world see. We have things we call dragons, and they’re sort of like you, but as far as I k now they’re actually just animals. But trusting what I’ve been told, what I’ve read… Well, don’t tell my friend this, but those sources can be wrong.”

 

Đ: “ I can’t go home. All my kind, all the dragons that look like us, we’re evil. Maybe my brother wasn’t, but he’d have been the only one. We’ve been hunted by a band of the ‘good’ guys for months now, as we were trying to flee. S oon , they’ll find the cave, the portal. I don’t know how I can convince them to spare us. Or even if I should. I had Vespiona,” He gestured to the peacefully sleeping purple drake. “my sister, leave the other speak-stone by the portal. Here he handed the small stone still adhering to his right talon until he removed it to Harry. “ I just don’t know what to do, I’m so tired. So very worn .”

 

Ƥ : “ Get some sleep then. I had a weird dream just before I came here to open the gate on this side, I’ve got enough rest in me to be fine for a long time yet. Tell me how to use the stone and I’ll try to talk them down.”

 

Ralion was so rung out at this point he could barely keep his eyes open. Đ: “ Just channel a little magic in and speak. It’s a simple version cause I don’t have great control of my magic. As long as that Wyrmrest team doesn’t touch the water they’ll be fine. And, thank you, so very, very much.”

 

He was asleep before he even finished laying his head down, but Harry was quick with a cushioning charm. At a ‘loud’ thought, he had some heated blankets to place over the drakes, a little extra heat ought to at least keep their muscles relaxed, if nothing else. That done, after quietly checking that his best friend was still asleep he stripped quickly after asking Dobby for a few things from his room. Though, the Room beat the little guy to some comfortable lounge-wear. Poor little Dobby was a bit ticked at that.

 

He was thinking of so many other things he didn’t think to ask the room for a screen or shower head, just washed in the spray from his own wand. The room had warmed from all the steam so he didn’t think much of leaving his shirt off. He didn’t have any homework with him, or any urge to do any either. Before he sat down and tried to think, he a sked Dobby to fetch the small mirror his godfather had given him. With it in his hand, he spoke directly into the mirror he spoke one name: “Sirius Black.”

 

It took a few moments, but a man with a clear case of bed-hair and a beard that looked much better than the first time they met answered. “Harry! Is everything all right? Are you okay?”

 

“I’m fine Sirius. But I’ve had a long night, and could use someone to talk to. Before that, I need to do something, can just do me a huge favor and not say anything for a bit? I need to check something and you can see what I’ve been up to.” Giving Harry a nod, so pleased to be a part of something, to have some news, Sirius silenced his end of the mirror, and was glad he did. He did not see anything close to what he expected when his godson called without a shirt on at f our in the morning .

 

Harry gathered up some bandages, and walked back to where the dragon who’s name he still didn’t know was soundly sleeping under a heated blanket. Setting the mirror down, Sirius saw him remove the bandage, clean the wound again and carefully wrap it again. Swinging the mirror around, he showed Sirius all four drakes, Hermione asleep on a cushioning charm, and the slowly swirling portal. Moving to the farthest corner of the room, he sank gratefully into a plush r ecliner that appeared as soon as he had a need of it.

 

When he sank down into the chair he turned the mirror over to show his godfather’s gobsmacked face. “Yeah, I know. That’s sort of how I feel right now.”

 

Quickly waving his wand to dispel the one-way silencing charm, Sirius really didn’t know where to start. “Those are real, breathing dragons. That you’ve bandaged up, and put to bed like little kids. You have had an interesting night.”

 

The teenager let out a short laugh. “You don’t know the half of it, g od father. I think I also just talked one down from killing or at least maiming himself. I’ve never been so happy to be a parselmouth as I was when I talked to the male with the purple wings tonight.”

 

“They speak parseltongue? Wait, why would a dragon kill itself? Why would it listen to you? No offense.”

 

Harry shrugged. “In order: They don’t, not exactly. But we started out hearing a word or two when the other spoke, then it got better. The last time he talked, I only missed a word or two, and not the important ones. For why it was tearing its arms apart, I think it’s been a victim of something like the Imperious, but worse. For a really, really long time. Years maybe. Or it’s whole life. I don’t know, didn’t seem important at the time.”

 

“Wait, worse than the Imperious? I’m going to regret this, but how do you get worse than an unforgivable?”

 

“Well,” Harry started ticking off points on his fingers. “apparently, it’s race wide. He said all the dragons that looked like them were evil. Also, there’s only been one of them that might, might have been free of it, and it was that one’s brother, but he might have meant brother not in the blood relation way. I don’t know what happened to him, but he’s not here and they don’t seem to expect him to catch up. Oh, and apparently whatever spell he was under didn’t just make him do horrible things, it made him like doing horrible things. He talked about feeling joy as he killed what I think is a child in their species.

 

The horror was starkly written on Sirius’s face. “Yeah, shit, I can see that being worse. And it explains the suicide attempt too. I’d watch them all, something like that is going to leave scars like Azkaban did to me. Shit, that’ s even worse. How’d you talk them down? And where are you? I’ve never seen a room with a blue swirling thing in it at Hogwarts before.”

 

“Still in the castle, for now. There’s a room here I just found that becomes whatever you need. I had a really strange, peaceful dream tonight, and after an hour or so of rest I feel more rested than I can ever remember being. I raced here with Hermione, and I got the Room here to make this runic circle on the floor over there.

 

“It turns out it’s some kind of receiving rune array, not in any language Hermione’s ever seen before though. It sucked up a HUGE amount of power just to open the portal on this side. When I was using it, I could sort of feel what was going on. There was more power than I can express opening the door on the other side. As for talking him down, I told him about the Imperious curse, how the people who are under it are victims, them and the people they hurt. I think he understood, cause he gave me this little stone and passed out.”

 

“What’s the stone do? And if it took as much power as I’m thinking, people will definitely have noticed. It came to you in a dream? I have no idea what to make of that, but in that case the peaceful and restful part is probably a good thing. But Harry, opening a portal to, it sounds like, another world? The Ministry will-”

 

“I KNOW what they’ll do Sirius!” Harry snarled out, losing his composure. “I know I’m in the middle of the war and I have no one that’s both willing and able to help me! I know I’m one wrong step away from Merlin know s what with Umbridge, and she’s picking at me EVERY time I see her! I know the headmaster won’t help me!

 

“It’s not like he was there with Voldermort my first year, and while I was really grateful Fawk e s showed up with the sorting hat when I was fighting a GIANT FUCKING BASILISK my second year, a rooster would have been more useful. OR a squad of TRAINED AURORS ! Or any plan that didn’t involve stabbing the world’s DEADLIEST SNAKE with a fucking sword! It’s not like it didn’t BITE ME! At least Fawk e s saved me, but for a while there I was so sure I was going to die. I didn’t even get to keep the sword I pulled out of the hat!

 

And when I told him you were innocent, he gave me VAGUE FUCKING HINTS, and locked me in the infirmary with my best friend. Yeah, at least you didn’t get your soul sucked out, but you’d think the GRAND WARLOCK that people seem to GODDAMN WORSHIP could have told people you didn’t get a trial and ACTUALLY go tten you one! And last year speaks for itself. What help did I get from the staff? Oh Harry, there’s dragons! Everything else I got from the fucking death eater hiding as Dumbledore’s BEST FRIEND! And the rest of the staff, when everyone thought I’d cheated to get into that death trap, when I was the heir of Slytherin, a few moments to make an announcement was too much to ask.

 

Not to mention that all these people knew my parents, and Hagrid’s been the only one to tell me anything about them really. Remus pretended not to know me, like I was just some other student he was teaching.” Harry was starting to wind down now, but he felt a little better, like he’d been holding that in for far too long. “And Snape’s hated me since the first day I got here, and he shows it! And it’s not like he even teaches, just puts things on the board.” He took a few slow, deep breaths.

 

“I know, I know what wi ll happen if the ministry knows about this. I know I can’t expect any help from any adults. I know that you’d try, and that means so much to me, but they’d do worse than kill you and I can’t have that on my conscience, please .” He took a few moments to calm down, focusing on calming his breathing helped. “ I’m sorry about that, I should n’t have lost my temper. I know I can’t do that where anyone can see me or it’ll be even more ‘dangerously unhinged Harry’ all across the papers. It’s just been getting to me.”

 

Unknown to the conversing two, five sets of ears (well, one set of ears and four sets of armored bone plates that served the same purpose) had heard everything since he started shouting. Only one understood, but the others had heard some of the desperation and had exception al memories. When they learned to speak this language, they’d know what had been said. After making sure they’d remember what was said they started to fall back to sleep, one by one. Ralion thought back to what the human said about people that would kill others just to hurt him. He seemed like a good man, but he wasn’t among friends.

 

Sirius suddenly felt very old and very useless. In that rant he saw a boy under massive amounts of stress, barely holding it together now. If things kept up like this… Well, that wasn’t a nice thought. Everyone breaks eventually.

 

Harry,” He started out, as serious as he’d ever been. “do you want to leave? All this mess, it shouldn’t be your job to fix. You’ve only had four years of magical education so far, and I’ve heard at least two of your Professors were shit. I can probably get us out of the country, if you can make it to Hogsmead. Heck, you might be able to get the minister to kick you out if you asked, maybe stick him with a magical contract with fine print to get your new friends escorted out. At least we could hide them in a trunk and take them with us.

 

“The Blacks have an island we can fortify the hell out of, hire tutors and everything. You wouldn’t have to come back to England ever if you didn’t want to. This war shouldn’t be your burden. I hate to say it, but if the people don’t fight for themselves, they don’t deserve your help either. If you want, I can be in Hogsmead tonight. Give me a little practice with making illegal portkeys and we can be out this time tomorrow.”

 

It took a few moments of thought for Harry to realize that the offer was far, far, more tempting than it should have been. When he spoke he was hesitant, and he turned the mirror around to show the portal.

 

“I can’t go yet. The portal needs to degrade, not be forced closed. If it destabilizes, say goodbye to everything for at least a few miles. And there’s the problem of what my new friend called “the good guys,” that are hunting down dragons that were evil until they entered that portal. They’re due within a few days, and there’s some kind of magic stone that’s sorta like these mirrors on the other side matching the one I have in my other hand. I at least need to talk them down, or use the room here against them if I can’t. Let me get past the weekend and I’ll let you know, okay?

 

I just feel like I could use a few days away from everything going on. Since I might need to use this room, I might move the dragons into the Chamber of Secrets, but there’s a cave-in I’m not sure how to deal with blocking the way. Oh, and the big snake’s probably still there. I’m not sure what to do about all the students and rumors that’ll pop up though.”

 

“I’d ask the twins to help you. They seem like good guys, if you can slip them a note they can probably think of something. If you can trust me, I think I can get some help to deal with a cave-in. Hard part will be getting them to actually listen to me.”

 

“Don’t you have an insane house-elf? Maybe you could get him to help with a careful direct order. Or, make him tell you what he’d want in exchange for helping you? I’m not all that comfortable with how a lot of pure-bloods treat their elves to be honest. They are people of a sort .”

 

“Good idea Harry. I, I have a lot of bad memories involving Kreature. But, I should remember that house elves can’t disobey orders. He’s still probably a miserable being, but he didn’t have a choice in much in his life. Thanks again. Anything else you want to get off your chest? Or that I can give advice for? I really don’t know how to help with those dragon hunters, if all else fails and you can’t turn them around you might let them into the castle proper. Let them be Dumbledore’s problem instead.”

 

“No, thanks Sirius. Thanks for listening. I really needed a chance to vent. I need to get something for these guys to eat, and to get a hold of the twins now before most people wake up. I’ll let you know things go here, okay?”

 

“P lease do, now let’s go manage some mischief! Padfoot out!” Sirius signed off with a stupid grin and a salute that actually made Harry smile.

 

After thinking for a moment, he tried to make the Room of Requirement produce some food, but got nothing. Giving up on that after a bit, it turned out that Dobby was more than happy to deliver notes and collect some food. “Dobby, thank you so much. I don’t think I could have pulled this off without you. Is there anything I can do for you in return? I can pay you or just give you my friendship or something else if you want.”

 

Dobby is so happy to be helping a good wizard. Dobby not want pay, but maybe some day the Great Wizard Harry Potter would bond Dobby to his family? Dobby is loving being free for now, but thinks he would miss Purpose and Family later.”

 

Even through the elf’s odd speech and inflections, Harry caught the capital letters in those words. This was food for thought. “I’d have to think about it, but I don’t think I’d mind if it was really what you wanted. I give you my word to be a better master than the Malfoys, if you decide this is what you want. I don’t know how to convince Hermione though. She has strong feelings about house elves.”

 

“She-who-knits does not understand. Dobby not know how to make her either.”

 

Internally amused and horrified about Hermione’s hyphenated title, Harry tried hard to keep his face blank as he wrote out a clear, concise not e to the twins, asking them for a bit of help covering for him and Hermione’s absence for a few days. Thankfully it was the weekend. Looking back at the dragons sleeping, he tried to think of what else he should be doing. A bit of effort later the portal had a slightly opaque barrier around it, and some sleeping potions ready to throw in through small holes.

 

As he got comfortable in his chair he asked for, and got, a book on mind-healing, specifically dealing with long-term Imperious victims. There was a lot he didn’t grasp at first, so he started to make notes in a binder that showed up as he needed it, and started using another book that was suddenly to his left side to make sense of the terminology he couldn’t decipher. At another thought, and kicking himself a bit for thinking of this after getting clean, the Room added a full bath to the corner. Not even looking, he decided to ask, as vaguely as he could, for working toilets for the dragon’s anatomy.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Back in a dark depressing house in London, Sirius got to his own business. Deciding to be direct, he called his u nwilling servant. It took some time for him to appear, but eventually he did. Clearing his throat, he decided to be direct. “Kreacher, I directly order you to tell me what I can do to earn or gain your loyalty as a Master you would be willing to serve.” He did not expect the answer. By the end of the whole tale, he really wished he could stop and get drunk. Instead he looked the small guy in the eyes and held the house-elf’s defiant, angry gaze.

 

“Kreacher, if you agree to serve me and my heir, I will help you complete my brother’s Last T ask . I wish he’d come to me that night, I wish we’d been close enough that he would have. I loved my brother, more than I’d admit to most people. If you give me a week, we can see how that locket stands up to Basilisk venom or Dragon fire. You think one of those would do the job?”

 

Smiling at the enthusiastic head nod, he continued. “But, you will work with me until then. If I fail I don’t expect your help ever again , but if we do I want your real loyalty. Harry Potter is my heir, and he’s the best chance the house of Black has. The only other possible heir is a pathetic snot named Draco Malfoy. If you agree to serve me, after today I want you to go to Hogwarts and, without being seen by anyone compare the two. See which would make the house stronger. You might not know this, but Harry is a parselmouth. He’s doing something interesting right now actually. So, will you agree to work with me?”

 

“Kreacher agrees, for now. He will even follow if bad master can do what he said.”

 

Smiling at the elf, even though it turned his stomach to do so, Sirius gave the first commands he actually expected the crazy little guy to follow. “I need a room cleaned a bit. Later in the day you’re going to ‘invite’ one of the professors from Hogwarts that seems to have continually failed my heir. She won’t need her wand. We’re going to have a discussion, and she’s either going to sign a contract that will force her to give my godson some god-damn help, or she’s going to be obliviate d and I won’t mind if she’s a bit bruised on the way back. Grab me a book on contracts and then go ahead with your first task. We can’t let anyone know what’s going on, especially the ‘guests.’”

 

Kreacher left quickly after that smiling. It wasn’t a nice smile, but Sirius got his book and got to work. Since he had a basic idea for a framework already it didn’t take long. It was a bit of trick ery , he was essentially going to get Minerva to agree to help Harry hide his new friends and give him some actual support. He was pretty sure he could get her to sign something that would make her trust Harry to handle any situation so long as he had dealt with a worse problem on his own before.

 

Considering that Dark Lords, Dementors, and giant snakes had already been taken care of in the past; that ought to give Harry some real leeway. He’d check with Harry first. Poor boy could really use a say about something in his life. About four hours later he stretched and stood. He was done, and he’d grab a bit of food and come back to call Harry.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Time passed, and a lot of what Harry found boiled down to that it was going to be a long road for recovery, that having someone to talk to was important, and that finding a purpose could help victims going forward. When the breakfast hour came, he found Dobby had slipped into the room without him knowing about it until he caught a smell that made his stomach rumble. On a small table was all the fixings of a full English breakfast, heavy on meats; on a different table was a pile of rabbits, some cleaned and some not.

 

Shrugging, Harry gathered himself a plate and went back to his research. He’d been marking on the pages in some places, folding others. Usually he’d be more careful, but it seemed like this was a conjured or some such book, so he marked as felt useful. As he went, he found himself more and more intrigued by the path of the mind-healer.

 

Bent over the book as he was, he didn’t notice his best friend until he felt her hair brush his face as she leaned over his shoulder. Seeing she was reading, he asked the room for another chair and that his table be a little longer. Still rather tired, she simply slid in and he turned the book as he pulled out his wand and summoned a pitcher of coffee and two mugs. When her eyebrows went up inquisitively, he just looked at her a moment. “You look like you could use something stronger today. It was a long night. You did a great job on the orange one by the way. What all was wrong with him?”

 

As she finished chewing on a strip of bacon stolen from his plate, and taking a small sip of hot coffee, Hermione finally turned her attention from the book. “A couple of broken ribs, a little internal damage, I don’t know if that would have killed him or not in the long run. There was a few smaller things wrong with the legs on one side, but they’ll heal pretty quickly with a bit of treatment. I thought spells rather than potions was the way to go, we don’t really know how they’ll affect them. Do I want to know why you’re studying this book harder than I’ve seen you study anything before ? The contents and your notes seem... ominous.”

 

Harry concisely filled her in on what the dragon had said to him in the night. “I’m glad that we can understand each other a bit better now. I helped him as best as I could, but I’m not a trained mind healer. As soon as they’re up, I think we can get their names. I only know the female with the purple wings is “Vespiona” so far, and that she’s the leader’s sister. It’s an interesting name.”

 

Hermione chewed her lip a little, looking over at the dragons that seemed to be waking up a bit more, shifting in their sleep. “Hmm, it is. I wonder if there’s any meaning to it. I think you have the general right idea for helping them through this. If they never had a choice, they shouldn’t suffer for their actions.” Looking at the portal for a moment, she shuddered. “It’s terrifying that something could even do that, let alone would. How else can we secure the portal?”

 

Sharing her anxiety, Harry had some coffee himself before continuing. “I’ve asked the room to seal it for the moment, there’s some sleeping solution that can be poured in. If the room did what I wanted, the potion should release a gas and knock out whatever comes through. On the plus side, we’re sort of expecting the “good guys” to catch up to these dragons shortly, so that might keep any horrid evils from coming in.

 

“I’m not sure how things are going to go when they turn up, but t hings seem safe enough for the moment, I think the portal’s in a cave on the other end from the scents that first rush of air brought. I wanted to ask you for your thoughts before I tried anything else.” He stood for a moment, taking his now empty plate and returning shortly with two full ones , after sitting near her for over four years now he knew what his friend liked in her breakfast.

 

A companionable quiet bloom as they ate and thought. Finally, Hermione spoke: “I think a Fidelius charm on the other side of the portal would work best but I doubt we could cast it. That would probably keep us safe, and maybe some wards to act behind it? Aversion wards or such. I’ll see what I can find in the...” She paused as a two thick tomes dropped to the table in front of her. Harry took the old, untitled one and pushed the other, titled ‘A Collection of ye Most Useful Wards’ in front of his friend. “Library. Okay, I admit that’s handy.” She completed her thought before diving in, Harry passing her some paper and a pen for notes.

 

By now the first reptilian eyes had opened. Talion was the first awake, unfamiliar places had become h is norm so he was cautious as he came to, checking his surroundings as best he could before standing to see around. It briefly amused him that he shook off a blanket that was... warm? Well he certainly appreciated the thought, and he’d think more about that later, but breakfast called. He certainly didn’t expect what he found.

 

Those teens were pouring over a collection of books, and he thought back to the previous night, where the female spent a lot of time trying to find the right spell. Given that he could breathe much easier and even stand with almost no pain, she had done well. Ignoring the food for a moment, he moved to stand before her, across the table and bowed. With his anatomy , this consisted of moving his front low, curling his head to show his neck, and spreading wings wide. When she smiled at him and motioned to the food he rose, nodded at her, and moved to finally fill his stomach. Hmm, they had rabbits? Not something he’d had before, too fast, too little meat to bother chasing. But as he bit the first one in half and swallowed, it wasn’t bad.

 

Harry Potter had a smirk on his face as the dragon with the beautiful (or handsome, possibly ) orange markings turned away. He was about to make a snark y comment at Hermione, when he saw her go a bit green. ‘ Ah. Well, certainly a natural carnivore then. If the teeth and talons didn’t give it away.’ “Try not to let it bother you, we can talk about table manners later. They’re going to be staying, at least on this world, so we have time.”

 

Going back to their books, neither tried to listen in as a second, then a third of them stirred. Harry had begun reading the casting requirements of the F idelius charm before he noticed the lead dragon bringing a cleaned rabbit over to the one that was still laying down, having apparently proven too weak to get up on her own. Putting a loose page in the book to keep his place he went over to see how he could help.

 

Seeing that her conscious was a good thing, though she was very weak. Quickly getting a pitcher of water and a bowl, he shrugged and snagged the rabbit from the Leader and after a thought, and having seen the other eat the rabbit bones and a ll , he used a spell he’d seen Molly Weasley use in her kitchen, but certainly not on a whole rabbit. Now with a bowl of rabbit paste he motioned for the Leader to help keep her head up, then poured in the paste slowly. He refilled the bowl with water several times to get all the pieces in, then repeated with another rabbit mush. Moving away briefly for something else, he returned with some bacon. When he showed a small transfiguration of a pig and g ot a nod tore them up and placed them in her mouth and let her swallow.

 

Her throat injury might pose a problem going forward, but he could still make out something like “Thank you.” Not even noticing his slip in Parseltongue, he let out a muffled “You’re welcome” before quickly checking her wound, very glad to see it had stopped leaking pus, and smelled much better than before. There was a scale or two that would be lost by the t ime it was completely healed , but it was looking up. God I love this room.’ He thought as he stepped back. A soft pillow had appeared under her, and Harry helped her rest her head on it . Harry cleaned her wound again with hot water, dried it with a soft towel and left it open to the air for now.

 

Getting the Leader’s attention again Harry spoke as quietly as he could. Ƥ: “ I want her wound to breathe a bit. We’ll put fresh bandages on if it starts to bleed. I’m not sure how much she should eat right now. She needs enough in her to start replacing her blood. You guys are all too thin. And I remember that if you let someone who’s been starving eat too much too fast it can make things worse. Are the rabbits okay with you guys?”

 

Đ: “ They’re fine. Are you worried about something making us sick? Unless it’s poisoned, you don’t really need to. Our guts are tough. We have rabbits at home, but they’re too small to bother hunting normally. Usually we eat deer or elk or something. Anything without tainted or poisoned meat; and I’m pretty sure we’ve all survived eating some of that too. For Caliona, don’t worry, she’s tough. We might need to baby her for a few days but after that she’ll be fine.”

 

Ƥ : “ That reminds me, I don’t think I’ve really introduced myself yet. My name is Harry Potter, and my best friend over there is Hermione Granger. Right now you’re standing in Hogwarts Castle on the planet Earth.”

 

Ralion gave a short bow. Đ: “I am Ralion of the Twilight Dragonflight of Azeroth. Formerly a servant of what we call the Old Gods and their Cult. I was brother in blood and spirit of Tendrion, our former leader. Vespiona is my clutch-sister,” He gestures to the purple female. “Caliona here with the wounded neck is also a Twilight Dragon. Talion is a Black Dragon, the first group of dragons to fall to the corruption of the Old Gods.”

 

Ƥ : “ It is nice to meet you Ralion.” Harry gave a small bow. “ Right now, we’re working on magic to keep anything else from coming through the portal. I’ve found a charm, but I doubt I have enough power to cast it, so I’m thinking of touching the circle on the other side to draw enough power to do so. Am I right in assuming there’s a sister to the one here on the floor back where you left from?”

 

Briefly examining the circle from behind the barrier, Ralion answered. Đ:” Where did you get this?! The Draconic runes are the perfect receiving array for what we did, unless you know of Draconic on this world, but without my kind...”

 

Ƥ : “ I had a dream last night. I saw a forest in moonlight and figures in the distance, then I woke and knew I had to come here, to get this Room in this configuration to open the door. I was in a bit of a rush. I had to stun one of the adults that usually walks the halls at night, but he’s an asshole anyway.”

 

Looking around, he saw that t he three mobile dragons had walked over to him and he had their attention. Seeing Hermione f rom behind her book he asked for another chair and some comfortable mats for the dragons, and he decided to start a group therapy session. That book had said that repetition might be needed to get patients to believe that some things were not their fault. He started by repeating his spiel about the Imperious from last night. Quickly his whole focus became talking with the dragons, trying to insure they understood, and that they didn’t feel the need to harm themselves.

 

Hermione stopped researching for a time, enjoying how the stress of the year so far seemed to fade f rom him now that Harry had a task he could accomplish. She simply observed how he threw himself into helping people so wholeheartedly. Suddenly thinking back to last night, she decided to do everything she could to help Harry help these, well aliens would be the most accurate word. She knew her friend cared deeply, and he didn’t deserve to be hurt again. These four didn’t deserve it either.

 

She was still l istening when the mirror laying on the table started to vibrate and let out a quiet “Harry Potter.” Luckily she knew that voice. Answering it wasn’t difficult, at least there wasn’t a strange password to it.

 

“Hello Sirius.” She answered with a small smile. “Is there anything pressing that you need? Harry’s… Well, I don’t speak the languages, but I think he’s having a group therapy session right now. And how strange is it that Harry’s having a counseling session with formerly evil dragons from another world, and it’s not enough to freak me out.”

 

Sirius couldn’t help but snort at that last night. “I’m still not completely sure what to make of that. When he mirrored me at f our this morning without a shirt on, yourself and four dragons tucked into blankets on the floor was not what I expected. Is he doing alright? And also, if he’s busy, can you check a few things for me? First open the Marauder’s Map if you have it handy and see if the castle is going crazy or not outside where ever you are.”

 

Having no reason to argue she did. “He’s doing better than usual actually, he said something to me last night about tasks he could accomplish. It’s like he’s in his element now, like helping people is really what he lives for. Give me a moment. Hmm, Dumbledore is having a staff meeting in his office, everyone’s there but Umbridge. Where is… There she is, she’s meeting some Aurors at the gate it looks like. I see Tonks. Is this about the power flow through the wards with the portal?”

 

“Yeah, I’d imagine so. I’d stay in there for now if I were you. The Ministry will kill, or do worse, to your new arrivals if they get a chance. Don’t trust any students from the Death Eater families or anyone close to the Ministry. I think you mentioned something about a Defense Association? I’ll send you a book I have on magical contracts so you can whip up something. Focus more on making it so they can’t betray you rather than penalties for when they do. Because, trust me, with the Ministry so big, they will find someone to lean on, even if they have to threaten loved ones to get to you.”

 

Seeing the way her face fell, Sirius managed to guess what had happened. “Already put out a contract with that problem? Come up with a new one before the first meeting, copy it to a clean sheet of paper in front of them, and burn the old one with Incendio after they sign on to the new.”

 

“Thanks Sirius. Seems like that would have bit us at some point. Is everything well with you? Anything new you can tell us?”

 

“You mean is the Order doing anything? Anything at all? No, we’re doing nothing other than guarding the thing we have been. I can’t get them to even bother guarding muggleborn families. It’s like when I’m talking they’re hearing Greek instead.” She could see he was frustrated as he drug a hand through the stubble on his face. “Hermione, the more I find out about what his life had been like the worse it gets. Did Remus not tell Harry that he knew him? Did the staff not do anything to dispel the rumors during the Tournament?”

 

“I don’t think Remus said anything to him, Harry had to beg him for Patronus lessons. And no, they did nothing then or when most of the school thought he was the “Heir of Slytherin” in second year. I’ve thought about asking Harry if we should move the dragons down into that chamber eventually.”

 

Sirius Black was uncharacteristically silent for a while. “Hermione, it feels like the whole world went mad while I was in hell. What you just confirmed about Remus and the staff, that’s unforgivable. It’s like the people I used to know are completely different people now. Even my brother, I was so sure he was a die-hard Death Eater; then this morning I found out the story of how he died. Turns out, Regulus turned on Voldemort and paid with his life .”

 

Silence reigned for a time after that. Hermione, not having anything to say to that, turned the mirror so he could see Harry hissing off and on, now reaching out to touch a dragon that seemed to be breaking down into tears. Whatever the language the dragons spoke was an odd one, full of harsh tones . After a long time of o bserving , Sirius spoke again.

 

“He really is something, isn’t he? Hermione, I have a sort of plan. I think I can get Min erva to actually help Harry like she should have been doing for all these years. I’d like Harry to sign off on it first though, let him have some input on things that effect him. Can you tell him that I think I can get your head of house to sign a contract so that she’ll do her damn job and help, not pass the buck or go tattle so long as he’s handled something worse before. Given the Basilisk at twelve, I don’t think she could have any argument that he couldn’t manage a few little dragons.”

 

“I’m not really comfortable with that. But, if it helps, I won’t complain. Looking back a few words from her or the Headmaster could have dispelled most of those awful rumors and lightened Harry’s load considerably. I don’t know why they didn’t, to be honest.”

 

She turned the mirror back to see Sirius’s face when she heard him snort. Seeing her “Explain!” eyebrow come up, he voiced his thoughts. “I do. Last year it was easier for Albus to let Harry suffer being thought a c heat than admit he didn’t know what happened, to let anyone think it was his failing that let The-Boy-Who-Lived be placed in danger, that the students under his care might not be perfectly safe. He didn’t even need to lie, his silence was enough to let people deceive themselves. And the only one it hurt was Harry. Does that sound about right for your second year too?”

 

 

Hermione could only nod, she’d long had a habit of trusting those in authority, and those habits left a sour taste in her mouth now . Needing a moment, she saw that Harry’s group was taking a break. As she saw Harry motion to bathroom in the corner in response to some question, she stepped up to him as his group broke for relief and some water.

 

She did see that every kind of meat from the breakfast platter was gone, but she helped herself to a slice of melon as she walked over. “Hey Harry. Everything going well here? I’m sort of jealous that you can understand them, but I was watching and you’re doing great.”

 

“I think we’re doing as well as can be expected really. Would you be willing to do a bladder and bowel spell on Caliona? I’m not sure I could get it as right as you on the first cast. She lost enough blood from that neck wound that she’s too weak to do much. Ralion, the purple male, and the others are confident she’ll be fine in a few days, that she just needs some help until then. I feel iffy about that, but they should know their biology better than I do. Oh, and we have names for all four.”

 

Harry said, passing over a book dog-eared to a spell for human patients that lacked the ability to use the bathroom on their own. It was rather simple, but with the wand movements and positioning, she could see why he preferred a female to do it. Not that she was terribly comfortable doing it herself, but given that this was for medical purposes she’d manage. “I’ll introduce them all properly in a moment. I’ll give her the general idea of what you’re doing.”

 

Thanks Harry. Sirius is on the mirror, so you should talk to him after you explain.” While Harry was hissing away she looked over the spell for a time. It was very simple really, and she was sure it would work the first time if she was careful. By the time she was ready to go, Harry was back at the table in discussion and one of the purple dragons was back. Taking a close look, Hermione was fairly sure this was the female that she had a name for.

 

“V espiona ?” Turning her head, the female gave Hermione her full attention as Hermione turned her book around and began to get her point across that she needed Caliona to shift onto her side for a moment.

 

Catching the gist of the conversation, the two male dragons chose to move towards Harry, not trying to listen in, the words didn’t mean much. They did hear their names once, but shrugged that off. After conferring a bit, both of them believed Harry about people wanting to hurt them, after all, they’d seen the worst parts of people their whole lives already. All four had agreed to at least give this Harry Potter and the woman he was courting their tentative trust in their discussion over breakfast.

 

It was one thing for a person to give them shelter or a bit of food, but he’d taken the time to tend their wounds and wash all the filth of their old life away with his own hands. He seemed to trust the one he was talking to, eventually ending the conversation into a mirror. A few moments later, Caliona let out a shrill wordless exclamation. A t that , Talion let out a snort. He’d had a fair bit of outside magic pumped into him last night when the female treated his injuries, and it really was a strange sensation.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

As most of those in the Room mentally prepared for the inescapable discussion that would soon need to take place, something interesting happened in the same castle, but only briefly. Minerva McGonagall found her wand taken from her hand as soon as she entered her office, then hastily and forcefully apparate d elsewhere.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Oddly enough, the stern Professor didn’t expect to suddenly find herself sitting in what looked to be a small, plain room in Number 12, Grimmauld Place. This inference was back ed up by one Sirius Black serving her a cup of tea. Taking just a moment to sip at a decent cup of tea, she turned her most stern countenance onto her host.

 

“Sirius, while I appreciate the tea, I really must inquire what you think you’re doing here. This is most out of the ordinary.”

 

Sipping his own cup briefly, just to observe the niceties, Sirius succeeded in not quailing under her gaze. (Though it was significantly harder than he’d ever admit.) He began with care, putting as much quiet malice into his words as he could. “Well, Minerva, I felt we needed to have a discussion of certain failings of the staff at Hogwarts. I’ve recently become concerned about the welfare of my godson, you see, as the guardian his parents chose in the event they could not be there themselves. Granted, Alice and Frank Longbottom were the preferred choice, and if things had been different I doubt I would have had any objections to them. I’m sure they would have done a far superior job raising Harry, but I digress.

 

“You see, the administration of Hogwarts Castle has failed to protect Harry from becoming a pawn in the battle between the Headmaster and the Ministry. The professors have continually failed to provide a safe environment for learning, or even basic safety. And, this is most personally vexing you see, Harry feels that not one adult in that entire castle is actually in his corner, who will do anything to help him if he needs it. I don’t feel this is a situation that can be allowed to continue.

 

“I’ve always held you in a great deal of respect Minerva, even back when I was young and stupid. But learning what’s been going on in that castle for the last five years has r educed that respect t o,” Here, Sirius leaned forward and put as much venom as his Black heritage afforded him into the last word without breaking his flow. “ ash.

 

Sirius held up a hand to stop her objections for a moment. “In a moment, we’ll go into why I feel this way, but first I want to inform you of something and let you read over a contract I wish for you to sign before you leave here today.”

 

“Sirius Black! You are acting preposterous! Hogwarts is the safest place...”

 

The exceedingly stern professor was cut off just as she was gathering steam by Sirius slamming his fist on the table hard and thundering over her. “DO NOT give me that shit, Minerva. I know plenty of schools where students haven’t had to deal with evil spirits, BASILISKS in the dungeons and the unadulterated hatred of their professors. You and all the rest have failed that school! You have failed the students!

 

“This is your last chance, Minerva. The Blacks have safe places all over the world. You will step up, starting today, or in a week’s time Harry and his closest friends will be gone from that castle!” (Unsaid was the abysmal odds of keeping the spawn of a Marauder inside the castle on his own, much less with outside help trying to extract him.) Here, Sirius calmed down and slumped back into his chair, looking and feeling as he had after his talk with his godson that morning. “I talked to him thi s morning, Minerva. He’s not having an easy time of it, and you lot aren’t helping him. He’s so close to breaking. I won’t let that happen. I’ve failed him so much already, it has to stop now. It will .”

 

“The Headmaster will never allow you to...”

 

With a snort, Sirius interrupted her again. “He won’t know until Harry’s already gone Minerva. Either you sign this contract to ensure you give him the help he needs,” Here Sirius’s voice dropped very low, barely audible in the quiet room. “or I’m going to Obliviate you before Kreature takes you back. And no, I’m not very good at the spell, but I can bury my sentiments and do what’s needed. I want you to have a glance at that contract, listen to what I have to say and then think before you choose. I’ve respected you for a long time Professor. Please, I don’t want to do something drastic, but there are so few good options.”

 

Minerva McGonagall was shocked. This was not how she expected her morning to go. “Sirius, there was something of an emergency last night. I’m needed.”

 

With a real smile, Sirius waved off her objections. “Something to do with a huge flow of magical energy into the castle and through the wards? Harry’s already taken care of it. He showed me what caused it on his mirror, it’s stable and slowly leaching off energy. He tells me it can’t be rushed without causing disaster, and given how much power is involved I’d say that’s a given. Since Hogwarts apparently uses students to solve all its mysteries and fight any monsters as a matter of course now I see nothing wrong with letting him take care of it.”

 

Refilling their cups as he waited for her rebuttal he let a devilish smirk cross onto his face. They both knew that last statement, while perhaps not completely accurate, wasn’t wholly wrong either. He was surprised when Minerva just sighed and reached for the document in a folder he’d moved next to her teacup after he finished speaking earlier. “I will want to know what is going on, Mr. Black. Most of this doesn’t look unreasonable. I could be accused of favoritism for any of it, but from a rational perspective it’s not bad. Why do you want me to tutor Harry in Transfiguration? He does quite well as it is.”

 

“I want you to teach him how to use your art in combat. He has the power for it, if you’d seen, felt, that Patronus from his third year… Also, I want you to start laying groundwork so he can learn the Animagus transformation. Just the groundwork, don’t let him look for his animal yet; I’ve heard of a potion and if it’s real I want him to take that first. For both of them, the reason is because I want him to live through all the shit that happens in his life.”

 

“I wish that he didn’t need it, but given how his life is, I can understand. But what potion? I can’t think of what you’d mean.”

 

“It’s something I heard the American Indians use, well in stories anyway. Something about heroes of their people proving worthy and being gifted the right to wear the form of a Th underbird. I’m not sure if it’s true or not, so I’m going to send Remus out to find the truth. Harry could make good use of a surprise up his sleeve.”

 

“Hmm, I always thought those were myths. However, even if this is impossible an animal form could prove exceedingly useful. I do want Harry to have a long life, so this is more than acceptable. Now this last part is worded oddly. Can you tell me why you want me to follow a minor’s lead in this current adventure? I can get why you don’t trust my judgment, but the secrecy seems just a bit much.”

 

Taking a long sip of tea, Sirius gathered his thoughts. “Harry called me on the mirror I g ave him at Four o’clock this morning. When he showed up either sweaty or just having rinsed off without a shirt on and said he’d had a long night, I’m sure you can guess where my thoughts led.”

 

Shaking his head at the indignant expression on his once-favorite Professor’s face, he continued. “There’s four more lives in the balance in your castle today Minerva. In the night, Harry received an urgent call for help, that’s what caused your problem too. I don’t think you’ve ever been biased against non-humans , so I’m comfortable telling you that they’re certainly not human.

 

I’m guessing they’ll learn English eventually, but for now, Harry can only communicate through Parseltongue. I don’t think he’s ever used that ability willingly, so he hasn’t noticed yet but when he was having a little counseling session, his Parseltongue was going strange. I’m guessing his new acquaintances have some kind of magical language of their own, and it’s interacting with Harry’s. How that works, I have no clue, but it seems to be.”

 

I see. With the ministry in the castle, this is a poor time. Why does Harry think they need counseling?”

 

“Harry didn’t have the complete picture yet, but it looks like they’re victims of a nightmari sh version of the Imperious, they were kept under their whole lives, maybe from their their first breath. For them, it was like up was down, black was white, and good was evil. This spell that they just got away from, it made them do all the worst things our version can do, but it made them enjoy it. Harry talked one of them down from tearing the veins out of his arms last night.”

 

It took a good five minutes for Minerva to respond to that. “That… That is truly vile, unconscionable. To do that to children! Not even Grindlewald was that twisted! And the poor souls! Who could do such a thing!?”

 

“Evil, is the only answer I know for sure. Harry’s doing a good job so far, but it might be needed to move them through the castle soon. Harry and Hermione are thinking of taking them into the Chamber of Secrets soon, but there was a cave-in down there when Harry killed the Basilisk, so I’m not sure it’s safe. I’m guessing you can handle permanent transfigurations , or at least enough of them to secure a tunnel. Might try making it a teaching moment. Anyway, there’s still a Basilisk, dead, down there probably. I’m not sure if it’s still good for anything, or if it’s rotted to nothing.

 

Anyway, the important part about this is that if the wrong people get wind of this, I don’t trust the Ministry to do the right thing, the logical thing, or even stay away from the evil thing. Whatever their origins, they are intelligent enough to know regret, but we both know that would mean nothing if they’re found in the castle. Hell! It wouldn’t mean anything if they were found anywhere in the country if the Ministry found out hurting them would hurt Harry.” Again, he sagged into his seat, feeling tired and worn.

 

“Minerva, what the hell happened to the country while I was in Azkaban? I’m still not okay with getting chucked into there without with no trial, just Crouch’s desire for notoriety at my expense and probably Malfoy gold. But, the government has become an enemy of the people, and the people are just stupid sheep that do nothing about it. This wasn’t what I fought for in the last war dammit!”

 

Minerva really had no idea what to say to that. For a moment, she was confused why Malfoy would have wanted Sirius in prison, but then she remembered who his wife was. With Draco, the whole of the Black family would be in his father’s hands. Suddenly she felt worse about Sirius’s imprisonment. Thinking back on the history she’d lived, she tried to come up with an answer.

 

“Too many of those that followed Voldemort got out of their just sentences and we never cleaned out the Wizengamo t of the loyalists entrenched there. Too many of the good people that should have led the charge were dead, and the rest of us were so tired of fighting. I admit, I thought when we won that it was over, that I could be a teacher and just teach. I trusted the people in power.

 

“That was a mistake, it seems. And now, looking at what our government has become, it feels like we’ve lost already. I really don’t know how to fix any of this Sirius. I think, if we win this war we’ll need to completely clear out the old guard, throw them in prison, use veritaserum on everyone with any scrap of power. Arguments about not having enough just cause seem so very hollow when the Ministry can act like it is with you.”

 

“Not to mention it tried to kill my godson over the Summer.”

 

“Sirius, why would you think… Surely, they’re not that dark?”

 

Refilling their teac ups again Sirius bought a little time while he ordered his thoughts. “First we have the Dementors themselves. If Voldemort is keeping a low profile, calling on them would be an odd move. While the Ministry doesn’t have as good of a control over them as they think, it’s odd that two would go rogue and only target my godson. If they were truly loose, they would have had more victims along the way. Next, the timing of the expulsion note is far too quick, and there’s no way it would have been generated without some investigation. The only one who saw the Patronus in the first place was Harry’s cousin after all. And that trial had nothing to do with getting the truth and everything about destroying an enemy.

 

“We both know Harry’s become a pawn in the conflict between Dumbledore and Fudge. Fudge would prefer Harry be gone in a way that didn’t reflect badly on him. I’m... I’m not really sure what Dumbledore wants for my godson. Minerva, with everything going on his life, has Albus arranged special lessons for Harry? Anything that would help him stay alive with the madman that’s after him and has been for years now?”

 

“It’s hard to deny your logic. I believe the Patronus lessons are the only time Harry’s been given any special training.”

 

“I’m going to have words with Remus for that. Hermione told me Harry had to beg for his help, we both know how badly those blasted demons affect him. I can hardly believe that not only did my oldest living friend make a child he should have been an uncle to beg for help, but that he never checked up on him while he was growing up. If he would have bothered to check up on him maybe Harry would have a few less scars on him.” That brought up Minerva’s eyebrows sharply.

 

“Explain. Now. ” She intoned harshly.

 

“I think the insanity of the situation got to him, and it was warm enough where he was not to notice, but that was the first time I’ve seen him without a shirt on Minerva. I’m no healer, but I had a bad enough childhood to recognize at least one significant burn scar and a fair number of belt lashes that have scarred. I, I don’t even want to know what his back looks like, I might have to go earn that reputation for killing muggles. Harry was such a bright, happy child once. Seeing him act so shy and withdrawn at times just makes me sure people who should have been looking out for him failed him.”

 

“Albus, I told him those were the worst sort of muggles when we left him there!” The old professor’s fury drained away to a small voice. “ He assured me Harry would only be safe with his Aunt. That everything was taken care of. I don’t understand. I guess I’ll just have to trust Albus more going forward.”

 

It took a lot for Sirius not to argue with her on the last line, and instead he tried to think about that line. Either Minerva’s mind was broken from some trauma or age, or something had been done to it to make her want to reward a betrayal of trust with more trust. This, this didn’t bode well at all. Suddenly he remembered an older relation of his warning him to never trust Dumbledore or men that played the rest of the world like chess pieces. That power was a drug that made one thirst for more and more and the Headmaster was drunk on it. A terrible suspicion began to rise in Sirius at that moment.

 

The n , something started to whisper in the back of his mind. It wanted him to believe that this was all a misunderstanding, that he really should trust the Headmaster. That the Headmaster was so wise, that he was so kind and generous. Sirius reeled i n his chair and he realized what was happening. H is old, so very neglected lessons in mental defense pulling themselves to the forefront. They proved woefully insufficient.

 

A mental wall tried to form, but the thoughts that were a form of mental influence wormed under, over, and through. Sirius felt strangled as those foreign beliefs started to burrow back into his the deepest parts of his and mind and a comforting fog descend on him. As he lost the battle, Sirius made a last rally and tried to make the words he spoke true, not realizing he said them aloud as well. “No! I am the Lord Black! Protector of the Family! I will not abandon my Heir! I will NOT fail my family AGAIN! ” In this case, in this house , those were magic words .

 

The Black family boasts a long and stories history through the ages. They’ve produced villains and heroes, but more than anything else they’ve produced cunning people who valued family above all. The last few generations had lost this focus, but two centuries of poisoned magic feeding into the family tapestry cannot destroy the weight of two millennia of people who, often with cunning and guile, used everything they could to ensure the Blacks continued. That believed that family came first.

 

The Family Magic, that f ont of power each Black fed their unneeded strength into, was a creation of ages past. A brilliant man, living with his family in the heart of the Roman Empire was beset on all sides and he was not strong enough to protect those he loved. With a great need before him, he stole his family to a tiny island in the Mediterranean where he created a well with a drop of blood from each member of his family, and his loyal manservant and his wife as well. They were slaves originally from Judea, but the first Black treated them well, never forcing them to work any harder than he himself did. Both men often worked long hours at the forge, feeding Rome’s hunger for s words and armor , enhanced with just a touch of magic.

 

After long work and much toil, the man created the Family Magic; which would take from every person who added a drop of blood to that Well as much magic as it could without harm and store it for use by the family head. (The need to bring each new family member to the physical location was removed with the weaving of magic to s ummon the needed blood from each descendant at birth .) In practice, this meant while they slept every magical would be slowly drained by just enough so that they’d recover their strength fully a s they woke . Once the work was done, the man stood in front of the stone basin looking down at the seven drops of blood and added three of his own.

 

On that island he created the Creed that would serve the Blacks for a very long time. “Let me and every H ead of my House to follow be bound true to this purpose! To remain always pure to this purpose! That every man and woman of this house be in this of pure hearts and devoted above all else! That our family will survive this day, that we will survive EVERY day! That we will look after one another! That the Blacks will endure in this purpose for every day that the sun rises until this world ends!”

 

The d rips of magic that Well (Long since hidden beyond any mortal finding on the Island only a Black and those both invited and well-meaning would be welcome on.) pulled from every family member gave it life, gave it purpose! Every drop added to the well changed it, for good or ill with the very essence of what they were. Their hopes, their dreams, their fears, the very depths of the human soul never seen but in darkest adversity; that was what the fed the Well.

 

B ut, in the last few centuri es , with each new generation, the drops turned to poison; the newest family members bound to that Well clashed horribly with the purpose for which it had been created. Tho se that would have been a comfort had been c ast out of the family , and those whose influence it yearned for were broken, broken almost down to their very souls.

 

Though not a truly intelligent thing, the Black Magic that had given up hope for itself and the Family heard Sirius in his desperation through the fog it was falling into. Joy, Hope, Rage for all that been wrought by and to its Family, Fear for those in danger, and Rage that one of its Sons had their mind tainted flowed through it in a heartbeat. Unseen by any living thing, contained within a cave with no exits or entrances, behind a Fidelius of which the Well itself was both Keeper and the only Knower of its own secret, the Well surged. Magic roiled and thundered! The Black Family Magic roared!

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

For the first time in over two centuries, the Black Family’s Magic had the three things it truly needed to influence the world. Firstly, it had enough magic to do so, if only barely. Second, it had a true Head; the Magic would never bow to the insane or one whose motivations was incongruous with its own. And third, it had a use for its Magic that aligned with its purpose.

 

In the mind of Sirius, the Family Magic swept aside the expertly woven compulsions. To protect the Head, the Family Magic used the bits of magic that were maintaining the compulsions to throw up a very narrowly specific spell for the caster to ignore the Black Head. Whoever had altered his mind would have a great deal of difficulty assigning any importance or even notice to the head of the Black Family.

 

This expended the Well’s available stored power. What was once a mighty gift that could turn the tides of battle was greatly reduced by both the decline of the family and the magic it had gathered from the majority of the Blacks in the last century. But it had hope now. The Family had a Head that knew what family should mean. He had an heir as well, and the young man had potential.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

As the Family Magic left him, Sirius Black, now the official head of the family slumped onto the table, desperately wishing for something to dull his headache. He could really only say one thing at the moment. “Well, that sure hurt.”

 

Sitting across from him, Minerva raised an eyebrow as she observed him again. From her perspective, Sirius had made a rather dramatic statement, frozen in place for several moments, then slumped like a puppet with cut strings. After several more moments with Sirius face down on the cool table, she cleare d her throat. “Are you well, Sirius?”

 

Not raising his head just yet, he answer ed carefully. “Professor, I think we have either a traitor or someone trying to usurp the Order for their own purposes among us. My family apparently has some kind of defense that can purge outside influences from the Head’s mind. When I claimed the Headship just now, it activated and cleaned my mind out. I, I need to brush up on my Occlumency, I don’t know if that cleansing was a one-time thing or not. You should too, would you like me to send you a book on it when I find a good one?”

 

Mr. Black, are you telling me we have another Pettigrew among us?” Minerva was more than a little shaken at that idea, she liked to think she could, at least, trust the rest of the Order.

 

Yes, but this one is probably a lot smarter and is very skilled in the mind arts. I’ll have you sent back as soon as you sign the contract Minerva. You must tell no one until we know more. Remember that the walls might have ears, especially the ones at Hogwarts this year.”

 

You will keep me informed Sirius. Send an elf with that book you mentioned in the evening when I’m alone in my quarters. Helping Harry prepare for battle would not be a terrible idea. There does seem to be a war coming and that boy attracts trouble like no one else I’ve ever seen. Do you have a quill?”

 

Though Harry Potter’s experience with them was neither pleasant or legal, unmodified Blood Quill s were sparingly used for binding legal documents. A contract signed in ink was usually legally binding, but one signed in blood was magically binding. Sirius Black felt no joy as Minerva McGonagall winced and signed the contract in her own blood. He really, really hoped that this did not cause a clash with another binding contract or oath she may no longer remember. Only the thought that his godson was more important kept him from stopping her right then.

 

Sirius really, really hoped that somehow he was wrong about Albus Dumbledore; that the man wasn’t what he seemed in light of the compulsion spells. The Headmaster would be a dangerous enemy if he was a Dark Lord hidden in the light or an old man that simply thought that he alone knew the correct way forward and had no appreciation for the free will of others.

 

A/N: My personal head cannon is that Umbridge did not exactly invent the Blood Quills, as that seems beyond her usual level of competence. I mean, really, she was bested by a bunch of kids that she was continually antagonizing. If she had a half-dozen Aurors there loyal to her, how much differently would that have gone? Anyway, my head cannon is that being the awful person she was, she saw the Blood Quills used in rare circumstances to sign legal documents, took a good look at them and said “I can make this into a torture instrument pretty easy.” So she did.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 3: Chapter 3: Free! Well, more free.

Chapter Text

I don't own Harry Potter or Warcraft. Call me arrogant if you want, but I think I could have done a better job with the story for Battle for Azeroth. Reviews put a smile on my face!





Chapter 3: Free! Well, more free. Free-er?

 

 

Back at Hogwarts Castle four dragons and two humans were preparing to have a discussion of what exactly was going on. Harry wanted as much information on the pursing force as they could give him, along with anything that could help him help the dragons with adjusting to life not under the thrall of evil gods. Ralion wanted to know more about the new world he was living in. Hermione just wanted to know everything.

 

It began as an awkward and stilted conversation. At Hermione’s request, Harry was taking notes and had several sheets of paper filled with questions his friend wanted to know. Bit by bit, they got parts of the current condition of the world on the other side of the portal that painted a rather grim picture. Essentially, the forces of evil were trying to destroy the world (The thought of a cult of humans and other races dedicated to killing off all life on a planet did horrify both of them.) and had a pretty good chance of succeeding.

 

The Cult was led by the fallen Dragon Aspect (Once Neltharion was one of five dragons charged to protect the world, personally responsible for the prisons of the very creatures that had usurped his mind. Seems he wasn’t given protection from his prisoners when he was given he job.) Deathwing. He was huge, powerful, and plated head to toe in elementium armor that both held him together and made almost any attack on him impossible. Deathwing wasn’t unbeatable, but neither would he fall easily.

 

Between Deathwing, the Black Dragonflight (Neltharion’s Flight, sadly they went down with him when he fell.) and the mortal servants of the Old Gods, a process had been developed that could take the eggs of other dragonflights and warp them into what was in the room now. Twilight Dragons were essentially a weapon forged to destroy all the others, and in the war that had been raging for a few years now their Dragonflight had sowed vast amounts of destruction.

 

Tendrion and the others learned that on this world, magic users had segregated themselves and gone into hiding. If they were seen flying around in most places there would be trouble. They also learned something about the dragons of this world, which appeared to simply be dumb beasts, but all present decided to verify that for themselves at some point.

 

Harry mentioned flying against one last year, and that brought up a discussion of the Tournament, which led to a discussion of the various tasks and how it ended. Talk of the summer’s events violently killed any hope of peaceful coexistence with the Ministry of Magic. If they would do that to their own citizens, it was highly doubtful a band of dragons from another world would do any better. The dragons were also amused that the human’s own name for their world was simply another way to say ‘dirt;’ ‘Azeroth’ was a much better name for a planet as far as they were concerned.

 

Time seemed to fly quickly as they swung back and forth between subjects light and heavy, Harry taking notes until his wrist was killing him. For her part, Hermione couldn’t wait until either she or the drakes learned each other’s language. They had a late lunch, Dobby having convinced the Hogwarts elves to make a variety of prepared meats for lunch and snagging a fair bit for his favorite human and his friends.

 

Đ : “This is pretty good, but please tell your small friend there’s no need to cook our food. When we can hunt we generally just eat the deer or elk raw wherever we kill it.”

 

Ƥ: “ Will do. I assume you eat more of your kills than just the muscle my people tend to R alion ?”

 

Đ : “ Yes, muscles tend to taste the best, but creatures have lots of nutrition in their hearts, livers, and bones. We can digest bones fairly well in most cases, so long as we chew properly. We need to consume some blood too or we tend to get to get an iron deficiency.”

 

Looking to Dobby who was still serving them with a smile on his face, Harry gestured to get his attention. “Dobby, the meat we eat in the castle, what happens to the various organs like hearts and the bones? Ralion just told me his people eat all parts of the animals they kill, so if t he elves don’t use the organs, bones, or blood we can give those items to my friends to eat instead and keep them fed without causing problems.”

 

“Other parts be waste Great Wizard Harry Potter. Dobby can get dragon friends parts we not use, keep many more dragons than this fed.” After Harry translated back to the dragons, Ralion looked over to their pile of bags and the pink sphere.

 

Đ : That’s good, because we actually have a lot more of us. Save one, they’re all whelps though, but at some points of development they can eat as much as I can. You see that pink thing? It’s a Dalaran Prison Sphere. The human mages stole and tweaked the design a bit, and we stole this one from a rouge mage that was experimenting with a wide variety of whelps; he wanted to take our long lives for himself and find a way to enslave all dragons.

 

“We discovered his hidden facility on a little island east of The Swamp of Sorrows, sn uck in and added everything there from tomes to armor and weapons to metals to our supplies for when we found a new world. Tendrion was emphatic that we not hurt any of the other Flight’s whelps, so we took them all with us in that sphere. Valistraza got stuck with watching over them all, so she’s in stasis with them right now.”

 

Ƥ: “ Valistraza?” Harry asked with a curious hiss.

 

Đ : She’s a Red Dragon that abandoned her flight. We found her by chance making her way south over the Badlands. Tendrion knew enough to see she was carrying a clutch and figure out something was very wrong in her world for her to be fleeing in her condition. After we got her on the ground very carefully we found out that she was a fter the same objective we were. Inter-flight romances are forbidden, but she had fallen for a Blue Dragon and was carrying his young. They were going to flee the world together but he fell in combat and she was forced to flee on her own, she was adamant that her young would survive no matter the cost.

 

“Tendrion convinced her to serve as our broodmother in exchange for a place with us when we left Azeroth behind. I think she saw that he was free of the darkness that t ore at the rest of us and came to trust him. She’s only in stasis with the whelps because we barely had time to hunt enough food for ourselves, never mind a clutching broodmother. When the key on my neck touches the prison they should all wake up hungry.”

 

Ƥ: “ Okay, as soon as soon as we deal with this other group and get the portal hidden on the other end, I need to get the Chamber set up for you guys. It’s a big place, but it’s damp and cold right now. We can take care of that with the right bit of magic though. I bet with some work we could find or create a tunnel to the surface too. It might not be high living, but it would be safe. As far as I know, only myself and the dark wizard that wants to kill me can get in, and he’s afraid to come here himself.”

 

Đ: “Caves are no problem for us. Sunlight isn’t as important as warmth really. That thing you do with the warm water will probably earn you loyalty from Valistraza. It’ll take you a bit longer to get all of her though, she’s a dragon but not yet a wyrm.”

 

Ƥ: Wyrm?”

 

Đ: A wyrm is a dragon that’s over t housand years old. I see you’re writing this down, so I’ll explain the different stages. First, we’re born as eggs and spend the first six months of our life soaking up magic and mostly sleeping in our shells, but we are awake and thinking at times too, usually more towards when we hatch.

 

“We come out of shells as whelps, infants you might call them. Most flights spend a decade as whelps, but the T wilight and Nether drag on s progress much faster. I’m not sure about the Netherwing, but the Twilight dragons are ready to mature after a year. At t he whelp and drake stages , we absorb a lot of nutrients and kind of shift them into storage with our innate magic.

 

“When we’re ready, we make use of those nutrients all at once and change rapidly into forms like you see in us. Usually we’re helped by a broodmother through the first transition and manage the second with only a few instructions. Black, Blue, Bronze, Green and Red drakes spend a century saving more nutrients before they become dragons. I’m not actually sure how long Twilight dragons take because we’ve been forced to mature faster, that’s part of why we wanted a broodmother to come with us. A dragon will grow very slowly over time in both size and power as they gain some physical traits that mark them as wyrms.

 

Giving his thanks to Tendrion, Harry left them behind for a moment and went back to his comfortable chair where Hermione was already looking over some of his notes. She looked over to him as he sat down tiredly. At her inquisitive look he shrugged and started to speak.

 

“We have a lot more than four dragons here. You know those trunks that are bigger on the inside? That’s what the sphere over there is, it’s also keeping them in some kind of stasis. There’s one adult with a lot of ‘whelps,’ their c hild form. I don’t think they even counted exactly how many are there. The adult is also a pregnant ‘Broodmother’ which seems to be a profession that deals with the raising of their young, and she’s apparently a traitor to her ‘Flight’ because they would have done something to her illegal inter-racial children if she stayed. Is this crazy enough for you yet?”

 

Letting off an amused snort, Hermione Granger gave him a long look for a moment. “It was c razy enough for me last night when you got me out of bed to open a portal to another world and started hissing at dragons Harry. Honestly, I don’t think you ever had a chance at a normal life with things like this popping up at you. But you’re doing pretty well so far; this is going to be a long project for sure.

 

“I’ve been looking at the map once in a while, things are still going crazy out there, like someone kicked a beehive. As long as they can’t find this room we should be good, and even if they do I’m not sure anyone could get in. The Room seems to become everything you need, as soon as you need it. So long as you need us to not be found we should be totally safe in here. Well, as long as Dobby keeps the food coming. If you can make that shower a little more private I think I’ll try to get a shower in soon.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Back in a dilapidated house in London, Sirius Black was back at the same table he was that morning, now facing Remus. “So Remus, I think I have a way to be sure that Harry makes it through the war, but I need your help. You see, I once swore an oath not to mention something, but it occurs to me that Harry could collect on a debt owed from a member of the Potter family.

 

“What I need you to do is either find or create a method by which a magical creature can grant a human their own form, replacing or adding to their own animagus form. While Harry might have fun as a stag or some kind of bird, something more powerful would help him live longer. I remember hearing about old magical champions of the Native American tribes being granted the ability to wear the form of a Thunderbird.

 

“All I can say is that we might have something even better available, but I can’t leave this house to find the potion or whatever method they use. I need you to help Harry now, by doing what I can’t. I just need you to sign this contract that will protect the secret. Are you willing to help win the war?” Thankfully, at least one Marauder will forgive me for deceiving another. I’ll try to make this worth it James.

 

After hearing about the lack of contact between his old friend and his godson, Sirius felt much less guilt over doing this than he had with Minnie. To be completely honest, he was also still a little ticked over the whole innocent man in prison without a trial thing as well. It seemed like Remus couldn’t be trusted to do the right thing on his own, so a binding contract would help.

 

True, this might be how Albus got started, but at least I’m only making Remus keep promises we all gave James and Lily. I failed them when I went after Pettigrew because I trusted that others would do the right things. That got Harry raised by monsters and myself in the company of demons. No more. Harry is the heir of my house and all that’ s left o f the Potter’s legacy and he’ll be a good man if he makes it through this alive. I don’t know who else in the Magical World I’d trust with any kind of power really.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Back in Hogwarts, in a hidden room both groups were taking some time to marshal their thoughts. While Draconic came easily to its native speakers, parseltonguein large amounts was proving tiring for various parts of Harry’s mouth, face and throat. There was more to be discussed, but all involved were considering what was most important information they wanted.

 

Đ: “A secure cavern, next to a forest and a small town in the middle of nowhere? Much worse places to stay. Course, if Talion can manage it we might try for our own island someday once he’s grown up. I’ll never forget Tendrion for getting us here, his toil and ingenuity. It’s just so nice to be free of Azeroth, free of the Old Gods at last!” Vespiona’s words were cut short by a hollow, broken sound coming from Talion as he started to chuckle, then laugh brokenly.

 

Đ: “ I’m sorry, hahaha, I thought you knew at first, haha,” The black and orange drake let out in words punctuated by increasingly hysterical laughter. “then I just couldn’t bear to take it away from you.” At this point, he broke down into sobs briefly.

 

“That darkness, that taint that bound us isn’t gone. I don’t think even Elune could remove it without killing us. It’s still there, in the back of my head, it’s just for the first time it isn’t influencing my every thought. Feel it out, see if it’s still there or not. I hope you’re free and you can just bind me or put me out of my misery in a few hours when it takes me again.” Finished speaking, the dragon sank to the ground and shed tears from his eyes. “Actually, if there’s no escape for this, I’d rather die as myself, for the first time in the dozen years I’ve lived then live as a slave any longer.”

 

Across the room, Harry and Hermione caught the sudden downturn of emotion, first with Talion and then with the others. Reading their faces wasn’t easy with the reptilian features but the drooping wings and tails were; not to mention the hurr y and panic in Draconic that even Miss Granger could pick out of the language.

 

Ralion took charge of the growing panic by slamming the dull bone plates that made up the club at the end of his tail on the obsidian hard enough to crack the stone and catch everyone’s attention.

 

Đ: “ We are not giving up! Not yet! I will not let me brother’s blood toil and tears be for nothing! Stay calm and focus for a few more hours before you let despair take you! There must be something we can do, so think hard!” Coming up to Harry as quickly as he could without charging at him he started to speak. “Harry, we’ve just figured out that our ‘Imperi o us’ isn’t gone but dormant and we might only have a few hours before we need to be restrained or killed. I need to know everything about how you knew to open the door on this side, that might give us a clue on how to proceed.”

 

Ƥ: “ I often have nightmares, and I was having one last night. I was seeing a fellow student killed again when suddenly everything changed. I knew I was dreaming, and I was in a forest with huge tree and gleaming shafts of moonlight coming down through the trees. I could see a tall figure in the distance standing before five smaller ones, but it was indistinct and I couldn’t see anything beyond that. I looked at them, and something swept into me.

 

“I knew you were in trouble, fleeing death and darkness, I knew I could help if you if I acted quickly. I had an image burned into my brain of that circle on the floor and then I woke up. Usually I don’t sleep as well as most people, but after only a couple hours of sleep I was more rested than I’ve ever been. I got someone I could trust to help me and came to this room. This is the Room of Requirement and it becomes whatever you need it to, last night it became what you see, minus what I’ve wanted to add to it since.

 

“I know that something very powerful touched my mind, but it didn’t seem to be malevolent. I know malevolent things touching my mind.” Harry stopped talking for a moment and thought hard on what that touch of his mind felt like, trying to get a thought on it’s possible motivations. After a moment he had the best he could phrase it.

 

“I think the best way I can put it is that whatever force connected us wanted you to be free, but it c ouldn’t or wouldn’t just give it to you. I’m not sure why. It feels like, and I don’t know why, it wanted you to prove yourself somehow.” Harry gestured his companion towards the mirror and she indeed grasped the idea. Harry leaned over as the dragons thought and whispered in her ear:

 

“Whatever influence was warping them isn’t gone, but it was silenced for a time. I think they’re in a place where they’d rather die as themselves than go back. Try to brainstorm with Sirius if you can get him alone.”

 

A few paces away Ralion and the others were thinking hard. None of them were familiar with Elune or Cenarius save as powerful enemies. And that was probably the point, Ralion thought to himself. Tendrion was worthy but I’m not sure we are. There must be something… I can’t believe an eternity of Tendrion’s service would be worth sending us here for a few hours of false hope . So there must be something here that can help us. From the description of this room, I can already see the young mage is already trying to make it conjure something to help. I don’t know if that would work, but it can’t hurt and trying the easy solutions is a good first step.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Back at Number Twelve, Sirius was grabbing a late lunch after having gotten Remus started on his research expedition when the mirror in his pocket started to vibrate and warm. Making off with his sandwich to his private room he sat down and pulled his mirror out of his pocket. Once alone he tapp ed it with his wand to receive the call. He had been hoping that most of the excitement had been dealt with for the day, but those hopes ended when a concerned Hermione showed up on the mirror and started relaying the last few moments of events from the Scottish Castle.

 

“So now the leader of the four is saying that their old leader gave himself in service to a god basically forever in exchange for them getting here, and he doesn’t think an offer in good faith like that would have them only escape the darkness for a few hours. Sirius, if we can’t get them taken care of in a few hours we’re going to start chaining them, but they’re apparently saying that if we can’t help them they’d rather die then be monsters again. We only have a little time left where they’ll want to help us, apparently whatever effect is in play, it will warp their thoughts where the Imperious only blankets the mind. Do you have any ideas?”

 

Scratching his stubble, Sirius thought hard. “Try to find out more about how it was applied, when it first started to get into their thoughts. Ask about when it first got its hooks into them.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Back in the Castle, no one really like the answer that the stolen eggs from other dragons were subsumed in some kind of black, evil magic and miasma. It stoked anger when the Twilight Dragons spoke of the torture in their eggs that never let up until their wills broke and they actually begged to serve the Old Gods if only the pain would cease.

 

It was generally agreed that being led through a series of questions, since all three dragons had heard the same words in their minds ( Will you serve me? Will you serve no other? Will you obey your god s ?) and the pain continued until all answers were yes, that it was what essentially a form of magical contract or oath. And, as any well-educated magical would tell you, getting out of those was tricky.

 

The good news from Sirius was that to the best of his knowledge not all oaths and such were equal. One given under duress (For example: Sign this contract in blood or I kill you.) would not be as binding as one done in good faith on both sides. Sadly, in some ways the power of the people involved also played a part. A near-squib signing a contract wouldn’t be held as tightly as a strong wizard.

 

This was bad because response oaths tended to take from both individuals involved, and the dragons were not sparing the word ‘god’ apparently when discussing the creatures that had enslaved them. Several hours passed quickly in a stream of discussion and frantic reading of every tome the room could conjure, leading even Hermione to recklessly hurl useless books off into the distance. Time was short already.

 

There was no more time left when Talion, member of the first Flight to fall to the Old Gods and having lived with the whispers much longer by virtue of having lived about eight years longer than the others asked Harry to restrain him. That sort of sent a chill through the other six souls that heard it. Talion found himself in a padded stockade, more comfortable than he expected to be honest. At that point, Sirius asked Harry to place the mirror in front of the dragons and to translate what he said word for word.

 

“Okay, time is short now. Here’s what we know: You’ve sworn an oath under duress, under torture as the most helpless kind of child imaginable. That’s made it weaker than one made on the level. With most magic, intentions matter. Good emotions and motivations produce stronger b o nds than selfish ones do. Love truly is stronger than hate.

 

“Also, an oath, verbal or mental isn’t as strong as something with a physical binder, like a contract signed with blood. Your leader made a deal with a goddess that’s generally on the up and up with honest intentions and the most valuable thing he could offer , and she sent you to my godson here out of all possible places and people .

 

“I don’t know if you know, but Harry is standing almost alone against an evil that’s rising right now in this land. I think that if you were to make some kind of blood oath in good faith and really meant it on both sides, that would be strong enough to protect against this filth that’s forced its way into your minds. Harry, is that dragon laughing in a good way or a bad way?”

 

Indeed, Caliona had begun laughing in a way that wasn’t great for her throat wound, with the others joining in soon after. But, this time it wasn’t a broken loss of hope, but a seeming joke that was just now being funny. Tendrion had seemingly saved them again.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Đ: “ Harry, Tendrion will save us again it seems. He made all of us learn an old ritual that was used by an old elven mage-king that ruled a small and wildly diverse kingdom that shattered amicably after his death. Quickly, write down your parts of the oath, then have the room summon a sharp silver knife and four silver goblets. I feel a little unsure about doing this, but we’ve come this far and we don’t have other options at all. I hope you will save us from madness and darkness by accepting our service,” Here he raised his head and looked into Harry’s eyes. “My Lord.”

 

Thus it was, with Hermione Granger, Sirius Black, and the house elves Dobby and Kreacher watching unnoticed in the shadows, Harry began an old ritual to bind four servants to him, and thus threw the fate of two worlds from their previous paths. For good or ill, events to come would be different .

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Feeling it the right thing to do, Ralion went first. Đ: “ I, Ralion of the Twilight Dragonflight, former slave-servant of the Old Gods of Azeroth do hereby swear myself to Harry James Potter so long as I draw breath.” Saying this, he paused, took his very clean right forelimb and cut himself with the knife, bleeding into the silver goblet . “I offer you my life’s blood to bind myself to you, the Lord I have chosen. P lease accept my service .”

 

Taking the offered goblet, Harry ingested a sip of the blood, ignoring the taste (Coppery and s lightly evil, with a hint of some wood ash.) he responded looking into the eyes of Ralion, hoping he could do this right, that he could do right by him, whatever came after this.

 

Ƥ: “I accept your service, given in good faith Ralion of the Twilight Flight.” Accepting the knife offered to him handle first, he cut a finger and added three drops to the goblet before passing it back to him. “Take my blood that you may know the bulwark of a Loyal Lord .” Hearing this, he drank the contents of the goblet, mostly his blood with the addition from Harry. “Will you, Ralion of House Potter give me your service, in whatever manner I ask o f you to y our very last breath?”

 

“I give you my service to my last breath, of my own free will my Lord.” With that, a bright white flashed through the room and the silver goblet, taken from the room of lost things, (and then cleaned vigorously) slipped from Ralion’s right claw and formed a narrow band around his forelimb marked with the rarely seen symbol of H ouse Potter , a rapier crossed with a wand over the words “Timor non est in facie mali.” a phrase in Latin that translates to “ No fear in the face of evil .”

 

Both participants would later admit to feeling rather strange as they stood there, the after effects slowly fading. Hermione, filling in for a loyal retainer, cleaned the knife with a cloth in a very specific pattern as Ralion stepped back and first his sister Vespiona, then Caliona and Talion repeated the ritual with Harry.

 

Talion, the darkness clawing at his mind, had much difficulty getting through the ritual, at one point pausing to bellow out “I will never serve you again!” in defiance. Talion would later describe the sensation of the bond settling as something pushing the old hatred and cruelty aside a building something within him that would stand between his mind and the writhing shadows. Something that cared about him, that wanted him to know a better life and to live a better life.

 

Soon all four stepped up to Harry in a line, Ralion a half stride further forward than the others, and bowed before Harry. Đ: “ What is your first command, my Lord?” they asked in a nearly eerie unison.

 

Harry had been thinking about this since Sirius first made the suggestion. He knew that any command he gave to them would be law, they would be unable to disobey. As they were getting ready for this, he’d asked Hermione and Sirius over the mirror in a corner for advice on how to phrase the needed commands.

 

Ƥ: “ First, you will never again be influenced by , obey, heed or register hearing the thoughts, words, or whispers of the Old Gods. Second, from this day forward I want you to live a life you can be proud of. Third, you will not obey my words that are not directly intended as commands. If you are unsure, ask me before you act. Fourth, I want you to come to me if you need something, I would rather be a friend than a master. For now, look after your health and we’ll make what preparations we need. I, I’m not sure I’m worthy of your trust but I will do everything I can to make myself worthy. For now, I think we could all use something to eat and drink; I don’t know about you but I seem to be buzzing inside and I’m not sure if that’s a good thing or not.”

 

A bit of a rest was certainly in order after a rather exciting afternoon. Sirius signed off when he saw eyelids starting to droop, seeing that the room had shifted to provide a rather large pile of pillows for the dragons to arrange however they wanted and a four-poster bed with his still shirtless godson slipping under the covers, too tired to notice his female friend slipping in on the other side. He wondered if they’d find themselves spooning sometime soon or not.

 

In any case, Harry might not have known what all that ritual did, but he’d bet his tail that there would be some side effects that were unexpected. While he wasn’t familiar with that ritual, let alone the language it was performed in, between the light show, the intent, the blood and the cups made he suspected that there was more to it. Exactly what effects this could have, he wasn’t sure of yet. It looked like it was time to review some of his lessons from the previous Head the Blacks (His grandfather, not his father. Now that was a terrifying man. His father never met the minimum sanity requirements to be the Family Head.) back when he was just a kid before he fled from his parents.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

A four hour rest did everyone in the Room of Requirement a great deal of good. Hermione, not directly dealing with any fallout from the ritual was the first to wake up. She found herself held in a pair of arms and held against a bare chest. She blushed, but decided to remain still and not wake him. She had heard him say that he often had nightmares so decided to let him rest for the time being.

 

It turned out she felt more relaxed than she expected as she soon returned to her slumber. A little after eight that evening Harry woke up, surprised to have his best friend held close so he carefully disentangled himself and slipped out of the bed and made use of the bathroom. Despite being as quiet as possible, he did return to the others stirring awake. Now that much of the stress and immediate problems had been resolved he noticed that his best friend had seemingly not had the time to don a bra last night. He found himself blushing at some thoughts that ran rampant through his mind at that discovery.

 

Dobby, seeing them waking up provided a light meal and some warm drinks. If he wanted Harry Potter to take him as his elf someday, he would have to prove that he was the best elf. He was experimenting with different seasonings for the dragons too. For the meal he had cow hearts from the little known farm a group of Hogwarts elves kept up in a greatly expanded, and previously unused, wing of the castle only reachable by the elves. (Centuries ago, a headmaster had commanded the elves to find a way to reduce the food budget without lowering quality. After some false starts, he was amazed when the quality went up while the costs plummeted to almost nothing. After learning what the elves had done he had gathered them all together and given them most honest praise he could for not only accomplishing a hard command but surpassing expectations. Some elves had passed out from joy at the honest, earnest praise.)

 

Dobby had found a seasoning they all seemed to enjoy in a slowly cooked heart with very spicy barbecue sauce. For the dragon that was still looking rather weak he had made for her a meaty stew of heart and liver with a little blood. Not sure how to prepare bones for consumption, he’d merely soaked a few in bit of unused gravy from the main student’s dinner. It was certainly different cooking for carnivores instead of omnivores, but so far the little elf had nailed it.

 

After they had all finished eating w ith light conversation floating around during the meal, Harry willed the room to create a pool just deep enough for the drakes to submerge their heads if they ducked. Thinking back to his guest’s preferred temperature for water, he added a heating element to one side of the pool and had it make that part scalding hot. With a little magic the other side of the water would be warm enough to relax human muscles but not scald human skin. He requested and got a pair of swimming trunks in dark blue but poor Harry had a problem when he tried to get some swimwear for Hermione. No matter what he tried, he couldn’t get the room to provide something that was as modest as he guessed his friend would want.

 

Hermione was honestly impressed at the combination hot tub and pool Harry designed , but found herself immediately insulted when the first attempt produced a very tiny string bikini. She almost let out an angry remark when she saw him frown and try again. His second attempt produced a larger amount of cloth, but it had sections cut out that revealed almost as much. By the sixth attempt, she could see him becoming frustrated before he turned to her, red faced and very embarrassed.

 

“I’m sorry Hermione, I think you’ll have to transfigure something. I think the problem is that while I want to give you something you’d be comfortable in, part of me also wants to see you something like this.” Deciding to cut her best friend some slack, she picked up two pieces from different sets that seemed more modest than the others and applied a color charm to both so they’d be matching dark green. Honestly she’d seen plenty worse on vacation in France. Stepping into the bathroom for a moment, she remarked to him as she closed the door.

 

“That’s alright Harry, I guess you’re still a teenage boy, Lord o f dragons or not. You wouldn’t believe what my dad has to say about teenage boys.”

 

Within five minutes everyone had sunk into the rather warm water, Harry had made an admirable attempt to keep his eyes on his friend’s face and not on the rest of her as she slipped into the water looking much more graceful than he remembered her previously. For her part, Hermione noted both the attempt and the warm feeling she got that Harry seemed to enjoy the view when his eyes roved a bit.

 

Thankfully the pool was self-cleaning, as bits of previously missed mud and dried blood flaked off the dragons as they relaxed in the water. Talion felt a little let down that the water wasn’t as warm as he’d like, but then again if he wanted to swim in something to his tastes he’d need a vat of aluminum or molten stone instead of water. After a time of just relaxing, Ralion asked for and received some large brushes of varying thickness. It turned out due to their anatomy dragons had pretty much given up on washing themselves, too many hard to reach places, and instead they would groom each other. Harry learned that it had become a tradition, and Hermione guessed it was a kind of bonding ritual.

 

Usually a male drake would only bathe a non-related female if they were either courting or already mates, but Vespiona and Ralion paired up while Talion and Caliona cleaned each other out of necessity. The two teens just relaxed in the warm water, asking the odd question about draconic culture. Sadly, those here hadn’t been exposed to as much of it given their situation as slaves, but from what they knew it seemed v ery practical .

 

After an hour of soaking in the pleasantly warm water, the group made a few plans for tomorrow involving getting up early the next morning, and using Sunday to make plans for going forward. Both teens took a few moments to slip into the rooms shower for a quick scrub with soap before bed. Vespiona had mentioned they couldn’t use soap on themselves until they had either acquired or mixed up a substitute for a special oil they used on their scales, as most soaps would strip the existing oil off and let their scales dry and crack.

 

Harry let Hermione take the existing bed and asked the room for a sleeping bag instead. Hermione watched him lay down to sleep next to the dragons, he’d whispered something about wanting them to feel like he was one of them instead of thinking him as their superior. It turns out the dragons were still rather exhausted from their escape and the bonding, as they fell asleep quickly. Her last view of Harry for the night was when a sleeping Caliona used her wing to pull him to her side like a large teddy bear. Hermione fell asleep with a smile on her face.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

On another worl d no longer very far away at all a n eclectic group of creatures flew through the night sky, led by five shapes Harry would have now found familiar . Đ: “ I can’t believe that priestess made us wait at o ur last camp for a full day. Even you R eds should have felt that surge of power! I bet we have another mess to deal with now.”

 

Another dark shape, wings beating hard without the thermals they would normally ride to ease the strain responded in the same tongue. “Elune is a real entity, and as far as I know she’s at least somewhat fond of m y Flight because Cenarius learned so much from G randmother. Unless we’ve done something to seriously offend her I doubt she’d intervene to the group’s detriment while I’m here. Sadly we don’t get to demand answers from the higher beings, only work around them. Think you can find the center of whatever that was?”

 

A third of the creatures beating their wings through the night injected himself. “Even I know that won’t be hard. Let’s just hope we can finally finish this and get that R ed they took back in one piece. I hate to think of what’s been done to her to make her so compliant, and we haven’t seen her since before they got to that island. You still think she’s alright Dali?”

 

“I do brother. They must have had a reason for dragging a clutching dragon around with them, and it would be out of character for this group to be, well, so wasteful to just slit her throat and drop her in the ocean. I agree with Aurogos, it’s likely that island was some kind of facility experimenting on dragons by a Kirin Tor traitor and the Twilights have stolen the whelps we could smell there and placed them all into a prison sphere. There’s a chance we could get some of our whelps back alive too. You all know how many losses our Flights have taken in the last few years. Any thoughts, Stine?”

 

The dark shape that had been lagging behind the others speaking replied, pitching his voice to be heard. “You know we don’t give out hints Dali. I will tell you that after seeing my own possible futures I choose to join your group for this hunt. We’ll just have to see how this shake of the hourglass pans out.”

 

Speaking again, the first voice a sked : “Does that imply you don’t know how this turns out Stine?”

 

Even in the front of their column, Aurogos could hear the amused snort. “There’s a reason people lost in the Caverns of Time go mad my friend. Past flows into Future with endless eddies thrown into the mix. Fate is ever-changing and rarely kind. Predicting tomorrow perfectly is only possible if one can account for every variable and I don’t think even Aman'Thul can manage that. If you’ll keep this to yourselves?” He paused for a moment until he got a committed yes from all the others taking wing with him. “ I did see a future self, or should I say a potential future self going about his business on my way out of the Caverns of Time . I, or rather he looked very chipper and excited in a way I haven’t been in s ome time so I have a rather good feeling about this.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

AN: I’m trying to decide on weapon(s) for Harry. Right now the plan is to have him learn to fight with magic and a blade, but I find myself torn as to what to give him. A one handed sword and a wand, and/or a spear that doubles as a focus are my main thoughts. I welcome other’s o pinions .

 

 

Chapter 4: Chapter 4: More Dragons? More Dragons!

Chapter Text

I don't own Harry Potter or Warcraft. Reviews put a smile on my face!

 

 

 

 

Chapter 4: More Dragons? More Dragons!

 

That Sunday in October dawned bright and clear in Scotland. At Hogwarts, the panic that had started Friday night when portions of the Hogwarts wards seemed to go crazy had mostly subsided as there seemed to be no immediate danger.

 

In fact, the drained wards are recharging a good deal faster than they should be, thought Albus Dumbledore, sitting in his office as he enjoyed a hot cup of tea while enjoying the frankly spectacular view of the grounds and surrounding mountains. I wonder if there has been some change in the ley-lines under the castle? It is very rare, but they do shift. In fact, no reason to delay asking the lead unspeakable to do a survey of the surrounding lines. He concluded as he picked up his wand and sent out a Patronus spell before continuing his morning tea.

 

Later the survey results would be mixed, but conclude that at least two of the more accessible lines had reversed the direction of their flow and increased slightly in size. This neatly solved the mystery as far as everyone investigating was concerned. A shift in the lines explained all the odd behavior of the wards, but the Ministry and H eadmaster really should have looked into the cause of the shift a bit more. In truth, not just two, but all of the ley-lines had shifted directions, now flowing away from the castle as vast amounts of magical energy poured in from an unassuming blue o val .

 

 

That power flowed through the runes that regulated it, down into the stones and eventually down into the earth itself. It also saturated the air around the portal. Most magicals of Britain did not know why Hogwarts was a boarding school, or why it was in such a remote place. In truth, wizards and witches as they mature benefit from a high saturation of magical energy, and Hogwarts Castle provided the highest saturation possible in the hemisphere .

 

Most of the inhabitants of the castle would begin to, on and o ff , notice a small buzzing sensation as the year went on. Poppy Pomfrey never would discover the reason, as it was not the effect of a spell or disease. In fact, it was wholly the effect of living in a place where the saturation of magic suddenly doubled in two days. Then again a week later. And then again three weeks after that. Then again two months after that. And one more time in M ay before leveling off at a level that was so far beyond any recorded that it would just be assumed that the equipment or scale was wrong.

 

Why was the saturation skyrocketing? Well, it was simply a matter of equalizing pressure from one world to another.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

On a positive turn, Harry’s recurring nightmares ha d been chased away by the roughly seven -hundred pounds of dragon that was cuddling him like a toddler would a teddy bear. On a less positive one, he really needed to use the restroom and he was being held in place; and Caliona was a lot stronger than he was. In fact, between the wing above him, the tail on his lap, and what he couldn’t determine as a rear or front limb, he wasn’t even sure which way to wiggle right now. Well if I can’t force my way out, or slip away from a limb here, I wonder if she’s ticklish?

 

From there it only took a little work to find out the right spot. Most of the scales were too thick, but when he reached the soft spot under the base of her wing, he got a twitch. A little more work and she shifted enough for him to escape. He found he was still the first one awake when he returned to the room, and the room was kind enough to provide a clock and some magical windows. As he noticed it was almost seven in the morning he thought about asking for some tea, but remembered the room seemed unable to make food. (He wasn’t actually sure if the water in the pool was real water taken from elsewhere in the castle or some kind of construct like everything else R oom brought forth . )

 

Sitting down to look at some of his notes Harry saw the small rune stone Ralion had given him. Examining it more closely he was intrigued at how it worked with just a few runes carved into the right kind of stone; it made him wonder for a moment about other kinds of magic that could be made from runes. Suddenly his decision not to take the Ancient Runes class seemed to not be his brightest idea.

 

Looking around reminded him that the other group should be f inding the portal soon. Based on what he’d heard, a stable portal would be cause for endless concern given the history on Azeroth, he hoped he could defuse the situation peacefully. To be honest, he was really tempted to step through the portal just to see what was on the other side. Well, besides a dusty cave anyway. Seeing a whole new world seemed so exciting , even if it was dangerous as hell apparently. In any case, he had a good amount of time before the pathway collapsed so he could go e xploring at some point later on.

 

For now, it was time to finish looking at the information for the Fidelius Charm, if he wasn’t strong enough to cast it he could probably tap a little power off the runic circle at the other side. In any case, Harry decided that if Dobby decided to join his family he would certainly say yes because just as he was about to ask for some tea he had found some already waiting for him. Crazy little guy’s trying hard to make a good impression.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

“We’re directly above the arcane disturbance, but it must be in a cave below. Shaman, can you tell us if there’s an entrance nearby or if we need to dig?”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

As morning progressed, nightly fasts were broken all across the country. Sirius checked in with Harry and told him he’d be sending Kreacher to Hogwarts today with a slightly better version of the mirrors they were using; he’d had Remus send a few well-made folding mirrors from the muggle world with a new owl on his way out of the country for a bit. Harry replied that he was fine, and nothing was happening at Hogwarts other than h e was still feeling a strange buzzing sensation. That was attributed to the ritual yesterday, and could probably be ignored for now.

 

Later, w hen Kreacher found his Masters heir, he did not quite expect him to be sharing light snacks with four dragons and a girl that had spent the summer at Number 12 . Luckily they seemed oddly well behaved, so he approached the boy-who-might-be-heir-t o -the-Blacks.

 

Experiences with Buckbeak informing his actions, he approached only after he had been noticed by the dragons. Standing before Harry, he couldn’t hold himself back anymore. The chance of completing the Task he’d been left kept him polite, and he drew on every lesson on comportment he’d ever observed, determined to get this right. After handing over the new mirrors and accepting the old one (never want the mirror to fall into the wrong hands) he started to plead his case to the boy.

 

“Many years ago, Master Regulus Black stole an item from the Dark Lord and died for it. He tasked Kreacher with its destruction, but Kreacher has always failed in his favorite master’s Last Task. Master Sirius has told Kreacher that H alfblood heir could find the venom of a Basilisk or a d ragon’s f ire so Kreacher could finish his task. So Kreacher comes here and asks, and sees that Master’ s heir is s nacking with dragons.”

 

Harry, g ave the small, oddly polite creature a nod. “I will ask. And if they can not or will not help, there should be a Basilisk corpse with venom in its fangs down in the Chamber.”

 

Turning to Ralion, he spoke. Ƥ: “Ralion, this creature has a magical locket he claims was stolen from a wizard that’s been trying to kill me since I was a toddler. It was the last request of his favored master that he destroy it, but he’s been unable to. Would you consent to making an attempt? I think you can breath fire or poison, or I have no idea what that sack under your jaw is for.”

 

Đ: “ You’re right. Uh, you might want to make a space to burn this. Twilight Flames should work on consuming items as they do flesh, but stopping them from also consuming the castle will require a bit of care. It shouldn’t get badly out of control, extinguishing our own flames was a lesson Tendrion was firm we learn, but better safe than sorry.

 

A few moments and a section of the room expanded and a wide area was covered in a platform of soapstone above granite. Kreacher could barely contain his excitement as he placed the locket in the middle of the platform. Everyone came to stand at the edge and watched as Talion had to gesture the house-elf back three times.

 

When he was clear, Ralion took a deep breath (Only wishing a little for the stronger fires he’d have once he grew from drake to dragon.) and spat out dark blue hungering flames. Coming a little closer, his own flames not a danger, he watched the locket as its first protections b egan to falter . He breathed again, a smaller, more fine stream directly onto the locket before he felt the first touches of his Flight’s absorption kick in.

 

Early Twilight Dragons gained much of their strength from absorbing Nether drakes, but this had been refined later on. Though not a completely efficient process, the magical properties of the Twilight Flame stole the strength of those it burned, adding some of their capacity for magic to the dragon’s own. For a small piece of equipment, even accounting for it being heavily enchanted, this was proving to be a n unexpectedly rich meal.

 

The onlookers were becoming worried at how long this was taking, until the tiny piece of metal screamed and let out a cloud that resolved briefly into a human-like figure cloaked in shadow. R alion ’s thoughts on u ndeath mostly re volved around wishing everyone would do the sensible thing and burn their dead . So he took his own advice and buried the a pparition under a torrent of flames until there was nothing left at all. Seeing the house-elf fall down to its knees in relief Ralion moved back over to the onlookers and offered his thoughts. Đ: “ If that wasn’t a phylactery I’m a chicken .”

 

It only took a gentle elbow nudge from Hermione to get Harry to admit there was a noun there of some unknown significance, but he had no idea what it was. Luckily with his ability to make conversation through the language and species divides and the book-conjuring power of the Room of Requirement, they soon had worked out a rather horrifying answer.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Learning that Voldemort was alive because he had split his soul caused a fair amount of disquiet, even among creatures that knew of, and had encountered a Lich at one point. On the plus side, Voldemort retained his flesh by keeping part of his soul inside his physical form, but the dragons shuddered at the thought of the instability and insanity that would likely come from splitting one’s own soul. The fact that there was at least two pieces in objects that they knew of was horrifying.

 

Once again, they were eating a late lunch and trying to plan how to get the dragons unseen through the castle; Harry had just remembered how the real Moody had been found in his trunk and they were trying to figure out how to use something similar when the small rune stone sitting on the table began to vibrate. The six of them (Hermione being slightly out of the loop but having good advice to toss in anyway.) had after discussing their options decided to wait to cast the Fidelius until after making contact with that other group.

 

Also, since Harry was the only one that could communicate with the pursuing drakes and not be attacked on sight he would go through and talk to them. He knew it might take a little while to get through the Draconic Parseltounge divide as he had with the speakers in the room. (Now almost never missing a word, and when he did it was a word he wasn’t familiar with in English.) They figured the hunters had probably heard Ralion shouting orders at some point, so the usually quiet Caliona, with somewhat raspy but functional vocal chords that got to answer the receiver as she opened a connection with her magic. Đ: “There is no immediate threat. Stay out of the water and do not kill the human about to come through the portal, please confirm.”

 

“Confirmed, we will not kill the human without provocation.” Harry shrugged at that as he prepared to go through. Though he didn’t know that Dobby had been raiding the lost and found for him, he did prefer the new, better fitting boots, pants, and shirt. A wand holster with an enchanted release was proving very handy as well. Taking a deep breath he willed control of the room to Hermione as planned just after crossing and restoring the barrier around the portal. With a smile on his face, he walked up to it and paused slightly.

 

“One small step for man...” And stepping through, got to briefly see a dusty and mostly dark cave before the room started to spin and he passed out. Luckily he was caught by a young man in brown leather armor as he quickly sheathed his daggers and rushed forward before Harry found out how hard the rocks were on this planet.

 

Fortunately he was only out for a few moments before he started to come around. Opening his eyes he saw what, in better lighting might have been a blue dragon circling the runic circle that sat on the ground below this side’s portal. He did notice a different shade of dragon seemingly talking into her talon. Đ: “ ...a little magic intoxication, he should be fine in a few moments. Wait, he’s coming around now. Are you certain you want him to handle the explanations to us? Fine then, no need to be rude.”

 

Coming around to stand directly in front of him, she started to converse. “ I have no idea why, but the dragon on the other end said to speak to you in Draconic, can you understand me, mortal?”

 

Falling back into what was becoming a familiar tongue he hissed a reply. Ƥ: “ Yes. My name is Harry Potter, may I ask yours?”

 

Đ: “Strange way of speech you have there. My name is Alira of the Green Dragonflight. We’re hunting a group of five dangerous creatures that seem to have used magic far beyond what they should have been capable of. In addition to being twisted monsters, they’ve abducted at least one of our friends. Your people are in danger, but we’re hesitant to enter another world uninvited. Have you seen them?”

 

Ƥ: “ I’ve had a very interesting couple of days actually. I don’t know if you’re going to believe me, to be honest.” Harry closed his eyes as the room was still trying to spin on him.

 

Đ: “ Just tell me what’s happened please. Time is of the essence.”

 

Ƥ: “ Alright, but dragon at the portal, please don’t tinker with it. I don’t know what would happen on this end, but if it destabilizes on the other end before the energy leaches out it’s going to destroy a school and town.” That got a gruff response from the dragon that he wasn’t crazy or stupid as three other dragons stepped forward.

 

Harry was still trying to keep his eyes closed. He wasn’t sure what magic intoxication was, but it was making him nauseous. “All right. The night before last, on the my world, I have no idea the time here, I was asleep having my normal nightmare when everything just cleared, instantly.

 

“I found myself in a forest with massive trees and gleaming magical shafts of moonlight. I saw figures in the distance, and then I just knew things, like the receiving set of runes for the one you see on the floor there. Wait, I didn’t notice that before, did I get another language jammed in my head too?”

 

Pausing for a moment, he opened his eyes and looked at the Night Elf woman in ornate robes with some kind of blatantly magical, glowing staff across her back. “Good fortune to your family. How is the weather here? One the other side it’s getting a bit cold, I almost need to break out my heavy s hirt s .”

 

That got people’s attention. Especially the Night Elf’s. “You speak my native tongue, but in a very old dialect young man. I have not heard some of those inflections spoken aloud in a millennium. How is this possible?”

 

Continuing in a language that had only recently been renamed Darnassian, Harry r esponded . “I think I was given a dream from a being called Elune several nights ago. The leader of the dragons you were hunting was apparently a decent guy trying to do the best he could, and he traded his eternal service to Elune for getting the ones he cared off this world, away from the Old Gods.”

 

Looking at him like a teacher would a wayward student, eyes boring into him she confirmed his suspicions. “I would normally think you a liar for saying that child. But, probably at the same time you were granted a vision, Elune touched my mind for the first time and implored me to keep our group in camp for a full day. It required a show of Her strength to cow some members of our group, but we waited until the appointed time to continue. Did the Goddess’s intervention cleanse the taint from those dragons?”

 

Sighing, and again closing his eyes, the room’s spinning was slow ing , but still making him feel sick. Harry had no idea what that he had the full attention of every dragon in the room and basically everyone but the human in leather that didn’t speak the language.

 

“Yes and no. I don’t think it’s possible to break their oaths and purge the corruption outright without killing them. From what I understand, it might not be possible at all on this world. But what she did do was free their minds for a time. I, I’ve had to stop one of them from killing himself so far, after he got the wounds on his friends treated he broke down and all the things he’d done, the things he’d been forced to enjoy caught up with him. When they found out that their reprieve was temporary, they became desperate, all four of them.”

 

Alira, drawing attention to herself by stepping forward broke in with perfect Darnassian. “We have searched for a way to purge the corruption of the old gods for a very long time. We have found no thing but the freedom of death m ortal .”

 

Sighing, Harry shakily stood up and looked her in the eye at his full height. “Did you ever try great amounts of distance from the corrupti ng agent and then overlaying that oath with a stronger one?” That did indeed get everyone attention.

 

Swinging around and stomping towards him, the Blue dragon began demanding, also in Darnassian (Hey, learning a new language can kill good amounts of time in a constructive way. Dragons have a shelf life of roughly ten to fifteen thousand years so they have plenty of time to kill.) “What are you talking about, what oath? Are you saying you’ve found a way to free sentient s from the grip of the old gods when we’ve been failing for ten thousand years?”

 

Looking the a gitated dragon right in the eyes Harry responded. “I don’t know if you have the same traditions, but my people have a way to bind people to honor agreements with magic, some stronger ways involve using blood as a binding agent. We found out from the Twilight Dragons that when they were in their eggs, they were tortured mercilessly until they gave in and g ave a binding oath to accept your enemies as their gods simply to escape the pain .”

 

All five of them looked more than a little sick at that. No just individual ever condones the torture of children. “We almost didn’t figure it out in time, but it turns out that not all oaths are equal. The intent behind them matters, like my godfather said, love is stronger than hate . Not to mention that an oath given at gunpoint isn’t as strong as one given in good faith, add in the distance, a physical binder of blood, and that portal apparently doing something to keep the evil on this side...”

 

Alira jumped forward into Harry’s face. “With all that you were able to free them? You mean we don’t have to kill them anymore?!”

 

Quickly suppressin g a wince, Harry responded. “They’re free of what was binding them before, but now they’re bound to me instead. Given that Elune apparently sent them to me specifically, they made the choice to use the binding ritual . I haven’t heard complaints yet, but they’re not completely free, and I’m not sure if they ever will be. Also, now that you’re close I see that you’re still damp. I’m going to step back and make a quick call with my mirror if you’ll excuse me.”

 

Flipping open a seemingly simple mirror, Harry was heard calling out a word in English before seeing a teenage girl’s face show up. A few rapidly said words and Ralion’s face was showing quickly. Ƥ: “ Ralion, tell me quickly why you wanted them to stay out of the water.” Harry was focused enough on the mirror that he failed to notice the green snout looking over his shoulder.

 

Even through the mirror Alira and Harry could tell that Ralion was drooping, ashamed of himself. “The water was supposed to be an obstacle to make them detour around or try digging a new tunnel! They were supposed to notice what was wrong and avoid it! It’s not the first time we’ve set traps to slow them down!”

 

Ralion . What was in the water?”

 

“I’m so sorry. Nineteen standard crystal vials of Faceless blood from one we ambushed and killed .” Five drakes serving under the Wyrmrest Accord hissed violently in shock. “If any significant amount of t hat blood were to come in contact with them for long or be ingested, it would slowly infect them like a plague. I’m so sorry my Lord.”

 

A voice in English came back as the image on the mirror swapped to the bushy-haired teenager again. “Harry, is everything all right over there? The dragons here are looking depressed and guilty again.”

 

“I think it will be okay in the long run Hermione, but we might have five more joining me for the same reason as the others are staying. Can you alter the barrier around the portal so there’s room for five drakes and myself to stand, but keep it sealed? I’ll see you when I see you, I might be here for a while.”

 

Turning around, glad the room had stopped spinning, Harry saw that Alira was actually crying into the Night Elf’s lap, while the human rogue and werewolf(?) with a r ather large rifle were standing near the only entrance looking confused. The other four dragons were just looking despondent. He focused on the entrance again when a, well he wasn’t quite sure what it was except that it was sort human shaped with very broad shoulders, an extra knee, with on e bending in the opposite direction of the upper one did, some kind of tail and wearing chainmail came back and said something to a dragon that was waiting near the door.

 

When that dragon’s wings drooped just a bit, Harry figured he knew what the news was. Never the less, t he drake moved forward resolutely. Nodding to Harry as he placed himself in the middle of the group of dragons. Đ: “ I’m sorry friends. Malaru confirmed the water we swam through and some of us drank bears the taint of the old gods. From everything I know we’re now doomed to walk the path of Neltharion in his descent. If it’s any consolation , I think the mortals are safe; carrying them above the water seems to have spared them. They’ve been hunting faithfully with us since we first struck at the Twilight, so at least we won’t drag them down with us. I don’t really know what else to say.”

 

Harry waited for him to finish before speaking, trying to give them some hope. (He knew what it was like to have no hope.) Life on my world isn’t perfect.” He started with, gaining their attention. “There’s still evil and I have human enemies that want to destroy me for their own power. But on the plus side, as far I know we don’t have evil gods corrupting our people’s thoughts. I’ve been planning on moving the other drakes into a h idden chamber , and make it so they can hunt in the nearby forest at night. There will be plenty of food for all of you, and I think if you let me I can keep you from falling into what you fear right now.

 

“I can’t make many promises, but if you let me I will do everything I can to help you. To keep the horrors of your world away from mine I’m planning to use a spell that should remove this cavern from everyone’s memories and keep others from finding it. I think I can keep my world safe until the portal fails. I wish I could give you a lot of time to make a decision, but I c an ’t. Use the stone if you wish, as far as I can tell, Ralion, Vespiona, Caliona, and Talion are intelligent creatures horrified with the things they’ve done as slaves to evil. We’ve been discussing a lot of things so far. Think it over p lease , I have some stones to set up.”

 

As Harry pulled out a small case from his pocket that had an expansion charm on it, and took out a few simple ward stones Hermione had carved to encourage living things to stay away he was surprised when the Blue drake walked over and began examining them. Preempting any questions, he started speaking in Darnassian. “It’s already a forgone conclusion mortal. I doubt you noticed, but Siara, the elf priestess was asked to use her mind arts on you before you came through. Nothing invasive, but enough to tell us if you were lying. I’m curious about these glyphs, I’ve never seen scripts like them before.”

 

“I think they’re Old Norse, I haven’t studied them, my friend on the other side carved them for me. At times I regret not choosing to study Ancient Runes, tha t class would certainly be more useful than the one I went with.”

 

Letting out a loud sigh as he took one of the ward stones and examined it carefully, the dragon responded. “Mortal, if I’m going to fall into your service, you should know I won’t accept a leader who is lazy or uneducated. Between the five of us that will be coming with you, we have a good deal of knowledge and over t wo hundred years of experience in this world. If you want to learn, there is much we can teach you, but it will take long hours of study. I assume you are a user of magic?”

 

Receiving a nod the drake smirked. “Then I do have much to teach you young one. My name is Aurogos of the Blue Dragonflight, and I spent twenty years as a student of S enegos before the Nexus War. Here, you can set up these stones, I need to prepare a report for these mortals to return to Wyrmrest Temple with. Last thing, there was a female Red dragon abducted by the...”

 

“Valistraza. As far as I know she’s perfectly healthy inside some kind of pink stasis sphere. And if she wants to stay, I have no problem granting her what protection I can . I’m told she was trying to flee Azeroth on her own, and the Twilight group convinced them to travel with them. Tendrion, the drake that seems to have been free of the darkness, made a deal with her that the whole group was honoring.”

 

“Why on Azeroth would a clutching female try to… Oh. I suppose that does happen at times. Her mate?” At Harry’s downcast eyes he had enough of an answer. “That explains what she was doing traveling alone in that state then . We never did fin d out a good reason.”

 

Leaving Harry to his work, setting the aversion wards and preparing for casting the Fidelius, Aurogos walked over to his pack and prepared his people’s version of a memo. One plus was that with enough mental discipline one could prepare an entire report ahead of time and simply w ill it directly into the golden metal disc. Normally the devices were color-coded for the different Flights of dragons, but this one was special, marking it as very important. After a few moments of running his magic through the device he sealed it by turning an inner section clockwise until it locked and drew out another, more plain version.

 

Switching to the language known as Common, a descriptive if uninspired name, he addressed the Night Elf priestess Siara Moonshadow. “This is my last report to the Wyrmrest Temple. I’ve made it Aspect Eyes only, please ensure it is given directly to either Alexstrasza or Ysera and they understand to only view it in private. This second disk is less important, but it’s fair that we give it to you. My group was infected by a trap left behind, and we’re going to follow in the footsteps of the Black Flight if we stay on this world. There’s hope for us on the other side of this portal. You have all proven loyal and skilled and we regret parting ways.

 

“I ask you for anything you can spare that might prove useful to us on the other side, especially any gems or such that improve mental focus. Any plant seeds or metals or even worked items would be helpful. Enchanted bags would be greatly appreciated, books you don’t need or can replace even more so. When you reach Wyrmrest Temple, present this second disc to the quartermaster for reimbursement and the agreed payment for our hunt. Thank you again mortals. And, we wish you luck in all of your pursuits. Remain safe, brothers and sister in blood.”

 

That said, he bowed low to the Human lurking in the shadows, the Night Elf priest leaning against the cavern’s wall, the Worgen and the Draenei shaman preparing a totem to burn away the corrupt water a few tunnels over on the way out. They bowed low in return and began emptying their traveling packs for anything useful. With the continual introduction of bags even larger on the inside than previous versions, (And the fact that the standard enchanted backpack standard to all adventurers across the world can hold other a number of enchanted bags within it.) this would take a while, but be rather profitable for those heading to Earth.

 

Praise the Titans for mortal packrats! The Blue thought as he rejoined the discussion in Draconic . As he had surmised, it was the conclusion that, while not happy about their options they really had no other c hoice . A leap in the dark was preferable to the fate that awaited them here. Alira and Dalistraza were discussing the impressions Siara had shared about the young man, as when the subject matter turned interesting, she started taking a deeper look at what kind of person he was. Brave, loyal, and smarter than he thought he was but with deep insecurities stemming from something about his family and not really having the strength that came from a family, clan, or Flight.

 

Well as far as starting points, we could have done a lot, lot worse. It doesn’t seem like he would sell us out or use us as slaves against his enemies. The Blue drake thought as he watched the teen begin drawing a series of symbols on the walls of the cave. He was referencing several sheets of paper as he went, and it looked to be a rather complex spell, so t he teen might have some real potential.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Back on Earth, Hermione had decided to keep busy. She had used the mirror given to her to speak with Sirius about the ritual binding, and their conversation had started to rabbit-trail quickly. The young woman found that whatever had happened to Sirius recently, he seemed altogether more coherent than the man she had met s poken to her third year or over the summer. His intelligence surprised her, as did his eclectic mix of magical knowledge.

 

“You have no idea the work that went into some of the Marauder’s pranks Hermione. Grades don’t really matter outside of school, just your NEWT scores really, or OWLs if you don’t make it that far. I think we got a better education learning what we needed to accomplish our goals than we ever did in the classroom. Heck, it’s not like they teach you to become an Animagus in class, and even Wormtail managed it eventually. Classes are all right for most students, but there’s so much more to learn. Honestly, the learning behind the pranks is most of the reason I was hoping Harry would follow in his father’s footsteps. If this war gets anywhere near as bad as the last one, I’d keep Fred and George as close friends. They aren’t smart so much as they’re clever and I promise they’ll come up with some useful things when they need to.”

 

While they waited for word from Harry, Sirius promising the mirror would switch to the new ‘call’ as soon as Harry tried contacting her, Hermione Granger enjoyed what was almost a lecture on facets of magic not taught at Hogwarts. Eventually house elves came up, and when she made her views known, he countered with a different argument.

 

“Hermione, something I don’t think you realize is that different species aren’t human. I don’t say this to denigrate them, but while they might be similar in some respects, if you expect them to share your beliefs, your way of thinking, you are going to be disappointed at best, or end up dead or worse. Take house elves. Do you know what happens to them when they’re free, truly free? You don’t, or you wouldn’t be trying to free them.

 

“Originally, house elves were a creature that took delight in chaos. They never really cared if humans were hurt, but they had a need to see other’s lives shaken out of the ordinary. They didn’t always mean for people to get hurt and die, but that doesn’t change the number of deaths they caused. Eventually wizards rounded them all up, but one of the greatest of that time implored the other magicals to allow him to attempt to alter them before they were all killed. In the end, he was successful and changed their need for chaos to a need to serve .

 

He altered their purpose, which is no easy feat. It turned out, however, that the creatures were actually drawing energy from the results of their actions, so for the creatures to remain alive they draw a small amount of magic from the people they bind themselves to. Maybe you read that squibs aren’t allowed house elves? That’s because the drain is enough to kill them, and then the elf usually commits suicide or goes insane.”

 

A number of thoughts ran through the teen’s mind. “So the muggle myths of gremlins...”

 

“Probably true accounts that survived the Statute of Secrecy. Either that or there’s a few of the original creatures that escaped, but if they did their numbers are so low they haven’t been a significant problem in a long time.”

 

After that exchange, the call ended. Hermione had been given a lot to think about. Later, she had spoken to Dobby and the small creature had affirmed what Sirius had said. A fter Dobby mentioned wanting to be Harry Potter ’s Elf someday, Hermione decided to try to hasten that as much as she could since the little guy already seemed to be lacking in stability. Though he did seem to have a great deal of purpose in aiding Harry. After some thought, she decided Sirius’s advice of not trying to hold non-humans to a human standard was very sound.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

It took just over an hour for Harry to finish drawing all the needed symbols on the walls, floor and ceiling of the cave and just a little longer for the other humanoids to finish going through their bags. Apparently used to carrying everything he owned with him at all times, the Draenei Malaru had a significant amount of gems with him. Harry learned when he asked asked, (Through the Night Elf that was already finished sorting her items.) that the Draenei Shaman was cutting them into shapes that would improve one’s mind and spell casting by a small amount. There was a serious pile of items ready to come with them, even a good bit of foodstuffs. Harry found he could read one of the books, it was a manual on some of the priestly magics and looked rather interesting. It didn’t take much longer for the man with blue skin and hooves to finish the last peice of jewelry he had the items to craft, apparently the gems would only give a benefit if they were set in a special slot.

 

As Harry had been preparing for his spell, the dragons had asked if the jewelcrafter could create an item for the young human. After some discussion, a necklace made from mostly from pearls and a little mithril wire was produced. It didn’t look like much more than a simple necklace with two gleaming gems; one yellow and the other red. I t was a small simple pendant w ould look at home on a man or woman. Alira explained to Harry as she handed it to him it was a magical item that should provide a minor boost to his mind, spell power, and precision.

 

H arry felt a small surge as he looped it around his neck and s tartled badly . He got laughs from everyone when he jumped, but apparently that was a normal reaction for first timers feeling an item binding itself to them . It would now serve no other until many years after he died. (Assuming the item survived his death.) Apparently a quirk of the materials it was made of, the item would also soak small amounts of pure water through his skin . It wouldn’t be enough to prevent dehydration, but it would slow the process if he couldn’t get water when he needed it.

 

Harry tried to stay out of the way as the group said their final farewells and loaded all the items into bags as Aurogos made a tally and recorded the list into the blue metal disc before locking it as he did with the other and handing it to the Night Elf . When they were ready, Harry explained that the group not coming needed to be outside this cavern and that they might be disoriented by the magic. After that, four notes were written and stuck to the mortal’s shirts, giving only needed information so they could get out safely and clear the tainted pool. As soon as they were out, Harry Potter started casting the Fidelius Charm. He’d decided to make himself the secret keeper and had taken some advice to hide both the existence of the cave and portal.

 

Half an hour later, a very sweaty teenager grinned at the extremely disoriented dragons, cast a silencing charm at the cave entrance and spoke a carefully considered line. “The portal that leads to Earth is itself in a cave under Stranglethorn Vale, on the most southern part of the Eastern Kingdoms on the planet Azeroth.” H arry was fortunate that only a few people knew about either the cave or the portal. He saw one of the Red drakes watch the mortals outside the entrance read the notes tucked into their shirts, shrug and move off to burn out the trap that had poisoned the drakes .

 

Again Harry wa s surprised at how expressive these dragons were at times as he saw most of them putting up a brave front for the most part , but Alira looking very forlorn with a tear leaking down her face. Stepping up to her, he touched her face gently and wiped it away. Ƥ: “ I know its going to be a whole new world for you, but I give you my word that I’ll do everything I can for all nine of you to survive and thrive on it. Believe me, please.”

 

When she nodded her head, Harry picked up as many bags as he could carry and walked through the swirling blue doorway between worlds.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Harry did not expect to see Professor McGonagall talking with Hermione in front a small fire with dinner sitting in front of them when he stepped through. After just a few moments the other five followed with Alira touching her head to Harry’s shoulder, now revealed in the light as beautiful creature of emerald scales and tan fading into a shade of red on her wing webbing. The additional armored plates and around her talons also bore tan with a bit of red on them.

 

Seeing that his best friend and their Head of House had noticed him, he spoke to them. “Hermione, see if you can make the room detect any dangerous diseases or anything else you can think of that might be tagging along with us. Then purge it if you can.”

 

Nodding Hermione closed her eyes for a moment concentrating. “I don’t think there was anything the room could get rid of other than a few mold spores. Good thinking though, want me to open the barrier?” At a positive response she brought the barrier that was around the portal down, then up again after they all walked though.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Minerva McGonagall had been quite off balance since the meeting with Sirius yesterday. After she signed the contract with Sirius, she’d soon received a rather good book on Occlumency and had been brushing up in her quarters every spare moment. At first she really wanted to ignore Sirius, but performing a broad detection spell on herself for mental spells had given a positive result. When she’d contacted Sirius this morning after that very surly elf had delivered a mirror and some simple instructions he had assured her that it was pointless to remove the compulsions before she could prevent new ones. Not to mention disastrous if the perpetrator found out they were on to him before they were ready.

 

When she had asked about what he meant he’d responded “Imagine if the people all around you w er e spelled to believe that you’d switched to the Dark Lord’s side of the war with no evidence and that they needed to silence you. And worse, your mind would be r ifled through and the traitor would know we were on to him .”

 

That had convinced her to instead study hard and make some plans to help Harry, who for whatever reason was a central figure in the war. After Harry had stepped through the portal, Hermione had contacted the Professor with the mirror now in a pocket, apparently horrified that the call phrase was “Here kitty kitty.” After checking herself for tracking charms, she had gone to the seventh floor of the castle and was looking at a strange painting when a door appeared behind her and Hermione ushered her through.

 

As M inerva understood it, th is room would become anything they needed, and she was just slightly concerned when the door disappeared behind her. Summoning all her powers of student intimidation she had asked Miss Granger where Harry was and what trouble he was embroiled in this time. Her composure as a stern Professor slipped mightily when she was interrupted b y the three dragons that slipped out of the shadows and took up p rotective positions around her student.

 

She was more surprised when Miss Granger told her they didn’t speak English, and that they must not have liked her tone. After Hermione got them to calm down and showed her Head of House to a seat, the room became much more well lit and proved to contain a rather odd collection of items. Though the large bed, swirling blue oval, and steaming pool were enough to ask questions, the forth dragon coming up to the other three and conversing in some language she had never heard before immediately got her attention.

 

Miss Granger introducing her to the four dragons was a strange experience, and what odd names. Over the next hour, Hermione served tea brought to them by an elf she wasn’t familiar with and explained the situation as she knew it. Harry was apparently dealing with something on another world just then. Usually Minerva would have scoffed at that, but this was Harry Potter, a boy that drew trouble to him like no one else she had ever met .

 

In the end, Minerva McGonagall was only a little surprised when Harry led five more dragons of new colors out of the portal and gestured towards the steaming pool as a few more brushes appeared out of nowhere. As he joined her at the table, she could see the boy was covered in sweat and seemed dead tired, though he was perking up a bit. “ Mr. Potter, trouble seems to have found you again. May I ask what you have been doing just now?”

 

Though tired and sweaty, the boy had a wide grin on his face as he set down an empty glass of water. “I just cast a Fidelius Charm on the cave on the other side of the portal. It took a lot out of me, but it’s stable.”

 

Looking at the dragons for a moment he hissed briefly at them, and got a response in their rather rough, growling tongue. The colorful newcomers moved into the pool, seeming to revel in the hot water. Th e boy nodded and then said a sentence in another strange tongue. The dragons that had assembled around him seemed to relax and settle down, but they all choose to sit rather close to the boy as most of them watched the others, now over in t he steaming pool us ed the brushes to clean each other.

 

“Before you ask, that was a language called Darnassian, and it seems I got it jammed into my head Friday night. I’m fluent, but apparently I speak a very old dialect. Oh, Hermione? After the dragons are finished, have the room vanish the water and brushes, okay? Thanks. Do you two mind if we eat? I’m starved.”

 

Harry, was that the Secret?” Hermione inquired. The boy in the middle of adding a large quantity of pasta to his plate nodded. “I suppose putting the secret in English might not make sense, but I still have no idea where it leads, other than apparently somewhere with dragons.”

 

As soon Harry finished chewing his slice of garlic bread he responded. “I thought that might happen. How do you feel about learning ‘elvish’ when we have time Hermione?”

 

Minerva could see the girl was shocked as she nodded and the boy went back to consuming as much food as he could, though he retained good etiquette while doing so. The boy was certainly eating like he had been doing a lot of spellcasting. He was still eating, putting to shame the polite amounts of food she and her star Gryffindor were consuming when the new dragons were finished bathing. Harry hissed something at them, and when the y exited the pool, b oth pool and water and all vanished, then a new pool formed and a system of very strong shower heads appeared for a moment before they struck the poor dragons from all directions for a few moments. All that water soon vanished also, leaving dragons that were dry walking over to them through the clouds of steam that had been created. Harry set his food aside, finished for now.

 

Her eyes saw that the first four dragons were clearly nervous. They hadn’t touched their food yet, despite looking thin around the ribs. After several moments going back and forth Harry introduced them one by one, apparently in two languages.

 

“This is Alira of the Green Dragonflight of Azeroth, (Gesturing to a lithe G reen dragon with tan on her wings and underside .) Aurogos of the Blue Dragonflight of Azeroth, (Motioning to the larger and rather m ore muscled scarred Blue dragon with a beautiful azure hue to his wings and tail club, with a darker blue on his main body. And are those runes? It looks like it’s hide was tattooed...) the siblings Dalistraza and Senastrasz of the Red Dragonflight of Azeroth. (Here H arry indicated the two Reds, mostly covered in crimson scales save for the webbing of their wings and their underside which were white . Dalistraza had a much more feminine build while Senastrasz bore both muscles and scars. )

 

A nd this is Stine ( H ere he motioned to the last of the second group , a Bronze dragon that seemed to be built for speed rather than strength. He was covered in Bronze scales, with a light brown for his wing webbing and underside. ) of the Bronze Dragonflight of Azeroth. And this is Ralion and his sister Vespiona, and Caliona, (Here he indicated the two drakes w ith dark purple scales , then the dark blue one.) Twilight Dragons of Azeroth formerly associated with the Twilight Cult of Azeroth.

 

“This is Talion, (here Harry indicated the final creature, a Black and brilliant orange creature) a Black Dragon, who claims his only association as a member of the group started by Tendrion. Professor, they’re going to be staying here on this world now with the others, because of what awaits them back at home.”

 

Without being asked, Alira had carefully stepped over to the first group of dragons and was gently peeling back the bandage over the least active dragon’s throat. After wincing at the wound that was just starting to bleed again, she slowly raised her claw, glowing with green light and touched the woun d as it slowly receded into healthy flesh. Every eye had been on her as she worked, and she shirked back when she noticed t he attention .

 

Minerva noticed that when Harry walked up to her with what must have been comforting words she leaned into the awkward attempt at a comforting touch he gave. After a few moments she started running her f orelimbs all across the once injured dragon, then the other three before giving obvious good bills of health with a few c aveats . (Years of dealing with Poppy allowed her to understand that much even with the language barrier.)

 

When the Green joined the rest of them at the table, she saw the other settings and shocked all three humans when instead of a dragon, there was a purple humanoid with long backward flowing ears, forest green hair, and softly glowing green eyes ringed with small tattoos inspired by vines. In fact, her whole group suddenly changed forms.

 

A young man with powder blue hair and almost crystalline blue eyes along with the young woman with long red hair and soft, motherly features proved to be the most normal. The other R ed dragon had shifted into a similar, but different variety of elf, shorter, with lightly bronzed skin. Senastrasz’s ears were more vertical than horizontal and the only thing that would mark him from being different from a normal elf was his striking red eyes.

 

Stine, on the other hand, could possibly draw more attention to himself in his humanoid form. Instead of the upright, four limbed forms of his fellows, he had become a smaller version of the local centaurs, only instead of being meshed with a horse, he had a humanoid torso with orange and black striped fur and a cat’s head with extra long ears atop an orange tiger. After a few exchanges in their respective magical tounges , Harry, seemingly very amused, pulled out his mirror and told it “Paddy.”

 

When Sirius answered the mirror, Harry after checking he couldn’t be overheard, started sweeping across the room with the mirror. “Hey Sirius, just as an update we’ve collected more dragons here at Hogwarts, but I’ve just found out their species has the ability to turn into a humanoid form at will, sort of like the animagus transformation we use. It’s not so hard for them to learn really, but what it does take is for them to find a shape they like.

 

“You have Alira, the Green dragon, whose form is a Night Elf. And yes, I spoke to one of them on the other side, she was pretty , a bout seven feet tall , and at least a thousand years old. Aurogos and Dalistraza both take a human appearance, which would fit in fine most places. Dali’s brother Senastrasz is a different kind of elf, you can notice the height, skin tone and ears. Last, we have Stine, who apparently thinks these cat-people called Tol’vir are cool.

 

“These guys are staying cause they’re in a similar boat, having fallen in to the liquid e vil that causes the same problems the others had. So, we have four dragons that can fit in with a bit of work, and one guy that will attract more notice when he’s not a Bronze Dragon the size of a horse. Anyway, just wanted to let you know what was going on, have a nice night.” After that Harry hissed a bit and everyone came up to the table that now had enough chairs and places.

 

Dobby seemed to be on to something with the liver stew and hearts. In fact, the stew was so nutritious the kitchen elves were working on getting the seasoning just right and adding it to the general menu. Spicy grilled (also sometimes fried, smoked, and baked) hearts, sadly, were still going to be a dragon only dish. As were the seasoned bones. Poor Minerva was wondering why she hadn’t been served any of the interesting looking white dumplings in sauce until she saw one of the purple dragons, apparently getting a few etiquette tips from the green dragon with a gentle bearing, crunch into what she realized was a piece of bone. Ah, well I would have to say that they are predators. I certainly can’t imagine them as anything but apex predators. Our cook must be that crazy house-elf that’s so adored of Mr. Potter.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

During the de s sert course, a sweet layered cake that the S tine and t he dragons in their natural forms skipped, but everyone else found to be very good, Harry decided to broach a subject he had been thinking of since before casting the Fidelius. “Professor, what would be involved with dropping divination? I’ve found there’s nothing really worthwhile for me to learn in that class.”

 

“You would have to add another class Mr. Potter, and catching up to your fellows would be difficult.”

 

“I was wondering if I could self-study or join the third-year’s rune class. I’ve realized my laziness led me to wasting that elective slot, but in my defense I really had no idea what any of the classes were about when I made my decision. After finding out a bit about what runes can do I’ve decided that seems like a much better use of my time.”

 

Hmm, I will speak to Professor Babbling. Her feelings on Professor Trelawney will likely help you there. Self-study will be needed to catch up with your yearmates, but a good way to prove you are serious about the subject would be to spend some time with the younger students until you pro gress past that year’s materials in your private study. I will let you know sometime tomorrow. Now, what are your plans with these creatures going forward?”

 

“My first goal is to keep them safe, and then get them speaking English as quickly as possible. Right now, they can understand Parseltongue and I can understand Draconic without much trouble, but that isn’t good enough. Also, now that I know they can take different forms like this, I’d like them to learn that skill. Was the reason they’re here at all explained to you already? I’m glad I don’t have to explain it then.”

 

Standing, Harry stepped back a bit from the table moving to stand next to the various drakes that were sitting together at the other end of the table. “ Dobby, I promise to pay you back as soon as I can, but can we get five more of those silver goblets? The style doesn’t matter but the metal does.”

 

Dessert left the table and one by one, old silver goblets started appearing on the table. Harry decided that he liked having plausible deniability just in case his little friend was also a little thief and helping himself to precious metal drinking vessels.

 

(Those fears were unfounded. Although Dobby did have to recruit help to secure these goblets from the Room of Lost things. There was simply a vast amount of objects that had piled up in the last millennia that were no longer owned by anyone. In fact he had heard about there being even more dragons in the pink ball, so he’d asked the other elves to help him find all the silver items in the room, if needed they would be reforged if needed. Not counting the silver coins, there was a rather large quantity already there. )

 

Ƥ: I don’t know how long you five have until that evil starts tearing at your minds. From what I understand it will start small and gradually strengthen until you’re nothing like you are now. I propose that we get this over with now, if you are willing.”

 

Seeing Alira look so downcast he walked over to her and rested a hand on her shoulder trying to comfort her. He really didn’t know what to say so he just stood there and kept up a bit of human contact while he spoke again. “Ralion, I want your group to explain the ritual you shared, all right? Let me know when they’re ready. I think we need to move you guys tonight, and it’ll be a long one before we have the Chamber set up. I want you four to start learning the shapeshifting trick, having a human or near-human form would make things easier.”

 

Harry moved over to the open area in front of the portal, Hermione holding the silver knife from last night as she came to stand before him. He was surprised when just a few moments later Aurogos stood before him in his natural form holding one of the silver goblets. At Harry’s surprised look, he simply shrugged. Đ: “ Our memories are excellent. I’m as ready as I’ll ever be.”

 

Once more, the ritual played out, and Aurogos joined the House Potter. Stretching his form out, he looked at his left front palm for a moment. “Hmm, the ritual healed the cut, I wasn’t expecting that. To be honest, this really doesn’t feel bad at all. Did you know that magic often contain s an impression or taste of the one from whom it originated? I’ve served under an Aspect whose touch felt a rrogant , cruel and mad my Lord. From what I can sense of you life here won’t be awful.”

 

Turning his head to where the others were grouped he called out. “Alira, you should go next. You’re worrying needlessly.”

 

As soon as the silver once-cup settled around the Green Dragon’s forelimb, Harry found himself in a very powerful hug. Through the other three rituals she refused to let go of him, eventually ended up wrapped around him she fell asleep . After Dalistraza, the last to complete the ritual, finished poking at the silver band that now decorated her forelimb with a talon she leaned in close.

 

“Thank you for being kind to her my Lord. Alira is the youngest of us five, and the most unsuited to war. She was in training to be a B roodmother before she was pressed into service, and she never had the temperament for battle. I think if we had been facing any enemy other than Tendrion’s group she’d have been long dead. I remember when fighting that group more than once he either spared her or m ade the others to spare her.

 

“She’s become a dear friend, so please take care of her my Lord. She really hasn’t been the same since the first Twilight band we were chasing down left us in a cave with t wo d ozen dead whelps, so we’ve been trying to offer what comfort we can. My Blue friend was right that we can sense a lot of what makes you, you, my Lord. That’s wh y she’s trying to wrap herself a round you right now. I don’t think she’s really felt safe in years.”

 

Ultimately disentangling himself, he saw that Hermione had demonstrated an expansion charm on an old trunk and after a few tries Aurogos had crafted an enchantment that would allow a second trunk to both be expanded and shrunk for easy carrying. Dobby had brought the personal brooms for Harry and the Professor which went into the trunk, and given a few spare items, a ladder and simple furniture had been transfigured in the interior space.

 

While the Room of Requirement was a nice temporary hiding place, it was felt that a place with a ready escape route was needed, just in case everything went badly. Harry quickly explained what he’d been told about the G reen drake while the humans watched the two groups of drakes begin to hesitantly interact. When they were nearly ready, and Alira had woken up, Harry repeated the same commands he had with the first group. He got agreement from the drakes that there was nothing onerous or objectionable there. He got a hug from Alira he only broke because they needed to get going.

 

After the room provided a confirmation that their leaving would not destabilize the portal, and Dobby promised to make sure that the House Elves knew to stay away they prepared to head down into the Chamber of Secrets. Harry would use his invisibility cloak, walking alongside the Professor to Myrtle’s bathroom while Hermione would ride in the trunk with the drakes and all the items they had with them. She found herself cautiously examined by the green dragon but when she offered a smile she found herself embraced by the creature’s elfin form until Harry brought them out. Luckily she was already sitting comfortably on the transfigured couch at the time. Between the warm embrace and gentle rocking of the trunk she found herself enjoying a pleasant nap for the entire journey.

 

Outside, Harry “required” the room to lock itself so that it would only open for him, preserving the safety of all involved while the portal slowly bled off energy. (Aurogos agreed with Harry’s initial supposition that the portal would need to bleed off slowly or else explode violently. His guess was that it would take at least a year, and then he started planning out addition ward schemes for the other side.) Outside and invisible, Harry talked to his Head of House as they strolled along. “Thank you for agreeing to help us Professor. This is already the most helpful any of the staff has ever been. I have no idea what shape the Basilisk will be in, but now that I think of it, it was very cold down there so maybe that has slowed the decay.”

 

“It’s possible Mr. Potter. It’s also possible that the creature’s own magic has slowed the process. We won’t know until we get there, it could be anything from a skeleton and pile of goop, to a fully preserved carcass. Did no one ever point out the potential value? I can’t imagine anyone preventing you from claiming it for yourself after killing it.”

 

“I suppose I’ve just learned to keep my head down as much as possible. Hey, do you think Olivander could have used any part of the snake for wands?”

 

Minerva was silent for several moments as they passed by several students making their way from the library to Ravenclaw Tower.

 

“It’s possible. To be honest, the most common wand cores in this country happen to be the most readily available. Unicorn hair and dragon heartstring and fairly easy to acquire, so they get used in many creations. I know in America Thunderbird feathers are common wand cores, along with some other native creatures. If anything of that carcass is salvageable, Olivander would likely be very interested in acquiring pieces for his craft. Have you thought of a cover story for your absence these last few days? Unfortunately, people have noticed.”

 

“Professor, after seeing that expansion charm in action, I’ve found myself very curious about the limits of such expansion charms. I also find myself wondering, hypothetically of course, what the results of the p ower surging through the castle could have had, if I had been revising in the common room in a n expanded space, say a mouse hole, that I had found and m ade into a cozy little study room for myself?

 

Hahaha, Mr. Potter, are you saying that your cover story is that you were lost in an enormous mouse hole this whole time?”

 

“If the story is at all pl ausible , yes. It’s believable for the students doesn’t and doesn’t paint me in a terrible light. To be honest, if you tell people the space was so large I had been using my broom for over a day and h adn’t f ound my way out it will even make people think before they try using the spell for something similar. You can say you went looking for me and when you asked the elves they mentioned the new space in the tower needing to be cleaned.

 

“Well, when all that power surged through the wards it really could have done any number of things in this case. I will have to add to the announcement that you were quite lucky the expansion went outward instead of inward. Two student s in a normal mouse hole would be more than cozy.”

 

“Let’s go with that then, to be honest it sounds like the kind of thing one should expect at a s chool for magic . Ah, we’re almost there. Let me check the map before we head in, it’s probably empty save for a certain ghost, but I’d like to keep this out of the rumor mill.” After taking a moment to check the map as they drew close, he decided they were fine. “Professor, the way down is a slide, would you like your broom now ?”

 

Soon both teacher and student were dismounting their brooms at the bottom of the tunnel, having come across the giant snake skin and were moving towards the cave-in. Minerva was t rying very, very hard to not think about how a skinny little twelve year old boy had faced a creature that had shed that skin. After a quiet stroll, they came to the cave-in.

 

Turning to the pile of rocks, Minerva first cast a few charms to give her an impression of how stable the rest of the ceiling was. (During the last war, she had been called on many times to search rubble for survivors, a job that got much easier when the rubble obeyed your will.) After but a moment of thought, she began swishing her wand back and forth and smiled at the impressed face of her student as he observed. Quickly the debris turned into spiders before climbing back into the ceiling , there m elting into a single mass that prevented further collapse, flowing into the various cracks like water and solidifying as stone. In only a few moments the hallway was clear again, the Professor taking a moment to wipe a few drops of sweat from her brow. “ Impressive bit of magic , wish I knew how to do that. Suddenly Transfiguration seems like a much more interesting c lass .”

 

Smiling as she checked the stability of the rest of the tunnel, her charm returning a yellow color with a bit of green mixed in, (Suggesting the structure was stable for the time being but would need some structural work soon.) she started to speak again.

 

“Mr Potter, your godfather requested I begin giving you additional lessons, including using transfiguration in combat and some of the preparation for the Animagus transformation . He thinks you have enough power to use transfiguration for combat, and given that you’ve successfully cast the Fidelius, I would agree. Combat transfiguration is all about making everything that exists your weapon; it requires power, quick reflexes, and creativity. If you apply yourself, I think you can manage that very well.”

 

Professor, I can’t imagine Umbridge letting that happen, and since the staff policy is apparently to let her do anything she wants...” Harry trailed off, idly rubbing the scars on the back of his hand, no w covered by his sleeve.

 

“It’s true that foul woman would attempt to p revent any lessons, she’s going after you because the Headmaster is far out of her weight class. But if you were to earn some detentions with me, well that is another thing entirely. A professor d ecides what punishment a student requires , and if I find you’re not putting enough effort into your assignments, why perhaps you might require re medial lessons. Ah, another door. It seems Salazar Slytherin was a rather egotistical man a fter all.

 

Indeed, with a bit more light the door Harry had last seen as a terrified twelve year old look ed even more impressive and imposing with additional light; it wasn’t possible for the door to have more snakes carved into it .

 

“Professor, last time I was here the Basilisk corpse is just beyond this door. By any chance do you know a spell for cleansing the air?” It turned out the b ubblehead charms caused a strange sensation at first, but it was much better than what could be behind that door. Ƥ : “ Open!”

 

Now getting a little more used to hearing parseltongue, Minerva only flinched a little as one of her favorite (Not that she would admit that favoritism to just anyone.) students opened the final door into the main cavern of the Chamber of Secrets. It was truly a grand hall, though it had fallen on hard times, caked in grime and most of the apparent inbuilt lighting charms having failed long ago. The structure resembled a cathedral c olored in green and silver , it must have been beautiful when it was new.

 

Looking around, she saw a rather large form and nearly bolted from it, even knowing it was dead ahead of time. It was most certainly a fully mature female basilisk, nearly a full sixty feet long and a dark green color in their wand light. As they drew closer, there was no rot at all. In fact, it seemed as if the creature had just fallen dead moments ago. If not for the pool of blood and the venom that had eaten into the stone she’d be more worried it was still alive.

 

While still keeping her eyes on the snake in case it actually wasn’t dead yet, she ran through a number of charms to check the air quality. Her results indicated that the magic responsible for maintaining the air down here h ad failed, but it was still breathable for the moment . She watched Harry cautiously stalk around to the front of the creature, his wand held ready. She let out a breath of relief when he told her that the thing was certainly not breathing, it was just very well preserved.

 

Regrouping, the both of them decid ed to head to another section of the chamber before the teen removed the trunk from his pocket and restored it to its usual size . A rather colorful assortment of dragons soon poured forth, along with Ms. Granger. She watched as Harry told them that this place was far under the ground, but the general structure was in need of some shoring up and the air spells and lighting were mostly toast.

 

Minerva watched the blue dragon, a seeming leader of the second group begin directing the others to start exploring as he got a small spherical piece of gray stone from his pack and started carving it with a talon. Curious, she wandered over and watched him carve runes from a language she’d never seen before into the stone before holding it in both claws and focusing for a moment until the runes began to glow softly and the entire stone started to float out of his hands. She watched it almost reach the ceiling before coming to rest, and found the air quality was improving. Not a bad job for something done so quickly.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Harry was watching Aurogos give orders to secure the Chamber. The drake had asked him before hand, pointing o ut he wasn’t familiar with their capabilities yet. It was a good point, not to mention Harry was more than mildly uncomfortable giving commands, luckily the dragons seemed to accept that for now. He just observed and walked around hissing open at anything that might be a door; the group’s instruction was to report any passages or rooms before going into them.

 

As the one with the most knowledge of runes, and magic in general, Aurogos was crafting a few basic run ic devices for air quality and light; he’d be working on something to shore up the structure once they had a better idea of what all was down here.

 

After an hour or so, it seemed as if there was no surface exits, (Yet, anyway. Harry had gathered Talion’s ‘specialty’ was magic involving earth, or rather the moving of it. With some practice an escape tunnel should be easy for him .) but there had been a surprise regarding the Basilisk corpse, when Harry had asked if they knew h ow it was so well preserved . Stine had been called over to take a look, and his eyes had started to glow amber when he reached it as he spaced out for a few moments.

 

When he came back to the others, he would only say that his Dragon flight sometimes left messages like this for themselves and others, and after a hurried explanation to Harry regarding the charge of the Bronze Dragonflight, time travel and causality, Stine had asked his Lord not to directly order the Bronze drake to reveal certain things. After a few words with Hermione about time turners, he agreed with Stine and asked him to reveal only the parts the drake felt were safe.

 

Apparently, Time was less permeable here than on Azeroth for some reason, and direct travel was impossible for him on this world . After requesting a privacy spell Stine told Harry that the primary wardstone this group was going to repair was still somewhat functional when he killed the Basilisk, so using some interesting sounding magic and not replacing the stone he incorporated a bit of h is Flight’s magic into the object. Because it was the same object the ward stone in the past was able to squeeze a little Bronze magic out and preserve the corpse as soon as Harry left the room several years ago.

 

This certainly was a surprise. Ƥ: “That explains your magic, or at least starts to. What about the others? I don’t know much, certainly not enough.”

 

Đ: “ Of course my Lord. You might have picked up that our colors denote us belonging to a different group, called a Dragonflight or simply a Flight. The Black Dragonflight are gifted with powers over soil, rock, and magma. Talion will need some practice, as I can’t tell you if his gifts are linked to all earth or just the stuff on Azeroth. A Black Dragon’s breath is m agma or what we call Shadowflame, but without the old gods that might change.

 

Put simply, magic is the domain of the Blue Dragonflight, all the p urposes it’s put to and maintenance of the ley-lines are their tasks; Aurogos has been studying magic for nearly s ixty years. A Blue’s breath is usually either frost or raw magic, depending on the individual.

 

Green Dragons have dominion over nature, and power over dreams. I’m not sure yet if this world has it or not, but on Azeroth their largest task is to maintain and protect the Emerald Dream, it’s a separate plane of existence that intersects ours, especially for sleeping minds. A Green dragon’s breath is potent poison or acid .

 

“Red dragons have powers over life; like the Green they can encourage plant growth but their true power is healing. As they grow older and stronger their healing powers grow with them; if your body is brought before a mature Red, odds are they can heal you so long as your soul still resides in your mortal coil. A Red’s breath is a flame that can heal, purify, or burn; it is also a p owerful bane to the undead.

 

The Twilight Flight is a bit different. I do know they have an ability that turns them translucent and allows physical attacks and most magic attacks to pass right through them; however this state seems to drain their strength quickly and they can’t maintain it for very long. When I’ve seen one do it, it’s been an instinctive reaction, usually to what would be a killing or maiming blow. Their breath attack is a blue, hungry flame that likes clinging to living things until there’s nothing left but charred bones and ash.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Hello Sirius, good news on our end tonight. The Chamber of Secrets will work as a base, Aurogos already has a few runic devices floating around to improve the air, and they’re looking for the damaged wardstone to repair and improve. It turns out Aurogos knows enough about runes to fill a dozen books. So far we haven’t found any passages with surface access, but once the place has been stabilized digging one should be easy. Anyway, I’m calling about the state of the Basilisk; it’s intact, preserved by powerful magic in the state it was when Harry walked out of the room after killing it. Do you have any suggestions on things we could use it for?

 

“I’m assuming it’s valuable for potions or what have you, and Harry’s mentioned the dragons have started discussing the benefits and disadvantages of building something called an Arcane Guardian out of the thing’s skeleton. To quote: “Necromancy is only for those too lazy to spend the time carving runes, and no student of Senegos is lazy. ” Apparently the dragons are planning on constructing golems as soon as they get settled.”

 

It’s intact? Can you show it to me?” After letting him see her nod, Hermione walked over to the thing and revealed it in all it’s glory. That is a very, very big snake. I can’t really believe Harry killed that at twelve.” Sirius paused for a moment to think.

 

“Okay, you want to know what to do with it? If he’d managed to kill it with the eyes intact you could harvest them for a n incredible amount of gold , but since they’re toast, the rest of it is much less valuable. Venom is probably the biggest value, but we might want to hold onto that to use in the war. Blood is useful, I assume, in various potions, and I’d guess the heart for wands. If we use dragon heartstring Basilisk ought to work just as well or better. We should save the best part for Harry. Something he killed himself in defense of others, terrified but going forward anyway, at great risk to himself might work better for him than anyone else .

 

You can make leather out of the hide, but I have no idea what properties it might have, it’s clearly magical though so it ought to do something. Same for the meat. I’ll start looking for more info, there’s a chance my library has something even that room you were in doesn’t. Also, I don’t know how to put it delicately, so I’ll just say it. There’s a whole branch of rituals that deal with absorbing strength from a fallen foe or sacrifice. Most of them I wouldn’t let anyone I liked touch with a ten-foot pole, truly dark magic, but there might be some that are neutral, gray magic if you excuse the term.”

 

“Rituals, Sirius? Like the one after the third task?!” Hermione demanded loudly, a bit of her rule-following zeal breaking through.

 

Hermione, in almost every case with magic, intent decides the magic’s purpose. Some magic does corrupt, does cause a change in the user. Also, there are a lot of rituals that are truly dark; even the sane members of the dark families stay away from them because magic like that takes something from you. My grandfather Arcturus Black was a hard man, and he terrified me growing up. Even though he was part of the darkest family in Britain, I can remember the lectures he made us all sit through about knowing what rituals not to perform. He p ounded into our heads never to perform any ritual with the words ‘forcibly taken’ or that sacrificed a sentient creature. Or to trust anyone that had, because those rituals are an easy path to power that curse you as much as forcibly taken unicorn blood, if not as dramatically.

 

“But, other rituals are benign and useful. We won’t rush into this, but I think between us we can find a ritual where a hunter takes strength from a worth y prey or enemy defeated in defense of others. Safe rituals probably won’t be a single key to Harry surviving his next encounter with the Dark Lord, but being just a little faster, casting just a few more spells or casting one just a bit harder could make all the difference. We both want Harry to survive this war. Just don’t go rushing in, check with me before you guys perform anything. Using the wrong ritual or making a mistake during one is nearly impossible to fix.”

 

Wait, if there’s rituals that aren’t actually dark then why do the books...”

 

“Hermione, the content of those books are c ontrolled by the same people who say I’m a convicted felon who murdered Pettigrew , and Harry is a dangerous lunatic liar. The Ministry for centuries has been trying to limit the magic people can do and how they use what they’re still allowed to.

 

“We don’t have time for a full lecture, but the point is that the Ministry doesn’t want its people to be powerful, or to think for themselves. They use the label ‘dark’ on anything they don’t want people to use, and it has been effective. You need to remember that for some people, having power over others is a h unger, a goal ; it’s addicting and once they get a taste they’ll always want more . Just think about it, please. I think you’re smart enough to understand how the world really works, not just how it appears to work.

 

“One last thing before I go; I’m going to have Kreature bring you and Harry a book, and I want you to read it and learn the magic within. It’s dead useful, but you need to keep it a secret from everyone but Harry. You’ll understand when you start to read it, but I’ve found some evidence the Order has a traitor like we did last time around, but they seem more skilled than Wormtail. Have a good night Hermione, Harry looks busy so I’ll talk to him another time.”

 

Hermione Granger took some time to herself before rejoining the others.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

When most of the other tasks had been dealt with, the group prepared to tackle the Basilisk Chamber. No one had any idea what was inside, so everyone had donned a pair of thick sunglasses transfigured by Professor McGonagall and then given what amounted to a quick and dirty temporary enchantment by the dragons. (Mostly Senastrasz and Dalistraza actually. It seems that Life magic is a counter to most instant-kill spells and such. Just in case that wasn’t enough, Aurogos added a piece of magic that should reflect any possible death glares.) Harry had to chuckle at what the dragons were wearing. Glasses simply were not practical for creatures without ears, thus the ones in their natural forms wore goggles with a wide elastic band around the spikes at the back of their heads.

 

Harry found himself agreeing with his Professor as he stood before the statue, everyone ready to open the last chamber. Salazar did have a high opinion of himself. Stine, at the base was ready to quickly climb into the opening, the extra limbs with the retractable claws looking to come in handy. Harry agreed with the drake that the Tol’vir form was both interesting and useful; Stine apparently had dealt with a fair amount of scorn from all kinds of dragons for it as the mortal form was meant to be use d for blending in with ‘mortals.’ (A bit of a condescending term, but considering comparative life expectancies not a shocking one.)

 

Harry however agreed that if you were going to have a second form, it might as well be one you enjoyed. In any case, everyone was ready now. Ƥ: “ Hear me Slytherin, Greatest of the Hogwarts Four!” When the mouth opened and nothing exited, Stine leaped up, reaching ten feet off the floor, landing on a nearly vertical section of stone before bounding off hard stone and repeating the process before coming to rest just outside the statue’s mouth.

 

Stine, taking a moment to stick his head inside after hearing no movement sampled the air inside. Pulling his head back out, he looked down. Đ: “It seems pretty dead in there, the air’s awful too.”

 

Harry turned to his Head of House. “Professor, can you throw out bubblehead charms please?” He gestured to Ralion, Senastrasz, Aurogos, Dalistraza, and himself. During chat that had been going on while they secured the other rooms (The results had honestly been a little disappointing honestly; a private library that was emptied completely being the main source of disappointment. A bathroom and bedroom might be useful once they’d refreshed the magic for the amenities, but mostly the place was just empty rooms.) he’d learned a little about how they tended to work in teams.

 

There was usually an individual that could weather strikes in the front, fortified with magic or armor. (Usually both.) Sometimes g roups had more agile fighters that slipped in behind the foe while the burly one distracted it. Beyond that, groups usually had a healer that would restore wounds at a distance while others cast various forms of magic or used ranged weapons (And sometimes weapons with magical shots, Harry wasn’t sure how that worked yet, but found he wanted to.) to cause damage.

 

H arry had learned that Senastrasz was the main ‘tank’ (Not a term in any Azerothian tongue, but it was the best fit in English for the meaning behind the Draconic used.) for the hunters, while the hunted never used the traditional formation because they were outclassed in numbers, equipment, and skills. Tendrion had apparently been a skillful leader, not losing any of his friends despite literally the whole rest of the world being against them. Senastrasz had said hunting their group was like chasing smoke and fighting shadows, which made sense in hindsight given that Tendrion was trying very hard for n either group to suffer casualties.

 

Now Harry was going to be part of their little formation as they cleared out a possible nest of very deadly creatures. I f there was anything alive up there, the general plan was simply to burn everything, but there didn’t seem to be much chance of that. Stine still hadn’t heard anything move, and with those ears of his he really should have. As soon as his (a rather odd thought for the teen) dragons were ready, Harry levitated all four of them up, Senastrasz and Ralion disappearing into the hole first as he mounted his broom and followed quickly.

 

When he entered he found nothing living besides his dragons. There was a great deal of old rodent bones littering the floor, and huge heaps of clinging dust. Small stones were there, no one had any idea what they were until Aurogos found a small fragment bearing Norse runes, similar to what he’d seen Hermione working with for her runes class. Ƥ: “ I’d bet that was part of a large rock with runes for heat on it. I’ve seen small rocks with muggle heating elements in them in stores for pet snakes. I guess Slytherin’s was just larger. I don’t know why it’s in pieces though.”

 

Đ: “ Hmm, there’s some indentations in the wall here,” Commented Aurogos as he ran his hands along a sh allow mark on the otherwise smooth stone wall. “I’d say that the creature was in its death throes if I didn’t already know the story. It was alive a long time, who knows what events it saw over the years. In any case, I think we should clean this place out my Lord. I can sense a good deal more magic in here than in any other room, so it seems like a good candidate for the hiding place of the wardstone.”

 

Ƥ: “ All right, but I don’t want the mess just vanished, there might be something buried under it. I’ll call up the others now.”

 

The y voiced their agreement as Aurogos pulled out some surprisingly handy souvenirs he’d picked up some decades before. Using a bit of magic to sift through a pile of dust, he looked over to one of the enchanted brooms and lost himself in thought for a time. Without meaning to, he began to hum a slow, mournful song in Thalassian:

 

“Oh, Quel'Thalas, the Golden Realm, how bright, how shining you stood.

How great, how terrible your fall.

Oh how we loved your grace and song, all your joy i n life.

Oh, Golden Realm, how dark, how bleak the day they came for you.

When the dead defiled your ancient lands your children, they could not hold.

Oh, how t he Elves fell , though they fought with all they had ...”

 

Hermione looked curious, but Harry just caught her eyes and shook his head. He didn’t know the story, but the language was close enough to the one he knew that he could tell it wasn’t a happy one.

 

As they sifted through the piles of dust the humans and the other drakes were finding some things, so it seemed that his new lord had been prudent after all. Aurogos wasn’t clear on the value of the old scales, shed fangs and a fair bit of magically-wrought weapon and armor fragments, but more resources certainly couldn’t hurt. Finally, he saw the hints of a stone hatch under a clump of dust, and using his magic to link to the broom s had them focus on that spot.

 

Soon, a rune cluster in a script he wasn’t familiar with was revealed, he’d have to study “Old Norse,” whatever that was that his lord’s friend was talking about. Once he learned the new runes there would be no problems, even if he had to abandon the old stone and create something from scratch. Not that he wanted to do that, the longer a ward stone had a charge of magic going through it, the better it got; as far as he knew they never became sentient, but they often became more and more eager to please as they aged. (Also, for lack of a better term, quirky. Things like odd music playing, things moving on their own, etc.)

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Thankfully, the room was cleared quickly. Most had been amused at the enchanted brooms, and glad not to sweep the place up on their own. The great piles of dust had been ruled “Probably old straw, and other expected things for a snake nest.” Old scales had been expected, the small pile of goblin armor and weapons fragments had not been. There were even a few swords and a dagger still intact in their sheathes, no one was quite sure how they had gotten here, but a boon is a boon.

 

It was nice to have a rune master with them, Harry thought as he watched Aurogos transcribe notes on the script in his mortal form. It turned out he was confident in his ability to learn the needed runes because he was already a master in three other types, Draconic, (Aggressively defensive, unyielding before foes and dangerous to use unless you were a speaker of Draconic) Dwarven, (Runes of Hearth, Family, and the Unassailable Fortress) and Vrykul. (Runes of Warfare, The Sea, and the Well-Laid Trap) Aurogos was also at least a journeyman level in every other widely-known script of Azeroth. When they cleared the last of the dust, it was already getting late, nearly midnight.

 

Their plan was to accomplish as much as they c ould tonight, and then the three humans would take the next day off, Minerva claiming she found them during the night, collapsed the expansion and sealed the mouse hole just before the students began to rise.

 

Now that things were calming down for the moment, Harry asked to speak to Alira and Stine for a moment. Ƥ: “Alira, I’m still learning about you and the others, and about what you can do. Right now, we need to teach all nine of you English, and Ralion and the others need to learn how to take another form like you can. I was wondering, your powers of Dreams, could you join us together while we sleep, so that we share the same lucid dream?”

 

Still very cuddly, Alira looked up from where she’d been having the spines on the back of her head scratched. Đ: “Yes, but it would require physical, skin to scale contact since I’m not very powerful yet. But the sleep would be less restful than normal, if I remember some of the lessons on humans right you’d need at least ten hours of sleep to be rested, and that might not be enough when you’ve been up to so much. Dreams, even if people don’t remember them, are essential to our minds processing our days, resting and recharging for the next. We couldn’t do this every night without great harm coming to you, my lord.”

 

Gently rubbing her cheek, Harry revealed his plan. Ƥ: “I have an idea, and I want the both of you to tell me if you think it might work. Stine, you told me you have powers over time. Would it be possible to use them, while we are all in a group dream to speed up time only in the dream itself, so that we could have more time to teach and learn from each other? To be honest, I’m really hoping to learn from Aurogos and the rest of you too.”

 

This caused a good deal of thought and some rapid-fire discussion between the two. Soon, they turned back to him with what seemed like smiles on their faces. Stine spoke for both of them. Đ: “I’ve never heard of such a thing working, but with some effort we can make this work. We’ll need a small dream portal, for me to bodily enter the Emerald Dream, or whatever substitute exists on ‘Earth.’ If I enter the Dream inside a shrunken object, Alira should be able to manage a very small portal. With your leave, she’ll go to sleep briefly now to scout this world’s Dream and ensure it’s got things like air. While she does that, I will get enough supplies for a while set up in the trunk. If there are any books you want to study I can take them with me.”

 

Twenty minutes later, after some explanations to the others, Harry called on Kreature and added the books Sirius suggested he study. Between Hermione and Dobby the two of them added all the books they could get on the local runic magic, along with some recreational reading material to help teach them English. (Lord of the Rings and the Hobbit almost didn’t make the cut because the dragon was evil, but both were added to the trunk with some assorted works of Issac Asimov and Frank Herbert.) Professor McGonagall added a few books from her private study as well.

 

There was much awkwardness when Harry explained how they were going to do this, sleeping in a pile on a transfigured bed. He t ook a moment to gather the dragons together and speak to them. Ƥ: “ I know your two groups have been at war. I know you have fought each other many times. What I want to say is something I explained to Ralion the first night he was here. My people have a dark curse that can take control of another human, being caught using it once is grounds for life imprisonment. In the past it was used to make men murder their own families, and commit all kinds of heinous crimes. When they were caught, the one who cast the spell was the criminal, and one who committed crimes under its influence was another victim.”

 

Harry paused a moment to run his hand through his hair and let that point sink in. “ From what they’ve told me, Twilight Dragons are made from eggs stolen from other flights. Once stolen, powerful substances were poured over the eggs and magic was used to torture them into submi ssion to the Old Gods. When they crossed the portal, enough of that darkness was pulled away so they could see the horror of what they’d been forced to do.”

 

Ralion and the others found themselves feeling very small and morose, so Harry walked over and rubbed their heads one at a time while trying to give a comforting smile. Comforting physical touch was alien to him, but if it worked he would use it to help them. “All four chose to swear their lives to me when the darkness in them started to claw its way back up. Talion in particular had a hard time getting through the oath, the claws in his mind not letting go easily. Each of them told me they would rather die than become monsters again, and now they will be my servants until death. As you five are as well.

 

“I know working together will be difficult, the war you’ve fought will be hard to put behind all nine of you. But I want you to try. While they seem less dangerous than your enemies, I find myself facing my own government and the dark wizard w orking to overthrow them. I need you all to put away old feuds and learn to work together. If we’re caught, they will try to kill you, if for no other reason than to cause me pain. Can you promise to give me and each your best efforts?” One by one the dragons bowed and said they would try to work together.

 

With a bit more camaraderie, even if it was forced, Stine climbed into the chest. After it was shrunk with a short duration charm, Alira focused hard for a moment and a small green portal formed, just large enough to stick a hand through. Stine was tossed inside quickly. While hesitant, Professor McGonagall transfigured a large bed. The old woman who had once considered both of Harry’s parents as close friends found herself shocked at the number of scars that littered the small teen. She resolved to speak to the boy as soon as possible, or perhaps just go and murder the child’s guardians.

 

She distracted herself by observing the blush on Miss Granger’s face as she climbed unto the bed after Harry had made himself comfortable and so had the green dragon. Harry’s skin was blemished, but his form showed the results of much physical activity . In the end, the old teacher was a bit amused at the pile, it seemed that everyone needed to be touching the green one, and Harry had used a sticking charm on various body parts to prevent them from losing contact during the night. Apparently both teens were wearing transfigured muggle-style bathing suits, though they both seemed terribly immodest to her.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

After some shifting, everyone was as comfortable as they could be. Professor McGonagall was going to wake them just before six am, or when the students in Gryffindor Tower started to stir. That left them a little less than five hours, which when paired with the expected unrestful sleep, should help sell the cover story. For now, Harry was reclining against a pile of pillows, Alira’s head across his chest and her breath playing across his r ight arm. Hermione, dressed in a different bikini than earlier was resting against Alira’s neck and shoulder, while also having her legs draped across Harry’s stomach.

 

From there, it was a whole mess of various dragons touching at least part of themselves to Alira. H arry needed to shift a little and eventually get up to throw sticking charms around, as no one wanted to find out what would happen if the effect of Green and Bronze magic ended unexpectedly. When he snuggled back under Alira and Hermione, he found himself drawn closer to both. Not able to complain, as he was beginning to think there was something to those theories on the benefits of physical touch he’d started reading yesterday , he just threw the last few sticking charms and closed his eyes. It took him a while to gain sleep, eventually Alira had to wake herself up and with permission use a bit of magic to force him asleep. But finally, he joined the others in the Dream.

 

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Thanks to everyone who reviewed! I’ve picked out Harry’s first weapon, and he’ll be forging it himself in the future. Later, he’ll forge at least one other weapon too. I have all the materials picked out, all the whys of how they make it a good weapon. In a later chapter, the group is going to spend time in the Room of Requirement and use it to create copies of all the weapons they’ve seen, and Harry is going to decide to forge a copy of a weapon from Azeroth called the Spear of Xuen. It’s a spear with a point on the bottom in case you need to stab someone and a complex point that will both really cause some damage if it snags you and look great sparking with power.

 

 

Here’s a link for it:

https://www.wowhead.com/item=89685/spear-of-xuen#screenshots:id=324326

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 5: Chapter 5: Dreaming an Emerald Dream

Chapter Text

Edit on 1/15/2021: Just making it easier to read, not changing any plot elements. This chapter remains a bit of history/backstory avalanche, but hopefully it remains interesting. If you’re new, please keep reading, the next few chapters are much better!



I don't own Harry Potter or Warcraft. Reviews put a smile on my face! Our characters get a taste of time-travel Bronze style this chapter. Yes, it’s the normal d irection , it’s but much faster than normal !

 

 

Chapter 5: Dreaming an Emerald Dream

 

 

 

When he fell asleep and found himself in the Dream with everyone else, Harry found he could easily see why this place had been named the Emerald Dream. A green mist hung everywhere, and he could feel something in the air that was new to him. He waved a hand through a bit of mist and reveled in the sensation of Life, and Wild Nature that permeated everything. Soon, he followed the sound of voices to the rest of the group. Oddly he found that Stine was the only one that seemed to be completely solid, the others while not translucent, still felt like they weren’t really there.

 

Alira felt like that as well, but gave off a sense that fully there or not she was part of this realm, that it was her birthright, and that it served her. He smiled as he saw the two groups of dragons mixed together conversing about this or that. Hermione was reading a book Sirius had sent, marked with a note that read “Most Important.”

 

Stine was making his preparations, carving runes in a pattern around an area about the size of a baseball diamond. Aurogos was giving basic instruction on the “Mortal Form,” and some tips on how to find the right form to wear. (‘Blending in’ was mentioned at least three times in as many minutes, with glances at Stine.) Apparently, Stine had been busy because by the time Harry had been acknowledged by the group and read the title of Hermione’s latest fascination, Stine was ready to activate his array.

 

Like Tendrion, Stine had enough power to use many more forms of magic than he had the fine control to shape, so he made use of an exterior focus to shape the magic as necessary. Unlike Tendrion, he had been taught many things by various instructors of the Bronze Dragonflight, and had once been given time compression and dilation barrier arrays and instructed to explain why these would not have worked at Ahn'Qiraj. He eventually arrived at the answer that there was no way for such a large barrier to be powered at all, and certainly not safely. Though a small area in a plane of reality not strictly tied to physical properties as the waking world should be doable.

 

Stine set the compression runes for seventy-three days, as some fast math in his head showed that number to produce the most time for his available power while maintaining the highest stability. There had been some discussion over whether he should be inside or outside the effect, as they had limited supplies preserved; but since no one thought food was going to be their main problem in the days ahead he was staying inside the area of effect.

 

It didn’t hurt that the array would stay just a little more stable if he remained inside and fed the runes small bits of power as time progressed. Thankfully, Senastrasz had already set up a camp’s latrine ward; a handy bit of magic that converted bodily waste into nutrients in the soil while it eliminated smells along with the positive effect of converting most of the waste water into magical energy that fed the nearest ley-line. Finally done with the last runes, Stine decided to activate it as fast as possible. This realm was a bit unnerving for him, since by its very nature the Emerald Dream altered one’s sense of time.

 

Little changed when the runes glowed amber for a moment, gave a brighter pulse of light, and settled down to a barely noticeable glow; seemingly to no effect save that the various green hazes outside the marked boundary froze. It wasn’t that they were stopped, only that time withing the sphere marked out by the circle was moving much faster. If you looked very closely and were patient, you could see the glow near where Stine had activated the circle recede around the formed circle. When the glow faded around the entire circle, the effect would end.

 

Now that they were ready to start, Harry suddenly realized he had no idea how to teach a language to anyone. Hermione, seeing the predicament, walked over to the trunk and levitated out a blackboard with chalk, and a book on English as a Second Language. She got a strong hug and a whispered thanks in return as Harry gestured the dragons around and started using the chalk to write out the English alphabet on the board as he explained the various sounds associated with the letters.

 

Hermione had decided to let Harry manage the early lessons while she read the books Sirius had sent, something to get her mind off the strange sensation of Harry’s dream body pressed against hers. (They were both still wearing the suits from earlier, but the physical touch here was somehow more, she had felt a burst of his emotions when he touched her.)

 

Hermione was already through the first chapter when Harry finished writing out the alphabet. The mind arts scared her, to be honest. She could understand why Sirius felt they needed to be protected against, so she learned as much as she could. By the end of the first week, she was already constructing a mental fortress, trying to make it something no wizard would understand.

 

After discussing it with Harry on one of his breaks where he spoke with her as the dragons worked on teaching those who didn’t know their second form how to attain it she decided to take something from cinema and chose to forge a mock up of a Star Destroyer. She forged it out of living steel that could alter every hallway and deck, turrets and endless warriors and droids everywhere, including Imperial Stormtroopers that had learned to shoot straight. Not to mention the endless holding decks where intruders would be caught in every time-space mambo-jumbo she’d ever seen in science fiction. If an intruder somehow got past all that, various decks would randomly vent into space, where once an intruder was caught in the vacuum an endless hail of fire and fighters would assail them.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

For not being an English teacher Harry still did fairly well, especially after the first few hours as he gained confidence. Everything was strange here, the only individual that required rest or food was Stine, because his physical form was present, interacting with their mental forms. Still, he was able to keep up fairly well. After the first week the dragons began to speak in halting, broken English. Harry suggested they try to say everything in English for now, except if they had questions about words or syntax. From there Hermione began to help, and he spent time learning about mental defenses.

 

Harry spoke to the others, learning about various places on Azeroth, and trying to decide defenses that would work best. He read Hermione’s collection of books for ideas, and ended up shaping his mental defense as a model of Isengard, surrounded by Fangorn forest. His model had additional water in between the outer walls and tower proper, with huge clumps of trees he was slowly animating into living things. In the event of an attack, as soon as an intruder was sighted, great Ents of every shape and size would spill out of the forest, to reinforce the central tower that was the center of the entire mindscape.

 

If the main walls were breached, many well-armed (Especially the ones with more than two arms.)Naga would wait until the intruder was nearly at the main tower before spilling out of the water and charging their foe from all sides. He tried to make the Tower of Orthanc as impenetrable as it was in the books, but didn’t quite succeed. Instead he shape the tower to be larger on the inside than out, and filled it with an endless array of creatures.

 

Deciding to go even farther than that, Harry only left many false memories within that tower. Real ones he kept in a dragon burrow deep beneath the earth with the only way in through so many layers of solid rock apparition. (Once he learned the Azerothian Teleport spell, he would throw up powerful apparition wards within the tower.) If possible, most of the defenses wouldn’t kill, but instead restrain, for with some real work and input from Alira he created a special creature that would attack mental probes and steal knowledge from them. Also, He threw in a bunch of dragon guardians. Every dragon he’d ever seen in life or books even.

 

Building mental defenses took a great deal of time, but the discussions helped the dragons learn a new language too. By the end of the first month they were mostly fluent, had started their own mental defenses, and the first four had learned most of what they needed to gain their mortal forms. After six weeks had passed everyone could speak English, albeit with strange accents all around. Another week, and the drakes were fully aware of the problems facing Harry Potter, and plans were starting to be forged.

 

Harry and Hermione were offered training under Aurogos once in the real world and both eagerly accepted. Much of what he would teach them involved sensing magic, of grasping the concepts which eluded concrete definition. Apparently, every student would need to learn to mentally grasp magic in their own way, and each way would differ greatly.

 

Alira explained that practicing spellcasting in this place wouldn’t be terribly helpful because it was more a dream than a physical place. The two teens did get in much practice with Transfiguration though, at least the visualizing portions anyway. With better organized minds, the teens were able to drastically improve their memory, letting them retain most of the spells in the books added by their Head of House and Harry’s Godfather.

 

Eight weeks in, they had met all of their primary objectives. Stine offered to break the magic early, but since it was already cast, Harry choose to spend the rest of the time getting to know all of them.

 

Stine volunteered tales of his service to the Bronze Flight, slipping in and out of the timeways, and some of the very strange fellow Bronze Dragons he’d worked with. Apparently, he had briefly apprenticed under a dragon named Chronormu, (“When she isn’t a dragon, she’s a short gnome. Why? I have no idea.”) until he gave his apologies and resigned, choosing a slightly less strange master to study under.

 

Talion told them of hatching from his egg, how his brothers and sister fought and ended the weakest among them, and ho w the survivors were left to fend for themselves in the Badlands. How he survived off carrion and what tiny creatures he could hunt for years; he told them how he spent his first decade avoiding predators, mortal adventurers, and the orcs th at served Nefarion. (Fellow Black or not he in no way wanted to end up as part of a Chromatic dragon. Carefully listening to the groups sent to gather whelps paid off.)

 

Talion told them he eventually reached the age where he needed a Broodmother’s help to grow, but by then there were none that he knew of. Needing a Broodmother’s aid, he traveled North to where he felt the power of the Old Gods t he strongest . He told them that Tendrion took him under his wing and protected him from the violent bullying, how he felt part of a group for the first time as part of the group that eventually traveled here. Talion laughed as he told them that he got a lot of jokes about being Tendrion’s ‘cave warmer’ but i t was factually true, if not as the i mplied insult intended . He’d been faithfully serving as a space heater for the group since Tendrion asked him to join.

 

Senastrasz told them tales about his time as a Skyrazor, an aerial combat specialist. He had just turned f ifty years old and clearly remember ed when his Flight was enslaved by orcs and turned against the humans and their allies. He describe d the horror that set in as the magic which bound hi m as a member of the Red Dragonflight was twisted and warped, how his will wasn’t strong enough to resist. In the spirit of being open, he t old of the degradation of having an orc ride on his back and sacking a human town.

 

He described seeing a human woman and several children fleeing and tried to let them go, but the orc told him that if he didn’t kill them now, a dozen whelps would die slowly instead. How he hunted them down, making every tracking mistake that wouldn’t be obvious with tears trailing from his eyes as he chased them down. How gleeful he was when an elven arrow pierced the orc’s head and he felt cold steel against his throat. He’d explained quickly that the orcs had stolen an artifact and bound his kind to their will through their Queen. Senastrasz had told the rangers his speech and mind were his own but his actions were not.

 

After that, he was restrained and spent the rest of the war in Gilneas in a cage next to a h ospital , trading meals for what healing he knew how to perform until he fe lt the binding on him release at long last. The Gilneans were isolationist, but honorable in their own way. Senastrasz had told them all he could about how to exploit the compulsions he was under; it wasn’t as if he minded healing h umans and elves for his meals.

 

In the end, a number of other Reds ended up in the same position he was in, an older drake began occupying a cage next door after a few months. His actions h elped a lot of whelps to survive that otherwise would have been killed, he’d heard about a sort of zoo in Quel’ Thalas that consisted of a Broodmother kept in magic chains and every whel p the Alliance of Lordaeron captured. Yes, they were gawked at by children, but they also lived through the war and di dn’t hurt anyone else once they were caught. (Well, not seriously in any case. Whelps have both sharp teeth and flaming breath, and some injuries are to be expected in the best of times when dealing with them . )

 

Senastrasz told them how he thanked the humans for keeping him out of the fight and for their hospitality. (He’d been kept in a cage, but he at least had room to move and stretch. He’d even been allowed to fly from time to time, because he was growing mad confined to the earth.) Senastrasz spoke about the horror at finding so many family and friends had died and of his joy at finding a single sibling and close friend still alive after all the war and desolation. Though he admitted to becoming perhaps a touch overprotective, he had rarely left Dalistraza’s side since.

 

(Senastrasz did not share his thoughts about the visit he’d received from the mortal form of Korialstrasz, and the jealousy that he hadn’t been strong enough to resist the controlling magic himself. ‘Krasus’ had spoken to the humans, told them that this was a noble creature under dark magic and he was working to free all their kind.)

 

Caliona had a similar early experience to Talion, but she was given to a Broodmother to raise. She told tales of being raised on lies, of having evil cloud her every thought but being unable to recognize it. She told them all of the shame she now felt at her actions, and how she felt when her clutch went into battle together for the first time against a vastly more experienced company of Greens, how rage griped her heart as the saw her siblings fall from the sky. How she survived a glancing blow by falling to the earth below, injured but ready to fight; and how surprised she was when the Greens left her for dead.

 

Caliona told them of returning in shame to the base, lethal acid eating at her wounds. With fondness she remembered a drake named Tendrion that had taken a Green Dragon they had captured to her cave and offered the Green her freedom for treating a Twilight drake. That dragon had gone free, something that had perplexed her endlessly.

 

When she had threatened to expose Tendrion to their leadership for that, he admitted to her that he had also given the dragon a number of stolen eggs. He hadn’t lied, he never lied to any of them , but out of necessity he used inflections to let her read meaning into words that wasn’t there. At the time she assumed the eggs had been infected with some virulent curse that wasn’t there and deceived herself. Caliona easily forgave him for that now.

 

Vespiona took over the tale as Caliona stopped speaking. She and Ralion had similar beginnings to the others of their kind, but when they were ready to be s ent out to push the front lines, lines that were now in the Twilight Highlands, Tendrion had intervened. He came to the camp commander, a cruel B lack dragon, and told them he needed at least a few drakes for a special project; he was forming a strike force to spread death and fire where their enemies felt safe .

 

Talion and Caliona were with him already, and after a careful inspection and speaking to the c ommander , he picked out herself and Ralion to join him. She could tell he wanted to bring more, but in hindsight he was limited by not wanting to attract attention and the difficulty of convincing brainwashed individuals to follow him. Together, the five of them went on a grand adventure, roaming high and low. She told them of their days flying free, h unting and eating animals not tainted by the magic of their home, and that l earning to work together in a group wa s the high point of her life.

 

When Vespiona became choked with emotion from the memories of the first good parts of her life, and a be loved leader and mate no longer with her , Ralion spoke up. He’d been doing a lot of thinking since they’d been in the Dream. He told them of the stories they shared at night, full bellies under the stars. How Tendrion told s tories to carefully test their reactions and once he had an idea how they though t , he started to change it. He found that their willing rebellion at that time impossible, so he did everything he could to chip away at their loyalty to the Old Gods .

 

Tendrion taught Ralion everything he thought a leader should know, because Tendrion thought he would be a good one some day. He shared hints of their adventures, how Tendrion had whipped together a plan that let them bring a lone clutching dragon to the ground with barely a scale out of place. He shared that after talking to the Red alone, he told the others that she had lost faith in her gods and had agreed to follow them and serve as their group’s Broodmother, so long as they protected her clutch .

 

Ralion admitted to seeing the great trepidation on her face as Valistraza introduced herself and began sharing meals with them. She was so pregnant that she couldn’t hunt easily anymore, and had been losing weight before they found her. She was hoping to reach Outland, though that wasn’t a terribly safe place to be, it was the best she could think of for her clutch. She needed to find a place with enough food and where those that saw her wouldn’t report back to her Dragonflight. When Tendrion explained his purpose was to find a new world to settle, all five of them had cheered.

 

During some of the star-lit discussions she mentioned how a group of whelps had gone missing in an area where Tendrion knew there was no Twilight activity, Flight or Cult. (Tendrion had gotten the latest reports from the camp commander, and in hindsight when he lost the documents near an Alliance patrol, it could be assumed what he had done with them.) On a hunch, they had found the remains of a mage portal that led somewhere east of the Swamp of Sorrows, and made their way there.

 

Making their way over the swamp they were spotted by a Goblin (This brought up a discussion of two races that, when their names were spoken in either Draconic or Parseltounge produced the same word. Perhaps their races shared a common ancestry somehow? This also brought up the fact that both worlds had humans, which was a rather interesting thought.) town that was new enough to not be on their maps. News of this eventually began the pursuit by the group of drakes and their mortal hunting partners. Harry remarked that they seemed nice enough when he met them.

 

Ralion told them how they’d found a mage’s tower built on a s mall island far off the coast, and between the six them ambushed and killed the Mage as he stumbled out of bed. Valistraza had been merciless once she’d scented whelp’s blood on a dissection table. Everything the mage had they’d taken, including the s eventy -eight whelps in his cages. (It should have been ninety -two . No t one felt bad about burning him alive after that.) There were all five original Flights represented in his collection, Black, Blue, Bronze, Green and Red, but he had also collected Chromatic, Netherwing, Twilight, and some dragons their group actually couldn’t identify.

 

This derailed the discussions for s ome time, as they discussed various groups of dragons. Eventually Aurogos asked a rather odd question. “These whelps, are they flesh and blood?” Which led to discussion of the various elemental creatures that looked outwardly like dragons, the Stone and Storm dragons. Aurogos lamented that the popular name for the elemental creatures conflicted with the Storm Drag ons that lived on the large island where he had spent his apprentice years.

 

After some discussion, it was decided that the insane mage had somehow gotten his hands on the flesh kind of Storm Dra gon , and that they were intelligent, had magic involving thunder and storm, and were generally decent folk (if a bit prideful) but had some outliers. Aurogos suggested that they simply bind all the whelps to Harry when they open the sphere, just to prevent them causing all sorts of problems.

 

Ralion, getting back to his tale, told them how his group had released all the whelps, and when they began to fight, Tendrion had bellowed out that he had claimed them as part of his new Dragonf light. Half again the size of most other drakes, Tendrion had lowered his voice and told them that there was so much war and suffering on their world, so many lives lost time and time again, that he was leaving it and taking as many as he could with him.

 

Tendrion had told the whelps that as the leader of the group that rescued them, he was taking them with him, and they could hate him for it, but at least they would be alive if he had anything to say about it. Only in hindsight did they realize that Tendrion was pouring his heart out to the young dragons. At the time they assumed he was just saying what he needed to so they’d follow. He then introduced Valistraza and told the young ones that they would answer to her as their new Broodmother and that she answered to him.

 

Sadly, feeding that many voracious little mouths was no small matter, so the group had decided to seal the lot of them inside a stasis-prison sphere the mage had apparently been using. After looking at his notes, it had a complete stasis option added to it, so Tendrion had decided to place the whelps inside for safe keeping. Valistraza joined them, as she said she was only a month now from laying her eggs, and they would be faster without her.

 

Directly after that, T endrion had gone to the greatest (And most greatly disorganized.) library on Azeroth, though it was also the most dangerous. Tendrion had left them on the edge of the swamp of sorrows and ventured in alone. He came out shaken, but with several books in his pack, and a sense of urgency that he hadn’t had before. When asked he’d told them Karazhan was the kind of place that liked to drive people mad, and the tower had a will of its own.

 

Tendrion only made it out alive because a spirit wearing a hood had approved of him and spoke with him often in the months he’d spent searching the library. (That part was hard for the others to believe because from their perspective he’d been gone two days.) Tendrion also said the walls between dimensions and even time were weak there, but he wouldn’t use that place for their portal off world because of the massive demonic taint there.

 

From Karazhan, they had slipped into Duskwood, hoping to make use of the ley-lines that flowed into the permanent Emerald Dream portal there. Sadly, the local guards attacked them and they had to flee. Ralion said he was so desperate to save his sister who’d taken an arrow to her lungs and was quickly losing the battle for life that he had abducted a priestess, (Easily identified by the robes and the staff gleaming on her back.) te lling her to save his sister and she’d be released and paid.

 

The frightened y oung woman did save Ralion’s sister , though she exhausted herself healing V espiona and removing the arrows R alion picked up abducting her. When at first she’d balked at that, Tendrion had simply told her that he was her lift back. Despite the voices in his head that said to simply kill the human and consume her flesh (“I was really, really sick of eating roast spider at that point, okay?”) Ralion had dropped her off on a main road near a human settlement. Where she promptly ratted them out despite the gold coins they’d paid her for the healing.

 

Aurogos and his group had picked up the rumors directly from the priestess where she sat in the town’s jail for fraternizing with the enemy. (Senastrasz piped up there, saying they arranged to have her sent to Stormwind for judgment with a note explaining, and requesting leniency. In truth, healing an enemy that was acting out of established norms under duress wasn’t a great offense, but a spectacle had to be shown to discourage it from becoming common practice. )

 

Both groups had their first real combat with each other in southern Duskwood, before Tendrion executed the first of many escape strategies. From there they’d often had battles that in retrospect felt more like spars as they pursued and escaped and laid false trails.

 

Dalistraza, (“You can just call me Dali if you want, I don’t mind.”) began with mentioning her happy childhood, frolicking with other whelps including her brother through the fields of Vermilion Redoubt in what was once known as the Highlands. She talked a little about the Broodmother that raised her, and explained a good deal about what that position entailed. According to a Broodmother was responsible for the complete health and care of whelps from hatching to when she bathed them in a very special magical fire and the once-whelps emerge from the flame as drakes.

 

Broodmothers spend a century as apprentices and understudies, they learn practical care, how to treat common health problems, dealing with mineral deficiencies, how to ensure mental health. They learn to treat anything from a scraped scale to lung infections. Not only that, but they also serve as emotional support, career guidance, givers of romantic advice, and a shoulder to cry on. A good Broodmother provides a stable foundation for their charges to build on the rest of their life; a very hefty responsibility. Usually they raise not only their own children, but others who work for the Flight, n ot just by adoption but often providing daycare and child-rearing for others who require it .

 

Dalistraza explained that it wasn’t unusual for the powerful maternal instincts to extend beyond their kind, and they would often take in starving, abandoned and unwanted children of other races. Many of those, when offered the chance to rejoin their people after learning a trade and reaching maturity, instead chose to remain among the dragons, and (shockingly to the dreaming teens) often had children with the drakes they grew up with.

 

Senastrasz and others were eager to cut in with stories of the great generals and smiths that the halfblooded dragons often served as. Generally referred to as Dragonspawn, they usually walked on four legs with a humanoid body attached where a neck would be on a dragon.

 

Chirping in, Stine offered a thought: “You know my mortal form? Like that but ‘dragonish’ instead of ‘tigerish.’ Oh, and even if they look slow, hulking and stiff they’re actually a lot more agile and fast than you’d expect. Unless they’ve gotten musclebound, or fat . ” Dragonspawn differed from Drakonid in that Drakonid were usually bipedal, and were once mortal servants of dragons or adopted members of their Flight.

 

“It gets more confusing though, because the traits that typically define them can m ix if they have children with each other or a mortal. There’s a reason we usually refer to both groups as Dragonkin, even though technically that term would include us here as well.” Senastrasz s poke as he took over from his sister .

 

“Notice I haven’t used, and won’t, the term pure in reference to us or other dragons. The truth is, between the mortals that have joined our flights, and the children they’ve had, there’s a little human, elf, or what have you in all of us save the Aspects or other truly ancient dragons at this point.

 

“It hasn’t changed us much, and you wouldn’t see the differences unless you compared us as full adults against Nozdormu, or the females against Alexstrasza and Ysera. Younger generations tend to be more varied in build, more lithe or sturdy. It wouldn’t surprise me if Aurogos has Tauren or Taunka in his bloodline, though what the heck they’d be doing with the Blue Dragonflight I have no idea. Our, what is the word? Genitals also resemble what would be more typical on a mammal than a reptile in modern times.”

 

At incredulous looks from the teens, Black and Twilight drakes, he shrugged and continued. “We don’t typically wear clothing in our real forms, as our scales u sually cover what needs to be covered. B esides, it’s very uncomfortable wearing clothes over scales. Dragonkin often wear a rmor , but whelps, drakes like us, and adult dragons rarely have anything on at all. I’ve seen my Flight’s Aspect a few times, even her mortal form shows more skin than Hermione here is showing now.”

 

Completely ignoring Hermione’s blush and stuttering, Dali continued her tale after a sour look at her brother for interrupting her. She told them about her decision to be a healer, and bits about her apprenticeship under a strict old Dragonspawn. Her old teacher was harsh, gruff, and had no bedside manner, but was one of the best healers around and Dali was honored to learn under her.

 

When her master had come up to her after Dali had just finished a healing e ffort that was more reconstruction than healing (“One thing I learned, dumb m ales showing off for female s cause so many injuries it’s insane. This drake in particular lost control during some aerial stunt and immediately landed on a nice, soft wall of granite. And then a tree. And then a second tree. And then the ground, which was mostly rocks.”) and simply told the drake that her apprenticeship was finished, there was nothing more she could teach; t hat moment was one of the proudest of her life.

 

When the Red Dragonflight was enslaved, she was lucky enough to be among the Bronze dragons, helping to mend some nasty wounds from a Devilsaur that had wound up in their Caverns, (It was stated, and agreed by all of them that weird things happened in the Caverns of Time. Add in a whelp’s prank going wrong, and things get weirder.) and she, and her large cohort of fellow healers sat out the entire enslavement of their Flight a s guests of the Bronze Dragonflight.

 

Later, there was much debate among the Reds as to h ow d eliberate the whole event that kept the least c ombat capable and arguably most useful group of dragons out of the hands of the orcs. As a whole, the Bronze Flight was sworn to protect the timeline, but it wasn’t impossible for individuals to act to prevent suffering.

 

When the group turned to Stine to ask him, he simply said he had no knowledge of this event, as he was born some five-thousand years ago, though he himself w as only thirty- two years old. When pressed further as to whether Bronze Dragons would alter events, to change time or only guard it, he had a rather surprising response.

 

“I did, when I chose to join the hunting party with you four and the mortals. I had been seeing my own future enough to know I ended as part of the Infinite Dragonflight. I seem to have lost my way in the next decade and joined, I would have died in the Infinite attack trying to prevent the opening of the Dark Portal. I… I didn’t like that ending, so I was desperately trying to find an alternative.

 

“The Bronze Flight believe, above all our other dogmas, that there is only one true timeline. I find myself doubting whether or not that’s true, because when you asked me to join you A urogos, I was looking at my own path in time and I saw a flicker of a different way forward, just for a second, and I chose to go with you after the path whose end I could not see. Now I know I couldn’t see it because Time is far less, porous, I guess is the best word on this world. To what end will we reach? I have no idea, but it might just be better than where we were headed back home.

 

“And every choice, every path taken causes ripples, but we never completely know where those ripples end. Before anyone says anything, I don’t regret my choice. Life or death as myself is preferable to existence as an Infinite, even if it turns our I would have lived longer as one of them.” He looked directly at Harry, as if sensing the doubts within him attempting to push forth again. “I do not regret my choice, my Lord.”

 

That actually stopped the discussion for a time. Dali finished her tale, basically she’d traveled from place to place and healed many. Senastrasz, her full brother had informed the ir command structure that he was going where she did as a bodyguard, he had lost every other one of his siblings in the years of war, and he would not lose her as well. Given that healers tended not to be great combatants, there really was no trouble with him keeping an eye on her and the others.

 

Dali and her brother had eventually been assigned to Hyjal, and kept many people alive together. While he wasn’t a trained healer, s ix years in Gi lneas healing every injury he could had given him a good deal of practical experience. Senastrasz doubled guarding the healers with healing those he was able to, leaving the more complex injuries to those better trained, taking a bit of the stress off them after every battle.

 

When a group formed comprised of mortals and Aurogos to hunt down the remaining pockets of the Twilight Cult and Flight, they both joined up along with Alira, who had been doing badly as a warrior. A bit of a mis-matched group, and with significant friction between the Reds and the Blue, they slowly pulled together and got rather good at their job, adding more mortals as they went.

 

Dali c ouldn’t look at the Twilight drakes when she spo ke of seeing awful things as they did their business. When they were done, and Hyjal was as clear as it could reasonably be, they decided as a group to head over to the Eastern Kingdoms and poke around a bit.

 

Sure, they probably should have reported back to their commanders right away, but honestly they were all enjoying a little bit of freedom and had all seen enough suffering and war for a lifetime, so they decided to sweep the southern parts of the Eastern Kingdoms. It had proved more a vacation than anything else. The mortals were being paid by the week, so they ended up checking for evil in all sorts of places, like beaches and forest g lades .

 

They did, however, check for any rumors to follow up but found nothing until visiting an inn at the township of Lakeshire in the Redridge Mountains. Stories of a Red Dragon flying with Twilight Drakes s ent them rushing to the Goblin Town of Bogpaddle in the Swamp of Sorrows, and from there everyone knew the story. She did say that their goal was to at least question the Twilight group because their actions were so strange and that they had guessed that the Red Dragon and whelps had been put into the stasis sphere they started carrying.

 

More awkwardness abounded, and Aurogos again went over the process for discovering and using a Mortal Form with the younger drakes. They were pretty sure they’d be able to manage their second forms nearly as soon as they got out now. Stine checked the magic decay of the circle fairly often as their time drew closer to ending.

 

Eventually, Alira began to speak, talking about her aspirations to be a Broodmother for her Flight, and how they were dashed, or at least put on hold when she was sent out to fight. Hurting others, even if they were lost to the Old Gods, was anathema to her, and it often came close to getting her killed. She had been assigned to a squadron of veteran Skyrazors, now a mixed group of Greens, Reds, Bronze and even a few Blue drakes.

 

In a quiet voice she mentioned that was unusual because the Reds and Blues didn’t along very well since the war. Changing subjects with a sad glance at Aurogos, she told them stories about how bad she was at combat, and how when she tried to fight Tend rion, he simply laid her on her back, talon at her throat in only a few seconds. He’d actually spoke with her then, accusing her of not being any kind of warrior, and she had very quickly pointed out she was a Broodmother apprentice , and had been conscripted.

 

Alira told them about the sadness on his face at that, before it hardened and instead of removing her jugular, he spun around and just dazed her with his tail (but not the bone club at it’s tip) and commanded her to “Stay down.” And she had. She’d watched him gather his group and escape into the shadows, trying to figure out what kind of an enemy pitied her.

 

The Green drake told the group during later engagements he’d whispered to her, telling her she shouldn’t be fighting, that it was a cruel world that made one like her, that only wanted to nurture others, to make lives better end them. He’d told her that this world didn’t deserve her loyalty, and that she should seek another. She had been impressed with his skill, fighting others and still using a bit of magic to only be heard by her even as he matched Senastrasz and Stine together while Ralion took Aurogos briefly and the females drove off the mortal’s mounts and stole their supplies.

 

She’d told them that if the Twilight Dragonflight ever had a champion, it was Tendrion. She told them that when she saw the portal, she was conflicted about leaving everything behind and following him, even before they learned about the tainted water, but had resolved to do her duty first.

 

Aurogos did not want to share much about his life, so Harry went next. He told them about how his parents had died, how he could hear his mother pleading for his life when near a Dementor . He told everyone present about how he had grown up with his aunt and uncle who bore him no love at all, and in fact a good deal of hate. Harry told them of the bullying from his cousin, and the punishments from his uncle. He told them of how often he was hungry, making food for his relatives and b eing fed only scraps. With a bit of a hollow laugh, he told them about his accidental magic growing up, including the Boa Constrictor that for all he knew could be living in sunny Brazil right now.

 

Harry had already mentioned some of his adventures at Hogwarts, but now he described how he felt during the events, how terrified he was of the Basilisk, how out of his depth with Quirrel, his rage at the escape of Pettigrew and his hate of the Ministry. F irst for never giving his godfather a trial and now for trying to kill him over the summer before putting him on trial for failing to die.

 

And Harry told them something he’d never admitted to anyone before: He told them about the deep, crawling horror he felt when he came across something in a book on dangerous magical creatures and realized how very close he came to becoming an Obscurial. He explained that the phenomena occurred when a magical child consciously suppressed their magic and it instead turned inward, forming a very dangerous parasite that destroyed everything around it.

 

As Hermione drew him into a hug and told him he wasn’t alone anymore that she wouldn’t let him be. She again fe lt his emotions, and he found himself relaxing into the comfort, feeling her emotions in turn. One by one, the dragons nudged forward and told him that they were with him as well.

 

Hermione, still in physical contact smiled to herself at the steel that shone through Harry then. Harry would do right by his followers if it killed him, and his followers would be working hard to ensure that it did not. Over the last few months in this place she’d brushed against each of them and felt their earnestness. They weren’t perfectly happy about how they got here true, but now here they would make the best of it. Dark Lord or no Dark Lord.

 

Smiling, now in his human form, Aurogos finally broke down and shared his story as they waited for the spell to run out. There really wasn’t much else to do, everyone by now had built a formidable mental defense, they just needed actual sleep and some time in the real world to finalize the defenses. His own was built around the Nexus and Oc u lus, he almost pitied anyone that crept into his mind, the later was a pain to navigate even for Blue Dragons at times.

 

Aurogos had liked the way Harry had shaped his defenses as a massive diversion , and he had taken the idea to heart. His memories were placed within the Eye of Eternity, but the only way in required a puzzle that wasn’t visibly a puzzle to be used at the core of the Nexus and throughout the Oculus in places where a pebble could be moved with no hints of where it needed to be. R eaching the memories in a reasonable amount of time required teleportation, and he had blocked it to anyone but himself.

 

For his story, Aurogos told them about how fractured the Blue Dragonflight was while Malygos brooded in his madness. He hatched in the Cerulean Sanctum in Dragonblight and rarely left it, save for a few trips up into Wyrmrest T emple proper, until he became a drake. Like most of his kind, he wanted to become a great and powerful user of magic and help his Dragonf light recover their lost prestige and purpose. He explained that it was hard to earn an apprenticeship with the greatest among them, so he studied long nights as a whelp and young drake.

 

What elders their flight had were scattered, and the best master on the continent he wouldn’t touch with a ten-foot pole. “Saragosa always had a reputation, whispered among the drakes. She was cruel whenever she could get away with it. Some of her apprentices went missing, one was found with a crushed neck washed up on a shore miles from the Coldarra. I should say the especially talented ones went missing.” When he felt ready , even though it was a hard flight, and he found himself wishing he could portal his way there but unable to before he had visited the location himself , he flew until he had left the continent of Northrend behind .

 

He stopped at different islands, some barren barren and desolate, on others he slept high in trees at night because they were decidedly not. Eventually he made his way to the Broken Isles (“I know its an odd name for an island, okay? But from the air it actually sort of looks like three or four different island have been combined together badly.”) and visited the Green Dragon enclave and the Night Elves there for a time. He would have stayed longer but the purple elves were rather unfriendly to magic users.

 

After getting some directions from a Green Broodmother happy to have something new to entertain her clutch for a few days he made his way to a region called Azsuna. T here after some searching he found the Azurewing settlement, and after introducing himself he made his case to the oldest Blue Dragon still sane. It took some convincing, and the ancient dragon had warned that the drake would need to put a lot of real work in, but in the end it was worth the effort.

 

Compared to the Blues living at the Nexus, the Azurewing proved more focused, cooperative, and generally much happier than those in Northrend. When he asked Senegos about it, his master had replied that all creatures need a purpose, and usually leadership. At the Nexus, there was an absence of direction and leadership. When Aurogos mentioned Saragosa, and the rumors about her, Senegos had told him that if their Flight had real leadership, she would have found herself cast out long ago.

 

Senegos had gone on to explain that he had once approached the Dragonqueen Alexstrasza at the Ruby Dragonshrine and told her of the plight of the Blue Dragonflight, how they were leaderless, and were losing their purpose in the wake of that great defeat during Neltharion’s betrayal. He told Alexstrasza their numbers were still so low due to the lethargy and despair that clung to their flight. He begged her to help them, and when she admitted she did not know how, he had, in his desperation, asked her to choose a new Aspect for their flight.

 

This had earned him her immediate ire. Malygos was her brother! He responded that for trying to preserve her brother, she could lose his Flight and all his children instead. When she accused Senegos of trying to usurp the position for himself, he had exploded at her instead. He had screamed at her that he didn’t care who the new Aspect would be, as long as she picked one with a level head and good heart. He just didn’t want to witness the slow death of his people anymore.

 

Alexstrasza had sent him away empty handed that day, unwilling to tear the power of the Titans from her brother, killing him in the process. Feeling especially bitter, Senegos had shouted at her as her guards shoved him away that if she left their Flight to wallow in despair she would come to regret it eventually, that all that suffering wouldn’t be confined to the Blues forever!

 

“He was right, of course. I came to respect Senegos as I learned from him. He didn’t just teach me magic, he tried to impart perspective as well. He introduced me to many of the mortal races, tried to show me their accomplishments. When Senegos introduced me to the Highmountain Tauren, he made a special point to introduce an individual that was going by the name Ebonhorn, who I’m certain was actually a dragon. I really don’t know why there was so much emphasis on that individual, but he proved rather friendly, as if he’d been living among the Tauren so long he’d adopted their manner i s ms instead of his Flight’s.”

 

Moving on, he told them of how Senegos had introduced him to other groups, friends he’d made over the years. Senegos had access to Uldum, as he had been assigned to check up on the area from time to time and brought Aurogos with him on an inspection. At a large Titan outpost he never learned the purpose of Senegos introduced him to a group of Titan Watchers and requested the drake be added to the extremely small list of individuals granted access to the area.

 

“One thing I’ve come to learn is that the Titan constructs, especially the older ones, tend to look down on creatures of flesh and dragons in particular. I have no idea why, but it’s always been true that assignments that deal with them are not sought after. Earthen tend to be better about it, especially the ones made more recently. I think that the ‘Forge of Wills’ takes something from the person using it and includes that into the constructs it produces.

 

“Titan constructs also hav e trouble grasping the idea of age. Senegos had simply told them he was old, so his position would eventually be occupied by another. When the living stone creatures became belligerent, we just left.”

 

Next the Blue drake shared a few humorous tales of times when the two of them had slipped unknown onto the Wandering Isle, his master’s magic making them appear as Pandaren. “He told me that this was a good place to practice blending in with mortals, as the locals sometimes saw through illusions and deceptions, but typically were friendly enough that I’d get off with a warning and a stern look at worst if caught. I blended in pretty well, until this little urchin b egan pestering me and started throwing these little melon things that were too ripe to eat. He ran off and sounded an alarm when the fruit left me sopping wet but my illusion dry, and since it wasn’t my spell I couldn’t alter it.

 

“I w as taken before their elder, where Senegos was enjoying a meal with the old P andaren . I found out that a smell from something they were eating didn’t agree with me, and I ended up accidentally using my breath attack and freezing the whole table. That old Pandaren just picked up his tea slush, sipped it, and went back to eating the frozen meal like it was a new delicacy. Later, Senegos told me that he had put a tracking spell on this island years ago when it came near his home out of curiosity. The entire island was actually a turtle, mind you, and when he realized that his first thought was the people living on it were crazy, and his second thought involved which spells to place on the creature’s mind to prevent it from going under the water or, you know, r olling onto its back.”

 

After a few more funny stories of his life, his expression dropped. Obviously pained, he spoke of a visit to Quel'Thalas. He told them of the grand celebration for a new class of understudies joining the Farstriders and Magisters t hat lasted a week, and how he suddenly realized his Flight lack ed thi s vibrancy, th is zeal for life. To his grudging surprise he found himself enjoying the pageantry and atmosphere. He even b ought a number of the enchanted brooms he found at a small shop as souvenirs.

 

Aurogos told them about meeting a retired Magister, Alain Sunchaser, an old friend of Senegos. T here he met a fellow apprentice Daelin Salonar, a young elf working hard to live up to his family name. He told them how he corresponded with D aelin for almost two decades; though there was a bit of a problem when the more numerous Red drakes that ran the courier system were enthralled, it was soon started up again thanks to Green drakes gifted with invisibility spells by his Flight.

 

Aurogos spoke of how that apprentice and his master promised to spread the word when they were told about the truth of the fate befalling the Reds, and they both understood why the other Flights feared entering the war themselves. “If the H orde had captured the other Flights as well, it would have been a massive disaster. Ysera and Nozdormu have enough power to do t errible things if they fell. And at the time, Malygos was sitting in his lair almost catatonic. It ended up not being as awful as it could have been, my friend later wrote to tell me about a sort of zoo the elves and mages constructed that started with a few dozen whelps and a Broodmother.

 

I’m sure it was humiliating having people throw in bits of meat and lots of little animated patchwork leather golems, but it was apparently very entertaining for the masses to see baby dragons lay waste to small armies of the things. Gold is crucial in wartime and their patrons kept the zoo fed. They ended up stocking it with more and more drakes and whelps as time went by, right up until the Dr ago n Soul was destroyed.

 

“One day years later I got a letter with a package. It was an urgent plea for help, and all the children that had been in their village. Tha t old Magister had used some impressive spellwork to contain them all within a small crystal and keep them in stasis. I was still living with Senegos even after my formal apprenticeship ended, performing various tasks to keep dangerous knowledge out of the wrong hands and keep the ley-lines flowing smoothly.

 

Senegos was under orders from our Flight and the Dragonqueen not to interfere in the affairs of mortals without direct permission from ou r leadership. He never even slowed down as he ordered the children sent to the three Broodmothers of his settlement, ordered all our warriors to report in and all the foodstuffs we could share with mortals packed, and as mu ch weapons and armor as possible taken with us.

 

“Twenty minutes later he tore a portal open to the gates of Silvermoon City, and we realized we were much too late. When we realized there wasn’t much fighting going on right then, I told my old master I was going to look for our friends. I took to the air, looking for the old Magister or his apprentice, and found Alain in the village square. He was alone, bound to a destroyed tree with the rest of the town’s inhabitants dead all around him. Alain was nearly dead, the foul magic laden on him to keep him suffering was the only reason he hadn’t died already; the magic was crafted so that when he gave into the torture, he would become a twisted undead servant of the Lich King, and all his friends with him.

 

I looked at the enchantment that bound the old man there, hoping to find something to save the old man, but it was too clever and twisted. In the end, I simply talked to the old magister, told him the children were safe, even now being looked after by the Azurewing’s B roodmother s. I couldn’t lie to the old man; I told him that his nation had fallen, but there were survivors. And in the end all I could do was make his time as an undead abomination brief.

 

Alain Sunchaser choked out a request for the Blue Dragonflight to care for the children, to spare them the suffering of life among the survivors. H e died with a smile on his lips when I told him w e had plenty of b eds and food at the Azurewing Repose. When the old elf, his apprentice that had become a friend, and the rest of the town rose to their feet and c harged at me , I just let go of my anger and burned the undead abominations to ash .

 

“I was going to head straight back, but while I was looking around for survivors, I f ound a band of very small risen dead hunting a band of dirty, desperate and exhausted survivors. When I heard the small undead that had been given speech taunting their parents and friends, I let them taste fire.

 

I’ll never forget walking past the burning undead children, towards the main hunting party with rage and tears, shedding my true form for the ease of shaping magic as a mortal. I screamed at the main host of undead as I gathered all my magic and burnt them away. In the end, I exhausted myself and lost consciousness, and it was only thanks to the survivors that wasn’t my last day alive.

 

Once rested I opened a portal to Silvermoon city and brought them to the other survivors safe and sound. Senegos was arguing with a n elf in ornate red and gold armor. Before I cut in to defuse the argument I realized this was Prince Kael’thas Sunstrider, the new ruler of a broken people. When Senegos, look ing so very old in his High Elf form left through a portal with a promise to send as many supplies as possible through to the survivors, whether the Prince wanted them or not, I stayed for a moment. There wasn’t much to say, really, but I tried anyway.

 

“When I returned, I told Senegos of Alain’s last words. We went to where the children had been tended to by the Broodmothers, and he told them the truth of what happened. He told them that the oldest of his mortal friends had asked that they be cared for, and he would honor that last request. The children thrived under the care of the Blue Dragonflight, though they never forgot their people. When the adolescents learned what the so-called Blood Elves were doing to feed their addictions to power, and the effects it caused, they decided to r emain among the dragons . Taught by the oldest practitioners of magic, they learned to control their hunger and beat their addiction to the Sunwell’s magic with will and support.

 

“Luckily, there was always something that needed doing, and they quickly found themselves apprenticed when they reached the age to choose their paths. Senegos even convinced some of the local Night Elves to teach them the ways of the forest. Th ose kids would have had a bright future among the dragons, if not for the Nexus War.”

 

Aurogos went quiet for a long time after that. Senastrasz was about to give the group a general outline of that debacle, but the Blue drake spoke up first. “Malygos the Spell weaver served as the Aspect of the Blue Dragonflight from the uplifting of the dragons by the Titans until the end of the Nexus war. I’m not as familiar with the story as the old dragons that were alive then, but ten-thousand years ago Malygos stood with Deathwing, the Betrayer, then known as Neltharion, and argued for the creation of a weapon they named the Dragon Soul. The same item later became known as the Demon Soul, and it was used to bind the Red Dragonflight to the will of the Dragonmaw Clan of Orcs.

 

“Each Aspect placed into the small disc a piece of their power, of their very essence. I suspect Malygos, who at the time considered Neltharion his most trusted brother put more of himself in than any other. In any case, Neltharion betrayed the other Flights and after that battle, seven out of ten Blue Dragons lay dead. Senegos himself bears horrific scars from that day, though he usually keeps the m concealed by magic.

 

Malygos went into seclusion after that, the loss of so many and his guilt combined with the damage inflicted by the Dragon Soul drove him mad. He remained in that broken state of melancholy and despair for ten-thousand years, and he was slowly dragging the rest of us down with him. Later, Tyrygosa brought a number of Netherwing Dragons into the Nexus, the Blue Dragonflight’s home. She wanted them to gain enough power for themselves to break magic that was binding them. Sadly, the Nether Dragons had been used s o many times that they no longer trusted and tried to steal all the power of the Nexus for themselves.

 

“During this, Malygos awoke in his lair and found the Nexus in Chaos. When he heard some of the arrogant claims of dragons drunk on power, in his madness he consumed the Nether Dragons and their power. From that point he began to regain his vitality and seemingly came out of his madness. For the first time I can remember, my Flight began real celebrations, it felt like we had a purpose again, like we could regain our pride!”

 

Aurogos laughed brokenly for several long moments. “I went to the Nexus then, along with the High Elves that had sworn to serve the Blue Dragonflight. We presented ourselves before the Aspect as his loyal servants just before Malygos declared war on all other users of arcane magic, the Kirin tor in particular.

 

“It is a difficult thing to ignore the orders of your Aspect. There is a power, a magic, that runs through the Dragonf lights and binds them together; it is part of our very core. This is why the Black Dragonflight followed Deathwing and why the Reds served the Horde; it is d ifficult to say no.

 

“Senegos did ignore the call, he took steps to forcibly keep his brood out of the war, but I was too weak, and too close. I considered the young elves my friends, they were at least assigned to the Nexus itself, under Telestra, the Dalaran turncoat. I… ended up joining a group of Azure Skyrazors and learning to fight in the skies. I was good at it, as long as I could keep enemies away from me. I hated the armor we were issued. Supposedly it was for protection, but some of the runes also increased our aggression to the point where strategic thinking and complex spellcasting became difficult. I was not able to remove it myself, and the wyrm in command disliked my attempt.

 

“When it became apparent we lacked the numbers to fight off the Reds, Kirin Tor, and the rest of the world at once, Malygos ordered the few eggs we did have imbued with magic to make them hatch faster, and as drakes instead of whelps.”

 

Aurogos shuddered. “You don’t want to know what the long-term effects of forcible aging like that are. Between us here and the Broodmother in stasis, we can help our Twilight dragons through most of the problems caused, but Malygos pushed so far beyond what was done to them. If any had survived they’d have gone mad with pain within a few decades, if not worse. Saragosa was given free reign on our enemies, and s he no longer hid her cruel nature . All the worst elements of our kind seemed to come out, fanned by Malygos himself.

 

“When Saragosa was killed by a former torture victim, Malygos took the Red Dragon and bound her within the Nexus, carved runes into her f lesh , and flooded her with so much power it turned her scales Blue as it tore at her mind.

 

“In the back of my mind, I knew we were becoming twisted versions of what we once were, but it didn’t fully come into focus until during a battle between packs of opposing Skyrazors when I followed an injured Red to the ground. He was a healer, not a fighter, I could see him healing himself. It’s hard to fight through the pain and heal major injuries, but he was doing well. I wanted to spare him, if he gave his world to withdraw from the war, but I couldn’t. Though I fought myself, I attacked and killed him easily, the dull roar of rage shouting down my conscience.”

 

Ignoring the horrified looks all around, Aurogos started to laugh, though it was not a joyous sound. “And, it was all for nothing you know. We were outnumbered si x to one by the Reds despite their losses in the Second War, throw in the Kirin Tor and those mortal adventurers fresh from Outland and the Sunwell Plat eau? We were doomed from the start. Malygos got us killed in droves, caused suffering across the world, and ended any chance of us coming back to strength.

 

“I survived the final push of the Nexus War by being sent against Wyrmrest Temple, but I abandoned my mission when I could. When Malygos died so too did the unity of our Flight. I returned to the C oldarra to find it in disarray, the Red Aspect there in person, ordering her Flight to begin pulling out. Corpses had been left everywhere, and inside the Nexus, I f ound a paladin in bloodied armor and a chipped warhammer that bore a large piece of purple crystal as the striking surface. He slid into a fighting stance when he saw me but relaxed when I told him the war was over, and I was just looking for my friends.

 

“It turned out he was a friend of the dragon Keristraza, who se corpse still rested in the middle of the room. I offered to help him lay her to rest, since no one else had done it, and together with a fair bit of magic we moved her corpse outside under the stars and burned her on a small pyre. He said he’d been part of the group that went after her, and he was hoping despite what the other Reds said that he could save her. In the end, she couldn’t fight what was being done to her as she begged for death, and there was nothing else he could do.

 

“I told him about the orphans from Quel'Thalas, and how they’d grown up alongside our kind, how they were so proud to join our ranks. When the pyre had burnt out he took a small vial of the ashes with him, looked at me and said he was sorry. Then he summoned his charger and rode off towards the Reds that were maintaining a n evacuation service till everyone was off the island. He never did give his name.

 

When I search ed , I found m ost of them, dead in the halls. One was half-eaten by her own hound. I just quietly gathered them up and burned them right in the halls of the Nexus where they had been so proud to be stationed the last I’d seen them. I’m sure I angered more than a few of the surviving wyrms with my actions and the materials I used, but I still d o n’t care.

 

“I left and never returned there. I left and just flew until my wings throbbed, then I used magic to reinforce myself and just kept flying. Days later, the pain from what I’d been doing to myself now a blaze of agony, to my own surprise I found myself at the Azurewing Repose. Senegos came out, I must have tripped a ward, and he just looked at me. I couldn’t meet his eyes anymore. But, when I couldn’t walk or stand anymore he just picked me up and carried me into his home. There were Greens everywhere, and I saw the others there were asleep and being cared for by the new guests. I finally gave into exhaustion as he carried me through the halls of his home.

 

“Senegos never said anything about the pointless war I’d fought or what I’d done to myself. When I woke up I found him examining a piece of my armor, and I was so glad to have it off I burned it as soon as I could take my mortal form. I choked out that the elves I’d left with were dead, though I couldn’t find all the bodies. He just told me to rest, and I did.

 

“A s soon as I was healthy enough to move again I prepared to leave, and I heard a cocky Blue drake complaining about being kept out of the war. He probably didn’t deserve all the things I screamed at him, I went on for a long time and there was a crowd watching when I was done. Senegos had heard and saw me leaving. With a sad look in his eyes he told me to take care of myself and that I’d always have a home here. I left and spent the next year doing the tasks my Flight was charged with around Kalimdor. I visited Theramore briefly, earned a bit of gold doing some odd jobs and left quickly. After the Cataclysm I headed to Mount Hyjal when I saw the fires.”

 

No one was quite sure what to say at that. Aurogos had always seemed so strong to everyone that had known him; the group hunting with him never brought up the Nexus War, know ing it would likely be a touchy subject. After a moment, Harry stood and walked over to him and put a hand on his shoulder. They had all been sitting in a circle of comfortable chairs provided by Alira, so Aurogos had to look up, but not by much. Not trusting himself to say much, Harry kept his thoughts brief. “I want, I need you, all of you to help me. If nothing else I will be a better leader than you’ve had before if it kills me.”

 

So close, the Blue drake wearing a human skin could feel the sincerity, the determination to do right by all of them. With a small smile, he replied the only way he could in the circumstances. “As you wish, my Lord.”

 

From there, the atmosphere gradually lightened as more discussions took place. It was decided that some of the drakes would enroll in the school, assuming they could work out a deal that would let them advance in the classes as soon as they could perform the practical portions. After listening to Hermione describe some of the magical theory, Aurogos described it as ‘mostly wrong.’ She was indignant about that, but he replied his kind had been studying magic for tw enty -thousand years now, and asked how long her species had been doing the same and keeping notes.

 

A lot of the history they’d discussed had holes filled in, and Ralion mentioned that their group had a copy of the Red Dragonflight’s archive, which contained many recordings of historical events, taken from the memories of those that witnessed them . It was a surprise all around that Tendrion had simply walked into the Red’s archives at one point, claiming to be an undercover Blue and requested a copy of it all, and then gotten away free and clear. After much discussion it seemed their wards only reacted to corrupted drakes, and Tendrion had simply walked in. Apparently he returned several eggs to them as proof he wasn’t evil . Even Senastrasz and Dalistraza agreed that it was very clever, and apparently accomplished with no injury to anyone .

 

As they waited for time to run out, the only other thing of note that occurred was a discussion of the Twilight’s ability to phase out of reality. Ralion had heard only rumors, but it seemed their ability was linked to something called the ‘Twilight Realm’ that could be accessed by mature Twilight dragons. The drakes seen sinking into this realm were using some instinct and quickly exhausting themselves trying to hold between the two realms.

 

When asked if anyone ever taught the Twilight to use it, Alira had scoffed at the response. “Well then of course you’re not doing it right! It takes enormous amounts of practice for Greens to sink into the Emerald Dream like you’re describing. I can even open a small portal with some effort. But the problem you’re describing with exhaustion sounds more like an issue with not having enough control, and using much more power than is needed. If the three of you want to work with me, I think we can improve your control drastically.” Needless to say, she had three volunteers quickly.

 

Eventually, the time compression ward fell. It had worked as intended and their minds had learned for seventy-three days. Rather quickly they replaced everything into the trunk as they got ready to head back. Stine slipped into the trunk and rejoined the waking world, thrown like unloved luggage. Taking a moment to concentrate, Alira looked over her companions (After that time together, she counted both the Twilight group, Hermione, and her Lord as close friends .) as she prepared the magic to w ake them all waking. But, when she looked at Harry, there was something hanging near him. Something bound to him so close it must have been pulled into the Dream when she pulled her Lord in , but not so tightly that it had joined them in the compression bubble. Something evil.

 

 

 

 

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

 

Author’s Note: I appreciate every review! I love hearing that people enjoy this fic. My goal for this fic is that you don’t need experience with the Warcraft lore to follow it, so let me know how I’m doing. Please also let me know if a character list in the notes would be useful for keeping the drakes straight. (I still need my notes to keep physical traits straight at times, especially the mortal forms.)

 

I’m going to try to keep new chapters around 10-12k words. I know readers like the big chapters, but it turns out editing something that big gets to be a bit difficult.

 

Next chapter begins to deal with what Alira saw at the end.

 

 

 

Recommended Stories:

 

On FanFiction . net, Wizard Runemaster - An altogether more badass Harry magicks himself to Azeroth in the early years of wow. A very fun story where the only thing that twigged me was the Black Dragonflight having the power of choice, being able to simply choose not to be evil. (I’m all for changing cannon, but s ometimes it’s like playing jenga . ) J ust a minor gripe though, overall it’s a great read. I still have hope that enough positive attention on this story will convince the author to continue part two.

 

 

 

 

Chapter 6: Chapter 6: In the Chamber of the Serpent

Chapter Text

E dited 1-15-2021 for ease of reading and to fix a few things I missed. No plot elements have been altered.

 

I own neither Harry Potter or Warcraft.

 

 

 

C hapter 6: In the Chamber of the Serpent or Hangovers so Magical they Don’t Require Alcohol

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Minerva McGonagall, in the last few hours, had admittedly dozed off. If there was one thing she knew how to transfigure after all, it was a comfortable chair. After a time, a sound jolted her out of sleep, looking around, she saw a trunk sitting on the floor of the cavern. When she canceled the shrinking charm and opened it, t he Bronze dragon leaped out and stretch ed in his more feline form. “Ah, good to use this form again; I was stuck as a dragon maintaining the runic circle for the last few months.”

 

“Given that you’re now speaking English, I assume everything went well?” Minerva was certainly surprised at this, she did not expect what had been described to her to actually work.

 

A reply was cut off by a loud groaning coming from the bed. It seemed that all ten individuals were now waking in some significant amount of pain. Alarmed, Professor McGonagall rushed over, wand in hand. She was stopped from casting spells by a green head slipping out from under a blue wing.

 

“Wait! No spells! There’s nothing wrong, just too much information our brains haven’t processed yet. We need real sleep, and only real sleep.” Amusingly, it seemed the various dragons were taking her advice already and attempting to roll over and continue sleeping, hampered by various sticking charms. After a few moments, someone handed Harry his wand and he removed them. She noticed her students attempting to go back to sleep and intervened.

 

Remembering their plan, she levitated two teens off of the bed who looked thoroughly unhappy at her through squinted eyes. “If you can get us out of here, Mr. Potter, and lend me your cloak, I will allow you and Ms. Granger to sleep in the trunk on the way up to the tower. But first you must both re-clothe yourselves. Grumbling slightly, both teens simply slipped their now very ruffled clothing over their transfigured swim suits and climbed down into the trunk. Taking the offered cloak, the Professor reached for her broom, looking back at the eight dragons sleeping in what could only be described as a pile.

 

From what she’d been told the last few days she had expected a lot more friction between the two groups, but with apparently some time and Harry Potter they had grown comfortable with each other. She looked over and saw the cat-themed centaur smiling at the pile of scales, as it shifted slowly as various individuals got more comfortable.

 

“This reminds me of when I was a whelp, or a child to use a word you’d be more familiar with. We used to sleep in big groups like this after we wore ourselves out playing under the desert sun. Everything went well in the Dream . For their minds, seventy-three days have passed since they went to sleep, and now they just need real rest. As soon as you’re up I’m going to join them. Some of us would like to apply to your school, but we can deal with that after some rest. Would you like me to walk you out Professor?”

 

With that the old witch mounted her broom as the drake lifted the trunk on his shoulder and they walked out. When the first door closed behind them, Stine paused a moment. “I wonder… Đ: Open!” When the door opened itself again, he smiled. “Well, it isn’t quite parseltongue, but still a reptilian magical language and close enough. That takes a bit of worry away .”

 

There wasn’t much other conversation, the two simply keeping their own thoughts. When they reached the slide, Minerva expected to part ways, but to her surprise the drake simply dug his claws in and kept pace with her trusty but rather outdated broom.

 

At the top, Minerva checked the Marauder’s Map, trying not to get lost in the memories this scrap of paper brought back . When she was sure the room was clear, she slipped the cloak of true invisibility around her shoulders and disappeared from view; the trunk now shrunken and in her pocket. Stine was kind enough to open the door for her before closing it and sliding down the pipe by retracting his claws. Though he didn’t have the same problem as the rest, a warm bed called to him a s well .

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Not long after, Minerva arrived in Gryffindor Tower, removing the cloak before waking the portrait. Deciding to leave an imprint of her magic around the common room, she spent several moments doing permanent conjurations of small object s , likely not to be noticed by the students much. (She did add a few new chairs, and a small table near the fire.) When she was nearly exhausted, she returned the trunk to normal size and convinced the two students to stumble up the stairs to their dormitories.

 

At n early six in the morning, Professor McGonagall made her way back to her private quarters and called for an elf, at the same time she began crafting a modified howler. “Mimsey, I want you to deliver this to the Great Hall tomorrow during breakfast please. Don’t worry, it isn’t nearly as loud as Molly would send, I’m just using it to make a few announcements. Could you also arrange a small breakfast meal sent to me around one in the afternoon today? Thank you very much.” Now feeling more weary than she had since the end of the Blood War, Minerva McGonagall turned into bed after a quick shower and slept the sleep of the e xhausted .

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

The next morning in the Great Hall, rumors were starting to spread again: Harry Potter hadn’t been seen since dinner on Friday, and it was now Monday. To be honest, Ron Weasley had seen Harry in bed that morning, and figured whatever excitement he’d had over the last few days had really taken it out of him. Though he was disappointed he hadn’t been taken along when Hermione had, he remembered how his jealousy had flared last year and nearly cost him his closest friend.

 

Ron had been helping his brothers cover for the two of them, and even had a good idea of where his friends had ended up, as between his brothers and himself the only places they couldn’t get into were the Room of Requirement and the Chamber of Secrets. Ron hoped his friend had enjoyed his time away, because looking at the head table, it s eemed like it wouldn’t be happening again soon. His thoughts were interrupted when a house-elf popped into the room, in front of the main table. He cringed when he saw that it was carrying a howler. As it started to smoke, the elf, visibly panicking, threw it into the air and disappeared. Thankfully when it started to speak it was, while certainly loud, lacking in the painful amounts of volume he’d heard from them in the past. Oddly, it spoke in the voice of his Head of House.

 

“I apologize for not being here in person today, but I experienced a rather exhausting night. I have decided to cancel all of my classes today, my students are instead to spend the time reading ahead in the next chapter of the book and practicing the wand work in the Great Hall. As for the reason of my absence today, I was dealing with a small problem caused by the magical fluctuations in Hogwarts Castle Friday night. First, fifteen points each to Mr. Potter and Miss Granger for creating such a stable expansion charm, complete with a hidden doorway, in a small mouse hole in the Gryffindor common room. However, I feel I should take ten points from each of them for being unlucky enough to be residing inside the expanded room revising when the ‘event’ occurred.

 

“For the benefit of other students listening to this, being inside a collapsing expansion charm is usually a fatal experience. When the surge of magical energy, which the Headmaster can explain in more detail, ran through the castle the two students in question were lucky enough to not die. I nstead the two were trapped inside an unstable vast expanded space and disoriented mightily. Headmaster, I removed the students from the space, carefully collapsed the expansion and sealed the original hole. You may wish to check the c astle’s wardstone for damage, however. In any case, I found the students and rescued them ar ound five this morning, and while generally healthy they were in no shape to attend classes. Thus, as their head of house, I am excusing them for all classes today, though b oth will return tomorrow.”

 

A fter a bit of thought Ron decided that this was a load of bullocks. He just wished he knew how his friends had gotten McGonagall on board. Oh well, if she was excusing them for the day Ron knew they’d be tired. I’ll just check on Harry at lunch and see if Lavender will do the same for Hermione. Hoping he’d get answers later on, he went about his day.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Around eleven that morning , Stine rolled off the drake-pile. He’d been getting actual sleep while inside the Dream, so he felt fine now. Deciding to make the most of his time, he gathered all of the supplies they had together in a small, empty room off of the main hall. Activating a new light orb he started unpacking everything they had, save t he personal b ags and the stasis sphere.

 

That would need to wait until they had enough meat handy to feed all the whelps, and a clutching Broodmother too. As he laid things out, he opened another trunk they’d expanded before leaving the Room. After examining it, he decided that it would work well for Alchemy supplies and perhaps some books. They only had three of the trunks handy, but that would have to work for now. Cataloging all their materials would take time, but should end up being a good use of it. The Twilight group had mentioned that they had been collecting anything and everything that might have been of use on a new world , but hadn’t organized it well.

 

Four hours later as he was placing some Adamantite bars next to a stack of Khorium bars, Stine heard a general stirring from the pile. Pleased to no longer be the only one up, he watched those that had ended up on top of the pile roll off, orienting themselves a moment before searching out the latrines that had been installed before their time in the Emerald Dream. When he rejoined the group, he noticed Aurogos reclining on his s ide on the floor as the resident healer used magic to pull bits of glass and some metal shards out of his shoulder.

 

Half an hour after that, the strange little creature called Dobby had provided a meal with a somewhat foul-tasting tea laden with what turned out to be a surprisingly effective Dragon-safe analgesic.

 

“Bless you Dobby, wherever you are!” Dalistraza remarked as she drank deeply of the brew despite the taste. Alira had sadly been correct, the pain they felt last night and now could only really be cured by sleep. Thankfully it was much reduced after some rest.

 

After the meal and some time of companionship they gathered in a circle in the main hall. Surprisingly, Ralion was the one to address them. “Okay, what needs doing first, and what can we wait on?”

 

Aurogos went first. “I more or less know the runes now to access the wardstone. Before I attempt to open it, I want to experiment with ‘Norse’ runes a little to get a better handle on them.”

 

Stine spoke up after. “I’m organizing our supplies, we have a rather large amount, but it’s varied and unorganized. It will take time, and someone who can make shelves.”

 

Still seeming to be taking command, Ralion turned his full attention to Stine. “Our Lord can handle that when he returns, probably with friends. Anyone that isn’t doing something else can help you. Dalistraza, can you put together everything you need for healing in one of the side rooms? Since we have the space might as well have that ready in case we need it. Take anyone you want. Is there anything else?”

 

Alira spoke up now. “Last night, as we were leaving the dream, there was something clinging to our Lord. Something evil has bound itself to him, closely enough that it even followed him into the Dream, but not so close that it was within the effect of Stine’s magic. My first guess is some kind of parasite that’s latched on and dug deep. It needs to come off, but I’m not sure how to remove it without killing him. If it followed his spirit into the Dream when I called for Harry, it p robably won’t be an easy fix .”

 

Ralion’s response was fast. “Dali, you need to give him a full physical as soon as you can. Find out as much as possible, especially if he knows about this parasite. If he does not, we might not want to tell him.”

 

Acknowledging the objections with motions of his claws, he continued. “I know, but we don’t want the parasite, on the off chance it is self aware, to know we’re trying to remove it. It might burrow deeper, or leave him a husk. Harry Potter has already given us a lot of help , I’m not willing to risk losing him. We’ll tell him about it when we already have a solution ready to remove it, and I’ll take any blame for this myself. Are we in agreement?”

 

When he received eight affirmations, he broke the meeting up. Aurogos left to work on mastering the needed runes, and various drakes got to work. When Dalistraza asked him for help setting up the medical area, Ralion simply asked what she needed him to do and they got to work.

 

Between the two of them, they soon had the medicinal supplies placed on various shelves in the room that was once some sort of storage room. A desk and some examination beds might be useful as well, but would need to be transfigured in the short term, or built in the long term. Dali paused for a moment, remembering some of the K aldorei’s structures she’d seen in Hyjal . Or maybe A lira could grow the furniture f or us . But I’m sure even if she can, she’d need some trees and sunlight. I’ll ask as soon as we have access to the forest above.

 

That’s all we can do for now. I have some tomes to look through in my personal b ags , they might give me some idea s for treating our lord .”

 

“Alright, I’ll be over with Stine if you need me.” Dalistraza watched him go, reflecting on what she knew of him . Since they started chasing this group through the Eastern Kingdoms a lot of things hadn’t added up. She could believe that Tendrion had been p assed over and not gotten the full corrupting effect, but his whole group had been different. Less aggressive, and more thoughtful.

 

The normal tricks to trap Twilight and Black dragons in ambushes did not work, and in fact the one time they thought they had the group, the hunters in turn had been caught in an ambush. In fact, they had charged into a clearing only for Tendrion to activate a runic trap. When they b roke free , the mortal’s mounts had been scattered and their supplies had been s tolen . Again.

 

It was actually a great way of buying themselves time, as Dali’s group had needed to stop and f ly the mortals to where their mounts flew off to. (At the end of that adventure they were all grateful for the magic that mortal Stable M asters used to bind mounts to their owners. A useful bit of spell work, it would usually bring a mount to their master’s side, unless panicked, and gave one a direction to head if the mount was scared off.)

 

Compared to other Twilight drakes she had fought, Ralion and the others had also been much more disciplined. Also, while they were capable of violence, they never seemed to partake in cruelty . That priestess in Duskwood would have been quietly killed and the body never found if it had been any other Twilight group. And we would probably have never found their trail. I wonder if it was only Tendrion that made them behave differently.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Upstairs, Ron and his two brothers had brought up a large lunch for themselves and the two that still seemed to be sleeping. Lavender was kind enough to check on her roommate and report that the girl looked completely done-in, and was sleeping in her clothes, shoes and all. Also, that she was in need of a shower. Harry was revealed to be much the same, though he had successfully kicked off his shoes before climbing into the bed, but still had on his socks. He also smelled like a shower would be a good idea.

 

Shrugging, Ron left a covered sandwich out for Harry and sent one up for Hermione with Pavarati. Since he and the twins still had class that day, t hey l eft the common room together . Divination wasn’t bad, but he guessed Umbridge, that despicable woman, would be in a right snit without Harry there. He was right. At least she seemed happy when Seamus told her that Harry looked like death warmed over when he’d seen him sleeping that morning. (Which was true, and somewhat worrying but not overly, since Harry was in his room and not the Infirmary. Umbridge continued to be worrying, however.)

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Harry found himself waking up in bed just after three in the afternoon. He immediately groped for his glasses, but couldn’t find them nearby. Getting up, he was briefly tempted to write the last few days off as a dream but was confronted with both a fading headache and the lingering smells his clothing had accumulated down in the Chamber of Secrets as proof he hadn’t. Not to mention if he could now speak Darnassian.

 

Quickly deciding on a shower as a priority even as he ate the slightly stale sandwich left out for him he grabbed some clean clothes and headed into the dorm’s bathroom even as he finished his snack. Remembering something about the effects of burning magic, he decided that he must have been expending a fair amount in the Emerald Dream last night, perhaps just as an out of body experience?

 

In any case, the hot water felt especially fantastic today, as it seemed to chase away much of the lingering pain. Alira had warned them that they would experience mental strain, though it was more painful than he expected. When he was clean, Harry sat down in the shower under the warm water and sunk into his mental plane. There were some cracks in the earth, with a green tinted water seeping up. ( Also, the tower of Orthanc was angled less straight and more like a popular tourist destination in Italy.)

 

Since the fluid was the physical representation of his memories, Harry decided to spend a little time reconstructing the place. After all the effort spent in building it, repair was thankfully fairly quick and easy. He even added a figure to the top of the tower that would throw fireballs at intruders. After learning what he did about the mind arts, he simply didn’t feel safe walking around without a solid defense.

 

Half an hour later, he was walking out of his dorm, dressed and ready for what was left of the day. Sadly he was still unable to find his glasses. He found Hermione downstairs waiting for him. “ Still hurting? A long hot shower helped me a lot.”

 

“I did the same, but the strain still hurts a bit. It shouldn’t be a problem after tonight though. I’m a bit sore from sleeping in my clothes, you can bet I won’t be doing that again. Where are your glasses?”

 

“No idea, I was distracted getting into bed last night, can’t be sure I had them then. I don’t know what I’ll do if they don’t turn up, I’ve had them for years now.”

 

Now having some idea about Harry’s home life, Hermione had a concern, “Harry, when was the last time you went to the Optometrist?”

 

She was vindicated when he asked her what the term meant. When he said he had just been given glasses by his uncle when he couldn’t see, and they weren’t new, Hermione was inwardly steaming. She had a sudden urge to send some curses to Harry’s Uncle just then. Taking him by the hand, she started leading him out of the room (A necessity just then, as it turned out his eyes were really bad at seeing things far from him.) intent on finding a Professor that was, as of yesterday, more helpful than she had ever been before.

 

Hermione found herself wondering if any Harry’s problems with schoolwork were caused by, or exacerbated by his poor vision. Her father got his eyes checked every year, and seemed to replace his glasses every other other visit.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

In the Headmaster’s office Albus Dumbledore was hosting Professors Flitwick and Sprout, both had come to visit him together to express some concerns about this year’s Defense Professor. Sprout was speaking, and Albus found himself fighting to pay attention. His wand had slipped out of the holster usually hidden by his sleeve into his pocket as he was listening to the Heads of House.

 

Albus felt frustrated more than anything as he listened to them drone on. Why don’t they just accept that I have a plan and let it be? I have better things to do than listen to them. His grip on the wand he’d won from his old friend and enemy Grindelwald tightened. He found himself thinking of how to word a compulsion to convince them to leave things as they were, not that he would actually use a spell like that on them.

 

Half an hour later, two Heads of House walked out of the Headmaster’s office with dazed expressions and blank eyes that returned to normal as they returned to their quarters.

 

Within the office they had vacated, Fawkes crooned a song of regret for his greatest failure, and the friend that he had watched slowly be consumed over the long years they had been together. He had tried so many, many times to destroy that abomination that was still in his friend’s hand and failed every time. His attempts had sadly ended when Albus had surprised him with a stunning spell after one failure too many, and the phoenix had awoken to find himself bound with dark magic.

 

In his head, Fawkes cursed whoever had crafted that abomination, he cursed Albus for his arrogance in ignoring the warning in the story of its creation, and he cursed himself most of all for his failure to protect a dear friend. Albus did not even realize he’d acted just now, the haze in his mind smoothing over the edges of the encounter’s memory. As far as he would recall, he had simply soothed their fears and they ended up agreeing with him on their own.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Ron Weasley was very glad to get out of Defense that afternoon as ‘The Toad’ had indeed been even more of an aggravation than usual. He caught Hermione leading Harry through the hallways, as he’d been heading back to the common room to drop off his books and catch up with his friends t o find out where they’d really been during the weekend. Rushing to catch up he saw Hermione smile at him, but felt a bit down when Harry didn’t even acknowledge him. At least until she spoke up.

 

“Hey Harry, Ron’s found us. Ron, Harry’s misplaced his glasses, and I just found out he’d never had ones fitted to him anyway. We’re heading to Professor McGonagall now, why don’t you come with us?” Ron let out a small laugh when Harry turned and waved to the wrong set of footfalls from another student going down to dinner.

 

Sure, you guys heading down to dinner after? By the way, look out for ‘The Toad,’ she’s not in a great mood today.”

 

The trio enjoyed a bit of camaraderie as they made their way through the halls towards their Head of House’s office. W ith some effort , they made it before Professor McGonagall left to go to the main hall for dinner. Ron felt a little out of the loop when Harry, after asking if her office was private, and after a small flurry of spells suggested it was, suggested a trip out of the castle for a replacement set of glasses, and that she could take care of any business she might have in the Alley.

 

Ron began to get very nervous when Harry asked how their Professor’s Occlumency was progressing, and was told it was the art of protecting one’s mind a fter he asked. When Harry asked him if knew anything about Occlumency , he could only reply no. Harry just gave him a reassuring smile and spoke. “Not a problem, I happen to have a great book on the subject a mutual friend sent me, and I’ll help you learn it.”

 

Feeling rather confused, Ron asked. “Mate, when did you learn this Occlumency s tuff ?”

 

“Last night Ron, but it was a really long night. If you’re willing to work on it, we should have you up to date by Halloween easy.”

 

Now feeling even more confused, but pleased to be part of something, he just nodded his head. He followed his friends down to dinner, enjoying a rather nice meal. Ron was completely shocked when his best friend asked for people with better vision to let Angelina know he wanted to speak with her. A few moments later, as Harry was determined to prove his cover story by way of appetite alone, she broke off from Alica and Katie and sat down next to him when Ron made room.

 

As soon as Angelina sat down and got the whole run down over where his glasses were (“I don’t actually know. But right now I fear for their safety, and harbor few hopes for their safe return.”) H arry got to the point.

 

“Angelina, I’m sorry but I’m quitting the team. I have a lot going on this year, and I suspect our venerable Defense Professor will be making trouble for any group of which I’m a part. So, the team will be safer without me around.” When Angelina tried to argue with him, quickly followed by the rest of the house, Harry tried to be polite but firm. (He’d taken to heart some of the tips he’d gotten over the nearly two and a half months in the Dream last night. Discussion of nearly any type p roved useful for learning English, and they’d had twenty-four hours a day to fill at that.)

 

When not only her, but the rest of the table began to try to argue with him at once, he slammed his hand on the table harshly enough to grasp people’s attention and continued. “Enough! One way or another, I have more important things to do this year. If nothing else occupies my time, we’ve had two years of incompetent defense professors, I chose an elective that turned out to be completely useless to me, and I’ve realized how little magic I actually know outside of what we learn in class.

 

“Not to mention, I know almost nothing about the Magical World, and much of what I do know is likely wrong. So, if I don’t want the rest of my life to either suck or be very, very short I have a lot to study. Now please, let me eat in peace.” Attempting to go back to his meal, he almost swore and drew his wand when he heard a ‘hem, hem’ behind him. Thankfully, before that voice could add anything else, another interrupted.

 

“Mr. Potter, that will be detention with me tonight. I think we can find something for you to clean, perhaps on the second floor?” Harry was rather glad Professor McGonagall stepped in at that moment. “And where are your glasses?”

 

“I don’t know Professor. I wasn’t terribly coherent this morning when I went to sleep, and I didn’t have them with me when I woke this afternoon. Do you mind if I eat before serving my detention? I seem to have missed a meal or two.”

 

“Go ahead Mr. Potter. I will be waiting for you at the Head Table. Come Dolores, the Elves of Hogwarts have been outdoing themselves the last few days with some new additions to the menu, and I for one am looking forward to the desert course.” Thankfully with that both Professor-shaped blurs moved back towards the Head Table.

 

From there, Harry busied himself with eating. There was a new dish he came across, a nd he seemed to be the first one brave enough to try it. It was actually the liver and blood stew, and it turned out to be rather good, very savory with lots of onions and garlic. Eating as fast as was polite, and not a small amount of food either, Harry soon found himself finished, and walking towards the Head Table. When a blur stood for it’s chair and moved towards him, he paused to ask. “Is that you, Professor?”

 

Good heavens Mr. Potter, you really are in need of a pair of glasses. Something to worry about later unless they turn up however. I believe we can find something that needs cleaning on the second floor, perhaps you can spend some time with Myrtle.” Nodding, Harry hastened to follow the Professor .

 

Only once they were out of the Great hall and in a quie t place, Harry spoke again. “Professor, I’d be happy to clean out Myrtle’s bathroom if you could ensure it is empty and seal the door to keep it that way. I don’t want to offend any of the students.”

 

After a walk, she entered the bathroom, ensured it was empty, and then sealed the doors after Harry was in. Walking to the faucets, Harry pulled out his map and double checked, though he had to have the Professor do the actual checking. Once she confirmed it was clear, Harry opened the e ntrance , thought for a moment, then spoke. Ƥ : “ Stairs!” When that produced a desired result, Harry tried again. “Lights!” Smiling to himself, he started down the stairs. Reaching the bottom with his Head of House next to him, he took a sniff of the air. “It smells much better down here, they’ve been busy.”

 

Looking up, Minerva realized the reason. “There’s two of the small floating rune stones like the ones they carved last night floating near the ceiling. It’s much better lit down here now as well. They are certainly skilled. Mr. Potter, Harry, I want you to be very careful in your dealings with them. Non-human creatures often do not think like we do, they often have very different aspirations than we do. There is a reason wizards and goblins have such a bloody history.”

 

“I’m aware of that Professor. Their goals right now are to survive and keep me alive, because I’m holding back the dark magic that would consume them. I’ve spent seventy-five days with them now, most of that with no sleep at all. I have a fair idea of what kind of people they are at this point. They’re all hurting, in one way or another, but they’re committed to continuing on .” Now, they paused outside the door to the inner chamber.

 

“All nine of them gave me their loyalty, though some had to fight hard to do it. I don’t know if you heard the full story, but there should be ten here. One of them gave his service for a very, very long time to a goddess in exchange for his friends having a chance to live, and Elune chose me out of anyone else on any world. I won’t let that sacrifice be for vain, and I won’t f ail them. There is a massive amount of trust being given to me, and I will not violate it. Ƥ : Open!” Hopeful he had made a convincing case to his Professor, the door opened and they stepped in.

 

On the other side of the door Stine was obviously leading Ralion, Caliona, Talion, and Vespiona through some exercises relating to their second forms. Harry still couldn’t see much, but did see a red blur and a green blur come up to him, speaking in tones that while not human, were easily identifiable as female.

 

“My Lord, with your permission, Alira and I would like to give you a medical examination. If you have any health issues, between the two of us we can heal m ost things . I’m afraid when we woke up, I spent a bit of time removing glass shards and a piece of metal from Aurogos. It seems he rolled onto your glasses and wedged the pieces up under his scales, but he’s fine now. Your glasses on the other hand are useless.”

 

Giving a shrug, Harry just sighed. “Hermione told me that since they weren’t fitted for me, they probably weren’t that great anyway. And it isn’t like my uncle would spend money on me if he could help it. I was thinking about heading into London for a new pair, or go wherever wizards go when they need glasses.”

 

Minerva was suddenly struck by how little Harry knew of their world. Any further thoughts were stolen away when Dalistraza, who Minerva was simply referring to as the “red female” in her head, spoke up.

 

“Do you want your eyes healed? Because there’s likely a few ways we can do that, depending on what’s actually causing problems. In the worst case, we could always take eyes from one of us and implant them in you, then just grow new eyes for the donor. Transplant would be a last resort however, because it might not be possible to make them appear the same as your old ones. That could be hidden with magic, but then those that can sense magic will wonder what you’re hiding.”

 

Smiling, Harry gestured ahead of him. “If you’ll excuse me Professor, it seems I’m getting a medical exam. Dali, I’d prefer to keep my old eyes, one of the few things I know about my mother is that she had eyes like mine. Though, being able to see without glasses would be fantastic.”

 

As Harry and the two dragons moved off, Aurogos walked out of a nearby room. (He had actually been observing the humans since they entered from the girl’s bathroom and listening to their conversation. The nine of them were stuck with Harry, but they were hesitant to trust o thers .) As he walked up to the older woman he slipped into his mortal form, again appearing as a young man with blue hair.

 

Greeting the Professor, he guided the both of them over to a wall in front of where the four dragons were attempting to learn the Mortal Form. “I would offer you a chair, but sadly we are a bit lacking in furniture. Instead I will offer you a bit of rubble and ask you craft us chairs or a bench instead.”

 

Happy to show off her craft, both were soon resting on a large and comfortable bench against the wall. Since it was a little cold down here, Aurogos conjured a small flame and set it on the stone floor in front of them. At her curious look, he explained. “It isn’t truly fire. It’s just a little trick that provides warmth and light, it’ll last until it uses up the magic I put into it unless I feed it more. Now, I’d like to discuss enrolling us, at least those who can fit in easily into your school.”

 

Both drake and Professor looked over at the practicing group at the sounds of excitement. One of the drakes practicing had achieved their goal, and now resembled a light blue anthropomorphic goat, bearing thick horns that gently curled from her temples along her head, then turned slightly upward near the end. A pair of thin, dainty tentacles emerged from just below either ear and laid on her chest, just touching the top of her breasts. Her arms were long and ended in human hands with long fingers.

 

From the end of her tailbone a slender tail emerged, long enough to touch the back of her upper knee. Her legs bore the normal human shape a bove her upper knee. Below that, the leg continued briefly before it met an additional joint that bent the other way, becoming thicker before ending in cloven hooves so dark blue they were nearly black. Her eyes glowed a light purple.

 

Vespiona will not be part of the group enrolling. He h , she’s gonna have a lot of fun trying to get those l egs to work right. At least it’s still a generally appealing form, I’ve seen the D raenei females get hit on by every race, including a very, very stupid orc. I almost felt sorry for what that woman did to him.”

 

“Is that a demon?!” Finally coming out of her shock, Minerva said the first thing that came to her mind.

 

“No. Also, remember that these forms are not the real us. The Mortal Form is similar to your people’s Animagus Transformation, just more… directed I suppose. No matter what form we take when we’re not dragons, we are dragons. I’ll tell you a bit about Draenei to ease your mind. First, they’re an old species, one of the older ones running about the cosmos.

 

“From what I know, about t hirteen -thousand years ago, the Dark Titan, the Lord of the D emonic Burning Legion came to their world with an offer of power and knowledge in exchange for their loyalty. At that time, they were ruled by a triumvirate made of the greatest among them: Kil'jaeden, Archimonde, and Velen, known to his people as T he Prophet. Kil’jaeden and Archimonde agreed to give their loyalty, but Velen was troubled and searched for the truth. He received a vision of his people transformed into demons, and led as many as he could to flee instead.

 

“Sadly, his fellow leaders would not listen . The refugees changed their people’s name from Eredar to Draenei which means “Exiled Ones” in their own tongue as they fled from world to world, looking for a safe haven. They’re good people, they have a quiet dignity to them and are steadfast allies if one treats them well in return. They’re also the only race of flesh and blood creatures that naturally lives as long as dragons do, as far as I know.”

 

Minerva thought for a moment. As far as she knew, her world had never been been tread by demons, save perhaps for the biblical ones. “How many different races have you seen? How many live on your world?”

 

“About twenty sentient species live on Azeroth; there’s some debate about the intelligence of certain races, and how we should count the various off-shoots of the elves. And if you find yourself thinking that sounds like endless war waiting to happen, you’re mostly right. It doesn’t help that our world’s been invaded by hostile entities four times now.

 

“Honestly, if not for that fact and the newcomers screwing things up even more, it would n’t be a bad place to live . There are some incredible places on our world Professor. I wish I could show you the Coldarra at sunset before the Nexus War, or what it was like flying through the Grizzly Hills at dawn. Twenty years ago before it’s fall Quel'Thalas truly earned the description of ‘ T he Golden Realm.’

 

“Dalaran, before the mages moved it was the gem of Hillsbrad, and some of the Night Elven settlements a re so alive you could feel the power of the Wild t hrumming within you the moment you stepped a foot in.” He closed his eyes for a moment, thinking of the many places he would likely not see again. “For all its faults, it is a beautiful world. I just hope this world will be safer for us.”

 

Deciding to change the subject, Minerva got to the matter at hand. “Do you wish to enroll in our school simply to be near Mr. Potter, or are you interested in learning what we have to teach as well?”

 

In answer, Aurogos focused a bit of arcane energy into his hand. As it crackled and threw off purple sparks he gave his answer. “Professor, where I came from we used an apprenticeship system. There was a lot of competition for the best masters, so I studied from when I hatched to try and get a good one. I spent the first ten years of my life learning the basics, along with many other things, two years in self study, and twenty years apprenticed to the oldest master of the arcane arts that was still sane our world possessed. But even in the thirty years since, I’ve never stopped learning.

 

“Now, your world is very interesting to me because the ley-lines that run through it are extremely weak compared to back home. Can you guess why that makes me excited to study how your world’s magic developed?”

 

At first insulted, the Professor paused and thought a moment. “The only thing I can think of is an older journal I read a long time ago that discussed the benefits of control and power in spellcasting, and how one could be substituted for the other. The author firmly believed that a razor-honed control of one’s magic could surmount nearly any difference in power between two wizards in a duel. I admit to taking much of that to heart and expending much effort into learning to control my magic carefully.”

 

As they watched, the still-nude Draenei was slowly attempting to stand, as steady as a newborn deer. At least she knew how to use her tail to balance herself, though it was proving itself less substantial than her normal one .

 

“You are correct Professor. The magic I’ve seen so far on this world is different than what I’m familiar with, all so tightly woven and controlled. Applied magic on this world has taken the form of a scalpel compared to Azeroth’s sledgehammer. For myself, I am looking forward to learning spells here, then taking that tight control and applying it the magic I already know.

 

I admit, much of our focus will be on supporting our Lord, especially as the staff of your school neglects that responsibility or actually works to heap stress onto him. I don’t know if you’re aware of our life cycle, but as drakes we’re similar to your teenagers. I was sent to war as well Professor, but unlike Harry Potter I wasn’t sent alone, I went with the full might of our Dragonf light beside me . It does not speak well of y our leadership that your staff expect a largely untrained student to face the full might of your Ministry alone.”

 

Now remembering her conversation with Sirius, Minerva felt the need to argue at least a little. “I don’t agree with much of what’s happened here, especially with how this year is shaping up. But in spite of all that’s happened, the only thing we can do is to trust Headmaster Dumbledore! There’s no other way forward!”

 

Aurogos, while he would freely admit (to close friends, anyway) being a bit damaged from things he had seen and done, was no fool. All nine of them could read and write English as well as they could speak it, and he had examined and re-examined the text Sirius had sent and the notes pointing out certain areas for study.

 

Compulsions had been mentioned a number of times, so he had spent a good deal of time studying those sections. So, based on what he knew, Minerva McGonagall was either under the effects of magic or had become so dependent on the Headmaster that she no longer desired to think for herself. He decided he needed to borrow a mirror and talk to this man himself.

 

In order t o change the subject he returned to an earlier topic. “In any case, those of us who become students will be behind your students in some subjects, and likely ahead in others. For example, I would be considered a Master in three runic languages, Dali could likely teach many things to your healers even as they taught her, and Stine is a hell of a lot more deviously clever than you would think. I wouldn’t mind being placed in the first year classes with the others, if you allow us to test out of them as fast as we master the practical components.

 

“After hearing Hermione explain what’s taught here, a lot of your theory is wrong. Don’t give me that look, my people have been studying magic for t wenty -thousand years! And we’ve had writing that long too. Of course we’d have accumulated a little more knowledge than your people.”

 

Minerva had to admit that was a logical point, mankind’s magical research records tended to be incomplete to put it mildly. “So, if you’re willing to let us advance as needed we should be able to be legitimately in Harry’s year or beyond fairly quickly. I’d also request the use of self-study, especially for potions.

 

“I’ve heard about the lack of instruction in a dangerous art and I’m not going to burden most of them with a man that seemingly lives to spread misery. Even the Twilight group when they were lost in darkness were never cruel. Remember, none of us have been untouched by war and the misery that flocks to it, so it will be difficult to tolerate a man who spreads misery because he can.

 

Both were momentarily distracted when another of the drakes in front of them seemed to almost grasp his second shape for a moment, his form twisting briefly before it flowed back into a Black and orange dragon. “ I don’t think advancing you according to your skills should be a problem. There might be some concerns , but if I make it part of a binding agreement and surprise the staff they might gripe but wouldn’t be able to act.

 

“You’ll need a trip to Diagon Alley, but there is a problem. In England, and indeed much of the world, wand ownership is restricted to humans capable of casting spells. While your forms are impressive, I am not completely sure they could bypass all of the magic in place to prevent illegal purchases. In addition, wands and their owners are registered with the Ministry upon purchase, and it would cause problems with your lack of official documentation. Wands are essential to all the spell work we perform here.”

 

Aurogos thought for a moment. It didn’t speak well of then wizard’s government, but that fit with much of what was said in the Emerald Dream over the seventy-three days last night. “I wonder. Could the house-elf Dobby please show himself?”

 

After a pause, the small guy popped in. “Hello my small friend, I find myself in need of something that I can’t get on my own. Would you be willing to help me?”

 

After Dobby gave a very enthusiastic nod, the Blue drake gave his request. “I need to learn how to craft wands Dobby. To do that, I need three or four wands to look at and take apart. Can you find me some that have been lost and forgotten or that won’t be missed?”

 

With a huge smile, the little creature disappeared. “He’s an eager little guy. When I have a chance I want to look into the history of his kind, he bears a resemblance to several creatures from my world. I wonder if we’re actually the first Azerothians to step foot here.”

 

When the eager creature came back shortly with four wands of varying age, Aurogos picked up the one most obviously aged and examined it for a moment. His eyes began to glow blue, using one of the benefits of his flight to see enchantments. “Hmm, there’s almost no magic at all in the wand. Either it’s leeched out of the components, or the wand hasn’t been used in far too long. The wood has been shaped around the item, not bad craftsmanship. Hmm.”

 

Temporarily forgetting his audience he became engrossed in examining the item. After a few more moments, he accidentally made the older woman jump when he snapped the wand, not noticing as he examined the interior. “Hmm, it has a faded enchantment that would condense and shape raw magic, that was expected. But combined with this other one… Huh.”

 

Turning to look at the Professor, he spoke to her instead of continuing thinking aloud. “This is a well made magical focus, very exact. I’d say it even adapts to its user over time if used enough. I can make similar objects with a little practice, assuming we have the needed c omponents with us. Excuse me a moment.”

 

As the Blue drake in a human form walked towards Stine, Talion finally got his form down, appearing as a male human in his mid twenties. He had black hair, and his pupils were circled with burnt orange. While he had managed pants on his first transformation, his bare chest and arms brimmed with a warrior’s muscles. This was the form of someone who had been fighting for a long time, and knew his way around physical weapons.

 

This illusion of a deadly predator in the shape of a man was shattered for the moment when he promptly fell over backwards. (Thankfully, both humans had shared their knowledge of the Cushioning Charm in the Dream, and a lack of balan ce was expected initially.) Once being acknowledged by Stine, Aurogos asked a question that was suddenly pertinent to their group.

 

“Stine, Ralion, I’m sorry to interrupt, but do we have a collection of shed teeth, claws and scales? Those of us attending the school will need wands crafted, and I think we can manage something with bits of us if we have Alira and Dali grow the wood around them while I add the enchantments. Even better if we have some arcane dust laying around.”

 

A few moments later Aurogos returned to the Professor who found herself watching the young man with the rippling muscles learn to control his new body; the blue female was ignored as she took a few hesitant steps off to the side. Aurogos raised a blue eyebrow and coughed lightly to get her attention. “I’m sorry to interrupt, but I think we have all the materials we need to craft wands that have similar form and function to the ones you use. Would you be so kind as to create some examples of outliers so I have some idea what to make ours look like? Our s will probably be a little larger, but I don’t want them to be too out of the norm.”

 

A few moments later Aurogos began making notes and calculations as he examined the other wands and thought aloud, sometimes speaking with Minerva about the much more limited wands he had produced in the past. Time passed easily for them as Caliona and Ralion worked to achieve their forms, and Vespiona and Talion began to learn to move properly in their forms.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Extending the barest thread of her consciousness through the portal, Elune perceived the Headmaster in his office that night, slowly running his fingers across the Elder Wand. Instead of touching his mind she reached out to the noble creature drowning in its own failure. Gently, she coaxed Fawkes into showing her the entire history of Albus and that dark weapon.

 

As the story played out, she could not ignore the parallel to a nother cursed weapon that had once consumed a prince. A prince that presented with the horrific choice of his kingdom falling to the massive numbers of dead that would soon spill out of a city of people he had sworn to protect, that that he loved , or soaking his hands in their blood had made the hard choice of killing some to protect many others. Arthas had been shepherded down a dark path, and Elune regretted not seeing where it would end.

 

Elune knew the origin of that blade the prince had carried when he exited that cave her sight could not pierce. Again she had failed; she should have had her priestess send an army of sentinels to Northrend to meet the Prince, she should have rallied the Kaldorei to war before it was upon their homes, she should have found a way to do something to save those elves that had chosen to walk under the sun. But… she dared not move against the Great Plan of the Titans carelessly. Her ultimate goal hung heavy on her shoulders, even now: the abomination of the Shadowlands must be ended, for the sake of all souls upon her world.

 

Her Herald wasn’t ready, his flesh and soul needed more time to heal, but perhaps action would soothe his soul more than anything else. For his flesh… Alexstrasza was the greatest healer their world had ever known, and while she served the Titans, she was both kind and predictable. With but a moment’s hesitation, her High Priestess was given a waking dream, imploring her to call the Red Aspect to her temple. To the other priestesses at the temple, she requested them to prepare to care for her Herald. In her private realm, where Tendrion slept, she hastened his transformation.

 

It turned out this little phoenix was more than she first thought however, as he was aware of her actions, using that thin tendril of her mind to perceive what was touching him. So to Fawkes she sent hope, a belief that things would improve soon, and the knowledge that there was yet a chance for his dear friend. With that, she withdrew from this place, lest her presence be detected by others. She had seen those sent here were alive and well.

 

Now, she focused herself entirely upon the drake that slept within her realm. Elune knew she was acting rashly now, but chance had given her an opportunity. Tendrion was needed below, he could begin to rally those she could not. She risked much now, but Elune decided to put her faith into the mortal whos e mind she had touched when she called him to open the portal and those that stood with him.

 

Elune’s actions to come would distort the timeline the Bronze Dragonflight guarded so zealously, but the goddess knew that Nozdormu was also unprepared for the havoc a good man would pile against his ‘one true timeline.’ With two forces of change moving against Azeroth’s grim fate, the future just might be brighter. With just a little luck, the Bronze Dragonflight would focus on the visible, obvious enemy to their charge and leave her free to act. Even now, twenty thousand years after first hearing it, the Titan’s propaganda to Nozdormu still made her sneer. “There is only one true timeline.” As if free will meant nothing! Insufferable Titans, free will meant everything!

 

With luck (and a dream or two if needed) this world’s Loyal Lord would ready himself and come to Azeroth. She did not deceive the avian, Dumbledore’s chance was coming. Azeroth would be the fire that tempered the t een , and the ripples from her pebble would reach far indeed.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

The Elder Wand was truly a dangerous magical item. As was intended, it passed from one user to another over the centuries, leaving only death in it’s wake. Over t wo centur ies ago, the dark lord of the time took possession of it and in his hubris sought to shape the wand into a horcrux. That attempt failed, and the greatly weakened man was slain soon after, but the wand grew from that attempt. When the man died his mind, magic and soul was consumed by the wand, and the Deathstick’s hunger grew .

 

Before, it had consumed a piece of every person that wielded or died by the Wand of Destiny, mindless in its task. Now, it could take more, and it began to plan. Before, it was a hurricane, a wildfire; it destroyed all in its path without thought or choice. Now, it truly became an evil on its own merits. And it became cruel .

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Whomsoever takes up this blade shall wield power eternal.

Just as the blade rends flesh so must power scar the spirit.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

AN: I haven’t really decided on Tendrion’s new appearance yet. I’m torn between something reminiscent of the dawn, the night, or sunset. Dawn or dusk/sunset will likely win out, for a number of reasons. Cannon doesn’t have a ton to say about Elune, so I’m casting her as an entity that truly cares about those walking Azeroth. Elune seems to be a ‘good’ deity: She is associated with healing, tranquility, harmony, and peace; but she is NOT a pacifist.

 

She gives her strength to those that call on her, provides healing, even gives her her chosen priestess useful warnings at times. In return her preferred offerings are rice cakes, (I picture Elune’s physical form sitting in her abode with a table off to the side with t he offered cakes on it, and her stopping to snack whenever she feels like it.) with the occasional weapons and flesh of her enemies. (In the WoW Desolace quests, this amounted to killing demons, which are pretty much everyone’s enemies. If you ever think they’re your friend, they’re actually measuring your back for just the right dagger.) In cannon, if y ou need a higher power and you’re not evil yourself, pick Elune.

 

This fic isn’t going to be pro-Titan, I think the lore agrees with me that they are such eternal, monumental creatures that it isn’t possible for them to think of those tiny little things walking around their gardens as people, as creatures deserving of their respect and courtesy. Humans, elves, even their own creations of the Titan-Forged races are simply below their notice.

 

Maybe Eonar could be an exception, but I’m doubtful. Algalon’s purpose wasn’t to judge the world, evacuate as many lives as possible, then reformat everything, it was to judge and immediately flip the switch. For those not familiar with Warcraft lore, Azeroth had a system that alerted Algalon “ The Observer” if there was a breach in the Titan’s defenses. He would then travel to Ulduar, scan the planet, and send out one of two reply codes. If the all-well wasn’t transmitted quickly , a hidden installation would immediately ‘re-originate’ the planet, reformatting the world to a blueprint and in the process kill ing everything living on the world. Algalon has done this before on other worlds. (“A million-million lives wasted!” Is a lot of people. )

 

Now, don’t get me wrong, the Titans consider the ‘little creatures’ to be useful at times, the problem is that they also consider us e xpendable . Here’s a link with the actual audio from the Algalon encounter, plus a little of the lore around it: https:// www.youtube. com/watch?v=r2MwblTnb-g

 

As for the Shadowlands? It seems to be in cannon, and will be in this fic, an artificial/engineered afterlife. It will be interesting to see who sees where I’m going with my plot first.

 

Reviews are appreciated!

Chapter 7: Chapter 7: Flames and Fragment

Chapter Text

I own neither franchise! Adult scene, though not a long one, it’s marked with a warning if you’d rather skip it.

 

I’m not sure where exactly the idea that the neutralized Basilisk Venom in Harry’s blood was a good thing, but it isn’t in this fic. It isn’t terribly bad either, just an inactive substance in his body his liver can’t process and remove.

 

 

Chapter 7: Flames and Fragment

 

As A urogos began discussions for enrollment , Harry found himself in the makeshift Infirmary sitting on an oak table. Apparently Dobby had been unable to go with his first choice for stocking their medical ward: emptying the school’s Hospital Wing. I nstead the elf had been collecting items from unused and forgotten rooms. The new furniture was both solid and beautiful after being dusted and polished, and the little elf had been working almost non-stop to help ‘The Great Wizard Harry Potter’s Dragonies’ get everything they needed.

 

One skill of a good house elf is to remain unnoticed when not needed, and Dobby had actually been lurking unseen when he heard the dragons mention the parasite on the boy he wanted as his master. Suddenly, the dragons found furniture appearing along with anything else the elf thought might be useful. He even had spoken to one of the more specialized elves of the castle about how to work with wood magically. His efforts in constructing shelves were still crude, but at least now they were solid. T he dragons had mentioned as they were sorting the items that they didn’t care about appearances yet; “ Function over form until we have no important tasks ahead of us.”

 

In any case before they started the two drakes decided to explain a little about how they typically operated. Dali started. “My Lord, usually a healer, so long as we’ve completed their apprenticeship, commands a fairly large amount of authority in our culture. We require it so that we can keep our charges in line and alive. In an ideal case, the lead healer is only second to the local commander, and at need can even order them to undergo procedures or rest.

 

“While it is impossible for us to enforce any orders regarding your health, I do hope you will listen to our advice. I assure you that all nine of us have only your best interests at heart, that we wish for you to grow into a healthy and strong m age , even if only for the sake of our own pride.”

 

Smiling, Harry replied. “I believe you. Aurogos told me that he could sense something about me from my magic, and after thinking about it a bit, I felt something of each of you. It was faint, but none of you are evil people. Some of you bear so much pain... I will do anything I can to keep you from being hurt again and to help you all heal. I don’t mind obeying a healer I already know I can trust completely.”

 

The smile Dalistraza gave Harry showed a lot of teeth, but it didn’t bother the young man at all. True this was a predator, but she was his predator. “Thank you Harry Potter, my Lord. Now, we would like to examine you for anything we can treat. As you know, I am considered a fully a ccredited healer since the end of my apprenticeship. Alira was in training under a broodmother before the latest war came, and that path requires a good deal of healing training as well. So, she’s going to be my understudy and assistant as she learns from me.

 

“When Valistraza is let out Alira will be requesting be learning from her as well. For now, if you would please disrobe and remain standing we will begin the examination.”

 

For Harry things quickly became very awkward, but he had heard that examinations were done like this in the muggle world. He was touched a lot during the next hour, but the most awkward part was when he was asked to do exercise until he was sweating profusely. It turns out, when Harry was told Green Dragonflight’s natural abilities involved poison, he greatly underestimated the implications. When Harry began to drip with sweat, he was stopped, and after Dalistraza listened to his breathing for a moment a very long tongue began to clean hi s chest.

 

After gathering a good deal of sweat on her tongue, Alira closed her eyes and was still for a moment. Then she snarled and began r etching before taking an offered bucket of water to swish the substances out of her mouth.

 

“On the matter of if you have any unusual substances in your body a retching Green d ragon is usually not a good sign. Luckily, there is a method to remove poisons and such by gathering the substance in a small area and then removing the blood there. When Alira is done I’ll have her handle the poison drain. In the meantime, while you are fairly healthy overall, you have some problems that seem to be due to prior malnutrition and childhood injuries . We can treat those easily by forcing your body to repair itself b y a bsorbing additional nutrition; and in conjunction with getting rid of whatever Alira detected you should feel significantly healthier within a month. What can you tell me about this scar on your forehead?”

 

Unknown to Harry as he explained what he knew of his famous scar, Dalistraza was cursing mentally as she felt out the stain. Yes, this had been a shallow curse scar once, but now whatever it was had sent roots into his brain. If this had been dealt with immediately after it was given to him, a small piece of skin and skull could have been removed and encouraged to heal quickly. Now, an attempt at physically removing the source would be lucky to leave Harry’s brain stem intact.

 

Putting aside her frustration Dali tried to learn all she could about this mark, as it was undoubtedly the source of the shadow Alira had seen. Hmm, Ralion was right to advise silence. I’m not sure if it is conscious on its own or not, but it is affecting Harry’s mind. And there is a presence… I’d bet my tail it has been trying to posses i f not just u nravel him for years now.

 

“Harry, I’d like to try something t o improve your overall health . You remember the effects of our breath attacks?” She waited a moment for his response and then continued.

 

“Good, now, please stand next to the stone wall for a moment. Alira, please fetch my brother, he can use the healing flames as well. When she returns with Senastrasz, we’re going to bathe you in the life-fire . When used like this, the flames a re a cure-all that promotes health. You will feel the heat, but not any pain.” As an experienced healer, Dalistraza had learned that misdirection was occasionally a necessity , n ot not one she enjoyed . With any luck, the parasite would be destroyed by her efforts in the next few minutes.

 

A few moments later, Senastrasz a ppeared outside the room and listened to hi s sister’s brief whispered instructions b efore they both entered the room together. “ Full strength, hold nothing back brother, and keep going until you fall asleep.”

 

When Harry was standing straight, albeit attempting to avoid exposing himself, both drakes let loose a great amount of their magical strength in cleansing flames. While buried beneath the fire, Harry had time to marvel at how some of his scars receded and how felt stronger. Also, very, very hungry. His curse scar was in agony, but since it was the scar that was in pain and it was simply sharing the discomfort Harry figured it was a good thing.

 

Both dragons had kept the flame up as long and intense as they could. Senastrasz left the room to lie down, having exhausted himself completely. Dali had kept enough of her strength to at least check him again, sadly finding the presence in his head disturbed but still entrenched. At least it had a negative response to the life-fire, that suggested that a sufficiently powerful Red dragon could expel it completely. Sadly, she now had doubts that any dragon save the Red Aspect herself could completely remove the parasite this way . Time to take out more of those reference scrolls. If I can’t remove it outright, I’ll weaken its hold and a ddress the damage.

 

“I apologize my Lord, but that took more out of me than I expected. Alira, can you handle the removal of whatever toxins you detected? A fter that give him Catseye and Troll’s Blood Elixir s. Then just make sure he eats until his stomach is full, I want him to only eat the rations from Azeroth.” Once the Red drake excused herself, she left the room and went immediately to the large mattress , curled up next to her brother and did not wake f or some time .

 

In the medical room, Alira was examining Harry. Much of the energy of the life-flames had absorbed into the young man’s flesh, and it was melding unusually well with the magic already present in his veins. After some thought, Alira guessed it had something to do with the way both drakes were bound to him, perhaps his magic considered their strength as his own now? “My Lord, I’ m unsure exactly what substances are in your system , but I do know they don’t belong. There’s too much in your system to do this with the usual method , but there’s a variant of the technique that would cause the same effect over a week or two . Do you trust me, my Lord?”

 

A s Harry stroked her head gently, trying to ignore his nudity and light covering of ash, h e told her he trusted her completely. She smiled, for the first time in a long time it was beginning to feel like she had a place where she belonged. Almost all of the positive feelings revolved around the man in front of her, so her next actions became much easier.

 

 

***Adult scene moved to a separate fic on Ao3***

 

 

Sadly, there was no time to bask in the afterglow. And though a small part of her wanted to swallow the s eed in her mouth just to see her Lord’s expression, there was a reason she was performing this procedure. Carefully p lacing a sample with minimal saliva into a s mall vial she had set next to the chair before she began, she turned and s pit the rest into a consumption seal. (A brother of the common latrine system, this one was made to destroy dangerous substances and convert them into the energy that would feed into the nearest ley -l ine.)

 

Alira rinsed and repeated several times, the final time having pulled up a mouthful of her breath attack which still tasted better than the filth she’d pulled out of Harry Potter. She turned around to a concerned young man pulling on his pants and turned away from where she’d been ridding herself of what had formerly been inside his body.

 

“I’m sorry, I probably should have explained that better my Lord. I just wanted that filth out of you, and the n ormal method wo uld have require you to be bled out, twice.” Now looking hesitant, scared even, she continued . “Please don’t be angry with me, Harry.”

 

Still bewildered, Harry just stepped forward and gently rubbed her head, the action a pleasant, calming action for both of them. When she leaned into him, he answered her. “I’m not angry with you Alira. Just give me a little more warning next time, okay? I’m grateful though: I enjoyed that but I could tell you hated it.”

 

Having enjoyed several minutes of physical contact, Alira was calm. “It was disgusting, but that was the poison, not you. We’ll need to do this every night for at least a week, each time the substances in your system should decrease . N ow , t he magic of the life- fire will cause your body to begin repairing itself, within two weeks your vision should be greatly improved and your overall health as well. In a few days the Reds might want to breathe on you again to speed up the process and the Broodmother will help when she’s out of stasis.

 

“You remember how you briefly passed out when you came through the portal? That happened because you experienced what we call magical intoxication. Usually it only occurs in the presence of a great a mount of magic, but that’s relative to what individuals have become used to.

 

“Since Azeroth has so much more latent magic than Earth, I want you to only consume the supplies we took with us. A greater amount of the arcane… I guess the best term in English would be ‘background radiation’ that has suffused everything back home will benefit you as your body heals. It should strengthen your magic, but to what degree is impossible to tell at this point.” Left unsaid was that strengthening her Lord would allow him to fight the parasite more effectively as well.

 

“One last thing my Lord. As soon as possible, I would like to spend the night sleeping next to you. That would let me enter your dreams again, so that I can assess your mind for any damage that has been done to it and begin healing you as needed .”

 

At that point, Alira got a rather nasty surprise. Harry’s expression which had been relaxed shifted into something tense and just a little angry. “I do not need a mind-healer. You will not make attempts to diagnose or heal my mind, understood? That is an order!” She backed away at that, more startled than anything else. More than anything else, her Lord’s manner seemed inconsistent with his previous bearing. Also, oddly it seemed that the magic that bound the drakes to Harry Potter wasn’t enforcing that command.

 

Oh well, time to play the timid whelp. We’ll get a plan together after Harry and the old woman leave for the night. While she disliked dece ption , Alira acknowledged it was sometimes necessary so she forced her posture and bearing into something even more timid and su bmissive than usual.

 

I’m sorry my Lord! Please don’t be angry with me!” she spoke in a wavering voice even as she let a few tears leak from her eyes. Tears might be a little much, but as his healer, I need to know more about how whatever is effecting his mind, if it releases him quickly, and more importantly what he thinks of his outburst after the fact.

 

The effect did pass quickly, and Harry was back to comforting the Green drake. He even apologized, though the apology was for scaring her, not for his words or tone. Deciding to worry about his mind later, Alira gave him several v ials . “This is a Catseye Elixir , i t enhances vision. Usually it’s effects are temporary, but with all the healing magic in your system there’s a chance the effects could be permanent, in part or whole. I want you to drink it just before you swallow this one, an Elixir of Troll’s Blood. Don’t worry, it’s made from herbs, not actual blood. The second one promotes regeneration, which is slightly different from healing. Take them both just before you eat some of our supplies.

 

“Lastly, drink this vial of Dreamless Sleep p otion when you’re about to fall asleep; take it all in one swallow, d on’t try to sip it .” When Harry asked about the possibility of addiction to the last potion, commenting they had one with the same name, Alira responded quickly.

 

“No, th e potion is not physically addicting. Whelps and drakes of my Flight often use it to gain access to the Emerald Dream before we master slipping in and out on our own. The only dangers are the possibility of taking it so often that your body would forget how to fall asleep on your own, and the danger of a mental addiction. Even if you became addicted, the limited supply and high cost of the ingredient would dissuade your rather quickly. But don’t worry, we have plenty of this potion, and some samples of the ingredient I can grow once we secure a greenhouse.

 

With all of that done, Harry finished getting dressed and they both walked out towards the main hall of the Chamber of Secrets . Quickly transfiguring a rough table (His vision was a bit better than when he had e ntered the Chamber , though he still required glasses.) he turned to ask where they kept the food he was supposed to eat, but Dobby had beaten them to it, leaving both Harry and the emerald drake hoping the little guy wasn’t actually watching at all times .

 

While Harry started to eat some s ort of jerky immediately after chugging both potions as instructed, the loyal little house elf started work on another dish with some liver and heart from the stores. (Dobby knew that modern humans tended to only eat the muscles of animals, but much nutrition resided in organs like the liver. Determined to help Harry Potter, he endeavored to make the most of the materials on hand. Poor Harry was in for a bit of a surprise though, except for a few vegetables used to correct mineral deficiencies, his new friends were completely carnivorous. Dobby would do his best to make all this palatable, but by the time the supplies ran out Harry would be d esperate for a sa lad.)

 

Soon, Harry was joined by everyone else currently in the Chamber. (Save the Red siblings, they were taking the opportunity to rest.) All four of the original group had achieved their Mortal Forms, with Ralion bearing the shape of a human male, roughly seventeen years old. He wasn’t very tall, especially compared to the humans of Azeroth, standing about five feet and n ine inches high. His hair was jet black, a short beard framed his face, his features were both chiseled and kindly; as if he was a man who could be both hard in the face of his enemies and kind to those he favored. His eyes, however, were the same s hade of purple as most of his scales.

 

Caliona also wore a human form, hers bearing aristocratic, s harp features with black eyes and her long black hair was streaked with blue. Harry saw none of this, but did enjoy speaking with them as they all sat around the table.

 

As Harry and the dragons prepared to enjo y a late meal Aurogos spoke up. “I thought we might get some practice in table manners. Professor, I thought you might enjoy some tea while critiquing. I know the proper decorum for Night Elves, High Elves, and even t he nobles of Stormwind but I fear I’m not sure on what’s proper for your society.

 

T he Blue drake explained even as the table was furnished with a meal, including an evening tea with the assorted snacks for Professor McGonagall. “ My Lord, I’ve spoken to your ‘Deputy Headmistress’ about enrolling some of us in Hogwarts. This lets us both be close to you and allows us the chance to learn a new form of magic. We require wands, but fortunately we still have our ‘sheds’ collections. Dragons usually try to ho ld onto our scales, fangs, and claws when they fall out, since they’re sometimes useful .

 

“When we can get some sunlight and soil, we can grow a special tree from a preserved cutting around the cores and with some enchanting work, get serviceable wands. I have to admit I’m impressed with how precise your people’s foci are, I hope t o get one for myself someday. With your permission I’d like to enter the school myself with Ralion, Dalistraza, and Senastrasz. Since his form is nearly human, we can pass off Senastrasz’s ears as a deformity best kept under an illusion.”

 

That sounds like a good idea. I’m guessing the rest of you will be down here? And you know a little about the house system here, do you have any thoughts on it? Is there anything else w e need to do ?

 

Likely we’ll spread out among the students. A lot of our efforts will be going towards getting things ready for Valistraza and the whelps she’ll be looking after. Most important is a stable food source, our young can really eat. Also we’re going to be working on a surface exit, I’ll be repairing the wardstone before we start to dig though , and we’ll be further fortifying this place. I had a thought on that actually. You said the entrance to this place is a girl’s bathroom that is rarely used, right?”

 

Aurogos received a nod from Harry . “In that case, would you be willing to use the Fidelius Charm on it? It wouldn’t seem to be a great loss to the school, and it would add a great deal of defense to our location here. We’ve looked, but there only seems to be the one entrance right now.”

 

After a moment of thought as he chewed on a n interesting piece of jerky, (“It’s actually called Talbuk, some of our scouts in Outland found them to be delicious so we imported and maintain some herds on islands. Maybe someday we could raise some here too!”) “I don’t have a problem with that at all. Hermione brewed a potion called P olyjuice three years ago in this bathroom because almost no one uses it. My reading on the charm said that it isn’t possible to be the secret keeper for more than one secret, so who wants this one?”

 

And so, after sharing a meal, a walk and double checking that the bathroom was still secure Harry began drawing the needed symbols on the surfaces of the bathroom, ignoring the ghost of Myrtle as he worked. His less than perfect vision wasn’t much of a problem, as the drakes had seen him drawing the symbols the first time and had excellent memories. In fact, as Aurogos pointed out, when drawing lines for a spell or carving runes intent was half the point anyway. In the end, they decided to give the secret to Talion, as he would be spending a good deal of time down in the Chamber and in the worst case, would be the least likely to be captured.

 

Harry was again sweaty and accepted a n enchanted bottle of water as he rested, Talion quickly sharing the secret among their group. To his own surprise, the magic came a little easier to him than the day previous. Several of them felt bad about displacing the ghost of Myrtle Warren, but she was too much of a security risk. Sadly they lacked the skills to perform an exorcism, and other usual methods of dealing with a spirit were centered around the more solid and d rastically more hostile spirits of Azeroth. (The idea of friendly ghosts was r ather strange to the newcomers to Earth.)

 

After securing the bathroom the group broke apart with the Deputy Headmistress lending her mirror to the dragons. They had a plan for the next day: Harry would carry the drakes in a shrunken trunk to Grimmauld Place, and he and Sirius would apparate or portkey somewhere to grow the needed tree.

 

His head of house would leave him at Headquarters, then ensure she wasn’t followed and waste some time in the muggle world until a mirror call let her know to head back. After that, the drakes would purchase what they needed and meet up with Harry and Minerva after they left the optometrist. After a little additional time with his d ragons , Harry headed up to Gryffindor tower for the night.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Back down in the Chamber of Secrets all nine drakes gathered around a mirror now leaning against a wall. Ralion, again taking charge (Both he and Aurogos at this point had assumed that one of them would end up leading the drakes and the other would be the second in command, but neither wanted leadership enough to risk the current cohesion of the group. The two of them were content to let things fall as they may, so long as the group thrived and their Lord was protected.) leaned in close to the mirror and said “Paddy.” Soon, the mirror shifted and a man that looked even less crazy than the last time they saw him showed up on the other side.

 

Sirius was surprised to see a teenager’s face he didn’t recognize on the other side of the mirror, but the purple eyes were suspicious, and when he pulled back a little and took a seat with eight other individuals, two of them crimson dragons with one that was in the process of nodding off and the other fast asleep, he got the idea. “So, you all are the dragons that know my godson? Is he around?”

 

The young man with blue hair spoke up first. “Actually he’s just headed up to his dormitory for the night. We wanted to speak to you, we need some information to better aid our Lord, and you might have what we need. First, why did you send your godson a book on protecting yourself against the mind arts?”

 

Sirius thought for a moment. In theory, none of these creatures were capable of betraying Harry, and odds of their being overheard were low. As soon as they confirmed there would be no one e avesdropping , whether man, ghost, or elf, (The last one was seen to by Dobby, and he was being thorough in his efforts.) Sirius began.

 

“Saturday morning I was speaking with Minerva McGonagall and she said something that any rational person would assume involved insanity or mental control. The moment I realized that, compulsions in my mind triggered, trying to make me agree with her. I only escaped because s ome magical artifact exists in my f amily to protect the mind of the Family Head. I started looking for w ays to protect myself and the people I care about. Occlumency isn’t a terribly fast art to learn, but if Harry can work on it for at least a few hours a day maybe by Christmas I can tell him what’s really going on. Have you seen something that’s troubling you? Wait, when did you even learn English?”

 

He was answered by the cat-centaur. “We think our Lord has mastered mental defense, at least as much as can be done without enduring harsh attacks. Harry had an interesting idea, so last night we had Alira, (He pointed at the purple elf.) bring us into a realm that’s as much a dream as reality and I created a r unic circle that drastically sped time up within the effected area. We had seventy-three days where I was the only one that needed to sleep or eat to learn English, master mental defenses, and share all of our tragic backstories.”

 

There was a collected series of groans at that. Inclining its head towards the Night Elf, she picked up Stine’s cue and continued. As we were leaving the Dream and waking up, I saw something concerning bound to Harry. It was dark and full of anger, and must have wormed its way deep into him to be dragged into the Dream when I called Harry in with my magic.

 

“We don’t know what it is, exactly, but it’s obviously having a negative impact on him, mentally, magically, and physically. Our Lord isn’t sleeping well, even though we have a decent supply of a potion that will treat that on hand for now but it isn’t a permanent solution. Though, to be honest, even the worse case of side effects for the potion are better than him living without real, restful sleep. I’m going to need a private greenhouse within three week s to produce the potion uninterrupted if we can’t find a better solution though.

 

“Also, whatever the parasite,” The Green drake spat that word out. “is, it could have been easily removed, assuming Harry was infected when his parents died. Now, it has spread beyond the little bit of flesh and bone and into his brain. Harry also has unknown substances saturating him, I removed some of it and retained a sample if you have someone who can analyze it. One other thing was a shock at the end of the examination: When I asked Harry to allow me a look at his mind, and start healing any damage that might have been done, his demeanor changed instantly and he gave me a direct order not to diagnose or perform any healing on his mind. It’s odd, because any direct order from him should be completely binding for us, but this one isn’t.”

 

Sirius Black was not happy about that news, to be sure. Is he okay? Is he in any imminent danger?” (Sadly, his godson’s life was usually in danger, so he felt the need to be specific.) He saw the man with blue hair elbow one of the Red dragons to rouse her from her slumber, once she was awake again he whispered into the side of her head. (While lacking ears, a small, very sensitive piece of scale on either side provided the same functionality.)

 

Giving out a deep yawn, the crimson dragon spoke in a tone that surprised Sirius in it’s femininity. “I think he’s safe enough for now. We’re treating him for the years of malnutrition and rough treatment, my brother and I hit him with a big treatment of life-fire, so we’re worn out for now. His vision will improve under our treatments, within a few weeks he will probably be able to ditch the glasses.

 

“In good news, the parasite in his scar really didn’t like the life-fire, so that gives me hope that the Broodmother in stasis can weaken the parasite enough for other methods to remove it . Right now, we’re fighting it in as many ways as we can: Helping Harry grow stronger, protecting his sleep because an exhausted mind is much more susceptible to attack, improving his sense of self-worth to counter the parasite and his life, and using whatever magic we can find to disrupt the parasite’s hold .

 

If all that still fails, we have a functional portal to Azeroth, and there are individuals much more powerful than us living on that world. Sadly Azeroth is rather dangerous. From what we can tell, the stronger our Lord grows the better he’ll be able to fight back against the parasite, so the various treatments will only help.” With another wide yawn that showed off her various fangs she laid her head down and promptly went to sleep.

 

Sirius watched a moment as she really seemed to be fast asleep on the stone floor. “Will she be alright? In humans magical exhaustion can be serious.”

 

Again the purple elf spoke up. “ She’ll be fine after some rest and a big breakfast come morning. As Harry’s godfather, what do you want us to do about the m ind spells on our Lord? I’m uncomfortable treating him against his will, but the fact that I would be able to is concerning.”

 

The face of Sirius hardened. He really hated the fact that, on top of everything else, Albus had twisted Harry’s mind. And it isn’t just Harry’s mind. I wouldn’t be surprised if it was everyone in the Order of the Phoenix, many of the students, and probably anyone else he thought he could get away with as well. “Treat him, but be subtle as you can. He’s under enough stress as it is, and I don’t want to heap more on him. Also, Harry has two close friends, you’ve met Hermione Granger, but probably haven’t met Ron Weasley yet. If Harry has compulsions in his head, I’d bet they do as well. Harry relies on them more than I think he knows, so please help them as well. As a head’s up you can be sure that they’ll have the same compulsion to avoid treatments.”

 

“Understood. We’ll do everything we can. Is there anything we should know before some of us join the school?” Again it was the man with blue hair responding.

 

“Keep your mental defenses up at all times. Beware Dolores Umbridge, and the Headmaster. Snape has at least some skill in the mind arts, so be careful of him too . A number of students will have parents directly serving the Dark Lord, especially those in Slytherin House, so be careful what is said in front of them. If the Ministry finds you, the best you can hope for is a quick death, more likely you’ll either be presented to the Dark Lord or you’ll be dissected in the Department of Mysteries. Please be careful, both for your sake and Harry’s.”

 

That said, after a few pleasantries the discussion ended. Almost everyone turned in for the night, only Aurogos and Stine staying up and moving to the Chamber’s wardstone. Aurogos was pretty sure he could handle the stone himself, but when handling an unknown stone it paid to have a friend nearby that could get you to a healer if the worst happened .

 

It was a long night’s work, but by morning the stone was active again. Thankfully it wasn’t the stone itself that had failed but the exterior runes that fed it power. The Blue drake added sets of Dwarven runes to increase the structural strength, improve air filtration, added a self-repair system, plus a series of Draconic runes that would attack anyone attempting to breach the Chamber of Secrets. Stine made a few additions of his own, though he refused to say exactly what they all did. Once the stone was ready and once again connected to the ley-lines under the castle, Aurogos and Stine stepped back and allowed it to charge for nearly an hour as they made bits of small talk.

 

Once it was ready, Aurogos dripped a little blood onto the stone and fed it a rather large chunk of his magic to claim mastery over the wardstone. Slowly at first, then faster he found he could feel a presence in his mind, feeding him information as the stone awoke. Once done, he was surprised at how far the stone’s effect actually reached. It wasn’t just the stone for the Chamber, but the lower fourth of the castle as well.

 

Wait, a system of four separate wardstones? I wonder if there’s a master stone somewhere or if the various stones just operate independently? In any case, it was time for a bit of rest before the next day. A few hours of sleep wasn’t much, but it was better than nothing, and Aurogos had done more on less sleep in both the wars he’d fought in. He asked Stine to wake him when the time came and joined the pile of drakes still sleeping, and fell asleep quickly. Stine chose to stay up and watch the Chamber slowly repair itself, the magic filtering through the stones of the school getting put to use as the various cracks repair ed themselves even as metal shed rust and wear.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Harry didn’t garner much attention when he entered the common room, at an hour till c urfew the room wasn’t terrible lively. Ron had been doing a bit of homework while Hermione had been reading a copy of a book from the Room of Requirement. (All the books in the school’s library had charms on them to prevent students d uplicating them , but the books in the Room lacked those protections. She had been busy while Harry visited Azeroth.) While his vision had improved a bit, Hermione still had to call out for him to help him find his way to the table they were using . Both of them turned their attention to him as he sat down and Hermione threw up a series of very powerful privacy barriers.

 

Hermione didn’t realize it, but she was already a more powerful user of magic than she was a few days ago. Adolescence was stage of life when the well of magical energy within humans could experience the most growth, pulling loose magic from the environment to augment itself. For centuries the students had been dependent on the ley-line convergence under Hogwarts castle, but now energy was pouring in from the portal and Hermione had spent the weekend at ‘ground zero.’

 

Both of his friends began sniffing the air as Harry made himself comfortable. Ron was the first to comment on the odd smell. “Mate, why do you smell like you’ve been standing next to a bonfire? I can buy McGonagall covering for you two, but that’s an odd smell to pick up in Hogwarts.”

 

For the first time, Harry found himself considering how much he could tell Ron. Though he almost completely trusted his friend (His actions fourth year after the Goblet, while forgiven, weren’t yet forgotten.) the knowledge of just how easy it was for people to steal information from an unguarded mind caused him to hesitate. “Ron, I’d like to tell you everything, but I don’t think I can yet.”

 

When Ron began to bluster, Harry held up his hand and spoke forcefully. “Yet! Hermione and I have just learned how easy it is for people to root around in your head and take what they want. There’s two or three people in the castle that would just love to know what we’ve been up to so they can attack me and others with it. If you don’t believe me, I can prove just how easy it is.”

 

“You’re crazy. Go ahead, but then I want some kind of explanation.”

 

“Okay, try to defend yourself, I’ll be looking for something embarrassing. Legilimens!” From Ron’s perspective, he suddenly felt a pressure inside his head, then he was remembering events from the trio’s years at Hogwarts without meaning to. Harry was trying to make a point, and suddenly Ron remembered every time they broke the rules, ever danger they had gone through together. When Harry found a memory of a child’s attempt to prank his older brothers that the twins had turned around on him in a very humiliating manner, he pulled out.

 

“When you were seven years old...”

 

“No! Okay I believe you! I saw every memory you looked at . How many times have you used that spell?”

 

“Just a couple times with Hermione to check each other’s defenses. I tried to keep a light touch, are you feeling any pain?”

 

“Got a bleeding headache mate. That was a light touch?”

 

“Yeah, if you’re not careful you can do real damage with this spell. Scary thing is, people that really know what they’re doing? You won’t even know they’re there.” Hermione passed a stack of handwritten notes to Ron. Harry sent a curious look at her.

 

“It’s the notes for the first few steps with some of our additions. When we can, I want to show Ron a movie or two so he can get some ideas for his mental defense. There’s a new Star Trek series out that could work too, it’s based around a large space station.”

 

“Not a bad idea, but I bet something like Helm’s Deep or Gondor from the Lord of the Rings book series would be a better. A stone fortress just seems like it would work better for him. But the movies would be great for guardians.” Ron followed the exchange, as he glanced at the notes. He let out a sigh as he glanced over the first few steps.

 

This got Harry’s attention again, so he continued his curtailed explanation to Ron. “So, Hermione and I were not inside of a mouse-hole this weekend. I bet you even figured out we were in the Room of Requirement most of the time. I promise to fill you in on the details as soon as we can, but for now I just want you to know that things are going to be changing a bit.

 

“There’s some new people coming to the castle tomorrow, I want you to know that they are trustworthy no matter what house they end up in. I’m going to drop divination and switch to Runes since I’m not getting anything useful from it and I have a Dark Lord that wants to kill me. I need to be ready or I have no future.” The last statement silenced the conversation for a bit, as the seriousness of the coming war settled.

 

Hermione was the one that broke the silence. “So, why do you smell like a really nice bonfire? And is that soot on your neck?”

 

Harry smiled for a moment. “It turns out those years with my relatives did more than just leave me a little scrawny. They actually fed me so little that it had caused some problems, but I’m healing now. An application of something called ‘Life-fire,’ which is a healing technique this is exactly as it sounds and some potions should have me fine within a couple weeks. Oh, and it turns out I’ve got a bunch of foreign substances in my body, but no idea what they are yet.”

 

When asked about the potions by his most curious friend, he told them what he knew. “So they’re combining the effects of this ‘life-fire’ and potions to heal you, with the hope that th is ‘elixir’ ‘sticks’ thanks to the healing magic running through you? So you could end up with vision better than ‘perfect?’”

 

“That’s what the healer said, I’d just be happy to not need glasses anymore. And I feel a little stronger already, but mostly I’m hungry.” With that, Harry started eating a piece of jerky from a bag in his pocket. He found that the more of this ‘Talbuk’ stuff he ate, the more he liked it. I wonder how hard it would be to start raising them myself? Sirius mentioned an island…

 

Ron was quiet for a moment as he processed what was going on. He admitted being very distracted briefly by the smell from his best mate’s snack, but he was more than his stomach, even if his table manners still needed some work. He hadn’t learned much, but he glanced again at the handwritten notes in front of him. No time like the present I guess.

 

From there, the three enjoyed a comfortable time of quiet camaraderie as Ron and Hermione studied and Harry answered various questions and gave Ron tips on the initial steps of mental defense. Before long it was time for bed, and Harry found that the Dreamless Sleep potion worked as prescribed. As soon as he swallowed he was out like a light.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Back in London, Sirius Black was speaking to Nymphadora Tonks in a private study. “Cousin, I want to officially bring you into the family along with your mother. You see, Draco Malfoy is in danger of inheriting the entire Black family estate if I die, and I’d like to have your mother in the Family in case of emergency. Does she know I’m innocent?”

 

Once again, Sirius felt anger flare at Albus as Dora told him that the Headmaster had suggested that anything that might bring attention to their headquarters not be discussed with anyone. “Dora, Andromeda was always my favorite cousin, probably my favorite relative period. I’m going to have Kreacher find an expanded trunk and I’m going to have you bring her the family pensieve to her with a few vials of memories. I’m also going to spell the contents so nothing breaks on the way. I’m going to swear an oath that the memories are genuine, then you’ll swear an oath that you saw me swear an oath.”

 

When Dora started to grumble, Sirius spoke again. “It’s the best way I can think of to prove I’m innocent. Tell her if she wants to question me under Veritaserum I don’t mind. For the Blacks, there’s a little ceremony to bring someone back into the family, and I need her here in person for it. I’m also sending a mirror and instructions on it so she can ask me questions after she sees the memories. Remember, we need to keep this place out of the hands of Malfoy, and your mother is a talented healer, with a war coming we could use another of those.”

 

Not long after, Sirius sat down in a comfortable chair with a cup of strong tea to wait for the mirror call. Kreacher, with his brother’s final task completed seemed to be a c ompletely different elf, and the house was beginning to reflect it. While still as rude as ever to the Order members, the house was, room by room, being restored to glory. When people had complained that the house still had a very Slytherin look to it, Sirius had just asked if they wanted to live in a filthy, decrepit house or one with the ‘wrong’ colors. It seemed people preferred the clean house.

 

It was truly odd feeling a little joy in watching Kreacher move with pride in his work again. Well, things have sure changed since Harry called me early Saturday, hopefully for the better. If nothing else, the arrival of those creatures is causing ripples like water on a pond. I wonder how far they’ll reach.

 

But if nothing else is sure, Harry deserves better than he’s had so far. If those dragons give him what he needs to live through the coming war and thrive, there’s nothing else I can do but help out as much as I can. Andromeda will be helpful, if only in examining that sample from Harry. I wish I knew more about that parasite on Harry, I’ll start looking through the library t omorrow morning . A good night’s sleep and hopefully more information will make my work easier.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

 

AN: To head off some questions going forward, Albus has a seriously (but thankfully not Siriusly) cursed item in his possession. No one but Elune knows that, so they’re going to make certain logical conclusions.

 

Next chapter Draco gets put on ice.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 8: Chapter 8: Draco Malfoy gets put on Ice!

Chapter Text

I own neither franchise! Harry’s grandparents are Charlus and Dorea in this fic, partly because they’re more interesting names, and because I like the idea of Sirius being welcomed into the Potter’s home by Dorea. Sorry this is a little late, I’ve been having some formatting problems. ><



Chapter 8: Draco Malfoy gets put on Ice!



H arry was the first one awake in his dormitory, not a terribly unusual event. What was unusual was how wide awake, how vibrant he felt. It almost felt like he had never been awake before in his life. He normally showered in the mornings to help himself wake up, but last night he’d been covered in a fine layer of ash. Embarrassingly, most of that ash seemed to be the few hairs he’d been growing everywhere but the top of his head.

 

In any case, he had been putting off his homework in the light of more important things, so after a few attempts he transfigured something close to his glasses, though they left him with a bit of a migraine by the time his friends were ready to head down to breakfast. Dobby came through again and made his secret medical diet palatable. (None of the dragons even knew they had flour, but the little guy had found it and already put it to use.)

 

During breakfast he chatted with Neville about methods for constructing magical greenhouses, and it ended up being a rather interesting subject. Neville offered several book titles for Harry to find copies of, telling him that they had been very useful when his home’s greenhouses had needed refurbishment. Hermione was kind enough to copy down the titles for him. When he was finished he said his goodbyes to his friends and headed up to the staff table, waiting politely to be acknowledged.



Thankfully, just as Professor Snape was about to lay into him, Professor McGonagall spoke up, asking him if he was ready. When he replied that he was, once again his Professor led him out of the hall, this time to her office, making a quick stop in the bathroom that once belonged to Myrtle, he quickly shrank the waiting trunk and continued on. Stine was sitting in the bathroom with the trunk, and Harry wished the drake a good morning as he turned and headed back into the Chamber.



When they reached McGonagall’s office she quickly sent her personal house elf off with a message for the H eadmaster, and to place a notice on the door of her classroom just before they entered the Floo, bound for Number Twelve Grimmauld Place. Once there, Harry greeted his godfather who was waiting on them, the two of them stealing away for a moment while the Professor made arrangements for a guard detail around the magical optometrist office.

 

Sirius unshrunk the trunk and opened the lid briefly to discuss a location that would work for growing a batch of wands. While the dragons didn’t exit the trunk, they did send up a few requirements for their project. It was, however, rather disorientating for them to be in a place and not know the secret. Sirius promised to try to get them access when he brought Andromeda in on it.



So, you need a place with fertile soil and strong latent magic? To be honest, my first thought would be the Potter Ancestral Manor. The manor building is rubble but there’s plenty of open space. You have your cloak? Good, Kreacher! Please give this note to Minerva as soon as we leave.” Quickly, he shrunk the trunk and got a strong grip of Harry’s shoulder.

 

“I don’t really know if there are still wards up or not, if they exist at all they’re fractured. Thankfully if they’re functional at all I’m one of the few who can apparate us there.” He saw a lot of life in Harry’s eyes at that. “Harry, just a word of warning, this place hasn’t been lived in since your grandparents, Charlus and Dorea died. They were great people, until they spoke out too often against Voldemort.”



With that, and the trunk replaced in his pocket, Harry experienced his first apparition. It was not a pleasant experience, for him or the drakes in the trunk. Harry quickly removed the trunk from his pocket and set it down before dry-heaving on the ground. He was joined quickly by five dragons, all looking rather unhappy. Aurogos, in his natural form once more was the first to speak. “My Lord, the moment we have time, you are learning the Azeroth ‘teleport’ spell. Magical transport shouldn’t feel like that.”



It was several more moments before all of them got to their feet and caught up to where Sirius, after setting some spells to keep people out during their visit was standing in front of a ruined structure, once a large manor. Rotted wood was exposed and large scorch marks still blackened the stone. The structure was situated on a small hill, overlooking fifty acres of grass fields and orderly trees with a small lake to the south . In the distance, the fields transitioned into the surrounding forest.



Sirius was crying, his mind elsewhere as he remembered his time here, the summer days now long since lost and the family that had taken him in when he was thrown out by his ‘parents.’ “I’m sorry, mom and dad. You were the best people I ever knew, but I failed James. Harry’s here now, and I give my oath that I won’t fail him like I did his father, like I did my brother.”



Feeling the despair in the man, Harry stepped up next to him. “And I swear I will see this place rebuilt such that it never falls again.” While the drakes determined if this place would serve their immediate needs, Sirius shared a few stories about the home of the Potter family, and the tale of how he came to live with them. Soon though, Aurogos interrupted them to say that the land would serve for what they needed, and the others were almost ready.



My Lord, there’s a lot I want to teach you about magic, and there’s no better place for the first lesson than here. I’d like you to sit and try to spread out your senses.” When the teen was sitting, Aurogos began his lesson.

 

“First, breathe in and out. There’s magic in the air, everywhere life exists. It exists in the air, in the ground, and in every cell of your flesh. I want you to try reaching out with your mind, to sense the magic all around you. If you get frustrated, stop trying and just breathe in and out until you feel calm again and then try again.” With that, Aurogos left to get his part of the wand-crafting operation started, and Sirius sat down nearby, watching over Harry and looking out at the green fields and neighboring forests.



After about half an hour, the teen startled him when he exclaimed “I can feel it!” Smiling, Sirius asked him what it felt like. “It feels warm and welcoming. It’s like this is where I belong. I can feel something else too now, it's like something is drawing in magic from the soil, collecting it.”

 

Looking around, Sirius saw a tree growing in a way that had to be magic. It grew to about eight feet tall and sprouted crimson leaves that had a healthy gloss to them. It was presumably magical and while it didn’t seem like it was from this world, it radiated a sense of life. Sirius had a stray thought about the power of healing wands could be made from it and almost missed what Harry was saying. “That’s interesting, the thing I sensed is still drawing magic in, but it's radiating different magic too. It’s like it’s sucking the magic in and changing it before sending it back out.”



Both of them missed the approach of Aurogos until he spoke, jumping when he startled them. “Well done my Lord. Sensing magic like that will be much harder for you in other places, even more so when you’re not this serene, but you’ve made a great start. We need to let the tree absorb the magic for a bit. How would you like to see how big of an area you can cast the Fidelius Charm over?”



It turned out Harry could stretch the charm over the entire property and some of the nearby forest. As he walked the boundary, getting ready to cast the spell, he was followed by Sirius who was demonstrating his animagus transformation for the two dragons under invisibility spells. Harry Potter and his godfather discovered that disillusioned, silenced dragons are nearly impossible to detect. Ralion mentioned how he loved being in the air, the freedom it brought. Harry understood that, and resolved to ensure the drakes got to enjoy time in the air.

 

Aurogos did land and observe when Harry was drawing the boundary markings, making sure he got it right. Casting the charm over such a large area should have been beyond his capabilities, but he felt the magic of the land helping him. Like when he had been meditating earlier, he felt a warm sense of belonging as the power surged through him. Aurogos requested the secret, saying that he was more than willing to make this place a project of his, and described some possible wards that required structures to be built around them. Wards that, unlike the Ministry approved defenses most homes in England boasted, fully fit the phrase ‘aggressively defensive.’

 

(Aurogos had listened carefully to Sirius as he described how Death Eaters brought down wards during the last war, and was already sketching out a ward scheme in his head that would counter such attacks. He could already hear the screams of the masked cowards the first time they attempted to breach the defenses he would lay for his Lord.)



When Harry had caught his breath, Aurogos had a little more work for him. “Now that you’ve felt the magic of this place, I want you to try to sense your own magic. It will be extremely difficult to do here when you’re feeling calm, but should make for good practice. The very earth here is saturated with your family’s magic. As your forbears cast spells and simply lived here, the magic produced by spells and simply living soaked into everything nearby. I can even tell you that for the most part they were good people, generous and brave.”



Sirius interrupted at that. “You can tell that from the land? Really?”



Harry answered before the drake could. “It builds on something they said when we performed the ritual and later discussed in the Dream. Your magic is you, in the sense that the raw power we take in is processed as your body makes it useful to you. Emotions, our souls have weight and value, though truly understanding how they impact anything seems to be beyond mortal life. Anyway, emotions and your soul tint your magic, they add a little of your true self into every spell. Did I get that right?”



Once again proving that a drake’s smile has a lot of teeth, Aurogos gave his approval. “I think you understand. Now, don’t use your Occlumency to calm your mind for this exercise. Your magic responds to your emotions, when you are calm your magic will be placid, smooth as a lake without any wind. When you feel rage and anger, it will be like the sea in a storm, turbulent. Spend some time attempting to sense it now, in the future we’ll find a way to get you angry so you experience your magic roiling within you as well.

 

“Being able to feel your magic is the first step to mastering it, the next step is usually sending it out away from one’s self mostly uncontrolled. The step after is throwing bolts or breaths of crudely-shaped magic and from there a lot of time is spent learning to shape your magic to whatever end you require.



Your people use, or I would say are dependent on wands to shape their magic into spells; this is the lazy way. Wands have a number of enchantments on them that do most of the shaping for you, but this also imposes a limit on how much power can be channeled at any one time. It’s fascinating how the magic of this world developed; like I explained to McGonagall, you have the knife to our sledgehammer. Both have advantages my Lord. You will learn both styles of magic and end up with something new, something that has the advantages of both. Now, get to work while we craft some wands.”



All five drakes gathered back near the new tree, it was nearly ready to make the wands, Alira having encouraged it to grow long, thin branches. Aurogos and Stine had spent much of the night whittling down their claws, fangs, and scales into thin shapes. One by one, Senastrasz would use his talon to carve a hollow space in an appropriate branch, Dalistraza would carefully place the core material into the wound, and as Aurogos wove the enchantments Alira shaped the wood around the core . After the wood sealed itself, each wand drastically changed color, the cores altering the living wood. The early attempts were ineffective, however the Red dragons had something of an idea for them. “The wood in the wands isn’t really dead. We can plant them, work some magic and the new trees should take on attributes of the cores we added.” In the end, they manufactured a good two dozen wands of various cores and shapes.



It took three hours of experimenting, but the end results were pronounced to be workable, though not quite as good as an Ollivander wand. Sirius told Harry it couldn’t hurt to carry a backup, so long as he kept it concealed in public.



Harry picked out a Basilisk fang core, with the emerald colored wood seemingly etched with a pattern of scales over the entire surface. The wand that felt best to Aurogos contained one of his whelp scales shaped around the core of a talon that had been torn out (And later regrown when he made it back to the healer’s tent.) during a battle on Mount Hyjal. As the wood grew around the core, its coloring had bec o me azure, with darker striations of cobalt.

 

Ralion took a wand that had a fang from Tendrion that was a dark glacial blue with a smooth glossy finish. Ralion’s human form started to tear up as he walked away with the wand, and Harry had to stomp on Sirius’s foot before he made a comment. “Tendrion didn’t make it here, and they were brothers like you and my dad.” Harry whispered harshly, and Sirius understood.



Alira’s wand was green, incidentally the same shade as Harry’s eyes, and contained an odd core that bore a very thin sliver of scale from all nine of them. It worked well for her, in any case. Senastrasz took a wand containing a core of the Basilisk’s fang as well, but he asked Harry to alter it a little with his transfiguration and some metal from Azeroth. In the end his wand seemed less like a piece of wood and more a glinting blue-silver dagger, with a point and two edges. The addition of a bar of metal called Adamantite gave it some weight as it was seventeen inches long, and it gleamed in the early afternoon sunlight. (For the moment he used a transfigured sheath, but Stine would later make one for him out of leather.)

 

Ralion had just come back when Dalistraza found her best fit in a dark purple piece of wood that bore a core of Ralion’s blood poured onto a mixture of enchanting dust then heated to crystallize. She was slightly embarrassed, as it turned out the wands, in a small way at least, felt like the donor of the core. Sirius was offered one as well, and he ended up with a striking cobalt wand shaped around several fangs Aurogos had shed as a whelp. When asked, he said it was as good or slightly better than the stolen wand he’d been using so far.



In the end, Harry was sad to leave this place, but he promised himself he would return as soon as he could. All the materials were packed up as Aurogos took a look around what was left of the wards. “It looks like the old wardstone was shattered, there’s just a few remaining active effects that keep enemies away. We’ll get it back up and running without too much trouble, even if we have to step through the portal and mine some stone for repairs. I’d like to bring some stone from an especially magical place in Azeroth to mix with the old stones we can salvage anyway. I can add strong protections to the walls that way.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Back at Grimmauld Place, Minerva had stepped out shortly after arranging a security detail to follow them from the Leaky Cauldron to a small shop just off the main alley that specialized in glasses. Then she’d left citing some school business. In reality she had simply shifted her clothing into more muggle appropriate attire and visited a cinema to see a movie Hermione had recommended.

 

‘Braveheart’ was certainly something . In any case, it was a reasonable waste of time and she got back to Headquarters not very much earlier than Harry. When those present asked where she had been, she simply told them she was making arrangements for some late-entry students; it had required her personal attention because they were already decent users of magic, but not in the typical style.

 

Moody had wanted more information, and the Professor had told him, when pressed, that they were fairly strong magically and they might be useful to the war when they finished schooling. With that, the group left for the Leaky Cauldron, escorting Harry to get a new set of glasses. At the same time, Sirius had Kreacher deliver the box’o dragons to an alley near the same pub. Sirius had placed the strongest glamour he knew over the odd ears of Senastrasz’s mortal form.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Traveling with a group of magicals that apparently had no idea of the meaning of the word ‘discrete,’ Harry and the Order group quickly arrived at their destination. Harry found himself enduring a lengthy examination, and eventually walk ed out nearly an hour later with a set of self-correcting lenses.

 

Knowing that he had the needed money, he attempted to purchase a pair of glasses with a number of optional, but useful enchantments. His Order guards however insisted that he get the baseline model, though he did manage to at least get a self-correcting enchantment. (His vision was improving, he doubted he would need glasses by next week, so that option was crucial.)



When the optician was asked to step out for a moment while they discussed the gold they were willing to spend, the man had agreed, but used a simple trick to listen in. Aggrieved at having his business disrupted, the man was intending to sell a memory of the discussion to the Prophet as payback. Instead, he listened to Harry Potter tell his guards that he was more than willing to pay for what seemed to be useful enchantments, if only they would allow him to visit his vault with his key. When they refused, citing security concerns, the boy had argued.

 

He attempted to convince them he wasn’t a prisoner, that he'd faced enough dangers in his first four years of Hogwarts that walking to the bank and back was perfectly safe in comparison, they’d scoffed. He’d calmly argued back that he had faced a troll, possessed teacher, cursed diary with the associated Basilisk, Dementors, braved a slightly disturbed man that turned out to be his sworn godfather that still hadn’t been given a trial, and the tournament last year.

 

The Potter boy said that they couldn’t keep him a prisoner for the rest of his life, and they were being unreasonable. When a voice that the optician recognized as the thief and general low-life Mundungus Fletcher told Harry Potter they damn well could, the sinister suggestion rang loud and clear. They had no legal right to do this to Harry after his seventeenth birthday, no matter who was the boy’s legal guardian now , so if that damn thief though Harry wouldn’t be free of them after his majority... This was certainly something to share, but it would need to be done carefully. He was honestly having a bit of nagging from his conscience, there was a reason Harry Potter was famous, a debt that was owed. It was unseemly for the public to forget it so easily.

 

He realized, as the group that had decided Harry wasn’t allowed to visit his own vault paid and left, that while he knew Rita and the Prophet were generally full of shit, he had still let them shape his opinion of the boy. In his mind, he had one more realization: They’re not going after Dumbledore like they are Potter, Dumbledore can fight back, minors rely on their families or guardians for that. Who is Potter’s guardian? Even if the boy was a spoiled brat, a guardian’s task should be to help the kid grow and keep the media from ruining his life. Instead, the boy seems to almost be a prisoner. With that many wands around him, there’s no way a trip to the bank wouldn’t be safe. Why wouldn’t they let him then?

 

A sick feeling sank into the man’s gut. The Goblins would never let th ose people follow him to his vault. If they’re trying to keep the boy contained, letting him have access to his family’s vault and an easily bribed Gringotts employee would be like handing him an international portkey. No way his family doesn’t own a home or fortress somewhere abroad. What the hell has Britain allowed to happen to that boy!?

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

While Harry was having a marvelous time, the group of four (Alira remained in the trunk, now in the inner pocket of Senastrasz’s jacket. She had a decent book on the local healing spells that seemed interesting to kill the time with.) slipped into the Leaky Cauldron and asked the bartender how to get through the barrier, Aurogos showing his wand.

 

That done, they began buying everything they needed, Sirius having offered to pay for their supplies and the year’s tuition out of the stockpile of gold he had that was firmly beyond the reach of the Ministry. With thanks and a promise of aid if needed, the group had accepted his offer. Stalking through the alley, three of them had begun their fittings for robes while Aurogos took care of their other shopping needs, even haggling a little. He did, in fact, get rather good deals on almost everything, as much of the Alley’s business was decidedly slow after the start of the school year.

 

With the savings he entered a used bookstore and talked with the owner a bit. He got all the books Neville had recommended as well as a trove of books on basic construction, warding, masonry, runes, and a number of other topics. Perhaps most importantly he casually dropped a number of hints that if put together would suggest his mother and her best friends had fled England when the war started targeting pureblood families, and that they had ended up happy in a far away land. He even mentioned his previous tutor, and in a bit of false horror added: “It was truly awful! He was such a great teacher… I’ll never forget the sight of that dragon as long as I live!

 

Walking out of the bookstore with a bag that was full even with shrinking charms, he had trouble keeping the mirth off his face. Around here it was simply easier to believe that his previous instructor had been eaten by a dragon instead of being a dragon. Senegos, I’m glad you taught me to lie by telling the truth, even if I never thought I’d actually use those lessons. He met up with his group back at the tailor as he went in to get his measurements done.

 

“Miss, I’m afraid I might not have time to wait, would it be possible to get one set ready to wear now, and the rest sent to Hogwarts? Oh, and yes, I’d like the first one done in whichever material you make the more affluent student’s robes out of and the rest either something more durable or the standard. By the way, my friends and I have had some odd bits of magic done on us over the years, so owls may not be able to find us, please address our packages as ‘In care of Deputy Headmistress Minerva McGonagall.’ She’ll be able to levitate them over to us I’m sure.”

 

Robes ordered, the group wandered over to the Apothecary and watched as Dali rummaged through the stock, picking out the best quality ingredients. Aurogos again chatted with the man at the counter and rolled his eyes at the browsing female. Leaning in, he spoke in a low voice to the clerk: “Healer trainees, am I right?”

 

That started off another discussion where he dropped enough hints of his background that combined with others would make for a believable, but ultimately forgettable backstory. Lots of people could remember how things were in the dark days of the Blood War, and a group of teenage girls fleeing the country together and not returning when their families disappeared would hardly be news. Not knowing their mother’s maiden names could be unusual, but people would understand old fears not going away, in a land where Voldemort was still You-Know-Who.



In any case, supplies acquired and gossip spread, the group moved to the Alley’s ice cream stand and enjoyed a snack as they waited for Harry’s group to join them. Thankfully Mad-Eye was at that moment acting as liaison between Sirius and the Headmaster to procure the secret of their location for Andromeda. She had agreed to meet with Sirius, so long as he consented to the use of Veritaserum. The old dog was sure she would learn more than his guilt or innocence, and was hurriedly making plans for if the dragons were revealed. When the other group showed up, McGonagall suggested they order something to take with them as the group moved back to the nearest Floo connection.

 

Order members stood guard, badly attempting conversation with the four newcomers that had introduced themselves politely, if in a slightly odd manner when the two groups had met. As they waited for the Transfiguration Professor to open her private Floo connection, Aurogos repeated some of the gossip at a volume that would carry to the patrons of the pub, appearing very casual and even a little excited. Soon, they were stepping through the fire, experiencing another version of magical travel. Some of the Order guards followed them through, naturally.



Once through, Harry headed down to Herbology with a note excusing his slight lateness and the Professor headed to open the doors for her last class just a little late, but not before she summoned a Prefect to give a tour of the school. The Great Hall, the library, a number of bathrooms and several secret passages made for an interesting layout. Seeing the stairs of Hogwarts castle move on their own was a little strange, but the four asked if their guide would mind joining them in the library for a time to provide more information, as they knew little about the school and those attending. Their guide was a Ravenclaw named Padma Patil, who while not terribly friendly was at least polite. She did warm up to them as Aurogos proved to be rather intelligent with a quick wit.



Time passed, with the four looking through the various books that appealed to them. Ralion had become absorbed in a tome of defensive magic, laughing aloud at some of the creatures considered threatening. Senastrasz was enjoying a book on magical botany, and he found himself looking forward to experimenting with some of the magical plants on this world. (Back home, magical plants either just grew in the ground until needed for a potion, or else required a sword, shield, and occasionally fire to deal with properly.) Dalistraza, naturally, was enjoying a read of a tome on healing spells, trying to figure out in which cases her training was superior and where the locals were better. Aurogos had been flipping through a book detailing magical theories, many of which he knew to be wrong in their entirety.

 

All four though were keeping a close ear on the conversation with Padma, learning her views on the various factions within the school. She turned out to be a supporter, though very hesitant and thus far silent of Harry Potter. While sounding her out, the group individually began to think of ways to convince her and her friends to side with their Lord.



When dinner came, the noise of the room rose greatly when the Deputy Headmistress made a surprise announcement that they had four new students. She explained briefly that their previous instructor had fallen onto the wrong side of a dragon and now they had come here. This was a surprise to everyone, including the Headmaster, even more so when she announced that the students would be starting out in the first year classes until they demonstrated the necessary spell work for that year, at which point they would advance.

 

When the Headmaster commented that it was a most unusual arrangement, she simply replied that they indeed had some skills, but a different method of using magic thus far. As it seemed fair to not hold them back unnecessarily, she had already agreed on behalf of the school and included it in the contract. That said, she asked a house elf to fetch the sorting hat and a larger stool. At that point the new students walked in from a side room. Pulling out a small scrap of paper, she walked down to where the Sorting Hat hat now stood upon a larger than typical stool. “Silence please! Ral Elsington, please come forward!”



From Ralion’s perspective, this was a little nerve-wracking. They really had no idea about how the hat worked beyond what McGonagall had told them, nor did they know if the hat would truly accept them. Oh well, if things went downhill he only had to flee to the Chamber and hope the new wards would protect all of them. As he placed the hat upon his head, he heard something of a grumbling within his mind. Oh don’t mind me, Ralion of the Twilight Flight. Sorry, formerly of the Twilight Flight. This is rather interesting, I’ve never sorted a four year old before.”



That’s your big takeaway? And yes, I understand that for humans four years of age means child, but my species is different.”



Yes, I see now… Able to speak and reason right out of your shells, that’s interesting indeed. Now, while I like small talk as much as anyone, I am indeed a Sorting Hat! This works out for both of us, as the House I’d recommend is the one you chose to enter already! Better be Hufflepuff! And don’t worry my scaly friend, unless there’s a direct threat to the students, I’m not physically able to give away a student’s secrets. Good luck with your little projects!”



Now clad in the colors of the House of Badgers , Ralion walked steadily to the table where he belonged with a smile, even as Minerva called out: “Dali Lothar!” After a rather fast sorting into Gryffindor, Minerva continued the impromptu sorting. “Senas Lothar!” As the young man stalked forward, the proceedings were interrupted by the current Defense Professor.



Ahem, young man, are you carrying a dagger within this school? Students have no need to carry a weapon here!”



Everyone present saw the young man break into chuckles for a moment. “I’m sorry Ma’am. I just found humor in that everyone in this castle carries a tool potentially more deadly than any knife with them at all times. What you see in the sheath is not a knife but my wand. I’m afraid I lost most of my family a number of years ago, and it turns out that event had a rather... large influence on the kind of wand that best fits me. I wouldn’t wish that sort of pain on anyone. With your leave, I would continue the sorting so that the other students don’t need to wait any longer for their meal Ma’am.”

 

At a nod from Umbridge, he accepted the Hat and placed it upon his head without sitting. Given his height, everyone could see his face twitch a bit, as if in a silent argument, before the hat called out his place in the House of Lions.



Finally, with only one name left to go, Minerva called out the last name on her list. “Aurogon Salonar!”



Aurogos strode up to take the hat off the stool, looking imperiously over the students and staff. Projecting an aura as if he was attempting to decide whether or not those present were inferior to him, he too took the Hat and placed it upon his brow while standing. After a bit of time, the Sorting Hat began to let out a deep, booming laugh when it announced “Slytherin!” The drake in a human’s form only gave a small smile as he walked over to the Serpent’s table.

 

While he’d be warding his bed every night and checking everything he ate from now on, it truly amused him how he was walking into a supposed den of dangerous creatures, and how he would enjoy showing them the truth of what power and leadership could really do. That was his goal, after all. He was going to walk into the Serpent’s Nest, find those worth saving and bring them over to his Lord’s side. Kicking and screaming if needed. These children thought they knew how to play the game of politics? Hah! He was going to eat them alive (Metaphorically, of course. Not just taboo, consuming a sentient was a way to earn a messy death: Though the exact mechanics were never researched, anything with a soul left an imprint when consumed by another; a mark that drew madness and death.) and wring them for information the whole time.



Dinner began, with the drakes greeting various students as the meal began. Aurogon quickly began to get a feel for the various students, though he could already tell most of the business here would happen behind closed doors. Thankfully, he wasn’t very hungry so he simply chatted with some of the students. Many of them seemed rather closed off right now.



Over at the Hufflepuff table, Ral felt very much out of his element, and more than a little crowded as a number of rather friendly students tried to get his story out of him. Thankfully the fifth year prefect asked the others to give him a little space when she realized he was answering most of the questions with half-answers. Deciding to be polite, he turned to her. “Thank you Hannah. I’m not exactly comfortable in large groups yet, but I’m sure I’ll get used to it with a little time.”

 

With that, the Badgers backed off a little and allowed him to enjoy his liver stew in peace. The elves working in the kitchens had truly done a wonder with seasoning the dish, and it was enjoyed by most of the students who tried it. Ral smiled at the students who were being friendly, with loyalty and hard work being their motto it would be easy to get them on Harry’s side, and then whipped into fighting form.



At the table of Lions, there was a mixed reception for the newcomers. Dali repeated the line words about her previous instructor, talking about what a great teacher he was, then in a horrified tone mentioned the scales and claws. And yes, her previous instructor had been a half-dragon from the start, but no one here but her Lord and his friend knew that so far. When asked by the Weasley twins, her brother drew his wand to some gasps. Senas just rolled his eyes and stabbed a piece of meat off a platter with the tip, ate it off the blade, and then wiped his wand on a napkin before replacing it in his sheath. Both twins thought it was ‘wicked’ and had asked where he had acquired it. “We got our wands from a novice wand-maker on our way here. They’re not bad, but yours are probably superior until they absorb a lot of our magic..”



When the expected question came, he smiled. “Wands, you see, adapt to their users, a wand you purchased at eleven could be an even better fit at twenty with years of constant use. The novice told us that as we use the wands, they would become better and better as they tasted our magic.”

 

Senas hesitated for a moment. “We probably won’t be able to cast really delicate spells for a few years, but that works out anyway.”

 

Dinner rolled on, and they introduced themselves to various students, and mentioned that for the moment they would be following the first years to the magic classes, reading the History text on their own time, and probably skipping potions for now. “My sister here is a healer’s apprentice, so her plan is to study on her own for a time and then test into the most appropriate class. Me? I’m dangerous around anything flammable. It’s for everyone’s safety that I not spend time in the potions lab.”



Sadly he wasn’t believed at first until Dali began snickering. “No, it’s really true. Whenever my brother gets twitchy, or sometimes bored, little things start to smolder and catch flame. I’ve nearly set him on fire once or twice in the past when he ruined a delicate potion I was working on. Even if you have the safest potion lab in the world, I still wouldn’t let him inside. Sen is very much a creature of action, one that has to be doing something, not sitting at a table counting stirs. I’m betting he’s going to do well in Charms and Defense, but I’m not sure about Transfiguration. Anything that involves practical spellcasting.”

 

Inside her head, Dali smiled when the students began to gripe about the lack of spellcasting in the Defense lessons. Undermining that petty bitch would not be difficult at all. So you take your joy causing pain on a young man with no one behind him, you Orc! Well, he’s our Lord now, and we know better than to let evil run rampant. You think you can scar him, that you’d never have to face judgment? Well, we’re here now. Nine drakes might not be an army, but I think we’ll manage!



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Aurogon was highly amused as he followed the Slytherin contingent back to their dorms. The young Mr. Malfoy had apparently given a signal for the house to return together, probably to lay down the law to the new guy. This worked out well for the current plans; in addition to picking out which students would support Harry here, he had also chosen to act as a lightning rod, to bring all the attention to him while others worked in more fertile ground. In any case, the common room seemed in need of more light. All the more reason to churn out a few more of those lighting orbs as soon as I figure out the local rune scripts. Ah, the little play-dragon is actually sitting on a throne-chair! Did he transfigure it himself? Time for a little intimidation play already?



Just as Draco Malfoy was about to speak, Aurogon spoke up, asking a question of the room at large. “As you know, I’m new to this school. I’m sure most of you have areas of the common room you prefer to use, does anyone have a claim to this area of stone beyond the couches?”

 

When the room was silent, not wanting to draw attention to themselves from Draco, he shrugged and walked over. He drew his new wand for a moment, looked at it silently, then slid it back into his sleeve. Instead, he held out his right hand and a weapon materialized. Pocket or ‘personal’ dimensions are marks of powerful sorcerers. Sadly his was still very limited: a ny more than one or two items at once and he lost the ability to store them. He smiled as he saw the expressions around him as they observed his weapon, and it really was a weapon in a way their wands just weren’t.



Before the Nexus War, he’d seen a mortal adventurer carrying something very similar, she had called it the Frostscythe of Lord Ahune. He had briefly examined it and discovered it was the weapon of a minor elemental lord, but nowhere near as powerful as the ones wielded by Thunderaan or Ragnaros. After that, in his spare time he put together a replica, something to use in his mortal form that would be both magical focus and melee weapon.

 

Forged of T itansteel, and adorned with some bones of creatures he’d hunted as well as his own fangs and claws, he had empowered it with the essences of ice elementals that were causing problems and had to be taken down. Forged with magic, his weapon was a scythe attached to a slightly curved handle, an ever-present puff of frost circling the butt. He’d wrapped the grip surface in purple leather carefully treated to handle the cold and ice that the weapon channeled. Where the five feet of handle met the blade it he decorated it with wi th pieces bones from animals he had hunted as well as his own shed fangs . The blade itself was three full feet of sharp, curved, and enchanted titansteel that extended just a little beyond the handle of the back. It radiated cold in its entirety, but especially from the blade and the little flurry of frost at the base.



Smiling at the various gasps, he twirled the weapon in his hands for a moment, as if he was checking it for flaws. Then, he firmly grasped the grip with his right hand, blade pointing down and gestured with the weapon to the empty space near the wall. Though a surprise the first time he used it, the way the blade glowed a frosty blue when he used the item as a focus was not unwelcome. Here, among students that had likely never even contemplated using a focus aside from their little wands, it certainly made for a surprise. As he focused, always keeping a sliver of his mind’s eye on expertly trained magic senses, he willed the magic to begin condensing water out of the air to build him a chair.

 

Let’s see, I don’t really want a full Frozen Throne knockoff, there isn’t room anyway. Half again the fool boy’s chair it is! Though the air suddenly became bitingly cold as he worked, and the flurry of snow that whipped from around the room to join the growing construction nipped, this was a school built in Scotland. Since the castle itself wasn’t kept especially warm students weren’t overly bothered by the sudden drop in temperature. His casting took several moments, but when he was done a chair reminiscent of a throne stood, trails of cold mist seeping off it. It was rough, but would be a serviceable chair until it melted. He could always use magic to keep it around, but he’d save that for when he got one he really liked.



Humming an upbeat tune he spun the scythe in his hand as he walked to his throne. As he sat down, he decided next time he would get some pillows before sitting. Next to the chair, he rested just the very tip of the scythe on the stone and conjured just enough ice to keep the weapon upright. His little throne dominated the entirety of the room, and he smiled as he looked out at the impressed and envious faces around him. Well, hopefully they aren’t envious of the actual chair, it’s not all that comfortable yet. Just a first try.

 

Sorry about the chill everyone, but I assumed that we all knew some magic to keep warm, what with us about to face winter in Scotland. Perhaps those who know would be willing to teach those who don’t?” It was really interesting watching the faces that were planning to intimidate him sour in the light of a little show of magic. Several of those watching looked between him and Draco, seeing the power play for what it was. S till, no one moved.



I don’t know who you think you are...” Draco eventually exploded with an ugly expression on his face before Aurogon interrupted him.



I am Aurogon Salonar. Student of Magic, attender of Hogwarts, and now member of Slytherin House. In the circles I’ve run in previously, it was tradition to tell those you met about your accomplishments on the first meeting. (A complete lie, the only people who tended to brag about what they’d done or who they’d killed back home were drunks and has-beens, but it would serve to knock down Draco a peg or two.) I’m not even sure who you are, because you have thus far failed to introduce yourself. Should I inform your family that you require additional etiquette lessons?” This was amusing to much of the house, as the strange teen had already turned around Draco’s famous line “Just wait until my father hears about this!”



After a moment’s spluttering, Draco got his arrogance back and sneered as he spoke, one throne to another. “I am Draco Malfoy, heir to my House and the House Black.”



Pleased to meet you Draco.” Aurogon responded when it was apparent Draco would not continue in the way he suggested. “Perhaps you didn’t understand the suggestion I offered about naming some of your accomplishments? Among other uses it gives others an idea of how much respect to give an individual. Would you like me to go first so you can grasp the concept?”



I am the heir Malfoy and Black. When I turn seventeen I will be the Head of the Oldest and purest family in Britain! I am the rival of Harry Potter!”



After giving him a chance to continue, Aurogon spoke again, beginning in a very bored, sarcastic tone, before picking up into a solid, unyielding tone. “Very impressive Draco. You’ve accomplished being born and living for thirteen years without getting yourself killed. I am Aurogon, I forged this weapon. I have hunted the dark things that prey on humans in the night. I have slain Dragons! My foes have fled before me!”

 

He swept his eyes over the students for a moment, remembering the monsters he’d destroyed in his years, and allowing his face to show the emotions they conjured.



You lie!” The little joke of a dragon countered. “No student can slay a dragon! W hat, did you have friends hold it down for you?”



At that, Aurogon reached and brought his weapon up with a very audible sound of shattering ice. As the students tensed, expecting a fight to immediately break out (and some most certainly not rooting for Draco) Aurogon turned the blade to show off the fangs along the curved blade.

 

“I have slain dragons. You see these teeth? If anyone knows a spell that can identify the creature they came from, you are free to use it. If you attempt to destroy my weapon however, I will be most displeased.” After a moment, Daphne Greengrass stepped forward and announced she had several spells that would reveal what kind of creature the fangs came from. As she stepped forward, Aurogon stood and again froze the weapon to the ground.

 

When Daphne approached, he addressed her at a normal volume. “Please cast your spell on the pointed fangs, the bones behind them are from a different animal and probably less impressive than a dragon.”

 

As the heiress worked her magic, the first spell failed. Not perturbed, she spoke as she got ready for the next one. “I expected that to fail, it means the various parts are now one whole, like a completed potion isn’t simply its ingredients anymore. Here we go.”

 

With that, she flicked her wand again, and a ghostly white image swelled into being. It started small, and people could easily see that it was a four legged dragon. Then it swelled larger as the spell completed until the barrel of the chest was sticking out of the ceiling. Silence reigned.



Odd that the spell showed me as I will be rather than as I am or was. If it’s accurate at least I’ll look good as a wyrm. Hmm, it didn’t seem that big when I last saw it. Oh well, the old battle-rush, or adrenaline high can distort your perceptions. Would you care to use your spell again on the bones Miss Greengrass?” Aurogon said as the white shape faded from sight. She did, and this time the creature remained within the confines of the room, though it coiled around much of it. It was revealed as a worm creature, too wide and flat to be a snake. It had spikes at intervals along the sides and rear-facing spines along its back. The creature had no eyes.



One of the older students who had been studying magical creatures for years stepped forward, gazing at it in interest. He spoke, gaining the attention of the other students too horrified to look away. “What is it? I’ve never seen anything like it in our textbooks. It looks like it lives under the earth, or at least that would be my guess with the lack of eyes.”



The only name I know is what the locals called them: Jormungar. They’re more dangerous than they look too, what with the acid spit and the highly corrosive blood. They’re tunnelers, as you might have guessed, and spend most of their lives underground. Permafrost and ice is where they lurk, waiting to ambush anything that walks the surface. Thankfully, I think warm climates either repel or kill them, or else they’d be everywhere. ” He didn’t even have to fake the shudder that ran through him at the thought of these creatures crawling under the surface everywhere.

 

“I’m glad they’re cannibals, or else their numbers could be truly worrying. As it is, wiping them all out would be the best solution but it is sadly an unworkable one. When they start to swarm all you can really do is kill the ones causing trouble then eliminate the matriarch laying the eggs if you can find her tunnel. That’s always a terrifying hunt to be sure, not just the creatures themselves, but the tunnels they carve with their acid aren’t always the most stable.” The illusion of the worm faded and all present felt better without having to look at it. Even Aurogon preferred to have it gone, hunting those worms wasn’t a fun memory.



A rather impressive sneer on his face, Draco stood up and began stalking forward while drawing his wand. “So you’re some kind of creature hunter huh? You expect us to believe that you’re a real bad-ass? No way someone that’s still a student is powerful to kill those creatures! You’re nothing but a fake!”



Aurogon simply smiled as he stood next to his scythe. This would be the hard part, not the combat, but restraining the instincts he’d developed through years of war. The drake in disguise certainly didn’t want to kill the spoiled child, not right now anyway. As Draco cast a rather nasty crippling hex at Aurogon, his left hand waved and a shield appeared around him. In his right he cupped a small ball of what appeared to be frost. He allowed Draco two more casts against his shield, surprised at how much damage the last one actually registered, ( A spell to break shields? Interesting… ) before he threw the ball of frost at his opponent. It was a spell neither simple nor deadly, and one of the many Senegos thought he should learn. For a d rake it was rather more draining than most of the others he used however. Draco Malfoy was left standing in the middle of the common room encased in a large slab of ice, made eerie by the white mist rolling off it.



Draco, Draco… While I have only a few accomplishments under my belt that belong solely to me and not my lineage, I am not unskilled.” A few of the boy’s supporters were training their wands on him, but quailed under the look Aurogon gave them. He stepped forward and tapped his finger on the ice.

 

“I doubt you’ll understand this at first, but your school has a rather large library. I am here to learn control over my spells. Power I have, but not nearly enough to expect it to carry me through life. That said,” And while the room was already listening very carefully already, he raised his voice a bit to ensure no one missed his words. “between users of magic, there’s an unspoken rule, that a certain decorum is required. Good manners prevent violence from breaking out, and make life more pleasant in general. All I ask is that you follow the lessons your parents taught, and be polite to others. It really is not a difficult thing, and the benefits are more than you might expect.



Now, I expect the Professor that’s been lurking outside the entrance is about to make his dramatic entry.” With that, he strode purposefully over to his frozen throne running a few fingers along the scythe as it disappeared along with the ice holding it to the floor. Aurogon had time to sit, cross his legs and adopt a bored expression as he waited for the door to open. To the room at large, he asked a question he was curious about.

 

“Does anyone know how to modify a howler to speak at a normal volume? Or have the material they’d be willing to sell? While I find Draco rather nonthreatening,” He waved nonchalantly at the block of ice. “I’m not so much a fool to needlessly make enemies. A few words to his father should clear things up quickly. Oh, and be aware that he can see what is in front of him right now, but his hearing isn’t great. Before I learned that spell my old tutor used it on me twice so I’d appreciate it properly. Certainly not the most enjoyable lesson I had.”



At that point the doors to the common room slammed and their Head of House stormed in, robes and cloak billowing out behind him. “What the hell is going on in here?”



Deciding to go for broke, Aurogon pulled a metal cup out of his cloak, drew his wand and filled it with water formed from magic. He certainly didn’t need any ice in his drink while he was sitting on this chair. Taking a sip, he looked over to the very irate Professor. “Greetings Professor. I’m just enjoying the scenery of my first night in the castle. How are you this evening?”

 

He allowed the irate Professor’s face to redden until the man was about to respond before continuing. “I hope it isn’t against the rules to conjure furniture, but it seemed most of the other places were taken. I certainly didn’t want to steal someone’s seat. This will be gone by morning I believe anyway, not completely sure how much magic I put into it, but then again that’s why I’m in school.”



Regaining his balance, the Professor stomped forward and examined Draco. (O n ice! ) With the mightiest sneer he could muster he drew his wand and turned on Aurogon, rage clearly visible on his face. “You’ve killed the Malfoy heir! Not only will you be expelled but you’ll be spending the rest of your days in Azkaban for this!”



He’s still alive Professor. If you look closely, his eyes will track movement, corpses usually d o not do that. He’s trapped in a stasis spell, a rather powerful one at that. He’ll be free in time for breakfast tomorrow, though I’m sure a hot shower would be a good idea beforehand. There are ways to break him out early of course, but unless one is very skilled at the magic involved, it is very easy to damage the individual. You see, the ice is so resilient that anything that can shatter it also tends to… Well I’m sure you can guess. The magic, you see, isn’t simply an external effect as if it were he’d have suffocated already.” Those close, including the Professor could see teen’s eyes widen within the ice, proving he was alive and aware.

 

When Snape again built himself up to explode, the drake interrupted him just before he spoke once more, seemingly focused on his glass of water. “One of the other new students has a good deal of healer training, including the specific technique for removing lingering effects of this stasis spell. I was going to ask Dali to ensure Mr. Malfoy to be in perfect health during breakfast. While not one to brag, she is skilled in her chosen art.”



Lingering effects? So you want to remove all the evidence of your assault on Mr. Malfoy? You dare think you will escape punishment for this attack?” Again the drake chuckled.



Professor, the fool attacked me. I’d be happy to submit a memory for viewing if you wish.” Aurogon dropped his smile at that point as he felt a mental intrusion against his shields. Not particularly happy at this, he allowed his outer shields to buckle briefly and then snapped them back closed as soon as the mental probe entered. His mental plane was ready for this conflict. Feeling rather vindictive, he also punctured a blood vessel in his nose with a tiny burst of magic, to leave no doubt in the student’s minds of what was happening at that moment.



A mental representation of Severus Snape appeared in the mindscape, and beheld the recreation of the Coldarra in all it’s glory with some shock. It was a depression, a caldera covered in ice and snow. Large rings floated above the center with great bolts of energy flickering between them, some of them holding gardens of unknown plants, and a dozen blue floating platforms hung in the air. The center was some kind of structure made of dark blue stone accentuated with great s pikes of ice. Severus was experienced in entering the minds of others and taking what he wanted, so he moved towards the central structure without delay. Time moved differently within the mind, but it was still best to hurry; a mindscape this developed might well have defenses. Oddly, the sparse trees he walked by groaned at his passing, and the snow he stalked through seemed to swirl in his wake.



Snape found the structure to be sunken into the ground, and as he entered he found a level that went down under the ground and another that led upward, and probably contained some access to the floating stone rings and gardens above. However, the Professor decided that the strange structures above were likely a diversion and went down instead. He found a long corridor, lit by surges of energy in a channel on either side.

 

Shortly he reached a crossroad, paths to either side and one going straight ahead. Going forward, he found a figure encased in opaque ice, with four statues of rearing dragons breathing frost onto the trapped figure. Orbs of some sort that might have been controls existed, but he was unable to manipulate them due to a barrier. Snorting, Severus followed the pathway that continued past the frozen figure, and soon found himself on a walkway through a massive space, a cavern of some kind.

 

Off to his right he could see something sparking on a platform, but the angles of the pathways denied him a view of it until he reached the source. Snorting aloud, he began moving towards what he guessed was the focal point. Arrogant fool, it’s not a bad mindscape, but it's woefully incomplete. Only an idiot would build all this, and in such detail it's like a memory of a place instead of a fabrication, and forget to add guardians.

 

Moving forward, he eventually reached the source of the odd sparking, and after climbing a ramp, found it to be a figure wreathed in glowing energy. It bore long claws, a head barely reaching above the shoulders with no discernible features within the bright white energy that flickered, and at its waist, it simply had some kind of stalk that reached to the ground. It was completely inert, until Severus approached to examine it.



You… Do not belong. You… Will be Obliterated. Chaos… Beckons.” With that, the creature surged towards the Professor just as every ward to prevent magical travel known to wizards sprang up around them. (Also several known to Dragons and the Draenei.) Snape began backpedaling, when he looked behind him and saw the path he had taken here fall into the abyss, and a great groaning of stone that he guessed meant the other paths no longer gave an easy escape. Behind him, the monster pursued as he made it to a second platform.

 

Snape began firing spells from the wand he needed even in his mind at his pursuer . Oddly, nothing worked. It occurred to him that the mind he was in had grasped the structure for a creature not made of flesh. Turning to flee he jumped off the platform to a path below and cast a charm to soften his landing. Suddenly he realized that this place wasn’t lacking in guardians, but that they’d been hiding thus far, because now they were everywhere. Some kind of little walking ice-plants were streaming out of the door behind him, and creatures clad in armor and blue scales were surging from hidden passageways.



There was a rather large force coming from behind him, so he dealt with the first wave of plant things with strong fire and started firing spells at scaled things. Every one of his spells slid off the barriers. In a fit of desperation, he switched to the Killing Curse, which did pierce the shields only to be absorbed by the armor. Now that’s interesting, this fool might know some method of fighting the curse. It is an impressive defense, I’ll give him that, but those guardians seem impervious to magic and I’m not skilled enough at transfiguration to rely on it. Time to abandon this, at least I’ll know a little more about the fool. Unfortunately for Severus Snape, the mental probe, in which he had invested most of his conscious mind, was unable to flee. With the part of his mind that remained in his body, he felt something that truly startled him. His own mind was under a counter-assault! Also, at this point the guardians had converged on him.



While they wielded bladed weapons for the most part (Even the spell casters held a knife or had sharp bits on their staves.) Severus was only struck, again and again, with blunt edges and butts of the weapons. All the while, he could distantly feel something hammering away at his defenses. Soon, any chance of concentration was lost by the amount of physical pain he was under, which felt very, very real. After a time, when he was broken and bloodied, but carefully not killed he noted, one of the enormous lizard things picked him up over its shoulder like a sack of grain. He could barely see anything until he was laid out in the snow, incidentally in the exact place Snape had entered the mind. As he lay in the freezing snow, a blade of very cold steel touched his throat. A larger individual of the lizard-things was now standing over him peering down with a sneer.



You are not welcome here. You will give your word never to enter this mind again or your life will end here. There is enough power in this place to end you!”



Angry and beaten, Snape swore aloud to never enter this mind again (It was not a magically binding oath, but it wasn’t like Severus had any intention of coming back soon anyway.) not knowing the Aurogon had carefully allowed the Professor’s mind to link up with his body, so the words were said aloud in the real world. As soon as the words were spoken, Severus was forcibly ejected and found himself in the real world once more.

 

The force of the ejection had slammed him into the currently iced member of the Malfoy clan, and he was shocked to realize how much of his mental injuries had carried over. While the broken bones hadn’t carried over, most of the bruising, along with the black eyes and nosebleed had. As he looked over to the new student, sitting there on a chair of ice, he saw the teen hadn’t come out of this clean either, and was sporting a bloody nose that had stained the front of his robes. Climbing slowly to his feet, he trained his wand on the blue-haired young man. “You will pay for this! I will see you in Azkaban for this outrage!”



No longer wearing the smirk from earlier, the young man rested there with an angry look on his face. “Defending myself is a rather far cry from assaulting a teacher, Sir. I find myself rather shocked at your behavior. No wonder Mr Malfoy could not maintain even a thin veneer of civility if he has you as a role model! I wonder what other harm you’ve caused these students over the years! If you force yourself on their minds like you did mine? If you’ve done worse!

 

“I will warn you this one time, Professor , the next intrusion into my mind will receive lethal countermeasures. And I will be handing out the instructions for those as far and wide as I can! Everyone deserves a mind that is their own! Now, are you going to duel an injured teenager or flee? I still have a few tricks up my sleeve, beyond putting you into a block of ice.” At that, Aurogon rose to his feet and pulled his hand back as if to throw the ball of frost within at the Professor. The drake made no further aggressive motions, however. After a moment of looking at the unknown magic, Severus Snape stormed out of the room in a billow of his cloak.



There was silence for a moment, until the drake, intentionally a little shaky on his feet began walking towards the door. “I’m sorry to leave my new house already, but I suddenly find myself in need of a healer. I beg your attention for two small points. First, Mr. Malfoy is in absolutely no danger from the stasis spell, but there are ways to layer magic on top of the original spell so that he dies. Perhaps he would be grateful if someone kept an eye on him overnight? Just to prevent any ‘accidents’ from an angry Professor wanting me gone or revenge from some slight against a fellow student?

 

“Secondly, this sickens me to say, and I’m sorry that I would ask you to spread this to friends or family in other houses, but girls? You really need to get checked for obliviations and mental effects. I didn’t exactly get a lot out of his mind when I fought back, but what I saw sickened me. Assaults are easily covered up with magic. I hope to be back among you tomorrow, but I’m not a fool either.”



With that, the young drake walked out of the room, tossing a bit of fire from his hand onto the ice throne he had bled on. Reaching into a pocket as he cast an invisibility spell on himself he tapped a speak-stone twice. Thanks to Harry, he knew enough to reach Gryffindor Tower easily enough, even dropping into an out of the way alcove to hand a package to Dobby. The Blue Dragonflight didn’t use pensieves as such, but they still maintained vast archives of important events in the form of the memories of those that lived them. A small bauble, a large marble to most eyes, held the memory of this encounter and would project the events in full color if enough magic was applied to it. Instructions were included with the object.

 

Eventually he reached the portrait guardian for the lion’s House and doubled back a moment, before coming back around the corner visible. Looking at the portrait that asked him for a password, he looked around a moment. Eventually he asked a rather obvious question. “Miss, where does one knock on this door? I need to get the attention of those inside.”

 

When the portrait shrugged he sighed and motioned her to the side and simply raised his fist and banged on the canvas. They really should have included an easier way to knock if they didn’t want the canvas damaged. After a moment, an unfamiliar teenager poked their head out, not opening the door more than a sliver.

 

“Yes, I know it’s near curfew, but I find myself in need of a healer. Would you mind letting Dali know Aurogon is here?” He wavered a little at that point. It was actual blood he’d been bleeding so far after all, and it had yet to stop. In hindsight, I may have broken a slightly larger blood vessel than I intended. Also, if a prefect could fetch your Head of House, I need to speak with her.”


.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



AN: Yes, Aurogos is hamming it up a bit, but he knows enough about Snape to dislike him. As a Blue dragon, he has opinions regarding magic and its instructors. Potions is kind of a minor discipline from his point of view, but not teaching magic well is almost heresy to him. Umbridge is lucky he hasn’t sat through her class yet. All nine of them want a piece of her hide for what she’s done to Harry, this story takes place after the first round of Blood Quill detentions, without adding on the whole ‘not teaching magic’ thing to piss off their main magic user. And the drakes will not tolerate a single additional torture session if they need to burn the High Inquisitor to ash in the Great Hall. They’re not bloodthirsty, but they know that some people are better off dead than alive. The deaths of Voldemort, his inner circle, and at least a few folks in the Ministry would drastically improve the landscape.



Aurogos isn’t lying, but he is presenting the incomplete picture he’s learned about Severus Snape in what seems to be the appropriate light. Snape was a Death Eater, and it took accidentally sicking Voldemort onto Lily for him to change his tune. In the mental battle, the drake didn’t get a complete picture, but he got enough to decide that this man should not be allowed anywhere near children.

Next chapter hopefully moves the plot forward a bit.




Chapter 9: Chapter 9: Shatter

Chapter Text

I own neither Harry Potter or Warcraft, they might be fun places to visit but I wouldn’t want to live there.

 

 

Chapter 9: Shatter

 

-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-



Life in the Gryffindor common room was lively that night. Everyone wanted to meet the two new students, and for their part the new students were proving to be rather friendly. They seemed to be normal siblings, though the brother was proving to be a little more protective than might be expected. When Ginny Weasley mentioned how she could relate to overprotective brothers, Dali had said she didn’t begrudge Senas protecting her. In a small voice that was still clear she said that they’d lost the rest of their family and both missed them dearly. Thankfully, the room at large had the good sense, for once, to change the topic at that point.



After coming up to the new people and introducing themselves with handshakes, Harry, Hermione and Ron retreated to a table in a corner of the common room and threw up privacy barriers. As they worked on their various homework, Harry pulled out the Marauder’s Map and looked at the other common rooms. Ron raised an eyebrow at the dot labeled “Aurogos” but it was close enough to the given name he didn’t worry about it. He did look up the Gryffindor common room, and saw the true names of the others but just found it a little odd they didn’t have last names on the map. In any case, the names they were going by were easier to say and a little less strange, so it didn’t really bother him any. They took turns watching the map that evening, Harry refused to say what he was looking for, just that he was worried.



A few glances at the Hufflepuff common room showed ‘Ralion’ walking around from dot to dot, presumably doing the same thing the new Gryffindors were doing, shaking hands and introducing themselves. Things in Slytherin looked much more tense, and he saw that Harry was often looking towards it. Ron had no desire to be in the new guy’s shoes just then, it looked like he was standing in front of Malfoy while the rest of the room sat around and listened to him speak for a rather long time. At one point Daphne came up for a moment, and Ron was briefly distracted by thoughts of of her figure before the Malfoy dot moved towards the new guy, both dots quivered as if they might have been dodging spells, and then Malfoy’s dot stopped moving.

 

 

Soon after, the Snape dot that had been just outside stormed in, circled Malfoy and stamped towards the new guy. He wasn’t sure what happened after that, but Snape was knocked back by something and then left the room soon after. So did the new guy, but he was moving slowly, like he was injured. His dot wavered a little and got harder to read as it moved through the corridors and they lost it. Looking over, he could see his best mate was tense, like he would be if a friend was in danger.

 

Harry must have thought the new guy would be okay, otherwise he would probably be out looking for him, friend or not. Inside the privacy barriers the three didn’t hear the banging at the door, but they did notice the students shifting with a little panic and moved where they could hear. That’s when they saw Aurogon being helped inside by a prefect and Dali rushing over to him. She caused no few whispers when she held glowing hands to his face (exclamations of “Wandless magic!” rang through the room) as she checked him.

 

Harry got close enough to hear what was being said over the crowd as Dali shouted in a loud tone. “I need to get him laying down, his nose isn’t clotting. Sen, get the trunk out.”

 

With hands that fumbled just a little, Senas pulled a trunk from his pocket and tapped it with his wand to bring it up to full size. Inside, the whole house got a view of a ladder going down into what now looked to be a small apartment, complete with several beds, small dining area and food storage, and a full bathroom. Dali jumped down, landing in a crouch and quickly moved to a cabinet that turned out to contain a number of potion vials. Senas supervised an upper year floating the still bleeding teen onto one of the beds, though his perception of space was a bit off due to the expansion charm.

 

When Harry stepped up, clearly worried, Senas tried to calm him with a hand gesture and told the room at large: “He’ll be fine, Dali’s healed a lot worse. We just need to be careful, because of the place we all grew up, some potions have their effects skewed. A healing potion might kill us, and other ingredients that would harm you can help us. We only have a small stash with us though.”

 

The room of students waited while Dali gave Aurogon a small crimson vial before pressing glowing hand to the front of his face for several moments. When she stopped soon after and checked his vitals everyone held their breath until the motherly red-head gave a smile to the group and started coming up the stairs.

 

As Senas gave her a hand out of the trunk, she addressed the room that was obviously waiting for her to speak. “He’ll be fine with a good night’s sleep. Did someone go looking for Professor McGonagall yet? Good, he needs to speak with her. He said he was attacked, but didn’t say who yet. He’s a bit shaken up right now, but said something about a tussle with Draco, does anyone know who that is?”

 

There was a rather large amount of positive replies so she continued. “Apparently after they resolved their little spat, someone else came in and this happened. I want him to rest until the Professor gets here, but you should all know that this wasn’t a physical or direct magical assault, someone attacked his mind. He also wanted me to tell you that all the girls, especially in this house, should get checked for mental effects.”

 

The sound level in the room rose sharply until she had to shout to be heard. “I don’t know any spells that tell you if your mind has been altered, do any of you?”

 

In hindsight, it was almost funny the way the entire house above the first years turned to look at Hermione Granger. She blushed at the attention before she spoke. “Umm, I may have seen it in a book recently...”

 

When Harry nodded after she glanced to him, both knowing which book, she became more sure. “Um, I’ll be right back down with it, just a moment.” She had been pouring over the book Sirius sent them since it had been so helpful with establishing their mental defenses, and inside was a spell that would be useful now.

 

Only a few moments after she left, she returned carrying a large tome. Ron, along with everyone else saw the title was “Defense of the Mind,” and when someone asked why she even had a book like that, she replied: “I recently found out what someone who’s studied the mind arts can do to people that haven’t learned to defend themselves. It’s still a little terrifying even now that I can defend myself a little. Okay, here, this is the chapter that has the spell I was looking for. It’s not real easy, so anyone who does this practice a few times at a wall or something first. Who’s first?”

 

And just like that, people started getting checked. Harry gazed at the page for a moment before he drew the wand in the air until he was confident he had it right. Several students came up negative, until Lavender Brown came up glowing a light shade of pink. Hermione took a careful look at the page for a moment. Looking into the scared eyes of her dorm-mate, she tried and mostly failed to sound reassuring. “Love potion, but not a terribly strong one, either something to make you flirt with somebody or the first stage of a slow method of binding you as a, well, sex slave. Parvati and I will keep an eye on you if you want, and I’ll brew the general purging potion as soon as I can get the ingredients. I heard its a really awful experience to take it, but its better than...”

 

Lavender broke into tears at that point, Hermione patting her on the shoulder before looking at Parvati. The Indian teen gave her friend a hug then briefly stepped back and nodded to Hermione. She came up turquoise.

 

Grimacing, Hermione turned back to the book for a moment before sharing her findings. “Obliviation. I think that shade means it was about an hour, maybe two at the most. I hate to ask, but did you ever spend any time alone with Professor Lockheart?”

 

When Parvati said no, but her best friend said yes, Hermione grimaced. “During the end of our second year while I was petrified, Harry found out Professor Lockheart was a fraud who was really only good with the obliviation charm. Um, you might want to talk to a healer you trust if you want to find out more.”

 

Here, Dali spoke up. “I’d add that if you’ve seen a healer that knows or should have known that a Professor like that was in this school and didn’t at least check you with this spell or one like it, that you find a different one. A Professor doing this to students would be a major embarrassment, and I think you all know how people like to shut those up. Please be careful who you see. I’m a pretty good healer, but I’m not well-practiced with the mind. I certainly wasn’t expecting this when I came to this country. Is anyone else ready to cast the spell? Stand near the book please.”

 

As the night wore on, several muggleborn students were found to have obliviations, but in the Fifth year students there were a number of loyalty compulsions. Eventually someone suggested that Hermione get checked, and a lot of people jumped when she almost snarled that she didn’t need a mind healer.

 

The Weasley twins, who had come up positive for a trust-me potion, shared a look and asked Harry if they could check him, and got the same response with more snarl. When they looked at Ron, and he said the same thing, in almost the exact same tones, rage began to flame in their hearts. They genuinely liked Hermione, Prefect or not, Harry was almost family, and Ron was their little brother! With a shared look, two wands tagged three teens.

 

Hermione came up black with a hint of very dark green, Harry came up in a rainbow, and Ron glowed white and green. With hands shaking in rage, Fred handed his brother the book and both looked at the descriptions of the spell readouts.

 

With a voice shaking in emotion, George looked up at Hermione. “I’m sorry, but you’ve been obliviated, more than once and the color indicates that it was something very important. I have no idea what the black means, it isn’t listed. Harry,” and here he choked a little. “you’ve got almost one of everything. Obliviation more than once, a medium love potion, a trust-me potion, compulsions, behavior modification, maybe something to do with your magic, and the last just says ‘Soul Magic.’ Ron, you’ve got Obliviations same as Harry, either a bunch of times or something really important, and you’ve been hit really hard with a trust-me.”

 

With that said, Fred cast at their little sister. She glowed a light red and green. “Ginny, obliviations and a possession with some lingering effects.” With an apologetic expression on his face, George handed Fred the book and cast the spell at both the new arrivals. Their result was identical, crimson with yellow surrounding it. “You both read as an active possession, but the yellow indicates a positive effect of some kind, mind telling us?”

 

As she tended to be a better speaker, Dali spoke for both siblings. “The yellow is an outside influence that actively suppresses the possession and protects us from it. Please, please don’t let this become common knowledge as it is dangerous for us, but we’re under the effect of an old Oath Ritual. I don’t know how they’re viewed in this land, but back home, they’d been forgotten centuries ago, and it was very lucky that we found someone familiar with it when it was needed.”

 

Looking around at the various students, she tried to impart the seriousness of the situation to them. “Some similar rituals can be very dark, but this one’s name translates best as ‘A Vassal’s Oath to a Loyal Lord.’ It requires trust, but with some luck,” She looked Harry right in the eye and she said the next sentence before moving her gaze. “one can find a man who’s presence is a balm to the soul, and keeps you safe from dark things.”

 

To give just a hint of deception, she looked down at the trunk on the ground. “I haven’t found any faults with my Lord yet, in fact in him I see greatness nearly ready to bloom forth. You don’t understand. Think of it like this: Everyone serves something. People serve the Ministry, those at the top serve their own ambitions, children obey their parents. I and my brother are blessed in that the one we serve is bound to us as we are to him. I looked over the old scroll the oath was in after we’d already sworn it, and there was the story of it’s creation. The scroll itself is a magical artifact that’s repaired itself recently.

 

“To make a long story much shorter: The creator was a powerful magical that left his home to make a difference in the world and found a land where different peoples fought endlessly. He created this oath to bring them together under a leader who could not betray them. In time, he founded a kingdom, and his people loved him for his fairness and humility. He eventually died, and the people spread out to the four winds, determined to bring all the world together in peace. The scroll was created by one of the magical’s daughters, it’s signed a few years before the war she likely died in.”

 

It was truly a shame the War of the Ancients had destroyed all other mention of the Highbourne who created the oath. The physical location of the kingdom was now somewhere under the ocean east of the Plaugelands, the land did not survive the Sundering. Later, after digging through several archives, Dali would find that all mentions of the mage’s line ended in the War of the Ancients, and the author of the scroll in the battle where Neltharion turned on the other Aspects. All of his children refused to let others suffer, refused to let evil triumph without a fight. It seemed none of them survived their stand.

 

At that point, Ginny asked her a question that was going through a lot of heads. “So you’re a slave? What does that have to do with the story about that ancient king then?”

 

“I much prefer life as a slave to a good man to freedom as monster. And the history was important because for some magics and magical items, the who and why of their crafting forever shape their uses. Think of it like an echo: If you put your heart and soul into something, that shapes it. If a man forges a magical sword to kill someone he’s jealous of, the blade will tend towards dark deeds. If a different man forges a magical sword to protect his loved ones, the blade will remain a just weapon unless it is tarnished. In both cases the smith leaves a little of himself behind, but I would only let my brother use one of them. Does that make sense?”

 

Dali smiled when she saw understanding on their faces. “We might as well check everyone in the House for mental effects. Sen, please shrink the trunk and keep it near you until morning okay? I’m going to watch over Aurogon for the night, it seems like we’re not getting McGonagall after all. I guess the staff have more important matters to worry about than a student being assaulted.”

 

With that, she slipped over to Misses Patil and Brown and waved over Ginny. She spoke in a whisper for a moment. “I think I can get a mind-healer into the castle, if we can keep her hidden from the staff. You three she can help easily, but the others...” Here she motioned to the ‘golden’ trio of friends still looking a bit shell-shocked.

 

“Well, that is much less easy to sort out. She’ll do all she can, but she can’t be seen. You’ll know why if you see her. Chin up girls! We’ll get your minds clean and then everyone else.” Glad to see determination bloom on their faces, she gave them a soft smile and then returned to the trunk, using the ladder this time.

 

Tapping his wand to a rune on the exterior of the trunk, Senas quickly placed the entire thing into a pocket in his robe’s inner lining. As it turns out, the skills of a Marauder are both varied and useful, and Sirius had been a little bored during the wand making. So he worked on the trunks instead of watching a tree grow. (Granted, it was growing faster than a tree had any right to, and growing in interesting ways, but it still wasn’t terribly exciting.) By now, most people had been checked, finding a slew of obliviations and a disturbing number of compulsions. Senas cleared his throat to draw attention.

 

“I know I’m new, but I have to ask for help tonight. Is there anyone skilled with a wand willing to stand guard with me for the night? I think I’m sleeping in the fifth year dorm.” With that, people started drifting to sleep, a series of alarm spells set on the common room entrance and both stairways. Harry Potter, Ron, Fred and George Weasley, and their friend Lee Jordan all climbed into the room, and they kept watch in turns. Neville kept them company late into the night as well.

 

Eventually, the student sent to fetch McGonagall returned, the Professor never did answer her door. The seventh year Prefect was surprised to find three wands, including one that very much looked like a dagger in his face before he reached the stairs. However, in light of the circumstances, he trudged off to sleep without complaints.

 

-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-

 

Finding a bit of time during the night, Harry used his mirror to call Sirius. His godfather was incensed, furious at the Headmaster. He was also deeply concerned when Harry reported that he was upset that his friends were affected, but no matter how he thought about it, wasn’t concerned at all about what had been done to him. In the end, Sirius just gave the best advice he could.

 

“Harry, I wish we could just call the Aurors. But so many of them have been Hogwarts students that if Albus has done to them what he has to you, it would get ugly and we’d lose. I’ll tip off some journalists, try to bring as much attention to this as I can. Remus would tell you not to lose your temper, to stay calm. Bugger that! Stay angry, don’t be stupid if you can help it but let your emotions go. If there’s a battle tomorrow, be angry! If you can’t be angry for yourself, be angry for your friends, for everyone that’s suffered under the Headmaster!

 

“Albus betrayed you, he betrayed the trust of your friends, he betrayed the wishes of your parents to see you happy and healthy. Harry, I… I know what a home life like yours feels like, before Dorea and Charlus took me in I had the same. Harry, no matter what happens tomorrow, know that I’ll be behind you. I won’t ask you to stay safe, but stay alive and trust your friends.”

 

With that, Harry went to get what sleep he could thanks to another Dreamless Sleep potion. Sirius, back in the family home he’d always hated started to make what plans he could to support his godson. And if that included illegal, international portkeys to Black Island for Harry, his friends, and his dragons? Well a back-up plan never hurt.

 

-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-

 

Somehow, everyone got the minimum of sleep they needed to function the next day, though getting out of bed the next morning was something of a chore. An amusing exchange took place as Dali attempted to make use of the dorm’s shower and bathroom. Seamus had attempted to block her entry until she let loose with an impressive growl and he backed up, intimidated. Dali countered his objections by saying that she was a healer, and if there was anything in there she hadn’t seen already someone really needed a healer. She also let him know that it was far too early for amorous thoughts when the boy sputtered that she was a pervert. After she had left the room Senas turned to those still climbing out of bed. “We really need to get the trunk’s bathroom working. Oh, and sorry about that, my sister has never been a morning person.”

 

Soon after, Aurogon climbed up the ladder, looking much better, in spite of the blood stains all over him. He asked permission to use their dorm’s showers and received it along with the warning who was currently in there. “Ah, well I can wait a bit then. She is not a morning person at all.”

 

Several of the teens quirked eyebrows at that, the growl had certainly raised alarm already, as well as made them all hesitate to disturb her.

 

Aurogon went around the room for a few moments and properly introduced himself. When he reached Neville the boy chose a formal and greetings on behalf of House Longbottom. Aurogon offered a formal greeting in return. “I offer you my greetings on behalf of a Legacy whose name must remain secret, until the time is right.”

 

Aurogon had figured that at least one of the boys would spread rumors of anything he said here, and it was probably better to keep the Headmaster guessing. When the dragons had found out who had likely put the compulsions on their Lord and who had most definitely allowed that parasite alone to feed on him, a cold anger began to build. So they started to plan, and they found they wanted to show the world the truth of the man.

 

While Snape’s attack had been expected, the drake had truly done nothing to compel the man to violence. The Professor clearly had a few screws loose if his response to a simple altercation between two teens involving no serious injuries was a mental invasion. Among dragons scuffles were common, especially between adolescent males. So long as there were no serious injuries and the two were able to work together afterward no one cared.

 

Now, there was a sense of nervousness as the group prepared to head down. Dali had switched rooms to finish preparing for her day, time spent with the female Night Elf in their hunting group proved useful for dealing with her hair. Some of the techniques also got the attention of Hermione’s roommates, and their interest ate up a little more time until she promised to share hair techniques with the rest of the dorm that evening. In the end, in a move of solidarity, the house decided to head down together. The revelation of the mental effects washed away the tensions of the last few months; they were Gryffindors, and they would stand or fall together!

 

Many of the housemates were both worried and angry for those who had mental effects pop up, especially Harry, Hermione, and Ron. Even more so when the three of them admitted to not being worried about what had been done to them, even though they thought they should be. Aurogon had slipped away after a shower and borrowing a clean robe, saying he had a few things to do and wanted to make a dramatic entrance. It was interesting to watch him fade from view in the common room before the door opened and closed. Little did the Lions know they weren’t the only House that was rather nervous that morning.

 

-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-

 

The night previous, Ralion had been enjoying the new group he was a part of. They were friendly and when he explained he wasn’t used to crowds he was given space, enforced by the Prefects. After a friendly conversation about the merits of Quidditch during which Ral had admitted to never having seen a game, but was looking forward to it when the season started, the speak-stone in his pocket pulsed three times, indicating an incoming call he should take in public. The teen with purple eyes surprised those he was talking to when his expression became solemn and he quickly removed a small stone from his pocket and pulsed some magic into it. That done, he set it on the table and started speaking into it. “Ral here, everyone okay?” His expression and tone he bore bringing the rest of the room to silence.

 

On the other end Senas was speaking somewhat softly from Gryffindor’s common room. “Aurogon was attacked. I don’t know who did it yet, Dali’s working on him. Are you safe? He should have been in his common room, he just walked into ours covered in blood.”

 

Feeling nervous in spite of himself, Ral answered back. “I’m in the common room, and I’m safe as far as I know.” He did look around the room a few times as he spoke however.

 

“Stay there until morning, you’re probably safest among the other students. But be alert: Aurogon should have been safe in his common room too, not to mention we both know he’s no slouch in a fight. We’ll see you in the morning, if things go really bad be ready to leave quickly. Safest place in Britain my ass! Wait, Dali’s coming up, I’m going to leave this on for a bit.”

 

From there, the Hufflepuffs listened to the entire event, until the sound cut out after the other house decided to head to bed. They had been quietly listening and turning shades of pale and green as fears began to run rampant. After Lockheart had been mentioned, one of the boys had remarked that most of the girls here had stayed after class with him at least once. Sadly most of the girls had no memories of those events at all. In the end it was Ralion that called for order when the room had broken out in hysterics.

 

“Everyone calm down! There’s nothing we can do tonight, we should get some sleep and talk to the Gryffindors tomorrow. Does anyone know why Gryffindor’s prefect couldn’t get in touch with McGonagall?” At that, he started to hear story after story of how useless the staff was in times of crisis.

 

“Okay, that isn’t what I wanted to hear just now. Well, this is supposed to be the house of the loyal, right?” When he got a mediocre response he asked again and got a much stronger response. “Then let’s act like it! We should head to the Great Hall together tomorrow and stay alert until we know what’s really going on. Everyone keep an eye on your friends, if we can’t count on the Professors we can damn well count on each other! Am I right?” And like that, a group that had been terrified moments before was reassured. And if they doubled up in the dorms that night and set some alarms on the doors, well no one could blame them.

 

As the group headed up for the night, Ral stopped the prefect he’d had the most contact with. “Miss Abbott, I hate to ask this of someone I barely know, but would you be willing to hide something for me until morning? I have a trunk that’s larger on the inside, and I’d prefer not to be somewhere easily found in case I’m supposed to be next.”

 

Under the circumstances, the girl easily agreed and Ralion found himself hidden away inside a shrunken trunk. He decided to never tell the girl there was a charm on the inside that let one see outside when it closed; as she had shrunken it before checking no one was watching and slipped it into her bra. Her dorm was more than willing to throw a pillow and a few blankets down despite Ral saying he didn’t need them.

 

When morning came, their entire House moved as one to the dining hall. They were the first ones there, but no one was eating anything yet, they just nervously milled around their table. Ralion was among them, wearing a glamour that made him look like a student that had graduated several years ago.

 

-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-

 

Lucius Malfoy was not a happy man as he stormed through the halls of Hogwarts towards the common room of his old House. Receiving a message well before dawn that his son was dead and his presence was requested at the school was not a way any parent ever wanted to wake up. That Dumbledore was blaming Draco’s death on a young man who had been a student for less than twelve hours was not sitting well either.

 

In the common room decorated with green and silver, the Headmaster had shown in Lucius Malfoy, explaining the death as the result of a dangerous duel by a new student they were still trying to find. Albus had even told Lucius he was sorry for the man’s loss before he left, saying the search for the student was still ongoing. Lucius was nearly apoplectic with rage as he circled what he was told was the frozen corpse of his only son. He had quickly stormed into the dorms for the seventh years and demanded to know what had happened. He actually had to use magic on the students to wake them. When they all started talking at once he shouted, almost screamed for them to talk one at a time.

 

The story came out: his son attempting to force the new student in line, the new student defending himself and telling them all that Draco would be fine in the morning if no one took the opportunity to off his son. The mental duel with Snape where the new student seemed to falter, blood leaking from his nose before he pushed back and defeated the older man. The new student leaving the room after Snape left to find a healer, and pleading with the students to keep an eye on Draco so one took the opportunity to settle a score or kill his son. The Headmaster entering and being told Draco would be fine when the spell wore off. The students had told him that those present, most of the fifth years and up had tried to prevent the Headmaster from casting spells at the ice, but even many against one had not proven up to dueling Dumbledore. They told him that when they last saw him, Draco could clearly both see and hear outside the ice.

 

Storming back down the stairs, a desperate hope in his heart he raced to his son and looked at his eyes. But the eyes didn’t follow him, and he wouldn’t respond. It was then that a student in Slytherin robes and blue hair strode into the room with purpose and walked to the ice. Seeing Lucius, but likely not recognizing him the teen, appearing angry demanded information from him. “Where are the students that were keeping watch over him? I told them someone could alter the spell if he wasn’t watched!”

 

“They proved less adept at dueling than the headmaster. Did you cast this spell? What is its purpose?!”

 

“In my experience? To keep unruly apprentices in line. I even saw it used to break up a fight that was getting too rough, the magical I trained under just froze them both and left them to stare at each other until sunset. Move aside, something doesn’t seem right here.” Suddenly, he twitched to the hallway. “Damn, I thought I’d have more time. Look out.” With that, the young man pulled a scythe, of all things, out of nowhere and gestured to the door. An enormous trail of frost snaked across the floor and when it reached the entrance, the door became encrusted in thick ice. Lucius was a bit surprised when the teen then seemed to charge his weapon with magic of some kind before throwing it, the blade embedding into the thick ice. He understood the purpose soon after as the ice glowed and seemed to reinforce itself. Then the boy began looking at the form of his son, with bright blue glowing eyes.

 

Lucius was about to demand answers when the teen held up two glowing hands and began running them along the ice. “Damn that fool! How hard is it to say “Well I’m not familiar with this spell, maybe I shouldn’t touch it!” He’s layered stasis charms on top of mine but there’s nothing to sustain the boy when mine runs out!”

 

As someone who had seen a lot of magic performed in his life, seeing the teen move glowing hands around while cursing showed him the seriousness of the situation and that time was not on their side. “That is my son, tell me how I can help.”

 

Not even sparing him a glance, the teen barked out: “Keep that door sealed, the old fool will be trying to get back in here and stop me, there’s an alert ward tied into the magic so he knows I’m here. Snape wants me gone and I doubt he cares about the means. The old fool’s magic is so sharp and precise, dammit! I can’t pick at it and get them off in time. Time for Plan B!”

 

With that, Lucius saw the teen held out his right hand, and then the Scythe ripped itself free and flew into his hand. The weapon glowed bright blue and sung with magic before the teen swung it at the ice. Lucius was pleased that the angle wouldn’t damage his son if he broke through. A horrible screeching noise broke out then, like two rough metal blades fighting for dominance. “The door!” And Lucius turned and saw that the door was nearly broken through. Trying to pick out the most obscure magics he could to keep it closed, he could only spare glances at the now very sweaty teen.

 

“That damned old fool is reinforcing the charms through the door! What possible reason could he have for that? But if he thinks I’m so weak...” And to Lucius’s surprise, here the teen’s voice began to grow deeper and a little raspy. “he kn ows nothing about me!

 

With a final push, the scythe broke whatever it was pushing against, and the teen dismissed it, collapsing against the ice, covered in sweat. Lucius looked at his son and saw his eyes moving around the room in panic and his heart rejoiced in his chest. Sadly that inattention allowed the Headmaster to come charging into the room with his wand spewing ropes at the collapsed teen, shocked when a translucent dome whipped up around him as he lay catching his breath.

 

Looking to his oft-opponent, he spoke thunderously. “Lucius, that is the individual that killed your son! Help me take him into custody quickly.”

 

Lucius wasted no time moving between the Headmaster and the student. “Stand down Albus. You foolishness almost cost me my son!”

 

“So the boy has you under his control? Very well, I will take you both into custody in that case.”

 

Much of the tension was broken when the student on the floor started to laugh. “Old Fool. Any moment now I’ll be proven right. Just wait and watch a moment.”

 

Soon after, the ice began to shift and crack. Deciding to not let pettiness over rule the goodwill he was building, the teen barked out a command. “Shields!” Not having any reason to ignore such a suggestion at that point, both men obeyed just as the ice exploded outwards. Draco could be heard taking a deep breath followed by coughing. In the background, Lucius could hear the other teen advising his son to take shallow breaths until his lungs felt right. Lucius was nearly ready to drop and hug his son, but the headmaster was still there with his wand trained on him.

 

“It would seem, Headmaster, that my son is not dead at all. Please leave us in peace and give us a moment.”

 

“Lucius, we need to get your son to the Infirmary immediately! Dark magic like that can have devastating effects!”

 

Again, the young man started to laugh. “Dark magic you idiot? I’m not the one nearly killed Draco. This was a simple waking stasis charm until you turned it into a death trap. In fact, though it would have cost me my sleep, I was going to stay here all night and watch over the boy. My furniture spells need a bit of work anyway: my last attempt proved I don’t have ‘comfort’ down yet. That was until I suffered a mental attack by a member of your staff. Why on earth do you have a man wallowing in that much hate around students? Are you completely senile or do you simply want the students to suffer?”

 

Dumbledore’s response was predictable if one had served on the staff for any amount of time. “Professor Snape has my full trust. And you will give him your respect.”

 

“So, a man tries to bludgeon his way into my mind and you expect me to respect him? I’m sorry old fool, but he only got past my outer defenses. I still know up is up and down is down. Any further attempts to get into my mind will either prove lethal or I will fight a duel and kill the perpetrator. Now, are you going to attack the three of us or are you going to let Draco warm up?”

 

And at that point, Lucius saw that there were indeed three wands pointed at the Headmaster, though he made a note to ask at some point about the new student’s wand. It was certainly striking if nothing else. There was pride in his heart as he saw the wand in his son’s shake a little but remain trained on the Headmaster. When Albus saw that they would not listen to him, he simply said: “We will continue this discussion later.” And stormed out of the room. Lucius was impressed with the new student as well, he was apparently running on fumes because he sagged against the stone for a moment when the Headmaster left.

 

After a moment’s rest though, he stood and offered a hand to Draco. “I apologize Draco. That spell isn’t exactly a barrel of fun, but its something I’ve been in for a lot longer than the ten hours you were. Trust me when I say that a shower, starting cool and slowly getting as hot as you can stand is what you need to get moving again. Your joints will also be stiff for a while unless you let my friend use the magic she practiced on me to help you out. Consider it an apology for the Headmaster nearly killing you.”

 

Draco did take his hand and stood, just a little shaky on his legs. When Lucius stepped forward, the blue haired teen stepped back a little but hung around. “Do you mind if I follow you to the showers? I seem to have built up a little sweat this morning. I expect another confrontation with the Headmaster, so I’d prefer to be at my best.”

 

Lucius gave a regal nod of his head and they stumbled to the fifth year dorms, where the other students lay sleeping in their clothes, on top of both sheets and blankets. Lucius saw the strange teen shake his head and walk down to the furthest shower, flicking his hands at the floor as he went. Lucius raised an eyebrow when another wall of ice flashed into being in the aisle, protecting the last stall.

 

When he was young, Draco’s mother bathed him, so it was odd for both of them as he helped his very stiff son into the shower. Pausing a moment before starting the water, Lucius spoke to his son without looking at him. “You came very close to death just now Draco. I am pleased you still breathe.” He let out a low chuckle. “Next time, allow someone else the honor of testing the newcomer.”

 

There really wasn’t anything else for Draco to say beyond: “Yes Father, thank you Father.” (It was, in retrospect, good advice.) The warm feeling in the boy’s bones wasn’t just from the increasingly hot water. And letting the water warm slowly turned out to be good advice. Lucius left his son for a moment to spell the rest of his dorm awake, and Draco heard him tell them to get the rest of the House up and ready to move. He heard the groans and curses. It pleased him that they had faced the Headmaster for him, though it seemed the old man had reminded House Slytherin why he was the only man the Dark Lord was hesitant to fight openly.

 

Groaning a bit as the warm water chased away the cold in his flesh and soothed his muscles, he admitted to himself, if only in his head, that his actions of the last night had been foolish. One did not carry a weapon like that and not know how to use it, after all. After recalling how very sharp that blade looked, he also recalled how the other teen had twitched towards it, before pulling his hand back and encasing him in ice. That was a conscious decision not to kill me. Hell, I’ll worry about all that later, this water feels too good to think about anything else.

 

-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-

 

While Draco warmed himself up slowly, Albus Dumbledore paced inside his office, the only witnesses the portraits and Fawkes. The man was disturbed, something that had happened just now had caused him distress. Fawkes had hope that this was what the Greater Being had promised him, that Albus would finally find himself again. Instead, the man began to argue with himself.

 

“I was wrong… That ice, was it really just an unknown stasis spell? Was I wrong? Draco seemed all right, if a trite cold. No… I can’t have been wrong. But… Then Draco must have been dead, until the boy brought him back. Resurrection? Impossible! If I can’t do that, the greatest Light wizard of the age, then no one can. It must be Necromancy! Oh Merlin, those four students Minerva let into the school, they must all be powerful dark wizards! I’ll have to excise them by any means necessary!” Then, the man’s voice darkened. “And all they’ve poisoned with their words must die as well.”

 

Albus seemed to struggle there, his voice faltering. “It… is for… the Greater Good.” He repeated it again, more sure than before. On the third repetition, the words came smoothly, but the inflections were different. Fawkes had known Albus a very long time, and what spoke with his flesh just then wasn’t the Albus he knew, wasn’t his tone, wasn’t the look in his eyes, wasn’t the cruel smile on his face. Fawkes knew that this was the moment Albus finally lost the battle he learned he was fighting far too late. No longer was his old friend a constraint on the weapon, no longer Albus curbing the worst desires of the Elder Wand.

 

With a cruel smile to the creature that had long attempted to oppose it, now rendered helpless, something that wasn’t Albus called for an elf to gather the Heads of House. With one last chuckle before schooling his features into a convincing imitation of Albus Dumbledore, the thing spoke one last time. “No more kid gloves with the staff. After all, Death is for the Greater Good.”

 

 

-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-

 

 

 

 

AN: Reviews are greatly appreciated, they help motivate me to continue writing! It takes a bit of working getting a big chapter out each week. I’m hoping to hit 100 reviews across all platforms soon!

 

I’d like to thank hkurtz2013 at FF.net for helping me edit, a fresh pair of eyes turned out to be pretty helpful.

 

The Elder Wand is not a nice enchanted object at all. I have a new take on its history for this crossover, it will be interesting to see if anyone can figure it out.

 

Next chapter sees Lucius Malfoy standing next to a powder keg with matches in his pocket.

 

 

Chapter 10: Chapter 10: Clash

Chapter Text

I don’t own Harry Potter or Warcraft. There’s some stress-related cursing in this chapter.



Obviously, Popcorn was invented by a Wizard, then it was introduced to the Muggle world later on.

 

For those who don’t have my notes, the ‘undercover’ drakes are:

Aurogon Salonar: Aurogos the Blue taking the last name from a deceased High Elf he once knew.

Dali and Senas Lothar: The Red dragon siblings Dalistraza and Senastrasz, taking the last name of a human General and bad-ass from the ‘First’ and ‘Second’ wars.

Ral Elsington: Ralion the Twilight Dragon has taken the last name of the priest who was convinced to save the life of his sister when they were fleeing Azeroth.

 

Chapter 10: Clash



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

Slytherin house closed ranks that morning as they walked to breakfast. Surprisingly, when they reached the Great Hall, they found the Hufflepuffs also grouping together. The Badgers were following directions from a student Lucius didn’t know to actually form ranks, with the first years protected by the older students and grouping them by who knew shield spells and the longest range of their offensive ones. This was greatly puzzling to those coming into the hall, Lucius had never seen students behaving like this before. There were no staff taking their seats yet, leaving the Great Hall with no supervision at all. To Lucius, it was just another thing wrong with the school.



Both his son and the other teen had admitted going a little overboard, but the blue-haired teen had simply stated that small altercations between adolescent males were to be expected. With more than a little embarrassment he admitted to behaving like a lion coming into a new territory and attempting to intimidate the competition. Draco had admitted much the same, and it pleased Lucius that his son would try to make an ally of the obviously powerful student.

 

Several Ravenclaw students were coming into the hall, and freezing upon seeing the two houses standing as if for battle. Eventually they slunk to their table and waited, eyes wide. Draco had his House line the wall behind their table and told them be ready for anything, with the best fighters at the ends. Aurogon Salonar took a position with the seventh year students. No one in the house contested it. Lucius took a place against the wall near his son.



Soon, they heard a commotion as the Gryffindor students came down with their wands drawn, eyes flashing this way and that. Potter and a number of Weasleys were in the front, two older students behind him, possibly the brother and sister he had heard about. The boy was certainly protective of her. Something about him caught Lucius’s attention and he looked very closely at his head. The boy had a glamour! Without dispelling it, which would be exceedingly rude, it wasn’t possible to know for sure what was under it, but it was odd for a male to use such a thing. Then he saw the child’s ‘wand.’ Yes, that was most certainly a bladed edge with a practical grip. It was obviously a magical focus, much the same as his cane, just more militaristic. And that probably explains the glamour as well. It seems like a young man who saw combat before his time would wield something like that..

 

Surprisingly, the Gryffindor students saw the Slytherin’s formation and copied it in a way. They kept the younger students in a second row and those who could defend themselves in front. This was getting curiouser and curiouser. At no point did they holster their wands or forgo scanning the room.



Gesturing to Draco, Aurogon led his son towards the other group, and also made a gesture at the siblings. Harry Potter came with them, and Lucius never left his line of sight. Obviously the boy remembers the diary from his second year… or the Graveyard… He missed the first few words spoken in a staring contest with Potter and cursed himself silently. He did hear Salonar telling Potter to relax, that the Headmaster had told the man his son was dead this morning. Interestingly, he did not share the fact that the Headmaster had come very close to making it a reality.



In any case, his eyes followed his son as the supposed heal er in training asked to see his wrist for a moment, and suddenly her hands glowed as she touched his son. When Draco didn’t object, she moved her hand slowly up his arm before pulling back. As she instructed his son to sit and placed a glowing hand on the base of his neck touching the skin, he studied the glow as closely as he could. It almost looked like flames, fire magic of some kind, but it obviously wasn’t hurting Draco, as the teen in question let out some groans of contentment. After whispering something to him, she carefully pulled up his shirt slightly and pressed another glowing hand to his spine.

 

Ah, Salonar mentioned the joints would bother Draco if she didn’t help, she’s spreading her magic from bone to bone. Seems to be working, as Draco is never that relaxed. The Dark Lord will want to know about this, but hopefully I can convince him that magic like theirs is useful. One boy using ice magic I’ve never heard of and he admits he needs to learn more control. Another newcomer that seems to heal with fire-magic, both capable of doing it wandlessly. Perhaps forced to, none of them seem to be using their wands a great deal yet. Maybe the wands are new?

 

Most of Ravenclaw had come down, and though Lucius wanted to focus on his son, there was something else going on. A contingent of Hufflepuffs were approaching the Weasleys and then spells were being cast. Fingering his wand within its sheath he enhanced his hearing to find out what was happening. “…I’m sorry, you’ve been Obliviated, it looks like between five and ten hours. Good news, you’re not screaming at your friends that you don’t need a mind-healer.” With sharp eyes he watched the Weasley twin lean in close to that Abbott prefect. “We had three last night that said it exactly the same way, same intonations and same pacing. Bad news is it isn’t easy to get those memories back and you might not want them anyway. Uh, best to get you doing something for the moment. You see this wand motion? Watch closely a few times and practice at the floor for a bit, it’s tricky.”



Lucius agreed it was a rather complex charm. So, the students have been Obliviated? Wait, the same spell is getting different results? That girl just returned pink and started crying. A love potion? And that prefect was white, I can barely hear over the noise now, but I think it was a trust potion? Oh my Albus, you’ve been naughty. I wonder what the readings on Potter’s trio were? They certainly look very stressed. Where in heaven’s name is the staff! There go Hufflepuffs to the Ravenclaws that are eating. Oh dear, this situation is a powder keg.



Smiling, Lucius decided to send a Patronus charm to the minister. It was certainly not an easy charm to master, and his feeling of pride in learning the spell had diminished greatly when Potter completed it in his third year, but it remained a very useful piece of magic. (Especially should his Master call the Dementors to his side again.) While speaking to encode the message was generally not required, he wanted the students to think him above-board in this case.

 

“Minister, Madam Bones, I request Aurors at Hogwarts immediately. Please bring a full complement of as many trusted healers as you can immediately. You may need to breach the grounds. This is an emergency.” At that, the glowing ethereal crow had flown away. In the wrong direction. Curious, he followed it with his mind as it flew to Severus’s office and vanished. I had wondered how those messenger spells got anywhere quickly. Must use the Floo network somehow. Oddly, it was after he had called for help that the staff rushed in, and immediately got a lot of wands pointed at them. Though the Salonar boy had admitted to Lucius he had no desire to duel the Headmaster, he sank low to the ground, wand in his left hand and his right curled back behind him as if to throw the scythe that apparently only existed when he wanted it to.

 

The staff, or at least Albus and the heads of the Houses gaped at all of Slytherin and a good deal of Gryffindor facing off against the staff. Why would the lions… Ah. They’ve found loyalty potions and compulsions and figured out who they’re keyed to. Potter looks furious. I wonder if he would actually attack the Headmaster? Ha! That new Hufflepuff is saying something and rallying his house, now they’re facing off against the headmaster too. As the heads of house saw this, they began moving to either side of the Headmaster, with stiff movements and vacant expressions except Professor Snape. Some wands followed them, Snape was by far the most targeted.

 

Well even I can see he’s been a bully to his students, now the dogs are ready to bite. I’d step in, but he and the Headmaster nearly got my son killed so he can rot. Salonar’s ordering them to layer shields, that’s not a bad idea. Hopefully the Aurors arrive just after the spells start. If they take much longer… Well Albus already proved he can take out Slytherin House without much trouble. I’m certainly no match for him.



As he took note of all the wands pointed at him, Headmaster Dumbledore had a genuine look of shock appear on his face. Students with wands out was one thing, but they were taking some kind of battle formation. With his best grandfatherly voice and a warm smile on his face, the old man began to try calming the situation. “Children, there’s no reason to have your wands out. Why don’t you put them away and we can enjoy a good meal before classes start. I need to have a word with a troubled,” Here the old man’s eyes locked on Salonar. “young man. I’m sure your Heads of House can answer all of your questions.”

 

Dumbledore’s eyebrows rose when Harry and his friends sent spells at the four heads of houses. McGonagall , Flitwick , and Sprout suddenly glowed white, blue, and green. Nothing happened to Severus. “Now children,” His tone became as patronizing as the words could possibly be. “Using unknown magic is very dangerous and should only be done in class under the careful watch of your professors. I’m afraid that you’ll need detention for that.”



Neither the old man or Lucius expected Harry Potter to begin screaming orders with clear anger in his tone. “Shields! Stun the Professors that showed white, their minds aren’t their own! Stun ME if I attack you or start arguing for the headmaster!”

 

Lucius was enjoying the show as Potter strode towards the Headmaster, his arms trembling, his eyes blazing with fury and his wand trained on the Headmaster. Magic could be felt in the air now, though it was impossible to truly tell whose it was. Many students were furious, and the Headmaster was trying to intimidate the children instead of reason. He listened closely as Potter continued, wishing he had some popcorn, but felt it would ruin the tension should he call for an elf just now. “Headmaster, I will give you one chance, right now, to tell me what you have done to my mind! Tell me what has been done to so many of us here, tell me who has done it so they can face justice.”



Ah Harry, my boy. You just need to calm down now and put the wand away. This is all just a misunderstanding.” Lucius watched Potter start screaming, even as his body obeyed and returned the wand to his pocket.



Calm down! My mind isn’t my own! Why should I be calm when I’m just a puppet on a string for you?! You know I want to do something now to hurt you, for all suffering you’ve let me endure, but I can’t? I can’t physically strike you! And now my mind is fighting itself, but I WILL NO LONGER BE A SLAVE!” Lucius raised an eyebrow at the amount of magical pressure in the room as the boy drew his wand again, his whole body shaking. Edging around to get a look at the boys face revealed his eyes glowing and his hair moving in a breeze. Indoors.



Now a new person stumbled onto the scene and obviously had trouble deciding who to root for. While not fond of the repugnant woman, Lucius had a use for her just now. Raising his voice in a shout, Lucius looked directly at her. “Dolores, quickly! Get to the front gate and get the Aurors! Go now!”

 

Hearing the carefully pitched desperation in his voice, the large woman took a last look at the boy that appeared unstable and leaking so much magic he might be floating in the air the next moment with a wand drawn and the Headmaster before making a run for it.

 

When Snape moved to stop her, Lucius sent a hex he remembered James Potter using against the man many years ago. The potions Professor was hit and found himself held in the air by his ankle. When Snape twisted around and snarled at him, he thundered at the man. “Your posturing nearly killed my heir. Did you not think there’d be consequences?”



Glancing back to Potter, he saw the boy still shaking. Good God, is he burning the potions out of his system with just his own magic? No wonder the Dark Lord has trouble with him. If I can secure enough favor I’ll have to ask Voldermort to let us use him as a breeding stud; halfblood or not that kind of power could revitalize a lot of family lines! He’s releasing so much magic right now my skin is buzzing!



Again, Harry was yelling at the Headmaster. “I trusted you! My parents trusted you! My godfather trusted you! You betrayed them and you betrayed me! Ten Years! Ten years I lived not in the ‘smallest bedroom’ with those awful people. You sent my first Hogwarts letter to ‘Harry James Potter, the cupboard under the stairs!’ They beat me! They starved me! I had to steal food just to stay alive!” Lucius saw the tears pouring from the boy’s eyes, and knew he had forgotten everyone else was there.



For ten years I had no one that cared, no one that wanted me. Then you sent Hagrid to bring me into our world. You and I both know Hagrid is a nice guy, a great friend, and really bad at keeping secrets. He’s also the least intelligent employee you have! What, were you afraid that McGonogall or Flitwick would have taken one look at me and dragged me to a healer? Were you afraid I might get away from the filth that kept me locked in the dark whenever I wasn’t being worked to the bone? You know that yesterday was the first time I’d ever gotten glasses that were made for me? The only reason I could see anything at all with my old ones was my MAGIC!



I got here and everyone already knew everything about me, except it wasn’t me, but some ‘heroic’ boy that lived in some mansion and was spoiled and never had to steal scraps of bread so he would be strong enough to keep working the next day! Then I almost died three goddamn times in my first year. In the hospital wing, you tell me I have to go back to those awful people who somehow aren’t at all afraid of what I’ll do when I can cast magic freely! Do they think I’m going to die before then? Did you alter their minds too?



You know I’ve almost died ten times during the school year here? Fuck you, when I was trying to kill the Basilisk and I’d lost my wand your bird dropped in to help, but god forbid you step in and kill the damn snake. A sword was nice, a rooster would have been better! And yeah Snape, mouth off all you like. I’ll drag the skeleton up some time and you can see the hole the sword made while I shove a fang up your ass. I still don’t know why you hate me, but I no longer care! Go to hell!

 

Fucking hell Dumbledore, even my wand is connected to you! Holly and Phoenix feather hasn’t truly failed me yet, but I’m starting to get paranoid now. I wonder how Basilisk heartstring and ( Ƥ:) Leaves-like-scales-on-the-Queen-of-all-Dragons will work for me?”



That said, the boy cast his own wand down onto the ground and drew another from an interior pocket of his robe. That is a beautiful wand. I wonder if it works as well as the other? I’ve never seen an Ollivander wand with that much ornamentation. Shit, it’s soaking up the fool boy’s magic, either its tuning itself to him or it’s about to explode.



Albus broke in again. “Harry, my boy, where did you even get that wand? You should use the one from Diagon Alley, I’m sure it's a much better wand than whatever crudely shaped stick you managed to pick up because it looks fancy. You don’t need another wand.” Lucius would bet his left testicle (His favorite one!) that there was a command in that last sentence. He was surprised when the boy started to laugh again.



I’m no longer enough of a fool to leave my mind so open. I’ve learned that not protecting yourself is just asking to get your mind tinkered with in this castle. Stay out of my head, or I’ll kill you.”



The last sentence had been spoken in a smooth, sure tone, bereft of any doubt or hesitation. Now that was a good threat, even I can admit that. Wish I had popcorn for this. If I walk out of this with my memory intact I am watching this in the pensieve every month from now on! Hell, I never thought I’d be rooting for the Potter brat at anything, but this is incredible. This should be in a book!



As the wand in the boy’s hand seemed to stabilize, the boy, no perhaps a man now, leveled it at the Headmaster once more. In a calm voice, Harry Potter told the headmaster what he thought. “Hmm, you know the wand feels right in my hand? I’m not sure how to put it, but the other just seems less in hindsight now. You still haven’t given me an answer! Why do I have these controls in my head! Why do my friends and so many of the other students?”



Albus Dumbledore let out a sigh, and his bearing changed a bit. Lucius’s stomach dropped. Oh well, here we go .



The old man looked past Harry briefly and to one student in particular. “You’ve forced me to do this Harry, I hope you remember that.” In a voice that seemed to both echo and not, he continued. “Hermione Jane...”

 

He cut himself off and snarled at the cause. Aurogon had moved behind the girl and trapped her in ice. The sound had been much louder than the Malfoy patriarch had expected. Instead of clear ice like Draco had been trapped in, Hermione’s was dark blue and completely opaque.



That teenage bastard Lucius was beginning to consider adopting into his family just stepped out from behind the ice and sneered at the headmaster. “I’m not sure what you’ve done to this poor girl Headmaster,That last word could not have carried more derision on it than it did as it passed the blue-haired teen’s lips.

 

“But that is quite enough of that. She will remain safe in the ice until it’s a bit safer for her to be out and about. I think we’ve discovered that there is at least one Dark Lord active in this country Headmaster, only he’s decided to dress himself in white robes instead of black. Students! Nothing on the Heads that won’t heal, put them down and then focus on Dumbledore. No shield magic lasts forever, and there’s a lot of us.” He smirked again, and it was truly a glorious smirk. Lucius was impressed.



Remember he has some kind of bird that won’t die, so get nasty with it when it shows up! Stun anyone that turns on us, there’s mind fuckery afoot in this castle! Ready? If you’re shielding, keep em strong! No doubt! No fear! We’ve got Harry Fucking Potter on our side!” Even Lucius had to admit that after seeing the Potter boy stand there glowing in the wind that wasn’t there that last line really did inspire some small bit of confidence, even to him.



With that, students started throwing every curse they could imagine at the Headmaster, and he saw with pride Draco thinking before sending out a lot of small, brightly colored snakes from the same spell he once used against Potter. He copied it and sent his own swarm to follow, then switched to sending shield breakers against the old man. Potter, he saw just snapping his wand as gussets of flame sailed at the old man and glanced off shields. Not even bothering to shield, Potter started weaving in and out of the retaliatory attacks.



Then the boy glanced around and saw the remaining heads (Some very unhappy students had begun targeting Snape as he remained in the air, floating by his ankle. The Professor would live, probably.) surrounded by the conjured snakes. The boy began hissing loudly as he snapped off strong stunners and got Flitwick and Sprout in the back. They went down, and the snakes converged on the headmaster. McGonagall was putting up a hell of a fight however, and distracting a lot of firepower that could be better used elsewhere. Though, while distracting, she isn’t actually maiming anyone. I know she’s capable of that. In fact, all the Heads were moving oddly, must have been fighting whatever is in their heads.



Lucius turned his focus on her and suddenly remembered why he hated fighting James Potter in the last war. Around her, every table, knife, candlestick, bench and table began to change its shape and attack the students. (For some reason the spoons were untouched.) That was going to be a pain to clean up even if someone tagged her. A vast number of forks were hopping around, animated by Flitwick before the short man went down. Every spell that could have stopped Minerva McGonagall washed off on a pride of lions that used to be plates.



Lucius’s consideration of whether or not anyone would notice some really dark magic was abandoned when he saw something rather unusual. Senas, the overprotective brother of the healer was charging McGonagall wreathed in flames that destroyed every construct she sent at him. The teenager roared and every eye turned to him, whether they wanted him to or not. Then he was upon the Transfiguration Mistress and the flames he wreathed himself in destroyed everything, including his own robes. As he batted down another pair of lions with his bare hands , he circled around the Professor, and in keeping her focus on him she turned her back on everyone else. That many stunners at her age can’t be good, but that’s a problem for later.



A deafening clank of metal was then heard from all directions. Suddenly a suit of armor emerged and attacked a student from behind. Oddly, it was stopped by another suit of armor. Why in the blazes are they fighting each other? It should be all for or all against! As loudly as he could, Lucius shouted to be heard above the din of battle.

 

“Hogwarts fights itself for us! Don’t let her old stones show you up! Fight! He’s only one man against us all!” Sadly, if there was ever a proof of the phrase ‘not all men are created equally’ it was in the dance of flame and magic taking place near the entrance. From back where he stood, he could see Potter trading fire (mostly actual fire in the boy’s case) with the headmaster as the intelligent students threw as many shield-breakers as they could at him. Is that even a specific spell Potter’s using or is he just shaping magic into fire and hurling it?



When Harry finally, finally managed to get a glancing hit in and the Headmaster felt pain for the first time in that duel, something in his countenance changed. A new spell exploded from his feet and knocked everyone else off theirs. The old man spoke as everyone took a moment to steady themselves. “I am truly sorry you’ve turned to the darkness Harry. Your evil must be ended here. As for you, you’re going to make me kill all these poor children as well. I’m sorry everyone, but it’s for the Greater Good you all die here together.”



When Lucius got a good look at the spell the old man was casting, it took him a moment to recognize it. It hung in the air in front of him , a darkly glowing orb. And it was growing. If he’d had anything in his gut he would have hurled at the sight of that spell. “Stop him now or we’re all dead!”

 

Everyone immediately hurled everything they could at the old man, including killing curses Lucius was sure even the light wizards would forgive under the circumstances. A barely there wall of some purple substance leaped into being, covered in runes no one present had ever seen before, and it halted all attacks. Until he saw the two new siblings charge into it, holding an enormous ball of flame between his left and her right hands.



It was impressive how they moved together as one, even the screaming on their charge was perfectly in sync. “The Fires of Life Do Not Abandon Children, Fool!” Lucius was pretty sure that walls shouldn’t scream, but this one did and it made him fall to his knees and cover his ears. But the deed was done, and he saw that the Salonar teen was behind them, and his scythe was glowing with so much frosty power it was leaving a trail of thick ice behind him.



Obviously this is not the first time they’re worked together. Lucius couldn’t help but snark to himself as Salonar flipped the scythe and hurled it in a spinning circle of frost and steel just before the flame users had jumped out of the way. The spinning band of metal and magic hurtled right towards the Headmaster and would have bisected him, save for the small fact that Albus was the only person currently alive that could apparate within Hogwarts Castle. If nothing else, however, it bought them time. The orb of hungry flames that could destroy a small city had stopped growing for at least a moment. That impressive weapon spun out of the Great Hall and kept going, probably straight out of the castle through the main entrance. God damn where are the fucking Aurors the one goddamn time I want them to show up!



The Headmaster had only gone a short distance however, and then he started speaking again. “You show the darkness in your hearts children! You should accept your fates for the good of all!” Huh, now Salonar was making small gestures and eye contact with his friends and Potter. That seemed important. Perhaps he could distract the old windbag long enough for them to accomplish something? He had no idea how to deal with that orb.



Albus, you’ve proved the evil that lies at your core! All the darkness, all the hate! Lord Voldemort feared what you would become! What you would unleash upon this world! But he saw! He prepared! His plans were endless and his mercy without equal! When his blessed unicorn friends came to him and asked him to help them save the children chained beneath you, he didn’t want their help! He said their wondrous light should never need to shed blood! But they insisted! They foresaw that he would need their aid! They donned black cloaks and masks and rushed forth to save the world with a tide of happiness and joy as the first Death Eaters! For Death would be their gift to all evil!” Well if I live through this I’m fucking dead when I get home. At least there’s not great odds with that orb hanging there anyway.



Lucius was successful in drawing all attention to himself at that moment, and he gave pause to everyone not frantically working on some sort of plan. (He hoped. He really fucking hoped.) Albus Dumbledore just looked blankly at the man both knew to be a Death Eater and murderer many times over. “Lucius, after all these years, I think you desperately need a mind-healer.”



Thankfully for Lucius, at that point the three newcomers and Harry began a plan of action that started with moving the old man from where he stood back into line with the entrance to the hall. Then, the floor flickered and changed, seconds before Lucius felt a powerful apparition ward snap into being. Everyone sunk three feet into the suddenly soft ground before Harry Potter tapped his wand against the surface and everyone was trapped.



He was distracted when Salonar yelled out “Spells in the air to kill the phoenix when he calls for it! Keep them coming!” And suddenly the air was rife with a vast number of spells. Suddenly, Albus looked behind him and saw that cold, sharp death had returned. Everyone held their breath for a moment. At the last second, the Headmaster revealed that he either joined or started the fad of unregistered animaguses at Hogwarts by turning into a lynx at the last second. Sadly the scythe missed, and it was caught by Salonar who obviously had practiced long and hard with his weapon, catching it by instinct.

 

At that, while everyone had been distracted for just a second, Fawkes flamed in, grabbed the cat by its scruff, and flamed out. There were brief cheers for a moment before the orb that Albus had been feeding and controlling began to destabilize.



Lucius, as the only one present that knew what it was, started shouting. “It’s compressed Fiendfyre! There’s already enough there to destroy the castle, lake, and village. I don’t know how to stop it.” Taking a few steps, he grabbed his son, and offered what might be his last words. “I’m proud of you Draco. I love you son.” And he was, Draco maintained composure in the face of certain death, unlike a lot of other students.



Aurogon Salonar however didn’t panic, he was already shouting orders. “Ral! Use your animagus form and burn the orb! Dali! Start healing him. Harry, get us out of this!”

At that, Lucius saw something he never expected to. Of the four newcomers, the one that had been sorted into the house of duffers had seemed the least interesting. That is until his form, still encased in the floor, blurred and a dark purple dragon with some blues and grays charged out of the hole. Lucius was sure that the creature had broken both hind legs and its tail with its transformation, but it used its wings to reach the orb quickly. With a crash, most certainly not a landing, the creature hit the ground just in front of the orb and breathed in a deep breath then released it in a torrent of dark blue flames.



Lucius had seen a lot of fire in his life, he had seen a lot of magical fire, even. He had never seen a fire in a dark shade of blue. He had no idea what the point of this was, until the dragon choked on its breath and screamed. The sound was rattling, but it took in another breath and breathed out more fire anyway. Then, it began to twitch. Lucius had no idea what was happening, but the supposed duffer was obviously in great amounts of pain even as he took another breath after suppressing a scream and bathed the orb in more blue flames. He’s trying to weaken or destroy the orb, but it’s fighting back somehow.



At this point the siblings had gotten to him. Odd, that the brother now had strange, long ears that proved to be very vertical. Deciding the ears were inconsequential at this time, he started stumbling and then ran to the group near the flames. Their healer looked panicked, and that was never a good sign. Her brother snapped her out of it quickly in a few harshly uttered words. “Dali! Doing something is better than nothing. Tell me what I should be doing and I’ll help. I don’t know what to do.”



The girl looked unsure for just a moment longer. Then steel emerged. “It’s killing him! General healing magic, get the heart and lungs, I’ll get the brain. Pour it in and keep it flowing until I say stop. If we can keep him alive we’ll worry about the rest later.”

 

At that, the girl placed a hand on the back of the beast’s head and his throat even as the boy put two hands closely together on the creature’s back. Again it breathed its flames, but they were sputtering now.



Looking up, Lucius saw that the orb seemed a lot less intense than before. He’s killing it! Gods know how but it's working. But it isn’t enough. Then, Potter came up alongside the twitching dragon, raw power and determination pouring off him. Potter dropped his wand, held his hands together as if holding a large ball, and then started to move them together, straining as if he was fighting against something. Lucius had no idea what to do, but figured information on this might save his life after the Lord of the unicorns statement earlier. The boy soon started to sweat heavily, all his limbs shaking with effort and pain. Then, a sound Lucius knew well.



Harry Potter hissed in the tongue of serpents a short phrase. Ƥ: “Submit! You are less, and you will be nothing!” Every student of Hogwarts, save a Ravenclaw that slept in that day and regretted it for the rest of her life, heard Harry Potter hiss a command, and it could only be a command, at the writhing ball of hellfire. And then it went out, and he fell to his knees in a puddle of his own sweat. The cheers were deafening. Salonar had come up now, and after a few whispered words to the healer and assistant he beckoned them off and used the spell Draco had been trapped in again. This time, his scythe came into play as he skillfully carved some runic script Lucius was unfamiliar with into the ice before beckoning the healer and her assistant/bodyguard forward where they touched the runes, apparently feeding magic into it, as the ice began to glow. Adrenaline started to fade quickly, leaving a lot of students swaying on their feet.



Potter called two elves to him then. Lucius listened briefly, but he was ready to sit down and rest a bit, it had been a long day already. He got the gist that one elf was being sent to warn the followers of the old fool that Dumbledore had gone insane, and the former Malfoy elf was instructed to straight up kidnap Granger’s parents for the time being. He saw the healer move towards Potter, running those glowing hands over him before directing him to lean against the ice for now. Also, to drink a lot of water. Lucius felt about as thirsty as Potter looked, so while the teen sat down and pulled a bottle out of an expanded pocket, Lucius conjured a glass and used a spell to fill it, drink it, and then drink it again.



This was how the Ministry of Magic found them, when the Aurors finally broke down the gate and began swarming into the hall. Lucius didn’t even look up, just filling his cup again. Hydration was a great way to recoup lost magic. Studies had found that wizards, while they tended to drink more than their muggle counterparts, excreted a lot less water. While no one knew exactly why, the obvious explanation was that water was used in some way by their magic. In any case, Lucius found himself admiring the workmanship of whoever had enchanted that bottle Potter had, because it obviously contained gallons. The boy didn’t seem to have stopped swallowing in the last five minutes.



When the Minister himself, with Madam Bones at his side entered the room, neither was quite sure what to make of it. As one would expect with the battle that had been raging, it was wrecked. At least the enchanted ceiling was still intact. The floor was warped, often smoking, and most windows were gone. One of the windows was on fire and crackling merrily.



When the Minister of Magic, the august Cornelius Fudge saw him, the useless man raced over shouting loudly. Ignoring the man for the moment, Lucius turned to Madam Bones instead. “Bones! Your healers are needed here. Most of the worst should be magical exhaustion. You should secure the castle with your other forces. Dumbledore has gone mad. When the students confronted him about various mind control spells in effect, he fought and tried to kill us all. Potter and the dragon animagus in the ice managed to destroy the compressed Fiendfyre spell before it wiped out the castle, the forest, and Hogsmead. I figure we’re all suffering magical exhaustion right about now. I have no idea where Albus is, but he is an unregistered animagus. I think it was a lynx, but I didn’t get a good look. He used his form to flee at the last moment.



When you see the young man with blue hair, be nice to him, he’s saved my son’s life this morning and helped to drive off the crazed wizard just now. Almost got him too, twice. He’s a very powerful young man. Oh, and DO NOT touch the ice with magic, it’s some kind of stasis spell. Fuck it, just get pensieve memories of this, you aren’t going to believe this shit otherwise. In fact…” Lucius was pleased to note that he still had enough strength to send out a Patronus message. “Narcissa dear, please get the pensieve out. There’s been some developments today and they won’t be believed without being seen. I’ll be home as soon as I can. I love you.” He knew that would unnerve her more than a little, but he felt it important to say anyway.



Healers were now beginning to swarm over the students. Sadly there were some injuries: between the heads of house, a lot of cutlery had ended up in places where it didn’t belong. Didn’t look like anyone was dead yet though, which with this many healers running to and fro meant there likely wouldn’t be.



Focusing back on the two watching him as he sat, Lucius Malfoy glanced at Professor Snape, still hanging in the air. “Minister, Madam. I need to stress to you that Albus has been using mind altering potions and spells heavily. I would keep the Heads of House lying around somewhere sedated until you can get them treated, the other Professors too. All of these here are rather fair duelists, and fuck you if you think you want to fight a Transfiguration Mistress anywhere. Fuck, I just want to go home and get drunk. Draco! I need you to get memories in vials of the events last night. Give the Aurors a set if they ask, but I need some to take home and show your mother. All right? Thank you son.”

 

At that point, not ten feet away, still leaning against the large block of ice, Harry Potter finally stopped drinking. Looking at his bottle, which still contained water, he groaned after feeling his stomach. “There’s no way in hell my body’s holding all that water, I just drank gallons and gallons. What the hell?”



Tsking, Madam Bones stepped over and looked down at the boy. “It’s common knowledge that magicals use water to feed their magic. How do you not know that?”



Fuck Dumbledore with a rusty suit of armor, he never taught me anything. All I know about the magical world is what I’ve learned in class, and I’ve had some really shitty teachers in this damn school.”



When the Minister heard this he blustered. “Young man, you really need to learn to respect authority! Your actions prove you...”



Minister, with all due respect, I just dueled Albus Fucking Dumbledore for how long? I don’t even know. And I didn’t even die! Then, when he turned into a little cat and his sparkle-bird got him out of here, the guy in the ice and I managed to quench a spell that had Malfoy convinced we were all about to die. We have had some really shitty teachers here. Don’t believe me? Ask all the girls that stayed after with Lockheart and don’t remember it anymore. Ask anyone who’s given up on potions after spending time with the ass floating in the air.



And as for respecting your fucking authority? Two years ago, I met my godfather for the first time, and I saw the man who betrayed my parents in the flesh, and that asshole,” Here, Harry cast a small ball of fire onto Snape from the emerald wand again resting in his hand. “Lied to you for some petty grudge and you ordered them to kill a man that never got a fucking trial. By the way Malfoy, I know you’re giving him gold so Sirius dies and your heir gets the Black Family. You’re too fucking late, Draco’s going to be the Black Heir over my dead body. For trying to get an innocent man killed, I am planning on dueling you at some point, fair warning.”



Lucius simply gave a nod, receiving the threat made by Potter’s eyes that any further attempt would involve bloodshed. “And Minister, when I told the High Warlock that my godfather was innocent, you know what he did? He said there was nothing he could do to help, and that an innocent man that actually wanted me around would die that night, unless I could do something about it, oh and there was also a hippogryph that was going to bite it unless I could save two lives at the same time. Oh, and wink, your friend has the only item you need to accomplish this. Try not to die from the swarm of Dementors my boy.”



Letting go of the head of steam, Harry took a deep breath. “So, with ‘authority’ doing nothing good for me in my entire life, I’ve run out of fucks to give. So have a good think over what I just said, Minister. I will be most displeased if you continue to prove your overwhelming stupidity.” With that said, the boy stood up, wavering a little, and walked off to where his friend Ron was having a fork removed from his arm. The only thing Fudge could do at that point was sputter.



Malfoy was enjoying the glare Amelia Bones was giving the minister. Getting up, he excused himself. “I’m afraid I’ve had a long day that began with an emergency message telling me my son was dead. I’m finding my son and heading home before Potter decides he’s rested enough to try killing me. Owl me if you want anything, I’m getting drunk today.”

 

Finding Draco, and smiling when the boy passed several vials to him, hidden by a swirl of cloak, Lucius gave him one last embrace and began walking out the door. He did give a respectful nod to Salonar, if nothing else the teen had power, guts and skill. He noticed that the scythe was missing again.



His walk towards the gates wasn’t very long, but it gave him a chance to brace himself for what was about to happen. Hopefully Lord Voldemort was in a good mood with all that had happened and overlooked the unicorn distraction. He was more tired than he expected, apparating home almost got him splinched. He was slow to kneel when he discovered a noseless face waiting for him near the entryway, and only his hurriedly setting aside of the memories saved him from the lash.



Thankfully, the Dark Lord seemed more interested in the events than meeting out punishment at that moment. Still kneeling, Lucius spoke to his Lord. “My Lord, I have memories for you and whoever you wish to view. There has been much change at Hogwarts today, and I believe I have the proper context. My son collected these vials for ‘his mother’ to view while the Aurors and healers dealt with the bulk of the chaos. While I haven’t viewed them, even if they are poor memories I witnessed much myself and will gladly share.”



And with that, he followed Voldemort into the grand dining room of Malfoy Manor. His Lord took his place at the head of the table, as various Death Eaters took their places at the table. Lucius approached the head of the table, knowing his Lord would want him close, but not wanting to assume his place at the right hand. He was soon seated one chair away from the Dark Lord, and retrieved the vials. First, he had an idea. “Grilo! I want refreshments served, then I want you to prepare popcorn.”

 

When the elf had popped away and he got odd looks, he shrugged. “If it wouldn’t have ruined the tension I would have called for it during some of the events.



Now,” He pulled out the vials, thankfully finding them labeled ‘sorting’ and ‘common room.’ “Yesterday, four new students appeared in Hogwarts, one of them had an altercation in the Slytherin common room, and somehow events led to a rather epic duel before breakfast was even served in the Great Hall this morning. My Lord, would you like to start at the sorting? Or would you prefer the common room or the Great Hall?”



Looking amused now, the Dark Lord smiled. “We may as well begin with the sorting Lucius. I trust that this will be worth gathering my followers?”



Allowing a relieved smile to cross his face, Lucius let out a breath. “My Lord, this will entertain us all without doubt.” That said, he added the first memory and tapped the runes to begin projecting the scene. It was a very good pensieve, and the displayed scene was in color. This was the least important scene, but it gave a few important facts. “The male teen that went into Gryffindor is wearing a glamour on his head, given what he mentioned about his family, I assume whatever occurred left him scarred in some way. You’ll see it later, but his wand incorporates a foot long blade. I dismissed the one that went to Hufflepuff myself, and that was a mistake.



This next memory takes place not long after the meal, and features a slight miscalculation on my son’s part. Thankfully he is still alive.” With that said, Lucius swapped the pearly liquid for the next, and those gathered witnessed the confrontations with the blue haired teen.



This boy, Salonar… He has power. He would make a worthy addition to our ranks, Lucius. Give me your impressions of him.”



Yes, my Lord. He is powerful, but when he said that he was there to learn control, he meant it. I believe his spells take more out of him than he lets on, but the skills to craft such a fine weapon must be considerable. All of his magic that I witnessed involved ice in some way, even his shield; if you look closely the spell froze the carpet around it’s edge. And I believe all four of them are new to the use of wands. That said, the wands they use are interesting, I could only say I doubt they came from Ollivander. Should I prepare the next memory?”

 

At a regal nod, Lucius bottled the milky fluid and began drawing forth a strain of memories from his own head . “This occurred this morning, the Headmaster had just called me to the school, telling me that my son was dead. I… had trouble believing him so I went alone. This took place shortly after reaching the dungeons.”



Expressions around the table were truly varied as Salonar proved himself a n adept wielder of magic. Draco’s survival was rather well received, with smiles and some exclamations when Draco fell from the ice, coughing on the warm air. The memory ended with Aurogon helping Draco to stand and stating he wanted to look his best for the next confrontation. All eyes turned to Voldermort as he digested this. “Interesting. I believe you are right about him lacking focus Lucius. His spells are strong, but seem wild and wasteful. Inform your son that he is to befriend this newcomer. He could prove to be a valuable ally. Now, prepare the next memory Lucius.”



At once my Lord.” Here he withdrew the memory, and the man next to him, Rosier, was polite enough to conjure a vial to store it. As Lucius placed the wand to his temple, he called again for the house elf. “Grilo! Serve the popcorn.” It was short but careful work to withdraw the memory as bowls of popcorn began appearing around the table. Naturally, the largest bowl appeared in front of Voldemort, a perfect distance that didn’t suggest he needed to enjoy the snack, but could if he wanted to. “We may have to watch this one twice. A lot happened, and I made use of the supersensory charm to follow dialogue my presence would have prevented. There are three uses of the serpent’s tongue by Potter, one is the name of some kind of wood I assume, one is a command to conjured serpents, and I have no idea of the last.”



With that, the memory began, with events from Lucius’s point of view as Slytherin House entered the Great Hall of Hogwarts to find the house of duffers preparing for battle. The memory ended with the Aurors entering and Lucius directing their healers to begin work. All present had seen longer memories in a pensieve, but none had seen one more intense.



Voldemort was chuckling when the scene faded. “A Lord of Unicorns am I now? Ha! You are forgiven for your desperate distraction of the old fool Lucius, his response was amusing enough. The newcomers showed some interesting magic. Will the dragon animagus survive Lucius?”



Unknown, my Lord. A skilled healer panicking is never a good thing, but from what I know about that ice stasis spell, it will preserve his life as the magic that is fed into the runes does its work. I intend to advise the Ministry against taking possession of the block of ice, as Salonar and the siblings would not take such a thing lightly. I suspect they already have plans for the Ministry doing something stupid, so that the only result will be the depletion of Ministry personnel. Salonar, during his spat with Draco, chose not to use his weapon apparently out of a desire not to make enemies if he didn’t need to. If the Ministry makes itself his enemy, I doubt he will be as merciful.”



Interesting. There is no danger of them treating their own, and I think the Aurors will be needed for hunting down the Dark Lord! HAHA! Who would have thought Albus had this in him! Avery, what else do we know about these newcomers? Have there been any rumors in the Alley?”



Looking more than a little nervous, Avery removed a sheet of paper from his pocket and unfolded it. “Yes my Lord. They were first seen shopping yesterday in Diagon Alley but not entering Gringotts Bank. They were seen purchasing all of the necessary supplies for Hogwarts save wands. They proved talkative with a number of clerks, especially who we now know as Mr. Salonar at a used bookstore. My contact couldn’t get an exact list, but he purchased a large selection of textbooks for all years, though the lower four years he only purchased one set. He also purchased texts dealing with magical construction, magical greenhouses, runes, and stone-working.



My Lord, he appears to have simply purchased the required texts and then bought every book that looked interesting or thought his friends might enjoy. The rumors said that the red haired female was a healer in training based on the care she took when choosing the group’s potion ingredients, along with a separate conversation with another clerk.



“Other rumors based on what they said indicate the group is closely-knit. As for their origins, taking the various comments together, it would seem a group of at least three teenagers, Hogwarts age or close, fled the country together during the last war. It seems one of their parents told them to take their friends, flee the country and never look back. Oddly, they declined to comment as to what side of the war they had descended from. It could easily have been a mixed group of your supporters and others. Apparently their families died, and thus they never returned; they also swore an oath to never reveal their family names to protect their children. Before seeing that memory, I would have said they were Light families fearing you, my Lord, but if they had some idea of how the Headmaster operated, fear of Dumbledore is also a possibility.



In any case the group made their purchases, and then waited at a confectionery stand while Minerva McGonagall and a most subtle group of the Order of the Phoenix guards took Harry Potter to a magical optometrist in the Alley. Both groups met, and made polite conversation as they were escorted to the nearest Floo, whereupon McGonagall traveled to the castle and spent several moments opening her private fireplace.

 

“What I’ve heard stresses that these teens were polite and respectful, and seemed intelligent. Elsington, the ‘dragon duffer,’ seemed more reserved, and shied away from crowds before catching himself and forcing himself to act normally. I have that memory but did not bring it with me. The last thing I have of note is that prior to coming here, they were taught by a private tutor, which implies their families have some gold, though a good tutor split four ways is a bearable cost. Apparently their previous tutor ran afoul of a dragon and perished. That is all I have my Lord.”

 

Interesting. I would wish for you to convince them to share their magics with the children of my loyal followers, or the entire school if that isn’t possible. There may be something worth learning there. I want to learn more about that scythe, and if Salonar would be willing to craft additional ones for others. Do you think they will side with Potter, Lucius?”



While two of them did end up in the same house my Lord, I believe that to be an effect of the brother feeling the need to protect his sister. Both certainly showed courage during the battle. Salonar leads them however, and he is a Slytherin. I suspect that he will explore the situation a fair bit before choosing a side; I would expect him to side with whatever side looks to be winning. I do not think he would ever have sided with Dumbledore, though there is a chance he may side with Potter. Potter himself has been naught but a puppet on strings to this point, but I believe they have been soundly cut. If you wish, I will also instruct Draco to attempt to befriend Potter, using today’s battle as an excuse to put aside past differences.”



Hmm… An interesting thought. Potter has rejected my kind offers to join me, are you suggesting I give him another once his mind is solely his own? Very well, instruct your heir to befriend the boy.



Now, on to another point. Potter’s accent with parseltongue is atrocious, but he named his new wand’s wood as ‘Leaves-like-scales-on-the-Queen-of-all-Dragons.’ Which is an odd name for a tree, especially that he would speak it in that tongue seemingly without meaning to. Hmm, those of you with libraries and no other tasks take some time to see if you can find a tree that would fit these words. It is only an idle curiosity, however. Also, those of you with children that understand subtlety, I would like to know who crafted these wands, both Potter’s and the others. Their construction does not match Ollivander’s methods, and our friends that remain in Azkaban will soon need new wands of their own. If these wands prove as good or better than what that old man crafts, well it would be easier to procure a lesser-known wand-maker, wouldn’t it?



Lucius, take some time to compose yourself, then get to work. I want the Ministry hunting down Albus with lethal force. Use whatever methods you wish, but whip them into a frenzy and set the hounds on him.”



Smiling at the chance to rest himself, if only for a moment, Lucius replied. “My Lord, I would show all of Britain this memory, that will be enough to sway anyone with a free mind to end him.”



Take the memory when you leave. For now, I’m going to enjoy it a few more times. Have your elf keep this interesting snack coming. You all are dismissed. Keep your ears open for more information.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.




A/N: Fun times. Remember, at the end of the last chapter Albus lost a war he’d been fighting for a long time.



The tentative name for the tree they’ve made wands out of is “Boughs of Alexstrasza.” but it feels a bit awkward. In Warcraft, the Red Dragonflight has these large trees with red leaves in their settlements, and at least one of my dragons had a sample with them. My headcannon is the Dragons have been cultivating the trees for a very long time.



Anyway, I wanted to say I read and appreciate every review, even the unfavorable ones. Hope everyone has a good weekend.



Next chapter events move forward.



Here’s a list of the drakes currently on Earth:



Alira: Green Drake. Before she was drafted, she was training to be a professional mother. Alira already feels safer on Earth than she did on her home world ever since the latest war began. Sometimes she cosplays as a Night Elf.



Aurogos: Blue Drake. He’s been keeping himself busy, as the best trained user of magic in the group he’s had plenty of things to do. To say he wasn’t happy with the leadership of his kind on Azeroth would be a great understatement. Azeroth’s ‘Nexus War’ has left him with many nightmares. When thumbs would be helpful, his form of choice is a human with blue hair.



Caliona: Twilight Drake. She was the first to join Tendrion’s little rebellion, though she wasn’t aware of what she’d become a part of at the time. She’s really looking forward to learning proper magic, not just what her friends can figure out on their own. Her mortal form is a human with sharp, aristocratic features, black pigmented eyes, and streaks of blue in her hair.



Dalistraza: Red Drake. Every adventuring group needs a healer, and she’s happy to fill the role. While generally a kind person, her healing training didn’t include ‘bedside manner.’ If she tells you to rest, you will rest. With a wand she will soon be learning the ways of the sticking charm and sleep spells.



Ralion: Twilight Drake. He would normally be a great leader, but he’s been off his game recently, adapting to getting the evil gods out of his mind. He’s glad they’re gone, but it still takes some getting used to. His human form has black hair, a short beard, and purple eyes. His most recent thoughts could be summed up as “Ouch,” just with a lot more cursing.



Senastrasz: Red Drake. You know that guy in the dungeon group that repeatedly gets hit in the face so you don’t? That’s Sen. He chose his path as a Guardian, a protector early in his life and it suits him. He’s also fairly skilled around a forge, learning what he could ever since he saw his flight’s Dragonspawn breathing flame onto weapons before continuing to beat the steel into the proper shape. His second form is a High Elf with red eyes.



Stine: Bronze Drake. When he joined Harry Potter, he officially retired from life as a Time Cop on Azeroth, but it was a mostly thankless job anyway. (Long hours and job hazards aplenty.) Many Bronze Dragons know their fates ahead of time, Stine saw his and didn’t like it at all. When given the chance, he chose a different path who’s end he couldn’t see. His alternate form is a feline centaur called a Tol’vir. Orange with black stripes, ears that suggest an elf in his ancestry and no shortage of muscles identify his second form. His Leatherworking hobby has kept him busy recently, there’s a lot of magical snake to process.



Talion: Black Drake. Most certainly a follower, he was thankful for Tendrion bringing him into the group. He was actually the oldest of his group before coming to Earth, but had an especially crappy childhood. His human form bears a heavily muscled warrior’s build, with black hair and burnt orange eyes.



Vespiona: Twilight Drake. Sister to Ralion, she was very close to Tendrion before they parted ways. She’s in mourning for a loved one she will never see again. Her mortal form is a Draenei with blue skin and purple eyes.









Chapter 11: Chapter 11: Ninja-Looting Hogwarts Castle

Chapter Text

I own neither Harry Potter or Warcraft.



In Warcraft, last I knew anyway, ‘Intellect’ increases a caster’s available mana, (the amount of magic one has to throw around at any given point) the regeneration of said, and the strength or impact of cast spells. That’s the way I’m using it. ‘Agility’ in this fic gives a bonus to speed of movement and the ability to dodge. It’s helpful for Harry because he has pretty good reflexes in cannon and my fic; why cast a shield when you can dodge incoming spells instead?



Harry’s current magical gear:



Two Wands:



Holly and Phoenix Feather: A very precise wand, not a perfect fit for Harry anymore.



Alexestraza’s Boughs and Basilisk Heartstring: Made from the species of tree cultivated over millennia by the Red Dragonflight of Azeroth and the heart of the creature slain by Harry Potter, it it a more aggressive wand, capable of shaping much more magic at the cost of being worse for precise spellcasting. It is capable of channeling more magic than Harry is capable of using right now.



Necklace of the Deep: Agility and Stamina, Intellect and Precision gems, gifted by the mortal compatriots of the second group of dragons when they separated. Due to the nature of the materials used to craft it, the simple pendant feeds pure water into the wearer through the skin, though not enough to keep one hydrated alone.



Skin of the Great Snake (5 out of 8 equipped): Leather Armor set crafted from the hide of Slytherin’s Basilisk. Stine, a skilled but not yet master of Leatherworking, has crafted a series of magical items out of the significant amounts of hide available. A simple set, the leather armor provides benefits to Stamina, Agility, and Intellect. It’s an attempt to bolster Harry’s strengths: to help him not tire easily, dodge incoming spells when possible so as not to waste magic shielding them, and strike harder. The ‘set bonus’ is increasing his ability to dodge and empowering his spells. Visually the Armor is simple emerald leather, no excess adornments.



Equipped Items:

Chest

Waist

Bracers

Legs

Boots




Chapter 11: Ninja-Looting Hogwarts Castle



Under Hogwarts Castle, Stine had been busy. In fact, he’d been so busy, his fingers had begun to bleed. Mock him as much as they want, his mortal form had proved exceedingly useful; an elf’s fingers would have given out hours ago, leaving his task unfinished. He wished he’d had more time, how ironic.



But when he and Aurogos had restored Slytherin’s wardstone, the Bronze drake had cheated. A little bit of himself left in the stone, and he had a limited warning from himself in the future. He’d actually gotten the message when they first entered the Chamber of Secrets, written to him, by him, some time yet in the future. It wasn’t terribly uncommon magic for the Bronze Dragonflight back home: P ast, present, and future were difficult to keep straight at times for creatures that lived in the Caverns of Time.



Stine himself had been born thousands of years ago, apprenticed before the War of the Ancients, and performed his duties across the timeline of Azeroth. An idiot of a Dalaran mage had been his most memorable assignment, he’d tracked the fool that had created an unstable temporal device back through twenty five thousand years of history.



When he finally caught the fool, the mage had been grateful to see a Bronze drake, even knowing he was in serious trouble for mucking with temporal magic. Bronze dragons were usually limited to never travel to the time before their Dragonflight was created, but he had followed the mage through the device. At that point, it was clear the item was only capable of backwards time travel. Stine had made a deal with the mage, don’t threaten the timeline again, agree to destroy all his notes and devices, and Stine would get him back to his correct era.



The mortal carefully placed in a stasis spell, Stine had observed from a distance his distant ancestors, what history now only knew as ‘Proto-Dra gons .’ It was a joy, as he traversed the young world, to see their great diversity, the magic that was such an intrinsic part of them flow wild and free. Stine had stolen across the world, silent as a ghost until he reached the Titan’s Halls of Origination.



Though prickly, the Titan-Forged constructs had agreed to allow him a corner where he could sleep in a stasis spell until the Dragonflights were created. From there, he’d flown to the Caverns of Time and navigated the timeways far into the future. When the time was right, he’d escorted the mage to his workshop, watched him destroy all that was promised, and cast a subtle spell on him that would alert him if the mage ever touched temporal magic again.



As feline hands shook, he carefully wiped his creations clean of the detritus of their crafting and the drops of blood falling onto them.

 

His Lord would be going into battle in only a few hours, and while there was a chance he could have survived that battle without Stine’s greatest work yet, the message had told him that the armor crafted from the snake his Lord had slain two years ago had helped. Without knowing everything about the situation, it was impossible to know whether his contribution made the difference between success and failure.



I hate working within a time-loop. Shame I can’t place blame on anyone else but myself for this one.” Hearing the scraping sound of talons on stone, he was glad to see Alira behind him. Scenting his blood, she rushed forward and began to channel healing magic into his hands. While not a fully-trained healer, she would have to do for now; both Reds would be needed elsewhere in the coming days. But first, a more urgent task loomed.



Alira, I appreciate the help, but there’s a more important task. I need you to write Harry and Hermione notes, then send this stack to her, this stack to him, and these to his closest friends. Dobby can do it. We must get the items sent now , before they wake up.”



-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-



In the Great Hall of Hogwarts, not long after the Ministry had entered the school, Harry had watched Lucius Malfoy leave. He would get more information later, but the fact that the man loved his son was true at least. Ron was bandaged after having one of Flitwick’s animated forks removed from his bicep, and would be fine as long as he let it heal a bit. The Basilisk hide armor Ron wore on his chest had protected him from more than one of the forks that had been flying about.



It was a strange sensation Harry thought, wearing armor under his robes, even more so enchanted armor. Stine had been busy down in the Chamber of Secrets; his skill at working leather into useful items had proven rather useful. All the Weasleys in Hogwarts were sporting vests made from the Basilisk, while Harry and Hermione had even more. Though not visible under his robes, Harry was wearing boots, pants, a belt, chest armor, and two odd items on his forearms. The note that had come along with the armor told him they were commonly known as vambraces or bracers for short, and these were meant to take a blow if one couldn’t avoid it.



Stine’s note ( d ictated to Alira) had described the cumulative effect of armor pieces that were meant to be used together, but Harry hadn’t expected it to work so well. He’d been quicker, more agile than he’d ever thought he could be during that fight. His spells had been stronger too, much of that was thanks to the armor itself and the magical gems that had been placed throughout . Still, he was growing stronger magically himself as well. His body felt stronger, healthier than ever before in his life thanks to the efforts of his new healers.



Harry was honestly surprised at the number of healers rushing to and fro in the Hall, he didn’t know the country had that many. With Ron in tow, the two met up with his older brothers who were sitting with all three of the chaser girls and Ginny. Harry waved, then started drinking more water. Aurogos had given him the expanded water bottle the night before last and told him to drink it wherever he could. It was apparently water with a very thin solution of the regeneration potion he’d already taken once.



When he reached the ice block that held Hermione, his blood ran cold. Dumbledore had done something to her that caused the detection spell last night to register black. If that wasn’t bad enough, he was going to use her against the students; his words when he called her name were laced with magic. When he reached the block, it was cold, but not as cold as it looked. Aurogos strode over and tried to comfort his Lord then. “This is a complete suspension spell. As soon as she’s in a safe place with a mind-healer ready to help her I can release the spell. From her perspective, no time will pass at all from the ice forming to when it releases her. Be just a little careful moving her, I’d recommend an expanded trunk.”



With that said, the Blue drake in disguise walked over to Dali and Senas, reminding them not to exhaust themselves, as the Ministry was not trustworthy. Cameras had arrived by then, and among other things, they captured Harry Potter leaning his head against Hermione’s ice and letting tears fall.



He only allowed himself a few moment’s rest before he walked over to the two Reds fussing over Ralion’s ice. Apparently he would be fine, as long as the spells held. It was the way his first oathsworn screamed when his flames tore at the Fiendfyre that really motivated Harry to finish snuffing it out. To continue the deception, he inquired of the two of them, not especially loud, but loud enough to be overheard by the people running around everywhere. “There’s a space I found on the second floor here. Would you like to move your friend there to keep him out of the way? I’m going to get Hermione secure there and then find a healer I can trust.”



Giving him a warm smile, Senas nodded his head. “Yes, I don’t trust people not to start casting spells at it. These healers don’t believe the ice is a stasis spell. Here, let’s get him into my trunk. With that, the trunk was opened and the ice block containing a very injured dragon was lowered in. Sirius, bless his easily bored heart, had added the same spell that allowed bottomless bags to swallow larger items, among many others, to the rim of the trunk. Soon, Ralion was inside and Dali was charging the runes again. Surprisingly, Hannah Abbott came over and asked how Ral was doing. She looked relieved when they told her that he would be fine in a week or so when the spells ended.



Moving on, Harry asked the Weasleys to assist him with Hermione as his magic was still pretty well used up. Soon she was secured, the twins offering to head down to keep her steady. Looking around one last time before withdrawing, he spied Aurogon working with Draco to get untainted food on the tables, apparently by hunting in the forest with a few Aurors as support. Everyone was feeling more than a little paranoid at the moment, so they decided to get food that had no chance of being tainted by potions. As he gazed at all the faces looking so busy, he spied someone he’d recently seen a photograph of.



With a smile on his face, he asked his friends to hold up a moment. It took a moment to catch up to her, but he was glad when he did. “Andromeda Tonks! It’s nice to meet you, I’m Harry.”

 

Pleased, the woman finished binding a fork wound (As it turned out, Professor Flitwick would gain a new nickname after this, the Fury of the Forks. He was regarded with a good deal more fear by all of his students from this day onward.) before turning to Harry. Sadly the teen she had been treating started snarling at how the golden boy Potter came through without a scratch, when most of the other students had forks jammed in all sorts of places. Harry just stared down at the teen who’d been soundly forked, not once, not twice, but three times during the battle.

 

“Try learning to dodge. What do you think those spells the Headmaster was throwing at me would have done? What did they do to the walls ?” Harry gestured to a section of Hogwarts Castle where the stones were either cooling slag, char, or pebbles. Idiot soundly shut up, he turned to Andromeda again.

 

“My friends need a mind-healer I can trust, are you willing to help us?”



The middle-aged witch smiled at him. “Yes, I can help them Mr. Potter. And it’s nice to meet you. Do you have a room somewhere set up?”



Yes, my friends and I were just on our way to the second floor.” They met up with Ron, Ginny and Senas, as they were waiting for them near the exit. Before exiting, Harry turned back to the room. “Accio Harry Potter’s wand.” There was a great ripping sound of fabric, and the wand flew into his left hand, with a piece of pocket still attached. Harry met the hateful glare from a man he recognized as Walden Macnair, unflinching. The man turned away when Harry smirked.

 

“It’s still my wand, even if it is a mind-control device of some sort.” Harry did hand it off to Andromeda, where she placed it into a small iron box.



As they approached the stairs, finally away from the mass of people, Harry asked Andromeda a question. “I heard my godfather was trying to bring you back into the family, have you been able to speak with him?”



Smiling as they waited for a staircase to fall into position, Ron and Ginny gave Andromeda a curious look as she replied. “Yes, and I’ve accepted, but we shouldn’t talk about it in the open. Is your place secure from prying eyes?”



Yes, I’ve been learning to cast a certain charm the three of us experienced over the summer. It seems to get easier with each cast.” Here, Ron and Ginny were looking back and forth between Senas and Harry. Senas just smiled.

 

“Ah, we’re here. Ron, Ginny, just trust me a moment, okay?”



With that Harry dragged them into the bathroom most couldn’t see, while Andromeda was picked up and carried along by the disguised drake. No one stopped until they were in the tunnel (still lit with stairs) that led down into the Chamber of Secrets.



Neither Ron or his sister recognized the place at first, thankfully. Harry tried to begin explaining. “Sorry about that. We just moved you through a Fidelius Charm, and those are weird to go through if you don’t know the secret. I might as well tell you guys that I’ve been busy this week. You see, I found myself suddenly in need of a lot of space to hide some new friends in the castle. The Room isn’t bad, but we needed something with an escape route if worse came to worst. Andromeda, did Sirius tell you anything about my secrets here?”



No, only that I should trust you like he does, and that your secret completed Regulus’s Last Task.”

 

Okay, how do you feel about magical creatures?” As he waited for her response, Harry found himself tackled nearly to the floor by a purple elf. Ron and Ginny were drawing their wands until they heard Senas laughing. Suddenly they noticed his ears again, which they had previously assumed had been from some stray spell during the battle. Harry felt himself redden as a ‘healthy’ elf rubbed her head against him for a moment; his face blushed even harder when he remembered her treatment for removing the foreign substances from his body.



This is Alira. It’s a long story, but she’s one of the people I met last weekend. Anyone mind if we head into the main area? It’s a bit more spacious and I have an elf that can get us something to eat. Most of us missed breakfast and I, for one, am starving.” And with that, the group started moving down the stairs into the Chamber of Secrets.



-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-



Back in the main hall, Aurogos had thanked Draco for introducing him to the school’s top three warding students before the younger Malfoy and friends went hunting in the forest with some Aurors to watch their backs. It was an eclectic group Aurogon gathered in a side room devoid of portraits a few moments later. To handle objections, Aurogon quickly produced several very simple contracts that stated his goals for what he was about to do and an agreement not to use their collective work for personal gain, as well as a clause to ensure complete secrecy.



Once done, he told them that he now had control over one of the four ward stones of Hogwarts, and wanted to capture control of the rest before the Headmaster tried to return. Everyone decided that was a wonderful idea, so Aurogon led them out in search of the general area he knew the Hufflepuff stone resided in thanks to the Slytherin stone.



-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-



Half an hour later, after they had dueled a number of house-elves to get at the wardstone hidden behind the largest cooking fire in the Castle’s kitchen, Aurogon’s team quickly got to work. “These stones are strange, they have a lot more personality than I’d expect. But with some self-repair sequences and some more aggressive defense options on sub-stones connected to the main one as offerings the Hufflepuff stone accepts!”



Wiping his face clear of sweat, the group paused to enjoy some food the other elves had prepared for them under watchful eyes. They drank deeply of condensed water as well. “I still can’t decide if the Founders were idiots or geniuses. These stones each conflict with and snipe at the others. But overall the ward scheme is still very strong, and getting stronger.”



Between bites of her sandwich, Naomi Lyon, a dark-skinned halfblood Ravenclaw seventh year, added her thoughts into the mix. “Well they say that there’s a fine line between genius and insanity. Perhaps there’s a function to the wards struggling against each other? Could the way they grind at each other be a way to gain strength?”



That was food for thought, that the group considered while they were eating their meal. Naomi continued after a moment. “What I really want to know are those rune sets you used. I’ve never seen any of them elsewhere. Ever.”



This line of thought had Jason Atreides, a seventh year Slytherin pureblood of distant Grecian descent , (but one largely unconcerned with blood purity) and Sarah Summerland, a sixth year muggleborn in Hufflepuff with blond hair and blue eyes , both fixing their attention on Aurogon.



All three just looked at him until he sighed. “I can’t tell you that yet. When things calm down a bit after this though...” He smiled as he drew out the tension. “How would you like to learn the runes I’m using? Some of them are dangerous if you don’t have the right bloodline, and I’m talking about being a descendant, not ‘purity.’ So I won’t teach you how to use runes that will actually try to unbalance and kill you, but I know a few others.”



Sarah scoffed. “A few? If you weren’t using at least three different runic languages I’m a goblin! And we’ve never seen any of them!”



Yes my dear, I know a few interesting things about runes and warding. A few other subjects as well.”



Now Jason joined the conversation. “Like whatever you did to Malfoy and those other students in the great hall? Like that glorious scythe you carry? Salonar, it saddens me that I won’t be here long enough to learn all you could teach me.”



Now Aurogon laughed aloud. “My friends, if we tame the other two ward stones I can usurp the title of Headmaster from the bearded twit. I find that this castle could use a few more classes, and that the defenses could use a lot more work. Hell, a few more adults in the castle could help out and I could argue they were needed as ‘teaching aides.’ If we can do this, tame the castle I plan on making some changes around here. Somehow, your Professors seem to have made learning magic boring! That offends me deeply.



I’m sure the Ministry could try appointing a new headmaster, but they’d have to pry me out of here first. If I can remove the magics limiting the castle’s wards, that won’t be easy for them. You three help me today and as long as you agree to a simple oath or two, I’ll teach you enough to keep you busy for years. What do you say?”



Sarah chugged the rest of her drink and slammed the glass down on the small table. “I say we can eat this on the way up. You said the next stone was somewhere near the Ravenclaw Head of House office? Let's get going!” Both of the other students cheered, and Naomi started leading them up out of the kitchen.



Aurogon smiled. This morning had gone to hell, but if there was one thing his life thus far had taught him it was how to make the best of things when life turned sour. Ten hours, several breaks, a couple of stunned Aurors, and two ward stones later, Aurogon yelled “Yoink!” as he appeased the spirit of Gryffindor’s stone (Which for some reason was guarded by a sleeping stone dragon they’d had to tickle, then slay.) and felt the entire ward scheme of the school fall onto his shoulders.



From the stone, or something very near to it, a voice began speaking in the same tone as the Sorting Hat. “Congratulations! Headmaster Aurogos, formerly of the Blue Dragonflight of Azeroth! Hogwarts has never had a dragon from another world as Headmaster before! We will expect great things from you.”



Looking at the three awed students, Aurogos could only sigh. I guess I’m collecting Dragonsworn already. Okay, if you agree to work under me I will teach you mysteries of magic you can only imagine and offer to extend your lives by at least a millennium. You’ll get stronger magically too, by how much I have no idea on this world. Oh, and that runic language I said I wouldn’t teach you? Once you’re able to speak the language I’ll teach you to use the runes. It’s a bit like Parseltongue and called Draconic.”



The Blue Dragon had already gotten a good read on the three, they were excited by magic and wanted to learn more than anything else. Of course, they wanted comfortable lives too, but with the castle here that was easy enough to supply. Naturally they all agreed as he had known they would. “My people have a ritual oath that binds us together with a mortal. I want you to be sure, because once you take the Oath of the Dragonsworn there is no turning back. You’re basically agreeing to serve me in exchange for knowledge, power, and a long life. I’ve lost a lot in my life, friends, loved ones, my home. If you agree to serve me, you will have a master that cares about your lives, and will never throw you away. Is this something you want?”



Jason was the first one to speak after their mutual agreement. “I’m not sure what you know about the outside world, but things are about to get bad out there. I refuse to join the insanity of the Dark Lord, but I can’t let my family die for my choice either. In a day, you might have doubled the strength of the Hogwarts wards. I’ll take my chances here with you instead of out there, dealing with two dark lords. Are you truly a dragon? How old are you anyway?”



With a sigh, Aurogos used the wards to seal the room they were in, and summon an elf to provide a meal with no potions added. Once the food and water was there, and a slight alteration of the castle linked a hallway with a forgotten Prefect’s bathroom to where they sat, he took his real form once more. After stretching a bit, he answered the other question. “I’m sixty-two. I’ve got about forty years until I reach my first maturity, your society’s equivalent to coming of age at seventeen. Then I’ve got another nine-hundred years after that before others of my kind would consider me wise enough to have a place in our leadership or a voice when we decide something as a group.



I’m going to need to send for a book from the master I studied under for twenty years; he’s going to make fun of me because I once told him I’d never have a Dragonsworn. To give you an idea about how long my kind can live, he’s twenty thousand years old, and among the oldest of our kind. Is there anything else you need to know?” And so they ate, Aurogos back in his mortal form for the ease of using silverware, explaining one thing or another as they went.



That night, after everyone had taken a shower and gotten into comfortable clothes, he had them conjure a large bed, slipping into the corner once again in his true form. “Here’s my first order. Dragonsworn, as far as I’m concerned, are family. I want you to get comfortable around me, so get sorted and we’ll sleep here tonight.”



A little hesitant, the three climbed up, Sarah shuffled until she was leaning against his side, close enough to hear the beating of his heart. Hesitantly, she asked: “What would you have done if we had said no to your offer?”



The Blue drake rumbled as he chuckled. “You weren’t going to say no, any of you. I can see you want to know more about magic and no one knows more on the subject than a Blue Dragon. But to answer your question, I would have convinced you to sign contracts or take oaths that made you unable to tell for at least a decade. If I couldn’t secure a base of power by then, I would deserve what your world would throw at me.



I never liked the idea of mind-altering magic, not since I was a whelp. This whole thing with the old headmaster has soured it even more. Now tomorrow I’ll take us where I left my supplies, you can meet a few other friendly faces while I carve the oathstones and figure out how to send a message to Senegos. Only hard part will be getting you three through a Fidelius effect, but that’s not impossible. Now get some sleep. You’ve been immensely helpful today, and we all need rest for what tomorrow brings.” One by one they got a little closer and eventually fell asleep.



Aurogos stayed up a fair bit longer. He had learned most of the magic around Dragonsworn years ago. It wasn’t something he shared with anyone, but he was going to offer one of the female High Elves Senegos’s clan had taken in to become his; his Dragonsworn, his partner in their mutual service of Azeroth, his lover for as long as the both of them lived. It hurt to think about, when he’d found her dead in the Nexus. He’d even carved the oathstone for her out of a precious jewel she loved. He knew she would have said yes, they’d been courting for years.



His mind drifted to the time she’d ridden on his back to a deserted beach he’d spent a lot of time warding to keep out anything that would ruin their day. He would never forget her smile when she asked him how they were getting there and he had lowered his shoulder. The intimacy of that flight, the sound of her laughter in the surf, the feel of her pressed against his true form as they enjoyed a roasted boar over an open fire, and the feelings she provoked when she had splayed out on a blanket in the light of the sunset and offered herself would never be forgotten. As she lay there, offering herself, he had just leaned close and whispered in her ear, his tone full of lust. “Soon my love. Soon we’ll be together and fly across this world for millennia to come.”



A few days later, they and many others had gone to the Coldarra to affirm their loyalty to their newly awakened Aspect. Maybe someday I won’t hate myself for that. Perhaps that is one benefit of our long lives. With some embarrassment, he realized his memories had caused a physical reaction. At least they’re asleep. If either of the females offered to lay with me I don’t think I could turn them down, but at some point soon I need to tell them it isn’t required or expected.



But if they’re interested and willing… It’s not like I’ve had a chance for physical relief in a long time. If not for the taboo between flights Dalistraza would have been a nice dalliance, but it isn’t as if I had feelings anywhere near close enough to consider breaking the Titan’s law like that. Glad the younger ones were asleep enough to miss his toothy yawn, he closed his eyes. Oh well, it has been a very long and busy day.



-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-



While Aurogon was launching an expedition to punch house elves in the face and tickle stone dragons in pursuit of the ward stones, Harry Potter was leading an increasingly nervous group down into the Chamber of Secrets. When he looked back to see Ron and Ginny frozen as they finally realized where they were, he sighed. “I know you both have bad memories of being in here, but it isn’t so bad now. All it took was proper lighting and some fresh faces and it’s like a different space entirely. I think they were even talking about installing a garden around somewhere. Trust me, there’s an entirely different secret down here these days.”



Ron just gave Harry a hard look. “And what secret would that be Harry?”



Alira cut in then, as she melted into her natural form. “That Harry Potter’s keeping his dragons down here. My Lord, would you like me to run ahead and get lunch set up?”



Feeling slightly exasperated, Harry answered her. “Please do. We’ll get our injured taken care of right away, but Dali will need some food. Make sure she doesn’t overwork herself please.”



With that, she bowed to them, dipping her head to expose her neck and extending her wings above her. “Yes my Lord!” And with that she rushed away, half flying as she dashed.



Now, his friends were giving him even stranger looks. “What? You know the crazy shit that happens to me, you’ve been there for most of it. Friday night I got a vision that someone needed help, some goddess on their world decided to accept their offering and grant them passage off their world to someplace where they could survive, next thing I know I’m in the Room with a portal and dragons are flying out of it. The first few were pretty banged up too. Heck, Hermione and I spent hours that first night just treating injuries and keeping them calm, they didn’t have it easy growing up. Couple days later we got some more, less scruffy and more cultured.”



Senas cut in with a snort. “Cultured? Maybe, maybe Aurogos and Dali. The rest of us? My Lord, I told my commander to go to hell when I found out I only had one sibling left. I’ve been ignoring orders for almost twenty years. Luckily any sensible dragon knows healers tend to be easy, squishy, high-value targets in war, so they’ve let me be. Are you going to warn your friends about Stine or should I?”



Harry pinched his nose as they kept moving. “Okay, Ron, Ginny, Mrs. Tonks: I have a band of dragons down here. They’re fully sentient, thinking creatures that have a natural form like you saw Alira run off in. They also have something similar to the animagus transformation, where they search within themselves or something and get a form that has thumbs and can usually go shopping without people screaming ‘Oh god! It’s a dragon! Call the army! Call the guard! It wants to buy a side of beef and some torches for its cave, we must kill it!’”

 

Harry pointedly ignored Senas openly laughing at his side. Stine, a Bronze Dragon, decided to have a form that would actually attract more notice if he went out for a stroll in the halls. He’s an orange tiger-centaur creature called a Tol’Vir. He thinks they’re awesome. And I admit, if I had one for an animagus form, I’d be using it all the time myself. Um, the only other shocking thing would be that Vespiona, Ralion’s sister, has the form of a blue goat woman. Apparently it’s called a Draenei, and I still can’t square the fact that her form is the same species as the male I saw a few days ago. Damn, that feels like months ago now.”



Again breaking in, Senas chuckled before speaking. “That would be the two-month plus waking dream where you taught us to speak English and we all learned mental defenses. Plus we shared our tragic backstories. And I say that in jest, but I think Hermione was the only one with an even slightly happy childhood. I’d take not having any friends over almost all my siblings dead, unless that meant I forgot about them.”



Ron, who had briefly tried to imagine life if he’d lost all his brothers was pale. “What happened? I can’t even imagine something so terrible...”



Looking at the red-head, and approving of the color, Senastrasz gave him a short summary. “Our world has been invaded a bunch of times. The first time we got these giant parasites that corrupt living things and can’t be killed, they are why we’re here. The second time, demons invaded, and we lost four-fifths of the landmass and countless lives. The third time, the demons got these creatures called Orcs to go first and kill everything they could. The Red Dragonflight wasn’t ready.



Our Aspect, the Dragon Queen Alexstrasza, was captured and the orcs used a stolen artifact from the demon invasion ten-thousand years ago to control her, and through her take control of every member of her flight except those who had the force of will, life experience, and personal power to fight back. I wasn’t one of those, another couple hundred years and maybe I could have, but there was no contest. I’ll never forget the violation of carrying an orc into battle on my back in a saddle. He made me chase a human woman and her child as they fled a village the Orcs were burning, told me if I let them go he’d make me watch a dozen children of my kind die slowly. I hunted down the fleeing pair, despite making every tracking mistake I could. Just before I had to choose to kill them or not, the orc got an arrow through his skull.



I told the force that found me everything I could, but I couldn’t not fight. I was taken alive and spent the rest of the war, and the time after till our queen was freed healing injuries at a hospital in exchange for my food. You see, I wasn’t allowed to let myself die, and I told them how to exploit that.



When I was freed, thankfully someone remembered to come tell the humans I was safe; you see believing someone under mind control that they’re suddenly free is a horrible idea. I got back to where my people lived and found all my siblings, save one, and most of my friends dead. I was so happy to find Dali alive, you have no idea, and I hope you never do Ronald. She was kept out of the war, and if I ever find out who did that I’ll owe them a debt I can’t ever repay. Always appreciate your family. You’ll,” Here the Red choked a bit. “you’ll never know how much you’ll miss them till they’re gone.”



Harry couldn’t help reaching over and wrapping an arm around the taller ‘man’s’ shoulders, Ron doing the same thing, unable and unwilling to imagine the horror of discovering his family dead. His other arm grabbed his little sister and held her close, despite her protests. They stood there for a few moments outside the inner door to the Chamber before Senas cleared his throat. “Thank you. Let’s get in before Alira comes looking. (Đ:) Open! Got to love the Draconic Parseltongue crossover. Oh god, that smells delicious! Dobby is the best damn elf I swear to the Titans!”



All of them filed in before helping the twins and Dali out of the trunk. Harry helped remove Ralion, because he still needed the rune charged often, while Hermione would be safe where she was for now. The Weasley family had a quiet moment with a group hug, Ron and Ginny just telling their brothers how glad they were their family made it through the morning. Quickly, he introduced the group to Talion, Caliona, Stine, and Vespiona. There was indeed a nice spread, set out on a very impressive oak dining table. Harry decided not to ask where it came from, as he honestly didn’t care if it was stolen as long as it came from Voldemort’s supporters. He had fun telling Ron what each dish was.



No, those aren’t dumplings! They’re flavored bones. Those are hearts, Dobby’s gotten good at them, try if you want but you might want to avoid the spicy ones unless you can breathe fire.” Ron actually did enjoy a smoked cow heart to everyone’s surprise. No one that wasn’t a carnivore seemed to enjoy it besides him sadly.



Andromeda decided to excuse the poor table manners because the children had just fought against a dark lord in pitched battle and not died. When she had been called to Hogwarts as part of an emergency summons for a potential mass-casualty event, she had been so very, very worried. Thankfully it seemed to have ended with no deaths, just a lot of forkings, assuming ‘Ralion’ pulled through. She was not at all worried at leaving the cases above to the other healers, there were tons of them all over the castle now. Harry’s group needed someone trustworthy, so here she was.



When the Green dragon saw that she wasn’t eating much (Unlike those living in the castle, the healer had eaten breakfast.) Andromeda accepted her invitation to take a look at some toxins from Harry, finding his raging blush very curious. After giving her respects to Sirius, who was on mirror call now, talking to the students, she realized why when the toxin sample turned out to be a preserved semen sample.



Her outrage was mollified somewhat when the dragon explained her usual method for removing, say a snake’s venom, involved a splash of blood, but Harry had so many things in his system she’d have had to exsanguinate the boy twice and not get all of it. So, having to get creative she used a few stories that Andromeda would consider belonging in a naughty nurse sexual fantasy to begin removing the toxins. When she went on to add in the health and mental benefits of the procedure, Andromeda was a little out of her depth arguing against it. Especially when the drake admitted that something she hoped to accomplish was Harry feeling like he was worth the attention she was freely heaping on him.



As they discussed the rest of the treatments the boy had been given, the life-fire intrigued her professionally. Alira admitted they had a much stronger source of it in stasis, along with a number of their children, but were hesitant to bring them out before a food supply was ready. As a mother, Andromeda certainly knew how much pregnant women and kids could eat. Between the two of them they started to plan the treatments for everyone down here. “Call me Andy if you wish, we’re both healers of a sort. Do you have a place for brewing potions? I can get started on some strong purging potions after I call my elf. If we bring in my husband, he can help with the potions. He’s been a great help when I’ve needed him over the years, and I’m afraid we’re going to need a lot of purging potions in this school.”



Between the two house-elves that were willing to help, Ted was soon introduced to everyone, taking the dragons in stride but the Tol’Vir that had gone back to helping render the Basilisk less so. When Sirius had mentioned the possible goose-chase Remus was on, (And yes, Sirius had contacted Remus to tell him that Albus had been possessed by something but everything was fine! Really! Now just go find what you’re looking for and come back, but possibly not to Number 12.) Ted had decided he wanted to look into the animagus transformation if he could turn into a tiger centaur.



In other news, the Order had been mostly at headquarters that morning, and between the house wards, Sirius, and a crazy little house elf, had been stuffed into expanded boxes with instructions on how to spell their own amenities. The boxes were behind apparition and portkey wards near the ruins of Potter Manor. They were not happy , but helpless as upon leaving the trunks to remove the wards, they became disoriented and were quickly stunned and tossed back into the box. Dora Tonks had been given one of the few purge potions on hand and instructed by her mother to help Sirius. The elves had been busy but had gotten her what she needed to remember the secret, along with the note that she now had the ability to betray Harry Potter, but if she did her life would be short and unpleasant. Dali was usually the best with words, but Aurogos had elevated threats to a form of art.



While much preferring mischief potions, the Weasley twins were happy to help brew the needed potions. Half were sent to Sirius to get some Order members on their feet, including a frantic Molly Weasley that Sirius honestly just wanted to make someone else’s problem. Ginny was violently unhappy when she was tapped to head upstairs to placate her mother, even though she was a little glad to get out of the Chamber.



(Molly was glad to hear that Ron was helping out Harry, just being there for him. When she heard the twins were helping Healer Tonks produce the needed potions, she felt a deep well of pride in them . Medical Grade potions were, by definition, nearly perfect. If their joke shop failed to pan out, such skilled brewers would always find work.)



Molly still wanted to see Harry for herself, and did explode when told he was otherwise occupied. Hogwarts was now considered a crime scene, and dinner was served in the common rooms and was gone over with a series of spells that would have made Alastor Moody proud if he had actually been a teacher the previous year.



Night fell, and Draco reported to his father that Salonar had disappeared earlier that day after being introduced to the best warding prospects in the castle. After some thought, both agreed that he had likely decided to secure the castle, not trusting the Ministry to do it correctly. And since Draco was still in the Castle where Dumbledore was the Headmaster, he wished the teen good luck in his efforts.



Only those under a potion slept well in the castle that night. Much of the night was passed in quiet conversations where students discussed mortality, morality, and how their perception of the world had changed. Fighting alongside every other house, every other student, alongside Potter and the Malfoys and the newcomers… It made one realize how petty some of their divisions truly were. Badger, Lion, Raven or Snake, they had all nearly died this day.



Inside the chamber, purging potions were administered and were found to be effective for some. Harry didn’t register much of a difference sadly, the substances within him protecting each other from the purge in a strange balance. He did end up blushing as he followed Alira into the medical area for another ‘treatment’ while Ron and the twins got rid of the trust potions in a truly unpleasant fashion. Andromeda had made several trips up, Stine volunteering to carry the completed potions as far as the bathroom. She didn’t expect to make conversation with him, but didn’t mind speaking with an immigrant from another world.



Honestly? I’ll take any distraction I can to take a break from cutting up that snake. Bronze magic is keeping the thing preserved so I actually have to do most of it. We’ve made some wands out of the heart, and armor from the hide. Most of the meat will make a good introduction to the whelps in storage, ‘Here’s our new leader, look at the big snake he killed, come eat.’ Is probably about the best way to break it to them that Tendrion didn’t make it.

 

“I heard that the young ones adored him after a couple days; he was the leader of the group that saved them. You should ask Caliona or Talion if you’re curious about the whole story, though parts of it are pretty depressing. Aurogos is running around the castle doing something, I think the twins said he’s got three Ancient Runes students skilled with wards with him. My guess? He doesn’t want Albus able to get inside the castle if he can help it.”



When she exited the Fideliused bathroom Andromeda discovered that reporters and Aurors knew she had stepped out of view with Harry Potter and several of the new faces. Suddenly finding herself disseminating information, Andromeda reported that Harry Potter was being treated for magical exhaustion and a variety of potion effects and was expected to recover. When the Daily Prophet asked about Ms Granger, she had said that the young woman remained in stasis for the moment, and she hoped to have an update on her condition tomorrow.



She also said that the young man that was the first reported dragon animagus was expected to fully recover, but that was expected to take at least a week. By now, pensieve memories had been viewed of the entire battle and more questions were being asked about how he had weakened the Fiendfyre enough for Harry Potter to destroy it. Andromeda had no information on that, she could only say that he was in rather rough shape afterwards. (Those who had watched the memories could only cringe, those were not happy sounds the young man made while fighting the cursed flames.)



When the Ministry demanded their healers be allowed to see Harry Potter, Andromeda had refused, citing that she was a fully-accredited healer and mind-healer, in addition to being a relative of Harry Potter through his Grandmother. She also said that the boy trusted her, and trust was essential to the treatments he required. Andromeda also praised her husband and Fred and George Weasley for their work around the cauldrons, producing the high-grade purging potions that were so desperately needed. Eventually, Molly Weasley had pushed her way forward and asked about her son Ron; she was told that he was helping Harry through this difficult time after enduring a purging potion.



At that point, she handed the box of verified Healer’s Grade potions off to the healer leading the operation to get all the students cleaned out. Andromeda told the older man that she had four skilled brewers and as many cauldrons as they could handle ready to brew if he needed anything else made.

 

As she turned to begin a merry goose chase that would involve a secret passage on the fourth floor leading to the second and back into the Fideliused bathroom, there was one last question about what Harry thought Britain should do about Dumbledore. Andromeda paused a moment, Harry had been rather vocal about that as he felt the sting of betrayal.



In remembrance of the great man Albus once was, Harry would ask that the Headmaster be put down swiftly and humanely before the man manages to kill anyone. I’m not sure any of us will ever know when Albus began down this path, but perhaps it is best to simply eliminate the threat before he tarnishes his own legacy with a massacre like he attempted this morning. No good man would want to be remembered for killing a school filled with children. Harry will likely not be ready to give interviews for some time I expect, and we would appreciate the press and Ministry giving him time to order himself. Thank you.”



When Andy reached the chamber again, she found both ice blocks out, and the students and dragons sleeping near them. Ted had transfigured a bed for the two of them, as well as appropriate sleeping attire. “Have a good time with the vultures Andy? Vespiona is taking the first watch, we saw you get swarmed. Here, we might as well sleep in the open for now too. I think that with everything they’ve been through, sleeping together like that should be soothing. It’s interesting watching them in a pile like that, I was talking to Stine, he said it was comforting for them. He started to wax on about his youth, how his ‘clutch’ would wear themselves out playing in the desert sun and then sleep in a pile in the shade.”



Together, they moved to the fully modern bath and shower room just off the main study. (Between several magicals skilled with transfiguration and a very helpful house elf, this room had seen its first remodel since Slytherin himself walked the halls.) Thinking aloud as she began her nightly rituals, Andy aired her thoughts. “And it gives them comfort, physical touch. Possibly more so than humans even. Have you seen the way they brush against each other, as if they’re reaffirming they’re still here? And that’s not even counting the green one.” She said after ensuring Ted and herself wouldn’t be overheard as they showered together. “She’s especially touch oriented.”



I learned a little more about them while you were busy today Andy. Apparently all the ones we’ve seen today are considered teenagers in their culture. The ‘Drake’ stage of development is the time they use to choose a career and they usually end up apprenticed under an older dragon.

 

“Alira was training to become a Broodmother, a career which is essentially a professional mother. It leans much more towards rearing than birthing though. Her personality would seem to be a good one for comforting small ones. There were two groups, before they came here to our world. Alira was considered the ‘little sister’ of the second group. Essentially war came and she got drafted along with the rest of them. Apparently, both groups were working to keep her alive. She’s no fighter though, and some of the things she saw really shook her up.”



What sort of things Ted? If they’ve told you.”



Heh, some of them are positively chatty Love. And the others are making an effort to learn to socialize. The one they mentioned was probably what caused the most damage. Now, Alira was learning how to care for their children, and she would have been doing that while working under an experienced Broodmother, meaning she was learning by doing. The second group was hunting down remnants of an opposing army, and at one point followed a trail into a cave. They had taken at least a dozen of the ‘child’ dragons in there, the cult they were fighting. Now, their enemy was a Twilight Cult, which were humans and others that had chosen to join, and Twilight Dragons, which were kidnapped as eggs and very forcefully brainwashed.



When they broke into the cave, there were dead ‘whelps’ everywhere. Rather than let the whelps be freed the cultists killed them. And then the kicker. There were as many Twilight Whelps as the others dead in there. The cultists knew that the other dragons wanted to find a way to save them, and just decided to kill them too. No one argued when Aurogos ordered them drug out of the cave, interrogated to within an inch of their lives, healed, then burned alive on the bonfire they used to cremate the whelps, theirs and the Twilight both. She wasn’t the same after, but they’ve said she’s doing better here. Harry apparently makes her feel safe.”



A few tears rolled down Andromeda’s cheeks as she stood under the water. That was truly awful, and she’d seen a lot of awful things during the last war. While the Death Eaters didn’t spare children, they didn’t generally target them either, not unless they were old enough to fight. “If she were a human girl, I’d encourage attachment but not obsession in her case.



I was told about how they’ve bound themselves to Harry, it’s a two way bond. If that boy wasn’t leader material to begin with the magic is going to warp him until he is. I don’t know what kind of negative effects it might have, but there is a positive in that the bond is giving him purpose. That will see him through a lot. What do you think of his mental state Ted?”



As the two shared an intimate, but not really sexual moment washing each other Andy was never more glad her husband had supported her when she became a healer, then eventually a mind-healer as well. He’d joined her in taking most of the oaths and learning as much as he could too. While he wasn’t a true mind-healer, Ted was better learned than most muggle counselors, and helped with patients that found it difficult to talk to a woman. At other times, he ran a small business helping magicals navigate the muggle world.



Thinking for a moment, Ted gave his thoughts slowly. “Right now he’s in a lot of pain, probably has a lot of trouble trusting people too. It might end up a blessing that he’s surrounded with people that can’t betray him. To be honest, they’re all messed up in some way. Even Ron has problems comparing himself to his brothers. I think as long as they lean on each other they can all heal.



On a note I hate to bring up, with Albus playing mind games with the boy, is there any chance You-Know-Who is still dead?” Feeling his wife flinch and shake her head, he knew things were going to get bad in the time to come. Albus, insane or not, was someone Voldemort feared. Without that fear…

 

“Well, let’s just focus on getting the kids healthy. While it could use a few things, this isn’t the worst hideout I’ve ever seen. Plus, there’s something ironic about hiding from him in Slytherin’s personal chamber.”



Later, dry and wearing much more to bed than they had in years, the married couple adjusted their bed, chuckling at the mess of teens and dragons curled together across the way. Ted watched Talion stretch and wake Dali before taking his place at that wonderful Marauder’s map. Dali, seeming to luxuriate in her natural form, quickly checked the translucent ice block, charging it with more of her healing power, before sliding back into the pile. Oddly, the pile was shifting without those within being truly awake now that the main heat source was taking his turn at watch. Shaking his head with a chuckle, Ted slipped into bed and held his wife close as they both fell asleep.

 

-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-

 

A/N: Ninja-looting is a practice from the early days of World of Warcraft where you would work with a group to kill a monster, some of them requiring forty players back then, and then steal or renege on agreements about the loot.

Hope you guys enjoyed this chapter, and all the reviews made me happy! Well over 100 on all sites now : )

 

 














Chapter 12: Chapter 12: Headmaster

Chapter Text

I own neither Harry Potter or Warcraft.

A note: In this fic, a creature that lives 10,000+ years matures at a slower rate than one that lives 100 or so. Harry Potter’s drakes have mental maturity in the range of a 15-18 year old human. Granted the war, loss, and bloodshed has had an impact on them also.

Drakes are teenage dragons, in Elune’s Pebble and Blizzard Cannon.



Chapter 12: Headmaster



After the previous day, no one in the castle woke early. Eventually though, nature called, and habit asserted itself. Aurogos awoke to a whispered conversation and it didn’t take him long to realize that he had shifted during the night, exposing a common morning condition among males of many species. Thankfully, he could hear from his breathing patterns that Jason was still asleep.



Sighing as he forced himself awake fully, as soon as he was fully aware he shifted himself into his other shape. Looking at the startled teens, he tried to reassure them. “I’m sorry about that. Some of the discussions last night brought up pleasant memories. Did you two get enough sleep?”

 

He saw the nods of their bright red faces and found himself thinking the blushes were rather cute. Perhaps he had grieved long enough? He would never forget, but maybe he could move on.



Good, wake Jason. Castle? An Elf please.” As requested, an elf in the Hogwarts uniform showed up. “Elf, I need a trunk that’s in good shape from the Room of Requirement. Can you sense what I am?.”



Yes Headmaster Draggy. We’s knows yous not human. But wes serves you since yous the Headmaster.”



Smiling at the elf, Aurogon finished his chain of commands. “I’m very happy to have your loyalty. After you leave here, I also want you to gather all the elves together and tell them that my not being a human must remain a secret. I could be chased out of the castle if the humans find out, and there’s so much I want to teach the students about magic. Make sure any elf that enters the castle that isn’t Dobby the free elf or Kreacher of the Black Family either doesn’t learn, or can’t tell okay? I’m going to be relying on the house-elves of the castle a lot in the days to come, we have a lot of work to do together. Is there anything you need or any questions you want to ask me?”



S tammering, the female elf shook her head wildly, throwing her ears about. “No Headmaster! We’s not be needing anything or having questions.”



Okay. I want the elves to know they can come to me if they need something or need an order clarified. I want the elves of this castle to be the healthiest, strongest, smartest elves in the world, and I want everyone to know it. Go about your business.” The elf immediately popped away after that. Only a moment later, a trunk in good repair appeared at his feet.



Naomi spoke first. “Wow, laying it on a little thick there, Headmaster ?”



Aurogon snorted. “I didn’t lie. House-elves are strange little creatures, but they have their own pride. I’m not about to short them praise when they do so much. Anyone with power over others that doesn’t want the best for them doesn’t deserve it in the first place. Use the restroom down the hall if you need, I’m going to be casting an expansion charm on this trunk. You three will need to ride in it for a bit, there’s a Fidelius in effect between us and my supplies.”



Not long after, the three were standing to the side as he finished casting the charm and ensuring the charm was stable. “Can you transfigure a ladder and whatever furniture you want? It is still early, but there’s a lot to do today.”



Within a few moments his Dragonsworn hopefuls were seated in the trunk and the room unsealed. Aurogon quickly made for the closest staircase, and it was nice to watch them rearrange themselves for his convenience. Ten minutes later and he was walking into the Chamber of Secrets. He was surprised how many people were just now rising from sleep down here.



Though he needed his supplies, he stopped to bow in his human form before his Lord. “Good morning Harry. I apologize for not returning, but I had an opportunity to remove the wards from Dumbledore’s control. I collected the best students in the castle in the field of warding, and I took control of the other three stones. Albus Dumbledore is no longer welcome at Hogwarts, and the castle, along with the elves, recognizes me as Headmaster.”



Harry was impressed. “Well done, um, rise? You don’t need to bow to me, really.”



Aurogon just smiled as he rose. “I know my Lord. Sadly, there was a small complication, and three students were present when the last wardstone acknowledged me as Aurogos of the Blue Dragonflight, along with the world where I was born. I offered the three a place as my Dragonsworn, to keep the secret and they agreed. I’ll give them one last chance to back out, but I think the benefits of the position have convinced them.”



Dragonsworn? I don’t think we’ve discussed that term yet. What did you offer them?” By now, much of the rest of the Chamber was listening in, very curious as to what was going on.



We probably haven’t mentioned it yet my Lord, it isn’t a very common practice, though some Flights use it more than others. A Dragonsworn gives their service to a Dragonflight or individual dragon in exchange for knowledge, long life, the eventual ability to speak Draconic, and stronger magic over time.”



One of the Weasley twins, it was too early to be sure which, let out an impressed whistle. “Any chance you can bottle that stuff? How much power? And how long a life?”



Aurogon responded quickly. “No, it really varies a lot, and roughly a thousand years for a human with an expected life span of eighty years. These three will probably live longer, but I’m just not sure how much yet. They’ll be useful as we repair and enhance the wards my Lord; if nothing else they really are skilled. The only downside is I will be providing protection for their families if they want, but I doubt you would have a problem with that.



Also, I need to work out a way to send a message through the portal. You see, I left a book I will need for some of the Dragonsworn magic behind because I never expected to need it. It was written by a dragon that was arrogant and very convinced of his own humor, but it remains the definitive work on that subject of magic. In fact, Senegos might be willing to send the rest of my collection as well. I didn’t have a huge horde of magical objects, but I do have a few shiny things lying around.”



Ron looked at Harry. “Do you think Hedwig could handle it? She could be the first owl post delivery between worlds!”



Harry sighed. “I think she’d get angry if I didn’t give her the chance. I haven’t even seen her since this started. Aurogos, go ahead and act as you see fit. We’ll get my owl to the portal later, I’d like her to have a few protection charms at least.”



With that said, Aurogos moved over to the storage room, quickly finding his pack and setting to work. Normally, an oathstone would require much more time to craft, but he really didn’t have time to spare. In any case, this was something he’d done before, including all the imperfect attempts he’d thrown away. With what he needed, he stepped down into the trunk and spread out his tools onto a table. He showed the three teens the rocks in his hands. There were various stones that could be used, but for these three he had chosen a magically infused blue granite mined from the area surrounding his Flight’s main settlement.



Okay, you three, I’m going to be carving the oathstones now. If you decide you don’t want to join me, I’ll get you out of here after you make a binding agreement to keep my secret. Don’t try to run if you get cold feet, there’s seven other dragons up there and some of them are kind of twitchy right now. We’re secure down here with two doors that require a magical language and a Fidelius over the only exit.



Now, a little more information while I carve these. First, do not let anyone know what you are. My magic will be ‘nudging’ yours to make it grow and if you end up in the Department of Mysteries getting dissected, we don’t have the resources yet to rescue you yet. Same with going against either Dark Lord. Secondly, we will be protecting your families as best we can. Jason was right, there is a storm coming, and the best thing we can do right now is to make this school a rock on which every storm will break. We’ll be upgrading your families wardstones, or supplying them as needed.



Third, as far as relationships go, you’re free to ‘follow your heart’ as long as you don’t compromise any secrets in doing so. Three Dragonsworn is already a little much for me, but one of the other dragons can offer this deal to a mate of yours so they share your longer lives as well.” There, Jason’s stone was finished. Just the standard effects, with another that would let his ‘patron’ know if he was in danger. He’d include that on the girl’s as well.



Something else you should know. After a century or so, you will start to resemble my true form more and more.” Hmm, what else to include on theirs… Remembering that dream and how I woke, perhaps something to control their fertility? If they choose to lay with me, now would be a bad time to have little Dragonspawn running around. Easy enough to add, I’ll default it so they can’t get pregnant right now, but if I die or they decide to start a family they’ll be able to. Perhaps something to stabilize their bodies to prevent pain and discomfort from their reproductive cycles? Hmm, dampening pain is always dangerous, it's safer to prevent it. Hmm, just have it use their magic to minimize discomfort then.



What else? I can add something to help them stay in the peak of fitness, and add that to Jason’s too. How to do that? Nudge their bodies to keep positive physical changes and reject the bad? That would let them build muscles and not lose them, well lose them easily anyway. I don’t think there’s anything else I can add right now. Coming out of his near trance, he saw the three looking at him with clear respect. They had seen him carving runes with a clawed finger sparking with magic, and modifying them on the fly. Then he went back and added a whole subset to the first stone, as if doing that without unbalancing the whole sequence was no big deal.



I added a few things to the oathstones. I can only add a few permanent effects with it, so I was rather limited. All three stones, when used, will attach a permanent tracking charm to you. More importantly, the magic includes a portion that will alert me when you are in danger. Also, all the stones contain a set that will help keep you fit. A strong body helps give you strong magic, so the second effect will keep you strong and fit. Essentially it prevents the normal deterioration of muscles when you stop pushing yourself.



It isn’t completely effective on its own, but it should help. There’s two other effects on the stones for Naomi and Sarah; you should enjoy the additions but I’ll discuss them later. I will warn you, this is the last chance to back out, once the oath is taken it cannot be reversed.”



Becoming very serious, and retaking his true form, Aurogos handed each of the teens a small stone, carved with the individual in his mind. “Jason Atreides, Naomi Lyon, Sarah Summerland. The stones you carry contain a binding oath, service to me for the rest of your mortal lives in exchange for my boons and protection.



The Blue Dragonflight of Azeroth was charged with the protection of Magic itself. Our tasks have been many, from maintaining the ley-lines that are the very pulse of the world to keeping certain magics away from those who would be destroyed by them. Now, my task on this world is the teaching of Magic, of showing students it’s mysteries and majesty. If your choice is to stand with me as helpers for the centuries to come, place the stones on your flesh above your heart and repeat after me. ‘I do hereby accept the oath upon this stone. I swear to give my service as it is demanded of me until my final breath, so shall it be.”



Each of them said the words as guided, and the stones shattered in a pulse of magic. A small shard broke off of each and entered their flesh. Azure symbols appeared on their skin above their hearts, runic markings that formed a single word in Draconic: Sworn.



Aurogos stood proud in front of them as they fell to their knees, covered in sweat and shaking as they felt the first tendrils of draconic magic snake through their flesh. It wasn’t painful, though in the past it was described as excruciating. That wasn’t the first impression most wanted for their Dragonsworn, so the process was improved. The drake could feel a sliver of their magic touch him as well; he smiled at the impression of each of them, so eager to learn what he would teach them, so enamored with studying magic for its own sake.



He’d guessed that already, their chosen paths and the time they’d spent studying were proof, but it was nice to know he had been right. He could feel a true eagerness coming from them, a drive he could respect. From Sarah and Naomi, something else that made him want to smirk. Perhaps he had been alone for too long. Well, he would first make absolutely clear it was their choice, he would not force them into his bed and would accept rejections.



How do you feel, my Dragonsworn?”



Jason retook his feet first, flexing his hand several times in near wonder. “I feel strong, like I just drank a pepper-up potion that was made far too potent. This can’t be the way it feels all the time, can it?”



Laughing as the girls got up, Aurogos smiled, his heart feeling lighter than it had in some time. “I understand that you’ll get used to it. My magic is bolstering yours, and in doing so, your own magic will grow over time. In time, your body will grow stronger as well. You should age normally, if a bit slower than normal, until you reach your peak, that point where to grow older would mean growing weaker. It will be a very long time until you begin to feel the ravages of old age .”



His cheer was infectious, and the teens were still smiling themselves, though covered in drying sweat. “Now, my first direct order is this: You will not share, or allow to be taken from your mind, the secret of what you are without my direct permission. The same goes for the other secrets you will see once we leave the trunk and enter the Chamber of Secrets.”



He paused at the awed looks around him, especially the one on Jason. “What? We needed a hiding place here, and no one was using the space. My second command is this: You will not be influenced by any form of compulsion or mental effect, save the Dragonsworn oath. My third command is this: You will only obey orders which are intended as orders, you will ask for clarification if needed. That is in case I say something conversationally, or in jest. My fourth and final command is this: You will come to me if you need something. I will take pride in you three, in your joys and accomplishments. Now, any questions before we see the Chamber?”



The three teens shook their heads with the looks of those who still haven’t caught up with the recent changes in their lives. Aurogos, told them to head up while he collected his supplies. Quickly, he didn’t want to miss their expressions, he cleaned up his work station along with the dust from the oathstones.



He did laugh when he stepped out into the main chamber to see the three staring at one thing and then another, not sure what to ask first. They all three quailed at the sight of the Basilisk, but an orange furry creature climbing on it and cutting pieces off the corpse killed the tension there. Alira gilded over, seeming to have become a little antsy on the ground in the last few days, and introduced herself with a slight bow of her head. She seemed excited to have so many people down here, even if it hurt security.



Spying Harry sitting down to eat, he made his way over. “My Lord, I think I have a plan. I wasn’t intending to be the Headmaster of the school, but the previous one needed to be kept out. Now that I am, I’m considering a drastic reshaping of the curriculum. From what I’ve heard and read, your teachers have nearly made learning magic boring! Snape was neither a good teacher or man, your defense teachers have mostly been terrible, and the teaching in History is only good for catching up on other work.



I think I can convince Lucius Malfoy to back new classes if I’m careful not to let him get too much influence. I want Hogwarts to teach how to work in a magical forge, how to create a true familiar bond, and most of all how to appreciate the majesty of magic! If my guess is right, I can bring you and Draco forward as supposed equals under me, and you can sway the students to your side. At the same time, with a few careful words and a well-known reporter under a contract, we can repair your image and build you up as a future leader.”



When Harry started to object, Aurogon countered him. “I know you would prefer to simply be a man my Lord. But right now your government is massively corrupt, Voldemort is regaining his power, and the man your world would turn to oppose him tried to murder every student in the school yesterday when his misdeeds were exposed. Your people need a good man to lead them. It is your choice Harry, but I want you to know that every one of your dragons believes you can do it, we’ve talked about it extensively. We believe in you, and will be with you every step of the way.”



Harry hesitated for a moment. “I, I don’t think I’m leader material. But I don’t think I could live with myself if I didn’t do everything I could to help. Go ahead with your plans, I trust you.”



For now, the best way forward seems to attempt to keep events moving slowly while we build up power. If you give me six months or a year I can have this castle impregnable by anything either Dark Lord might attempt. We can train you physically, magically, and in how to lead. I think… I think before the Nexus War my old master wanted me to be his successor, maybe the replacement Blue Aspect. I can teach you everything I know, and I will.”



With that, wanting to leave his Lord to think on his words, Aurogos gathered his Dragonsworn to him and turned to head up. Talion had given them the secret after confirming they were sworn in, so his group was ready to head up. With a wave to Harry, his group left the Chamber.



Once the inner door closed behind them, Naomi started to laugh. “I should have known Potter was waist-deep in this. I didn’t use to believe the rumors about him, but then I saw Slytherin’s monster being processed. How on Earth did that poor boy get mixed up in this?”



Aurogos chuckled, finding the humor contagious. “Well, Azeroth is a mess right now. A group of five dragons called on the goddess of the moon, and one in particular offered his unending service in exchange for getting those he cared about to a safe world. About the same moment Elune accepted Tendrion’s offer, Harry Potter had a very strange dream. We owe him greatly for his freely given aid. More than that, I find myself very much looking forward to teaching him everything I know.



Harry Potter is going to be a truly great man if he lives long enough. Not just for his magical potential, believe me, I’ve seen much more powerful humans back home. He is so special because he cares, and even with everything that was done to him, he has a will of steel. If he has a few years to learn what he needs to, your world will have one of its greatest leaders ever.”



Turning to them as they walked, Aurogos laid out some of his plans. “Today, we’re going to solidify our control over the school. In the days to come, we will be walking the castle, the four of us and hunting down every chink in the wards. I’m not sure why, but there’s a lot constraining them. As long as we don't endanger the students, we will be doing everything we can to let the wards run free. Jason, your first task is to talk to Malfoy, I’m going to be setting him up as the leader of his house, and one of the leaders of the school.



For now, just tell him we had a late night, but we did lock the Headmaster out of the castle. Tell him I have a few tasks left to do before I can come back to the common room, but when I do I need to speak with him, probably just before lunch. I’ll see you in the Slytherin common room, take some time to yourself.” As they reached the top of the stairs, the door was opened and he headed out.



Smirking, he pulled out a small crystal covered in runes. “Stilly!” When an elf showed up that smelled like he worked around a fair bit of booze, Ralion handed him the crystal. “I need you to take this and place it in the Room of Requirement in an area that has enough room for at least three people to stand side by side, and stand back. I’ll give you a few moments.”



Turning to the two girls, he smiled. “I don’t know who invented your ‘apparition’ ladies, but the version back home is vastly superior. Stand close please.”



With that, and a small smile, he wrapped an arm around each of them and focused on the crystal. It contained enough of his magic to act as a handy beacon for a teleport spell. It wasn’t a terribly difficult spell really, but good aim was essential . With a dull whooshing sound, the three found themselves in the Room of Requirement, which appeared as a plain brown cube. Taking control of the Room through the wards, he quickly pocketed the crystal. With a bit of will, the Room shifted to the obsidian ritual chamber with the glowing portal to Azeroth.



He smiled at the girls as he released them and began looking at the magic surrounding the portal, his eyes glowing as he observed the active magic. “Thankfully the portal remains stable. This is the portal to Azeroth, my homeworld. Since there is so much more magic running through the air there, it’s pouring into this world, through the stones and into the ley-lines. With the castle under my control, I can alter the castle a little to encourage the magic to flow faster. That way the castle gains a higher saturation of magic, feeding the magicals who live here.”



The three spent a few moments in discussion of magical theory while they ate a light breakfast of fruit, toast and eggs. When they were finished, the girls wanted to find a shower, but he stopped them. “Sarah, Naomi, I wanted to talk to you about a few things. First, there were a few things I included in your oathstones that Jason didn’t have. One thing was magic that would lessen the discomforts that are a part of your regular reproductive cycles.



Also, there’s a part of the magic that will prevent pregnancies until it is turned off. That one will function until either you ask me to do so, or until I die.” He watched the two of them have a whispered conversation.



Eventually, they turned to ask him why he’d done that. Looking into their eyes and speaking seriously, he explained. “The most important part of what we discuss is what I’ll say next. You have the choice of whether or not to share my bed as well as my life. I will not force you, or use anything to alter your mind. That said, your lives going forward will be different.



“For all the benefits, one downside will be the difficulty you have making lasting connections with others. A relationship with me could provide stability when you need it most. And it would be enjoyable, though I don’t exactly have a wealth of experience, I am a quick study and the thought of seeing my mate writhe under me is very appealing. Not to mention there’s a wealth of spells that can enhance pleasure. The relief of pain, weaved into the rune over your heart was simply a courtesy; while the conception prevention was necessary if you would choose to bed with me. Many spells to prevent conception fail around magical creatures. While I would like children in the future, now isn’t a great time.”



There was quiet for a moment. Then at his will, the room changed. A large bed appeared on one side, a door at the other. A large pool with a waterfall appeared in front of them. Steam began to fill the room as Aurogos returned to his true form. “I am going to bathe and ‘rest’ for a few hours before I return to my work. Would one, or both, of you ladies care to join me?”



Sarah was the first one to speak at that. “Both? You want us both at the same time? How would that even work?”



Smirking, a wide toothy smirk, he replied. “My lovely Dragonsworn, finding that out is half the fun. Now, remember I won’t think less of you two either way.” With that, he stalked into the pool, his tail waving behind him. The two girls looked at each other for a moment, shrugging before beginning to disrobe.



Aurogos was truly happy as the two teens began to strip. Deciding he ought to be mostly clean before they joined him, he d ove under the warm water, ignoring the instinctual panic that surged through him. Dragons did not belong in deep water, they weren’t made for it. Even when he had learned several spells to allow him to breathe beneath the waves, eventually the instinct that told him to get out of the water, that he would die beneath the surface, would break his concentration and likely kill him. Breaking the surface he walked under the waterfall, enjoying the warmth.




***Explicit adult scene edited out and moved to its own fic on Ao3.***

Again, a blindfolded house elf brought them something to drink. After the small creature left, he began to speak. “That was the best sex I’ve ever had Naomi, thank you. Sarah, though I would love to ravage you right now, I need some time to cool off first. There’s a small problem, you see the only thing keeping my seed from catching in you two is that bit of magic incorporated into the Oathstone.



It’s still active in the rune on your chests, but if I’m not careful, my desire to see you carrying my young will be greater than my desire to remain in control of myself. You are both gorgeous in your own ways, different yes, but most certainly beautiful, and I keep seeing you smiling and visibly pregnant in my mind’s eye. I didn’t actually realize how much I wanted offspring. Now, another command for just the two of you. If you have any concerns or fears about a relationship with me, you will share them with me. A lot of awful feelings can bloom if they’re allowed to fester.”



Naomi went first, thinking of what she’d guessed from his dominating behavior during their romp. “I think you were hurt by someone that had power over you, my… What is the proper address between us? Anyway, if you’re willing to share, I’d like to know more about what caused you pain so I can help you as we go on. Unless you’ve deceived us, we’re going to be around for a long time, and closer than I expected at first.”



Grimacing, Aurogos asked the room to provide two globes hanging in front of them. “We don’t have time for a full explanation. This is my home world, as it was before the Demons and the Sundering, and as it exists now. We lost eight tenths of our landmass, and more lives than we could count, whole species were never seen again. You see the three main continents?” Here the globe that had shown a massive continent, lush with lakes, rivers, jungles and plains faded away. It had been shaped from a memory of a single map in Senegos’s private study once. The ancient dragon had been answering a question about what had been lost in the ‘War of the Ancients.’



I was born in Northrend, the Northern one. My Dragonflight, the Blue, had been struck down during the war that ended with the Sundering. One of the five Dragon Aspects, ancient immortal leaders of their Dragonflights empowered by beings called the Titans, betrayed the rest. He tricked the others into crafting a weapon, pouring their very essence into it. In the first engagement with the ‘Dragon Soul’, he turned i t on the Demons, cleansing that battlefield . Sadly, he didn’t stop there. Our allies, the mortals that we had shed blood with to protect the world, were destroyed as well.



“My Flight was gifted with M agic when we were empowered by the Titans, and when we were betrayed, the Blues rose up and attacked the traitor. They died. That dark day, and in the weeks to come, four out of every five Blue dragons perished, either in direct combat or the destruction that followed. Senegos, the ancient dragon I studied under for nearly thirty years, was there that day, and still bears the scars. He was lucky enough to be at the edge of the strike, shielded himself just enough to not die, and landed in some trees afterwards. He always keeps a spell up to hide the scars, but even ten thousand years later, they’re horrific.



“Malygos, the Aspect of our Flight was injured and driven to madness. Neltharion was his brother, his close friend. Malygos had stood with the fallen Aspect and argued for the creation of the Dragon Soul, so the guilt, the injuries and the residual effects of being struck with warped bits of his own power broke his mind. After the world was broken, even as it began to heal, he never did.



“Ten-thousand years later, I hatched in the Azure Sanctum, a part of a temple that was once a meeting ground for the five flights, a place of unity.” He paused a moment, gathering his thoughts, looking at his Dragonsworn watching the memories he hadn’t fully meant to show. They showed the tower of Wyrmrest Temple that was built over the five Sanctums.



I heard stories about some of the dragons at our main city, the Nexus. Probably the best master to study under there had a cruel streak, and her apprentices, especially the talented ones, tended to disappear. So I studied hard and long, and eventually presented myself to Senegos, one of the oldest and wisest dragons alive, requesting to study under him. He accepted me, sparing me life under Saragosa.



Among all the Dragonflights, one thing we share is something called the Flight Bond. It is something that binds us together, gives us unity. It also binds us to the will of our Aspect, whether or not he’s sane. When Neltharion, Aspect of the Black Dragonflight was corrupted, went insane, or just decided to betray all of us, that bond drug his Flight with him. I like to think there were some dissenters among them, some who chose to say no.



While the Flight Bond is powerful, it can be resisted if you have a combination of Will, Power, and the Weight of a lived life in sufficient strength. Drakes like me have no chance, but I would bet there were some brave ones among the Blacks. Until they died anyway. My world hasn’t seen an uncorrupted Black Dragon in ten thousand years,” As he said this, a mortal Senegos had been very keen on introducing him to, came to mind. Wait, Ebonhorn? The only Highmountain Tauren I’ve seen with coal black fur, and brown antlers calls itself Ebonhorn? Might as well wear a sign. “as far as I know, anyway.



During what the mortals call the Second War, but really there’s been far, far more than that, a group of invaders found the Dragon Soul, slew its guardian, and later used it to enslave the Red Aspect and her flight. Senastrasz can tell you some stories about that. I didn’t realize it until I spent a lot more time around mortals and the other Flights, but the Flight Bond was affecting us ever since Malygos fell into his madness and despair. You see, we were bonded to each other and our Aspect, and through that bond he was dragging us down with his despair and hopelessness. So long as we had enough genetic diversity left, ten-thousand years should have been enough time for us to replenish our numbers, to regain the strength of our Flight after that horrible blow. But we never did. My kind could never really escape those feelings that flowed through us as long as Malygos lived.



Senegos was one of the few, or the only one perhaps, that saw what was happening. While each Aspect had a Flight to govern, the Lifebinder, the Dragonqueen Alexstrasza had been given leadership over us all. Senegos went to her and pleaded with her to help us, to create a new Aspect by transferring Malygos’s mantle and power to another. Because he couldn’t find a way to do this that would spare her ‘brother’ Alexstrasza denied him, and ignored all his attempts to convince her that we were suffering.



When her guards dragged him out, his last words to her for millennia were a promise that if she didn’t help the Blue Dragonflight she would come to regret it. That our suffering would spread if it was allowed to fester. He tried the other Aspects, but Ysera deferred to the Dragonqueen and Nozdormu said he couldn’t interfere with the timeline in any way.



Anyway, the dragon enclaves often take in children that would have died otherwise to war, famine, or just not having anyone to care for them. When the kids are old enough to make it on their own, they’re given a choice to stay with the dragons that took them in and help us in our tasks or go back to their people. Some of the mortal’s greatest heroes have spent childhoods with our kind. One of Senegos’s friends, a powerful mage, had sent him a crystal that contained all of his town’s children as their nation fell to a massive undead army, his last wish that they be raised among the dragons.”



Here, the drake took a deep breath, both girls feeling his chest expand, then slowly contract. “During my time at the Azurewing Repose with Senegos, I fell in love with a young elven woman named Valiance Springrunner. I met her when she was thirteen, her kind develop at roughly the same rate as humans but age much more slowly after about twenty years of age. We spent a lot of time together, and she truly came to love her place amongst the Blue Dragonflight, all her fellow orphans as well. We courted through all her teenage years, and we were planning to be together for all our years. I...”



Here he choked up for a moment. He hadn’t talked about this part of his story to anyone. Senegos knew, but the last time they’d spoken Aurogos had refused to accept that it wasn’t his fault, what had followed.

 

“I had carved her oathstone out of a precious gem that I knew she loved. Dragonsworn magic doesn’t make you live forever, but it does add years and years. Her kind reached their old age after three-thousand years, so as my Dragonsworn she could have had a life as long as mine. Then we heard that Malygos, our Dragonflight’s Aspect had woken up, and was aware again. And my mistake killed her along with all of her friends.” Here he closed his eyes as he shed tears. Both ladies moved to comfort him, but he held them in place. It was hard enough to say this much, he needed to finish.



A few days before, we had our last time together alone. I had warded a section of beach and placed a fire pit. It was a glorious day. She had adopted the dragon’s practice of not wearing unneeded clothes, at least in private, and it was all I could do not to bend her over on the sand. I chose to wait because I wanted us both to travel to the Coldarra, to stand before our Aspect, the reason every male Blue Dragon’s name ends in ‘gos.’ I wanted her to be my equal in the service of our Dragonflight. We traveled there, presenting ourselves as loyal servants just in time to join the new war our Aspect declared against every mortal user of magic.



I don’t know if he was in his right mind or not, but it really doesn’t matter in the end. I heard that Senegos had sent a message to the Dragonqueen, an ‘I-told-you-so!’ that involved breaking down into sobs because while we had survived so far on the hope of regaining our pride, our purpose, our strength, that was all dust in the wind now.



Senegos simply asked Ysera, the Green Aspect for a few of her brood to keep the Blue dragons he had gathered and watched over for the last ten centuries asleep until the conflict had passed. In exchange, he swore to the temple that if Malygos came for his brood he would kill him at the cost of his life. Aspect or not, imbued with Titan power or not, fighting a user of magic who has spent twenty-thousand years studying magic and fortifying his home is no small thing. ‘Beard a dragon in his lair,’ indeed. Those under his protection, those that had not foolishly gone to celebrate a ‘new day’ for the Blue Dragonflight spent the war asleep in his fortress.



There was a chance we could have fought Dalaran, the magical city-state and won, but when our vaunted Aspect began to redirect ley-lines he threatened the entire world. The Red Dragonflight intervened and my Dragonflight found itself in war against every other as well as every mortal user of magic. A good leader would have stopped then, realized he couldn’t win and all he was doing was throwing lives away. Malygos did not.



I lived through that awful, pointless war until a strike force broke into Malygos’s sanctum and slew him. I knew right away when the war had ended, that drive that I couldn’t escape left me, and I abandoned a suicidal charge against the Temple where I’d been born. My fellows might have thought I had gone insane at first, with my laughter, and we were led by a wyrm that could have, should have resisted Malygos, but chose not to. Now free at last, I said what I could to convince them, told the wyrm to go straight to hell, that the war was over and she could go die if she really wanted to, but I was leaving.



While I had been forced into service on the front lines, Valiance and the other refugees had been pressed into the Mage Hunters, which is exactly what the group’s name implies. When I reached the Nexus, I found a paladin mourning Keristrasza, a Red dragon that after being tortured by Saragosa, broke free and worked with a mortal to kill her. Malygos decided that since she’d cost him his consort, she would take Saragosa’s place under him. But he didn’t just want to rape her, he was working magic upon her that warped her mind, stole her will, it was even stealing her Dragonflight from her. When the paladin raised his weapon against me, I told him the war was over, and offered to help him lay her to rest.



The fighting had been bad, she’d been dead for weeks and just left to freeze in that room. I helped him burn her body under the stars and we spoke for a brief time; I was trying to build my courage, convince myself that Valiance and the others had somehow broken their oaths to Malygos and fled, that they had stood aside and been spared while mortals broke in and took the mad Aspects newest toy from him. When I told the paladin as he gathered ash from the funeral pyre that I was looking for my friends, he just looked at me with broken eyes and told me he was sorry.



He rode off and I couldn’t hold off my panic any longer. I charged into the halls, there were corpses of the Blue Dragonflight and its servitors everywhere. I found the first of those I sought being eaten by her own hound. I found several more after that, before I found Valiance, long dead and frozen solid. I can’t, I can’t even remember how she died, through the tears I gathered her and the others, broke into the storerooms and used enough priceless alchemical reagents to earn me the ire of every Malygos loyalist forever to burn their corpses in the halls where they died.



When the fires stopped I left and took to the air and flew, not really having a destination in mind. When my wings screamed in agony from overuse, I used magic to keep going. In hindsight, I really ought to have died doing that, flying over the ocean at all is dangerous, there’s a reason dragons have a crippling, instinctual fear of submersion and a lesser one of flying over the water. My body took over a week to heal when I collapsed in front of Senegos, my wings having brought me to what I considered home on their own.



I have a few other old hurts, but that is the one you wanted to know about, sweet and clever Naomi Lyon. Until today I had forgotten how much I was looking forward to having children with Valiance.” With that, he shifted a little and released them. Checking a clock he saw that he still had a few hours with the two before he had to get moving and be composed again.



Aurogos was surprised when gentle hands started to stroke his face, and realized that he still had tears to shed for Valiance after all. His head was gently pulled into Sarah’s lap, and Naomi wrapped her arms around her neck, both kept up the gentle touches. When Sarah, drawing on lessons she’d taken from her mother dealing with a younger brother, told him to let it out, not to hold onto the pain because it would only fester, the drake started to sob. For his lost love, for all his friends that had died with her in that pointless war, and for his own heart still unable to let go of the burning hatred of a dead dragon even though he knew it was foolish.



Until he needed to compose himself and head out amongst the students again to further his plans for this place, Aurogos stayed with his Dragonsworn, taking the comfort they wished to give him. Together they returned to the water, as Aurogos introduced them to the draconic custom (necessity) of washing each other. Their time together in the water wasn’t really sexual this time, just the sharing of comfort. Both girls were sore, and Aurogos managed to reestablish his self control as they bathed together. Eventually he was needed elsewhere, as much as he wanted to remain with them for much longer.



Thank you both, Sarah, Naomi, my loyal Dragonsworn. I’ve held that back for several years now. I should be giving you some token for this, but I would like to court you both. My culture permits that, as long as all parties consent. I will make every effort to keep you content and happy with me for all our time together, whether it be only today or until the stars burn out.



If the next few weeks go well, this castle will become our first stronghold. If it goes poorly, we have a fallback under the Fidelius Charm, and an island that is open to us. If we can keep Talion alive for another ninety years, he’ll be able to raise islands out of the depths, with enough practice. So long as we aren’t careless, we will be safe. And as for the Dark Lords of this land, well...”



Here he gave his girls a very toothy smirk. “No Blue Dragon worth his scales fears a wizard . I have been through two wars, seen fire and bloodshed on a scale neither one of them can imagine, fought against horrors that would freeze the blood of Dumbledore and cause Voldemort to flee this planet.



You two can dress and come down, or you can remain here. This room can access vast amounts of books, and I’ll assign an elf to come when you two are ready to eat. Though I doubt you’ll be very hungry, Sarah. I hope to see you tonight.” With that said, the drake left behind two satisfied teenagers and went about this day’s business, resolving to return to them as soon as he could.

 

-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-

 

A/N: Next Chapter will be in two weeks. I’ve had life rear up and spite me lately, I’m getting near the end of what I’ve written. I’m working on the rough draft of 15 right now, but, looking at 13 again large chunks of it need to be shaved off. I hope to go back to putting out a chapter every week soon, but I’d rather put out a good chapter every two.

Many thanks to hkurtz2013 on FF.net for his continuing editing help.

This is my first adult scene ever read by anyone else. Let me know I did!

Chapter 13: Chapter 13: Roundtable

Summary:

I think I could use some suggestions for tags on this site, while I've been having fun with them, they may not be the most helpful.

Chapter Text

I own neither Harry Potter or Warcraft. Dragon OCs are listed at the bottom of the chapter if anyone loses track of them.

A note: After this fic is completed, I plan to immediately go back and edit the entire work. I’ve had some reviews that were less than positive, but I do read and consider them. Like I’ve mentioned before, this is my first real fic. It isn’t going to be a masterpiece like Embers by Vathra or anywhere near as polished without another look after I improve my writing ability. I’m trying to grow as a writer, and I’ll take any criticism that remains constructive, harsh or not.

Chapter five was certainly a mess, I won’t be doing that again. Focusing in on certain characters, keeping others relevant but not in the spotlight is also something I’m working on, hopefully the next few chapters will be better on that front. It seems like my drakes are pulling too much focus, and my original plan had focus on entirely different ones. Eh, something to work on for the future.

So, going forward I’m going to work on putting out a better story. When I’m done and I can look back (Whether that’s in another 100k words or 500k.) I intend to ‘re-shape’ the parts that need it. I’m honestly not sure what I’ll do with Chapter 5, at the time I was hoping to get the backstories for the characters out of the way while establishing them and their places going forward. I was also hoping to provide information regarding the Warcraft setting for those who aren’t familiar. After reading ‘A Dead World’ by Laluzi, with no knowledge of either setting and being able to follow and enjoy a well-written fic with almost no knowledge of either world, that became my goal for crossovers.

Thank you all for reading. Thank you especially to those that choose to review and repay my efforts in writing with help to improve future writing. I am deeply grateful to everyone who is enjoying this, and those who’ve told me where the problems are. To you, here’s chapter 13, which has been vastly edited from the earlier versions.



 



Chapter 13: Roundtable



Life was strange for Draco Malfoy today. Less than forty-eight hours ago, he found himself encased in a block of ice when he challenged a new student with admittedly near lethal curses. Then, he had watched through a slightly blurry lens as his Head of House mentally assaulted the same student, who left to find a healer after advising all of Slytherin House to guard the block of ice containing him, lest someone alter it and kill him. Though unable to see or hear all of the confrontation with the Headmaster, he truly began to panic when all around him, students began to collapse, stunned.



Then the Headmaster had examined the block of ice and said, to Draco himself apparently, how awful it was to lose a student so young before they had redeemed themselves. That was a good enough reason to truly panic in his opinion. Then spells started and he could no longer hear or see outside, and his mind spent the next few hours deep in panic, rather certain he was about to die. Then, he didn’t. Salonar managed to break the magic the Headmaster had layered on top of the ice stasis spell and soon after the ice exploded outwards and he was free.



Salonar had apologized for a wand-measuring contest that got out of hand. Draco had believed his tale of the spell being used when fights got out of hand, being forced to look at another block of ice with an opponent inside for hours would give pause to future conflicts. To be honest, he was so glad to be alive he didn’t even mind the hit his reputation had taken among his fellow Slytherins. Salonar was clearly a powerful wizard, the way he’d come close to ending Dumbledore was proof. And it had been close, if not for the Headmaster’s hidden animagus form, he would have been killed.



Potter, as much as it burned him to admit it, had proven his power as well. It was shameful what Dumbledore had done to such a powerful magical, not the least allowing him to be beaten by muggles and worked like a house elf. When Potter had forgotten about the rest of the room and screamed at the Headmaster about having to steal bread just to keep his strength up for the next day… Well, it was no wonder he had been so uncultured. If the Headmaster, who his father had informed him had gone to many lengths to secure his place as Potter’s guardian, had been so hellbent on keeping Potter uninformed and weak… Hell, even the choice of sending the groundskeeper to introduce him to the magical world was a massive insult, showing the boy he didn’t deserve a Professor or even someone intelligent.



Looking around the common room, Draco had a sense that events were in flux. Everyone was shaken badly by the events of yesterday morning. He smirked at the day’s Prophet. Yesterday, the leading story was written by Rita Skeeter, returning to prominence. Salonar, and it must have been Salonar, had sent her a memory of the attack by Professor Snape, along with what must have been advice. Obviously, someone had gotten a hold of her and trapped her into an oath or contract that prevented her spewing her lies. Everything in the article on Snape was true, but presented in the worst way to destroy him.



There had also been a short special edition last night around dinner, spreading the word that Dumbledore had snapped and gone insane, attempting to murder the school when his mental modifications were discovered. It promised a much larger than normal edition today, and they had delivered. Draco would bet his family’s manor that Potter or one of his friends had made a deal with the Prophet, probably either for memories or interviews, because everything written about the boy was either positive or true. And the photos were truly stunning; they were taken from pensieve memories and captured much of the horror and drama of the battle.



Potter took up much of the coverage, but in this case Draco could say he’d earned it. He wouldn’t be caught dead next to Dumbledore exchanging spell fire. Some of the best photos were Potter throwing away his old wand and drawing a new one with tears in his eyes at the betrayal, Potter pausing in his duel to redirect all the snakes and down two of the Heads as if it was nothing, and Salonar throwing his scythe as it leaked frost on the floor before his friends had gotten out of the way.



A Photo of Hufflepuff’s new animagus and Potter destroying the Fiendfyre bomb had featured prominently as well. Draco shuddered. At least the photos didn’t come with sound; listening to Elsington scream as he weakened the cursed flames once had been enough. A side article had featured Harry Potter leaning against the ice holding Granger with tears in his eyes, the article speculating wildly about what the Headmaster had done to the girl. Draco didn’t want to imagine what could be wrong with her head; Dumbledore had apparently weighed his decisions on if he was likely or not to get caught, that meant he was free to do what he wanted with muggleborn students.



Draco’s father had asked him to befriend Salonar, to learn what he could. He was already planning to do that, it seemed only wise. A request to attempt to sway Potter to their side was unexpected, but after that display Draco could see why. When his father suggested that several ailing family lines could be rejuvenated if their Lord was willing, Draco had to admit his father had a point. There was belief in the general supremacy of the pure-blooded and then there was ignoring your own eyes. The Dark Lord had never sired a child as far as they knew, likely having sacrificed his fertility at some point.

 

Breakfast had been something of an odd affair, the menu was limited, consisting of a lot more fruit than usual and foods like pancakes and waffles prepared under the watchful eyes of a number of prefects. It hadn’t been bad really.



Draco glanced over to Jason Atreides, the seventh year that had been working with Salonar last night. No students had seen the group after four in the afternoon yesterday, when they’d disappeared into an unknown secret passage in the Ravenclaw area of the castle. Atreides reported that between the four of them, they had locked Dumbledore out of the castle. That was rather impressive, Draco wasn’t even sure how they could have done that.



Atreides also told him that Salonar was finishing up a few more tasks, but wanted to speak with Draco at the first opportunity, probably just before lunch. This was about the best opportunity he would get to befriend the new student and begin learning his secrets. No matter how hard Draco had pressed the student whose family line bore a long and interesting history (They had actually been fully muggle in the days of ancient Greece, then they started marrying witches into their lines until they were magical for the next thousand years, then their magic died out, but eventually blazed forth again around the founding of Hogwarts. Their family tended towards warding specialists and stonemasons.) he would only say that Salonar had plans, and that Draco would likely approve of them.



Looking at a clock, he saw that it was nearing when Salonar would walk into the room. If nothing else, this should be interesting.



***



‘Aurogon Salonar’ did walk into the room soon after, and he smiled and gave a respectful nod of his head to many in the house as he walked towards Draco.



“Mr. Malfoy, I would like to speak with you if you have a moment.” When Draco stepped up and shook his hand, the drake smiled. He wasn’t expecting much from the spoiled child, but it seemed the last few days did have an impact after all. “Would you mind putting up a privacy ward? I have an offer for you and your father.”



Five minutes later Aurogon was excusing himself, saying that he had to check up on his friends and let Granger out of the ice, arranging with Draco to meet his father in the school’s entryway at three-thirty that afternoon. Though tempted to visit his lovely Dragonsworn that the wards told him were still where he had left them, Aurogon cast an invisibility spell on himself when he reached an empty hallway and returned to the Chamber. If there was no better option with Hermione, perhaps he had an idea. It might be uncomfortable for her at first, but it would be a better option than letting her mind be at the whim of the previous Headmaster.



***



While those in the Chamber were dismayed that the strongest purging potion they had brewed, while effective in removing the potion induced trust of Dumbledore from the Weasleys, (But sadly not all of the warm feelings associated with him. Indeed, most of the use of the potions wasn’t for the immediate effect but the indoctrination they caused that could last for a lifetime.) did nothing for Harry. Thankfully Alira had reported to the group that her technique continued to drain the foreign substances out of her Lord, and had started performing it twice per day.



Fred and George found themselves decidedly curious about Harry’s blushes and stuttering every time it was mentioned. A new runic pattern in the ceiling had begun bringing actual sunlight into the central space of the Chamber of Secrets, and between the students and dragons, planters of various medicinal herbs and shrubs had begun to take root.

 

Even Ron and Ginny, when she returned, had to admit the Chamber was much improved now, though the giant snake which was slowly being harvested down to its skeleton was a reminder of the past. When Ron had asked what they would be doing with the bones, the answer was somewhat concerning. Apparently necromancy is for the lazy who can’t be bothered to properly carve the many necessary runes into bones for magical guardians.



For Dalistraza and Senastrasz though, the new day found them beginning to flag. Keeping Ralion alive was taking more energy than they expected. When Aurogos returned to the Chamber, looking less burdened than he had been in all the time those present had known him (It was a subtle difference, but noticeable if one knows draconic body language well enough. It was in the way he carried his wings, how his tail was a little higher off the ground than before. There was an obvious clue as to why for those with a predator’s sense of smell.) a meeting was called around the large oak dining table.



Harry was at the head of the table as the drakes were trying to ease him into a leadership role. When Dalistraza admitted that without help, they would lose Ralion to exhaustion, Harry felt a return of that feeling he had experienced when Ralion had screamed whilst battling against the Fiendfyre. “What do we need to keep him alive? For that matter, what precisely is wrong with him? I thought his flames destroyed magical effects like that locket, was the spell fighting back somehow?”



Because Ralion was stable for the moment, Vespiona took the second question first. “My Lord, the Twilight Dragonflight was created to be a weapon, we were first made by draining another new species of dragon called Nether, or the Netherwing. Twilight dragons like us have a, a vampiric ability to drain life force or magic from creatures, objects, or spells. Our flames take some of our enemy’s strength and it becomes our own. Remember when he destroyed the locket Ralion said that it was a larger meal than he expected? That’s because it was literally a meal for him.



“But there is a danger to this ability. Our flames feed us, but our flesh can only hold so much power before it kills us. In the Twilight Highlands, my brother and I saw a Red wyrm brought down by a single Twilight drake through skill and speed. He killed the Red, but then died screaming as his flames forced more power into him than his form could survive. Valistraza would likely be willing to help him, she was close enough with Tendrion that I would bet that if she wasn’t already carrying eggs, she’d be carrying his offspring now.”



“Alright, do our healers believe they can keep him alive with Valistraza’s help?”



Dali responded this time, speaking for both healers present. “Yes my Lord. Our magic is forcing his body to accept the power, forcing his flesh to adapt. Alira’s forced him to sleep, otherwise he would be in agony as he got used to it. With a full grown dragon, wyrm or not, we can keep him alive. The only issue would be having enough food around, there are a lot of whelps in stasis.”



With a look from his Lord, Aurogos returned to his mortal form, prompting all the other dragons to do the same. While he had the loyalty of the castle’s elves so far, he wasn’t willing to take chances if he could help it, and he was cautious about what they might reveal without meaning to. After calling for the house elf in charge of all the others, he introduced himself as the new Headmaster, even though the elf already knew him as Dumbledore’s replacement. When the elf had introduced himself as Belin, Aurogon asked where the elves got the food for the castle. It was something that most students, even most of the staff rarely thought about. Finding out all of the vegetables and meat was entirely grown here, in a greatly expanded wing of the castle, usually accessible only to the castle’s elves was a surprise.



“Belin, I want you to begin serving less meat to the students, without affecting the nutrition. I want you to retain hearts and livers and some of the bones, and I want the farm to begin producing as much meat as possible. We have some future students coming soon, and they need a lot of meat in their diets. If you can do this without breaking the Statute of Secrecy, I want you to send some elves to the muggle world and learn about new farming techniques, then implement any that would increase the production of food or allow the elves to work less.



“Don’t worry, I will have plenty of work for them, perhaps too much in fact. I would also like you to assign several elves to collect as much silver as possible from the castle. Don’t steal from the students or staff, but I’m sure in a castle this size there’s junk that’s piled up. I am maintaining the seal on the Headmasters office for the time being, I suspect he left dangerous things there. Also, Professor Snape is suspected of stealing from the castle in addition to assaulting students and being a poor teacher. Is there an elf that can collect everything he owns so we can ensure none of it is stolen?”



“Yes, Blue Headmaster. Stealy was a very bad elf before he came to Hogwarts, but he can do what you need. Where’s you want silvers put?”



“In this Chamber, off to the side. Is there anything you need from me? No? Then go about your orders and remember that I am relying on the Castle’s elves.”



“How long will the meat we have from the Basilisk last once we open that sphere?” Harry kept the meeting moving along, he suspected he already knew why Aurogos wanted the silver, but he would deal with that after a few other matters.



Here Alira spoke up, as the most knowledgeable on the subject. “At least a full week, perhaps three. Whelps will require more food at some developmental stages, and less at others. I believe we can make use of the forest around the castle as well. Though a healthy forest can only allow so much game to be removed, if we decrease the numbers of predators and I work a little magic around the sources of salt and water we can increase the growth rate of what we need and have a significant amount of meat in the long term. I’m not sure if we can feed seventy-eight whelps with the forest or not, it depends how the animals are doing really.”



Ron cut in then, wanting to make himself useful. “Hagrid seemed to always have something from the forest hanging in his hut. There’s a decent amount of game out there, but for predators the biggest problem is probably the Acromantula, giant spiders bigger than you guys. Hagrid thinks they’re wonderful, friendly creatures, but they still tried to eat Harry and I back in second year. The old spider that rules the colony keeps his children from attacking Hagrid or the school directly but when Harry and I tried talking to them to prove Hagrid’s innocence, they still tried to eat us. They’re smart enough to speak, and there’s hundreds of them. And… the old spider isn’t doing so great, he probably won’t be around much longer.”



Aurogos, in his natural form, groaned and let his head rest on the table. “What kind of idiot leaves a menace like that next to a school? Did Hagrid introduce them to a new area here, where there’s apparently nothing to stop them from breeding out of control? Even I know that for an ecosystem to be healthy it needs to have balance. If you put a fast breeding predator like that in and do nothing to stop their spread, eventually they eat all the game and get hungry enough to go after things they shouldn’t. Fuck, I’ll organize something.”



Looking around the table he saw the humans seemed to understand that something really ought to be done. “I don’t usually kill things if I can help it, but the fact that these things wanted to eat students that had wandered into the forest can’t be ignored. Is there anything else in there that might be dangerous?”



This led to a short discussion of the creatures seen in the forest, and oddly all eight dragons present scoffed when ‘peaceful centaurs’ were mentioned. Stine, not having had anything to say, spoke up here. “We have centaurs on Azeroth, but they’re a fairly new species. For a thousand years Kalimdor’s been plagued with them. They’re a race that seems to only exist to kill, pillage, and burn. They don’t really craft anything but simple weapons and armor, they don’t farm. They’re the offspring of an earth elemental and Zaetar, the son of Cenarius, and the very first act of their forbears was to murder their father. If the ones here are friendly, they are a completely different creature from the ones on Azeroth. Ours are cannibals, and if you ever encounter them, don’t look too closely at their tents, you don’t want to know what the leather is made out of.”



Aurogos broke in again. “I can free Hermione at any time. I froze her in a complete stasis spell because Dumbledore was activating a magical trigger of some kind, I recommend that only Harry and Alira be there when she wakes up. Also be prepared to restrain her and take her wand away; while Dumbledore didn’t have the chance to issue new commands, we don’t know what old commands she might or might not be bound to obey. Alira, I have an idea for a last resort to help her, something the Blues created in the past; you can figure out if it is needed. Everyone be ready to stun her if she does something she’d regret.” Harry broke up the meeting then, though he asked to speak to Aurogos for a moment and the Blue drake asked if Alira could join them, having a fair idea what this would be about.



“Aurogos,” Here, Harry looked right at him, trying to pin the drake with his gaze. “I only want to bind the whelps that need it. I do not desire power over others.”



Alira surprised all present when she spoke up, stepping forward until her head lay in Harry’s lap after nuzzling him for a moment. “I know my Lord, but that is part of what makes you the best one to have that power. We haven’t mentioned it much, the magic called the Flight Bond, but it is very important to us. You’ve heard of how it has gone wrong with the Blacks, how it made the Blues march to a pointless war and how it brought the Reds under the control of monsters.”



“But, there’s something we haven’t shared with you, as we’ve been talking amongst ourselves to understand it first. Please understand that none of us are naturally evolved creatures, we were uplifted, empowered. Part of the gift from those that changed us was a deep need to be part of something, part of a greater whole. The Titans bound us together with the rest of our Flights. My lord, when we came here, when we accepted your Lordship over us, your ownership over us, the Flight Bond was shattered and we got something new. We all agree that service under a good man is far superior to devotion to distant gods.”



Harry started to object, but Alira silenced him by bringing the tip of her wing to his lips. “My Lord, after twenty thousand years, we are what we are. Your bond is better than what I had with my Flight, I know you truly care about every one of us, not just a nebulous unending duty. When those whelps are free, they will need a bond to keep them sane, to prevent terror and panic and possibly death. When Valistraza lays her eggs and they hatch, they will need you as well. The Black and Twilight whelps will need the comfort and purpose of your bond, remember that the first act for many of them was to kill their weaker siblings. I have no idea what the Chromatic whelps will need, but I’ve never heard of a healthy, stable Chromatic dragon.”



Aurogos chimed in then, having first-hand knowledge of the outlier whelps, the dragons that didn’t have a true Dragonflight and Aspect. “Even the Storm Drakes require something to serve, though they are much freer than the five Flights that were placed under the leadership of an Aspect. I’ve met some of them, they share an island with Senegos and his brood, and they mostly serve the Titan’s ‘Keepers,’ making them servant’s servants. My Lord, they will need you as well, though they may argue at first.



“After getting to know you better, I regret some of my words when we met. You have not been a disappointment Harry. I wasn’t planning to become the Headmaster of this school but I find myself happier than I’ve been since before the Nexus War. My service to you has been nowhere near as arduous as I expected from my experiences with other mortal users of magic. Another could offer me the title of Aspect of the Blue Flight, dominion over the other Flights as the King of all Dragons, and I would still choose to stay as your oathsworn, Harry Potter.



“I felt your magic when Ralion faltered, I felt your steel, your rage, the guilt that something was hurting him and hadn’t gone through you first. I choose service to you over Norgannon or any other uncaring god. Harry Potter, my Lord, we are yours. By the intervention of gods, chance, or fate we have found what we need right here.”



With that, both bowed in their natural forms, exposing their necks and wings in a gesture that was both submission and trust. Harry Potter, a boy that once lived in a cupboard wasn’t really sure how to process the newest turns his life had taken. A lot of effort by the Dursleys and later Dumbledore had gone into making him feel as useless, as unworthy, as small as possible. The teen could begin to see that now. He didn’t really know what he needed to do to heal, but he had healers of vastly different disciplines willing and eager to help him now.



Harry had not only friends, but willing servants that believed in him. People believing in him… It was a nice feeling to be honest. “If you say I need to bond the whelps, I will. I’m still uncomfortable with all of this, I don’t feel worthy, but I can see how much effort went into keeping me downtrodden now. I want to, I will heal and grow stronger. I want you to help me as you see fit, I’m not even really sure what I need yet.”



To himself, Harry Potter made a promise: I will not fail the trust placed in me. I will not fail my friends, those who depend on me, or my family.



***



With that, the group moved to the block of ice in which held Hermione Granger. Carefully, the Weasley twins had moved it into a side room with a door after the meeting broke up. When Ron went to follow Harry in, Senas reached out. “Mr. Weasley, I find myself in need of help to forge some silver. Would you like an introductory lesson in magical blacksmithing? Your brothers are still working on potions with Healer Tonks, but Ted has agreed to help us with the molds.” Ron, having felt as off his game as anyone else after yesterday, made a spur of the moment decision that yes, he would like to learn something about magical blacksmithing.



In another side room, Ron followed the Red drake, now wearing a human form, with the exception of his ears, in and glanced around. There was a fair bit of rune work around the walls and ceiling, and the house elf Dobby was popping in with large loads of silver objects. Is that every silver sickle ever lost in a Hogwarts couch? “There’s a lot of sickle coins in there, they have magical protections on them, they won’t melt down.”



Senas gave him a wide smile as Ted Tonks, followed by Talion entered the room and closed the door, apparently activating an enchantment that sent a fresh breeze lazily drifting through the room. “Ah my friend with the best color of hair, but does that protection work against a dragon’s flames? If not mine or Talion’s, we’ll call in Vespiona or Caliona, their fires will do what ours can’t. I’m about magically tapped out right now, I charged the rune for Ralion as best I could, but even without using active magic to grant an effect my flames have magical properties.



“We’re probably going to teach some of the students here to forge magical weapons, but very few of you will get to work with a dragon’s fire. If you get good enough at this, there’s a special kind of weapon you can craft, that requires the blood and flames from a dragon. We’re sending a request with Hedwig for the smithing plans, actually. But for now we’re going to be keeping this simple.

 

“Ted, can you start by transfiguring a goblet, sized for a small child? First we make the molds, then we’ll break out my smithing tools. We need a total of seventy-nine goblets, most of them will be small, the last one will be sized for an adult dragon. Dobby! Thank you, that’s enough for now, I’ll call for you when I need more. Not bad Ted, but make it a little smaller and more rounded, it doesn’t need to hold that much.”



When Ted’s third attempt proved good enough, Senas started retrieving his supplies from his personal expanded bag. “Here’s the first lesson that applies to smithing and magical smithing both: Your work will never be perfect, no matter what it could always be better. Learning to recognize the difference between ‘good enough to use’ and ‘melt it down and try again’ is painful both ways. Accepting your ‘masterpiece’ that you’ve sweat and bled into isn’t as good as it could be hurts just as much as knowing your best effort is only useful as scrap.



“Now, we have my smelting supplies here, and a lot of various silver items, thankfully the hardworking elves have stripped off anything not silver already or we’d need to do it. But first, I’m going to show you how to build a mold. Since this item is small, we’re going to have multiple items in the same mold, Ted can you make me six more cups like this? They don’t need ornamentation, but depict dragons if you’re feeling artsy.



“Now I’ve heard Hermione talk about magical numbers, but I didn’t pay much attention until Aurogos said there actually are some numbers where equations and spells balanced in odd ways. So for this project, we’re going to craft the goblets in sets of seven. When you’re trying to make a truly magical weapon or piece of armor, a common strategy is to attack the issue from all sides, to use as many ways to infuse the metal as you can. You know that scythe Aurogos used in the Great Hall? He crafted it with ice elemental cores, frost oil, adorned it with the bones of a predator that thrives in ice, and where it touched water in the forging process, it touched water that had been frozen at one of the most magical places in our old world for millennia.



“Today’s goal is just goblets for the ritual that binds us to Harry, but it remains good practice. Practice the basics enough and they become instinct, and then you can start to get fancy. It’s hard to be a true master of the forge, and if a blacksmith ever tells you they know everything there is to know, then they’re full of shit.



“Okay, you see how the items are just off the bottom? That’s because we need the point at which the metal flows into the molds to be easily broken. Now, we’re going to start with melting down the items. They don’t seem to be magical in any way, just little bits of lost treasure that pile over time in a place like this. Ron, I’m going to walk you through the process of melting it down and pouring into the mold. Ted, you’re here because stuff like this causes bad burns if it splashes. Talion, I heard you haven’t used your breath attack much, so this is a great way to work on it. If you start to melt the forge we’ve thrown together you’re using too much heat. Start with as small a flame as you can and work your way up.”



***



While Ron began learning the art of the forge, Harry was standing in front of Hermione’s ice block (They were guessing it was the front, in the heat of battle and having moved it several times no one was quite sure which direction the girl was facing.) behind a shield charm that also protected Alira. Aurogos was tapping his talon to the ice. When he was ready, he forced a good deal of his magic into the ice and dropped into his mortal form quickly to raise his own shield.



He could have taken cover behind his Lord as well, but the azure drake had seen how Alira looked at him. Aurogos chose to say nothing about it, his Lord deserved a good female, or several females more than he did. A great crack echoed through the room followed quickly by a spray of ice and snow. Hermione dropped to the ground, gasping for air.



Harry dropped his shield the instant the sharp slivers of ice settled; he and Alira both ran to her, and Harry held her closely as Alira checked her over. There wasn’t anything wrong with her, save a soreness to her throat and lungs; a benefit to the complete stasis effect with this variation was the lack of disruption to the target’s insides. As Alira pronounced Hermione to be in good health, just needing a few more moments of shallow breaths while her lungs warmed (Her lungs hadn’t been frozen, but the air inside had.) Aurogos excused himself, he had a meeting to attend.

 

Unseen by the others, the Blue drake slipped Hermione’s wand into a pocket for the time being. He would return it in a few hours unless Alira suggested otherwise.



Still sitting on the ground as the chills ran their course, Alira proved herself rather limber when she wrapped herself around both teens sitting on the floor, eventually dropping her head in Hermione’s lap, which was sitting in Harry’s lap now. Comfortable, the drake let her mind drift while Harry filled Hermione in on the events she missed.



The three teens relaxed for a time, Hermione began idly rubbing the base of the spine behind Alira’s head as Harry held her close to him. It was a comfortable experience for the three of them. Alira found herself enjoying the closeness she experienced with both humans. If she ever came across a shrine to Elune again she would have to leave something as thanks to the goddess for sending herself and the others here. It might be premature, but after spending the time she did with Harry, she realized she felt safer under his command than that of Ysera, or Alexstrasza, or even the Titan Eonar. And in the last few months (Both in the physical world and the Dream.) she had become very fond of Harry Potter.



While Alira might be happy if Harry took her to his bed and never looked at another, she had become fond of the witch in whose lap her head rested as well. In her culture it wasn’t uncommon to see a male mated to two or three females, carefully chosen over their long years of life. These groups, after they overcame the common initial problems functioned extremely well, with one individual’s strengths covering for where their other mates were weak. The relationships often proved the tests of thousands of years. That was what she found herself desiring with her Lord.



Alira knew her strengths, and most of her weaknesses as well. She didn’t think herself stupid, but was well aware that others were smarter. Alira knew her strengths were those that made her ideal for taking care of children and family, and giving support to others. However, she disliked conflict. She could possibly force herself to stand by Harry’s side through war and political intrigue, but it would be difficult. More importantly, Alira couldn’t see herself ever being good at it.



Harry and Hermione had strengths and weaknesses as well. Harry was doing well, but ten years without familial love or even companionship had stunted him emotionally. It was hard to really understand a concept that you’ve never experienced for yourself. Despite that, he hadn’t lashed out at others in anger, though it would have been truly understandable if he had. Albus Dumbledore’s plans for him had included conditioning him not to think for himself, to rely on others to do his thinking for him. Harry was overcoming his failings with the same effort and grit he put forth to protect others; though she could see it was hard for him.



Hermione, on the other hand, was brilliant. But her worst flaw was tied up in her intelligence as well. She gathered knowledge quickly but often failed to think. Hermione could desperately use help thinking both ‘outside the box’ and in learning logical reasoning. She also seemed to be oddly naive about human nature. (Though, the Green drake smiled to herself inside of her own thoughts, that was a euphemism from Earth. Good and evil existed in the heart of every creature that was truly alive, regardless of species. Orc or Elf, Dragon or Draenei, they all had good and evil outliers.) Though, I should reserve judgment on that until I uncover what exactly her forgotten memories hold.

In a way, it could almost be argued that laziness was a part of Hermione’s problems. It was easier to write off her fellow students and focus on securing a teacher’s praise. It was easier to believe what was written in books than question the author, his intentions and presented information. It was easier to accept what she was taught without questioning it. Then again, it is the job of those who care for the young to help them learn how to question the world. Hogwarts certainly didn’t help her there, apparently neither did her mundane educators.



Though they all had flaws, Alira had come to believe that together the three of them could cover each other’s flaws and could truly come to love each other. Unless she was very wrong, Harry and Hermione already had deep feelings of trust, friendship and perhaps love for each other. Various effects had muddled their feelings, but once their hearts and minds were their own Alira could begin work on her goal.



While she waited for Harry’s command, Alira’s mind drifted to the more physical aspects of such a relationship. Draconic culture really had no taboos about relationships with other sentient creatures and relationships like this were common, sometimes short flings, but often lifetime commitments. (To lifelong embarrassment, more than one dragon had found their species’s innate magic allowed them to procreate with non-sentient creatures as well. They had also learned that sentience required both parents having a mind; the extinct Cloud Serpents and the Dragonhawks native to Quel’Thalas being prime examples.)

 

Though, sometimes an individual would be required to help maintain the Dragonflights numbers. Life expectancy was sometimes a problem, but there were ways to extend a short-lived race like humans much longer. Though never, never, was immortality given to a loved one.



(The crushing, comforting, inescapable truth of Life was that death was not an enemy. Life was not meant to last forever. There were those on Azeroth that lived forever. Alira had met one of the Bronze Dragonflight’s ‘Watchers’ and her heart had broken for the man. He had lived ten-thousand years past every friend, foe, and kin and now there was nothing left in him but a hollowness, as if his soul had been cut out and duty poured in its place. He had walked, talked, and breathed, but the fire, the joy, even the hope of life had all snuffed out. He was dead, his spirit worn down by endless ages and seasons, yet his body still completed its tasks. It was truly disturbing that the Red Dragonflight supposedly had the seldom-to-never used power to animate the dead, yet it was Nozdormu the Bronze Aspect that was served by walking corpses.)



Alira found herself enjoying the ongoing treatments to remove the foreign substances. A gentle touch in an intimate moment, the comfort of belonging to someone worthy of both her service and trust had her wanting to throw herself at him immediately. His personal power was appealing as well. While most certainly not yet a match for the likes of a Dragon Aspect or Lady Proudmoore, Harry was growing stronger quickly. Whether it was due to the substances being removed, the healing of his body, food and water from Azeroth, the bond with the drakes, or all of the above, Harry was growing in power daily.



Fantasies of what could be, or at least the physical aspects of it flew into her head and were quickly dismissed. It was a generally known fact back home that both male and female dragons were physically compatible with mortals; in fact Harry was large enough to require careful lubrication. What wasn’t well known, however, was that the sexual drive of her kind was tied into their emotions. They couldn’t consciously choose to raise or lower their drive, but feelings were the trigger to start the various hormones that encouraged procreation. Alira’s feelings about and for Harry had already changed her hormones.

 

Again trying to clear her mind, Alira recalled that Sirius’s friend was out in the world right this very moment searching for a way for Harry to take a dragon’s form as she would an elf’s. The very vivid images that followed were much harder to banish as she saw Harry in each Flight’s form taking her aside and ‘establishing dominance.’



Alira’s fantasy of a Netherdrake-Harry twice her size licking her neck were interrupted when her real lord tapped her neck twice. I’ll just put those thoughts aside for later…



***

 

As Alira enjoyed a decidedly X-rated daydream, Harry finished getting Hermione caught up.



“As you can probably guess we’re down in the Chamber again right now, I brought all the Weasley siblings and Andromeda Tonks down. She’s a skilled healer and mind-healer who was part of the Black family until they kicked her out for marrying a muggleborn. Sirius just brought her back in, and her daughter too. A good portion of the Order was at Headquarters, and now they’re in a safe place as they get these foul potions to purge magical effects. I’m sorry, but I thought your parents might be in danger so I had Dobby bring them to where everyone is hiding. I’m sure they’d like to hear from you, but when they got angry Sirius panicked and cast a sleeping spell on them. He still isn’t doing well with people.



“Are you feeling alright? Do you need anything urgently?” When Hermione shook her head ‘no,’ Harry tapped Alira twice on her neck and breathed in deeply. “You’re expected to feel rather sleepy apparently, don’t worry about it if you start to nod off. I swear you’re safe here with me.”



Harry disliked what was about to happen as his eyelids grew heavy and his head began to droop along with his best friend’s. The Wizengamot had passed a binding law to the effect of if a magical over sixteen years old refused to accept treatment a mind-healer was unable to force it upon them, no matter if they were obviously under compulsions and their parents approved. That law was passed while Dumbledore was High Warlock, and had apparently originally been fourteen, but was negotiated to sixteen. It left Andromeda, thanks to the oaths she’d taken to achieve Ministry certification, completely unable to help Hermione unless the compulsion to avoid mind-healers could be removed.



Harry was aware that the foreign bit of his mind that caused him to do the same was still strong, still stood unbroken. He also trusted the Green drake lulling them to sleep with a special variation of her breath attack right now. As Harry drifted off to sleep he decided that he liked having his friend and dragon pressed against him as he slept.



***



Ten minutes later Andromeda opened the door and checked the three sleepers. All their vitals were normal, and at a request from Alira she performed the bladder-emptying charm on all three before walking out, deciding to check on them in three hours. Alira had said this would take as long as it would take, and while she was competent, she lacked the power a full-grown dragon would have. Also as requested, she sealed the door behind her.



Walking to another door, she knocked briefly and entered despite the wave of heat assaulting her. To her shock, Andromeda saw a pile of silver sickles dissolve into a puddle after a direct breath of fire from the Black and orange dragon to cheers from all within. Apparently the ritual required a silver goblet for each individual bound under the loyal lord oath, so they were crafting a number of them.



She remembered an off-hand comment from Ted once, about the real value of gold or silver opposed to what a galleon or sickle was worth. Apparently a number of his muggle-born friends had tried to break the enchantments on the coins and failed. Well, those teens didn’t have friends that could breathe magical fire it seems. With this, a lot of wealth could be made and the economy could be ruined. I’ll bring it up soon, something to sit on I suppose. Should the Dark Lord gain control of England, this could cripple the economy.



***



Aurogon strode through the castle towards the Entrance Hall. There were still Aurors everywhere, standing around in ones and twos, as if any of them would be a match for the deposed Headmaster if he returned. He didn’t think any of them had even attempted to secure the wards from control by Albus.



Aurogos had found himself corresponding by elf with Rita Skeeter, though he loathed her and those like her that could only build themselves up by tearing good people down. Oh well, he’d given her enough to ensure her agreeing to an oath and she was useful as a name that many trusted even if they shouldn’t. He’d sent out a few hints, something to set her upon Dumbledore’s past and continue to pile his sins high in the daylight.



He’d even promised Rita an interview that would shake the Magical world, asking her to learn enough about magical oaths so she could honestly report on the information she’d be given. Rita was sure this was a chance to speak with Harry, but in reality if she and the Prophet agreed to a contract to publish the interview on the front page, word for word as it was spoken, she and a cameraman would be visiting Sirius Black and his pensieve at the ruins of Potter Manor. It would be everything he promised of course, and would whet the people’s appetites for an interview with Harry Potter.



Perhaps Rita would even get an interview with Harry if she was properly contrite going forward. He wouldn’t let his name be attached to anything of course. It wouldn’t be proper for a Headmaster. Of course, whether he would be a widely accepted leader of a school or a crazy person defending a castle against all comers would depend greatly on how this next meeting went. Just in case, he had a firm grip on the wards and the charms that controlled the remaining suits of armor.



Aurogos made a mental note to find out who had chosen the Hogwarts motto. He swore that the personality fragments of the Founders left inside the wardstones were distinctly amused at appointing an actual dragon Headmaster. Oh well, eventually my Lord’s enemies will discover consequences for disturbing a dragon. I just hope they don’t actually try to tickle me, I’m not that kind of dragon.



***



Though tense at first, Aurogos reflected later that Lucius had clearly been intrigued by the magics and weapon seen during the battle yesterday. The last words they had shared had summed up the exchange.



“Mr. Salonar, while it is highly irregular for a man your age to assume the Headship, I believe I will throw my support behind you for the time being. That you are assuming a mostly managerial role and leaning on those with greater knowledge speaks well of you. Of course, my support will remain dependent on the results you achieve, and not simply the dissemination of the interesting pieces of magic you have mastered.”



“Of course, Mr. Malfoy. Assuming I can get some Professors back, I’m hoping to resume classes on Monday. In the meantime I intend to have the next few days filled with learning a few practical spells from the visiting Aurors and Healers. I look forward to discovering what the future holds, and my own place therein. While I enjoy pleasantries, I’m afraid I still have much to do, so if you will excuse me.”



With that task taken care of, Aurogon stalked his way to the Headmaster’s office. Business first, a quick look around for active magic and hidden caches, then teleport to the chamber and check on things there, a first look at the magic limiting the main wards, and then I can get my Dragonsworn working on what needs to be done. I need to get all three something to study as well, but none of the texts from Azeroth are in English. I’ll have to rely on the Room to provide study material until they can learn Common. At least it’s an easy tongue to pick up.



***



A/N: What will Severus Snape find when he returns to his house? Will he get anything back? Find out in a chapter I haven’t written yet! Maybe!

 




Here’s a list of the dragons currently on Earth:



Alira: Green Drake. Before she was drafted, she was training to be a professional mother. Alira already feels safer on Earth than she did on her home world ever since the latest war began. Sometimes she cosplays as a Night Elf. She is a proud shipper of Harry/Hermione/OC.



Aurogos: Blue Drake. Now Headmaster Aurogon Salonar of Hogwarts almost by accident and proud patron of three new Dragonsworn, Aurogos is a busy drake. His mortal form is a human with striking blue eyes and hair of different shades.



Caliona: Twilight Drake. She’s really looking forward to learning proper magic, not just what her friends can figure out on their own. Her mortal form is a human with sharp, aristocratic features, black pigmented eyes, and streaks of blue in her hair.



Dalistraza: Red Drake. Currently attending Hogwarts as Dali Lothar. Every adventuring group needs a healer, and she’s happy to fill the role. While generally a kind person, her healing training didn’t include ‘bedside manner.’ If she tells you to rest, you will rest. After time spent with Andromeda Tonks, she longer requires your cooperation in your own recovery. If she wants you to have bed rest, you’re not escaping unless you’re a professional curse-breaker.



Ralion: Twilight Drake. At Hogwarts, his alias is Ral Elsington. He would normally be a great leader, but he’s been off his game recently, adapting to getting the evil gods out of his mind. He’s glad they’re gone, but it still takes some getting used to. His human form has black hair, a short beard, and purple eyes. His most recent thoughts could be summed up as “Ouch,” just with a lot more cursing.



Senastrasz: Red Drake. Goes by Senas Lothar sometimes. Come Monday, you can call him Professor Senastrasz, master of the Hogwarts forge. He’s fairly skilled around a forge, learning what he could ever since he saw his flight’s Dragonspawn breathing flame onto weapons before continuing to beat the steel into the proper shape. His second form is a High Elf with red eyes.



Stine: Bronze Drake. When he joined Harry Potter, he officially retired from life as a Time Cop on Azeroth, but it was a mostly thankless job anyway. (Long hours and job hazards aplenty.) Many Bronze Dragons know their fates ahead of time, Stine saw his and didn’t like it at all. When given the chance, he chose a different path whose end he couldn’t see. His alternate form is a feline centaur called a Tol’vir. Orange with black stripes, ears that suggest an elf in his ancestry and no shortage of muscles identify his second form. His Leatherworking hobby has kept him busy recently, there’s a lot of magical snake to process.



Talion: Black Drake. Most certainly a follower, he was thankful for Tendrion bringing him into the group. He was actually the oldest of his group before coming to Earth, but had an especially crappy childhood. Right now he’s trying to figure out the theory for raising an island with his volcano powers. “It’s just sinking an island in reverse, right?” has not instilled confidence that he has any idea what he’s doing. His human form bears a heavily muscled warrior’s build, with black hair and burnt orange eyes.



Vespiona: Twilight Drake. Sister to Ralion, she was very close to Tendrion before they parted ways. She’s in mourning for a loved one she will never see again. Her mortal form is a Draenei with blue skin and purple eyes.



Chapter 14: Chapter 14: Hermione Discovers Internal Dialouge

Chapter Text

I own neither franchise. You know those fics where the ‘scarcrux’ is removed by the goblins in thirty minutes or less? This isn’t one of those. If the only way to remove it in cannon is either destroying the vessel or tanking a killing curse with the whole Elder Wand ownership oddness going on, a simple removal doesn’t make sense.



Pebble’s Harry Potter has had it a bit worse than his cannon counterpart, and his sacrificial blood protection is weaker as a result.



Chapter 14: Hermione Discovers Internal Dialogue



As she began her work to heal the teen’s minds, Alira discovered a small problem. Well, it would have been much easier to sift through their minds for the various foreign effects if we had done this before they learned mental defenses. Hermione certainly has something wrong with her, and it isn’t a simple fix at all. But her mind is so well defended I can’t get in to see what was done to her…



Harry has that parasite on him, but the compulsions are weakening. Removing the various substances in his system is helping him fight them off, and his increasing power will help break them and hold back the parasite as well. Well if I can’t get in directly, I’ll have to employ a bit of trickery, not what I’d like to do, but she should thank me if we ever completely free her mind. With a decision reached, Alira slipped her mind into the Dream and gave Hermione a tug to bring her in as well.



As Hermione found herself in the not-reality of the Dream once more, the teen soon found herself with a very friendly Night Elf wrapping her in a gentle hug. With a smile on her face, she greeted the drake. “Hello to you Alira. I’m not entirely sure why we’re here again, was there something you wanted?”



Pulling back and returning to her true form, she reclined against a suddenly solid green haze. How odd it is to be in a Dream untouched by the Titans. Perhaps it could use some work, but I want to be sure nothing I do is harmful first. Then again, for good or ill, it isn’t like I have the power to make huge changes here anyway.



“Hello Hermione. I’m afraid this isn’t strictly a social call. Could you sit with me? There are a few things we need to discuss that aren’t safe to say in the waking world.” When the teen had sat down against a folded wing, nearly as uncomfortable as Harry with physical contact that wasn’t familial, the drake continued.



“These questions will be personal, and I apologize for making you uncomfortable but there is a reason.” She saw the human understood, so she continued.

“How do you feel about Harry?” With the controls on this girl, she really didn’t expect a truthful answer, and was focusing her attention on what she could feel from the physical contact with Hermione’s mind. The Dream stripped many of the barriers sentient creatures placed around their minds and hearts, so she expected to be able to get a sense of what the girl really felt.



“He’s my best friend, his friendship means the world to me.” Ah, that was certainly true, but when she focused, there was more than a hint of something else beneath the surface as well.



“Is that all he is? He’s certainly not an ugly male, even with all of those scars on him. He’s a powerful mage and wealthy as well. Not to mention he’s a kind man, gentle when he needs to be, you don’t know how comforting his touch has been. Harry Potter is also one of the few that can be trusted with authority and power, he could have ordered us drakes to destroy his enemies, to fight and kill for him as soon as the oaths settled. He hasn’t.



“If he wanted to, he could even order us females to service him sexually. He hasn’t done that even if the only one who would actually object would be Vespiona; she’s grieving for a mate she’ll likely never see again.” It was interesting to follow her deeper emotions as she spoke. Using the Dream, the realm all living creatures touched in small ways as they slept in this way was a new technique. It proved not to be very difficult, if an odd experience, and the Green drake was quickly becoming used to processing the emotional undertones. Hermione’s emotions betrayed hints of a romantic love buried deeply, perhaps some desire, and jealousy when she spoke about Harry sleeping with the drakes. Interesting…



“No! Harry is my friend and I see him as a brother only.”



That wasn’t really a lie from her conscious mind, but deeper down it was. Okay, so something is really warping her mind, I can’t get it out without tearing my way in and I’m not even sure I could succeed with that. “Okay, last question: If you knew that there was a foreign presence in your best friend’s head, and it was working to consume him from the inside out, what would you be willing to do to help him?”



“What do you mean? Harry has some kind of protection from his mother...”



“Yes, and that is the only reason his body isn’t walking around with someone else controlling it already. (There really was some ward around Harry, in the Dream it tasted like a mother’s desperation to protect her child. A mother’s love lived on, far past Lily Potter’s end.) There’s a parasite deeply rooted into him both physically and metaphysically, and we can’t remove it physically without taking most of his brain with it.



“It’s been inside him for years, Hermione, it could have been removed with a bit of skin and bone when he first got that scar on his face, (That was her best guess at this point, but the one that made the most sense.) but now it’s burrowed deep. It was allowed to grow roots and fester! I found out about it when all of us were leaving the Dream, the fact that it was there at all when I only called Harry to join us is worrying.”



Alira let the girl digest that for a moment. All parts of Hermione’s mind were horrified now. I really don’t like doing this, but I can feel from how her mind is working that she really is very intelligent and would likely help Harry greatly. That she would probably be interested in a romantic relationship with him if free doesn’t hurt either. She would be good for him and he for her.



“If Harry really is in danger like you say, I would do anything I could to help him. You have a plan, right?” And there was steel in that response. Alira could work with that, and do it without truly betraying the girl as well.



“Right now, we’re attacking the problem from all sides. Harry’s magical strength is increasing quickly thanks to a variety of factors. When we started healing his body we found that the parasite doesn’t like life-fire, which is good and bad. It’s good we can hurt it with the flames, but bad that it reacts to the fire like that. We’re trying to build Harry up mentally and emotionally, and I’ve been pulling the sludge out of him that’s been altering his mind and keeping him weak.



“All the things are helping, but it isn’t yet enough. We dare not even tell him he has the parasite, because we’re afraid of it harming him if it knows we’re working to remove it. We haven’t exhausted all the possibilities yet, but removing it remains difficult. Aurogos gave me a spell we can use, the two of us. It isn’t a full solution, but together we can aid him even more.”



“What kind of spell is it? I’m still learning about the mind arts, there was nothing in the library at all on them.” Alira was glad to see the eagerness of the bushy-haired teen, feeling her desire to both help her friend and learn something new.



“It’s a spell that will allow us to merge our power and our will so we can pick at and remove the compulsion keeping Harry from consenting to treatment from a mind-healer before moving on to the true threat of the parasite. Once we no longer need to do this behind his back things will become easier. You see, he refuses direct treatment but he did give us an order to help him as we saw fit. I’m following that now. You are very important to him, so I want to work with you to help him.” Ah, if that warm feeling deep in her doesn’t indicate romantic feelings forcibly repressed I’m a fool.



“Together we can loosen the parasite’s hold while he dreams, we won’t remove it that way, but we will make another method of removal possible. The spell isn’t without cost. You and I will be stuck together for between ten and fifteen years, and it won’t always be easy. Our true cores, the parts of our minds, our souls that make us who we are will remain separate. Everything else, every memory, every stray thought, every desire will be felt by both of us. I admit, I am a little apprehensive about this because of how fast your mind seems to work.” (That was not a lie. Hermione’s mind seemed to be both fast and more than a little twitchy, at times like a squirrel given an entire pot of espresso.)



“But in the few days I’ve known him, Harry Potter has grown on me. I think he represents the best chance my kind have, and maybe not just the ones of us here, on this world. I think we can both agree that Harry Potter is a good man. Sometimes, good men become truly great ones if they have people standing behind them. Hermione, will you help me?”



No shortage of apprehension now, but I know she’ll be helping me. I wish I could tell her the whole truth beforehand, but I can’t account for how the previous Headmaster has tied her into knots.



Though it took some thought, Hermione soon reached a decision. “From what I understand about the bond you have with Harry, you’re incapable of betraying him, right?”



Alira smiled and drew Hermione closer, placing a wing around her in a hug. Still looking the teen in the eye, she answered. “That’s correct. And because he cares so much about and relies on you like he does, it would require foul, willing treachery on your part for me to justify harming you. As a positive, we’ll be closer than sisters, and I wouldn’t mind a sister. I was part of a small clutch and my three brothers both went into combat training as soon as they could. They’re still alive as far as I know, but we were never close.”



“Are there side effects you haven’t told me about?” It was nice to see a little caution in the teen, but there wasn’t a ton of it; befitting of one sorted into the house of Lions.



“Yes. You won’t be able to betray Harry any more than I can; I don’t think it will be possible for us to betray each other, which seems like a plus right now anyway. We’ll be exposed to each other’s taste in virtually everything. Some of Harry’s commands to me may bleed over; so far you could be compelled to ignore the whispers of the Old Gods, live a life you can be proud of, and help Harry as you see fit. There’s more, but I need to withhold the information until we’re stuck together. Do you have any more questions?” Alira felt the young woman gather her determination for a moment before she gave her answer.



“No. If you think this could help save Harry, I’ll do it. What must we do?”



“First we wake up, Harry can sleep through this, he could use a little more rest anyway. You’ll need to paint the runes on yourself and me, and we’ll both need to strip completely. I have some green enchanted bags on my sides, right behind my forelimbs, could you help me with the straps? Don’t worry about Harry, he’ll be asleep for at least an hour yet.”



After returning to the waking world, Hermione found the Green drake was rather ticklish on her sides, and her smirk promised that she wouldn’t forget that discovery anytime soon. Soon, all the markings were in place, and Hermione was as ready as she could be.



“Are you ready? Once we start, you’re going to be stuck with me for over a decade, so this is the last chance to back out.”



With determination burning in her eyes, the girl simply said: “I’m ready.” And knelt, naked as Alira on the cold stone. The drake raised a talon and very carefully grasped the teen’s neck. Later, she’d tell the girl that this origin had been created by a Blue dragon as a way to bind prisoners that couldn’t be trusted at the time but were believed capable of reforming their ways. For now, she began channeling her magic into the young woman, ignoring her gasps as the witch got a taste of just how strong the magic of even a drake was.



It swept through Hermione, pooling in the runes, overwhelming the teen. Aurogos had explained the most essential part of the ritual was the caster’s intentions, so she tried to forge the bond that would be as an older female taking a dear friend under her wing. Hermione’s piece was less important, she simply needed to accept the drake like one would a guiding older sibling.



While a bit of a difficult piece of magic, it was proving to be within Alira’s capabilities as she worked. When she was ready, the drake started to pull Hermione’s magic into her own flesh, essentially taking all of Hermione’s magic and replacing it with hers. The magic taken from the teen would then mix with her own under her scales and be overwhelmed as it blended. This would leave Hermione at her mercy, a very real part of her kept within the dragon for at least a decade as it very slowly drained, drop by tiny drop, back to the witch. When Hermione’s magic was back where it was meant to be, and all of the Draconic magic returned as well, the effect would end. Until then, their minds would flow together, the witch obeying the dragon.



(Sadly, blending two minds together like this without designating a leader and a follower was a recipe for chaos, division and eventual madness as they would fight, tearing at each other even without wanting to, until both sides lost.)



As she felt the magic finish its movements, Alira began the final part of the magic, sealing them together as one. Without this part, without forcing their minds and magic to work together, the foreign magic would probably kill them both.



The final surge of magic left them both panting and sweaty on the floor. Laying on her side, Alira pulled Hermione close against the soft scales on underside and draped a wing over the witch both to keep her warm and to protect her dignity in case Harry woke early. Though human dignity still made no sense to her, there was nothing wrong with showing others that one was healthy and beautiful. And Hermione was certainly healthy, easily capable of giving Harry many intelligent and powerful children when they felt the time was right. Hey! I have more purpose than just giving birth!



Letting out an audible snort, Alira responded. Yes you have more purpose in life than ensuring the next generation, yet choosing a mate and continuing the cycle of life is both a drive and responsibility that exists in all of us. How do you feel, sister?



It was interesting to watch Hermione’s eyes dance around as she started to feel out the mental changes. I feel okay, I can feel my magic inside you, and yours in mine. Wait! You tricked me! Why?!



Wanting to alleviate her concerns quickly, Alira got ready for a deep dive into the witch’s mind. Do you remember back in the common room, when the spell for detecting mental effects returned ‘black’ on you? Something has been done to you, the memory taken away and your mind was warped to not allow anyone to even try to help you. Harry wanted me to do everything I could, so here we are. I want you to lower your mental defenses. Yes, I can order you around, but try to imagine existing in this state without one of us leading.



Really Hermione? Do you think two minds would do anything but tear each other apart like this? Okay. Now, one thing this bond allows is for your consciousness to exist within my brain. Sister-witch, my brain will serve me for at least ten thousand years, there’s plenty of room for us both.



Why? I’m hoping the magic binding you exists within your flesh, you should expect to feel different once you cross over. No, the parts that keep you breathing are autonomic, your body won’t die if your mind hangs out in my brain for a bit. You feel that connection? I’ll help you come over the first few times, until we both get the hang of it.



It was certainly an odd sensation this bond, thankfully Alira was able to cut off a lot of questions before they were spoken by nudging Hermione towards pertinent memories, otherwise the clutter in their shared internal dialogue would quickly become grating. Once you’re here, don’t try to control my body please. I’m going to teach you how to use it in time, but you’re not used to this many limbs and I don’t want the bruises right now.



After a few moments, Hermione entered Alira’s head, essentially using the unused portions of the dragon’s physical brain to run her own thought processes. This is different… Do you have perfect recall?! Hey, nearly perfect is still better than mine. I can see your memories even clearer now… Why do you want me to stay away from certain ones, you can see all of mine right now!



I’m sure you’ll see them eventually Hermione, but I just don’t want to relive them again any time soon. Just stay away from the time between my being drafted and reaching the Eastern Kingdoms, please. There’s a lot of ugliness in war, and that war especially. I’m glad you understand.



Your memories of flying are incredible! The wind, the scents, the sun on your scales! Oh, all those cute little whelps! Those elves wearing leather gloves in your nursery make sense after the memory of the lecture about the newborns not having control over their instincts yet. Oh my god! In the halls?



Yes, sister. The only real rules we have about copulation is no reproducing with another Dragonflight, don’t do it when you’re on duty, and if the whelps see it you have to give explanations to them until they run out of questions.



With that, Alira used her tail to begin poking Harry, a touch of magic in her extremity proving enough to overcome the chemical keeping him asleep. “Hello my Lord. Hermione is all right though I need a little more time with her right now. I wanted you to wake up and give us some privacy. Just be careful, you’re going to be drowsy for a while I’m afraid. We’ll be done in an hour or two, in time for dinner.”

 

With a nod, Harry left them be. Hermione began the mental discussion again as soon as he left. You have feelings for him. Strong ones… I. That was as far as the witch got before the drake interrupted her.



Before you say that you won’t pursue Harry for my happiness, let’s look at my recent fantasies please. See? I can see in your head that your culture doesn’t like two females with one male, Titans know why. No, I’m serious. If people can get over their own desires and put their loved ones first, put their family first, relationships like this can work just fine. Look at how of my people do this. Stop. Relax. Focus on my breathing. It’s kind of disturbing how poorly your culture prepares its young for romance and reproduction.



Easy Hermione. I’d tell you to breathe, but you’re not taking my body for a spin until we put you through some training to protect my wings and tail. Yes, I do think they’re the best physical parts of me, unless I get really lucky and end up with impressive horns in eighty years or so. Attractiveness among dragons has a lot more to do with looking healthy , though things like unusual colors or the slight variations we have can help.



Hermione took control of their shared monologue for a moment then. That is rather interesting. And likely healthier than the various trends we humans have, trying to stay thin or alter our bodies to attract a man. I wonder why there’s such a difference?



That’s easy sister. We don’t wear clothing. Everything we are is on display, well mostly anyway.



Now, I want to examine your mind in depth. Relax, let me in and remember that I’m not trying to hurt you. Yes, it will be unpleasant when I push deep enough, I’m trying to find out what’s been done to you. I’ve been discussing the memory charm ‘Obliviate’ with Healer Tonks and I think it’s possible to view a memory with some creative application of my magic.



What I won’t do is risk your mind digging out this mystery, you’re too important to my Lord. Also, I consider you a friend and the others respect you as well. Talion would take an arrow for you, you really made an impact on him that first night. Good, I’m going to begin looking at the structure of your mind, it’s much easier when you’re also in my head.



Neither mind ‘said’ anything for a time, as Alira began a metaphysical inspection of her friend. For Hermione, the closest comparison she could make was a mental equivalent of getting a physical exam from her mundane doctor. Alira watched and listened, poked and prodded. Fairly quickly she had found the various places her memories had been suppressed. Thankfully, none of the missing memories seemed to be the work of that fool Lockheart.



Hermione, I found some memories your mind was repressing, good thing too. That time you spent petrified, at least part of your mind kept going, recording what you could hear but not process at the time. You want to go through it? I will do you a favor and limit the memories to speech, or you’d have to go through every noise your ears heard. It will distract you from what I’m doing, and it will be helpful for me to see your mind process information.



With Hermione distracted, listening to what she’d missed, the drake continued. For Hermione, she was surprised by how many of the memories were from Harry, just sitting with her and trying to keep her company. Hermione could tell that Alira thought it was an adorable memory of young love.



As she went deeper, Alira was thankful she had spent time studying the mind before she was sent to war. Early Broodmother training was mostly hands-on, lectures from an elder, and a lot of independent studying. And the mind had fascinated her. To be honest, she had been hoping it was possible to reclaim first the Black Flight, and later the Twilight with the right application of the mind arts, though she never shared her aspirations with another soul.



If she’d been older, more powerful, had enough respect she would have been ordering the Twilight Dragonflight taken alive wherever possible at Hyjal. If nothing else she would have found some way to spare the innocent, even if she failed to free their minds she could have shipped them off to Outland and burned into their minds that attacking the innocent and returning to Azeroth meant their own deaths.



In any case, her studies were proving handy now. Hermione’s first missing memory occurred shortly after her adventure involving the third floor, Quirrel, and the… Did you three kids really risk your lives for a philosopher’s stone?



This led to an internal discussion on the item in question, how it could differ from the much more common item from Azeroth. Huh, I’d bet a few choice scales that the elixir of life is a hoax, and they just don’t want to share how they’ve extended their lives. I’d bet a few more that only their identities have died this time.



Leaving that train of thought alone for the moment, Alira got back to her task. Hermione’s memory gaps were careful and precise, taking no more than needed. And whatever control effect was at work seemed to begin after that first missing memory, but the commands she’d been given were missing as well.



Hermione, I need to see the memory of when this effect began. Somehow, it has you obeying commands you can’t consciously remember. We’re returning to the Dream again so I’ll be a bit stronger, I want you to sleep while I do this. I have some fears, yes. Now, this is my first Order to you: You will not view the memories I recover or make any attempt to learn them without my explicit permission. Because there’s a chance of a self-death woven into them if you were to learn of it, and you and I are both too important to die yet.



A few moments later, Hermione was settled into the Dream, having a pleasant dream. Alira decided that when it was possible, they’d have to try alternating their sleeping hours a bit to experiment with entering each other’s dreams. Gathering herself, the drake pushed as hard as she could, and then she was inside the memory, standing in the Hogwarts Headmaster’s office as a little girl.



Alira could tell her new friend was only twelve years old at this point, and the memory was taking place after the events on the third floor obstacle course. Alira, though only a scant few years older than Hermione, still had her beaten in maturity and life-experience. And as Albus Dumbledore praised the little girl, her intelligence, her bravery and her loyalty to her friends, Alira began to get a very bad feeling.



After again saying how impressed he was with her, the Headmaster offered to teach her, to take her as his apprentice, so that she could stand by Harry in the future. She was assured that Harry would be given the same offer when he woke up. Hermione’s acceptance was never in doubt, her trust for authority had yet to waver. Of course, it really should have at this point. That adventure was obviously tailored for either first years in general or her group in particular.



Dumbledore firmly grasped her arm, telling her that there was a ceremony for apprentices they needed to travel for, but it would only take a few moments. Wait, why isn’t the Phoenix here? I thought the old man was very proud of it?



The memory twisted for a moment, and though she felt Hermione’s sickness at the apparition, Alira started taking in the details quickly. The time of day isn’t the same as Scotland, we’re just after dawn wherever this is. Dumbledore spoke a little more about how masters needed a firm hand to guide apprentices, but told the girl the magic he would work on her would only last until she learned all he had to teach.



Hermione was told that all she needed to do was say her Name when the Headmaster asked, and the drake heard the capitalization in that word. Alira cringed but kept watching when Albus cast complicated magic on the girl and asked if he had her trust. Hermione said he did. He asked if she would follow his commands, and she said she would. As the magic rushing around reached a crescendo, he asked the girl “Will you give Me your Name ?” She answered Hermione Jane Granger. And Alira saw the magic snap closed around the little girl, who honestly thought this was a gift, something special.



Alira continued to watch as they returned to the Hogwarts Castle, and the Headmaster gave her commands. He told her that she would keep an eye on Harry, and do everything she could to keep him away from ‘unsavory’ individuals. (In this case, unsavory to mean anyone that would disagree with the Headmaster.) She was commanded to trust ‘Me’ completely, never to doubt ‘Me’ for long no matter the situation. Hermione was commanded that while she would remain Harry’s closest friend, she would have no romantic interest in him, to better chip away at the boy’s self-worth. Ah, there’s her fire. She knows that he tricked her, her anger is roaring. Sadly, there’s nothing she can do now.



In addition she would take no action to help Harry outside of school. Hermione was also commanded that if she ever learned of these commands and found a way to subvert them, she was to contact ‘Me’ immediately. If she ever broke herself free of any single command, she was to die at her earliest convenience. The final command from Dumbledore was to forget that he had bound her, forget that she had been given these commands but to follow them anyway, and to forget even being summoned to his office today.



Poor girl. I’ll talk with Aurogos, Dumbledore put an odd emphasis on the word ‘Me’ in that memory. This will be a tricky effect to purge from her, lets see what the other memories are.



After examining the other memories, mostly of the girl reporting to the Headmaster everything Harry had done, Alira had some idea of the method by which the controlling influence was attached. It’s literally bound to her ‘Name.’ I’d assume this was fiction if not for the fact that it works.



When she could, when she could make absolutely sure Hermione wasn’t aware of the conversation, Alira needed to discuss the most recent ‘debriefing’ early in the summer with the resident Blue dragon. Albus had allowed her to remember everything, and she had begged him to stop toying with Harry. Hermione had pleaded with the Headmaster, trying to convince him to make Harry his successor. She told him how strong he was, both in character, morals, and magic.



And the Headmaster had been enjoying the despair the girl felt as she went on and saw him unmoved. Dumbledore had just begun to taunt her when Fawkes screeched at him, quickly flying onto his desk and expressing his displeasure. The old man had started, and his expression changed from one of gloating to regret. He had told the girl that he deeply regretted the necessity of his actions. When Hermione saw the defeat in his Phoenix and understood in that moment at least that Fawkes was a fellow prisoner. At least until her memories were suppressed again.



Sure that meant something, but not completely sure what, Alira put it aside for the moment and slipped into Hermione’s current dream. After dredging through those memories, the vaguely pleasant and happy dream her new sister was experiencing seemed like just what she needed.



***



While Harry Potter gradually shrugged off a magically/chemically induced nap and Alira and Hermione shared a fluffy, happy dream, Aurogos was making preparations for tonight’s announcement. Events had seemingly escalated out of control, or at least expectation. At least we’re secure in the school for the moment. We’ re ready to ‘decant’ Valistraza in a few hours as well. It’s strange, before coming here I would have agreed that her clutch needed to die, but today the thought of her eggs smashed or whelps murdered sickens me.



More, I would fight to protect them from that fate. There are so few Blue dragons left… Even the half-bloods are precious. How odd, I’m even looking forward to teaching them magic! Thank Elune none of them are in danger of ending up as apprentices of Saragosa.



Now he returned to the Room of Requirement again, very much wishing for more time to spend with the two teens inside. Sadly, there simply wasn’t time right now; the drake was however, very much looking forward to the future when he had more free time. He did enjoy the Room’s bathing facilities with Sarah and Naomi, wishing he had the time and energy now for more than getting clean.



After they were dry, his third Dragonsworn arrived as requested, eager to learn. For now, he wanted the three to use the room to research this world’s familiar magic. He explained how it intrigued him, especially in light of the various species from Azeroth that could surely be made into life partners with the right spell. He also promised to arrange for appropriate familiars for all three of his Sworn as soon as possible. More than anything else, all three were eager to learn Common, and Aurogos promised to arrange tutoring for them and anyone else that wanted to learn soon.



***



Finally the dinner hour came, and the Great Hall was filled again. Messages had been sent to the Prefects of each house that an important announcement would be given before dinner that night. Aurors still remained inside the castle, monitoring the students in theory, but mostly being useless in practice. Delores Umbridge had attempted to sit in the Headmaster’s chair when she reached the Great Hall that evening, only for a painful shock to chase her out of it quickly.



Agreeing with his Lord and Hermione’s opinion on the general level of intelligence of the residents of the castle, (Though that was something he intended to improve, as large a task as it was.) Aurogos had decided to give the school a show. A simple series of charms had been applied to an area in front of the staff table, keeping students from standing in a specific space. Also, a charm to keep the toad-like woman off of what was, by rights, his chair.



At exactly the minute that dinner was to be served, a sound echoed through the hall. It took a moment to place, but it was the low howling of a blizzard. In that spot charms had kept clear, snow formed and began to swirl. More and more formed from the air, until a localized, tightly centered sphere of white swirled rapidly before a crack sounded through the hall. (Aurogos intended to learn the apparition of this world, but for now he substituted his own method of teleportation with an added sound effect.)



At the sound of the crack, the snow exploded outwards, racing towards the students but evaporating before reaching them. With the snow gone, the students got a good look at their new Headmaster. Aurogos was wearing a simple blue robe with the Hogwarts crest proudly displayed on his chest. With a bit of magic to enhance his voice, he greeted the hall.



“Hello Hogwarts. My name is Aurogon Salonar, and as of today, on the authority of the Echoes of the Founders, I am your new Headmaster!” Though there were some cheers from the Slytherin table that was less surprised, he continued on, tramping over increasingly loud objections from the witch in the pink cardigan. “I wasn’t a student here very long before circumstances caused me to take action I never expected to. Yesterday morning, as soon as WE, all of us here, chased Albus Dumbledore out of this castle, myself and three other students began a quest to KEEP him out!



“The Founders left Echoes of themselves in this school, more than portraits, less than ghosts. You see, a new Headmaster is meant to visit each Echo and be judged. Slytherin’s Echo has long been ignored, his portion of the castle’s wards without a master! But the Echo judged me worthy, and allowed me to control one forth of both the wards and the castle’s guardians yesterday! Through that approval, I gained another, then a third and early this morning, Gryffindor’s Echo gave its blessing! With that, I succeeded in locking Albus the Insane out of our school, and was the first Headmaster in centuries to feel the entirety of the ward scheme settle onto my shoulders!



“I have been given a privilege and a hefty responsibility to all of you. I will not shirk from it! There will be changes, changes for...” Sadly, Aurogos was cut off when the increasingly unhappy woman finally managed a cannon blast charm.



Before the uncouth woman could barge into his acceptance speech, Aurogon spoke again. “Perhaps we’ll add a class on manners and comportment as well? I’ve said this before recently, but good manners are imperative for users of magic. We who can touch the world around us and bend it to our will must always be careful to not provoke others. Otherwise,” Here, the new Headmaster turned around to face the irate woman. “you never know when you’ll provoke someone far more powerful than yourself.”



The Great Hall, every student in the castle, every Auror and Healer present went silent at that. Harry Potter, (Hermione was still resting down in the Chamber, Alira’s dive into her memories had proven both necessary and exhausting.) couldn’t keep a small smirk off his own face, in between yawns anyway.



Deciding to use a proven strategy, Aurogon watched her out of the corner of his eye until she was about to speak and then spoke again. “What can I do for you Ms. Umbridge? If you want a seat in the class I just mentioned, that can be arranged.”



Though she obviously wanted to snarl at the young man, Dolores Umbridge maintained her composure, for the most part. “I think you’ll find, young man, that the Ministry will never permit someone so lacking in experience to lead a school! That should be left to your betters.” Though mostly polite, her face remained in a snarl and her complexion was becoming ugly.



Swallowing a smirk, Aurogon raised his hands in front of him, as though he were cradling a large ball. A flickering flame of fire, an insubstantial frozen mist the size of a cantaloupe, arcs of lightning that chased each other in circular patterns, and thin ropes of a purple energy coiling upon itself sprung into being and orbited above his hands, maintaining their distance from each other. “I suppose I lack experience in politics, I lack experience in managing a school, I even lack experience in transfiguration. What I do not lack experience in, is magic. I know many of its secrets, its hidden dangers. I know the blunders of ages past and the triumphs of the greatest sorcerers. I have touched the magic that beats at the heart of the world!



“And I want to share what I know. The previous headmaster here allowed the teaching of magic to become dry, repetitive, and boring! The study of MAGIC! The art of touching the heartbeat of creation, of touching what both is and isn’t and commanding the universe to heed your call, to shape itself to your whims!



“Under me, Hogwarts students will learn both magic and power! Under me, this school will be a place of learning unequaled anyone on Earth! Tell me Dolores, what would a Hogwarts under you look like? What would you teach your students? What HAVE you taught them, other than to fear and hate authority? The very stones of this school saw what you’ve done to children for the sake of politics Madam!” Aurogon spoke the last word with as much derision as he could, a sneer visible on his face.



“As long as I have a say, you will not gain power here or continue torture of students. For your actions the Echoes of Slytherin, Gryffindor, and Ravenclaw all demanded you made an example of and strung from the battlements. Hufflepuff suggested your head in a box sent to the Ministry as a warning to not interfere here.”



As Aurogon had been speaking, one by one each ball of energy floating above his hands was set upon by the purple strands of energy and compressed within them. As the last ball, fire, was consumed, the purple chains floated to hover over his right hand. Shifting the energy just a bit, the tiny construct took a reptilian form, and a creature he had only seen in ancient scrolls filtered into being.



Cloud Serpents had been flying serpentine draconic war-mounts of the Pandaren people before the Sundering. As a whole the race and their lands were thought lost in their entirety, until his old master had happened upon the Wandering Isle. Sadly, their history was… poorly archived, to use a phrase he’d heard from a fellow apprentice. It was unknown when the group on the Wandering Isle had left their homeland, and it was truly sad that the dragonkin war-mounts had been lost entirely. But now, a little bit of history was brought to life as the energy in his hand shook to life, or a semblance thereof.



Now fully formed the construct, appearing as a dark purple dragon of the typical oriental shape depicted in legends, about as long as a man’s arm, shook its head and began shifting it’s attention around the room, its eyes flitting here and there. Releasing his control on it slightly, knowing it was bound to not harm those in the hall, the little construct darted away, an inquisitive nature compelling it to dart here and there. Sneering at him, Umbridge spoke harshly. “A simple trick, lights and illusions! Nothing that makes you the right sort of person to run this school!”



Further words from Umbridge were cut off when she was proved wrong. The little construct proved to be much more mischievous than intended, and had picked up a large chalice of wine before pouring it over the furious woman.



Ignoring for now the sputtering woman, Aurogon turned to address the students again. “This is a lesson I hope you will take with you when you leave this school, all of you. Magic is capable of both wonders and horrors, and like any other source of power, is dangerous if one is careless. That little arcane construct of an extinct creature? Was meant to flit around the room, being curious. Even though it is more than I expected, it remains safe because of a dozen spells woven beneath the surface. At worst, it will roam and play little pranks if it gets bored.”



The little purple creature returned to him, affectionately rubbing on his hands. For a moment, he just scratched the little thing, before an idea came to him. Looking into its eyes, a pulse of magic gave the new Headmaster its full attention. “Little one, I’ve decided to keep you around, and the wards will sustain you as long as you follow some rules. First, you will not harm anyone save in the defense of students or guests. Second, you may amuse yourself as you wish but do not hamper learning within the school. Learn and grow, and if you prove yourself I will make you the new Guardian of this school.”



Covered and stained, Delores was again building a head of steam, so Aurogon took her initiative again by negligently waving his right hand at the throne-chair that usually held Albus Dumbledore. A spear of ice flew from his hand, impaling the chair and carrying it back twenty feet. Looking as many students as possible in the eyes, he spoke again.



“I do not have any need to lord my authority over my fellow seekers of magical knowledge. I do not require you to be continually reminded of my supposed greatness. I reject the idea that being Headmaster of this school gives me any mandate beyond making this school the best it can possibly be!”



As he spoke, the hall changed. The platform from where the staff had presided over the students sunk, until it was just slightly elevated over the students. (A practical matter, giving those at the head table proper visibility over the students.)



Stepping up to the now much shorter platform, Aurogon twitched his wrist and the holster up his sleeve dropped his new wand into his hand. With a flourish, he gestured to the space where the toppled throne once stood, and ice began to condense out of the air. After but a moment, a high backed, comfortable chair took shape.



Snapping off a few additional spells, giving the chair comfort and permanence as well as keeping others out of it, Aurogon walked around the table and took his place. With a pre-planned pulse of his magic, the tables were laden with a feast. There were some new additions, the drake had lifted restrictions on the menu, telling the elves they could prepare whatever dishes the students seemed to enjoy as long as the proper nutrition was provided.



Nodding to a corner of the Hall where his invited reporters had been taking photos, Aurogon enjoyed his first meal as Headmaster of Hogwarts School of Witchcraft and Wizardry. An interview with Rita would be waiting after the meal, and he would have a lot of questions to answer soon. For now, the elves had outdone themselves for his welcoming feast.



***



Over the next week even more fruits bloomed from the deal that had been struck, and later bound by contract, with a well-known reporter. Rita had made a deal for positive press, or at least honest press for Harry Potter, those close to him and the new Headmaster in exchange for a polite interview with Harry Potter as soon as he was declared healthy by both of his healers. Harry wouldn’t be exactly pleased to sit down with Rita Skeeter, but since the interview was also dependent on a good ‘I was wrong’ article by Skeeter, it would be bearable. And so, the headlines flowed.



“New Headmaster in Hogwarts!

Former Student braves Castle to protect others from Albus the Insane!

Has support of the Board of Governors!”



“Aurogon Salonar proclaims himself first and foremost a Student of Magic!

Creates magical construct from thin air! Charges it with the protection of the Students!”



“What has Dolores Umbridge been doing in Hogwarts?

Undersecretary to the Minister missed Dark Lord Dumbledore!

Boy-Who-Lived seen by students limping and bleeding after her detentions!

Umbridge threatened by new Headmaster! Torture of Students is not allowed!

What has the Ministry sent her to accomplish?”



“Headmaster Salonar: Magic is incredible! Learning its ways should never be boring !”



“New subjects to be taught in Hogwarts:

Magical Culture, Comportment, Beast Magic, Blacksmithing!

‘A Headmaster should not be the only one with a true magical familiar!’

‘Magical Metalworking is nearly a lost art!

For those willing to put in the sweat and toil the reward is worth the effort!’”



“Magical Comportment: Hogwarts getting a course on proper Manners!

Attendance for Spring Term Mandatory for all Students!

Those who fail to show proper conduct will repeat!”



“A new focus: Hogwarts will encourage students to produce and create!

New shop to open in Hogsmead after Yule!

Will sell ‘good enough’ student potions and metalcraft!

Profits shared, students receive funds and so does the school!”



“Harry Potter: A truly powerful Wizard!

See new photos of pitched battle, lifted from a pensieve!”



“Ten Dark Years: While Britain celebrated, Boy-Who-Lived sent to become a House-Elf!

How did this Happen? How did we miss it?”



“Did Albus the Insane fear a future Rival in the Boy-Who-Lived?

Did You-Know-Who?”



“A disturbing shop visit: Harry Potter denied access to his inheritance!

Confined with abusive muggles, guarded but not protected,

Was Boy-Who-Lived prisoner of Albus the Insane?”



“How did we miss Albus’s fall?

How does his legacy live on in our government?”



“Where is Albus Dumbledore now? What is he planning?

When will we see his madness again?”



***



A/N: Life has decided to limit my free time lately, so I’ve decided to go to releasing a chapter every other Friday. I’m working on a shorter piece telling the story of the Hallows in this fic, I’m hoping to release it on Monday to celebrate the WoW Shadowlands expansion.




Chapter 15: Chapter 15: Many Whelps! Handle It!

Chapter Text

I own neither franchise! Most of World of Warcraft’s ‘Shadowlands’ lore is not going to be cannon in this fic, because Pebble was outlined and early chapters written before the lore was available. I think my fic will make more sense with ignoring the expansion anyway.




Chapter 15: Many Whelps! Handle it!



That night, after the feast had wound down, all eight hale dragons, their Lord, Hermione Granger, four Weasleys and the Tonks couple stood in a side chamber of the Chamber of Secrets. Between the users of magic, it had been expanded greatly, given a shallow pool, and now their ‘nursery’ was ready for its occupants. Harry felt decidedly nervous as they gathered food on the side of the room, enough to feed all of the new arrivals. Luckily the dietary needs for all seventy-nine creatures about to be released was the same: meat, organ meat, and some bones to chew on. Between the Castle’s elves and the Basilisk corpse, which Alira and Dalistraza both agreed was safe to eat, there was enough food handy for several weeks at least.



Another discussion before dinner had wiped away most of Harry’s doubts about using the oath ritual. In a room magically sealed off the Chamber of Secrets main hall, Caliona, Talion, and Vespiona had brought their concerns to their Lord. Harry had honestly not given much thought to the incredibly powerful creatures that had crafted the Dragonflights. The gist of their discussion was that the ‘loyal’ Dragonflights considered the Black, Chromatic, and Twilight Dragonflights slaves of the Old Gods, while those three groups considered the ‘loyal’ Blue, Bronze, Green, and Red Dragonflights slaves of the Titans. (The Storm Dragons fell into this category as well, though they simply didn’t seem to leave their island home often.) Sadly, both sides were right.



He felt a spark of hate towards the Titans for what had been done to his friends. Though the dragons born of the four original, loyal flights would argue until they ran out of breath the benevolent Titans had uplifted their race, the truth was uglier. The Titan Pantheon had, for whatever reason, seen a powerful race of creatures on Azeroth and through either compulsion, deception, or threats ‘gifted’ that very young race with service to the Titans. When the Pantheon re-shaped the dragons, they had left a void, a need inside of each of them, regardless of color, that ensured their service. On Azeroth, this was filled by the magic that flowed from each Dragon Aspect imbued with Titan’s power and magic, to every member of their Dragonflight.



All dragons that shared a color also shared a magical bond that flowed through the entire Flight, and more than anything else, it was apparently intended to usurp their will. Malygos’s madness and the war he started, Alexstraza’s captivity and the unwilling service of so much of her Flight; Harry was even convinced that the fall of the Black Dragonflight into madness and evil was the result of Deathwing’s madness flowing through this bond and directly into every mind it touched.



Now, Harry Potter would step forward and offer what protection he could to seventy-nine minds. Good God, I hope I can give them better than what they’d have. This Oath, at least I can give them my loyalty in return. I will be a better leader than they’ve had. I will give them a better future on this world! I Refuse to fail them!



Aurogos, the resident expert (or honestly just the closest thing they had) on the Prison Sphere finished one last measurement of the room before nodding. There was a large X scratched into the stone, directly in the middle. Now, they were absolutely sure there was enough space for the released creatures to fit.



Caliona, once the third in command of the Twilight Group, handed Harry the necklace that had been around Ralion’s neck when he first stepped through the portal not quite a week ago. While Caliona hadn’t spoken as much with Harry due to her injury, she had been watching him carefully. In him, she saw another hurt soul, a great deal of potential, and perhaps hope.



Harry had done everything he could for them, ever since she’d stumbled through the portal and a human teen had treated her bleeding, infected throat. The next morning, she found she much preferred his solution to feeding her, it had more dignity than one of the others chewing a rabbit and giving her the results. He even had Hermione use magic so she wouldn’t eventually soil herself laying on the floor. Harry had been kind to her, and in her life that was so very, very rare.



Giving him a smile, showing a lot of teeth, she gave him instructions. “That is the key. Touch the key to the sphere without touching the sphere with anything else, then turn it like this. It will probably take magic from you to release the seal. You will need to move backwards quickly. We really have no idea what orientation those inside will have when they emerge. Don’t die under a pile of whelps please.”



Her last few words carried a light, humorous tone. Harry gave her a smile and turned back to his assigned task. Looking back as he strode towards the sphere, he saw the drakes and humans were standing as had been suggested by Vespiona. It was collectively agreed that those who had traveled with Valistraza should be in the more prominent position, with the new drakes in a more submissive posture to the side.



The humans stood behind the new faces, save Hermione who was standing with the original three. Talion had actually insisted, arguing this would help show those in stasis that she was with them and could be trusted. Harry would take his place between the two groups of drakes as soon as he was able.



Feeling as if a great responsibility was about to settle onto his shoulders, Harry steeled his wits and carefully activated the mechanism. While a rather significant drain on his magic, it was not as bad as casting a Fidelius Charm. Once his magic was taken, the sphere glowed briefly, and Harry sprinted away. With so many healers here, he was unlikely to die if he was stepped on, but just the same he preferred to avoid having a mature dragon dropped on top of him.



In a flash of pink light and a ‘whoosh’ sound, the empty space around the sphere was no longer empty. The nameless mage that had been experimenting on whelps, covetous of the dragon’s longevity and power had stolen whelps wherever he could over at least five years. Apparently he had built his tower a decade before that, beginning the foundation as soon as he could summon and control water elementals according to his journals. He had been careful and clever with his collecting, and had never been caught. With so much war and chaos on Azeroth, those poor souls he stole away in the dead of night were simply assumed dead.



Now, with some luck, their fortunes would change for the better. Eight each of Black, Red, and light purple Twilight whelps found themselves on the floor, looking around to take in their new surroundings. Mixed around the room were five Blue whelps, sixteen teal Netherwing whelps, five Bronze whelps, thirteen Storm whelps with varied colors from silver and light blue to a shade of purple distinct from the Twilight and Chromatic, and fifteen dark purple Chromatic whelps. While there were certainly some differences beside color, the whelps all held the same body-structure: proportionally larger heads than the drakes, rounder bodies, two tiny horns on their heads, (except the Netherwing, who had just the single horns) and small enough that Harry could comfortably carry one under each arm.



And towering above them, blinking to restore her vision, was the Red Dragon Broodmother Valistraza. A creature of crimson red scales with a white-cream underside from the end of her tail club to her lower jaw, her head was decorated with five horns: The first on her nose, then a longer pair sweeping up and backwards from the scales on her forehead above her eyes with the short final pair behind and above her mouth. All five horns were rounded down, to prevent accidents with the whelps.



Harry’s first thought upon seeing her was that he would need a bigger castle for the drakes that had given their loyalty when they became adults. Well, Potter Manor is rubble right now, might as well build it bigger than it was before.



His second thought compared her to the other adult dragon he had experience with. She’s about the same size as the Horntail was, but holy crap that’s a lot more muscles under her scales. Those spikes on her tail aren’t as long as the Horntail’s, but I’m sure hers are sturdier. An altogether different creature, not even counting the intelligence I can see in her eyes. I would not have survived stealing an egg from her.



Looking Valistraza in the eyes as she began to take in the sights around her, her eyes soon focusing on the Red, Blue and Green drakes, Harry brought attention to himself, wanting to reassure the new arrivals. With the aid of a minor charm to increase the volume, he welcomed her. Ƥ: “Valistraza, you are safe here! Your charges are safe here! Your clutch is safe here, mixed blood or not! The eggs you carry will be subject to the Titan’s laws only over my charred, smoking corpse!”



Harry ignored the gasps from the drakes and kept his eyes locked with the Broodmother’s own. Ƥ: “You are on a different world than the one where you took your first breath. There are still dangers here, but none threaten us right now. Please, fill your stomachs. But first, all of you! Alira the Green is a Broodmother in training, Dalistraza the Red is a healer and her brother Senastrasz is her assistant, two of the humans behind them are trained healers of this world. While you eat, they will begin examining you for what healing you may need, please allow them to help you.”



With that, most of the tension in Valistraza’s bearing was released. She stalked forward, outpacing the whelps to turn her flames onto the offered food as was expected. Very young whelps needed their food ‘prepared,’ and it didn’t harm the nutrition much for the older ones either. Taking a seat, allowing her greatly varied clutch to swarm forward onto the offered feast, she began eating herself. Her recent experiences had taught her not to turn down a meal when she could. There were few things that could poison a dragon, and the food smelled safe, if unfamiliar.



Valistraza watched closely however, as the healers and others began to move among the whelps. It seemed all the drakes had learned the language of this land, and had become fluent in it. Directly checking the health of every whelp would be vastly easier with so many extra hands, though the presence of the new drakes unnerved her. She had fled her Dragonflight for a reason, after all.



The absence of both Tendrion and Ralion unnerved her as well. Though Vespiona moved with the healers, assisting them as they began assessing the various whelps, to one who knew both her in particular and draconic body language in general, there was something deeply wrong. She was grateful when Caliona came up alongside her. Đ: “I’m glad to see you looking well Caliona. Tell me, what’s become of those not with us?”



Sitting against the larger dragon’s side, Caliona laid her head on the elder’s right forelimb in what was honestly the most unguarded gesture the Broodmother had ever seen from this drake. Valistraza had become comfortable around Tendrion’s group, not just because he was free (And after knowing him for several months, there was no doubting that he was.) from the choking mental influence of the Old Gods, but because the drakes around him were giving their best efforts to be better creatures. Though they sometimes failed, they made every effort that was possible for them.



Caliona herself had an altercation with the Broodmother that involved bruises, a few drops of blood, and Valistraza gaining an enormous pity for the Twilight Flight when she had embraced and comforted the drake, and Caliona had been confused. To see her now comfortably seeking out physical contact, seeking comfort in touch without expecting harm in return was truly a blessing. Less so were her words when she spoke.



Đ: “Tendrion did not come to this world. To open a portal, we needed far more power than we had and also a destination. When we were out of options, he called on Cenarius and Elune for help. To ensure our survival, he sold himself into the service of Elune. Ralion was injured yesterday in battle with the insane wizard who was master of this magic school. Our new Lord, the drakes that enrolled as students, and the students themselves rebelled and threw the wizard out.



When Ralion helped destroy the lethal magic woven against us, his flames fed him far too much. The Blue used an ice stasis spell and the Reds have been feeding their magic in to heal his flesh. Ralion sleeps, but we’ve awakened you now because two drakes lack the power to keep him alive for more than a few more days, they will lose him to exhaustion alone. I don’t understand how exactly they’re healing him; I’m just grateful they are. In my mind I can still see Twilight drakes taking too much power in and falling from the air, screaming.”



Đ: “And our position here? Are we truly on another world if humans walk it?”



The stars are different. We had hardships before we reached this world, Vespiona was gravely injured, and we had to briefly abduct a priest to save her. The drakes here were hunting us with a group of mortals, but they’re not the best representatives of their Flights.



The Red male lost so much in the Second War, he ignored his orders to stand guard over his only remaining sibling. The Bronze saw his future on Azeroth and rebelled to join this group, where he couldn’t see his end. The Blue knows what life enthralled by an insane master is like, the Nexus War nearly broke him entirely.



The Green, Alira, was in training to tend a brood before she was forced to war. She’s told me that the human, Harry, makes her feel safe. If he wasn’t broken himself, taught to believe he’s unworthy of affection and made to suffer most of his life, Alira might be carrying his Dragonspawn already.



Whatever else, the human has a good heart. My throat had been slashed before we came here, I made it but the wound… We arrived here in the middle of the night, and Harry Potter and the person he trusts most were both there, Elune had sent him a dream so he would open the portal on this side. They both spent the following few hours treating our wounds, cleaning us, and giving what comfort they could.



You can probably tell Val, that I’m different than I was. All four of us that made it here are. Elune’s portal showed us what we are, what we’d done. It didn’t free us. Half a day later and the darkness was clawin g at us again. Tendrion once taught us a ritual he’d discovered, ‘An Oath to a Loyal Lord.’ Before the darkness claimed us again, we all swore that to Harry, even Talion, restrained and fighting with everything he could against what lurked within him. He’s our Lord, and his presence chased away those awful whispers.”



Valistraza, forgoing table manners for now, paused in swallowing as much of the prepared meat as her gut would allow, turning her complete attention to Caliona, the drake relaxed and comfortable against her side. She had been watching the whelps entrusted to her care as they fed. Whoever had cut up the meat knew what they were doing, even if she was unfamiliar with the animal. It had an odd taste to it, but it wasn’t bad. There were even a few deer and rabbits, and parts of others mixed in. Đ: “You bound yourselves to serve the human? All of you?”



Yes, Val. We were desperate, we could see the truth and we refused to fall back into madness. Maybe Tendrion would have been proud of us after all. But you misunderstand. We are not simply loyal to him. The magic we’ve used, that binds us to his will, forces him to be loyal to us as well. He can’t betray us. His Orders to us have been simple and just what we needed, no more, no less. Elune was kind to us. Harry Potter is a fundamentally kind human. And he has potential, so much potential!



His people have chained his mind and tried to grind his spirit into dust, but it wasn’t enough to break him. Senastrasz said that Harry Potter could have just as easily been Harry Lothar, were he born elsewhere.”



Around them, the healers and those assisting were still examining whelps. Valistraza saw the mature human woman cast magic, some spell that gave results in symbols and colors on the little ones. She’s trying to get a baseline on the whelps and writing down the results? Not a bad idea. That’s the fourth she’s tagged, a Red, two Nether and a Storm. Ah, now she's getting results on a Chromatic. I know that frown, perhaps there’s some way to help those harmed by Nefarian, but I have yet to find it. As for this ‘Harry,’ I’ll reserve judgment for now. He’s earned the chance to prove himself, but I won’t be careless with my clutch. Tarengos, my love… I’ll see our children healthy and strong, no matter what I must do.



Feeling a stirring at her side, Valistraza saw Caliona rise and step back as the female Red stepped up to her. The Twilight drake she’d known for the last few months, mired in darkness but trying nuzzled her briefly before moving to assist others. Đ: “Greetings Broodmother. I am Dalistraza, perhaps now formerly of the Red Dragonflight. I’d like to examine you, but feel free to keep eating, I can already tell you’re too thin. I’m our best trained healer right now, is there anything I should know about you?”



Looking at the drake that was every bit the eager healer she’d seen time and time again through her four centuries of life among the Red Dragonflight, Valistraza inclined her head briefly. Đ: “If you don’t mind, a few questions first drake.” Pleased at seeing the traditional deference to an elder as the drake gave her consent, Valistraza continued. “First, are you bound to the human as well?” At her nod, worries began to eat at the Dragon. “Why? Why would you submit yourself to that?”



Valistraza didn’t expect the drake to chuckle self-depreciatively. “Ah. My hunting team had become desperate to capture the group you joined. We felt the portal open. We were almost positive you were in the sphere, and we had guessed correctly on what that island was, though we had no idea about the scope. To buy time, the Twilights had flooded a cave passage to our shoulders and poured faceless blood into the water. After they were free, the drakes regretted it, and when we used the speak-stone left in sight of the portal for us, the first words were to avoid the water.



By then, of course, it was too late. Harry had come through the portal to convince us to leave the four drakes in peace, but the water had seeped through skin. Hell, most of us had drunk it. We were left in the position of slowly sinking into the same madness as the Black or Twilight Flights. It might even have been what we deserved.”



Dalistraza paused, looking up into the shocked eyes of the older dragon. “ We, all of us at Hyjal, were far too quick to kill the Twilight dragons. The Twilight Cult? Oh yes, they deserved to die for choosing their side, but the Flight was never given a choice. They were our eggs once, stolen away and tortured in their shells until they would do anything to stop the pain. And we killed so many of them.”



Instinct, inborn and carefully nurtured, called to Dalistraza then, as she saw the Red drake before her droop. There was a kindness, a softness that called Broodmothers to their chosen profession. With one of her great wings, she drew the drake to her side, looking into the smaller dragon’s eyes.



Đ: “Listen to me now. That is a failure of our leaders. For most of our kind, when the Aspects command we have no choice but to follow. We can not ignore their orders. Believe me, it is a bitter medicine to realize the Aspect you’ve served loyally is wrong. My last question Dalistraza: What are your thoughts on inter-Flight pairings?”



For the Broodmother, this was the most important question. While she admitted that she needed a healer after her time on the run, not to mention the possible complications with her clutch, there would be no trust given to one who would want to kill her children. The drake’s answer calmed her greatly.



Đ: “Your clutch is under my Lord’s protection. I know you’re worried, but I give you my word that I, nor anyone else here will harm you or yours. Before we came here, I think most of us would have balked at enforcing the Titan’s orders to murder your children. I can’t say if we would have helped you, but I think we would have tried. The Law itself… I can’t understand why it’s enforced! I don’t understand how the Aspect of Life could condone it. Am I just seeing it from a new perspective? Or is my Lord’s opinion on the law overwriting my own?”



Deciding to step in, Valistraza spoke up, her front limb rubbing soothing talons gently over Dali’s back. “ No, little drake. I don’t think your lord has changed your mind on this. You’re simply seeing the Law more clearly now than even Alexstrasza herself. Please, continue your examination, and afterwards tell your Lord I would like to speak with him in private.”



From there, the next few hours went well. Most of the room had stopped and stared when a contented rumbling echoed through the room as Dali climbed onto the dragon’s back and channeled warm, soothing, healing magic into an injury her elder had been ignoring for weeks. Valistraza was also diagnosed with several minor mineral deficiencies and given a bucket’s worth of raw liver and hearts to consume. Most of the whelps had deficiencies associated with lack of sunlight, though with the magic being worked on the ceilings to allow light in, it wouldn’t be a problem for much longer. There were some injuries Valistraza had missed, but with so many healers in the room it wasn’t a problem for long. Every diagnostic spell cast on the Chromatic whelps returned troubling results, but that didn’t surprise the Broodmother.



The Chromatic Dragonflight was an artificial creation, shaped by the mad Black wyrm Nefarian to be a weapon. His goal was to incorporate the distinct powers of all five Flights in one creature. None of them had proven stable, but his research had played a part in the creation of the Twilight Dragonflight later. While Valistraza intended to do everything she could for them, the prognosis wasn’t good. She wasn’t even sure she could keep them comfortable as their conditions worsened.



Rising, she shook off her worries. As Broodmother of this motley Flight of dragons, she would do everything possible for them, but most importantly she would not give up hope. In her experience, the leader she’d abandoned had given up far, far too easily on those that had been ‘tainted.’ In her time with Tendrion and the others, even the Black drake had been making a real effort to be kind to her. If the rest of her Flight had seen a Black or Twilight drake leaning into Valistraza’s side in sleep, wracked with nightmares (“Please don’t leave us here Broodmother! I don’t want to watch all my siblings die!” Or “I’ll serve, I’ll serve! Just please, let the pain stop!” had just been a few of the things she heard that broke her heart.) or seen them so confused by simple kindness, there would have been much more mercy shown.



Thankfully, with the exception of the Chromatic, most were healthy or nearly healthy. An hour later, after the whelps had all been seen to and were mostly stretching out to rest, Valistraza stood when the human, Harry, told her he’d be more than willing to speak with her in private. The Broodmother even agreed when the Blue drake strongly suggested that a drake bound to Harry accompany them, suggesting Caliona.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

A few moments later Harry, along with Caliona and Valistraza in their mortal forms were comfortably seated inside the Room of Requirement. Harry had been surprised to learn the person in control of the Room could create an exit to anywhere in the castle, though that would seem to be an extremely useful ability. After he and the two dragons entered, Aurogos’s Dragonsworn Sarah Summerland left through a door already present to her dorm room, blushing madly. With a little practice, an Azerothian Dragon could retain their greater than human senses while in their second forms. Both Caliona and Valistraza had given the teen knowing grins as she left the Room in Harry’s hands.



(Thankfully Aurogos and his Dragonsworn had taken some time to clean themselves and the room itself earlier in the day. Between Naomi and Sarah, they had come up with a few ideas on how to use the Room of Requirement as a control center, observation room, and maintenance assistant for the castle’s wards. As they spent time with Aurogos, he had admitted that his kind tended to lack imagination in some areas, so they decided that his three sworn would aid him with that.)



Harry had been given a longer explanation of what exactly a Dragonsworn was, and had carefully given an additional command to all his oathsworn. His direct order commanded them not to entrap mortals into their service with false promises, and that the drakes give careful consideration to taking others into their service.



The drakes understood that Harry was hesitant about magic that compelled obedience, and they gave him their word to respect that. In return, Harry told them he would make every effort to understand their culture and traditions, and that he would not make any hasty judgments in their regard. Hermione had blushed darkly in embarrassment, in hindsight S.P.E.W. had been her attempt to impose her sensibilities on a race of creatures without all the necessary information.



Under the circumstances however, Harry understood after some thought that there really hadn’t been any better choice. Aurogos certainly seemed happier that evening, one Dragonsworn or another trailing behind him. After some discussions with the drake in question, Harry felt much better about Hogwarts going forward. Many new varieties of useful magic would be taught at the school. And, for those that chose to side with Harry, ‘combat magic’ would be taught to those willing to fight.



Apparently, the Defense Association would still be going forward, and between Hermione, Senastrasz, and the new Headmaster of Hogwarts, there were ideas forming on what to teach. “This will help the students survive what’s coming and besides you never know when you might need a skilled group to raid your enemy’s lair.”



In addition to teaching combat to those who sided with Harry, Senastrasz was looking forward to getting a forge prepared and teaching his hobby to the general population. He was already sketching designs for replacing the wrecked suits of armor.



Dobby was happy to serve tea for the three of them as the Room shifted into a warm, comfortable parlor with an illusion of no wall or roof at all. Judging by the pleased look on Valistraza’s face, she approved of the change in scenery. Harry realized that a house elf might give this newcomer the wrong idea about him, and began a rambling explanation of house elves and how they came to serve his people. Taking mercy on him, Valistraza held up a hand in her mortal form to silence him.



Taking a moment to order his thoughts, Harry took in her mortal form. She appeared as a Night Elf, and stood at nearly seven feet tall, with pale pink skin, dark purple hair in a simple braid, glowing silver eyes and facial tattoos reminiscent of scaled wings. Đ: “Peace, young man. That creature bears a great resemblance to the Grell of my world. Unless their nature changed upon arrival, I don’t begrudge their treatment. If you were cruel however, it would be an entirely different matter.”



Deciding to spare his voice a conversation in parseltongue, Harry responded in Darnassian, assuming a dragon that wore that form would speak their language. “I have not been cruel to them, but sadly I can’t speak for all of my kind. We’re beginning to think this isn’t the first portal that’s been opened between our two worlds. We have a number of creatures similar to those in your world, and apparently Azeroth has humans as well. It’s interesting, but I assume not what you wanted to speak with me about.”



Deciding she didn’t get to speak Darnassian often enough, the Red dragon switched languages. Caliona might not be able to speak much of the tongue, but she could comprehend it easily enough. “True mortal. I understand you wish to use the same loyalty magic on my charges as you did with your other drakes? And me as well?”



Sighing, Harry thought a moment before speaking. “I don’t want to bind them to myself, but from everything I’ve been told about the Black and Twilight Dragonflights, they will need it, and soon. I’m not sure about the Chromatic, and I’m even more hesitant about the others. To be honest, I do not like the so-called ‘Flight Bond.’ I’ve found that the second group of drakes are hesitant to even doubt the Titans no matter what evidence they see, can you help me understand how that’s possible?”



Finding the warm beverage pleasant, Valistraza enjoyed another sip before answering the teen. There was more than one reason she had requested Caliona for this meeting. “Because it isn’t just the ‘fallen’ dragonflights that are slaves to dark powers. We all are. I have a unique perspective on this sadly.”



A sarcastic sneer crept onto Harry’s face at that. “Really? You mean your race wasn’t ‘uplifted,’ by wonderful and benevolent beings that have no problem wiping out sentient life in impossibly vast numbers?”



Here, Valistraza snorted. “Someone’s watched the invasion of Ulduar recordings. ‘A million, million lives wasted!’* That isn’t the work of creatures that have our best interests at heart. Our world was moments away from destruction then, and I failed to see any help materialize for getting the loyal servants of the Titans off the planet. Even if we’d fled to Outland, unless the Dark Portal could be completely closed in time, the destruction would have taken that world as well. Well, ‘world’ is a bit much to describe Outland. Not that we had time to even sever the Dark Portal, let alone evacuate.”



All three of them had shuddered at the thought of so many lives thrown away. Slumping back into his chair, Harry thought a moment before asking a question. “Do you know how the mental slavery is applied? And how is it you understand this, when the drakes bonded to me can’t?”



Locking eyes with the young man, Valistraza responded. “I broke the Taboo, one of the highest laws we have. One that should be death for myself, my clutch, and my mate. It’s too late for the Dragon Queen, for the ‘Life Binder,’ to sentence my mate. If he were alive, he would have returned to me and we’d have fled together. To be specific on how I’m free, that requires a little more of an explanation.



“When the Titans empowered the five Dragonflights, each Titan imbued an Aspect with a different magical essence to serve their purpose for us: they’re powerful energies that grant our Flights powers over Earth, Magic, Time, The Dream, and Life itself. The essence that runs through every dragon binds us to their will, though we don’t need much holding us really. Even in our shells the magic seeps into our heads, shaping our minds to better serve the Titans. But when Tarengos and I mated, when we created life together, the essence of the Blue and Red Dragonflights conflicted. As my mate’s children began to grow within me, the disharmony of the two magics freed my mind.”



Sighing, she looked down into the cooling cup of tea. “It took time however. I think my mate was affected as well, but not to the same extent I was. I had started asking delicate questions of all those around me, and it served me well with him. Even when he learned what fate awaited us, he was still conflicted. He did give me his oath to wait and see if our children were abominations before acting. I felt dirty convincing him we should leave Azeroth behind, only the fact that I was sure another, safer world would see him eventually freed let me act. We were supposed to leave together, he was making one last trip to the Nexus for information we needed, but he didn’t make it back.”



Harry let the conversation die out for a time. He wanted to comfort Valistraza, but he really had no idea what to say. “I’m sorry for your loss, Broodmother. You are welcome in this castle and any home I build. I wish it was more, but my family home was razed almost twenty years ago; now I’ve decided to rebuild it as a fortress. After seeing your real form, I also think it needs to be much larger than before.



“This castle, Hogwarts School of Witchcraft and Wizardry, is supposedly the most secure magical fortress in the world. The defenses are controlled solely by Aurogos now, and he’s going to be hard at work making it as secure as possible. Between himself and his three Dragonsworn, who are aspiring ward specialists, the castle will soon have every protection he or they can think to add to it. We’re also working on hiring someone trustworthy who’s skilled at tearing down wards to ensure the ward scheme is immune to known methods of ‘ward-breaking.’



“My godfather has a private island that is open to us as well, but Stine has suggested keeping it empty, or I should say empty to the best of our knowledge. It… honestly reminds me of an ‘adventure’ several years ago that involved a ‘time-turner.’ Long story short, myself and another could go back in time a few hours, but we couldn’t change what had already happened. We could, however, act to get a better result as long as we didn’t change what we knew had already happened, or thought we knew. We did save Sirius from our government though. Time travel is just a big headache.”



The next hour was spent discussing events around Harry, and the state of the government and nation. In return, Valistraza told Harry more about her people, and what she’d learned about Nefarian’s efforts to create the ‘ultimate’ dragon. Harry found himself at ease with Valistraza, she seemed to exude maternal comfort without the somewhat overbearing behavior of Molly Weasley. It was easy to relax with her.



Noting the time, Harry spoke again after a comfortable silence. “I think I should bind the Black, Twilight, and Chromatic whelps tonight. Or as many as we can until I run out of blood. For the others, I will leave it to your discretion. As for you, I don’t mind you remaining free so long as you don’t endanger the others under my protection. Just give me your word that you’ll come to me immediately if the Titan’s hold on you starts to restore itself. Magic like that, on that scale, is so far beyond me it’s terrifying.”



Nodding her head, long ears bouncing slightly, she responded. “That’s acceptable. I know you’re worried about the ‘Flight Bond,’ and if it’s needed for the whelps. I’ll keep a very close eye on all of them. I am free for the first time in my life, but if you prove to be worthy of my loyalty I will give it to you. I admit to having nightmares where I lay my clutch, and then I lose my mind again and I… follow the Titan’s law. There’s one other thing I wanted to discuss with you, if there’s time.”



At Harry’s nod, Valistraza started to speak again. “You understand how Ralion was harmed, correct? Good. Now, Tendrion and I had many lengthy discussions about his Flight, and the weakness of the Twilight Flame came up more than once. Between stolen tomes and a few books he was planning to take from Karazhan, he thought he could turn that weakness into the greatest advantage our group would have on a new world.



“Harry, I’m sure the others have mentioned the Dragon Aspects before. Right now, the important part is to know that they aren’t born, they’re made. Do you have any idea how?”



Thinking for a moment, a thoughtful look appeared on his face as the seconds went by. “It obviously altered them on a physical level, their physical size is proof of that, was that the effect of the Titans giving them so much extra power? Would it be possible to channel excess power harming Ralion away into a separate object or person, make it useful or just dissipate it safely if not?”



“Ha! Young human you are clever. Tendrion truly thought he could accomplish this, but there’s more. You see, as far as we know, an Aspect’s very physical form alters itself in response to the gifted power. The amount of magical power available to them, and that they generate, is enormously more than even an aged wyrm. Their children are born stronger, more robust; Alexstrasza’s offspring are almost always the most powerful in our Flight.



“But the greatest thought, the greatest idea Tendrion and I came up with together, during those times we had alone together while the others thought he was ‘showing me my place,’ was that excess power could be used to slowly create a new Aspect. And over a long time, a second, and then a third. It would require great amounts of foreign magic fed into a dragon, preferably in the late drake or early dragon stage, but it was possible. He… offered me empowerment first, he didn’t think himself worthy of it. I had him convinced he should be the second. That was our great plan.



“I wish he was still with us, but I think the guilt of what he’d done was eating at him. You see, he had kept his mind through the tortures of the old gods, but he still had to do awful things to survive. When he was sent to Hyjal with the first wave of Twilight Dragons, he was so very sure that the other Dragonflights could be convinced to spare his kind, that together with the protectors of life, his entire Flight could be saved. But the first time he met them… He saw only hatred in their eyes. He saw his brothers and sister being killed as if they were nothing but rabid animals. And even though he knew he was on the wrong side of the war, he fought for them. It took him some time before he began to fight back against the Cult.



“He told me that he saw a Green drake injured, and he knew that he could get her away safe, and that she’d die if he did nothing. That was the start. He never told me how many lives he saved on Mount Hyjal, but I’m sure it was no small number. But to him, it was never enough. I think he still thought himself a monster, a coward for not fighting sooner. I still think he’s the bravest five year old I’ve ever seen. I hope he finds peace with himself while serving Elune.”



Showing off the pointed canines possessed by the Night Elves, Valistraza yawned widely. “I am looking forward to sleeping without fear of what lurks in the night. But, duty first. Ralion is safe and stable for now, I charged the healing rune with enough power to last him for a day at least. Dalistraza’s method of healing him has likely drastically increased the amount of magic he can wield while destroying the hard-earned control he had over it. But I think he’ll be grateful to be alive at all. I’ll get my notes for that magic-siphoning spell out, might as well have your Blue look them over before we use it. Is there anything else we need to discuss before we take care of the whelps?”



Standing and stretching his back, Harry spoke after yawning himself. “Only a request that you take Alira under your wing and finish her apprenticeship if she agrees. I’ll let her tell you in her own time but she’s been through a lot, so please be kind to her.”



“Not a problem at all. A brood of twenty is considered large, seventy-eight whelps would normally need four Broodmothers, so I will take all the help I can get. I’m going to lay my own eggs in less than a month, and that will make my job even harder.”



With that, the three of them left the Room of Requirement behind for the moment, and moved through the conjured door into the Chamber of Secrets.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



When Harry returned Alira, Andromeda, Dalistraza, and Valistraza began a bi-lingual discussion on the state of the Chromatic whelps, with Andromeda’s notes and a larger pile from Valistraza in Draconic. Hermione ended up joining them as well, Alira hoping her mind would find something they had thus far missed. Harry was content to let them brainstorm for now. Most of the whelps had eaten until they fell asleep, becoming drowsy with full stomachs for the first time in far too long.



With Ron at his side, Harry went up into the school proper, intending to visit his familiar. A small stop inside what was previously Myrtle’s Bathroom gave him privacy for a mirror call with Sirius. Sirius was doing well for the most part, most of the Order had been treated and sent on their way from Headquarters. Oddly, the wards at Number 12 Grimmauld Place had registered no visitors, and no attempts to breach the defenses. (After the battle with Albus, Sirius had locked the building down, no one should have been able to get in or out undetected. Given that Albus Dumbledore was a man of no small skill with magic, everyone possible was going over the building with a finely toothed comb.)



Daniel and Emma Granger were rather unhappy, and Harry spoke briefly to them. A brief summation of his history with Sirius, and his own experiences with the Ministry of Magic helped to calm them. As did his unwavering pledge that Hermione would be as safe as he could ensure, and with his new allies, that was getting safer all the time. Although hesitant, they agreed to keep some secrets if Harry arranged for them to visit with their daughter come morning. With help from Kreacher, a notice had been given to the third dentist at their office that a family emergency had come up and they would not be available for some time.



Sirius had also come through on something Harry had requested in a quiet moment. As Harry ascended the stairs to the Owlery, his fingers brushed the pair of identical mirrors Sirius had crafted for him. Two shrunken rectangular mirrors now the size of his hand, adorned along the edges with blue scales and wings and on the back with sapphire blue dragons, an older, larger one covering a much younger dragon with a wing while both dragons looked over a scroll. Harry had thanked his godfather extensively for the effort he’d put in. (Apparently Nymphadora Tonks had helped, when she heard some of what the item was for.)



In a separate pocket, Harry grasped bacon as he and Ron walked into the Owlery. Hedwig had always been a very smart owl. Now that he thought about it with a clear head however, over time she had developed some personality traits, and had seemed to become even more intelligent. I wonder… Did I create a partial familiar bond with her without fully meaning to? Did my magic respond to my desire for a friend?



When the two boys entered the school’s Owlery, carefully avoiding other students, they found the owl they were looking for sitting on a perch next to the entrance. In fact, the snow-white owl was looking directly at them as they walked in. Harry found himself smiling as he handed his familiar several strips of bacon. He waited patiently as she consumed her treat until she looked at him again. Smiling, the teen gently rubbed her head. “Hey girl. It feels like it’s been too long since I’ve seen you. How are you holding up?”



To Harry, the hoot he got in response told him a lot. While it wasn’t something he could make words out of, his familiar still conveyed that she was doing well, but bored. That second part was mostly in her body language and eyes. Holding out his arm, he smiled when his owl took the invitation. “Well girl, I think I can help with that. You up for a tricky delivery?”



There was no hesitation in the owl’s response as she held out a leg. Harry laughed and gently stroked her with his free hand. “Sorry, but you need some preparation before you do this, along with a little protection. We’re going to sneak you into the school now, and send you out in a few hours probably. Try to stay quiet in the halls, we’re trying to be sneaky.”



Carefully, Harry took his invisibility cloak out and draped it over both of them. “I know you don’t like having this draped over you, but I bet you’ve never been invisible before girl. Ron, do you need a moment or are you ready to head back down?”



Shaken out of his thoughts, Ron headed over to where his tiny, hyperactive owl was flitting around, harassing other owls. Harry felt the disgust rolling off the bird on his left arm and chuckled. Hedwig was a very regal creature, with a strong sense of dignity. Pigwidgeon was not.



Harry’s amusement at Ron attempting to catch his owl was cut short when he saw a pink cardigan coming up the stairs. Snarling to himself, he flexed his wrist, and from the holster on his right forearm, integrated into the bracer Stine had crafted for him, his new wand fell into his waiting hand.



At the start of term, he would never have considered cursing a Professor first. Now, between the detentions and the months spent conversing with those who had survived wars that made Voldemort’s insurrection look like a tea party, he realized that the only thing that mattered was that the woman was his enemy.



Dolores Umbridge had proven more than willing to torment children for her goals, and it was hard to categorize that as anything other than evil. And his new friends had made compelling, logical, and reasonable arguments against allowing evil any foothold. Evil if allowed to take an inch quickly spread a mile, creeping, corrupting, turning people against each other for its own gain.



Of course, it was important not to fall into zealotry, lest you leave suffering in your own wake. Harry had listened intently to the tales of the fall of Lordaeron. How the undead had swept through the land, leaving a nation of corpses. The cautionary tale was how some survivors allowed themselves to be twisted by loss, hate, and fear into an enemy of all not a part of their order, the Scarlet Crusade.



The Scarlets became fanatics, and in them evil blossomed. Their Highlord was betrayed by his son into an ambush, and then died when that son thrust his own sword into his back. In an ironic twist, an order of humans with the aim of destroying all ‘evil’ was eventually suborned by demons and used for their ends. Not once, but twice.



So, evil had to be fought, without allowing oneself to become what they struggled against. As he held his wand ready, he watched the witch accost his friend, demanding to know where he was. Carefully, he snuck up behind her, still balancing his owl on his left arm under the cloak. When she began to threaten Ron, Harry sent a whispered spell out. “Confundus.” He smirked as her posture relaxed. Revealing his face he smirked at Ron for a moment before pulling the hood up again. “You want to tell us why you are here.”



It took two more spells, but the woman admitted to placing monitoring magic on the Owlery to target him. She had already been tipped off about the Defense Association, from students not a part of it and some residents of Hogsmead. Harry thought very hard on what to do with her. Letting Ron see his face again, Harry shrugged.



Ronald Weasley knew his friend well enough to guess Harry’s thoughts were along the lines of: ‘Well, she’s a problem, how do we get rid of her?’ He gestured for Harry to cast the spell again and spoke after Harry had intoned it. “It is unwise to bother Harry Potter at this time. Albus Dumbledore is at fault, focus your efforts on him.”



He saw Harry gain a dark smirk, and almost stopped him from speaking. He would have, but the supposed teacher deserved anything she got. He had seen Harry’s bloody, shaking hand after his detentions. He had to fight not to start laughing as Harry spoke.



“An informant is waiting for one of pure blood to help him protect the Ministry and lead Aurors against Albus Dumbledore. You will find him in a sea cave on the southern coast of Argentina. He desperately wants to do his duty to magical England, but you must find him quickly! You must leave immediately and tell no one where you are going, there are spies everywhere! They’re even listening when you speak to the Minister! You need to leave now or all will be lost!”



Ron was truly impressed as Umbridge repeated Harry’s words. “… I need to leave now or all will be lost!” Seemingly coming out of her daze, she sneered at Ron. “I will deal with you later, something important has just come up.” Neither could really believe that had worked as the witch stormed out of the Owlery.



Still feeling a bit of disbelief, Ron turned to where he assumed Harry still stood. “How far do you reckon she’ll get?”



Harry’s chuckles were moving towards the door as he answered. “Hopefully all the way, if nothing else that would get her out of our hair for a while. And if she doesn’t make it back I won’t cry for her.”



And that was that. Ron sent off his owl to Bill, letting him know of a full-time position for a curse breaker, with an employer willing to buy out his current contract. The new Headmaster, when Ron had gotten a moment to talk with him, had mentioned bringing in an introductory curse breaking class, as well as someone to test various methods of ward breaking against the castle. Ron wasn’t sure if his brother would be eager to leave Gringotts, as he seemed to get along fine with the goblins. And he had mentioned he was dating a co-worker…



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



A half hour later two boys and an owl were back inside the Chamber of Secrets. Valistraza had woken the whelps up and explained what was happening. The Black, Chromatic, and Twilight whelps were seemingly alright with accepting Harry’s offer after it was explained to them.



In the main hall of the chamber, Hedwig had taken a perch on an outcrop near the ceiling. Various individuals were amazed when she had listened to Harry’s explanation that the older dragons wouldn’t hurt her, but she shouldn’t surprise them because they still had a predator’s instincts. And the whelps had the same instincts coupled with a distinct lack of self-control.



All the dragons were inside the whelp’s chamber, soothing fears. It still felt like they were being rushed into this, but whatever magic Elune had incorporated into the portal did only last a few hours. Harry would prefer to get this over with before the darkness tried to take them again.

 

Harry stood with Hermione in an open space, silver goblets stacked to one side. Harry was glad the one that could double as a bird-bath wouldn’t see use tonight. Looking around, he spoke to Hermione, the four youngest Weasley children, both Tonks, and Aurogos’s Dragonsworn.



“Everyone understands what I’m doing and why?”



It was actually Ron that responded. “Evil gods, nightmare imperious, creating a loyalty bond that goes both ways to stand between their minds and dark magic, right?”



“Yeah. The only difference is that this time they’re much younger. I’m not actually sure how to handle this, some of the whelps will need consoling, for some the evil lurking in their minds made their first acts after hatching fratricide. I appreciate you all being here, to be a comfort to the little ones. Feel free to try comforting them, physical touch does a lot of good. Just remember what Alira said earlier about their poor impulse control and watch your fingers.”



There were a few chuckles at that. A door opening at the other end of the hall called attention to the widely colorful mass of scales coming into the room. Alira actually looked happy, four different varieties of whelp were riding on her back. It was a bit rowdy as the group came in. There were as many personalities as colors on display as the Broodmother ordered her charges. Soon, a group of seven whelps, two Black, one Chromatic, one Nether, and three Twilight were lined up in front of him and Senastrasz was handing Harry a note with a list of names written on it, thankfully with pronunciation instructions in English. The Red drake, taking his humanoid form leaned in to whisper in Harry’s ear.



“It turns out the Nether drakes don’t all survive the change from whelp to drake. Bavaku is well past needing to change and weak enough that he isn’t likely to make it; the healers think a bond with you can help his odds a little. They’re going to force his change at dawn tomorrow.”



Whispering back, Harry gave his idea. “If they think it might help, we’ll take him to Potter Manor before the sun rises tomorrow. The latent magic there might help a new Potter, and the new tree ought to help as well.”



Smiling at his Lord’s idea, Senastrasz backed up and relayed his idea to Valistraza.



Steeling himself, Harry took a deep breath and smiled to the seven frightened young ones in front of him. Speaking to them, deciding to ignore the hall at large he started their ceremony.



Ƥ: “Hello little ones. I know your lives have been hard, you wouldn’t be here if they weren’t. My name is Harry Potter, and last week I was just another student here at this magic school until I got a very strange dream. When I woke up, I raced to the right place and opened this side of a portal to your world. I did it because I knew there were people in danger and I could help them. That’s what we’re about to do now.



The magic we’re about to do might seem scary, but it’s really just a promise. I promise you to keep you safe, to keep you healthy, to take care of you as best I can. And because it’s magic, it’s a promise I can never, ever break. With this, you’re making a promise too. You’re promising to work together with me, as long as we live. I wish there was another way to keep you all safe, but if there is I don’t know it.



I won’t force you to do this, because of the magic, I can’t force you. If you work with me, together we will have a safe home, a purpose going forward, and a future we can be proud of. Will you help me?”



With shy affirmative responses in draconic, the first ritual began.



A shy Twilight whelp accepted the silver knife and goblet from Dalistraza, and began the ritual. Đ: “I, Andestraza, the Twilight Dragon, do hereby swear myself to Harry James Potter so long as I draw breath.” Saying this, she paused, with a trembling claw drew blood and while spilling much, got a small amount into the silver goblet. “ I offer you my life’s blood to bind myself to you, the Lord I have chosen. Please accept my service.”



(Later, Harry would ask Valistraza about this whelp’s, and some of the other’s names as they broke what he understood to be a fairly strict custom. The answer was heartbreaking. Many of the rescued whelps did not have names at all, some had been hatched by the cruel mage and simply left in their cages with their shells.



Valistraza told Harry that she had been working on a list of names for her clutch since she learned she was carrying, and when a little whelp had admitted to not having a name, started giving out those she was saving for her own children. From another source, he learned that this was culturally tantamount to a formal adoption, a promise that she would do everything she could for all of them until they left her care as drakes.)



When the shaking claw handed him the goblet, nearly spilling it in the process, Harry smiled at the little creature and sipped the blood.



Ƥ: “I accept your service, given in good faith Andestraza of the Twilight Flight.” Bending down to accept the knife offered to him handle first, he cut a finger and added three drops to the goblet before passing it back to her. “ Take my blood that you may know the bulwark of a Loyal Lord.”



With that the whelp drank the contents of the goblet, though with the amounts of blood involved it looked more like licking residue out of a bowl. “ Will you, Andestraza of House Potter give me your service, in whatever manner I ask of you to your very last breath?”



I give you my service to my last breath, of my own free will my Lord.” With that, a bright white flashed through the Chamber of Secrets and the silver goblet shifted until it formed a thick bracelet on the whelp’s right forearm. Once more, the symbol of House Potter, a rapier crossed with a wand over the words “Timor non est in facie mali.” or “No fear in the face of evil.” appeared on the new jewelry.



Harry gently reached down and took hold of the whelp, holding her in his arms before he set her down next to Caliona who was obviously amused with the little whelp curling up under her wing and quickly falling asleep after Harry’s command: “You will never hear any voice projected into your mind, be controlled or influenced by any foreign mental influence other than this oath. Rest now, as long as you need.”



With a fatherly smile, Harry left Andestraza with Caliona and moved on. Bavaku was next, and afterwards he felt Netherwing whelp pulling at his magic. With a gentle touch, Harry simply told him to take as much magic as he needed. Bavaku ended up resting on Harry’s shoulder during the rest of the rituals. While he felt a little silly, Harry could tell the small guy was nervous so let him rest there. Harry did get smiles from the group at large when the young male leaned into his hand every time he rubbed or scratched him.



After Bavaku, the Black whelps Lethordia and Uldames, the Chromatic Khadagos and the Twilight siblings Bodresrasz and Ylistrasza finished up the first group. Seven down, twenty-five to go if there’s no others that need this tonight.



It did end up being a late night. After another half hour, Harry asked in English for the healers helping tomorrow to turn in. Later that night, when he finished, Harry’s entire arms were in agony from the ritual. After the first six, he started only bleeding his left hand, but something in the ritual sent power through both arms. Both arms shook badly by the last he intoned the ritual and gave the orders to protect young minds.



Parseltongue did not cause pain in small doses, but prolonged use was a painful reminder that his tongue and throat were not, strictly speaking, built to make those sounds. Alira had been helpful, a delicate elven hand on both locations channeled soothing magic helped to heal, but still left it feeling painfully raw. In addition to everything else, his magic was drained and flickering oddly within him.



As various creatures moved to rest for the night, Harry had one last task ahead of him. Gesturing at Hermione, who was starting to nod off against the wall, he spoke with her in a raspy, painful voice with Aurogos waiting to take them into the Room of Requirement. “Hermione, I need something out of my pocket but my arms won’t work. This one on my left side.”



A few moments later, Aurogos was holding the two beautiful mirrors in his hands. Fighting past the building pain, Harry explained. “Paired mirrors. Activation phrase for both is ‘Learning by Teaching.’ They’re private to all others. At least while the portal holds, you can keep in touch. Felt like he meant something to you.”



Gratitude in his face, Aurogos bowed low for a moment before Teleporting into the Room of Requirement. Shortly after, a door appeared in front of Harry and Hedwig alighted on his shoulder. Ted Tonks followed Hermione, Harry and Senastrasz through the door.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Their plan for the first mail delivery between worlds involved a carefully made portkey, which would take Hedwig most of the way to the Azurewing Repose, Senegos’s lair/home/magical fortress. Aurogos explained it was built into a hillside and covered in so many illusion spells you could walk past it and never know anything was there. Once Senegos allowed you in, it was possible to ignore the illusions and see his home.



It was a rather intense briefing, involving maps of Azeroth, a full-scale model of Senegos that made Harry realize Valistraza still had a good deal of growth coming to her later in life, and a fast review of the magic Ted Tonks would need to craft a portkey so Hedwig would end up in the air above the island in question. (While he wasn’t licensed by the Ministry of Magic, Ted had studied portkey creation and knew the spell well.)



As they covered the necessary information, Aurogos watched his Lord’s owl study the maps. As they continued, he became convinced that Harry already had some kind of familiar bond with his owl, though it could probably be improved. There were ‘smart’ animals and then there were ones enhanced by magic. Unless he had missed something and this was normal behavior for an Earth owl, instinctual magic from his Lord had likely formed parts of the magical familiar bond that he’d seen in a tome reproduced in this room.



Feeling adventurous, Aurogos was already planning to combine parts of that magic that shared intelligence, magic, and minor traits (Enhanced eyesight, or slightly faster reflexes usually. Minor effects that were still useful.) with a spell called ‘Tame Beast’ in Common. More interesting than Tame Beast were a number of other dependent spells that became possible upon a successful cast. ‘Eyes of the Beast’ allowed one to see through and directly control the familiar, while ‘Revive Pet’ actually resurrected a dead animal companion. It was much easier to return a fallen animal to life than a human thanks to the lack of a soul.



Harry, exhausted after all that he had done found himself nodding off. No one begrudged him that, though he did join the group heading through the portal when he was gently shaken awake later. When all was ready Hedwig was prepared with a shrunken trunk attached to one leg and a band of blue stone on the other. Azeroth was a dangerous place, so as many protections as possible were placed on the small stone. (For this delivery the obvious magic of a Blue Dragon clinging to the owl would let the locals know Hedwig was friendly.) She was also to carry a small note with instructions on how to enlarge the trunk.



Aurogos smiled as Harry blearily walked through the portal, following Senas with Hermione and Ted following behind him. Hedwig had retaken her place on his shoulder when he woke up and got moving. While it would have been easier to simply step through the portal himself and cast a simple Mage portal spell, the drake had already determined that leaving Earth would sever his connection with Hogwarts and cost him the post of Headmaster. Sadly, that was too useful a thing to give up just now.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Just to the side of the portal, Senastrasz was watching the three humans as they stepped through. Harry wavered a little before moving to lean against a wall, Hermione stumbled and fell over before he caught her, and Ted followed Harry’s actions his first time through and simply passed out. He chuckled as he laid the three against the cavern wall.



A quick look around proved no one had penetrated the Fidelius covering the portal, and from what he could see the cave outside was undisturbed as well. Unless Ted Tonks had learned Darnassian recently, they would need to step outside the Fidelius to send their message, but that could wait a few moments. It was about half-past two in the morning now, (In Scotland; the drakes had admittedly lost track of the local time on Azeroth.) but after this last task everyone would sleep for a time. A quick report through his speak-stone let the other side know Ted was down for the moment with magic intoxication, but the others were mostly fine.



Ten minutes later Ted was up and alert, and after a few tests in the adjacent cavern showing that portkeys worked the same on this world, they were ready. Though bleary, Harry handed Hedwig the small scroll.



“Okay Hedwig, I need you to take this to Senegos in Azsuna on the Broken Isles. Stay there until he sends a response, we should be able to organize a return trip so you don’t have to fly all the way back here. Remember the cave here is south of the big troll city, Zul’Gurub. But don’t fly back if you can help it, it’s a dangerous world out there and there’s a lot of things that would try to hurt you.”



With that, Ted handed the portkey to Hedwig and tapped it with his wand. With luck, his owl would safely reach the air high above Azsuna and reach Senegos within a few hours. But for now, Harry was simply exhausted. With few words said he led them back through the portal, and gave an order to the drakes to wake him at least half an hour before dawn so he could prepare to help with Bavaku.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



*- A direct quote from ‘Algalon the Observer,’ a Raid boss in Ulduar. He’s basically part of a Titan fail-safe and responsible for wiping out all life on the planet if set criteria are met.



A/N: If you’re confused about how Valistraza had her eyes opened in regards to the Titans, think of what happens if you have two different radio signals or sound waves that almost but don’t match up on the same frequency. Basically, they either cancel each other out entirely or disrupt each other.



I’d like to thank hkurtz2013 at FF.net for looking my chapters over, he’s been a big help.



T hank you to everyone who’s left a review! I appreciate every one and the keep me motivated to write more!




Chapter 16: Chapter 16: I command you to Live!

Chapter Text

I own neither Franchise! An updated guide to plot relevant dragons is posted after the chapter. I admit to not having named most of the whelps, though some might get names eventually. Thanks again to hkurtz2013 at FF.net for helping me edit new chapters!

 





Chapter 16: ‘I Command You to Live!’

 




Harry did in fact fall asleep quickly upon returning to Hogwarts, exhaustion taking its toll now that all the day’s necessities were taken care of. Aurogos, still in command of the Room of Requirement, called for Stine and Alira. Using the Room and his knowledge of temporal magic, Stine was able to fashion another time-dilation field. This one would only turn seven minutes into seven hours, but that ought to be enough for their Lord to get some rest before dawn. With a nod to those remaining inside, the Blue drake led everyone save Alira and Hermione out, trusting Harry to their tender care.



Carefully following instructions, Hermione and Alira activated the magic to speed up time after Dobby had provided a bountiful breakfast under charms to keep it fresh until needed. Both of them then helped an unconscious Harry out of his clothes and into a bath. Though horribly embarrassed, Hermione agreed that Harry could really use it, and being clean would certainly help him sleep better. At the Green drake’s suggestion, Hermione helped bathe Harry while nude, in a large hot tub. But only after the express promise that Harry would absolutely not wake up during his bath.



Hermione was slightly alarmed when her new ‘sister’ poured a vial into the water and the water turned a light shade of green. After a few moments exposed to the substance, the teen offered no arguments against the herbal mix that gave her such a peaceful, calm feeling as it seeped through the skin. Between herself and Alira, now in her elven form, Harry was soon clean and soaking in the healing, calming water.



After applying sticking charms to Harry to ensure his head remained above the water, Hermione offered to take part in the Draconic custom of helping each other bathe. It really was a necessity, their quadrupedal form entailed more than a little difficulty reaching a lot of areas. And to be honest, Alira’s memories of comfort and companionship from those earlier times in her life were... pleasant for a girl who’d not had a single friend before Hogwarts and not many after.



Fully embracing the mental link, Hermione used gentle and firm strokes of a provided brush to cleanse the drake’s scales. It turned out children were messy regardless of species, but the substances in the water soothed tired muscles even as Hermione worked. When it was her turn, things became a little awkward when the teenager saw some of Alira’s fantasies regarding the three people in the water and a possible future.



I’m sorry Hermione. I don’t mean to upset you, but my people often have polygamous relationships. If all involved care for each other and are willing, I really don’t see what the problem is. If two women love the same man, and are willing to put their loved ones happiness above their own, a family of three individuals can work.



You’re worried about jealousy Hermione? Do you think if my fantasy ever comes to life I would be jealous of you and our mate? Green scales or pink flesh, both blushed powerfully at the images that burst forth from Alira’s imagination of the three of them on a massive bed, Hermione on her back with a slightly older, slightly more confident Harry making love to her, before Alira’s nude elven from came to snuggle with both of them in the afterglow.



Hermione, all I ask is that you think carefully about the possibilities. I will never betray the trust you’ve given to me. As your healer and your friend, I think that you will not regret choosing Harry as your mate, whether or not I join the two of you. It would not be right for me to dictate anything to my Lord or the woman at his side.



However, I ’m firmly convinced that the three of us would be very happy together . You know a lot of reasons why I’m for it, but consider his tenacity earlier tonight. As one of his healer s I know he was in agony by the fifteenth whelp, but not only did he keep going, he taxed his throat even more when comforting and soothing every young one he could. If he’s willing to do that for children not his own, imagine what he would do for his own offspring and their mothers.



If we chose to share him, do you ever think he would let us feel unloved or miserable? Or do you think he would move heaven and earth just to see us smile?



With a smile on her face Hermione relaxed as elven hands, being very careful not to be amorous, cleansed the day’s grime from her skin responded back in the shared mental dialogue. I don’t think there’s anything that can stand between a determined Harry Potter and what he’s after. He’s been my best friend since he refused to let the fact he knew almost no magic stop him from saving me from a troll. I wish I had seen what was being done to him sooner, I wish I could have done something to help him.

 

‘Speaking’ up, Alira interjected. You tried, sister. I can’t show you yet, but if he ever doubts himself, I’m planning to drag him into this place and show him a memory that was taken from you. We’ll do everything we can to help him. For now just relax, we’ll soak a little longer in here and then rinse the herbs off and sleep. An extra seven hours will give Harry enough time to rest, and us as well.



Leaning against Hermione, Alira spoke a bit more as they lazed in the warm water. I’m not looking forward to tomorrow Hermione. The hardest lesson a healer has to learn is that sometimes you do everything right and you can and still lose a patient.



The Netherwing Flight began as Black eggs that survived the explosion of Draenor. I have no idea how or why a magical explosion powerful enough to tear a planet apart altered them, but it wasn’t a ‘clean’ mutation. In a few generations problems like little Bavaku has will probably be gone, but… t he little guy isn’t likely to survive. The biological-magical process we use to store nutrients isn’t quite right with him, but his body is still past due to change. It was probably cruel to Harry to bond him to the whelp, but it should help tomorrow. And if Bavaku doesn’t make it, at least he’ll have a good memory of being welcomed, of being wanted to take with him into the next life.



From that sobering thought, conversation between them shifted to happier topics for a time, until they exited the warm water, rinsed the herbal concoction off, and slipped Harry into bed. Hermione had spelled some sleepwear onto the boy, and used the Room to provide something suitable for both her and Alira.



That night, the two of them curled up around Harry and began their attempts to stymie the parasite infecting him. Five hours later the two had only loosened a tiny bit of its hold and smoothed out a place where it had attacked Harry’s mind. But progress was progress, and Hermione accepted Alira’s guidance to use a useful trick that Alira’s people had figured out. Hermione used the Green Dragonflight’s magic now within her to fall into a trance that rejuvenated a creature in only a few hours at the cost of being completely unable to wake during that time.



Alira remained inside Harry’s mind, however. The parasite was fluctuating oddly, and something seemed to be using it as a conduit now. Hermione would be useful in mental combat like this after some training, but for now it was safer for both of them to keep her out of the line of fire. Wrapping herself in power pulled from the Earth’s version of the Dream, she waited. Obscuring her form in the shape of a gold and red gryphon the size of a full-grown dragon, the borrowed power formed a second shape both protecting and obscuring her own.



If this was a foreign intruder, she wanted nothing to link Harry to ‘Ral Elsington’ just yet. The supposed animagus form’s vastly different coloring, slight differences in build, and gender would mean nothing on this world. And so, with the enormous gryphon’s form bringing to mind a vague memory from Hermione of fictional battle machines, shaped after and piloted by humans, Alira waited as that pressure she had felt continued to build. Eventually she felt a presence within the very edge of this mental realm, one that did not belong. It would not be allowed to even probe her Lord’s defenses.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Lord Voldemort was not having a good day. The initial amusement at Dumbledore fleeing for his life had ebbed the evening after the battle when Lucius, upon returning, had informed him that Severus Snape was scheduled to be interrogated under veritaserum. Apparently his spy had a long list of people that wanted to see him hang even at the ministry. Lucius told his Lord that he had used a patsy to push back the interrogation for health reasons. Severus had, after all, been hit with so many cruel bits of magic during the battle. (And more than one after the battle.)



As a Dark Lord, he could appreciate the eagerness in Lucius’s voice when he offered to see to Serverus’s demise, a simple matter of two potions interacting after being consumed, how sad. That the proposed poison would have left Severus screaming for hours as his own body’s magic slowly converted every drop of blood into fiery acid without any chance of reprieve was inspired, and something to remember for later.



Sadly, the potion master’s value was still greater than what could be gained by his death. With a promise to leave the man’s death to Lucius if it became necessary, he ordered the man to get Severus released at all costs and return with him to the mansion.



That had been a rather large hassle in the making. As it turned out, Dumbledore’s clout had been the only thing keeping the spiteful man out of Azkaban since the destruction of his body. Lucius had returned and admitted that the amount of gold needed to keep the spy from spilling everything would be exceedingly cost-prohibitive. Not even the Malfoy vaults could afford to bribe everyone needed. The Aurors hated the man for his inadvertent diminishment of their numbers by refusing to teach all but the highest scores past their O.W.L.s while his abysmal teaching skills kept that number low. Nearly everyone else hated him for the hateful manner in which he had treated their children.

 

In the end, the man had been sprung with careful use of a shrunken trunk, an invisibility cloak, and a portkey. Lucius had even arranged for a Junior Auror, a Mr. Flint, to claim he saw Dumbledore’s phoenix swoop in and remove the man. A handy misdirection to be sure, but somehow the trunk only had the illusion of a ladder after the first few rungs. In a further fit of pique, the Head of the Malfoy family had actually charmed the interior of the trunk into an efficient, automated torture device. It was only the fact that it was carefully enchanted not to kill those within that spared Lucius the full force of his Lord’s wrath.



Needless to say, it had been only today that Severus Snape had regained consciousness enough to give his report. In the end, the Dark Lord had not spared Severus Snape the lash, holding back only enough to prevent permanent damage to his talented hands. The fool had thrown away his position at Hogwarts for a petty grudge! Voldemort had trouble believing the man had ever earned a place in Slytherin if his first response to a user of unknown and powerful magic was to needlessly antagonize him! Throwing himself against an unknown? That was what you used other people for!



So, the man once known as Tom Riddle really ought to have known that his day wasn’t going to improve at that point. Using the connection to Harry Potter, his goal was to gradually manipulate the boy into fetching his prize from the Ministry. It would be subtle, slow work to break down the boy’s defenses to nothing and deprive him of restful sleep until his ability to make good decisions was gone. Now, pushing his will through the connection between him and the boy, after the little fool had finally gotten to sleep sometime near three in the morning, he found an unknown creature standing between him and the boy’s mind.



Both stood in a mental plane, though his physical manifestation lacked a true form, here he simply existed as a black cloud. Before him a gryphon in the colors of the house of lions stood, between himself and the boy’s mind. However, I’ve never seen one that large or muscled. Or breathing some green vapor. What the hell is going on here?



The enormous beast was obviously standing guard, and it’s eyes were dull, like glass or cut gems. He’d assume it wasn’t alive except for the fact that it was breathing, and exhaling some kind of green gas. At first it was standing still, doing nothing. Then its head swiveled to him, and its posture changed. It’s just standing there, watching me. What the fuck has Potter done now?



Deciding to attempt to assault the boy’s mind in spite of this complication, Voldemort willed his form to move around the gryphon blocking the pathway to Potter’s mind. While a good idea in theory, and almost appearing successful, it did not work. The towering creature waited until he was close to its side, and when he was in range it spewed a torrent of green mist on him. As it turned out, that mist was highly corrosive acid.



After bathing him in the substance, the creature repositioned itself between him and Harry Potter’s mind. Also, it was taking a deep breath. Darting forward, as much as was possible in this mental form, Voldemort attempted to directly attack the creature. Instead of tearing the gryphon apart however, the substance it was made of grabbed the destructive tendrils he sent out and pulled.



About then, Lord Voldemort’s vaunted survival instinct reared up and demanded retreat. Thinking quickly, the amorphous cloud attempted to reel in the caught parts and when that wasn’t possible, he severed them. Luckily, this decision wouldn’t cost him memories or any truly important part of himself. The only cost to leaving those parts of his mental representation behind was a significant loss of magic, but nothing that wouldn’t replenish within a few days.



Damn you Harry Potter! T his isn’t over! Voldemort thought as he fled down the link to his own mind. To his servant’s dismay, for the next few days the man once known as Tom Riddle suffered an enormously painful migraine which he assumed to be a result of the mental battle. In fact, he was lucky to only suffer a bit of pain as a result of pushing most of his conscious mind into and out of a Temporal Acceleration Field. Unknown to anyone, the magic he expended to push through was absorbed by the surprisingly robust field and used to prolong the interior effect by several hours.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



If Alira was in her physical body, she would be sweating as that foul presence drifted away from her. (Well, maybe. Mental constructs could be weird, especially for Green dragons. Their power over the Dream tended to blur what was real and what they only thought was real at times.) Well, something else to speak to Aurogos about come morning. That creature left a good deal of unshaped magic behind, I’ll just store it away for now. Guess Hermione’s learning mental combat. It seems I’ll need a sparring partner anyway.



For the rest of the night, Alira maintained her vigil at the edge of Harry’s mind. When she felt Harry’s mental defenses reinforced by his conscious mind as he woke, she slipped into a resting trance of her own, trusting Hermione and her Lord to watch over her.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Harry’s eyes snapped wide open when he woke. He felt rested. That shouldn’t have been possible between his exhaustion and the scarce few hours he had to sleep. Slipping out of the full bed, carefully ignoring the two female forms nestled against him, he looked around. There was the portal to Azeroth behind its defenses and he found himself wondering how Hedwig was doing.



Becoming angry that he’d been allowed to sleep in, that he had missed the attempt to save Bavaku’s life, he found his new wand sitting on a bedside table and snapped out a ‘Tempus’ spell. Then, however, he had to stop and think about the results. Either he had slept the day away and it was tomorrow, or something strange was going on. Given that the seventy-three day stint in the Dream had been his idea, (Well, sort of. He had just figured out a way to use the drake’s powers in a way they hadn’t thought of.) he decided to wait until the other two woke up.



Going over to the available food he poured himself with a hot cup of tea, looking at the girls. He had tried to alter the Room, but wasn’t surprised to find himself unable. His guess was that it was under Hermione’s control, judging by the current layout’s style. Harry found himself slightly concerned about the implications of the bathtub that could seat ten, the fact that he was clean, and the entirely new clothes he was wearing.



Partway through his cup of tea, he helped himself to the food. Not enough for a meal, just enough to tamp down his hunger so he could focus. First, he sunk into his own mind and examined his mental defenses. With them checking out, he reshaped a few weak points that he came across before pulling back to himself. Feeling only a few moments had passed he again cast the Tempus spell, but it returned exactly the same result it did earlier.



Taking a few more moments to finish waking and clearing his mind, he relaxed and focused on the exercises he’d been shown at the ruins of Potter Manor. Sensing even his own magic wasn’t easy right now, and it was made harder by the overlapping effects in this room. Turning his focus inward, he could feel something within him, but it kept slipping away when he tried to focus on it.



In retrospect, grabbing that power within himself had been easy while he was fighting Dumbledore. Aurogos’s explanation of his own magic an ocean influenced by his emotion, easy to touch when turbulent and harder to grasp when calm, wasn’t perfect, but then again it wasn’t as if magic was simple to quantify. Oddly, it seemed as if every time he tried to grasp the magic within and failed, the next attempt got a little closer.



He really thought he was getting close when he felt Hermione settle next to him, still wearing the clothes she slept in. Harry wouldn’t say her attire was very revealing, but she was showing off more of her figure than usual in silky dark blue pajamas that reached almost to her ankles and wrists. While covering everything, they did provide evidence that Hermione was both a woman and notably perky. In fact, she appeared exceedingly well rested and awake.



“Hello Harry. You’ve probably noticed, but we’re in the Room of Requirement with a rune set Stine set up active. Basically we have seven extra hours in here to rest, in fact the effect should be ending shortly. I think we have a couple hours until we need to leave the Castle.” With that, Hermione passed Harry his refilled cup of tea, smiling at returning a favor from the first time she woke in this Room.



Sipping his tea, Harry thought for a moment. Returning her smile, he spent a few moments explaining what he was doing. He knew his best friend had a powerful curiosity to her, and the possibility of an entirely new way to use magic would be something to truly excite her. After getting her started, he asked her to pass him control of the Room.



While he served himself a hearty breakfast he started issuing commands to the Room. Harry was hoping there was something in the archive here, which most of their group believed was able to access either every book that had entered the castle or had ever been in the library. He was determined to find something to help Bavaku. It wasn’t even the Oath pushing him to do this, just his desire to help him if there was even a one in a thousand chance it would save his life. (Rather, the Oath would have pushed him to find a way to help, but there was no need. Harry’s search was his own. The earlier moments had only been a way to clear his mind.)



Sadly, there was nothing he could find on the specific problem of the little whelp which seemed to be a problem with the process that would see him grow from a whelp into a drake. There was an ‘error’ in the retrieval process for the needed nutrients that would likely prevent him from surviving the transition; but at the same time his strength was being sapped by the storage process itself and he’d die soon without changing.



After a few moments, Hermione abandoned her attempts to sense magic, seeing the pile of books haphazardly thrown about; she guessed what his thoughts were and offered her help. The problem was that the only texts that could really be of use were scrolls that had obviously been copied from Alira’s and Dalistraza’s reference materials which, unfortunately, stubbornly remained in Draconic.



An hour later Harry, having only a notepad with only a few scratched out ideas, grew desperate. Not sure what else to try, he closed his eyes and thought hard. Room, I require something to help Bavaku survive in a few hours. I don’t know what I need. I don’t understand the problem and those that do don’t expect him to make it, but there has to be something!



When nothing happened immediately, Harry closed his eyes in frustration. Part of him really wanted to take out his wand and destroy something right then. Instead, a loud thump hit the table in front of him. A large tome was open to a specific page, but Harry could read little of it, as it was written in the language only known as ‘Common,’ the Azeroth trade tongue that was originally meant to be easy to learn for commerce between different races. (Eventually, the language had been codified by scholars in the city-state of Dalaran to ensure it remained easy to learn and met the needs of humanity going forward.)



It was an odd book, and it took some time to make sense of what he was seeing. He and Hermione had picked up a little Common during their stay in the Dream, Hermione more than he, but neither was exactly fluent. Turning to the witch, he saw that he already had her attention. She was looking from her place next to him, examining the strange book.



Carefully, without losing the open page, Harry shifted the book so she could read the cover, hopefully giving them some idea of what they were looking at. After a moment, Hermione spoke in a disbelieving tone. “Harry, I think it’s some kind of children’s book. Alira told you a little about the link we share now and I can vaguely remember it from her memories. It’s a dragon’s children book, something to help them learn different languages.



“If Alira was awake I could tell you everything about it, but we’re both still adapting to being in each other’s heads. It doesn’t help that there’s things I’m not allowed to see, but she’s going to talk to you about them when she gets a chance and I’m deep asleep. But, back to the book itself. I think the title is ‘Big Book of Villain Lines.’ There’s a way to make recorded sounds play, but I don’t know what it is. What specifically were you asking for?”



Harry told his friend, and Hermione in turn described the trance she used to catch up on her sleep. “Like the magic stretching out time in here, it shouldn't be used often. Once in a while won’t hurt, but you really don’t want to push it. I’m guessing she used it herself since I can’t wake her, but I have no idea how long she stayed up after sending me to rest. What are we going to do?”



After a reflexive calling of Dobby failed, and another cast of Tempus failed, Harry realized they had little choice but to wait out the temporal effect. He had no idea of what breaking it early would do. “We’ll try to figure out how to get the book to work. That’s about all we can do until Alira wakes or the effect runs out.”



Half an hour later, the temporal dilation effect ended. By then, Harry and Hermione had gotten the book to say three words, the meaning of which they weren’t sure. The tome seemed to be broken. More than a little confused, Harry passed control of the room to Hermione and slipped through a handy doorway to wake Stine. After a bit of prodding, they were back in the Room with a Tol’vir that really looked like he needed a cup of coffee.



A painfully brief discussion took place where Harry fished for but did not demand hints for events that would occur on this day’s dawn, no matter how much he wanted to tell Stine to quit with the secrets. In this case, Harry was not quite willing to breach the laws of causality, as he was willing to believe such a thing would be ‘bad.’ Hermione helpfully repeated warnings given to her with the Time-Turner about possibly writing herself out of existence. Privately, Harry returned to an old thought of how those in authority were absolute idiots for giving a thirteen year old girl an item that dangerous. (Then again, perhaps that had been the point. Hermione had shown up a lot of pureblood children in her first two years at Hogwarts.)



Stine was, however, more talkative about the item in question. “This is ‘The Big Book of Villain Lines;’ it’s a children’s toy. Granted, a rather interesting one. It contains recordings of Azeroth’s most famous ‘bad guys.’ Our young often had great debates over which villains were ‘the best’ or which ones had actual reasons for their evil. Even though the debates sometimes deteriorated into brawls, two wyrms thought the subject was thought-provoking enough to create this. Khanagos the Blue and Janedormi the Bronze created the spell work and many copies; they were very close friends before they disappeared. The book is actually an impressive work of magic, you see it’s self-updating. I wasn’t aware we had one with us, actually.”



“Stine, this copy was produced by the Room when I asked for something to help Bavaku. This is the page it was open to, can you get it to work? And maybe translate as well, neither of us know Common very well so we may have missed something.”



With that, the Bronze drake in his fuzzy form moved over to the book and pressed his index finger to the only entry on the first page. Before he activated it with a small pulse of magic, the page held a moving picture of a metal hall in a large structure, with visible patches of frost in some places of the depiction of Icecrown Citadel and several paragraphs of information pertaining to it’s place in history. When the magic activated, an elf with gray skin, cloth armor with red accents, and obviously lethal wounds was projected above the page. It spoke one word hatefully. “Blood.”



After that word, the enchantment seemed to glitch out temporarily, flickering for a moment. When it came back, there was a Red dragon in its place, but one that had seen better days. From his newfound experience, Harry could tell it was a female, and she’d been through hell. Great patches of her flesh were bruised, runes had been carved deep into her flesh and a creeping contagion of blue was overcoming her red scales. The illusion from the book twitched slightly, stuttering as it produced two words, obviously once part of a longer passage. “Life... Preserve...”



“I’m sorry my Lord. The book isn’t working correctly at all. These two entries should be entirely separate, and the real copy I saw years ago had no shuttering.”



Harry’s mind, however, was thinking. “Get Dali for me please, I think I have an idea, but I’ll need her thoughts. Quickly, we don’t have a lot of time.”



Glad to see Harry taking command, Stine ran off to fetch the Red healer. It was only a moment later that she entered the room. Before she could offer a bleary greeting Harry was asking her the question in his mind. “Dali, does the blood of Azeroth’s dragons carry magical properties?”



Letting out an enormous toothy yawn, the drowsy drake replied. “Yes. Red blood will cause life in general to flourish. The other Flights have different properties. I’m not really sure what they are, you want Aurogos? He’d know more. If this is pressing I’ve had enough sleep to function for half a day or so if you don’t mind me passing out later.”



A few moments later and the new Headmaster was drinking some very strong tea as they sat around a table and brainstormed. “To help a Nether whelp like Bavaku I think you’d want either Red of Black blood, that gives your thought the best chance of working Harry. The Netherwing were Black dragons at some point, though Bavaku’s at least second generation, maybe third or forth because of their short lives. Red dragons shed magic that encourages life with every touch and breath.”



Responding to Aurogos, Harry made his decision. “We’ll use Red blood. I doubt any of the ones here would hesitate. Bavaku’s problem as I understand it involves a metaphysical defect or weakness, right? So a physical donation of blood to encourage life should help him. Part of my thought for doing it at the Potter Estate was that the residual magic might recognize him as a member of the family and aid him. When I first used the Loyal Lord ritual, I changed the oath just a little. It just felt right to acknowledge you all as family. Now, what else can we do to increase his odds?”



Ideas were tossed around for a while, until Dali brought up that she had never done a transfusion before. “With our style of healing such a procedure is not needed. We can force life into a patient and seal the wounds, and at that point if they’re alive they can usually be kept alive until the magic stimulates more blood production. I have no experience and no tools to accomplish it with.”



Thankfully, Hermione spoke up. “Harry, I think my mother can do it. My parents are dentists, but they thought it was a good idea for at least one person at their dental practice to have emergency nurse training. If we get her on a mirror I can ask.”



Moving quickly, Harry pulled out his mirror and called his godfather. A man who looked very much not awake, but was soon trying to blink the sleep from his eyes was soon on the other side. After a hurried explanation, Hermione was talking to her mother on the mirror.



“Hi Mom. I’m going to be visiting you soon, a group of us are coming to where you are. Listen, we need your help. Can you perform a blood transfusion from one person to another?”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



On the other end of a communication mirror, Daniel and Emma Granger were only slightly less concerned when Hermione insisted she was not in need of a transfusion. Seeing her daughter look very perky at about four in the morning, she held up her hand and tried to use her best ‘Mom’ voice. “Hermione. Tell me why you need a barely qualified nurse to do a transfusion in ninety minutes. Why on Earth aren’t you having a real doctor do this or just using one of those ‘Blood Replenishing’ potions your books mentioned?”



The Dentist resisted the urge to snap at the male voice that let out a barking laugh after she said the word ‘Earth’ as she waited for her daughter to explain herself. As her daughter collected herself for what was sure to be a very in-depth explanation, a teenage boy stuck his head into the mirror.



“Sorry to interrupt, but I know Hermione well enough to know we don’t have time for a full explanation. Long story short, we’re taking care of a group of magical creatures our Ministry would maim, experiment on, and/or kill in awful ways if they found out. They’re fully intelligent, thinking creatures that bear an unfortunate resemblance to other magical creatures that are simple beasts as far as we know.



“One of their children is dying, and we’ve been working on the best way possible to help him, that includes a transfusion and a lot of magic worked at dawn at the base of that tree with the red leaves where you are. Even with this, we don’t know the little guy's odds of surviving only that without aid he’s going to die. One of the other creatures has magical blood that might help him if we can get enough into him. Please, we don’t have anyone else that can do this. Magical healing has been reliant on the Blood Replenishing potion for too long to have any way to help us, and that potion is both toxic and ineffective for this species.”



With just a little less sleep in her eyes, Emma recognized the teenager from the previous evening. In a sad tone, she gave him unfortunate news. “I’m sorry, I don’t have the equipment I need. We don’t have a transfusion kit at our practice either, I can’t think of anywhere we could buy one at this time of day either. If we do this later...”



Interrupting her, Harry spoke again. “No. We need this ready by the time the sun rises, there’s a magical component to it. If we delay we lose him. Aurogos, get us a portal to Potter Estate. Everyone else, wake up Senastrasz and Valistraza carefully. Send Sen up to get Alira, we think she’s in some kind of restful trance but we can’t wake her, so he’ll have to carry her. Or better yet, we can stick her in a trunk. Mrs. Granger, I’m coming with one of my drakes that’s skilled with transportation magic and a guard with you to wherever you tell us has what we need. Remember, we need to take blood from one creature and stick it directly into another. Let’s move.”



With that, the mirror deactivated, leaving only their reflections. Looking at their ‘host,’ for a given definition of the term anyway, Emma started to speak when he beat her to it. “Kreacher! We need some strong tea and breakfast, tea first. Dan, Emma, I’ll leave you to get ready. Please move quickly. Hermione should be coming soon.”



With that, the deranged (Though, after hearing his tale, she felt he was understandably so.) man turned to leave their wizarding tent. Both dentists had to admit it was certainly a very nice tent, given that in medical school their entire apartment had been smaller. Before he left, Dan had grabbed the man’s arm to hold him up a moment. “Sirius, what is going on here? I understood when you told us that we might be in danger because of the Headmaster going insane, even if I don’t completely believe you. But now my daughter is up to her armpits in something else? Tell me what the hell is going on!”



“Uh, a few days ago, Harry and Hermione welcomed some refugees into Hogwarts castle. Together the two of them cleaned an infected throat wound, many more minor ones, and kept the survivors of unimaginably dark magic from killing themselves in shame for actions they couldn’t control. I’ve talked to them myself, they really seem like decent people. I wasn’t lying about the Headmaster, even though some foreign papers are already saying that the whole thing was just some misunderstanding. Which is complete bullshit!”



“Oh, really? If that’s true why on Earth did refugees come to school children for help? Why not anyone better suited for it? And why the fuck are you laughing?”



Normally Emma would gently chide her husband in private for his language but in this case she was just as annoyed as he was. The escaped prisoner’s next words shut them both up. “Sorry, but did you know there was life on other worlds? Before Saturday morning I didn’t. Long story short, opening a portal between worlds is possible if you have an incredibly large amount of magical power. The first group of four dragons, plus a stasis device which is where this little one must have been, were sent here by a ‘being of power’ after their leader bartered their safe passage for an eternity of service.



“The ‘goddess’ sent them specifically to Harry, and he woke in the night, grabbed the girl he relies on more than anyone else and snuck into a ritual room of the strongest magical fortress in this hemisphere, sitting on top of the most powerful magical nexus in the world. When he got there, he drained the castle’s wards just to receive the incoming portal. Since then, he’s made me proud with how honorably he’s treated them. They all gave him their trust out of desperate necessity, and from what I can tell they’re doing well.”



That proved to be a lot for two dentists to take in, sadly the quiet contemplative mood didn’t last long. A mostly human head with extremely long ears poked into the tent, and spoke in an accent that honestly reminded both dentists of their daughter’s after spending so much time in Hogwarts. “Are you folks nearly ready to go? We have just over ninety minutes to dawn. Mrs. Granger, we’re going to do this the easiest way we can. You tell us where to go, Aurogos opens a portal that leads into the air, you, me, and him ride in a shrunken box while Harry gets us into an alley on his broom under an invisibility cloak. We won’t even violate the Statute of Secrecy if we get in and out before getting noticed.”



“Wait, I said there’s nowhere we can buy this right now, at least not open to the public.”



“Doesn’t matter. I have this.” From a pocket, the apparent elf withdrew a golden knife with barbs on it. “Getting what we need is critical, the plan is to demand what we need, steal it only if they don’t cooperate. This knife really is gold, and I’m going to sink it into wood so they can’t say we didn’t pay for what we need. Unless this goes very badly they won’t even know you were there. Now throw some clothes on quickly, Hermione is outside with the others.”



From within a second tent, a young woman with pink hair looked outside blearily. Understanding that something horribly illegal was about to happen, she groaned and returned to bed after setting an alarm to wake her in an hour. It was too goddamn early for insurrection, sedition, or treason or whatever her distant cousin was planning right now. Nymphadora Tonks would either prevent Harry Potter from overthrowing the Ministry or join him after a little more sleep and some coffee.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Thirty minutes later, Emma Granger stumbled out of an expanded trunk, helped out by Harry. “Well, that didn’t go too badly.”



Rounding on the teen, Emma almost shouted at him. “Didn’t go too badly? And what, pray tell, would it take for you to think that had gone badly?”

 

Scratching his head as they hurried over to the magical tree that had easily doubled in size since it had been used to craft wands, the teen answered. “Well a pitched battle with the Ministry of Magic, or the mundane army. Maybe some ancient horror attacking us. A horde of Dementors, or a thousand-year old Basilisk. Lord Voldemort forcing me to duel him while dozens of his flunkies watched. Now that I’ve heard some of what has happened on Azeroth, I have to add an invasion by demonic legions or an attack by evil gods to my list. We’d probably be dead with the last two, but at least it would be something new.”



Emma looked at the teen like he was crazy. “What? We got in and out, and only caused a minor injury. That guard guy was way too taser-happy anyway, he’s lucky Senastrasz is a nice guy.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



In the darkness before dawn a few moments later, two healers, one Broodmother and her new apprentice, a dentist with medical training and Harry Potter were carefully working over a weak little whelp. After the healers agreed Bavaku’s blood likely wouldn’t permanently harm him if removed later, two plastic tubes stretched between the two, Senastrasz calling up healing magic and just holding it, hoping to imbue it into his blood. Harry was carefully stroking the whelp’s neck as he laid there on the ground, trying to keep him calm through the pain of the blood-not-his seeping through every vein.



Ƥ: “Broodmother, the flames you’re breathing in five minutes, would they burn me?”



Đ: “Yes. They’re close, but not quite the life-fire we use to heal. You’ll need to step back or be badly burned, and since the flames are magical they might not heal well.”



Ƥ: “If heat is the problem, I know a charm to protect myself from flames. It is a handy piece of magic.”



Đ: “You should be fine then, just stay out of the way of the direct plume of fire I’m breathing on Bavaku. I don’t want the magic to be changed by what’s protecting you.”



From there, the last five minutes dawn passed slowly. Harry, feeling it was the right thing to do, cast the protective charm on himself and gently touched Bavaku’s neck with his right hand. Over the last few days, Harry had begun truly learning magic, the art of imposing his will on the physical world. Here, he focused his magic, which came easily to him with the emotions intertwined with the thought of losing his sworn, a member of his house, a member of his family. This magic he fed slowly, and then faster and faster into the whelp was shaped with a simple command: Heal him, strengthen him where he’s weak and keep him alive.



Harry sunk deeply into his simple task. Nether dragons weren’t very well understood, but one trait they were known for was the ability to absorb magic. Most times, that would be either magic thrown against them in the form of spells, or magic stolen from other sources, consumed ‘raw,’ unshaped. Here, the whelp in question was drinking down magic whose entire purpose was to preserve his life.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



One minute before dawn, Emma Granger swiftly removed the needles attached to plastic tubes from the obviously weak baby dragon. She left a small piece of cotton over each hole in his flesh and backed away to where everyone save Harry and the adult dragon watched from a safe distance.



Emma wasn’t really sure what to think of Harry Potter. Her daughter’s letters had been mostly positive, with a few complaints of their third friend’s study habits rubbing off on him. That he worked so hard to save someone he just met spoke well of him in any case. Turning to look at her daughter, she saw Hermione watching intently, biting her lip in nervousness. Then the first rays of dawn came over the horizon and the adult dragon began breathing a torrent of flames onto the whelp.

 

As the minutes dragged on with nothing happening, Sirius broke the quiet. “Merlin! Can you feel that? All the hairs on my neck are standing up!” She looked at Hermione and was shocked to see her daughter shaking slightly. Ted and Andromeda Tonks stood further back, sweating and unsteady, though it seemed Ted was doing better of the two of them.



“Sirius, how is Harry channeling so much magic? Hell! This is almost as much magic in the air as standing on Azeroth last night!”



It was news to the Grangers that their daughter had visited another world, but not as concerning as what happened in the moment that followed. As the minutes of nothing new happening dragged on, Sirius Black fell to his knees sweating, and Hermione swayed, trembling.



Both parents found themselves cursing the magical world as whatever was happening was beyond them. The Green dragon, which had only awoken a short time ago stepped up next to Hermione and used a wing and forelimb to gently ease her to a sitting position against her. Alira’s attention never wavered from what was taking place under the tree. Whatever was happening, Sirius soon passed out completely and Hermione’s eyes drooped.



Apparently requiring focus to speak clearly, enunciating every word carefully as if she was drunk, Hermione tried to calm their fears. “I’ll be alright mom and dad. It’s just magical intoxication, more latent magic in the air than I’m used to, even if I pass out I’ll be alright later.”



From inside the flames, all those conscious heard a very strained command to keep them up as long as possible. Dan would later tell his wife that he saw the adult dragon breathing in through her nose, then varying the speed of the flames. From her mouth they stuttered as she took in tiny breaths, but because some of the fire was projected faster than the rest, a continuous stream was maintained.



It took ten minutes for the flames to finally sputter out completely. The very large, very Red creature took heaving breaths as she recovered. The observers felt their spirits plummet as what had been described as the most likely scenario played out. It hadn’t been enough, no one else made a sound as a tiny, weak voice spoke. Emma and Dan turned to their daughter as she began to sob, burying her head into green scales. When they tried to say something, the drake shushed them.



“He doesn’t have long now and he knows it. He’s thanking Harry and Valistraza for caring about him, for wanting him, for welcoming him into a family.”



Just as the Grangers realized they were watching a child die, everything seemed to go sideways. They could see Harry Potter’s face, and he was crying freely. When the whelp finished his goodbye, resolve erupted onto his face, and he opened eyes that glowed like emerald suns. In a voice that shook them down to their bones the teen spoke one word. “ NO. "



Now the two, even though they had not a drop of magic within themselves, still felt goosebumps spring up over every inch of flesh and every hair stand straight up. Everyone else save the adult dragon fell to the earth unconscious. Even Valistraza was unsteady.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Valistraza was impressed by the amount of magic the teen was now channeling into the whelp. She was tempted to force Harry to stop before he killed himself, but knew he would turn on her before letting her stop him. Even a dragon hesitated to have that much raw, untrained power thrown against them.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Harry refused to give in. As he poured more and more magic into Bavaku, he could almost feel that tiny, physical-yet-not tear that was killing him seal up, but it was healing too slowly. He felt the latent magic of his family’s land standing at his side again, like it had when he cast the Fidelius. But it still wasn’t enough! Bavaku was dying! It wasn’t enough. Harry could remember that feeling of directing the destination rune circle to grab more magic, and of commanding it to pull directly from the ley-lines. He grit his teeth, snarled in his refusal to accept defeat with a life on the line, and with a firm grip on the magic that was already aiding him, reached down into the earth, to the five-point ley-line intersection his family had built on top of centuries ago, and pulled.



He could feel the tear start to close faster, but Bavaku’s life fading even faster than that, so he reached again and pulled harder .



Ƥ: Vali, get ready to breathe again! I can feel the tear closing, it’s almost healed. Bavaku, fight just a little longer, that’s an order!”



(At the time, Harry neither noticed nor would he have cared that his actions were setting off a 5.2 magnitude earthquake throughout Britain. In the American Southwest, a 5.2 is ‘enough to feel’ and knock things over if they’re near the edge of whatever they’re sitting on. Maybe you’ll have a picture fall off the wall if you hung it poorly. In Britain, thanks to infrequency of noticeable earthquakes, a 5.2 was actually enough to rattle: shelves, older foundations, brickwork, and even people. For those on that island, Harry Potter set off ‘the big one’ without even trying to.

 

By using the helpful magic saturating his family’s ancestral home as a glove, Harry was able to (reasonably) safely draw power from the ley-lines that flowed under the ground like a network of rivers. Recklessly pulling as much as he could, he was forcing vast, vast amounts of energy into attempting to correct the fatal defect, draining a part of the ley-line’s network faster than more magic could be filtered in. Luckily, the abundance of power flowing through the Azeroth portal would soon restore what was taken out.)



Harry was solely focused on his task, on that desperate struggle not to fail, and he almost had it. He felt Bavaku’s body failing and made a split second decision, power that would have killed him a week ago pouring through him.



Ƥ: Dali! Life-fire now. Vali! Your fire on top of it! NOW !”



It was close, so very close. Thankfully Dalistraza shook off the effects that had brought her to the ground at his call and breathed out nourishing flames. The life-fire did what it needed to and kept the little guy alive just a touch longer. Harry used one last, mighty pull to force even more power into the whelp and finally sealed that tear in his flesh and magic that had been killing him. With that the fires from Valistraza that were calling to Bavaku’s flesh, telling him it was time to change, caught hold.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Valistraza smiled around the flames she was pouring out. She could see the whelp was no more. In his place, a silhouette of a new Netherwing drake laid. Still, she kept up the fires as long as she could, refusing to let up any sooner than that. Harry Potter had impressed her today.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Harry felt the flames gradually taper off. He had continually poured magic into the new drake, and now he could see his new form clearly. He smiled as crimson sides took in air greedily. Slowly, he began to taper off the amount of magic he was pouring into Bavaku. Exhaustion was setting in for him now, and he had one last idea before he took a nap. “Dobby! We need some food!, I don’t care where it comes from, but Bavaku needs a deer or elk, the whole thing, raw and freshly killed.” With that, he slipped into the sleep of the victorious.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



As Harry slid onto the grass, Dalistraza swiftly stepped up and hesitated for just a brief moment over who to check out first. Thankfully Vali gestured her to Harry and she got to work. Đ: “He seems fine, just exhausted. Bavaku?”



Crouching alongside the new drake, Valistraza gently probed him with her magic. After a moment, she gestured him to the elk that had been brought in from who knows where by a small elf. Đ: “Also exhausted and doing well. Bavaku, you need to eat now, keep at it until you can’t eat any more, then just rest. You’ve had a hard time but your Lord has pulled you through. Dali, lean Harry against the tree and then help me start checking the mortals. They’re probably fine but we should make sure.”



Dali carefully dragged Harry until he was leaning against the tree. As she paid attention to the tree itself, she realized that it must have soaked up loose magic while they worked. It had grown from sixteen feet high to forty.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Alira beat Hermione to consciousness, a benefit of living most of her life on a world where the Well of Eternity existed. Hermione was quickly checked over, and she smiled at the girl’s parents, forgetting after dealing with Harry how most mortals responded to so many teeth. With a sigh, she simply took her Night Elven form as she moved over to Sirius and Nymphadora Tonks, who hadn’t had much to say earlier, seeming to be rather shell-shocked with all the surprises.



Speaking to the parents of her new ‘sister’ as she worked, Alira explained. “Your daughter will be fine, expect her to wake up shortly. I’ll arrange headache relief potions soon, they’ll be needed. I’m sure you want to know what just happened.”



As the Red dragon and drake walked over, melting into a Night Elf and human respectively, Alira gestured Dali towards Sirius, taking ‘Dora’ Tonks herself. Valistraza nodded and moved off to check on Ted and Andromeda. “We just call it ‘magical intoxication.’ It happens when magical creatures are exposed to a saturation of magical energy far enough beyond what they’re accustomed to. I don’t know how Harry did that, but he must have been pulling from this world’s ley-lines to accomplish it. Dali, we need to have Aurogos explain, at length, how incredibly stupid an action that would be on Azeroth.”



Daniel Granger, eager to get a hold on new information and relieved to know his daughter would be all right, asked the obvious question to follow up that sentence. “Why is that?”



His question was actually answered by his daughter, after her eyes fluttered open with a groan. “It’s like the difference in voltage between the current inside a car battery and an electric distribution line. Ugh. This isn’t the worst I’ve felt, but I still don’t feel great. Was that worse than stepping onto Azeroth?”



Listening intently, both parents watched the apparently friendly interaction between their daughter and a dragon pretending to be an elf, (Or was it an elf pretending to be a dragon? They weren’t completely sure at this point.) even as she walked over to them with hands glowing in what was apparently a diagnostic spell. “I’d say it was worse. That laid me out too. Okay, I think we can say everyone’s all right now. We can ask the Headmaster to send over some food and headache potions. I wonder how far away people felt that?”



Alira dismissed herself then, leaving the dentists and their daughter to work on Senastrasz. Between Alira and Dali, the two had him back to one hundred percent within half an hour. While the transfusion had been critical in saving the whelp, the foreign blood wasn’t doing him any favors. Dali was more than skilled enough to stimulate blood production while Alira removed what didn’t belong. All three were thankful for Hermione rinsing them off with hot water and drying them after, however.



Slowly, more of the group began to come awake, complaining loudly of headaches. Sirius was the next to open his eyes, followed quickly by Andromeda and Ted Tonks. All eyes turned to Sirius as he started to curse and dig through pockets, some of which were obviously magicked to be larger than they appeared. In short order however, there was a young man with blue hair in the mirror.



“What’s going on? Whatever that was shook the wards here in Scotland!”



During the brief discussion that followed, Andromeda sat with her daughter. The young woman was shaken by the events of the last few days to be sure, but some time spent with her family today should help. Sadly Andromeda could see the after-effects of loyalty and trust potions at work in her daughter. Sure, the potions could instill instant die-hard loyalty, or a passable imitation, but the intelligent brewer started with a small dose and gradually increased it to mimic natural emotions. When used like that, the victim never had a chance to realize what they felt wasn’t genuine. What Dora was going through right then was the difficult task of rejecting long-established mental patterns.



“Dora, come with us to Hogwarts. You’ll need help to deal with what’s been done to you, and it will be a much easier process if you have someone you can trust. Besides, I bet you never found the Chamber of Secrets when you were in school. Just… watch your fingers around the little dragons.”



There was some astonishment on the young woman’s face and hair color at that, even more when her mother explained that the Basilisk was still being processed, but getting smaller every day.



Thankfully headache potions arrived shortly. Slowly, the day gained a celebratory atmosphere as those still in the Chamber came through portals cast by Aurogos, laden with the bounty of the Hogwarts kitchens. (Aurogos decided to have more ‘special’ events, as the Castle’s elves clearly enjoyed putting together a ‘Little draggy lives!’ party.) Various dragons explained it was their tradition for communities to celebrate when whelps grew into drakes. The guest of honor was tired, but growing stronger as the day wore on.



Bavaku was certainly a striking creature now, the donated blood and vast amounts of magic poured into him having caused a physical change. Where before his skin, which was just a covering of extremely fine scales was a purple color, now he was crimson. Bavaku held the shape of a proper Nether drake, shark-like, with a more pointed snout, a single horn on the back of his head, and a vertical fin in place of the other’s tail clubs. Except for his horn and the webbing of his wings where his coloring was royal purple, he was entirely crimson. Bavaku’s eyes glowed like others of his kind, but his were shining with a bright emerald light.



Oddly, Bavaku was a half again larger than most of the other drakes now, (While the drakes were mostly the same size and shape there were some differences, mostly in build.) not heavily muscled, but taller and longer with a more slight build. He was a drake built for agility and speed, and with so much magic poured into him at a critical time, he was likely destined to be a powerful wielder of magic as well. But that was a concern for another day.



Harry woke up around noon, groaning in the after-effects of both channeling so much power through himself and the ache of thoroughly depleting his own power. It was fairly comical for the assembled group watching Alira sling him over her back like a sack of potatoes and carry him to the transfigured picnic table. Harry enjoyed lunch even with an impromptu lecture from Aurogos. After telling Harry he respected his judgment in this case, the Blue drake expounded at length exactly how suicidal directly tapping a ley-line would be on Azeroth. Not only because so much more energy flowed through them, but to quote the Blue drake: “Those ley-lines don’t like to be touched, they tend to snap in a way to kill those who try.”



Valistraza excused herself after a time and returned to the school, Aurogos poking in and out as he opened portals. Dora, Sirius and the Grangers got to meet all of the original drakes, save Ralion still sleeping inside a large ice cube. Aurogos mentioned he had his Dragonsworn looking over the equations to not just siphon off excess magic from Ralion, but to prevent the problem from happening again. Aurogos was working on that task as well, but was interested to see what three very different minds came up with mostly on their own.



Eventually Jason Atreides came through to ensure the Fidelius charm was still in place. He and Hermione were soon engrossed in a conversation about the possibilities of the ‘Twilight Buffer’ spell and what could be done with the excess magic. Harry chimed in to ask them not to do anything permanent until he had some input, but he was simply too tired right then to think straight.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



After eating his fill Harry nodded off again, exhaustion taking its toll. Around him others continued to enjoy a pleasant day, made even better by the liberal use of warming charms. Hermione and her parents caught up, as did the Tonks family. In the warm sun Bavaku was getting used to his new shape with help from Senastrasz, while Sirius spoke with Dali and Alira about Harry’s health. (He was much improved, but still had a parasite in him. They were working on that, but had to be careful. Sirius was not as surprised as he expected to be about the mental connection to the Dark Lord.)



As dusk fell a bonfire was lit, the last part of the traditional celebration. The humans, including a drowsy Harry watched from a distance as the drakes stood together in front of the flames and spoke. Hermione actually filled them in on what was being said, though she had yet to explain the mental link (or leash) to her parents. “In their culture a drake is considered of age to begin charting their own path. They’re offering general encouragement and suggestions for what kind of career he could take. When the fire burns out we’ll head back to the castle.”



As the fire collapsed to embers a discussion about enchanting muggle items began, eventually the possibility of enchanting a tank came up; Senastrasz chimed in and asked how much gold was needed to buy one. (Their ability to melt galleon coins into bullion was a bit of a game-changer.) As Dora Tonks was overheard commenting on how incredibly illegal enchanting even a car was, much less a weapon of war, Harry turned to her with fire in his eyes. Though weary down to his aching bones, Harry stood a little straighter and sneered at her.



“Tonks, shut up and think before you decide who to follow! There’s four sides you can take right now. Voldemort is gaining power right now, gathering followers. Albus Dumbledore is insane or a Dark Lord himself, I neither know nor care. The Ministry tried to kill me over the summer, then tried to snap my wand for defending myself. Fudge sent his toady to torture students that say anything he doesn’t agree with, and no one seemed to care. The Ministry is so corrupt and infected with Pureblood ideology that there’s no justice. Look at Sirius! Thrown into Azkaban with Dementors when three drops of Veritaserum would have cleared him instantly.



“I never expected to have to make my own faction Tonks. But when the government is so corrupt, so useless, when it becomes an enemy of the people it governs… There’s only once choice. I will not start a war with the Ministry of Magic! But they will never leave me alone, they will never let those I’ve sworn to protect live their lives in peace. Any chance of the Ministry being a respectable institution died when Voldemort fell and they decided getting back to business was more important than rooting out the Dark Lord’s supporters and corruption.



“Never think for a moment Tonks that there isn’t going to be a war. But don’t be so stupid to assume it will be the noble Ministry against the evil terrorists. Malfoy and his ilk have so much influence Voldemort could walk in tomorrow and most of those there would just follow orders and keep their heads down!



“If I have to, I’ll tear down every brick of the Ministry and leave none that serve it alive to protect those I care about. And I refuse to follow the Ministry’s ridiculous laws while I do it. Sirius, Dan, Emma. If you can find ways of making better weapons and armor, do it. Our friends from Azeroth have ideas on how to create magical constructs which might help even the scales. In fact, the only thing I want kept off the table is truly dark magic. And I don’t mean what the Ministry considers ‘dark.’”



Harry’s speech was heard by all of his drakes, Sirius, the Granger family, all three Tonks, as well as Ron, Fred, George, and Ginny Weasley. With two heavy expenditures of magic within twenty-four hours, Harry didn’t remember how he reached a bed and promptly passed out. While he slept, Valistraza shared what Harry had accomplished that day with her charges, who were eagerly swarming Bavaku.

 

Nymphadora joined her family in stepping through the portal when they returned to Hogwarts. Both of Hermione’s parents elected to stay at the Potter Estate, now knowing their daughter was the target of a madman, his political movement, and possibly the majority party of the magical government. With this knowledge, and having heard some of Sirius’s tales of modifying a motorcycle with magic, they were eager to create equalizing equipment to balance the scales of war. (Not to mention simply experimenting with enchanting ‘muggle’ objects in general.)

 

Among the dragons there had been a lively debate as to what they should call their new group. There was a general disappointment that ‘The Chromatic Dragonflight’ was already taken, as it was a rather cool name. Had Harry been awake, he would have tried to argue against their final choice, but while the dragons made their decision, he was still recovering, sound asleep. When he woke the next morning, Harry found himself besieged by requests from the remaining whelps to join his group, now formally named the ‘Potter Dragonflight.’ When he turned to Hermione in dismay, who along with Alira had literally kept his nightmares away by sleeping next to him, his best friend laughed at him.

 


 

A/N: Bavaku won’t be as big a character as some of the drakes ended up being, just another face in the background. To be honest, he wasn’t in any of my notes and just sort of popped up when I was working out how many of the whelps were what kind of dragons. I haven’t decided what his ‘mortal form’ will be, in Warcraft cannon most dragons end up using the shapes of elves or humans.



If you choose to leave a review, I’d welcome suggestions for Bavaku's. It doesn’t have to be limited to Azeroth/Outland/Draenor either, any upright species with thumbs will do. I’m thinking about making him a Naga/male Lamina thanks to the influence from Harry’s parseltongue magic.

 

(By the way, my Harry Potter isn’t a parselmouth simply thanks to the horcrux. In this fic, and probably any others I write, at most the scar at most awakened a recessive gene. I’m assuming that at some point most of magical Britain's family lines have crossed with Salazar Slytherin’s or other Parselmouths and the recessive traits are there, just waiting for the chance to become active. Hmm. I wonder if a ritual that activates a magical gift from dormant DNA would be interesting enough to add into the HP fandom? IE: Andromeda Tonks could become a Metamorphmagus, or Draco Malfoy could gain Parseltongue.)



Potter Dragonflight :



Alira : Green Drake. Before she was drafted, she was training to be a professional mother. Alira already feels safer on Earth than she did on her home world ever since the latest war began. As she has come to know them, she’d become fond of Harry and Hermione. Sometimes she cosplays as a Night Elf. Avidly ships Harry/Hermione/OC.



Aurogos : Blue Drake. Now also Headmaster Aurogon Salonar of Hogwarts almost by accident and proud patron of three new Dragonsworn, Aurogos is a busy drake. He’s been working on something special for Monday. His mortal form is a human with striking blue eyes and hair of different shades.



Bavaku: Nether drake. He’s honestly surprised to be alive, as his honest diagnosis this morning was “We’re doing everything we can, but you’re probably going to die.” Physically and magically he’s going to be rather powerful, but he has a lot to learn. His ‘How to Drake’ studies will include: How to work his new body, including not tripping, bashing others with much larger appendages, etc. He also needs to learn: the ‘mortal form’ transformation, magic in general, and the abilities specific to Nether Dragons, which include fading out of reality and absorbing magic. Right now, the poor guy is stuck at mildly freaking out every time he sees a whelp and realizes he was that small twelve hours ago. (The whelps are the size of his talons now.) He’s also hearing a voice in his head singing “I’m alive, I’m alive, I’m alllllliiiiivvvvveeeee!” but isn’t quite worried about it yet.



Caliona : Twilight Drake. She’s really looking forward to learning proper magic, not just what her friends can figure out on their own. Her mortal form is a human with sharp, aristocratic features, black pigmented eyes, and streaks of blue in her hair. Right now she’s increasingly nervous about her role in chapter 17. She’s the best candidate for the job, and will do her duty to Harry, but will probably need a cup of chamomile tea (with something a bit stronger mixed in) and a soothing soak in hot water to relax afterwards.



Dalistraza: Red Drake. Currently attending Hogwarts as Dali Lothar. Every adventuring group needs a healer, and she’s happy to fill the role. While generally a kind person, her healing training didn’t include ‘bedside manner.’ If she tells you to rest, you will rest. After time spent with Andromeda Tonks, she longer requires your cooperation in your own recovery. If she wants you to have bed rest, you’re not escaping unless you’re a professional curse-breaker thanks to tips from Andromeda and some simple charms that are easily layered. Her second form is a human with striking red hair and motherly features. She’s starting to understand just how much effort it is going to take to keep Harry Potter in one piece.



Ralion : Twilight Drake. At Hogwarts, his alias is Ral Elsington. He would normally be a great leader, but he’s been off his game recently, adapting to getting the evil gods out of his mind. He’s glad they’re gone, but it still takes some getting used to. His human form has black hair, a short beard, and purple eyes. Today he’s still an ice cube, but he’s going to move from ‘popsicle’ to ‘recovering nicely’ before the next chapter.



Senastrasz : Red Drake. Goes by Senas Lothar sometimes. Come Monday, you can call him Professor Senastrasz, master of the Hogwarts forge. He’s fairly skilled around a forge, learning what he could ever since he saw his flight’s Dragonspawn breathing flame onto weapons before continuing to beat the steel into the proper shape. His second form is a High Elf with red eyes.



Stine : Bronze Drake. When he joined Harry Potter, he officially retired from life as a Time Cop on Azeroth, but it was a mostly thankless job anyway. (Long hours and job hazards aplenty.) Many Bronze Dragons know their fates ahead of time, Stine saw his and didn’t like it at all. When given the chance, he chose a different path whose end he couldn’t see. His alternate form is a feline centaur called a Tol’vir. His Leatherworking hobby has kept him busy recently, there’s a lot of magical snake to process. He isn’t overly concerned about what’s coming next chapter, but he should be.



Talion : Black Drake. Most certainly a follower, he was thankful for Tendrion bringing him into the group. He was actually the oldest of his group before coming to Earth, but had an especially crappy childhood. Right now he’s trying to figure out the theory for raising an island with his volcano powers. “It’s just sinking an island in reverse, right?” has not instilled confidence that he has any idea what he’s doing. His human form bears a heavily muscled warrior’s build, with black hair and burnt orange eyes. He isn’t super plot relevant yet, but he’s been working hard in the background. Should he ever get sorted, expect him to be a Hufflepuff for sure.



Valistraza : Red Dragon Broodmother. Boy, has she had a rough few months. In brief, during the Nexus War, when the Blue Dragonflight was commanded by Malygos to wage war against, well, everyone else, she met a nice Blue dragon named Tarengos who thought the war was stupid and surrendered himself to a Red Dragonflight settlement far from the front lines. Honestly, Tarengos would have tried to convince others to turn against Malygos, but he was right on the very edge of being strong enough to ignore orders from his Aspect and was rather worried if he got any closer, he’d join the war regardless of lack of desire to. Anyway, Valistraza and Tarengos got to know each other, fell for each other, and procreated in spite of the Titan’s Law that says they can’t do that.



Vali decided she didn’t want to live on this planet anymore to protect her kids and mate, so they started planning to leave. Tarengos didn’t make it back from trying to get the last bit of information and supplies they needed to leave Azeroth. In something of a panic, she decided to try for Outland instead, hoping she could find a Draenei settlement (they seem like good people from what she knows) and barter her healing skills for food and secrecy/protection. It wasn’t a great idea, Outland is not a very safe place for a single mother, but it was the best idea she had.



Instead, she was captured by a group of Twilight drakes (and Talion) and was offered a place in their escape from Azeroth if she agreed to serve as their Broodmother. Tendrion made an impact on her, so she agreed as long as the group didn’t kill ‘good guys’ on the way. When they found a rogue mage experimenting on whelps, she was happy to help burn him alive, the disgust and rage of the drakes at the human hurting young dragons enough to convince her that her eggs would be safe among them. Accepting a place in the sphere to let the drakes move more swiftly was the least she could do, but now she finds herself missing Tendrion as well.



As far as she can tell, Harry Potter is rather young, a fairly powerful user of magic, and has a good heart. Is he what she hoped for when she joined the rebellion to flee Azeroth? No, but he’ll do. Unless Harry really, really screws up he’ll be her Lord sooner than later.

Vali’s mortal form is a tall Night elf with pale, pink skin, dark purple hair and facial tattoos that look like scaled wings framing her face. While a pleasant form to look at, any Night Elf that got a good look at her would wonder what kind of dragon she was, not if she was an elf or not.

Vespiona : Twilight Drake. Sister to Ralion, she was very close to Tendrion before they parted ways. She’s in mourning for a loved one she will never see again. Her mortal form is a Draenei with blue skin and purple eyes. Right now, she’s just keeping busy, and to be fair there is a lot to do. She is very much considering asking Valistraza to take her as an apprentice to learn all the many ins and outs of raising young ones. (Valistraza is considering drafting her for the same. Seventy-seven is a lot of kids to keep track of.)









Chapter 17: Chapter 17: Back to Normal, Sort of

Chapter Text

I own neither franchise. Many thanks to hkurtz2013 on Fanfiction . Net for helping to edit this nearly 15k word chapter!

 

While off-screen, Hedwig has leveled up!

 

Reviews motivate me to keep writing and editing, (So much editing… I’ve been trying to spruce up the early chapters.) I appreciate each one!

 


 

Chapter 17: Back to Normal, sort of



Monday, October 16th 1995 saw something of a return to normalcy for Hogwarts Castle. Most of the Professors had returned to the castle, minds scrubbed clean of both potion-based effects and purely magical ones. (Each of them had endured a thoroughly unpleasant series of purging potions and cleansing rituals. This had not endeared Albus Dumbledore to them at all. )



With the knowledge that Dumbledore had tinkered with their minds the staff voiced few, if any, complaints about the change in leadership. Even those that wanted to complain found themselves unable to find real reasons to. There ended up being surprisingly few staffing changes considering all that had been revealed.



Even if Severus Snape had not escaped Auror custody, it had been decided that because of his petty bullying of students he was no longer welcome at Hogwarts. Andromeda Tonks was slated to take over the teaching of potions, while also serving as an additional healer if the school required it.



Binns would still be teaching, but now to an empty room. For the time being history turned into a study hall, with the students being supervised in a newly cleaned classroom.



Poppy Pomfrey was not present at the Castle yet. The former Headmaster’s compulsions forced on her were by necessity more stringent than most of the rest of the staff. The Healer’s oath Poppy had taken and tried to hold herself to had given Dumbledore more problems than any other member of the school’s staff. For the time being, Pomfrey’s position was being covered by a Master Healer on loan from St. Mungo’s along with his two apprentices.



Since no one had seen Delores Umbridge in several days, (And because of the way she treated others, those assigned to look for her were not exactly searching under every rock. In fact, the task force the Minister of Magic sent out to find her had found a number of delightful ways to waste time in the muggle world. Despite their best efforts, they had yet to locate Dolores Umbridge at any number of bars, cinemas, or amusement parks.) one of the decreasing host of Ministry Aurors stationed at Hogwarts was taking over the class until she returned, with Nymphadora Tonks as an understudy.



Miss Tonks, after a few days of heavy thought, had requested an extended leave from Madam Bones, citing the need to get her head straightened out. Understanding the need for her Auror to spend some time with family, not to mention a mind-healer, Madam Bones had worked out a deal with Nymphadora where she would act as a guard and teaching assistant at the school even after the rest of the Aurors left. All three members of the Tonks clan had moved into the Professor’s Wing of the castle for the time being. It was worth the effort of relocating to escape the swarm of very small, very curious dragons.



As breakfast was served that morning, ‘Senas Lothar’ sat at the head table between Professors Grubbly-Plank and Flitwick. Last night, the new headmaster had announced that Senas would be teaching metalworking during the day and pursuing independent study in his spare time. As there was no one better to teach magical metalworking, Senas had received applause as he moved from the Gryffindor table to the staff one that night.



Ralion had been de-iced Saturday afternoon and the excess magical energy within him had been quickly channeled into Valistraza. As the students had begun eating their breakfast, he had walked into the hall to a rousing cheer from first the Hufflepuff table and then the others when Harry had loudly thanked him for weakening the Fiendfyre so he could finish snuffing it out. At the reminder that this individual played a pivotal role in everyone present not dying in an explosion of cursed flames, even the Slytherin table joined in giving sincere applause.



Ral Elsington’ earned points with the students for simply telling the school he was happy everyone came through that day alive and mostly unhurt. (At that there were a few glares at Professor Flitwick, some students with poor dodging skills were still nursing sore spots from the forks he’d turned on them.)



The only new class starting this semester was Magical Smithing, which was scheduled for the introductory class on Wednesday. Comportment, Beast Magic, and Magical Culture were all slated to be introduced in the next semester. Narcissa Malfoy was expected to be one of the co-professors of Comportment and Magical Culture. Headmaster ‘Salonar’ had gained points in the media when he announced that those classes would be taught jointly by one individual from each end of the political spectrum. Privately, he had announced to the Potter Dragonflight and friends much of the intention of the Culture class was to expose the follies of both the Pureblood movement and the Ministry of Magic.



In the Chamber of Secrets, the Blue drake had lamented not being able to hold up a figure from Azeroth as an example for why the Pureblood ideology was flawed. “Probably the most naturally powerful user of magic born in the last ten-thousand years is what the fools here would call a muggle-born. Lady Jaina Proudmoore can wield more magic than a hundred Albus Dumbledores, but does lacks his razor-fine control. Then again, overwhelming force does have upsides, for example using an enormous blast of fire to protect her city from a massive tidal wave during the Cataclysm.”



Aurogos had spent a good deal of time on the enchanted mirror gifted to him by his Lord over the weekend. He had spent twenty years as an apprentice to Senegos, and afterwards chose to remain in the community the old wyrm had founded. Now, Senegos had offered the ‘Potter Dragonflight’ a deal: Allow him to verify their claims that the corrupted drakes had been freed, and he would give them tomes and materials from his private collection. Also, he wanted to meet with Harry Potter face to face.



There were some concerns, though a betrayal from the old Blue seemed unlikely. Harry had agreed to the meeting after Aurogos explained that the most likely scenario was that his old master wanted to get the measure of the Lord he had chosen to serve in addition to sending them those corrupted dragons he could. As a precaution, Harry had spent most of Sunday learning Apparition.



In this case learning the similar but both longer range and smoother (At the cost of a much greater cost of magic to cast.) Teleport spell from Azeroth would actually be less useful; in case of danger, most methods of preventing magical travel were specific to a certain type of spell. (Even on Earth, there were distinct, different spells that needed to be cast to block Apparition and portkey use.)



So after the final class today Harry was heading for Azeroth again. This time, he would be accompanied by both Stine and Caliona. Ralion had wanted to accompany his Lord but was still recovering from almost dying. When he finished healing, he would be stronger than he was before, a combination of the excess magic running through his system and the method in which he was kept alive had indeed strengthened him, at the cost of what little hard-fought control he’d gained over his magic. (Essentially, instead of simply draining off the excess magical energy, which they could do now, the Red’s healing magic had simply kept his body alive, forcing him to adapt to the extra power.)



Thankfully, it would be a short journey. One of Senegos’s followers would be dispatched and meet them on the road leading into the Stranglethorn Jungle, a few dozen miles from the cave containing the cross-world Earth Portal, and bring them the rest of the way with the portal spell commonly used by Azeroth’s magic users. For safety’s sake, and to prevent ‘unpleasantness’ Caliona would be under a disguise until they reached ‘Azurewing Repose.’



Harry had spent nearly an hour practicing variations of a glamour spell on her to prevent any of the various militaries or ‘adventurers’ from seeing a member of the group currently attempting to destroy the world. All the female dragons had ended up gathered around, offering their comments on the illusions. Caliona’s favorite variation had been one Harry experimented with after getting a passable illusion of a Green drake. While deep midnight blue and black, with shifting stars visible on the undersides of her wings had looked fantastic, it wasn’t useful for the coming expedition.



In any case, the school had been served breakfast early today, as the new Headmaster wished to give a short lesson. Breakfast itself was rather good, and it didn’t seem like anyone noticed the school’s sudden abundance of eggs, fish, and various vegetables in meals, or the decrease in red meat. Everyone was eating quickly, every student in the hall eager to see what the new headmaster had in store. Even Harry’s group was decidedly curious, as the Headmaster had wanted to make it a surprise.



One hour before the first class of the day was to begin ‘Aurogon Salonar,’ the Headmaster of Hogwarts clapped his hands together, seeing that nearly everyone was finished eating. At that, first the food disappeared, then the tables, and then the benches re-oriented themselves and shifted to face the front of the hall. Clearing his throat, the drake in human form began to speak.



I’m glad to see all of you here so early. I am considering making this a weekly event where I’ll teach something myself. Today, we’re starting with a subject and approach that should be entirely new to you. One truth about those of us that wield magic as our birthright is that we are rarely good at exactly the same kinds of spells as other users of magic. What this means, and your professors would agree with me on this point, is that sometimes a student will be better at potions, or charms, or transfiguration.



We’re going to look at this a different way today. I have here on my table six spells copied to sheets of paper. Each one is a different elemental spell. I’ve selected spells of Fire, Frost, Earth, Air, and Water. I was also pleased to find a spell new to me in the Headmaster’s library that creates Lightning. What we’re going to do next is a new approach, and I’m honestly curious about the results. I suspect that many of you here have a proclivity towards one type of elemental magic, just as I have towards magic involving ice.



Now, follow my instructions for a few moments and close your eyes. We’re going to try to figure out what element ‘calls’ to each of you. I’m going to ask you each to visualize what I describe and decide what seems to resonate with you the most. Raise your hand when something appeals to you and when we’re done you’ll have a page with a new spell to learn. You can also wait until the end if nothing calls you at first.”



This caused a lot of interest in the students, they had never been asked to do this. With the possibility of a type of magic that worked best for them, they were all eager to comply.



First, imagine a forest. It’s filled with old, decayed, and dying trees that are keeping new ones from growing, choking them out with their roots. Now imagine the woods have caught flame. The old, sickly growth is burning, returning to the soil as ash to nourish the seeds of new growth. Fire is destructive, but it has its place in the cycle of renewal. It cleanses what nothing else will. Keep your eyes closed, but raise your hand if you think that appealed to you and an elf will get you the spell I’ve chosen.”



Aurogon smiled as some hands went up, some more hesitant than others. To be honest, this lesson he was teaching was thrown together from parts of a dozen lectures he remembered from Senegos. After a moment, he began again. “Now, I want you to picture a frozen plain. Nothing grows here, no grass, no trees. The purest expression of ice and winter exists here in the endless drifts of snow, cold, harsh, unfeeling. There is no succor, no comfort here, only the howling of wind on the ice and the roar of blizzards.”



A few moments later, Aurogon smiled at seeing the teachers and Aurors stationed nearby joining in. “Next, I want you to imagine a mountainside. Earth exists in crags between the boulders, and trees and grass send roots everywhere the soil is. Earth is a foundation, the base on which life depends. Earth is usually slow to move, but when it does, it flattens all in its path. Imagine that on the hills above, a rock formation has come loose. It hasn’t fallen until today, when there was one small disturbance too many, and now the mountain is shedding its skin in an avalanche of rock and dirt.”



Unsurprisingly, many in Hufflepuff seemed to feel a connection to earth, as did their Head of House. Moving on, he began again. “Air is something different from the others. It is unsubstantial, a bit of cloud in the breeze. Air goes where it will, above anything else, it is free! It is movement! It heralds a warm summer day or a typhoon that crushes all in its path.



Imagine now a river. Water follows the path of least resistance, going where it is pushed, where it is directed. Water is vital for all life, it renews and nourishes. If not respected however, it is dangerous as well. Picture that same river, swollen by rain, overflowing its banks and sweeping away everything in its path.”



Lastly, we come full circle. Imagine again that forest, burdened with dead and dying trees. Deep within, an enormous dead tree stands tall, defying gravity and the cycle in which it must take part. It remains there, year in, year out, stealing sunlight from new growth and refusing to part with the nutrients the forest needs. Imagine now storm clouds sweeping over the forest, and the distant rumbles of thunder. There’s no rain yet, just the sky itself crackling in agitation. Imagine that dead tree, standing defiant. Nothing happens, until suddenly, everything changes. In an instant, lightning crackles in the air and the tree is struck, broken asunder on the ground. Flames, tiny at first, licking from the place it was humbled. That is the element of lightning, it is an instant of change, the point at which things will be different after.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Harry certainly felt conflicted raising his hand for the last one. But after a moment of thought, he felt increasingly silly for it. So what if his most known feature was a lightning shaped scar? So what if this would bring him more attention? He wasn’t a lonely orphan anymore, he was a leader of people who depended on him.



Harry Potter could no longer be someone thrown about by winds created by others. He knew that this would be worth an article in the Prophet tomorrow, but found himself not caring much. He barely heard the Headmaster strongly cautioning the students against using these spells on other living creatures unless their lives were at stake.



When the benches were cleared away, he found himself with two spells in his hands, an air spell that created a gust that could push, or with enough focus even cut, and a spell that created a bolt of electricity, an imitation lightning bolt. Without more thought, he put the air spell away for now and joined the relatively small group of students gathering near the wall warded to withstand the spell they all wanted to attempt.



Reading the instructions again , which were much more focused on intent than specific wand motions or pronunciation, he waited for Aurogon to finish his instructions, and invite them to begin attempting their spells, one at a time.



Focusing his will on creating an instant of change, he traced out the wand motion, a gentle curving half-circle before thrusting his wand at a target on the wall and finishing with the incantation. With a sure voice, he called out: Mutare!”



While not powerful enough to cause permanent hearing loss or blindness, Harry’s display still captured the attention of everyone present, and it took several moments to regain their normal vision and hearing. Further examination revealed that Harry Potter had punched a head-sized hole into the wall and annihilated a wooden closet on the other side.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Several moments later, Aurogon withdrew his head from the wall, a smile on his face. In a light, amused tone the Headmaster began speaking to the room at large, and to his Lord that was still looking rather shocked at the power he’d put behind what was supposedly a simple spell. “Well Mr. Potter, it seems we have found a school of magic that suits you. Everyone else, please stay far away from this area, I’ll be moving the lightning group into the entrance hall in just a moment. There’s a cursed item buried somewhere in this wall; it’s been draining the wards for years. I’ll be taking care of it after lunch.”



(In reality, he would be sneaking it down into the chamber for Vespiona and Caliona to dispose of, he wasn’t exactly sure how it had been made, but it carried the sickening feeling of sentient life unwillingly taken. How it had gotten here, he had no idea, but as far as cursed items went, this one was mean. On second thought, he’d take it to the Room of Requirement and bring the drakes to it. No need to have something like this near the whelps.)



For Harry, he hastily carved out a rune-set for a target that could handle a good deal of power thrown against it. Turning to a rather excited Flitwick and a somewhat more concerned McGonagall, he smiled at them both while idly spinning his wand and covering the hole with a thick sheet of ice. “That was exciting! What do you two think of this session so far?”



Flitwick smirked at the young man. He had reservations about his apparent youth, but his direct observations of the young man had been very much positive so far. This morning’s lesson was something he could never have seen Albus allowing, but the half-goblin had found himself swept up in the excitement. To be honest, he found himself wanting to walk over and attempt the lightning spell himself, but on Potter’s target just to be safe. “Honestly, I think we should just cancel this morning’s classes. I can’t see us getting any of these students to focus on anything else before lunch.”



Standing next to them, Minerva sighed. “I agree. If you’re going to make this a weekly event we might as well revise the schedule to plan around it.”



Smiling, Aurogon acknowledged Minerva with a nod of his head. “I’ll consider it and let you know by the end of the day Professor. It is good to see some positive excitement in the castle. For now, why don’t you two join me in finding students that are struggling and help them out.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



An hour later, most of the students had grasped their first spell and were either attempting a second or were helping students who were having problems. Aurogon was just finishing assisting a first year who was upset her flame-conjuring spell resembled more a candle than the flamethrower the older students had managed.



“Don’t worry about it Miss. Your magic is still growing just as you are, and this spell is probably a little too ambitious for you right now. Keep practicing in safe places though, and over time you’ll get stronger. Growing up will help you as well. Practice a little more, but don’t work yourself too hard now, all right?”



With that, the Headmaster that was thoroughly enjoying his new job looked around the room for others that were struggling and came across Neville Longbottom covered in sweat, but still exerting himself attempting to get the provided mound of dirt to follow the movements of his wand. Wondering what could possibly be the problem, he used his ability to see magic, his eyes glowing as he accessed a gift to his Dragonflight from the Titan Norgannon and was briefly stumped at what he saw. He actually had to think for a moment before he walked over to Neville.



Hello Mr. Longbottom. I have to ask, why are you using a wand that is fighting you? I can see the wand resisting every attempt you make.” The following discussion soon called up high emotions, a lengthy explanation of how wands transferred their loyalty, and brought in several of the other Professors before it was sorted out.



Sighing at the odd argument, the young Headmaster called for an elf to bring him a case from his ‘private work area.’ With a flourish, he opened the case, revealing dozens of wands, each with a small tag detailing their ingredients. “Mr. Longbottom, I understand your desire to be close to your father, I really do. I would never ask you to throw away his wand, but because it remains his wand, it will never submit to you as a wand should. I will write whoever failed to procure you a properly-fitted wand, because their mistake has likely been holding you back since your first year.”



As the implications of that statement sank in, he continued. “I recommend you visit Ollivander’s wand shop at your earliest convenience to procure a properly-fitted wand. For now, however, please select one one these. These wands are all from the same wood, Alexstraza’s Boughs. Most of the cores are simple dragon products, however I find my own wand suits me very well. Since I have no idea how to pair a wand with the correct wizard, just give each wand a wave until you find one that feels ‘right’ in your hand. If you don’t find one, just go with the best match.”



Using his own wand to call a spire of ice from the floor to attach to the case, holding it in place, Headmaster Aurogon Salonar got back to helping students. Overall, he felt good about the morning so far. Glancing around, he saw that his Lord had mastered the lightning spell and moved on the air. Hermione had mastered both her chosen fire and earth spells, and Senas and Dali had both grasped the fire-conjuring spell well enough that they were sending flaming creatures to do battle in the air above the students.



Ral had the strange problem of the flame spell manifesting not the expected orange flame, but the dark blue of the Twilight Flame. That made for a powerful, dangerous weapon for sure.



The Headmaster managed to finish correcting a second year’s spell casting, expounding again on the importance of intent, when Neville found a wand that fit him. A calming tone echoed through the hall, followed by the sound of raindrops, and suddenly something began to fall onto everyone present. At first glance it appeared to be drops of rain, but what was falling was healing magic, not water. Hmm. This seems to be the druid’s Tranquility spell.



Returning to Neville, Aurogon quickly removed the tag from the wand, curious about the core, discovering it was one of the newer ones crafted the day before. (Since they had all the needed ingredients, it seemed like a good idea to have a large number of spare wands lying around.) Let’s see… Green whelp’s fangs, wrapped in the first shed scales from several of the same, filled in with powdered claw, also from a Green dragon. Between the materials and him successfully casting that spell... You’re a druid, Neville Longbottom, no doubt about that.



Aloud, the Headmaster spoke once more. “Well, though I probably lack showmanship compared to where most of your classmates bought their wands, I can still make a cryptic comment about what your new wand is suited for.” There were some groans at that, apparently Ollivander was someone who made an impression.



This is a wand suited for spells that interact with nature, with plant life and the natural world. Also, possibly handy for spells involving sleep, dreams, and the mind. I’ll see about finding some spells for you to work on. Nature Magic, while useful, isn’t as powerful until you become truly skilled at it. Carry on Mr. Longbottom, but do check in with Healer Tonks and Dali at some point; I’d like them to examine you for damage caused by an ill-fitted wand.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



From there, not much of note happened for the rest of the lesson. Harry and some of the other students took it upon themselves to give pointers to those that still struggled with various spells. Neville quickly proved to the hall that his wand had indeed been holding him back, picking up the earth manipulation spell without trouble.



Lunch found the castle in high spirits. A pparently reading the mood, the house elves had provided something new, and the students found themselves enjoying hamburgers, fried zucchini and chips (french fries). It was something new to many of the pureblood students, but they generally found themselves enjoying it.



After the students filtered out of the room, Aurogon produced a shrunken trunk from a pocket and moved to the wall containing the cursed item that was disrupting the magic of the castle. Most of the remaining Aurors watched him condense water that quickly frozen into a large pile of ice from moisture in the air, then carefully manipulate it into claws that tore into the wall until a small iron box, seething with darkness was revealed. In fact, that darkness was actually seeping into the ice as the icy talons held it.



Deciding to be cautious, Aurogon simply dumped the object and all of the ice into the box to be burned. A careful check of the area revealed that there was some residual taint from the item, but when he asked the wards to shift more power there, the residue was quickly burned off. Giving a respectful nod to the Aurors, he apparated to the Room of Requirement and called Vespiona and Caliona up. The two Twilight drakes were happy to get away from the ‘whelp swarm’ for a short time and happily reduced the cursed item to ash.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



There was certainly a great deal of energy in the castle as classes resumed. Eventually classes ended, and Harry and his four chosen drakes were standing in front of the portal to Azeroth. While most of his oathsworn wanted Harry to visit in force, it was Aurogos who reminded them that only a few years ago Senegos had been prepared to kill the Blue Dragonflight’s Aspect. (Though, admittedly at the cost of his own life.) Not to mention that there was a significant number of other dragons living in his settlement, far more than ten drakes could hope to fight and win.



If something went wrong, Stine’s abilities and the Apparition lessons the three had gone through ought to be enough to see them back to Earth.



Not having had many chances to fly lately, Harry was certainly looking forward to putting his Firebolt through its paces on an entirely new world. Senastrasz and Dali would be coming through the portal with them and remaining in Stranglethorn Jungle, planning on doing some hunting after escorting Harry’s group through the cave system. While they had enough meat for the next month, more food under a preservation charm couldn’t hurt. Dalistraza decided to come on a whim, mentioning that she was interested in tasting some of the native animals of the region.



Giving Hermione a hug, Harry stepped back to let her join the group researching in the Room of Requirement. The researcher’s two projects right now continued to be better methods of transferring excess magic from one individual to another and various familiar magics. All those heading to Azeroth were going to be keeping an eye out for interesting animals to be used as familiars. Bracing himself, Harry led the four drakes through the portal.



Over the enchanted leather armor, Harry was now wearing a hooded cloak that reached to his ankles and wrists. It was a dark green, almost black leather on the outside after the outer layer of leather had been soaked in blood gladly donated by Talion. Stine’s goal in using freely given blood from a drake with a strong connection to earth had been to harden the material using a method he’d found in the Room of Requirement’s library. After soaking in blood given by Aurogos, with the goal of imbuing the item with magic-strengthening properties, the inside lining had turned a dark teal.



Stine’s latest work was proof the Bronze drake’s skill was improving, though the materials he was working with certainly didn’t hurt. This cloak was made to be worn either open or closed, and as Harry stepped out of the portal it billowed, revealing a ruby-studded hilt hanging at his side.



At Harry’s waist in a heavily enchanted sheath hung the Sword Gryffindor. Oddly, the blade itself felt heavier, looked larger than the last time Harry had handled it . It turned out that it took some time to get used to carrying a sword at one’s side, many normal movements had to be changed slightly in order to not appear as a clumsy fool. Since Harry simply hadn’t had the practice, the current sheathe included an expansion charm: to an observer, Harry was carrying a hilt at his side with no blade attached.



Aurogos had returned Gryffindor’s blade to Harry after a sleepless night spent researching and enchanting the blade to prevent accidental deaths from the highly potent poison infusing the blade. It felt strange, but apparently carrying a blade would help him to blend in on Azeroth.



Running his fingers over the hilt, Harry bit back a groan as he remembered the two training sessions he’d had so far to get used to wielding a blade and magic together. While remaining very polite, and with a smile only slightly sadistic, Senas had retrieved a sword and shield from his personal bags, his preferred weapons to fight with in his mortal form, and proceeded to beat his Lord into the ground.



The Room of Requirement again proved its worth in giving the two weapons safe to spar with, simply making blunt copies of their blades and shield. Despite the bruises and burns, Harry had to admit he had learned more in those four hours than in some entire years of Hogwarts’ Defense classes.



Now that everyone was through the portal, Harry paused for a moment and breathed in the air of a different world. While his efforts to sense and control magic with the Blue Dragonflight’s methods were still a work in progress, even stepping foot here once more was nearly overwhelming. Thankfully he did not pass out this time, in fact the worst that occurred was a bit of dizziness that quickly passed.



Looking to his concerned group, he nodded to them. “I’m all right. Let’s get going, I haven’t been able to fly in too long. Caliona, we’ll get that glamour on you just before we leave the caves, some of these places look a little narrow for a drake to get through.”



Twenty minutes later, Harry and the others had walked into the warm sunlight. In fact, the weather could easily be described as ‘steamy.’ The drakes certainly seemed to be enjoying it, so Harry just shrugged and cast a cooling charm on himself. The Firebolt gifted to him by his godfather had needed a few tweaks to perform in a high-magic environment but should now be even faster on this world.



It turned out riding on a broomstick wouldn’t even be out of place, as Azeroth was nearing the harvest season and the celebration included low-quality flying brooms that many made use of before the magic animating them failed.



It was truly a glorious feeling, the warm air rushing past. The local time was about ten in the morning and the air was fresh and clean with the unfamiliar scents of a jungle. Seeing the drakes swooping and diving in the simple joy of being in the air made Harry smile. Taking a quick look at a borrowed compass, he moved his course a little to the North.



Harry knew they would arrive ahead of the agreed time, so he took a moment to join the cavorting drakes, buzzing them on his faster but less nimble broom. Flying like this reminded him that it wasn’t the sport of Quidditch he loved so much as simply being in the air and flying, alone or with others.



Half an hour later they came across the main road that led South through ‘Stranglethorn Vale’ and north to ‘Duskwood.’ Harry Potter really had no desire to visit a cursed forest today, especially one infested with giant spiders, significant numbers of undead, and werewolves. (Although the local variety were called ‘Worgen’ and could be cured with a powerful potion. Harry had added to his ‘to-do’ list to acquire a sample of that and have someone smarter than him see if it would do any good for Remus.)



Following the road North, the drakes picked up speed and Harry let his broom speed up as well. As soon as they arrived at the meeting point, a rocky pass where the landscape shifted from jungle to the chaparral, the area quickly checked for traps or an ambush. (While a betrayal from Senegos was unlikely, there were brigands and worse in the area.)



Only a moment later, Senastrasz pulled Harry aside and whispered in his ear. “There’s a Blue Dragonspawn in the underbrush, concealing herself with magic. She’s almost certainly just observing us; I can tell you from her scent she’s not hostile right now. Remember they have reasons to doubt us.”



With that said, Harry nodded his understanding and in a voice pitched to be heard by their observer, replied. Ƥ: “Stay safe you two, and good hunting.”



At that, Senastrasz and Dalistraza headed back south to hunt something tasty, Dalistraza eager to try one of the famous tigers of the area. (The Stranglethorn T iger, while bearing similarities to both the tigers and extinct Saber-toothed Cat of Earth, shared one important trait with the domesticated felines of the same world: large litter sizes and the ability to have more than one litter a year. If their numbers weren’t controlled in some manner, they would eventually eat all the game and begin to either starve or focus their attention on the thinking creatures that shared their range.)



Now that Harry’s group of three were waiting on the ground, Stine re-took his mortal form, taking the first free time he’d had since coming to Earth to practice his archery. Harry was kind enough to transfigure a target out of a small rock formation at the side of the road before he started putting his new wand through its paces by transfiguring a series of targets and casting the spells he had learned that morning. Harry truly found himself taking to the lightning spell, it just felt right to use.



Though, all six spells Aurogos had dug up for this morning’s impromptu lesson were useful in their own right. Caliona, the glamour still holding, was giving a convincing impression of being bored while still keeping a look-out from an outcropping of rock, coincidentally situated so that if she was attacked both Harry and Stine would be able to cover her. Harry had to remind himself that here, her kind were hunted, though admittedly with good reason.



All three of them simply enjoyed the warm sun, focused on their self-given tasks for roughly half an hour. At that point, three Blue drakes appeared from the north, descending towards them. Two of them bore the standard blue and white coloring, while the third bore the darker ‘azure’ coloration. Harry made a point of returning the area to its former state, though some rocks were still smoking from what might be his new favorite spell. That done, he replaced his wand and walked over to where Stine and Caliona still stood together, the Bronze drake still in his feline form, the bow and arrows in a holster at his sides.



The three newcomers were decidedly jumpy, not helped by Harry greeting them in Parseltongue. Their nervousness also wasn’t helped by the obviously disguised drake at Harry’s side, the three easily sensing the magic disguising her. The small fact that Caliona’s behavior and body posture didn’t fit with the usually more reserved or detached Green dragons wasn’t helping either.



After another moment of a tense stand-off, Stine returned to his true form, and in a voice that implied he was both all-knowing (This was a skill the entire Bronze Dragonflight took very seriously, even giving instruction in how to maximize the effect.) and rather disappointed in the three, asked that they stop wasting time here and open a portal for the seven of them.



When the drakes argued that there were only six individuals here, Harry sighed, drew his wand and poured as much power as he could into the general counter-spell. When the spell, visible as a ball of red light, hit a suspicious clump of bushes, space seemed to ripple briefly before a reptilian creature covered in Blue scales became visible. She possessed both a quadrupedal body and a humanoid torso and wearing only a top with sleeves centered around what was obviously either a metal bra or a bra that was armored.



Normally, I’d wonder why make a bra out of metal and then not wear armor, but learning the how and why of the scale treatments all the dragons soaked in this weekend filled that in. If done correctly, almost every scale on a dragon or dragonkin can be as strong as iron. Also, I can see what my sworn meant when they said dragonspawn can look like they’re slow, lumbering but creatures but really aren’t.



Now revealed, the dragonspawn sighed and walked over to the group, giving Harry a considering glance before her hands began to glow. Ten seconds later, a swirling blue oval appeared inches above the road, hanging in mid-air. Giving Harry another glance, she proceeded calmly through the portal, leaving the hot, dusty road behind. Caliona and Stine returned to their mortal forms, and Harry led them through.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



A much cooler climate greeted Harry on the other side, he found himself breathing deeply of a breeze that was blowing through the clearing that smelled faintly of the sea. Instead of the jungle’s endless tangle of trees, a grassland marked with occasional trees greeted them. Also, unless he was mistaken, there was a Blue wyrm, dragon, and eight drakes that had been waiting for them to arrive. Oh, and the arrival area felt saturated with magic, probably wards in case Harry’s group turned out to be hostile.



With a smile, hoping to soothe both their hosts and his two sworn who had just stepped through the portal, Harry addressed his hosts. Ƥ: “Greetings, dragons. My name is Harry Potter, I’m here to pick up a few items Aurogos left with his master. Senegos asked to meet with myself and my companion. I would like to introduce Cali and Stine, the only dragon I’ve met so far with such a unique mortal form.”



Though some of the drakes were hesitant to allow outsiders in, the wyrm overruled them. It turned out the wyrm, Jagragosa had been the mate of Senegos for nearly four-thousand years, and made a point of reminding the younger dragons around her that they followed Senegos because they trusted in his judgment even if he was sometimes a little odd. For Harry, he was glad to put a face to Senegos’s younger mate. After living for nearly fifty of his sixty-two years as part of the ‘Azurewing’ Brood of the Blue Dragonflight, Aurogos knew almost all the individuals rather well, and Jagragosa was someone he respected and enjoyed interacting with.



(Aurogos knew most of their stories as well. For example, it had caused something of a stir when Jagragosa had arrived at Azurewing just after growing into a dragon from a drake. After getting to know Senegos over the next decade, she fell for him and spent the next hundred years wooing the ancient wyrm before she finally convinced him and his elder mate to accept her, even though she was sixteen-thousand years Senegos’s junior.)



Taking her second form, Jagragosa smiled at the reactions of the visitors, especially Stine. As it turns out, he was not the first dragon to take a quadrupedal second form with a humanoid torso. In her case her form was that of a Dryad, one of ‘Cenarius’s Children’ (A group of races with similar physical characteristics that stood as testament to a demigod’s love life that would meet with approval from Zeus.) with a silver coat of fur covering her lower deer-like body, pale skin on the Night Elven torso that rose from where a deer’s neck ought to be, and the dark blue hair and lightly glowing light blue eyes. Harry looked between her and Stine and chuckled, quickly followed by Jagragosa herself.



Composing herself, she looked at Stine and spoke to him. Đ: It’s good to see another dragon that understands the superior stability of four legs. I bet you’ve gotten a lot of teasing for your form though, Titans know my brood never quit with the jokes…”



Đ: Indeed, but it just meant I got all the tasks that involved interacting with the Tol’vir, which made up for it. Is there any chance you’d be willing to record a lecture for dragons attempting to grasp their second form? My new friend here and the others mostly choose the usual shapes, and I had such high hopes for them…” In the last sentence, Stine’s voice shifted to a decidedly playful tone.



Mostly?”



The other female took a Draenei’s form.” This brought forth laughter on the wyrm’s part.



Oh my, I bet she’s had fun getting those legs to work!”



Still distinctly amused, the dragon masquerading as a dryad handed each visitor a small bracelet made of segmented blue stones. Even Harry’s senses could feel the magic surging through them, something that would have given him pause if the purpose hadn’t been explained to him already.



Allowing his group unrestricted access through the wards would have been out of character for Senegos; whether or not he trusted his student allowing a Twilight dragon through his defenses unhindered was madness. These bracelets would allow them to see their way through the wards and contained a powerful tracking charm. Oh, and only a Blue dragon or wyrm could remove them without removing their hands. In a show of trust, Harry looked their hostess in the eye and calmly slid the item over his hand.



When the cool stone had settled over his left forearm Harry felt something shift in the air, and looking at the hillside, he saw barren stone fade away before his very eyes. Now revealed was a collection of very large buildings built into the stone of the foothill. The giant doors and courtyards were certainly built for larger creatures than humans, and Harry took in the architecture and gardens for a moment.



Speaking in Darnassian, Harry voiced his appreciation for the feat of magic. “These protections… They’re as good as a Fidelius Charm! But you must have built them out of conditional illusion spells, layered by the thousands! That’s incredible that there are so many different components working together and not conflicting!”



He continued to gaze at the various structures, not minding Caliona moving very close to him now that she grasped the true size of the settlement before them. Harry was about to continue when he saw three young teens, probably ‘mortals’ taken in by the Azurewing, racing around in the distance on what appeared to be circular blue flying stone, or perhaps metal discs covered in runes. “What are those? They’re moving so fast and they’re turning even sharper than my Firebolt!”



Harry’s sudden outburst managed to relieve a lot of the tensions of the hosting group. All present understood the fascination with speed many teens had, even remembering their own exploits. It was a very normal response. Stifling a chuckle, Jagragosa spoke again as she gestured for them to follow, shifting tongues to Darnassian to follow Harry. “If your meeting with Senegos goes well I’ll give you the schematics. The discs aren’t a simple creation, but they are versatile and can be scaled up to a truly ridiculous size if you wish.”



Not long after, the three were shown in to Senegos’s chamber where the ancient wyrm was laying in a (relatively) shallow pool of glowing purple liquid. Though the dragon was resting his head on his crossed forelimbs, when Harry came close he still had to look up to achieve eye contact.



Senegos certainly looked old, though if he was truly over 20,000 years old, he was in rather good shape for his age. To Harry’s eyes the most interesting thing about the wyrm’s physical appearance was his horns and claws; instead of the appearance Harry would have expected from the various dragons he’d seen so far those on Senegos seemed to be made of blue crystals.



And on one of the old dragon’s horns, perching unruffled, Hedwig was sitting calmly. With an imperial hoot Hedwig took to the air, gliding down slowly before landing on Harry’s shoulder. Azeroth had seemingly been good to her, as she was physically larger, heavier, and had gained streaks of blue feathers. Harry greeted her, gently stroking her feathers as she gently nipped at his hair. “Well girl, you’re looking good, but I have to ask, what have you gotten into?”



As if to answer, Hedwig alighted from his shoulder and swooped over the glowing liquid the elder dragon was lying in. Flying close, she took a drink without landing and returned to Harry. She again alighted on his shoulder, now with a beak dripping the purple glowing liquid.



Senegos startled Harry’s group rather badly when he started to speak in Darnassian, his voice deep and rumbling. “Damn bird. Never should have let my great, great, great, great, great granddaughter take care of it. Emmigosa might be one of my favorites, but she’s in trouble right now.



“I left the owl with her to take care of because she’s usually such a responsible whelp, but what did she do? Snuck out to the Shrine of Aviana, the avian Ancient* that’s just returned to this world and then started feeding your owl a series of rare substances. Congratulations Harry Potter, your familiar is now something new . Since you didn’t ask me to mutate your owl I’m going to give you a few things to continue her transformation and keep her healthy.



Now, Twilight drake, return to your true form and let me get a good look at you. It isn’t that I don’t trust my apprentice, but such claims must be verified.” With that, the old wyrm’s eyes began to glow brightly as he called on the ability to physically see magic. For the next half hour, he peered carefully at Caliona, changing angles often.



When he ordered her to come closer so he could get a better look, Harry stepped up and stayed close to her, calming her with the reassurance of his presence. ( While a 20,000 year old dragon that had spent those years studying and basking (and now apparently basting) in powerful magic was far outside his current ability to defeat, it was the thought that reassured Caliona. )



Being among so many potential enemies was difficult for Caliona, but Harry’s presence at her side and a warm hand on her neck kept her calm. After a time, Senegos began asking her a long series of questions to ascertain her mental state and life history. Harry was about to cut off the questioning of his increasingly distressed sworn, when Senegos finished his interrogation with one final question. “Last question: Tell me drake, how do you feel about the time you spent fighting on Hyjal?”



Gathering herself, glad this was nearly over, Caliona answered him. “Ashamed and proud. I hate many of the things I did, but I take pride that even driven by those horrible voices I was never needlessly cruel. I regret killing so many, but even when the voices screamed at me to make their enemies suffer, I refused.”



Senegos was extremely pleased at that as he turned his complete focus onto Harry. “Mortal, you have my true gratitude. I have been studying this problem since Neltharion fell, and you’ve given me more hope for the Black and Twilight Dragonflights than anyone sane has had in ten-thousand years. You also have my personal thanks for taking Aurogos into your care. He is… important to me. All three of you, please move to the wall by the door for the moment, I have to contact someone I rather dislike. After I get that out of the way, I will give you as much aid as I can.”



Harry and his drakes moved as requested. Senegos, rising to his feet with a groan began weaving a great deal of magic once Harry was far enough away. When he finished, a glowing fog rose into being in front of him, shaping slowly into a dragon adorned with jewelry, very nearly twice the size of Senegos. Her (And after spending time around Valistraza and asking her a rather awkward question in his quest to know more about his sworn, Harry was very sure this was a female.) color was impossible to tell with the projection maintaining a simple monotone blue.



Still, from what he’d heard Harry suspected he knew who this individual was. Thinking quickly, he cast silencing and invisibility spells on the three of them. Now that the image was fully formed Harry could feel a presence from it, and he dared not draw attention to himself. Though she had not sworn loyalty to him yet, Harry refused to even indirectly expose Valistraza to danger. Harry had meant his promise to her after all.**



Across the hall, Senegos finished the spell that would limit the perception of the being he was contacting to himself and focused all his attention onto the image of Alexstrasza, the Dragonqueen, the Aspect of the Red Dragonflight, the Lifebinder.



Đ: Alexstrasza, I must speak to you. You should have recently received a report on a task force that was lost to us in the Eastern Kingdoms. My apprentice has contacted me from the other side and given me an answer to something we’ve been seeking for a very long time. I have verified his claims, and can tell you that there exists a magical effect that is even now slowly bleeding off the touch of the Old Gods from at least one Black and three Twilight drakes. Dragonqueen, you don’t have to order them killed anymore! If you give them the option to surrender, if you tell your forces and the mortals to take captives and spare their whelps and eggs, we can avoid more pointless slaughter!”



After Senegos finished speaking, there was a pause. Over in the shadows, hidden from the view of the communication spell Harry Potter could see Senegos’s face dropping slowly as the seconds drug on and he didn’t receive the response he expected. Eventually, what seemed like an eternity later, the image of Alexstrasza replied. Đ: I am sorry Senegos. Even if what you say is true, the risks are too great. All those corrupted by the Old Gods must be laid to rest before they can spread the evil that infects them. It truly breaks my heart to sacrifice so many lives...”



With a snarl, the Blue wyrm began speaking over Alexstrasza.I care not for your heart. Neither do I trust your judgment! You proved yourself ill-fitted to lead five-thousand years ago when you refused to sacrifice Malygos to save all his children, to save his entire Dragonflight! I warned you Malygos was dragging us down with him! Do you remember my last words to you until the Nexus war began?*** You ignored me then, listen to me now! We can save them, not all, but those that choose to surrender rather than die? Those can be saved! Will you condemn them to death just as you did the Blue Dragonflight? Will you choose to destroy both the Black and Twilight Flights when a better option exists?”



With a dejected expression, Alexstrasza spoke again to Senegos, adopting a tone one would use with a child who could not understand why they were wrong. I am sorry. I will dispatch a wyrm and escort to… purify your test subjects.”



Harry didn’t need to look into Caliona’s eyes to know the terror running through her, the way her body shook was cause enough to wrap his arms firmly around her neck and hold her close. In fact, he almost missed Senegos’s low growl of a reply to Alexstrasza. Do not send any forces to invade my home that you cannot spare for the war, Dragonqueen. I will try not to kill those you send against me, but you may consider any you send lost to you.”



Senegos! Our world teeters on the brink of destruction and you would choose now to betray us?”



You are the one who has long since betrayed us with your poor leadership, Dragonqueen. Understand me, I have no wish for this world to end, neither will I attack your forces if left alone. Except, of course, if you persist in the slaughter of those who could still be saved. I will be sending my forces to secure our enemies’ whelps and eggs, since they are the most easily saved. Stand in my way at your own peril.”



You forget yourself wyrm! I am the Aspect of Life! I was chosen by the Titans to lead all of our kind!”



And what a fine job you have done. Remember that I am older than you, Aspect. Do not forget that I was also once a Proto-Dragon. I have studied more magic than all save the Titan Norgannon himself! When I refused to join the Nexus War, and kept my brood, at least, from dying pointless deaths, Malygos himself refused to storm my home by force. My claim of ending that war personally if he came for those I love was no idle threat. Consider that, Dragonqueen.With that, Senegos slashed the air that held the projection with crystalline claws, violently shattering the spell.



As the magic dissipated, a new bit of magic flew through the air. Suddenly, the voice of Senegos could be heard from every room and hall. The echoing was nearly deafening. “Everyone! Begin preparing Azurewing for a siege! We need food collected and preserved, but I want hunting parties no smaller than five drakes or mortals! Field agents report to me after getting your equipment ready, I’m sending you out in less than an hour! Alexstrasza has proven herself a fool one time too many, I want everyone to work together in case she dares attack us here when even the Mad Aspect was wise enough to let us be!”



Harry Potter, while not sure of the full impact of the last hour’s events, could tell something truly important had just taken place. He canceled the charms on his group just in time for Stine to begin shaking. It took a moment to recognize what was happening as a panic attack, or shock setting in. Not hesitating for a second, Harry quickly remembered what had worked with the Ralion’s group that first night.



Moments later found Harry soaked, holding his Bronze dragon in as strong a bear hug as he could, rubbing his drake’s head while using his wand to run as much steaming water over Stine as possible. It took almost twenty minutes during which he was focused completely on his task before Stine’s breathing began to calm. Not stopping what he was doing, Harry spoke gently when Stine seemed a little more lucid. “Stine, are you alright? Tell me what’s going on.”



I’d say the timeline just took a sharp curve.” Harry jolted harshly, he had been so focused on Stine that he had missed the rather large dragon walking up behind him. “He should be fine in time. Your presence has changed the path the future may take, for good or ill.



Here is the chest you sent me, I’ve reconstructed the ‘expansion charm’ and modified it a little. I no longer have doubts about leaving my apprentice in your care mortal. More, there is something I would ask of you. You know that this world is in danger of destruction? Then you will understand my request: If Azeroth falls, save as many as you can. I don’t care if you have to drag them kicking and screaming, act if it saves their lives. Especially my family.”



Senegos glanced down at the Blue drake now at his side. “No matter how stubborn they might be. This is my granddaughter, Stellagosa. She will guide you to my study , I am giving you a full copy of the Blue Dragonflight’s archive in addition to any manuscripts you desire to copy. In addition, there are some useful items and a number of creatures already sleeping within your chest. Though I would prefer to be a gracious host, I have much to do, Harry Potter.



Do not linger too long here, this place may not be safe for your sworn much longer. I doubt Alexstrasza would be willing to pay the butcher’s bill needed to storm my home, but then again I don’t have much faith in her judgment. Is there anything we need to discuss?”



There is a spell called the Fidelius Charm on my world. I don’t know if it would be useful to you or not, but it can hide locations from sight. You might find it useful.”



Senegos responded in a patient tone without patronizing Harry. “It is an impressive piece of magic, however it is of limited use for me. Aurogos told me enough about the spell for us to attempt it, and we found it is ineffective on our kind that are more than several millennia old. Additionally, it would interfere with many of the defenses here. Do not worry mortal, I have been carving runes and placing wardstones in the area for a very long time. My home will not fall easily. Is there anything else?”



Harry thought for a moment, considering what he should say before he spoke. “There is a magical essence within you. For you to truly think clearly, you need a way to disrupt it. A competing essence seems to work, but I only know for sure how to achieve that with a female dragon.”



There was a common joke around the Azurewing settlement: ‘There’s old, and then there’s Senegos.’ Despite his truly advanced age, the wyrm’s reaction to Harry’s statement proved the dragon still had fire in his veins. Everything went still for a moment, and then Harry and those around him were struggling very hard to even remain on their knees. A torrent of magic flooded the room, laced to the brim with such betrayal and righteous fury that Harry and the four drakes could feel it burning at them, very nearly a physical sensation of skin flaking away under the assault. This was a poignant reminder for Harry, that as powerful as he’d become recently, he remained a large fish in a small pond, and that Azeroth was an entirely different ocean .



In a voice that was terrifying in its complete lack of emotion, Senegos spoke again. “Are you suggesting that our highest law… The reason our children have been murdered since the Dragonflights were created...” the old creature spoke, unable to verbally finish his thoughts, as if the horror was too great.



Struggling to breath in the face of such a creature’s wrath, Harry choked out the words as best as he was able. “I don’t know if there’s other reasons, but the Broodmother under my protection seems to be the only dragon I’ve met not suffering some form of mental control.”



Seeming to reel in his emotions for a moment, Senegos turned to his granddaughter. “Starlight, go with them to the archive, but on your way tell the others that I need half an hour to calm myself. See that this group gets a copy of every manuscript they desire. Then take them to my private artifact vault, and give them anything within reason that won’t weaken our defense.



Harry, you will send me a sworn oath from that Broodmother in Common, Draconic, and whatever other languages she speaks with the recording devices Stella provides. And know, Harry Potter, that I have been tapping the ley-lines for millennia to prolong my life until I see my people prosper once more, and that has granted a similar effect to what you described. Now Go .”



At the last word, Harry saw a flash of light and when it faded the four of them were in a new corridor, some distance away from where they’d been. Every one of them was more than a little shaky. Harry and his sworn because they did not expect a show of such force, and Stellagosa because she had never, in all her thirty-eight years, seen her grandfather in a rage like that.



Now that Harry could move again, he tried to calmly stroke the agitated ball of feathers and sharp claws on his shoulder while drawing his wand and levitating both of his rather shell-shocked sworn. Harry gestured to the Blue drake that was fighting off the shock, and after a moment spent composing herself she began to lead Harry through the massive corridors.



Very soon, Harry, the three drakes and a slowly calming Hedwig reached the archive. Stellagosa had flagged down several messengers, one of them a mortal riding one of those interesting blue discs. Once in the relative safety with the doors to the archive sealed behind them, Harry took out a spare expanded trunk (The last week having shown the value of the items in spades, many of the old trunks stored in the Room of Lost Things had now been enchanted.) and levitated both his dragons inside after a series of water-proofing spells and adding a foot of nearly scalding hot water. Leaving both his drakes to relax and arranging them so they wouldn’t drown should they fall asleep, Harry got a good look around before he found himself with an angry Blue dragon in his face.



What did you imply that set my grandfather off? I’ve never seen him angry like that, hell, it’s almost impossible to upset him at all!”



Taking a deep breath to steady his own rather frayed nerves, Harry smiled when Hedwig finally detached her claws from his shoulder and gave a threatening hoot to the dragon. “I implied that the Dragonflights have been betrayed, and I probably confirmed something he has suspected himself for a long time. I find myself very relieved that anger wasn’t directed at us. Whatever comes, I think you can trust your grandfather. I can see why Aurogos is so fond of him.



Now, let’s get started. I have almost a thousand blank tomes ready for my copying spell, if you’d be willing to help me I’d appreciate it.” Reaching into an expanded pocket Harry withdrew a case and canceled the shrinking spell on it. Showing the collection of various wands to the Blue drake, Harry continued.



Aurogos wanted me to give this to you, or rather for you to pick out which one you and others found fit best. They’re magic foci that a Blue, Green, and Red drake crafted together. When you find the best one for you I’ll teach you the spell I’m using. But first, can you point me to the instructions to craft something called a ‘Quel'Serrar?’ Senastrasz wasn’t very clear on what it was, only that we need to know how to forge it.”



Calming, the Blue drake snorted. “You speak perfect Darnassian but you don’t speak Thalassian at all, do you?”



Glad to see the drake relax a little, Harry responded with a smile as they moved to the desired section. “Hey, a week ago Elune shoved the language into my head. I’ll have you know I can now speak the native tongue of my people, Darnassian, and Parseltongue, a magical language that means I can talk to snakes and apparently dragons with a bit of effort.”



From there Harry and soon after Stellagosa, now in a shape of a pale elf with blue hair and eyes, spent the next four hours copying tome after tome to the blank ones Harry had been sent from Sirius of all people. (After Sirius promised Harry they weren’t stolen from anyone that might be on their side of the coming war, and that a Marauder ‘had his ways,’ Harry let the matter drop. Hurrah for plausible deniability!) After an hour, Caliona joined them, still shaky from stress but capable of making use of her fancy-looking wand with blue and green swirls in the wood to speed up the process. An hour after that, Stine came up and began to help with his orange and white wand.



Not long after Stine joined them , Jagragosa entered the archive and allowed the visitors to copy a tome that detailed the creation and maintenance of the discs that had impressed Harry so much. Her own duties finished for the moment, the wyrm picked out a wand and joined their efforts. Harry was rather impressed as he watched a dozen tomes at once fly off shelves under a levitation charm and settle next to the blank tomes at the feet of the dragon in the shape of a dryad. Then he watched that same creature copy a dozen texts at once and return the originals to their shelves with the barest flicks of her new wand. Harry was truly impressed.



During the time spent working, Harry had contacted Senastrasz and his sister, along with Aurogos. Aurogos provided a short list of items he knew were in his master’s collection that would prove useful, and Senastrasz and Dalistraza promised to have a fire and some roasted meat waiting for him just inside the cave when he was ready to return. Harry also gave a communication mirror to Stellagosa and took the time to show both her and Jagragosa the Patronus spell and its communication variation even though he had yet to check that the spell could traverse the world-bridging portal. Something to test before I step through.



Eventually, after a short stop at Senegos’s vault which netted among other things: a number of rather powerful ward-stones, a partially ruined but still impressive ‘arcane protector’ golem, (large enough to box with Valistraza if it was functional) and several ‘unfired blades’ of different shapes, Harry headed for home . It had been a long haul, and Harry was happy to be heading back.



Jagragosa and Stellagosa walked Harry past the plethora of magics now denying any magical travel that did not originate from Senegos himself, Caliona at Harry’s side in her mortal form and Stine sleeping off the jolt he received safe in a dry trunk covered in warming charms. The sun had set, and the night was cool as Harry paused before he left the protective area. Turning to his two hosts, he gave his last words for now as they removed the three stone bands that allowed Harry and his drakes to enter the wards unhindered.



Good luck Jagragosa, Stellagosa. If things go badly here, use the mirror and we’ll help you as much as we can. Even if it’s just a place to run to. Stay safe.” And with that, Harry gathered his magic and apparated to the cave’s entrance with his familiar on his shoulder and Caliona clinging to him. Upon arriving, Caliona wrapped her arms and legs around Harry, clinging to his chest and burrowing her head into his neck on the side not occupied by Hedwig even as she began to tremble as the day’s stress caught up to her.



Harry accepted a side of some kind of meat on a metal skewer from the Red drakes before telling them to leave no trace that they were ever here. Hedwig made her own way to the portal after accepting a tribute of the greasy meat seasoned with spices. Actually, as Harry offered Caliona half the skewer while he chewed on the other, he decided it was pretty good, but nothing he’d eaten before, both the meat itself and the herbs it was seasoned with.



Just before they reached the final cavern, it seemed Senegos completed a truly massive work of magic, and Harry’s group saw the final result manifest near Caliona’s head. It was Harry’s guess, and he was right, that the message they saw was sent to every Black and Twilight Dragon on Azeroth. An elf, a High Elf, appeared and began speaking in what was now a recognizable voice:



Đ: I am Senegos, the eldest dragon still alive. I send this message to every Black and Twilight Dragon on Azeroth: Those dragons who surrender to me will be allowed to live. You have never been given a choice in who you serve, I am giving you one now. Find me in Azsuna on the Broken Isles, offer your honest surrender to an honorable mortal, or surrender to one of my agents, and I will ensure you live past this war! You have my oath that no matter what happens, I will never be cruel to you or allow others to be cruel to those that choose to leave this war.



You may think me mad for my offer, since the current war has no victor. But Azeroth has fought off Demons, the Dead, and foul gods before, and I would bet our world accomplishes the impossible once again. When the war turns against you, when your armies are shattered, come to me and live! Bring your eggs, your whelps, any others you can find with you, and flee to my home! Come to me if you decide you simply want to live without fighting a pointless war! Come to me if you decide you want to live on this flawed world!



I have stood in defiance of my Aspect before, and I stand now in defiance of the Queen of all Dragons! Alexstrasza believes there is no hope for you, but I Name her Fool once again!



To Deathwing, who I once knew as Neltharion, come for me directly if you wish. But know that even when you struck down your brother with madness and he waged war against the entire world, Malygos feared to assault my sanctum. Perhaps you would fare better, but I prepared to strike down Malygos if necessary for ten-thousand years; if you think I abandoned those preparations when he fell you are truly mad! Even the mortals know the danger of bearding a dragon or wizard in their lairs, and I am among the most powerful of both.”



Neither Harry or the drakes knew what to say, so they simply hastened through the portal, glad to reach home.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



After the day they’d had, reaching Hogwarts again was a relief. Thankfully Harry had some muscle on his frame from summer yard work and the truly massive number of stairs he climbed every day at school, because he had yet to convince Caliona to let go of him. Harry had arranged for his group of drakes to meet along with Hermione, Valistraza, and the Tonks family. On a new, larger mirror situated at one end of the table in the Room of Requirement, the Grangers and Sirius were visible.



Thankfully the whelps were asleep right now with Dobby, Winky, (Unhappy with being a free house elf, Winky was happy to bond with Valistraza and help take care of the whelps. In the two days since bonding, the house elf already stood several inches taller and looked markedly healthier.) and all of the otherwise idle house elves watching over them. Apparently, when a Green Broodmother (even one still in training) says it is time for bed, they have any number of safe methods of enforcing their decree with an iron fist.



Harry slumped down in a very comfortable chair, more than a little sweaty after carefully peeling off his cloak. It warmed Harry’s heart to see both Ralion and Bavaku joining them at the table, Bavaku being the only dragon in his natural form. Getting the meeting started, Harry carefully ran his hand up and down Caliona’s spine as he gathered his thoughts. “As far as I know, we’re all okay. Caliona is just very stressed out right now, and I think Stine is suffering from shock.”



The currently feline Bronze drake attempted to rebuff Dalistraza as she promptly descended on him, while Caliona simply snuggled in closer as Valistraza stepped up and rubbed a small amount of warm, soothing healing magic into her back. It only took a few moments for Caliona to fall asleep completely, though she remained locked around Harry. “Senegos seems like an honest, reliable dragon. I order everyone to never cross him. While I was there he discovered a betrayal against his species, and his anger was rather breathtaking.”



Harry looked to Aurogos who seemed shocked. “Yeah, Stellagosa said she’d never seen him angry before, but when he figured out the truth about the Titan law Vali’s fleeing? He forcibly reminded me that there are much more powerful creatures out there than myself.”



Turning his attention to Valistraza, Harry dug out the three recording devices given to him. Ƥ: Vali, I need you to record a sworn oath in Draconic, Darnassian, and Common on these regarding what you’ve told me about the Law and the effects breaking it had on you. I’m going to send them back as soon as you’re done. Everyone else, take the chest and start going through it. Senegos gave us quite a bit. And someone take a look at Hedwig please, I have no idea what happened to her, but she seems fine with it.”



Pausing to take a deep breath and then relea se it, Harry addressed his bronze drake. “Stine, I almost hate to ask, but please tell me everything you can about what happened.”



Seemingly unsure as to be thankful or angry, Stine replied to his Lord. “There’s a good chance the timeline the Bronze Dragonflight has been safe-guarding since their creation has been irreparably changed.”



That got everyone’s attention, well those who had some idea what was going on anyway. Suddenly feeling very nervous, the months spent in the Dream had given Harry some idea of the magnitude of that statement and the possible repercussions. “Stine, give me as specific an answer as you can. Is that a good thing or a bad thing? Also, did I just bring the wrath of the Bronze Flight down on our heads?”



Chuckling, Stine rolled his feline shoulders. “It could be good or bad my Lord. I really don’t know yet. As for us being attacked by my old Flight? Probably not yet. I think the moment with Senegos and Alexstrasza was the center of the shift, now it’s going to spread outwards like ripples on a pond. It won’t even be noticed for some time likely, not until a Bronze dragon slips out of the Timeways and finds events haven’t played out like they should.



In free moments, I’ve added a few Bronze runic defenses to the cave with the portal, specifically keyed to make it almost impossible for other Bronze Dragons to find; it’s something we’ve developed in case we don’t want to be noticed by our past selves. So long as we don’t attract attention to that place, it will be nearly impossible for them to find.”



Looking around the table, Harry groaned and just played the whole conversation from a Memory Viewing Device that one of the drakes asked the room to provide. (In the debate over which was better, the Memory Viewing Device from Azeroth, which was literally the item’s name in Draconic, or Earth’s Pensieve, neither was exactly superior to the other. Each was, however, better at different things: the MVD was somewhat easier to use, and made possible the addition of subtitles.)



Once everyone had seen what he had, including the message from Senegos as they left Azeroth, Harry spoke up again. “Okay, I may have just sparked a dragon civil war, this time it will be everyone against Senegos. Headmaster, send them anything that they might find useful. Senegos asked me to save as many as I could, what are our options for taking in a large number of refugees if we need to?”



Ideas were tossed in and out for a while, until Dan Granger spoke up. “What, exactly, are the limits on expanded spaces, and can they be kept stable permanently?”



Sirius was the one to answer him. “Different methods have different limits, but it doesn’t take much ambient magic to maintain an expansion if it’s done well. Hogwarts castle has been around for a thousand years now, and it is most certainly larger inside. With the ley-lines getting a boost from that portal, I don’t think that there’s anywhere on Earth that would fail to sustain moderate expansion charms. Here at the Potter Estate, we could sustain a very significant expansion but would need to make allowances for the extra dirt and water. Harry, we could have miles of farmland here with some careful work.”



The Blue drake nodded. “I’ll get my Dragonsworn on it tomorrow. Together we’ll figure out the best way to get as much growing area as possible. Anything else we should start researching? I admit to having a lot on my plate right now, but Minerva is proving a capable administrator and I’m glad to have her back in the castle. Dora Tonks, would you be willing to learn from her and start helping with keeping this castle running? I don’t want to shove more work on you, but complicated magic is something I’ve been learning to work with for my entire life, and there’s simply too much to do.”



In the last few days, Nymphadora Tonks, as she spent time with the Potter Dragonflight and the others under the school, found herself doubting her decision to be an Auror. The others she was staying with forced her to confront the corruption and cruelty of her government, and she had decided she couldn’t serve it and keep her conscience clean. She honestly wasn’t sure what to do with her life now. For the time being, she found herself oddly comfortable around the dragons, even if one of the little whelps had latched onto her fingers unexpectedly.



Being a Metamorphmagus had dominated her life in one way or another as long as she could remember, so she found it… pleasant, being around creatures who honestly didn’t care one way or another. It turned out her scent never changed no matter her shape, so it would be very difficult to fool them anyway. Watching Senas give Harry combat lessons had been entertaining, until he invited her to spar with him after Harry was exhausted physically. She had also gotten her butt thrashed, though some of her environment-alternating spells had phased the Red drake.



Speaking of the drakes, Dora had watched them de-ice Ralion, and heard him immediately scream upon being defrosted, subdued to pained groans as the excess magic was drained out of him. Having watched a pensieve memory of the battle with Albus, she didn’t want to think of how painful it must have been to absorb so much extra magic. While she lacked the perspective to understand the scope, they apparently took enough out of him for the big Red dragon to get dizzy. It took her overhearing a quiet conversation Harry had with Ralion where he gently admonished the drake for being too eager to die that she realized the drake had expected to perish in agony when he acted on Wednesday.



As she learned more about these dragons that, far from being dumb beasts were actually leagues smarter than some of her fellow Aurors, she found herself intrigued. Their culture in general fascinated her, even more so when she learned that humans and others were welcome in their societies. Hell, half-dragons were apparently something common. And Ralion himself was incredibly interesting. Dora had spent much time with him, talking about his life, what little of it there was. Stolen as an egg, warped by dark magic, tortured into accepting mental slavery, forcibly aged, and forced to fight or die but still ending up on the side of the heroes in the end? Poor Ralion had lived such a tragic life.



So, if she was being asked to take on more responsibilities, to further join herself to Harry Potter, not the Ministry’s corruption or Dumbledore’s web of lies? How could she turn that down? “I’ll help however I can. I’ve decided to throw my lot in with Harry, no way I’m returning to the Ministry that sends Dementors into residential neighborhoods and throws innocent men into Azkaban. Some of the magic you’ve been working on is far beyond me, so I don’t mind freeing up your time to work with it.”



Taking control of the meeting again, something he was getting better at, Harry spoke once more. “In the box is an ‘Arcane Protector’ big enough to grapple with Vali, I’d like that repaired and improved. I want more built, in whatever shape you choose, the important part is that they can take spell fire for my oathsworn. Senas, do you have any ideas on that front?”



Smiling, Senastrasz nodded to his Lord. “Yes, I’m planning on having a competition run through April to design and build a better sentry to replace the enchanted suits of armor. Winning team gets to stay on at Hogwarts a year past their graduation to study for their Masteries and free room and board for that time in exchange for some work at the forge.



“If th e students can come up with a better shape or work out a spell or rune set that we can incorporate into our new line of guardians, it will be worth their room and board for a year . I do want students we can trust on every team that seems to be doing well, just to make sure any improvements don’t end up in the wrong hands.”



Good idea Senas, go ahead. Fred and George Weasley along with Jason Atreides would probably be good candidates for eyes and ears. Anything else we need to worry about tonight? No? Good, I’m about bushed. Hermione, could you help me for a bit? Caliona doesn’t seem to want to let go, and I’m about to pass out.”



With that, the meeting broke up. Harry briefly soaked in warm water, not able to really clean himself with Caliona still clinging to his chest, but at least he got the stress induced sweat off himself. Alira offered to help get Caliona clean as well, and Harry was rather shocked when Hermione joined him in the bath as well, explaining she had helped bathe him when he passed out the other night, and would see everything regardless through the mental link with Alira. Privately, both Alira and Hermione were impressed that Caliona refused to budge even while unconscious in warm water in what could only be an impressive feat of accidental magic.



Thankfully for Harry, the Room of Requirement provided a bed that was comfortable even while the drake in human form remained latched to his chest. Harry slept soundly again, never even knowing of the increasingly irritated Dark Lord that once again failed to overcome a Green drake hiding inside an increasingly-complex Gryphon battle-suit.



At this point, Alira’s mental war machine was looking more like a mecha-gryphon than one of flesh. Hermione and the drake had prepared for further adaptations of this idea by watching various giant robot centered television shows Sunday afternoon at Potter Estate, (After rigging a rather slapdash collection of magic that generated a small amount of electric power constantly.) amusing Hermione’s parents when they admitted they were getting ideas for magic constructs.



That night was the first time Hermione joined Alira in defending her best friend’s mind from what had, after an afternoon spent bonding over television, come to resemble a two-pilot cockpit of either a ‘Gundam’ or ‘Zoid.’ Sadly, the Dark Lord had stepped up his game from approaching Harry’s mind as a formless black cloud: the defenders had to put in a good deal of effort to drive him off. But as Hermione, her body sound asleep with this battle her dream, controlled the magical weapon platforms and energy defenses and Alira moved the construct as an extension of her own body, Lord Voldemort was denied access to Harry Potter’s mind once again.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.





*Aviana is an Ancient, a subset of a group of creatures native to Azeroth called ‘Wild Gods.’ Essentially, they’re powerful creatures, mostly based around animals . They’re powerful but not omnipotent, and can be killed, though not easily. (And even if you manage to kill them, eventually they ‘get better.’) Malorne, the father of Cenarius, is one of the more prominent ones alongside Aviana.



**Excerpt from Chapter 15:

{ (Harry speaking to Valistraza after letting her out of the stasis device.) Ƥ: “Valistraza, you are safe here! Your charges are safe here! Your clutch is safe here, mixed blood or not! The eggs you carry will be subject to the Titan’s laws only over my charred, smoking corpse!”}



***Excerpt from Chapter 5:

{Alexstrasza had sent him (Senegos) away empty handed that day, unwilling to tear the power of the Titans from her brother, killing him in the process. Feeling especially bitter, Senegos had shouted at her, as her guards shoved him away that if she left their Flight to wallow in despair she would come to regret it eventually, that all that suffering wouldn’t be confined to the Blues forever!}



A/N: In this fic, Senegos is older than the Aspects, (though only by 10-50 years) and the only other living dragon that was changed from his natural form into what they are now. The cannon lore doesn’t explicitly state that any proto-dragons other than the five Dragon Aspects were changed, but it’s a logical assumption that a large number were changed along with Alexstrasza, Malygos, Neltharion, Nozdormu, and Ysera. I mean, the rest of their respective dragonflights had to come from somewhere, right?



You know, before the Titans changed the five Aspects, the race of proto-dragons were intelligent, thinking creatures. Yes, their race was very young, but they had crossed the line from ‘animals’ to ‘people.’ Yet, in modern Azeroth, proto-dragons no longer have their intelligence, and are nothing but dumb beasts that can be domesticated by the brave or foolhardy. Only the dragons that served the Titans retained their intelligence. I wonder what happened there?



Chapter 18: Chapter 18: Charge of the Potter Dragonflight

Chapter Text


We’re getting a little bit of world building this chapter! I want to say thanks again to hkurtz2013 on Fanfiction . Net for helping to edit this chapter!

I'm thinking of moving all the adult scenes to a separate fic, containing just those scenes and changing this fic's rating.

 

Reviews help motivate me to write and edit! (Chapters 1-6 now updated, no plot changes.)

 

Chapter 18: Charge of the Potter Dragonflight




Wednesday morning found much of Slytherin House in a pensive mood, including the Malfoy heir sitting in front of the fireplace. Draco, if he was honest to himself, did not really miss Severus Snape. True, the man had favored his own house to the point of ridiculousness, but after much thought, Draco agreed with the new Headmaster’s argument about that behavior crippling his housemates in the long run.



Now Slytherins had to actually use their cunning with the other houses, and though many of them were having no luck at all, it felt right that they either sink or swim on their own merits. If nothing else, Professor Vector’s overturning of many of Snape’s old policies had revealed a distressing number of morons within his house.



Andromeda Tonks teaching potions was an entirely new experience. Draco was distressed at how much foundational knowledge Professor Snape had failed to impart and had expressed such in his letters home. Professor Tonks had proved strict but fair, which made absolute sense when cauldrons could explode so easily. The entire feel of the classroom had changed drastically, with better lighting and ventilation charms being only a small part. To be honest, Draco enjoyed it.



He had even been amused when Harry Potter, upon hearing a couple of blood purists disparaging Andromeda Tonks for marrying a muggleborn, had asked them to stop being fools. When they had objected, loudly, Harry asked them to look at the daughter the two had produced and compare it to the like of the common idiots their own lines spawned. From an objective standpoint, Potter had a real point. Nymphadora Tonks was intelligent, at least moderately powerful, and had a gift so rare that ‘Dora’ was the only Metamorphmagus nearly everyone at Hogwarts had ever met.



When Harry had goaded the fools into attacking them, they quickly found themselves stunned and stuck to the vaulted ceilings with quills transfigured into replicas of their wands just outside their reach. Harry had actually given the wands to Professor Flitwick in the next class but claimed he couldn’t remember where he left the two fools. Draco had mocked them in the Slytherin Common room that night, telling them that Potter may have a point if they were the best their family lines could produce. Draco had sent the memory home for viewing, noting that Potter had seemed to enjoy tricking the two into attacking him so he could justify retribution.



The early morning peace which a number of students were taking advantage of to complete homework assignments, was interrupted with a crack. Draco had simply been enjoying a bit of time in front of the fire, reflecting on events, and was surprised when he saw Headmaster Salonar striding towards him. After a polite greeting the new Headmaster, who had already shattered all expectations of him by proving at least reasonably competent, not to mention giving an interesting lesson on Monday, began to speak about a rather intriguing topic.



Good morning Draco. I was wondering, would you be interested in taking the Beast Magic class next semester? I received the first batch of magical familiars ready to bond to the students here, and have one that might be a good fit for you. It’s very exciting because the creatures were thought to be extinct, but now I have three of them in the castle!”



That got Draco’s attention. “What sort of creature are they? What can they do?”



Smirking at the Malfoy heir, the blue-haired Headmaster responded. “You’ll see. They’re a relative of dragons, they’re only hatchlings now, but when they’re fully mature you’ll be able to get a saddle on them. The only references I’ve seen on them made them out to be formidable war mounts when tamed, with a tendency to play in thunderstorms. Bonding to them is a life-long commitment, so why don’t you come to the Beast Magic classroom on the first floor between the Great Hall and central staircase to see for yourself.”



Turning to look behind him, the Headmaster smiled at a few other students that were congregating behind him. “Miss Greengrass, I invite you to join us, you may find a creature to your liking.”



With that, the headmaster apparated away. Deciding this sounded far too interesting to pass up, Draco gathered the supplies for his first class that day and left. What he was really looking forward to was the class after lunch, Magical Blacksmithing. After listening around, it had seemed that most of the school had attempted to gain entry leading to far too many students for one Professor to teach even if the Headmaster stepped in to help out. Hogwarts’ rumor mill had been running rampant with how the teenaged Professor would reduce the class size.



After the Headmaster’s lesson two days ago, Draco decided to pursue the Blacksmithing course in hopes of creating a weapon for himself like the Headmaster’s scythe. After some false starts, Draco found himself leaning towards the water and air spells out of Monday’s selection, (Nearly every Quidditch player in the school had, unsurprisingly, felt at home using the air magic.) and he was already trying to visualize a weapon that wielded those elements.

 

Yesterday Draco had joined a group of Ravenclaws, and while not apologizing for his previous bearing, admitted that the events of the previous week had given him much to think on. The conversation was interesting, because they were talking about the possible connotations of a person’s ‘elemental proclivity.’



Draco agreed that the new Headmaster was likely a man who would never let emotion get in the way of his logic and was likely to be the kind of man who utterly destroyed those that earned his anger. Draco was surprised when the conversation turned to Harry. He had expressed his honest opinion that he felt sorry for the irony of Harry having a talent at the same element whose icon emblazoned his forehead. (This was the first time Draco could honestly say he felt sorry for Potter, the irony of that scar was really something.)



That comment led to an in-depth discussion about the scar itself possibly being a marking that should have told Harry what type of magic to focus on learning. A consensus was agreed that Dumbledore had been trying to keep Harry uninformed and weak, so the previous Headmaster hadn’t pointed that out to the boy. Draco had fun heaping on observations from his first meeting with Harry Potter, how in hindsight someone should have seen what was happening to the boy.



When a Ravenclaw in his Seventh Year suggested someone should go find Potter’s ‘family’ and express their displeasure in the treatment of a magical child of extraordinary potential, Draco advised against it. The group’s puzzlement was put to rest as he explained that vengeance should belong to Harry himself.



In any case, Draco soon found himself entering the classroom mentioned with Daphne Greengrass and Tracey Davis not far behind him. To his amusement, he found Harry Potter sitting in a chair looking resigned and tired with a blue serpentine creature with two sets of claws wrapped around his left arm, seemingly having an aggressive discussion with the snowy owl on his right shoulder. An owl that looked significantly larger and more blue than the last time he’d seen Harry carrying her in a cage. “Good morning Potter, I noticed your owl seems to be standing out even more this morning.”



Potter sighed, took a sip of his morning tea then groaned when the small blue creature stuck its head into his cup, tasting the hot beverage before it jumped back, spilling much of the tea and making angry hissing noises. Harry glared at the small creature and hissed something to it in Parseltongue, then apparently gave up on his tea cup, setting it on the nearby table.



I was able to visit my Family’s ancestral home for the first time over the weekend. It was mostly rubble, but after looking around I dug out a small laboratory under the foundation. Someone was working on magic to empower familiars, but most of the notes were ruined. And someone ,” Potter paused to glare at his familiar. “got into the only remaining sample before I could find a reliable potion master to have it analyzed. Hedwig is lucky her heart didn’t explode or turn into a mouse.”



Potter again gave his owl a look which she returned with an expression that, if present on a human, Draco would assume she knew exactly what she did and had not one regret. At that point, he took a closer look around the room. Granger, Longbottom, and Susan Bones were all present, looking at various creatures.



Granger was cooing at a pink kitten with glowing yellow eyes and strange blue runes glowing in its fur. Neville was examining a white bear cub, and Susan Bones was peering into an enclosure that contained two other serpentine forms coiling in the air, one gold and the other green. Draco’s eyes locked with the green creature and he felt something . The Malfoy heir had a sudden vision of himself astride a much larger creature, flying high in the air.



A few moments later, the Headmaster came in and began to speak. “For those of you considering a magical familiar, Hogwarts is willing to provide one in exchange for some service around the castle. Not only physical work, there’s a lot to do around here. For example, Dumbledore left the school’s finances in something of a mess, and if someone were to help straighten them out, that would be enormously helpful.” Here, the Headmaster glanced at Daphne Greengrass.



(Apparently Headmaster Salonar had heard the rumors that Cyrus Greengrass, Daphne’s father and current head of Greengrass Imports and Exports wanted to retire from the family business so had been teaching his daughter everything she would need to know to take his place. Draco had heard a lot of supposed reasons why the man was grooming his daughter to head the company after she graduated Hogwarts, but the most reasonable seemed to be a curse of some kind that would cause less trouble in a warmer climate.)



But back to topic: there’s a number of different spells to truly bond with a familiar, but I’ve discarded most of them as being the kind of magic that would spoil the partnership. Mr. Potter was kind enough to volunteer to test the ritual I selected early this morning. How is it going so far?”



All eyes turned to Harry once again, and the teen sighed, giving up for the moment his attempt to convince the two creatures resting on him to get along. “The little guy is pulling at my magic, like you expected. It started out tiny, I really didn’t even notice it. But it built up and now it’s like maintaining a Patronus, not the initial cast, just the power level needed to keep one around. Then somehow Hedwig started doing it too, I think the blue guy told her how when I was out of the room.”



Getting incredulous looks, Harry sighed again. “Look, the ritual used on the Cloud Serpent allows for him to gain intelligence and magic from me, as well as sharing minor traits over time. Whatever bond I have with Hedwig was something I did with accidental magic. She’s certainly the smartest owl around, Merlin knows what she’s going to be able to do with what she’s consumed and now draining a small percentage of my magic.”



Daphne Greengrass, always hungry for useful facts, asked Harry a question directly. “How much magic do you have if whatever they’re taking is ‘a small percentage?’”



In turn, Harry just chuckled for a moment. “I really have no idea. Between the Battle Before Breakfast and getting a reliable healer to work on me, I can just say that I’m significantly stronger than I was this time last week.”



From there conversation continued for a time as Daphne worked out a tentative agreement for a familiar in exchange for a year’s worth of part-time work with the school’s finances, assuming the Headmaster obtained a magical creature that ‘fit’ her. (To be fair, her family import and export business was much more complicated than Hogwarts, and her father had been preparing her for years to take over after Hogwarts. Cyrus Greengrass had dreams of retiring to the family’s vacation home on a small tropical island.)



Neville agreed to help out with growing some magical plants that would be sold on his own time, Hermione and Tracy Davis agreed to work after school on various projects just as Harry had. And Draco himself agreed to trade his first three useful projects in the Blacksmithing Class for the tiny green dragon now wrapped around his arm.



Draco might have mocked Neville’s new companion but he had overheard it was a magical bear with no specific abilities; simply being more durable, capable of surviving on less food, and its body being stronger than should be physically possible . Headmaster Salonar expected its bond with Neville would likely guide the development of ‘something interesting.’ Tracey and Daphne decided to wait for the next batch of creatures to come in, the Headmaster apparently had some species in mind that would better match the two girls, but he needed to get into contact with a trapper in a distant land first.



The ritual was simple magic, and despite the initial objections of Susan and Neville, not at all ‘Dark.’ Draco had snickered when the Headmaster had grumbled that he knew the topic for next week’s Monday lesson. After performing the ritual, Draco could feel the pull from his new familiar, tugging at his magic to establish and order its own. It was a cute little guy, friendly and playful, but also eager to cause trouble wherever it could. In addition to the bond, the Headmaster had woven a complex series of spells to cause the animals to obey, with the warning that the spell would fade as the animals gained intelligence, and they would need to establish a partnership to truly succeed.



Breakfast had been entertaining. Draco truly enjoyed the attention and found himself chuckling at Potter’s attempts to keep the peace between his two familiars. He and the rest of the Great Hall were entirely bemused at watching the snowy owl, halfway through the morning meal, achieve complete dominance over the creature that was supposedly the ‘kin of dragons.’ Headmaster Salonar gave an announcement that the new creatures were to be allowed in every class save potions, (for obvious reasons) so long as they were kept from being a disruption. As he carefully kept little Veridius from consuming every sweet thing he could get his surprisingly nimble claws on, Draco smiled as he thought of the future. His thought drifted again to soaring through the clouds, astride his new friend.




.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Harry was looking forward to this class. He had left Hedwig and his new Cloud Serpent familiar (He wasn’t sure of a name yet, so he was taking some to consider one.) behind in the Chamber of Secrets, with the logic that loud noises wouldn’t be fun for the creatures. Rolling his shoulders, Harry shifted his book bag when it put weight on a sore spot. As they waited, Harry's thoughts shifted to the blade and shield Senastrasz had forged, and like many other students, let his mind drift to what he would eventually craft.



Harry had ‘enjoyed’ a multi-hour sparring session again the day previous, so felt rather familiar with the sword and shield, or rather the replicas the Room of Requirement created to facilitate his butt getting kicked into the ground. To be honest, Harry might complain, but he found he was learning so much more than in normal defense classes. Especially this year, as apparently Fudge had spoken to the Auror in charge of teaching the classes with Umbridge on a goose chase, and the students found themselves learning nothing once more.



(While Headmaster Aurogos wanted to step in and force the Ministry’s pawns to actually teach, it was not yet time to make an enemy of the Ministry. When Hogwarts castle’s wards were fully tuned and improved, along with a guardian construct or two tied into the wardstones, almost nothing on Earth would be able to penetrate them, but this was still a work in progress. On the plus side, the current standard of teaching would no doubt swell Harry Potter’s defense club.)



The best part of the class yesterday had been Nymphadora Tonks attempting to get the Senior Auror to do something other than have them read a badly-written textbook. Her fluctuating hair colors by the end of class had suggested the Auror had best watch his back in the near future.



But as Harry dodged blasts of flame, thrown from a sword of all things, the blunted blade itself, the shield, (Harry had been knocked flat on his back more than once from a solid hit from that damn shield.) and various limbs, he had improved. Senastrasz admitted he was holding back a little less each session, but told Harry directly he had a long way to go.



(Harry was dreading next weekend. Senastrasz had warned Harry that a large part of surviving many battles was the ability to fight while wounded, to not let pain cloud your mind and slow your strikes. Harry’s oathsworn had honestly said he didn’t really want to teach him that lesson, but worried that Harry might not live through the coming war without it. In the end however, Harry trusted his sworn as they trusted him and arranged a time for the two of them to be alone at Potter Estate.)



Luckily, most of the various small injuries accrued had been healed under the soothing, penetrating heat of Dalistraza’s healing magic. Harry honestly thought that was what healing magic should feel like.



After his sparring session and subsequent healing session, last night had been his first private lesson with Professor McGonagall. Though it had involved much less pain, Harry found himself again learning better from the more hands-on nature of the instruction.



When Harry mentioned it as he fell into bed that night, exhausted again but looking forward to a full night’s rest, Hermione suggested he was a ‘kinesthetic’ learner, meaning he learned better by doing than anything else. When Harry had mentioned the oddness of sleeping next to Hermione, not that he minded, Alira had explained that Harry apparently had a connection to Voldemort and Hermione had been helping to protect his sleeping mind.



Now Harry was standing with Hermione, Neville, (Whose spellwork had vastly improved with a new wand) and all four Weasleys at Hogwarts, waiting in the hall outside the classroom for the smithing class.



(Molly had blessedly gone home, though when she had pried into his affairs Harry had bluntly stated that he saw no reason to give her that level of trust. She had, after all, hosted him at her house and seen nothing wrong with what Dumbledore had done to him. When she broke down in tears Harry had left the room, having no desire to deal with a woman crying over the truth. Especially when he was half certain the tears were an attempt to manipulate him.)



Harry knew the room beyond the door was a mix of old and new. Hogwarts had once had a forge, but it had been abandoned for a very long time. Senastrasz had spent many hours there, in a wing of the castle far isolated from the rest of the school preparing it for today. With a loud creak, the large doors opened, and the students began to enter the room. Looking around, Harry took note of the glass ceiling that let in a great deal of sun light, tables with benches stacked to one side, and, of course, the actual smithy itself. There were ten anvils clustered around what could only be a massive forge, and another thirty anvils centered around ten smaller forges. For now, only one of the small forges was hot, suggesting that this would not be a ‘hands-on’ day.



Walking into the room, Professor ‘Senas Lothar’ made an imposing figure in his crimson robes with the Hogwarts insignia proudly displayed on the chest. Waving the class into the room and forward, he stood in front of the main forge as fully half the students of Hogwarts filed in. When everyone had gathered, Senas addressed them.



Welcome to the first class in Magical Blacksmithing that Hogwarts has taught in eight-hundred years! While I am glad to see so many of you interested in this class, the simple truth is that we don’t have enough instructors yet to teach all of you. Luckily, I expect many of you to not continue this class. Blacksmithing is hard work, the kind of toil that not everyone has the stomach for. While there are other methods for creating magical metal-craft, the one I know and will be teaching uses your strength of arm to shape the metal as your magic imbues the metal with every strike of your hammer.



What this means, is that everyone who takes this class will develop impressive upper body strength by the time they craft their first useful item. While there are ways of making the work easier with magic, those methods will interfere with beating magic into the metal. We’re going to start working with simple iron next week if possible, the Headmaster is attempting to purchase a large order of simple iron ingots. We’re starting simple because iron is cheap, and you’ll be forging it a number of times before you get something useful. When you master iron, you’ll move to steel, and from there more interesting metals.



Those who stay will also be learning a great deal about the metals themselves, the history of how they were forged and their physical properties. Now, injuries are to be expected for learners, so any time we have the forges hot we’re also going to have at least one healer present. If you want to screw around or be careless, do it elsewhere. I will not allow you to endanger yourself or others in this room. Any attempts to harm another student will result in expulsion or worse.



Now, let’s start off with an extensive safety lecture and then we’ll get into the very basics of smelting iron ore into useful metal.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Three hours later, students were filing out of the new classroom. This was taking a while, due to the unusually high number of students. Harry Potter looked at his friends gathered around him and attempted to start a conversation as they waited. “Well, that was certainly a very extensive safety lecture. I’m not sure if the demonstration involving molten iron and a goat’s leg was necessary, but I think he got the point across. This is not going to be like one of Snape’s classes where he lets some students sabotage others.”



An unexpected voice cut in then. Harry had seen Draco Malfoy nearby, waiting for the mass of students to clear the room. Situational awareness had been part of his recent training; taught by getting blindsided by another dragon while sparring with Senastrasz. After the second time Harry found himself bruised on the ground after being knocked ass over teakettle by a Black drake that was shockingly stealthy* when he wanted to be, Harry really started to pay attention.



He was helped by the fact that he no longer needed his glasses; the effects of a treatment of Valistraza’s life-fire had finished the job Dali had begun in the Chamber of Secrets a week ago. Emma Granger had joined them under the flames, hoping to deal with a number of old injuries caused by a car accident in her twenties.



(Standing naked with his godfather and Hermione’s mother in the early morning air had been horribly awkward, but had turned out to be worth it for all three. Much of the damage Sirius had accrued in Azkaban had washed away, Emma’s back no longer ached, and Harry could see . Harry still wore his glasses, very glad that he had paid for the self-correcting enchantment as they were simply a fashion statement and sunglasses now.)



In any case Harry’s group assumed that Draco would be used to gather information on both Harry and the new Headmaster. In turn, Harry and his friends had noticed that Draco had been severely shaken by the events of last week, so they had decided to give the oft-annoying blond a chance to join their side if he proved worthy of it. So, there was a bit of a game coming where they would manipulate Draco while the Malfoy heir attempted to manipulate Harry in return. Heh, there was a reason the Sorting had tried to place him into Slytherin after all, now seemed like a good time to bring those traits to the fore.



So Harry fixed a confident, friendly smile on his face as Draco stepped up and began to speak. “Thank Merlin for that! After a few lessons with Professor Tonks I can see how easily that could have gone wrong for everyone in the room. I don’t know about anyone else, but I have no desire for scars from some magic metal sloshing onto me. I doubt I could pull it off as well as Moody does.”



Chuckling, Harry looked right at Draco. The boy was acting much less pompous than usual, and had left his normal book-ends behind for this conversation. “I doubt it’s just the magical metals we’ll need to be wary of. Professor Lothar said we’d be working and re-working the iron as we learned to imbue magic into it. I wonder how many hammer strikes it will be before we’re working with magic iron instead of mundane?”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



It was surprising how natural friendly conversation with Draco seemed, Harry reflected later as he descended into the Chamber of Secrets. As he walked into the Chamber proper, it was amusing to see whelps scattered here and there, tending the planters full of the easiest to grow herbs from Azeroth. Some of them were terribly clumsy, but that was expected. It was rather funny as he watched, unnoticed for a moment, as the Green whelps tried to teach the others how to grow things.



At a whistle both of his familiars flew to him, to his continuing amusement he saw the Cloud Serpent deferring to Hedwig. Scratching first Hedwig and then the young Cloud Serpent, Harry started speaking to his new familiar. “I’ve decided on a name for you, young one. I don’t know if you can understand me yet, but there’s a culture who have myths of dragons that look a lot like you. So I’m giving you the name Lanju, which means ‘the blue hurricane’ in their tongue if I’ve translated it right. You like that?”

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



For a time, Harry just stood in the warm sunlight, enjoying spending the time bonding with his familiars. It was oddly calm in the Chamber of Secrets just now. Hermione and the Weasley siblings were in the castle above, interacting with the other students, and he knew some of the drakes had taken a portal to Potter Estate before breakfast. Hermione in particular was spending some time with her dorm mates, among other things attempting to get them to not call attention to the fact that she hadn’t slept in her bed in Gryffindor tower since the night before the Battle Before Breakfast. In fact, every other human associated with the Potter Dragonflight was either back at the Potter Estate grounds or socializing above in the castle.



Harry’s drakes were busy as well; in particular Alira, Bavaku, Dalistraza, Senastrasz and Stine had traveled through the portal to Azeroth, intent on both teaching the Nether drake to fly (After the last attempt Harry had seen, a decision had been reached. Instead of casting cushioning charms on the area around Bavaku, the poor drake would simply be coated in them.) and collecting jungle fauna to offer as familiars. During their hunt on Monday, the Red siblings had discovered a nest of ‘raptors’ in the jungle, as well as several nursing panthers and tigers. While the raptors could be taken at any time, the felines would be monitored carefully until their cubs were ready to be weaned.



Also, apparently Aurogos had arranged through Senegos for the purchase of creatures called Talbuk, similar to elk but generally more robust. Talbuk tended to have more meat on their frames, breed faster, and were generally hardier than most similar creatures. In a few days Harry would be taking delivery of the herd inside an expanded trunk, with most of the creatures to be turned loose on Black Island. Stine continued to be very vague about the importance of that island, so Harry simply trusted his oathsworn.



While one male and one female Talbuk would be kept at Potter Estate, the rest were going to be entrusted to a house elf ordered not to tell them anything about the island. Speaking of herds, Remus’s mission in North America had expanded slightly given some discussion between the Potter Dragonflight and Sirius. It turned out that some areas on that continent had too many deer, to the point where the creatures often caused car accidents and were just generally pests; though not for much longer.



It had taken the entire research team several hours, but soon Remus would be in possession of three trunks, each much larger inside with grass, sunlight and fresh water along with a runestone that would lure every deer or elk within a mile to its location. At a suggestion from Dan Granger, these items would be delivered by a muggle delivery service to Remus’s hotel room, shrunken inside a computer hard drive.



Harry wasn’t sure if Remus had found what he was searching for or not, apparently the scruffy man was being very tight-lipped. Sirius was more than a little unhappy with his old friend’s attitude, but apparently still believed Remus Lupin would come through for them. Harry simply made sure the werewolf didn’t know anything that could harm them if he was careless. (Harry had not forgotten the loss of Pettigrew when Remus had forgotten both his potion and that there was a full moon outside that night.)



In any case when they arrived, the deer and possibly elk would have their parasites and any injuries treated before they joined the Potter Dragonflight’s breeding program. Some females would get sent to Black Island herd with fertility magic woven on them to ensure they crossbred with the Talbuk. (Though, it was really anyone’s guess as to whether or not that was necessary at all. Magic did strange things to fertility science, and if the Talbuk had not been a magical species originally, they were now.) The Potter Dragonflight were hoping the large creatures would thrive on Earth as they had on the other three worlds they were entrenched upon.



(Talbuk had originated on Argus, and some were taken when the Draenei fled that world. Great Herds had once roamed Draenor, the creatures had thrived when the Draenei settled on that world. And when the Dark Portal was reopened several years ago and the shattered continent of Outland was swarmed by adventurers, several dragons had joined the explorers. They had found the creatures delicious, so a fair number of Talbuk found themselves shoved through portals to isolated islands where they thrived.)



Speaking of animal husbandry outlawed by the Ministry of Magic, several individuals were curious of the results of crossing Earth’s magical species with foreign creatures. Buckbeak the hippogryph, who had settled in at Potter Estate and promptly began ridding the grounds of rabbits and moles, had been volunteered for their first attempt. If he consented, the hippogryph would be asked to impregnate the female Talbuk they were keeping at the Estate.



No one was quite sure what the resulting calf (Fawn? Foal? Chick? The nomenclature was unclear for the proper name for the potential hybrid.) would look like, but they were eager to learn. When possible, the group intended to acquire a female hippogryph from Azeroth as well, but there were no wild ones near the portal.



Smiling as one of the clumsier whelps knocked over a small planter, spilling dirt everywhere, Harry simply took out his wand and cast the earth manipulation spell introduced on Monday. While Harry hadn’t achieved nearly as much power with it as with the lightning spell, all the spells were useful. Both the water and ice spells continued to elude him sadly. Most of the young dragons had been distracted by their various tasks, but when he returned the dirt to the planter, righting it in the process he found himself being greeted by nearly every whelp.



For the most part they all looked markedly healthier than when they’d first come out of the stasis sphere. Real sunlight, (Actually taken from a different location: some large buildings near the equator might never discover why their air conditioning bills suddenly dropped, but that light was doing much more good here.) proper food, and the scale treatments had them looking and feeling much better. Sadly, many of the purple Chromatic whelps were markedly lethargic compared to the others.



As one of the Red whelps began to chide a Chromatic that simply wanted to lay out in the sunlight, Harry stepped over and tapped the Red on its snout with a finger. Ƥ: “Enough. If she’s not feeling well just let her rest, there’s a lot to do but your health is more important.”



Properly chastised, the Red ducked his head slightly and got back to using his natural powers to help grow a plant that seemed to be nothing but golden thorns. Looking around he found his attention drawn to a number of interesting trees. Taking a closer look, Harry decided that the three sets of nine different kinds of trees growing each in a separate pot must be an experiment mentioned just after Harry’s dragons grew the first set of wands. Essentially, the wands that hadn’t turned out good enough to wield could be planted and encouraged to grow into new trees that would absorb the wand cores; a benefit of using living wood.



Though not especially talented with herbology, Harry walked around the small trees and examined them with his eyes and his slowly improving ability to sense magic. It was fairly easy to guess which tree had a piece of what kind of dragon.



The tree with a Red core looked similar to the one planted at his family’s ruined home, but had gained striations of crimson swirling in the bark; it felt even more alive than it’s parent. The Bronze tree seemed frozen in time, the wand from which it had been made had sprouted leaves, but done nothing else. Sparks of electricity crackled along the trunk and leaves of the tree grown around a Storm core, while the Green tree seemed to induce a restful sleep, if the growing pile of unconscious gardening whelps was any indication.



Harry was briefly stumped when he took a look at the tree bearing a black trunk and dark orange leaves with a core obviously given by Talion. Is the tree… conjuring dirt? That’s odd even for a magical plant. He thought as he saw the pile of dirt apparently overflowing the pot. The tree that seemed rather transparent was obviously grown from a wand containing a sample gifted by a Nether whelp; when Harry flipped a coin through the trunk he confirmed the tree had gained that Dragonflight’s ability to phase out of the material plane. Changing it to a larger pot might be difficult. An azure sapling was seemingly some species of pine, and other than obviously radiating cold from it’s needles, Harry had no idea about the properties involved.



A purple, twisted sapling had been grown from a Chromatic sample. It bore five trunks curving randomly, each a different shade of purple, but none looked healthy.



Grown from a failed Twilight core wand, the last was probably the most interesting; the tree’s bark was blue, the shade of old glacial ice with dark purple leaves. But what was really interesting about this sapling was how it was radiating magic, and not in the way in which the parent tree rooted at his family’s ancestral home was. This tree was not absorbing magic and then radiating out just a little bit more as it took in sunlight, it was simply out-putting magic and not a tiny trickle either. This… if there were no downsides, this could be an extremely powerful tool for the Potter Dragonflight going forward.



Moving on, and carefully using his wand to slide the growing pile of whelps away from the Green tree (And that reminded Harry that the new trees would need names. It… It might be a good idea to invite Neville soon, one thing he’d learned about the dragons under his care was that they were awful at naming things; every name their species came up with seemed to include at least one reference to dragons. For example: Wyrmrest Temple on the Dragonblight, or Wyrmscar Island.) Harry walked until he came to Valistraza reclining in the sun, watching carefully over the whelps.



While she had already gained a good deal of weight and looked healthier for it, as Harry looked at her face he noticed she looked very tired and stressed. Stepping up to her, he asked if he could sit with her for a while. In response, she simply adjusted her wing, making a space for Harry to lay down against her side. With a smile he sat against her, recalling the memory of sleeping next to Caliona the second night she spent on Earth. He enjoyed the quiet companionship for a moment before speaking to her in Darnassian.



The whelps seem to be doing much better, though the Chromatic don’t seem to have much energy. I know you and the others are doing your best to help them, but please let me know if there’s something you need in order to help them.”



Harry felt Valistraza let out a deep sigh. “I really don’t know what could be useful other than all the original notes on their creation, but most of those have been ash for years. And what isn’t ash, was probably used to shape the Twilight Dragonflight.”



Turning to look Harry directly in the eyes, her very large head came close enough that he could feel her warm breath, she continued. “Don’t try the method you used to save Bavaku on them. It’s a completely different problem: where Bavaku had a metaphysical defect that you perceived as a ‘tear,’ these whelps have a problem of their essence, their magic being unbalanced.



More than anything else, their problem is a lack of stability, of too much having been forced into them. The longer they live, the better their chances of reaching stability on their own. But, I really don’t know how to help them. Every style of healing I know of would do nothing to help them, and several would do harm.”



After a moment of thought, Harry responded. “For now, we’ll just keep an eye on them. If needed, we can put them back into stasis until we find a way to heal them. I’ll ask Senegos’s people for a good stasis device, Aurogos is too busy running the school and preparing to expand and ward Potter Estate this weekend. If there’s no other way to save your Chromatic charges, we do have a Bronze drake. If I’m already on the Bronze Dragonflight’s shitlist there’s no sense not helping ourselves to anything that might help these little ones.”



Seeing no need to wait, Harry pulled out his mirror and called Stellagosa. After explaining the problem to her, she agreed to include a ‘medical grade’ stasis device in the package containing the Talbuk herd. Further, she would speak to her grandfather and search the archives for anything that might help the Chromatic dragons in his care. Harry thanked her profusely before she signed off.



Harry just relaxed for a time then. Vali just seemed to exude a comforting aura, and he found himself nearly nodding off. Earlier he had taken his first Ancient Runes class and was trying to work through the material as quickly as possible; it felt odd sitting with third years, but it was worth it to trade Trelawney for Professor Babbling. He truly regretted not taking the class from his third year onwards, but was glad to start catching up. Eventually, he spoke again.



And how are you doing Vali? Even I can tell you’re stressed and haven’t been sleeping well.” With a smirk, Harry continued in a teasing tone. “Consider yourself ordered to take care of yourself; if you’re tired, rest. I need to study for my new Rune class, so just close your eyes and I’ll keep an eye on the whelps for now.”



With a rumbling chuckle that vibrated through Harry as he relaxed there, the Broodmother responded. “I’ve been worried about my Chromatic charges, but your idea isn’t a bad one. I didn’t think there was anything we could do to save Bavaku, but you proved me wrong, so I’ll just trust you with them as well. Thank you, my Lord.”



For the next three hours Harry simply studied, occasionally flicking his wand to keep the whelps in line or out of trouble. He did break up four separate scuffles, three of them involving the young Storm dragons. Small fights were to be expected, especially with so many different flavors of dragon mingling together. To be honest Harry might have let them wrestle a bit longer just to get the energy and aggression out of their systems, but Valistraza really seemed to need some rest.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



By the time dinner was served in the main hall, Harry had worked through five chapters of his primary rune text, the book that provided the foundation for working with the different runic scripts. A few pages into chapter six, Harry found himself nodding off. As he was reading one by one whelps had curled up next to him as he studied, and slowly he found himself buried. Gathered around himself and the Broodmother, almost all of the seventy-seven whelps were sleeping soundly; only a few Reds were still out tending the various plants now gracing the Chamber.



When Valistraza woke with her stomach telling her it was time to eat she was amused to find that her prospective lord had fallen asleep, buried in whelps. Then again, as she did a quick head count she noticed five of the eight Black whelps curled up close to Harry.



There was a reason the Broodmother liked sleeping next to Talion. Black dragons were creatures of earth, of volcanism, and it showed in their physiology, especially the amounts of heat they exuded when resting. Even when his mind had been enthralled by evil, Valistraza had not been able to resist the temptation to sleep near Talion with the rest of Tendrion’s group.



Yesterday Talion had taken the Black whelps into the Room of Requirement and together they had enjoyed playing around a conjured magma vent. Several hours later they had returned smelling of brimstone and brimming with energy. As Valistraza added that tidbit to her notes, she had made a mental note to make that a weekly event.



With a few quiet words to Winky, the Broodmother’s house elf pushed their dinner back for a time. With a smile on her face, she settled back down to take advantage of this quiet time while she could.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



At eight o’clock various people began drifting into the Chamber of Secrets. Hermione, escorted by the Headmaster was the first, having convinced the rest of her dorm to not call attention to her absence. If asked, they had agreed to spread the partial truth that she was getting treatment for what Dumbledore had done to her mind.



Hermione had also spent time discussing the plan for the first meeting of the Defense Association on Friday afternoon. Many students had shown an interest, the Battle Before Breakfast driving home the importance of being able to protect themselves. The basic plan was to meet Friday afternoons and Sunday evenings, possibly with an additional meeting during the week.



Sadly, despite seeing a demonstration of Harry’s valor during the recent ousting of Albus Dumbledore, many of the students continued to believe the lies originating from the Daily Prophet and Ministry. Well Hermione had a plan for that: if Harry consented, they would show his memories after Andromeda Tonks swore that the memories had been verified by two mind-healers. (While Alira was not a Ministry approved healer, her natural abilities and past studies made her more than deserving of the title in Hermione’s opinion.)



When the teenager, accompanied by Aurogos who had returned to his native form as he caught up to Hermione as she waited in the Fidelius Charmed space, reached the main hall of the Chamber of Secrets, both stopped and took in the scene.



In addition to the dragons, Harry’s familiars had decided to not be left out, so Hedwig was roosting on Harry’s left shoulder and Lanju had burrowed between the whelps, only his head visible and resting on a Nether whelp that was keeping Harry’s chin warm. Not much of Harry could actually be seen, only his face visible under the kaleidoscope of small dragons. Needless to say, Hermione quickly asked Dobby to fetch her a camera and preserved the peaceful moment for posterity.



Sadly, the restful time ended shortly after Hermione took what would become a truly cute moving photo. In a chain reaction, first one whelp was woken by the camera, and his movements woke another. This continued, and woke Lanju, who woke with a jerk, sadly constricting Harry’s neck. Harry then woke flailing in a panic, flinging whelps hither and yon as he bolted to his feet.



Very quickly everyone was awake. Several whelps had small bumps, but nothing worse than the light ring of purple around Harry’s neck. By the time the drakes returned from Azeroth, leaving and returning to the cave containing the Azeroth side of the portal via portkey to avoid bringing attention to the Fidelius Charm, Harry had apologized to the small dragons and instructed Lanju not to curl around his neck again.



Aurogos’s dragonsworn, Jason, Naomi, and Sarah joined the group walking through the conjured door from the Room of Requirement. As a security precaution, Headmaster Aurogos had changed the halls of Hogwarts to block off the hallway containing the door and added a secret passage that allowed access to the area only to those who carried a specially enchanted object.



As several house elves began popping in tables and moving the various potted plants against the walls and out of way, the drakes revealed their haul which consisted of a dozen young raptors and eleven cubs that were ready to be weaned. (Their research had shown that the familiar ritual they were using on the animals (That which granted them useful magic and intelligence in exchange for the companionship and small benefits given to a human magical.) produced the most benefits and least stress if used on young creatures.)



Thankfully, the six tiger and five panther cubs had long been eating meat from their mother’s kills. According to the drakes the raptors from Azeroth were fine eating both meat and certain jungle fruit, proving more omnivorous than most people expected. In fact, the drakes had brought back a pile of those fruits, and a number of others to be grown on Earth. Checks by both Dalistraza and the Room of Requirement proved all the animals were healthy, though some parasites had been removed with magic and burned.



As they began to eat, (Those who had already eaten with the other students simply nibbling on the exotic fruit while saving the seeds.) Aurogos explained how the castle’s elves had been improving food production at Hogwarts. Where before the farming methods had been hundreds of years out of date, now the school’s farm was adding a technique called Aquaculture, making use of large ponds teeming with insects and fish. Similar to the new mundane method, water containing fish waste moved from the ponds, passed through a filter of small rocks to break down the fish waste into nutrients before the water was used to fertilize both fruit and vegetables.



In the magical method, however, using expanded space and a slight re-shaping of the sealed agriculture wing, no water was directly returned to the ponds. Instead, the enormous spaces would be kept warm all year by heating runes under the ponds and crops, and fresh water from the Black Lake would simply be pumped in until the condensation on the stone walls feeding back into the ponds proved sufficient to keep the m full.



(Various classes of Ancient Runes had been, and would continue to be, very busy carving massive numbers of small rune stones that would heat an area to a certain temperature and turn off until the area cooled. Out of all the rune languages available to the Potter Dragonflight, Old Norse had contained the most efficient technique to create warmth. Azeroth’s Dwarven and Draconic both had functional alternatives, but required a wasteful amount of ambient magic in comparison.



When the students were told that the small runic devices they were carving would be placed all over the castle, including the Great Hall, Common Rooms, and dormitories, they were very eager to bring a little less chill to the castle. These stones would be installed gradually, placed into the castle’s stones as Aurogos and those with him swept the castle for dark magic. As each area of the castle was pronounced clean, the house elves would add insulation and sealing materials to the castle; there was no reason a castle in the 21st century had to be drafty, after all.



There was a significant pile of unpleasant items already waiting for destruction, pulled from the Room of Lost Things. Sadly, at the moment the three Twilight drakes were ‘full’ and consuming more magic with their breath could prove dangerous.)



So far, the elves reported that the adding the Aquaculture facility was expected to increase both the quality and the quantity of food provided to the castle significantly. There would also be markedly less work involved. As Headmaster, Aurogos had ordered the elves to take time every week to spend how they wished. If they wanted to find somewhere in the castle to clean, they could. If they wanted to sleep, they could. If they wanted to learn to read, they could. Oddly, by treating the castle’s elves as people (Strange people, yes, bust still people.) Aurogos had already become one of their all-time favorite Headmasters.



While it was odd sharing the table with so many non-human creatures, none of those present seemed to mind much at all. Harry was sitting next to Hermione, the two of them discussing the mechanics needed to share excess magic around the dragons. Hermione had been astounded by the actual math of how much more powerful a Dragon Aspect was than a normal member of their race, and after hearing the things that power could be used for had applied herself to helping make it possible. The problem, of course, was that those gathered around the table were neither Titans nor gods.



Harry, I just don’t see how we’re going to get enough magic to ‘spark’ the transition. I agree with Tendrion’s notes that a slower addition of power would require less energy that doing it all at once, but we simply don’t have the kind of power needed.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



This was something Harry had been thinking about, on and off for days now. After the adventure that had been saving Bavaku, Harry had gone back through the Room of Requirement and asked for a working ‘Big Book of Villain Lines.’ He quickly had a name for the creature who had helped him save his young oathsworn. As he learned of her story thanks to the copy of the Red Dragonflight’s archive, (A translated version available in the Room thanks to Aurogos.) it raised his anger and pity that Keristraza had been treated so horribly, and not just by the Blue Dragonflight.



Keristraza had been captured by the Blue Dragon f light during the Nexus war when their insane leader Malygos had started a war he could never win. She had been tortured by Saragosa, the same wyrm that had sent Aurogos fleeing across the ocean to study under Senegos. Once freed, the dragon worked with a human paladin to slay Saragosa and lay an ambush for Malygos, the corpse of his consort, the bait. Who in the hell thought that confrontation was going to lead to victory? It would be like leading a handful of children and teachers against Voldemort!



Suffice it to say, the ambush had not gone well. Malygos had decreed that since Keristraza had killed his consort, she would take her place and captured her, ignoring the efforts of the other Red Dragons. Inside the Nexus, she had been chained, runes, carved into her flesh, and magic poured into her until she was neither a Red or a Blue but something in between. Finally, and what had sealed her fate as far as the Red dragon commanding the offensive was concerned, she had been impregnated against her will.



If they had chosen to save her, they could have. Taking her alive would not have been easy, but a few mature Red dragons or wyrms joining the Alliance mercenaries hired to sweep the main level of the Nexus would have been sufficient. The runes could have been removed and magic soothed away as well; the works of one Aspect washed away by the careful, loving attentions of another. Healing her would not have been easy , but it could have been done. But no, Raelorasza, the wyrm in command ordered her death after a scrying spell they were using to plan a rescue confirmed she was pregnant.



Of course, they hadn’t told the mortals that was the reason she had to die. The report taken from the Red Dragonflight’s archive explained that while deceiving those who dealt honorably with dragons was frowned upon, Raelorasza felt there was a significant chance of the paladin calling in favors to save Keristraza if he knew. When Harry had finished that report he had his first burst of accidental magic since inflating Marge, thankfully alone in the Room of Requirement.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



I’ve had something of an idea, Hermione. Or several that could be joined together, the last I’ll discuss later in private. For now, Aurogos, Dalistraza, I have a question.” Harry waited a moment until he had the attention of both drakes before continuing.



I admit I am not an expert on this subject, but we, humans and dragons both store magic in our bodies, correct? The magic that is available for us to use at any given point, right?”



Not sure where his Lord was going at this point, Aurogos nodded his draconic head. “Yes, it usually replenishes rather quickly, but the time to replenish from nearly empty to full increases the more powerful one is generally. Part of that depends on how much magic is latent in the air and if water is consumed.”



Taking a deep breath, fairly sure that he was about to either look foolish in front of his drakes or share an important idea, Harry continued. “Okay. Hypothetically speaking, if a magic effect was used to siphon off one percent of that available magic, if every time the wizard or dragon reached more than ninety-nine percent of their capacity it was taken away, how would that affect them?”



Both addressed dragons had to think for a moment before replying, but this conversation had the attention of the entire room. Or at least those who spoke English. Dalistraza answered first. “My Lord, I don’t think that would cause any harm, other than having less magic available to use. Aurogos?”



Several moments later the Blue drake’s eyes opened, having closed them while he thought. “I think… such an effect would be an incredible passive method of increasing one’s magic capacity. Especially for anyone who was still growing. If I remember correctly, it is the act of refilling one’s magic reserves that cause them to expand. This wouldn’t cause one’s reserves to grow as fast as casting until exhaustion, but it would be safer. Hell, it could continue even when we sleep!”



Everyone listening was now on the edge of their seats. A brief flash of confusion flashed across the Blue’s face. “The magic taken wouldn’t be much at first, though as one’s magic increased the amounts would grow, but what would…” Here, the Blue paused, his eyes going wide as he stared at his Lord.



Instead of answering him immediately, Harry pointed with a finger to first Valistraza, then Ralion, then Aurogos, then Talion, and finally Bavaku. “The order isn’t final. My reasoning is that life magic might be a counter to the killing curse, and we have a war coming. Ralion is next for his Twilight Flames, though my friend you’re getting counseling before you gain this power, just to help you deal with what life’s thrown at you.



You are next Aurogos, because I want this school to be safe, no matter what. Talion, I know you’re a long way from maturing, but I rather like the idea of raising an island or small continent for my Dragonflight. Bavaku, I’m not really sure what kind of powers you would gain, but I’d love to find out.

 

Obviously, if we pull this off the first one would be the most difficult. But imagine how much less time the second, and then the third Aspect for our Dragonflight would take. By the time the first nine drakes I met finish growing into dragons, you could all be Aspects and also be aiding the empowering of additional ones.”



For a time, no one spoke. This was a big idea, especially because no one could think of a reason it would not work. Those dragons who had even been in the presence of an Aspect were stuck in a mental loop considering having nine or more of the incredibly powerful beings serving one Dragonflight.



Ralion spoke into the quiet, briefly. “And you will join us my Lord. Whether or not Sirius’s friend comes through with an existing method, between all of us in this Chamber and the resources we have access to I have no doubt we can find a way to grant one of our forms to you. Should you accept the gift of wings and scales I don’t see any reason why you wouldn’t be able to gain an Aspect’s power as well .”



Eventually Valistraza grew impatient and spoke in Darnassian. “I apologize for not speaking your world’s tongue yet, but would someone translate what has shocked the rest of you into silence please?”



It was a rather giddy Alira who answered her. “I think our Lord has just figured out a way to empower an Aspect in years instead of centuries, and then use that Aspect to create another, and then have those two a third. Congratulations Broodmother, you’ve been tentatively chosen as the first Aspect of the Potter Dragonflight.”



Deciding to break the silence, Hermione was the first one to speak after Alira. Turning to Harry with a coy smile gracing her face, she began to tease him. “Harry, somehow I always knew our friendship would end in world domination. I’d like to apply for the position of your most loyal follower.”



With a completely serious face, Harry responded. “I thank you for your interest, but who says I’d stop at world domination? Thanks to your dad I got roped into watching an episode of ‘Star Trek: Deep Space Nine’ and it gave me ideas. I think Harry Potter, Intergalactic Emperor, The King of, by, and for Magic has a nice ring to it.”



Both teens stared at each other for a moment before breaking down in laughter. Harry realized that he rather needed a good laugh, as he felt lighter when he caught his breath. Harry’s mood dropped a little as he started to speak.



Seriously though, from what I know so far the Ministry is incredibly corrupt, what would seem to be the only source of news is pure propaganda, and the pureblood ideology is entrenched everywhere in this country. Not to mention, Voldemort suck-ups like Lucius Malfoy have enough power that Riddle nearly has control of the Ministry already. War with the Ministry of Magic is inevitable as I see it, though I would like to be wrong. But when it comes, I have no intention of losing.



We have some advantages. They don’t know I’m a military threat yet, for one. The more time we have until they attack Hogwarts or Potter Estate, the better we can prepare, so let’s try to keep below the radar as much as we can. Hopefully we can use the Defense Association to get most of the students on our side.”



Pausing again, Harry continued with a pensive expression. “I don’t really know what to do about Magical Britain. Doing nothing sounds like a recipe for disaster, but…



On another topic, I do think we should consider expanding into space. Constructing a magical space station is not a small task, but with expansion charms, our magical trees, and charms to reduce weight, it shouldn’t be impossible.



Once we’re established in space I’d like to establish the Potter Dragonflight on Mars. Maybe we can make the whole planet livable, if not we should be able to build some very large living spaces in structures.”



Harry stopped speaking for a moment, taking in the look on the faces around him. Vespiona had moved and was giving Valistraza and Bavaku a running translation, Hermione and the dragonsworn looked eager, and the drakes looked shocked. “I know it’s a lot of work, but when Hogwarts is secure and Potter Estate warded I want everyone that has the time working on this. I want us to have a world all our own, and one way or another we will. We will survive, we will prosper, we will have a secure future.”



One by one, the dragons stepped back from the table, the meal forgotten, and bowed. Every drake, every whelp joined in as their Lord’s goal spread, even Valistraza gave a draconic bow. Aurogos’s dragonsworn, Jason Atreides, Naomi Lyon, and Sarah Summerland knelt on one knee as well, in respect for their Lord by proxy. Only partly caught up in the excitement of an ambition worthy of the Lord of a Dragonflight, Hermione knelt as well.



To himself, Harry swore an oath. I will see my people, my family, my friends safe. I will see them prosper, no matter the cost. I can do no less for those that believe in me.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.





* Talion is the only survivor, as far as he knows, of his clutch. His mother, after providing a first meal for her brood, abandoned them in the wilderness. For the next decade, Talion avoided being eaten by predators larger than himself, being killed by the odd mortal that ventured through the truly inhospitable desert, and being caught by the orcs that served Nefarian to be processed into part of a Chromatic dragon. To survive, he learned to be very, very sneaky. As part of the drake’s ongoing process of teaching their Lord how not to die, Harry has been discovering first hand exactly how sneaky.







A/N: I admit I made a small mistake when I was figuring out how many whelps were what kind of dragon a few chapters ago. Somehow I forgot the color Green. Oh well, it’ll be fixed when I update the chapter; I’m editing and improving (but not changing any plot elements) in the earlier chapters when I have the time.



A/N-2: Harry’s inner thoughts near the end of the chapter. “Yeah, I might need to go to war with/take over Magical Britain’s corrupt, evil, and stupid government, but I’m sure the rest of the world will let me be. It’s not like they’d go to war over a threat to their power when I offer their muggleborn and magical creatures equal rights and a better standard of living, right?”



A/N-3: I’m writing/planning something big to come, but I’ve found myself with an odd problem. I’m trying to figure out if an event during the Mount Hyjal war between the Twilight Dragonflight and Ysera is cannon or fannon. The event is the Dragon Aspect Ysera doing battle with, and smiting the hell out of a large number of Twilight drakes. I know that the fic “Coup de What?” (and at least one other that I’ve read somewhere ) has it, but the author can’t remember if they made it up or not.



I haven’t had a WoW subscription in years, and internet searches have been… unhelpful. (Try searching youtube for Ysera Twilight, I dare you.) If anyone can remember it clearly or has a link I’d be grateful. It’s been bugging me that I can’t remember.




Chapter 19: Chapter 19: Origin of the Hallows

Chapter Text

I’m afraid I haven’t had much time or muse lately. The real chapter 19 is a work in progress right now, and still needs extensive editing/rewriting. With some luck I’ll be putting it out next week, but to give my readers something, enjoy a short tale of how the Deathly Hallows came to be in the lore of Elune’s Pebble.



Chapter 19: Origin of the Hallows



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Walking the land of the living again wasn’t what he’d expected. Of course, Sildan Nighthelm had heard a great many tales about how the war he died fighting had ended. The Sundering they called it. To be honest, the man who was once a loyal servant of Azshara had written off the tales as enormous exaggerations from bitter fools that had rebelled against their queen.



But now he stood on a jagged, rocky shoreline that in his youth had been an unending forest, thick with game and hidden streams. His favorite place to run and play as a child had sunk beneath the waves. And it wasn’t alone. Sildan had seen the maps when he had been given this assignment by his new ‘employer.’ Even the heartbeat of the world is different. Before the war it was calm, relaxing to listen to, but now I can feel the world’s pain if I stretch out my senses far enough. My Queen, what did you do to our world? What did you make us party to?



Sildan himself looked nothing like he once did. Tortured and twisted into a new form, a wraith bound to the torso of a suit of armor with only a ragged cloak to hide the shame of his new form. I wonder if the new world we’re heading to will be pristine or as broken as this one is now?



In any case, Sildan had no time to spend lost in his thoughts. For this simple mission, he was accompanied by two of the Jailer’s more powerful servants, hulking figures bound to armor covered in sharp points. Accompanied? Guarded more like it. Even bound with magic he still doesn’t trust me to accomplish my task. Or maybe he just doesn’t want me dragging my feet?



Here, in a cave just above the high-tide mark, was what they needed. A hidden cache of Highborne supplies from before the war, powerful artifacts that could be molded into what they needed. With hands now bound to metal gauntlets, Sildan carefully took stock of what was here.



Powerful enchantments had kept the cache hidden from anyone who didn’t already know it was there. Several powerful items called for his attention, weapons and armor forged on the very edge of the Well of Eternity and quenched within its waters. As the nameless muscle began to pile items carelessly into the open space at the center of the cave, the wraith held up his hand. “Wait! There’s more here than we need to open a portal. Give me half an hour to look through this and we can use much of it for another task.”



Sildan didn’t really think these hulking creatures were stupid, he wasn’t a fool. Both of them had simply been tortured, broken, until they couldn’t even consider anything beyond unthinking obedience to the creature that ruled the Maw. Not that I can blame them. The Master’s attentions are many things, but gentle they are not.



Soon, the wraith had a pile of items ready to be torn apart for their magical energy. Sildan retained a single sword, its make proving vastly superior to the others. Though holding steel from a Highbourne forge in his hands once again proved bittersweet; he could not draw the weapon from its sheath thanks to a familiar enchantment that kept evil and those that served it from wielding the blade. He also kept a simple pendant that must have been an ancient gift from the Dragonqueen, as it contained a tiny lick of flame within, burning without fuel or air and radiating a sense of Life. Even contained inside the locket, the innate magic was painful for an undead creature to hold. The real prize, however, was three vials of water from the Well of Eternity.



Pouring half of a vial onto the pile of armor, the wraith that was once Sildan Nighthelm reached out to the connection that bound him to the ruler of the Maw. It is ready Master. I await your guidance to open the doorway.



Sildan felt the crushing power of his master flood his being then. He tried, he tried so very hard not to let his disgust at the intrusion show, but the Jailer knew his thoughts and was amused. As instructed, the wraith that had been an extremely powerful sorcerer in life began weaving his spell, tearing open a door to another world. Though the Jailer’s touch sickened him, Sildan could not deny the being’s enormous power as it flowed through him and aided the construction of the portal.



After only a few moments of shaping the magic, the air tore open and a gust of air that smelled of a warm, pleasant countryside flooded the cave. Though, of course, none present were able to enjoy it. As the presence in his head receded, Sildan took command of the grunts sent with him, slipping the unused vials into his cloak. “I’ll take the sword, go through now.”



If he were to be honest with himself, Sildan loathed the being he served. At least in his many years of service to the beautiful Azshara, he had honestly believed that she wanted the best for her people. There was no such comfort with his new master. Sildan really didn’t understand exactly how the small stone and knobbed stick would serve their purpose, but he simply could not delude himself into believing their purpose was anything other than sinister.



He was now a thrall of a creature that hoarded every soul he could and that felt no shame unleashing torture upon the innocent and guilty alike until they broke and served him. Not that I can claim to be an innocent. I might have believed in Azshara, but when she brought the demons to our world I knew the truth. I simply refused to turn my back on everything I knew. More fool I.



As the last one through the portal, Sildan heard the beat of mighty wings and an impact in the sand outside the cave, followed by footsteps in the sand. With a defiance that he had thought was long beaten out of him, he caused the enchantment hiding the cave to flicker as he moved towards the portal. Ignoring the dragon Sildan stepped through this door to another world, drifting away from the portal without warning the grunts.



Even surprise won’t be enough unless that was an Aspect that found the portal. It was stalking this way as I stepped through though. I wonder if it knows that the portal is collapsing? Would it follow if it knows it will never see its world again? If it’s strong and clever enough it might just prevent a vast amount of suffering…



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



As he lay bleeding and beaten in a wheat field on an entirely new world, Vordistrasz decided he’d had better days. Thankfully his last action before stepping through the portal was sending out a message, marking his location and the existence of a portal with unknown destination. The enormous surge of magic had caught his attention and he had investigated. As a Red dragon, the wyrm was infused with Life magic. With training and experience, this granted him the ability to sense users of its opposite, along with a great hatred of those who wielded those powers. He knew what it took to gain those abilities, what it took to have an aura like those he’d sensed.



Or, he thought he knew. When he had scented their terrible magical presence, Vordistrasz had been sure he was hunting down a few cultists, wielders of the powerful and terrible magics bought with the blood of innocents. Instead, he found three creatures, some kind of undead, and it had only taken two of them to humble the wyrm of two thousand years. Wishing he had the strength for just one more strike, he found he could do nothing but lie there and bleed. So be it. There are worse deaths than this. I might be the first of my kind to stand on another world.



His introspection was cut short when the smaller, less substantial member of the trio sent the others off on some errand. As it was obviously a spell caster, the dragon became worried. As a magical creature he could fight off most attempts at control or possession, on a good day anyway. This… was not a good day. He didn’t expect the thing to start a conversation with him, much less in the tongue and inflections used by the Night Elves.



“Dragon! What has happened to my people since the end of the war! Tell me what has befallen the Kaldorei, quickly!”



Perhaps it was the earnestness of the question, perhaps it was the blood loss, or perhaps the dragon simply wanted one more conversation before he died. In any case, he decided to give the wraith the information it sought.



“The War of the Shifting Sands cost your people many lives, but the enemies were sealed away within the ruins of Ahn'Qiraj. For the most part the Kaldorei have retreated to the forests surrounding Mount Hyjal...”



“Dragon! I don’t even know what that war was fought against! Please, I have known only torture and suffering since I died serving Azshara. My mistake has haunted me for a very long time now…”



Vordistrasz looked at the creature before him for a moment. His knowledge of necromatic constructs was not vast but this one seemed to house an entire soul, not the fragments mortals called and used for their bidding. He felt a surge of compassion then.



“Elf, your people were broken when the War of the Ancients ended, along with every other people and the very world itself. Your people are now led by Tyrande Whisperwind and Malfurion Stormrage, though Malfurion sleeps through the ages in the Emerald Dream. Before I hatched, the Kaldorei expelled their magic users. In time, the exiles crossed the sea and founded the nation of Quel'Thalas. When I am given rest from my duties Quel'Thalas is my favored place to wander, it has truly earned the title of ‘The Golden Realm.’



“I wish I could say your people have recovered, have grown, but in truth they have stagnated at best. With their immortality and the offered blessing of my Dragonflight’s fertility magic, your people should have risen to prominence as the rulers of the entire world. I wish it was so, for the Kaldorei are my people’s preferred neighbors. Instead, they procreate so very rarely, and the ‘High Elves’ of Quel'Thalas are comfortable in their home and rarely leave. I wish I could ease your suffering with better news, elf.



“But you must tell me, what is your purpose on this world? I was arrogant enough to assume I was hunting simple mortal necromancers. Obviously that mistake will cost me my life now, so at least let me leave this life with that knowledge.”



The armor that was Sildan Nighthelm said nothing for a moment, with the only movement his cloak billowing in the wind. “In truth, I do not know. Two objects in my possession are to be given to the most greedy, power hungry users of magic we can find. I do not expect them to improve this world. It is funny dragon. I once served Azshara with pride, and then I placed my trust in her even when I should have turned on her and joined those that rebelled. So it is funny that now I develop a conscience when acting on it will lead to tortures the living can not even imagine.



“Yet, I can feel the pulse of this new world. So much weaker than ours, yet it feels vibrant and hopeful. I find that whoever the inhabitants are, I would perform one final act for them. My minders will soon return. Dragon, if it means protecting a world that is not your own, are you willing to die with us?”



There was no hesitation in the answer from the dragon that was still sluggishly bleeding on the ground. “Yes. I chose to be a Guardian as a drake, even knowing it was not a safe path. And my name is Vordistrasz. What is your plan?”



Here, the suit of armor to which an old soul was bound removed the items he was carrying. Two of the vials were hidden under the dragon, while one and the pendant were quickly slipped under his tongue. The sword that refused to allow Sildan to draw it was attached to his back under the cloak with a small bit of magic.



“When they return, I will lure them close. Draw out the power of those objects and burn the three of us when I expose the items. If you can destroy us down to our very souls, I beg you to do it for it will be a mercy. My name was once Sildan Nighthelm, and if there are any creatures that watch over the inhabitants of this world, let them aid us here. And I apologize Vordistrasz but I must deceive them; you must hold the destruction of the items until the time is right. Brace yourself!”



Not knowing precisely when his minders would return, Sildan began casting magic he had learned from the Jailer whose only purpose was pain. His ‘victim’ would need to appear properly tortured for this to work, but he held back as much as he could. Thankfully twenty minuets later the grunts returned, and Sildan upped the torture, drawing forth a scream just as the two Mawsworn returned. Thankfully Vordistrasz took the unspoken cue and collapsed with closed eyes and trembling muscles when Sildan ended the magic.



With the dragon playing his part, Sildan moved forward and placed a gauntlet on his snout, sparking with magic. This magic did not actually do anything, but the dramatic flinch was appreciated. Turning around, he ordered the two hulking figures to report. They had discovered a school for users of magic not far from where they were now. Withdrawing the stick and the small stone, Sildan spoke.



“You will take these items and ensure they find their way into the hands of two students who are bitter rivals. The Master’s enchantments will do the rest, but only leave the items where they will be found, do not allow yourselves to be seen. I will finish turning this creature into a weapon for our master.”



Though it had been difficult, the wyrm had avoided crushing the vial and the amulet that held a flicker of his Queen’s flames during the torture. As the two hulking figures drew close he quietly drew in a deep breath and held it until they were within arm’s reach of the creature still touching his nose. Carefully he waited, and when the time was right he crushed the items under his tongue and channeled the sudden torrent of power into the spell weaved into his breath attack. With everything that he had, with everything taken from the items in his mouth, he willed ‘purification by fire’ into what he expected to be his last breath.



While the inferno that followed would have destroyed any lesser undead creature, the three of them were Mawsworn. More importantly than being dead, they were creatures of the spirit realm, of the land of the dead. As opposed to normal undead, they were part of the natural cycle of life and death. That they were creations of the Jailer meant they had been empowered as well as bound by the creature to his service. The flames were not enough, not for them or the artifacts the Jailer sought to unleash upon the world. Though, due to the nature of the magic unleashed, this field would be the most fertile farmland in the world for a rather long time.



With the power of a vial from the Well of Eternity empowering their breath, a wyrm from nearly any other Dragonflight would have been able to destroy the Mawsworn, but both of the conspirators failed to understand the nature of the creatures. Life magic was the least effective magic that could have been used. They were dead yes, but not in the sense that one of Earth’s Inferi or the shambling armies of the Lich King that were yet in Azeroth’s future were. Instead of being a weak construct of rotting flesh, these creatures were the souls of those who had died, warped, twisted, and tortured into the service of a horrifically powerful entity.



As the flames died off revealing failure, both of the hulking Mawsworn readied their heavy broadswords to end the dragon. Slipping behind the two of them, Sildan drew the blade that had rejected him earlier and plunged it into the weakest point of the enchanted armor of the closer grunt. With the armor still hot from the dragon’s fire, the magical blade easily punched through the base of the neck, and with a jerk, the creature quickly found itself decapitated. The enchantment binding soul to armor failed, and the soul’s suffering ended.



Sildan had the complete attention of the remaining Mawsworn now. While the wraith that was once a Night Elf wished he had more help, he really didn’t expect anything from the Red Wyrm that was convulsing madly in the backlash of so much magical energy. Using a child’s trick to call one of the remaining vials to his empty hand, he quickly considered his options. Sadly, there was almost no chance of defeating the hulking enemy in direct combat. With nothing more than a quick taunt, Sildan fled, the other creature close on his heels.



Turning North, away from the magical school nearby he saw two young magicals, mere teenagers with sticks held in their hands like weapons. The purpose of at least one of the items given to his possession suddenly clicked into place. Expecting it to be the last kindness he could afford for the heavily injured wyrm, Sildan sent a mental attack at the male teen. It was simple, since there was no time for anything else, but he forced upon him snippets of his memories of the War of the Ancients, of the Red Dragonflight standing against the demons and protecting children of his people. Then he showed the wounded wyrm and the path leading to it.



That was all the time he had before he continued in his flight from a certain death. Still focusing on moving, he allowed himself a brief moment to examine what little information he’d absorbed from the human. He seemed to be a good man. Hopefully he and the female with him will keep Vordistrasz alive long enough to learn what is loose on their world. But what kind of name is Flamel?



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Sildan Nighthelm would have counted it a blessing that he no longer needed rest, if only his pursuer had that weakness. With no better ideas he fled north through farmlands and forests and eventually crossed a stormy straight of water. He had finally been able to gain some distance there, being able to destroy the spell his pursuer used to stride above the waves more than once. He certainly had plenty of time to think, and eventually he came upon a solution.



Mawsworn could detect each other in some fashion, so he could never ambush the creature attempting to destroy him for his betrayal without significantly more time. At least, not on his own. Taking the time and spending precious moments he scanned minds as he went, hoping to find a brave man able to fight with a blade. Eventually he found a knight of the local king, as well as his location. It was difficult to navigate and learn the human’s language through the basic mental magic learned a lifetime ago, but he managed.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



That human knight really had no idea what was likely to happen when a floating suit of armor without legs wrapped in a long cloak burst from the underbrush, nearly panicking his horse. When it spoke, however, he readied himself for battle. The blade he was given was the finest he had ever held, and became even more impressive when the figure poured a few drops from a vial over the blade and the entire length of it began to glow.

 

REMEMBER, WAIT UNTIL IT IS DISTRACTED FIGHTING ME. IF THIS CREATURE IS NOT DESTROYED IT WILL TAKE THE CURSED ITEMS IN MY POSSESSION AND WREAK INCREDIBLE SUFFERING UPON BOTH YOUR PEOPLE AND THE WHOLE OF THE WORLD. THIS IS MY LAST BATTLE, MY LAST CHANCE TO ATONE FOR MY FAILURE, AND THE ONLY HOPE YOUR PEOPLE HAVE. WE MUST NOT FAIL!”



That knight, whose name has been lost to history did not fail. When a lumbering hulk tore out of the underbrush mere moments later, it was immediately met by a torrent of spells from the first suit of armor. The human patiently waited for his opportunity to come, and it came when the first creature melted everything in the glade to slag and set the forest alight simply to knock its enemy on its back. If not for the dire warnings, this man would never have struck a dishonorable blow by plunging a blade into the eye space of the helm of a foe on his back, but his personal honor meant nothing compared to the suffering of his people.



Victory was theirs, but the knight would not live to tell the tale. While the enchanted blade punctured the Mawsworn’s helm, it was insufficient to kill the warped creature. A clawed hand that dwarfed the Knight’s own grabbed the knight’s chest, savaging armor and flesh; with the claws crushing one lung along with mangling bone and organs his fate was sealed. But still, it was time enough for Sildan to take hold of the blade and weave a spell through the metal to finish the job.



Not long after, Sildan Nighthelm found himself carrying the man’s corpse into his home village. The peasants fled before him, so the wraith leaned the body against a stone in the village square. He had not much time left, his master had woven his life force with that of his other two servants, and destroying the second one had begun to unravel his very soul.



But, he had time enough for this. With a rattling voice, he told the town of how their knight had destroyed a great evil, saved all those who dwelled in their lands, and allowed a fallen warrior a chance at redemption. When he finished speaking, he wove an enchantment on the sword forged by his people at the apex of their civilization and thrust it into the rock against which the knight rested. His last words to any human of that world informed that the blade could only be drawn from the stone by a man with equal courage of the deceased knight.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



From there Sildan fled into the forest, eventually floating over a river. Though he wished otherwise, he had not the power to destroy the stone and the wand given to him by the Jailer. But, with a vial of the Well of Eternity’s waters, he could enchant a third item. With haste, Sildan tore off his cloak and poured the water over it, enchanting a spell and pouring his life, his very soul into the magic he was weaving. The last act of Sildan Nighthelm was to enchant his cloak to hide the wearer from any eye, though this was only a small part of its purpose.



Both wand and stone were meant to bring suffering to this world, but now praying to every power he had ever heard of, Sildan empowered the cloak to weaken, to dampen the effects of both items. It was not a perfect solution, but under the circumstances it was the best he could accomplish.



Sildan found himself content as his very being fell apart, though his final hope that the three items would remain undiscovered for many years was not to be. Perhaps drawn to the magic he was weaving, consciously or not, three men had created a bridge over the wild river with their magic. From their perspective, they saw a being of shadows and glinting armor rise up towards them, and then collapse into smoke.



History would distort the truth of what had happened, but when the three brothers each chose an item left behind by the shade, only the man that took the cloak died well.



The two Deathly Hallows were intended to funnel souls to the fiend that forged the seemingly harmless items, and would have consumed the entire world in time. Those plans were thwarted by an old soul that chose to do one good deed to end his existence with. His final, desperate, hasty spell worked! His cloak suppressed the powers of those horribly cursed items, sparing millions.



Sadly, both items still had a bloody history on earth. The Elder Wand remained a powerful weapon, and though it did not corrupt in the manner it was meant to, it still whispered to its users, encouraging them to take lives. For seven centuries, men and women feel in droves before it.



Over two hundred years before it was used to conjure a Compressed Fiendfyre Bomb in the Great Hall of Hogwarts, a fool of a Dark Lord attempted to use The Elder Wand in a horcrux ritual, assuming that no one would ever destroy the world’s most powerful wand. He failed, and paid for his folly with his life shortly after, but the damage was done. Much of that dark lord’s being consumed by the Elder Wand, and the wand learned both cruelty and subtlety.



The less is said of the Stone and the horrific creatures it twisted human souls into, the better; those horrific creatures still guard the island where many of them were created centuries ago.



And the cloak, while not a thing made for battle, still safeguarded the bloodline of the brother who chose it at times. Peverell or later Potter, many lives were saved under the cover of that cloak. If those who found safety from war and treachery under it had been of the proper frame of mind, they might very well have noticed a small sense of joy, of purpose as their lives were protected. But, when one’s life is at stake, rarely is there the time for quiet reflection so the cloak’s emotions went unnoticed. And that suited that old piece of cloth just fine.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



A/N: Thanks to everyone that’s left a review! I enjoy every one of them!



Chapter 20: Chapter 20: Defense Association or Dragon Army?

Chapter Text

You know, I never thought to figure out how many students were actually in Hogwarts until writing this chapter. Apparently the only concrete reference is the 20 brooms laid out for the first year Gryffindor and Slytherin students during the first flying lesson. Assuming that every house has the same number of students, that’s only 40 for Harry’s year. And only 280 total if all the classes have the same number of students, though I’m assuming the younger years have more thanks to Voldemort’s war ending when Harry was a year old.



T hanks to hkurtz2013 on Fanfiction for helping me edit this!



To recap the two previous chapters:



-Harry and other students received new familiars, animals imported from Azeroth. With the use of familiar magic and time, the creatures will eventually gain intelligence and become powerful companions.

-The first class on Magical Blacksmithing took place, with Senastrasz using the threat of hard work and an extensive safety lecture to help reduce the class size to something more manageable.

-Harry found out he learns better by doing than learning through books. He’s learning to fight by sparring with Senastrasz while being ambushed by Talion to learn situational awareness.

-They’ve grown the magical trees first mentioned in Chapter 8! There’s one tree for each flavor of dragon Harry has, and if people could suggest names I’d really appreciate it. (Physical descriptions halfway through 18.)

-Presented with the problem that empowering a Dragon Aspect (Basically turning a dragon into a Super Dragon.) of his own required a vast amount of magic, Harry had the idea of taking a small amount of magic from one individual and siphoning it into a dragon to slowly spark the change into an Aspect.

-Harry has decided that in the future his Dragonflight will explore space using magic. Though, this is more of a long-term goal.

-Chapter 19 was either an alternate origin for the Hallows, or a cannon compliant expansion of their origins depending how you want to look at it.



Chapter 20: Defense Association or Dragon Army?



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



For Hermione, the excitement of Harry’s new goals was difficult to shake off. To the best of their knowledge , there was nothing stopping the Potter Dragonflight from utilizing a magical tattoo to drain a small amount of magic from one individual and direct it to another to slowly spark a drake or dragon’s transformation into an Aspect. The first one would take the longest by far, but once the first of Harry’s followers had completed the physical and magical transformation their vastly larger reserves of magic would allow successive Aspects to be empowered at an exponential rate.



Harry’s idea of expanding into space and establishing a colony on the red planet would not be easy; there was a lot to figure out, many problems to solve, but with magic on their side it would work , one way or another. And it would be worth the effort to be free from every magical and mundane government. Seeing the results of a living tree absorbing the dragon’s wand core materials was fascinating as well. T he possibility of being able to harvest electricity from a magical tree was fascinating, though the true treasure was the tree grown from material donated by Tendrion.



That blue limbed and purple leafed tree was producing more magic than many adult wizards, and it was just a sapling. What was more, it was producing the magic, not just pulling it from the surrounding environment and recirculating. How this was possible was a very good question actually. There was a lot of discussion flying around the table, so she moved next to Ralion, eager to learn more about his ability to access the ‘Twilight Realm,’ something she had heard only in passing as Alira worked with the three Twilight drakes to help them control their abilities.



Normally, she would simply ask Alira herself through the mental bond that while strange, had turned out to be rather nice. At the moment however, Alira was catching a bit of sleep, as her day on Azeroth had been tiring and a little stressful. (For the Green Drake, Earth had become more of a home than her birth world. Alira was well aware that Azeroth wasn’t a safe place.) Hermione had promised to wake the drake in time to guard Harry’s mind when he went to sleep. Seeing Ralion smiling, and just listening to everything around him, she started to speak.



Ralion, if you don’t mind I’d like to ask you about the Twilight Realm. I’m really curious how it works, that tree is very interesting.”



Ralion gave a slight nod of his head that he agreed as he thought for a moment. “Well we still don’t understand a lot about it. The Twilight Realm seems to be something we’re intrinsically connected to, like the Green Dragons and the ‘Emerald’ Dream. It was interesting to find that the Dream exists here as well, but it hasn’t been shaped like the one back home. That implies…”



With a grin Hermione c ouldn’t help finishing his thought . “That the Dream is a part of reality everywhere there’s life that dreams! The Titans must have just shaped that ‘plane’ for their own purposes! And if the Twilight Realm exists on Earth as well as Azeroth…”



With a broad grin on his face at the teen he’d assumed to be his Lord’s consort or mate when they first met, Ralion finished her thought. “That the Twilight Realm isn’t a creation of the old gods either! Whatever it is, the Realm is something we were connected to with the Netherwing essence the Twilight Cult collected and forced on us! I have no idea what this means exactly, but it’s nice to know that part of me is connected to a natural part of the universe instead of my powers being a creation of the filth that enslaved me.”



Hermione bit her lip in thought. “Well, what is the ‘Realm’ itself actually like? Our Blue said the magic coming from the tree was too chaotic, too harsh to let near most wards. We’re going to have to plant them in a pattern with the other trees, use the Blue, Green, and Red ones to tune the magic to something more calm.”



As far as I know, nothing lives there. The Twilight Realm is desolate, lifeless, and filled with energy that constantly tries to destroy anything that isn’t a Twilight Dragon. And I’m not sure we’d be safe if we lost focus or tried to sleep there either. I think, though, that it’s closer to this plane of reality than the Dream. Caliona has had some success in transitioning herself there, and when she scratched the stone floor there, it scratched here as well. We’re still trying to figure out if ward structures can be bypassed that way or not.”



For a time, Hermione discussed the Twilight Realm more with Ralion and later Caliona. After about half an hour, Harry mentioned that he wanted to speak to her with Ralion, Stine, Senastrasz and Aurogos in the Room of Requirement. A few moments later, the two humans and four drakes were comfortable in a space reminiscent of Gryffindor Common Room with couches sized for drakes. Hermione had found that the Room was usually very warm and comfortable with dark tones when Harry had control of it. It gives one an idea of what his home would look like I suppose. Potter Manor wouldn’t be a bad place to live if it turns out as comfortable as the Room of Requirement when he shapes a room.



When they were all seated Harry took a deep breath and slowly exhaled, his face becoming very serious as he did so. As he started to speak his tone matched his face.



I wanted to talk to you all about a second idea I’ve had that builds on using a small portion of our magic to create a Dragon Aspect. I don’t want to get everyone’s hopes up for nothing, but as I was looking through the archive records to learn more about Keristraza, her fate angered me. Stine, is there any reason the Bronze Dragonflight can’t use their powers to save lives? I understand that you want to preserve the timeline. But, if someone were to switch this out with a whelp:”



Here, Harry drew his wand and cast a rough inanimate to animate transfiguration on an ottoman. All eyes turned to the piece of furniture as it suddenly changed into a mostly-perfect dragon whelp. Though the moving object still had some characteristics of it’s source, it was obviously intended to be Bavaku. Everyone present watched as it gradually had more and more trouble ‘breathing,’ eventually ‘dying’ before Harry willed it away.



Harry’s face was grim, and he was obviously having a hard time keeping his emotions under control. Hermione pulled him into a hug as they waited for Stine to reply. Stine’s words, when they came, were not what Harry was hoping for.



My Lord, I’m sorry. While it is possible for you and eventually will be for us, to let transfigurations die in place of others, they would still die. My Dragonflight never discovered with certainty how or why, but every time an individual tried to save someone from their fate, and there has always been a Bronze that would lose friend or loved and attempt something similar, every time it ended in disaster.



For those who die, there’s nothing we can do to save them. Save them from their imminent death and they slowly wither away, and there’s no time or place on Azeroth that can spare them that.”



Into the resulting silence, Harry calmly spoke again. “We’re not on Azeroth. I don’t know if we’re even in the same universe as the other side of the portal. Though my people’s knowledge is far from complete, we have no references to the ‘Twisting Nether’ at all. I’m not going to tempt fate by trying to access that place, no sense calling the attention of demons to our world if it exists here, but I think there would have been some reference to a magical dimension that overlaps our own. The last few days I’ve found references to the Dream in the rituals performed by Aboriginal Australians and other cultures. What the true nature of the Dream is has been debated a lot, but they acknowledge that it exists.”



It took the Potter Dragonflight’s only Bronze drake a moment to respond. “My Lord, I don’t know. You might be right, or you might be wrong. There’s really only one way to know for sure.”



Nodding to his sworn, Harry began to close the gathering. “I’m going to work on my Transfiguration. Senastrasz, I want you to put me through as much combat training as you think I can take. Stine, you are in charge of getting an initial plan to find out if we can prevent a lot of death. From what I understand, you should be able to slip in and out of the Caverns of Time safely for now, right?”



At the Bronze’s nod, Harry continued. “Good. Pick a time and location where we aren’t likely to be seen, but where we might be able to find a second Broodmother for our Dragonflight. Other than that, we could use more people who can fight and are willing to take the Loyal Lord oath. T here is no way I’m going to chance a cultist slipping in and being free to turn something horrific loose on this world. We have enough problems o n our own.”



Stine only had to think for a moment. “Harry, Mount Hyjal in the last six months is as good a choice as any. I’d suggest going through twice if this works, once now for a few easier individuals and then again later if this works. I’ll contact Stellagosa and see if she can acquire official casualty lists for us, to make our job easier.”



Senastrasz started speaking then. “If you want an additional Broodmother to help take the load off of Valistraza, Sethria and Desperiona are names I can remember from the Twilight Dragonflight that might be willing to help raise whelps; both of them were responsible for younger dragons. They won’t have Vali’s training, but they can learn. Broodmothers are usually kept far from conflict, but I know some died when the Twilight Cult stole their clutch . Finding out enough specifics will be difficult, and it might be best to wait until we know for certain this will work.



T here w ere no shortage of mortals that perished on that damn mountain. If this works we could have druids, priests, and trained fighters by the hundred easily. More drakes died than we could possibly feed right now, but we’ll get some expanded rabbit enclosures built to be sent to Black Island.



Harry, I don’t think you’re ready to walk through a warzone like you’re planning to yet. But, I have an idea. There’s more than one place we can travel to, a month or two earlier than we need to be for Hyjal, and between a good magical tent and a couple expanded spaces for raising food we could simply throw up magic to hide us while we beat you and maybe a few others into shape.”



Spending some time alone with his sworn, studying and learning to fight really did appeal to Harry. Stine was cautious with good reason, but Harry had a sense deep in his gut that this was going to work. When he considered draining a bit of magic from every one of his sworn to strengthen one into an Aspect, and then had a thought that he just needed more followers… It was hard to describe how right the plan felt.



Sen, you and Talion will need to melt down some galleon coins. We’ll use them to purchase muggle silver for the oath ritual. I’m going to Gringotts this weekend if McGonagall can escort me to get a better idea of my finances. If my vault isn’t producing a respectable amount of interest I’m going to empty it. I want to leave for the Caverns of Time within a week, let’s get everything prepared.



Keep this tentative plan to yourselves for the moment. Once we know if it works we can start to plan for real . You’ve told me of so many massacres, betrayals and senseless deaths.”



Here Harry locked eyes with Aurogos. “The Nexus War.” Harry moved his gaze to Senastrasz. “Hordes of Orcs and the suffering they inflicted on the innocent.” Harry turned to Stine. “The ones your people wanted to help but couldn’t.” And finally Harry looked Ralion in the eyes . “And all those warped, tortured dragons, who can’t even see the chains binding them.



I don’t want to promise anything I can’t deliver, but I am going to try to help them. Not only because we need more hands to fight the coming war, but because it’s the right thing to do. Those people can live here on our world. Not just live either. We’re going to thrive! We’re going to, in no specific order, end Voldemort and his terrorists, deal with the Ministry, build enormous space stations and colonize new worlds. That is the future I see for us!”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



With that, Wednesday October 18th 1995 ended on a high note. After classes let out the next afternoon, Harry caught up to Neville Longbottom. After a greeting and a few words exchanged, Harry escorted Neville and Dean Thomas to the current door of the Room of Requirement on the fifth floor. Dean had asked Harry if he could join, sensing a clandestine meeting and assuming that Harry was recruiting. For what, the teen had no idea but Dean had been a quiet supporter of Harry for a long time. Not a friend, per say, but he believed in Harry Potter.



As they entered the Room of Requirement, Hermione smiled at them and transferred control of the Room to Harry. Unsurprisingly, she had her nose in a rather large tome and was mostly lost to the world. Quickly, the Room changed, bringing up a partition so Hermione could study in peace (She was determined to understand all of the theory behind the expansion of the Potter Estate grounds Saturday, and was making significant progress towards that goal.) and producing a comfortable sitting area for the three teenage boys to the surprise of Dean and Neville. Harry had a smile on his face as he gave a quick explanation of the Room of Requirement.



We’re planning to have the Defense Association meet here tomorrow, no matter how many people show up we can have everything we need. Now, I’m not sure how to really go about this, but I’m wondering if you guys would like to join the group I’m forming. The two of you are actually getting my first attempt at the recruitment speech. I’ll tell you about some of the things we’re doing after I show some memories. Now, I’ll give you an oath that these memories are true to the best of my knowledge before we start. These memories have also been verified by the two mind-healers poking around in my head as well.”



Over the next hour, Harry showed his two dorm-mates his memories of his adventures since returning to the magical world interspersed with explanations. Among the shared scenes were first year’s year confrontation with Voldemort, his fight with the Basilisk in the Chamber and the destruction of the cursed diary, Sirius Black interacting with Peter Pettigrew, the events of the Third Task, and finally his visit by Dementors over the summer.



To answer some questions before you ask, Sirius is my Sworn Godfather. My parents changed their secret keeper because everyone knew Sirius was best friends with my father. As for the ‘Sworn’ part? Sirius used a traditional Black family godfather oath. If he had betrayed my family he would never have lived long enough to be put in Azkaban.



Skipping the bits about the dark lord for now, the last memory is important. If I wasn’t paranoid enough to carry my wand with me all the time, I would have been dead, no, worse than dead. All because I told the truth when I got back from the graveyard with Cedric’s body and Fudge didn’t want to believe me or investigate. The Ministry of Magic claims to have total control of the Dementors, so how did two of them show up on my street?”



Both of Harry’s guests went silent at that. Dean was the first to speak. “Harry, mate, someone tried to have you killed again. Do you think it was He-who-must-not-be-named?”



With a sigh, Harry answered. “I still think that phrase is ridiculous. If you don’t want to use his name, call him the ‘dark lord.’ That’s a phrase he truly earned, horrible as his actions are. And no, I don’t think Voldemort tried to kill me, he’s laying low right now, gathering his followers. And he wants to kill me himself, or he could have had me killed easily last year. Imagine if the fake Moody had just thrown a lethal curse at me with no warning?”



All three of them winced at that. Neville spoke next. “Harry, we have to tell people, show them that memory. You could have Fudge thrown out of office by a mob!”



Whatever response Neville expected it wasn’t for Harry to start laughing. “And who would believe me? Somehow, the public still believes the Daily Prophet and they have been doing everything they can to destroy my credibility.



Six words why I don’t trust the Ministry to get better even if Fudge got kicked out: Malfoy, Macnair, Avery, Crabbe, Goyle, Nott. How many of those men have power in the Ministry?”



Neville answered Harry. “Four of them that I know of. Malfoy has a lot of people bought and paid for, Nott and Avery have a lot of sway with certain departments and committees. Macnair is an executioner for magical creatures, from what I’ve heard he just likes killing things.”



When Dean and Harry looked at Neville with raised eyebrows, Neville huffed and explained. “My Gran sits in our family seat on the Wizengamot, and she complains a lot about those names and others when she’s at home. So you don’t trust anyone at the Ministry Harry? There’s some good people there.”



Pausing to look both teens in the eyes, Harry responded. “I only know of one: Arthur Weasley. To be blunt , he isn’t someone I would trust with any thing important. Also, I really don’t like the attitudes almost every wizard or witch I’ve met has about other sentient beings. Hell, I’m not even sure if Mr. Weasley thinks of muggles as people or some kind of clever animals. Not to mention the whole blood purity crap. No offense Neville, but a lot of the purebloods I’ve met tend to be living examples of why inbreeding is a bad idea.



No, I’m not going to risk placing any trust in the Ministry after they threw my godfather into Azkaban for a decade with no trial and tried to kill me over the summer.” Here, Harry took a moment and ordered his thoughts. At a silent request, the Room provided a clock. As it was nearly time for dinner, Harry decided to try introducing his fellow Gryffindors to his Sworn.



I’d like you guys to join me for dinner here and introduce you to some people , do you mind?” Receiving their agreement, Harry called for Dobby to take their orders for dinner and sent a Patronus down into the Chamber of Secrets. He willed a door to the Chamber to appear next to Hermione in case a whelp tried to join the drakes he asked to join him.



Idly, he hoped Hermione wasn’t about to be tackle-hugged by a small dragon. In the last few days the whelps had started a game of flying into anyone they could and immediately snuggling into them. To be honest it was very adorable, and while distracting wasn’t exactly dangerous so no had the heart to tell them to stop.



A few moments later Harry altered the room again, revealing Hermione placing the tome she had been reading into her satchel (With the complete lack of spells preventing it, she had taken to copying any interesting book the Room produced and adding it to the collection in the Chamber of Secrets.) and Caliona and Talion conversing with her. Harry had chosen them out of all his followers because they had human forms that had not been seen in the castle yet.



Greeting them, Harry started to introduce them only to pause. “By any chance have you two worked out what names you want to go by around other people yet?”



It turned out they had not. “Okay, Dean, Neville, this is part of something I was trying to build up to. This is Caliona and Talion. For some reason, their culture doesn’t do last names like ours does, but you can consider the ‘ona’ and ‘ion’ to be something similar. I guess one way to put it would be that it marks them as part of a clan?”



Even with the lack of ‘proper’ last names Neville and Dean found themselves quickly warming up to the two newcomers. Neville didn’t put much thought into their names and Dean just wrote them off as another example of the strange names he’d seen since coming into the magical world. Dobby soon came through with an excellent dinner, even Harry’s medical diet was well prepared.



Though Harry had been raised on traditional English cuisine, lately he had found himself nearly drooling for the various foods served to the rest of the castle. Dalistraza still wanted him to only eat food grown or raised Azeroth for the time being. As Hermione and Dean began to eat an assortment of Indian food the Patil twins had requested from the elves after sharing their family’s recipes, only for a number of other students to taste and enjoy, Harry found himself again eating a large roast with minimal vegetables. He was really starting to look forward to a salad. Even Neville’s Shepard’s Pie was looking good.



After a rather enjoyable meal where Harry was glad to have some jungle fruit for desert, Harry tried to think of the best way to breach the coming subject. Eventually, he decided that the best way was to just get it over with.



You’ve seen some of the crazy situations I’ve been involved in through my eyes. The reason I wanted to speak to you both is that I’ve decided not to submit to the Ministry of Magic any longer. I am not going to declare war on them, but I don’t recognize their right to control me. I’m sure eventually they’ll declare war on me, whether before or after Voldemort takes control of the Ministry.



I want to offer you both a place in my organization. The downsides are that Voldemort is going to come after me, and he’ll probably use the Ministry to do it. On the other hand, I can cast the Fidelius Charm now, so if you have a place less well-known than Hogwarts Castle, I can give you a mostly safe home.”



Pausing for a moment, Harry pulled out a page of paper covered in his own notes. Reminding himself to transfer his notes to a cleaner sheet later, he started again. “For the people that follow me, we have a few perks. Right now I have Hermione and a few other people working on a magical tattoo that when fully charged we believe will protect you from up to five Killing Curses. I’m also handing out spare wands, maybe some enchanted weapons, and access to an entirely new style of healing.”



At that, Harry removed his glasses and set them on the table. “In some ways, the new healing magic is better than what we use, in some ways ours is better. But for those that follow me, they get the benefits of the best of both. Soon, I’ll be able to offer a bit of permanent magic that will grow your reserves of magic, even while you sleep.



Lastly, I’m offering training in both combat and a variety of magic. Neville, based on the core in your new wand you should do well with a type of magic centered around nature and plant life, good news is that I know someone who can get you started and where to take you so you can learn the more difficult magic as well. Bad news is that you’ll have to travel to learn the advanced parts.”



Dean and Neville were both thoughtful for a moment. Surprisingly, it was Neville that spoke next. “Harry, it almost sounds like you’re giving a Dark Lord’s recruitment speech. What are your goals?”



A glance from Harry managed to stop the two disguised drakes bristling before he responded. “If you take the ‘dark’ part out, you’re right. I am not going to be torturing people in the night or murdering children. Ever.



My main goal, the one I work towards before anything else, is to keep those who have sworn their loyalty to me safe. To see them survive, to see them thrive . To that end, I need to destroy Voldemort. After that, and though it is only a side project right now, I want to start exploring space and start a colony on Mars.”



Dean more than Neville was very interested in using magic to visit space. Though he was a halfblood Dean had been raised wholly in the muggle world, growing up watching and reading science fiction. He got very excited when Hermione mentioned that they should be able to solve most of the difficulties with magic and the two of them broke into a side conversation enthusiastically.



While the two spoke, Harry and Neville regarded each other. Eventually Neville spoke. “Harry, this might be a mistake, but I’ll join if your healers can help my parents. I hate to talk about it, but a few days after you lost yours, my parents were attacked by the Lestranges and Barty Crouch Jr. They… just kept my mom and dad under the Cruciatus until their minds broke.



Harry had heard about Neville’s parents last year, but hadn’t mentioned it to the boy, feeling Neville actually had it worse than he did. While Harry desperately wanted to know his parents, to see them alive but unable to respond to him… In any case, this was an easy choice. Grabbing Neville’s shoulder, he responded.



Of course I’ll help you Neville . I don’t know for sure we can help your parents, but if its possible my healers will help. Have your parents moved to your house, I’ll fetch Hedwig if you want her to take a message. I don’t actually know anything about your house, but I assume there’s room. My group is trying to keep a low profile for now, so I’d prefer to have your parents treated in private.”



Only a few moments later, Hedwig was taking wing towards the ancestral home of the Longbottom family. Later that night Hedwig would make a second trip, delivering a message to the Thomas family from Dean to arrange a good time to lay a wardstone to keep their family safe. (While the wards established would not be enough to eliminate a determined Death Eater raid, it would provide more than enough time for those inside the house to flee. Planning to take advantage of Hogwarts house elves’ time that was freed up by improvements to the school’s farm, Harry arranged for the Thomas' home to be given an escape tunnel as well. Or rather a tunnel that would allow the family to escape the range of an anti-portkey jinx and use an emergency portkey to Potter Estate. )



After hearing Harry’s plans and the boons he was willing to grant his followers Neville Longbottom and Dean Thomas decided to join Harry’s movement. Dean had no qualms about the oath Hermione described, but Neville was reluctant. For now, both teens agreed to sign a binding magical contract that prevented them from sharing the secrets Harry had shared.



With that done, the group broke up. Talion and Caliona headed back down into the Chamber while Dean and Neville headed back to Gryffindor Tower. With the Room of Requirement providing a door near the Gryffindor Common Room, Harry went in and found Ron right where the map had said he’d be. After waiting a few moments for his friend to finish a chess game, Harry invited Ron to follow him back to the Room.



Sitting around a small table in the Room and e njoying a late tea, Harry explained some of his new plans, including using the dragon’s ability to navigate time to expand their forces. After a bit of discussion, Harry pulled out a small handwritten book and handed it to Ron.



Mate, on Monday one of the tomes I got a copy of was the crafting instructions for a weapon called ‘Quel'Serrar’ which means ‘The High Blade’ in the el ven language I don’t speak. A nother term for the weapon is ‘dragon blade.’ In the final steps of the forging process, the blade is heated in dragonfire and quenched in their blood. In about a week Senastrasz is going to forge the first one, after doing a test run with a dagger. This sword should be a masterpiece, he’s crafting it with an alloy of Titansteel from Azeroth, Khorium from Outland and Goblin Silver from a shattered blade we found in the basilisk’s nest.



A gem fused into it near the hilt will even let the wielder use it to cast simple spells. I want you to have it Ron.” Ron was silent for a time. He had been feeling rather left out of this latest adventure so far, and his insecurities had been flaring up. But, what his best friend was offering…



While most of the Potter Dragonflight, (And Ron had laughed when Hermione had explained the origin of the name to him while Harry despaired of ever getting his followers to change it.) had been busy doing various tasks, Ron had been learning a lot about blacksmithing from Senastrasz. Metallurgy was a large part of that.



(Titansteel was less a product of smelting different materials together than it was alchemy, fusing different materials together to achieve an incredibly strong metal. Khorium was a magic-channeling metal; it was also rare and very expensive, mined from what was left of the planet Draenor and was horribly dangerous to acquire. Goblin silver wasn’t actually silver, but some metal or alloy whose production had long been kept from wizards; it’s most incredible property was the ability to absorb substances that could make it stronger.)



What Harry was offering Ron was an incredibly valuable item . All the Malfoy’s gold would not be enough to purchase a weapon like this, if it would eve n be offered for sale. And such a blade was also a show of trust, that Harry would expect him to fight by his side and never abandon or betray him. With such trust offered to him, there was only one response. “Thank you Harry. Does this mean I’ll be joining you in getting thrashed most nights?”



Harry just laughed for a moment before the Room shifted and changed as Hermione, comfortably studying her tome from earlier, transferred control back to Harry. An extensive collection of weapons formed around the room even as Ron found a model of the planned blade in front of him. The blade was double-edged and angular, with a crimson gem set in the blade itself and a thick, heavy guard that protected the entire grip. It was small enough to be wielded with one hand (though that would certainly require more muscles) but had room on the grip to be used with two if needed.



Ron marveled at it for a moment before picking it up. The weapon was heavier than it looked, but was incredibly well balanced. It would take some work to get used to wielding it. He started giving it a few practice swings even as Harry started speaking again.



Yeah, you’ll be joining me. Practice with the Room’s model of it for now to start building up your arms, then read the notes I gave you tonight or tomorrow morning. Sen’s forging the blade, but you need to imbue the gem. Azeroth’s mages developed a way to enchant gems to focus magic, it’s complicated but something we’ll both be doing. Right now I need to find what kind of weapon fits me, while deadly the Sword of Gryffindor can’t wield magic or be reforged to do so.”



Until long after curfew, the three friends stayed together in the Room of Requirement, catching up and just enjoying spending time together. Hermione started keeping up a conversation while checking her notes and starting a homework assignment, Ron started to get a feel for swinging a sword, and Harry discarded weapon after weapon in the search for one that felt right in his hands. Given that this layout included every weapon seen by everyone who had used the Room, there was a lot to search through.



Eventually, Harry settled on a spear of possibly oriental design. It was taller than he was, at nearly seven feet long from the elegant, wavy bladed head to the simple, though sharp, point at the other end. Set in the blade were two small green gems, and the wooden shaft was decorated with a dark red tassel where the metal blade met the shaft, and a shorter one near the bottom.



As Harry held the recreation in his hands, he noted that if he crafted this weapon, the gems could be enchanted with the same technique he gave Ron to look over. In fact, there was probably some way to use the seemingly decorative tassels to further weaponize the spear. Smiling, Harry imagined storing a powdered form of Alira’s breath attack in the tassels and using his magic to release it during a battle. Given his apparent ability with lightning magic, Harry made a note to find out if Potter Manor had included a lightning rod and if so, to try digging it out of the rubble.



Harry needed to start sifting through the remains of his family’s ancestral home soon anyway. Thankfully Fiendfyre hadn’t been used when his grandparents were killed, though that was likely out of self-preservation on the attacker’s parts as much as anything else. Fiendfyre was hungry and always desired to turn on the magical that summoned it; if it had been able to grow by consuming the Manor, no human would have been able to control it.



(He had a sneaking suspicion that Senegos was exploring the use of the spell to destroy Deathwing. Harry wasn’t sure if he wanted to witness what a being whose anger had left him unable to stand or breathe could accomplish with those cursed flames. Thankfully there were methods, though neither simple nor easy, to counter Fiendfyre , something else Harry had looked into after the battle with Dumbledore.)



As he looked over and saw Ron making practice swings with the model sword in both hands, Harry smirked. A sparring session between the two of them should be fairly equal; though this spear felt like a weapon worth learning it was completely new to him. A short moment of ‘requiring’ and Harry had two blunted weapons both capable of casting spells, though with nowhere near the precision of a wand.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



An hour later Hermione requested Alira and Dalistraza come to the Room to fix up the two boys who were bruised and burnt in a surprising number of ways. Where Lightning and Air elemental magic fit Harry best, Fire and Earth fit Hermione, Ron worked almost equally well with Ice and Fire. After giving Ron a concise explanation of how magic was easier to use when feeling turbulent emotions, Harry had needled his friend almost their entire spar. With an admittedly bad temper Ron was soon using the provided sword to throw various bits of magic at Harry, using emotion and excessive magic to make up for a lack of precision.



Dalistraza quickly got to work on Ron who was still twitching after Harry had ended their match in a near draw, summoning a wave of lightning that swept out from him in all directions before dropping to his knees in exhaustion. Alira was proving herself skilled with potions, using Azeroth’s and Earth’s in conjunction as she coated burns from fire, electricity, and ice in the appropriate salve. To the human’s amusement Dail used the opportunity to lecture the younger dragon on the proper treatment of these injuries in a variety of races, Hermione taking notes all the while.



Not long after, Ron stepped through a door into the corridor just outside the Gryffindor common room with two vials of potion in a pocket, one to finish healing the electrical damage and the other as a general healing potion mixed with a Dreamless Sleep potion. Suffice it to say, he slept well that night.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



The next day passed fairly quickly, and Harry found himself increasingly nervous as the first meeting of the Defense Association neared. Hermione had arranged for students to join them two hours after the last class of the day ended, giving everyone some time to unwind and relax. With the Room of Requirement’s entrance no longer accessible to most of the school, Harry would be opening a doorway on the third floor, not far from the main staircases when the time came.



With a new Headmaster and Umbridge out of the castle they had decided to drop some of the secrecy; or rather, to split the Defense Association into three groups with varying secrecy. The first group would simply be a study group for passing the exams and learning magic they should have from various Defense professors but did not along with non-offensive magic like the Patronus charm. Next would be the students who agreed to sign a contract to neither join or support Harry’s enemies, provided Harry kept to certain standards of behavior; these students would learn basic combat magic. Lastly would be those who chose to take the loyalty oath from Azeroth. Harry was still planning to show his memories, even the ones that he wasn’t proud of, but only to those who swore not to aid his enemies .



T hose students who chose to join Harry as part of his organization would be learning combat from both Senastrasz and Nymphadora Tonks, evasion and stealth from Talion, healing from Dalistraza, and as much magic from two worlds as possible. The Potter Dragonflight would provide a spare wand and either a wardstone to protect their homes or a supplementary rune stone meant to give existing defensive wards teeth . (Aggressively defensive was the goal. Put another way, the goal for those who came to murder families in cold blood was to put them six feet under. ) When it was finished, they’d be getting a copy of the magical tattoo various people and dragons were working on creating. Even Stellagosa and a number of Blue dragons back on Azeroth were helping efforts along, eager to reap the benefits themselves.



(Work on the tattoo’s Arithmancy had been progressing, though slowly. Adding the best part of several magical traditions had greatly complicated the project but in the end would produce a better result. More features in addition to the magic transfer had been added during the planning stages, and while a work in progress it was only a matter of time until the tattoo was ready. The finished products would take one percent of their bearer’s magic, shunting that to the appropriate dragon to help spark the change in biology and magic to elevate them into a Dragon Aspect. This constant drain would force the well of magic in both dragon and wizard to grow.



A sophisticated tracking spell was fairly easy to include as well, but the feature that would prove most tempting to the students of Hogwarts was the well of magic that would be donated by Valistraza. At need, the students could tap this stored energy to regenerate but not heal (The difference being the lack of guided precision, meaning bones would need to be broken and reset and wounds would leave a lot of scar tissue.) their wounds, provide strength to continue fighting, and most importantly resist at least a few killing curses.



Earth’s killing curse, after careful study, was confirmed to be an expression of ‘Fel’ magical energy, the same as used by the demons of the Burning Legion. Thankfully, like much of the magic from Earth it was tightly controlled through wands, shielding the caster from most of its degenerative effects; more importantly the tightly controlled nature of wanded magic kept the Fel magic tightly confined and impossible to notice across worlds.



Where a ‘warlock’ on Azeroth would sweep his hands and throw out green fire or summon an Infernal (A fiery demon that fell to the surface as a meteor before rising from its crater.) a dark wizard would jab a wand and send out a tiny bolt of the same energy whose entire purpose was to end a life by forcibly separating a soul from its’ mortal coil. Compared to the wasting and corrupting influence on those who used it, Earth’s ‘Fel’ spells were confined to a lesser mental effect, making every subsequent use easier and causing a form of addiction . Earth’s spells that used Fel energy also did not carry as much of a risk of tainting an area, poisoning the land and air itself.



Magical energy exists as part of a spectrum, with different points having wildly different properties. Arcane magic was associated with order, and commonly used by mortals of both worlds and the Blue Dragonflight; it’s opposite, Fel energy was chaos and destruction, the opposite of Arcane . While those two energies clashed violently with each other, using a well of Arcane energy to rebuff Fel inside a living creature was a recipe for disaster, either in the explosive clash of magic or the corrupting effects of Fel magic.



Life magic, however, could rebuff Fel magic as well. As the name implied, Life magic encouraged life, bolstered nature, encouraged new growth, gave blessings of fertility, and provided powerful healing. At its heart was the struggle of predator and prey, of change and the end of stagnation. Life magic from a Red dragon was tinted with Fire magic as well. And Fire concerned purification just as much as it did destruction. This was the basis of the ‘Life-Fire’ common to the Red Dragonflight. So not only would the magic contained inside the tattoo rebuff Fel magic, but it would purify Fel’s corruptive effects as well.



So Valistraza would channel her power into the network of tattoos as she was able, energy infused with Life and Fire collecting in each one. Other than the active effect of ‘tapping’ this store of power, there were a few lesser passive benefits. Fire would likely incline the bearers towards action where they might have been passive before. Those carrying a full tattoo would likely grow a little larger and stronger, both physically and magically. Likely not much, but this was a new application of magic so the full results were unknown. But it was highly unlikely that there would be negative effects from storing an energy that promoted life within themselves, with one exception. Life magic promoted fertility, so every contraceptive known to man, dragon, or elf would be defeated in time. Compared to surviving a few strikes from the Killing Curse, it seemed a small price to pay.)



At the appropriate time, Harry asked the Room of Requirement to open a door to the agreed location, Hermione and Ron at his sides. There was no shortage of interested students, it seemed as if over half the school showed up. After explaining that he would show his memories after the meeting, Harry ran through the three spells he was planning to have everyone present proficient in: the ‘Protego’ shield charm, a simple but effective shield, the Stunning spell, and the Patronus charm, a useful piece of magic and one sure to please the examiners. Along with practicing the elemental spells given to the students by Aurogos th e se spells would give the students a decent chance of both surviving an attack and passing their exams . ( While not the examiner’s preferred answer to dealing with a magical threat, ‘kill it with fire’ remained an effective way to deal with most hostile creatures .)



Harry found himself surprised at how fast the first hour went by. Soon he was addressing the gathered students. “For most of you, this part of the Defense Association will be enough. I’m going to be hosting a second smaller club afterwards, but I will be restricting attendance to those who swear an oath not to join or support my enemies. Hermione has written out a simple document that everyone who stays will need to sign, it’s a clever piece of contractual magic that will remove the memory of the meeting from those who choose to not to swear the oath after hearing what I have to say .



If you choose to stay, you’ll see events from my eyes thanks to a pensieve and Professor Tonks will be joining us to give an oath that the memories are real and not a result of Dumbledore screwing with my head. I know I seem paranoid, but you’ll understand my caution after seeing events through my eyes.” It took nearly twenty minutes for the room to empty of those unwilling to sign the contract, among them Draco Malfoy and the children of known Death Eaters. They did inspect the contract before leaving, but it was a relatively simple document that would use their own magic to remove the specified memory if the stated oath wasn’t given.



When the last reluctant student left, Harry altered the Room a little and Andromeda Tonks accompanied by her daughter stepped through a new door. Looking around, Harry realized he had lost about half of those who had come, leaving him with roughly a fourth of the student body. Nearly every muggleborn student had remained, along with some surprising faces, like Daphne Greengrass and her younger sister Astoria. From what Harry had been told by Andromeda, the Greengrass family had generally stayed out of the war, simply doing business with both sides. Though Daphne and her sister did have an uncle in Azkaban for following Voldemort.



Andromeda stepped forward then carrying a small case of glass vials. After giving an oath that she and another mind-healer who wished to remain anonymous for now had verified the memories in these vials as authentic, she passed the case to Harry. Willing a very large pensieve to appear in the middle of the room, Harry spoke a few words. “Just to warn you, some of these memories are disturbing. I, I’ve been through some crazy shit at this school.”



Chuckling at the students, especially the older ones doubting him, Harry started with the memory of the Troll incident his first Halloween at Hogwarts. Afterwards, he asked the students not to think too badly of a couple of eleven year old boys. He followed this up with the ‘cursed broom’ incident, both from his perspective and Hermione’s. Fred and George led three cheers for Hermione setting Professor Snape on fire.



After that, Harry showed short memories of the ‘breadcrumbs’ that led to the series of simple traps protecting the Philosopher's Stone. His first meeting with Voldemort and Dumbledore’s explanation in the infirmary when he woke up scared a lot of students. This was compounded by the following year’s memories involving Harry hearing a voice through the walls, though he switched from a giant pensieve to a Memory Viewing Device to provide subtitles for the spoken Parseltongue. Those children whose parents worked for the Ministry were not exactly happy when Hagrid was hauled away so the Ministry could ‘be seen to be doing something!’



Harry got a lot of crazy looks after proving he faced down a rather enormous Basilisk and a teenage shade of the Dark Lord at twelve. When one of the students remarked that the remains were probably rather valuable, Harry smirked and said that his Basilisk hide boots were very comfortable .



After a previous conversation with Sirius, Harry’s third year memories started with blowing up Marge and the black dog he’d seen outside. They continued with encountering Dementors on the train, Dementors on the Quidditch Pitch, and finally Dementors on the school grounds. Admitting the memories were out of order, Harry filled in some gaps with hearing about Sirius from an overheard conversation and what the students thought was a very odd focus on Ron Weasley’s pet rat. Eventually Harry showed his first real meeting with Sirius Black and the events leading to his escape. When Hermione received jealousy for her use of a Time-Turner, Harry rebuked the students involved, citing the strain it placed on her and his belief that she was only approved to use one in the hopes of a too-smart first generation witch writing herself out of existence.



Briefly showing the attack after the World Cup that summer, Harry offered a sworn oath that he did not enter himself into the Triwizard Tournament or ask anyone else to do so. An impersonator of Alastor Moody was shown to offer advice that allowed him to complete the first task, and after that Andromeda extracted a memory from Neville of the book given to him by the same. Harry showed the ‘highlights’ of the second task, Fleur in a swimsuit proving a more stimulating memory than he remembered.



They had a short break then. Hoping to preemptively calm stomachs, his own included, Harry asked Dobby to bring up the case of carbonated drinks that had been sitting in a chilled room inside the Chamber of Secrets. While the students sipped at their drinks or visited the restroom, Harry sought out the girls usually seen around Cho. When he found one, he warned them that the next memory was not going to be easy for the Ravenclaw to see.



Of course, it wasn’t easy for Harry to see either. Many students were watching his face during the memory and saw his self-loathing at offering Cedric to share the cup, his hatred of Pettigrew, and the resignation as Voldemort rose out of the cauldron. His brief duel with the returned Dark Lord evoked pity, it was obviously intended to be more execution than duel. His survival was cheered, but the students were confused at first when Harry stoically showed them the memory of Crouch Jr. and Fudge’s refusal to believe Harry or investigate. Harry ended the show with the two Dementors that somehow ended up in a muggle suburb and the near-instant expulsion notice.



Looking around the students, Harry waited for them to realize what that last part meant. It seemed that Susan Bones and Daphne Greengrass were the first to understand the implications. “That makes four times Dementors have nearly killed me. The funny thing is, Voldemort has been lying low and gathering followers, so an open attempt at my life doesn’t make sense. Especially one so damned half-assed .”



T aking a moment to let that sink in, Harry turned to Susan Bones. After some research, Harry had been surprised at how influential people in Wizarding Britain had children in Hogwarts right now. “Susan, forgive me for singling you out, but do you know if there has even been an investigation of any of these events by the D.M.L.E.? You are the closest thing to a contact we have right now.”



Embarrassed by being put on the spot, Susan responded anyway. “Not as far as I know, Minister Fudge has shut down more than a few investigations in the last few years. My aunt has not been happy about it.”



With a sigh, Harry responded. “I’ve found a lot of people are unhappy with the Ministry, but no one ever seems to do anything about it. Well, the Ministry has imprisoned my godfather for over a decade when a few drops of truth serum would have freed him, nearly killed me three times on accident, once on purpose and then thrown me into a show trial simply for failing to die. Not to mention the corruption and blood purity nonsense that is so firmly entrenched.”



Many of the students being pureblood themselves began to grumble at that last remark. In response, Harry used his frustration with the Ministry to pull at his magic, using a generally wasteful technique to ‘flare’ his magic. This produced a similar effect as Senegos had exhibited, though it did serve to highlight the gulf between the two users of magic. Many of the students still fell to their knees, especially the first years, though some remained unaffected. Andromeda, Nymphadora, Hermione, and Ralion (He had joined the entirety of Hufflepuff that had come to find out the truth of what had cost Cedric his life.) were among those that seemed wholly unaffected.



After a full minute of forcing an oppressive aura on the crowd, Harry let up and spoke again. “One thing that Albus Dumbledore, Tom Riddle and myself have in common is that we are all ‘halfbloods.’ I ask that you think logically for a moment about what that means for ‘Blood Purity.’ All three of our lines produced something greater than our parents when new blood was introduced to flagging ‘pure’ bloodlines.”



If he was honest with himself, Harry still had doubts that he was in any way greater than either of his parents, but felt it was what the crowd needed to hear. “ Blood isn’t even the only factor in becoming powerful. It helps, of course, but the density of ambient magic in early life, accumulated knowledge, and reflexes mean just as much if not more. And hard work increases our power most of all; the amount of magic every one of us has increases as our reserves refill after being spent. Why do you think Hogwarts is a boarding school? This castle has more magic in the air than anywhere else in the world.



In any case, I was talking about the Ministry. With everything that I know, with all the influence Lucius Malfoy has built Tom Riddle could walk into the Ministry,” A grimace fell onto Harry’s face. “ deal with the few good people that work there, and the rest would simply submit. I have no faith in the Ministry of Magic. Fudge has proven to be unreliable at best , and murderous at worst.”



Speaking calmly with his voice reflecting his utter surety , Harry continued. “From this day forward I will no longer submit to a corrupt government. I will not start a war with the Ministry of Magic, but neither will I let them harm me or those who choose to follow me. For those of you who want to stay, we have another session planned after this one. There’s another contract you’ll need to sign to hear the ‘sales pitch,’ and more responsibilities involved, but I am also offering significant benefits as well.”



Neville Longbottom was the first to sign the new contract. In fact, of those that had remained and taken a simple binding oath to not aid Harry’s enemies so long as Harry did not partake in actions that would mark him as a dark lord, none left. When the papers had been signed, a large blackboard appeared behind Harry. Without even looking at it, words began to form, forming two columns.

Benefits

1- A new wand, without Ministry tracking charms. This wand is not guaranteed to be as precise a magical focus as an Ollivander wand.

2- A robust wardstone will be provided for those whose homes currently lack one. For those that have wards, a supplementary stone will be provided to strengthen existing wards by use of a new runic script. These stones will be produced at a rate of at least three a week.

3- Access to an entirely new (to magical Britain) subset of healing magic with superior ability to remove toxins, destroy sicknesses, and bolster the weak.

4- The optional application of a magical tattoo currently in development with the following benefits:

A- At the cost of one-hundredth of their available magic, this tattoo will provide a constant drain on their magic, increasing the wearer’s total volume of magic safely at a rate approximately one tenth the rate of magical exhaustion training .

B- A tracking spell allowing any captured wearer to be found, even through the most powerful of wards.

C- A well of potent, Life-reinforcing magic that can be activated at will to bolster the wearer’s magic, instantly replenishing an exhausted supply. This magic will trigger regeneration, which is different from healing and may cause seemingly healed injuries to require additional attention when a healer is available. This magic is expected to have passive benefits as well. The downside, since Life magic enhances fertility, is the expected eventual failure of all contraceptives.

D- The most important feature of the tattoo however is that once the user taps that well of magic, it will allow them to survive between two and five Killing Curses.



Responsibilities

1- Your choice of two variations of a two-way loyalty oath. The Oath to a Loyal Lord magically enforces loyalty to both parties. One variation includes a magical adoption into House Potter, while the other is a more traditional loyalty oath.

2- All followers of Harry Potter will train regularly so that they can defend themselves and their loved ones. Trainers will be provided, but personal effort will be essential.

3- Followers of Harry Potter will work together on many different projects to ensure the success of the group as a whole. Harry Potter’s group will require warriors, healers, warders, blacksmiths, enchanters, and merchants. As skilled artisans improve the situation for the entire group, specialized training will be provided that will exceed ‘Mastery’ level.

4- Followers of Harry Potter will note that joining has the eventual likelihood of drawing attention from Harry Potter’s enemies. While both Harry Potter and the group at large will work to minimize risks, they will still exist. Remember, however, that Harry Potter will never abandon a loyal follower no matter how long a rescue takes.



After a few moments of students absorbing what was written, Hermione stepped forward and began speaking. “The tattoo is a work in progress right now. We know everything we promised is possible, Harry’s godfather was willing to help us with a small test. A rather unfortunate deer survived three killing curses. It’s a good thing the Black’s house elf really knows how to prepare venison, because it took four deer to get the magic to adhere correctly.”



In the swarm of questions that followed, Harry eventually found himself answering a question on how ‘Potter’s Mark’ as it was being called, worked. “It’s more complicated than this, but think of the Killing Curse as a form of ‘Death’ magic. The marks will contain as much ‘Life’ magic as we can store safely, and with it in your body you will resist the effects of a few hits by that curse.”



Padma Patil, however, pressed for more information. “But how are you producing the Life magic in the first place? I’ve never heard or read about it anywhere.”



With a chuckle, and remembering that everyone present would either join him or forget his sales pitch afterwards, Harry decided to tell the truth. “Well, the story of how I discovered the source isn’t really crazy compared to some of the other things I’ve done, but you might only believe it if you see it through my eyes. Two weeks ago when the Hogwarts wards went crazy, I was the cause. To shorten a long story, magical travel from one world to another is possible but requires a vast amount of power.”



Continuing on quickly, ignoring the disbelief and mentally asking the Room for a Memory Viewing Device, Harry continued. “Long story short, a group of refugees left their world that night, including a mostly mature pregnant female who will be powering our marks. Life magic is intrinsic to her species, and the first point about the mark is important. Essentially, the taken magic strengthens her, and as she grows in power the magic she imparts to the marks will be more effective . In time, these tattoos might be able to absorb up to ten Killing Curses.”



Disbelief continued to build even when Harry shared memories of both Elune’s vision and the formation of the portal. However, when Ralion followed by the other drakes tumbled through the portal in the image projected in the air, the more observant students were turning to Ral Elsington in disbelief. With a smirk, Ral began to speak when the memory was finished playing.



Yes, that was me. Sorry if I look a little depressed there, but my brother in blood and spirit had just agreed to serve a god for eternity in exchange for our safe passage. I don’t ever expect to see him again.”



One of the Ravenclaw students spoke up incredulously. “So all four of you are dragon animagi? You expect us to believe that?”



Responding, Ral laughed. “Of course not. I apologize for not correcting the rumor, but neither myself nor any of my species are animagi. While people on our world can turn into animals, it is a completely different process; in fact there is very little overlap in the magical traditions of Earth and Azeroth. Instead, I am an ‘Anthromagus.’”



Very quietly, Hermione chuckled and spoke quietly enough only Harry and Ron could hear her. “Wait for it…”



Sure enough, it didn’t take long for a student who knew the meaning of ‘Anthro’ to put it into context and realize what Ral really was. Thankfully, Harry had long since removed the doors to the Room of Requirement to ensure secrecy for their meeting. As the realization spread and more people began to panic, Ralion could be heard to shout: “Easy! You’re not in any danger from me, do you have any idea how awful you humans taste?” Shockingly, this statement did not calm the frightened students.



Sighing, Harry cast an ‘Amplifying Charm’ and got the student’s attention again. “Calm down! These dragons don’t eat anything with a soul for the same reason using forcible sacrificial magic is a bad idea . Please remember that the only thing he’s harmed so far was Dumbledore’s Fiendfyre bomb. Despite the scales and wings, they are good people. Really, unless you’re a deer animagus or something similar you have nothing to fear from them. If you are, please talk to me afterwards so we can make sure there are no accidents.”



Th e night turned out to be a fruitful one for Harry’s organization . Though discussion continued long into the night, Harry received his first human oathsworn. Of the seventy students that had stayed, fifty students agreed to swear the oath, though some chose to leave. Those that left however still agreed to never support Harry’s enemies so would be returning Sunday night.



Of those who remained Daphne Greengrass was a surprise. W hen Daphne spoke to Harry privately she agreed to serve him if he could heal her younger sister and father . It turned out an old blood curse had resurfaced in both her father and sister, and would bring them to early, agonizing deaths if a cure wasn’t found. Harry agreed and asked the two of them to stay afterwards, telling Daphne that even if they couldn’t heal Astoria yet, it was highly likely they could in the future. Azeroth’s Red Dragon Aspect was the most powerful healer to ever step foot on either world, and if Harry had his way Valistraza would gain that same power in time to help the Greengrasses.



Having learned from the last batch of oath rituals, Harry was pacing himself now and limiting himself to fifteen oaths a day. There was another contract handed out to protect their secrecy for those who wanted to swear the oath but would be forced to wait. While Harry knew the students he was taking into his service probably did not fully grasp the choice they were making, their odds of surv ival were better in his service than trapped between a corrupt Ministry and two Dark Lords. At the very least, Harry would have them taught how to defend themselves, Harry would see their homes and loved ones protected, and Harry would build an army to protect those who chose to follow him.



As Harry explained the oath ritual to those who would complete it tonight Alira, Dalistraza, and Valistraza had come up and begun examining Astoria. The Headmaster was later called in as well.



Later, Harry was finishing his explanations. “Now I’m only doing fifteen tonight because the last time I did this my magic went all wonky and wiped me out. At least I can do the oaths for you in English instead of Parseltongue.” At the concerned looks, Harry sighed and explained that part too. “Our scaly friends have a magical language called Draconic. It wasn’t easy at first, but with some effort we could understand each other. But now my Parseltongue sounds different, like the Draconic has rubbed off on it.”



Hannah Abbott asked what would hopefully be the last question. “I understand that this is permanent, but are there any benefits to the oath itself?”



Only needing a few seconds to come up with an answer, Harry responded. “I can and will order you to be immune to mind altering magic. That’s the whole reason I used this oath in the first place. If he wants to share, you can ask Ralion about it, the Imperius Curse pales before the magic he was a victim of. But that will also be one of the things you cannot share freely, because I do not want Tom Riddle to even suspect that sort of magic exists. If there’s no other questions, who wants to go first?”



Not unexpectedly, no one pushed forward to be the first. After a moment though, Katie Bell stepped forward boldly and took the oath which was helpfully displayed on a chalkboard behind Harry. Hermione was at his side again, performing the part of the ritual that involved cleaning the knife. A few moments later Katie had sworn to serve as a vassal to a Loyal Lord, received orders to only obey orders which were meant as orders, to keep Harry’s secrets, and for her mind to resist all attempts at alteration or control.



Fourteen others followed, representing three houses, including a blonde Ravenclaw a year below Harry. Luna Lovegood was a rather strange girl, who had a decidedly negative reaction when commanded to resist all mind control. She immediately fell to her knees and began screaming. A moment later Alira and Andromeda Tonks were both working on her frantically. Five minutes later the Green drake called out for anyone with experience with the mind arts to hurry over.



Looking at her Lord, Alira explained there was something clinging to the girl's mind and it was tearing at her in a rage at being shut out. So, with Susan Bones (Who would not take the oath tonight, waiting for her best friend, Hannah to give her advice.) and Hannah Abbott holding Luna’s eyes open Alira, Andromeda, Harry and Hermione all cast a spell to enter the distraught girl’s mind. Harry admittedly was just there to be ‘muscle’ in case of violence.



What the four saw upon arriving, for a given value of ‘saw’ anyway, was some dark, shadowy monster with a somewhat fluid form rooted deeply in the girl’s mind. Not having the experience needed to be anything other than a blunt instrument, Harry ordered the others to start prying the creature loose. An advantage in mental combat was that belief and perception played a large part in the outcome. A Harry Potter that had never met Ralion and the others might never have had the belief in himself needed to do what came next, but this universe’s Harry trusted those who believed in him.



With a warcry, Harry started using the ‘fast and loose’ relationship the mental realm had with reality to skip the need for a wand or incantation and simply leveled his right hand at the presence and focused on the instant where everything changed. Whatever this being was, it apparently did not like lightning bolts to the face. A protracted battle began with Harry keeping the entrenched presence from interfering with the others and unleashing the power of the Storm unceasingly.



When it began to speak, no one realized their physical mouths were moving as well. In the physical world, the students were more than a little shaken when Luna Lovegood spoke in a deep voice. This one is mine. Cease your efforts and I will allow you to continue your flawed existence.”



With a snarl Harry snapped back a response as he threw a more broad bolt through the thickest part of the oily presence that was not entirely corporeal. “You have no claim to her. Flee without harming her, swear never to return, and I will allow you to live!”



Impudence! You are nothing compared to one such as I! I shall consume you for this insult!”



Big words for smoke caught in a Storm.” With that, Harry gathered lightning into a whip in his left hand and began to lash at the tendrils burrowed into Luna even as his right continued to throw burning arcs of electricity.



As he fought Harry let his anger at this entity befouling Luna’s mind fuel his magic. As the battle dragged on it seemed to Harry as if his power was growing. As he struck again and again, using a mental construct of the flying discs he’d seen at Azurewing Repose to dodge both ‘ physical’ blows a s well as bolts of darkness and crimson energy, Harry poured more and more power into his attacks. More, he refused to relinquish the expended bolts even as they tore into his enemy. Instead of dissipating the lightning began to linger in a storm of savaging wrath, inflicting more and more damage as the minutes ticked by.



With Harry taking more and more of the creature’s attention, the others were able to gradually uproot the representation of the influence it had on Luna. Near the end of the battle a great tendril finally managed to strike Harry, shattering his disc and slamming him into the ground. In response, Harry unleashed all the energy he had been building in one attack while at the same time digging the lightning that had been clawing at the presence and pushing it away as hard as he could.



It took an enormous effort, but the presence was pushed out of Luna’s mind. But it disturbed those that remained after that it did not seem to go anywhere. It simply ceased to be. It wasn’t destroyed but neither did it exit the girl into the Room of Requirement. In any case the healers promptly got to work on treating the damage caused by both the creature’s expulsion and presence.



Leaving the healers with Hermione to assist them, Harry ended what was technically a Legilimency attack on Luna Lovegood. In the real world, his nose had bled at some point, but of more interest was that people had moved while he was occupied. A Blue drake in his natural form had two claws resting on Harry’s back, Aurogos having been channeling the magic from drakes, whelps, a Broodmother and many of the students in shifts into Harry during the confrontation.



As Valistraza treated the after-effects of channeling too much foreign magic through himself Aurogos slumped and watched Dalistraza press warmly glowing hands to Harry’s back where his claws had been. It hadn’t been easy channeling the magic into his Lord safely, but if it improved Harry’s chances he was happy to make the effort. After a few moments he convinced his Lord to use the Room to project his perception of whatever just happened. After watching it through, he growled wordlessly.



I’d say it was some form of Void creature my Lord. I don’t really know how that could have happened, they don’t just walk into our plane of reality on their own. Usually these kinds of creatures are forcibly summoned and more often than not their summoners are the first to die.”



One of the Weasley twins spoke up then. “I remember hearing about Luna’s mother dying. Some kind of spell crafting experiment went wrong and killed her in front of Luna. Poor girl was never the same after.”



Aurogos actually had to take several deep breaths and count to ten inside his own head before he said something unkind. That… is the height of irresponsibility. Luna and your world are both incredibly lucky that idiotic meddler did not cause the wholesale destruction of your world with that. Fuck! Monday I’m teaching a lecture on the dangers of magic just for this! Play with forces outside our physical universe like there’s no danger at all! With her daughter in the room! Might just as easily have summoned a Nathrezim and gotten everyone on the planet killed!”



Katie, who had quietly watched what was going on and gladly donated her magic when asked, spoke up then. “What is a Nathrezim? If you don’t mind telling us, Headmaster.”



Taking another breath to finish calming himself, Aurogos smiled at her, making an effort to conceal his numerous teeth as he did so. Normally he would have already changed back to his human form, but changing shape while wounded was just asking for trouble so he would wait for the healers to clear him.

 

The Nathrezim are a race of demons that have been folded into the Burning Legion. Essentially they’re infiltrators and spies that specialize at turning nations against each other. Sadly, they are very good at it. During the height of the mundane world’s Cold War, a single Nathrezim of any intelligence would have been enough to see to your world burn. I think it would take more than one now, but the problem is that once you get one on your world it can summon others.



Before you ask, the Burning Legion is a vast army of demons that sweep across the cosmos destroying every world in their path. Ten-thousand years ago they invaded my birth world and were only forced back at great cost. We lost eight tenths of the landmass and lives beyond count. The Legion exists only to destroy, kill, and corrupt. You can’t negotiate, you can’t bargain. All they want is the world destroyed and everyone on it either dead or suffering eternally. The only way to survive when they invade is to unite your world and fight them.



Honestly, th e Legion is part of the reason I want every student to be able to defend themselves and why I’m going to remove the Ministry from Hogwarts as soon as possible; having a generation of magic users helpless is a disaster just waiting to happen.”



Knowledge that there was life beyond their world, and not all of it friendly was sobering for the forty students that remained. Gradually they started to break up as they either signed a contract to take the loyalty oath when possible or forfeit the day’s memories or learned a spell to hide their new bracelets bearing the Potter family crest.



Harry provided exits near the various common rooms, and for the Greengrass sisters and Tracey Davis, who was Daphne’s best friend, directly into their room. After four full years of the odors and sounds produced by his dorm-mates Harry had been decidedly jealous when he learned that Slytherin allowed the students private or semi-private rooms on their preference.



Aurogos was surprised when his Lord without asking partitioned the Room to give him a space with a large warm pool and dragon-accessible bed and asked his dragonsworn to take care of him even as a similar room appeared for himself. As Harry was being helped towards his own bath he paused a moment and concentrated. The Room of Requirement expanded and dozens of identical rooms appeared each containing a large hot tub and bed. (Except for one that obviously made use of expansion charms and had a pool sized for Valistraza.)



Aurogos waved away his only male Dragonsworn that seemed torn between giving him a hand or chatting up Katie Bell; he had no problem allowing Jason the evening or night off if he wished it. The drake was amused when Naomi and Sarah levitated him out of the room and into the soothing hot water easily. It was hard to guess how much of their power increase was from diligent hard work, the Dragonsworn bond, or just living in Hogwarts Castle with the portal spilling so much foreign magic into their world. Whatever the cause, he was glad to see all three of his dragonsworn had grown magically since swearing their allegiance. Their decision might have been made without proper deliberation, but Aurogos had been trying hard to ensure they never regretted it.



While the Blue drake didn’t expect a repeat of their first time together, it was still nice to enjoy their company as the water that was close to boiling soothed his injuries. Thankfully using his own body as a conduit to reinforce his Lord hadn’t caused life-threatening injuries, just a kind of tissue damage that was decidedly painful. Aurogos fell asleep with his head resting on a pillow on the edge of the tub, sticking charms on both while Naomi and Sarah carefully cleaned his face with the hot water.



Even though Aurogos had understood the reason why Alira had immediately latched onto Harry Potter as a source of safety, he had looked down upon her, though only in his own mind. But now, nodding off warm and safe he found himself perfectly content to serve his Lord and teach magic. When he woke and found himself dry in the bed with a pretty girl on either side under his wings, Aurogos could only reflect on how much better his life had turned out since making his choice to follow Harry Potter.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.





A/N: Anthromagus is a twist on ‘Animagus’ I first saw in the story ‘On An Island In The Sunby Rorschach's Blot. It’s a short story that I would highly recommend.



This chapter still feels clunky and a little rough to me, even though I’ve gone over it about seven times now. My muse was unhappy with me as I was writing it, but oddly the next chapter came much easier. Chapter 21 also feels better with just one editing pass than this one already. Meh.


 

Anyway, please review! I enjoy every one and they motivate me to keep writing!




Chapter 21: Chapter 21: Enter the Goblins

Chapter Text

Thanks to hkurtz2013 on fanfiction for his work on this chapter!

 

Chapter 21: Enter the Goblins or ‘Top Ten Ways to Recognize a Failed Ambush’



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



As far as amenities go, the Room of Requirement was hard to beat. Jason Atreides knew this from experience, more than one late night of research in the last few weeks had ended with himself and the others sleeping in the Room. His current companion, the Gryffindor a year below him, (though it turned out she was only about six months younger) was finding this out right now. After the excitement last night involving the exorcism of Luna Lovegood, Jason had spent several hours telling Katie Bell about his experiences with and impressions of the Potter Dragonflight. On a comfortable couch in front of a fire Katie had simply fallen asleep leaning against him as he told her about being a dragonsworn. Not wanting to wake her and finding her presence pleasant, Jason had simply flicked his wand to turn their couch into a bed and drifted off, feeling just as exhausted as she was after a long day. While much of draconic culture still seemed strange to him, their emphasis on physical touch was hard to argue wit h.



If Jason hadn’t been aware of everything Aurogos had gone through before swearing himself to Harry Potter, he might have been jealous of his Patron and the relationship he had with Naomi and Sarah. As it was, he understood they had skipped much of the typical courtship rituals in their search for something to hold onto in the aftermath of massive changes in their lives and near deaths from Fiendfyre. (Jason had researched the Headmaster’s spell in the Room’s library when he had the chance. What he learned made him want to go have ‘I didn’t die!’ sex.)



In any case, Katie was enjoying what was probably the greatest shower ever imagined right now after Dobby had been kind enough to bring her a clean uniform. If he was honest with himself, Jason had enjoyed spending time with her, and was already thinking of ways to engineer more time together. Now that he thought about it, Harry had mentioned those flying discs he saw at Azurewing Repose and that they had been at least a match for his Firebolt. Perhaps he should copy the tome gifted to his Lord by proxy and see about crafting a couple of them…



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Not much later, nearly every inhabitant of the Room of Requirement was filing out of their individual rooms and towards a massive table where a big breakfast was waiting. Even those without a dragon’s sense of smell were lured by the wonderful scents . As he rubbed the sleep out of his eyes, Harry mused on how he had grown used to sleeping soundly next to Hermione and Alira. He had so much more energy since that had started, no longer were nightmares constantly keeping him awake. Ever since the third task restful, uninterrupted sleep had become impossible (Though admittedly nightmares had long been a problem for him.) and it felt great to simply enjoy restful sleep again.



The mental battles occurring nightly did have him worried, but both Alira and Hermione had said they were almost completely safe while they pushed back the nightly mental probes. Harry had extracted a promise from them to retreat behind his mental defenses the moment they needed to. Knowing that Hermione wasn’t bound to obey, in a moment where it was just the three of them, Harry had asked them to be as safe as possible. In the quiet moments that followed he had told both of them that they were important to him, that he cared greatly for both of them. That memory of sitting with the two of them had become fuel for his Patronus spell. Even now as he finished waking for the day with a cup of tea, thinking of that time spent with Hermione leaning into his side with her hand in his while the other gently stroked the Green dragon that had curled around them both gave him a pleasant warmth.



While he had been tempted to remain in bed with his best friend and a very friendly drake, there was a lot to do today. Aurogos’s research group had decided on the expansion scheme for Potter Manor, and Harry would need to be present for that. Not only to help provide the needed magical power, but because it was his land they would be altering, everyone expected the procedure to go more smoothly with Harry’s magic in the mix. First though, there were a number of errands to run in Diagon Alley. Harry himself would be visiting Gringotts Bank to find out everything he could about his financial situation and that of his family. He expected to empty his trust vault of silver sickles, if nothing else.



Professor McGonagall would accompany him and she would withdraw the needed coin to pay ‘Senas Lothar’ and ‘Aurogon Salonar’ for their work at Hogwarts. Both would promptly be melting down their paychecks to pay for items in the muggle world. Senastrasz would be visiting Garrick Ollivander in his shop to deliver a sample of ‘Alexstrasza’s Boughs’, hopefully tempting the wand maker to assist them with several tasks.



While the wands Aurogos and the others had crafted from the living wood of the Alexstrasza’s Boughs tree at Potter Estate were functional, they could certainly be improved. In addition, the trees that grew from the unused wands were very interesting and could likely be used for wands, but not in the same manner as the original tree. So far, the saplings had ‘rejected’ cores according to the wand team. Additionally the spear Harry wanted to craft (And had become rather dangerous with while training in the Room of Requirement.) had the possibility of incorporating a mage staff as well but creating ‘a wand, but longer and with a magically reactive blade at the end’ was something that would benefit from Ollivander’s expertise.



(Several of the magical trees had been planted at Potter Estate and magically grown to eight feet tall. Harry had been caught cackling madly one day as he researched a runic construct that could use nearby sources of magic to directly attack invaders by gathering ‘loose’ magic into a concentrated burst. The next day all three ‘Stormbark’ trees had been planted near the hill where the manor had once stood, and would again.)



Ron would be leading the Weasley siblings back to the Burrow just before lunch. He had an official offer for his eldest brother, Bill, to be permanently employed at Hogwarts in three roles. First, Bill would be joining in ‘de-lousing’ the castle of the various cursed objects that had been hidden throughout the school. Second, he would assist the warding team in their quest to make Hogwarts an invincible fortress. And third, he would be teaching a weekly class on the dangers, merits, and methods of curse breaking. That he would likely be recruited into the Potter Dragonflight went without saying.



As the meal progressed, Harry found himself amused at the treatment Jason Atreides and Katie Bell were receiving. The Tonks couple was giving the two disapproving looks, especially Andromeda. The dragons however were giving the two no special consideration despite the general seriousness of relationships in draconic culture. Harry chuckled out loud when Jason revealed the secret to Katie, and the rest of the table as well. “The dragons know we slept next to each other without having sex. I don’t know exactly how their sense of smell works, but apparently magic lets them penetrate almost any method of concealing scents.”



With Andromeda looking slightly embarrassed the group continued breakfast. Half an hour later, Aurogon was informing the staff at what was to become a weekly meeting that he would be out of the castle for the day. When asked, he simply replied that he had purchased a small property and would be laying wards and basic expansions. Since the location required a lengthy portkey trip, Flitwick would be left in charge of the castle until Minerva returned from Gringotts.



Not long after that, Aurogos was opening a portal to Potter Estate down in the Chamber of Secrets with his dragonsworn, Hermione, and several others joining them. Alira and a small company of Red and Green whelps stepped through as well, carrying with them the three ‘Blackstone’ trees.



The saplings grown from their resident Black dragon were about to prove their usefulness. Professor Sprout and Neville Longbottom had both examined the extruded soil and found it both rich and indistinguishable from natural volcanic soil. After the expansion of Potter Estate the existing area near the manor ruins would find itself an island surrounded by miles of a pit hundreds of feet deep because while the expansion created space, it did not create soil to place in the new void.



It would take time to fill, and much of it would be filled from other sources, but the Blackstone trees would help alleviate the need for so much soil to fill the space created. After the expansion, a number of other wands would find themselves grown into trees as well.



Harry was leaving through Professor McGonagall’s private Floo Connection along with Senastrasz. For security he was wearing his invisibility cloak, though he would remove it and switch to a disillusionment charm before reaching Gringotts and then remove that charm just before stepping foot onto the Goblin’s bank. He and the deputy Headmistress would be flanked by Nymphadora Tonks and Talion in his human guise, while Ralion and Caliona would follow their progress directly overhead from within the Twilight Realm.



(When Caliona had gained the ability to create small, temporary portals to the realm she was intrinsically bound to, Ralion only allowed himself a moment of jealousy before redoubling his efforts to master the abilities intrinsic to Twilight Dragons. Caliona had helped his efforts as well, her help proving even more useful than Alira’s simply because though their capability to open portals or simply fade into another plane of reality* were similar, the Twilight Realm and the Emerald Dream (Or just the Dream on Earth.) were very different places.)



With a modified speak-stone, a common communication tool from Azeroth, the two drakes would keep a close eye on Harry, though they would wait to step onto the bank’s ward perimeter, or rather the place it began in the physical world. So far at least, experiments had shown that Hogwarts’ wards could be bypassed by moving through the Twilight Realm, but whether the same was true for the Goblin’s defenses was unknown. At least half an hour after Harry entered the bank Ralion was going to move past the ward boundary with Talion observing the reaction, if any.



Not long after Aurogos and his cohort for the day stepped through a portal to Potter Estate, Harry followed Professor McGonagall through the Floo under his cloak. With luck, no one would notice the disturbance directly behind his Head of House. Talion and Dora were already waiting in the Alley. Nymphadora Tonks would never admit it, but she found herself jealous at the way Talion in his human form simply melted into the crowd. It was like he had some passive spell that simply let him move unnoticed.



Harry found himself unable to pick Talion out of the crowd either as he made his way to Gringotts. Dora, while generally blending in, wasn’t a problem, but after donning plain black robes, with material and style to place him in the upper-middle class financially, it was as if the Black drake could become invisible. As he walked through Diagon Alley, Harry found himself running his fingers over the holster containing both his new Basilisk core wand and his old Phoenix-feather as well.



After much examination it seemed that his old wand was just a wand, though it wasn’t a great fit for him now. In a pocket he had three trunks, each with a space expansion charm and a coin-specific summoning charm that would activate when the trunks were opened; this would hopefully get around Gringotts ban on using a wand without angering the Goblins.



Thankfully Harry reached Gringotts without issue. Two hours later, as he rode a cart down to his trust vault, he found himself refraining from grinding his teeth. Harry found himself revisiting his initial views on the Goblins. Not only did they seem to enjoy making life miserable for others, they also had acted as if Harry requesting all information on the deposits and withdrawals from his vault had been a personal insult. Harry could admit he had fallen into the same opinion of Goblins as many Muggleborn, that they were a noble people who had been wronged by arrogant wizards.



With more exposure to the species however, Harry could only fault the wizards of antiquity for allowing the Goblin Nation a monopoly on the banking system. During the process of acquiring records Harry had heard from the small, carefully enchanted stone that had been shrunken and placed just inside his ear canal that Ralion and Caliona had moved into the Bank without apparently triggering an alarm. They had stayed away from him until he moved into the tunnels however.



After Harry emptied his trust vault, he retained five Galleon coins to bribe his cart operator. “I’d like to visit my family vault. Yes, Ripsnarl, I am aware I am not allowed to withdraw anything at this time. I simply want to see it with my own eyes.”



Harry had taken a quick glance at the documents he’d been provided. While Albus Dumbledore had not stolen from his accounts, he had not bothered to either manage them himself or allow someone else to do it for him. All of the Potter family’s incoming revenue had tapered off over time, their businesses either failing or managers not paying what they ought to. To make matters worse, all the legal documents needed to prove Harry’s ownership or partnership had simply been thrown into the family vault by his father.



While understandable that James Potter would have focused his efforts on the war and then protecting his family, Harry found himself annoyed that so many resources that he had a use for right now were denied him. An especially bitter thought in his head said that it wasn’t as if James had succeeded in keeping his family safe either. For the life of him, Harry could not understand why his family had not fled England instead of just hiding under a Fidelius Charm.



With the amount of gold in the two vaults, it should have been possible to buy a property anywhere in the world and then cast a Fidelius there instead. (Harry suddenly found himself wondering what would happen if he tried to use the Fidelius on a small sailing ship. An ocean faring ship might have been a safer refuge than fleeing to another country, and with a House Elf and gardening trunks it was easy to be self-sufficient.) Possible reasons why all came back to Dumbledore’s meddling and tendency towards mind control.



In any case, Harry had emptied his trust vault. It turned out there wasn’t any interest being accrued (And boy, did the Goblins get rude when Harry had asked about that. Apparently they felt no need to do anything other than charge his family account for the privilege of storing his gold.) so it seemed pointless to leave it there when he could use the silver for future oath rituals and the gold for purchases in the muggle world. He was making a stop at the primary vault just in case he needed to make a clandestine withdrawal. The Goblin’s attitudes had given him a bad feeling. Maybe I should look into what actually caused all those goblin rebellions Binns always goes on about...



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



While Aurogos oversaw the preparations to expand Potter Estate, an action that would give them much needed farmland in the future, Hermione found herself chatting idly with her parents as she followed one dragonsworn or another around, making notes and double-checking their work. Their target result was five square miles, (Just short of 13 square kilometers.) but to accomplish this required twelve rune stones set in very precise locations. This was most definitely a ‘measure twice, cut once’ project, so they were going to check the locations and the stones themselves at least five times for mistakes.



After the expansion was stable, work would begin on stabilizing the soil around the edges of the new pit and placing the Blackstone trees for maximum effect. A number of the new magical trees would be going in over the next few weeks, including a single ‘Kingsleaf,’ the tree grown from a Twilight wand core. While the magic produced by the tree had proved chaotic enough to disrupt ward schemes over time, the other trees would serve to temper the energy, balancing it out enough to be useful.



Every other tree save the Kingsleaf (Except the trees grown from Bronze and Nether dragon wands; the former still had yet to do anything other than grow leaves and the latter was proving difficult to interact with, thanks to apparently not fully existing in any layer of reality they could currently access.) took after the parent tree in that they drew magic from the environment, altered it just a little and released a bit more magic than they drew in as they metabolized sunlight.



A number of different ecosystems were planned but setting those up would mostly need to wait until they had acquired enough dirt. One eighth of the expanded area was slated for a lake, which was expected to fill on its own from groundwater and rain, and a half square mile section on the northern side was slated to become a permanent snow laden forest with the help of the yet-unnamed trees grown from Blue dragon core wands. Most of the area, however, was slated to become grasslands stocked with Talbuk and whatever hybrid creatures grew the best. Alexstrasza’s Boughs would be planted in great numbers, though the method of propagating cuttings had surprised the humans greatly. Each cutting taken needed to be dipped in blood from a Red dragon while they channeled magic into the cutting for it to root.



As for the manor building itself, the rubble would need to be cleared soon. The stone and as much of the material as possible would be recycled and used to construct the new home. For the remainder fresh stone would be quarried, and there were several locations that looked like good sources. An idea they would be experimenting with was to mix Earth and Azeroth stone along with the stones from the broken manor. With luck, this would help with weaving powerful enchantments into the structure, intensifying the strengthening effects of the wardstones.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Senas wasn’t sure what to think of Garrick Ollivander. To be honest, the various stories about the old man seemed to indicate he enjoyed unnerving people. As he stepped into the man’s shop, he found himself wishing Aurogos had the time to make this contact instead. Senastrasz wasn’t exactly awful at dealing with people, though he did tend to be more blunt than mortals appreciated. No, it was the Blue’s skill with magic that the Red drake wished for just then. There were obviously wards of some sort in the room, but as he calmly stepped towards Garrick Ollivander, he could only say they felt both strange and familiar at the same time.



As Ollivander walked over to him, Senas got through a simple greeting and ignored the way the man’s eyes glanced to his ears, obviously seeing through the glamour Harry had applied to disguise them. The old man just watched him silently as Senas introduced himself and offered to host the man in Hogwarts castle for a time in exchange for help with a few projects. Desperately wishing he had studied magic more than he had, the drake in disguise wracked his brain trying to figure out what he could from his admittedly under-practiced ability to sense magic.



As he removed a fair-sized limb, carefully cut off the original scarlet-leafed tree with a sharp saw, Senas kicked himself mentally. While Ollivander’s eyes briefly lit up at the sample offered to entice him into cooperation with their group, Senas used a touch of magic to alter his mortal form’s sense of smell, enhancing it to the levels he enjoyed in his natural form. Again the drake found himself confused by what his senses reported. Ollivander seemed to be fully human, and didn’t seem to be using any sort of magic to alter his appearance. Still, his scent was not quite right for what he appeared to be.



It took a long time to place the scent, longer than he would have liked, but eventually a forgotten memory returned. It revolved around a Red dragon and her dragonsworn that had visited his Broodmother while he was still a whelp. With a snort he came back to himself, realizing he had spaced out for a few moments. “Mr. Ollivander, would you be so kind as to tell me the name of your Patron?”



With a smile on his face, Garrick Ollivander responded. “I was starting to wonder if you would figure it out! What took so long?”



Chuckling, Senas responded and accepted the offered chair. “I’m afraid I am still rather young by the standards of my people. More, I chose a path that did not include much magical education. Please tell me what you can, I understand that you might not be able to share a lot of things due to your orders.”



Laughing, Garrick flicked his wand and summoned a tea pot even as he closed his store down for the day, expecting this to be something more important than selling a wand or two. “Indeed. In fact, I find that I can’t even confirm your guess. I don’t think this outcome was expected.”



Briefly imaging what one of Aurogos’s dragonsworn would be able to say in a similar situation, Senas sipped his tea briefly. “In that case, take a sip of tea when I guess the suffix of your Patron’s name: gos, gosa, dormu, dormi? Strasza or straz?”



Senas found himself rather relieved when Garrick indicated his Patron was a male Red dragon. It likely meant Ollivander’s Patron would only become an enemy if he found out the parentage of Valistraza’s clutch before they had convinced him to leave her be. In any case, Senas spent the next hour playing a guessing game with the old wand maker (And given the fact that dragonsworn could live for a millennium easily, he could very well be far older than he looked.) before he ran out of questions he could think to ask. Of the most pertinent things learned was that there were other dragonsworn, and that the dragon they were bound to was not well. Mr. Ollivander had indicated there was some sort of injury that had never healed, and the individual was in some sort of stasis.



When he was out of questions, Garrick agreed to bring his Patron to Hogwarts on Tuesday with the promise they would do everything possible to heal him. At the end of their meeting, Senastrasz imposed on his host for a strong Disillusionment Charm, admitting that he suspected there might be trouble in the Alley today and that his preferred form of combat involved the use of a sword and shield. (Both tucked into slightly modified holsters on his forearms.) Upon parting with Ollivander, at the man’s request for his real name, he indulged him. “My name is Senastrasz, Garrick Ollivander. I look forward to seeing you again soon.”



As his now invisible guest departed, Garrick chuckled to himself. Rising from his comfortable chair he quickly wrote out a notice to be printed in the Daily Prophet, explaining Monday as his last day open for some time as he would be researching new materials for his wands. After that, he walked into the basement of his shop. Protected by a Fidelius Charm, the small room beyond his workshop contained among other things a communication device of which only two existed in all the world.



There would be three, but his two fellow dragonsworn under Vordistrasz were a married couple. The device which he was now carefully activating was slightly similar to the communication mirrors used by the Marauders, but different as well. Both the targets would hear his voice in their minds, and if they were sleeping they would be shaken to wakefulness. Disregarding the time difference, not even bothering to figure out what the time was in western Canada, Garrick sent a small jolt of magic through first. When he was sure he had their attention, he sent a simple message. “Vordistrasz is no longer alone. If we’re willing to take a chance I think we can help him. Contact me when you can. If you agree with me, we need to place him in an expanded container and get him to England.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Meanwhile Ron and his siblings were stepping through the Floo in the burrow not long before lunch. Molly was more than a little surprised, but was happy to see her children. Between hugs the twins handed her a basket full of vegetables explaining they were from the farm on the school grounds and the house elves that grew the food wanted a second opinion on the results of their new farming method. The vegetables turned out to be high quality and were promptly put to use in a much larger lunch. Molly had been expecting Bill to visit today, he had mentioned meeting someone involving a job offer when he asked permission to have the meeting at the Burrow.



Half an hour later, first Arthur and then Bill showed up. They had a pleasant meal together and as it was winding down Ron started to explain why they were there, pulling out a relatively simple employment contract. “I don’t know if you heard Bill, but on Monday we had what was probably the most interesting lesson on magic I’ve had at Hogwarts. The new Headmaster has a strong belief that magic is incredible and learning it should be exciting. If not for the trace I’d show you the ice spell I learned, I’ve gotten pretty good at it and the fire one, though that one isn’t the best to use indoors.



A nyway, the point is that before the lesson the Headmaster warded the walls to withstand the new spells being cast at them. On his first try, in addition to making everyone see spots and hard of hearing, Harry’s lightning bolt went through the wall. It turns out there was a cursed item in the wall that was disrupting the wards, and it must have been there for centuries. Headmaster Salonar examined it briefly, discovered it had been created using human sacrifice and immediately destroyed it.”



Ron looked at his eldest brother, and the rest of the table followed his gaze. “I’m sure you can guess why he wants a curse-breaker on staff. But even after the Headmaster gets the castle ‘clean’ he’ll still have a job for you. Salonar told me he’s going to be revamping the castle’s wards since there’s two Dark Lords running around, which isn’t a small job. You’d also be teaching a weekly class and just generally helping keep the students in line. It’d be great to have you around the castle Bill, you up for it?”



Trying to decide how to break the bad news to his family, Bill spoke after a moment. “I’m sorry, but I'm still under contract with Gringotts for a year. I can’t get away without paying a huge fine.”



He was surprised when Ron waved him off. “Don’t worry about it. Salonar knows it isn’t cheap, but having someone trustworthy to help him with the wards is worth it. In fact, that reminds me: Dad, do we have apparition wards on the Burrow?”



When his father replied negatively, Ron just opened a small mirror and quickly relayed a message to Hermione, who would relay it to Harry when he was done at Gringotts. After Ron put away the mirror, Bill spoke again. “Ron, don’t you find it strange that the Headmaster sent you to give me the offer and contract?”



Not really. I know he’s been very busy since taking the position, and today he’s laying some finicky wardstones. I’ve gotten to know him and the people that came to the school with him, and they’re all good people.”



The wince that crossed Bill’s face caught everyone’s attention. “Ah. Would that include Senas Lothar, the fool who’s teaching metalworking and has pissed off every Goblin in Gringotts?!”



A moment later Bill explained his statement a little better. “I’m sorry, but when the Goblins found out that Hogwarts was going to be teaching that subject, it was like someone kicked a beehive. Magical metalworking is their art, and they’re mad as hell that a wizard is daring to teach it.”



Ron scoffed at that. “I’m taking that class, and I know Senas. He hasn’t stolen anything from the Goblins, hasn’t taken their techniques. Are the Goblins just pissed that wizards might create something just as good or even better than they’ve been able to forge? Because Bill, I’ll tell you right now that the scythe the Headmaster forged for himself is a far greater weapon than the Sword of Gryffindor Harry used to slay the Basilisk. If the Goblins are unhappy with that fact, all the more reason to get away from them.”



An argument began to brew at that until there was a thunderous bang from outside the back door. Arthur Weasley and his eldest son drew their wands and went to investigate, returning moments later with a Harry Potter that was covered in blood and frantically attempting to convince everyone that he was fine. And he was, not one drop of the blood was his.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



As Harry Potter left Gringotts bank having slipped under his invisibility cloak after parting from the cart with his entire trust vault in his pockets he noticed that there were a few shady people loitering around the entrance. Naturally suspecting something, he drew his Basilisk heartstring wand and waited. There were ten people arrayed around the perimeter, doing a markedly better job at being discrete than the Order of the Phoenix had proved capable of. But it was still obvious that they were watching for someone to exit the bank, the way they kept a close eye on the steps gave them away. Unsure what to do, Harry paused and whispered, knowing the speak-stone in his collar would let his sworn hear him.



Sadly, the time for planning ended when Minerva McGonagall exited the bank, fury clear on her face and in the lack of attention she gave to the world around her. When the first spells started to fly towards her, Harry didn’t think twice before throwing a shield in front of her. And like that, battle was joined. Still invisible save for small flashes when he moved, Harry started casting spells. Another Harry Potter, in his first real battle might have stuck to stunning or disarming spells. This one however, abandoned that notion the instant he saw a potentially lethal spell speed towards his Professor. Out of the corner of his eye, he saw a dark haired man with orange eyes send a bolt of dark orange flame towards one attacker with the wand in his right hand even as the blade in his left decapitated another.



Thankfully only a minute after the spells had started flying, the civilians had fled the immediate area. Calling on a variation of the Air spell he had learned on Monday Harry used it to summon a massive downdraft, directed at the fools who dared to attack his Head of House; the incantation was lost in the howling winds. Knowing that the winds had undoubtedly revealed that someone was hiding under an invisibility cloak, Harry quickly changed his wand to his left hand and drew a sleek curved sword with his right. Sadly the blade would give his position away, but at least Harry was able to keep his rather distinctive wand hidden from view with the sleeve of his cloak.



After learning the history of Gryffindor’s blade, it seemed wise not to carry it with him inside the Bank. Instead, carried within an expanded pocket was a blade Senastrasz had forged to practice with the methods of forging Quel’Serrar. It wasn’t especially magical, more of an experiment that would eventually be melted down and reforged into something better, but it remained sharp and well-balanced. As Harry darted towards one attacker choosing speed over stealth, he saw another moving their wand to cast at him and in a moment of focus, he summoned a whip of lightning at the poor evil bastard.



(A strength of the spells taught by Aurogos, and indeed the reason they were chosen, was that they were basic, elementary you could say. They produced or controlled an element in a specific way, but with practice and focus their effect could be altered at the caster’s whim.)



Harry’s lightning whip was not as powerful as it would become with more practice, but it still left the fool on the ground twitching madly and bereft of a number of his body’s functions. So far, Talion had killed or incapacitated two, Harry had left two hurt on the ground, but when he reached the third man there was only the barest instant of hesitation before the magically sharpened blade removed his head. Spinning around, Harry saw that bolts of dark blue flames were being thrown from a nearby rooftop, Caliona and Ralion supporting the destruction of the ambush.



You two on the roof, disengage and only attack if we need support.” With that, Harry banished his sword into the gut of another attacker, summoning it back to him as soon as it had fully penetrated the man’s torso. Looking around he saw that Nymphadora had restrained another man, as had McGonagall. Talion had killed another. The last attempted to flee in the face of more resistance than he expected for murdering a school teacher as she exited a bank. A flick of Harry’s wrist sent the lightning whip towards the coward and drug him screaming towards Harry Potter, still shrouded behind his cloak. Or, as far as the wannabe assassin could see, drug him towards a very bloody sword floating in the air as he screamed.



Wanting to know for sure who was behind this and what they wanted, a summoning spell drew the other victim of the lightning whip towards him as well. A moment of quick thinking had his trunk of knuts open below his cloak, and both twitching assassins roughly dropped inside. That done, Harry dashed over to his Professor who was bleeding from a head wound and looked markedly unsteady.



Quietly ordering all his people to head home, he whispered to the Professor and gently took hold of her, the trunk containing his prisoners again shrunken in his pocket. Only a moment later Harry had apparated to Potter Estate, glad the expansion had yet to take place. Using the speak-stones, Harry let Aurogos know what had transpired and requested Andromeda and Dalistraza to come to them as quickly as possible.



Thankfully members of the Potter family were able to freely apparate to the grounds, and Harry was very relieved when one by one or two by two everyone returned safe. Nymphadora said she should go inform the Aurors, but agreed to contact her boss privately instead of going through the normal channels after objections were raised. Everyone was relieved when Minerva was announced to simply have a concussion and some minor bleeding, a few potions and bed rest and she would be fine to teach class come Monday.



Knowing he wasn’t the best choice to question the prisoners with his temper flaring more than a little, Harry handed the trunk to Aurogos with the instruction to learn the truth. This was made easier by the discovery of a vial of Veritaserum found among Snape’s collection of dubiously legal concoctions. With everything being taken care of Harry left to visit the Burrow but allowed his anger to seep into the apparition, using much more power than needed and causing a rather loud sound.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



With a sigh, Harry shouted over the well-meaning chaos that the Weasley’s kitchen had descended into. “I am fine! I wasn’t so much as grazed by anything in the fight, none of this blood is mine!”



After a few more moments in which Harry had accepted a glass of water and sat down with the family Harry took a deep breath to try to regain some calm. “I’m sorry to scare you all, I intended to just show up and talk to Bill for a moment. After Dumbledore’s real self was revealed, I had to visit Gringotts to get some information about my family’s finances.



Professor McGonagall was my escort since she needed to run a few errands as well, I was invisible pretty much the whole time and the only people who saw me were the Goblins. When McGonagall stepped out of the Bank, ten people attacked her with lethal spells, I don’t know who they are or why they attacked her, but she’s fine. Or rather, she will be with potions and rest, it seems like she got clipped with a Bludgeoning curse.



There’s really not much else to say, I don’t think anyone saw Harry Potter, just a guy fighting under an invisibility cloak. And yes, I learned to apparate early, but with Voldemort and Dumbledore lurking around somewhere it seemed like something I should know how to do. I trust everyone here can keep this a secret?”



Thankful for the round of agreement, Harry continued. “I’d love to stay and visit, but I need to head to -.” Pausing, Harry worked his jaw for a moment. “That was weird, in any case, I need to go to a place and help lay some wardstones so the magic doesn’t hurt anyone? I guess that’s as precise as I can be. Bill, if you don’t mind I’d like to speak with you if you have a moment.”



With that, Harry stepped outside and the eldest Weasley son followed. Once outside and out of view of the windows Harry removed a shrunken trunk from a pocket and triggered the rune that controlled the exterior size. Stepping in after him, Bill was rather shocked when they were apparated, with Harry apparently not being concerned at all. “Sorry, I lent a friend my cloak and he’s moved us for the moment. I’m feeling a little paranoid today.”



Inside the trunk was a comfortable sitting room, and both of them sat in plush chairs with a small table between. Bill was the first to speak. “You tried to say you were traveling to a place under Fidelius earlier. Who cast the charm?”



I did. The Fidelius is a very handy piece of magic, the only downside is that you can only hold one secret. The individual who holds this secret has my absolute trust. But for now, let’s get to what I wanted to talk about. If you agree to sign the contract to work at Hogwarts I’m going to pay your early termination fee with Gringotts. In exchange I’d like you to help me with laying wards for my home and others as well.”



Bill’s pride got in the way for a while. Eventually Harry’s argument broke through however. “Bill, there are two Dark Lords roaming England right now, the Ministry is corrupt and tried to murder me over the summer, and I have more going on than I’m going to share without you swearing a two-way loyalty oath. Having someone with your expertise around is easily worth fifteen hundred galleons. Consider this your recruitment to a group that will see Voldemort and his followers destroyed. It isn’t like we can trust the Ministry to handle that even if he dropped dead tomorrow.”



After a little more discussion, Bill agreed and Harry tapped his lapel’s speak-stone twice. Another apparition later both of them were climbing the ladder out of the trunk and Harry was counting out the coins needed to cancel Bill’s contract. Once inside, Bill announced to cheers that he was going to Hogwarts. Harry quickly said goodbye and apparated to Potter Estate.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Preparations for the expansion had been put on hold when Harry showed up bringing both wounded and prisoners. When he returned from talking with Bill they were back on track and nearly complete. Glad to be doing something with his hands, Harry got to work preparing the supports to hold the soil in place and a series of charms to protect the existing lake and its denizens when the expansion took place. For now keeping busy seemed like the best idea, if only to keep the battle from consuming his thoughts. Harry had killed before, but Quirrell had been more of a reflex than anything else, a panicked reaction to the man’s attempts to murder him directly. It wasn’t that he regretted killing to protect his professor, but Harry was sure that even with Hermione and Alira next to him he would still have nightmares tonight.



He was grateful that the two of them stayed close to him during the day, never crowding but there if he needed them. Watching Alira use her wand proved interesting because her magic centered around Nature, plants and animals alike but her people never used foci. Because her magic required neither words nor specific movements, she simply gestured with the wand and plant life obeyed. It was pleasant to watch her elven form move about what would be the edge of the expansion, manipulating roots mostly unseen to hold the soil in place.



Later as he sat between the two of them, catching his breath after the expansion succeeded without a hitch he found himself wrapping an arm around both. The last few weeks had brought massive changes to his life, but he couldn’t find it in himself to complain.



In fact, all the time spent with Hermione and Alira today had reminded Harry that he was most certainly a teenage boy. Upon some self-reflection Harry realized he cared deeply about Hermione, had become fond of Alira, and had absolutely no idea how to act on any of his feelings. His situation was complicated further by the fact that Hermione was still affected by the commands Dumbledore had given her after he had tricked a twelve year old girl with too much trust in authority into giving him control of her Name. Even their new friends at Azurewing Repose had yet to figure out how that ritual inflicted on Hermione actually worked.



As the day ended Harry simply relaxed as he watched the sun set on his family’s land now expanded from fifty acres to five square miles, or 3200 acres. (12.9 square kilometers) It was rather comical how much dirt they needed, sadly the expansion wasn’t able to duplicate the soil, leaving five square miles of a pit hundreds of feet deep. Aurogos had informed everyone not to attempt apparating onto the property for a time until the expansion had ‘settled’ and they had fixed the new location in their minds. Being sound advice, everyone had agreed.



Hmm, maybe advice was what Harry needed for his relationships. But who to talk to? Sirius might be the obvious choice, but his godfather came across as something of a womanizer and Harry found himself wanting a permanent partner (or was that partners?) rather than a long string of girlfriends. Perhaps Valistraza? Apparently how to go about courting a mate was one of the lessons she was responsible for teaching the whelps she cared for. While neither Vali or her culture w ere human, Harry decided not to let that stop him from talking to her; if the advice was bad he could just ignore it after all.



Perhaps his experiences with the Dursleys or Magical Britain had soured him to the culture he’d grown up in , but as he learned about his sworn’s culture he grew to like it more and more. If nothing else, the method by which they had created it was notable. A great series of debates using logic and reason with all sides submitting to magic that prevented lies to decide policy and culture would be enough to give any magical or mundane politician a heart attack.



Some aspects of draconic culture bothered him, to be sure. Psychopathy was treated as an inheritable condition and was aggressively removed from their gene pool like many physical deformities. In the case of the former, the whelp in question was pushed into a combat role when they came of age and given successively more dangerous missions until they didn’t come back; they were also sterilized quietly in the same way as those with physical deformities were. Such treatment was cold and seemed cruel, and Harry would have objected entirely if he had not read the archived reports of the actions of such individuals before the policy was begun.



In one such case three millennia before the War of the Ancients, a drake that found himself unable to care for others or even feel love or compassion had lived long enough to become a dragon. He was lost and unable to find any meaningful purpose in life; no matter what he tried or how those around him tried to help him he simply couldn’t care. Eventually he fell to some very dark practices to try to feel anything other than cold detachment. His resultant killing spree had destroyed any chance of peaceful relations with the Trolls of Azeroth for thousands of years. Before he was stopped, the dragon had wiped out three villages, killing men, women and children. In the end he was confronted in the burning remains of the third village laughing brokenly. He offered no fight as his life was ended, but the report spoke of how unnerving the laughter was even as he breathed his last. He had also forcibly sired a clutch and as they grew two of the fifteen whelps were found to share their father’s defect.



In the light of that, Harry could understand the dragon’s caution. Because of the severity of some of the physical problems that had plagued their race in the past, the careful weeding of their gene pool made sense as well. At one time a defect that resulted in anywhere from ten to forty percent of laid eggs not hatching, whelps simply expiring in their shells had been common. A defect very similar to the one that had nearly killed Bavaku had been ‘weeded’ out not long before the War of the Ancients and the Black Dragonflight fell into madness and evil. The fault in the biological-magical process that advanced whelps to drakes in particular had torn many Broodmothers apart, desperately trying to save their charges and being unable; to the point of some losing faith in themselves and worrying into an early grave.



(Part of that was the Titan’s doing: after the Titans had altered them the dragons seemed to lack creativity to some degree, finding new answers or cures became difficult. A side effect of any kind of mental control was a limiting of the victim’s thought process, the more severe the control, the less ‘room’ one had to think.)



Harry had to force himself to not brush off the praise he was given for saving the Nether whelp if for no other reason than to avoid disparaging Azeroth’s healers. Bavaku himself was doing well, some clumsiness notwithstanding. (With the drastic shift in body shape and size, that was to be expected.) His rate of future growth was being slowed as much as possible in an attempt to extend his lifespan from the mayfly-short lives his kin lived in comparison to the Five Dragonflights. Bavaku had apparently taken to the basic magic lessons he’d been given, sitting them when possible with the other drakes. His mortal form and abilities revolving around his ‘flavor’ of dragon were an ongoing project, but he was making progress. But what set Bavaku apart was the zeal he put into his efforts, in everything he did the drake was determined to make himself useful to his Lord.



It was a tired but triumphant group that stepped through a portal to the Chamber of Secrets that night. They had shared a meal together under the stars, daylight having long since fled by the time both the expansion and soil were confirmed to be stable. Though October in England could rightfully be called chilly, a dozen warming charms had proved enough to turn the air toasty warm around a transfigured table. There was an agreement to deal with the day's problems tomorrow and simply celebrate the success in accomplishing a massive expansion while preserving the Fidelius Charm.



Harry did not have an easy night. Though he tried to tell himself he did the right thing, it was hard to ignore the voice in the back of his head telling him he was becoming just like Tom Riddle, killing anyone who stood in his way. Now used to sleeping in the Room of Requirement, Harry gave up around two in the morning and descended into the Chamber to ask Dali for a Dreamless Sleep potion. When he stumbled going back up the stairs in exhaustion, Caliona darted over to help him up the stairs. She stayed by his side until he woke the next morning and reluctantly left the warm tangle of limbs to visit the restroom.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



After breakfast the next day the core of the Potter Dragonflight met to discuss the previous day’s events. This included the Tonks clan, the three dragonsworn, every drake and the resident Broodmother, Harry, Hermione, and Minerva McGonagall; Bavaku remained the only dragon present in his natural form. Nymphadora had reported to Madam Bones exactly what she had seen; ten thugs attacking Minerva McGonagall with lethal force as she exited the bank and ‘persons unknown’ violently intercepting the assailants in turn. Apparently all ten were known malcontents and general thugs. Three had been suspected of being active, but low level Death Eaters in the last war. Two of those were dead, one burned alive with flames that were magical but not quite cursed and the other decapitated. Harry had the other stunned in a trunk next to the more common wand-for-hire at the moment.



Veritaserum was not a perfect answer to interrogations, as it could be resisted with enough mental discipline. Aurogos and Senastrasz, as the two who had handled a number of interrogations without the benefit of such a handy potion had easily ‘convinced’ the captured thugs that answering every question was in their best interest. What they revealed was… problematic.



S adly despite Harry’s best hopes, Madam Umbridge had not been spending her time wandering dangerous sea caves on the southern tip of South America. Instead, a magical border officer in Chile had discovered Umbridge had been confounded within an inch of her life and detained her until her mind could be cleared. (An action he deeply came to regret in the days that followed as he had been assigned to her case by an unhappy supervisor.) Apparently the Minister’s Undersecretary was convinced that Professor McGonagall had been the one to confound her, and the foul woman had some plan going forward.



This fit the Ministry’s behavior, as according to Dora the other attackers had been treated and released with the Aurors not even allowed to question them. Bill Weasley was bumped up from ‘starting in a week’ to ‘please report to the castle tomorrow.’ Everyone agreed it was best if the castle was ready to repel a Ministry force as soon as possible so the warding team started making plans to prepare what guardians they could quickly and begin sinking additional wardstones around the boundaries.



When Harry mentioned the defensive set-up he had become enamored with that essentially fixed a large energy weapon to a tower and rained blasts on attackers, Aurogos asked for the name of the book his Lord found it in. Five minutes later the weapon was pronounced ‘workable, but a little crude’ and it was slotted into the schedule to be built along the outside of Ravenclaw tower. All of the remaining possible wand cores from the Storm dragons were slated to be placed in wands to be grown into Stormbark trees, the better to power this defensive artillery. (And likely other defenses as well.)



Professor McGonagall had requested to be present when they discussed the previous day’s events. After giving her sincere thanks to Harry and the others for protecting her and both healers that had worked on her, she admitted she had some very bad news. Now able to better articulate her thoughts with a clear head, she admitted that the Hogwarts vault was empty. This presented a conundrum, since Dumbledore had left the only key for this vault in his desk when he was chased out of the school.



Harry spoke into the quiet at that revelation. “Is there any chance that Dumbledore did this?”



Minerva answered quickly, her face gray. “He wouldn’t have done it before the Battle unless he had planned for everything that happened that day. He could have only done it after if he had returned the key undetected somehow.”



Hogwarts’ new Headmaster spoke up in response. “Unless Albus Dumbledore can bypass or set off, escape, and re-arm a magic-suppressing Draconic runic trap, he didn’t touch that key. And yes, after your group caught mine in that trap I took it apart and wrote down the particulars Ralion. It was a really good trap.”



Sighing, Harry looked around the table. “As if we didn’t have enough problems already. Find out how much gold should have been in the vault, we might need to make an after-hours withdrawal. Apparently the Goblins are very unhappy that Hogwarts is teaching magical blacksmithing. Let’s try to figure out what their plans might entail and plan for the worst case.



Also, those drakes who can access other planes of reality, get some practice bypassing wards. When the school’s wards are ready I want us ready to ‘withdraw’ everything the Goblins stole, the contents of the Potter vault, and a penalty for stealing from the school. But I want us to be secure first. Anyone else have something to say?”



Senastrasz had been holding back his news with the goal of ending the meeting on a high note. “Garrick Ollivander is a dragonsworn. He’s under oaths not to reveal information but he did indicate that his Patron is a male red dragon who has some kind of serious health problem that isn’t a contagious disease. He is currently planning to visit the school on Tuesday to bring his Patron to our Healers.”



This caused a stir around the table. After quickly conferring with an elf, Aurogos wrote out a quick note, formally inviting the man in question to visit the castle at one in the afternoon on the coming Tuesday. For the postscript he included an apology for the magic woven into the letter. Using his wand, which he was trying to employ more often to blend in, he quickly wove an enchantment into the paper and asked an elf to deliver it to Mr. Ollivander and observe what color the paper turned as he waited for a reply. Five minutes later, the elf had returned with a reply and the original letter, the paper having turned a light shade of red.



Speaking up, Aurogos reported his results. “Most certainly a reaction to the Red Dragonflight’s magic, though not as strong as it ought to be. Other than having all our healers ready to help and keeping him away from Vali at first I can’t think of anything to do about his condition right now.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



In the castle above, students were enjoying a leisurely breakfast. Many students were looking forward to tomorrow morning, eager to have a second lesson from Headmaster Salonar. Even the fact that it was going to be a lecture instead of a practical spellcasting lesson did little to dull their enthusiasm. At the Gryffindor table, Neville Longbottom sat next to Ron Weasley, subconsciously adjusting the bracelet on his right wrist adorned with the Potter Family insignia. He hoped he hadn’t done the wrong thing, hadn’t shamed his family. Neville suspected that helping his parents was something Harry would have done regardless of whether or not he had signed up, but despite his worries couldn’t bring himself to regret it.



Harry had not lied to him, to anyone Friday night. The Ministry of Magic had rotted and like a dying tree was ready for a stiff wind to blow it over. His parents, Harry’s parents, hadn’t fought, suffered, and died for the likes of Lucius Malfoy to walk free by splashing gold around and merrily go about his business of doing the same damn thing he’d been doing before with politics instead of violence dammit! Looking at the head table, he saw both the Headmaster and his head of house missing but that was expected.



Neville had heard from Ron about the attack last night, that Professor McGonagall had been injured but would recover. He was glad the group’s healers were still honoring their word to visit his home this afternoon to examine his parents. He was especially grateful to Andromeda Tonks as his grandmother could be intimidating at times. She had not been happy to learn he had stopped using his father’s wand. But that had been the whole problem. It was his father’s wand and had been fighting him every time he’d tried to use it.



It had not been easy, but after mastering the Earth manipulation spell he had done the same with its Water, Air, Fire and Ice counterparts. Lightning still eluded him, but from what Harry had told him the focus, the intent was something that was against his nature. ‘An instant of change, the point where things will be different after,’ was not part of what made him Neville Longbottom. It was hard to understand what kind of person he was at his very core, but there was a reason Neville found that Earth magic fit him best.



When the Daily Prophet arrived late, it certainly caused a commotion. A massive headline drew attention to a photo lifted from someone’s pensieve memories, and it showed a dark haired man wielding a sword in his left hand and a wand in his right, decapitating one of the men who ambushed Professor McGonagall. (Not that the ten men ambushing a single elderly woman was shown.) A second photo showed a man in an invisibility cloak cutting down another man and using a thread of lightning to reel in yet another wizard. The headlines were telling.



Death Visits Diagon Alley!

Wizards Going About Their Business Slaughtered in the Street!”



Ten Wizards Attacked!

Five Dead, Two Permanently Crippled, and Two Missing!”



Minister Fudge: Upstanding Citizens killed by those Who Want us to Panic!

Discord sown to Deceive Britain that You-Know-Who is back!

All Perpetrators Will be Brought to Justice!”



A smaller, less prominent headline also boded ill for the future.



Hogwarts Bankrupt!

Headmaster Salonar Presides Over a Broke School!

His Tenure to be Shortest on Record?!”



 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

* Plane s of reality: So far, Harry’s group can interact with three distinct parts of reality: The Dream, which is a universal realm touched by, and possibly created as a product of the dreams of living creatures. The Twilight Realm (named after the dragons who can access it) is very nebulous in cannon, in this fic it is a layer of r eality close to the physical world where chaotic energy accumulates. And finally the physical world they live in. Think of it like layers of an onion: the physical world and the Twilight Realm are close together while the Dream is furthe r away .



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.





Omake-Those Who Guard the Gate



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Under a mountain on an entirely different continent, an extremely secret military installation conducted its business. Today, in a conference room deep under the surface a meeting was about to take place. Those now sitting around the table had just enjoyed a week away from their jobs, finally making use some of their time off. SG:1’s latest adventure had centered around a child cursed with dark knowledge, and the man sitting glumly at the table had been given a vision of what he could be if that knowledge had been gifted to him. Becoming a tyrannical despot and achieving world domination with the threat of force inside of a year wasn’t what Dr. Daniel Jackson expected. Seeing himself turn Moscow into a crater to make an example had been… jarring.



Today, the group was back to work after a week off. Jack O'Neill was the last to enter the room, still on time but just barely. Taking his seat the man was pleased to see Daniel looking more upbeat than he was a few days ago. Strangely, there was a box on the table, the same type that their team often used to transport unknown artifacts. When the man with a general’s insignia cleared his throat, all four members of the team gave their commander their full attention.



I’m glad to see you all looking rested. Because of your team’s experience with first-contact events, the Pentagon has asked for your thoughts on an event that occurred about a week ago in a trauma center in England.” At that, General Hammond opened the box, revealing an unusual item.



General, is that a dagger made out of gold? This might actually be interesting.”



Yes Colonel O’Neill, it is. To be honest, this situation would probably be beneath our notice if not for a surveillance video depicting something strange. At five thirty-two in the morning, a young man, perhaps still a teenager, walked into a trauma center in Crawley, England and demanded an emergency transfusion kit. He was specific about the type he needed, and he said he needed a spare as well. He was apparently polite at first, though noticeably agitated. The desk clerk told him they didn’t sell medical supplies but suggested he bring whoever needed the transfusion to th eir location for help.



From there, things got less polite. The man withdrew this knife, told the clerk clearly that he had a need for the supplies and was more than willing to pay. At that point, a security guard attempted to intervene by using a Taser on the man. While apparently in working order, the Taser did nothing but anger the man. In short order, the guard was grabbed and thrown twenty feet into a wall. At that point, the man snarled, stormed over to the downed guard, and did something that was captured on a security camera.”



At that, the room’s screen flickered to life, showing a man who looked human, except for ears that were long and pointed upwards kneeling next to the man with an obviously angry expression on his face. While the camera angle wasn’t able to catch what his hands were doing, it was obvious both of his hands were outstretched over the guard’s chest, and a bare second later an orange glow was captured.



The guard was fine, save for bruises and a broken leg. Upon a thorough examination, he was found to have fluid in his lungs and when it was drained the medical personnel discovered the fluid was blood. What they did not find, however, was any evidence of internal bleeding.”



Looking around at the inquisitive faces the General smirked. “Oh it gets better. After that, the man walked back to the now terrified clerk and demanded to be told where they kept the supplies he needed. After she told him, he plunged this dagger into the counter. To remove it they needed to take the counter apart. From there the man quickly moved to the storage area for medical supplies.”



Another video played, this one with sound. When the man in question with long ears still on display reached the locked metal door, he simply tore it open, easily bending the thin steel. As he stepped inside, one side of a conversation could be heard, the man asking whoever was on the other end if there was anything else they needed, and the five watched the video as the unknown individual ended up taking a number of supplies that involved blood, transfusion, and an Inter-venous setup. After rattling off the supplies, he asked the other end a question. “Is there anything else? With these supplies, a bent door, a damaged counter and a wall that needs a little work is twelve ounces of gold and a small diamond enough to pay for it?”



Apparently receiving a positive response, the young man gathered the supplies into his chest and said one more word. “Recall.” At that, he simply disappeared, vanishing between one frame and the next. Now that raised some eyebrows.



Speaking up for the first time, Major Samantha Carter gave her thoughts. “General, we’ve seen the Asgard transportation technology, this is something different. This individual also had some kind of disguise tech, which was probably shorted out by the Taser.”



Jack spoke up then. “As someone who’s worn similar robes way back on Abydos, I’ll say they’re great for hiding things. He could have another set of arms and a tail along with an AK-47 under what he’s wearing. Not that I have any reason to suspect he had any weapon other than the knife.”



At that, Daniel Jackson snorted. “It wasn’t really intended as a weapon Jack. Gold is far too soft for a practical weapon. Is it safe to handle General Hammond?”



With an affirmative response, Daniel lifted the knife and examined it for several moments. “It’s an interesting design. It might have had an edge doing in, but I’m not quite sure how he got it into the wood without the blade snapping. The grip contains a significant diamond at the end, and the grip itself is simple leather. I’ll have it anylzed, there’s a chance we can determine what kind of animal it came from. The leather is green, and if it was dyed someone did a very good job. General, this was never made to be an effective weapon; one thrust into the wooden counter completely destroyed its usefulness. It doesn’t appear to be a ceremonial item either, I have a little knowledge of blacksmithing and from what I can tell this was made in a mold.”



Teal’c, a very large, dark skinned man spoke for the first time at this point. “For what purpose do you believe this item was forged then, Doctor Jackson?”



Taking one last careful look at it, then setting it back in the carrying case, Daniel replied. “To be stabbed into a piece of wood and be difficult but not impossible to remove. Changing the subject a little, the man’s behavior is interesting. I think we can all agree it looks like he’s an alien, though we haven’t actually seen this species before. That begs the question, why would an individual with unknown healing technology need a transfusion kit?”



Jack was the one to answer the question. “If his species have the technology to perform transfusions easily, he must have been caught without it. When that guard was tossed into the wall that should have been lethal from internal injuries. But his healing device left the blood in the lungs, so it isn’t perfect. Teal’c, what do you think?”



The Jaffa thought for a moment. While Daniel had examined the knife, the others had watched the security footage again. “When the young man was attacked, I believe his actions against the guard were reflexive. There is a strong possibility that some of the anger on his face was at himself for causing injury where he did not intend. The items he took, are they available for purchase to civilians?”



Jack, oddly, was the one to answer. “Here? Yes. In England, I’m not sure, but probably yes. Does anyone disagree with me that if he was on a radio with someone who knew the different types of supplies, they would have told him that he could have probably bought this in two or three hours without any fuss at all?”



Samantha leaned forward, a thoughtful look in her face. “We can only guess, but it’s reasonable that a few hours would have been too late. There was probably a life at risk, and he couldn’t delay. That’s more evidence that this was an alien, a human could have been treated anywhere, but if the patient wasn’t human they wouldn’t have the blood needed. That’s assuming the individual or group behaves logically though.”



Teal’c had watched the lobby scene several more times and spoke up now. “I believe the warrior was insufficiently rested at the time of this confrontation. I have seen many warriors display similar irritability when exhausted , especially younger ones.”



Dr. Jackson was the next to speak. “As far as first contacts go, this team has had worse ones. We really don’t have enough information to draw a lot of conclusions on the culture or values involved, but the objective itself and his pausing in it to heal someone who attacked him is encouraging. Does anyone disagree with me that this would suggest at least a small group of aliens on this planet, likely hiding with support from at least one human with basic medical training?”



Looking around the table, General Hammond spoke again. “Your team has had more first contacts than anyone else on the planet, so the Pentagon wanted me to get your recommendations. What are your suggestions going forward?”



Jack spoke first. “Keep a careful eye out for other oddities, especially in the area.” After making eye contact with Dr. Jackson, he continued. “But I also agree with Daniel. These might be good people, and possibly a useful ally if their other tech is as good as their healing devices. Heck, just having a healing device in the infirmary that we can use would be worth it. Teal’c had a good point about the man not looking rested. We can probably attribute the whole confrontation to him being desperate for what they needed and being jumpy.



Going forward, I’d recommend a light touch so long as they’re friendly until we know more. I don’t want to repeat that first contact debacle with the Tollan with a group of warriors. Next time we contact the Tok’ra I’d recommend we request any information they might have on this race.”

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

 

A/N: I’m requesting a little help. In Warcraft Cannon, there are these giant trees that the Red Dragonflight has at their permanent settlements. They have red leaves and actually look like something I’d like to have in my yard, but as far as I know they’re never actually named. In Elune’s Pebble they were cultivated over thousands of years and either were purposefully imbued with the Red Dragonflight’s ‘Life’ magic or simply absorbed it over time. I’m currently calling them ‘Alexstrasza’s Boughs’ but the name is kind of clunky. I’d love suggestions for a new name, as well as the various magical trees my characters have grown out of the living wands.



What they look like in WoW: static.wikia.nocookie.net/wowpedia/images/9/91/Vermillion_Redoubt.jpg/revision/latest?cb=20100821104057



Leave me a review if you have a good name, or just a review in general. I love reviews because they motivate me to keep writing. 22 is being edited right now, and 23 is a work in progress, but both are looking good so far.

Names so far:

Blackstone : Black dragon tree; it has a Black trunk, dark orange leaves and excretes volcanic soil from its roots.



Stormbark: Storm dragon tree; this tree has pale blue eaves on ivory-white bark. Constant, visible arcs of electricity play across its branches.



Kingsleaf: Twilight dragon tree; it has a blue trunk and purple leaves, it draws raw, chaotic magic from the Twilight Realm.



What needs names:



Blue tree: White trunk with azure needles, this tree radiates cold. Useful for cutting down on cooling costs in warm climates.



Bronze tree: Grows in bursts when it gathers enough material/magic. Currently the wands have just sprouted leaves and roots, not doing anything more yet.



Chromatic tree: Just a mess of five unhealthy trunks each a different shade of purple, reflecting the current state of the whelps.



Green Tree: Green leaves and trunk of a different shade, this tree works better than Nyquil: Get too close and you fall asleep.



Nether tree: Immaterial, you can throw objects through the tree because it doesn’t fully exist on the physical plane of reality. They grow healthy, but re-potting them is a problem because you just pass through them.



Red tree: Physically unchanged from the parent tree save for gaining striations of red in its trunk, this tree absorbs magic from its environment and releases it again after tuning the magic to the life-nurturing energies used by the Red Dragonflight.




Chapter 22: Chapter 22: Acquiring Arachnophobia

Chapter Text

Thanks to everyone who reviewed last chapter! Thanks also to my beta, hkurtz2013 on fanfiction’s site.

 

 

Chapter 22: Acquiring Arachnophobia



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Harry Potter finished reading through the day’s Prophet carefully. He had learned his lesson about only skimming the headlines the previous summer, but he did not like what he had learned. The line being pushed by Fudge and his mouthpieces was that a group orchestrating the overthrow of the Ministry was behind the attack, where according to them ten upstanding citizens had been set upon while they were going about their business. Various articles hammered the propaganda that this was a rebellion against the Ministry at work.



With a sigh, Harry turned to Susan Bones who along with a few others were sitting in the Chamber of Secrets at a small table. Tropical (Or nearly tropical, Harry wasn’t exactly clear where they were stealing sunlight from, just that the weather there had a lot fewer cloudy days.) sunlight was something of a fascination for a number of students along with the plants from another world growing under the school, and even he had to admit it felt nice. Susan and a few others who had parents either in the Ministry or in the Wizengamot had been gathered because he needed advice on how to proceed. What had been Dumbledore’s pensieve was on the table, and Harry carefully added his memory of the battle outside Gringotts, starting from when he had tipped his cart driver by fumbling a galleon coin to distract him while he slipped his invisibility cloak over his shoulders.



After watching the entire event again, and adding the results of the interrogations that thankfully skipped the physical beating required to convince the thugs to allow the truth serum to take hold, Harry asked for their thoughts. Neville was the first to speak. “Harry, I know you told us the Ministry was corrupt, but this is crazy. If Umbridge can have the Hogwarts Deputy Headmistress killed on a whim, no one is safe.”



Rolling his shoulders to relieve some stress, Harry responded. “I’m shocked that Umbridge ordered this in broad daylight. No one has any complaints about defending McGonagall with lethal force?”



Though Marietta Edgecombe started to say something, she was quickly spoken over by Susan Bones. “None at all. You need more practice at identifying curses Harry, they didn’t switch to lethal curses when you shielded, they started with them. My Aunt’s been trying to get murderers like that off the street since she joined the Aurors, but so often they bribe the right person or they have friends in power and nothing happens. It feels awful to say, but it’s a comfort that they won’t hurt anyone else. These weren’t good people, this was filth hired by that toad to murder an old woman in broad daylight. If people had done what you and others did more often in the last war, we might not be having to fight another now.”



The group discussed the Ministry’s response and how its employees were likely to react to the Prophet’s lies, as well as the truth if it could be shown to them for about an hour. At that point, it was time for Neville and the healers to visit his family home. Harry wished him good luck, both for his parent’s recovery and dealing with his grandmother. As he walked the group out, he reflected on the good odds that people in the Ministry would do nothing even with Fudge’s attack dog murdering anyone that disagreed with the administration. They would sit there like sheep, waiting to be culled. And if not by Umbridge, by Voldemort when he made his move. Getting them to act, even to act in their own best interest loomed as an impossible task.



Sadly, the Ministry wasn’t the only problem looming. After he escorted his advisors out, advising them in turn to begin work on convincing their loved ones to find work elsewhere, he returned to the Chamber. More specifically, the small room that had been warded carefully to allow apparition while catching any person or thing not on a rather short list inside a stasis trap. Right now at Potter Estate there was only Sirius, Hermione’s parents and a few dragons working on cultivating magical trees. It was past time he started to clear the rubble from his ancestral home. If he could find metal scrap to forge into a weapon in the ruins, so much the better.



With the memories and pensieve secure in a trunk, Harry transported himself to his family’s ancestral land, being very careful to fix the location within the expansion within his mind. (And just in case, he arrived with his Firebolt shrunken in his pocket and a ‘slow fall’ spell on his lips.) When he arrived he paused to take in a few breaths with his eyes closed and let the magic of the place wash over his slowly growing senses. Even with the expansion and all the magical trees this place was still so very welcoming to him. In fact all the new trees were probably responsible for how his family's ancestral home felt more alive than it did the first time he came here. He smiled when he saw Sirius and the Grangers poking at the bulkiest automobile he’d ever seen in person.



Hearing his approach Sirius pulled his head out from where he’d been looking under the hood. With a smile on his face, he started to explain what the vehicle was. “Harry! Good to see you! Dan bought this for us, it needed a little work in a few places and it’s seen some real action so we’re going to be replacing some of the armor before it’s done. But it was a bargain, not much more than a good used car.”



Taking another look at the huge, blocky SUV, Harry eventually turned back to his godfather. “Okay, but what is it? I assume you’re going to enchant it.”



“You’re right. This is a used military humvee, and actually one that saw combat somewhere. It’s already tough as hell, by the time we’re done with it it should be able to resist any mundane weapon save for a nuke and any magic short of Fiendfyre, though Aurogos wants to experiment with some absorption runes and the cursed fire. Sadly they didn’t let us have the machine gun turret on the roof, but some of the mounts are still there and I’m sure we can get something off the black market somewhere. Might even give me a family discount.”



Ignoring the chuckles from the married couple that had apparently become used to Sirius’s sense of humor, Harry pulled out a trunk. “If you don’t mind, I have memories of yesterday’s attack and the questioning of the prisoners. I’d like your thoughts on the attack itself and the Ministry’s stance via the Prophet. Apparently those ten wizards were actually just minding their own business when rebels against the Ministry attacked them. I’m going to start digging through the rubble, I’ve put that off long enough.”



With that said, the three adults moved into the expanded trunk Harry handed to them as the teen walked towards the remains of his family’s ancestral home. Once there, the teen started levitating rubble out of the ruined structure, extremely glad that his use of magic couldn’t be tracked by either the normal tracking magic applied to wands or the more general magic that monitored the countryside. (A benefit of the Fidelius Charm.) Half an hour later, Sirius joined Harry in digging through the ruble. While it wasn’t entirely safe for a non-Potter to assist Sirius had been a welcome guest in this house once, and the fact he would have died for James, and would die for Harry without hesitation weighed in his favor. A wardstone never gained true sentience, but direction could go a long way; in the way of good news, it turned out that the original wardstone was in better shape than they first thought, with some work it would be salvageable.



Harry and his godfather worked together until he had to leave to teach the Defense Association, getting a fast meal in his Godfather’s tent. Between the two of them, they had a fair pile of the rubble sorted. Thankfully there was no shortage of stone that could be used in the reconstruction and under advice from his Red and Green dragons, Harry was even preserving the rotted wood from the destroyed manor house to use as compost fertilizer in the reconstructed home’s new ‘core.’



In a fit of brilliance, ‘team dragonsworn’ had suggested growing the magic-producing Kingsleaf tree for Potter Estate inside an expanded space with all the other trees needed to tune the magic from destructively chaotic to neutral. Ron, of all people, had gotten involved in the discussion then and brought up the different properties of metal and how they would affect something like this. Yet another item now under development was a metal sphere that would contain a massively expanded space and essentially act as a self-contained arboretum whose purpose was to generate magic and provide a calm, restful retreat to those living in the Manor. Thankfully compared to the ongoing Arithmancy work on ‘Potter’s Mark’ this would be an easy project to figure out.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



While the reception Senas, Dali, and Andromeda received at Longbottom Manor when they arrived with Neville in tow was polite, it was also markedly cold. Augusta Longbottom had the air of a woman who knew her time was being wasted but allowed it anyway. Ignoring the hostility Dali introduced herself and began to explain what they hoped to achieve.



“Greetings Lady Longbottom. My name is Dali Lothar, this is my brother Senas, and I believe you’ve met Andromeda Tonk before. I was trained in a style of healing magic not known to Britain before my brother and I moved here. My brother doesn’t have as much healer training as I do, but he’s good with healing spells that require brute force over fine control. While I will do everything to help your son and his wife, I must caution you that old injuries are often difficult to deal with. That said, as long as my patients retain their souls I can generally help them. I would like to bring in a second mind-healer skilled with a kind of magic that compliments my own, but I’m afraid that I must insist you sign this contract for her protection first.” The acting head of the Longbottom family read the contract carefully, but after discovering it simply protected the identity of the healer ‘Alira’ Augusta saw no reason not to sign it. When Alira turned out to be a shy but polite young woman of obviously non-human descent, Augusta understood their caution.



Half an hour later Alira, Andromeda and Dali were casting a wide variety of diagnostic magic and taking notes on the condition of their patients. After watching for a few moments, Neville suggested to his grandmother that she bring out the pensieve while they waited. Augusta had seen the Prophet’s coverage of the student’s stand against Dumbledore, but seeing it in a pensieve was a different experience. Neville’s actions and the way he carried himself kindled a sense of pride she had rarely felt before. On a whim, Neville also showed her the lesson last Monday where Headmaster Salonar had made his first foray into teaching. With a newfound confidence, Neville drew his new wand through the air and demonstrated five of the six spells, even gesturing out the window to manipulate the soil beneath a field of grass.



Augusta gingerly took her son’s wand back and returned it to the mantle above the fire. “I’m sorry Gran. But the Professors were right, Dad’s still alive and that is still his wand, it’s been fighting me every time I’ve tried to use it.”



Quiet settled for a time, Augusta expecting recriminations that never came. After a time, Neville asked her what she thought of the day’s Prophet. When she started to go on about people being murdered in broad daylight, Neville produced two vials. “Gran, there’s trouble in England and it’s worse than that. These are memories from one of the participants, sworn to be the truth and the results of questioning the attackers afterward.”



As they came out of the pensieve, Neville spoke. “The response was brutal. I know that, but they were trying to kill Professor McGonagall in broad daylight in a surprise attack ten against one. They got what they deserved.”



“Neville! Those were wizards that deserved their day in court, they deserved to be tried for their crimes!”



Augusta Longbottom had never been shouted down by her grandson before, but there was a first time for everything. “Watch the last vial and tell me that! Madam Bones wasn’t allowed to even question these men! Our Ministry is so corrupt the only option we have left is to burn it down and try again! My parents didn’t fight and suffer for this!”



Letting go of his ire, Neville calmed down to his normal volume and tone. “Gran, did we win or lose the war my parents lost everything fighting? Death Eaters walked free without taking Veritaserum but the Ministry still had time to send an innocent man to Azkaban. I’m sure Sirius Black going to Azkaban without a trial had nothing to do with the fact that if he died without designating a different heir Draco Malfoy would inherit the entirety of the Black estate.” Neville took a brief pause and let the sarcasm drain out of his tone. “Either our side lost or everything they fought for was a lie. Please, watch the last memory and think about what today’s paper means.”



When Augusta finished watching the memory of both interrogations, she found her worldview cracking. Both men had obviously been painfully convinced to allow the truth serum to take effect, but what they revealed seemed worth the effort. While torturing a captive turned her stomach especially with what had happened to her son, letting men like that go free would have done worse. What this revealed about Fudge’s government was truly worrying. But there was one other thing she had to say. “Headmaster Salonar supplied that memory. Though his mind is unusually well disciplined, especially for someone so young, there are certain tells I have seen before. He isn’t human.”



When Neville didn’t react, Augusta continued. “So you already knew. Do you know what he is, what he wants? Remember, even if they look like us, other creatures can have very different motivations.”



Neville chuckled. “I know what you’re implying, but I trust him. He honestly wants to teach magic, to see the students safe, and to protect those he cares about. From what I’ve learned about the Headmaster, he took it as a personal insult that the Professors had allowed learning magic to be boring .”



Augusta continued after a brief pause. “Is he dangerous Neville?”



After a few chuckles her grandson responded. “Yes. I expect if someone tries to send a cursed item to the school, or the Ministry tries to send Dementors again, or someone tries to murder one of his students they will find out just how dangerous. I don’t think the students have anything to fear from him though.”



Relaxing after that, the two Longbottoms spent some time together in front of the fireplace. With a flick of her wand, the elder revealed she had placed a visual monitoring charm on the room where Neville’s parents were being examined. Both watched the ongoing slew of diagnostic charms, which eventually ended with Andromeda casting bubble head charms on everyone save Alira, Alice, and Frank. Interested at first, Augusta stood up suddenly when the tall purple woman with long ears shifted into a Green dragon and breathed a mist into the room.



With a gentle hand on her arm, Neville tried to explain. “It’s okay gran. You know my new wand? It has a core from a ‘Green’ dragon, probably that particular one, and when the Headmaster gave me the ‘Ollivander speech’ he said that the wand meant I might be good at Nature magic as well as magic involving sleep, dreams, and the mind. I trust these people.”



Sighing, Augusta sat back down as they watched his parents fall asleep and the drake curl around both to maintain physical contact before she closed her eyes as well. Not long after, Andromeda was escorted in by a house elf and explained Alira was using her magic to get a better idea of the state of their minds. Augusta and Andromeda fell into a conversation about the changes that had been taking place at Hogwarts. The Longbottom matriarch decided that most of the changes were overdue and positive.



An hour later Alira woke up, shifted back into her elven form and joined the group that had been observing her along with Dali and her brother. Alira, after conferring briefly with the other healers, turned her attention to Augusta. “We can help them but it won’t be a fast or easy healing, if it was your people would have already helped them. From what I can see the curse they were under caused physical damage to their nervous system and harmed their minds. To repair that I want them to live in a tent under the big Crimson Oak growing at ---.” Shaking her head, Alira took a moment to reconstruct her line of thought.



(The original scarlet-leafed tree grown from a cutting taken from a Red Dragonflight settlement named ‘Vermilion Redoubt’ actually possessed a common name that was easier to say than what their group had been calling it. The confusion stemmed both from the difficulty of translating from a magical language (In draconic the name was literally ‘Alexstrasza’s Tree.’) as well as from a common children’s tale told to the Red drakes as whelps that told of the construction of the Ruby Dragonshrine. In the tale, the Dragonshrine and the first Crimson Oak was formed wholly by a drop of Alexstrasza’s blood. Actually, however, the Crimson Oak was first cultivated at the Vermilion Redoubt, the hobby of several dragons and one that took them millennia to create.



In the frozen wastes of Northrend, near Wyrmrest Temple in the frozen plain known as the Dragonblight, there are five Dragonshrines. These places were built when the first true dragons, those empowered by the Titans, began to near the end of their lives. Ever since, when a dragon neared death, they would return to the Dragonblight, see the Temple where their kind were first created, and journey to the shrine of their Dragonflight to spend their final days. Usually there were healers or simply caretakers there to talk with them as they died and enriched the land with their passing.



The effect of so many dragons living, dying, and their essence becoming one with the land actually caused an effect rather similar to what Harry had encountered on Earth. When the ambient magic of Potter Estate sprung to his aid when he first cast a Fidelius Charm far beyond his ability and later when he saved Bavaku’s life. The magic that infused the frozen plains of the Dragonblight, however, reflected the nature of the dragons themselves. More than anything else it was proud, and would never let itself be wielded by a slave.)



“That’s annoying. Anyway, the first part of healing needs to be their physical bodies, then we move onto their minds. The damage from their minds was caused by a combination of the pain itself and their minds retreating inward to escape it, but I believe they can be healed in time. It will be slow and delicate work, if we try and rush this we run the risk of causing irreparable harm.”



Unwilling to get her hopes up yet, Augusta spoke once more. “If your method works, how long do you expect your treatment to take?”



“Six months to a year. There should be improvement in their physical condition within the first three months. I need to stress that this will be delicate work, if we stop halfway it wouldn’t go well for them.”



Unable to give up this chance at helping her son and his wife, Augusta decided to go forward with the new treatment. If St. Mungo’s was going to help them, it would have by now. Now for the unpleasant part. “May I ask what you want in payment? I won’t pretend that success would not mean the world to me.”



Rolling his shoulders Senas was the one to answer. “We need a second Professor for Comportment and Magical Culture. To be honest we’re hoping to use the Culture class to expose the follies of the pureblood movement that Tom Riddle used to launch his war. You would be teaching with Narsica Malfoy, but all teachers next term will be under a contract that will not allow them to harm other students or staff except in the defense of students or staff. We’re still working on the details for that.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Sunday’s meeting of the Defense Association went well. Once again, the first group met for an hour practicing the spells mostly to pass their exams. Afterwards, Nymphadora Tonks gave instruction on basic combat that amounted to ‘If they’re trying to kill you, either get away if you can, or put them down if you can’t.’ While the second lesson was ongoing, Harry and Ron had the pleasure of ‘enjoying’ a spar with Senastrasz and Aurogos. When the third set of instruction began the healers used both boys to demonstrate healing spells.



Before everyone turned in for the night Aurogos tried to apologize for being overly rough with his Lord, but Harry waved him off. “I’ll be fine in a few days. I’d rather learn the painful lessons with you than someone wanting to actually kill me.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Monday proved to be a rather calm day, at least on the surface. Faced with a potential conflict with either the Goblin Nation due to their theft of the Hogwarts funds or with the Ministry of Magic (The Potter Dragonflight was mostly hoping for those conflicts not to happen at the same time, unless the two foes could be convinced to fight each other.) every member of the Potter Dragonflight (Harry wasn’t sure how, but that was the name his group, both dragon and human, had decided to stick with.) with rune-carving experience found themselves involved in the carefully orchestrated chaos managed by Aurogos. Deciding to forgo digging out various cursed items that had been lost in or purposefully hidden in the castle for now, various wardstones were being prepared to establish an aggressive perimeter defense around the school.



As promised, the school’s headmaster taught a lecture on the dangers of magic that went over into the first classes of the day, but none of the other professors interrupted him. Aurogon touched on many points including the effects of corrupting magic and how to deal with them and cursed items.



“Magic itself is change. Every spell you cast brings change to the world and a smaller change in yourself. All magic affects its users whether light or dark, fire or ice. ‘Dark’ is a phrase that gets tossed around enough to have lost much of its meaning. Instead of telling you to never cast a dark spell, I’ll explain how magic alters you and why you should strive for balance.



“Put simply, using magic alters your mind over time. Depending on who you talk to there are either seven, twelve or some other number of types, or schools, of magic. Take the spells from last week for example. Frost magic encourages logical, cold, detached thinking.” Here the blue-haired headmaster conjured a small orb of ice in his right hand that leaked eerie trails of mist slid towards the floor.



“Thinking logically, even under stress is essential but if allowed to go too far you can lose your emotions and the connections that make life worth living.” A moment of focus and the Headmaster held a ball of fire in his left hand, embers drifting slowly towards the floor.



“Fire magic will turn you towards action and unrestrained emotion, eventually towards acting without thinking first; it will also make you tend towards destruction as well. I use both frost and flame magic to keep myself balanced, to keep myself from slipping one way or another. Much of the magic taught here is actually Arcane magic in the system I was taught; Apparition, Transfiguration and most charms included. Arcane magic will twist your mind towards a primordial force called Order, to building systems that last. Use it too much and you’ll find yourself dedicated to maintaining the way things are at any cost, refusing to allow change. Stagnation or slavery in other words.



“Life magic isn’t exactly Arcane’s opposite, but it still counters the changes caused by Arcane. As far as I can tell, Life magic hasn’t been taught here before, but you can bet that will be changing. Life magic promotes growth, change, and fertility…”



“… I’m actually hoping to hire a professor from a sect of Monks to teach next semester, though there’s a number of problems. Their way of life teaches balance in all things, and I feel every user of magic could benefit from applying some of their lessons to know when magic starts to warp your mind and how to correct it before you really start to slip. Sadly they don’t speak English and all the members of their sect I’ve met are visibly non-human, and look ridiculous...”



Somehow, all the Aurors remaining in the castle were only able to hear the final part of the lecture, having found themselves pranked in ways that kept them in their rooms for some time. Each of the half-dozen Aurors remaining in Hogwarts entered the Great Hall just in time to hear the final warning given by the new Headmaster. “Now, the last thing I want you to understand is a principle I’m told muggles use in their economic classes. There are other ways to phrase this last part, but their words fit. The principle is this: ‘There is no such thing as a free lunch.’



“What this means in relation to magic is that you can use whatever ritual you want, to gain power or whatever you want, but never forget that there is a cost to doing so. It isn’t always spelled out in the old spellbooks clearly, but if you find a spell to double your magical power or lifespan, stay away from it for your own sake! I’ve been reading through the Headmaster’s Private Library when I can since taking this post, and there are a vast number of rituals that look tempting at first glance. But that ritual to double your power at the sacrifice of a life unwillingly taken? Halves your lifespan at best. Doubling your lifespan for the same sacrifice? Might as well kill a unicorn and drink its blood for the quality of that longer life you’ll live.



“As for immortality… None of you in this room have a soul. No one has a soul. We are our souls. We have bodies. I refuse to learn or teach soul magic for a reason. Any other type of magic can end your life, can set your soul loose for its next destination. Soul magic can prolong your stay in this world, but at the cost of crippling your soul for eternity. And there is something beyond this world.



“Magic can prove the existence of your soul, that it doesn’t cease to be when you die, that it simply moves elsewhere. Where do souls go? I have no idea. I perused millennia of research when I lost a loved one and found that there is no one living who has ever really answered that question. In a disturbing way, some experiments to answer the question of what comes next that should work don’t. Or rather, something disrupts them. It impinges on our pride as users of magic to admit that there is something beyond us, but I’ve come to the conclusion that some power has decided that the living shouldn’t be able to know what comes next. But there is a comforting, often overlooked fact. Soul magic is dangerous, but through its use you can only destroy your own soul. It is completely impossible to do the same to another’s.



“Looking at history it is easy to see why this isn’t common knowledge. People, especially those who have tasted power aren’t fond of admitting there is any authority higher than themselves. I am not telling you to pursue religion, I’m simply telling you that there is more out there than this physical world. If you do decide to research this on your own time, remember to take into account how people warp things. This has happened throughout history, people either seizing or maintaining power will twist anything to fit their goals, religion especially. In any case, I think I’ve taken enough of your time this morning. Enjoy your day, learn, and think. I’m off to squish some spiders before they start eating people.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



At noon, a group of concerned parents with creature experience or war experience in general had gathered just outside the school. Deciding to split the group in half to avoid ‘accidental’ cursings, Headmaster Salonar was explaining their plan to both the participants and reporters, incidentally having ensured the reporters who were there to cover the event included Xeno Lovegood. It turned out that Luna’s father edited the Quibbler. Sadly the paper had a reputation of eccentricity, but that was still better than the outright lies of the Daily Prophet.



“Again, thank you all for coming here today. For about fifty years, an Acromantula colony has been allowed to flourish here, but that ends today. For those who don’t know, Acromantula are rated as ‘Class Five’ creatures, meaning they’re known wizard killers. Not only that, but they enjoy eating people. Since this colony has no natural predators they’ve been breeding out of control, and only the fact that the original spider befriended the groundskeeper has kept them from attacking the school.



“The problem is, the original spider is old and near death, and when he dies nothing is keeping the spiders from attacking Hogwarts or Hogsmead. Between all of us here we can eliminate the colony before someone gets killed. There’s all sorts of rumors on what actually lives in the forest here, and many of them are true. The herd of centaurs keep to themselves and I haven’t been able to find any mention of them ever bothering a student or the school itself, so we’re leaving them alone. There’s Unicorns and Thestrals, which I’m going to have our CoMC class begin working with more to collect wand cores and other materials, so don’t bother them. I think I can get Ollivander to stop importing wand cores with your children’s help.”



“I’ll be leading Malfoy’s group to the primary nest while Professor Lothar takes Weasley’s around to the four smaller ones. I gave each of you a portkey to our infirmary, the trigger is ‘dolor.’ they’ll also activate if your heart starts to slow down, which is an effect of the venom. Wear it on your chest like a pendant and it’ll save you if you get venom in your bloodstream. The Ministry has graciously provided four Aurors to deal with any ‘tag-alongs’ that follow you into the Infirmary. I also have the Hogwarts elves ready to follow us and collect the dead spiders for their silk and reagents, everyone gets a share of the harvested items, or they can donate what they earn to the school. If you end up in the Infirmary you lose your cut. Any more questions? Then let’s get hunting!”



Dealing with the Centaurs had been… vexing for the new Headmaster. They seemed to only speak in riddles, and to a race of creatures that were known for their blunt way of speech, that was trying. More, the creatures seemed entirely too passive in regards to their own welfare. Thankfully one of the younger, more fiery individuals had agreed to help Aurogon map out the colonies ( That had been a surprise, the fact that there was a massive central colony and four smaller ones.) in the forest. ‘Bane’ had also been convinced to keep his people far from the nests today because Aurogon had admitted that to remove the threat he was having to make use of ‘unpleasant individuals.’



With a smirk, Aurogon Salonar withdrew his scythe from his pocket dimension and flicked his wand with his left hand to send his outer robes back to his official office. Revealed underneath was a layer of leather armor with the vital locations reinforced with plates of metal. With a cheer, Senas Lothar did the same and revealed his self-crafted gleaming plate-mail armor underneath even as he flicked his wrist and produced a gray one-handed sword with lines of orange running through the blade from the sheath on his right wrist. Keeping his wand in his left hand Senastrasz had decided to only use his shield if needed.



With that, they were off. Arthur and William Weasley followed behind the disguised Red drake, and behind them followed the half of the group unlikely to curse them in the back as he led them to adventure and many, many, spiders. As he watched them go, Aurogon was careful not to let his face show the disappointment at leading this group and not that one. Clearing out a nest of abnormally large spiders with a group this size would be a simple quest if not for the fact that he’d be watching his back the entire way.



Not wanting to walk in front of these people all afternoon, the Headmaster flicked his wand a dozen times and twelve orbs of ice formed, floated in front of different individuals, and transformed into glowing ravens. Speaking up again, he shouted to the possibly murderous group. “Try to stick in equal groups to one of the people with a bird, they’ll lead us to the big nest and disappear when we’ve surrounded it, which is your cue to attack. Use any magic you want that doesn’t kill your fellows or burn down the forest while we’re standing in it. Let’s move before the other group gets more spiders than us!”



The Blue drake’s afternoon ended up proving informative if nothing else. He ended up fighting alongside Lucius Malfoy as they thinned out the nest with dark, but mostly legal curses and a vast number of ice shards projected at high velocity. When they were nearly overwhelmed Aurogon relinquished his scythe and wand and called flames into his hands. A moment later a tidal wave of flame poured from him, curled around Lucius and flooded through the trees to end the wave of spiders. Given that the forest had been writhing with them, it seemed like a good idea. The last three members of the group had been whisked away by automatically activating portkeys during the spider’s last rush, taking at least a dozen spiders with them.



Having to use his post as Headmaster to draw power from the wards, Aurogon finished casting a massive weather spell with a sigh. As Lucius caught his breath in the sudden rainstorm he looked to the young Headmaster who seemed oddly unconcerned at the twelve or more spiders that had just been deposited inside the school. Understanding what the man was thinking, Aurogon simply smirked and said: “Don’t worry, it’s taken care of.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



In the hallway outside Hogwarts’ infirmary, battle had been joined again. Throwing out a bolt of lightning from a wand that was starting to smoke where a splash of venom had fallen on it after a cutting curse ended a spider, Harry Potter barked orders. “Neville, I want a barricade up! Second line, get the victims out of there! Malfoy, I want six inches of water inside Neville’s barrier! Everyone else get clear, I’ve got something big ready to go! Susan, use physical shields to keep the spiders from escaping!”



In a small miracle of timing, the adults were pulled out from the pile of spiders and Harry pulled off a new lightning spell he’d just learned just as the creatures were about to overrun their defense. It was with great satisfaction that he and the other students watched the spiders twitching madly from the overpowered spell he channeled into the water. Harry wasn’t the only student to collapse panting and sweating when the Acromantula all fell over dead. Many students pulled out containers of water as the house elves popped away this wave of spiders.



Harry wasn’t the only one to curse as a new wave was popped in when the Acromantula apparently overran the combat group that included Goyle Sr. His sudden imprecations on the parentage of Merlin were the loudest, however. And if Harry was just a little less careful with the collateral damage with a man he’d seen at Voldemort’s resurrection, no one called him on it.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



With his wand now sparking wildly in his right hand, the Headmaster spoke to Lucius, the only one left in what had been a group of eight. “I’m sure this will build character. Now, transfigure a little cover and a platform to let us see over that hill, I found a spell in Dumbledore’s horde I want to try now that I have a little water on the ground.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Students in Hogwarts Castle, denizens of Hogsmead, and muggles monitoring seismic activity suddenly found themselves wondering what the hell that shock wave was.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Back in the Forbidden forest, now at least a little safer for students, the senior Malfoy and the Headmaster of Hogwarts stepped out from a crumbling barrier that moments ago had been twice its size and reinforced with powerful shielding magic. Turning to Aurogon, Lucius looked incredulously at the wide smile on his face despite the smoking strands of hair. “Well I have a new favorite spell. You alright Mr. Malfoy? We still need to clean up after the other teams that allowed themselves to be overrun.”



As the two started hiking the short distance Aurogos was thinking furiously about the spell he had just used to lay waste to the central Acromantula nest. I’m glad that spell caught my eye, no one on Azeroth ever considered creating an electrolysis* spell after all. Combined with magically charged rain and an aggressive but not cursed fire spell it’s very effective.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Back at Potter Estate, while people at the castle dealt with an infestation of very large spiders (And also managed to corral a rather feral Ford Anglia.) the residents were behaving rather like kids in a candy store. Using about five galleons worth of melted gold, Dan Granger had visited a hobby shop and come away with a significant collection of remote controlled aircraft. Of special interest were a set of blimps, even more so when Dan took a knife and hallowed out an area on the underside by removing the battery compartment and radio receiver. After a few tests, Sirius successfully anchored an expansion charm to the small space, and added a spell to allow large objects through the opening.



As Emma graciously operated an intact blimp around their tent, Sirius felt a laugh bubble out of his throat. Seeing no reason not to, he let loose with a belly laugh that slowly became a villainous cackle as the possibilities of a small, invisible, quiet, crewed airship raced through his head. Feeling the mad-scientist energy in the air, Dan joined Sirius in his laughter. Emma groaned with her head in her hands as the two eventually stopped laughing and started making plans to armor and weaponize a child’s toy. That some of their ideas were actually impressive was beside the point.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



In the Great Hall that night there was a celebratory feast, with various parents sitting with their children as the castle celebrated the almost complete annihilation of the Acromantula colony. When various groups were overrun, some spiders had escaped but it was a simple matter to tell the Centaur herd that this was their chance to eliminate the menace, and also if they needed a hand the Headmaster would be happy to throw out a siege spell or two.



With the use of brooms the group led by Senas did much better than the ‘morally challenged’ families under the Headmaster. Senas had eventually broken out his shield and played ‘tank’ for his group while they mostly used piercing hexes to bring down the spiders. Injuries were minor, while of the dozen groups Aurogos split his force into only two failed to end up outside the Infirmary under a pile of spiders. To be honest though, the second group was mostly kept safe thanks wholly to Walden Macnair and his enchanted ax. Thanks to a few recording charms and his own observations, Aurogos had gained a great deal of insight on how the magicals loyal to Voldemort fought. Not only would this allow those loyal to Harry Potter to begin developing traps and strategies, but his impressions could be used in the Room to create very accurate simulations.



Inside the castle things had proved hectic. The emergency portkeys had deposited at least a dozen spiders with each group that found themselves trampled and injected with venom. The four Aurors, all the forces the Ministry decided to send to deal with the spiders became victims when the first three spiders portkeyed into the school. Harry and a number of other students had been excused from class to keep an eye on things just in case the highly trained forces of the Ministry didn’t prove up to the task.



What the students did not know, however, was that every Professor even reasonably proficient at combat was watching under a disillusionment charm with a strict command to only intervene if the students were overrun. A few students did end up with venom in their veins, but overall they performed very well under stress, many proving that the Battle Before Breakfast had inspired them to brush up on their combat spells.



Most of the injured adults had been sent off to St. Mungo’s simply because the school lacked enough anti-venom. With the future in mind, only those who had no known ties to Voldemort received free medical care. By the time the feast ended and all the visitors had left the mood had become decidedly more jovial, even if the students still grumbled about killing wave after wave of Acromantula.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Exertion from the day’s combat caused students and staff to turn in early that night. The next day, three visitors made their way to the castle’s gates. Only Garrick Ollivanders face was visible, the other two shorter individuals wore cloaks that covered their faces. For the sake of politeness, the Headmaster met them with a carriage pulled by a rather reptilian and skeletal winged horse. Sadly, not one of the guests had any trouble seeing the creature.



Aurogon shook hands first with Ollivander and then the two older dragonsworn (He could easily tell by both scent and the tinge of Red magic in their own.) before gesturing towards the carriage. Once they had stepped inside, the Headmaster cautioned them. “Let’s leave any sensitive discussions for a more secure location. I am Headmaster Salonar, and it is a pleasure to meet you. Mr Ollivander, we have a number of trees you might find interesting for your craft as well as wands that have been crafted in a different method than you use for you to peruse at your leisure. If you’re willing, we could also use your input on several different projects.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



From his place in the Room of Requirement, Harry watched the three dragonsworn exchange pleasantries with Aurogos. Harry had ducked out of his afternoon class of Herbology to observe his sworn, telling Professor Sprout he simply could not sleep the night before thanks to yesterday’s experience with so many Acromantula.



Next to him sat Valistraza in her elven form, only a little anxiety visible in her bearing as they watched the Room’s take on magical surveillance. Placing a hand on hers, he spoke quietly to the Broodmother in Darnassian. “I gave you my word that I wouldn’t allow you or your clutch to be harmed. I meant what I said.”



With a deep breath Vali relaxed, though some tension remained. All of the whelps were asleep in the conjured room behind them, Alira ensuring their afternoon nap kept them out of the way. All three Twilight drakes, Talion, and Bavaku were nearby being kept out of sight until the situation could be explained to the new dragon. As the two of them watched Aurogon lead the three into a side passage and down into the Chamber of Secrets, Harry spoke again. “Vali, I know now isn’t a good time, but later I was wondering if you could give me some advice. I’m not really sure who else to talk to about ‘romance,’ and I heard relationships are something you teach your charges about.”



As the inhabitants of the Room watched Aurogos lead the three visitors through a passage that didn’t exist that morning, and wouldn’t that evening, into the Chamber of Secrets where the drakes not watching in the Room were patiently waiting, Valistraza turned to Harry with a smile on her lips. “Of course my Lord. I’d be happy to help you sort out your feelings.”



Harry turned to look at the ‘elf’ with the ‘look at me, I’m a dragon’ facial tattoos. “Does that mean you’ve made your decision? I don’t want to force you into this.”



The teenager was rewarded for his concern with laughter. “My Lord, I made my decision the day you saved Bavaku. You are not perfect but no leader is. I choose you because you care and you refuse to accept authority others would use against you. I know my clutch will be safe in your service. I place my loyalty and trust in you, Harry Potter.”



Harry and the Broodmother simply sat together as they watched the group walk down the stairs and enter the Chamber. As the group removed their cloaks and brought out a trunk Harry shouted out suddenly. “That’s Nicolas Flamel! Dumbledore told me he and his wife were preparing to die after they destroyed his Philosopher’s Stone! I guess Alira was right after all.”



From there those in the Room quietly watched as those in the Chamber conversed while they restored a unique trunk that looked to have been forged out of a single piece of crimson metal to its original size. They did take note of the Flamels switching through Common, Darnassian, and a small smattering of Draconic during the conversation. Thanks to intensive lessons in the artificial language called ‘Common,’ Harry understood all of it though the Common was rather archaic. When he brought it up Valistraza laughed at him and explained his Darnassian was much worse.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



In the Chamber, when Nicolas Flamel removed the trunk and restored it to its normal size the drakes took in a deep breath. The individual contained within was certainly a mature Red Wyrm, but it was also obvious that he was not well. Dalistraza and Alira took their natural forms and dove into the trunk, the expanded space allowing them to carefully glide to a rest in front of their newest patient. Senastrasz and Aurogos remained standing, watching the guests and healers both. The Red wyrm was obviously under some kind of magical stasis.



Twenty minutes later Dalistraza winged her way back up, the trunk’s opening distorting magically around her as she exited. “Aurogos, you need to have a look at him, there’s something terribly wrong with his magic.”



Dutifully Aurogos returned to his true form and leaped down into the chest, his eyes glowing as he used his ability to see magic. What he saw was… well his first thought was that it wasn’t possible. Given that he could see the Red’s natural flows of magic within his flesh were warped and wrong, well he couldn’t argue with his own eyes. It looked as if the wyrm’s magic had simply exploded at some point. Ascending and returning to his ‘anthromagus’ form, the Blue gathered his thoughts and spoke. (A point he vehemently agreed with Senegos with was that arrogance had caused nearly every disaster that had struck dragonkind. The drake felt it was better to do away with the name of an ability that implied dragons would use it to walk among the ‘lesser’ beings.)



“Do you have any idea how this happened? Something crippled his ability to use magic, even to sustain himself. Otherwise he would have healed long ago and each of you would be several times more powerful.”



In English with an obvious accent, Nicolas Flamel shared the tale of the day he had met Vordistrasz, starting with the images given to him by a wraith when he and the woman he was about to marry were investigating a disturbance. He had found a badly wounded dragon and started applying first aid, eventually moving the creature to his own home with a portkey. A week later the dragon woke up and tried to speak to them. Though it took time, Vordistrasz learned French and taught the Flamels Common. Since the Wyrm was barely able to move under his own power he gladly gave the only boon he could to the two but because his magic had been warped and crippled the Dragonsworn bond conferred few of the boons it should have.



Time passed, and the Flamels were unable to help their Patron in any meaningful way. Vordistrasz’s injuries left him in constant pain, and more than once he became addicted to the specialized pain relief and sleeping potions the Flamels crafted for him. Two hundred years ago a man from a family of wandcrafters was brought into their secrets in the hope that flesh could be grafted from a similar dragon the Flamels had acquired. They hoped by adding similar flesh they could rejuvenate the apparently diseased flesh. Garrick stepped in and said that he had been researching magical tissue grafting as a young man.



Sadly the addition of new tissue had a deleterious effect on the wyrm, compounding his pain. Without much hope left he asked the Flamels to leave him in stasis unless they found a cure for him. His last words before drinking a variant of the ‘Draught of Living Death’ potion had been to thank all three of them for their help.



Aurogon’s question of what exactly caused the damage in the first place caused a commotion. When instead of answering aloud Nicolas Flamel simply withdrew a nearly full vial of glowing water Aurogon screamed in a suspiciously high-pitched voice and jumped back twenty feet, shifting back into his true form without any conscious decision. When the Blue drake stopped hyperventilating, he removed the decorated mirror Harry had gifted him and immediately contacted his mentor, in clipped tones asking for instructions to contain a possible vial of water from the Well of Eternity.



Twenty minutes later Jagragosa had joined the group in the Chamber of Secrets. Harry had gone through the portal, apparated just outside the wards of Senegos’s home and returned with the elder dragon’s younger mate. Harry had received a binding oath from the wyrm before he brought her to Earth that she would not harm those under his protection. Thanks to the urgency, she agreed. More, she surprised Harry when she explained that Valistraza and her clutch were in no danger from her because she herself was now carrying a mixed brood. Oddly she refused to name the father.



After Jagragosa trotted into the Chamber, her anthromagus form’s four cloven hooves handling the stairs surprisingly well, a moment’s glance was enough to confirm that the water had indeed been harvested from the Well of Eternity over ten-thousand years ago. Thankfully the wyrm had brought a proper containment device with her. Harry, who had followed her down, explained the situation to their guests who had been surprised at all the fuss; they understood the vial contained an incredibly powerful substance, but were apparently not fully aware of the danger. Deadly serious, Harry introduced himself and told them that the content of that vial was nearly as dangerous as a nuclear weapon. Jagragosa explained it further as she double checked the device she withdrew from her pocket dimension.



“The contents of this vial aren’t just condensed liquefied magic. We don’t actually know how the waters of the Well of Eternity became so powerful, our understanding of magic says it should be impossible. My mate has always wanted to learn how Illidan Stormrage used vials of water from the first Well of Eternity to create a second. It’s possible you could do the same with this vial but given the Wells on Azeroth attracted the attention of demonic legions, you’d be safer using this in another way.”

 

The containment device looked like a small chest crafted of some unknown white metal, inlaid with elegant silver vines that one would wrongfully assume were simply decoration. When it was closed with the vial within, the silver vines glowed softly and a single draconic rune appeared on each side of the small box. After the chest sealed and locked, the dryad turned to Aurogos. “I remember fondly teaching you to create and access your pocket dimension. I suggest placing this there, if not I can do the same.”



With a sigh, the azure drake turned into a man that was blushing madly as he withdrew his scythe from nowhere along with a box. Because the box lacked a lid, it was easy to see the box contained a number of objects intended for use in the bedroom. Quickly depositing the vial’s containment unit Aurogos then stored the box back into his personal dimension and elected to carry his scythe for now. Internally, the Blue drake was wishing he’d been able to expand his pocket dimension further; sadly for now his limit remained two items that weren’t very large. (After his formal apprenticeship with Senegos had ended, the drake had decided to learn the skill early; most dragons chose not to learn how to create a pocket dimension until they had grown from drake to dragon thanks to the amount of magic and mental focus required.)



With a chuckle Jagragosa withdrew a dark blue metal disc covered in glowing runes and inspected the enchantments of the trunk containing the Red Wyrm. “If you don’t mind, I’ll examine your patient. I’ve been alive long enough to learn a little of everything and the Blue Dragonflight’s method of healing wounds might be useful here.”



With that the dryad hopped onto the disc, her four sets of hooves having no trouble finding purchase, thanks to both learned balance and some runes carved into the disc. It was a very odd sight seeing the ostensibly solid metal container warp around the disc as the wyrm used the Blue Dragonflight’s traditional flying device to examine the Red Wyrm. Her task might have been easier in her natural form, but while the expanded space was large enough for one wyrm to rest comfortably, it was too small for two.



Dali quickly started reading the medical records provided by the Flamels and asking questions which they answered. Leaving them to it, Harry withdrew his wand and let Ollivander examine it. Harry was considering replacing it, while fighting the spiders yesterday a splash of venom had eaten a small hole into the wood and he was unsure if it could be repaired. Eventually he began introducing Ollivander to the various magical trees grown from wand cores and branches of the original Crimson Oak growing in planters around the Chamber. Out of the corner of his eye, Harry saw the visiting Blue wyrm finish discussing her observations with the other healers. With quiet clicks of her hooves on stone Jagragosa followed Harry as he showed Ollivander around the chamber, intrigued.



After a number of hours and much input it was decided that the Red wyrm could eventually be healed, but he would require a number of tissue grafts and a steady flow of magic from a Red dragon. Senastrasz groaned at hearing about the tissue grafts, as he was the only possible donor unless they wanted to take tiny samples from the whelps. The healers decided the first step in the Red Wyrm’s treatment was to leave him in stasis in a grove of Crimson Oaks for several weeks. The magical trees had been cultivated for millennia to radiate the same magic inherent in the Red Dragonflight and could themselves be useful for healing when a gradual, steady and slow approach was called for. With a chuckle Harry sent his Red drakes along with a helpful assortment of Red and Green whelps to help them get the needed trees grown.



After casting the portal Aurogos returned to the school above, having many duties to take care of. Hermione eventually came down into the Chamber, coming through the Room of Requirement. Their guests joined them for dinner and thus began a lengthy explanation of Azeroth’s history and the current state of the dragon’s home world. Sadly various orders given to the Flamels for their own safety in case of contact with a Black dragon were still in effect and could not be altered until Vordistrasz was awake and coherent. For safety’s sake Harry decided to keep the Twilight dragons away as well. In any case the whelps were enjoying the Room of Requirement and it wasn’t a hardship to leave them there for the time being. ‘Any playground imaginable’ turned out to be a hit with children of any species.



All three guests were settled into visitor’s quarters, where they would remain guests of Hogwarts until Vordistrasz recovered. The Flamels especially had been disturbed by the revelations about the Titans and their abuse of the Dragonflights, and the three required some time to discuss these matters between themselves.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



The next morning the Daily Prophet brought more bad news. Apparently in a move to prevent Hogwarts from acquiring funds, Acromantula venom and silk had been declared restricted substances and could only be sold with the Ministry’s approval. The same had been done for unicorn and thestral hair. To prevent the Ministry from assuming control of Hogwarts on financial grounds there was a pressing need for funds.



Gringotts continued to proclaim the lie that Albus Dumbledore had emptied the Hogwarts vault after fleeing from Hogwarts. Although Harry’s group knew that to be a lie, convincing anyone else of that fact seemed impossible. Gringotts themselves would lose face and a rather fair amount of gold if the deception were brought to light, while the Ministry was now hell-bent on removing Headmaster ‘Salonar,’ no matter the collateral damage. Having the truth on their side meant nothing in this case, sadly.



Fortunately the Potter Dragonflight wasn’t without options. Tomorrow evening Cyrus Greengrass, father of Daphne and Astoria and the current head of Greengrass Imports and Exports was visiting his daughters and officially meeting with the Headmaster to discuss importing materials for the Magical Blacksmithing course. Unofficially, he was coming to discuss treatment options for himself and his daughter. Secretly, he was getting a recruitment speech. Everything their political advisors could find on him said he was generally reasonable and did not support violence against muggleborn. He was generally a supporter of tradition, or as Daphne had described him, a supporter of traditions that made sense. With the head of a company that dealt in magical goods, selling goods outside of Britain became possible.



Forging a mutually-beneficial relationship with Cyrus Greengrass was not an immediate solution however. To solve their immediate problem, Harry and those who followed him had begun planning a late-night clandestine withdrawal from Gringotts bank. After the Flamels and Ollivander had settled into their rooms the previous night, Bill Weasley had been shown Harry’s memories and listened to a recruitment speech.



After viewing the memories Bill was shown the portal, walked through it and took a portkey to the base of the enormous tree Teldrassil. After being given a few moments to gawk at the tree that held the Kaldorei (the proper name for the people more commonly referred to as ‘Night Elves’) capital in it’s crown (As well as three other smaller towns.) while Senastrasz made polite conversation with the Night Elf Sentinels (the Sentinels being the Kaldorei’s military and police force) guarding the tree’s base, a second portkey took them to Ironforge city. Standing in front of a mountain fortress straight out of a fantasy novel populated by a race of Dwarves rather different from those living on Earth, being taller, visibly stronger as they worked, and generally looking more robust than those on Earth left William Weasley speechless for several moments.



While not as familiar with the Dwarves as the elves, Senastrasz was still able to answer a few questions before another portkey triggered and returned them to the cave where the portal resided. Getting the rest of the story and seeing the drakes and Broodmother resume their true forms was enough to convince Bill it was worth signing up with Harry. Next weekend would see him returning to the Burrow to lay a proper wardstone, a beautiful blue marble stone quarried at Azurewing Repose and carved with runes from both Earth and Azeroth.



Mostly free from his oaths to Gringotts, Bill was still sadly unable to provide them with any information to help plan their heist. Harry was able to order him to briefly lower his mental defenses and take a nap, however. Bill awoke to a blinding headache and the advice to not ask questions. Aurogos had done the mental probe and gotten a fair bit of information on the Goblin’s defenses. Later that night, a similar process repeated with Draco Malfoy and others whose families served Voldemort, though those mental intrusions were altogether less invasive, simply ferreting out the locations of their family’s vaults within the Goblin’s tunnels.



Since stealing from Gringotts was unlikely to work a second time, Harry decided to relieve his enemies of their excess funds. Since Gringotts had decided to steal from Hogwarts, he had not a hint of guilt for removing funds from their bank and causing a scandal. The Goblin Nation had apparently acted against Aurogos directly because he decided to teach Blacksmithing at Hogwarts, and the Goblins felt that art belonged to them alone. That anyone who had seen memories of the battle would agree a ‘wizard’ had already rivaled or surpassed their greatest smiths was an insult they could not bear. Gringotts thought they could steal from my sworn, that they could cripple a rival without consequences. I’m going to prove them wrong.



Trying to put aside heavy thoughts and enjoy his morning meal after finishing reading through the Ministry’s mouthpiece, Harry listened to the short speech where Bill Weasley was introduced. The headmaster announced he would be teaching a class on Curse Breaking in the spring term but for the time being his time would be entirely focused on finding and destroying the cursed objects inside the castle.



Next to him, Hermione chewed her lip, some unhappy thought obviously worrying at her. When Harry asked her what was bothering her, she replied that Dumbledore’s absence was strange. More, she spoke of an article in a French newspaper that suggested Albus had been injured and died after escaping the school. It took no time at all for Harry to reply. “Impossible, nothing lethal hit him. In fact the only time he was tagged with anything at all it was a minor burn. Even if he had been hit with some nasty magic, he has a phoenix.”



Overhearing their discussion, the subject of where Albus Dumbledore was, and what he was doing, became a point of discussion and worry throughout the school as it spread from one student to the next.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



At Nurmengard Castle in the Austrian Alps, in the highest tower was a cell that had been designed to hold a man who was once the most dangerous in the world. A resident of his cell for fifty years, Gellert Grindelwald had become an old man. While not wholly broken by his defeat, the years of self-reflection and yearly visits from an old friend and enemy had convinced Gellert that he had made mistakes.



Even now he felt he hadn’t been wholly wrong, unable to let go of the young man who had seen the greed, the callousness, the hunger, the suffering of muggles and decided to do something . Some of his reasons had even been sound. A forced divide between magical and muggle benefited neither. Magicals had turned inward and many of their family lines had suffered from the lack of new blood; magical society as a whole had largely stagnated. Gellert would never let go of his belief that those unable to use magic could still have their lives improved by it. Expansion charms, magical healing, weather spells, even simple magic that improved the yields of crops could have made a massive difference in their lives.



But he could admit to himself he had made many mistakes. When he had been rebuffed, he had seen the refusal to alter the status quo inherent in every magical government, he had become more willing to use violence. When he was thrown out of his school for trying to convince his fellow students that muggles were people, he had committed himself to changing the world by any means necessary. From what he could remember, his goal had been to bring both worlds together by force and then prove to the mundane that their lives were improved by their magical overlords.



It was as if a haze had settled over him sometime after his falling out with Albus Dumbledore, and had taken decades after their famous duel to clear. When he found himself able to recognize that fact, he immediately had suspicions as to the source. Though he had pleaded with Albus on his next annual visit and many after to hunt down and burn his every possession, especially his wand, he doubted that his old friend had heeded his advice. Over the years Albus seemed to become… less himself, less of that young man he had befriended nearly a century before.



Now, Gellert Grindelwald was just an old man in a tower with a cat curled in his lap. It was a rather unusual cat, and its method of arrival had surprised and endlessly amused the former dark lord. There had been some violence at the start, the lynx proving to be rather unhappy at his new home, more so at the old man who couldn’t stop laughing for days. Thankfully the house elves that provided food, cleaning charms and occasionally a new book through a slot in the cell had been willing to accommodate his new furry friend. (There wasn’t actually a door to his cell, the space he had entered had become a wall not long after he was incarcerated. There was a window with a spectacular view, however.)



For now at least, Gellert’s friend was stuck in the cell with him. To say that this cell was special was a vast understatement. In fact it was almost comical that Gellert had built it specifically to house Albus Dumbledore in the hope that his old friend could eventually be convinced to join him, but Gellert himself had been trapped within and now both wizards shared the space. Succinctly said, and that was a necessity because both current residents had invested a great deal of effort into enchanting this cell, no magic could be used within the cell. Magic could be used from the outside however, such as the elves’ cleaning charms or the Killing Curse Gellert had seen in visions.



Something had happened to the future he’d been foreseeing however. What it was Gellert had no idea, it was as if someone had thrown a pebble into a pond and the spreading ripples were changing everything, every possible future he’d seen. Now what he saw was distorted, unsure. To be honest, it disturbed him but for now Gellert was simply an old man with a cat. And a phoenix talon sticking out of his wall. Gellert had moved both his bed and recliner towards that wall to take advantage of the warmth that radiated from it. With a chuckle, the old man spoke.



“I still can’t believe it, Albus. You got pressed just a bit and you ordered a phoenix that is still your friend to take you ‘somewhere safe.’ It’s a shame poor Fawkes is stuck sleeping until someone burns that section of wall, but I think it serves you right for ignoring my advice to destroy that wand.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



*Electrolysis as used here is the process of separating water into Hydrogen and Oxygen by use of an electric current. Seems like something that if you combined with a fire spell might turn out to be useful for clearing a nest of magical spiders.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



A/N: If anyone forgot, we met Jagragosa in chapter 17, she is a fully mature Blue wyrm who’s been mated to Senegos for four-thousand years, very nearly her entire life. Her Anthromagus form is a Warcraft dryad. (Body of a deer, but starting where the deer’s neck should she is a Night Elf with the torso up) She’s a proponent of dragons having interesting second forms, having long been disappointed with the predictable elf or human forms almost every dragon seems to take.

 

The last time we saw Dumbledore, he was forced into a corner. With the magic the Elder Wand convinced him to use on Fawkes he sent a mental command to bring him ‘somewhere safe’ meaning in his mind somewhere away from the barrage of spells about to be thrown at him so he could catch his breath. Fawkes the Phoenix: Graduate of the School of Malicious Compliance.



To be honest, I don’t like Cannon!Dumbledore’s actions, because they’re pretty inconsistent with the image portrayed of him. That’s because Dumbledore was used as a plot device instead of a character. (My biggest beef with Rowling is that she warped her characters to fit her plot instead of keeping them reasonably/logically consistent and shaping the book’s conflicts a bit better. Basically she had a narrative she wanted to tell and damn anything that might logically get in the way.) I have plans for Albus Dumbledore, plans that aren’t awful. He might even live a lot longer than he would have in cannon. But for now, he’s stuck in his Animagus form until someone lets him out of the cell.




Chapter 23: Chapter 23: To Another World

Chapter Text

I had some problems with my posting schedule: I’m a caretaker for an elderly relative and he had some problems that dropped me to zero free time for a bit. But to make up for it, have an extra-long chapter this week!

 

Thanks to hkurtz2013 on Fanfiction for helping to edit this whopper of a chapter!

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Chapter 23: To Another World



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



The afternoon of Thursday October twenty-sixth saw Harry supervising the transport of Vordistrasz to Potter Estate along with the Red dragon’s three dragonsworn and a number of his own drakes. The Red wyrm was still under the effects of a modified ‘Draught of Living Death’ potion, and would remain so for at least a week. Restoring Vordistrasz to full health was going to be a rather large undertaking because the healing process required a lot of tissue grafts from compatible donors. To both reduce the burden on Senastrasz and speed up the process the list of targets for Harry’s first foray through the Caverns of Time had been expanded to include either a male Red dragon or several drakes. Apparently crossing gender lines with tissue grafts caused a number of problems in dragons.



As Harry observed he let his thoughts drift. The Potter Dragonflight was confident they could bypass Gringotts’ defenses by passing through a separate layer of reality, but their heist was being pushed back until the Castle’s wards were upgraded from ‘pretty good’ to ‘nearly impregnable.’ (Harry wasn’t willing to gamble their actions wouldn’t accidentally spark a war.) For now Harry was covering the operating costs of Hogwarts with what had been in his trust vault, though that would only last so long.



Jagragosa had elected to remain with them for a time to assist their warding projects in exchange for the plans for their ‘Biome Trunk,’ the official name for the expanded trunks filled with pasture, sunlight, and tasty animals. Compared to the three sent to Remus Lupin the design had improved quite a bit; the trunks were now completely self-contained biomes that could be stocked with a breeding supply of edible animals and mostly left alone until it was time to harvest the creatures within. With enough magic in the surrounding environment the trunks were completely stable and needed no maintenance. Since the Blue wyrm’s home was facing the possibility of a siege Jagragosa was happy to make herself useful for the potentially very useful schematic. Though he hadn’t told her yet, Harry had already sent Hedwig to Azurewing Repose with a copy of the schematic translated to Common.



Jagragosa had certainly sped up the warding projects; her four-thousand years of experience with magic was evident to those that watched her analyze the castle’s existing defenses and carve secondary wardstones to shore up the weak points. The amount of power she could pour into the enchantments she created was impressive as well. With her help, the giant ‘arcane protector’ golem given to Harry by Senegos had been repaired, though they were unable to completely reprogram it. Because it had been enchanted initially by someone with even more power than the Blue wyrm it retained a number of odd quirks.



The golem had once been part of the defenses at the tower of Karazhan but when the tower’s defenses were broken and the tower raided to investigate irregularities (As it turned out, a demon lord had taken up residence in the tower, and had likely been planning something nefarious.) ‘The Curator’ had been disabled in combat. Deciding to remove the arcane construct from the tower before one of the ghostly denizens attempted to repair it, a Blue dragon working undercover as part of the Kirin Tor removed it from the tower and eventually sent it to Senegos for safekeeping.



Thanks to a great deal of effort the golem now recognized the entirety of Hogwarts Castle as the place it protected, and had even adopted the local language. It did not, however, stop speaking about ‘Gallery Protection’ or stating intruders were not guests. However, the golem’s physical and magical power was well worth the necessity of convincing The Curator that each student was indeed a form of artwork under its protection.



With a rather large and unpleasant surprise for anyone that attempted to besiege the castle, Harry was preparing for his planned trip to Azeroth. Much of the ruins of his family’s ancestral home had been cleared and Harry had felt elated when he found amongst the ruins a warped piece of iron that was once the structure’s lightning rod. Now, that piece of twisted metal would become the heart of his spear, making the weapon a powerful conductor or lightning magic.



Speaking of Harry’s spear, with his Patron receiving medical care from healers trained specifically to treat dragons Garrick Ollivander found himself fascinated with the ten species of magical trees he was given to work with. The wands themselves, crafted by the dragons were interesting to him as well, but somewhat less so. While Vordistrasz was made comfortable under the Estate’s largest Crimson Oak, Ollivander had joined four dragons and observed them crafting a wand. After seeing their method and asking no small number of questions, he began lending his experience to the process.



Harry was hoping the replacement wand they crafted for him worked as well as the wand that had been damaged during the battle against Acromantula the day before. He remembered the problems Ron had in their second year with a wand that was about to fall apart, otherwise he’d have been tempted to keep using the damaged one. Thankfully his wasn’t nearly that bad yet but it seemed a good idea to replace it before it failed at an especially inopportune moment. Harry would also begin to carry a spare or two, just in case. To be honest, he found himself rather curious what sort of tree would grow from a basilisk core wand if it were to be planted. Given the source creature however, it was probably best not to experiment.



With Ollivander’s advice, Harry now had a solid plan for crafting his spear. There was an old pine tree that had been just far away enough from his family’s manor house to survive the destruction, and he had already begun to gather sap from it. With magic and concentration he would be forging the sap and a selection of other ingredients into the gems that would allow his spear to act as a crude magical focus. The shaft would come from the Crimson Oak that had now grown to fifty feet (~15 meters) high in the rich soil and magic of Potter Estate. The blade and sharp end point would come from Potter Manor’s old lightning rod, created using the ‘Quel'Serrar’ method, forged in dragon’s flame and quenched in freely donated blood. Different sub-species of dragon and variations in the crafting process could produce different effects in the created blades, and the Potter Dragonflight was experimenting.



An interesting question had been raised by Ron: What if one dragon fired the final stage of the blade, and another provided the blood? A test had revealed that the blade received traits from both dragons so long as they did not conflict, (Twilight and Red magic did not mix well for example.) though to a lesser degree. The sword that was being forged for Ron was already planned to be fired by Valistraza and quenched by Jagragosa before she left. However, it felt right for Harry to only have his blade empowered by his sworn. He had asked his Reds to fire it together while Aurogos and the Storm whelps donated the blood. By now, Harry had accepted the oaths of all the whelps that had escaped to Earth. Even the reluctant Storm and Nether whelps had been convinced by their fellows to join the Potter Dragonflight officially.



Vordistrasz was now comfortably resting under a tree just like those he’d grown up under, warming and rain repelling charms placed all over the clearing around him. An entire grove of Crimson Oaks now graced Potter Estate, planted to assist with healing Vordistrasz, Neville’s parents and whatever future patients might come. Even Hermione’s parents had remarked on the vibrant energy in the air created by the assortment of magical flora, but most especially the Crimson and Spiral Oaks. (The Spiral Oaks were an oddity: They were grown from Red dragon wand cores in Crimson Oak wands and since the Crimson Oaks were infused with the Red Dragonflight’s magic already the Spiral Oaks were very similar trees that simply increased the Crimson’s effects.) Harry chuckled to himself as he mounted his Firebolt and left the Red Wyrm he’d been watching behind. It felt good to just enjoy some time in the air, his drakes taking wing as well.



Bavaku was mostly steady as he soared through the air, though he didn’t go too far from the ground. Looking around Harry laughed quietly to himself as he saw Ralion and Senastrasz attempting to impress some of the females with their flying ability. Seeing Ralion trying to show off for Dalistraza while her brother was attempting to impress Caliona reminded Harry that he wanted to have a potentially awkward conversation with Valistraza soon. Really, it said a lot about his potential role models that he was seeking romantic advice from a dragon . Dan Granger might have been a better choice, but Harry was hesitant to ask the man how to pursue a relationship with his daughter.



Valistraza herself would be swearing the Loyal Lord oath tonight, followed quickly by Astoria Greengrass taking the Dragonsworn Oath to the Broodmother. While an inelegant solution, simply using the Dragonsworn Bond to connect a source of Life magic tinged with Fire to the girl and allowing that magic to overwhelm and destroy the curse plaguing her turned out to be the most effective solution. Astoria herself had spent a lot of time conversing with various dragons as well as the three upperclassmen sworn to the Headmaster and the girl had decided that taking up a lifelong career caring for children with the dragons was appealing.



Valistraza welcomed another set of hands willing to work with small dragons. The common practice of the Dragonflights of Azeroth of adopting unwanted orphans and raising them alongside their own children was something they hadn’t had the resources to begin yet on Earth. (After enduring his early years with the Dursleys, Harry would never order his sworn to abandon that tradition, even if it might threaten their secrecy.) But the day that practice continued was coming and probably wouldn’t be much further out than the day Potter Manor stood tall and proud once more. On Earth most if not all the children adopted would be human, so Astoria would be very helpful in soothing fears when the children found themselves in the presence of dragons.



But a life spent working with others children wouldn’t preclude Astoria from having children and a family of her own. Indeed, with the fertility-enhancing effect of Life magic coursing through her she’d likely have a rather large family when she found the right partner. About the only change in that aspect of her life would be that Valistraza would be giving the girl honest advice on any potential suitors, and that potential boyfriends would get the treatment normally given by fathers or protective older brothers from her Patron.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



After dinner in the Great Hall Harry had already left when Cyrus Greengrass arrived for his meeting with the Headmaster. The man was somewhat annoyed when it was the Deputy Headmistress that escorted him not to the Headmaster’s office, but a secret passage that, if he remembered his Hogwarts days clearly, led them to the seventh floor.



Whatever he had expected to see when the door that was certainly either new or had been well-hidden opened to reveal a secret room, it was not a pitched magical battle between the boy-who-lived and the current Headmaster. Potter had clearly been taking pointers from the man, as he wielded a spear with a blade that crackled wildly with electricity. More, Potter wasn’t doing badly in what was probably a spar of some kind. The two obviously had done this before, Harry’s reaction to a tidal wave of ice bearing down on him suggested he’d seen the spell before and chosen the wrong counter previously. As he watched, the head of the Greengrass family saw a wand flick into Harry’s left hand and spin a fast, complicated circling motion that summoned a storm of wind that met the ice wave, shattered it, and returned it to the caster.



Cyrus’s eyebrows rose when a cyclone of fire rose up around the headmaster just long enough to consume the shards of ice, while also obscuring his view of Potter. Capitalizing, Harry slashed his spear as the wand vanished back up his sleeve and released an arc of lightning that swept through the flames at thigh-level. Apparently not trusting that to connect, Harry spun away, apparating twenty feet to his right, just in time to avoid the Headmaster’s scythe spinning through the air, thrown from a shadowed corner of the room. Cyrus smiled when he felt two sets of anti-apparition jinxes go up, it seemed neither wanted that to happen again. Potter threw some magic at the spinning scythe before it could return to its owner, causing it to freeze in mid-air.



Potter then charged at the blue-haired Headmaster with his spear ready to thrust and end the duel. With a smirk on his face, the Headmaster reared his right leg up and then slammed it into the ground, generating a wave of force that surged outward in all directions. Using a quick flick of his wand that slid into his left hand at a twitch from his wrist and was returned just as quickly, Potter transfigured the ground beneath him into a chest-high platform before leaping from it as the wave of force reached him. It looked like he might get into physical striking range before the Headmaster flexed his hand at the scythe frozen in mid-air and his weapon broke free, spinning at Potter once more.



Briefly focusing magic through the spear, Harry managed to strike the spinning scythe and send it flying, following up with a powerful bolt of lightning that destroyed the Headmaster’s weapon. The teen promptly lost his own weapon when the Headmaster threw a small orb of red light from his hand which given the effect had to be a wandless variation of the Disarming Charm. Harry’s spear flew out of his hands and was met by an orb thrown from the Headmaster’s other hand, a purple, sparking spell Cyrus had never seen before. It struck the middle of Harry’s spear quickly spread outward, consuming the weapon until not even ash was left.



He assumed this would be the end of the duel, but was surprised when Potter crossed his arms above his head briefly and with a look of great concentration slashed them down in the Headmaster’s direction, apparently projecting a wave of force. While a surprising use of magic, Headmaster Salonar proved his wandless abilities far out shadowed Potter’s. A blue glowing shield sprung into being at a wave of his hand and easily absorbed the force. Potter tried again, sweeping his arms horizontally and this time producing two waves of force sparking with electricity. But it came to the same effect, the Headmaster’s shield held and Potter collapsed to the floor panting heavily and covered in sweat.



With the smile of a teacher whose student was exceeding their expectations, Cyrus watched the Headmaster summon and hand Harry a bottle of water while congratulating him on his improvement. At a gesture from Minerva McGonagall Cyrus followed her in walking over to the two who were both taking a drink and using towels to wipe sweat off of themselves. He managed to hear the last few words before the two acknowledged his approach. “… and you are improving quickly. Using your magic without a focus is all about forcing precision, you have the power needed. Just practice, practice, and more practice. Pulling on your magic is easier when your emotions are running high, but that also makes precision harder to achieve. But you’ve been improving rapidly. Go grab a shower if you want.”



After taking one more long gulp of water, Harry stood and walked to a door on the other side of the room, apparently taking the offered advice. A good thing too, the young man had been soaked with his exertion and had developed an odor. With a smile on his face the Headmaster that was visibly younger than himself gestured with a hand and a pair of comfortable chairs sprang out of nothing with an accompanying table to the side. A moment later a house elf had provided refreshments. Before Cyrus could comment on the duel he had just witnessed, the Headmaster had placed a piece of paper in front of him on the table.



I admit Mr. Greengrass, that the reason I asked you to come here tonight is only a small part of why I actually wanted you here. I have an offer for you, but first I would like you to sign that contract. It’s a simple bit of magic that ensures you lose your memory of tonight if you chose not to accept the offer; feel free to look it over.” Though Cyrus wasn’t aware of it, this was a simple variation of the contracts used by the Defense Association. (or Dragon Army, depending on who you asked)



I would suggest you sign the contract, I wouldn’t want you to miss seeing Astoria’s recovery from the blood curse you both inherited.” That claim certainly got Cyrus’s attention. After giving the contract a thorough examination, the Head of Greengrass Imports and Exports signed his name. It turned out to be a straightforward piece of magic that would use his own magic to remove his memory of the night’s events if he chose not to join the group he was being introduced to. Normally he would scoff and leave at a condition like this, but between the frankly impressive duel and the promise of seeing his daughter freed from the curse that threatened to steal three-fourths of her life span , well that made signing worthwhile.



As soon as he finished signing his name, the Headmaster waved a hand and the room changed. A wall fell away on one side, revealing both of his daughters and a woman he recognized from recent editions of the Daily Prophet, Andromeda Tonks. Cyrus couldn’t help but laugh as he was nearly bowled over by Astoria’s hug, his youngest daughter was certainly very excited about something. Daphne proved a little more reserved but he could tell she was very excited as well; his eldest had always been more calm and quiet than her sister.



Some of the excitement had bled out of the group after a pensieve viewing Harry Potter’s memory of his confrontation with the Voldemort diary in the chamber of secrets. Andromeda was apparently present simply to give an oath that Potter’s memories were true and unaltered. When he tried to get more information about why this memory was relevant Daphne, at a nod from the Headmaster, repeated what he’d told the school Monday morning about easy solutions with magic not being free. The Headmaster then shared a second memory, switching to a different runic device that apparently allowed memories to be given subtitles and Cyrus was shown Ralion on his second day on this planet destroying another horcrux. All those present ignored the rather casually dressed Harry Potter, though Daphne did let her eyes take his form in as her face blushed.



Speaking up, the Headmaster began to give context to what he had shown. “Both the objects you saw destroyed were the result of the horcrux ritual. Using this magic, an individual can survive their body being destroyed, but as you might imagine, there is a cost. Tampering with your own soul is beyond foolish, and it has consequences beyond what your soul will face after leaving this world. Each use costs you stability, costs you sanity. I don’t know how much to be honest, this isn’t something that you test. I want you to understand that Voldemort has crippled himself thanks to his fear of death. Now, to show you why you shouldn’t trust the Ministry either…”



To say Cyrus was unhappy to see undeniable proof that: First, Sirius Black was at least partially innocent. Second, that the Ministry had likely attempted to murder Harry Potter over the summer, then tried to expel him for failing to die. And third, that the Undersecretary to the Minister had paid assassins to murder the Deputy Headmistress apparently out of spite was a rather large understatement. To be frank, if their government could do this to the rightful head of an influential family and the bloody boy-who-lived, they could do it to anyone. And Cyrus didn’t doubt for a second that Lucius Malfoy had his hands in Black’s miscarriage of justice, Sirius getting the kiss before he appointed a new heir simply benefited the man too much.



While Cyrus stewed, the Headmaster had a quick conversation with someone on the other end of a speaking device, some kind of small stone that had been enchanted. Whatever language they spoke, it was a new one to him. Nodding as he replaced the stone in his pocket, Headmaster Salonar rose and gestured for Cyrus to join him. “I understand that you value tradition. I tend to be rather ambivalent on the subject for the most part, but I am strongly against regulating magic for the sake of politics; especially when the regulating is done by idiots. Please come with me, you have my word that you will not be harmed so long as you harm no one. I want you to see something with your own eyes, then you can ask questions before you make a decision.”



Following the group down a set of stairs he turned to Daphne with a raised eyebrow as they began descending. In answer to his unspoken question, Daphne spoke in a quiet voice that still carried a little excitement. “We’re going to the Chamber of Secrets. I’m excited to see it myself, Astoria’s been down here a lot in the last few days.”



After a journey that wasn’t long enough to truly descend under the school, (the most logical place for the Chamber) suggesting one of Hogwarts’ many hidden passages, they stepped out into a truly remarkable hall. It certainly appeared to be the fabled Chamber of Secrets, Cyrus had certainly never seen this place before, despite having been something of an explorer in his Hogwarts years. To be honest the Chamber reminded him of a cathedral colored in emerald and silver, and compared to what could be seen in Potter’s memories, the Chamber was much cleaner and generally improved. The various planters, some containing obviously magical plants were a shock to him simply because he recognized none of the shrubs or trees. Given the business he ran, that was a surprise.



Surprisingly Harry Potter was already there, speaking with… was that an elf? She certainly didn’t appear human, and was easily seven feet (2.1 meters) tall. Certainly not a house elf, she actually looked like something out of a fantasy novel. (Something of a secret pleasure of his was muggle fantasy literature. He’d found himself a fan of Tolkien and many others , and after Voldemort had apparently returned Cyrus had wondered if there was a ring into which the dark lord had poured all of his hatred loose in the world.)



In any case his daughters were leading him to one side, Daphne rather firmly gripping his wand arm. The new Headmaster caught his attention one last time, speaking to him before moving away towards Potter. “Mr. Greengrass, this is something we wanted you to see. I showed you the proof that Voldemort is dangerously unhinged, that your Ministry is unworthy of your respect or obedience, and now we present you with a third option. Daphne has a translation for you once they start.”



Looking at his eldest daughter as the Headmaster walked away to join the group gathering to watch whatever was about to happen he asked her a simple pointed question. “Translation?”



Briefly taking her eyes away from the increasingly eclectic group of creatures coming out of side rooms to watch whatever was about to happen, his daughter answered him. Astoria, he noticed, was completely distracted watching the group gather. Seeing a creature similar to a centaur, but with an elf’s torso placed on a deer, he could understand his younger daughter’s interest. “I know Potter’s part will be in Parseltongue with the other in a magical language that is similar but different; apparently with some effort speakers of the two can understand each other though.”



Cyrus was so distracted by a creature he could only compare to a sphinx, if a sphinx had a mostly human torso instead of just the head, he nearly overlooked the two creatures swooping down from the ceiling to roost on Potter. One was his snowy owl who appeared to have tripled in size since September, while the other was a perfect match for the oriental serpentine dragons of myth. They were common enough in folklore that most magicals believed they had existed at one time, but had likely gone extinct two or more thousand years ago. In a way, seeing that creature wrap itself around Potters arm prepared him for what flooded out of an obviously expanded side room.



Seventy or eighty dragon hatchlings of a breed, or rather breeds, Cyrus had never seen before with at least nine distinct colors flew out in a swarm. Reflexively he tried to draw his wand but was stopped by his daughter. Surprised at first, he forced himself to relax when he noticed the hatchlings were not behaving aggressively. Well, not for the most part. He found himself chuckling at a red and dark purple whelp wrestling on the floor, in defiance of everything he knew of normal behavior for their kind without any bites or blood spilled. Astoria surprised him when she walked over to the two small dragons and lightly tapped each one on their snouts while gently telling them they shouldn’t be fighting right now. He choked on his next breath when the dragons replied in an unknown tongue, obviously bashful.



With a smirk on her face, Daphne got his attention by speaking near his ear. “That other language is called Draconic, by the way.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Watching the elf, the Headmaster and the students who had come to Hogwarts with him, followed by all the other strange creatures except for the deer-centaur shift into dragons of various sizes had been a shock, but Cyrus found he could deal with it. Though, he couldn’t identify the breeds they looked similar to dragons he knew of. Looking around more he watched Harry Potter stand in front of the large crimson dragon that had earlier been a female elf with the Granger girl at his side. He could remember Daphne complaining bitterly about the way the other girl had upstaged her academically, until their third year when the elective classes provided more opportunities for them to interact. Daphne had grudgingly admitted that Hermione ‘wasn’t as bad as she thought’ when pressed during Christmas break that year. While the two girls hadn’t become friends, they at least had each other’s respect.



Still unsure of what was about to happen, Cyrus began to understand it was something the Ministry would not approve of (Even less than they would of the fact that Harry Potter was raising an army’s worth of dragons.) when Harry summoned a silver object and was handed a very clean sword by the Professor who had begun teaching blacksmithing. He really had no idea what the silver item was, other than perhaps a birdbath. Eventually Potter spoke a few words in an unknown language before he handed the sword to the dragon who grasped the blade in her left claw and began to speak. The language fit the speaker, the syllables gravelly and reminiscent of growls.



Without being prompted, Daphne withdrew a folded piece of paper so they could follow along. ‘I, Valistraza, formerly a Broodmother of the Red Dragonflight of Azeroth do Hereby swear myself to Harry James Potter so long as I draw breath.’



After saying that, the dragon carefully cut her right foreclaw with the sword gripped clumsily in her left. Carefully she bled into the silver object that turned out to be a dragon-sized goblet. ‘I offer my life’s blood to bind myself to you, the Lord I have chosen. Please accept my service.’



Using wandless magic that was obviously difficult, Potter brought the birdbath-sized goblet to his lips and ingested a sip of the blood before responding in Parseltongue. That Potter made no show of revulsion to the blood suggested he had done this before. Looking at the paper in front of him, Cyrus followed along. ‘I accept your service, given in good faith Valistraza the Red.’



As more proof that this had been done before, Ms. Granger cleaned the sword in a ritualistic fashion before passing the blade to Harry. With a slight awkwardness that told Cyrus Harry had been doing previous rituals with a much smaller blade, Harry cut his hand and added three drops to the goblet. ‘Take my blood that you may know the bulwark of a Loyal Lord.’



Without any sign of hesitation, the dragon took the goblet and swallowed the contents. ‘Will you, Valistraza of House Potter, give me your service, in whatever manner I ask of you to your very last breath?’



I give you my service to my last breath of my own free will my Lord.’ It took a moment for Cyrus’s vision to return to normal after the flash of light from an apparently completed ritual. It was an interesting sight to see the silver goblet slither onto the dragon’s forelimb, apparently forming a permanent bracelet.



Taking a moment to think, Cyrus reflected on what he had seen so far and considered why they had shown it to him. Potter was obviously the one in charge here, however that had happened. Given what he knew of the Ministry he had little difficulty believing what had been shown to him. If nothing else, the way Minister Fudge was changing laws at will to target Hogwarts proved he or the next Minister could do the same to anyone they wanted to. Voldemort was almost certainly back, the behavior of the Ministry and families that had supported him (Imperious claims or not) in the last war gave more credence to Potter’s claims, not less.



So, Cyrus was meant to understand that service to either an unstable Voldemort or a corrupt Ministry was dangerous, which was fair enough. While his family’s private library lacked the vast collection of ancient tomes the Blacks boasted, he knew enough to believe the Headmaster’s point that powerful rituals changed their users, usually for the worst. And tonight he had been given first-hand evidence that Harry Potter was not only an uncommonly powerful wizard, but he was learning subjects like wandless magic and the use of enchanted weapons as fast as he could. Potter was even willing to use blood magic, something that would see him vilified as a rising dark lord, again, if it ever got out.



Not to mention, the boy had an army of dragons. They were obviously intelligent, capable of some kind of backwards animagus transformation, and from what he could see every one of them wore the same bracelet that had formed when the large dragon had completed the blood oath. Even the Headmaster. Dragons could usually only be controlled because they were stupid beasts, it took a hail of stunners to actually overcome their innate magical resistance and the Killing Curse only injured an adult. Cyrus had a sudden realization. The smaller Red dragon was teaching the school blacksmithing. If Potter were to outfit an army of dragons in enchanted armor to blunt incoming spells… Most of Potter’s dragons were small, probably barely out of their shells, but if he could keep them safe until they reached maturity… Well, he’d love to see Fudge’s face when Harry revealed his scaly friends.



So, he was being presented with a choice between three factions. Voldemort was brutal and insane; that was only one of the reasons he had chosen not to serve the Dark Lord in the last war. The Ministry was corrupt and followed no law but the Minister’s whim. Harry Potter had been shaped into Dumbledore’s puppet when the old man had succeeded in spiriting the child away in 1981 but the young man had soundly cut his strings. Potter’s banner seemed to be the best choice out of them all, but he might as well ask a few questions. His daughters obviously knew more of Potter’s organization than he did, so Cyrus started speaking with them. Thankfully Daphne understood how to give short, conscience answers.



Joining Potter’s faction looked even more tempting after hearing what was being offered. New runic languages, magical weapons, armor, reagents and potions were tempting enough even before his daughter casually dropped learning an entirely new system of magic from a people who had been studying it for twenty-thousand years. Not to mention potentially profitable. Though if he was honest with himself all of that was nice, but Cyrus would have signed up just to see Astoria cured.



A student named Jason Atreides eventually made his way over to them and briefly explained the ‘Dragonsworn’ oath. Knowledge, more personal power, a magical language and a vastly extended life were not small boons to receive in exchange for one’s service, and Atreides himself would claim even greater benefits. Protection for his family within the Potter Dragonflight’s strongholds and enhanced defenses for his family home would ensure his loved ones were never pressed into service of the Dark Lord, never forced to become monsters or die .

 

A short explanation of what exactly the term ‘Broodmother’ meant in draconic culture helped to soothe the few fears that remained. It was hard to imagine any creature that dedicated themselves to raising children, and not just those of their own race, abusing his daughter. In fact, the more he learned about their culture the more it appealed to his sensibilities. He was a believer in maintaining traditions that made sense, and their entire culture had been built on logic and reason. Not much later, Cyrus watched his daughter take a simple oath after placing a small piece of what looked like red marble carved with runes on the skin above her heart. As soon as the oath ceremony was completed Andromeda Tonks and ‘Dali Lothar,’ again looking like a human woman with red hair, stepped in and began casting diagnostic spells.



A little concerned when they moved his daughter behind a privacy barrier erected by Potter, he was stopped from following when Harry himself placed a hand on his shoulder and told him about the ‘life-fire’ spell he himself had been treated with several times. Apparently ‘Dalistraza,’ ‘Senastrasz,’ and ‘Valistraza’ would be working together to obliterate the blood curse now that the magical bond between his daughter and the Broodmother was attacking it from within. Taking the opportunity to speak to Potter and distract himself from the magic that was about to be used on his daughter, he found himself impressed with the young man. He obviously still had a lot to learn, but he was more than willing to take advice from those more experienced than himself. Much like the dragons did Cyrus found himself seeing potential in Harry Potter.



In the end Cyrus Greengrass surprised himself when his daughter came back out looking more alive, more full of energy and vibrant than he’d ever seen her before; (also smelling like a bonfire) Astoria would need at least two more treatments over the next several weeks, but would recover completely. He found himself looking Harry Potter in the eye and asking if he had a spare silver goblet. Potter impressed him further when he insisted on Cyrus submitting to a few questions under truth serum before accepting his oath. “Mr. Greengrass, while I’m getting to know your daughters, I don’t know you. I don’t mind if you’ve killed in defense of yourself or others, but I have no intention of allowing murderers into my service.”



After Cyrus passed his brief interrogation, he swore the Oath to a Loyal Lord and joined the organization Harry Potter was building. He promised to be in touch as he returned home that night, ecstatic to share the news of his daughter’s recovery with his wife. His own treatment was scheduled to begin the following Tuesday, and in the meantime he had a dozen cuttings from a magical tree to plant around the exterior of his home and greenhouse to help his recovery along.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



With Cyrus Greengrass swearing loyalty to their Lord, the Potter Dragonflight’s long-term financial situation improved. A clandestine delivery of Acromantula silk and venom would be delivered to the man’s home in a few days for transport overseas. Apparently while the wizards inhabiting North America refused to allow Acromantula anywhere on their continent, there was still a great demand for the products from the creatures. After doing his part to cleanse the neighboring forest of the creatures, Harry respected their refusal to allow the creatures the opportunity to build nests and breed.



Now, with the day’s tasks taken care of he was sitting in the Room of Requirement with Dalistraza, hoping to get some sound romantic advice. The two hours that followed proved helpful, informative and more than a little embarrassing. But Harry could admit to himself that he needed advice so he didn’t complain as he received a condensed lecture on romance and relationships based on thousands of years of observation, trial, and error.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Dragons, after millennia of observation, firmly believed that enduring romantic love was something that built over time, though it was easily confused with lust by the young. Building a relationship that could last for thousands of years required all participants to put the needs of others before their own, to put forth effort to understand and support each other. Jealousy, petty anger, and tearing each other down were impulses to be suppressed until they could be torn out by the roots. Honesty was paramount as well; not just simple avoidance of lies, but in sharing concerns and fears, never allowing those things to fester. Harry was encouraged to lean on his partner or partners, to let them be his strength even as he was theirs.



Valistraza, with a gentle tone and kind words explained to Harry that his early life, the lack of love, would make establishing a healthy relationship harder but not impossible. She explained that parents were usually a child’s first example of how a lasting relationship worked, and children typically internalized that example without conscious thought. Harry wholeheartedly agreed with the Broodmother that he should make a concerted effort to ignore any example set by Petunia and Vernon Dursley. It was a difficult part of the discussion that came next, where Vali attempted to convince Harry that it was the Dursleys that were abnormal, were freaks, not him. That their treatment of him when he was a child was abominable. Though it was difficult, Harry felt better after talking about his childhood with Valistraza; he also felt slightly concerned for the welfare of the Dursleys should they ever meet any of his sworn.



Patience was also very important. Valistraza explained Hermione had her own problems. Specifically, his best friend had been ordered to have no romantic interest in him. Because she actually did have romantic feelings for him this had caused something of a fracture, with the part of Hermione’s mind that he regularly interacted with had no romantic interest in him, but the deeper part of her that was unable to express itself wanted a relationship. But there was a solution that Vali and Alira both agreed would be good for her and him as well.



On Azeroth, the leaders of the five Dragonflights kept consorts instead of taking mates like other dragons. A consort was a Dragon Aspect’s companion, partner, and lover. The five Dragon Aspects, because of the physiology of their kind, produced more vibrant, more vigorous, more powerful offspring than normal dragons thanks to their immense magical strength. Thanks to this, the Aspects themselves were the centerpiece of nearly all of their flight’s bloodlines. With a chuckle, Valistraza told Harry that both herself and the Red siblings were grandchildren of Alexstrasza though from different consorts, (Korialstrasz and Tyranastrasz, respectively) and Alira was a granddaughter of Ysera as well. An Aspect’s consorts were chosen for what they could contribute to the resulting offspring, but that didn’t mean an emotional bond wouldn’t form over time; Alexstrasza especially was well known to deeply love each of her consorts, and they her.



If Harry asked Hermione to stand by him in that tradition, the resulting relationship would essentially continue their friendship with the addition of a commitment and physical intimacy. Apparently the group’s healers had been discussing this among themselves, and felt this would benefit both teens though Andromeda was hesitant to do anything that pushed the teens together. As the group’s foremost student of interpersonal relationships, Valistraza saw nothing wrong with nudging people together. In fact, part of her extensive, century-long training was how to recognize individuals that were compatible, that would enrich each other’s lives together if they grew closer, and then shamelessly create situations and opportunities for them to interact and get to know each other. More than anything else, a Broodmother took her joy in seeing her charges grow up into hardworking, intelligent, happy adults with mates and offspring of their own. There wasn’t any day happier than when an individual raised by them came by to visit with their own family.



After giving the emotional and relational advice Harry wanted, Valistraza moved onto the physical aspects of a relationship. Since Harry’s sexual education to date consisted of instructions on how to cast a common contraceptive charm, (And one that could easily fail even if cast correctly due to disparate magical strength, the desire of actually wanting to start a family with an individual, or contact with a giant lizard that radiated fertility magic.) Harry received a version of ‘The Talk’ rather more comprehensive than what was common on Earth. A minor belief in his sworn’s culture was that virgins should have enough instruction in the art of lovemaking so that instead of first times simply being ‘bad,’ a first attempt was at worst ‘okay.’



Harry knew Valistraza was enjoying his discomfort thanks to the playful smile on her elven face, but still attempted to absorb the instruction. Though he did lose every fight against showing his embarrassment when Vali handed him a small booklet written by a male Night Elf who had begun a romantic relationship with a Green drake as a young man. It turned out there were certain physical and emotional similarities common to dragons within a Flight: a Green drake and a Red would have very different ones. In fact, there were eight different booklets in the collection this one came from, each depicting the physicalities of Blue, Bronze, Green, and Red drakes of each gender.



If nothing else, Harry would give the Potter Dragonflight’s Broodmother full marks for being thorough.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Friday afternoon Harry, Ron, Hermione, and Neville all managed to crystallize the gemstones that would allow their weapons to act as magical foci. Neville was included because he was joining them on Azeroth and while he was not expected to take part in any combat, it seemed a good idea for him to know how to fight. The magical weapons would be forged the next day, ahead of schedule. Jagragosa was very interested in the process they were going to use, a new use of magic attracting her attention like a moth to a flame; apparently the fire and blood method hadn’t been common since thousands of years before the wyrm was born.



Thanks to Jagragosa helping out the research group, the last snag on the ‘Potter’s Mark’ tattoo’s Arithmancy had been cleared as well. Every function of the magical tattoos worked correctly so the dragons and the Defense Association would receive the tattoos over the next few weeks.



With everything prepared, come Sunday morning, Harry would lead a group through the portal to Azeroth, hopefully to return that evening with six months having passed for the group in the twelve hours they were gone from Earth.



Since Harry had decided on this course of action, a number of preparations had been made. The Biome trunks for their expedition were ready, stocked with enough animals and plants to keep four humans and five dragons fed easily. Instead of a tent, Ron had helped Senastrasz and Talion forge an eight foot (2.3 meters) metal box. From there, the interior space had been graced with the largest expansion that would remain stable giving them a space large enough to house an army and let the drakes fly.



Thanks to a mixture of permanent transfigurations and a small army of house elves who had been brushing up on their wood and stone carpentry skills, there were many buildings inside, some as large as five stories tall. On the highest tower in the center was a park where they had planted one of each of the trees the Potter Dragonflight had been working with, all of them clustered around a Kingsleaf. That area already looked stunning and the magical trees had only begun to grow. With the dark blue bark and purple leaves of the Kingsleaf serving as the center magical plants of every variety had been planted not just in the park area, but around the entire cube.



In a twist that took some getting used to, the expanded interior of the cube wasn’t strictly a flat surface. Instead, each of the six sides became, once an individual stood on it, the ground from their perspective. Aurogos, overworked and tired as he was, had made a mistake when he created the plane of gravity for the expanded area (This protected those within in if the cube was to be turned upside down, for instance.) and copied the associated runes fives extra times, placing them on each of the interior surfaces. Afterwards, Harry had ordered him to go to bed and rest, and ordered the drake’s dragonsworn to ensure the Headmaster got enough sleep. Instead of scrapping the result, Harry decided to make use of it.



Inside the cube, which had been named simply, ‘Cube’ were structures for training, some for living; there was even a library within. For this excursion, Harry, Hermione and Alira would have one ‘plane’ to themselves, with an expansive, private living area that was fit for a king with a combination swimming and bathing facility inspired by the best configurations seen in the Room of Requirement. The rest of the group would be spread out around the planes, which would be otherwise unoccupied for the first four months of their stay. A simulated day night cycle was implemented thanks to Sirius and Hermione’s parents producing a lot of bulbs that produced artificial sunlight powered by the electrical output of the Stormbark trees and a set of enchanted lights to imitate moonlight. With the lights laid on every plane the interior was well illuminated.



Once they began their rescue mission those they saved would be moved into special buildings whose construction had been overseen by Stine. Enchanted and warded to the gills, these structures, once the magic was activated, would permit no time to pass, and absolutely no change within until the effect was ended. It was these buildings that had required the planting of a Kingsleaf within the Cube, and each of the five large buildings bore a rooftop garden centered around an Aeon Pine. The trees that were grown from a cutting of Crimson Oak with a wand core from Stine, while not having done much yet, continued to send down roots and absorb nutrients and magic. The first one had begun to radiate just a tiny sliver of Bronze magic, so they were being placed in the hope of their magic reinforcing the temporal stasis enchantments.



The nine that would be spending their next six months mostly within the C ube were honestly looking forward to it. Harry was going to follow some of the advice he’d been given Saturday evening, and was tentatively hopeful he’d have something to celebrate. Hermione wanted some time to study the wealth of magic available to them and improve her practical skills. Ron was coming to learn more combat and metalwork ing while Neville was coming along to learn the basics of Nature magic, or as Azeroth knew it, Druidism.

 

For the dragons, their purpose was to serve and protect their Lord. Stine was their ride through the Caverns of Time, the twisting corridors through which the Bronze Dragonflight monitored and protected the history of Azeroth. Alira was there to spend time with her Lord and get Neville started on the basics of the magic that was an intrinsic part of her. Between her and Senastrasz, they could handle any healing needs that came up. Senastrasz was also there to convince those they were saving to come with them, as well as defend the group, tasks he shared with Caliona and Talion.

 

While the Potter Dragonflight was taking every precaution, there were still risks involved with their plan to collect individuals who would otherwise perish. While most of the mortal races would probably be convinced fairly easily, those whose minds weren’t their own were not expected to cooperate. The Twilight dragons especially were expected to be hostile until they were moved through whatever filter Elune had placed on the world-bridging portal.



Caliona had spent a lot of time learning as much magic as she could, and it showed. Between the Earth magic which she absorbed like a sponge and the more difficult magic she learned from Aurogos when he had the opportunity, her skills had exploded. She was sad to be parting from Ralion and his sister Vespiona, even if it was only for six months. Ralion was staying behind because Harry didn’t want to leave the school without protectors, and Ralion had become deadly with his wanded fire spells that conjured not the typical magical flames, but the Twilight flames that consumed magic and magical creatures alike. In an interesting development, Ralion’s skill with the Twilight flames had surpassed Caliona’s, even as Caliona’s skill with the other half of their powers, those that interacted with the Twilight Realm, surpassed his.



Vespiona had spoken to Dalistraza a few days ago, and the healer had confirmed that she was carrying her lost mate’s offspring. Normally drakes only carried one egg at a time but she had at least two which would increase the toll her pregnancy took. Because of that she’d be kept close to a skilled healer until she delivered.

 

Still shaking off the loneliness of the ten years he spent barely surviving in the desert wastes of the Badlands, Talion was just happy to be included. While he hadn’t had much opportunity to practice the volcanic abilities that were his birthright, the Black drake had taken to practicing a very specific set of skills from an untitled book written by Mathias Shaw. He’d long since known that the shadows were his friend, now he was learning how they could hide him even in direct sunlight.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



At the Defense Association’s Friday evening meeting, three students took Potter’s Mark: Luna Lovegood, who was still decidedly odd but told everyone who asked that she felt much better with the eldritch Void creature removed, Katie Bell who was now often found in the company of Jason Atreides, and Daphne Greengrass, who was learning Common as quickly as she could, eager to handle the group’s business transactions on the other side of the portal. (To say there was a massive opportunity for profit was something of an understatement.)



Potter’s Mark was being applied in small numbers to start because the magical tattoos formed a network, moving magic where it was needed most and using magic taken from the Red drakes to create the emergency pools of Life energy. Valistraza would wait another few weeks to take the mark, her clutch was almost due and there were worries about what an influx of foreign magic would do to her eggs. All of the current drakes, (save Vespiona) however, had taken the Mark, and reported no downsides yet, although Aurogos was already grumbling about the extra magic effecting his fine control.



What the mark should actually look like had been the subject of some debate, and in the end it had been Harry’s decision. Harry had decided to honor the dragon who had sent his friends to Earth at a great cost so every Mark, once the magic settled, would appear as a mature, glacial blue Twilight dragon glowing in the light of Azeroth’s larger moon, the White Lady, behind him. In every mark one could see their best guess of Tendrion’s adult appearance, the Twilight Dragonflight’s distinctive primary horns that rose from the head and curved before fusing together, like a crown, and many facial spikes on proud display. As far as Harry was concerned, it felt like the right thing to do, because without Tendrion’s efforts none of the change wrought on Earth would have been possible.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



It was a triumphant Senastrasz that presented the finished weapons to the group late Saturday afternoon at Potter Estate. Ron’s sword was indeed a masterpiece, the metals had blended together better than they had hoped. His sword had the strength of Titansteel, the magic channeling abilities of Khorium, and the adaptability of Goblin Silver. Jagragosa, who was quickly becoming an honorary member of the Potter Dragonflight, told Ron his new sword was a weapon that deserved a name. The currently unnamed blade would now absorb magic from Ron, and as he grew more powerful so would the blade, even as it became tougher as it slew foes and absorbed any material that would strengthen it.



Harry’s spear had taken a lot of magic on the teen’s part as he combined the components into a whole. Ollivander may not have crafted the shaft for a magical spear before but his assistance had proved vital in getting it just right. The lightning rod from the ruins of Potter Manor had been melted down and mixed with mithril before it was forged into the spear’s blade, the small spike for the spear’s base, and a thin wire. The wire was threaded through the wooden shaft and eased the flow of magic through the weapon. Like the other weapons forged over the day, (Or rather finished; Harry and the others had been doing a lot of work on the weapons themselves, it was just the final firing process that required dragons.) Harry’s spear was a deadly melee weapon, but was also a magical focus most useful for spells that did not require much fine control. Harry’s spear also had a special affinity for lightning magic, thanks to the metal it was crafted from.



Not wanting to be left out, Hermione had spent some time in the Room of Requirement experimenting with different weapons herself, and had chosen two. Her first new weapon was a slim, sleek one-handed sword that sacrificed much of a larger weapon’s striking force for precision and speed. Alira had also talked Hermione into learning the bow, and she had crafted a bow mostly made from Yew with small metal plates attached to the front, forged from a bar of Stormsilver, so the bow could be used to block a bladed or blunt weapon. Stormsilver was a light, strong, and highly corrosion resistant metal, and the dozen bars the Potter Dragonflight had in their stores were apparently the result of Tendrion robbing the Twilight Cult when he left them behind. The bow’s string was a sinew from a Manticore carefully braided with Thestral hair.



Clever as she was, Hermione decided to try something new for her bow: The metal plates had been forged with Red dragon flames and quenched by blood from the same dragon; her bowstring had also been treated with a alchemical mixture created by the Flamels that contained Red dragon blood. (A definite plus to having Nicolas and Perenelle staying at the castle was that the two were willing to help with various projects if they were interesting enough. Harry’s spear also received a fruit of their portable alchemy lab: possibly the most complex and magical varnish ever created.) Hermione named her bow ‘Circle,’ because it was her goal to create a lethal weapon that would protect life as well as end it.



Because Neville Longbottom was joining them, he also received a blade. Though he still needed more practice, and additional muscles, he was gifted a large broadsword fired by Aurogos and quenched in blood donated by Alira and the Green whelps. This created a weapon that could be used to cast magic, especially magic that involved poison, sleep, dreams, and healing.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



When Harry, Hermione, and Alira entered the Room of Requirement upon returning from Potter Estate after sunset they had to pause a moment to look around. Harry had been putting a lot of effort into the sight before them, and judging by their expressions, his efforts had paid off. As far as their eyes could see a reproduction of the Kaldorei capital city Darnassus stretched before them.



Directly in front of them was the bank, which was built within a tree that had been grown into the shape of a massive bear sitting on a small island in the city’s waterways connected to four bridges built with white stones. To their right, a bridge led to a massive edifice of gleaming white marble, inlaid with the phases of the moon. To their left, a collection of the Night Elf’s typical structures: massive trees with staircases spiraling up their sides, work and living spaces built into hollows of trees thicker around than the length of a city bus. People walked around the city, mostly Night Elves, but the other races they were allied to could be seen as well: Humans, Dwarves, Gnomes, Draenei, and more than a few Worgen.



At seeing the awe on their faces, Harry could only smile. This configuration of the Room was a memory construct, compiled from partial memories of different people. Since he first learned about the Room of Requirement, he’d been wondering if there was a limit on what it could produce; it turns out he’d found it here. The terrain was stable, a warm wind could be felt blowing through the trees, the first stars could be seen as the last rays of sunlight passed, and there were people walking around.



The people were the downside, however. No matter what Harry had done, he couldn’t make the illusions act like people, they remained wandering simple paths or standing in their places like npcs in a video game. But still, this was worth every moment he’d spent to string different memories together to build and ‘save’ this configuration. With some luck, his companions would remember this place fondly.

 

All four of their familiars joined them as they explored the area, Hedwig fitting in with the large owls that roamed the recreation. Lanju was remarkably well behaved, the small serpentine dragon had apparently been learning decorum from Hedwig. When Harry led the group to an outdoor restaurant Crookshanks had led Hermione’s new familiar, Astria, in search of something to hunt, even as Hedwig left to explore this new place on her own, Lanju following in her wake.



Hermione’s bonded magical familiar, Astria, was a gift from Senegos. A native of the Broken Isles, the purple kitten was a Saber Cat, more specifically the subspecies known as Manasabers. Various subspecies of the Saber Cats had long been domesticated by the Night Elves as companions and mounts. Astria’s subspecies were either the natural result of Saber Cats exposed to vast amounts of magical energy, or the results of a deliberate infusion of the same. In any case, Astria was often fawned over in the Gryffindor Common Room for being so adorable and curious, and ate up the attention. She was an intelligent creature even before the familiar bond was accounted for, and would probably be the first of the familiars capable of speech. (Though magic would probably need to be employed in some fashion for her to form comprehensible words.)



Harry had prepared a special meal and left it under stasis charms; it hadn’t been easy to get his hands on both the recipes and ingredients for authentic Kaldorei cuisine. It had, in fact, had required him to trade several copied tomes to Senegos’s granddaughter, but the three of them had enjoyed a taste of Azeroth’s cuisine.



Now alone with the two after a light but tasty meal under foreign stars that included a lot of interestingly flavored vegetables, wild rice, and possibly Dobby’s best smoked venison yet, Harry’s palms began to sweat and his mouth went dry. Earlier he had spoken to Alira while Hermione slept, he wanted everything she could tell him about precisely what was done to his best friend’s mind. Harry didn’t want to invade Hermione’s privacy, but needed to know if he was about to step into any minefields left by the previous Headmaster.



Alira had told her Lord about the order that forced Hermione not to have any romantic interest in him, and how that didn’t stop her from having romantic feelings, which she did, though the command kept them buried almost to her subconscious. In any case, after a moment paralyzed by fear, Harry decided to charge ahead. “Hermione, you’ve always been there for me. I’ve called Ron my ‘best mate’ for years, but I think I’ve been closer to you for a long time now. I used to dream about having a normal life after Hogwarts, a wife and a family, a quaint little home and a normal career. I don’t know if that was ever going to happen, but I don’t mind letting that dream go if it means I can help so many.”



A snort preceded Alira and Hermione moving close to Harry and both putting an arm around him. “Harry, you’re the Lord of your own little Flight of dragons. Your actions have earned our loyalty, so even without the oath pushing at us we will do everything we can to ensure your happiness. I can’t see your story ending without you as the head of a large family.”



(Privately, Hermione had to roll her eyes at the mental image Alira’s imagination conjured up with her statement. Hermione certainly saw the benefits of a biology that waited until an individual found a significant other to release most of the hormones that drove their sex drive, but as Alira had spent more time with Harry and gotten to know him both directly and through Hermione’s memories those hormones had become a distraction. Thanks to explanations and some research, Hermione had let go of the disdain she felt towards other girls that spent so much energy in pursuit of boys, accepting that their goals and motivations were different than hers. And rather more healthy than her fixation on authority figures.



Still, Hermione groaned in her mind at the fantasy Alira’s mind had constructed wherein Harry had apparently gone to Azeroth and collected a female of every sapient species, and then proceeded to prove his virility many times over. Though she had to admit the dozens of children were cute, especially the ones that were supposed to be hers. And the scene with a small Green Dragonspawn playing tag with a small group of young Naga and Worgen that had inherited their coloring from Harry while what could only by her daughter read a book under a tree had been surprisingly detailed. Damn. Have to watch it or Alira really will convince Harry that he needs a dozen or more wives. Hermione snorted at the amusement Alira was feeling at her thought. Should re-name that spell you used to link us together ‘Internal Dialogue.’)

Clearing his throat, Harry tried to continue. It occurred to him that it was a little ridiculous that he could face down Dark Lords or Basilisks but had trouble talking to girls. Valistraza had revealed to him that Alira was deeply attracted to him, and more was advised that he shouldn’t let the fact she was his oathsworn prevent him from attempting a relationship with her. Apparently the Broodmother thought the two of them, or three with Hermione would fit together well. With a very cuddly purple ‘elf’ on his left side and Hermione on his right, Harry found himself hoping he could make this work.



I’ve been learning a lot about Draconic culture Hermione and I’m planning on adopting a lot of it for our group. I know you’ve been learning about it from Alira, more than anything else their culture’s based on logic, right?” Hermione agreed: she too had been impressed with the logical debates where no lies could be told that had decided nearly every question of policy or culture, even having read some of the recorded debates in the archives they had copies of. Alira was happy to explain what Hermione lacked the context for as she translated the Draconic texts for her.



I’ve talked to everyone I could about what’s been done to your mind Hermione, and they’ve agreed that there’s something of a loophole I’m hoping to use. Hermione, You’ve been a loyal friend to me for a long time, and honestly the only girl I’ve been close to. I still feel like an idiot for not immediately asking you to the Yule Ball last year, and when I think about a future without you standing by my side it hurts. Alira, your presence has been soothing , and you’ve helped convince me that I am worth something, helped to undo what my relatives tried to beat into me.



Hermione, I know you’re not allowed to show any romantic interest in me, but there’s a tradition our friends have that we could share anyway. A ‘Consort’ is a mate chosen for the good of the Dragonflight, to be a companion and partner to a leader. Love isn’t a requirement though it nearly always comes later.



Hermione, Alira, I want both of you in my life, but I’m not perfect. Thanks to the way I grew up, there’s a lot I don’t understand about healthy relationships and emotions in general. If you accept, I will do my best to make you happy, but I’m not perfect, I’m going to mess up. But I’ll learn to do better, I’ll break the habits I need to, if you’ll be patient with me. Hermione Jane Granger, Alira, daughter of Ferisa, granddaughter of Ysera, would you consider accepting the position of consort to Harry Potter, though he is far from perfect?”



Silence was not the response Harry expected. Anger, an emphatic no, being knocked over by a physically affectionate drake in whatever form she was just then, or even a ‘yes’ were things Harry thought he might hear. But as he looked at both his companions, he realized the two were using their mental link to discuss his offer. Choosing to ignore the quickly changing expressions on both faces, Harry decided he could wait patiently.



Gathering his will, he began re-shaping the Room, isolating the area the three were in, removing the ‘npcs’ to reduce the strain on whatever magic controlled the Room, and giving the familiars a large forested area to explore, complete with water, snacks, and a warm sleeping area. (Though the food and water were actually from a trunk he had left near the entrance earlier.) Unable to banish his pessimistic thoughts, he also moved the space he shared with the two females close to the entrance.



What seemed to Harry to be hours, but was in fact only minutes later, Hermione came out of her internal discussion with Alira in tears. “Harry, I can’t. I can’t give you affection like you want. Even if I want ed to, I can’t give you what you need . I can’t lead you on like that.”



Shifting the three of them, Harry wrapped his arms firmly around both girls. “Hermione, I know exactly what you can’t give. I want you in my life, at my side anyway. Don’t think of it as anything to do with romance, just being my friend. Those commands in your head won’t be there forever Hermione, one way or another your mind will be free, I swear it.

 

Harry waited out another pause, still nervous when the two’s mental discussion ended once more. “I’m willing to try Harry. You’re my first friend, I can do this for you. We’ve known each other for years, I’ve seen you at your best and worst; I don’t think I’d ever regret choosing this if you’re willing to accept me as I am. I don’t mind Alira being a fellow consort either; she’s become a dear friend. You know about the mental link, there’s nothing we see, hear, or feel that the other doesn’t experience.” Suddenly, Hermione’s face gained a dark blush. “She’s right that experiencing your relationship through her would convince me to join her at your side within a week anyway.”



Harry didn’t even have time to ask Alira what she thought, her glowing green eyes gazed into his and she gave her own answer. “Harry, my Lord, I feel safe with you. When I’m close to you I get this feeling like everything is going to be all right, that no matter what happens my place is by your side. Your presence is like a warm fire in a dark world; I will never regret my choice to become your consort or your oathsworn.

 

I know you don’t feel worthy of our service and you worry how much the oath ritual is affecting our minds, but you’ve earned our loyalty Harry Potter. Whether by attempting a blood ritual whose full effects you could not have known, taking hold of magic itself and commanding it to keep one of your whelps alive, or giving us hope and a future, you’ve proved yourself to us. You are a good man, and we think you’re growing into a great one. I enthusiastically accept your offer.”



With a smile on his face, Harry altered the Room just a little more. Next to the grassy field where they had enjoyed a picnic under the stars, a Kaldorei-themed bathing area and a bedroom open to the warm breeze and night sky appeared. “If you don’t feel comfortable I can ask for walls, but I thought this might be nice. Our familiars are in a separate section, they can’t get to us right now. We won’t do anything anyone is uncomfortable with, just let me know where your boundaries are.”



Hermione looked at Alira and let out a snorting laugh while Alira spoke. “I promise we will, Harry. But that warm water is looking very nice right now, and I need to clean this skin.” She gestured at her elven form. “Perhaps you’d like to help me?”

 

A nervous smile formed on Harry’s face, as both he and Hermione blushed madly, yet still followed Alira towards the bathing pool he had asked the Room for. Thinking of a question he hadn’t thought to ask yet, having been rather busy since the dragons came into his life, he decided now was as good a time as any. “How does that work, I mean if you wash this skin do your scales get clean? Are your forms completely separate, linked together or somewhere in the middle?”



They’re mostly separate, only injuries really carry over which is why it’s dangerous to change forms with anything worse than bruising. I’m essentially a real Night Elf like this, except if I conceived in this form the child would still be a dragon or a half-dragon, but I’d be stuck carrying it as I am and I’d have a live birth instead of laying an egg. Most mature dragons spend a lot of time in their mortal, or anthromagus forms because they require less food. There is mental stress that builds up over time if we stay out of our true forms too long though, we’re born with scales and wings and being deprived of them long enough can drive us mad. But we can’t eat in our smaller bodies and fuel our larger ones with that amount of food, to work or fight as dragons we need the sustenance to do so.”



The discussion that followed served to distract the three of them as they entered the bath. While there was indeed some exploration that night, the three were still virgins when they fell asleep under the stars.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



The next morning Harry and a few others visited Potter Estate. Jagragosa had been curious about the animagus transformation, and Harry wanted to see the site of his future home one last time before spending the next six months, from his perspective anyway, on another world. Stepping through Aurogos’ portal, Harry breathed deep and grounded himself in the feel of the magic. There was a warm welcome mixed with the increasing sense of life, and it was very pleasant. Leaving his godfather torn between admiring the upper body of the disguised Blue dragon and being annoyed at being asked to constantly shift back and forth into a dog in front of various recording and scanning devices Harry brought out his Firebolt and took to the air with the drakes and dragon not accompanying him to Azeroth.



It was interesting watching them fly. Bavaku was improving, but still had a long way to go compared to the others. Aurogos and Ralion constantly moved their heads searching for airborne threats while they flew; the Blue drake was a competent flier, but Ralion had a more natural, predatory grace in the air. Valistraza seemed uncomfortable in the air, her pregnancy having both shifted and increased her weight, though she still took the chance to fly with her Lord.



Dalistraza seemed to be enjoying herself, and gave her Lord a toothy grin before veering in front of Ralion, starting an aerial game similar to tag. Vespiona seemed to be enjoying the sky and Harry was glad to see her in better spirits. Harry’s experience with an angry Senegos had cured him of any arrogance he had developed, but if it was possible, he intended to find out if Elune would allow Tendrion to visit his mate or bargain with her if she said no. Not that he had anything to bargain with a god at present, but he would try anyway. Maybe if I can figure out that dream from last night...



Changing course and flying into the pit that had been formed by the expansion, Harry observed the slowly growing mounds of dirt falling from above. Catching an unexpected thermal, he changed course again to gradually rise to the Blackstone trees that had been planted near the pit’s edges on small hills. Reaching out, he caught a few granules of the volcanic soil from one of the intermittent waterfalls of dirt that were slowly helping to fill the pit. Puzzled, he reached for a larger handful and confirmed the dirt was warm to the touch.



Eh, he’d worry about that when he got back. The Black drake the trees were grown from was a creature of volcanism after all. As he turned towards the manor ruins where he’d head back to Hogwarts, he realized that despite knowing these dragons for less than a month in the waking world, he was going to miss every one of them.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



An hour later after a hearty breakfast, Harry and Stine were ready to step through the portal to Azeroth, the rest of their companions already within the Cube. He was surprised when Jagragosa stepped forward with a request. “Harry Potter, there is a favor I would ask of you. I gave you my word to stay here and help secure this castle, but I understand you’re going to use the Caverns of Time to go back in time six months, correct?”



Yes. The Bronze Dragonflight can’t save people from their deaths, at least on Azeroth. I think we can do it here, so we’re going to study and train for four months, then begin to rescue people and place them in stasis. If this works like I think it will... Well, your world has been a very violent place. I am building a nation, whether I want to or not.”



I’d like to join you. I can keep teaching you where Aurogos has left off, if you would like.”



Why do you want to come with us? Is there someone you want us to save?”



Three of my children went to Hyjal and didn’t come back, but there’s another reason; I have faith that you will rescue my sons and daughter. In five months I’ll have laid my clutch and I’ll be able to use diagnostic magic through their shells. Titan law commands we kill any ‘mixed’ dragons. The Titans themselves implied any half breeds would be monstrous, insane creatures who would suffer greatly and cause devastation, lashing out as they slowly died. Now we know that they forbade us to take a mate outside our Dragonflight to sustain the enchanted slavery used on our species so long ago, but what we don’t know for certain is that a mixed dragon would be healthy and sane.



To free my mind, my mate asked me to… Well, in five months I’ll be able to check my own clutch and know for sure. Senegos... he comes across as a lot of things, but he cares about people, and those close to him especially. My mate will do what he must to protect our people, but the thought that he may have asked me to carry a clutch of monsters, that my children might have to be put down… it weighs heavily on him. I would like to tell him for certain one way or another when next we meet and hopefully banish his doubts.”



Without a word, Harry withdrew the Cube from his pack and restored it to its full size. With the ease of practice, he manipulated several runes and the door opened. Without being asked, Dobby emerged from where he had been watching from inside the Cube and began popping additional Biome Trunks into the Room of Requirement before levitating them into the Cube and entering himself. “I hope you don’t mind eating a lot of rabbit; they breed fast without magic, with a few fertility spells… You are more than welcome to join us so long as you don’t endanger us or our mission, Jagragosa of the Azurewing.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Soon, the Cube containing an additional dragon was stowed in his pack again and Harry led his Bronze drake through the portal. Standing once more in the dusty cave on another world, Harry reached into his Basilisk hide coat for his shrunken Firebolt. Surprisingly, he was stopped by Stine. Their plan was to take a portkey across the ocean to a space in the air high above a place called ‘Un’ G oro Crater,’ fly together to the edge of the desert of Tanaris, and take a small break before Stine would travel alone to the Caverns of time and navigate them to the desired time while carrying Harry and the others in the Cube.



As Harry was about to ask Stine what he wanted, the Bronze drake shifted from his Tol’vir form to his true shape and lowered his shoulder. With the way Stine was standing, the invitation was unmistakable. To be honest if Harry hadn’t known of the cultural significance of asking to be carried on a dragon, he would have done so by now. But his dragons were a proud people, not beasts of burden, so he had swallowed the desire. Once freely offered however, it would be rude not to accept. With a smile on his face, Harry awkwardly climbed onto Stine and shifted the portkey so it was touching both of them. Quietly, because his head was now very near Stine’s ‘ears,’ Harry thanked him.



After the portkey triggered, Harry drew his wand and carefully kept an eye out for trouble. The land they were flying over now was a hot, wet, forested depression that was oddly filled with vicious dinosaurs. He made a note to come back at some point and collect a few of the herbivores. Harry had no idea what a zoo would pay for a live dinosaur, but he was willing to find out. He was not, however, going to help idiots enact the plot of the Jurassic Park movies for any price. As far as he was concerned, the trip was over too soon, and he found himself joining the others in the Cube after Stine briefly touched down on the hot desert sands.



While Azeroth was indeed a dangerous place, thankfully the skies were usually safe over a certain height and Stine had no problem flying high enough to be out of sight on the desert updrafts he’d first learned to use as a whelp. As expected Stine was able to simply fly into the entrance of the Caverns of Time and find his way through the twists and turns that made no logical sense with ease. After evading a pirate ship that had run aground inside a rock wall, somehow, Harry’s Bronze dragon was able to navigate a path only he could properly comprehend. Those watching inside the Cube through a scrying device soon realized each of them were perceiving the Caverns differently. The only result of trying to analyze their different perspectives was a headache.



After a length of time that was impossible to determine (Literally; no two watches, clocks, or charms agreed on how long they had been within the home of the Bronze Dragonflight.) Stine blessedly exited the Caverns and began flying west. Harry noted aloud that this looked promising, as the ocean had receded from where it had been earlier, the flooding of the ‘Cataclysm’ now in Azeroth’s future. Though tired, Stine got them past the edge of the desert where Senastrasz switched places with him. Above Un’Goro Crater and the hungry dinosaurs within, Senastrasz activated a portkey that deposited him above the rocky, barren cliffs where the ‘Stonetalon’ mountains met the sea. Flying east, he ascended where he could on thermals and made his way to a rocky crag where he chose to wait until night had fallen.



While the settlement at ‘Stonetalon Peak’ mostly consisted of Night Elves, they weren’t the only ones present. The Kaldorei were, however, the only ones that were naturally nocturnal. Near midnight Senastrasz slipped by the settlement’s watch, assumed his mortal form with gleaming armor, sword, and shield and approached the purple elf tending a number of hippogryphs. Handing her a bag of Alliance-minted gold coins he spoke. “I need a ride to Auberdine in Darkshore, a flask of water, and the rest of the gold in traveling rations. Also, I was never here, you didn’t see me, and your hippogryph is just on a training run since it’ll arrive without a rider.”



Night Elves, with experience, have the ability to detect a dragon hiding in their mortal form and are on friendly terms with dragons in general, but especially the Green and Red Dragonflights. For a modest fee the Flight Master handed the obvious Red drake (The red glow in Senas’ eyes gave him away.) attempting to move covertly the items he requested and forgot ever seeing him. Not long after, the apparent High Elf with red eyes was enjoying Azeroth’s version of public transportation. He was glad for the straps on the saddle and the especially calm creature he was riding; he even allowed himself to relax a little once his ride reached a good altitude.



Knowing the creature under him could understand him and likely knew he was actually a dragon, once they cleared the Stonetalon mountains an hour later Senas leaned close and whispered to his feathered friend. “When we’re most of the way to our destination, I’m going to slip off you and make my own way. If you want to rest follow me down and I’ll give you some of the food I bought.”



S even hours later, Senastrasz undid the straps holding him to the saddle and slipped off, transforming in the air and gliding down. Ready for a rest himself now, he landed not far from the main road, only a few miles from the port of Auberdine. Triggering a rune to return the Cube’s to it’s real size, he opened the door and after Alira and Jagragosa walked out in their anthromagus forms he slipped in himself. Senastrasz nodded to his Lord who was still keeping watch with the scrying spell and laid down on the nearest comfortable surface to get a little rest, stretching out muscles that had been cramping during the long ride. While those inside the Cube rotated the watch the two dragons in disguise outside finished their trip north to the port without incident. Indeed, there were no complications, and before the sun set again they had reached their destination.



After much deliberation, the Isle of Silvermyst, a neighbor of the larger Azuremyst, had been chosen to host their campsite. Several years ago, when the Draenei first arrived on Azeroth, the island had hosted a small Kaldorei fishing village. When the Draenei’s ‘borrowed’ dimensional ship made a rough emergency landing (by impacting a small mountain on Azuremyst Isle) some pieces of their spaceship fell on the village and provoked the usually docile animal life into a frenzy. Silvermyst had been uninhabited ever since, and seemed perfect for what they needed.



As Harry Potter rested after casting a Fidelius Charm over their small campsite in a rather scenic forest, as his nine companions settled in to rest and prepare for an intensive training regime that would span months, none of them had any idea of the evil that had bypassed every protection on the interplanetary portal linking Azeroth to Earth not long after Harry and Stine had taken the outbound portkey.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Hakkar the Soulflayer, known to the Trolls (An entirely different creature than those encountered previously by Harry and his friends; Azeroth’s Trolls look much like humans, save that they were taller, with longer limbs, large tusked incisors, hands with two fingers and a thumb, and generally terrible posture.) who once worshiped him as the blood god or the loa of blood, was seething as he fled what had once been a temple dedicated to his magnificence. Not only was he defeated several years ago at the height of his power, but as his followers worked to restore him to life, he was betrayed. Jin’do, once a powerful servant had turned on his rightful master and had been stealing his power! Those fools who had come to kill Jin’do were lucky he was weakened, if he had the strength they would all have paid for the affront to his pride!



But because he was so weak he found himself using a skill he had discovered and practiced many times over his long life; Hakkar sunk into the ley-lines of Azeroth, dispersing himself into the flows of magic and letting the current carry him away. In a day or two he would reconstitute himself, discover where he had ended up and begin again. He was so weak right now, it might prove difficult to find a follower willing to sacrifice others in his name, but he would make do, he always had before. He was the blood god, after all. Blood was power! Blood was life! Every last drop was his by right! And he would have it all, and ascend beyond every rival, every obstacle! Nothing would stop him, not this setback or any other!



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



A/N: If anyone’s looking at a WoW map and wondering about the route they took to reach Silvermyst Isle, Harry’s group is taking great pains to avoid notice. At first from the Bronze Dragonflight that (probably) keeps an eye on the desert and after that to avoid questions that would come once the Night Elves figure out there’s a band of dragons traveling through their forests. Questions like: What are you doing here? Who is your commander? Why are a bunch of mixed dragons working together? What do you have inside that enchanted cube? Is there anything else you’re hiding?



It might just be my headcannon, but I assume if you were thousands of years old you would get really good at detecting lies after a while.

Alira and Jaggy got through the port and short boat ride to Azuremyst because they simply drew no attention to themselves and didn’t get close to anyone.



Thanks to virginiademeritt on Fanfiction for the naming the Bronze tree! I’ll be naming the others as they come up.



Please review! Each one motivates me to keep writing! Reviews are the only way I know what parts were good and what I need to work on in the future.

 

Next chapter Harry gets first hand experience with the Cataclysm Cinematic and goes fishing.





Chapter 24: Chapter 24: Pirate Acquisition and Extreme Fishing

Chapter Text

Recommendation: Watch the ‘Cataclysm Cinematic Trailer’ on youtube before you read this.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Chapter 24: Pirate Acquisition and Extreme Fishing



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



The Potter Dragonflight’s (with honorary member Jagragosa) first few days on Azeroth were mostly spent adjusting to the sheer amount of magic in the air. As the one with the least time spent near the portal that continued to spill vast amounts of magic into Earth’s ley-lines, Neville had the most trouble adjusting; but even Harry and the others needed some time to adjust. Thanks to the size of the expanded space, the abundant greenery, and the simulated day night cycle life inside the Cube wasn’t bad at all. With the Cube behind a Fidelius Charm and a rather large assortment of other defensive enchantments on an island where no one lived or were expected to visit, Harry and his friends were reasonably safe.



A routine quickly developed where Jagragosa would teach magic in the mornings, the afternoons were used for individual pursuits, and the evenings were used for combat training. Jagragosa led the humans and drakes both through exercises to help them sense their own magic, make their first crude attempts at directing it away from them, and then guided them how to refine their control. In the evenings the group learned combat one bruise at a time.



Sometimes they would face transfigurations and magical constructs with their real weapons, others they would spar against each other with blunted replicas. It was frustrating for the humans to learn how much the drakes had been holding back in previous spars but the humans began to catch up, one bruise at a time. Since their goal was to bring a number of individuals back to Earth, some of whom were under the mental influence of evil gods and would likely not come with them willingly, the training against the drakes was essential. For the first two months even Jagragosa took part, with the condition they only used blunted weapons and magic meant to capture.



For Harry, he spent his time ‘free’ time in a number of ways. Thanks to Dan and Emma Granger, he had a trunk full of useful books written on the subjects of psychology, government, and warfare. Much of it wasn’t actually useful information, but parts of it, especially those about fighting a war, turned out to be helpful to planning his next moves against the Ministry, Voldemort, and Gringotts. Harry also spent a lot of time training his magic and combat skills. One of the structures within the Cube was warded so that the walls, floor, and roof would absorb any magical attack thrown at them; Harry spent a lot of time within, destroying targets and practicing every kind of magic he could.



Hermione pursued a number of paths. Now able to read both Common and Darnassian she set about learning Azeroth’s Alchemy, Enchanting, and a mix of offensive and healing magic. Using her new bow, ‘Circle,’ and arrows as a physical medium for magic was also something she was working on. Harry was even helping her, in sessions with just the two of them, to learn how to use one of the ‘fine’ applications of lightning magic to magnetically accelerate her arrows.



Ron spent a lot of hours working with Senastrasz at the Cube’s forge. By the time they returned to Earth, Ron would reach the level of ‘Journeyman’ blacksmith. That meant he would have learned nearly everything the Blacksmith he studied under had to teach and the only thing remaining was a lifetime of practice. Traditionally a Journeyman would also travel to broaden their skills and spend time observing how other races forged their weapons and armor with the goal of developing their own style that was a culmination of everything they had learned over their lives. The project that had earned him graduation from the ‘Apprentice’ training stage was a magically reactive shield. Once Ron started learning to use the shield, it felt more natural in his left hand than his wand. Using a sword and shield to cast magic fit him well, Ron had never been one for the ‘fine control’ type of spells anyway.



Neville had a lot to learn but refused to back down in the face of hard work. ‘Nature’ magic turned out to have more applications and spells than he had imagined, and he was determined to learn them all. His sessions with Alira’s beautiful elven form were embarrassing at the beginning, especially when she had told him firmly that she was taken. However, the Green drake did inform him with a smile that if he thought her anthromagus form was attractive he was in luck: between the muscles he was building learning to swing a broadsword, the oddity of a human practicing the Druidic arts, and his unusual familiar he would certainly catch the attention of many Kaldorei women he interacted with in the future. (Not to mention there were ‘tells’ in how he was learning to use Druidic magic that would out his first teacher as a Green Dragon and not a Night Elf or Tauren, the traditional practitioners of Nature magic which would further add to his mystique.)



Neville’s familiar, a female polar bear cub that had been born in Northrend, Azeroth’s most northern continent, had been adapting well to the familiar bond she now shared with the future head of the Longbottom family. ‘Beo’ no longer required the cooling charms Neville had initially been casting on her to remain comfortable, though no one was sure if that was because her body had adapted or if she was using her own magic to regulate her temperature. Beo had become Neville’s constant shadow, save when she left to roughhouse with the other familiars.



Each of the dragons had their own self-improvement projects they pursued diligently as well. Alira found herself needing further study in Nature magic both for her own improvement and so she could keep ahead of teaching Neville. Before she’d been drafted into the war she had only learned magic that dealt with healing, some that involved the mind, and the very basics of how to interact with the Emerald Dream.



Senastrasz spent time brushing up on his healing abilities. During his time in Gilneas and later as he acted as his sister’s bodyguard, the martial-minded drake had picked up some skill in the healing arts, but he lacked much of the foundational knowledge needed to perform the more delicate healing spells and his fine control of magic needed work. Since he had the time now, he applied himself vigorously. He also spent time when he could with Caliona.



Caliona devoted her time to the study of magic: Azeroth’s, Earth’s, and the abilities intrinsic to the Twilight Dragonflight. After a few weeks in the Cube Jagragosa confirmed a suspicion of Caliona’s; since she came to Earth and started learning magic, Caliona had suspected she would have been born as a Blue dragon had the Twilight Cult not stolen her egg. Once they reached the point in time they traveled from, Caliona had the option of discovering her lineage. Though not a simple matter, it was possible thanks to an Earth spell that could confirm parentage and the records stored at Azurewing Repose. Sadly, Jagragosa warned her that the last few years had not been kind to the Blue Dragonflight, and she might not like what she found.



Talion chose to spend his time increasing his stealth abilities. From the collection of tomes and books accumulated by the Potter Dragonflight he learned the skills employed by Azeroth’s Rogues, and began to practice religiously. For combat in his anthromagus form he asked Senastrasz and Ron to forge him a pair of gauntlets that ended in five extremely sharp claws with small channels to apply a poison of his choice along with a set of daggers and throwing knives. On alternating days he would also take a portkey to a desolate shoreline, warded with every protection possible, to practice with his volcanic abilities. His eventual goal was to extend the shoreline by bringing magma to the surface. For now, forcing a volcano into being by himself was beyond his power and skill, but he found he could manipulate dirt and rock with effort. With practice and much toil, he was successful in binding sand and loose stones together to create a peninsula that slowly crept outwards into the ocean.



Stine was usually found meditating next to one of the Aeon Pines, though it looked slightly ridiculous until the original tree ‘bloomed.’ With no warning, the hybrid tree created from a cutting of Crimson Oak infused with a wand core sample from the Bronze drake himself grew to ten feet (3 meters) tall in the blink of an eye. There was a lot of curiosity about what precisely he was doing as one of the known abilities of the Bronze Dragonflight was the ability to view the timeline, though how that actually worked, and what they could and couldn’t see was something of a secret. Harry at one point simply asked Stine if what the Bronze was working on was things he did or did not actually need to know about. Harry didn’t share what they discussed, he just told the others that he trusted Stine.



Jagragosa spent her days teaching and learning as much of Earth’s magic as she could. Earth’s magic fascinated her, and Transfiguration became a favorite subject to study. Thanks to her long life, Jagragosa had a lot to teach the others. Everyone learned the Blue Dragonflight’s method of controlling magic and as many basic spells as was practical. Neville might be the only Druid trainee on Azeroth who could throw a fireball or summon an explosive wave of flames but Fire was the most effective magic for dealing with the undead and had other applications as well. She instructed the drakes on the method of retaining their senses and physical strength in their anthromagus forms, and also lectured at length on pocket dimensions.



While it wasn’t impossible for humans to create their own pocket dimensions, dragons had an advantage other races did not: the biological/magical process their physiology used to suddenly grow from a whelp into a drake and a drake into a dragon made use of a magical storage space to preserve the nutrients required. Draconic pocket dimensions altered this space to allow the storage of items in a place only an individual could reach. (Well mostly anyway; a True Master of magic could eventually remove an item, but that took vast magical strength and thousands of years of experience.)



Apparition was something everyone learned; with practice it became an easy, cheap method of transport that bypassed most of Azeroth’s effects that prevented the native magical travel spells, ‘Teleport’ and ‘Portal.’ Harry was the first to learn the Teleport spell, but the more difficult Portal eluded him for a long time. Hermione was the first who learned to create a portal from one location to another; the sheer complexity of the spell played to her strengths. After a grueling afternoon of testing, Jagragosa issued her a thin gray metal plate covered in blue writing with the title ‘Class Three Portal License issued to H. J. Granger. Equivalent to Special Issue License D-6.’ However, other than the title which was spelled out in Common, the entirety of the form was written in Draconic. Happy to explain, Jagragosa spoke to the group over a dinner which had been grown entirely inside the Cube.



The Kirin Tor is a group of Mages that are essentially the mortal authority on magic. They have strict regulations on the casting of the Portal spell, and even I can admit they have good reasons for it. Something we at Azurewing couldn’t stop laughing about for months was an event known as ‘The Great Ironforge Flood and the Great Lakeshire Drought’ which was caused by some fool casting a Portal at the bottom of a lake while omitting the filter that prevents liquids from moving through an active portal.



Hermione, try not to show an agent of the Kirin Tor that license unless you absolutely need to; there’s a good deal of bad blood on both sides after the Nexus War. If you’re going to walk among them, consider applying for their license as well. Despite what they might say, neither side was blameless in that mess of a war. I won’t say this in front of Aurogos, but Malygos did have a point about the dangers of using magic recklessly. Of course, our former Aspect never did recover his sanity, despite what our Dragonflight thought at first. Preventing another catastrophe caused by the reckless use of Great Magic is a noble goal, but it wasn’t worth starting a war with just about everyone over.



On the other hand, the Kirin Tor behaved like willful children with a toy, refusing to listen to the few we sent to guide their use of magic; after a time years we simply sent agents to infiltrate their group instead. And some of their members were truly vile individuals; you can ask Talion or Caliona about what he found in one of their worst’s mage tower.”



Combat in general was something they all learned by fighting in different scenarios. Simple golems that could fight were often built during the day and then fought that night, and as the weeks began to move by the magical constructs became more and more elaborate. Armed with enchanted, blunted weapons and protected by armor and magical shields, the extended Potter Dragonflight was using the opportunity to develop military forces that could be used to supplement their limited numbers at need.



The design for an object that would become the core of the rebuilt Potter Manor and would eventually provide an even greater amount of magic than the ley-line intersection under the property was also hammered out. Forged out of a mixture of mithril and gold, a series of spheres had their interiors greatly expanded and inside was placed a collection of magical trees. The Kingsleaf was once more the focal point with a variety of magical trees and shrubs being grown within, including Neville’s contribution to the project: a hybrid moss that in the presence of enough magic would generate light, and when altered just a little further, artificial sunlight.



Various designs for offensive and defensive golems were tested, though their attempts at including a ‘Forest Heart,’ as the mithril composite spheres came to be known, to increase the construct’s power all ended in failure. To be more precise, they ended when the golems were destroyed after attempting to kill their creators. After the third attempt at a magical version of ‘Judgment Day’ where the golem being tested had somehow managed to assume control of all the lesser golems the group was working on, it was decided that this experiment was simply not going to work.



(Tuning the magical energy produced by the Kingsleaf tree so that it wouldn’t destroy the delicate enchantments needed was accomplished disproportionately by the Crimson Oak trees, creating Life magic tinged with Fire. Sadly, both types of magic were causing the problem. Life magic wasn’t just about healing, it encouraged all sides of life, from fertility to the messy struggle for survival and dominance while Fire encouraged passion and destruction. Together, Life and Fire strengthened the combat and warfare strands of magic that allowed the golems to fight at all until the effect overwhelmed the strands of magic that told the construct when, where, and who to fight.)



Attempting to find a way to use the cores offensively eventually turned up something interesting, however. The project’s initial goal was to create a golem that could equal or surpass The Curator, and eventually Ron had an idea that would lead to something big . “What if we just throw out the control matrix and find another way to control the golem if that’s the problem?”



Though she didn’t realize it, Hermione’s mad cackling laughter took after her father’s. Dobby was kind enough to fetch the pensieve they had brought with them and after a few moments of focusing on Hermione’s part, the group was watching her memory of an animated television show she’d seen as a child. While her memory wasn’t perfect, the group could clearly see a war in outer space being fought by piloted machines shaped like humans. An hour later, several chalkboards had been covered in a list of what would be needed to make an armored vehicle like this function.



Massive war machines powered by potentially limitless amounts of magic (Nothing said that they could only use one core; in fact if they used multiple ones, the mix of magical plants, and thus the magical output, could be fire-tuned to better suit various systems.) was an exciting idea. Harry had practiced his mad scientist laugh as he sketched out a variation of a magical energy weapon typically placed on a castle tower, imagining it placed inside of a rifle or otherwise mounted on a weapon of war. Sadly they didn’t have the resources to actually build something on this scale, at least until they returned to Earth, though they could produce designs and get started on building the cockpit. And of course, brainstorm ideas for weapons and defenses.



Thanks to their need to subdue mind-controlled dragons, magic and tools meant to capture an opponent alive became something of a specialty for the whole group. Conjured chains, enchanted bindings of every kind imaginable, (Including Hermione’s creation: rolls of flame-proof, unbreakable cloth that would seek out and bind a drake with ease.) transfiguration, even stunning and sleep spells g o t a lot of practice. Neville himself became very good at lulling people to sleep while Hermione, Alira, and Talion created a poison that could be applied to arrows or the drake’s clawed gauntlets that could put a drake to sleep with a simple scratch or a dragon with two arrows buried in their hide. It didn’t last long , but would probably buy enough time to get the individual in question restrained.



Harry, after much effort, created a transfiguration that could use dirt or the air itself to create insubstantial shadowy tendrils capable of binding a target. His goal was to be able to use the transfiguration without a wand but that remained a work in progress. (He was also working on a variation that instead of capturing an enemy would turn the tendrils into sharp edges and flay them.)



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



As Harry sat outside the Cube in front of a small fire with Hermione and Alira at his sides, he blushed madly at how the three of them had tested every binding spell. They had been living on Azeroth for two and a half months now, and neither he nor his ‘consorts’ had remained virginal past the two-week mark. Harry supposed he could have waited, drug out the relationship longer, but he really didn’t see a reason to.



Harry was glad he’d realized that he loved his best friend; he’d spent so much time with her at Hogwarts that he knew Hermione Granger better than he did himself, the good and the bad. Harry decided her good sides far outweighed the bad, and he couldn’t imagine ever regretting his choice to pursue a relationship with her. Hermione, despite the command binding her from showing romantic interest, had become first comfortable, then enthusiastic both giving and receiving affection and physical contact. (Though her behavior was odd in that it was wholesome camaraderie or decidedly carnal with no middle ground.) What’s more, Harry had discovered his best friend had a decidedly kinky side.



At first, Harry had been uncomfortable with the devotion given to him by the Green drake (currently in her elven form) at his side, but she had become a firm fixture in his life as well. Even more than humans, it seemed dragons needed a purpose in life, whether that was to be a defender of others like Senastrasz or Ralion, a healer like Dalistraza, to discover new things as a researcher like Jagragosa, or to ensure the next generation grew up strong like Valistraza. Alira wanted both to raise children and support her Lord (Who at least in her fantasies was already her Aspect. If Remus didn’t accomplish his mission of finding a way to change an individual’s animagus form to a creature that provided a sample soon, she planned to start working on it herself.) by giving him all the love and support she could. Alira had told both the humans in the three-way relationship that Hermione’s research might give Harry the how of surviving every battle to come, but the two females would work together to ensure Harry had a reason to return from every conflict.



If he was honest with himself, Harry did have doubts going into this relationship. He was afraid the two of them wouldn’t get along, he was afraid he wouldn’t be good enough for them, and he was even afraid he wouldn’t measure up to their expectations in the bedroom. But the truth was that their relationship had been… very nice.



Harry’s worry about being unable to keep up with both of his consorts sexually had turned out to be unfounded. Aurogos had, just after the group filed into the Cube before leaving, slipped Harry a handwritten notebook with every spell and magical technique he knew of that involved sex. There had been a lot of variety in there, and he wasn’t anywhere close to working his way through the entire thing yet. So far his favorites had been a spell that shared physical sensations between the three of them (Harry’s first, and several subsequent attempts at that spell actually triggered a feed-back loop of pleasurable sensations that caused all three of them to pass out.) and a technique to use magic to increase his physical stamina.



The concerns Harry had about Alira’s decidedly inhuman form didn’t amount to anything either. While there were difficulties, there were also benefits and Harry now understood why half-dragon ‘Dragonspawn,’ and quarter-dragon ‘Drakonid’ were such a common sight in each of the Five Dragonflights. (Thanks to magic, the genetics of the dragonflights were complicated. Drakonid, in addition to being an individual with one dragon grandparent, could also be ‘mortals,’ infused with the power of a dragon; most Dragonsworn eventually looked like the bipedal Drakonid.) Not that they hadn’t slept together in her elven form as well, but Harry was adamant that he not reject his consort’s true form.



For now, the three of them simply wanted some time to enjoy the clean, cool air of Silvermyst Isle’s forests, in the calm before the storm. There was only about a week left until the Cataclysm hit Azeroth, an upheaval that would see tidal waves, massive earthquakes, volcanoes erupting, flooding and no shortage of death across the world. Of the two organizations that spanned this world, The Alliance had been the only one that had given them causality lists along with dates and in some cases even accurate times. While Harry’s immediate reaction had been to save everyone, the problem was that their group couldn’t be everywhere at once.



With that limitation, Harry had decided to save as many as possible during this trip. There was a chance he would inflict the slow, wasting death to those who survived circumstances that ought to have killed them, but he was confident that the rescued would be safe on Earth. As the leader, he had made the decision to go ahead and would accept the consequences. Now the question was how to proceed.



During the actual Cataclysm itself, the world had fared remarkably well given the breadth and severity of the disaster, but that just meant there weren’t catastrophic numbers of casualties. After much discussion, on the continent known as the Eastern Kingdoms there were only three targets chosen for their first operation. Deathwing, the mad Dragon Aspect himself had destroyed the massive Stonewrought Dam, killing those unlucky enough to be garrisoned inside and many more downstream. Thankfully downstream was largely unpopulated marshland, but it was a common playground for Red whelps. A supply caravan on its way to the distant Arathi Highlands was also lost to the flooding with none of the people or supplies ever seen again. Their final easily-accessible target on that continent was the crew of a wooden sailing ship that had been caught in a massive tidal wave and reached a very significant height before gravity re-asserted itself, killing the entire crew.



Those on the ship were actually the easiest to rescue. Talion in his role as possibly the stealthiest dragon ever would take a portkey nearby, fly to the ship which was even now being tracked by a scrying spell, and release shrunken creatures that had been transfigured around portkeys. Harry and Alira would handle the dam, a human riding a green drake would be unusual enough to grab attention without calling the Dwarves to arms. Harry would hurriedly transfigure fake corpses as needed and leave those behind. With luck he would get out with plenty of time to spare before Deathwing casually destroyed the dam on his way to Stormwind City later that day. Senastrasz would be responsible for gathering the whelps unable to escape the floodwaters while Hermione and Jagragosa would rescue the caravan and its supplies.



On the western continent of Kalimdor, there was only one large target. Auberdine, a Kaldorei port near their capital that had been visited by Deathwing in his reign of terror as he tore the countryside apart. It wouldn’t exactly be easy to extract only those doomed to die and leave fake corpses, but thanks to the official reports they knew who wasn’t going to escape in time. ‘Twinned Portkeys,’ a system that would switch out a living person for the created fake, and delivery methods for them that would have made the Marauders proud were their weapon of choice here as well as for the scattered casualties spread around the area. Over a dozen Draenei and Night Elves had been buried alive in the earthquakes, and they would be easy to rescue if a portkey could be snuck onto them beforehand.



Harry, it turned out, had inherited a little of his father’s skill with transfiguration and he had been honing that talent zealously. The three of them were outside under the stars because Harry very much needed a break from his creation of fake corpses. As both Alira and Hermione snuggled a little closer, Harry found himself starting to understand what Valistraza had meant about letting the two of them be his strength as he was theirs.



It had been hard creating so many bodies, his magic was in need of rest just as much as his mind was. As he created duplicates of what their scrying spells had captured of those about to die, his mind had given him scenarios where his war against Voldemort his followers led to a similar view of corpses all around him, but with his friends, his sworn, his lovers lying dead around him. Sitting in front of a fire in a calm forest, Harry realized it was the calm, restful time together with his lovers that he had truly craved; sometimes they talked, others they just sat quietly together like this with their arms around each other. Harry didn’t know how long they stayed together like that, Hermione levitating another log into the fire as needed, but he felt himself slowly decompress.



When he finally relaxed fully, Harry was reminded that Alira was gaining the ability through either experience or magic (or both) to read his every mood. With the day’s labor no longer weighing on him, Harry couldn’t help but respond to her suggestion that they cast some warming charms and visit the section of beach Harry had placed under a Fidelius Charm recently. Harry hadn’t much experience with beaches before that night, and while for the most part he enjoyed what followed, he decided that sand was coarse, rough, and it certainly got everywhere. But getting rid of the sand wasn’t an awful process either, and it led to a long night in the warm water of their private bath.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



While Harry knew that the Fidelius was ineffective on truly ancient minds, (Simply because the Fidelius effected the mind, and the more complex, the more information stored within a mind, the harder using any type of mind magic became. Legilimency was also became more difficult the older the target was.) he hadn’t realized that the Draenei living on the next island over, only a short swim away, had a life span similar to the dragons. He especially didn’t realize that the vast number of Draenei were well over ten-thousand years old, their species apparently not procreating often.

 

To say the Draenei patrolling their latest refuge were scandalized by the three teenagers who were making the most of an improvised honeymoon, was something of an understatement. Fortunately for Harry, the Night Elves who had become the Draenei’s neighbors and close allies, (even to the point of allowing the refugees to settle permanently on Kaldorei lands) advised the newcomers to Azeroth to let the young ones have their fun. The Draenei’s diplomats even received a history lesson and learned why the Kaldorei and Dragons had such good relations.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Between Harry’s creation of anatomically correct false corpses, (something that had required a rather distressing amount of studying), a spell from the Black family’s library, and some ingenuity on behalf of their Blue wyrm, their group had gained the ability to produce replacement corpses that would stand up to any amount of scrutiny.



In some cases a simple transfiguration would suffice, for those on the Stonewrought Dam or those unlucky souls that were destined to burn to ash in Deathwing’s flames. But where the bodies had been recovered after the fact, something more was needed. A complex dark spell that called for a human sacrifice to create a false corpse turned out to be useful when Jagragosa discovered that the spell only required life energy, not a soul. Deciding she could work with that, a vast number of rabbits had been raised in a specially sealed Biome Trunk with over half the inside area planted in Crimson Oak and Spiral Oak trees.



(The Spiral Oaks had been grown from a cutting of the parent Crimson Oak trees infused with a wand core from Dalistraza. Physically they appeared the same, save for swirls of red pigment in their trunks but the amount of Life magic each tree radiated had increased. In fact the flow of Life magic was too much for some of the slow treatments they had planned at Potter Estate.)



After absorbing the magic from the trees for months, three rabbits contained enough energy for a single use of the Black’s spell. Thanks to the substitution, the spell changed from very dark magic, the kind that would most certainly have negative effects on the caster, to magic that was neither ‘light’ or ‘dark.’ The purpose of the spell’s use, the fact that it was being used to save lives was easily enough to counteract the deaths of the rabbits.



Transfiguration and portkey creation became a much practiced skill in the last week before Azeroth faced it’s latest catastrophe. Portkeys had a surprisingly small minimum size requirement and would work even if they were shrunken, so tiny transfigured spiders and silenced gnats were the chosen creatures to deliver the portkeys and adhere them to the individuals in some way, usually their next day’s clothes or even adhering to a strand of hair as their targets left to begin their days. Thanks to a lot of preparation, when the whole of the planet began to experience earthquakes, Harry’s group was ready.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Thankfully there was a fair bit of time between the various targets. A special building within the Cube was the dedicated portkey arrival site, and its interior bore the result of Hermione and Jagragosa putting their heads together. While outside the arrival point was surrounded by four of the buildings whose enchantments would freeze time once activated, inside there were large images produced by scrying spells that would show the disasters in the making.



That day collapsing rocks were to have stolen the first lives: Draenei working in tunnels under the Exodar, their capital city. Eight individuals appeared in a shower of rocks and dirt, and found themselves swarmed by those who knew healing spells. Harry simply levitated the rocks into a nearby trunk, if nothing else he could use the material at his home. Waste not, want not after all. Quickly drawing blood and using it to finish the false corpse spell, the fakes were left behind. (Technically, there were two false corpses involved: the first imperfect one that immediately swapped with the live survivors, enchanted with a subtle charm to not draw attention, and second was the result of the Black spell that was then swapped with the first fake.)



The Draenei themselves were given water and food and asked to wait patiently while their rescuers continued their efforts. They greeted a group of six Night Elf Sentinels also buried in rocks and assisted the Potter Dragonflight’s healers in checking them for spinal injuries as Harry removed the rocks and dirt that had taken the journey with them.



Jagragosa, as the one that would garner the most immediate respect told them not to worry about the Black drake, and that explanations would be coming later on. Soon, the first arrivals found themselves watching the images on the walls that showed the disasters about to happen. When the sailing ship became caught in a massive tidal wave, the fear and resignation of the crew was in full view before the entire crew suddenly appeared in the room, those already there began to get the idea of what was happening. When the ‘traders’ saw false corpses for themselves vanish in the same way as they appeared, they understood that something interesting was going on. Harry stood up and began a speech that he would be making more than once in the coming days.



I’m going to keep this short because I have a lot to do today. In about two months, a group of dragons is going to ask Elune for passage off this world to preserve their lives. Elune will say yes, and I will receive a dream to open the portal on my end. Not long after to protect their minds from a creeping madness, the dragons will agree to forge a magical bond with me that enforces loyalty on both sides. The ‘Oath to a Loyal Lord’ ritual forces me to be loyal to those who take it, just as it forces them to give me their loyal service.



“Right now, Azeroth is suffering an event that will come to be known as the Cataclysm. Thanks to Stine, my Bronze friend, myself and those with me have plucked you from your deaths. But, there is a problem. Death doesn’t like being cheated. If you remain on Azeroth, you will experience a painful death as your soul is torn from you.”

 

Raising his hands to calm the worried people, Harry continued. “I’m sorry, but your life on Azeroth is now over. However, my world is open to you. The portal that Elune helped to create will protect you from your fate here. The only catch is that you’ll need to swear the Oath; thanks to the Twilight Cult that’s starting their war today I can’t trust that any of you aren’t a cultist in hiding.”



Harry felt bad to be giving these people this choice but given the chaos, the destruction, the suffering even one cultist could achieve if they slipped away on Earth, it seemed like a necessity. Predictably, more than one of the people on the ‘trading’ ship had a problem with that. Judging by the hat, it was the captain who challenged him. “So we can serve you or die? And what if we decide not to play along, and just force you to take us to your world?”



As Harry saw the captain nod to a crewman wearing dark leather armor with two cutlasses at his sides, he sighed internally. This was slightly dangerous, but only slightly. With enough preparation, it became a very dangerous proposition to face a wizard in their lair; with all the enchantments woven into the Cube in general, and this room in particular, he could probably fight and win against all two dozen of them at once. But that wouldn’t earn their respect either. Harry knew not everyone he ‘rescued’ would be polite, hell, he was planning on less recruiting and more kidnapping the Twilight drakes starting in a week. (That was actually on the advice of both his own drakes and Senegos. Harry found himself agreeing that the time to calmly talk with them was after distance and the filter on Elune’s Portal had freed their minds just a little.)



Instead of simply using the wards to clamp down on the Blood Elf Rogue that suddenly used a technique called ‘Shadowstep’ to literally step through the shadows and appear directly behind him, Harry proved he could teleport at will also. With a louder crack than was necessary Harry apparated away before he flicked his wrist, causing his spear to shoot into his right hand from a wrist sheathe usually used for wands. With the tip pointing at the elf, Harry charged and shot a bolt of lightning at him, deciding to double what was typically needed to put a man on the ground to compensate for the possibly enchanted leather armor.



From an observer’s view, the elf stepping into the shadows behind Harry, Harry blinking away and the elf being thrown twenty feet through the air to land in a twitching, smoking heap happened very quickly. With another crack, Harry returned to where he was originally standing and spoke clearly while glaring at the ‘traders.’ “Anyone else think they can take me, or are you all ready to stop being so damn ungrateful?



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Apparently the ship’s crew was a little rougher than expected, because Harry next had to deal with a ‘large’ (ten feet or three meters tall) humanoid with markedly bovine features called a Tauren (The dragonsworn research group had concluded that the whole Minotaur myth was probably just a Tauren that had somehow found himself on Earth.) who could also cast lightning magic and the captain himself who had a few tricks thanks to his study of Hydromancy. When the hulking Tauren realized the two were in a stalemate with Storm magic, he remembered he outweighed the human by roughly 600 pounds (272 kilograms) and charged.

 

Harry then introduced transfiguration to those who hadn’t seen it before by turning the stone floor into a large fist that impacted the bull, using his own momentum against him, before briefly turning the floor to liquid and sinking him into the stone floor up to his neck. For the captain he simply countered the incoming bolts of frost with blasts of wind and countered the summoned water elementals with small, penetrating, explosive lighting spells. When the captain was soundly out of tricks, Harry conjured magical chains and bound him firmly in place.



After proving himself not to be a weakling, there were no further attempts at violence. In a way, Harry found himself not minding their testing of him. He did, after all, need those who could fight. Harry gave all of them his word that he would allow them to send messages to their loved ones, though he couldn’t send them until after Elune opened the portal and nine original drakes fled to Earth.



Dropping Elune’s name convinced the Kaldorei, who worshiped the goddess as their primary deity, to work with him though Harry understood that if they discovered he was lying things would get violent fast. The Draenei seemed to find Harry’s violent scuffle with the ‘traders’ distasteful, but were otherwise very calm. To them, Harry promised that while this expedition was mostly centered around a few small scale rescues and what they immediately needed from Mount Hyjal, future collection trips would give their race the benefit of another world to live on should Azeroth fall. There were so few Draenei left, many decided that if the young human kept his word, that if he was an honorable man they would follow him just to see their race continue. When one of the surly ‘traders,’ who Harry was beginning to suspect were actually pirates, asked Harry what he needed, Harry started a list.



In no particular order: People who can work stone, more healers, assistants to help a Dragon Broodmother who has far too many whelps to take care of, and people who can fight. You see, I’m involved in a war that’s getting ready to sweep through the streets back home. We’re secure for the moment with a castle, island, and a hidden estate; but there’s a lot more to do. In fact, the Goblin run bank stole a bunch of gold from my group, so we’re getting ready to make a withdrawal after they close for the night. You wouldn’t happen to have any skills that might help us with that, would you?”



From their expressions it was clear to Harry they did indeed have some useful skills in such ventures. Yep, I definitely just rescued a bunch of pirates.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



An hour later the scrying spell watching the town of Auberdine showed a massive dragon covered in metal plates trailing a veil of flames from his wings approaching from the n orth. Harry activated the two-way portkeys, exchanging the living for animated transfigured copies. Jagragosa quickly used the Black spell on the second, much more detailed false corpses for those whose bodies would be recovered, and then waited for the exact right moment to trigger the transition, switching the easy transfigured corpses for ones that would pass even intense scrutiny.



For their parts, the twenty-two rescued Kaldorei took their sudden transition rather well, taking their cue from the Draenei and Night Elves already present. The crew of ‘traders’ had calmed down, but Harry had chosen to leave the restrained individuals where they were; the electrocuted elf had been treated but was in absolutely no shape to fight. Their calm demeanor turned to horror as they watched the very land their homes had been built upon heave and shatter even as the port burned at Deathwing’s passing. When one of the Sentinels demanded to be returned to rescue survivors, Harry’s reply hit them hard.



There is no point. Everyone who would have died in your town is now here. I’ll give you the recruitment speech after we save some Dwarves, I need to head out soon based on Deathwing’s flight path.” While their race procreated more often than the Draenei, two of the group were old enough to remember Deathwing’s betrayal and the devastation he had wrought, and the thought of that monster loose on the world once more was a terrifying one.



As Harry and the others prepared to take their portkeys to the Stonewrought Dam and the lands below, he wondered about the gender disparity of the Kaldorei. Out of the twenty- nine Night Elves now in the Cube, twenty-one were female.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



It was actually rather disconcerting how fast Deathwing was moving. By the time Harry arrived over the mountain west of the dam, Deathwing had nearly finished leaving his mark in the Barrens, on the other side of the continent of Kalimdor from Auberdine. If the insane Dragon Aspect chose to make his way across the ocean directly to the Stonewrought Dam, Harry would have less than an hour to evacuate the Dwarves. Last time, the first time? Time travel is confusing. Anyway, the records of his flightpath say I have about two hours, but that’s only if nothing changes. I can’t make assumptions that I won’t change something by accident. Thankfully Stine or Talion will warn me if danger gets close.



His internal musing was cut short when Alira set down on top of the Stonewrought Dam. The maps did not do this structure justice, it’s huge! The plan for dealing with the Dwarves had changed, but Harry liked the final plan much better than the original one. As Harry swung out of the saddle on the Green drake, an item very rarely worn by dragons, he produced his spear from the sheath that had been worked into the bracer of his basilisk-hide armor and asked the Dwarf coming up to greet him who was in charge. With a glance at his watch which showed that he had just under two hours before the dam was shattered, he took a deep breath and introduced himself to ‘Chief Engineer Hinderweir VII,’ the Dwarf in command of the small garrison.



Twenty minutes later, Harry was sitting at a table in the small interior space where the dam’s garrison took their meals. After explaining he needed to speak with the dozen Dwarves stationed to protect and maintain the massive stone structure, Harry had handed one of the guards two magical trunks, one containing a boar that had been roasted whole and the other several kegs of the local ale. Convincing the dam’s residents to leave their posts hadn’t been difficult after Harry demonstrated and covered their lookouts with monitoring charms. Over the meal, Harry explained a little about the Bronze Dragonflight and their mission to protect history.



Of course, even if they’re always moving from one era to another they still get attached to others. My Bronze friend Stine told me there’s always been one or two that see a friend or loved one die and have moved to prevent it. Problem is, death doesn’t like being cheated…”



From there, Harry told a story of how a group of drakes had fled their world with the aid of Elune, leaving out their origins. Keeping an eye on his watch, he told the Dwarves how he woke up from a Dream and opened the door on the other side, and spent the night patching up some rather beat up drakes. Alira, who had taken her anthromagus form to join them around a crowded table, leaned into his side as he told the Dwarves about his interactions with the dragons, the battles to come, and eventually about his idea offer those doomed to die on Azeroth the chance to build new lives on Earth.



Finally with only five minutes left, Harry stood and pulled a large rope out of a pocket and draped it on the table so everyone could grab onto it if they wanted to. Checking his watch, he spoke again. “Now here’s the bad news. My friends have been tracking the thing about to kill everyone present, and it’s almost here. The rope has magic that will save you if you’re touching it.”



Quickly bringing out an expanded trunk and flicking his wand madly, every object inside the adjacent living quarters sped into it. Handing the trunk to the Dwarf sitting next to him, Harry took a deep breath and grabbed onto the rope. A moment later the portkey triggered and deposited them into the room containing the others saved that day. Three minutes later it was good to see portkeys, in the form of small discs enchanted to adhere to scales trigger, depositing Senastrasz along with at least two dozen Red dragon whelps and the three female Dragonspawn who had apparently been keeping an eye on the Red Dragonflight’s children. All eyes were now on the feed from the visual monitoring charms that showed the sundered dam and the flood waters sweeping through the Wetlands.



Only a moment later a n unusually large portal opened and the caravan moved through at a dead run, hauling their cargo with them. With the events completed, the scrying spells instead showed the disasters on a loop, making a perfect backdrop for Harry to give his recruitment pitch once more.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Two hours later the future members of the Potter Dragonflight were all sealed within the highly complicated magical array that would prevent any time from passing for those within. While mostly the product of the Bronze Dragonflight’s magics, a number of other enchantments had been included, even making use of Earth’s version of Soul magic to prevent any changes within the structure until the magic was released once back at Potter Manor. There was about a week until the next calamity began, the Twilight assault on Mount Hyjal and the World Tree. Tonight they would rest, then the next few days would be spent continuing whatever research they could.



When the week ended groups of two or three would filter through the mountain and slip away with as many as they could. Thanks to his drakes having fought in these battles, Harry already had a good idea of where to go and who to take. There was also the matter of the ‘special request.’ His last night on Earth, Harry had received a second dream from Elune. This was why he was willing to bring so many back to Earth, the dream had been strange, but he could cleanly sense the goddess was pleased with his plan. Harry had also seen memories not his own, and it had taken some time to realize through whose eyes he’d been seeing.



It was the powerful emotions that came with the memories that finally clued him in. In the memories he could clearly see he was flying into battle, glacial blue wings keeping him aloft as part of a large group of Twilight Dragons, hope, fear, and resentment born of suffering fluttering in his heart. Harry felt it when the dragon’s every hope, every idea of how things would go shatter to dust when the drakes that served the Titans tore into what must have been his brothers and sisters. Hatred bloomed in the memory then, along with jealousy and rage. The Twilight drake threw himself into the battle to save as many of his siblings as he could, even though he knew they were on the wrong side. The spike of emotion as he fought against drakes with more experience and better training was followed by a crushing depression after the battle ended, like his every hope had died.



Tendrion. The drake that had fought off the best efforts of the Twilight Cult and their dark gods to enslave his mind, had earned Elune’s favor, (likely from his later actions during the Hyjal campaign) taken in a fleeing Broodmother and rescued seventy-eight whelps from a mad scientist’s dissection table. Tendrion had even seen his friends safely to Earth at the cost of his eternal service to a goddess. Harry hadn’t fully shared his dream with those around him yet, but could recognize a request when he saw one.



So Harry would be at that battle in the skies, he would tag every Twilight Dragon there with magic to track them, and he would either save the lives of every one of Tendrion’s siblings or mark the location of their deaths so they could be saved the next time he swept through. Harry would honor a noble creature’s sacrifice by protecting what family the drake had.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Six hours after turning in early that evening, four humans and six dragons were awakened by an alarm going off. Navigating through the Cube’s unique six-planed interior, summoning armor and weapons as they went, the group followed the sound to a room dedicated to monitoring the enchantments that kept watch over Silvermyst Island. It had seemed like a good idea as they were setting up their camp to set as many monitoring charms and such as possible, especially since the Fidelius Charm was known to be an imperfect defense.



Together, they watched a force of twenty serpentine Naga slither onto the beach, the bulky, muscled males dragging several small boats packed with Azeroth’s various humanoids all wearing the purple colors and hammer insignia of the Twilight’s Hammer Cult. But it was the Naga gathering on the beach that were the most interesting; they were similar in shape to Merpeople, but more robust, larger and more muscled. Instead of their appearance being similar to fish, Naga took much more after serpents, though the fins adorning their backs proved they were still aquatic creatures. The group here consisted of eight females and twelve males, showcasing the sexual dimorphism of their kind. The females looked as though they would be graceful in the water, each bearing four arms on her torso, armed with bows and spears; the males were hulking, with heads that looked more draconic than serpentine and were armed with heavy melee weapons, mostly large tridents.



Caliona, as the only drake present who had fought alongside the Twilight Cult on an active war front, quickly zeroed in on a large object being hauled out of one of the boats and checked over by the cultists. “My Lord! That glowing orb, the one the lead cultist is working on! I saw them use a smaller version to cause landslides on Mount Hyjal! One that size might be large enough to sink Azuremyst!”



Hermione spoke up, blinking the sleep out of her eyes. “That must be their target, right? Silvermyst is empty, except for us, and no one should know we’re here. Does anyone remember hearing about how this attack was stopped?”



No one did; in fact no one could remember hearing about this attack at all. Thankfully the cultists and Naga seemed to simply be setting up a camp on the beach for the moment, eating a meal and resting. Harry was observing the camp, watching the enemies that were only a twenty minute hike from their location. As the group started to argue, he spoke up. “Stine, use your judgment on what you can tell me, but it looks like this attack that could potentially wipe out the Draenei’s city could only have been stopped without others noticing by us, right?”



Time travel was a bitch, as it turned out. They had chosen this location as their base camp because it had been completely peaceful, as far as they had known. Now, they had a raiding group of an even forty individuals poised to attack the Draenei’s capital city. If they did nothing, thousands might die, so that was certainly not an option. Harry and the others were now forced to intervene and stop the cultists because they must have already done so in the timeline they were using as a cheat-sheet. The best time to strike would be before the enemy force finished recovering from their journey, so time was of the essence.



In a move that was becoming more natural, Harry took charge. “We’ll ambush them, forty on ten is only bad odds if we fight fair. Hermione, get the enchanted goggles from the armory. If we need to we can blind the enemy with their eyes adapted for darkness. Jagragosa, you’ll keep an eye on everything and perform long range spellcasting if we need it, after you hear the rest of the plan I want you to prep all the golems we have. We’re going to ambush them, cut off their escape, and then let the golems and as many transfigured animals as possible thin them out while we attack from the cover of the hills overlooking their camp. Talion, I want you to set some traps between their forces and the hills, then pick off as many as you can safely. Alira and Neville you two are with Jagragosa, Neville you need to keep them safe if something gets through.



Jag, I also want you to quickly enchant an item that will freeze the sea solid to prevent the Naga from escaping, I want the ocean around that part of the island to be nothing but jagged ice. Ron and Senastrasz, you’re protecting our ranged group of Hermione, Caliona and Stine. Caliona, what are the chances they’re waiting on dragons for air support?”



Pretty high. One thing the Cult was always pretty good at was using us to support them. Do you want us to take them alive?”



Harry was quick to answer. “Yes, but I don’t want anyone to die doing it. Cali, can you lead any drakes into a trap? Can you convince them there’s a hidden Alliance garrison or something, and trick them into a trunk filled with that sleeping gas we’ve been refining if I transfigure the outside to look like a cave?”



Yes my Lord. That shouldn’t be much trouble, I can use their arrogance against them.”



Good. Since the cultists have chosen to join a cult working to destroy the world, we won’t let them live. The Cultists will die, though I’d like to question a few of them first if we can. Jagragosa, I’m taking the dragons alive because they’re being controlled, they’ve never been able to choose another path. Are the Naga capable of making the choice not to serve their queen and the old gods, or are they simply slaves without knowing it like the Black and Twilight Dragonflights?”



It took a moment for Jagragosa to mentally flip through everything she could remember about the Naga, or before their transformation, the Highborne faction of Night Elves and the queen they both served and worshiped. “I might be wrong, but I don’t think they’re able to choose Harry. At best they have the choice to serve Azshara or die painfully; their queen was never benevolent or kind.”



With a commanding tone and a hard look in his eyes, Harry gave his final commands. “Then we capture them alive if we can, but again don’t die doing it. We’ll prep our ambush and move after Caliona leads their air support away. If this is their entire force, we’ll attack in an hour. Any questions?”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

It turned out the Twilight assault group did have air support that showed up after about half an hour, consisting of nine Twilight drakes. Harry’s idea worked out, more or less. Caliona intercepted the drakes as they approached the Cult’s strike force and convinced them there was a hidden garrison they needed to burn out before the clumsy cultists woke them up and ruined the whole plan. “What do you mean who am I? Those idiots didn’t tell you I’ve been here for a week to scout out the island? Now come on, we don’t have much time before we lose our advantage. Just remember to stay quiet and low, don’t burn anything until we reach their sleeping area.”



That part of the trap went nearly perfectly, Harry had transfigured a small area with a simple magical defense that could be broken with some effort to sell the idea of a hidden base. Before they knew it, the trap saw them deposited inside an expanded trunk with nothing to breathe but sleeping gas. The most suspicious drake who had taken up the rear evaded the trap and reminded Harry how resistant dragons were to the Stunning spell. Fortunately, the drake proved somewhat less resistant to a bolt of lightning, and was quickly bound in conjured chains and a muzzle. Magically resistant or not, he did not remain awake after Harry pried open an eyelid and cast a rather powerful sleeping spell directly into his eye, bypassing the drake’s magically resistant scales.



It was the work of a few moments to have all nine enemy dragons bound in transfigured restraints and relocated to the Cube. Caliona quickly shook off her chemically induced nap thanks to a Reviving spell and joined the ranged combat group in her human form with her wand in hand and several spares ready to go.



Deciding subtlety had its place, but this wasn’t it, Harry got the ambush rolling in style. Thanks to the experiments they’d been working on Harry was able to drop an enchanted sphere from a great height from his Firebolt. Inside was a somewhat unstable runic construct that could, temporarily at least, store a fairly large amount of magical energy before releasing it all at once on impact. Harry and Jagragosa had both channeled stunning spells into the bomb. In another sphere, Harry had a slightly more complicated device that did something very similar with the Blue wyrm’s breath attack. Along with a few small stones enchanted to absorb as much heat as possible, the second sphere would release enough Ice magic to freeze this part of the ocean.



Hermione and the others had taken position on one of two hills that overlooked the beach on which the cultists and Naga had landed. When the iron sphere hit the ground and detonated, stunning the eight enemies nearest to it and disorienting twice that number, she drew an arrow and let it fly. Her bow was a magical weapon and enhanced the basic archery skills she had been developing. Her first hit was a kill, impacting the armor-wearing cultist in his unarmored head. With Stine next to her setting an example with his ability to hit a target and immediately pick another one, she did her best to take out as many as she could.



Their defense was solid, Senastrasz in his heaviest armor and shield stood with Ron wearing similar protection while a powerful magical shield kept them safe from ranged attacks. The shield was woven by Hermione and Caliona with Stine offering to provide most of the power since he wasn’t much of a combatant. Still, using all of his rather impressive magic reserves to protect them from incoming magical and physical projectiles while peppering the enemy with arrows wasn’t a small contribution.



As Hermione looked at the other bluff briefly, she saw that Harry was certainly throwing his back into their attack. A swarm of transfigured animals swept out from the top of the hill, covering him as he rained bolts and orbs of lightning down at the battlefield. Three terrifying minutes in, four cultists and two Naga reached his position and Hermione briefly felt her heart go cold. At least it did until she saw the writhing tendrils of Harry’s latest transfiguration project sweep out from where the teen stood. Two of the hulking Naga males were captured, unable to move for a moment but the cultists, one Tauren and three Humans, were impaled through their chests and knocked off the steep hill to bleed out below.



She was glad to see Caliona quickly teleport behind Harry and launch a combination of stunning and summoning spells to make it appear as if Harry’s surviving victims were consumed by the shadows to those below. Without missing a beat, Hermione nocked another arrow and sent it into an Orc cultist guarding the enemy spell casters who was beginning to resemble a pincushion. The seven foot (2.4 meters) green wall of muscles and rage refused to go down, a healer sending bolts of light that apparently healed his wounds and allowed his organs to continue functioning around all the arrows. (Though the orc might have wished for the healer behind him to give up, he must have been in agony.) Hermione took a moment to observe the battlefield as she hunted for her next target.



Overall it was going well. The high ground was a significant advantage, and they continued to rain fire on those below. Their golems were little more than cannon fodder, the animated metal and stone figures having proved unable to stand up against the powerful physical fighters that were still trying to push up the steep hills. While their golems proved inadequate they did force the attackers to stop and fight them, which allowed arrows and spells to thin their ranks. But it was the seemingly endless swarm of transfigured animals that were keeping the pressure off them. The cult’s first organized charge had been disrupted by a ‘gift’ from Jagragosa and Neville when a portal opened and dropped a half-dozen very irate bears on the insane cultists.



When a group of enemies had reached their group, Ron had been struck down even though he had blocked the musclebound Naga’s trident. Apparently he still needed more practice with the use of magic to reinforce his bones and muscles. Thankfully he’d been able to activate his emergency portkey. Alira had let them know over the speak-stones the group were using as radios that Ron was fine, even though he had a number of broken bones on his left side. Unable to return to the fight directly, he was using all his skills in transfiguration to aid Jagragosa and Neville in creating reinforcements that arrived through portals in waves .



At this point, the only reason they hadn’t been forced to retreat was the massive number of transfigured animals they were sending out. Harry’s initial wave had been greatly varied but now whenever he had a spare moment he was sending out one wolf after another. Harry was defending the other hill by himself thanks to his ability to apparate, it had gotten rather ridiculous at one point when a number of melee fighters crested his hill and the wizard simply popped into different trees and rained down spells of various lethality. Every now and then Harry would apparate behind Hermione’s group and down a blue vial, one of Azeroth’s ‘mana’ potions to replenish his magic; twice now he’d taken a Pepper-up as well.



Looking down, Hermione was vindictively pleased to see Talion had slipped invisibly into the formation that included the enemy’s spellcasters and healers, and promptly introduced both of the Troll cultists that had been healing their enemies to his clawed gauntlets. As they bled out the drake in his human form had tackled one of the Naga’s healers and apparently triggered his emergency portkey, trusting Neville or Jagragosa to stun her. Their species is odd. The males are just big brutes while all the females are using magic of one kind or another. They’re acting as if the males are expendable too, something to look into later.



While their goal wasn’t to kill the Naga, apparently Stine felt nothing wrong with disabling the last healer standing with extreme prejudice. An arrow in her tail distracted her, and as she flailed briefly a second arrow in her shoulder ensured she couldn’t continue her work. With the distraction caused, Harry apparated behind the enemy’s formation and took a deep breath. When he used the spell’s full incantation and wand movement, Hermione knew he was putting all of his focus into the spell’s power. The explosion, targeted at the dirt in the center of the enemy’s last stand that followed Harry’s shout of “Bombarda Maxima!” was proof that Harry was a rather powerful wizard. As if I didn’t know that already! Hell, even some of those bedroom spells he’s learned would be impossible for an average wizard back home.



Apparently feeling the spirit of competition, both Caliona and Stine managed to hit a flying cultist, with a dark orange flame spell and a poisoned arrow respectively, as their targets flew through the air. There was enough confusion in the aftermath of Harry’s Exploding Charm that the temporary animals, led by Harry’s wolves, were able to take down enough of their enemies that the battle was effectively over. Taking only a moment to double check that the Naga surrounded by wolves were stunned and bound with yet more transfiguration, Harry rolled his shoulders and ordered the group to advance carefully. Switching to English was rather useful for keeping their foes guessing.



At this point, there were eight casters of magic in cloth or leather armor, five of them Naga, and one Orc in ornate, heavy plate metal armor left standing. As the Potter Dragonflight moved down to the sand the armored Orc was apparently rallying his force for one last attack. He stopped when Harry switched from his wand to his spear and hit the massive Warrior with a bolt of lightning. When the first blast staggered but didn’t even knock the Orc down, Harry just threw a bigger one, and again and then a fourth time until the cultist went down and stayed down. In case the Orc was faking it, a cutting spell removed his head; possibly excessive, but he wouldn’t have been the first enemy to ‘play dead’ today.



In Common, Harry looked at the eight enemies remaining and spoke. “You’re beaten. Surrender.” Switching to Parseltongue on a whim, he continued. I have no intention to kill any of you today, serpent-kin-of-the-sea.”



When their opponents made no move to lay down their weapons, though the use of the serpent’s tongue had clearly unbalanced them, Harry sighed and shifted his spear so the bladed tip was touching the sand. Taking a deep breath, he gathered his magic and flooded it through his spear into the sand and twisted the grains to reshape themselves. Without delay, the eight enemies still standing found themselves sucked into the sand up to their necks. Harry was glad that, without him even needing to ask, stunners flew from wands and each enemy was rendered unconscious. With that, the Battle of Silvermyst Isle, the battle neither Alliance nor Horde ever knew took place, ended.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Cleaning up the battlefield and treating their captive’s wounds took time. Caliona introduced the most dangerous of the cultist’s devices to her flames, and was quickly grateful for the tattoo she bore proudly above her heart when the siphoning effect of her flames returned enough magic to otherwise kill her when she torched the device the cultists had planned to sink Azuremyst with. Thankfully the excess magic quickly drained away, leaving a dull ache instead of an agonizing burning sensation th at vaguely reminded her of having eaten too much. Most of the cultist’s corpses would have to wait to be cremated, as the relatively small number of marked individuals on Azeroth (months before the tattoo was actually invented) limited how magic could safely be dispersed.

 

Everyone save Jagragosa bore Potter’s Mark, leaving nine individuals who each had their inner pool of magic stretched by the Mark’s flow of magic just a little under the safe maximum. Caliona was very glad when her task was done and she could sink herself in very hot water. Later, she would wake up in the bathing pool to find herself unable to move until the Sticking charm that connected her chin to the edge of the pool was removed.



Needing another healer, the Naga who Talion had taken into the Cube was revived, fitted with a magical collar, and lied to about the capabilities of what was actually just a remote-triggered portkey with Unbreakable and Sticking Charms. After a brief rest, Harry took Hermione and left the interrogations to Talion, the healing and guard duties to the rest of the group, and began to work on something to comfortably hold the Naga inside the Cube. After asking Jagragosa to look over their scribbled plans for anything they might have missed, Harry collected large boulders from outside and began a series of permanent transfigurations to shape a large square box before placing Unbreakable and Transparency Charms on every surface as Stine hopped in and carved out the runes for the common camping staple, latrine wards, on a boulder inside. (How exactly he knew an aquatic version was something no one dared to ask.)



After Hermione reminded him that they needed a way to diffuse air into the water, or else a lot of aquatic plants that might obscure their view of the prisoners, Harry had a smile on his face. A giant plastic treasure chest was transfigured and added on top of the one foot (.3 meters) of sand within the enclosure and after a brief trip to the library, enchanted to suck air through a small pipe that was buried under the sand and ended above the tank. Eventually all of the prisoner’s wounds were treated and Harry was speaking to the Naga’s healer as he levitated one serpentine Naga at a time into the empty tank. Without looking at her, he spoke as he floated one of the more injured males very carefully into the enclosure. Thankfully she spoke Common.



Do you prefer salt or fresh water? What is a comfortable sleeping temperature? And is there anything from the surface you can’t eat?”



Seeing no reason to be argumentative with the human who was their warden and seemingly concerned with their welfare, ‘Saska’ replied honestly. To be honest, while the human Mage wasn’t the most powerful she’d ever heard of, much of the magic he’d been slinging around was completely new to her. Never before had the young healer seen a Mage turn stones into creatures to supplement their forces. That wasn’t to downplay his power though, the boy’s spells had been lethal against the cult and strong enough to challenge all but the most powerful of her kind. At the moment she didn’t believe that he actually cared about their welfare, but she feared this Harry Potter, this teenaged leader of dragons, too much to lie.



With our injuries that need to heal, a mix would be best, about a third ocean water and two thirds fresh; strongly magical water if possible. Very cold water isn’t usually a problem, but as we are the temperature of this room would be helpful. We can eat almost anything, but fish and various aquatic plants are our preferred food.”



Easy enough. These are simple bits of runic magic,” Harry said, showing a half dozen small stones carved with the runic script that was being placed around Hogwarts to heat the school. “They can’t be used to escape, and even if you alter them it will only kill you from the explosion. I’ve also placed a number of these:” Here, Harry withdrew another stone, primed it by pressing a small amount of his magic into it, and threw it next to a stone bench a fair distance away. After a moment the stone erupted in a large maelstrom of lightning that left the bench blackened and smoking.



Each one is strong enough to at least stun all of you, there’s enough so that you’ll never find them all, and all of them will go off if you breach the tank. Not that you should be able to do so, but I just want you to know that there are consequences if you do. Now, is there anything else you need? Our Blue dragon will be opening portals to fill your holding area shortly.”



Somewhat fearfully, Saska answered. “Why are you doing this? Why did you take us alive?”



With a smile meant to be comforting, Harry summoned a piece of rubble into his hand and tapped it with his wand. While it wasn’t perfect, Harry handed the basketball-sized globe to the Naga healer. “This is a representation of my world. I’m here on Azeroth to build an army and nation, and I think some of your people would do well in my world’s oceans. Now rest, we’ll speak later. Oh, and be sure to tell the others about the lightning stones before you fall asleep.”



With that Harry waved his wand and Saska found herself floating until she was gently set down inside the tank. There was a loud settling sound as a very heavy grate settled into place, blocking the only exit. Saska found herself very concerned when several tree branches threaded through the grate, falling to the sand below. She was concerned because the human who had dropped them in had remained at least six feet away from the leafy branches at all times. A moment later, a Dryad climbed the stairway and cast a portal spell without the normal filter that prevented water from flowing through.



From some warm sea water poured in, and suddenly the purpose of the branches was made obvious. As the water poured in, disturbing the sand and flowing over the greenery, those who touched the water began to yawn and grow drowsy. When the tank was about one-third filled, the portal was closed and another opened. Saska could feel the magic in the cold fresh water, though she couldn’t detect anything that might tell her where this source of water was coming from. As the temperature of the water dropped rapidly, the first rune stones shown to her were thrown in. Not recognizing the runes but thankful for the warmth, Saska simply floated in the water as exhaustion and the effects of whatever they were drugging her and the others with took hold.



While their mission could have gone better at least none of the Blackfathom’s, the tribe of Naga who lived closest to Silvermyst Isle, newest generation of warriors had died in their first battle. This first battle, part of their culture’s traditional rite of adulthood, had certainly been a failure but Saska found herself not caring so long as her friends remained alive. Though their continued survival was apparently in the hands of a human, their situation didn’t bother Saska as much as it should have. As she fell asleep, she barked out a command not to attempt escape until she woke up. Further conversation proved impossible thanks to whatever their captors were using to lull them to sleep turning out to be even stronger than expected. Without another thought her eyelids drooped and she joined her cohort in slumber.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

A/N: A big thanks to my beta, hkurtz2013 on fanfiction dot net. I hope everyone enjoyed the chapter! Please review, it keeps me motivated to keep writing!

 

T he title is a bit of a misnomer, Harry hasn’t rescued any pirates. He has, in fact, rescued a crew of p rivateers, who occasionally engage in ‘high risk trading.’ More on that next chapter.

 

Chapter 25: Chapter 25: Fleecing Mt. Hyjal

Chapter Text

Life hasn't been giving me much time to write lately; I would have liked to publish this weeks ago, but here we are. For the foreseeable future I can't guarantee my posting schedule, but I will try to get a chapter out every other Friday.

Tendrion, a character that hasn't been seen since the first chapter gets mentioned quite a bit here.

Thanks to everyone who reviewed the last chapter, those reviews give me motivation to keep writing! Thanks to my betas as well, they caught quite a few things that I missed.

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

Chapter 25: Fleecing Mount Hyjal

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

After winning the Battle of Silvermyst Isle Harry's group was exhausted. Thankfully their prisoners were secure and asleep thanks to the Dreamer's Willow trees. Grown from a Crimson Oak cutting and a wand core donated by Alira, the tree had a delicate appearance similar to Earth's Willows, and an aura that lulled everyone nearby to sleep. Watching the first saplings collect ever-growing piles of whelps learning to garden in the Chamber of Secrets had been an amusing pastime, and not just for Harry.

Now, the Dreamer's Willow was pacifying all thirty of their prisoners. Several of the Naga had nearly succumbed to the injuries inflicted during the battle but thanks to stasis spells, Harry's healers and one of their prisoners had managed to heal the worst of their injuries. With branches from the Dreamer's Willow floating in their tank, the Naga would find it very difficult to stay awake, let alone attempt an escape. Nine drakes and one human prisoner were bound in chains in the Cube's park, under the nearly mature Dreamer's Willow growing there. Veritaserum interrogation of several cultists had revealed that the Orc in ornate armor who had been leading this assault had forced the woman to join their group as a healer with the threat of murdering her family if she refused. As an evil son of a bitch however, as soon as she had agreed to help them and was out of sight he'd ordered her father and younger sister sacrificed to the Old Gods.

Sadly the poor woman had been infected with the creeping magical contagion that flowed from the Old Gods and their servants. This was the effect that had poisoned the minds of every one of the nine drakes that had come to Earth, Talion most of all. Drip by drip, grain by grain, that corruptive, evil magic was now being drawn from Harry's dragons by the Oath to a Loyal Lord. Sirius had explained it best during the frantic search for a way to save Ralion and his fellows not a full day after they landed on Earth: 'Love is stronger than hate.'

And it was compassion, Harry Potter's selfless love for others that gave the Oath Ritual the power to fight off the corruption of the Old Gods. Unlike many of Azeroth's attempts to cure the infection outright, the magic of the oath ritual did not contend directly against the cursed magic, matching strength for strength. Instead it attacked the connections where the Old God's corruption latched onto its victim's mind and flesh, gently prying it loose. It wasn't a quick process however, even if Harry's commands superseded any other controlling influence. The Loyal Lord Oath trumped other influences for a simple reason; unlike the other effects that had been forced onto them, following Harry was their decision. Again, the honest intentions on both sides of the oath ritual made the bond stronger.

Talion and the Twilight drakes still could not trust themselves, the conditioning left by a lifetime of the Old Gods whispers still affected how they thought, what actions came naturally to them. Instead of trusting their own minds, they trusted in Harry Potter, and did what they could to live as he wanted them to; often this wasn't even accomplished by direct command, but observation and emulation. To their surprise, they found they enjoyed living as their Lord wanted them to. The Oath was a comforting presence in their minds, and instead of fighting it each of them had chosen to embrace it. The Black, Chromatic, and Twilight dragons felt the most change as the corruption slowly bled away, but those who had never experienced the touch of foul gods felt change as well. There was no comparison between the relatively simple, though powerful, corruption of the Old Gods and the layered complexity of what the Titan's had inflicted on the Dragons of Azeroth.

Magic, powerful beyond imagining for most who used it, had been used to alter Azeroth's dragons. Once a race developing on their own, they had just achieved full sentience when they caught the attention of the Titans. The Titans, creatures with similar size and mass of the planets from which they were born, seemed unable to accept the tiny creatures that lived on the worlds they shaped as beings worthy of respect or notice as anything other than useful pawns. In the dragons they had found a creature with enormous magical and physical potential, and they chose to make use of them.

In one way physically similar to the Night Elves that would later mutate from Trolls on the shores of the Well of Eternity, a massive pool of Arcane magical energy, Dragons proved to be malleable creatures. From the creatures now known as Proto-Dragons the sub-races of Black, Blue, Bronze, Green, and Red, as well as the lesser Storm Dragons had been created and promptly ordered to never interbreed with each other. Five Proto-Dragons who had distinguished themselves were 'gifted' with great power and came to be known as the Dragon Aspects. Sadly, that power came with a price.

Each of them received a vast amount of a specific type of magic from the Titans that changed them physically, raising them into the incredibly powerful creatures even as the Titans used that gift of their very essence to bind the creatures to their will. A side effect of any type of mental control was a limiting of thought processes. To use the analogy Ronald Weasley understood best, if one's actions in life were a game of Quidditch, mind control spells limited the number of plays that could be used depending on how harsh the controls were. A light application might forbid one or two plays, and the individual could still function mostly intact. But a harsh application limited the plays, or course of action one could pursue, depriving them of free will and crippling their ability to innovate, to imagine, to find new solutions. The Titans forced not only control onto the Dragonflights, they ensured stagnation as well; it was not within their plans for the dragons to question, to grow, to one day leave Azeroth behind and explore the cosmos. Some of the dragons were bound harsher than others.

Neltharion, a massive Black dragon, found his 'gift' maddening. Along with the power it granted the constant physical sensation of every last stone and grain of dirt on Azeroth pressing upon him every waking moment. Neltharion tried to bear this burden alone, and for a long time he did. For thousands of years he was an ardent supporter of Alexstrasza, Aspect of the Red Dragonflight and Queen to all dragons, as well as a close friend with Malygos, Aspect of the Blue Dragonflight.

But in time, he came to hate the Titans; not only for the ever present weight that seemed to grind at his very soul, but for separating him from the female he had desired since before the Titans twisted the group of five friends. While Alexstrasza had been given a vast measure of authority and a massive amount of magical power, the Titans had still made her less than she once was, turned her into a cog in their machinations. Along with her freedom, the Titans had stolen most of the fire that Neltharion had been so entranced by. When the Old Gods began to poison his mind, they found fertile ground in which to work. Once they began to speak to him, Neltharion's fall and Deathwing's rise was nearly a foregone conclusion.

Nozdormu, Aspect of the Bronze Dragonflight was gifted with power over the flow of time, but this came with more 'strings' than any of his fellow Aspects. While each of the dragons that ascended as Aspects of their Dragonflights received stringent mental controls, Nozdormu received the worst of the lot, simply because the Titan's plans could be undone by him faster than any other. Aman'Thul, the Highfather of the Titan Pantheon, charged Nozdormu with the protection of 'The One True Timeline' and then showed the dragon a vision of his own death. (Supposedly to prevent Nozdormu from becoming arrogant.) In doing so, Aman'Thul forced the Dragon to protect the series of events that eventually led to the Cataclysm and his own Dragonflight's descent into madness.

At some point in the future, Bronze dragons would rebel against their appointed task, trying to alter the timeline at any cost. No one on Azeroth really seemed interested in finding out the why of their rebellion against 'The One True Timeline;' content with preventing the 'Infinite Dragonflight,' as the rebels named themselves, from altering the past and future. No small part of this failure to investigate was the cost every Bronze paid when they turned from their appointed task. More than any other, the Bronze Dragonflight had to be shackled to their purpose, so if any of them, from the smallest newly-hatched whelp to the Aspect himself deviated from the purpose 'gifted' by the Titans the magic implanted so many years ago and propagated through every new generation drove them insane.

When the Titans empowered the Dragons to serve their roles, they incorporated a specific type of magic into each new subspecies to better serve their new purpose. Into this magic was woven the control spells that bound the Dragonflights to the Titan's will. So long as no outside source of magic powerful enough to disrupt the weave was introduced, this slavery would even be inherited by each new generation.

Valistraza, the Potter Dragonflight's Broodmother fled her world because the Titans had instituted a death penalty for those who procreated outside their Dragonflights for both parents and all their mixed offspring. The simple reason for this was that when the magics woven into parents of different flights met in the offspring, they conflicted with each other, forming a disharmony that broke the slavery inherited through their bloodlines for over twenty-thousand years. As the offspring grew within their mothers, the effects of their magic was enough to disrupt the controlling magic within the mothers and even their fathers, if the father spent enough time with the mother.

Senegos, in his desperation to protect his family and followers from an insane Aspect had tied his magic to the ley-lines, the very heartbeat of the world and slowly washed the Titan's magic out of himself with the pure Arcane magic that flowed under the earth. With a heart heavy with the unknown, Senegos had asked both of his mates to bear a mixed clutch, both to free their minds of the deep-seated controlling magic and to learn for himself whether or not the Titans had lied about the results of crossing their bloodlines. Even with the mental controls, the Titans had still needed to provide a logical reason to convince the dragons to enforce that command.

Aman'Thul, first of his kind to awaken and 'Highfather' of the Titan Pantheon boasted among his powers the ability to see the future. He had become reliant on his foresight, too reliant as it would turn out. A failure of foresight was the problems it faced when a variable from another universe was introduced to the one being observed. A pebble named Harry Potter had come to Azeroth, and not even Elune knew how far the resulting ripples would stretch.

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

Because most of the Cube's residents were exhausted, Jagragosa had offered to keep watch on their prisoners as well as for any further invasions of their island. She explained to the others that she was at a familiar stage of pregnancy that would prevent her from sleeping well for about a month, so she might as well let the others rest. This wasn't her first, or even tenth, pregnancy but it was the first not sired by her mate.

The first early risers to greet her about eight hours later shooed Jagragosa to a comfortable grassy field near the Cube's library with a warming charm and a sleeping spell from their Green drake. (Neville had, as part of his Druidic studies, created a field grown and religiously trimmed by Dobby specifically to be the perfect sleeping mat. The house elf was terribly excited by all the work needed to keep the Cube in perfect condition, and did his best to keep the entire thing spotless.) Thankfully their prisoners had remained sound asleep thanks to the Dreamer's Willow.

By the time everyone besides a sleepy Broodmother was gathered around an outdoor table (While outside the Cube the air was decidedly cool, inside the temperature was a matter of preference.) on a building that overlooked both groups of prisoners, Dobby had laden it with a wide assortment of meat, eggs, potatoes, and fruit. After the day before, every drake needed to fuel their true forms after so much physical activity so a lot of meat was called for. Dobby did not disappoint, and the small creature looked like he might explode with joy at all the compliments his meal received.

There were several interesting conversations during the meal. Hermione was responsible for the first one. "So, what are we going to do with a crew of pirates when we get back to Earth?"

Senastrasz, as the individual with the most relevant knowledge on the subject, spoke up to correct her. "Fortunately, we don't have pirates sealed in the stasis building; Captain Bryne and his crew are privateers endorsed by the Steamwheedle Cartel and the Alliance Naval Authority. They even have official permission to pursue certain enemies in Horde waters."

Neville asked about the distinction. Talion piped in to answer him. "It means a couple of things, first, they only go after organizations that aren't flying straight. While you guys were busy, I gave the captain a dose of veritaserum and asked him some questions. Mostly his crew go after the Bloodsail Buccaneers and Venture Company, though they also go after whoever is currently trying to destroy the world. The Bloodsail are pirates known for killing everyone on board when they take a ship, and the Venture Company will do anything for a profit, including destroying the natural world and making deals with evil organizations, even the Burning Legion.

"Captain Bryne's endorsements and permissions to operate are contingent on his crew maintaining certain standards of behavior. That said, they do get to keep everything they plunder which provides them a rather high standard of living. I wouldn't say they're moral people, but they're practical enough not to earn bounties of their own. With the groups they target every life they take, every resource they appropriate leaves the world a better place."

At one point, Stine answered a question about why last night's captives didn't need to be placed in the stasis chambers. "It's because we did and didn't prevent their deaths with time travel. Temporal magic is complicated," The Bronze drake let out a snort. "especially around Harry Potter. Besides, we'll need the room. Don't ask me why, but the magic in these containment units work best if everyone inside remains in their natural forms."

As the fantastic meal continued, they began to discuss their prisoners. During the discussion, Hermione kept looking at Alira and blushing as the drake carefully checked, set, and healed Ron's broken bones. Ron had spent the night under the effects of a Dreamless Sleep potion after he was restrained in a position that wouldn't aggravate his injuries. Thanks to a mix of Alira's healing abilities and a small dose of 'Skele-Gro' Ron had full motion on his left side in less than an hour, though he was forbidden from any strenuous activity for two days. Ron was depressed about how easily he'd been taken down, even when he'd pulled off a perfect block with his shield. Senastrasz took it upon himself to cheer the teen up.

"You really didn't do anything wrong Ron, these enemies were just a lot tougher than you, any of you really, were ready for. If we had fought them on a level playing field we'd have lost and been killed or worse. If you had started out three months ago in the human kingdom of Stormwind, you'd still be fighting wolves or Kobolds, they're this race of annoying little rat humanoids. Don't beat yourself up, this goes for all of you. It's a matter of learning to walk before you can learn to run. Your physical body will get stronger the more you use magic to enhance it, and healed injuries will leave you stronger than before so long as you listen to your healer.

"Everyone did very well last night, or this morning I suppose. We had a good strategy and it was well executed. I wish someone would have dropped a pile of angry bears on every charge I've had to defend against, that was inspired Neville. My Lord, your plan was excellent. If we'd have faced their drakes in open combat there's no way we could have taken them all alive. After seeing the results I'd suggest everyone practice with transfiguration, it sure saved our tails last night." Having said his piece, Senastrasz returned his attention to the plate of seasoned hearts in front of him. To celebrate their victory Dobby had served some of the preserved foods, which was nice because everyone was getting more than a little tired of rabbit.

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

After a hearty meal, the group approached their prisoners carefully. Those chained under the Dreamer's Willow were still secured and asleep, although several Naga had begun to stir in their tank. The transfigured tank remained secure, and after a careful examination Harry emptied a supply of food into the water and removed the Dreamer's Willow branches before he replaced the grate. While most fisherman would say collecting fish into an expanded trunk, using magic to lure them in was cheating it was certainly effective and a quicker process than sitting on a pier with a fishing pole.

Unsure of how their serpentine prisoners preferred to consume their fish, Harry simply emptied the small school of salmon in, removed the small runic heating stones, and added a flat stone enchanted to serve as a cooking surface. Sure, the new stone would boil the water that came into contact with it, but with this much water the heat would dissipate quickly. To be safe, the group planted one of their Hoarfrost Pines in a planter adjacent to the tank. Grown from a cutting of a Crimson Oak and a wand core from Aurogos, the trees had developed sharp blue needles, and an aura that seemed to exude cold in defiance of the typical rules of thermodynamics. As expected, placing consistent sources of heat and cold at opposite ends of the rectangular tank created a current in the water, which helped ensure a proper distribution of the diffused oxygen.

Hermione had provided a pair of knives (Enchanted such that they would be useless in combat or any escape attempts.) to 'clean' the fish, and they left the Naga to prepare their meal however they wished. None of their aquatic captives felt like speaking anyway, though they had been using hand signals when they thought no one was looking. Ron made a remark as to whether they needed to be nude, and Harry responded after sighing; it turned out that Naga did indeed wear clothing, roughly similar to somewhat daring mundane beachwear. "Their clothing is weird, it's minimal and mostly made out of their own scales; it's also enchanted, but we have no idea what the enchantments actually do. Hermione and I will transfigure some replacements later, but I couldn't risk them hiding something dangerous. Remember, even though Azeroth doesn't use our expansion charms, they still have similar magic. I dare you to ask any witch what they could hide in their bra with an expansion charm."

With the Naga enjoying their breakfast, taking turns out-swimming the salmon, gutting them and burying the entrails in the sand before cooking them on the flat stone, Harry moved on. He wasn't sure how to deal with the Twilight Drakes currently asleep, and had to constantly remind himself that these were not the same as the drakes he had already taken into his service. Caliona, Ralion, and Vespiona were in their right minds when he first met them and worked with Hermione to treat their wounds. They were good people, but the corrupting darkness that enslaved them had been peeled back for a time by Elune's Portal.

It had been truly humbling for Harry to hear his drakes explain how the Oath had affected them, and how it was slowly purging every mote of the Old God's corruption. Aurogos and Senastrasz both confirmed that it was doing the same to the Titan's binding magic, though much more slowly. In fact, several of the Potter Dragonflight's budding romances would have been impossible if that foreign influence hadn't been diminished. Though Aurogos and his research group hadn't discussed the subject with anyone other than their Lord, the cleansing effects of the oath ritual were becoming stronger over time.

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

After getting the Naga their meal, the group's focus turned to the nine drakes and one human in chains under the Dreamer's Willow. Sarah Malin, a human woman around twenty years of age was fairly easy to deal with, specially crafted restraints prevented her from using her magic and she wasn't physically powerful enough to threaten anyone. Sarah enjoyed the best meal she'd had in some time, though she did keep fidgeting with the leather and steel collar around her neck as she ate. Normally Harry wouldn't have insisted on the collar as well as the manacles on her wrists and ankles to keep the woman from shaping her magic but during the battle he'd seen her use magic to enhance a scream that had sent their transfigured animals fleeing in terror in all directions. (At least until they started specifically crafting the animals with an immunity to fear.)

While Sarah was unconscious, Harry had asked the females to search her for hidden weapons and such. Not only did they find three separate daggers on her person, but every article of her clothing was woven with materials and enchantments that increased her ability to use magic. Because Azeroth's users of magic generally eschewed wands or other foci in their spellcasting, there was no convenient wand to remove from her person. Now she was wearing a simple white robe transfigured out of a comfortable material. For some reason, the poor woman had a panic attack when she woke up wearing blue, so Hermione changed the color as soon as she figured out what the problem was. Hermione had also provided the woman a set of undergarments made out of soft leather covered in a wide variety of enchantments.

(Harry had seen the intimidating pile of notes his best friend had produced in her quest to create the perfect bra. One of the difficulties in Hermione's new hobby was the difficulty in adhering the enchantments required to cloth, so Hermione had made use of the increasing stock of soft, supple leather on hand from the dragon's meals. To say that the Potter Dragonflight had a few rabbit skins lying around was an understatement. When they returned Harry was going to ask Parvati what else could be made out of the very soft leather produced in increasingly vast quantities. After learning about some of Azeroth's methods of creating magic-enhancing clothing, the Patil twins had decided to study the subject of magical tailoring together, and combine the two world's tailoring practices into one. Together, they would create clothing both magical and stylish.)

After Sarah had her fill, she was escorted to another section of the Cube's park and left to speak with Hermione under the largest Crimson Oak. Meanwhile, Harry and his drakes began waking each captured Twilight drake individually, giving them food and water, before replacing their muzzles and restraining them comfortably near one of the Crimson Oaks. The muzzles were necessary thanks to their highly dangerous flames.

As they moved from one Twilight drake to another, with the Potter drakes often having to wrestle those whose minds weren't their own, Harry found himself comparing what they were doing now to Earth's dragon keeper profession. On that note, he decided to find out if Charlie Weasley would be interested in joining his group. As he dodged a jet of magic-consuming flames and hurriedly removed his jacket Harry decided to drop in on Charlie the day they got back. As Stine and Senastrasz forced the flame's source to eat dirt and Caliona used her own flames to contain and snuff out the loose Twilight Flames, Harry picked up his favorite trench coat from where he'd thrown it, now with a hole eaten in it by magical fire. Harry quickly found himself planning out exactly what to say to convince Charlie to aid them in dragon-wrangling.

When all nine of the Twilight drakes had been given food and water (and in one case a nutritious mouthful of grass and dirt) the group was ready to address them. Caliona had asked to speak first, and she told their prisoners how she was a veteran of the war to burn Mount Hyjal and how that war was, or rather would be, a failure. After that, she gave a brief explanation of meeting Tendrion and how he'd saved her life by convincing a Green dragon to neutralize the acid killing her.

After that, Tendrion became the focus of her tale for a time as she told of how he got their cohort of drakes through the war with as few casualties as possible, something that the cultists often berated him for. How they returned to the Twilight Highlands and collected three other drakes and then set off again, searching for a way to reach another world. Caliona explained how their group collected a clutching Broodmother and seventy-eight whelps, and eventually made it to a safer world with Tendrion's sacrifice.

After Caliona introduced her Lord, Harry Potter, and informed them of the things he had done for them, Harry stepped forward and spoke. "Everything Caliona said is true. You all are here because of a quirk of time travel; we chose to set up camp on Silvermyst Isle to train and collect those who'd die during the Hyjal war, but Silvermyst Island turned out to only be safe because we chose to camp here. You are my prisoners, but you'll be treated better than you would be by the Twilight Hammer's Cult. I will not starve you, I will not torture you. But don't think of me as weak or soft either."

Here, Harry motioned to the young woman rescued from the cultists. (But kept in restraints until her mind was fully her own once more.) "Would you please tell the drakes what I did to the cultists?"

It took a few tries for Sarah to speak loud enough to be heard. Eventually she managed to be heard. "He killed them. He took the Naga alive but he killed every cultist. They were forcing me to work with them, so when his group got a glancing hit on me, I just stayed down and played dead. He only had ten in his group against all of you, twenty Naga and twenty Cultists, but you're in chains, the Naga are in a fish tank, and the cultists have been burned to ash. He's a powerful Mage, his group knows how to fight a war, and he wants you to stay alive. But don't think he won't kill you if you force him to."

While he wished he could dispute that last sentence of Sarah's, Harry really couldn't. Part of the oath ritual was an imperative to protect his sworn, and it wasn't something Harry could ignore. Before he had used the Oath to a Loyal Lord, he would have done a lot of things for his friends, but would have balked at killing for them, even if he'd been facing Voldemort's servants. Now, thanks to his own growth, the advice of others experienced with war, and influence from the Oath, Harry had no hesitance in killing anyone who threatened those he cared about. It honestly scared him at times, what he felt capable of in defense of those who looked to him for protection and leadership. It was times like that Harry was glad to have a mind healer for a consort.

Speaking again, Harry continued where he left off. "Right now we're in a space that is this big on the outside." Harry paused to transfigure a rough replica of the Cube. "Any escape attempt you make with your flames has the chance of collapsing the magic and killing us all. (Albeit a small chance. Aurogos had warded the Cube to the best of his ability, and he had been studying the Twilight fire among many other subjects.) I will kill you if I have to choose between your life and the lives of my sworn. Please don't make me do that. When we get back to Earth, I give you my oath that I'll give you a better life than you've had so far. You'll hear more about that in the future. For now, rest."

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

From there, preparations quickly got underway for their adventures on Mount Hyjal. As an experiment, the group decided to see what effect, if any, the Crimson and Spiral Oaks might have on the Old God's corruptive magic. Time would tell, but if nothing else their prisoners were generally well behaved, though Harry wasn't exactly happy when he learned the reason they were behaved was that they were terrified of him.

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

Two days after the battle, Harry caught up to Neville as he was using his Druidic training to accelerate the growth of the Crimson Oaks and started a conversation as he rolled up his sleeves to work on a nearby planter containing plants useful for potions. Neville had been feeling down, privately he felt that Harry didn't have any faith in him because of where he'd been placed during the battle. It took a while for Harry to get the boy he'd shared a dorm with for four years to open up, but eventually Neville admitted his problems to Harry. "Neville, let's finish this section up, then we're going to use the pensieve. You need to see something to understand why I placed you like I did."

Remembering that a pensieve wasn't able to add subtitles to a memory and that while Neville was learning Darnassian his grasp of the complex language was very much a work in progress, Harry brought out a Memory Viewing Device instead. As soon as the device was ready, Harry showed Neville the events of his first visit to Azurewing Repose with English subtitles. Neville was more than a little impressed at how Senegos's magic had flared unconsciously in his anger and nearly asphyxiated Harry and three drakes.

"Neville, Senegos is Jagragosa's mate, and he absolutely terrifies me. Not only is he massively magically powerful, but he's been studying magic for over twenty-thousand years. I have the occasional nightmare about having to tell him that his mate, who he loves deeply, has been injured or killed while under my protection. I trusted you to keep Jag and Alira both safe if things went poorly. Alira isn't a fighter, but if they came for her I thought you could work together well. Don't think for a moment I don't trust you to watch my back."

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

Four days after the battle, Senastrasz took Ron aside. With a smirk on his face, he led the teen to a section of the library he'd prepared ahead of time. "Ron, I think you could use a familiar of your own. The only reason we haven't given you one already was that I had a species in mind for you that we couldn't easily acquire. Until now, anyway. This is what I had in mind."

With that, the drake activated a projector, revealing a life-sized image of a giant lizard. It obviously wasn't anything that was native to Earth, and didn't match anything he'd seen as they studied Azeroth's fauna either. It stood on four legs, about three feet (~1 meter) to the shoulder. From the tip of its snout to the end of its tail, the creature must have been close to eighteen feet (5.4 meters) long, though most of that was the creature's thick, powerful tail. Three sets of dark spikes erupted from the white scales of its midsection, and a pair of them rested on the creature's head as well. The blue, glowing eyes and blue stripes stood out on the white hide that faded to a light purple around its powerful claws and the spiked tail that was either some kind of fin or a powerful weapon.

"This, Ronald Weasley, is a Warpstalker. They are vicious, territorial, intelligent predators with an ability to teleport that disrupts most active magic. Warpstalkers are dangerous, but I think you're ready to handle one. If you think you're up for it you, Talion, and I will head to Outland in a couple hours. It's hatching season for them and the hatchlings have the unfortunate habit of killing their weaker siblings as they hatch. If you choose one of the runts that would have died, you'll have a loyal companion when it gains intelligence. What do you say?" Two hours later Ron, Senastrasz, and Talion had taken a portal to the city of Shattrath on the broken continent of Outland, the only known remnant of the planet Draenor. From there the three began to search the neighboring forest for a nest that was about to hatch.

Two days later, the three of them finally managed to return through the 'Dark Portal,' the towering gateway that connected the two worlds. Each of three was bloody, battered, poisoned, tired, and irritable. Their return journey went completely unnoticed, even when the three finally crossed through the Dark Portal and found a place out of sight to activate their portkeys. While portkeys were very useful pieces of magic, thus far they were unable to safely transport anything through world-bridging portals, like Elune's Portal that connected Earth and Azeroth or the Dark Portal that bridged Azeroth and Outland. Teleport and Portal spells had that ability, but sadly none of the three were able to use those spells. Two days on Outland, trudging through 'Terrokar Forest' and 'Hellfire Peninsula,' however, provided motivation to learn.

Despite looking like he lost a fight with a tiger, Ron had a smile on his face. After a good night's rest and no small amount of fussing by Alira as she drained venom and healed their wounds, the next morning Ron completed the Familiar Ritual Aurogos and his dragonsworn had cobbled together out of various Earth magics and Azeroth's 'Tame Beast' spell. 'Snap,' as the small lizard was named, started out as an extremely vicious creature, but over time Ron would temper those instincts and gain a loyal companion for his entire life.

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

Finally, the main thrust of their rescue operation began. Mount Hyjal, the site of the second Well of Eternity from which the World Tree Nordrassil grew was a beautiful place in the few visits Harry and the others had taken to fix locations in their mind; an essential step in case they ever needed to Apparate, Teleport, open a Portal, or create a portkey without having to rely on a long series of coordinates. (Especially elevation in this area.) That changed abruptly when the Twilight Cult attacked. It seemed as if the cultists and their forces were suddenly everywhere and the entire mountain was set ablaze.

Before the Twilight Hammer's Cult came to Hyjal, the mountain housed a vast subterranean civilization of 'Dark Trolls,' a sub-species of Azeroth's sentient Trolls adapted for life in the dark. By the time the cult launched their assault on the surface of Hyjal, not one Dark Troll was left alive. (Except for a single ambassador that was far from home as her people died.) The slaughter of an entire people fed the fire of Harry's hatred for the Cult. He had to continually remind himself that he couldn't simply wipe the cult out: He simply didn't have the power to do so yet, not to mention that he didn't dare make any changes to the timeline until all nine of his drakes had joined him on Earth. But as Harry sat around a table, pouring over a massive map with the others to make last moment changes to their plans, he swore that the Twilight Cult's time would come. When he had the power they would burn.

As the Cult's war to destroy Hyjal began, so did Harry's collection efforts. A company of a dozen Night Elf Sentinels had been killed to a woman during the initial blitz and ended up being their fist target. An unpleasant surprise cropped up during his recruitment speech, one of the Sentinels began screaming about how "The Old Ones will rise again and usher in a paradise of Eternal Darkness!" while she channeled a torrent of black, corruptive magic. Harry knew enough magic to recognize that when she released the power she was building, or when she died, the energy would cause a large explosion of truly black magic. With no hesitation Harry apparated directly in front of the cultist and drove his spear's blade, crackling with lightning, into her brain. Thankfully, he was able to contain the explosive magic long enough for Caliona to dart forward and send her breath attack through his one-way barrier to cleanse the cultist woman's magic.

All Harry could think of was how much of a waste it was, and that while he didn't like killing women of any species, he would treat them the same as men if needed. If you choose to serve a cult that's actively trying to end the world, you deserve whatever you get.

Other groups proved much cooperative. Night Elves made up the bulk of their early rescues along with Green, Red, and Twilight dragons. Scenes were often hectic inside the Cube as a battle would play out, on the ground or in the skies, while the Potter Dragonflight would stealthily attach portkeys to as many of those about to die as possible. For the sky battles keeping the wounded drakes who had been locked in battle from continuing their conflict quickly became a tiresome chore. 'Stun everyone, heal the life-threatening injuries and give a quick recruitment speech before placing them into the stasis devices' became their normal protocol.

Tendrion's first battle, the one Elune's dream had asked him to visit, turned out to be an especially bloody one. Harry was glad that he had three different groups each at a different elevation, tagging those that fell from the sky with portkeys. The Potter Dragonflight gained twenty-one drakes from that single conflict alone.

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

Jagragosa, when time permitted, chose to perform research on the individuals captured during the Battle of Silvermyst Isle. An interesting development was how the Fire magic produced by the trees was affecting them. In the drakes the magic was burning the Old God's corruptive touch away, though it was taking time to eat through the dark magic and was only just faster than the rate the corruption replenished itself. While it had a similar effect on the Naga their nature, both physically and magically was Water, and that conflicted with Fire magic, meaning the effects of Fire magic were largely wasted on fighting the serpent humanoid's nature. On the topic of the Naga, Jagragosa and Alira had made a disturbing find: at least part of the dimorphism between their genders, that of the significant gap in intelligence, was not a natural effect.

Alira had explained it to her Lord, feeling the need for physical comfort in the face of such an evil act. Harry, wanting to be the best boyfriend he could had no problem holding Alira's elven form close and stroking her back softly as she told him about her findings. "Harry, the males have essentially been lobotomized, but it was done in such a way that they're still useful as workers, servants, and infantry. Jag says it's similar to the Titan's magic that has been acting as an inherited curse in our kind. I wish I could help them, but I don't know if it's possible to fix at all, and even if it is, I doubt we could do anything for those who've lived with the curse all their lives, the damage is that entrenched. I think at best we could ensure their next generation is born free from it."

Azshara, the Queen and worshiped deity for her people, was the most powerful naturally-born user of magic Azeroth or Earth had ever produced. Born with golden eyes, a feature that the Kaldorei believed meant she was destined for greatness, Azshara grew into a beautiful woman. Sadly, her beauty was only skin deep. Azshara grew into a manipulative, cruel, power-hungry narcissist who believed that of the entire Night Elven people, only the most powerful users of magic had any real value. When Azshara's Highborne faction of Night Elves attracted the attention of the Burning Legion, Azshara began working with them to 'purify' the world in no small part because she believed the Dark Titan, Sargeras, was her only chance to have a mate that was her equal.

After her transformation and empowerment into a Naga, Azshara had studied Azeroth's dragons before she applied her own version of the mental bindings they inherited through the ages, though her version was more cruel. Never again would there be a rebellion against her. Though the Naga's queen maintained a facade of a benevolent ruler, some of her hatred seeped into the control spell. No mortal man had ever been her equal, been worthy of her, so she ensured that, at least among the Naga, no man ever would.

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

Sarah Malin had chosen to take the Oath to a Loyal Lord after several weeks spent living entirely in the shade of the Crimson Oaks, with a simple condition to her service. Harry was more than willing to save her family. Sarah's older sister Emily had become involved in the Nexus War and died, while her father and younger sister had been butchered by the Cult and her mother had perished during a bandit attack while traveling through the countryside years before. Sarah was a fully trained healer and proved herself indispensable to the group. She spent her time learning as much as possible about the other schools of healing magic and helping out wherever she was needed.

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

About four and a half months into their stay, Jagragosa laid her clutch. Alira checked each egg with every bit of healer's magic she knew, and confirmed that they were healthy, to Jagragosa's great relief. The eggs themselves however, were something of a surprise. Jagragosa had used a clever bit of magic to carry two separate clutches; essentially she had conceived a clutch and then forced her body to release more eggs immediately, seeking out a second father. The fact that one of the fathers was a Storm dragon, made evident by the distinctive shape of the eggs, wasn't much of a surprise considering the Storm Dragon's main holds were a scant few hour's flight from Azurewing Repose and both groups maintained cordial relations. The second clutch, however, was a bit more concerning. Each sub-species of dragons had distinctive eggs, and Jagragosa's second clutch had obviously been fathered by a Black dragon. After a long rest Jagragosa had explained.

"Talion, you're not the first Black dragon to be free of the Old Gods, and I'll ask my mate to introduce you if you want. But you might be better off without knowing the individual. You see, he was purified of the Old God's corruption when he was an egg, but the use of a Titan artifact tightened the Titan's magic that controls us, and it left him without the fire he should have, without the vitality. He's more of a shell than anything else. It doesn't help that he's been in hiding from both his own kind and all those loyal to the Titans all these years. He isn't even able to leave the land he was born in and has spent his entire life hiding, never able to make a name for himself or accomplish great deeds. I don't think he's ever copulated before this either, even in his mortal form; his offspring would have attracted attention and likely gotten him and the people he lives with killed."

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

Five months after their arrival in Azeroth's past, Harry flew on Caliona towards a place that had become known as Sethria's Roost. Unfortunately for his posterior Caliona, while perfectly willing to bear him from place to place as needed, had absolutely no intention of wearing a saddle. (Apparently the rest of his drakes thought Alira's choice to wear one was part of a borderline deviant sex game. While it hadn't started as one, Harry now found himself unable to argue the point.) Sethria was a mature Twilight dragon who had been assigned the protection of a number of whelps, sadly she'd also stolen the egg of the same Ancient that had given Hedwig a blessing to increase her power and size. Having no choice to cut it close, Harry was more than slightly nervous. So far, the only mature dragons he'd collected had been a Green and Red who had each had their wings damaged during an aerial battle and were rather grateful when Hermione had tagged them with arrow portkeys.

A mature dragon, let alone a mature Twilight dragon was a dangerous creature if they chose to be, and not just for their physical size and strength either. Azeroth's dragons were all powerful users of magic, and the report he'd read on Sethria reported her to be a dangerous creature indeed. For that reason, Harry was going to try convincing her to come along willingly, along with every whelp and egg in her care. While Harry desperately wished he could save her Dragonspawn servants as well, they were beyond anyone's help; born of forced relations with prisoners, both the pregnancies and their lifespans were accelerated beyond what a creature could endure with their mind and body intact. Though it hurt Harry deeply, the kindest thing he could do for them was free from the constant agonizing pain they were in.

Several times during the flight he'd changed Caliona's colors, applying or dispelling a glamour based on who was close enough to see them. Caliona enjoyed Harry's illusion of her as a Red drake, he tended to make her much darker than normal, almost purple in places. Compared to previous flights, this one was longer: As the war heated up, as Hyjal's defenders fought back, the airspace around the entire mountain became a war zone. With so many watchful eyes they had to be more and more careful that no one saw them simply popping into existence as they used various magical travel methods to appear as close to their objectives as possible.

Without being challenged, Caliona landed on a rocky outcropping overlooking a rather impressive cliff and Harry quickly dismounted. The Dragonspawn looked up from their forges and anvils, noted a Twilight drake had landed, and went back to their assigned tasks. The emptiness of their eyes was unnerving up close, Harry decided. While the Dragonspawn ignored them, the seemingly human figure that was standing on the farthest bluff was obviously watching them intently. It took a few moments to cross the space, and the woman was obviously amused by the time the two hurried up the incline to stand before her. With dark hair and ornate robes, the woman was beautiful as well as obviously a user of magic.

When they stood before her, Caliona introduced herself and nodded to Harry. With a flick of his wrist and a wave of his wand, Stine faded into visibility in his natural form. (While it was tempting for all three of them to travel while invisible, both sides of the war had implemented a variety of magics to detect objects in the sky; Stine had, throughout the flight, kept close enough to Caliona to fool anyone monitoring the detection magic into thinking there was only one drake in the air.) For this excursion, Stine was wearing a collar on his neck inscribed with glowing purple runes. The collar appeared to be a magical slave collar. What it actually did was provide temperature regulation, a Feather-light charm that reduced his weight to almost nothing, and an expanded storage space containing snacks. The drake only needed to press a talon into a certain rune for a rabbit to drop into his claws. (The collar itself was Harry's first attempt at convincing his sworn to wear a full set of magical armor. So far the most he'd been able to get them to wear was the neck-piece and gauntlets for their forelimbs.)

"Sethria, my name is Caliona. I'm from about three months in the future, right now my past self is fighting alongside a drake who is going to become the greatest leader of our kind. When the cult fails in their mission to burn this mountain, he will save as many as he can. It's a long story, but eventually he had us spare this Bronze. Sethria, this is the day you died. We have about an hour to get you and the whelps out of here and leave fakes behind for the Druids to 'kill.' If we don't make any changes to the timeline, the Bronze Dragonflight won't notice us, and you can join the other's we've collected."

Looking between the three of them, Sethria spoke for the first time. Her voice was calculating and almost eerily calm. "Do you have a plan beyond collecting those who would otherwise die?"

Harry spoke up with a confident smile. "Carve out a safe place on my world and trigger the transformation from 'Dragon' to 'Dragon Aspect' in as many individuals as possible. Our group has figured out a way, the only thing we need is time and magic donated from other dragons."

Sethria spent a long moment considering their offer. Thankfully, her enslavement to the Old Gods had not completely usurped her sense of self-preservation. "I will go with you, but betray me and your suffering will be legendary."

With a relieved smile, Harry quickly began getting material out of an expanded trunk. "Please call in all the whelps, I need to switch them out for fakes. If the Dragonspawn will remember us being here, ask them to join us so we can alter their memories."

Now practiced with making fake corpses, Harry's wand blitzed through the needed motions and soon each of the fifteen Twilight whelps had a copy of themselves crafted out of a nearby rock. According to the records, Hyjal's defenders had left the corpses of the whelps to rot, so a permanent transfiguration would be enough to fool them. Soon he was creating the copy needed to get the older dragon out of this situation alive. "Sethria, I need a scale and a splash of blood from your true form. As soon as the magic settles, you will be controlling the false corpse like it was your body. To keep the Bronze Dragonflight from coming down on our heads you'll need to wait until the mortals come and fight them as you would have, when the false corpse 'dies,' you'll wake up in your normal body."

As the magic took effect, Harry's transfigured dragon took on a sheen of life, and it even started to breathe. "Good, now just channel your magic into the fake until the switch happens. See you when you wake up."

A moment later the magical construct 'woke up' and the dragon fell asleep. This spell was one of the more interesting ones their research group had dug up; it had been nearly forgotten because of the vast amount of magic it required. Most wizards would never be able to manage operating a fake body like Sethria was, only Dumbledore, Voldemort, and a few exceptionally powerful Aurors could manage it. Moving quickly, Harry produced an expanded trunk, placed it slightly under her, and used the magic that allowed large items to fit through a small opening to let the dragon fall onto the cushioning charms below. Harry then dropped into the trunk, out of sight of the copy, pried open one of her eyes, and cast a Confounding Charm. "For the next two hours you will believe that your fake body is your real one. You will not remember myself, Caliona, the Bronze drake or our actions until you wake up in our sanctum."

As soon as he felt the magic take effect, he motioned to his drakes. There was one last thing to do before leaving, and as quickly as possible he threw on his invisibility cloak. Almost two dozen Dragonspawn were littered around the bluff, working on armor at forges, and taking turns affixing the armor directly to their flesh. Harry couldn't really do anything for them, no matter what he wished. Before he left with his two drakes he was able to tag each massive draconic centaur with spells that gave them the first relief from pain in their entire lives.

A few moments later their portkeys went off and Harry rushed to get the Twilight dragon out of the trunk and restrained. She would be mad once she woke up, but once she came out of stasis on Earth, Sethria would hopefully be happier to be alive than she was mad at him.

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

A week after pilfering 'Sethria's Roost' of both Sethria and the whelps assigned to her care, Harry was traveling through Hyjal once again. He was thankful that Azeroth's adventuring mercenaries were now swarming over Hyjal, and bringing the conflict to its close. Caliona's memories told them that Tendrion had been gone for several days, having taken as many Twilight dragons as would follow him and left the mountain as a lost cause; tracking magic, applied to the drake himself and Caliona's younger self had verified their group leaving the mountain behind. With Azeroth's mercenaries, (Though it wasn't as if Harry had anything against charging coin for their services; weapons, armor, and their respective enchantments were expensive.) all over the mountain he felt comfortable bringing out his latest project.

Following behind Hedwig, whose growth in size and magic had continued unabated, Harry was enjoying the warm mountain air astride one of the Blue Dragonflight's flying Discs. Over the last three months of rescuing people and exchanging them with lifelike facsimiles, Harry had found himself in desperate need of a hobby. With the plans for constructing the Discs and an expert on their creation and use living within the Cube, Harry had crafted one for himself from the ground up, incorporating a number of charms from Earth. The Discs he'd seen had proved more maneuverable than his Firebolt, though his Firebolt had been able to beat the Discs in a straight shot after the enhancements to function in Azeroth's thick latent magic. But after building a Disc with improvements from Earth, Harry's custom Disc beat both.

Today's task was in preparation for tomorrow's. With the surprising number of whelps Harry had ended up saving and the rather low number of individuals suitable to help care for them (Hopefully a number of the humanoids they had secured would agree to help, otherwise Harry wasn't sure what to do to help poor Valistraza back in the Chamber of Secrets.) Harry had decided to collect the Twilight Broodmother 'Desperiona.' The problem was that her rescue was… complicated.

In an ambush that led Harry to believe that Hyjal's defenders had lost part of themselves over the course of this conflict, Desperiona had been lured into the open when Hyjal's defenders displayed the corpse of one of her children. Among those who sprang the trap was Harry's problem: the 'Ancient' or 'Ancient Guardian' Aviana, also known as the Mistress of Birds. Among the most powerful of her kind Aviana was a creature that had been empowered by the very world of Azeroth itself, and she was connected to the world in a way that few others were. In fact, Aviana had just recently returned to the land of the living, having fallen in battle defending the world from the siege of the demonic Burning Legion ten-thousand years previous.

Harry's problem was that while he had so far been able to fool every eye, he doubted his ability to fool a being that was essentially a demigod. While Tendrion and his group were now on their way and would soon encounter Valistraza, Senastrasz and the four drakes who had traveled with him remained on Hyjal (Thankfully they were due to leave the mountain in a week.) so he still had to be very careful not to change anything that might shift their path. So, with trickery not an option, today he was trying a more direct approach. While he could have used some relaxing time in the air, this certainly wasn't it; a war zone was no place to let his mind drift. Harry was glad when he touched down outside the structure built and grown into a tree that easily rivaled the largest Redwoods back home. Hedwig quickly alighted on his shoulder, and Harry smiled briefly when he was able to remain steady in spite of the fact that his once four pound (1.8 kilogram) owl had now grown to five times her original weight, with the size to match.

Walking calmly up to the guard approaching him as he stowed his Disc into an expanded pocket, Harry addressed him with a traditional Night Elven greeting before switching to Common. "Ishnu-dal-dieb, friend. I have a message to deliver and I apologize for any disruption to your shrine my presence causes."

The Kaldorei guard, apparently choosing to feel insulted despite Harry's perfect, if outdated greeting wasted a good deal of Harry's time; at least until Hedwig clicked her beak. Deliberately turning his attention from the annoying Night Elf, Harry spoke to his familiar in Common. He wasn't sure how Hedwig had picked up the various languages spoken by his sworn, but apparently she could comprehend all of them now. "No, I don't know why he's wasting our time."

In response to a hoot, which the over-sized Snowy Owl with new stripes of blue plumage drug out while staring at the unfortunate soul who had drawn her ire, as if talking slowly for an idiot, Harry answered her. "I'm sorry girl, but the more time we waste here, the less time you have to see Aviana. If only he'd see sense so you could see 'The Mistress of the Skies.'"

Harry felt bad about what came next, but only a little. Grumpy that this peon saw fit to disrupt her plans, Hedwig lifted off Harry's shoulder with enough force to stagger the human and gained just a little altitude before going after the unfortunate man's excessively long ears with her talons even as she buffeted his head with her wings. In fact the display that followed where Harry's familiar humbled a man that had likely been a Druid for thousands of years attracted a crowd of both Hyjal's guardians and the mercenaries that were cleaning up the Cultist filth all across Hyjal. Harry only intervened when Hedwig, having learned a charm or two and having her own magic to use now, used some variant of the Feather-light charm on the man and lifted him both up and towards the nearby cliff. With a sharp whistle Harry held out his arm to indicate he wanted Hedwig to return as he gave a command. "Drop him Hedwig, we don't want to get off on the wrong foot with the others here."

As Hedwig looked between the elf and the sheer drop only a few feet away now, Harry felt the sudden need to clarify. "Drop him near the ground, not over the cliff. You know what I meant, don't try to play semantics."

With a mournful hoot, Hedwig returned the way she had come, dropping the elf at Harry's feet and canceling whatever effect she used to lighten him. When she had alighted on his shoulder once again, Harry pulled an owl-treat out of a pocket. After Dobby had tried his hand at preparing a batch of the treats Harry despaired of getting his owl to accept store-bought treats ever again. Looking down at the Night Elf in a bleeding, crumpled heap, Harry spoke a single sentence before stepping over him. "I just saved your life, kindly don't make me regret having done so."

As Harry walked into the structure that served as a command post, barracks, mess hall and shrine to Aviana, a female Tauren drew his attention. "Greetings visitor, my name is Choluna. May I ask what your business is here?"

Thankfully, this individual was being markedly more polite than the previous guard who was now walking to the healers while staunching the bleeding from his face and ears. "I need a few moments of the Ancient's time. I don't mind waiting, but I must see her today. I apologize for any disruption my presence might cause."

The Tauren paused for a short moment, taking a good look at Harry and the impressive white bird perched on his shoulder. "If Aviana agrees to meet with you I have no objections, but that is her choice." The matronly Tauren continued in a softer tone. "That is a beautiful creature with you, may I ask where you obtained her? I've never seen her species before in my travels."

With a smile, Harry answered her question as he gently stroked his first friend. "Hedwig was a gift to me when I turned eleven years old, she was my first friend and has been my most loyal companion. A few months ago she was a much more common species of owl, though still a beautiful specimen. We separated for a time, and a couple days later she had gained streaks of blue in her feathers and began to grow." Harry reached up and started to scratch her chin, right where her feathers had started to itch thanks to her growth spurt. "She seems fine, but I worry about her anyway."

With a genuine smile, Choluna watched the owl begin attempting to straighten out Harry's unruly hair. After showing Harry to a bench near the base of the stairs that led upward, she parted from him to inform the Ancient of the young man and his companion that wished to speak with her, leaving Hedwig to the impossible task of taming Harry's hair.

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

The wait turned out to not be nearly as long as Harry expected. When he was led up the stairs, Hedwig remained on his shoulder as they followed the staircase through a hollow of the massive tree, then back into the open air as the stairs led around the exterior of the tree and eventually into a room that contained a massive bird nest, the rough construction lined with thick layers of cotton and silk. (Aviana was known to have at least one other form, that of a gigantic peregrine falcon. Apparently she preferred to sleep in that second form.) Standing calmly in front of the nest was the Ancient herself, Aviana.

Thanks to the last six months introducing him to his hormones, the first thing Harry noticed was that the being before him was wearing as much as a string bikini, if you didn't count the jewelry. Reminding himself that he had two significant others, he forced his eyes to move and took in the rest of her. And it was definitely a she, for from her knees to her neck and biceps she resembled a human or Kaldorei cast in a perfect mold of feminine beauty, except for her feathery tail. Below the knees her legs were vicious talons reminiscent of an eagle or falcon; her arms from the biceps down were wings tipped with more vicious talons. But oddly it was her face that caught his attention more than anything else. Not the cascade of feathers that look the place of a woman's hair, or even the pointed ears just a little longer than a human's. It was the shape of her face, her features that suddenly seemed familiar to Harry, and the colors of her skin and feathers, he'd seen something incredibly similar before. In his surprise, Harry even voiced his thoughts aloud. "You're the progenitor of the Veela."

In yet another instance of impossible coincidence, Harry found himself comparing Aviana to the transformed Veela he'd seen at the world cup. The similarity was striking, but Earth's Veela seemed less animalistic than the being standing in front of him. Either a result of mixing their bloodlines with humans for so long or some magic was worked on a Harpy (A race of humanoids with identical features to Aviana herself, thought by most to be her offspring.) that had made its way to Earth. Harry's inner monologue cut off suddenly when he felt a presence in his mind. Apparently his declaration had peaked the Ancient's curiosity and now she was seeking answers by directly probing his thoughts.

With the mental equivalent of a sigh, Harry decided not to antagonize the creature standing before him that was at least as powerful as Senegos. Instead of lecturing Aviana on the ethics of mind magic, Harry instead pushed his memories of Veela forward, both of the times he'd seen Fleur and the Veela at the world cup becoming decidedly avian. With another mental sigh, Harry began pushing the memories of the Twilight drakes making it to Earth and various memories of his dragons for her to see. While he was annoyed at Aviana for barging into his mind, he had been warned that the Ancients felt themselves above mortal decency. Her mental intrusion would save time and prevent them from being overheard, and it wasn't as if Aviana had penetrated his inner defenses yet either.

After Harry had shown her more of his memories, including such high points as saving Bavaku and flying with his drakes, Harry canceled a shrinking spell on a gray metal cube returning it to it's full size; each identical side just a little taller than he was. With a beckoning wave, he opened a door and stepped inside. They had begun calling this structure the Arboretum; unlike the residential Cube this magical creation only had one plane of gravity. Within, Neville and Alira had been busy, growing a wide variety of magical plants to maturity, including their magical trees. Curious, Aviana had followed Harry within and was walking after him, craning her head to take in the forest of massive trees that had been grown within the expanded space. Only a few moments later the pair came to a stone table set in a clearing under a towering Crimson Oak. Feeling bored, Hedwig left Harry's shoulder, seeking a roost high in the trees.

"I hope you forgive me for bringing you here, but there were at least three different spells to eavesdrop in that room in your shrine. I need to ask you a favor, but first I wanted to gift you something in return. I know a little about your history, how you were so closely connected to 'G'Hanir, The Mother Tree' in the Emerald Dream that it died when you did."

The Ancient let out a scoff, her features twisting into a snarl as she interrupted Harry. "Do not speak of old wounds so lightly, mortal."

"I apologize, but I did not speak without a purpose. My dragons have created these new trees, and I wished to gift a number of them to you. I would suggest you plant them in the Emerald Dream; the Crimson and Spiral Oaks especially give out Life and Fire magic, which counteracts the corruption of the Old Gods with sufficient time and quantity."

Seeing that he definitely had the Ancient Protector's attention, Harry continued. "This tree," He said, pointing to a massive blue-barked tree with royal purple leaves. "we call a Kingsleaf, because the leaves' color is associated with royalty back home. It pulls in power from another layer of reality, which then feeds the other trees. The magical energy is chaotic, but as far as my dragons or the Blue Wyrm traveling with us can tell, it isn't tainted or evil. We've found that it takes at least seven other trees to temper the chaos of one Kingsleaf, if you use all Crimson and Spiral Oaks the end result is a massive flow of Life and Fire magic that encourages life and passion."

Taking a deep breath, Harry got to the reason for his visit. "I mentioned G'Hanir earlier because I think it's possible to restore it. If you have your druids plant seven clusters of seven Oaks, each with a Kingsleaf to empower each cluster, if there's any life left in the G'Hanir or its roots, the other trees will bring it into bloom."

The Ancient sitting across from Harry was quiet for only a moment. "In my arrogance I melded my essence with the Mother Tree, and when I perished fighting the Burning Legion ten-thousand years ago it died with me, mortal."

With a smile on his face, Harry responded. "But you're alive again. I don't know everything about the Ancients like Cenarius or his father Malorne, yourself or Goldrinn." Harry twitched a bit as he named the last Ancient. "But as I understand it you are creatures tied to Azeroth itself, you don't really die, you can't really die as long as the world itself endures. You simply sleep for a time and eventually return. If you melded your essence with G'Hanir, isn't it possible that the tree gained that trait as well? Didn't whatever bond you created go both ways?"

Aviana began to pace as she considered the human's words. "After my rebirth I traveled to the Emerald Dream. The tree is dead."

With an almost predatory smile, Harry responded. "Is it? Are the roots? Can you say for certain there is no life dormant deep underground or in the massive trunk? Even if it is dead, are you certain that enough Life magic wouldn't restore it given time? And if all that is impossible, I have one more memory to show you."

Before the Ancient who most certainly needed to learn boundaries could dip into his mind again, Harry withdrew a Memory Viewing Device and activated it, showing the subtitled memory of Aurogos teaching his first lesson at Hogwarts, paying close attention to the effects of Fire magic. "So, if G'Hanir cannot be restored you intend to destroy the dead husk that still remains in the Emerald Dream?"

Looking the concerned Ancient in her eyes, Harry answered. "If no other solution is possible, it would be a better solution to burn it down and grow something new in its place. Whatever solution works best, I think the world will be better off if we can restore the first World Tree and use my donation to alter it to produce Life magic instead of Nature magic. Right now I'm slowly burning off the Old God's touch from nine Twilight drakes I captured the day after the Cataclysm with a dozen of these Oaks." Harry gestured to the towering Crimson Oaks and the Spiral variants around them. "I don't know if this is enough to fight back the Nightmare that plagues the Emerald Dream, but if nothing else it will slow the spread and give the Druids and the Green Dragonflight a better chance at victory over that evil."

As soon as Harry finished speaking, Aviana let loose a loud, shrieking, avian laugh. "Your intentions betray you Mage. You hunger for victory over evils that have plagued Azeroth since before the Titans came here, since before there were Dragon Aspects. Your desire speaks well of your motivations. Even without touching your mind I could sense your desire to see the Old Gods not just stopped, but destroyed utterly until not even ash in the wind remains. Why do you seek the impossible, child?"

Harry's entire countenance changed as he drew himself up to his full height and spoke. "Because leaving evil to fester only sacrifices innocent lives tomorrow instead of today. Because countless lives will be improved if I succeed. Because I have allies on Azeroth. But most of all because the Old Gods murdered my Sworn's Broodmothers, stole their eggs and tortured them until helpless children begged to serve them, if only the pain would stop. I am a Lord of Dragons. Those who harm mine will burn."

With a sigh, Harry let go of the fire that had been building in his chest. "But I can't destroy them, yet. I know I have neither the power nor armies needed. But I can and will hurt them whenever I can. If your tree can deny them the Emerald Dream, then that is one less danger lurking in the dark, one less tool for your enemies, one more defeat for them."

Amused, Aviana spoke once more. "I agree with you, Mage. I will have my trusted servants begin planting the trees as soon as possible. Now, you mentioned a favor. There is little I wouldn't pay for even a chance at restoring G'Hanir."

Sinking back onto the stone bench, unaware of when he'd stood up, Harry relaxed and answered. "Several things. First, tomorrow you will be called on to strike down a Twilight Broodmother after attracting her attention with one of her children's corpses. I need you to play along with my plan that will see her live long enough to fly free of the Old God's control. Second, I need you to act in a way that doesn't disrupt the timeline, I'm only here because my Bronze drake brought our group back through time before the portal to my world was opened. Third, I would like any assistance you choose to provide with my task of building a nation from Azeroth's victims and destroying the Old Gods."

"I agree, Mage. If you have nothing else to say, I will send Thisalee into the Dream to begin planting your saplings."

With a gesture, Harry silently summoned a chest from the undergrowth. (If nothing else, all those hours spent learning the Blue Dragonflight's method of sensing and controlling magic had greatly improved his wandless abilities, though he was still restricted to simple spells.) Opening the chest, he showed the contents, an expanded space with seven Kingsleaf and forty-nine Crimson and Spiral Oaks, to the Ancient in front of him. "Remember that they need to be planted in loose clusters, seven Oaks around one Kingsleaf. If you're sending Thisalee Crow, I'd suggest you have her bring these individuals with her."

Harry quickly removed a note from his pocket and used a sticking charm to affix it to the front of the chest. "Our scrying spells watched her on Sethria's Roost, some time with these drakes might soften her approach to the Twilight Dragonflight, help her see them as the victims they are." At an inquisitive glance from the avian creature before him, Harry elaborated. "One of the Twilight drakes endured all the tortures inflicted on him by the Cult. That list contains the names of the drakes we watched him save with our scrying spells."

As they began moving to leave the Arboretum, Aviana paused for a moment. "When you were listing my fellow Ancients, you flinched when you named Goldrinn. Why?"

With a sigh, Harry withdrew his wand and transfigured a clump of dirt into a small falcon. "During a battle against the cult my group made extensive use of that magic to bolster our numbers, and as the fight dragged on I created many wolves to strike at our enemies because they were proving so effective. This magic isn't permanent, it doesn't create life, just an imitation. The wolves I created for that battle are still there, guarding our camp. None of the other transfigured animals lasted that long. The few times I've transfigured wolves since, I've felt like something was watching me."

The Ancient let loose a piercing laugh once more. "Goldrinn has never been able to truly tame his ferocity. If you," The Ancient laughed once more. "little Lord of Dragons, defend your people savagely without losing yourself to rage you might have attracted his interest. Using your magic to send warriors wearing his form to protect others would certainly attract his attention as well, young Mage."

With that, Harry followed Aviana out of the Arboretum while cursing in four separate tongues; Parseltongue lending itself to the creation of rather inventive obscenities. His cursing only grew more colorful as he shrunk and pocketed the Arboretum. Leaving the chest on the ground next to her nest, he told Aviana he would see her tomorrow and left just as the Night Elf Druid, Thisalee Crow answered Aviana's summons.

There was a great sense of relief when he arrived back in the Cube on Silvermyst Isle not long after, Teleporting to three different locations before triggering his portkey from a shady alley in Stormwind city. Aviana was the closest thing to a god Harry had ever seen in person, and from what he could sense she was even more powerful than Senegos. It had been rather stressful to stand in front of a being that was an immensely powerful predator, but the reward was worth it.

The Dream (After being altered by the Titan's servants, Azeroth's 'Emerald' Dream became a verdant garden.) was a realm that seemed to exist everywhere. The Dream's most important property however, was that every living creature touched the Dream when they slumbered. In fact, a year previous the Old God's power had manifested in the 'Emerald Nightmare' and swarmed through the Emerald Dream, trapping many in their nightmares, leaving them wholly unable to awaken in the real world. Even with only a small understanding of the magics involved and warfare in general, Harry found himself appalled that Azeroth's leaders had been content with simply locking the evil away and hoping that the next time it broke free the war would go better for them. As if evil would pick a convenient time for the next war.

That kind of short shortsightedness reminded him of Minister Fudge to a disturbing degree. The trees gifted to Aviana probably wouldn't win the war with the 'Nightmare,' but bit by bit they would alter the magic of the Emerald Dream so it would begin to burn at the corruption, like turning a lake acidic. Not enough to stop a determined onslaught, but enough to dull one and make the slow, stealthy creeping corruption a thing of the past. If the massive tree G'Hanir could be restored or regrown and made to radiate the same energy, the effect might be even greater.

As for Azeroth itself, well the Arboretum was constructed for one purpose; to produce as much useful magical flora as possible. When Harry's nine original drakes were safely on Earth certain Druids along with Cenarius would be contacted and the trees would be spread all across the world. The Old Gods had ordered countless innocents tortured and slain, and for that they deserved to be opposed. Harry wasn't about to risk his sworn in a direct conflict, but if he could weaken them without putting those he cared about in danger? That was an easy choice.

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

Compared to negotiating with a very powerful being the day before, the capture of Desperiona was easy. (The Potter Dragonflight all had a mutual thought that once her mind was free, they would gently try to convince her to choose a new name.) The corpse used to lure her into an ambush was a transfigured fake, and while the enraged Broodmother was mighty, she was not more powerful than the combined might of an Ancient, a Green drake and one of Azeroth's wandering mercenaries. With the addition of Stine, Alira, Harry, and Hermione Desperiona quickly lost consciousness thanks to poison and magic alike. It took some convincing from Stine for the Green drake and the Dwarven Hunter to sign magical contracts to keep their presence a secret, but in the end Desperiona found herself in stasis along with her entire brood.

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

Omake: In Elune's Temple

On October 11th 1995, five days after Ralion tumbled through Elune's Portal for the first time, there was a flurry of activity within Elune's Temple. Normally Elune only sent dreams to her High Priestess, a Kaldorei named Tyrande Whisperwind. Apparently there was a truly momentous event about to take place for Tyrande had been sent a dream requesting she bring Alexstrasza, the Red Dragon Aspect and the greatest healer on Azeroth to Elune's Temple in the Night Elven capital of Darnassus. Even as many of the temple's healers had been asked to collect supplies to care for Elune's new herald. The quantities of medical supplies asked for were… troubling, however.

As requested Alexstrasza, in her mortal form that resembled an elf with light brown skin, surprisingly little clothing, and a large pair of horns, arrived at the Temple of Elune a few moments early. To Alexstrasza, Elune had been a puzzle ever since she became aware of the entity when Malorne had somehow sired Cenarius with the being. Despite her, and many others, attempts to unravel the mystery, Elune had forever defied concrete explanations. She was a powerful creature, whatever she was, but thankfully had never proven to be an enemy. Indeed, the being worshiped by the Night Elves had never, to Alexstrasza's knowledge, acted for her own sake, simply coming to the aid of her faithful when needed. A plea for aid was far out of the ordinary. That the goddess had chosen a herald, and one that required a concerted effort to restore him or her to health, was a sufficiently momentous event to pull Alexstrasza away from her duties as healer and leader of the draconic defenders of Hyjal, at least a for a time.

For the Dragon Queen, there was a novelty of not being the center of attention as she watched the temple's healers as they rushed back and forth, making one last check of the assembled supplies. No one knew exactly what to expect, so a large store of medicinal supplies had been gathered, mostly consisting of various healing potions and bandages that had been treated with similar substances before they were infused with healing magic. Noticing Tyrande standing in front of the temple's Moonwell, the dragon in elven form moved to stand beside her. Every Moonwell was a pool of highly magical water further empowered by Elune. Each Moonwell scattered around Azeroth was surrounded by specially-carved stones, but until the day previous this one had been unique because it contained a giant statue of the first High Priestess fashioned out of smooth white stone.

Together Alexstrasza and Tyrande stood together, waiting for the Azeroth's larger moon, commonly referred to as 'The White Lady' (Azeroth's second, smaller moon was known as 'The Blue Child,' because it was a pale blue and roughly two-thirds the size of the other.) but venerated by the Night Elves as Elune herself, to reach its zenith. While the two had known each other for ten-thousand years, ever since the War of the Ancients that saw the demons of the Burning Legion invade Azeroth, their respective duties had kept them from growing close. Still, they had fought together long ago and the quiet small talk was a pleasant distraction from the war that raged all across the world and the lives lost in every battle.

Not long after, the larger moon reached the highest point and light appeared over the Moonwell even as every other source of light dimmed. A single point of light, like a star in the evening sky, blinked into being over the blessed water, soon followed by a second, and then many others. In only a moment, they formed a constellation that was easily recognizable as a drake. More light appeared and formed first an outline around the drake, then details were sketched in. After a few moments the creature gained enough definition that onlookers could see it was breathing. The lights intensified and dark scales were revealed underneath.

At first Alexstrasza and the other onlookers thought a member of the Black Dragonflight was slowly descending into the Moonwell. Alexstrasza herself threw that thought out almost instantly. While Neltharion's Dragonflight was named for their color, not one of the ones she had seen matched this ebony creature's scales; those dragons were never this darkly colored, the hues of their usually bright orange wings seeming to blend into the rest of their scales. This creature's hide bore the color of a moonless night where no stars could be seen. Though a closer inspection would have to wait, because the drake began to bleed heavily as soon as he came to a rest in the shallow water.

Without any hesitation Alexstrasza in her mortal form rushed forward into the water, her hands glowing with the healing magic of the Red Dragonflight. As she expanded an orb of Life-Fire to a size large enough to encompass the entire drake, absently noting he was twice the size that was typical for that stage of development, a corner of her mind noted that the water of the Moonwell pulled back from the drake, leaving the area around him dry as her flames set to work. Right away, a cycle developed: Alexstrasza would use her fiery healing magic to do what she could as the waters receded, then the waters would flow back in as the Temple's healers applied their arts. It was an interesting healing procedure, a cycle that saw the drake bolstered with Life and Fire magic, soothed with Water, nurtured with the Nature magic from several Druids, and healed with the Holy magic used by Priests.

It was tiring work, but as the healers worked under the vigilant eyes of Tyrande, they discovered that what they were soothing and restoring wasn't the usual injuries from battle or an accident. Alexstrasza was the first to realize they were helping this creature cope with his transformation from whatever kind of dragon he'd been before, into what she was tempted to call a Lunar Dragon, or perhaps Night or Dusk? In any case the drake would have healed on his own eventually, but it might have taken him a year to fully recover on his own. As they finished the final cycle of healing magic to repair the worst of the damage, the Dragon Queen relaxed at last, sagging against a white marble column. All of the experienced healers, Alexstrasza included, agreed that the drake had reached the limit for foreign magic that could be introduced into his system safely.

For the drake himself, and there was no doubt it was a male, he would likely finish his recovery in a week or two and be ready for whatever purpose Elune had reshaped him for. As the waters of the Moonwell washed away the blood and a surprising amount of grime, more of the drake's coloring had been revealed. Not entirely black after all, the scales around his talons, along with his horns and his tail's bone club were a shade of white reminiscent of moonlight. As the drake gained strength an effect became visible in the underside of his wings. Against the glossy ebony of his increasingly healthy wing membrane shifting points of light could be seen, like stars in the night sky.

Shifting to sit on a nearby bench, Alexstrasza stretched languidly, showing unexpected flexibility as she popped her back. Looking back at the drake, she pondered what his appearance could mean. "He's going to have the attention of a lot of females, whether he wants it or not."

Unnoticed by the dragon, Tyrande had moved close enough to hear the Dragonqueen voicing her thoughts aloud. Moving closer, she spoke up. "Indeed?"

With a quiet chuckle, Alexstrasza responded. "Yes. Not only is he twice the size of an average drake, not only does he possess the most unique coloring I've ever seen on a dragon, not only does he possess more magic than no small number of dragons, but I could sense the drake has a noble soul and has endured torture in the past. If he has any charisma at all, he will have females, and not just his fellow dragons, unable to tear their attention from him."

Settling next to the Dragon Queen, Elune's High Priestess responded in a light tone with a smile as she began rolling her shoulders. "Power both physical and magical in abundance, and a tragic history? He will be popular. I still remember before the Legion came how Kaldorei maidens would occasionally birth scaled children nine months after our spring festival. Though somehow they were always carried off into the night not long after."

With a laugh and genuine smile, Alexstrasza reveled in memories of a golden age now long since past. "Many of our drakes in their second forms mingled with your people at that festival. If I recall correctly, that celebration was where your people traditionally began their search for a mate, was it not? Many of your people married into the Dragonflights in those days, the ones you remember were the result of memories obscured by elven wine. Once they learned of their children those drakes always sought them out; leaving their children and their mothers to fend for themselves was unthinkable. Though it was a challenge for them to build lasting relationships in such circumstances, I truly enjoyed watching the young build happy lives together."

Now sporting a smile as well, Tyrande brought up her own memory. "It's almost a shame your kind stopped partaking of our spirits, though I understand why your people choose to abstain."

With mirth in her voice, Alexstrasza spoke once more. "I suspect it is only the passage of time that gives you fond memories of inebriated dragons. Poor Vaelastrasz never did live down drinking himself into a stupor and waking up covered in the ashes of Astranaar."

Noting the far more somber tone the Dragon Queen had shifted to, Tyrande's voice lost its mirth as well. "My condolences. Your son wasn't the only one to blame for that, and I still think it reflected well on him that even unable to walk in a straight line he burned down the entire town without scorching a single resident. I recall our brewing guild was experimenting with adding a newly-discovered mushroom to the festival's wine that year. One festival with mass hallucinations was quite enough, so that experiment was not repeated. Your people simply reacted especially poorly to that substance. It is a shame though; hallucinations aside it was very good wine."

For a time the two leaders sat and discussed the lighter points of their long lives, purposefully avoiding the many sorrows and black nights. The Moonwell's water quickly cleared of blood and the other contaminants, quickly returning to its previous pure and glowing state, with Elune's Herald asleep in the waters with his head propped on the edge. As dawn was almost ready to break, a group of elves brought in enough food to satiate a dragon and every elf present. As Tyrande stood to partake of the meal that was quickly being laid out, she spoke to Alexstrasza one last time.

"Please return to your true form and feast with us, Dragon Queen. Elune wished me to provide hospitality to you in particular." The Night Elf hesitated for a moment. "There was a message I was asked to give you as well. 'The night is dark, more sorrows are yet to come. Endure the trials and a brighter day will dawn, all the more beautiful for everything Azeroth has endured. I will not allow evil to consume my world or my people. My temple will always be open to you, Alexstrasza.'"

Unable to deny how tired, and how worn she'd become Alexstrasza did enjoy a restful sleep curled around the interior of Elune's Temple that day. Her presence as a truly enormous crimson scaled leviathan did disrupt the normal activity of the temple, but with the events of the previous night, no one bothered her. Instead of the nightmares that had become normal for the Red Aspect, while she slept in Elune's Temple she did not once see her dead children or her fallen mates staring at her with disappointment in their eyes. Instead a deep restful sleep was gifted to her, and it was only once she awoke that Alexstrasza realized how poorly she'd been sleeping in the last decade. When morning came, the Dragon Aspect made one last inspection of the sleeping drake before returning to those that needed her.

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

A/N: In theory the Druid Hedwig was about to chuck off a cliff had the ability to turn into a bird himself and fly away, so she was humiliating him, not murdering him.

I'm not actually sure what to call Tendrion's new type of dragon, but I'll probably go with 'Lunar.' Way back in chapter one he was chosen to be Elune's Herald, her hand on Azeroth. I have a plan for him, but he won't be seen often.

I want to thank everyone for reviewing the last chapter, I really enjoy seeing feedback from you guys!

Next Chapter they return to Earth, Remus finally comes back, and other things happen.

Chapter 26: Chapter 26: Balancing the Scales

Chapter Text

It’s out later than I wanted, but I can only write when I have the time and muse. Big thanks to everyone who reviewed last time, hearing form you all really does motivate me to keep writing.



Big thanks to my betas, who catch so many things I would have missed.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Chapter 26: Balancing the Scales



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Harry was ready to call the first trip through the Caverns of Time a success. In two and a half weeks they would be heading home to Earth, but there was one more large rescue they needed to accomplish before heading back. At this point the Twilight Hammer’s Cult had mostly been driven off Mount Hyjal, though there were still isolated pockets of holdouts. Other than a few isolated single rescues today would mark the last time they would bring more individuals into the Cube. A good thing too, because there was precious little room left in the buildings heavily warded to protect those saved on Azeroth from the deadly affliction that was either causality asserting itself or Azeroth’s afterlife not letting go of those ‘meant’ to die easily. (Then again, with so much magic present on this world, it could always be both or neither.)



Before coming to Earth Alira, Aurogos, Dalistraza, Senastrasz, and Stine had been working with a group of mortals to root out the last cultist holdings on Hyjal. Together they had tracked a group of five cultists into a cave that contained twelve Green and Red dragon whelps as well as thirteen Twilight whelps. Alira’s group was unable to reach them in time to prevent cultists from murdering all twenty-five whelps to demoralize their foes and prevent Hyjal’s defenders any chance at freeing the Twilight whelps.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

In the misty dawn the next day, Harry snuck through a narrow pass up an overgrown forest trail with only Neville at his side. It felt good to use his father’s cloak again, even if its origins were something of a mystery; oddly the cloak had grown more powerful since they reached Azeroth. Part of that was the removal of generations of applied tracking magic; Potter children had often used the cloak for pranks, so their parents had carefully layered magic onto the cloak so they could actually find their children. Dumbledore had added his own tracking magic, an enchanted thread carefully woven into the cloak which was tricky to remove. But even with the removal of the various magic that didn’t belong, the cloak had improved more than it should have. Harry intended to ask Senegos to take a look when there was time; as he learned more and more about magical artifacts he had become wary of using one.



With spells to silence their footsteps, to hide their scent, and to leave no trace of their passage the two teens walked up the forest trail in silence. Several of the spells they were using would fail on physical contact, so Neville was using the hard-learned ability to control plants to keep the path clear. With Neville under a heavy disillusionment instead of the Potter cloak, the only way Harry knew where his friend was walking was by following the plant life. If anyone had been watching, the way every bush and tree limb would simply move to create a bubble of clear space would have attracted some attention. Moving in silence, Harry could only smile as a tree limb the size of his head lifted out of their way and then back into place after they passed. He wasn’t sure how exactly, but somehow Neville knew where he was as they moved; the simple answer was ‘magic,’ but he couldn’t think of anything more specific.



After nearly an hour’s hike through a patch of pristine mountain terrain they reached their goal. Harry took a look around and breathed deeply; this area had either never burned at all or been regrown when the Druids unleashed a massive spell that caused half the mountain to reforest itself in moments. Leaving Neville outside, Harry crept into the cave.



In his drake’s memories, this cave had been a bloody, disturbing scene. Harry had studied their memories so many times in preparation for this operation, so he did not hesitate. It was almost too easy to stun every cultist from under the cloak, though Harry had learned to cast a spell, move, then cast again. Once the cave was secure, he slipped his cloak off and pocketed it. The more he used it, the easier his Parseltongue was to use, and Harry spoke to the caged whelps even as he withdrew a bag from his pocket, and from the bag stones of similar size to the whelps. Ƥ: “Easy young ones. You’re safe now. This filth was going to kill all of you, but they won’t now. Each of you please come to the edge of your cages for a moment, I need a few drops of blood from each of you. I’m friends with a Bronze drake that will be here later before I knew him, so I need to make sure everything looks right for him.”



Thankfully the whelps were cooperative as they watched Harry transfigure copies of them and then use that decidedly handy variant of the Black Family’s False Corpse spell. Soon Harry had twenty-five corpses ready to go, and he withdrew a diagram from his pocket to set the room exactly as his sworn had seen. Turning back to the whelps in their cages, he spoke again as he moved the expanded trunk he’d been placing the rabbits drained of their life force for the spell next to the opening of the first cage. Ƥ: “I have some food for you in here, please go in and I’ll get you all out of here. I expect you all to listen to the drakes inside, alright? No fighting with each other!”



Harry soon ushered all of the whelps into the expanded trunk, trusting Alira, Caliona, Senastrasz, and Talion to watch over them while he was busy for a few moments. Mental magic wasn’t something that came easily to him, it was a discipline of magic that simply didn’t ‘click’ when he learned the spells. But for what he was about to do brute force instead of delicate spell weaving would suffice. It wasn’t as if the cultists would live past today anyway; the hunting party due to arrive in a few hours were so horrified that they tortured out every bit of useful information and then burned the five cultists alive on the whelp’s funeral pyre. For murdering twenty-five children Harry thought they had earned it. In fact… as he went to each cultist and removed himself from their memories he felt his vindictive side come out. Alira still had nightmares of what she’d seen in this cave. With a few extra flicks of his wand, he applied spells to keep their outward reactions as they should be, then applied a ‘Five Senses’ variant of the Supersensory Charm to each of them.



After a quick check that Neville was inside the trunk, it would be embarrassing to leave him behind after all, Harry triggered his portkey and returned to the Cube. Portkeys had become their favorite transport method because compared to other methods of magical travel, portkeys disturbed the surrounding magic the least. Meaning they were the hardest travel method to detect; this made them the best choice where stealth was their goal. Not to mention it was easy to make a mistake if your attention was elsewhere while you were trying to apparate or teleport, while with a portkey you simply had to activate it.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



The last few weeks before they were due to head back to Earth were mostly restful and relaxing. While the war with the Twilight Cult didn’t end with their defeat on the slopes of Mount Hyjal, there was an ‘intermission’ while all sides prepared for the next conflict. Apparently the Earthen Ring, a group of Shaman, magic users that focused on harmonizing themselves with the elements of the world, were preparing for conflict with the Cult in Deepholm. (Deepholm was part of the Elemental Plane, a massive pocket dimension, and one that was apparently in danger of collapsing into the physical world to calamitous effect.) Everyone had at least one project they were working on, whether that was research, learning a new spell or polishing existing skills.



The day before they returned to Earth, Jagragosa opened a portal to Azurewing Repose. After sharing an emotional reunion with her mate, most of the group helped her carefully move her clutch from the Cube to Azurewing’s hatchery.



Senegos had been impressed with their expanded cubes, and even more so when Jagragosa had given him a private, five hour long tour of their latest creation, the Larder. The Larder was an expanded space similar to the Cube, a massive expanded space with every side of the cube’s interior having a plane of gravity, increasing the growing area. Inside a large number of Crimson and Spiral Oaks were planted along with two Kingsleaf and six Blackstone trees. The Kingsleaf provided magic to the other trees while the Blackstones were there to create soil; grass was quickly introduced to the soil as it spread and once enough pasture was present, various prey animals would be introduced. Thanks to a number of orbs strung in the middle of the cub e’s interior, the Larder actually received a greater amount of sunlight than the outside world did.



Senegos and Harry agreed to exchange another completed cube for a mixed breeding herd of ‘edibles’ including a female clefthoof, (a very large herbivore native to Draenor) two female unicorns native to his island, (they had a larger and more curved horn than Earth’s unicorns in addition to their cloven hooves) three rather large female elk, and an impressively large male that was half elk and half talbuk. (Hybrid vigor was on full display with the male, as he was larger than a buffalo.) All seven animals were promptly herded into their new home in the Larder. There was enough grass in the space for now, though keeping them fed would either require moving them to new pastures or adding feed when they returned to Earth. Senegos, after a careful examination told Harry his cloak was older than Harry thought, had a greater purpose than simply being an invisibility cloak, and was safe for him to wear. While the cloak did have a slight, hidden personality to it, it was protective and self-sacrificing. Senegos really couldn’t tell Harry how it was made, only that he didn’t recognize the original material.



Before the sun set Harry, Senastrasz, and Alira had ventured to Hyjal one more time with three massively expanded chests full of cuttings from their magical trees. He probably should have introduced himself to Cenarius, the Ancient who had trained the first mortal Druids, but instead had returned to Aviana’s Shrine. Harry met briefly with the Ancient, simply asking her to ensure the trees were used where they would have the most effect, suggesting Hyjal itself and any location where dark magic had cursed the land.



When Harry and the others returned to the Cube, which had been relocated to Azurewing Repose, he found his first familiar had an unusual problem. Emmigosa, (Great-great-great-great-great granddaughter of Senegos) a Blue whelp had been asked to take care of Hedwig when his owl had delivered the first message to the Blue Dragonflight’s settlement, and somehow the two had gone on a short adventure culminating in a trip to Aviana’s Shrine. Apparently Hedwig had learned Harry was to be gifted a Cloud Serpent, a rather powerful creature for use in the Familiar Ritual, and refused to be outshone by a newcomer. Aviana had communicated with the snowy owl, and granted her a blessing that allowed Hedwig to grow into something more. Now Emmigosa was fawning over the owl, which from the whelp’s perspective had gone from meal-sized to several times her own size in only a few weeks. Harry was rather amused at the normally dignified owl eventually giving in and taking wing to play with the young dragon.



Azurewing Repose held a celebration, both for Jagragosa’s healthy eggs as well as the expanded spaces now being used to supplement the settlement’s food supply. While the dragons choose to abstain from anything that could cause inebriation, (Having learned the hard way that ‘Sorry, I had a little too much to drink.’ did not mend fences when drunken antics caused property damage.) they did provide an excellent feast. While a vegetarian would not have been pleased at the feast offered, ( M ost of Azurewing’s permanent residents were carnivor e s.) Dobby spent the entire celebration speaking with the different chefs, trading notes and spices. Marinated hearts would soon be coming to Azurewing, and the Cube’s herb garden gained new plants. By the time the celebration ended, it was nearly dawn. Harry eventually made it into bed, Hermione and Alira at his sides. He slept well, but not for very long.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



All too soon, Harry was awoken by an alarm spell. Eager to return to Earth, Harry carefully slid out of bed, doing his best not to disturb either of his consorts. Everyone had said their goodbyes during the feast, so there was no reason to wake everyone simply to head home. Moving around the Cube for a morning jog that had become routine, Harry met up with Caliona and Senastrasz who had excused themselves from the feast early, leaving together. Together they moved to relieve the four Blue Dragonspawn who had come to guard the prisoners from the Battle of Silvermyst Isle, Harry walking the bulky dragonkin out.



A quick check with Dobby ensured that everyone and their familiars were in the Cube, though Hedwig and Lanju were most certainly not missing. Lanju had grown steadily over the last six months, and was now coiled around Harry’s chest like a large flotation device. Harry felt a little silly as he walked out of the Cube with Hedwig resting on his right shoulder and Lanju’s head on his left; but managed to escort the borrowed security detail while maintaining the pretense of his dignity. Once outside, he shrunk the Cube and turned to the drake who had come to see him off. With a smile Harry said goodbye to Stellagosa, placed the Cube into his pocket and walked towards the edge of Azurewing’s wards. One interesting piece of gossip he had heard during the celebration last night was of an unusual occurrence at Elune’s Temple, apparently the goddess had chosen a herald, a dragon of an unusual coloration. Harry would share the news with Vespiona when he returned home, since the drake recovering at the Temple was almost certainly her lost mate.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Depending on perspective, either six months or half an hour passed before Harry returned through Elune’s Portal. And those six months had been productive, without a doubt. Not only had Harry and his friends learned new magic, honed themselves and their skills, and learned to fight, they had saved just over seven hundred lives. While Harry now had enough warriors, or rather he would once they had sworn loyalty to him, to comfortably defend Potter Estate and Hogwarts most of the individuals were not ready for conflict. Before it was a warzone Hyjal had boasted a number of quiet towns, it had been a wonderful place to live and work; most of the early rescues on Hyjal had been civilians butchered desperately trying to defend their homes. Many were traumatized by what they had endured; it was honestly going to be a challenge arranging counseling for everyone who needed it.



It was a very strange feeling for Harry to see the Room of Requirement exactly as he left it six months ago, every detail from Elune’s Portal to the three dragonsworn students leisurely reading tomes around a table covered in notes and books. With a smile and a wave, Harry greeted them warmly, which was strange for them, but was taken as proof that Harry’s plan had worked. Harry was amused as he raised his hands and focused. While Aurogos would be adjusting the wards at Hogwarts to also block Azeroth’s Teleport and Portal spells, that wasn’t a high priority as long as only the Potter Dragonflight knew the spells. With Hedwig and Lanju still holding tightly to him, Harry teleported to the Potter Estate.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



It was good to see his godfather and the dragons he’d left behind again. After Harry had left his ancestral home behind Valistraza had decided it was a good day to let the whelps under her care get some fresh air and sunlight. Nice days were hard to come by in the month of October in England after all. Harry only had a moment to greet Sirius and the Grangers before he found himself literally buried in whelps, Valistraza’s charges catching sight of him and swarming in to say hello while Hedwig and Lanju abandoned him for perches in a nearby tree. While Harry was buried in young dragons Sirius, Dan, and Emma stepped back to watch. Emma was holding a camera and laughing at having captured three different snapshots of Harry falling to the dirt under a tide of cuddly dragon whelps.



Eventually Harry surfaced from the rainbow of affectionate whelps and regained his feet. Valistraza was nearby, chuckling at the display, along with the adult humans. Withdrawing one of the cubes, Harry returned it to its original size and opened the door. If nothing else, the Arboretum would keep the whelps busy for a while. It only took a few words for the whelps to head in en masse. Dusting himself off, Harry tried to regain his dignity as the adults smirked at him. He was unsure what to say, given the fact that for them it had been less than two hours since they’d last met. “It’s good to see you all again. Everything went more or less to plan, in fact I think things went rather well.”



Emma was the first to respond. “Honestly I don’t think I would believe you’ve been gone for six months even knowing magic was real, but you’re taller and you’ve gotten a tan.”



Sirius was next to speak. “You are taller. In fact you’re almost as tall as James ever got, and you should have a few more years to grow yet. That’s odd because neither of your parents were very tall at all, really.”



Harry simply tapped his chest above his heart where his Mark sat. “Magical tattoo with a big reservoir of Life magic sitting just above my heart Sirius. As far as side effects go I won’t complain about getting taller. We’ll get you one later today I think.” Turning his attention to the rather expectant Grangers Harry realized what they were waiting for. “Hermione and most of the others are still asleep. Yesterday we took Jagragosa back home and they had a big party, most of us didn’t get to sleep until nearly dawn.” Harry rolled his shoulders and yawned. “It’s going to take a little adjustment, we’ve gotten used to the ‘Central Kalimdor’ timezone.”



After a few more yawns, Harry stretched again. “It’s probably a good idea to go get them up now though.” Turning to the Broodmother who had been sunning herself in a rare quiet moment he spoke to her. “Vali, the whelps are safe in the Arboretum, there’s nothing in there but a collection of safe magical plants and rabbits. Get as much rest as you can, I’m afraid we’ll all be busy soon. Are all the drakes other than Aurogos here?”



With confirmation that all of the drakes, save the Headmaster who was sadly buried under paperwork, were around Potter Estate Harry sent out four messenger variant Patroni in a blistering fast series of wand movements. Sirius simply raised an eyebrow at the proof that Harry had not been idle while he was on Azeroth. He couldn’t help but comment on how his godson’s Patronus had changed. “I notice your Patronus looks a little different Harry. Very interesting, I’ve never seen a creature like that, I’d almost say it looks like a Hippogryph but with draconic features instead of avian. Though the rack of antlers are a nice touch.”



Harry’s Patronus had indeed changed, and had gained features from Alira’s true form, mixing them with his existing stag Patronus. While it looked very different, it remained a graceful creature, a stag’s proud strides mixed with a predator’s careful movements. It was hard to argue that his improved Patronus looked anything other than awesome, and Harry had been using it wherever appropriate for a while. Harry was aware of the implications of his Patronus changing forms, and was curious if ‘Prongs’ appearance meant Hermione had some connection to the stag’s form or if whatever influence she would have on his Patronus had yet to be decided. “It’s incredible, I know. Anyway, we’ll head into the Cube once everyone gets here. Just to warn you, inside the Cube we have six planes of gravity, be careful when stepping onto the walls. We also have some prisoners, if Elune’s Portal did what we expect they’re going to be very unpredictable, feel free to speak with them but stay out of arm's reach.”



Harry eagerly greeted Bavaku, Dalistraza, Vespiona and Ralion as they landed one by one. Together they moved towards the Cube, Bavaku having to contort himself a little to get through the door. He could be heard grumbling that his anthromagus form was a lmost finished as he carefully fit himself through the undersized opening. Inside Sirius and the Grangers were shocked at the interior. Not only was the Cube a great deal bigger inside, large enough to house a town, but it had been carefully landscaped with a great number of useful plants. Not to mention that the entire inside of the Cube was covered in streets, gardens, and buildings. Deciding to show off, Harry pulled his Disc out of an expanded pocket and hopped on, giving his godfather a mocking salute before flying straight up, heading towards the plane of gravity that made up the ceiling.



Half an hour later a rather bleary Hermione had greeted her parents and eaten a quick meal that was mostly coffee while Harry had gone to speak to their prisoners. Not long after, Harry had completed nine Oath Rituals and welcomed the Twilight drakes captured on Silvermyst Isle into the Potter Dragonflight. The twenty Naga had taken a lot of convincing, even with a trip through Elune’s Portal the mental conditioning that originated from Azshara was dug deeply into them. But Harry eventually succeeded in convincing Saska, the group’s leader and completed the Oath Ritual, welcoming her as the first Naga of the Potter Dragonflight. When Harry ordered her to ignore all mental conditioning and think for herself, her breakdown and panic attack was enough to convince the others that someone had tampered with their minds. Within an hour all twenty Naga had joined Harry’s dragonflight.



Harry’s only regret was that nothing they had tried was able to heal the intentional mental stunting on the twelve male Naga. However, there was hope, even if it was a long shot. Each of the male Naga would be receiving a customized Potter’s Mark with Frost magic donated by Aurogos taking the place of the well of Life magic in most of the other Marks. (Where Fire magic inflamed passions and destructive instincts, Frost magic encouraged logical thought at the cost of emotion.) All of the Naga’s marks would need to be different however , and not only because the traces of Fire in the magic donated by Red dragons didn’t agree with their physiology.



Azeroth’s first elves had mutated on the shores of a lake of incredibly powerful liquid that was called the Well of Eternity. One of the effects that followed their entire evolutionary chart (From the Night Elves to the offshoot races that included High Elves, Blood Elves, Naga, and Satyr.) was a strange affliction that manifested in individuals that ‘tapped’ a powerful source of outside magic, letting that magic flow through them and empower them. An addiction, a dependence both physical and mental that could easily be fatal if left untreated. Thankfully, Harry’s large Blue guest for the last six months knew a thing or two about magic addiction and how to treat it.



When the High Elven civilization of Quel’Thalas fell, dozens of children had been evacuated to Azurewing Repose. Jagragosa had been responsible for much of their care until they were old enough to seek apprenticeships, and a large part of that was looking after their physical health. When the High Elves had been forced to destroy the Sunwell, a fount of Arcane energy their race had been tapping for thousands of years, the magic that had been flowing through them for generations abruptly cut off. Because their flesh had grown so used to the magic flowing through them the natural process of their bodies storing magic, of containing magic absorbed from the environment or by breaking water into magical energy, had atrophied into uselessness. What should have been a cup had become a sieve.



But luckily for Harry’s Naga, and more than one elf currently in the stasis chambers of the Cube, there was a treatment. When the elven children under Jagragosa’s care had gone into withdrawal, she had become alarmed and begun supplementing their magic with outside sources; as a colony of Blue dragons, Arcane energy was rather abundant. But no matter how much she fed them, it didn’t solve the problem. Eventually she reached out to a friend who was the Broodmother of a colony of Green Dragons in a forest a few hour’s flight away. Together they had put their heads together and after a few misses, hit upon the solution of introducing a small amount of Nature magic into the magic the elves were feeding on, and slowly increasing the ratio of Arcane to Nature until Nature magic was the only type. It wasn’t a fast process, it was more than a little painful, and the young elves accepted the treatment with varying amounts of grace, but eventually the mix of Arcane and Nature magic proved effective.



As captives, cut off from the remains of the first Well of Eternity, which the Naga had been feeding on since their creation ten-thousand years ago, Harry’s Naga had begun to go into withdrawal. Thankfully between their magical flora, Jagragosa and Alira, they had enough magic to keep them alive and begin the treatment of adding Nature magic to the mix. It would take more time and would be a slow process until they added more Green drakes to the Mark’s network, but Harry’s Naga would soon be free of both Azshara and their addiction to magic.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



With that taken care of Hermione started showing her parents around the Cube, while Harry spoke with Sirius. It turned out Remus Lupin had contacted Sirius yesterday, having returned to England but Sirius hadn’t wanted to interrupt Harry’s preparations for his trip, “...three hours or six months ago.” With nothing better to do, Harry agreed to meet with the werewolf, and let Sirius arrange for them to pick Remus up on the doorstep of Number 12, Grimmauld place. Harry gave Sirius an expanded trunk with a comfortable sitting room and gathered up Talion and Ralion, just in case Remus was being followed. An unpleasant thought that occurred to those gathering to meet Remus was that no one had been able to give him a purging potion after Dumbledore had been exposed.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Teleporting into Number 12 was an experience; apparently the ward scheme included wide-spectrum magical travel prevention and Harry nearly bounced off before the wardstone grudgingly accepted him as family. Luckily they had come early enough to make an inspection of the mostly abandoned building. Occasionally an Order Member would visit, but since Dumbledore had fled Hogwarts no one had stayed overnight. This presented the unpleasant difficulty that the house was still under a Fidelius Charm, but since Dumbledore was the secret keeper Harry’s drakes were unable to function inside the house. Harry decided to attempt casting a second Fidelius over the first, to see if he could steal the secret from Dumbledore. Instead of remaining inside, the two dragons stood guard around the courtyard as the time for Remus to arrive approached.



Harry was just inside the Fidelius on the doorstep while Sirius was just inside the house, watching the teen’s back. As they were waiting, Harry had caused a minor panic among the dragons when the portrait of Walburga Black forced open her curtains and began screeching at him. Somehow he had damaged the curtains and the wall behind while only scorching the actual portrait, but the shock of a bolt of lightning being thrown at her frame wandlessly did silence the accursed portrait. And come to think of it, it probably is cursed. Eh, later we’ll see how it holds up to Twilight fire.



Thankfully Remus was on time. He was upset to see Harry out of Hogwarts but did agree to follow Harry into an expanded trunk to talk. Soon they were joined by Sirius, though Remus did demand answers when the trunk was apparated elsewhere. Instead, Harry drew his wand and cast the spell that detected mental influences. After the spell impacted a shocked Remus, he briefly glowed white, green, and an angry red. After tapping twice on a small green gemstone in the shape of a gryphon pinned to his shirt, Harry spoke. (Hermione and Alira had carved a small ‘Dream Emerald’ into a decoration and enchanted it for their six month anniversary. Harry had given both of them a jeweled necklace brimming with enchantments, including an emergency portkey. All three were well-received, the magic used for the enchantments felt like the givers.) “Healer Tonks, Remus just tested positive for a trust potion, obliviation, and a possession that I think is just the detection spell’s way of registering lycanthropy.”



After tapping his lapel again to cancel the connection he turned to his once professor. “Sorry about that Remus, but with everything that’s happened it makes sense to be careful. I don’t know if you’ve met Andromeda Tonks, but she’s Dora’s mom and a great healer. I’ll warn you that purging potions suck, but it’s worth it to be able to trust your own thoughts. Your memories might or might not be possible to retrieve.”



Remus, having felt more and more lost since he returned to England, jumped out of his chair and started to shout. “What is going on here? Sirius, you told me that Dumbledore went crazy but not to worry, now Harry thinks he’s a mind healer? We need to get in contact with Albus, something is horribly wrong!”



Harry, while normally a reasonable individual, had strong feelings about Albus Dumbledore. Even after fighting under Dumbledore’s banner Sirius had ended up in Azkaban without a trial (Something that burned him today even more than the first time he’d learned of it; a Lord never abandoned his followers like that!) and he himself had spent ‘ten dark years’ with his aunt and uncle. While the events of the last few years had forced him to mature before his years, he was still a teenager and had the temper of one. Usually well-controlled, today his temper got the better of him.



With a twitch of his wrist his Basilisk and Crimson Oak wand shot into his waiting hand and a few seconds after that shadows swarmed the sitting area, obscuring the three men. Slowly they receded, revealing Remus very firmly bound by the remaining shadows that stretched from the teen’s wand and Harry rooting around in his pocket. After a moment he withdrew a shrunken coil of chains and threw them at Remus, touching a bit of his magic to them as they flew through the air.



Instead of shadows, Remus quickly found himself bound by the chains. These chains were the brainchild of Senastrasz, Ron, and Hermione; carefully forged and enchanted they could move like snakes and ensnare anything smaller than a fully-grown dragon with ease. There had been a few incidents with them, sadly. The chains would seek to bind everyone but the individual who poured their magic into the original enchantment. Given that the chains looked identical no matter who they belonged to, more than once the Cube’s residents had ended up tangled in them, and on more than one occasion rescuers had required rescue.



In a cold tone, Harry spoke to Remus. “I’ll have a pensieve brought in shortly so you can see why I have no trust in Albus Dumbledore; every memory you’ll see has been verified by two mind healers. You can consider yourself a prisoner until your mind is your own. Just a warning: you can refuse treatment from Andromeda Tonks, but you’re going nowhere until you’re clean. Sirius, can you think of any Order members you’d trust to watch my back while I cast a Fidelius on Number 12? I don’t know if that will override the current one or just require both secrets but it’s worth trying.”



We could probably get Ted and Nymphadora to come pretty easily, I’ll send a Patronus to Vance and Shacklebolt too.” Sirius took a moment to concentrate, having to focus hard to get the spell right, but after a moment he successfully sent out two messenger Patroni. It took a lot out of him though, and he had to sit down to rest for a moment. His years in Azkaban had cost him his ability to use a Patronus, but the last month had seen both the physical and mental damage begin to heal. Dali’s healing magic along with the Crimson Oak trees that radiated a sense of warmth and healing had helped Sirius on the path to recovery, but just enjoying the sun and wind was helping nearly as much. Between the Oaks that radiated warmth and the Blackstone trees that were producing warm volcanic soil the weather outside his tent at Potter Manor almost felt like summer despite the outside world enjoying a typical English October. Sirius had a warm feeling in his chest as he watched his Patroni go about their tasks, for a long time he thought he’d never see his misty white grim again.



Sirius accepted and drank greedily from a seemingly bottomless bottle when his godson pushed one into his hand; while the Patronus spell was once easily within his capabilities, the less perfect the memory used the more magic it required. A genuine smile graced his face as he remembered Harry belting out four of the spells like it was nothing earlier; either Harry had become truly powerful or his godson had collected some very happy memories in the last six months. With Harry’s Patronus changing like it had, and the short explanation of the battle where he’d captured the snake people, it was probably both.



After a few moments of gathering his strength, Sirius waved Harry off. “I’ll let you know when they respond, I just asked if they’d be willing to help secure a townhouse. We might be able to head out in an hour or two. I’m sure you have something to do, I’ll wait with Remus for Andy.”



With that, Harry left the two old friends together in the trunk, climbing out to find and speak with Valistraza. With so many whelps and at least one other Broodmother, he planned on offering her the leadership for all the dragon-rearing efforts of the Potter Dragonflight and seeing if she’d be willing to take on the burden of training Desperiona.



Looking at Remus bound in chains, Sirius sighed. “You just had to bring up the old coot, didn’t you? I can’t get those chains off, so don’t even ask; in fact from what I know if I get close they’ll grab me too. Are you comfortable, at least?”



At this point, Remus Lupin had a rather large number of questions and concerns. He decided to start with something he thought Sirius would agree with. “Sirius, how can you sit there so calmly when Harry just used ‘ Dark Magic on me? We have to get him away from whoever taught him that spell!”



Sirius couldn’t help but laugh hysterically at that. A few moments later he responded as he wiped tears from his eyes. “Ah, thanks for that Moony; it’s good to laugh again. But be careful saying that around Minnie, you might regret it. Oh, don’t give me that look! I got Minerva to give him some extra transfiguration lessons, that’s one of the results, Harry showed it to me and explained it’s just a short-term animative transfiguration that uses air or dirt. That display was proof that he can still reign in his temper: You see he’s created two versions, one uses those tentacles to bind and the second uses blades to cut. Now calm down! I have a lot to tell you before Andy gets here and we have a few memories to watch to prove what I have to say.”



As the afternoon progressed, Remus felt his world shatter: First from seeing Harry and his closest friends snarl “I do not need a mind healer!” with almost exactly intonations, (Intonations that belonged to none of the three!) then from seeing what Albus did in the Great Hall. Eventually Harry returned with Andromeda Tonks to administer a truly unpleasant potion, the chains binding him dancing to Harry’s will as they were replaced by padded shackles. To his dismay Remus learned that Purging Potions were not fun at all. He even met the new Headmaster briefly as the man examined him with blue, glowing eyes. To his dismay, Andromeda declared that while he’d been flushed of potion residue Remus still required extensive counseling to deal with the long-held thought patterns formed by the trust potions. (Even with all the active potions out of his system, the near-instinctive urge to trust Dumbledore in everything, even in defiance of rational thought remained a problem.) Remus even found out that Albus had done the same thing to Andromeda’s daughter and truly earned a mother's hate.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Meanwhile, Harry had caught up to Bill Weasley on the fifth floor where he was hunting down the latest cursed item secreted in the school. He had just finished speaking with the Potter Dragonflight’s Broodmother. Valistraza had grumbled a little, but agreed to take on more responsibilities as long as Harry got her as much help as possible; so far she was the only one with a century of training in childcare. He had given the Valistraza his word that he would ‘decant’ and swear in the three Dragonspawn who had been watching over whelps tomorrow. As Harry talked with Bill, it turned out so many objects had been left or planted over the last thousand years that it was difficult to pin any individual item down, each object making finding others in a wide area more difficult. Harry was happy to lend a hand while he waited to get a few people together to attempt to double-Fidelius Number Twelve, Grimmauld place.



After a bit of thought, Bill taught Harry a detection spell suited to large amounts of power, and together they worked on hunting down the latest item. As they worked, Harry explained his thoughts on offering Charlie a place with them, both to help with the numerous young dragons and possibly to help with their next trip to Azeroth. As they chipped away at Hogwarts’ masonry to reveal a bricked over hidden passage Bill offered to send his brother a letter, advising him not to sign a contract renewal. Charlie’s latest contract was ending in the third week of November, so he would convince his brother to visit before signing up again.



Satisfied, the two took in the scene behind the bricks. A pentagram had been carved into the stone and a cursed dagger was resting in the skeleton of what looked to be a goat or sheep. A skeletonized human hand still gripped the dagger, but no other part of the student who had apparently invoked very dark magics a long time ago could be found. Bill quickly set about ensuring the students were kept far away from his latest find and Ralion was called up to destroy the cursed dagger, bones, and pentagram; there was still active magic so Bill decided to simply have the entire scene destroyed with Twilight fire. Ralion ended up destroying some of the surrounding stone as well at Bill’s urging; the curse-breaker thought it best to be sure there wasn’t any trace of the tainted magic left. Later, Bill explained that without access to Ralion’s species of dragons his tool of choice would have been a carefully controlled burst of Fiendfyre.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



About two hours before dinner was served Harry along with Sirius, Bill Weasley, Nymphadora and her father, as well as Emmeline Vance met up at Number 12. When Emmeline began to object to Harry apparating without a license, Harry gave her a flat look for a moment before he responded. “Ms. Vance, Voldemort has tried to kill me five times now and the Ministry has nearly given me the Dementor’s kiss four times, with the last one being a deliberate murder attempt. Do you understand why knowing how to instantly travel from one place to another might extend my life a little?”



Emmeline was rather embarrassed at that, but thankfully remained professional. “You’re right Harry, sorry about that. I’ve never heard of anyone breaking a Fidelius Charm, what are you planning?”



As Harry was busying himself with the preparations for the Fidelius Charm, he replied without looking behind him so missed the shock on Emmeline’s face. “We’re going to cast another Fidelius on top of Dumbledore’s. We don’t actually know what this is going to do, but hopefully it will override the old Fidelius and let us share the secret while keeping Dumbledore out. Just keep a look out while I work, the runes take a while to set up and I need to get things just right.”



Looking confused, Emmeline looked around. “But who’s casting it? The Fidelius is incredibly difficult to cast, we’d need someone on Dumbledore’s level, wouldn’t we?”



Ignoring his chuckling godfather, Harry simply went about his preparations. “It’s not that difficult, the first one I did was the hardest. Actually, it really depends on the size of the area being protected and how many people know it exists. I might not even break a sweat with how few people know this house exists right now.”



Harry did, in fact, end up sweaty by the time the second Fidelius was in place. Unlike the previous castings, it had felt as if something was fighting him before the spell settled into place. Everyone present was very relieved when their intense confusion broke after Sirius spoke. “Number 12 Grimmauld Place is the Home of the Black Family.”



It turned out that Harry’s idea failed to destroy the original Fidelius, leaving the strange situation where people needed both secrets to be able to find and navigate the townhouse. After a thorough check of the building, Harry spoke to Emmeline Vance in Number 12’s kitchen with Sirius listening in while sipping a hot cup of tea. It turned out Emmeline worked at the Ministry in the Department of Magical Games and Sports, and was specialized in applying and refreshing essential charms to the various Quidditch stadiums on her broomstick. “Ms. Vance, I have an offer for you.”



With a reserved smile on her face, the older witch responded. “Let’s hear it then Harry, and call me Emmeline.”



Smiling, Harry accepted a cup of tea and passed one on to Emmeline. “All right Emmeline. Right now the Ministry is hopelessly compromised. Lucius Malfoy and others have been working to gain power by any means necessary since they escaped justice, and that doesn’t even account for Voldemort’s supporters who were never charged. I don’t think there is any saving a system that lets murderers walk free and throws innocent men to the Dementors. Veritaserum and Magical Oaths exist, there was no acceptable reason Malfoy and others should have gone free. Not to mention the Ministry tried to murder me this summer.”



Do you really think they wanted to kill you, Harry?” Emmeline responded without showing her emotions.



If I hadn’t been paranoid enough to carry my wand everywhere, those Dementors would have left me a living corpse. The Dementors weren’t there to scare me, they were after my and my cousin’s souls. If Voldemort wanted me dead, he wouldn’t have sent two monsters when I’d already chased off dozens in my third year. Anyway, the offer: I’d like you to come to Hogwarts, along with any family you might have. Officially you’d be there to provide security and help find the cursed items in the school; you’d; probably end up working on the school’s stadium too. You might end up teaching a class like Bill Weasley is doing on curse breaking, but that depends on what skills you have that aren’t already being taught. Unofficially, you’d be joining a group to save lives when Voldemort begins to move.



Voldemort is still out there, and without Dumbledore around, probably thinks he can do anything he wants. When his forces move, they will have your address, access to your job, and be able to ambush you as you move from home to work. You are not safe where you are. I’m forming a group of my own, since I can’t trust the Ministry or anyone loyal to Dumbledore. Sirius vouched for you so I’m willing to give you a little trust.”



Now curious, Emmeline spoke again. “And you have enough pull with Headmaster Salonar to just get me a job like that?”



Now with a smile of his own, Harry replied. “Yes. In fact, I even have a pensieve if there’s any memories you’d like to see, in case you have any doubts from listening to Snape or the Prophet. I understand Snape tended to share his less than positive opinion of me whenever he could.” Harry rooted around in his pockets for a moment, the action made comical by the obvious dept h of several. “Ah, here it is.”



With that Harry withdrew a metallic cube and expanded it. “This is a step up from an expanded trunk, we call it the Arboretum. I left a pensieve set up within, care to join me?”



If nothing else, Emmeline Vance was impressed with the size of the interior and the towering forest of obviously magical trees. After a few strides in she paused and took several deep breaths, savoring the unfamiliar but pleasant scents. In for a penny, in for a pound she supposed. “Obviously there’s more going on than I thought. This Arboretum is impressive, Harry.”



Over the next half-hour, Harry showed Emmeline several memories, his fight with Albus, his encounters with Voldemort. In the end she decided to move to Hogwarts and tentatively align herself with Harry. After she moved into the guest wing of Hogwarts and began assisting Bill Weasley with his hunt, several people began to feel her out and eventually Harry offered her a place in his organization. He did not tell Emmeline Vance about the dragons until after she had completed the Oath Ritual, but after some grousing she threw herself into the efforts to make Hogwarts an impenetrable fortress. In an attempt to curry favor with her, Harry arranged for her to form a familiar bond with a ‘Frayfeather’ Hippogryph, a subspecies of Azerothian Hippogryph that boasted beautiful light blue and pink plumage. As a woman who had always been happiest in the air, Emmeline quickly forgave Harry for all his faults.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



As Harry taught the Defense Association that evening he received a number of comments on how he seemed taller and more tan. Harry’s oft-repeated answer was that he continued to improve with the attention of a skilled healer. Later, Harry enjoyed the training session with those who had given him their loyalty even more. After those who hadn’t sworn an oath left (And in one case were booted from the Room when Harry ‘required’ anyone who hadn’t sworn an oath to be removed.) Harry decided to bring out the big Memory Viewing Device again. “You guys know some of what we were doing on Azeroth. We actually got into a battle not quite three months after arriving, I want you all to watch this carefully. We’ll show it through more than one person’s point of view.”



Susan Bones was the first to speak up after the entire Battle of Silvermyst Isle had played out. “That didn’t look anything like a duel or even some of the battles I’ve seen in a pensieve from the last war. What were they going to do ?”



Harry looked Susan in the eyes and answered her. “They were going to murder about five-thousand Draenei men, women, and children, plus any visitors in their capital by sinking the island with that big orb in the boat. I’ll let the others tell you about the Twilight Hammer’s Cult, usually just called the Twilight Cult, and why I kill them without hesitation. I don’t like killing people, I don’t think I ever will. But sometimes people fall so far, cross so many lines, make so bad a choice, and spread so much misery that it becomes the duty of good people to put them down for the sake of those they have hurt and those they will hurt.”



Harry sighed and rubbed his eyes briefly. “As for the combat itself, duels are competitions, sporting events like Quidditch. If you’re fighting in a war your duty is to protect the people you love and end the threat to them. I won’t order any of you to go into battle for me; but if the war comes to you, I expect you to stay alive. I value each one of you more than every soul who’s chosen to serve Voldemort. If the choice is between you and them, do what you need to do. During our next meeting we will start using the Room to practice defense in a practical scenario, it turns out we can ‘require’ the Room to provide lifelike enemies who can’t kill us.”



After a rather lengthy discussion on the nature of war, Harry was happy to end the Defense Association meeting on a high note. On Azeroth vendors sold many ‘companion’ pets for very reasonable prices, these creatures were generally ensorcelled when young to prevent them from growing any larger than they currently were. Fortunately, Harry had been traveling with a Blue wyrm who was perfectly willing to strip away those restricting enchantments by the dozen. It was certainly easier to simply buy a pet shop out of a desired creature instead of collecting them in the wilds, before presenting them to the students before they grew up. Harry was happy to present the students with potential familiars, and he offered the students a choice of dozens of Dragonhawks, (Elegant creatures that were a mix of dragon, serpent, and eagle; deadly hunters with the ability to breathe fire.) a half dozen Gryphon hatchlings, (Very intelligent predators domesticated by the Dwarves of Azeroth.) six fox kits of varying colors, (With magic from the Familiar Ritual they were expected to eventually get big enough to bear riders.) five Stranglethorn Tiger cubs, and sixteen raptor hatchlings. (The raptors, probably descendants of Earth’s extinct species, were cunning, deadly creatures and would make ideal guard animals with the student’s magic granting them intelligence.)



In addition to each creature’s strengths, you can expect any animal you bond with will gain the ability to use magic over time. Hedwig,” Here, he gestured to the large blue-white avian on his shoulder who promptly began posturing, showing off her striking plumage. “can use a few simple charms now. I don’t know exactly how these creatures will change, but if you treat them well you’ll have steadfast companions for your whole life. Here, let me get the Room to show you mature adults.”



Luna Lovegood was the first to come forward, skipping towards the Dragonhawks and quickly picking out a pale silvery creature. Ginny followed and chose a red and gold individual. When presented with the variety of creatures from Azeroth, Luna had decided to take an unexpected approach. The silver Dragonhawk was Luna’s third familiar, and would be the last allowed to her for the time being; her small raptor and Stranglethorn tiger were already pulling on her magic to build their own. In time, each of Luna’s familiars would gain the ability to use magic as Hedwig could, and would be able to cast spells the same as any wizard. Moreover, when they were able to gather and store ambient magic, they would be able to share that magic not just back and forth to Luna, but to each other as well. Luna was making an investment in the future, though with the third creature draining her she would be stuck with a little less power than a first year until her creatures could pull their own weight.

 

Based on careful monitoring of Harry’s Cloud Serpent, Hermione’s Manasaber, and Ron’s Warpstalker, Luna would be weakened for about four months. Azeroth’s abundant latent magic had infused every creature living on that world, making Luna’s quest possible; while the creatures were not able to draw in and actively use magic, they were still saturated with it, which made the entire process much easier. Most students, however, felt one familiar was enough.



One at a time, Aurogos guided the students through the Potter Dragonflight’s Familiar Ritual, a smile on his face. Harry was smiling as well, Hedwig and Lanju were both proving that the familiar bond provided results, and in time the students would gain powerful protectors. Harry was interrupted when Ernie Macmillan spoke up. “Um, Harry? These creatures are great and all, but do you have permits for them?”



Harry chuckled for a moment before getting control of himself and responding. “I’m afraid something of a rift between myself and the Ministry opened this summer when they tried to kill me. You know, it wasn’t even a good murder attempt, I’ve had better murder attempts walking through the forest before our Headmaster thinned out the spiders. No, the Ministry is so corrupt and infiltrated by Voldemort’s supporters I don’t do any business with them. For the Christmas holiday you might have to leave your new familiars here, by summer Fudge ought to have bigger problems to deal with.”



Unsurprisingly, many of the boys who had grown up in the mundane world chose Azeroth’s Raptors. More than a few halfbloods also picked the extinct (on Earth) animals that looked to be something right out of the Jurassic Park movies. Daphne Greengrass and Tracey Davis picked out a pair of dark orange Stranglethorn Tiger cubs after Harry explained that even in the wild they often learned how to make themselves invisible, and were dangerous physical combatants. Susan and her familiar, a golden serpentine dragon currently coiled around her throat (Susan’s companion ‘Lyra’ turned out to have a far lighter touch than Harry’s Lanju, even when asleep.) helped walk other students through the short ritual, happy to help the group .



As the students selected and bonded with what would eventually become powerful companions, the Room of Requirement gained a festive atmosphere. Overall, it made for a nice welcome back to Hogwarts for those who had spent the last six months away.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Over the next week, Harry and those who had gone with him adjusted to life back in Hogwarts. It was strange being around so many people again, not to mention attending classes. But there was a lot of work to be done as well, and the Potter Dragonflight kept busy. That first week back Harry’s group built four of their expanded cubes, three of them designed for agricultural pursuits. The fourth, named ‘The Den,’ because Ron’s family home already used the name ‘Burrow’ was special, however. Each evening Harry had been swearing those rescued from Azeroth into his group, and making plans as well. With suggestions from the new members of his organization, Harry had changed the plans for fortifying Potter Estate by adding a number of underground structures. The Den would be dug under Potter Manor itself and connected both to the main house and the network of underground structures.



Azeroth’s Dwarves were the foremost masters of stone-working on their world, and Harry had saved a number of them; including the architect responsible for all the repairs of the Stonewrought Dam, a structure that had been one of Azeroth’s engineering marvels. Few non-Dwarves knew that the dam hadn’t been named for its builder, but for the then-revolutionary method by which it had been built and anchored to the bedrock. The ‘Stonewrought method’ was a way of building stone structures that left the stone not only without a seam as if it had not been built but merely carved out of a single block of stone, but significantly stronger as well. Before the Dwarves would agree to serve him, Harry had to give his oath that he would never use their knowledge against their people or compete against any dwarf of Ironforge for construction projects.



Using the Stonewrought method was easier for those with a strong connection to the Earth, and the Black whelps and drakes were eager to learn it. With Dwarves and dragons both eager to get to work, Harry set them to the task of improving Potter Estate so it would be a home for all of them. Their first project was to build retaining walls in the pit formed by the expansion of Potter Estate. With his Naga and many other helpers, Harry led his group through the ocean off the coast of Scotland the Saturday after he returned, all of them making use of either Bubble-head Charms or Gillyweed, (Which was surprisingly easy to grow between Harry’s Naga and Druids.) dozens of expanded trunks, and spells to quarry a vast amount of stone. His Naga were especially hard workers that day, hoping to soon have a larger living space than the pond in which they had been living. While Naga could move about on land easily, to live above the surface for any real length of time they required a potion brewed with a plant that had yet to be imported from Azeroth. Bavaku was the only dragon to join them under the water, some combination of his newly-discovered Naga anthromagus form and his subspecies’ transition from Black to Nether dragons had removed the instinctive, crippling fear of submersion that plagued nearly all other dragons.



As the walls that would contain the new lake went up slowly, many sets of hands learn ing a new skill as they went , Harry’s Naga had already begun planning out the species of flora and fauna they would import. A number of wardstones were both built into the retaining walls and placed at the bottom of what would become a warm saltwater lake, creating the first strands of a defensive web that would protect their new home. Once the dam was finished various bunkers and burrows would be built, made of stone reinforced with the magics of two worlds. Volcanic soil produced by the Blackstone trees and all the stones unsuitable for construction were being used to fill the void from the expansion, and while it was slow going they expected it to be filled in by June. As time went by, more and more cuttings were taken from the mature Blackstone trees; if they ever had too much soil they could always sell the extra.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Eight days after returning to Earth, Harry was escorting a group into the Arboretum. Tonight was the full moon, and Harry wanted Remus to be able to stretch his legs during his transformation. While he had been restrained and treated, Remus had figured out something big was going on. He’d met a lot of people, most of them obviously foreign, but from where he had no idea; there were at least two languages spoken he’d never heard before. Two women were walking with Harry, Sirius, and himself, apparently Harry had a large expanded space set up for him. Sirius was excited to spend the night with him as Padfoot, but almost all of Remus’s attention was on the two women. His inner wolf, the animal inside him born from the werewolf curse, was intensely interested in the two of them and also a little intimidated, like he was standing in the presence of dangerous creatures. It didn’t help that Harry was having a conversation in an unknown language with the two of them as they stepped up to a metal cube taller than he was.



As Harry manipulated a series of runes to open the door to the Arboretum, he was giving the two young women an overview of lycanthropy, especially the differences between it and the similar affliction present on Azeroth. As they stepped into the verdant forest, now complete with a perfect view of the night sky, Harry gave one last statement to them in Common. “Constance, Madlen, just to be clear on why I asked you to observe Remus tonight instead of any of the male Worgen; I asked for female volunteers because I think that his wolf would try to kill another male. If Remus makes any unwanted advances while not in control of himself feel free to kick his ass, just don’t do anything the healers can’t fix. Stay safe, learn what you can about lycanthropy tonight, and I’ll see you in the morning.”



During the months of rescuing people on Hyjal, the Potter Dragonflight had collected a small number of Worgen. Unlike Earth’s lycanthropy, the Worgen curse had a known source: Different sects of Druids had chosen an Ancient to revere, to emulate and usually they also embraced a similar animal form. (Druids of the Talon, users of the Druid’s crow form revered Aviana while Druids of the Claw, users of the physically powerful bear form revered an enormous bear Ancient named Ursoc.) One group had chosen to emulate the wolf Ancient named Goldrinn. Goldrinn embodied ferocity, savagery, and an unyielding will. He also struggled for his entire existence to control his savagery, to balance the feral and sentient sides of himself; never truly overcoming his lust for blood and battle. Predictably, the Druids choosing to embrace his power lost control of themselves. Those trapped in the ‘Pack Form’ even became contagious through their bites.



Azeroth’s human nation of Gilneas had recent problems with feral Worgen rampaging through their towns and cities, spreading the curse as far as possible. Though it took a great deal of effort, a combination of magic, alchemy, willpower, and ‘The Ritual of Balance’ had allowed them to regain their human intelligence, though the curse had altered them. Instead of lycanthrope humans that turn into wolves once a month, the Worgen are bipedal, eight feet (2.4 meter) tall wolf creatures that can return to their human shape when calm. Though there is always a temptation to give into their animal instincts and become a feral creature, Worgen do have a number of advantages to balance out the negative aspects. Among those advantages are their senses, which are not only far stronger than humanly possible, but also include the ability to see auras not visible to the naked eye. Also, while in their Worgen forms the aches and pains of age lose their bite; older Worgen enjoyed vitality, vigor, that their years had taken from them so long as they remained in their new forms.



Even though Harry had blown up at Remus he was still fond of his old Professor, and was hoping tonight would reveal something useful to treating his lycanthropy. More than one individual was also curious if lycanthropy and worgenism were related afflictions. Harry had placed a bet that they were not, based on what was known and the timing of various outbreaks. Worgen had first walked Azeroth nine-thousand years ago, but had been trapped in the Emerald Dream until the last decade or so. There was substantial evidence of people, animals, and even plants moving between the two worlds; but even so, worgenism had been locked in a separate layer of reality.



As he passed a box around, encouraging the three about to transform to place anything they wanted to keep intact inside, Harry smiled as he saw Remus’s expression as the two young women removed all of their clothing save a pair of shorts and an elastic top that showed off their midriffs. (Both articles of clothing had been created by the Patil twins, making use of Hermione’s research and experimentation. They were guaranteed to remain comfortable even as they stayed exactly the right size, no matter what changes a person went through.) Of course, Remus was absolutely floored when the two took their true forms a few moments before the moon rose.



Apparently their enhanced physical and mystical senses found Harry pleasing, because the teen found himself with two rather large humanoid wolves nuzzling him only a moment later. With a laugh Harry pushed them away and politely asked them to never let Alira see them doing that. While he loved his girlfriend, (Though ‘consort’ was the proper term, he liked to think of both Alira and Hermione as his girlfriends to make the relationship seem a little more normal.) Alira still had the fantasy of Harry as the head of a large harem, even though he was content with what he had. Looking at Remus, Harry switched back to English and tried to alleviate a little of his confusion. “They’re called Worgen Remus, they have something similar to your disease, but they have control over themselves and when they transform. They also have incredible senses, physical and magical. After tonight we should know whether or not the treatments that help them remain themselves w ill work on you. We’ll talk more tomorrow.”



With nothing else to say, Harry quickly expanded and emptied a trunk from his pocket. Thanks to applied fertility magic, they had no shortage of rabbits so Harry had no problem letting a few dozen loose for them to chase during the night. Anything they failed to catch and consume the whelps would take care of tomorrow.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



The next evening, Remus was invited to dinner with Harry and a few other people. He still hadn’t been given his wand, but the man understood and forgave that in light of the truth about Dumbledore coming out. It scared him, terrified him really, that even after he knew Dumbledore had apparently dosed him enough with trust and loyalty potions during his adolescence to have skirted close to a lethal dose; even knowing what the man really was, he still found himself building justifications, defending the monster. Thankfully Andromeda Tonks, and her husband Ted, Remus’s counselor, were patient and understanding. He was recovering, though it would take time.



This morning had been awkward, he had awoken to find himself cuddling with Constance, one of the two ‘Worgen’ Harry had introduced. From what he could tell his inner wolf had no idea what to make of the two women, especially after they transformed. He was glad to find out he hadn’t slept with either of them, in fact he had a few injuries. He had a suspicion his wolf had been picked up by its scruff and shaken at some point during the night. In fact, given how Sirius had been laughing at him, he probably had been. But overall it had been one of his least painful transformations in years, and from what he could sense his wolf had been happy to be with similar creatures.



After he’d gotten some pants on, he’d met ‘Dali Lothar,’ a student new to Hogwarts and apparently already a gifted healer. If the warm healing energy she channeled into him with her hands hadn’t felt so good he would have been embarrassed at how he had gone limp and nearly f a ll en asleep in relaxation. Dali had simply been amused as she soothed out the aches and pains left over from his transformation. After a few moments she finished up, explaining her healing used ‘Life magic,’ and that while she wanted to wait to fix all the older damage he’d accrued over the years she had to wait; apparently her healing magic could also strengthen his curse if she used too much of it. No Healer had ever had that problem when treating him before. Not that many Healers had ever tried to soothe the lingering pain from his transformation before either.



Walking next to Sirius he was glad to see Harry waiting for them outside the expanded trunk where he’d spent the better part of the day, in what could only be the famous Chamber of Secrets. Apparently Harry and others had been renovating and making use of the space, though how they gotten real sunlight inside was a question he’d have to ask at some point. Harry surprised him by wanting to talk.



Remus, I wanted to apologize for snapping at you. You needed a purging potion, but I should have been more patient. Dumbledore is just an open wound for me, when you said we should run to him I saw red. I also wanted to thank you for bringing back the deer and elk. I needed them and we’re already putting them to use.”



Here, Sirius butted in. “What about his notes on the animagus potion? I haven’t had time to look at them myself, but you’ve got a few people pouring over what he found out.”



Harry made an inconclusive gesture with his hand. “It’s complicated, we’ll talk about it after dinner. I hope you’re hungry, Dobby’s gone a little nuts since he hasn’t needed to take care of the Cube lately.”



With that Harry led them through a Chamber of Secrets that was blooming with trees and shrubs, some obviously magical but none Remus had seen before. Parts of the Chamber looked as if people had abandoned tasks, leaving them unfinished. In any case, Harry led them to a staircase that went up, presumably into Hogwarts. Harry paused again and spoke. “I don’t know if you know yet Remus, but we found a secret place in the school called the Room of Requirement. It will become anything you require; think of it as a magical holodeck, if you get the reference.”



Remus did, in fact, get the reference. “That is… a very useful tool, Harry.”



Harry laughed aloud as the three of them climbed the flight of stairs. “You have no idea, we’ve been using it almost constantly for the last month or so.”



When they arrived, Remus was surprised at the medieval stone dining room that was waiting for them, the only person already there was the new Headmaster. While tasteful and beautiful even if a bit cold with crystals everywhere and tapestries on the walls, Remus blurted out the first thought in his head. “It’s very blue.”



And it was, almost everything was blue, save for the accents of polished silver. Looking up from the documents he was working on, ‘Aurogon Salonar’ just sighed. “Everyone’s a critic. Harry, the Room is yours.”



With that, the Room of Requirement blurred, the cold blue stone being replaced by a hall of exposed wooden beams and walls colored in a medley of colors, red and gold being the most prevalent; overall the colors made the room feel warm and welcoming. The table and chairs changed from blue stone to a beautiful red wood, and the lighting changed to something warm and inviting. As they reached the table Sirius spoke. “You know I thought they were joking about you having good taste, but Hermione was right. This is someplace you’d like to live. Thinking of building your house like this?”



Harry rolled his shoulders as he sat down at the head of the table, gesturing to Sirius and Remus to sit nearby. The Headmaster was continuing to focus on his paperwork as they got comfortable. “Maybe. Each time I ‘require’ a room like this I try to make it a little different. I want my home to feel welcoming, sort of like the Burrow but less cramped. Home might need to be a fortress on the outside, but there’s no reason the inside can’t be comfortable. Sirius, how’s your Common coming?”



For the professor in Remus, the discussion that followed about Common was very interesting. Apparently the language was originally just jargon used by traders and had developed into a full language. Harry had become fluent, and took the time to teach both Remus and Sirius a few words and phrases. Time flew, and Remus barely noticed the others filing in. He wasn’t surprised to see all three Tonks, and the three older students that sat next to the Headmaster didn’t really attract his attention after Harry explained that they were part of their research group. Given the reason they had spent the night with him, the two Worgen from last night weren’t really a surprise either. But the creature walking in with Dali and two other humans, a man with black hair and burnt orange eyes and a woman with dark hair streaked with blue and purple eyes, did catch Remus’s attention. It was reminiscent of a centaur, except smaller and with no hint of horse anywhere, instead it was an orange and black striped tiger that stood on four legs, and seemed to be amused at Remus’s staring. In fact he crossed his arms across his chest and gave the werewolf a respectful nod of his head.



Well, I already knew Harry was up to something. He seems to be expected, so no need to raise a fuss I suppose. When everyone was seated, Dobby brought the meal in. Harry was right there was a lot of food, some of the dishes he’d never seen before but turned out to be excellent. Dali and Andromeda pushed a few potions on him, but Remus had no problem following a healer’s instructions. While Dali couldn’t be old enough to be a fully-licensed healer, she was obviously capable. Various conversations flowed around the table during the meal, only about half of them in English, generally just people catching up. Remus enjoyed a conversation with Ted Tonks, who had been just as busy as his wife helping Hogwarts students (and his daughter) sort out their minds.



As they polished off dessert, a slice of cake with subtle flavors completely new to him, Harry called the meeting to order. “Okay, we have a few things to go over. Healers, Headmaster, what have we learned about lycanthropy?”



Aurogon answered first. “It isn’t the same affliction as worgenism. A Worgen gains the instincts of a wolf that can overpower their minds, turning them feral. From what we’ve learned from Remus, Earth’s werewolves actually have a second creature in their heads. My first instinct is to call it a parasite, but that isn’t quite right; it almost seems as if lycanthropy was a positive effect that has been turned into a curse. I think it was originally the result of a lost ritual, something for warriors to gain the traits of an animal. But the best explanation I can give is that something made the first werewolf’s ‘inner wolf’ go rabid and insane; then it became contagious.



What this means is that the Oath to a Loyal Lord wouldn’t work. Your friend,” Here, the blue-haired Headmaster waved at Remus. “isn’t just one individual, but two. He might consent but the wolf is insane and would not; Remus can only consent for himself, not the other creature inside him. It’s the same reason Hermione can’t take the Oath, in her case Dumbledore tricked her into literally handing him her innate ability to consent over any contract or ritual. Sadly this means none of the treatments for Worgen would help him, in particular I think the Ritual of Balance would do more harm than good. Going forward we have a few options; an artifact named the Scythe of Elune or Goldrinn himself. Either one would have to either merge wolf and host into one being, or quell the wolf’s rage, which might not be impossible. It also looks like separating Remus and his wolf would simply kill both of them; they are dependent on each other.”



Harry groaned, cradling his head in his hands. “After we deal with Gringotts we can arrange a trip. Goldrinn shouldn’t be too hard to find, but who has the Scythe right now?”



Remus was surprised that the four-legged creature answered. “It’s in Darnassus. I don’t think you could ask for such a dangerous tool and maintain a low profile though Harry; not that Malfurion Stormrage would let you have it no matter how great your need or clever your logic.”



Sighing again, Harry spoke. “We’ll approach Goldrinn soon. Not only is there a better chance of getting help, but I’d prefer not to deal with Malfurion ‘let’s lock our problems in the Emerald Dream and forget about them’ Stormrage.” Looking back at Remus, Harry straightened up. “Remus, while I would like to simply explain everything, I can’t do that without some kind of binding agreement or oath; there’s simply too many lives at stake right now. In fact, you know too much for me to risk you making a mistake and letting the secret out. It isn’t that I don’t want you around Remus, I just won’t risk lives if I can help it.”



Remus was suddenly reminded that it was his mistake that caused Peter’s escape two years ago. Harry had been so excited by the prospect of living with Sirius, and he had screwed that up. There was a lot to process, a lot of questions to ask when the time was right, but the child he’d failed was building something here; everyone, everyone in the room had deferred to him. “Harry, I’ll help wherever you want me, and I’ll swear an oath or sign a contract not to betray you or your secrets.”



A few moments later, Remus had signed a binding magical contract and was tentatively welcomed into what he was surprised to learn was an organization called the Potter Dragonflight. When he asked about the group’s name, the strange feline creature along with Dali and the two humans that came with them shifted into a Black, Bronze, Red, and Twilight dragon. Laughing at Remus’s shock, Harry spoke again. “Now you see why Sirius wanted that potion. A lot of the people you’ve met are actually sentient dragons, refugees from another world. It’s a long story but Sirius can fill you in. Aurogos, what’s your opinion on the animagus potion?”



After a moment, the Headmaster pulled several stacks of notes to the top of the pile of paperwork he’d been working on. At least three other people had contributed to it based on the visible handwriting. “Some good and bad news my Lord. Good news is that it should work, and my understanding of the process is that once you take the potion you can gain the form of almost any creature with strong magic, so long as they freely donate a tear, drop of blood, and either a hair, feather, or scale. The potion ritual, which is the best term because it isn’t simply a potion, also requires the person taking the potion to have completed a service not just for the donor, but their species as a whole.



The bad news is that the user might inherit any control magic from a donor; the translation in one spot works out to ‘...as if you had been born as one of them…’ So for you my Lord we’d need a dragon not a slave of the Titans or Old Gods; I also have no idea what would happen if you used this ritual with a dragon who’d sworn the Loyal Lord Oath to you.” Everyone briefly looked at the Bronze dragon reclining there for his reaction; when he had a rather pronounced flinch the group seemed to assume that going forward on that idea was a bad one.



The purple dragon who had entered the Room of Requirement as a woman spoke up. “That’s easily solved: You just need to approach Tendrion my Lord, just after his trip to Karazhan would be the best time.”



From there Remus lost track of the conversation entirely, even the parts that were in English, as the group discussed time travel and causality. But on the plus side, he found out where he would be helping his old friend’s son. Come tomorrow Remus would begin an intensive program to learn Common and would find himself teaching both magic in a general sense and magical warfare. It was disheartening that he would be preparing children to fight, but it was better than letting violence find them unprepared. Remus had always enjoyed teaching anyway.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Two weeks after returning to Earth, every student who had at least sworn to not support Harry’s enemies joined a project that would teach them a handy bit of carpentry, at least if they ever wanted to sail the seven seas. After all, the best way to learn to build a magical sailing ship was to build a magical sailing ship. (And it was a good use of Bryne and his crew as well; there was no one who knew more about mundane and magical sailing than they did.) Between Captain Bryne, his crew, and the Naga the first wing of their mundane business empire was now ready to launch. After what he had learned about the art and nature of war, Harry understood you could never have too large a war chest, so now that Bryne once again had a ship to captain he would be sailing under the flag of Clay Naval Salvage. Thanks to Dan and Emma Granger an entire consortium of business concerns were being prepared under the umbrella of ‘Clay Industries.’ Collecting nautical salvage with Naga and magic on their sides was expected to be very lucrative. Bavaku would be joining them at times since his second form turned out to be a crimson-scaled Naga.



While Harry doubted they were the first to hunt for sunken treasure with magic, Gillyweed would only let you dive so deep. Enterprising wizards and witches might have collected treasures near the surface, but Harry had an advantage they did not. Azeroth’s Naga thrived on the ocean floor and though some parts of the seas were actually deeper on Earth, with charms and carefully crafted protective bodysuits nothing was beyond their reach. The bodysuits were a necessity in any case, since all of the Naga had become sick, some of them very sick after the stone-harvesting expedition off Scotland’s coast. Apparently the Potter Dragonflight discovered a dumping ground of some sort, because everyone ended up sick to varying degrees. Luckily they still had Purging Potions on hand and they were useful in removing more contaminants than just loyalty potions.



Azeroth’s oceans were not perfectly clean; oil, ash, and rust from every ship ever sunk beneath the waves polluted the water. But oil and ash could be broken down by bacteria over time and the rust wasn’t thick enough to really cause harm. Earth, however, had all of those things as well as industrial chemicals and plastic. Plastic, while it would gradually break into smaller and smaller pieces, never broke down chemically. Hermione and Stine had put their heads together to create wet suits, not much difference in appearance from what humans often wore while surfing or diving, that covered their entire body. With magic and expanded spaces a system to keep oxygenated water flowing over the Naga’s gills wasn’t difficult either.



Sirius, Dan, and Emma had spent a full week working to design the new ship. In fact, everyone who knew their way around a book ended up spending time working out the magic required for the various components. What took the most time was a device built into an expanded cube: Powered by a selection of magical trees, the enchantments would take water from the ocean and strip out every substance that didn’t belong in ocean water, which meant everything other than salt and trace minerals, along with plankton and seeds for various plants. That device collected what turned out to be a highly toxic sludge. A second cube-bound device took that sludge and broke it down into its individual components, producing a supply of pure elements. (Nicholas and Perenelle Flamel continued to prove themselves exceedingly useful when they found a project interesting enough to really apply themselves.) The intake and outtake could even be used to increase the speed of the ship. It turned out there was actually significant demand for a fair number of pure elements, and the more common ones like iron or carbon they would simply use themselves.



(On a whim, Harry decided that once they had the opportunity he would buy the equipment used to create synthetic diamonds. Magicals had never had much use for diamonds because they didn’t retain magic very well. However, with the world’s foremost alchemists staying with them Harry was curious if something could be mixed with the carbon to make the result useful. Both alchemists were cheerful as Vordistrasz had been given the counter to the Draught of Living Death, briefly told by Dalistraza that he was in good hands, and immediately placed into a medical coma. There was no need to let him suffer at the moment, and the next time he woke up a great deal of healing and a significant number of tissue grafts would have him in better health. The last set of grafts would be flesh donated by another subspecies of dragon, breaking the Titan’s control as the foreign flesh integrated and altered his body’s magic.)



The Forbidden Forest had been thinned out to provide the lumber needed. Not enough to harm the ecosystem, but enough to let new growth flourish. After having to mediate, Harry and Aurogos were glad there had been only three instances where Bane had insulted the archery skills of the disguised elves responsible for harvesting the lumber. While the forest’s Centaur were indeed skilled archers, Harry’s elves, even some of the Druids, had been practicing archery for thousands of years. Poor Bane finally gave up when he walked back to his home for the third time, bloodied and bruised from blunt, weighted arrows. It took a week of backbreaking work before the ship was ready to sail.



Even Harry felt a bit of English pride when their ship slipped from its dry dock on the shores of the Black Lake; Hermione’s father had convinced them that as British subjects, the most appropriate form for a sailing ship was something similar to the HMS Victory. They had stayed mostly true to the Victory’s design, with the result looking like a similar class of ship, though they had added various modern conveniences and mechanical improvements. It was a massive ship, more than twice the size of the one Bryne lost to a tsunami, and they hadn’t hesitated to use expansion spells inside. The Lothar, named after Anduin Lothar, a man who had been the Supreme Commander of the Alliance during Azeroth’s ‘Second War’ among many other titles, was a handsome ship as it floated in the Black Lake, it’s crimson sails ruffling in the breeze.



As he watched from under the Fideliused area where they had built the ship, Harry could only smile as he handed Captain Bryne a compendium of Naval and Pirate magic. With that, Bryne a long with his crew boarded and soon a thick mist rose out of the lake and when the mist dissipated five minutes later the ship was gone. For now, Bryne’s crew would simply scout the ocean with the use of scrying spells to search for wrecks while giving the ship a shakedown cruise. It was also a chance for the crew to get used to the new world, and to navigate with new stars. (While the ship had modern conveniences, including a GPS unit that was turned off most of the time, tradition decreed that they know how to navigate by the stars as well.)



For Bryne’s nonhuman crew members, a permanent illusion would be tied into the ship’s wardstone. (Normally a wardstone couldn’t maintain itself while moving, but thanks to the ‘Greenfield’ and ‘Riverwood,’ expanded agricultural cubes, the ship had its own permanent source of magic to replace the ley-lines.) Any time they were above deck, or if there were guests aboard, anyone who wasn’t human would appear to be human. It wasn’t a simple enchantment, but apparently the Bronze Dragonflight had perfected it out of necessity.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



As Harry had worked his way through the people held in stasis within the Cube, he had prioritized the Twilight dragons. Both Sethria and Desperiona had been unhappy with him, but Sethria understood the need for deception and Desperiona’s grudge against Harry was forgiven in light of his protecting every last one of her children. Additionally, three of the Nether whelps and two of the Twilight whelps who had come to Earth with Valistraza had grown into drakes under the Broodmother’s nurturing flames. Each of the Nether whelps accepted a Blood transfusion from a dragon along with a medley of potions immediately before they grew into drakes in an effort to lengthen their brief lives. (Compared to other dragons, anyway.) Blue, Green, and Twilight hybrid Nether drakes were soon recovering from their change on the grass of Potter Estate, and a celebration began the moment healers pronounced them healthy. To the relief of all involved, the process went much more smoothly than Bavaku’s transition, and the following feast was really a great party.



As the third week since his return ended, Harry was looking forward to evening a score with Gringotts bank. A lot of plans had been made, but the simple solution was just to make use of the Nether and Twilight dragons to bypass the bank’s defenses by slipping through other layers of reality. In order to prepare for the heist Harry and others had spent time in the Twilight Realm, to ensure there weren’t any surprises. It was certainly an odd place: Physically it was similar to the real world, buildings and such existed, but there was nothing living anywhere. It was desolate and filled with chaotic energy that would tear at anything living, unless a Twilight dragon consciously willed the energy to recede.



After deciding to move on a school night and give everyone that took part a few extra hours of sleep with Bronze magic, Harry had arrived in a small muggle park and used the Fidelius Charm. From there Sethria had opened a portal into the Twilight Realm; once everyone was safely inside, they had flown to Diagon Alley and landed inside the alley itself. Moving as a group they had stalked through the Twilight Realm’s reflection of Diagon Alley towards the bank. As always, the realm looked much like the physical world, save it was overlaid in hues of purple beyond the safe space created by his dragons. For whatever reason, the dangerous chaotic energy of this realm was a deep purple.

 

During the flight Harry had begun casting a glamour out of habit on Caliona, who had volunteered to give him a ride tonight. Harry had paused for a moment, then decided to disguise his dragons just in case they were seen. After a moment of thought Caliona gained the features of a Hungarian Horntail, her body appearing to gain spikes and ridges as it changed color. Before they landed inside the Alley, Harry had placed an illusion over each of his dragons, disguising them as Earth dragons. Though since Harry was limited by their body shapes, each dragon looked like a hybrid of Earth’s dragons and what the goblins might believe to be an unknown breed or creature. The shark-like Nether drakes looked especially interesting under Harry’s illusions.



A dozen people including Ron and Neville were walking with the dragons as they approached Gringotts bank. While even in the Twilight Realm the Bank’s doors were closed for the night, the seven Nether drakes accompanying them had a solution for that. With their natural ability to phase into the ‘Twisting Nether’ the drakes were able to phase through solid objects with practice, even taking a rider with them. More than anything else, the differences between Azeroth and Earth’s Twisting Nether had hammered home that Azeroth wasn’t a world that might eventually be reached by traveling the stars. Azeroth’s version of the Nether was an astral, magical plane of existence that connected different worlds. What the Nether drakes could access while on Earth was a plane with wildly different physical properties. (Anything more exact than that required equipment their group simply didn’t have yet.)



Whatever the case might be, Harry’s Nether drakes were easily capable of phasing through physical objects so they had a way to bypass the physical objects that existed in the Twilight Realm. Once everyone was inside the lobby they split into three groups, hoping to get in and out before they were noticed. Neville and Ron both took a group and made their first target their family’s vaults, just as Harry moved towards his. Apparently it was tradition for families to add additional defenses to keep anyone not a blood relation out. Each group would empty their family vault, then begin heading back, emptying every vault along the way into a different expanded trunk so any friendly families could be reimbursed. While they didn’t intend to empty the entire bank, they wanted to empty as many vaults as possible before the Goblins detected them. No one was sure what the Goblins might be able to detect within the vaults, but they had prepared for everything from a pitched battle to slipping in and out undetected.



The Potter family vault turned out to have a guardian inside that challenged Harry and the group flanking him. A seven foot tall statue of a bipedal gryphon came to life as Harry stepped through a portal into the room filled with neatly organized piles of gold and gems with bookshelves lining the walls. With a smile he saw that there were also a half-dozen portraits, though he recognized no one in them sadly. Though it prepared to attack, the golem paused and spoke. “Identify yourself.”



I am Harry James Potter, son of James Potter and his wife, Lily Potter. To my right is Caliona Potter and to my left is Bavaku Potter; I have adopted both of them into the Potter family.”



For a moment it seemed as if the golem was going to attack anyway, but then it abruptly returned to its resting point as one of the portraits began to chuckle. Moving towards it, Harry could see the face inside had some similarities to both Harry and his father, and certainly had the same hair as he did. (Harry had researched his family and discovered much of the wealth in his trust vault had come from the invention of Sleekeazy's Hair Potion by a Fleamont Potter. Sirius had shared the story of how Fleamont, Charlus Potter’s father and Harry’s great grandfather, had invented the potion for his personal use, only cashing in on his invention after the fact. Sadly, whatever caused the untameable hair in every male Potter had not admitted defeat in the face of Fleamont’s invention; after only a few years his hair adapted and became immune to Sleekeazy’s.)



After a moment the portrait introduced itself as Fleamont Potter. “It’s good to see you, my great grandson. May I ask why you didn’t simply arrive through the door?”



Harry was very glad to finally have a family portrait to speak to. “Gringotts stole from Hogwarts so we’re here to seek restitution tonight and I’m here to empty the family vault. Everything here is going to my home. Will the guardian bother us if we empty this place out?”



Displaying some surprise, the portrait responded. “The guardian will only attack if someone who isn’t a family member tries to remove the vault’s contents. If you’ve done a magically binding adoption your companions should be fine.”

 

With that, Harry and the others got to work. Thanks to magic and expanded spaces within twenty minutes the entire vault was empty. Harry was more than a little angry when he found the vault’s key inside the vault: The Goblins would never have allowed him to access the vault without the key and if he didn’t visit the vault within a year of coming of age, he would have forfeited the contents to Gringotts Bank. In any case, Harry’s group quickly moved from one vault to another, quickly accumulating several times the amount of gold owed to Hogwarts.



Everything went according to plan, until Harry stepped into the Nott vault. As he stepped in, at least three different devices began to wail, loudly enough to shatter his eardrums and deafen the dragons as well. Several disorienting curses activated as well, and Caliona was forced to bathe the vault in Twilight f ire . Sadly her magic-destroying flames destroyed several tomes and left the galleons as oozing lumps of melted gold. Knowing there was no way a Goblin wouldn’t be arriving shortly to investigate, Harry ordered everyone to finish whatever vault they were in and evacuate, yelling into his speak stone. “Stealth isn’t a priority anymore, grab what you can then head out through the Twilight Realm.”



With a few flicks of his wand Harry directed the molten gold and anything trapped in it to fly into an empty trunk. Completely deaf, Harry stepped through a portal into the Twilight Realm and let Bavaku phase them through the vault door. Thanks to differing anatomy, while the drakes were as deaf as he was, at least their equilibrium didn’t suffer as much as Harry’s. From there they met up with the other groups in the reflection of Gringotts’ lobby.



In a significant amount of pain and unable to really focus, Harry gave an order for a headcount and let Ralion, who had been working with Neville, take charge. Sethria was rather disgruntled when Dalistraza insisted on using her back as a field hospital, treating Harry first and then taking wing and repeating the process on Desperiona’s back as the group flew to the Fidelius-protected park. From there a portal returned them to Hogwarts where Harry and the others injured were given potions to help them sleep and the loot was checked for curses.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



At Gringotts, the Goblins were not happy. While the amount of gold stolen was significant, it was far from enough to cripple the bank, but the audacity of the thieves, the very thought that someone had dared to steal from them, drove the Goblins into a rage. Goblins and humans had never really been on friendly terms. Few understood the reasons why, but Earth’s Goblins were vicious, greedy, and violent creatures, and had clashed with humanity many times over their history. Wizardkind had tried to avoid simply wiping their race out to end the conflict, for both moral and practical reasons. (No one wanted that kind of blood on their hands, and in any case rooting the Goblins out of their tunnels would have been a horribly bloody affair.) It was hoped that allowing the Goblins a hand in magical finances would keep them from launching a war every time they had repopulated and re-armed from the previous. That turned out to be a false hope, but by the time the magical world realized it, it was too late to change anything, binding treaties had been made.



Each time the Goblins declared war and were defeated, they learned something new. Plans had already been in the works for their next war to launch in the year 2000, but in their rage at having been stolen from, ignoring the hypocrisy that they stole from wizards every chance they got, (The key for Harry’s family vault ending up inside the vault was not an accident, but a result of an inattentive guardian.) they simply began the war five years early.



It wouldn’t be obvious for a few days, but the Goblin Rebellion of 1995 had begun.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

A/N: Harry to the group: “Please choose an animal for your familiar.”

Luna: “Harry, can I have one of each?” (Gives Harry a pleading look, her eyes wide.)

Harry: “Just one Luna, we only have so many of them. Plus we don’t know if more than one is even safe.” (Luna’s eyes start to water, and her lower lip quivers. Harry starts to feel like a bad guy for saying no.)

 

I want to thank everyone who reviewed last chapter, I always enjoy reading them!

Next chapter we have Goblin Rebellions as current events, rather than ancient history.

 

 

 

 





Chapter 27: Chapter 27: The Goblin Rebellion of 1995

Chapter Text

I’m back with another chapter! Life’s kept me busy and feeling a bit down lately which cuts into my writing. I want to thank my beta, hkurtz2013 on Fanfiction .net for his help with this chapter.

 

Also big thanks to everyone who reviewed, all the comments really do help motivate me to keep writing! I’m planning on starting a second fic before the end of summer and I’ll be posting a fic that’s just the first chapters of my ideas to see which people like more.




.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Chapter 27: The Goblin Rebellion of 1995

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Ever since Dumbledore had fallen from grace, Voldemort had been laying low. It both irritated and amused the man once known as Tom Riddle that his servants had likely done a better job of sweeping the country during the manhunt than the Ministry’s forces. Sadly, neither group had found the old man, or even located a useful clue. After no small amount of thought, Voldemort was beginning to have concerns regarding Albus Dumbledore. Fighting Dumbledore and those that served him in the last war was one thing, fighting Dumbledore as a rival Dark Lord was another. Voldemort had followed the reporting, the endless speculation about when Albus became a monster, whether it was by choice or if the old man had simply gone insane. An insane Dumbledore was an even worse opponent than a rival; while Voldemort had learned lost magics and dark rituals, in his honest moments he admitted that his collected knowledge paled in comparison to Dumbledore’s. Voldemort knew enough about magic to fear what an insane man with that knowledge and power to rival his own could do. (Lucius had gotten a taste of this when Dumbledore conjured a barrier that could block killing curses and nearly set off a Compressed Fiendfyre Bomb.) While he was confident he would survive anything Dumbledore could accomplish, ruling over a world of ash was not an appealing possibility.

 

    However, Voldemort had to accept that Albus had either become a rival or gone insane and both possibilities were worrisome. If Albus had truly been ‘good’ he would have acted in an entirely different manner, instead apparently the old man manipulated and enslaved wherever he could. Something as simple as a loyalty potion could effectively enslave a man if used carefully, though Voldemort himself simply never had the patience for using that method; the Imperius was easily cast and far faster. Even after being exposed, the old man had so much support, obviously he’d been using potions on students at Hogwarts for years, warping their minds just enough to build his power but still present a shining image to the world.

 

    For the moment it mattered little, however. It had been amusing to set the Aurors on Dumbledore, but it had also limited his own movements. But this inconvenience mattered little in the long run. Malfoy Manor was comfortable, and his servants catered to his every whim. Lucius even had a number of ancient tomes he hadn’t seen before, and Voldemort had contented himself with studying them. He had even busied himself with some spell crafting, though he would naturally have some grunt test the magic before he used the new curses himself.

 

    There were no threats to Lord Voldemort at the moment, so he was content with moving his plans forward slowly. Yes, he still wanted to hear the entire prophecy before he moved against the Potter boy again, especially because there was a possibility that Severus hadn’t happened upon it, but been intentionally fed the prophecy fragment. In any case, patience was virtue, and for the time being Lord Voldemort was content to wait.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Dolores Umbridge however, was much less content to wait. She had been humiliated at Hogwarts, and her plan to remove Minerva McGonagall had fallen apart. (In her defense, how could she have known the old woman was traveling with at least four deadly bodyguards?) Now she was trying to convince the Minister to simply arrest Harry Potter and charge him after dosing him with Veritaserum. She was sure that they would find something to charge him with and if not, well, when the stability of magical Britain was in jeopardy sacrifices had to be made. And magical Britain would be better off without that jumped-up halfblood anyway. Perhaps I should begin convincing the Minister that the boy is still too popular? Or maybe I can convince Cornelius that Potter is continuing Dumbledore’s attempt to seize control of the Ministry?

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Fleur Delacour, three days after Harry and his team looted nineteen vaults, was not having a good day. In fact, she was regretting not taking her boyfriend’s advice and leaving Gringotts. At the time she hadn’t seen the need to leave immediately, and had balked at enduring ‘a drafty old castle’ in the Scottish winter. As the goblins threw her into a vault with all of their other non-goblin employees, she found herself shivering. Each of their wands had been taken and a pair of manacles clamped to their wrists; in her case a heavy wrought iron collar had also been placed on her neck. A goblin had sneered at her that the collar would prevent the Veela transformation. As the door to the vault closed, Fleur realized that there was no food, water, or light inside the vault. At least the air was kept fresh by enchantments tied to Gringotts’s impressive wards, so the two dozen people inside didn’t have to worry about suffocating. Sitting against a wall in the dark, Fleur sighed at the scratchy wool robe she’d been forced to change into. Whatever was going on, it did not bode well for those with her.

 

    Speaking into the darkness, Fleur interrupted the panicked whispering already beginning. “Has anyone seen anything unusual recently?”

 

    A newly employed Charms expert, hired only a few days ago, introduced himself and spoke up. “Yesterday the Goblins had us enchant five big trucks, the kind muggles use for transporting goods cross-country. The spells were nothing fancy, mostly to keep muggles from noticing anything. But our team did put up the biggest expansion that would stay stable inside.” The young man took a deep breath. “The goblins could move an army in them.”

 

    This information left those in the vault with a very bad feeling.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    On November 23 1995, the Goblins of Gringotts began their war on the human magicals of Britain. For a hundred years they had been preparing and even starting the conflict five years earlier than planned, they were ready. After their last defeat they had decided to be patient, to wait until the wizards had become complacent as they tended to in times of peace. (However, that didn’t mean that they ignored opportunities to weaken their enemy. For example, during the war with Voldemort the Goblins had decided to let both sides destroy each other, working to maximize the losses on both sides while they acquired as much wealth as possible. A few words here, a failed ward there, and a lot of people died. Naturally, any missing valuables were assumed to be the work of the Death Eaters.) For a century now, a highly secret division of Gringotts had been preparing weapons for their next war. And those weapons were ready; armor that negated direct offensive magic in addition to its usual physical protection along with bladed weapons that could penetrate magical shields had already been distributed to the Goblin Army. But the wizards were about to discover what else they’d been working on.

 

    Most of Magical Britain received their first hint that something was amiss when Apparition, Floo, and Portkey travel became impossible at noon. Additionally, in the next three days nearly every mail owl would be lost to a sudden invasive swarm of suspiciously aggressive eagles that only targeted the magical mail carriers. When Gringotts closed its doors shortly after magical travel became impossible, most people simply assumed that they would reopen when the day’s problems were taken care of. Suffice it to say, the Ministry of Magic was soon in complete chaos, but even if they were to find the source of the disruption, a farm on the Island of Man owned by an illegal shell company of Gringotts Bank, fighting their way inside would be a very bloody affair. The underground labyrinth waiting for the Aurors was a death trap, and one tailored specifically to thwart wizard curse breakers.

 

    Of course Gringotts itself was now even more secure, as the warrens connected to the bank’s tunnels were the primary stronghold of the Goblin people. Together those left behind to guard their home honed their blades and polished their armor as they waited for news from their assault force. Two-thirds of their army was now on the road, having begun moving into newly-purchased trucks at the same moment the ward went up. While not exactly glorious, a nine-hour ride in the back of a truck was a wiser strategy than marching for weeks through England since their entire plan depended on striking quickly. It was safer too, their armor and weapons were made to fight wizards and magic, not the modern weapons of the muggle British Army.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Life at Hogwarts Castle was fairly typical for a Thursday, at least until the Headmaster received a request from villagers in Hogsmeade to use his Floo. He was informed none of the ones in the village worked, and portkeys and apparition were useless as well. Promising to get back to them shortly, Aurogos began to investigate. It turned out that the only magical travel that still worked was the Azeroth Portal spell, even Teleport was blocked by a truly massive jinx or ward of some kind. Having a bad feeling about what was about to happen, the Headmaster rushed to the Room of Requirement, the castle opening a new secret passage in front of him in response to the dragon’s urgency. Scrying magic wasn’t something that the Blue was all that skilled with, but a perk of being Headmaster was the way the wards worked with him, especially if there was a threat to the students. Stine was waiting for him inside the Room of Requirement, and helped guide the Headmaster’s scrying. By the time the Goblins had cleared London traffic on their way north, Aurogos was speeding to Hogsmead on a borrowed broom, an urgent assembly already having been called in the great hall. His wand was nearly a blur as he sent out a bevy of messenger Patroni, giving instructions to the staff, as well as asking those at Potter Estate to prepare for battle.

 

    A few moments later, the young Headmaster had landed in the village of Hogsmead. An amplifying charm quickly ensured he could be heard in every part of the village when he spoke. “This is Headmaster Salonar of Hogwarts, I need everyone to listen carefully! The effect you’ve no doubt noticed that prevents magical travel covers all of Scotland, England, and Ireland. As anyone that survived the last war knows, when a ward like this goes up it’s a very bad thing . There are at least three thousand Goblin warriors in full runic armor coming here right now; they seem to be en route to the nearest muggle town, and will probably march from there. Given the way the castle started activating its siege wards when my spell found the Goblins, I’d say the Goblin Nation has declared war. Hogwarts castle is their most likely target but Hogsmead will get hit first, just because the best approach is right through this town.”

 

    The Blue-haired Headmaster gave them a moment to realize how deeply in trouble they were. After letting the panic build for a moment, apparently some citizens did remember their magical history, Aurogon spoke up again. “I’m not leaving you here to die! I don’t think we can count on the Ministry to get here in time, so I want everyone to gather what they can and head up to the castle in the next two hours. The only condition I have on that is that you need to help defend the school! I’m bringing up the wards to full strength to repel an invasion and preparing guardians, but we’ll still need all the help we can get. Even if you only know domestic charms we’ll have a place for you to work, the castle’s elves are in bad shape as long as that ward is up. I’ll have students fly down expanded chests to help you pack, but you need to move quickly.”

 

    With that, the Headmaster mounted his broom and returned to Hogwarts. (The broom had been a side project of his; Aurogos had the goal of teaching the seventh years to produce similar ones and eventually replace all of the school’s aging brooms.) Upon landing he strode through the entry hall, his blue robes billowing dramatically. (To be honest, he’d stolen a few minor spells from the former Professor Snape. While Severus might be on the run, his house and every possession in his home or at Hogwarts had been added to the Potter Dragonflight’s war chest.)

 

    Waiting for the Headmaster in an otherwise empty room just off the entry hall was Professor Filius Flitwick. Aurogos had gotten to know the part-goblin fairly well since he’d seized the post of Headmaster, and while he didn’t think Filius had any affiliation with Gringotts, it was best to be sure . When he strode into the room where Filius waited, the door closed and bolted on its own. Seeing that he had the undivided attention of the man with Goblin ancestry, the Headmaster spoke. “I’m sorry to do this, but I must insist. I’m going to ask you a few questions while I use the mind arts to ensure you’re being honest, I won’t go any deeper than that.” When the charms professor nodded his acceptance, the dragon in disguise continued. “Do you have any allegiance to the Goblin Nation?”

 

    “No, while I can walk among them they’ve made it clear I’m not welcome, that I’m not a real goblin.”

 

    “Do you mean any harm to the students of Hogwarts?”

 

    “No.”

 

    “Do you have any knowledge of the Goblin army apparently on its way here?”

 

    Suddenly very much aware of why he was being asked these questions, Flitwick responded quickly. “Not directly. I would assume they’re either here to kill the students to break the will of Magical England or to capture them and use hostages to force a surrender from the Ministry. Probably capture, slaughtering the students would make them far too many enemies.”

 

    With a sigh, the Headmaster relaxed, ending the legilimency spell. “I agree. Fudge would surrender immediately with the only condition being the saving of his own hide. I’m bringing the war wards up to full strength, evacuating Hogsmead into the castle and preparing some surprises for when they arrive.”

 

    Together the two of them exited the room, heading for the Great Hall. “Do you know of any students with Time-Turners? Some extra hours would be very helpful.”

 

    “I think we have two right now, both are Ravenclaws.”

 

    “Good, I’ll leave you to collect both of them. Bring one to me and one to Minerva and the students with her; I think the Forbidden Forest could use a few more predators right now, don’t you?”

 

    With that, the two walked into a rapidly filling Great Hall. Quickly striding to the slightly raised platform where the Professors usually ate, the Headmaster turned to face the school with a serious expression. “We have a lot to do, so I’ll be short. Earlier this afternoon magic activated that prevents all magical travel anywhere in England, Ireland, or Scotland. There are thousands of goblin warriors in magical armor coming this way.”

 

    It took several moments to quell the panic that erupted at that. “Listen! We’re not defenseless here! Hogwarts’ wards are second to none, I’ve been working on two guardians, and we have the village of Hogsmead joining us soon. Here’s what we’re going to do: Professor McGonagall is going to take every student whose animative transfigurations can last two days or more into the forest. Professor, I want the creatures your group shapes to have a hierarchy where they’re controlled by the more intelligent creatures. Sixth and seventh year rune students, you’re going with Professor Lothar to work on a runic guardian. Mr Malfoy! You’re going to be teaching as many people as possible how to use the Snake-Summoning spell, once Hogsmeade is empty I want it filled with poisonous serpents. I want six prefects to take charge of the first and second years and get some rooms ready for the villagers, then coordinate with the house elves to make sure all our needs are taken care of, the castle’s elves are nearly paralyzed because of the enemy ward.

 

    “For the next few days we need to work together or end up as slaves to the goblins. If the goblins capture this school they can use us as hostages to force the Ministry to surrender. There’s a lot of hard work ahead of us, but this land won’t fall because of us! Let’s move people!” With that, the students and professors quickly got to work, there was a lot to do.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    With two Time-Turners ready for use the Potter Dragonflight quickly convened a war meeting at Potter Estate, five hours before the school assembly. From there they broke again with Harry, Alira, Hermione, Talion, and many of the castle’s elves inside a box quickly traversing Elune’s Portal and taking a portkey to Un’Goro Crater. (Located in southern Kalimdor, the humid jungle of Un’Goro Crater was surrounded on all sides by desert; the area was most famous for the dinosaurs that roamed the land. Most dangerous of all was the Devilsaur, a creature descended from Earth’s Tyrannosaur. Coming to Azeroth had been good for the species apparently, since Devilsaurs dwarfed their ancestors.) During their brainstorm session Talion had suggested a wonderful idea for defending the school, so the group spent several hours harvesting a natural resource no one was likely to miss.

 

    The Goblin’s travel ward was adversely affecting the castle’s house elves, preventing their form of magical travel, so they were eager to help out on Azeroth. When Harry’s group had met their quota and avoided becoming extras in a Jurassic Park movie, most of the elves accepted the offer of spending the conflict helping the Azurewing set up their expanded farms. Two hours after departing Earth Harry and the others returned to Earth with their materials and split to assist the various projects. Hermione joined the Potter Dragonflight group installing the magical energy weapon to the outside of Ravenclaw tower. Apparently in the last ‘Goblin Rebellion’ their enemy had used armor that partially negated direct magical spells, so the weapon’s schematics had been hurriedly altered to fire magically guided electricity, fire, and ice instead of simple bolts of magical energy.

 

    Harry went to join Professors McGonagall and Sprout along with many students in the Forbidden Forest. Most transfigurations failed when the magic maintaining the change leached into the environment, but the Professors had a plan to make the transfigurations last longer. With Sprout and several of her best students, various magical plants were being bonded to the creatures being formed out of wood and rock; it wouldn’t be enough to keep the creatures moving forever, but it would greatly extend the time they could be active. That was most certainly a good thing, Harry thought to himself, as he saw a muggleborn sixth year creating an army of creatures straight out of various horror movies.

 

    As the sun set, there was something of a competition for who could create the larger, smarter creatures that would lead the rest. It took a lot out of him, but Harry managed to create a nearly life-sized model of Senegos. Needless to say, the other students didn’t need to know he’d placed a magical beacon inside the construct, along with an expanded trunk with a few of the Hoarfrost Pines growing within. The beacon would allow the original Senegos to control the construct as long as Elune’s Portal remained open, and the trees would provide a familiar type of magic for the constructs. Jagragosa and Stellagosa also received avatars, having volunteered to help out in exchange for the borrowed expertise of Hogwarts’ house elves. (Apparently Stellagosa had heard about the interesting glamours Harry used on his dragons, because she had requested an avatar that looked very different from her real form. Harry hoped she enjoyed her avatar made of blue diamonds and steel emerald scales.)

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Harry had been a little worried about dealing with the villagers that evening, but was tired enough he barely noticed anything as Madam Rosmerta led a number of villagers into the Great Hall, each of them levitating large platters of food. Aurogon had announced to the school that the house elves had been sent away for the time being for their own health, as he was afraid they would work themselves to death trying to keep their normal workload while the Goblin’s magic crippled them. With all the magic he’d expended that day, Harry could barely keep his eyes open as he sat between Ron (Who was as tired as he was, and had a face blackened with soot from working hard in the forge.) and Hermione who had been carving runes for the tower’s weapon until her fingers were aching and bruised.

 

    Harry was actually tired enough to miss all of the new rumors going around the Great Hall, mostly revolving around the Basilisk skeleton that had been moved up into an adjacent hall to have a vast number of runes carved into it. The Headmaster had told the students it was being prepared as a golem, but the truth was the final result would be a mix of rune-based magic and the Red Dragon’s seldom used power to breathe life into the bones of the dead. (This was considered to be the Red Dragonflight’s darkest art, and was to be used only in their darkest hour with the express permission of their Aspect. It was the last skill taught to Broodmothers as they completed their training, in the hopes that should everything else fail, they could use it to protect their charges.) If the physical proof that Harry Potter killed a massive Basilisk when he was twelve years old wasn’t enough to get the students and villagers to rethink their opinions of him, the fact that he transfigured three life-sized dragons to defend the castle did.

 

    Harry was extremely thankful he had competent people around him that night as he went to sleep, only to be awakened at three am by the Headmaster. Though he did get back to sleep after only an hour and a half of giving commands to the serpents summoned by the team that had learned Draco’s famous Serpent Summoning spell. Harry’s presence was required due to the poor control many people had over the spell and the highly poisonous snakes being laced around the village. After the last batch of snakes were summoned, Harry insisted on warming charms being placed on the hidden burrows now filled with serpents to ensure they could move quickly enough to be deadly. By the time he crawled back into bed he was so very tired of extolling the virtues of tasty goblins.

 

    Making use of a good idea from Harry’s first Azeroth expedition, the Room of Requirement had been turned into a joint war room and surveillance chamber. Those on the night watch had strict instructions to not wake the castle unless the Goblins reached the outermost boundary of the Castle’s wards or Hogsmead village. Luckily for all the people who needed sleep, the Goblins had gotten out of their trucks, unloaded their siege equipment (mostly ladders and ropes to scale the walls, though they did have some heavier equipment) and marched to a location an hour’s hike from Hogsmead before stopping for the night. Harry woke up at nine o’clock the next morning and ate a hearty breakfast before joining the group setting up golems of various types, making sure to conserve his strength and magic for the fight to come. Despite a number of improvements, most of the golems produced were still not much more than cannon fodder, but given the numbers expected to siege the castle shortly every bit helped. After all, if nothing else every attack taken by a golem was one not taken by a student or villager.

 

    It wasn’t only here that had been busy. Potter Estate and Azurewing Repose had both been working through the night to prepare supplies and weapons. Every one of Harry’s oathsworn fit for battle had been armed and given amulets that disguised them as human, (obviously except for the few humans saved from Azeroth) and would be waiting in Hogwarts’ secret passages in case they were needed. The longer the Potter Dragonflight and its forces remained a secret the more time they had to prepare for war with Voldemort and the Ministry, the more time to train their warriors, and the more lives they would save when Voldemort inevitably made war on England. But Harry and Aurogos both felt strongly that keeping the students safe was more important than their preparations.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    The Grand Army of the Goblin Nation broke their camp at eleven o’clock that morning. While they expected a simple sacking of Hogsmead and Hogwarts, if the battle lasted into the night it was important their troops be well rested. A night battle would play to their strengths anyway. Before they reached Hogsmead a cheer went up as their forces in Diagon reported that the Ministry of Magic remained in disarray. The Aurors had not been sent to reinforce the castle or village, and the Ministry had yet to assault their labyrinth on the Isle of Man. Now, all they had to do was burn down Hogsmead and capture Hogwarts and in less than a week Wizarding Britain would bow before Goblinkind, no matter how many children had to be used as ‘examples.’

 

    Five thousand goblins marched over the hill and broke into a charge when they saw the village of Hogsmead. They were disappointed when they found the village empty, and not just of people. Every building had in fact been emptied of everything . Honestly it took all the fun out of burning down the village, but General Ironclaw ordered the town burned anyway. As the army marched through the streets and the first wisps of smoke began to rise, a voice rang out from the castle they were moving towards. “Goblin army, this is Headmaster Salonar of Hogwarts, the individual responsible for protecting this school. I know why you’re here. If you turn around and flee right now, I will spare your lives. Attack my school and I will see every last one of you dead. The choice is yours.”

 

    Almost as one, the Goblin began to laugh heartily at that. They did not, however, cease marching towards Hogwarts. In response, the Headmaster, now visible on one of Hogwarts’ battlements, spoke once more, this time in an archaic form of ‘Gobbledegook.’ “If that is your choice, everything that follows is on your own heads. Die well. Or poorly, it doesn’t make any difference to me. Enjoy a gift from my mentor, it’s previously used and has a few quirks, but I think it’s still quite effective.”

 

    Ignoring the derisive laughter from the Goblins as they charged the school’s gates, the Headmaster raised a hand glowing with magic. With a dull thud a section of the lawn just inside the boundary of the gates fell away, and from the darkness a platform rose. Standing on the platform was a thirty-five foot (10.6 meters) tall gleaming construction of blue metal and gleaming white crystals in the general shape of man. When the platform rose flush with the ground the Headmaster made a dramatic gesture with his hand and the construct shivered to life, sparks dancing across it’s form briefly. In a booming voice that sounded both mechanical and reminiscent of a polite butler, the thing spoke. “The Menagerie is for guests only.”

 

    Then the thing moved, and it was much faster than something of its size had any right to be as it charged the Goblins. Spheres the size of a goblin that appeared to be composed of nothing but arcing lightning came out of the metal giant’s chest just as it reached the front of the Goblin lines. The spheres immediately began moving through the goblin ranks, hovering just above their heads. Where the spheres went, goblins were arc-welded to their armor in gruesome, fatal injuries. Just as the goblins saw the danger of the ‘sparks,’ the Curator met the front line. With the same emotionless voice, the construct spoke as it brought its foot down hard on three goblin warriors and ground its foot while pressing down, smearing the warriors into mush as their armor crumpled. “You are not a guest.”

 

    As the construct began to move forward into the goblin’s lines, it released more sparks and spoke again. “This Curator is equipped for Gallery protection.

 

    Given the distraction, none of the goblins really noticed the loud hissing sound that echoed through the village of Hogsmead. They did, however, notice the sudden swarm of brightly colored and highly venomous snakes that seemed to swarm out from every nook and cranny at once. Most of the student’s summoning attempts had not actually produced snakes whose bite could kill an adult goblin, but even the weaker breeds would leave those bitten weak and sick. While November in Scotland wasn’t an ideal condition for cold-blooded reptiles, Hogsmead was now solidly on fire. Real snakes would be in trouble from the smoke, but conjured snakes were less picky about air quality.

 

    A rare goblin archer eventually managed to hit the Curator’s ‘face’ with an arrow. (Lacking a true head, there was simply a line reminiscent of a visor on the rounded protrusion where a living giant’s neck would be.) The Curator’s voice boomed out again as the entire frame began to spark with power. “Failure to comply will result in offensive action.”

 

    In an action rarely seen, the now much faster construct punted a goblin into the distance and spoke again. “Do not touch the displays.”

 

    From there, the battle dragged on with the giant construct taking up most of the attention of the invading army. Archers and ballista proved to be about the only option to damage the construct as it charged through the goblin army, it’s feet claiming as many lives as surprisingly fast punches from its hands. The sparks it cast off would chase down as many goblins as possible until enough arrows struck and destabilized their cores. (Only rarely would a spark last long enough to run out of power on its own.) Though it fought hard, eventually the Curator slowed as more and more sharp projectiles punctured its armor. As it slowed the goblins managed to begin hacking at everything they could reach with their blades, and eventually the construct fell with a few final words. “Curator is no longer operation-a-l.”

 

    A cheer went up as the construct ceased movement, though the goblins continued to strike it. As more goblins charged forward swarming onto the construct to ensure it didn’t rise again and secure the valuable parts for themselves they didn’t expect the entire frame, and all the goblins standing on it, to vanish in a flare of purple magic. While the battle with the metal titan had been intense, there were only a few hundred injured or dead. With a sneer on his face, General Ironclaw ordered the school taken at any cost from his position on a hill near the fence line that separated Hogwarts and Hogsmead. That was his final order, incidentally. The final thing the goblin general saw was the blue-haired headmaster make a vertical slash with his right arm and a newly-installed band around one of the castle’s towers glowing brightly. Despite their general and his second in command falling in a blast of lightning, the army surged forward.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Standing on the castle’s exterior, incidentally not far from his office, Aurogon began barking orders now that the goblins were making their assault. A grim smile was on his face; the Curator golem had been deployed early to buy enough time to complete the tower weapon and get a few other things in place. “Curator’s down but it did its job. Tower weapon fire at will, priority targets are the enemy siege weapons. Catapults, fire sequentially and form a barrier to funnel the goblins into the kill zone, then focus on their rear. Activate the golems when they get near the main entrance. Potter, signal the transfigured creatures to attack the goblins and focus their efforts on thinning out the front column. Archers, take every killing shot you can, remember they’ve got more soldiers than we have arrows right now. Everyone else focus on transfiguring reinforcements and summon snakes into the charmed baskets, when you have a full basket bring it to the overhangs.”

 

    At that, a lot of things began to happen. Ravenclaw tower glowed again, and a beam that honestly looked like a red laser struck a ballista setting up on a hill, reducing the siege weapon and the goblins manning it to ash. Two trebuchets sitting in an inner courtyard sprang into motion, their counterweights hurling payloads of metal cubes contained in glass spheres into the goblins that were attempting to encircle the school. The projectiles did look markedly odd, and the goblins were not overly concerned until the runed glass shattered, destabilizing the expansion charms on the metal cubes within. The expansion charms on the cubes then failed in exactly the way they were meant to, releasing the contents that filled them to the brim. Kept warm in stasis charms, a great volume of molten lava, fresh from Un’Goro, flared out on each hit. From the forest came a cacophony of animal calls as hundreds of transfigured creatures came charging out at the unsuspecting goblin lines. Many soldiers were torn apart by a variety of monsters before they even knew there was danger, the hazard of ignoring the threat of an unknown forest.

 

    All along the battlements of Hogwarts, centaur filed out. It had taken them most of the night to decide to stand with the new Headmaster when he had visited them the previous afternoon and warned them a hostile army was coming. Headmaster Salonar had asked for their help and then told them if they chose not to stand with him to get far away for their own safety, but to take his gift no matter what they chose. The centaurs had been rather surprised when the gift turned out to be a metal cube that was much larger on the inside than the outside, and was filled with pasture and a few elk. Most surprising were the racks of enchanted bows, arrows, and armor near the entrance. Not only were the weapons better than what they used, they were the best weapons any living centaur had ever seen. The Headmaster had impressed them with his honesty and plans for the future during the brief speech that followed his gift. It seemed an especially important point when he pointed out that if nothing changed drastically, nearly half of the future Wizengamot was currently enrolled at Hogwarts. (The post-war baby boom had not been a small one.) If there was ever a chance to change the minds of future leadership, it was now. So now when the goblins swarmed the school grounds, the Forbidden Forest tribe of centaur stood on the battlements and rained death on their chosen enemies.

 

    For now, the battle was going well, the Headmaster thought as he watched, making adjustments to the castle’s defenses to confound the invading army and calling for the defenders to focus on specific areas as the battle progressed. He was also transfiguring as many creatures as possible to reinforce the front line that was keeping the goblins out of the entrance hall. Sadly there were a lot of goblins. But the folks manning the trebuchets were good, and soon they had created a barrier that drastically reduced the number of goblins that could assault the castle at once. (If the goblins tried to cross the lake to encircle the castle they would quickly discover exactly where Harry’s Naga were spending the battle.) Of the things their enemies had prepared for, molten lava was apparently not one of them. On the plus side, if they could hold out for another half hour or so Stine and Alira would be back from Stormwind, where they were hurriedly buying out as many fletchers as possible. If the battle turned against them they had plans to protect the students and villagers, but a solid victory here would be a great boon for their future plans. With the advice of people who knew war, Harry had decided to make Hogwarts and if possible Hogsmead sanctuaries from the war Voldemort was about to start. If they could prove they could protect the castle from five-thousand goblin warriors, that was a very good start. An example also had to be set for what happened to those who attacked this school.

 

    After the goblin’s approach was narrowed by enchanted siege weapons whose reach was much farther than possible without magic, Aurogon smiled as he felt the first drops of rain begin to fall. What was about to happen was part of the reason why he felt comfortable as one of Harry Potter’s oathsworn. Yes he was an advisor, yes he was the Headmaster and the one dealing with the magical public right now, but the innovative plan taking shape in the sky was all Harry’s.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    As the battle raged on, the attacking army only became angrier and more determined to repay the insults shown to them that day as their numbers were slowly whittled down. In the end there was no chance of any result other than victory, their army simply had numbers on their side. The fact that the wizards had gone to such great lengths instead of simply surrendering to the obviously superior race was infuriating, and even the gentle downpour falling from the sky couldn’t quench the fires of their hatred.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Harry Potter, strangely enough, stood in the rain surrounded by Hermione along with Draco Malfoy and most of the notable Slytherin students. A leaning towards magic involving water had proven common in Salazar’s house, for the same reason the Sorting Hat had placed the individuals there in the first place. No few Quidditch players joined them on the Astronomy Tower as well. Together they were doing something that really ought to be impossible, but seemed to be working so far. Both he and Hermione were directing the group, shouting out orders as needed. It wasn’t easy, working together to create a much larger magical effect. Despite conventional wisdom saying this couldn’t be done, the clouds were taking shape as they should, those disposed towards water magic bringing water vapor off the lake and forging it into dark clouds. Feeling that the next part was ready, Harry spoke up. “Good work on the clouds! Wind team, bring up hot air off the lava, but disperse it a bit or you’ll overwhelm our storm!”

 

    Those working hard with wands and mostly closed eyes worked in silence for several moments, the sounds of battle being heard not far away. Harry knew what he was ‘feeling’ for, and as Hermione’s hair began to stand up despite the gentle rain, he knew they were close. Now for his part. “That’s good, that’s brilliant! Hermione, take over leading us, I need to focus. Give the storm as much juice as you think we can without dissipating the whole thing.”

 

    With that said, Harry reached out the spear in his hands and threw himself into controlling the ionization of the brewing thunderstorm. While normal lightning would easily kill an enemy or two with each strike, their goal was something much bigger. As he focused Harry could feel the charge in the storm clouds build bigger and bigger, desperately trying to ground out through the castle or a tree. But he held it in, carefully threading his magic through the sky and usurping control of the electrical energy. For Harry the rest of the world fell away and there was nothing but the storm clouds, not the archers, not the trebuchets now firing boulders with time-released expansion charms on them to conserve their few remaining lava cubes. What he was doing was difficult and rewarding, every moment he thought that if the charge built any farther he’d lose control but he managed it anyway.    

 

    Finally he truly couldn’t control any more power in the storm, and with a slashing downward motion of his spear a blinding white light shot out of the clouds. Harry could feel the enormous bolt of lightning desperately wanting to ground itself in the earth, but that would be wasted effort. Instead, he brought it close to the ground near the largest concentration of goblins and with an immense effort shaped the electricity into an outward radiating arc that traveled horizontally to the ground for almost two-hundred feet (~60 meters). The first goblins hit experienced something similar to your average oak tree, when the water inside is flash-boiled by the heat of a lightning strike. Those near the point where the arc of lightning dissipated fell to the ground convulsing as the collapsing attack lost cohesion and simply electrocuted them.

 

    Ginny Weasley, who was present to be their spotter and record their group use of Storm magic, let out her held breath slowly. “Holy fuck Harry, you just killed two or three hundred goblins. I think some of the ones near the edges are getting up, but holy fuck!”

 

    With a dark smile on his face, Harry stopped panting and gathered his will and magic again, just in time to prevent the storm from discharging a natural lightning strike. Seeing the others were still staring, he began barking orders. “Don’t just stand there people! Intensify the storm! More heat, more moisture! Let’s see if we can be the ones to make them flee!”

 

    Harry did in fact manage four more scything lightning strikes before the goblins were able to employ their own magics to disperse the storm. If asked, he would fervently deny his gleeful cackling as he smote the goblins with the fury of the skies. Their group, while hopeful they could continue to wield the storm unopposed, had actually expected the goblins to counter them at some point. Harry had been eager to create a magical air bomb by using an electrolysis spell to split the fallen rainwater into hydrogen and oxygen, but sadly the goblins had raised a defense over their army, (it was actually very similar to the common magic that protected buildings from lightning strikes) being rightfully fearful of what else the wizards had up their sleeves.

 

    At this point, almost a third of the goblin army was dead. Sadly that still left a lot of goblins coming at them, only now the oncoming army was very, very, mad. As the storm clouds cleared, the students with strong connections to wind speeding them away now that they were no longer useful, Harry looked out. The avatars controlled by the Blue dragons of Azurewing were making their move in the form of a localized storm of sharp ice approaching the column still stretching between Hogwarts and Hogsmead. As he watched the battle continue, Harry caught his breath and felt his magic replenishing.

 

    He had never been more grateful to Dalistraza for fixing his eyes as he watched a shape stumble into the burned out wreckage of Hogsmead. Wait, that looked like a person but the distance was far too great for it to be a human. Hastily pulling out a pair of high-end binoculars enchanted by Sirius, Harry quickly zoomed in on what he saw and cursed loudly. Not caring about having to explain his Blue Disc later, Harry removed it from an expanded pocket and flipped onto it, making a beeline for the Headmaster. Following his line of sight, Ginny zoomed in on her omnioculars and gasped when she saw what Harry had. Rubeus Hagrid had returned to Hogwarts, and at the worst possible time.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Professor Rubeus Hagrid, Keeper of the Keys and Grounds for Hogwarts School of Witchcraft and Wizardry had been on a long journey. Over the summer he had been on an assignment for Albus Dumbledore to speak to a Giant colony Voldemort was interested in. When that assignment failed Hagrid had taken his half brother with him and been forced to move slowly back to Hogwarts to keep ‘Grawp', his half brother, from being seen. He was planning to return through the forest and meet with Dumbledore tonight, but had hurried when he smelled and saw the smoke from Hogsmead burning down. For his entire life Hagrid had tried to be exceedingly careful not to hurt anyone with his great strength. But when he realized the army of goblins were assaulting Hogwarts, he simply grabbed a nearby fallen log and struck a goblin wearing his armor, sending the creature flying. Grawp followed his example. In that moment, nothing mattered other than protecting Hogwarts, the only home he’d known in decades, the only place he’d ever really been welcomed.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Harry had quickly reached the Headmaster and explained what was going on. Aurogon’s response had been a succinct ‘Accio chest A21.’ A moment later said chest had arrived and the Headmaster quickly cast a flurry of spells onto the contents even as he enchanted a new speak-stone and bonded it to the interior of a helmet sized for a half-giant. Casting more spells on chest, Aurogon took careful aim before he banished it at his newly returned Care of Magical Creatures Professor with enough force to cause a sonic boom.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    At the rear of the goblin army, Hagrid suddenly realized he wasn’t going to survive this battle. No matter how thick his skin or strong his arms were, there were simply too many enemies, but damned if he wasn’t going to take out a few of the greedy little bastards down with him! It was something of a surprise when a chest impacted the ground at his feet. He didn’t have more than a few seconds to consider it before the lid snapped open and things began flying at him. He was going to fight as the objects tore off his bulky jacket and traveling clothes but he calmed down when he realized the objects were actually a full suit of armor attaching itself to him. Less than a minute after the trunk impacted the ground, Hagrid was standing in a full set of heavy plate armor. It was ornate with a fully enclosed faceplate and blended the colors of all four Hogwarts houses blending together artfully. The shoulder pads had fierce wolf heads on them, the golden yellow breastplate had the Hogwarts insignia, and a flowing crimson and black cloak had an image of a Norwegian Ridgeback dragon displayed proudly.

 

    From the armor near his ear Hagrid heard an unfamiliar voice. “Rubeus Hagrid, do you give your oath to protect Hogwarts and its students from every danger?”

 

    “I swear to protect Hogwarts to my last breath!” Hagrid bellowed, punching a goblin that had gotten too close and realizing that the armor didn’t just protect him, it increased his already impressive strength.

 

    With Hagrid’s declaration, two beautiful axes flew out of the chest. Needless to say, they were sized appropriately for the half-giant. Double-headed, sharp and deadly with golden decorative dragons resting above the blades they floated into his hands. “Then defend your home Professor. The axes will return to your hands unless you place them on your back, where a sticking charm will hold them steady. Stay alive Professor, Mister Potter will be most upset if you don’t survive this battle.”

 

    During the previous war with Voldemort, open battles like this were rare, and the mostly small skirmishes did not play to Hagrid’s strengths. This battle was an entirely different story. Hefting both of the massive axes with one in each hand, Hagrid gave the one in his right hand a testing strike at a goblin who was charging him. The half-giant was honestly astounded by how easily the ax cleaved through goblin-forged armor. In truth the weapons were carefully forged by Ron and several dragons before they were enchanted as much as possible, but Hagrid’s immense strength still played a large part in making them useful. With weapons and armor, Hagrid began hacking away at every goblin that charged at him, quickly becoming separated from his half brother. He didn’t really realize that however, his attention was bent mostly towards cleaving the endless wave of enemies that rushed at him.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Back at the castle, Harry and the Headmaster were transfiguring monsters to reinforce the battle line while watching Hagrid tear into the goblins. If there were only a hundred enemies to worry about today he would have been fine, but there were still far too many of the little bastards. Back on the Astronomy tower the students were filling snake baskets and invisibly launching them onto the advancing force. Turning away from the newest gryphon that took wing and glided down, landing claws first onto a goblin that had just taken out a transfigured Worgen, Harry looked over the entire battlefield, trying to take stock.

 

    In what was probably the most important development, Stine had returned from the emergency shopping trip with enough arrows to fight two battles, a stockpile of potions that they would have to brew at some point to leave for Stine to pick up today, (Hurrah for time travel!) barrels of ‘alchemist’s surprise’ (the surprise was that the recipe for ‘Greek Fire’ wasn’t actually lost) for the trebuchets, and a masterfully crafted suit of armor for Harry. The new armor was simple dull gray plates that fit snugly over the leather armor he was already wearing, and had jumped onto him when one of the DA students had handed him a box. Looking out, he could see the three avatars of Blue dragons were holding their own, apparently using the opportunity to brush up or instruct on the proper way to deal with hoards of small creatures attacking. But the goblins were pressing their line too hard, they’d lost nearly all of their original constructs and golems and even with the disguised Night Elves joining the Centaur archers, their last defense before the doors was about to crumble.

 

    But looking out to where Hagrid and the accompanying giant still fought, Harry’s stomach sank. There were too many, and Hagrid’s giant companion was nearing exhaustion, small wounds were beginning to pile up on him. Once the larger distraction was down Hagrid would be next, and while the armor he and Ron had forged for him was good it wasn’t perfect, eventually the goblins would get through. Taking a deep breath, Harry turned to his fifth oathsworn. “I need to get to Hagrid, bring up the Basilisk. After I’m there I’ll draw on my mark and transfigure something big, but I’m sending the Basilisk back to reinforce the main defense.”

 

    Magic already moving to open the second ‘silo’ that contained the newly animated skeleton of Slytherin’s monster, the Headmaster turned to Harry. “Stay alive, my Lord. Remember even if they breach the doors they haven’t won, Hogwarts does not suffer invaders easily.”

 

    With that, every eye turned to what was ascending on a swiftly rising platform. It was a massive skeletal snake but each bone had been carved elaborately and then individually coated in the strongest aluminum they could forge. While much of the resulting construct was indeed based on the runes carved into it, a mockery of life had been breathed into it by all of Harry’s Red dragons. Unlike a lot of other necromancy, the Red’s version made no attempt to pull the soul from the afterlife or restore parts of the target’s mind. Their touch, visible as an aura of red magic that shifted like a roaring fire and the red burning orbs that replaced the snake’s destroyed eyes, had simply created an automaton, a construct that would eagerly obey orders.

 

    In a funny twist however, the snake only obeyed commands given it in Parseltongue. And that fact made for an interesting side effect: Parseltongue magic wasn’t just used to communicate with snakes, but for the many mundane snakes that were simply animals with no intelligence of their own, the magical language gave them the intelligence to speak. It apparently did the same for necromantic constructs. Harry had already had a conversation with the construct this morning, explaining that its purpose was to be a protector, a defender of its home and the other people who lived there. Thankfully the construct was happy in its role as a guardian.

 

    With a hiss, Harry commanded it to come to the battlement and catch him, killing as many invading goblins along the way as possible. The Basilisk was their last big card to play, and unlike the Curator golem, this construct was connected to the castle’s wards and was now filling the role of castle guardian. (While the Curator might have been a more powerful construct, it was the creation of an insane mage and had previously guarded a cursed tower. There had been concerns that connecting it directly to the wards could leave Hogwarts cursed as well.)

 

    The soldiers that had time to set up a line of pikes in front of the snake as it came towards the castle had a rather large surprise when instead of slowing at all the snake simply let loose a torrent of flames from its mouth. Three of the Potter Dragonflight’s expanded cubes had gone into the construction of the school’s new guardian, one filled with sparking Stormbark trees gave the construct a surprise for anyone who struck it, one filled with Spiral Oaks provided both the Fire magic needed to produce flames and Life magic to reinforce the magic animating it, and the final cube filled with Blackstone trees both provided additional heat and the Earth magic that reinforced the skeleton.

 

    Wishing he could ride his disc over to Hagrid, Harry leapt off the rampart and swiftly used magic to land softly and keep his footing on the sleek metal of the serpent’s head. Damn the goblins and their effective broom disrupting ward. Over the course of the battle they had learned that while the goblin’s armor stopped direct offensive spells, it did not protect from fire, lightning, or other physical forces. So as the rather speedy snake slithered towards Hagrid, it’s fire breath clearing a path as the goblins rushed to get out of the way, Harry used both a variant of the bird-summoning charm (pulling small gryphons out of thin air was difficult but rewarding) and a spell which sent orbs of lightning bouncing after goblins. As he arrived he saw Hagrid’s companion go down, a dozen bladed weapons pushing the giant beyond the help of the healers back at the castle. Hagrid didn’t take that well, charging the swarm hacking the giant with a hoarse scream.

 

    More hissing and the snake left behind a burning circle that would keep Hagrid from being stabbed in the back. With a quick leap, Harry was back on the ground nearby and ordered the snake to return to protecting Hogwarts and kill as many attackers as possible. With hard won skill and strength enhanced by his own armor, Harry leapt to the aid of the man who had introduced him to the magical world. His own spear would probably need the blade reforged after this, Harry thought as he used it to puncture the armor protecting a goblin’s neck. Skipping away from three more as they charged him, Harry spun as he slashed his spear’s blade into the ground and transfigured the soil into a dozen tigers that immediately moved to protect him and assist Hagrid.

 

    Taking the brief respite to consider his situation, Harry looked around. When the flames left behind by the Basilisk faded, it looked like he and Hagrid would be swarmed. Transfiguration was clearly the way to go as far as his magic went, Harry thought as he reached a hand over his heart and opened the reservoir of magic within the magical tattoo there. He didn’t expect the rush of magic to feel like pure adrenaline pouring through his body. As the released magic flooded his system, Harry had a brief moment of thought about what to shape. I’ve been avoiding wolves ever since the Battle for Silvermyst Isle to avoid attracting more attention from Goldrinn. But since I need to visit him soon anyway for Remus, no sense holding out now.

 

    With that, Harry reversed his spear and drove the blade into the earth as he focused his magic briefly. With no reason to hold back he decided to go big. The soil shifted as a giant wolf’s head rose up and Harry found himself standing on the wolf’s head. At first Harry thought he had poured far too much magic into shaping the wolf, but then he felt it. As Harry jumped off the wolf and used magic to slow his fall, a sensation crawled up his spine. Whatever his work was now, it was no simple transfigured creature. As the wolf shook as if getting used to a new shape, every living thing in the valley where Hogwarts stood suddenly knew they were in the presence of a dangerous predator. Standing next to the wolf the size of a sprawling two story house, Harry had never felt so small. With a deep breath, he bowed his head slightly, never letting his eyes leave the creature. In his surprise at what had happened, Harry forgot to use one of the Azerothian languages he knew. “Greetings, Avatar of Goldrinn.”

 

    Goldrinn, the Great Wolf, was one of Azeroth’s Ancients. From the time the first wild creatures stirred on Azeroth, Goldrinn walked the land, embodying their tenacity, ferocity, and savagery. He personified the spirit of the hunter and the instincts animals felt when prey was near or their young were threatened. He had fallen against a great host of demons in defense of Azeroth ten thousand years ago, and while he had only recently regained a physical form, his spirit had experienced much of the world while he recovered within the Emerald Dream. Goldrinn’s spirit had discovered the damaged king of Stormwind and been impressed with him, bolstering Varian and granting him strength when the man needed it most.

 

    More than anything else, Goldrinn was drawn to those who were not only capable of great feats of brutality and strength, but those who could tame their savage hearts, could focus their bloodlust and savagery towards a noble purpose. Goldrinn had already chosen Varian Wyrnn as his champion when he sensed another interesting individual shaping constructs in his image, a mage who had chosen to protect those sworn to him at any cost. If Harry Potter had to burn two worlds to the ground to protect those who had placed their trust in him, two worlds would burn.

 

    Goldrinn had amused himself by empowering the mage’s creations when they used his form, but had unnerved the teen. This time, when he felt the human mage shaping the earth into his likeness, he had poured a bit of himself into it and taken the mage’s creation as an avatar. Looking around, he breathed in the air and understood the situation. A large army had attacked the place where this land’s people sent their children to be trained, and a friend had found himself far from safety. The young mage seemed surprised by the Ancient taking his construction as an avatar, but that was understandable. If nothing else, it looked like there was a fierce battle going on here, and his blood boiled at the thought of joining in. But first, in a deep voice that was heard by everyone in the valley, Goldrinn spoke. “Young mage, you will come to my shrine on the sacred mountain after we win this battle.”

 

    Harry found himself nodding in agreement. “As you wish.”

 

    With that Goldrinn’s avatar looked around at the two thousand goblins still standing and let loose a deafening howl. Space seemed to warp around his feet, and armored figures appeared, well most of them were armored. Harry was surprised to find all of his Worgen oathsworn along with Sirius and Remus. Looking at Sirius, the avatar’s eyes glowed and man shifted into his animagus form, then the giant black dog began to shift. Sirius’s second form grew in size, more than doubling into a solid mass of muscle and fang as the species changed from dog to one of Azeroth’s great wolves that were often used for carrying hulking orcs in heavy armor into battle. Goldrinn looked down to Remus and spoke again. “Follow the boy to my shrine cursed wolf, and I will twist your curse into a blessing.

 

    With that, Goldrinn howled again, making an entirely different sound this time, and every defender suddenly gained a second wind. Having thoroughly announced his presence, the avatar charged headlong into the goblin army. Lining his spear up at a goblin far from Goldrinn, Harry loosed a lightning bolt that killed it and leapt to several others before fading away. “Kill them all. We need to make an example that you do not attack this school.

 

    To the roaring laughter of the avatar, Harry led seventeen people into battle and began pressing towards Hogwarts. It was a long, bloody slog to hack their way through their enemies, but with Goldrinn and the castle’s defenders on their side they made it. The two remaining Blue dragon Avatars viciously tore into the enemy as the one controlled by Stellagosa fell. Goldrinn threw the organized ranks of the goblins into chaos and Harry’s group killed many of those the Ancient did not. By the time they fought their way to the gates, half of the remaining enemies were dead or dying. With about a thousand goblins left, they realized they weren’t going to win the day and began to retreat. It was with a heavy heart that Harry ordered Aurogon to cut off their escape with the last of the magma charges. Once their enemy began retreating, Harry ordered the Basilisk guardian to kill all of them and it joined the pursuit. Mercy had its place but giving it to an army that had chosen to attack a school would be foolish. Not to mention with the coming war against Voldemort, an example had to be set: Threaten the innocent here and you will die. To their detriment or credit, not one goblin attempted to surrender that day. When the battle was finished, the remaining avatars simply faded into dust on the steps of the entrance to Hogwarts.

 

    For the defenders, there were only two fatalities: A centaur that caught an unlucky goblin arrow in his throat and stumbled off the battlements before a healer could get to him and Hagrid’s half-brother. Immediately after their first loss, the Headmaster had ordered the older students and villagers to keep shields up in front of their archers and that kept the others safe. Of course there were many injuries, and more than one villager and student had been left with an arrow magicked to stay in place until a healer had the time to remove it. But still, the defense had been a crushing success. Not one enemy soldier breached the doors of Hogwarts that day.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    The cheers that had erupted when the Headmaster announced the battle was over were deafening. As their injured were treated and anyone with any cooking skill rushed to the kitchens to prepare a celebratory feast Harry’s more battle-hardened sworn began walking the battlefield with the returned house elves, removing everything valuable from the enemy soldiers and throwing the bodies on pyres to burn. No one really wanted to dig the graves for that many fallen, and the prevailing wisdom in those who’d sworn themselves to Harry was ‘burn your dead or expect the undead.’ Given the problems Azeroth had with the undead, this was a perfectly reasonable belief; additionally Voldemort had been known for creating Inferni for major battles as well. Another practical matter was that the dead have no further use for property, and goblin silver was a valuable metal. Rebuilding Hogsmead wasn’t going to be cheap, every last structure had been burnt down to their foundations.

 

    As the waxing crescent moon rose, the inhabitants of Hogwarts castle gathered in the dining hall. Everyone save a few wounded resting in the infirmary were there and had taken the opportunity to bathe vigorously. Hagrid sat at the staff table for the first time that year, missing his beard (a goblin firebomb had gotten through his helmet and ignited his beard) and was visibly depressed at the loss of his brother. He also looked like he’d been beaten to within an inch of his life, abrasions and black eyes easily visible. The poor man was horribly depressed at losing Grawp.

 

    Coming into the hall fresh from a much-needed shower, Aurogon called for attention. “I want to thank everyone for their contributions today. Not only did we survive, but we stand victorious! ” He had to wait several moments for the cheers to die down at that. “I want to thank some people in particular! Professors McGonagall and Sprout, your work with the transfigured army was inspired! I want to thank Professor Rubeus Hagrid for returning to us in our hour of need and bringing along his half-brother. For those who don’t know, his brother died in the defense of our school, and will be buried along with Bane of the Centaur at the edge of the forest in respect for their sacrifice in our defense.

 

    “I want to especially thank the Centaur for their aid today. Since Hogwarts was founded their herd and our school have been neighbors, and it pains me to say that Hogwarts has not always been honorable in its dealings with them. But so long as I am Headmaster we will never turn our backs on our allies and friends of the forest, because they did not abandon us when we needed them!

 

    With that, those centaur who chose to stay for the victory feast came in through the main doors, those who had stood on the walls obvious for the bandaged arrow wounds on their bodies. No shield was perfect, and those responsible for protecting the archers were not exactly trained Aurors. There was a cheer that went up, though it was quieter and more reserved than before. Still, the centaur were handed mugs of ale saved from the two bars of Hogsmead and welcomed to the celebration.

 

    Continuing on, the blue-haired headmaster spoke once more. “As for the students who contributed to the battle, I want to thank everyone who worked on that wonderful Storm spell. That was new magic, performed for the first time today, and it was effective! I want to thank everyone who transfigured and conjured! Your hard work ensured our battle line held and not one Goblin made it into our school!

 

    When the room quieted again, the Headmaster continued. “Some of you may have seen the large wolf, just before it demanded Mr. Potter visit his shrine, summoned a number of beings. Most of those are creatures similar but different from werewolves. From my research of the werewolf curse, I believe it was a corruption, a twisting of an enhancement ritual that gave warriors an additional spirit to empower their bodies and magic. Sadly ‘dark lords’ have been a problem for a very long time, and I believe that the original blessing was warped into the lycanthropy curse. The beings that fought with mister Potter are not werewolves, but something else; apparently even in the light of the full moon they have control of themselves.

 

    “Before we start the feast, there is one last thing. I had a request from Harry Potter, he claims that his godfather was imprisoned by the Ministry without a trial, and that his attempts to convince the Minister or anyone with power in the Ministry to grant the man justice have failed. I happen to have a vial of Veritaserum on hand thanks to the previous Potions Professor, so we’re going to determine his guilt or innocence right now. Harry Potter, Hermione Granger, Ronald Weasley, and Remus Lupin have submitted their memories of the events that convinced them Sirius Black was innocent. Hogwarts just so happens to have a large projecting pensieve, so we’re going to find out the truth together.”

 

    At that, Andromeda Tonks came forward and swore a binding oath that all of the memories that she carried in vials had been verified by two mind healers. Also that the second mind healer was keeping a low profile as she worked with Hogwarts students because she feared the Ministry. With that, Professor Senas Lothar levitated a rather enormous pensieve into the room and everyone present got to view the confrontation between an escapee from Azkaban prison and the man who had framed him. Harry kept the memory going right up until the Minister was convinced by Severus Snape that the students had been confounded. Andromeda spoke for a few moments on the effects a Confounding charm had on memories and how they were obviously not present here.

 

    Sirius Black was brought in, escorted by Harry Potter and two men who enforced the law in Hogsmeade. He was seated in a chair in view of the entire hall and given what three different healers confirmed was perfectly brewed Veritaserum. With a clever use of silencing charms, Sirius was questioned as to whether or not had betrayed the Potters or killed muggles without being able to hear shouted questions from the crowd. To the collective gasp of the hall, Sirius answered the accusations against him in a calm, emotionless voice. “I did not betray James, Lily, and Harry Potter to Voldemort, Peter Pettigrew was the secret keeper. The only people I have ever killed were wearing Death Eater uniforms during the war which ended in 1981.”

 

    The Headmaster asked one last question of the supposed convict. “Why do you think you were imprisoned without a trial?”

 

    “Barty Crouch Sr. hated my family. My imprisonment was also convenient for Lucius Malfoy to allow his son to inherit the Black Estate. Given recent revelations about Albus Dumbledore, he may have also played a part. But I don’t know for sure, I can only guess.”

 

    Looking out at the crowd Headmaster Salonar spoke to them, adjusting the spells so Sirius wouldn’t be forced to answer an asked question. “Does anyone else know of a crime this man should be in Azkaban for?”

 

    Suffice it to say, Sirius was soon happily eating next to his godson and his friends. He was getting a lot of wary looks, but with the population of Hogsmead and the students having seen incontrovertible proof that he was innocent of everything but escaping prison, no one spoke against him. He was even forgiven for his attempts to storm the Gryffindor Common Room, since his target was actually a Death Eater that was hiding as a rat and sleeping with students. As the desert course was being served, Harry asked the villagers if they would like to see a few more of his memories. When they said yes, he asked Andromeda to show the memory of Hagrid being arrested by the Minister.

 

    “The Ministry has to be seen to be doing something!” Was not a statement that went over well when the villagers realized that if the Minister could throw people into Azkaban at his whims, no one was really safe. Also the small fact that Hagrid had somehow brought a giant to protect them and fought hard in apparently ill-fitting armor earned him a lot of points. A lot could be said of Rubeus Hagrid, but before today no one had ever seen him harm so much as a fly but when the students were threatened he proved he had the heart of a lion. The Headmaster had briefly looked at the man as they removed the armor and treated his injuries and promised the man to have their Blacksmithing students forge him armor that fit better soon. Hagrid hadn’t had the heart to tell him most of the bruises were from his brother.

 

    Harry excused himself from the meal with Hermione quickly following him after the next memory, the attack during the summer by Dementors finished. He’d given Andromeda enough memories to outline his experiences at Hogwarts, and the next memory was Umbridge and her blood quills, and after that would be Voldemort and the Philosopher’s Stone, and after that when the children had been led out would be the first public viewing of the last few moments in the Third Task’s maze through the death of Barty Crouch Junior. He really didn’t even remember getting into bed that night, just waking up rested and warm with Hermione and Alira’s elven form at his sides. It really wasn’t a bad way to wake up.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    It had been a busy night for quite a few of Harry’s oathsworn, but those who had lived through wars in the past managed to finish their tasks. With help from Luna Lovegood, the Potter Dragonflight was able to negotiate a fair deal for use of ‘The Quibbler’s’ printing press. In the early morning hours, Hedwig led the owls of Hogwarts to deliver a morning paper that was almost entirely moving photos lifted from pensieve memories and captions that told the true story of the events starting from the preparations for the battle to the impromptu trial of Sirius Black. The magically controlled eagles that had eliminated nearly every mail owl in Britain over the last few days were countered both by applying an Engorgement Charm on the delivery owls and by no small number of Hogwarts students on brooms under heavy Notice-Me-Not spells.

 

    During the night Bill Weasley led a team composed almost entirely of Twilight dragons to rescue the Gringotts employees. It wasn’t easy working out how to get a tracking spell to adhere to his patronus, but after a number of false starts he managed to find the correct vault and enter through the Twilight Realm. Thankfully they were mostly in good health, though dehydrated and hungry. Out of respect for their rescuers, the former employees of Gringotts all agreed to either swear a loyalty oath or have the exact manner of their rescue obliviated in exchange for getting them out. When the prisoners learned their escape method was through another layer of reality made safe only by the dragons with them, they understood why the group saving them wanted secrecy.

 

    Back at Hogwarts, a discussion had gone on long into the night and only in the early hours of the morning had a deal been reached between the Headmaster of Hogwarts and the leaders of Hogsmead. The village would be rebuilt and the wards of the castle extended to protect the town, and in exchange the village would accept leadership from the Headmaster. After seeing the truth through Harry’s eyes, the village also decided to secede from the Ministry’s control. Hogwarts had already proven it could deal with five-thousand goblins, it seemed unlikely that the Ministry could do worse.

 

    More than one of Harry’s followers already had ideas on how to rebuild the city of Hogsmead. Though it would likely not be complete for some time, a list was being made of plants to import. More than one dragon had already resolved to import the white bark and golden leafed trees from Quel’Thalas in addition to the various new trees already grown in great numbers by the Potter Dragonflight. Azeroth and Draenor both had some strikingly beautiful plants and there really wasn’t a reason not to introduce them here, so long as care was taken to prevent them damaging the local ecosystems. The only thing all of Harry’s followers agreed on was that the only fully-magical settlement in Great Britain really should be more impressive than a medieval village. The elegant golden beauty of Quel’Thalas, the gleaming splendor of Dalaran, the natural beauty of Darnassus; all would influence the new design of the village adjacent to Hogwarts castle.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Interlude: Something’s Missing in Spinner’s End

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Nearly a month after being rescued from Ministry custody, Severus Snape finally had a moment’s peace. Yes, it was more of an errand to collect rare potions ingredients he had stockpiled at his house in Cokeworth, but it was still refreshing to escape Malfoy Manor. Voldemort… had not been pleased at the way his actions had lost any chance of him maintaining a position of power at Hogwarts. Damn that upstart for stealing the Headship, Voldemort even refuses to act against him because he’s doing better than Dumbledore and giving interesting lectures!

 

    Severus broke out of his inner monologue when he reached the home he had inherited from his parents and mostly used as a storehouse for things he didn’t want found should his Hogwarts rooms be searched. Given the fact that it was a fairly pleasant day and he hadn’t seen the sun in a while, he had apparated to an empty park and walked several blocks instead of appearing directly in his house. Now, he was glad he had because there was no house where his should have been. In fact it looked like someone had dug out the foundation and poured fill dirt into it. Grinding his teeth, Severus sought out a particularly noisy neighbor and knocked on their door to find out what happened.

 

    Apparently, the same day as Albus Dumbledore was chased out of Hogwarts, an explosion had been heard and when the fires had been put out, not even the basement (where his extremely valuable potions and ingredients had been stored) or foundation was left. Dirt had been brought in so the neighborhood children wouldn’t fall into the pit. The damned muggles were convinced someone had been running a meth lab in the basement! As he listened, Severus decided that some magical or another had simply stolen the entire house, poured something flammable into the pit left behind and set off an explosion. I don’t know who did this, but someone is going to pay! I bet Potter and his friends had something to do with this!

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

   

A/N: Thanks for reading! I hope you decide to review. Next chapter Remus takes an eventful day-trip to Azeroth and the wheels turn a bit.

 

Also, if you want to see Hagrid’s axes, do an image search for ‘Draconic Avenger ax’ Hagrid’s are just scaled up a bit.




Chapter 28: Chapter 28: Manners Matter

Chapter Text

Thanks to everyone who reviewed last chapter! I always love reading a thoughtful review. Big thanks to my betas for helping me polish this chapter, it wouldn’t be as good without the extra eyes!



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Chapter 28: Manners Matter

Or: Vive le Révolution

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    The morning after Hogwarts’ complete victory over the The Grand Goblin Army in their attempt to take Hogwarts castle and force the Ministry to surrender or watch their children die until they did, Headmaster Aurogon Salonar disembarked from his disc in the rain outside Number Ten Downing Street in London. There was a bitterly cold rain falling in the early morning, and the disguised dragon shivered briefly before layering even more warming charms. While it was cold out, he’d spent the first ten years of his life in Northrend, this wasn’t really so bad in comparison. (Then again, he had never stayed long on that frozen continent when he had the choice.) With a few flicks of his wand he cast magic to keep the rain off, pulled out a warm thermos of tea, and activated his ability to see magic. Logically, he assumed that the Prime Minister would have at least a few outcast muggleborn working in his security, and the drake was pleased to find out he was right. Before leaving Hogwarts he’d layered himself in charms that kept every muggle from noticing him, and now that he was at his destination he withdrew a large sign bearing the same magic from an expanded briefcase and set it up next to him.



    “The Headmaster of Hogwarts desperately needs to speak to the Prime Minister about a danger under London.” Was succinct but would hopefully get him a few moments of the man’s time, which was all he really needed. Transfiguring a table and chair just outside the security perimeter, he sat back and sipped at his tea, savoring the way the beverage almost masked the taste of the stimulant potion that was keeping him alert. Just to be sure this wouldn’t take very long, the drake flicked small tendrils of magic outward that would seek out the magical signatures inside and wake them. With that done he conjured a table and pulled out a bit of paperwork to while away the time.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Half an hour later, the security team for the Prime Minister was not wholly sure what to make of the sight that only their four magical members could see. Though the rest of the team could indeed see that there was something where the man sat thanks to the steam generated by what the wizards said were probably very powerful warming charms. After some discussion they decided to find out what the man wanted, since he was very politely waiting just outside the area closed to the general public. One of the wizards went out to speak with him while another watched the camera footage and narrated it to those who couldn’t see. There was a little panic when upon being handed a newspaper the man nearly dropped to the ground before the Headmaster conjured a chair beneath him. Once the Headmaster confirmed that the contents were completely true and in fact taken from the memories of the people who were there, the obvious question of why the man was sitting out in the rain trying to get their attention came up. The response was easily picked up on the guard's radio. “Because I need a section of London evacuated this afternoon. The army that attacked my school is dead but the threat is not removed until I have a declaration of surrender, and without an evacuation of certain areas innocent lives might be lost.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Fifteen minutes after that, the Headmaster was sitting at a briefing table with two of the building’s four wizards still sipping his tea. The sun was nearly up now as a radio was brought in and Aurogon declined the offered tea. A voice spoke through the radio after the Headmaster turned down the offered refreshments. “I’m sorry that wasn’t to your liking Headmaster, I can have them bring in something else if you’d prefer.”



    Waving his hand, fairly sure he was on a camera somewhere, the Headmaster responded. “Oh no, I’m sure it was very good tea. The problem is that I’ve had a day that started at four am two days ago and this stimulant potion flavored with tea in my thermos is the only thing keeping me awake at the moment. It might actually be strong enough to kill your mundane security if I shared. I’m hoping to make arrangements to end this little war and then sleep for a few hours before I carry them out.”



    (He wasn’t lying about his beverage. In the past he’d used magic to keep himself active when needed, not really caring about the side effects to his health. He had stopped because of the oath ritual; he knew his Lord wanted him healthy and while he wasn’t directly compelled the little voice in his head had convinced him to care more about his long-term health. The potion was less harmful than pushing magic into his nervous system but needed to be outrageously strong to keep a tired drake functioning.)



    The voice through the radio spoke again as the Headmaster began pulling out a map of London with markings on it. “I’m sure you’ve had a stressful time, it’s rare I get to see moving photos so I thank you for the newspaper. Now, would you be willing to explain why you want us to evacuate London?”



    Handing the map over to one of the wizards, the Headmaster ran a hand through his blue hair and began to explain. “To put it bluntly, I need to force a magically-binding surrender, not a simple agreement from the goblins to cease fighting until they rebuild their forces or see an opportunity to strike again. Sadly, their burrows are located under London and I can’t guarantee the safety of the marked areas, especially those underground. My suggestion is that you explain it as terrorists planning to attack and hold a prestigious school hostage were stopped by your forces and now your agents are moving against their base. However, the terrorists have been found to have a vast supply of liquid nitrogen so these areas were evacuated to ensure your people are safe. With the Statute of Secrecy that’s as much of the truth as we can share, I think.”



    There was a pause for a moment as the people in the room looked at the map and approximated depths of Gringotts and the surrounding warrens and relayed that information. (Several goblins in the force attacking Hogwarts had lived long enough for a somewhat brutish application of the mind arts to reveal the locations of their underground fortresses.) Eventually the voice likely to be the Prime Minister asked what he felt was the most pertinent question. “Before I order the way cleared for your retaliatory strike, can you tell me why the ‘goblins’ attacked your school in the first place? From what I understand they’re bankers who aren’t treated well by your government.”



    “First, Mr. Prime Minister, it isn’t ‘my government.’ Not only is Minister Fudge an incompetent moron, he is enormously corrupt and paranoid. I refuse to serve a government that makes discrimination an official policy or one that attempts to murder teenagers and then prosecutes them for surviving inept assassinations.” Taking a moment to breathe and marshal his thoughts, Aurogon continued. “To understand the truth about the goblins isn’t a simple matter. If you’ve ever read ‘The Lord of the Rings’ and remember the author’s take on orcs and goblins, that’s a good starting point. Yesterday’s battle took place because the wizards of the past chose not to invade the goblin’s tunnels and kill them all, which was both a moral and practical decision. Your staff can research this on their own time, but in one important way the goblins are similar to Acromantula, a species of giant, man-eating spiders.



    “Put succinctly, the goblins are a race that gained intelligence from an outside source. I have some ideas what that might be, but no way to gain samples of that material at this time. The problem is it wasn’t a permanent alteration of their species, over time their intelligence began to regress. From everything I can tell, the goblins realized this and panicked, then made a very bad choice in their desperation to remain intelligent. I brought up the Acromantula because they are a magically enhanced species that gained intelligence in the same way the desperate goblins attempted to hold onto theirs. The problem is that the side effect drove them much closer to Tolkien’s fictional goblins. I’m unsure if the goblins even have the choice between good and evil or if they’ve damaged themselves too much.”



    While a lot of that was supposition and educated guesses, not a word he’d spoken to those listening was untrue. Azeroth’s goblins owed their intelligence to a substance called Kaja'mite, something nearly every researcher on Azeroth wanted to study but so very rarely had access to. Without access to the ore that enhanced their minds, whatever band of goblins that found their way to earth would have found their intelligence declining fairly quickly. Having sent both Acromantula and goblins back to Azurewing Repose for in-depth analysis, he knew there was a common magical residue in both creatures. When that shared residue had been isolated and implanted into a test animal, the creature had quickly gained enough intelligence to speak while also becoming harsh and cruel. It did not suddenly gain a soul.



    Suddenly sounding like a man who had fought his way to the top of the often treacherous political world, the Prime Minister spoke again. “And what are your intentions toward the goblins as a whole?”



    Answering with surety in his voice, the Headmaster replied. “I’m hoping to force a surrender for two reasons: First to ensure they won’t threaten the children in my care ever again and second to force their people to find an alternative to whatever has warped them. I don’t currently know exactly what they’ve done to themselves, but if it is physically possible I hope to restore their people. To let them choose between good and evil as easily as you or I.”



    Once again speaking through the radio, the Minister responded. “And I suppose you don’t trust the magical government to handle this?”



    Aurogon laughed briefly at that. “No. Minister Fudge would receive a ‘campaign donation’ and declare the matter settled and the goblins would simply bide their time again. They’ve done this before, the only surprise is that they’ve waited so long. Whatever they’re using to block magical travel is an impressive piece of magic, and their warriors were using armor that negated direct magic, so much that using the castle’s wards against them was extremely difficult. They were even armed with bladed weapons that negated every form of defensive magic; if we had let them get close enough to injure us we’d likely have all died.



    “If there’s nothing else Mr. Prime Minister, I still do have a lot of preparations to handle. Are you willing to evacuate the area I marked on the map by three this afternoon? I expect there to be some damage to underground structures, but it should be minimal and if you have someone inform me what breaks I’ll have it repaired.”



    “I believe we can have those areas emptied, I would ask you not to engage in genocide on English soil, however.”



    “I am hoping I don’t have to, but one way or another this ends today. I need to be going, but once travel becomes possible again feel free to send one of your people to Hogwarts if you need anything.” With that the Headmaster was escorted out of the building and after re-applying the magic that kept mundane humans from noticing him mounted his broom and sped away at a great speed. He set down outside of London and opened a portal, quickly returning to the Room of Requirement and almost immediately falling asleep after he set an alarm. At Harry’s urging, Stine placed a temporal expansion spell on the Room to let the drake get a few more hours of rest.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Across the lands still under the goblin’s ward, students were working together to safeguard the school’s owls. Draco Malfoy had sent Gregory Goyle to Malfoy Manor with three copies of the paper along with several vials of pensieve memories and a note for his father explaining that everything in the paper was true, along with the warning that Potter had shown his memories of certain events and had been believed. Draco’s note explained that he would have come himself, but the Headmaster had asked him to be rested and ready for battle that afternoon, so naturally Draco was gathering his strength. Draco had actually sent Gregory to deliver the news because he was becoming rather annoyed with him. Yesterday, just before Potter and Granger led them through that incredible group spell, Harry had spoken to the Slytherins and explicitly told them that any ‘accidental’ harming of Granger or himself would result in the Slytherin group tragically falling in battle to stray goblin arrows. He had then summoned arrows out of a pocket and driven them into the stone wall a hair’s breadth from their heads. Wandlessly. Without even gesturing with his hands.



    After Harry smiled and left the hallway to ascend the Astronomy tower, Greg had scoffed at Potter’s ‘bluff.’ Draco had slapped the back of his head and confidently spoke. “That wasn’t a bluff moron, it was a statement of fact. Potter values Granger’s life more than he does all of ours put together. Don’t pull any shite today.”



    After that, they had worked together to first create clouds and rain, and then a thunderstorm. Draco could admit he had no idea what they were really doing until Potter scythed down hundreds of goblins in a single strike. In hindsight it made a lot of sense when their enemy was protected from direct magic like curses but vulnerable to physical forces. It really was a brilliant idea to create and harness a storm like that, and with the results speaking so loudly he certainly didn’t mind following Granger’s lead while Harry sunk himself deep into the magic of wielding storm clouds like the goblins did their axes. Granger had always been impressively intelligent, and with the reveal and expulsion of Dumbledore had become less abrasive. Mudblood or not, Draco almost regretted burning so many bridges with her.



    Draco would have flung Crabbe or Goyle off the tower himself if they had allowed a goblin arrow through their shields, and not just because of Potter’s wrath. Granger had proved her mind was useful, and simply letting her die or killing her would be wasteful. While being wealthy had admittedly allowed him to become wasteful and spoiled, when he was head of his family Draco resolved to never waste a resource if he could help it. And while muggleborns were considered subhuman by his family, he felt more and more that more could be gained by finding a place for them than by simply wiping them out. After he learned that their group Storm spell was based on what muggles had learned about how natural storms formed, Draco had begun an effort to learn muggle science that dealt with water and air. He would have been a fool not to seek out knowledge on what the elements easiest for him to use were capable of.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    At Malfoy Manor, the entirety of Lord Voldemort’s forces had been gathered, though many had been forced to fly on brooms thanks to the goblin magic still permeating the land. At first, nearly everyone had been convinced that somehow the Ministry of Magic was moving against them without any of them having advance warning. After several hours Lucius had taken a broom to the Ministry building and sent back a patronus confirming that the Ministry was in disarray and obviously not the source of the travel ward. Speculation continued to run rampant until Gregory Goyle arrived that morning with three hastily printed newspapers, memory vials, and a note. Goyle the younger invoked Voldemort’s ire when he had trouble pulling the correct memory of something the Dark Lord wanted to see in more detail.



    When the teen eventually produced a memory of the parts of the battle he saw firsthand, starting with Potter issuing a threat to the children of the men around the table, there was disbelief. Lucius Malfoy received an extended punishment for his failure with the diary when it was revealed that his failure not only lost the relic but cost the Dark Lord Salazar Slytherin’s Basilisk. 



(Of course the Dark Lord would never admit his control over the beast was far from perfect. In fact the last time he had seen the beast in person it had defied his control and attempted to kill him. It was only his speed at running away and the quick application of an illusion spell that saw Myrtle Warren die in his place. There may have been some luck involved as well. In his rage at nearly dying he had spent weeks devising magic that would force the beast to suffer until it submitted to him. Without being seen, he’d locked the Basilisk away in the chamber and anchored the spell with a wardstone. He never saw Slytherin’s Basilisk again with his own eyes, but obviously Potter had killed it nearly at the cost of his own life; Lucius’s memory of the boy after the battle included a puncture in his sleeve.)



    Still, the Dark Lord had to be impressed with the necromancy involved in reanimating the massive snake. And despite the story being told to the public, it was obvious that necromancy had been used to animate the creature; though using runes and metal to reinforce the bones and some kind of flame-based reanimation was very clever. Voldemort really had no idea what the exact spell animating the basilisk was, most necromancy required minor things like muscles and flesh for the constructs to move. As he watched Draco’s memory of the serpent burning the goblins he was glad his first move all those years ago had been severing the creature from the wards. With his impressive defense of the school, Voldemort decided to keep a closer eye on Aurogon Salonar.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Since flying home on a broom was both beneath their dignity and presented practical concerns for the Minister’s security detail, both the Minister and his Undersecretary had been sleeping in hastily transfigured bedrooms at the Ministry building. Cornelius Fudge had been working with Delores to remove the upstart who had stolen the post of Headmaster but hadn’t wanted to directly remove him. That changed when his secretary rushed in with the first paper that had been delivered since those damned eagles started going after all the owls. If anything written in the paper was believed by the public, Salonar and Potter’s popularity would quickly outshine his own. Immediately he sent Delores to the Daily Prophet to get a new issue printed and delivered by any means necessary to announce that everything in the first paper was a lie and all travel to Hogsmead and Hogwarts was banned for the time being. (In this case, that meant until enough doubt could be sown to keep the sheep from following a different shepherd.)



    However, steps would need to be taken to curb certain individuals soon. All their work to discredit the boy since he had returned to Hogwarts spreading lies about the return of a dark lord could not be allowed to fall apart so easily.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    As morning dragged on, those who had lived in Hogsmead walked through the ashes of their town, but only after Harry Potter had collected all of the venomous serpents that had survived into a warm box. By the time the young man who was obviously still feeling the efforts of the day before finished and returned to the castle for a little well-earned rest, almost no one who lived in Hogsmead still considered Parseltongue an inherently evil skill. After seeing Harry Potter with their own eyes, many villagers had sworn to cancel their subscriptions to the Daily Prophet when they saw for themselves how little truth really went into that paper.



    After lunch had been served, various students with leanings towards Earth magic had begun to clean up the cooled lava from the day before. This group, mostly consisting of Hufflepuffs with strong stomachs, were aided by the villagers eager to rebuild their homes. The next few days would mostly involve cleaning up the mess left behind and sourcing materials to rebuild, along with drawing up plans. While very few of the villagers wanted to include walls or fortifications in the new design of the village, nearly everyone agreed that while possibly an eyesore they were damn useful when they were actually needed. Stone was more expensive than wood, but the Headmaster promised that between the value of the goblin’s armor and weapons and a personal investment, the cost would be covered. In many ways the official agreement that was signed when the Headmaster woke at two in the afternoon was reminiscent of the villagers agreeing to serve a Feudal lord, but with clear responsibilities of the lord to those under him. Given that the man had been proved to be intelligent, cunning, honorable, and personally powerful, the villagers really didn’t think they were getting a bad deal.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Rubeus Hagrid had taken the truth about Dumbledore rather well once he’d endured a purging potion. Several people were convinced that he still believed in Dumbledore, but was keeping quiet, however. Harry had spoken with the giant man in the forge as he and Ron worked to get his armor adjusted and the dents hammered out and had convinced Hagrid to see for himself what kind of man the new Headmaster was. Hagrid had grudgingly admitted that if Harry trusted Aurogon, then he would give the man a chance. He was certainly interested in the school’s new blacksmithing program and watched attentively as Harry heated his spear’s blade and carefully reforged the edge. Harry might not have admitted what the fluid he was quenching the blade in was, but Hagrid recognized it as blood, probably from a powerful magical creature. When the Professor called Harry on it, the boy told Hagrid it was willingly given and from several individuals to avoid any real harm. 



(Every one of the Storm whelps had volunteered some blood, even the newest group Harry had rescued during his rescue mission on Hyjal. A portkey had taken him to the cave where two Storm Dragon sisters were raising their children, and Harry had replaced eggs, whelps, and one sister just before the cave collapsed.)



    Hagrid took the destruction of the Acromantula Colony less well. Both Harry and Ron repeated their tale of what happened when the half-giant had given them cryptic advice to seek out the spiders three times in deadpan voices before it sunk in that the creatures were dangerous to the school and the village.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    At three in the afternoon, an eclectic group gathered in Hogwarts’ entry hall. Standing with the Headmaster were Professors Hagrid, Lothar, McGonagall, and Sprout as well as Jason Atreides, Draco Malfoy, Harry Potter, and Susan Bones. The students and professors were wearing loaned Basilisk hide armor except for Harry, Hagrid, and Senas Lothar. Harry and Professor Lothar were wearing their plate armor and Hagrid was back in the plate armor from the battle, now repaired and correctly fitted. Everyone else was wearing Basilisk hide armor on loan from Harry. Over the armor everyone save Hagrid and Lothar were wearing a brightly colored robe with the Hogwarts insignia prominently displayed. Each robe was in a color associated with the House they were associated with save the Headmaster who wore a dark blue robe.



    The Headmaster spoke to them as they stood waiting to find out what the plan was. (Harry knew the plan, and in fact had helped to make it.) “Thank you Mr. Potter for the Basilisk hide you’re loaning to us today. For those of you who want to accompany me, we’re going to travel to Diagon Alley and force the surrender of the goblins. This is optional, there’s no shame in having had your fill of violence.”



    Surprisingly enough, no one backed out and everyone save the Headmaster were soon sitting comfortably inside an expanded trunk as the Headmaster traveled at a great rate of speed towards London. Back at Potter Manor, the Grangers had been monitoring the news and had reported that about twenty square blocks of London around King’s Cross station and the entrance to the Leaky Cauldron had been evacuated. However, there was no reason for the evacuation given. That was a little larger than they had asked for, but it was nice to have a little extra breathing room. 



About forty minutes after starting out, the lid to the trunk was opened and the group exited into the Leaky Cauldron. Apparently the trick to nearly supersonic broom travel was a magical shield shaped like a ‘flying wing’ aircraft. (Also, a broom designed to channel all the power of a magically powerful drake to increase its speed. On a side note, the rather ‘well-used’ school brooms had been donated to Azurewing Repose with an agreement that the dragons would share any interesting advancements made by their study. Apparently the worn-down brooms were easier to study than the more advanced models.)



    The crowd that had been stranded in the pub was rather surprised to see a war party emerge from the trunk, and instead of answering questions, a flick of the new Headmaster’s wand sent everyone in the pub a copy of their morning edition. Shouting to be heard, Aurogon spoke just two sentences. “It’s all true, the photos were taken from pensieve memories. If you’ll excuse us, there’s something we need to do.”



    From there, the group moved into Diagon Alley and marched towards Gringotts Bank. About now messenger Patroni would be reaching a number of Aurors with the announcement that the area around the bank needed to be cleared of civilians. As they approached the bank, they fell, without thinking about it much, into a wedge formation, with the Headmaster in the middle, the Professors to his left, and the students to his right. Most of them were fingering their wands nervously; no one wanted to be too close to Hagrid, as he was twirling his axes and getting used to how the enchantments that returned them to his hands worked. In their robes, they made quite a sight marching through the alley. 



When one of the Aurors who had been assigned to keep order stormed over to the group to assert his authority, sneering at the half-giant in armor, Draco quickly got his attention. “Flint, just shut your useless mouth and get out of the way! I know you’re one of my father's friends, but your whole department is obviously useless if you let five-thousand goblins lay siege to Hogwarts castle. Hell, I bet you don’t even know that Hogsmead is nothing but ash. No, be silent, watch, and learn something.



    Harry really couldn’t keep the smile off his face as he listened. Draco was really only with them to prevent the parts of the Ministry on his father’s payroll out of their way. Susan was there for a similar reason, while Harry was there to be seen proving his power if they had a real fight on their hands. With only a few other interruptions, they reached a spot about sixty feet (~18 meters) from the bank, the area that had been judged the best location for the elaborate twenty-foot (~6 meter) runic circle the Headmaster began carving with the frosty scythe now in his hands. He worked quickly, and ten minutes of carving the pavement stones left a series of runes carved into the cobblestone street rather deeply. With a careless movement of his arm, the Headmaster withdrew a vial from a pocket and poured it into the center of the new mark, the fluid that was the color and temperature of unforgiving glacial ice quickly settled in the marks. As the last of the carving was filled in the Headmaster stoppered the greatly expanded vial and nodded to the people who had accompanied him.



    They moved again, this time in two rows with the students behind. Stopping at the bottom of the steps of the bank, Aurogon spoke with a charm on his voice that was as much for the goblins as it was for the quickly gathering crowd. “Goblins of Gringotts, I am Headmaster Aurogon Salonar of Hogwarts and I am here to bring an end to the conflict you began. To ensure you know how serious I am, I’d like to return the army sent to burn Hogsmead and capture Hogwarts.”



    Since physical force had worked so well against the goblin army, it had been decided to use it again during the ‘aggressive negotiations.’ With a few flicks of his wand, thirty-five feet (10.6 meters) of hastily repaired golem rose out a trunk built of deep blue metal. While the Curator was not really ready for real combat, the most glaring holes had been patched and soldered together. (Yesterday, after it had fallen in combat, the construct had been dragged into the Twilight Realm by the troop of dragons waiting to unleash hell on the invading army if Hogwarts began to fall. Needless to say, the goblins who had come with the broken golem were surprised for the rest of their rather short lives. Knowing their Lord was in danger but being forced to wait almost blind to help him did not make for merciful, ‘let’s take them prisoner’ states of mind for Harry’s dragons.)



    While the golem’s control matrix was still in need of delicate repair, Aurogon was able to operate the Curator like a puppet or remote-controlled toy. While he’d be utterly unable to do anything else while moving the golem with his magic, no one else needed to know that. ‘Subtle’ could not accurately describe a giant golem punching the doors before it forced them open and tore the rather large doors off their hinges. After that it straightened and returned to the Headmaster’s trunk. Removing and canceling the shrinking spell from an ash gray trunk in his pocket, the Headmaster banished it into the bank. Draco asked a question that was suddenly bothering him. “I wasn’t aware we’d taken any goblins prisoner.”



    It was somewhat amusing, Harry thought, as he watched Draco’s face pale when he replied. “We didn’t.”



    Suddenly a lot of very angry goblins came pouring out of the bank, covered in ash. Apparently the trunk had not landed right side up. The Headmaster nodded to Professor McGonagall who produced a wooden box the size of a normal wardrobe and opened the door, proving it was full of transfigured creatures, including no shortage of Harry’s wolves, both those leftover from the battle and new ones he’d been producing today. Instead of charging the goblins, the creatures simply formed ranks in front of the professors. Aurogon spoke again, his voice enhanced to reach all of Diagon and deep into Gringotts. “I didn’t come here to fight you, goblins. I did enough of that yesterday. I am here to accept your surrender.”



    When a goblin in ornate armor near the back of the force began laughing, Aurogon removed a second scythe from his pocket dimension and sent it spinning his way. The second scythe was new, he had actually just recently finished crafting it and this was his first time using it in combat. Except for the color, it was nearly a perfect duplicate of his first. The new scythe was a shade of blue so dark it was almost black and had been fired in his own flames and quenched in blood from several Twilight dragons. Apparently the goblin commander expected his own weapon to block the incoming scythe, but the enchanted metal went clean through both weapon, armor, and goblin. With a gesture the blade reversed its course and returned to the young man waiting for their next move. That move was apparently a bloodthirsty charge at Professors. 



Just before the charging goblins reached them Aurogon swung his white scythe, leaking frost and snowflakes, in a slash in the direction of the approaching group. With apparently no effort, every goblin was encased in ice. And it wasn’t the harmless stasis spell the Headmaster had used on Draco either, the ice was simply the product of removing heat from the affected area.



    Suddenly the temperature of the air in Diagon Alley dropped. Speaking again, Aurogon focused the spell, amplifying his voice into the tunnels below. “I am here to accept your surrender. Since your plan was to capture Hogwarts and murder children until the Ministry surrendered, I have little mercy left for you. More than any other kind of magic, Frost is the easiest for me to work with. Frost magic embodies the cold, unfeeling harshness of winter, and now because you tried to harm my students , you can experience that magic yourselves.”



    Behind the group of teachers and students, the runes carved into the stone began to glow with an eerie blue light. “Until you surrender to me, you will experience the unstoppable onslaught of the Remorseless Winter. Surrender or die, it is your choice, goblins of Gringotts. Your pride will not keep you warm or alive.”



    This variation of Remorseless Winter was a runic based spell Aurogos had adapted to siege the goblins tunnels. Because it wasn’t an attack in the traditional sense, it could bypass many wards and affect the subterranean civilization directly. After all, the magic wasn’t hurting anyone directly , it was simply absorbing heat and then converting that heat into magic to prolong and intensify the effect. Common sense would say that there wasn’t much heat to absorb from the English soil in November, but the truth was that things could always get colder.



    While Harry was comfortable using the threat of genocide to cow the goblins into submission given their plan included killing children on the front steps of Gringotts until the Ministry surrendered, he was relived when the goblins caved. (Because information was more valuable than gold in wartime, several goblins had been thoroughly interrogated with Veritaserum. Harry’s dragons learned a lot of things from that, including that Veritaserum was a deadly poison to goblins.) Half an hour after the Headmaster had triggered Remorseless Winter, a goblin covered in frost stumbled out of Gringotts waving a white flag.



    A few moments later the goblin king and bank director along with an honor guard filed out, all of them covered in a layer of ice. When the goblins began to bicker at the terms of the agreement and tried to argue for better ones, Aurogon simply gestured at the glowing runes. “ Remorseless Winter won’t end until you sign the agreement.”



    The goblin king shouted at the Headmaster. “You want us to be your slaves! Better to die as we are!”



    “Not slaves. If you sign this on behalf of your people you will answer to me as a vassal does to his lord. That means I have responsibilities to you, just as you have responsibilities to me. I have no intention of destroying your people or using them as petty slaves, but one way or another you will never again lay siege to my school.”



    Given the fact that the Headmaster’s magic was still sapping the heat from below the earth, the two goblins reluctantly signed the surrender that bound their people to the service of the Headmaster of Hogwarts for ten generations. (A quirk in the contract was that they were agreeing to serve Aurogos, the current Headmaster. Their assumptions that they were bound to serve whoever controlled the school were wrong.) 



    In any case, the war with the Goblin Nation was over. As soon as the two signatures, representing both military and financial leadership of their people, were on paper the Headmaster released the magic and the air began to warm. (Underground it would take longer to return to normal temperatures.) Moving as if already used to authority, the Headmaster began giving commands to his new fiefdom. “Welcome to my service. Deactivate whatever you’re using to suppress magical travel and bring me a copy of the ward scheme to look over. It was an impressive ward and I want to find other uses for it. Gringotts Bank is to re-open its doors as soon as possible. You are to bring me the following information as soon as possible: detailed information on all problems your species is currently dealing with, the true history of your race and all information on any alchemical or potion based solutions widely used at any point in your history. I’m going to give you an object to allow us to communicate, we’ll discuss other topics privately tonight.



    “Other than that, secure your bank and keep it secure. Maintain business as usual while we work together to keep your bank profitable and give your people a bright future.”



    While the goblins were not happy about how their rebellion ended, things could have been worse. While they had yet to verify that the entire army they’d sent to capture Hogwarts was dead, Headmaster Salonar’s chest of ashes painted a grim picture of what had happened to them. The Goblin Nation was not in the strongest bargaining position it had ever been. With two-thirds of their armed forces either dead or missing in action and unknown magic freezing their tunnels, surrender had been the only option to avoid death. And for a leader to be sworn to, at least he was as much a warrior as a wizard; the captain Salonar had bisected as if his armor was mere paper and the goblins frozen solid spoke to his capacity for ruthlessness.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    As the Hogwarts group answered questions from the gathered crowd and the Headmaster removed the entire section of road containing his runes, Cornelius Fudge and as many Aurors as he could muster pushed through the crowd. Ignoring the politician’s blustering, Aurogon removed the last of the metal boxes encased in glass from the battle yesterday. Using his white scythe to levitate it over the rather sizable section of road he’d just removed along with the runes for Remorseless Winter, he very carefully altered the magic and then tilted the cube, pouring molten stone to fill in the gap. It took a bit of alchemy, but with some work he had perfectly filled in what he’d removed with rapidly cooling stone with the appearance of glossy obsidian and the physical properties of granite. Turning back to the group he saw that both Draco and Susan were arguing with the Minister while Harry stood back, and slightly to the side with his violently sparking wand out. Thankfully the wand was pointed towards the ground, but it was obvious that the Lord of Dragons had nearly reached the end of his patience for Minister Fudge. Hagrid also did not look happy, apparently being thrown into Azkaban so the Ministry could be seen ‘doing something,’ had not created fond feelings.



    Using the wand hidden in his robe’s sleeves, Aurogon amplified his voice again and silenced Fudge with a very durable silencing charm. “The Goblin Rebellion of 1995 is over! Although Hogsmead was burned down by our enemy, not one villager or student was killed! Hogsmead will be rebuilt better than ever! Thank all of you for turning out to watch me finish negotiations with the goblin leadership, and thank you Minister Fudge for doing the best thing you could have done in this conflict and staying out of the way. By allowing five thousand goblins to march on Hogwarts castle and leaving us to fend for ourselves you ensured we learned how to defend our venerable institution. If you will excuse me, I need to get these students who earned their presence here by distinguishing themselves during the battle back to Hogwarts and begin creating a lesson plan on how to rebuild a magical village. Please feel free to visit Hogsmead yourselves, the goblin’s ward should be going down shortly.”



    With that, Aurogon removed and expanded the highly comfortable travel trunk and began ushering the students and staff inside. When it was just Aurogon, Draco, and Harry left, Harry silently caught his oathsworn’s attention and glanced at the crowd. Understanding Harry wanted to be heard, the drake quickly wove the same magic he’d been using on his Lord and refreshed the silencing charm on Fudge and his minions. Harry took a deep breath and his magic calmed, his wand no longer sparking. Looking at the fool who had been making an effort to destroy him since the end of the third task, he spoke to the Minister, even though he was mostly talking to the crowd.



    “Minister Fudge. You’ve been trying to destroy my reputation, but you’ve been doing it with lies. Lies are all you have. Lies are how you’ve gotten so far after all, if you were honest you’d never have become Minister. After all, no one would ever vote for you if you admitted what a corrupt, paranoid, small-minded fool you are. Minister Fudge, your house of lies will crumble like wet sand the moment the people know the truth. And I can challenge you using only the truth. Farewell Minister, the next time we speak we’ll discuss how you’ve nearly killed me with Dementors on the Hogwarts Express, Dementors on the Hogwarts Quidditch Pitch, Dementors on the ground of Hogwarts, and Dementors at my summer residence. That is an overdue discussion.”



    With that, Harry turned to the open trunk and jumped inside. Draco joined him after a polite nod to the Aurors and a sneer at Fudge. With a swirl of his cloak, the Headmaster gathered the trunk and rocketed into the sky on his custom broom. As he flew unnoticeable to those without magic and invisible to those with it, Aurogon sent a messenger patronus to the Prime Minister’s magical bodyguards asking them to please inform their boss that the threat was over, and requesting they inform him of any repairs needed beneath the city.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Inside the trunk, Harry strode over to an ice chest and withdrew a bottle of coke. The ice chest was just a clever use of cooling charms applied to a cabinet that kept the interior just perfect for drinks, both magical and mundane. Though it was about four in the afternoon, Harry still had a lot to do. Now that the goblin rebellion was over he needed to visit Goldrinn’s shrine, and he didn’t dare put that off for long. Sitting down in a very comfortable chair he watched Susan and Draco pick out their own drinks, picking out orange soda and root beer respectively, both apparently eager to try something new. Pitching his voice to be heard by everyone relaxing after a rather stressful confrontation, Harry began laying a false trail for Voldemort, very aware that Draco reported often to his father through an enchanted item that worked like a phone or radio. “So, does anyone know of any mountains that might be considered ‘sacred?’”



    Jason Atreides, knowing exactly what Harry was doing, responded. “There’s a few that come to mind, but I don’t know of any with connections to wolves. Mount Sinai in the Middle East, Mount Fuji in Japan, or maybe Mount Kilimanjaro in Africa are the ones I’ve heard of. But if I were you I’d look for something in either North America or Europe if you’re looking for a wolf shrine.”



    Fishing for information, Draco spoke up. “What was that creature and how did you summon it anyway Potter? If the Headmaster’s right about the wolf creatures it summoned to you, it sounds like it might be connected to the Lycanthropy curse.”



    Pleased this was going so well, Harry decided to mix a little truth in with the story he wanted Voldemort to hear. “I might have accidentally touched a small statue of a wolf buried in the rubble of my family home. It just sort of glowed and then turned to dust in my hand. When I transfigured a wolf afterwards, it felt like there was something breathing down my neck and the wolf lasted longer than it should have, so I stopped making them. Then during the battle I decided to make a big wolf to help get Hagrid and I back to safety, but something reached out and took control of the magic from me. If you think that whole ‘apex predator right behind me’ feeling was bad back at the school, it was nothing compared to having it right next to you.”



    Susan took control of the conversation then. “I don’t know about anyone else, but it felt good to hear Fudge get taken down a few pegs today. I know your father is one of his biggest supporters Draco…”



    With a snort Draco stopped nursing his root beer. “I am rather displeased that the Minister not only allowed that army to assault the school but did nothing to help us when they did. Any fool knows that blocking magical travel means you’re under attack, but did Fudge even think to check on Hogwarts? No, he had no idea what was happening until the paper went out this morning.”



    Harry spoke up again. “Well Fudge is an idiot. I think we all know he’s only the Minister because he’s a useful idiot to some people. But on days like we had yesterday there are downsides to having idiots in charge of your government.”



    From there the conversation turned to more mundane topics. Harry found himself amused at how Draco appeared thoughtful as the topic of restoring Hogsmead came up and Professor McGonagall shared that the Headmaster intended to make the reconstruction into a learning experience. While not the most exciting subject, knowing how to build and reinforce a structure with magic seemed like terribly useful skills. Harry had the feeling the rebuilt Hogsmead would be a fair bit more impressive than the town that had burned down. In a room near the wing where the Hogsmead villagers were staying a wall had been covered in ‘pictures’ that were actually pensieve-taken photos of Dalaran, Darnassus, and a variety of locations in Quel’Thalas. Based on the first draft of the plans he’d seen for rebuilding the town ten times bigger than it was before, complete with streams winding through and several parks with small lakes, to say nothing of the gleaming towers, Hogsmead would truly be impressive.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    After returning to the castle, Harry made his way down into the Chamber of Secrets. Hermione and Caliona had taken charge of preparing his supplies for a trip to Hyjal, which in this case basically just meant stuffing things into the Cube. If everything went well he could just take a portkey to Hyjal, fly to Goldrinn’s shrine and be done in an hour. Harry decided to do a few extra things during the trip however, and had tracked Fleur Delacour down to where she had been staying since Bill Weasley and a number of Twilight dragons had rescued her. He hadn’t had time to interact with those saved from the vault, but after his followers had explained everything going on in Britain most of those from the vault had decided to stand with him instead of the Ministry. Harry quickly added a dozen wizards and witches to the ranks of his oathsworn and sent them to tell their families they were okay, buy magical tents, and move to the Hogwarts grounds until Hogsmead was rebuilt.



    Harry had sought out Fleur in particular because he wanted to offer her the chance to meet the Ancient who was the origin of the Veela. Though hesitant, she agreed and joined the expedition group that were walking into the Cube. Once inside Fleur admitted the structure was impressive, the gardens and parks had been maintained and expanded by Dobby and a few other elves.



    Just as he was leaving, the Headmaster asked Harry to take a package to Azurewing Repose. Figuring it would only add a few more minutes on his day, Harry agreed. Given the defender’s victory at Hyjal, Harry’s Black and Twilight drakes stayed home this time and instead Harry took Alira, Dalistraza, Senastrasz, and Stine. Hermione, Fleur, Remus and Sirius rounded out the group. Sirius continued to improve, the combination of companionship, healing magic, and useful tasks were working wonders on him. Goldrinn directly altering his animagus form had also had an effect, and not just on his suddenly voracious appetite. (Their healers believed that however Goldrinn had added to the mass of Sirius’s animagus form, the magic wanted more food to bolster the new muscle and bone.) Sirius moved with confidence again, another effect of twelve years with the Dementors fading away.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    At Azurewing Harry was once again met by Stellagosa, granddaughter of Senegos and by now a familiar face. As he handed off yet another expanded trunk he shared a pleasant conversation with the Blue drake about the differences between Lycanthropy and Worgenism. Now curious, Stellagosa asked to accompany him to Goldrinn’s shrine to observe Goldrinn ‘twisting a curse into a blessing.’ Having no objections, Harry responded. “I don’t mind, so long as you let someone know you’re coming with me. Your grandfather still scares me.”



    With a laugh, Stellagosa led him past the massive illusionary barrier and into the halls of the Azurewing settlement. After a brief reunion with Jagragosa who was continuing to experiment with mixing Earth’s and Azeroth’s magic from Azurewing’s hatchery while watching over her clutch Harry handed her a second package and left after a few moments of pleasantries. Stellagosa strangely remained outside the room and refused to look inside.



    (When he had walked into the room where Jagragosa was singing softly to her clutch in draconic, a rush of emotions had hit Harry like a punch to the gut. Azeroth’s dragons were awake, were sentient, inside their shells as they grew, and sometimes this presented a problem. If a whelp grew scared or panicked in their shells, it was possible for them to thrash and break their eggs prematurely. Much like a human born too early, if this happened there was only so much that could be done for them. Stella had been told enough about Harry’s life that she said nothing as his eyes grew wet as they walked to the edge of the wards. 



With how much her people had lost, Stellagosa knew exactly how fortunate she was to still have her father. (She also suspected, but didn’t dare to hope that the boy beside her would rescue her mother from the Demons that had hunted down and murdered her not long before the Dark Portal reopened.) As they walked, Harry activated the speak-stone in his armor and asked Hermione to make sure the next package sent to Azurewing included everything modern medicine had on the treatment of premature births. Once they were clear of the wards Stellagosa moved into the Cube and Harry used Azeroth’s Teleport spell to take them close to Aviana’s shrine.)



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    At Aviana’s shrine Alira, Fleur, and Hedwig stepped out of the Cube and declared themselves to the guards. Fleur had grown more interested in meeting the progenitor of her species as they traveled, Alira had volunteered to be her guide and translator, and Hedwig enjoyed both Aviana’s company and the extremely compatible magic the Ancient gave off with every breath. Hedwig was easily recognized as she rested on Alira’s elven shoulder, and a message was quickly carried to Aviana. After the owl had humiliated a guard on her first visit, no one wanted to annoy the beautiful avian. Aviana’s shrine was probably the safest place in all of Hyjal, and between the three of them Harry was sure they’d be safe. If nothing else Aviana had declared her shrine a sanctuary for all creatures of the sky. Fleur couldn’t fly, but she was a distant descendant of the Ancient herself, so they really should be fine for a couple of hours.



From there Harry accepted a ride on Dalistraza for the relatively short flight to Goldrinn’s shrine. Both human and drake enjoyed the time together. Flying together Harry could feel the bond he had with the drake beneath him; he could sense the trust she had in him. It made for a powerfully emotional time as they flew and both of them kept their eyes open for any threats; Hyjal was only ‘mostly’ safe now. Most of the half hour flight consisted of Dali ascending on the thermals that were apparently ‘just right’ as they approached noon in local time.



    Goldrinn’s shrine was located in a valley, and Harry had decided to land on the edge and walk down the road to the shrine. On a whim, Harry transfigured a small wolf and sent it to request an audience with the Ancient. When he opened the door to the Cube those inside walked out and took in the scenery while Harry shrunk the Cube and returned it to his exceptionally large pockets. It was an odd group that strode down the quiet mountain road towards the shrine that sat at the bottom of the valley. Stine remained in his feline form, not wanting anyone to question him as to his name, mission, or place in the timeline. Senastrasz was walking in shining armor with his favorite shield over his shoulder and a gleaming blade resting at his side. Sirius was bouncing around the path in his new animagus form, sniffing everything with a happy expression on his face, while Remus was also clearly excited but somewhat more reserved. Hermione walked at Harry’s right side as Dalistraza in her natural form walked on his left. Stellagosa, curious and eager, walked slightly behind the group in her anthromagus form of a High Elf with blue hair and eyes.



    After walking for half a mile, when they were nearly halfway there, Sirius shed his new animagus form and walked closer to the group. “The air here smells incredible, it’s so fresh and vibrant and alive! Also there’s a bit of sulfur on the wind for some reason.”



    Harry couldn’t help but laugh at that. “When the cultists attacked the mountain they brought a piece of the Firelands into Azeroth and gave the mountain a seemingly permanent lava field. I saw they’ve planted some of our Hoarfrost Pines along the ridge lines nearest the lava. I don’t know if they’ll be enough to cool that area off. I’m going to ask the druids why they don’t open a portal with no liquid filter under some freshwater lake and just drown the lava that way.”



    Stellagosa paused for a moment, falling behind the group and laughed lightly as she sprinted to catch up. “Harry, I’m honestly surprised no one has tried that yet. There’s a bunch of places in Northrend we could use for water, just have to be careful we don’t bring in water contaminated with the Plague. Howling Fjord has at least two lakes we could use…”



    Harry spoke up, cutting off the Blue drake. “We don’t even need to waste that much water. What if we opened a portal under the lava and dumped it in the ocean somewhere? Does your grandfather want a bigger island? Though I’m not sure how much bigger Azsuna would actually get…”



    Groaning aloud, Stellagosa briefly buried her face in her hands before she pulled out a blue crystal orb. After a moment it glowed, producing an image of Senegos who spoke urgently. “Are you alright granddaughter?”



    With a sigh she visibly relaxed. “I’m fine grandfather! Mage Potter just had an idea and I wanted to know if it would work. On Mount Hyjal there’s a lava field that shouldn’t be there. Do you think we could open a portal under the lava and drain it into the ocean to expand our island? He also suggested opening a portal under a freshwater lake to quench the lava.”



    After a moment of thought where the ancient Blue wyrm considered things under his breath, Senegos responded. “I believe that would work. Be careful and you have my permission to try. I’m going to send a group to Howling Fjord in three hours to give you exact coordinates to portal some water in if that works for you. Oh, and dump the lava in that natural harbor the Watchers use. They’ve been exceptionally poor neighbors for a very long time.”



    With a predatory smile on her elven face, Stellagosa replied and pocketed the crystal. “Of course grandfather. I’ll try to have the lava cleared in three or four hours, we’re almost at Goldrinn’s shrine.”



    Sirius and Remus missed most of that exchange thanks to the language barrier, but did notice the elven dragon’s expressions. In English Harry quickly paraphrased his suggestions and explained that a group of magic-hating elves was about to get pranked. With lava. Because when you’re dismissive, rude, and borderline hostile to a colony of magic-using dragons for thousands of years, you deserve what you get.



    As they began their descent into the valley the group passed near a collapsed cave, in an event that Harry would forever be convinced was purposeful on the part of Goldrinn, a small platoon of Twilight Hammer’s cultists stumbled out into daylight as a small part of the hillside gave way. For a brief moment the cultists, counting among their nineteen members at least one example of each of Azeroth’s common sapient species, (save the Draenei, who weren’t big on doomsday cults apparently) stared dumbly at the group walking down the mountain trail. Then Harry shot a Chain Lightning spell and killed what looked to be their only shield bearer. As the lightning bounced between several other cultists, only strong enough to daze them as it lost strength, the rest of Harry’s group moved into position.



    Taking point Senas’ shield quickly blocked a bolt of purple magic that felt evil, as his sister returned to her human shape and prepared to mend wounds as needed. Sirius and Remus began transfiguring like their lives depended on it as Hermione wove an unstable ball of flame and flicked it into the middle of the enemy formation. Stellagosa helped out by conjuring a blizzard with razor-sharp ice that tore at the cultists. Stine got his bow out and began picking them off quickly. Harry gave a shout and then apparated into a tree behind the cultists to pelt them with various lethal spells. “I want some of them alive!”

   

    Five minutes later as the last unprepared (and honestly, exhausted from digging themselves out of a collapsed tunnel) cultists fell to the ground bound in conjured ropes (Harry hurriedly dismissed the ropes when he saw they were moving on their own and re-applied the spell with a crimson red blush.) everyone was glad Harry had insisted they wear armor. They ended up taking seven prisoners, the female Tauren, elves, and Humans that had worked as the cultist’s support team. Harry had a spare expanded trunk on him and between Hermione and Stellagosa it was soon turned into a serviceable prison for the prisoners deep in an enchanted sleep. Stella offered to take them back to Azurewing, mentioning that after their interrogation they could be made useful in lieu of the generally agreed death sentence for joining Azeroth’s number one doomsday cult.



    The corpses and all the cultist’s gear got thrown in another trunk to be burned by Harry’s Twilight dragons. The general opinion was that it was a little distasteful, but given their goal of empowering a Dragon Aspect there was no room to be squeamish with sources of magic. Plus, taking the corpses home to burn left the mountain looking cleaner. Despite the bloodshed the group finished their journey in high spirits. Harry also decided to ask where all the expanded trunks were coming from. He was sure there had been some in the Room of Lost Things, but was beginning to suspect that Hogwarts elves with woodworking skill were creating more, like a little elven assembly line.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    When Harry and company entered the small encampment that stood before the gleaming white statue of Goldrinn, he found himself somewhat unimpressed. For some reason he had expected something more than a single statue and a few battered columns of white stone. Unsurprisingly, Goldrinn himself was waiting for them with a canine grin on his face; and the white wolf was even larger than the avatar that had fought at Hogwarts. Harry gave a polite nod of his head but did not bow; he wanted to be respectful but he had no intention of worshiping the Ancient. Also, showing weakness in front of Goldrinn just seemed like a terrible idea. Those with him followed their Lord’s example.



    With a somewhat challenging note in his voice, the Great Wolf locked eyes with Harry and spoke. “So you find my shrine disappointing mage? Then I challenge you to make it better.”



    Feeling like stepping down from a challenge and apologizing for his thoughts, and how Harry wished these Ancients would stay out of his head , would be taken as weakness, Harry drew his wand. Basilisk heartstring and Crimson Oak sang in his hand, and Harry smiled. There were four places on the path that lead up to where the gleaming white statue of Goldrinn sat where newly-scrubbed pillars of white stone sat. They would be Harry’s canvas. Bringing to mind everything he knew about Goldrinn, Harry kept in mind the Ancient’s failing, his inability to truly control his savagery and blood lust. A lecture from Jagragosa about the Loa, beings similar but distinct from the Ancients, came to his mind. With magic and creatures like Goldrinn who weren’t just flesh and blood but something more , sometimes perception became reality. If only savage berserkers called on Goldrinn it would reinforce his failing. If he was called on by noble men and women desperate to protect their homes and loved ones, it might have a positive effect on the Ancient himself. Bring purpose to Goldrinn’s violence.



    In the first open space, he transfigured the existing stone into several figures. As Harry’s wand danced and the stone changed, a wolf that was obviously meant to be Goldrinn, carefully made smaller than the existing statue, was standing between a winged demon and a smaller wolf, meant to be one of his children. The statue was wounded, one of it’s shoulders stained dark around a broken spear lodged deep; but still the statue snarled at its attacker and was preparing to leap forward and protect its young. In the second space, Harry showed Goldrinn leading a pack of wolves and Worgen on a hunt; together they were chasing down a massive Talbuk. (Harry very purposefully chose not to show them hunting a deer, because one of the other Ancients was a massive stag. No point offending powerful creatures if he didn’t have to.)



    In the third and fourth spaces, Harry dared to look the Ancient directly in his eyes, a silent request for source material. Goldrinn fulfilled his request and Harry was nearly overcome by memories of the War of the Ancients ten-thousand years ago. With a deep breath to center himself, Harry worked his wand again, and a memory was brought into the physical world. In the third space Goldrinn fought alone, surrounded by demons on every side, some even larger than himself. It was a hopeless battle, but one that needed to be fought. After a moment, Harry altered it slightly to show Goldrinn ripping the throat out of a pit lord even larger than himself. Living siege engines of the Burning Legion, the pit lords were massive demons that shared a general shape with Centaur, Tol’vir, and Dragonspawn.



    For the fourth scene, Harry had to think for a moment about how to present the memory. After a moment, Harry looked up at the sheer cliff side above the shrine and smiled. Though it took longer than the other three put together, Goldrinn’s last memory before he fell into the long sleep ten-thousand years ago took shape. The Ancient had died, his body eventually falling to the weapons and might of the demons in the battle Harry showed opposite the final scene. When Harry finished, stretching up into the sheer cliffs that surrounded Goldrinn’s shrine was a depiction of Eldre'Thalas, a Night Elven city under siege from countless demons. In the foreground, a transparent Goldrinn made of slightly opaque white glass led a squad of Night Elves through cover, bypassing the battle lines, to a line of demonic siege engines assailing the city. Further away, another Goldrinn, this one less transparent, led the fight against the demons. 



After a quick consultation with Hermione, Harry placed a tiny Bluebell flame inside the closer Goldrinn and a much brighter one inside the one fighting the demons. Harry added small flames to the torches of the elves stalking the Legion’s siege weapons; after passing through the glass, the ones within the wolf statues were an eerie off-white with a tinge of blue while the ones on the torches were their normal color. Looking at the other scenes briefly, Harry spent the next few moments making several attempts to create a bluebell flame that was the right color. Once he had it, he went back and altered the first three depictions of Goldrinn, giving the statues a gleaming glow once the flames were inside. Each representation appeared as if they were exuding moonlight. (Or rather they would once night came.)



    Standing back, Harry took a quick look at all his additions, touching them up in a few places. “If you approve of the changes I can make them permanent. I think the enchanted fire should be permanent as it is, there’s enough magic in the air here to maintain it...”



    Harry trailed off as the group watched the Ancient move to the fourth scene and bring his head close to the wolf that was fighting the demonic horde alongside the elves. A dozen figures had joined Harry’s group at this point, most of them Worgen, all were silent as the Great Wolf began to speak. “My mortal sons fought so hard against the Legion in that war, I only wish they had been remembered as well as I.” Briefly the Ancient looked back at Harry before he took in the other scenes. “When I fell my strongest sons knew, and they offered me their forms, let me take their bodies as avatars to continue the fight. They were so brave, even when my essence consumed them they sacrificed willingly for the good of the world. Yes, Mage, I want your changes to my shrine to remain as long as Mount Hyjal itself. I will speak with you more later, I wish to remember my sons for a time.”   



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

   

    Along with the Azerothians staying at Goldrinn’s shrine, Harry’s group walked further downhill in the valley and circled part way around a small lake fed by a clear stream. With the rather long day they’ve had so far, Harry soon found himself dozing in the shade of a tree, the quiet burbling of the lake and warm breeze relaxing him. After about an hour of solitude the Great Wolf approached the group, his presence stopping the various conversations going around. Harry, now very alert, looked at the wolf as he chugged a small vial of wakefulness potion. Together with Remus, he approached Goldrinn. His voice now calmer than before, the Ancient spoke. “Thank you Harry Potter. Now, cursed wolf, I will keep my promise to you.”



    For several moments, the wolf gazed at Remus as if searching him out down to his very soul. After leaning his enormous muzzle directly on the werewolf’s neck and taking a deep inhale, the wolf leaned back and looked thoughtful. After a moment the Ancient crossed the lake, which could also be called a large pond, and walked up to ancient ruins on the island there. With no hesitation, Goldrinn threaded one of his claws into a gap between two large stones and violently twisted his paw. Reaching down, he took the claw in his mouth and finished tearing it free. Returning to the group watching from across the water, the Ancient set the severed claw in front of Harry and dripped blood from his paw onto the claw as he focused on it, eyes glowing.



    Several moments later, apparently finished, he turned his gaze on Harry. “Take my claw, Mage. When his wolf is in control, give the cursed wolf any wound that draws blood and my blessing will merge him and the wolf within. It will not quell the rage of the tortured wolf spirit that exists within your friend, because that is something I cannot do, even for myself.”



    Gingerly picking up the sword-sized claw, (being extremely careful not to nick himself with the sharp edges) Harry considered it for a moment and spoke. “My people use potions that can force calm or rage on someone for a time, if I were to give Remus potions that force rational thought and calm thinking, would that affect the creature he becomes?”



    A booming laugh and a broad smile was his only answer. As the wolf began to turn away, Harry asked him to wait. With a nod to Dali, still in her human form, she darted in to apply her healing magic to Goldrinn’s still bleeding paw. As she worked, Harry spoke again. “We’re going to try draining the lava field to the south, would you like to join us? If there’s any organized resistance left I feel like they might try to stop us.”



    As Dalistraza walked away, having finished her healing by returning to her true form and breathing life-fire over the wound, Goldrinn let out a deep laugh. “If there are enemies there I will join you. Remembering my sons has left me with the urge to kill something that deserves death.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Leaving Goldrinn behind to once more lose himself in his memories at the sculpture of the battle outside Eldre'Thalas, Harry and his group began the return trip to Aviana’s shrine, with the accidental addition of Goldrinn’s followers. Harry was very careful in not answering most of their questions, only telling them that he had encountered Goldrinn’s avatar and it had aided him against an enemy. As everyone mounted some kind of flying object, not wanting the Cube to become common knowledge on Azeroth just yet, Harry sent out a few messenger patroni. One went to Alira and the other to Choluna, the Tauren he had met at Aviana’s shrine. He also opened a mirror and asked Nicolas Flamel if he would be willing to brew a few potions to assist in a cure for Lycanthropy. By the time they arrived at Aviana’s Shrine the Guardians of Hyjal were already massing for an operation to reclaim the land that was currently molten lava around the physical incursion from the Firelands. There was, however, a surprise waiting for Harry.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    The moment he landed and replaced his Blue disc in his pocket, Harry found himself being shrieked at in French by a Harpy, but one slightly different from Aviana or the species’ norm. This one had the beautiful, inhuman features and the usual raptor’s legs, but instead of its arms doubling as wings a massive pair of wings the same color as Aviana’s feathers graced her back. Fleur’s, and this could only be Fleur since she was the only French speaker on the planet, (Unless the French had somehow breached the Room of Requirement without anyone knowing. Harry’s English pride quickly discarded that possibility.) arms now ended in vicious talons which were gesturing wildly in her anger. Harry looked to Alira, who seemed more amused than alarmed. Apparently whatever had happened to the Veela woman had also destroyed her clothing, as she was now wearing a replica of what Aviana did; which amounted to ‘almost nothing.’ After taking a quick glance at her form to note the changes, Harry firmly focused on the Veela’s eyes, ignoring the temptation to enjoy the view of a very agitated, very healthy bird woman. (Harry didn’t realize it, but both of his consorts noted that action and resolved to reward him for it later.)



    With a sigh, Harry briefly shouted to get Fleur’s attention and then continued in a normal volume. “Fleur! I don’t speak French. If you want me to understand you, you need to speak in Common, Darnassian, Draconic, English, or Parseltongue. What happened?”



    Oddly, his question only prompted further screaming in French, so it was Alira that answered. “Fleur apparently didn’t believe me when I told her that the Ancients are omni-lingual. She made a statement about how she was glad her people had risen from their bestial roots. Aviana did not take that insult with a smile, and she did something that seems to have awakened a lot of dormant ancestral genes in our Veela here. Fleur does not appreciate her new form.”



    Stellagosa, still in her elven form, had come closer and was closely inspecting Fleur. Lost in her analysis, she spoke without seemingly being aware of it. “ Fascinating.” This did not calm the young woman with a new set of wings.



    Still having no idea what Fleur was saying, Harry sighed and stunned her, but caught her with a levitation charm and placed her in one of his expanded trunks on a comfortable bed with a sticking charm. When he saw the surprised looks, especially from Sirius and Remus, Harry groaned and explained. “When she’s calmed down a bit she’ll appreciate that I didn’t let her continue to aggravate the Ancient that’s watching us from her perch in the tree.”



    There was a mixed reaction at that, some of Harry’s sworn thinking that made logical sense while others thought Fleur would not take being stunned and stuck to a bed in stride. In any case, Harry cast a sound-amplifying charm and spoke again, this time in Common. “My group is going to try draining and cooling the lava patch around the ‘Sulfuron Spire’ Firelands incursion. I don’t know if we can force that area back into the Firelands, but we can make it harder for them to keep it on Hyjal. Anyone here willing to protect us as we work?”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    It turned out that more than a few people were interested in providing protection for someone who wanted to at least attempt repelling the incursion. The Firelands were a part of the Elemental Plane, a truly massive pocket dimension that contained the elemental creatures of Azeroth. The small part of it that had manifested around a single spire of a larger fortress was an invasion, and so far nothing had been effective in forcing the ‘Sulfuron Spire’ back where it belonged. Harry was surprised to find so many druids either meeting them on the way or already waiting as close to the shores of the lava as they dared.



    In any case, Stellagosa applied several dozen layers of protective magic to herself and several volunteers and approached the edge of the lava while Harry floated nearby on his disc. Several Druids and Aviana herself, accepted the protective magic Stellagosa had offered and hovered close to Harry. It took a few tries for Stellagosa to purposefully not include the liquid filter that kept portal magic from doing exactly what they wanted it to do, but after ten minutes the lava started to move. It actually looked like someone had pulled a drain below as lava rushed in to fill the created gap. Just off an island far away, a great amount of steam began to boil up from the ocean.



    Moving a few hundred feet away, they repeated the process. Everything went smoothly until they were setting up a fifth portal and the level of the lava had noticeably begun to fall. Almost out of nowhere, creatures made of living flame began to boil up out of the lava, surging towards those protecting Stellagosa. Making a decision on behalf of whoever was actually in charge of the task force, Harry told Stella to get on a disc and join him above the sudden battle. Surprisingly she did and even moved into immediate action when Harry called for her to open a portal into cold ocean water. The near-freezing water did provide relief from the blazing heat and dulled the offensive from the creatures of living flame, but it also created vast clouds of steam. Thankfully Aviana and several druids easily kept the steam from scalding their forces. With less urgency, Stellagosa contacted the group of Blue dragons Senegos had sent to Howling Fjord on the continent of Northrend and received exact coordinates to open portals that poured some of the contents of freshwater rivers and lakes onto the lava.



    After that, Harry watched as Stella opened more portals and delivered lava to places he didn’t strictly need to be aware of, and so chose not to be. In the end, they actually emptied nearly two-thirds of the lava out and replaced it with frigid water. As they watched on the rapidly cooling shoreline as the water filled the once-beautiful plain and formed a lake that was barely boiling at all, Harry accepted a flask of water from a helpful druid trainee (he checked it for poisons discreetly, no need to offend anyone) and watched Stellagosa converse with two of the Hyjal’s leading Druids and three ancients. This was the first time he’d seen Cenarius in person, and the only thing he could think of was how much the demigod looked like someone had sewn a Night Elf’s torso onto the neck of a gigantic deer. Seemingly not a huge fan of the leading Night Elf Druid, Goldrinn looked like he was only staying long enough to get his new burns treated.



    Moving closer, he heard Stellagosa explaining the most reasonable plan going forward. “I’ll be back to check on the new lake when I can get a suitable escort. We took the water mostly from Howling Fjord, but not enough to empty the lakes. If the lava comes back I recommend we use a glacier in the Storm Peaks and use portals to drop lava above and drain the resulting melt here.”



    The following discussion reinforced Harry’s opinion of Malfurion Stormrage, who apparently thought magic was evil even when he himself was a powerful practitioner of a slightly different flavor of magic. Apparently the downside of giving a species immortality is that old prejudices never have time to die out. When a Green wyrm landed and politely but firmly asked Stellagosa for her name, then further insisted on knowing whose orders she followed, things became tense. Harry tapped on his speak-stone twice, a signal that his group should be ready for combat. When the Green declared Stellagosa under arrest for following a traitor, Harry began desperately planning a way to get Stellagosa and his own people away safely. Somehow Harry didn’t think Senegos would be very happy if their next meeting involved plans to rescue his granddaughter.



    He almost missed Stellagosa’s impassioned speech. “My grandfather is no traitor! He has dedicated his life to the protection of our people, and not just the Blue Dragonflight! Senegos will see all of our people free from the Titan’s slavery or die trying! No longer will we serve beings who command us to murder our children!”



    Seeing how her last line drew gasps from the audience, Stella continued. “Did you not know? When the Titans bound the five Dragonflight to their will, they imparted a piece of their essence that binds us to their service. When dragons mate outside their Dragonflight, the enchantment that binds every new generation is broken. That is why the highest law the Titans gave us is that if we mate outside our color of dragon, male, female, and all children are to be murdered. Senegos has long been uneasy with that law, but when he found empirical proof that the Titan’s words that the resulting children would be self-destructive monsters was a lie, he could no longer serve false gods.



    Sadly Stellagosa’s words had no effect on the Green wyrm, save that he became angry. When he moved as if he was going to strike the Blue drake Goldrinn, who had been lounging not far behind Stella suddenly moved to stand over her. “Wyrm, I think you’re being exceedingly rude. This drake has done nothing against us today; her only actions involved the deaths of a band of cultists near my shrine and the creation of Sulfuron Lake behind us. You seem like a new wyrm, not old enough to understand manners. Besides, I think you’re wrong. I don’t think Stellagosa is under arrest.” The Great Wolf paused to let out a loud laugh. “Aviana? Do you think she is under arrest?”



    Harry appreciated how tense the atmosphere became as the assembled group waited for the avian Ancient’s response. Stine was nearby hastily lacing arrows with their sleeping poison strong enough to down a wyrm with enough hits, Sirius and Remus keeping him from being seen. Aviana’s shrieking laugh rang out across the ash-covered field chosen for a resting place after dousing the lava field. “No, I don’t think she’s under arrest. It would be rude to let her be carried away after she’s worked so hard in our interests, Goldrinn. Besides, responding to truth with violence doesn’t speak well in this one’s favor…”



    Cenarius interrupted Aviana, speaking over her. “The Dragonflights are not slaves! This drake needs to be held to account for spreading her grandfather’s lies!”



    Not allowing the apparently friendly Ancients to speak for her, Stellagosa responded. Harry was beginning to see why Senegos was training her to one day lead the Azurewing; Stella was magically skilled, fiercely protective when the situation called for, and fearless in front of those that dwarfed her own power. (From what Harry understood, Senegos had hoped Aurogos would one day lead their people as Aspect, but the bitterness of the Nexus War and the events that led the drake to Earth made that an impossibility.) “Lord Cenarius, if you spent so many years living with the Green Dragonflight and remained as ignorant to the chains that bind them as Ysera herself, I would not want you as a friend. My grandfather will see Ysera’s eyes opened to the truth, and her children will live free. Even this fool.



    “Lord Cenarius, go to Ysera and the other dragons. Ask them about the Titan’s law forbidding us to choose our own mates. Then speak to as many dragons as you can until you find that not one dragon except for the Brood of Senegos and those enslaved by the Old Gods can have so much as a bad thought about the Titans. They don’t even allow us freedom within our own minds. Go, and learn the truth if you’re brave enough. Once you understand, Senegos would welcome your aid in saving our kind.”



    All in all, it was a good thing Stellagosa had reached a stopping point because the Green wyrm screamed one word, ‘ Heretic,’ with as much venom as possible (But thankfully did not attack with his breath attack, which with a Green dragon was usually actual venom mixed with acid.) and lunged at Stella, jaws wide. Which is when Harry sent the massive transfigured chains he’d been working on just under the top layer of soil to bind the wyrm. At the same time Goldrinn lunged forward to deflect the attack and Stine began sinking ‘sleepytime arrows’ into the wyrm’s flank. Normally arrows would have just bounced off the thick scales, but it turned out a few charms from Earth applied to each arrow countered nearly any armor.



    As the Green wyrm slowly collapsed into unconsciousness, Harry directed his stone chains to bind and muzzle the rather large dragon so that he was incapable of movement or hurting himself if he struggled. When he was asked how he got so good at restraining dragons as he began layering binding magic by curious Druids Harry blushed crimson and pointedly ignored the question. He was spared further uncomfortable questions when Stellagosa spoke again.



    “That is part of what was done to us. Nearly all dragons are calm, reasonable people at our core but the Titan’s bindings are always there, beneath the surface just waiting for the right trigger to do this,” She gestured to the wyrm now falling into slumber. “to us. Since Senegos has chosen to free our people, I’ve studied the Aspects. Alexstrasza has my deepest respect, because I can see the way she dances around those triggers whenever she can. Because of how the magic affects us, she can’t be conscious of what she’s doing, but her very nature compels her to minimize death and suffering wherever she can. She is a kind, loving creature and whenever she can, she finds a way to let that guide her.



    “The Aspects are chained tighter than any other; we don’t even know how to free them yet. But we will! One way or another our people will be free from both the Titans and the Old Gods! Even now my grandfather’s Black and Twilight prisoners are being freed from the foul corruption that warps them into monsters.”



    Again proving Harry’s opinion of him, Malfurion Stormrage spoke. “Those evil creatures are beyond saving. We can only put them down for their own good and the good of the world.”



    Harry gripped his spear very tightly at that. Until Stellagosa spoke again, Harry was finding it difficult to remember why he shouldn’t attack the Arch-Druid. (Oh right: despite looking like a ridiculous mix of Kaldorei, stag, and harpy, Arch-Druid was not an empty title. Harry couldn’t protect his loved ones if he was dead.) With a sneer worthy of Severus Snape, Stellagosa responded. 



“Those dragons corrupted by the Old Gods can be saved, they are being saved! Be silent you stupid elf! You have never seen a drake so wrapped in darkness he doesn’t know up from down but is still trying! You’ve never listened to a Black whelp sob over their weaker siblings they killed when rage and hate that wasn’t their own turned them into a newly-hatched killer! You’ve never held a Twilight drake down to keep them from killing themselves when for the first time they saw their actions without the darkness that forced them to murder and burn and enjoy it! You’ve never had to convince anyone that what they’ve done wasn’t them, that what their body did while under the sway of evil gods wasn’t their fault, that being tortured until they’d give anything, serve anything, if only the pain would stop doesn’t make them undeserving of love and compassion. You’ve never had to convince someone it wasn’t their fault they were weaker than a god. You’ve never had your grandfather, who you love so much, directly order you to stay out of the hatchery because if you so much as stepped foot inside your own triggers would have you bathe in the blood of innocents.



    By then, Stellagosa had sparking purple energy cupped in both hands and tears pouring out of her eyes. Snarling at an unrepentant Arch-Druid and his stupid horns, she focused at bit of the rage she felt at him. As he opened his mouth to speak with a patronizing look on his face, Stella spoke again. “You know what, just shut up. I hope you get eaten by a Devilsaur.”



    Deciding to end the conversation the Blue drake opened a portal beneath the soil of Malfurion’s feet and kept it open only long enough for him to fall through the portal to Un’Goro Crater. More than one person in attendance recognized the moist jungle air with a slight scent of reptile and volcano. Goldrinn was the only one to comment on it however. “Ah, I miss hunting in Un’Goro. Lots of tasty reptiles, and some were big enough to be a real challenge too. Once the world is safe I’ll have to return.”



    As everyone caught their breath Harry noted there were a surprising number of Druids amused their leader had just been given a ‘time out’ at the other end of the continent. Harry pulled out an expanded trunk Stine had handed him just before they left. This one was decorated to look similar to the stasis device used by the Blue Dragonflight, and Harry would almost swear someone had used pieces of the device that had carried Valistraza and her much-varied brood to Earth. With the faceplate of his armor firmly in place Harry walked over to the slumbering and bound wyrm and let the big dragon fall onto cushioning charms below as the trunk’s enchanted opening distorted to let the larger dragon enter. Calmly, Harry walked over the center of attention, and showed the contents of the trunk to Cenarius and a Tauren he’d learned was named Hamuul Runetotem, who thanks to Stellagosa was now the highest-ranked mortal druid on Mount Hyjal.



    Cenarius seemed somewhat disgusted by the use of magic, but Hamuul seemed intrigued by the dragon sleeping in the (fancy) expanded trunk on a pile of very large cushions, even sticking his arm inside in curiosity. When he moved to show it to the other ancients, they waved him off. Aviana let out a small chuckle as she spoke. “I’m aware of your skill with making things larger inside Mage. How is your Arboretum?”



    With a smile beneath his helmet, Harry responded as he handed the trunk over to Stellagosa who closed and shrunk it. “It’s doing well. I regret releasing rabbits inside, but the whelps are happy to keep the population under control.”



    “Please be careful everyone. We live in a dangerous world. Hamuul, this wyrm’s mind is not his own. We can help him at Azurewing Repose and if you keep an open mind you would be welcome to visit. The process will likely take several months to complete and once he’s free he’ll be an outcast to those still enslaved. Or I can release him into your care, the choice is yours.” With those final words from Stellagosa, the gathered group began to break up, each going their own separate ways.



    While a traditionally minded individual, Hamuul was neither blind nor a fool, so he decided to find the truth of this debate for himself. “I would like to speak with your grandfather myself before I decide. Is that a problem?”



    “Not at all Arch-Druid. Please follow me and wait for one of the wyrms to lead you through the defenses.” With that the now calmer drake opened one last portal and led the Druid through, Hamuul now carrying the trunk himself after Stellagosa offered it to him. Hamuul paused to assure Cenarius he would discover the truth then act accordingly, and Harry found himself much more impressed with Hamuul than with Malfurion. Harry’s group quickly walked through the open portal and bid their goodbyes to Stellagosa. Harry assumed she was safe, if for no other reason than there were two wyrms and three dragons along with a dozen drakes waiting for them.



    Once Hamuul was out of sight Harry ushered everyone into the Cube and triggered his portkey to return to the cave where Elune’s Portal rested. After divesting himself of anything that shouldn’t be seen at Hogwarts, Harry led Hermione down to the Great Hall for an early breakfast. He didn’t really notice, nor would he have cared if he did, that he was leaving a trail of ash or that he smelled like a volcano. After a filling meal, he and Hermione returned to the Room of Requirement and stripped out of their armor, snuggling around Alira who had already fallen asleep. All three were in need of a shower, but that could wait until they’d gotten some sleep; an advantage of sleeping in the Room was that the sheets weren’t real so they never needed to be changed.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

   

    As the dawn’s light rolled across England, Cornelius Fudge and Delores Umbridge were finalizing their plans. Harry Potter and Headmaster Salonar had to be removed. After one delivery of their paper, they were already too popular, and rumors of what had been said in Diagon Alley had spread beyond their ability to control. Already there was talk that the Ministry was rotten, that they had persecuted Harry Potter and his godfather out of fear. Fear of what the boy could be, what he could grow into. It was distressing how much a few days could restore the reputation of a child hero, at least when he was seen performing new magic with the aid of students he was very much known not to like, or fighting goblins with a spear and transfiguration. The current topic of interest was bad for their administration, so the obvious answer was to distract the sheep with a new story, like jangling keys in front of a toddler. It was times like this it was good to have the entire ‘reputable’ media under their thumb. After all, repeat a lie enough times and people would eventually believe it to be fact; as long as you stamped out dissenting points of view, of course. It would take a lot of effort now to recover what they’d lost, but it was possible.



    With a grim smile, Minister Fudge signed an executive order to have Harry Potter arrested and interrogated by his Undersecretary. The last time they’d moved against Potter legally, Dumbledore and inconvenient facts had gotten in their way. This time, they would have all the facts before going into the courtroom; and any facts which were inconvenient would simply be made to disappear. Harry Potter had become a threat to the Ministry of Magic, so his next trial would be significantly more scripted. After all, while the boy was supposedly able to throw off the Imperius curse, there were other methods of ensuring certain behaviors during a trial; it was harder to throw off a brace of potions or a contract signed under duress. And if the national hero's descent into ‘dark magic’ and evil could be traced to the current Headmaster of his school, well that would mean Salonar would need to be removed by any means necessary ‘for the children,’ wouldn’t it?



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    While the Minister and Undersecretary plotted, Harry Potter slept. He dreamed of heroes fighting hopeless battles, knowing that if they could hold out just a little longer, and take just a few more enemies down with them, their families would live. He dreamed of war and blood and streets running red with the blood of the innocent. He dreamed of Dragons, Draenei, Night Elves, High Elves, Blood Elves, Humans, Tauren, Worgen, Naga, Dwarves, Gnomes, and Trolls who didn’t deserve their lives cut short. His nightmares ended abruptly when he realized they didn’t have to suffer and die. What they needed was a place where they could live, work, survive. And he could give that to them.



Even with their expanded cubes, Earth would be too small for as many as he wanted to save. But there were two other planets just in their solar system that could be colonized. Magic was capable of so much, it seemed impossible that they couldn’t transform Mars into a green, living world and make Venus a world of jungles and warm seas. All they needed was the will to experiment until they found what worked.



And even if Harry brought home more people than two worlds could support, there were millions, billions, of stars out there just waiting to be discovered and colonized. It could be done, it would be done. Harry’s people would have a future where they never needed to fear corrupt politicians or unending hatred or invading demons ever again!



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Most dreams are forgotten as we wake. They’re inconsequential, fleeting, silly. Harry’s dream stayed with him. Harry spoke to his sworn when he woke and had them begin building more cubes, better armored and larger than those they were using now. Sirius and the Grangers changed their focus to space travel even as Sirius led experiments to find out the limits of magical travel. Their first attempts would be crude and result in their unmanned early tests burning up in the atmosphere, but each failure would teach them what didn’t work.  



Azeroth’s common magical travel spells, Teleport and Portal, were completely useless for space travel because they made use of a planet’s ley-lines to facilitate near-instant travel. It turned out that Portkeys drew on a planet’s magnetic field to provide essential stability. Earth’s apparition however, seemed to function by exchanging all the matter in a person’s body for matter elsewhere. One of Harry’s braver, or perhaps simply too curious for his own good, Blue dragons had apparated into orbit briefly. He discovered that the energy requirements for a successful apparition increase exponentially in relation to distance outside of the atmosphere, as opposed to a linear progression where atmosphere, magnetic fields, and ley-lines existed. With some tricky magic and materials this allowed a well hidden way-station to be placed in orbit, layered with charms to avoid collisions with unlucky satellites.

A week later, Aurors arrived at Hogwarts to arrest Harry Potter as he worked on the reconstruction of Hogsmead. It had generally been decided that directly assaulting the castle was a poor idea, given how many goblins had made it back to Gringotts after their siege. (Zero.) By then Lunos, a ‘type two’ expanded cube with exterior armor made from Elementium had ‘landed’ safely on the moon. The new crater was barely noticeable and thankfully on the far side of the moon; forged with dragon fire and empowered with runes, the Elementium armor hadn’t even scuffed on impact. Lunos would be their starting point, the place from which the needed relay stations to reach Mars and later Venus would be constructed and launched. 



By the time the Minister realized that Harry Potter had utterly slipped through his fingers, the first cube dedicated to terraforming a planet would be under construction in the forge within Lunos along with the way-stations needed to actually reach Mars. While some of the metals being used were brought from Earth, an increasing portion of the new cubes would be forged of lunar iron and titanium harvested from Earth’s only moon.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

Extra: Return to the Temple of Elune

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    On Azeroth, not long after Harry Potter had left, Jagragosa rose and made a few preparations for a short trip. Kylrigosa, the elder mate of the dragon they both loved and an individual that had been like a sister for thousands of years had taken her place in the hatchery. If not for the months spent with Harry and the others the two wyrms would still be in the same stage of pregnancy, weighed down with worries of if their children would be born insane or not. While Jagragosa had laid her clutch (thanks to fertility magic triggering a second reproductive cycle she’d carried the eggs of two different fathers within her) of Blue-Black and Blue-Storm eggs, Kylrigosa still carried Blue-Red and Blue-Twilight eggs.



Kylrigosa would watch over her eggs while she ran a short errand and then got some sleep, long ago the two had decided that any child they had would be raised by both of them and their mate. Senegos had told both his mates that even though he hadn’t fathered these eggs, they would still be his children in every way that mattered; they were not to be treated any differently than any of his biological children.



    Picking up a package she had requested be prepared for this trip, Jagragosa briefly visited Stella and asked for her memory of what had happened at the lava field. With that done, the Blue wyrm enjoyed the trot to the small area Senegos had designated for outgoing travel in her anthromagus form. It was good to use her Dryad form again without the weight of pregnancy slowing her down; she may have gotten lost in bounding, leaping, and simply moving fast as she made her way from her portal’s exit outside the gates of Darnassus to the Temple of Elune. Actually, she most certainly did get carried away because seeing the apparent Dryad charging through the city at a dead run had given the natives the impression that there was a serious problem nearby.



    Luckily it was a simple matter to inform the guards that nothing was wrong, she was just relishing the loss of most of the weight from her most recent pregnancy. Several of the Sentinels could relate, and the alarm was cancelled. Walking inside Elune’s temple, the disguised dragon enjoyed the comforting sense of calm as she gazed into the Moonwell that sat in the center of the temple. Jagragosa’s request to see the High Priestess Tyrande Whisperwind went through quickly, probably because the older elves could easily sense she was really a dragon, and when they met the Blue wyrm handed the case of cured Azsunan olives to Tyrande as a gift. The olives were native to the lands around Azurewing Repose and were rather tasty if cured properly. When you live for thousands of years, you need hobbies, but Jagragosa would never understand why Kylri chose curing olives as one of hers. Being the perfectionist she was however, every harvest Kylri produced the finest olives on Azeroth. 



    “High Priestess, I’m afraid that I’m here on behalf of one of my settlement’s younger drakes. As you know, with age comes wisdom, and the young are prone to emotional reactions at times. Stellagosa, my granddaughter in all but blood, found herself in a heated argument with your husband. When he dismissed her out of hand, Stella opened a portal over Un’Goro crater and stranded him there. While I’m sure the native beasts are no match for an Arch-Druid, he may be gone for some time if he doesn’t find a portal home. Here, let me show you the events that lead to the argument with a Memory Viewing Device.”



    After seeing events from the start of Stella’s efforts to Hamuul’s arrival at Azurewing Repose, Tyrande was thoughtful. While she loved Malfurion, she was well aware of his faults. “Is what the drake said true?”



    “Yes. I and others have proof that the Titans lied to us; the only real effect breeding between flights has is that magic woven into us at the creation of the Dragonflights conflicts and the enchanted slavery fails to be passed on to the next generation. On another topic, I was hoping to meet the drake I heard was healing here. I suspect I know who he was before he joined the service of Elune.”



    Tyrande closed her eyes and reflected on what she had been told. Her first, reactionary thought was to dismiss the dragon’s words out of hand. But… Elune had been active lately, moving with more purpose than Tyrande had ever seen from the deity that usually only acted in direct response to a plea from her followers. And also… “When Alexstrasza was here to help us heal Elune’s Herald, it was… odd, in the way she came to believe Elune had transformed some other creature into a shape similar to a dragon, some kind of elf, Tauren, or human. Her logic was… unsound. She refused to believe that it was likely a dragon Elune had changed. That didn’t make sense until now.”



    Tyrande took a deep breath and focused on the connection she had with Elune. Oddly, the goddess seemed busy, distracted for lack of better words. Tyrande had always sensed Elune’s presence as being like calm, slow moving water. It was obvious that something had changed, and this made Tyrande even more worried about the world; if current events had her goddess concerned…



    It took several moments for the High Priestess to remember that she had a guest waiting patiently. “Elune’s presence is more active now than I have ever felt before. I am afraid you have missed her Herald, he claimed he had a mission before taking a small group of volunteers with him; I know not where he went. I am inclined to believe your claims, but I am unsure what I am meant to do with this knowledge. Betraying the Red or Green Dragonflights is not something I am willing to do, even if it would ultimately be for their own good.”



    While Tyrande had been focused elsewhere, an attendant had brought a collection of refreshments and light snacks. Glad her dryad form was omnivorous, Jagragosa swallowed the excellent Darnassian cheese and responded. “When you next see Elune’s Herald, please let him know that his mate, brother, and the others are alive and healthy. As for Alexstrasza and the other dragons loyal to the Titans, I ask that you continue to be their friend. Even the Dragonqueen will need a trustworthy friend as we unravel the lies and shackles forced onto us. I would ask that you advise them against acts that they would regret once their minds are freed.”



    “Stellagosa said you can free the minds of all but the Aspects themselves. Alexstrasza and Ysera have long been friends to my people…”



    “We have a method that would work, but we don’t have a dragon powerful enough to overcome what was done to her yet. But we will. If we don’t find or recruit an individual eventually we will empower one.” Suddenly letting out an enormous yawn, strengthened by two separate sets of lungs, Jagragosa stretched. “I’m afraid that motherhood is always draining, Tyrande, and I am in need of sleep. Feel free to contact me at Azurewing Repose on the Broken Isles if you need anything.” With a polite goodbye, the Blue wyrm conjured a portal to return to her home and family. Tyrande was left with new worries and more than enough time to decide how to scold her own mate when he returned.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



A/N: Biggest chapter I’ve done in a while, hopefully you all enjoy it and the next one as well. Please review, it helps keep me motivated to write.








Chapter 29: Chapter 29: Exile

Chapter Text

Thank you for all the reviews on chapter 28! It was really great to see such a big response! Thank you to my betas who catch a lot of things I miss!




.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Chapter 29: Exile

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    The day after Goldrinn gifted Harry a claw dripping with power, (And also other, less savory, things.) Harry was back in full armor and once again on Azeroth. Sethria, one of the adult Twilight dragons taken from Hyjal was with him under heavily layered glamours to appear as a Green dragon if anyone outside their group saw her. Also with them were Sirius, Remus, and all five of Harry’s female Worgen. (The seven males were waiting inside one of the group’s cubes.) Remus’s wolf had responded well to the two he’d met before, and a lot of people were concerned that a male worgen would provoke an instinctual death match on both sides. Sirius was in his animagus form, nervously reclining against Sethria’s large form, while Harry gently held the case containing Goldrinn’s claw in his hands. He’d been tempted to do this at Goldrinn’s shrine, but something held him back. It felt like this should be something only seen by his own people, like it wasn’t proper for outsiders to see. Harry looked up into the sky, admiring how clear the stars were, and the two moons in the sky. Azeroth’s White Lady was full tonight.

 

    After a few moments, the five Worgen brought Remus out of the Arboretum, snarling and slavering. Unlike the last time Remus lunged at Harry, he wasn’t afraid at all. Remus didn’t even make it more than a few feet before the leash attached to his collar stopped him. Another reason for the female Worgen was that it was easy for them to hold him down and shackle him. The poor, confused wolf living in his friend’s body and mind apparently thought it was foreplay until they were leading him out. At a nod from Harry, the Worgen brought Remus forward as Harry transfigured a padded stockade. Sethria moved forward, dislodging Sirius to a canine whimper of protest and added much-needed muscle to the effort of forcing Remus to kneel as his neck, wrists, knees, and ankles were restrained.

 

    Unable to move, a funnel and a lubricated, unbreakable tube became the immediate object of the werewolf’s ire as the tube was threaded down his throat. Once the tube was secure in Remus’ stomach Harry started pouring vial after vial of potions in. Nicolas and Perenelle had gone all-out for Remus when they watched Harry’s memory of the adventure with Goldrinn. They were using the moment of whatever transformation the claw caused to integrate the effects of calming potions into Remus’ flesh, essentially making at least part of the effects permanent. Harry found himself wondering if the three dozen vials were all necessary, but felt it wise to follow the orders of the Flamels; the excited alchemists seemed to have provided everything but the kitchen sink. (Many potions would cause more harm than good if integrated this way, and many others would conflict with each other; sadly this meant no luck potion for Remus.) As instructed, Harry waited fifteen minutes for the potions to settle, then he opened the case. Goldrinn’s claw gleamed in the moonlight, and Harry could feel the power it contained now. The claw was eager to fulfill its purpose. Looking briefly at the moon, Harry smiled. In the ancient dialect of Darnassian Elune had planted inside his head, Harry spoke to the moon that was supposedly the goddess’ form.



    Please look kindly on this cursed wolf Elune. Let him be calmed, and his rage soothed. Please look kindly on the Great Wolf for giving us this chance. ” No one was quite sure if anything was different after Harry spoke, but it seemed as if the moonlight got just a little brighter.

 

    With that Harry strode forward, grasping the claw firmly. With no hesitation he drove it into the werewolf’s right shoulder, sinking it three inches into the flesh beneath the sickly, mottled fur. With that Harry withdrew the claw and stepped back. Everyone held their breath. For a moment, nothing happened at all. Then the werewolf began to change. A werewolf is an unnatural, unwieldy creature, with proportions that belie the monstrous strength only possible thanks to the creature’s magic. Slowly Remus’ limbs thickened with thick cords of muscle, he stood upright as Harry removed the bindings, and the fur changed color from mottled brown and gray to silver. He was a head taller than most Worgen, although that might have been his slightly improved posture. He looked regal standing there in the moonlight; no longer was he a man beaten down from the endless struggle against his inner wolf. Now Remus was a man worthy of being called a leader of the pack.

 

    Remus looked up at the sky and howled, and Harry could swear he felt the wolf releasing all it’s anger, all it’s hate, all it’s betrayal into the night. The other Worgen and Sirius took up the howl as well, screaming into the night. It was a really good thing that Harry had taken them to an uninhabited forest in Azsuna, about an hour’s flight south-west from Azurewing Repose. (For a drake anyway, travel times varied depending on speed.)

 

    When Remus didn’t attack him, Harry took that as a good sign. Remus spent a time examining his new body, flexing his clawed hands and limbs. Eventually Remus turned to Harry and spoke in a deeper voice than he’d ever had before. “Harry. Thank you so much for making this possible. For the first time I can remember I don’t have to fear the full moon. By any chance, do you have a ritual knife and silver cup with you?”

 

    That night, kneeling in his new form under Azeroth’s full moon, Remus Lupin swore himself to Harry Potter. After the oath ceremony, the rest of the Worgen who’d been staying in the Cube joined them under the moonlight. Apparently the Worgen had developed a tradition of hunting together as a pack as a way to satisfy their instincts, to calm their bestial desires in a safe way. So it was that a fair portion of the western forest of Azsuna was damaged that night by thirteen Worgen, an animagus, several dragons, and a teenager just barely able to keep up with them. (Thankfully the technique he’d learned to increase his stamina with magic worked just as well tearing through the forest as the usual purpose he used the spell for.) By the time the sun rose instincts had been sated and several of the native creatures had been consumed. (Harry had been the only one to cook his portion; Sirius was obviously remaining in his animagus form until the raw meat finished digesting.) Overall it had been an interesting night, but one Harry was glad he wasn’t expected to take part in often.

 

    Several days later on Earth, the full moon came and went and Remus was completely unaffected. Plans were made about how best to spread their cure and recruit werewolves that weren’t merciless killers to their cause.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Three days after Harry was gifted Goldrinn’s claw, the Lothar and Captain Bryne’s crew docked in London’s Canary Wharf. Three recently graduated muggleborn students had been hired to assist Captain Bryne and his crew with, among other things, learning English. Harry was almost afraid to ask exactly how they'd been convinced to sign the non-disclosure agreement and later take their turn in the oath ritual. (It turned out to be a combination of intense dislike of the Ministry and pureblood society in general and later the firm belief that Harry was going to conquer England when the Ministry refused to leave him and his alone.) Bryne had pushed himself hard to be able to converse reliably in English, and made a splash with the English press. The press hadn’t had an interesting new story in some time, so when a foreign ship, a wooden sailing ship that looked like the national treasure, the HMS Victory, came sailing up the Thames to auction naval salvage, they ran with it.

 

    A news crew had been waiting for the ship at Gravesend where the weather report promised an end to the favorable winds propelling the ship. That ‘news’ network had intended to mock the foreigners for relying on wind to sail. They were shocked when the Lothar rounded a bend and raised its sails, and only lost a little speed. A close look revealed that there was a disturbance in the water ahead and behind the ship, which the embarrassed live anchors floundered at explaining until the station got an expert on the line. Most viewers were amused as they found out that the ship was propelled by moving water through the whole of the ship and that it’s sails were either for show or provided additional speed if the winds were with them. No one was quite sure of what the advantages of such a system were until the Lothar docked; as it was moving into place the ship proved it could move water through ports along its hull in every direction, it could even propel itself backwards!

 

    Bryne met the reporters at the base of the gangplank and gave an answer that most of Britain heard in the next few days when asked why his ship looked so much like the HMS Victory. “She’s a beautiful ship. I wish I could take her out on the ocean myself, but time’s taken its toll. Now I haven’t landed at a British dock before, but I find myself wanting to make a good impression on your Prime Minister and Queen. The oceans were kind to us on this expedition, how do I go about sending both of them a small gift?”

 

    When Bryne’s ‘small gifts’ turned out to be two pounds of antique gold coins he got even more media attention. They had decided on an auction to sell what they’d found and each item came with an in-depth explanation of where the treasure had been found. Naturally, they were only selling items from the areas now barren of anything really valuable. All sorts of items were sold, ranging from small personal items like combs to an entire cannon preserved with only a little coral stuck to it. A massive chest of gold coins was broken up and sold individually to the highest bidders, giving everyone a chance to walk away with something.

 

    But the fiercest bidding came from the ‘mystery chest’ which Bryne guaranteed to contain at least forty gold coins distinct from the rest of their treasure. Actually this was a thorium strongbox Harry’s Naga had lifted from Azeroth’s seas, and his other oathsworn had carefully checked it for magic or anything dangerous. When the buyers saw that it was beautifully engraved with designs either uncommon or completely unique, they went crazy for it.

 

    Clay Naval Salvage was now firmly in the black, and Bryne celebrated by buying out a liquor warehouse of rum. He also bought a large amount of food, most of which would keep for some time, and a bulk shipment of good English tea. While he was only docked for two days, he made a real impression on the local media. No small number of photos were taken of the Lothar gliding through the early morning mists as they left, Bryne standing on the deck commanding his crew. A few reporters even tried to follow Bryne’s ship but the captain simply steered his ship directly into a storm and lost them. Rumors that the Lothar had sunk in that storm persisted until the ship docked in Spain six weeks later to auction off their next haul.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Four days after receiving Goldrinn’s claw, the first stone of a new Hogsmead was laid. Harry and his Naga, now with appropriate protective gear, had been busy mining stone at the direction of several Dwarves under the ocean near a two-point ley-line intersection. Even the stone useless for construction would be ground up and used for mortar. Piece by piece Hogsmead began to rise once more, and every stone laid down had runes, mostly Azeroth’s Dwarven runes, carved into them. Dwarven runes revolved around hearth, home, and the unassailable fortress, so they seemed to be the perfect for the rebuilt Hogsmead.

 

    Several scouts for the Aurors watched quietly. Some of them had believed the Minister’s claims that the destruction of Hogsmead had been done by Potter and the new Headmaster to further their agenda. Despite the absence of any evidence, the Daily Prophet claimed Potter destroying Hogsmead to rebuild his reputation was the ‘truth’ ‘proven’ with ‘facts’ that provided ‘overwhelming evidence’ of his ‘guilt,’ and that the ‘debate’ was ‘settled.’

 

    By now, Harry had received two messages that Fudge would move against him. Kingsley Shacklebolt and Amelia Bones had both sent warnings through intermediaries; Arthur Weasley had been deemed a potential leak and not been given any information. Amelia Bones had been a surprise, but apparently she did not believe Harry would be treated fairly, so she made a decision to warn Harry and advise him to seek sanctuary in France. So Harry made plans. To be honest, after six months of learning magic from a Blue wyrm, Hogwarts’ professors simply didn’t match up. Yes, they were skilled with their own fields, but those fields were so narrow. A lot of parts of the system of magic taught at Hogwarts also didn’t fit him well and many of the ‘rules’ taught in the theory portions were simply wrong, and that had begun to grate on him.

 

    Earth’s magic all revolved around very tight control of a tiny amount of magic, and between his improved health, his time spent on Azeroth and it’s much greater density of background magic, (not to mention the magic that continued to pour through Elune’s Portal into the low-pressure area of Earth) and his magical tattoo that continued to pour magic into him as it took some of what he generated naturally, Harry’s magic could no longer be called ‘small.’ Sure what he had would get him laughed out of a group of Azeroth’s human mages, at least until he transfigured a snake or pack of wolves and mauled them, but his power was growing daily. The practical exercises in Charms or Transfiguration had become annoying due to the tiny amount of magic required to cast them without overloading the spells; while attempting to charm a teacup to sprout legs, Harry had instead given legs to every desk in the classroom. 

 

    With plans made, both for dealing with the Aurors and the aftermath, Harry chose to show himself a week after acquiring Goldrinn’s claw. Aurogos had altered the class schedule so students taking O.W.L.S and N.E.W.T.S still received enough instruction in those subjects, but nearly every other class involved rebuilding Hogsmead. Potions became mixing alchemically enhanced mortar and other building supplies with Nicolas Flamel. (Both mentally and physically, Nicolas Flamel felt new life breathed into him. Vordistrasz, the Red wyrm to whom he and his wife had sworn the Oath of the Dragonsworn many, many years ago, was healing. For the first time, Vordistrasz’s dragonsworn were getting a taste of the benefits a dragon with healthy magic gave to their oathsworn. None of the three had felt this alive since they were in their twenties.) The Blacksmithing students were busy day and night, and students with steady hands worked magic with chisels as they shaped each stone into exactly the right shape. Transfiguration had its place, Professor McGonagall led students through the rather showy process of turning dirt into small creatures to dig foundations. Wood and timber from the Forbidden Forest had its place as well, and the villagers had gotten used to Centaur hauling lumber for them to use in exchange for various bartered items and services.

 

    Not that the villagers, except for the very small children, were sitting back and letting the students do everything. Everyone pitched in as walls, houses, and businesses rose. Both the Hog’s Head and Three Broomsticks were nearly ready to re-open, though in a somewhat more ‘outdoor dining’ style than before. (Thankfully warming charms could do a lot.) The Hog’s Head was still on track to be a small, dark pub but the Three Broomsticks had been expanded into a hall with many more tables, a larger kitchen, and what would be a cheery welcoming atmosphere once the walls and roof were finished. Hogsmead now had three big parks and four streams flowing through the town, and the buildings were mostly gleaming white stone treated with potions and alchemy. Gray stone colored like the morning mist had been chosen for the outer walls and defensive buildings, including two towers that would be brimming with arrays based on what had been learned with the runic weapon on Ravenclaw tower during the battle.

 

    For now, the parks were mostly bare earth. In the months to come Harry would be sending Hogsmead not only the trees his Dragonflight had created and nurtured, but would also be sending them a great number of saplings and cuttings from Azeroth. Fruit-bearing and plants useful for potions would be added as well. In an attempt to create more industry for the village, a slope of the adjacent mountain would see itself transformed into a vineyard of sorts after the most crucial parts of Hogsmead were finished. Scotland might not be an ideal environment for a vineyard, but it actually wasn’t cold enough for what they were planning to grow. Snowberries and Snowplums required colder weather, which was easily provided by Hoarfrost Pines. The two plants grew well together and had a high sugar content, so were ideal for brewing into alcohol. Turning the fruit into wine would be something of an adventure, but it was well within their capabilities.

 

    Farms were under construction that incorporated recent discoveries used by some mundane farmers. The first of Azeroth’s potion ingredients already grew alongside Earth’s more easily grown plants. Fish ponds were added alongside vegetable fields and livestock pastures. Everything would be used, absolutely nothing allowed to go to waste. A forge was being built just off the new market street, a hospital built out of gleaming green stone was planned and while most of the streets were still simply dirt, stones that would be waste elsewhere were being fit together like puzzle-pieces by the village children, then set in gleaming molten stone and sealed. Everyone went to bed tired and sore, but there was such a sense of hope and communal pride that no one minded.

 

    When the dawn rose the day Harry’s plans were ready, the polished stone of what had already been built, enchanted, and sealed gleamed in the morning light.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    After a week of waiting, the Aurors watching Hogsmead for Harry Potter to show himself were terribly frustrated. They had literally seen every other student busy at work, but Potter had been absent. They hadn’t even had to ask the students where the boy was, their listening charms revealed certain students grumbling about Potter ditching the work, only showing up for breakfast and dinner in the Great Hall. So when they saw Harry arrive on a broom at about ten that morning, they quickly sent word out to assemble.

 

    In the village, Harry removed his backpack and began withdrawing shrunken trunks. It turned out the house elves were assembling them en masse, then giving them to various Blue dragons to enchant. It was rather heartwarming to stumble across one of the new Blue drakes rescued from Hyjal (Jagragosa’s daughter who went to help save the world and hadn’t come home.) leading Blue whelps and a fair number of others through the expansion charms with their home-grown wands clutched in stubby little claws. As he laid them out, he started speaking to Hinderweir, who had volunteered to help direct the rebuilding. No one knew stone like a Dwarf, after all. Sure, the townspeople thought it strange to sometimes be taking orders from a Dwarf who barely spoke any English at all, but if nothing else Hinderweir was skilled at stone-shaping in general and the Stonewrought method in particular. The first section of defensive walls had proved Hinderweir’s skill.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    The first defense new to Hogsmead, a permanent apparition and portkey ward had already been installed under the foundation of the new town hall. The first of many overlapping wardstones to come, each would be powered both by the ley-lines and a dedicated ‘type one’ cube. Thanks to the ward the Aurors had to walk nearly a mile to reach the town proper, and were fantastically unhappy about it.

 

    Since the Ministry hadn’t approved any magical defenses, the town was in clear violation of regulations. Moreover, they hadn’t filed for building permits, a process that usually took 8-10 weeks for approval. As they finally reached the town and marched to where a spotter said their target was still standing, it could be said that most of them were in a very bad mood. Kingsley Shacklebolt and two others that had been part of Dumbledore’s group simply had a very bad feeling. This was starting to look like one of the ‘adventures’ Potter tended to have at the end of every school year, except they were firmly the bad guys. Oh, and also the small matter that Potter was no longer anyone’s puppet, and he seemed perfectly happy to kill his enemies now. Oh and since they knew Potter had no chance of a fair trial or even humane treatment, all three of them in this group had separately warned the boy ahead of time, so they were undoubtedly walking into a trap.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Harry also had a plan. Since landing, he’d been explaining to the villagers where he’d been getting the stone they’d been using. As he spoke, he was levitating the harvested stone out of the trunks and stacking it for Hinderweir to go through. The occasionally ornery Dwarf carefully examined each piece and decided if it was destined for structures, roads, or to be ground up and used in their mortar. Despite appearing calm, Harry was ready for combat. Under his robes he had his full plate armor on and a shrunken speak-stone in his ear. An invisible Caliona was observing from a vantage point in the castle and keeping him informed of what was happening. There was always the chance that the Aurors would stun him as soon as they had line of sight but it turned out there were ways to compress air into a shield; Harry had a thick barrier reinforced with his magic around him already. He had a hidden wand holster on both of his forearms, his current wand and spear in his right and a spare wand in his left. Hopefully this wouldn’t devolve into violence, but he was ready if it did.

 

    Eventually, the Aurors came into sight. Harry turned to look at them, along with all the villagers. Hinderweir had taken several trunks of stone over to where the Hog’s Head was ready for a floor, mostly to get out of the line of fire. (He was an architect, not a warrior.) A lot of people were following the Aurors, and there were some nasty expressions on their faces. Aurogos had spoken to the village’s leaders this morning, and warned them that there might be some ugliness. None of their children had left Hogwarts castle that morning.

 

    Pausing in his work of stacking stone for the construction, Harry turned to look at the Aurors. “If you’re here to help us defend against the goblin army, you’re eight days late. If you’re here to help us rebuild Hogsmead you can talk to Aberforth over by the future lake that’s just a big hole right now. He’s in charge of the unskilled labor.

 

    Auror John Dawlish spoke condescendingly to Harry. “We have a warrant for your arrest, Potter. Drop your wand and put your hands up.”

 

    Harry did no such thing. Looking at Dawlish like he was a kind of especially stupid shrimp, he spoke instead. None of the Aurors realized that Harry had applied a charm so that everyone in the town and castle would hear him as if he was speaking in a normal tone of voice. “I’m curious, what exactly am I being charged with?”

 

    Dawlish, not seeing any danger from a schoolboy, sneered at Harry. “You’ll be charged after your interrogation Potter. Now throw down your wand and give up.”

 

    Harry did not throw down his wand. Instead, seemingly wandlessly, he used the wands hidden in his sleeves to transfigure two wolves the size of ponies at his sides, and a dragon just a little larger behind him. “The Ministry of magic has come very close to killing me with Dementors on four separate occasions, Auror. I have no intention of laying my neck on the headsman’s block so Fudge can be rid of me so easily. If you leave now I will not hurt you.

 

    Ever since Lord Voldemort had been defeated just before he succeeded in overthrowing the Ministry, his followers had strong feelings about the boy-who-lived. Some had let the hate and the pain of a defeat snatched from the jaws of victory go, and moved on with their lives. Others had let the hate fester, had nursed it and fed it and allowed it to consume them. Voldemort had more followers than his enemies ever wanted to admit, and one of the more fanatical ones had kept his head down and continued his work as an Auror. His hatred of Harry Potter had consumed him, and now seeing the boy standing against twenty Aurors and daring to act as if he wasn’t in danger, as if he was some kind of Lord drove him to act. A killing curse with a whispered incantation shot towards Harry, and three pieces of stone immediately jumped into its path. Harry continued to have truly useful reflexes, and despite appearances, he wasn’t alone. Harry visibly drew his wand and spoke a single word aloud as he quickly traced half-circle and jabbed his wand at the offending Auror. “Mutare!”

 

    Much like the stone wall the first time he’d cast the spell, the bolt of conjured lightning left a smoking hole in the Auror’s head. Taking a step backwards, Harry’s wolves moved to guard him as the dragon protected him from the back and above. Speaking once more, there was anger in Harry’s voice this time. “You come to arrest me without cause, and then you try to murder me? I changed my mind. Aurors, drop your wands, put your hands on your heads, and get on your knees or else.

 

    Dawlish, as shocked as anyone by the killing curse and the immediate retaliation, responded with the most painful bone-shattering curse he could imagine.

 

    With that, battle was joined. But it wasn’t a fair fight, not really. With a wand in each hand, Harry sent twin threads of Chain Lightning into the pack of Aurors that were really standing too close together, and half of them fell to the ground twitching. Not actually wanting to kill the Aurors, Harry carefully reduced the power of the spells he lobbed their way. Harry cast and maintained a sifting purple shield around himself that defeated every spell that wasn’t blocked by his wolves. The nine Aurors in the middle of the group were down, but Harry wasn’t done. When the Aurors raised a collective shield in front of them, Harry hissed a transfiguration spell in Parseltongue.

 

    There wasn’t a huge difference between hissing a spell and the normal incantation, but it was a handy way to make simple spells more snakelike. In this case, Harry’s spell affected the soil beneath them, but he was waiting for the best time to trigger it. That time came when he drew his spear and sent an arc of lightning into the Auror’s shield. If Harry had called on his tattoo or really pushed it, he could have broken their group shield, but he was happy with simply staggering the wizards maintaining it. The moment that happened, the earth beneath them shot up in long, snakelike tendrils and bound them hard enough to bruise and sprain.

 

    With a nod of his head, Harry sent the wolf at his left side into their midst even as he transfigured a replacement. When he created it he had commanded the creature to maim and wound, but not kill. Another wave of his wand sent out animated chains made of stone that bound several Aurors and dragged them into a convenient expanded trunk. Another flick of his wand and a torrent of wind whipped through the street, sending two others flying. Surprisingly, a group effort had taken down the transfigured wolf sent after them, even though it was strengthened by Goldrinn’s favor. Another flick of Harry’s wand created ten more out of the cobblestone street, and that was the end of that.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Four residents of Hogsmead village came out and began to treat the Auror’s wounds even as Harry summoned all thirty-seven wands. (For a law enforcement professional, having a backup was a good idea. Kingsley even had a backup for his backup.) A crowd had gathered, and there was fear and anger on their faces. Headmaster Salonar had explained to them that the Aurors would be after Harry, so he was going to let them confront him. Most of the villagers had been very hesitant to let Harry face them alone, but the Headmaster had convinced them that twenty or forty Aurors were not enough to take Harry if he felt like resisting. There was some disbelief that Harry had actually stood there and fought twenty of the supposed best of the best and won.

 

    (Naturally, no one really noticed or cared that three of the Aurors had dropped their wands when the dead fool had used the killing curse. Though they came to the decision separately, that knee-jerk, permanent response to a murder attempt wasn’t something they wanted to test their luck against.)

 

    Walking up to Auror Dawlish where he knelt with a transfigured wolf’s jaws firmly holding his neck still, Harry returned the man’s earlier sneer. Harry’s was more terrifying thanks to his time spent with Severus Snape, and the small matter of the transfigured dragon looming menacingly behind him. “Sorry Auror, but I refuse to put my life in your hands. Have fun as a prisoner in Hogsmeade.”

 

    With that, Harry quickly belted out stunning spells that impacted every Auror. Turning to the villagers, Harry spoke with his voice still reaching every ear in the village and the castle. “I apologize for bringing conflict to Hogsmead.” Looking around, Harry took in the emotions visible on the faces around him. “I… I’m going to have to leave Britain for a while so I don’t bring down all the Ministry’s fury on those around me. But I will be back. I’ve made a deal with the Headmaster. I agreed to foot the bill for the reconstruction of Hogsmead, at least what’s needed after the goblin metals are sold. In return, I asked him to make this village a refuge, a sanctuary for everyone who needs a place to stay and is worth protecting. I will not allow this town to become a refuge for murderers. Please, there’s so much suffering in the world, so many that need shelter from uncaring governments and evil men. Please, make Hogsmead a safe place for them.”

 

    As Harry paused, two dozen figures became visible as they shed their disillusionment spells. Among them were the DA members that had decided to accompany him on his trip, along with Remus and most of Harry’s Worgen. Remus was looking particularly fierce and tall, even compared to the rest of Harry’s eight foot (2.4 meters) tall Worgen. Looking directly at him, Harry spoke to Remus. “In exchange for being given refuge in this place, will you and your fellows defend it and the people within to your very last breath?”

 

    Speaking on behalf of all of Harry’s Worgen, Remus answered him, every Worgen falling to one knee on cue. “We will, Harry Potter. Thank you for giving us this chance.”

 

    With that settled, and the villagers of Hogsmead already having seen evidence of how useful the Worgen were in the battle against the goblins, Harry turned to the DA members that had chosen to accompany him. Hermione, Ron, Neville, Hannah, Susan, Luna, and both Patil sisters stood proudly with Harry. (Daphne, Jason Atreides, and Tracey would be meeting them clandestinely to protect their families.) With a final farewell and an oath that he would return, the students mounted brooms and wove a series of spells to make them invisible except to each other and impossible for anyone without magic to notice. Harry had a few things to do, and was pleased to get confirmation that Colin Creevey and several photographers on loan from the Quibbler had photographed the entire confrontation.

 

    A few miles away, Harry landed and opened a portal in a forest glade under Fidelius. Upon arriving in the back garden of Number 4 Privet Drive, Harry opened another portal and welcomed Remus to their group. Remus had been having some problems returning to his normal human form, but could manage as long as he remained very calm. Thanks to the potions given to him just before the transformation, the rage and hate of the rabid wolf spirit had been calmed. Now Remus was as calm as a typical well-adjusted Worgen; which meant that he was still a dangerous predator with a tendency to chase furry animals that looked tasty. In any case, Remus had his own broom and the group quickly got back underway after everyone made a point of waving at Petunia through the kitchen window. (His aunt wasn’t happy about that, but given that Harry was keeping Alira, Dalistraza, and Valistraza from visiting her to have a ‘discussion’ about his early life, he really didn’t care. It wasn’t as if he’d be living at Privet Drive ever again.)

 

    Double-checking the magic keeping them hidden once more, the group sped towards the English channel and soon crossed it. On the outskirts of Calais a small cafe had been closed entirely for a private party by a mid-level journalist for one of Magical France’s two major papers. Importantly, the paper in question was one of the more respected international papers around. Fleur had set this interview up through her parents who had a large social circle. (On a side note Fleur herself was still more avian than she would prefer, but spending some time with her boyfriend had calmed her down. Once she had calmed down enough to listen to reason, the possibility that her new form was temporary or could eventually be made to act as her animagus form had greatly comforted her. If nothing else, it was unlikely Fleur would continue her habit of casually insulting others.)

 

    During the interview before which a binding agreement was made in which the newspaper agreed to print the entire unadulterated truth or nothing at all, a number of points were touched on. First, and most importantly, there was a cure for lycanthropy available at Hogwarts. Remus demonstrated his new form, absolutely terrifying the reporter and her cameraman at first. Remus introduced himself, showcased both of his forms, and explained that the cure was about calming the anger of the wolf inside him with potions and merging it with the man so the two separate entities were no longer fighting with each other.

 

    “The cure isn’t exactly easy to give. It has to be done during a full moon while the wolf is in charge, you see. First the werewolf is restrained, then potions are administered, then the ritual takes place. The actual change is hard to describe. I felt… like I became something more and at the same time it was such a massive relief to not be fighting my wolf anymore. Then, when we were one person, I was able to convince myself to let go , to stop holding onto my hatred, pain, and betrayal. One of the Potters was convinced that lycanthropy was originally an ancient enhancement ritual, something to grant a wizard the power of a wolf. But then, a dark lord or an equally evil man tried to enslave them, or maybe just tortured one so badly that man and beast both went mad. After merging together and just letting go , I think he was right. This cure is the work of a number of people, you see we have both of the Flamels staying at Hogwarts for now, but Harry Potter acquired the final, crucial piece through his own actions.”

 

    After the portion of the interview dealing with having a cure for lycanthropy that could heal up to fifty werewolves every full moon Harry withdrew a memory and placed it into the pensieve he’d asked the reporters to bring. He then swore an oath that the memory was completely accurate. By the time the group took off to the southwest, the reporter was having a hard time deciding to push for “Working Together, Nicolas and Perenelle Flamel and Harry Potter Cure Lycanthropy” or “Aurors Attempt to Murder Harry Potter During ‘Arrest’ for Publicly Questioning Minister” to be published first. In the end, a special evening edition was rushed out bearing the first headline. The second headline ran the following morning, telling the tale of how Harry Potter had nearly been murdered by his government for the fifth time and had fled his own country.

 

    (That very lucky reporter got a third headline the day after thanks to sworn statements and a second memory. “Sirius Black Innocent? Harry Potter Provides Proof! Peter Pettigrew Alive and the REAL Traitor!)

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    In any case, Harry and the students with him landed on the Lothar after a short flight, enjoyed a fantastic meal of fish and chips for lunch, and took a portal back to the Chamber of Secrets without incident. Luna Lovegood had already worked out a deal to move the Quibbler’s printing press to Hogsmead, and ended up simply moving her entire family home. Susan Bones had decided her Aunt was being stubborn, so had authorized the Potter Dragonflight to move the Bones home and surrounding land to Hogsmead. (An expansion charm similar to what had been done to Potter Estate had been placed in the residential area, allowing for the structures and land to be moved together.) Amelia Bones woke up in the night to find unknown people and her only surviving relative doing something to their home’s wards. Harry was concerned at the confrontation between Susan and the woman who had raised her, but after only a few spells exchanged the older woman admitted that the Ministry was horribly corrupt and she was so tired of nothing she did making any real difference.

 

    Amelia reluctantly took the post of Mayor of Hogsmead as well as General of the Militia. It was a good town; the people welcomed Amelia when she simply admitted that she’d been trying to clean up the Ministry since the last war ended and had accomplished almost nothing. Amelia Bones was a skilled organizer of people and a fair leader; the next day she had recruited two dozen people willing to fight to protect their homes. She was hesitant about including the Worgen but they were obviously making an effort to be a part of whatever was going on, and they were strong and fast, as well as magically powerful, if not well suited for precision spellwork. By the time the walls were complete three weeks later, Hogsmead was almost as difficult to conquer as Hogwarts. With the three Aurors who’d warned Harry taking positions of leadership in Hogsmead’s armed forces, it certainly had a better, more organized army.

 

    During the next full moon, forty werewolves managed to find their way to Hogsmead, and cameramen for the Hogsmeade Quibbler and foreign papers watched from one-way windows as the Headmaster, armored head to toe, performed the ritual after giving out the potions. Amelia found herself trying not to think about how large the wolf that claw had come from actually was. When the news spread through the world that lycanthropy had a cure, werewolves began to pour in from every corner of the globe. Thanks to their disease, most of them had almost nothing, no possessions, no loved ones. Hogsmead swelled as the new Worgen had nowhere else to go. But they worked hard and helped build the town, Hogsmead’s leaders couldn’t throw them out after that.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Fudge was not in a good position when the Aurors he sent out didn’t return. His position became even worse when every Floo activated simultaneously and another of those damned ‘Special Edition’ papers hot off the Quibbler’s presses shot out. A magical photograph of Aurors attempting to arrest Harry Potter as he worked to rebuild Hogsmead was bad enough, but one of the Aurors had cast a Killing Curse at the boy. And Fudge knew that had actually happened, the team that had been observing from a safe distance were the only ones to return. Harry Potter defeating twenty Aurors in combat at once was damaging in its own way.

 

    While many people were convinced by the next edition of the Daily Prophet that the special edition was a complete lie, some people were beginning to doubt the Ministry. Rumors that Potter’s power had been feared by Voldemort, then Dumbledore, and now Cornelius Fudge began to spread. If Harry Potter could defeat a Dark Lord as a toddler, was it any surprise that twenty Aurors fell before him? What if the boy was telling the truth about the Minister’s lies? What if the Ministry had become evil itself? If the Ministry wasn’t evil, why hadn’t they used veritaserum or oaths to purge it of the Dark Lord’s supporters after the last war? Why else would the Aurors have a kill-on-sight order for the boy-who-lived? 

 

(More than one disgruntled Hogsmeade resident had been given a purse of gold and asked to speak truth in various bars across England. They became very popular for the way they often bought the bar a round.)

 

    Minister Fudge, unable to turn back now, pushed his campaign of lies even harder. The Daily Prophet and the Wizarding Wireless both began spreading the lie that Harry Potter was already a Dark Lord and had enslaved and betrayed Albus Dumbledore. They also spread the deception that the new Headmaster was nothing but Harry’s puppet.

 

    Five days after Harry embarrassed twenty Aurors, the morning Prophet bore the headline that Minister Fudge had declared Harry Potter a Dark Lord. Minister Fudge also decreed that Potter was banished from England henceforth, and henceforth Potter was also branded an Outlaw, bereft of any protection from the law. Any upstanding citizen of England was encouraged to permanently ‘deal with’ Potter on sight.

 

    Six days after Harry embarrassed twenty Aurors sent to deliver him to the Minister Fudge and Undersecretary Umbridge, the Hogsmeade Quibbler became the only daily publication in Magical England. (Despite Fudge’s every effort, the papers continued to be delivered to every magical home and business.) Harry’s followers; his fellow students, the people of many races saved from Hyjal, and of course the dragons had reached their limit. Dragons were still a slight majority of Harry’s followers, and the one thing that their cultures hated more than anything else were deceivers.

 

    Harry had been good to them, he was a child by the standards of most of the different species that served him, but he fought hard and did his best. And oddly enough, Harry Potter’s best was good enough. He had done right by them, taken risks for them, how could they not do the same in return? They weren’t ready to fight a war yet, but silencing the filthy paper that besmirched their Lord? That they could do. In the night a Fidelius went up and a team swept the building to ensure no one died and obliviated those found perhaps a little more thoroughly than needed. (The maintenance staff and a few reporters found themselves honestly surprised about Harry Potter returning to the third task with a deceased Cedric Diggory.) Sethria and Desperiona eagerly burned the building and printing press to ash in their flames. Nothing survived the righteous anger of two Twilight dragons.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    As for Harry, he left for Azeroth along with all of the original drakes except for Aurogos, who would lose the Headship of Hogwarts if he left the planet, and Vespiona who was about three months into what would be a difficult five month long pregnancy. As for Humans, Hermione had joined him along with her parents, Ron, Neville, Hannah, Susan, the Patil twins, Luna, (and all her familiars) along with Sirius and Remus. Daphne Greengrass and Jason Atreides had spread the rumor that they were going to attempt infiltrating the group, and Tracey Davis, claiming an unrepentant Death Eater for a father, spread the belief that she’d tried to seduce Harry’s secrets out of him and was now his prisoner. (Her plan involved squeezing the biggest ‘ransom’ out of her family that was possible. Harry had agreed, but only if she gave him a small cut.)

 

    In a few days, they would go different ways. Neville was going to a school for Druids in the Stonetalon Mountains a year after the ‘Third War’ ended. The Patil twins would be seeking out a tailoring apprenticeship in Stormwind city while Hannah and Susan studied healing at the same city’s cathedral. Remus would alternate traveling with Harry and returning to Earth to recruit werewolves and oversee their change into Worgen. The others would either be sticking closer to Harry or moving around to various places that were known to be safe during the times they would be there.

 

    Harry had places he wanted to visit, and apparently Stine and a few others had destinations he needed to be. Harry trusted his drakes, so didn’t mind them guiding him through time and space. This time Harry had not only brought three extra cubes with him but one of them was a ‘type two’ cube which was safe to use outside the atmosphere and was three times the already large size of the standard cubes inside and out. Elune’s Portal was still stable, and would remain so for a while at least. Apparently the magic that continued to pour through the portal in a bid to equalize the pressure was increasing the portal’s lifespan, but the deciding factor was Elune herself. Jagragosa and Aurogos had both deemed that Elune’s Portal would remain stable as long as Elune herself wanted it to, and at least three weeks beyond that.

 

    Camping in the Arboretum was an experience now. Harry apparently had a lot of easily distracted followers, because somehow they had copied the enchantment that let the ceiling in Hogwarts’ Great Hall show the outside weather and applied it to five of the interior surfaces inside the cube. It really was something, watching the Aurora Borealis while their group was gathered around a campfire. Dobby, bless his little heart, had provided a meal that fit the setting perfectly. They would have already been in the past but Stine had hinted that the Caverns would be safer in a few days, and apparently there was some business they needed to take care of in Stormwind first. So tomorrow morning a small group would be traveling to the Human capital of Stormwind before they returned to the Fidelius-protected glade where the Cube and Arboretum were currently set up.

 

    For now though, there was only quiet conversation as they took in the natural beauty of Azeroth’s northernmost continent. Not only were the stars so clear and beautiful, but the clear streams and dense forests of the Grizzly Hills made most of those present yearn for a log cabin on some mountain forgotten by humanity. If Elune’s Portal had any chance of being as permanent as the Dark Portal, Harry would be sorely tempted to build a vacation house here, cursed creatures roaming the forests or not.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Bright and early the next morning Harry, along with Stine, Senastrasz, Sirius, and Caliona walked through the city of Stormwind. Stormwind was both a nation and capital city, and the center of the Alliance, a group of races banded together for mutual protection. Stine was being very strict on the exact circuitous path that led them through the front gates, out to the canals, skated the edge of the Dwarven district, and through a back alley of the Cathedral district before they walked by the still-smoldering ruins Deathwing had left behind after his assault on the city. Stine’s path through the city told Harry a lot; mostly that he had been , or would be , busy in Azeroth’s past. Basically, a lot of people he shouldn't meet just now were in the city. Though, there was always a small chance that his first Bronze oathsworn was having a laugh at his expense.

 

    From the ruins of what was once a rather nice park Stine, wearing a human illusion to keep the locals from noticing his decidedly interesting anthromagus form, led them into the Mage Quarter. Harry honestly thought the Hog’s Head was the seediest bar he would ever step foot in, but it really had nothing on the ‘Slaughtered Lamb,’ where Stine paid for a room for the night. Once in the rented room, he turned around to ask his sworn why they were here, but didn’t expect Sirius to hit him with a stunning spell.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    To say Sirius Black was unhappy at ambushing his godson was something of an understatement. However, he had come to trust the dragons standing around him to, if nothing else, have Harry’s best interests at heart. And while Harry had been sleeping four weeks ago he had verified that there was dark magic, sentient dark magic, lurking in the boy’s scar. For seven months the dragons had been doing what they could to pry it loose and strengthen Harry so he could fight the angry piece of soul magic better. Their efforts weren’t without results, but they had not succeeded in removing it. Which led them here, to the pub where Azeroth’s darkest magic users kept a coven in the basement. There was really no better place to find practitioners of Soul Magic.

 

    A few moments after he’d stunned Harry, Senas walked into the room followed by a man wearing a cloth robe colored in dark red and purple. Sirius had been following the lessons he’d overheard regarding how to sense and better control magic and this man, introduced as Gakin the Darkbinder, reeked of magic so foul that he nearly killed the man on instinct. (Or tried anyway, something told Sirius this wasn’t a weak user of magic.) The Blacks thought they were users of dark magic, that they had stood above all others in its mastery. They were nothing compared to this man. His thoughts were interrupted by Stine retaking his true form and speaking.

 

    “Warlock, as agreed this gold is yours if you can remove the parasite without harming him.” The drake removed a bulging sack of coins from a bag hidden under his wing. “But be warned: If you harm him in a way our healers can’t heal, I will not disarm the thirty of these devices I placed around, under, and in your coven’s meeting five days ago.”

 

    With that said, the drake removed a simple glass sphere which contained a ball of tightly compacted Twilight fire, suspended in time. Gakin, however, only laughed. “I know your kind are sworn to protect the timeline dragon. Don’t even bother with empty threats . I am impressed you snuck a couple into our meeting though.”

 

    Sirius, seeing his cue, activated the miniature wardstone and sealed the room. A handy little invention, it didn’t last long but for the next few hours it would be nearly impossible to enter or leave this room without permission. Once the room was secure, Senastrasz and Caliona returned to their true forms and took up positions guarding Harry. Stine continued speaking as he shifted back into his anthromagus form. “I no longer serve Nozdormu, Warlock , and your coven’s deaths in Twilight fire would be assumed by everyone to be the result of the Cult attempting to recruit you and something going wrong.”

 

    Looking a little incredulous, the Warlock stared at Stine carefully. “You’re an Infinite drake?

 

    Snorting, the Bronze drake responded. “No, I’m just free of the Titan’s slavery. As are these others and a great deal more that depend on the young man here. Our group has no enmity for Azeroth and the changes we’re making to the timeline will only benefit the world, or we’ll try again until they do. Now, the soul fragment please. We would prefer to be able to extract information from it afterwards, but that isn’t nearly as important to us as the boy’s health.”

 

    Sirius and the dragons (He knew them well enough by now to pick up some of their body language.) watched anxiously for the next hour as the Warlock carefully wove his magic, Gakin’s hands surrounded by shifting, hungry shadows as they hovered just above Harry’s trademark scar. At the end of the spell weaving, he took out a light purple crystal and ground the sharp point into Harry’s scar hard enough to draw a trickle of blood. At that point, something screamed and the crystal glowed bright crimson for several long moments. Then, Gakin walked over to a chair and collapsed into it, trying to hide how exhausted he was. (Delicate spell-weaving wasn’t a skill he practiced often.) Turning the crystal over in his hands a few times he eventually wove a new spell, suspending the crystal in the air. Speaking in an authoritative voice Gakin made a demand of the soul trapped within. “Imprisoned soul, tell me your name.”

 

    The crystal trembled, as if it was fighting him, but eventually Gakin’s will bested the trapped soul. It spoke in a voice familiar to those who had watched Harry’s memory of Voldemort’s revival in the graveyard. “Tom Marvolo Riddle. Better known as Lord Voldemort.”

 

    With a sarcastic motion, the Warlock tossed the shard to Stine, who quickly placed it within a prepared case. “Good luck with that soul fragment drake. It’s willful and strong even though it’s only part of a greater whole. It fought hard to stay rooted, a really nasty piece of work. The boy should be fine, although he’ll have a hell of a headache once you wake him.”

 

    Stine tossed the Warlock the agreed upon gold. “There you go then. You’ll get half that in a bonus once our healers verify he’s going to be alright. Pleasure doing business with you.”

 

    Snorting at the drake, the man made a dismissive hand gesture as he walked out of the rented room. Caliona, having studied and practiced hard with her magic, opened a portal back to their camp two continents away. Leaving nothing behind except a few coins, they carefully lifted Harry and took him back to the nervous healers waiting for him in the Cube.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Harry woke up several hours later to find he did have a massive headache, a new wound on his head, and several healers nervously waiting for him to wake up. Harry found he had questions. Turning to Dalistraza, who was gently checking the wound under his bandage, Harry decided to get answers. “What is going on Dali? What happened, and why did Sirius stun me?”

 

    After running a little more of her healing magic over the wound, Dali moved back and knelt before him. “My Lord, when we left Earth’s Dream when we first came to Earth Alira noticed something clinging to you. We investigated and eventually discovered it was a parasitic soul fragment that was weakening your mind and magic. It was also the basis for a mental connection with Voldemort, which should now be cut off. The parasite was alive and aware on some level, it was always trying to wear you down enough to possess you. Since we weren’t sure how aware the fragment was, we didn’t want to warn it we were working to remove it. Our best guess for how it got there was that on October 31 st 1981 Voldemort intended to use the soul-splitting phylactery spell on your skull, but the ritual was interrupted part way through. Mostly without your knowledge we’ve been doing everything we could to make it’s removal easier, since all our efforts to destroy or remove it without killing you failed.”

 

    Harry had to think for a moment to digest that. “And it’s completely gone now?”

 

    Dali was happy to answer. “You’re free of it my Lord. We actually have it trapped in a crystal, we might be able to get useful intelligence out of it eventually.”

 

    Leaning back down, Harry took stock of himself and found he was strangely tired but also felt light, like a weight he’d never noticed before was gone. Also, there was the truly massive headache. “Good job. I don’t like getting stunned from behind, but you guys had a good reason. Could I get a pain potion?”

 

    Appropriately drugged, Harry slept through the rest of the day and into the night. When he woke up the next morning, he had Stine bring out the soul shard. Holding it in his hands, Harry could feel it trying to escape and possess someone. Probably because it had been leeching magic off him since he was a toddler Harry could feel that it was much more powerful than the diary or locket. Setting it down on a patch of bare earth, Harry spoke. “Caliona, Ralion, burn it.”

 

    Several voices tried to convince Harry to keep it around, to tear information from it in one way or another, but Harry was firm. “No. This fragment is much more dangerous than the locket or diary. I can feel all the magic it’s been stealing from me bound around the soul fragment. It’s too dangerous to keep around.”

 

    With that, Harry’s drakes destroyed the fragment trapped in a crimson crystal. Harry was proved to be right when, even burning in magic-consuming flames, the soul fragment lashed out at Harry’s oathsworn. With no hesitation, Harry’s spear was in his hands and angry crackling energy bound the wraith in place until the dark blue flames destroyed it utterly. Just to be safe, Harry had Dalistraza start a new Crimson Oak cutting in the soil where the soul shard burned. If the fragment had left some kind of taint behind, the Fire magic shed by the tree would see it burned away.

 

    Since their next destination was ‘back in time’ it was arguably impossible for Harry’s group to be late. Harry had something of an idea when he considered that the Crimson Oak and the Spiral variant both secreted Fire and Life magic, which were antithetical to both the Old Gods and the undead. Since both were still a problem in Northrend, Harry decided to do something about it. For the next week, the Potter Dragonflight’s expedition busied itself planting saplings in places where they wouldn’t be easily noticed. In the ‘Grizzly Hills’ there was a massive tree, a ‘world tree,’ that had been corrupted by one of the Old Gods chained beneath Northrend. Ultimately the tree was torn down when it was discovered to be the source of the land’s corruption, but that just meant that it was a great place to nourish a truly massive Spiral Oak. Given that this one would be truly enormous thanks to the residual nutrients and magic, it was saved for last.

 

    Over a hundred trees were planted that week, some easier to find than others. All across Northrend trees were planted around the freshwater lakes and streams and on nearly every island. While planting trees on a frozen lake shore near the human settlement Fort Wildevar, Harry’s group received a surprise by way of a sudden, unproved snowball barrage. The culprits were a group of frost nymphs led by Lurielle; the frost nymphs turned out to be a subspecies of dryad that had adapted to the ice and snow of Northrend. After explaining that while the trees would indeed create heat, their main goal was to tune the continent’s magic to harm the Old Gods and undead, Lurielle volunteered to assist them.

 

    Harry was continually amused at the nymphs’ playful demeanor over the next week. (So far the human’s only exposure to nymphs or dryads had been Jagragosa’s anthromagus form. It turned out that their species tended not to enjoy conflict, and also that thanks to their ancestry they were notoriously vulnerable to fire magic and fire in general. When Hyjal had been attacked the dryads had mostly escaped and fled, given the invader’s widespread use of flames. There were a few groups who would be rescued when they made a second trip through time, Harry simply hadn’t had enough information at the time to extract them safely.) It turned out that her kind could weather moderate heat, like the forests their cousins inhabited in Ashenvale, so she really didn’t mind if the weather warmed a little. Apparently the only species that could possibly be unable to survive a warmer Northrend was known as the Tuskarr; but exposure to the Life magic generated by the trees was expected to bolster them and eventually allow their species to travel as freely as any other.

 

    Given the suddenly organized armies of undead that tried to swarm them as they planted trees around Icecrown, both the glacier and the surrounding mountains, Harry wondered aloud why no one had bothered to sweep through and burn out the undead. While armies of undead were a dangerous enemy, seven drakes proved up to the task of burning them to ash while the humans shaped the terrain to funnel them into fire pits. Not one of his followers had a good reason for Azeroth’s people ignoring the undead threat. The only safe place to plant the trees in Icecrown was at the Argent Crusade’s hold that overlooked sheer cliffs and an icy sea.

 

    At the end of the week Alira and the nymphs began to work together to grow a Spiral Oak on the broken husk of the failed world tree after their camp had been packed up. This tree had the potential to do a lot of good in two separate ways. First, a large source of Fire and Life magic had the potential, over the course of several hundred years, to burn significant amounts of power and mass from the Old God trapped under the continent. Second, Azeroth’s Emerald Dream had been infiltrated by the Old Gods, their power giving rise to a force known as the Emerald Nightmare. It had happened here, through the failed world tree that had been destroyed. While the massive Spiral Oak wasn’t expected to undo the Dream’s corruption, there stood a real possibility that it might cut off the Emerald Nightmare from any direct reinforcement.

 

    Harry’s group took one good look at the massive crimson tree gleaming in the sunlight, left a note for anyone who might investigate as to the tree’s purpose, and took a portal to a different continent. Since they didn’t want to unduly influence Azeroth’s climate, logical sense said that if the Oaks shed warmth, they should plant an equal number of Hoarfrost Pines elsewhere to absorb an equal amount of heat. The ‘Badlands,’ ‘Burning Steppes,’ and ‘Searing Gorge’ all received dozens of trees to counteract the local heat which varied from ‘Death Valley in summer’ to ‘the ground is literally molten lava.’ Moving from the eastern continent to Kalimdor in the west, Harry’s group decided to sell some of the frost-producing Hoarfrost trees to the goblins that made their home in the deserts of Tanaris. Once Baron Marin Noggenfogger, the leader of the goblin settlement of Gadgetzan, was given proof of their claims of the tree’s abilities he bought out their remaining stock of Hoarfrost saplings.

 

    Suffice it to say in exchange for making a vast swath of desert not just livable, but potentially into arable farmland, Harry and the others now had a solid amount of the local currency. (Coastal Tanaris, while lacking in rainfall, was humid enough that condensation from the Hoarfrost Pines would allow some agriculture to take place on the cooled desert sands.) Daphne, in her role as the group’s investor and treasurer, would use the gold as seed money to begin her quest to make everyone involved with the Potter Dragonflight obscenely wealthy. There were a great many things that could be bought on Azeroth and sold for ludicrous profit on Earth; creatures, herbs, potions, gems, ores, spellbooks and more. While they were making a great effort to not alter the timeline, that didn’t mean they couldn’t profit from economic fluctuations. ( Imagine if you had a book that contained every rise and fall of the stock market for the next decade.)

(It would be some time before any of them noticed Lurielle and her fellow frost nymphs had stowed away in the Arboretum. It turned out they had overheard a discussion on the Potter Dragonflight’s methods of terraforming Mars, and that was a project so interesting they were willing to leave their world behind to be a part of it.)

 

    As they prepared for another trip through the Caverns of Time, Harry briefly reflected that the last time he’d let Stine choose a destination they’d gotten a soul leech off him. Now, Stine and the Red siblings had a workable plan to do something similar for Hermione. Harry was eagerly looking forward to Hermione being free to express her feelings as much as she wanted. While the way her face lit up when he told his best friend that he loved her, the hurt that followed when she couldn’t return his words was painful for both himself and Alira.

   

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    From Gadgetzan everyone but Stine bundled into the Cube, and the Bronze drake flew back to the Caverns of Time. This time, those inside nearly had a heart attack as they watched an adult dragon start a conversation with Stine. It went on for several moments, with Stine eventually attempting to escape the conversation by mentioning something against the Dragonflight’s rules. “I’ve just been so busy. Do you think anyone would mind if I took a week off in some green forest in a quiet point on the timeline?”

 

    After looking around conspiratorially, the dragon replied in a whisper. “That’s officially an abuse of our power, but almost everyone does it when they need a break. Some of the best places are Sholazar Basin anytime where history’s quiet, the area around Stormwind city before humans settled there, and Howling Fjord if you don’t mind the cold. If you run into other Bronze dragons just remember that if you don’t rat them out, they won’t rat you out.”

 

    With the conversation finished, the dragon who never did give her name returned to her duties and Stine continued on his way. Stine’s destination was an island south of Northrend and west of Quel’Thalas fifteen hundred years ago. This island wasn’t terribly well-known, and in fact it's only claim to fame was that it occasionally housed Alexstrasza the Life-Binder, Aspect of the Red Dragonflight. In most circumstances what Harry was about to do would probably be considered ill-advised, but all other avenues for removing the former Headmaster’s control of his best friend, consort, and lover had failed. On a quiet day, Harry had even arranged to take Hermione to Azurewing Repose for Senegos to examine. Whatever Dumbledore had done was run of the mill for Earth’s magic: complicated, tightly controlled, and imaginative by necessity. To Harry’s deep frustration, removing it had been beyond the abilities of everyone who had been willing to try. Their best hope now was to appeal to a creature with enormous magical power and attempt to ‘brute force’ the binding away.

 

    There was a certain amount of deception required for convincing the Dragonqueen to help them, but Harry had the advantage of being honest, sincere, and not in any way wanting to harm Alexstrasza or her people. In fact Harry could easily swear a binding oath that he was a friend of the Dragonflights, even if he was currently attempting to evade the eyes of the Bronze. As for preserving the timeline, memory charms wouldn’t be sufficient; Harry or any of his followers might as well try to transfigure Mt. Kilimanjaro into bubbles with one spell. The enormous chasm in power between them and the Dragon Queen made many things impossible, but that was also why they were seeking Alexstrasza out in the first place. Hopefully a contract signed in her own blood and enforced by her own magic would be sufficient to suppress her memories of meeting them.

 

    If things went poorly, the drakes were confident in their ability to flee via portkeys. True, with the Bronze Dragonflight actively searching for them their future efforts would be more complicated, but they were bound to be found out at some point. As far as Harry was concerned, it was a risk worth taking.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Watching the Watchers: Is this a prank?

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    If anyone asked Lieutenant Colonel Samantha Carter of the top secret division of the United States Air Force what she did for a living, the answer was usually deep space telemetry analysis. Though, in fact her job usually involved a little more action than that. Today though, she actually was examining telemetry taken by various satellites of new objects in space. She cringed as she examined the footage one last time before the briefing.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Forty minutes later Lt. Colonel Samantha Carter was seated around a table with her three team members, her commanding officer, and several officers from the Pentagon. After the normal pleasantries, the projector fired up and displayed an image of a perfect cube. It was built from an unknown dark gray metal and was about eighteen feet (5.4 meters) on every side. Also, and a bit worryingly, it was currently resting on the side of the moon that faced away from Earth. As she flipped through the various photos taken by a military satellite enhanced with a few technologies recovered from off-world, there were some exclamations of shock when a door that had been perfectly flush with the exterior opened. A figure in some sort of protective suit that honestly appeared to be elaborate metal armor exited carrying a box on his back and a pick. More photos followed his progress as he collected various samples of rock and dust into different compartments in the box, then returned to the cube.

 

    Colonel Jack O’Neill spoke up. “Well, this is the first time we’ve had to worry about aliens invading the moon . How sure are we that these are aliens and not just some group of humans?”

 

    Carter replied, advancing to another still photo that showed a close-up of a different suit of armor, this one with space to accommodate a ridiculously long pair of ears. “It’s entirely possible that there are humans working with this unknown species, but evidence suggests that aliens are involved.”

 

    Doctor Daniel Jackson responded. “Ah, our friends from about six weeks ago.” Turning towards the representatives from the Pentagon, he continued. “Have there been any more sightings or incidents, other than the aliens exploring our moon?”

 

    A very serious man in an officer’s uniform pulled several things out of his briefcase. “Yes, actually. We only got this recording today, our English allies were hesitant to share information on this subject. In the last two weeks, there have been some miraculous recoveries at a number of hospitals scattered around the United Kingdom. In every case, the patient was diagnosed to be terminal, and suddenly found themselves either entirely or partially cured. This recording was from a near-death patient who was recording what she expected to be her last thoughts. Instead, the young woman apparently fell asleep and left the tape recorder going. She woke up suddenly in the night in a lot of pain; whatever was done to heal her also cleared the morphine from her system. Somehow, the cameras in the hospital saw nothing, but several people in a neighboring high rise reported seeing lights like flickering flames through the windows.”

 

    With a click, the tape recorder began playing. It lasted for about four minutes, and had two individuals conversing in a language no one present was familiar with. Daniel, the team’s linguist, had a very thoughtful expression on his face. After a few moments he spoke. “This is an interesting language. I’d need a bigger sample to be sure, but it sounds whatever language this is, there’s hints of several European root languages in it; possibly a larger Norse influence than the others. Very interesting.”

 

    After watching for several moments as Daniel played back several parts, Jack’s curiosity got the better of him. “Can you give us an idea of what they’re saying?”

 

    The rest of SG1 leaned in just a little bit. While expecting a linguist to decipher an unknown language from only a few minutes of recording was usually far too much to ask for, Doctor Jackson had often impressed them with his abilities. No one save Daniel himself actually knew how many languages he spoke, but his team knew that number was always growing. After playing through a section one more time, Daniel sighed and stopped. “Based on the root languages I think I’m getting a good idea of every fourth or fifth word. From what I could understand, the more feminine voice might have been guiding the other through whatever healing process they used. I could easily be wrong, but it sounded like some sort of medical terminology.”

 

    Jack O’Neill leaned back in his chair, looking thoughtful. “So, assuming it’s the same alien or group as before, they’re apparently healing terminal patients for some reason and probably analyzing our moon. Certainly not the worst visitors Earth’s had, even if them being in space is troubling.”

 

    Carter, advancing the slides, spoke again. “They’ve done more than that colonel. Take a look at this.”

 

    Once more proving America’s satellites had benefited from the technology SG1 and other teams had retrieved, new photos showed both Human (well, probably Human anyway) and long-eared aliens assembling spheres with some kind of tiny, hand-held welding torches. Jack took a look and asked the obvious question. “Okay, but how did they get out there? And where are they building this?” The slides advanced again. “These? Do we have any idea what their purpose is?”

 

    “Yes sir. But we’ve only caught them appearing on film once, and it was with the infrared camera.” A short video played of a human-shaped heat signature suddenly appearing in frame before grabbing it’s midsection in apparent distress. As it turned in the vacuum, the faceplate of its helmet suddenly brightened and the figure began flailing wildly for a moment before it triggered a control on it’s belt. The faceplate rapidly changed colors again and the figure calmed. For several moments it seemed to catch it’s breath before it removed curved panels from a backpack and started welding them together.

 

    By this point, every member of SG1 was familiar with similar protective gear from operations that required time in a vacuum. When they realized the figure had vomited inside his helmet, each of them groaned in solidarity; it wasn’t uncommon for the inexperienced to vomit inside a helmet during training, but it was deeply unpleasant. Continuing on, Carter advanced to the last slide, with a map showing the positions of the spheres on the screen. “From what we can observe, the spheres are simply way-stations, whatever the aliens are using to transport themselves has some kind of limit to its range. On the inside, the spheres are simple, and don’t seem to have any way in or out. Obviously, the spheres are pretty much in a straight line, and there’s only really one plausible destination.”

 

    Teal’c spoke then. “What purpose could the aliens have on the planet Mars?”

 

    It was actually a pretty good question, all things considered. The meeting continued for a time after that, but SG1 repeated their initial recommendation of a friendly, light touch when dealing with these aliens unless they proved themselves to be hostile. Breaking into hospitals and healing people was odd behavior, but suggested that they wanted to help humanity but were possibly hesitant to reveal themselves. While they sometimes wished it was otherwise, there were a number of good reasons for alien visitors to be cautious of humanity.

 

    Two weeks later, the team received additional surveillance from a satellite over Mars, along with some other telemetry that further explained the purpose of the spheres. The spheres seemed to contain breathable atmosphere, greenery and a light source, and were being used as spaces to rest and recover from the effects of whatever teleportation technology the aliens had. The spheres were also apparently being used to generate and store oxygen, as various visitors were switching out small canisters from their suits with ones left in the spheres. 

 

The aliens were building a structure on the red planet that looked suspiciously like a large dome. While some parts of the military argued for the President to launch an offensive assault to capture the various objects being constructed, the man had refused. Given that the aliens' only known actions were stealing a very specific set of medical supplies, healing dying humans, and apparently colonizing Mars, his decision was viewed by most to be the right one.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

A/N: Hope everyone enjoyed this chapter. I think the next thing I’ll post for Elune’s Pebble will be a short story involving Goldrinn, sort of similar to the Deathly Hallows bit in chapter 19. It’s not directly important to the plot, but it was an idea that seemed interesting to write and I think people will enjoy it.

 

Next Chapter, Harry meets a Dragon Aspect.

 

If you enjoyed the chapter, please leave a review, each one keeps me writing.

 

Chapter 30: Chapter 30: Goldrinn and Friends vs. the Afterlife

Chapter Text

Thank you to everyone who reviewed last chapter! Thanks to both of my betas who find some many things I miss!

 

This is just sort of a bonus-chapter that deals with the side characters, you can skip it and not lose anything really crucial to the main plot. Should still be a fun read though.

 

I mostly wrote this because Blizzard’s latest lore annoyed me. Blizzard, if you can’t write good character development for Elune I’ll do it myself! And it’ll have dragons! And Goldrinn! And a clue or two about Elune’s origins and place in the universe!

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Chapter 30: Goldrinn and Friends vs. the Afterlife 

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Goldrinn looked at the note laying on the ground before him. It was obvious from the scent that it had been sent by the Bronze drake that followed the human mage who’d caught his interest. Two days ago the teen, just barely older than a child, had put action to his idea of cooling the space around the Firelands incursion to make it harder for their enemy to maintain their foothold. It really was a good idea, and it had given him a good battle. This note was obviously meant to manipulate him into some course of action, but the Ancient couldn’t guess how it could possibly be sinister. While Goldrinn wasn’t the wisest Ancient, he did understand some of the problems faced by Harry’s Bronze drake in dealing with time travel and paradoxes. With nothing to lose, Goldrinn rose to his feet, leaving the note on the ground of his shrine. A perk of having been around as long as he had was that he knew a variety of ‘people.’

 

    “Greetings, Great Wolf. Many of the Ancients have returned to life, but where is Ashamane?”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    After speaking to Ysera herself, and noticing the poor dragon looked horribly stressed, Goldrinn delighted in traveling the land at a speed very few could match. A bit of a swim later, he was shaking water out of his fur at the base of Teldrassil. There was a portal that allowed friendly mortals to travel to the city nestled high in the boughs of the gargantuan tree, but it was sadly undersized for his frame. Ignoring the elves who really had no idea what to make of his visit, the Great Wolf leaped onto the massive trunk and with magic along with his claws, began to run up the vertical surface. He made a point to ignore the concerned druids in bird form that were trying to get his attention; running up a vertical surface like this was not the easiest thing he’d done and it would be embarrassing to fall to his death so soon after returning to the world of the living.

 

    Half an hour later, Goldrinn was catching his breath and sipping from a calm lake in the forest that rested in the boughs of Teldrassil. While this seemed like a good idea at the time, he suddenly remembered that he would need to get down, somehow. “Hmm. Have I just treed myself? I’ll worry about that after my other business is finished.”

 

    With more than a few Kaldorei following him, intensely curious about his intentions, Goldrinn jogged through the forest and then carefully navigated the city of Darnassus. Again, his size proved an impediment to moving forward when only his head was able to reach inside the Temple of Elune. It was still enough to get the attention of those within. “High Priestess Tyrande! Could I have a moment of your time?”

 

    Feeling more than a little silly, the Great Wolf withdrew his head and moved back to allow people to enter and exit the temple. He simply moved to stretch out next to one of the temple’s balconies. It wasn’t too much later that Tyrande Whisperwind and Malfurion Stormrage appeared on the balcony. “I have no business with you, Arch-Druid. High Priestess, I have two requests I would have you ask of Elune on my behalf.”

 

    Tyrande’s life had become even more complicated recently, and she honestly wasn’t sure she had the patience to deal with a giant wolf showing up in her city. Still, she had duties she needed to carry out. “Speak them and I will speak to the Goddess on your behalf, Great Wolf.”

 

    “Many Ancients perished in the war against the Legion ten-thousand years ago, and some of us have recently returned. An oathsworn of an interesting man suggested I look into one individual in particular. I would ask you to discover if Elune knows the fate of Ashamane; she was a friend and I find myself missing her.”

 

    Malfurion let out an audible scoff at hearing that. Tyrande looked like she had suddenly developed a stress headache at her husband’s actions. Instead of responding in a more physical manner, Goldrinn brought his head a little closer to Malfurion and snorted. “You’ve never really understood me elf. Nature isn’t just peaceful glades and calm streams unchanged year in and year out. Competition, struggle, survival, and death are a vital part of the natural world. For years beyond count Ashamane and I took turns stalking each other through the wilds, never dealing the other a lethal blow and always tending to each other’s wounds after a battle. Ashamane is every bit the wild creature I am, every bit the hunter, but she never lost herself to blood-lust. I wish that she had survived the war in the place of Cenarius, just to see how different the world would be. She would have led you Druids well.”

 

    Tyrande, suddenly finding herself fantasizing about a vacation on some tropical, deserted beach, spoke to hopefully keep her husband from saying anything else and expedite Goldrinn’s departure. “And your second request?”

 

    “A mage who I might have named my champion if I had not already chosen differently recently improved my shrine. I would have you ask Elune to consider blessing a Moonwell there so I could speak with her without having to use an intermediary.” Though it was difficult for a giant wolf to look embarrassed, Goldrinn managed it at that point. “Also, though it is a problem of my own making, I find that in my eagerness to contact Elune, I have neglected to consider how exactly to return to Hyjal. I cannot get down the same way I got up.”

 

    With a sigh, Tyrande pushed away the thought of taking Ash’Alah, Dawnshadow, Dori’Thur, and Shandris on a vacation somewhere in the South Seas. (Tyrande’s saber-cat, favorite handmaiden, owl familiar, and adopted daughter respectively.) If I was quick and quiet, they’d never find me. Alas, Shandris and I have too many responsibilities. Out loud, the leader of the Night Elves responded. “I will commune with the Goddess, Great Wolf. I will also ask our new mages if they are able to open a portal or teleport you down to ocean-level. If not I will request that a Blue dragon assist you.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    An hour later, Tyrande was incredibly relieved when her Sentinels reported that a Goldrinn-sized portal had opened and taken the Ancient elsewhere. Glad to have the massive wolf out of her city, Tyrande busied herself with the more urgent matters of state. When the sun set and the moons rose, Tyrande set her work aside and after a short cleansing ritual, knelt in the waters of the temple’s Moonwell. It was a decidedly odd feeling, feeling Elune directing her Herald on some task, but the High Priestess was careful not to look into what he was doing. Elune wanted his tasks to remain secret for now, even from her, but Tyrande sensed that Elune’s Herald was searching for something buried in a desert. Busy elsewhere or not, Elune’s presence washed over Tyrande in a tide of comfort and renewal.

 

    As Tyrande shared her memory of Goldrinn’s visit, the priestess was surprised by the sense of pride that surged forth from Elune. In response to Tyrande’s confusion, Elune shared a memory that was mostly emotions from the time long ago of Goldrinn reveling in his savagery, of being unable to change his nature and so deciding to embrace it; and also of Elune gently telling the Great Wolf that he could be so much more than a wild animal. Curious, Tyrande asked about what had changed; in response Elune showed her Goldrinn’s new shrine, and the wolf mourning his lost sons.

 

    In response to Goldrinn’s requests, Elune asked Tyrande to oversee the construction and blessing of a Moonwell at Goldrinn’s shrine as quickly as possible. Elune would converse with Goldrinn directly for his other request. Just before the connection closed, Tyrande was almost overwhelmed by a flood of emotion. As the High priestess returned her focus to the physical world, she tried to make sense of that last surge of feelings. Communing with Elune often left her with more impressions and emotions than words, but in this case it seemed as if the goddess was urging her priestess to remain steadfast in her faith and hope for a better tomorrow.

 

    Two days later, Tyrande herself called upon Elune’s power to bless the new Moonwell. From a distance she watched for a time as the Great wolf laid next to the glowing Moonwell, eyes gazing at the truly impressive sculpture of the city now known as Dire Maul. One of his Worgen followers had been happy to share the tale as they worked to construct the Moonwell, and Tyrande found herself saddened by what the Ancient had lost. Before now, when she had heard tales of Goldrinn being in many different places at once, fighting demon hordes and leading her people to safety, she had assumed that after the Ancient had fallen in battle he was able to manifest like the Loa did. She’d never realized that his children had invoked his power, allowing themselves to be destroyed by it so that their father’s power and fury could fall upon Azeroth’s enemies. Goldrinn seemed to commune with Elune until the sun rose, and Tyrande waited patiently. She did not leave without thanking the Great Wolf for all he’d done for her people and offering her condolences for those he’d lost.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    In the late morning light, after having spent the night commiserating with Elune over lost children, Goldrinn stirred. With a stretch and a shake, he rose and began first to jog and then to run. Sadly he had a long swim ahead of him soon, but it would be shorter if he started from the Barrens. Plus, the run would leave him time to find something to eat; he did have a long journey ahead of him.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Zandalar, an island nearly large enough to be considered a continent, was home to the Zandalari Trolls, the original tribe from which every other tribe had originated from. Once they had ruled an empire that spanned the whole world, and their people never forgot. Recently, the Cataclysm had hit their land hard, and there was concern that the jungle sinking into swampland was only the beginning. A giant wolf walking through their lands was not a comfort at this time. When it spoke to the panicking defenders, politely informing them he was simply visiting an ‘old friend,’ and meant them no harm, the Zandalari were not comforted. They could hear the quotation marks around ‘old friend’ and were wary of what Goldrinn, and this could only be the Great Wolf himself that rumors had said walked the land once more, might do to their island in his anger. Goldrinn’s request for a guide to take him to wherever the Trolls worshiped the Loa Bwonsamdi did not calm the defenders at all. Bwonsamdi was not the most popular Loa, few people chose to call on the Loa of Death after all.

 

    After another day of travel, slowed by his extremely nervous guide, Goldrinn was waiting patiently in an outdoor temple courtyard while a nervous priest wove the magic needed to summon the Loa. Finally, with the complicated parts done, the Troll spoke the final words of the ritual as he sprinkled dust over the other ritual items. “The dust of bones, for the Loa of Death.”

 

    Normally this ritual pulled the caster’s conscious mind into a mental plane, a place that was and yet wasn’t real, to safely interact with the Loa that was being called on. Instead, Goldrinn felt the priest being pulled away and threaded his power into the ritual, and pulled hard at it instead. Bwonsamdi had sensed a soul calling on him, assuming it was either some fool or a petitioner seeking a bargain, and he eagerly accepted his end of the spell. He was somewhat unprepared when instead of appearing in the mental plane, he was torn bodily into the physical plane of Azeroth. Bwonsamdi physically appeared to be a troll, albeit one twice the normal size with a bone growth or mask on his face and pits with tiny magical flames for eyes. Also, there was an aura around him that was causing the plant life to wither and die. Looking up at the Great Wolf, he spoke quickly, if perhaps a touch nervously. “Ah, greetings Goldrinn, how great it is to see ya once again. You wouldn’t happen to be carrying a grudge now, would ya?”

 

    Loud laughter with a bit of a howl mixed in echoed through the courtyard. “Ah, my old friend Bwonsamdi. Why would I carry a grudge, little Loa? I only helped you end your predecessor so you could usurp his position and received nothing in return. What could I possibly be upset about? And really, stop trying to flee, it’s like you don’t want to see me, old friend.

 

    Bwonsamdi, to the surprise of the onlookers, flinched at that. The Loa had been attempting to release the magic that was keeping him here on the material plane. Conflict between the Ancients and Loa was rare, and the victor usually depended on what the circumstances of the battle were; but as far as Ancients to pick a fight with, the Great Wolf was not an enemy Bwonsamdi wanted to tangle with. “Ah, well I suppose you be wanting something then, or else you’d already be trying to hurt me. You don’t play with your prey like some cat .”

 

    Finding something in that humorous, the wolf laughed again. “Why, old friend, I’m here to make a deal! Ten-thousand years ago when the demons came, all the Ancients fought them tooth and claw while many Loa cowered in their haunts. Like so many others I fell in battle, overwhelmed, but I didn’t spend my life cheaply. I got better, of course. But a friend of mine didn’t. Elune gave me a task and challenge to retrieve one of the Ancients unable or unwilling to return just yet. I need passage to the lands of the dead for myself and some others, a guide as we recover Ashamane along with others, and safe passage home. In exchange, you may use this raid to your benefit as you please and we will be even.

 

    No longer afraid, Bwonsamdi now appeared amused as he visibly perked up. “Dat be fair. I won’t be arguing dat I owe ya for dat little bit o violence so long ago. And dere be a few tings I can do wit ya raising a fuss, so dis works for me too. When do you want to do dis?”

 

    “Can you transport my pack from Mount Hyjal?” When the Loa replied he could, Goldrinn continued. “Be ready in a week, we’ll leave from my shrine on the sacred mountain. I need to round up a few other ‘old friends’ first.”

 

    With that, Goldrinn left Bwonsamdi’s temple behind and moved south. During the long swim, he’d caught a familiar scent on the wind. Friend might not be the best descriptive word, but his old acquaintance was always eager for a good fight. Invading the lands of the dead ought to be enough to convince him to join his group. Preferring to travel on land, his path led him near the Zandalari’s capital city, so he decided to visit briefly.    

 

    Strolling through the capital city of Zuldazar, Goldrinn was appreciative of the city planning that accommodated a creature of his size. Eventually he reached the palace, continuing to ignore the panic around him with the ease of long practice. At the gates, he spoke loudly enough to be heard within. “I would speak to your King! Tell him that Goldrinn the Ancient requests an audience, and I bring news.”

 

    The Zandalari often dealt with the Loa, so knew the benefits of promptness and being polite . Only a few moments had passed before Goldrinn was shown into a courtyard and only a few moments after that King Rastakhan entered and gave the Ancient a shallow bow to show the Troll respected, but did not worship, the Great Wolf. Rastakhan was older than he looked, especially tall for a troll and had been blinded in one eye, a vertical scar still visible on his face. “Greetings, Great Wolf. Welcome to Zandalar. I’ve heard you were seeking out Bwonsamdi, while I know it is not my place to interfere in the business of Ancients or Loa, I would beg that any violence between you not damage our island. We are already badly off as it is.”

 

    Wishing to put the king’s mind at ease, Goldrinn seated himself in the grass of the courtyard. “Peace, Rastakhan. The Loa of Death owes me, and I am simply collecting on that debt. I wanted to speak with you because your jungle seems to have sunk in the Cataclysm, and also to ask about the desert to the northeast. I offer you hope, but at a price.”

 

    Now sitting in a chair brought out by a servant, Rastakhan leaned forward in interest. “My people are in desperate need of hope, Great Wolf. But we are not desperate enough to pay any price for it.”

 

    Goldrinn chuckled before responding. “My price is simple: go forth into the world and help those fighting to ensure another sunrise. The Twilight Hammer’s Cult is working to see everyone on our world dead, they are your enemies as much as mine. I have no respect for those that let others fight and die alone against a common enemy. If you won’t fight for the world, then fight to avenge your own kind. For a very long time the Dark Trolls lived under Mount Hyjal, only rarely coming into conflict with the Night Elves. The Cult used their tunnels to attack all over the mountain, and though I’ve sent many of my hunters to wipe out the remaining cultists in the caves, they have yet to see one living Dark Troll.”

 

    Leaning back as if just dealt a physical blow, the King deflated. “We… We thought they were in hiding or had left their homes to escape the war. If dis be true… A whole tribe gone… and Ik’nal the last of her kind. This… We must answer this. My people are divided, but even in times long past the elves or the humans never wiped out a tribe, never slaughtered unarmed women and children.”

 

    Remembering something he’d overheard, Goldrinn spoke once again. “You are not alone in mourning that tribe, Zandalari. When the Burning Legion invaded with their tide of walking dead and a demon lord sought to consume Hyjal’s world tree, the Dark Trolls rose up out of their caverns and fought side by side with the elves, humans, and Thrall’s Horde. Since Archimonde fell, Hyjal’s elves and trolls were at peace; I’ve heard more than one Kaldorei mourning their distant cousins butchered by the Cult.”

 

    Acknowledging the Ancient’s words, King Rastakhan was silent for a moment. “Goldrinn, my people have long ignored the world, caring only about our island. Who would you counsel us to work with?”

 

    This was an easy question to answer. “My champion is a man capable of great savagery, but tempers himself with honor and his obligations to his people. Varian Wrynn is not perfect, but he has devoted himself fully to being the best king and man he can be. Present your people to him as seeking justice for the genocide of your sister tribe and he will not turn you away. Also, do not doubt the Kaldorei’s understanding of vengeance; their leader Tyrande fought and bled shoulder to shoulder with the Dark Trolls and healed their wounded after the battle.”

 

    Rolling his shoulders, Goldrinn continued. “The Orc Warchief I do not trust. He is too concerned with chasing greatness and power; his pride will lead his people to ruin. Nor do I trust the free undead. Their people were created to destroy the living, and even free from direct control I fear that purpose still drives them.

 

    “Seek out Senegos on the Broken Isles. He leads the Azurewing brood, and they have discovered the lies and slavery binding their people; even now they work to free the dragons from both the Titans and the Old Gods. He is the one that will be able to help you directly, his people are successfully restoring Black dragons to sanity, and in time they will be able to restore land sunk beneath the waves.”

 

    Not quite believing that last part, Rastakhan voiced his doubt. “Why not have those dragons begin restoring lands lost now? I know that the Black Dragons have power over the earth.”

 

    Laughing, Goldrinn responded. “Because for a very long time they have not used their powers that way. Even if a sufficiently powerful Black dragon had their mind restored right now, their best effort to restore your island would almost surely sink the entire thing. They need practice putting their power to constructive ends.”

 

    With a grimace, Rastakhan understood. He was often amused by failures of new Mages or Shaman, at least when the explosions and such didn’t result in serious injuries. “Thank you Goldrinn, if there is nothing else, I have much to do now, my armies must be rallied and diplomats chosen. War is not something I relish, but the world must continue and evil must be put down.

 

    With a canine smirk, Goldrinn rose and readied himself to leave. “A good king must always be willing to fight for their people, Rastakhan. I have business to the south, but before I leave, a warning. I can smell deception, treason, and lust for power on the wind, even in your palace. I advise you to clean house before your armies sail forth. A Loa or two might be willing to assist you.”

 

    With that, Goldrinn left the palace and city. Many Trolls saw him scenting the air as he moved to the southernmost place in Zandalar before jumping into the water with a running leap. Many observers reported the same thing. “I never knew a wolf could swim that fast.”

 

    Back at Rastakhan’s palace, the King called upon the Loa of Kings, the being that had guided his line for a very long time. ‘Rezan’ was a dangerous being that wore the shape of a large Devilsaur, Azeroth’s evolution of Earth’s Tyrannosaur. He was dangerous if not respected, but honorable and fair. When he told Rastakhan he had become weak, relying on others when he should be leading himself, Rastakhan received the message loud and clear. That very afternoon with supernatural help he rooted out the traitors that had been advising him and ordered his army to prepare for battle. Tomorrow, he would lead the army in their march on the Prophet Zul, who had been seizing power wherever he could. With many things in motion, he summoned his daughter and sent her to Hyjal, tasking her to discover the truth of what had befallen their cousins. And hesitantly, he called on the Loa of Death to find out what he could about Goldrinn’s visit.

 

    Bwonsamdi being relieved to see him, and not someone else, was not exactly the reaction King Rastakhan had expected. When he asked for the Loa to share what he was willing, he got more than he expected.

 

    “Ah, so a long time ago, I was da head priest for the old Loa o Death, a nasty thing those Sandfury Trolls still worship. He was always takin, takin, takin, and never givin anything back. Always with the blood sacrifices and all dat nasty stuff. He elevated me to better serve him, letting me hab just a taste of powa. But I watched, and saw. And da tings he did, it’s not how da the Loa ought to act.” Unlike when Goldrinn had called on Bwonsamdi earlier, King Rastakhan had followed the normal procedure and found himself in a mental plane with the Loa. Everything around them could be influenced, and the way the realm darkened and trembled for a moment was proof that Bwonsamdi meant what he said. After a moment, the realm lightened again and the Loa began to move, as if standing still was unnatural for him. After pacing for a moment, the Loa turned back to Zandalar’s king.

 

    “Long story short, I plotted an schemed, and my old Master got torn apart by da wolf that visited us today. I always thought da wolf had no idea I’d used him like dat, but Goldrinn’s always been smarter and more honorable den people expect. Ancients and Loa are like distant cousins, da Ancients are stronger in da physical world and we be stronger in our personal realms.” Bwonsamdi wiped nonexistent sweat off his forehead before continuing. “For a minute, I thought I was gonna die earlier, no way I coulda beat Goldrinn in da physical world. Between you and me, I don’t like my chances even if I fought him in ‘Da Other Side.’”

 

    King and Loa spoke for a time after that, and Bwonsamdi proved talkative. Rastakhan was most intrigued by the Loa’s comment about the elves’ goddess. Sadly, no matter what he did, he couldn’t convince the Loa to explain it any further. “Elune’s not bad. She’s no Ancient or Loa, but she and I both protect da souls of our people; couldn’t call myself a Loa if I didn’t keep as many o dem as I could safe.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Goldrinn was grateful that his current swim was turning out to not be as long as he’d feared. But there was still a problem. The familiar scent led him through the ocean, but there was magic, powerful magic that kept turning him away with gray mists. It was a physical and visual effect, so the wolf closed his eyes and focused on following his nose while the rest of his mind worked to overcome the effect. He smirked when his feet touched rock, there was a sheer cliff going into the sea.

 

    Several hours later, he had navigated around until he’d reached a beach and stumbled forward, climbing through a pass that quickly led up into a mountain. But still the scent led him onward. Finally, when his nose and feet agreed he was standing in some poor farmer’s field, he dared to open his eyes. Ignoring the frightened farmer, with oddly familiar black and white fur, the Ancient walked around some sort of grain field that stood in the shadow of the Kun’Lai Mountains. “I thought the Sundering claimed this place! It’s good to know this land survived, but where is that damn cat?”

 

    Easily following his nose, Goldrinn loped through the mostly empty fields at a speed few could equal. He knew he’d found what he was looking for when he reached a temple with statues depicting a tiger. Standing at the base of the steep path leading to the temple, Goldrinn let loose a loud howl with a challenging note. He didn’t have to wait long before a white tiger with faint blue markings, nearly as large as himself but thickly muscled where he was more lean, leapt onto him from a neighboring cliff. With that, battle was joined.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    After about twenty minutes, Goldrinn closed his jaws around the tiger’s neck, strong enough to break skin, but only just barely. As if waiting for a count, after ten seconds the wolf released the tiger and stepped back. Both creatures were savaged and bloody, but there weren’t any lethal wounds. The two of them were silent for a moment before the tiger spoke in a booming voice. “Goldrinn! Where have you been for the last ten-thousand years? I thought you’d died when the world came apart!”

 

    “The demons killed me, though I slew more of them than I can count.” Seeing the disbelieving looks on the local’s faces, (Their traditional bout had attracted a crowd of onlookers.) Goldrinn let out a loud snort before he continued. “I got better, but it took a while. And what about you? Have you been here on this mountain for the last ten-thousand years? You missed all the good, peaceful years in the world from what I’ve heard. Now we have the fallen Dragon Aspect Deathwing and a death-cult working hard to kill everything alive. Your land has an impressive defense, it kept me out for all of half an hour when I was tracking your scent, but it won’t protect you if those of us actually fighting lose to Deathwing.”

 

    Looking as disturbed as a giant glowing tiger can, Xuen responded. “We believed that the rest of the world was gone, that Pandaria was all that was left.”

 

    Goldrinn scoffed. “The world was sundered, but not destroyed. Zandalar is just to the north, I can’t imagine how your scouts would have missed it. Farther north are the Broken Isles, and beyond them is Northrend. To the East is Kul Tiras, the Eastern Kingdoms and to the west is Kalimdor. I swam here from Kalimdor with a stop in Zandalar to call in a favor. I caught your scent on the wind, Xuen, and wanted to discover what had happened to you. The magic hiding this land is no match for me, and if it’s no match for me it will not stop Deathwing and the Old Gods when they come for you. I have much to do, but I was wondering if you’d be willing to join me for old time’s sake...”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Tendrion, Herald of Elune and the first Lunar Dragon, was not having the most pleasant time. As Goldrinn berated the ‘August Celestials’ (cousins of both Ancients and Loa, but ones who took after the Ancients more) and numerous panda-people for their isolation and refusal to aid the rest of the world, the drake was in Ironforge, being fitted with armor. He wasn’t exactly happy about it, but the last few weeks had proven beyond a doubt that his scales were not enough; he wasn’t stupid enough to purposefully collect scars. The last month had been one battle after another, burning and destroying the enemies of the goddess with his nine volunteers from Darnassus. It was a good, well-balanced group, but he missed Vespiona and the others. While the Dwarves hired to forge the armor were seemingly constantly fitting and re-fitting it to him, he let his thoughts wander.

 

    He had been worried about how Elune would choose to use him, about the things she would have him do. And while she had demanded much from him, the once Twilight drake couldn’t find it in himself to complain. His first mission had been to capture a Black dragon and her clutch, and while his team had balked at taking her alive, they had followed ‘the Herald’s’ orders. ‘Nalice’ had been hidden in cellars near the cursed tower of Karazhan, researching ways to safely empower her clutch; despite the call of the Old Gods, Nalice had made her children her priority. Now, Nalice lay chained in a warm cave on an island hidden by Elune herself, her clutch soaking in a Moonwell nearby as Elune slowly washed away the madness and corruption. Nalice’s clutch would hatch as Lunar whelps, Elune’s power forging them into her own dragonflight. Tendrion would have objected to that, but he’d come to understand that Elune truly cared about her people, all of her people. Those whelps would be safer under her banner than any other.

 

    Elune refused to change Nalice herself however, and the task of redeeming the Black dragon had been left to him as a puzzle and test. Tendrion… hadn’t had much of an idea how to even approach this, and at first had simply been spending time with the dragon. Ultimately, he had realized the only way to accomplish healing Nalice was to lay his own ‘claim’ on her and destroy the magic that bonded her to Deathwing and the Black Dragonflight in the process. He had begun threading his magic through Nalice, having no idea what he was doing but guided by Elune’s invisible hand as his power laid claim to the daughter of Nefarian. As he rested from his work, Elune had revealed that the magic she was helping him weave was similar to and different from what was being done to his friends and loved ones now living on a different world.

 

    In essence, he was stealing the captured dragon from Deathwing, her old Aspect and her old dragonflight. This made him nervous because it seemed that Elune wasn’t content with him merely being her Herald, she expected him to grow into a Dragon Aspect. The goddess didn’t deny that was her goal, and no matter what arguments he made that he couldn’t do it, he wasn’t good enough, that he wasn’t worthy of power and responsibility of that scale, she didn’t relent, simply sending him comforting feelings of trust and pride.

 

    As far as what else he’d been doing… He’d rooted out cultists hiding in plain sight in many towns and villages. No matter how they hid themselves, they couldn’t hide from him, the madness and corruption of the Old Gods seemed to be a stench that wafted from them, a darkness that could and couldn’t be seen. Other missions had involved altogether more violence, but had been satisfying on a personal level. While the Titans had made the Dragonflights themselves the primary enforcers of their laws, especially the laws governing their reproduction, there were redundancies, contingencies in case a pair of dragons evaded their own people or convincingly faked their own deaths. Small armies of mobile, fast, living stone constructs had been built long ago and had the blood of many innocents on their hands. The constructs were built and designed especially to take down dragons, but with his team and the blessings of Elune, Tendrion left nothing of them behind but ash and seared, lifeless stone.

 

    After the first few fights, Tendrion had decided that his new form was certainly an improvement. He didn’t mind the new colors: Pitch black save for the lunar white around around his talons, horns, and bone club and the shifting stars on the underside of his wings suited him. Physically he was just a little stronger, just a little faster, but the biggest change was that Elune had reworked his flesh, magic, and flame. A Twilight Dragon’s ability to steal magic from enemies through their flame was also a great weakness; take too much too fast and it could easily kill them. Tendrion’s flames, now solid black with a white outline, were more efficient and stole more magic as they destroyed and purified any existing magical creature, object, or spell. But now there was a buffer of sorts as the magic fed back into him and the stolen magic, at least the amounts he’d taken so far, could no longer overwhelm his flesh. As his flames consumed the magic stretched his reserves to contain more and more; seemingly without any upper limit at all. It was still extremely painful, however, as his reserves grew; but Tendrion wasn’t afraid of growing pains.

 

    While Tendrion missed his mate Vespiona, his brother in blood Ralion, that battered Black Talion and the loyal Caliona, he really couldn’t complain much. All his life he’d wanted to make a difference, and he was . He was saving lives, making progress on crippling the Cult, spreading hope and resolve everywhere he went. Though, he was a bit worried about his next task. Elune had blankly told him that Goldrinn was seeking to rescue a fellow Ancient that hadn’t yet returned to the world of the living. She had also told him that Goldrinn would need all the help he could get, but that she wouldn’t order him to help the Great Wolf.

 

    Tendrion had shuddered violently when he realized that Elune couldn’t order him to help. He and his ‘raiders’ had signed up regardless; he had six Kaldorei, a Dwarf, a Draenei, and a Human working together that had followed him since he asked for volunteers when he woke in Elune’s Temple. They had a week off now, while he got his armor and then traveled to Azurewing Repose. Apparently the dragons there could share a few skills he very much needed, the ‘mortal form’ and the ability to create and access a pocket dimension. A representative from Azurewing was going to open a portal for him as soon as his armor was completed, Elune wanted it enchanted by Senegos and empowered by Alexstrasza. He had been ordered not to tell Alexstrasza who had enchanted his armor, however.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    One week later, an extremely mixed group had assembled at Goldrinn’s shrine on the slopes of Mount Hyjal. All around Goldrinn were disparate groups; in one, Tendrion in his crimson and blue armor stood by the nine mortals who followed him. Aviana was speaking to Xuen and a daughter of Yu’lon eager to see the world who kept shifting nervously between her anthromagus form of a burnt orange-skinned elf and her long, green, twisting draconic Cloud Serpent true form. Vol’jin, the leader of the Darkspear Trolls aligned with the Horde stood stoically along with eight of his best Shadow Hunters, ready to help the group and aid their patron Loa Bwonsamdi in a mission or two once they reached the lands of the dead.

 

    The only other person present was the young Troll Talanji, the daughter of King Rastakhan; she sat quietly, having dried her tears before joining the group. Her father had sent her and a scouting force to discover the truth of the Dark Trolls, their cousins who had once dwelt beneath Hyjal. In the caverns beneath the mountain she had found naught but corpses and ash, even in their most secret places. Her report had already been sent to her father and king, in time the Twilight Hammer’s Cult would pay for their genocide of a mostly peaceful people tenfold. For now though, she was here to call forth Bwonsamdi so the Loa could send this very mixed raid, and raid was really the only word, on its way.

 

    As the time approached, Tendrion spoke. “None of us know for sure what we’re going to find on the other side. I don’t know why, but the greater powers are unable to share what we’ll find. We need to work together as much as we can, even as we spread out to gain our objectives. Vol'jin, Ancients, August Celestials, I give my word to lend aid if it is required if you will do the same. What say you?” After a chorus of affirmative shouts and growls, the drake continued. “Aviana, I will need your help. There is a soul I’ve been asked to find and recruit, one who lived honorably, fought and bled for this world unselfishly, and died a warrior’s death. I need help to travel unseen, would you be willing to aid me?”

 

    “I will aid you Lunar drake, though you are not easily hidden as you are now.” Letting out a short laugh, the drake that was twice the size of most others concentrated for a moment and then changed. Where before stood a dragon, now stood an upright Drakonid about seven feet tall, not counting the horns, with pitch black scales with pure white skin visible beneath. He was tall and muscled, and carried a spear and a shield. Tendrion had remained at Azurewing Repose for nearly a week and had barely slept at all, so much was there to do and learn. It had unnerved him at first, how warm his reception had been; he had been welcomed as if a friend.

 

    Jagragosa, younger mate of Senegos, had been eager to spend time with him and share her impressions of his old friends and the group she had traveled with for a time. He found himself deeply amused that the drakes who had refused to stop hunting him and his had now joined together with his former companions in a Dragonflight of those lost and cast aside. News that Vespiona was pregnant, but the human they had sworn fealty to would not, in fact could not allow her to rejoin him unless Azeroth was safe for her, had lit a fire within him. If every enemy on Azeroth needed to be defeated for his mate to rejoin him, it was time to get to work. Other than the dragon he kept chained in a cave, it was also the first time he was able to interact with fellow dragons without being forced to rely on so many lies. He had promised Stellagosa to visit when he had the time, but he wasn’t quite sure what to make of the friendly Blue so far.

 

    Not long after, Talanji performed the ritual to call Bwonsamdi and the Loa in turn opened a portal large enough for even Goldrinn to pass through. He spoke after the gateway was stable. “Come dis way to De Other Side, my humble home and place of powa. Don’t worry about wipin your feet, but please try not ta break anyting, I usually only have Trolls visit my home, not giant wolves and cats.”

 

    Passing into the Troll’s pocket dimension was… strange. It wasn’t like a normal portal, and once inside the air felt strange, even if it smelled like it was safe to breathe. Speaking up, Tendrion spoke as he looked around the landscape of Troll architecture mixed with grand sweeping vistas of dense jungle. “You know, I don’t know what I expected, but this isn’t so bad. You could probably recruit a few dragons if this where you keep your follower’s souls, Bwonsamdi.”

 

    With a smirk, the Loa turned to the Lunar drake and responded. “Are ya tinking about converting?

 

    With a small, stoic smile on his face, Tendrion answered in a quiet voice. “Sorry Loa, my soul is spoken for already.”

 

    Silently, the Loa led them through his personal realm until they reached what was obviously a gate. “Herald, I’m sure ya asked Elune what dis place be like, and found she wouldn’t answer ya. I be bound too, I can’t be warning ya or be much of a guide. All’a you, keep your eyes and ears open and learn what ya can, keep your weapons close and ya minds sharp. I can only help ya so much if dis comes to violence.”

 

    With that warning spoken, the gate opened, revealing a vast, utterly beautiful forest across a narrow bridge of stone. Tendrion spoke as he moved to Aviana, who shed her usual appearance to change into a rather large, exceptionally predatory bird. “Judging by the uniform mist in the distance, we’re in some sort of contained space, something like a pocket dimension. I need to hunt down that soul, I’ll catch up with you all later. Try to stay quiet and act like you belong, and don’t draw attention if you can help it. Goldrinn, I’m trusting you with my pack, lead them well.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Four hours of flight and a terrifying trip through some kind of dimensional fissure or space between dimensions, Aviana set Tendrion down in a field of golden wheat. Elune had gifted her Herald with two items for this task, and to reach here he’d been following the pull of a small gemstone. It had been an offering given to Elune long ago, and the goddess had enchanted it for this task. In the distance, two blue-skinned winged figures could be seen. With a nod to Aviana, Tendrion cast a simple invisibility spell on himself and stalked forward.

 

    When he reached the two, the female winged figure was speaking, lecturing in a patient tone. “You need to let go of your mortal burdens, forget your mortal life. We have much to do here and now , Uther.”

 

    The longer Tendrion was here, the more he hated this place. First Ardenweald, and now Bastion, both places could be felt pulling at his mind. He almost didn’t dare to consider why Elune kept her people’s souls on Azeroth as Wisps, forest spirits, until they were ready to reincarnate or move on. Approaching the two, Tendrion dropped his spell and approached, coming close to the human he respected more than any other. Dropping to one knee, he spoke.

 

    “And why should one of Azeroth’s greatest heroes forget a life well lived ? Lord Uther, I have business with you on behalf of another. But first, I need to thank you. We never met, in fact I wasn’t born until years after your death, but in my darkest hour, when I was lost and alone and had no idea what to do, I found a book written about the heroes of the Second War. Your words: ‘Always do what you think is right at the time. You might not be right when all’s said and done, but you’ll live a life without regrets.’ They gave me strength and resolve when I needed them most. Every life I’ve saved, every act of justice or mercy, is only because you gave me hope when I needed it most.”

 

    Both were quiet for a moment. The winged female studied the Drakonid kneeling in front of her student intensely. Uther responded, reaching out to help the creature to his feet. “Rise. Your actions are your own my friend. I am glad my words gave you aid. What can I do for you?”

 

    Suddenly, the female launched forward, knocking Tendrion down and back. Holding him by his throat, she spoke in a demanding tone that promised violence if he refused to answer. “You are not one of the dead! You are still alive! How did you get into Bastion?! What are you doing here?!”

 

    Smirking in spite of the blood trickling from his split lip, Tendrion laughed and said only one word. “Aviana.”

 

    Devos, a ‘Kyrian’ for untold centuries, was more than a match for Tendrion’s anthromagus form. (For now at least; the dragon was still getting used to his second form and could only really fight in his true form.) She was less of a match for the Ancient who was currently wearing the shape of a giant peregrine falcon. Thrown head over heels, she didn’t notice Tendrion regaining his feet and throwing a small runestone at her chest. She did notice when the runestone activated and the stored spell hit her, trapping her in a block of ice. Wiping the blood from his face, Tendrion bowed to Aviana and turned to Uther. “I get the feeling she’s going to be very mad when that spell breaks. Lord Uther, I am the Herald of Elune, and she asked me to give you a message. Azeroth burns once again, and there are never enough champions to ensure the next dawn rises. Elune offers you a way to return to Azeroth and stand against the darkness once again.”

 

    Looking at the dragon, Uther was hesitant. “And what does Elune want in return?”

 

    Suddenly the air stilled and it felt as if a cool night’s breeze began blowing across the land. Tendrion spoke again, but his voice was feminine and powerful. “Uther, you lived an honorable life. You were a defender, a champion, a protector. You were kind and fair, noble and just. My offer has only one condition, that when you walk the world of the living once more, you do what you believe to be right. I do have a simple request, though you are free to choose to fulfill it or not. I would ask that if my children wish to learn from you, that you would teach them your ways.”

 

    Uther reeled back in shock. “I… I cannot teach again… My last student, he betrayed me! He betrayed our people and our king … I would never trust myself to teach again.”

 

    With a sad smile on another’s face, Elune stepped closer to Uther. Reaching into the pocket dimension she had helped Tendrion create, she withdrew the second item she had given her Herald for this mission. In both her hands, she now held a war-hammer. The rectangular cube of stone was white, the same shade as the White Lady in Azeroth’s sky with one striking surface flat and the other a sharp, pointed tip. The handle was gray wood that wove around the stone, and had striations of blue occurring naturally in the grain. Elune spoke again.

 

    “My time is short, my Herald is young and can only withstand so much strain. You did not fail Arthas. The sword that wounded your soul did worse to him as the first to touch the blade but he never stopped fighting, never gave up and never surrendered. To his dying breath, he fought against the thing he became. When he could do nothing else, your student nudged the monster wearing his body to make mistakes, mistakes that saved countless lives. If the Lich King had waged war wisely , had brought his full might against the world, all would have been lost. That is why I want you to guide my children, Champion.”

 

    When Elune stopped speaking, the air returned to normal and Tendrion stumbled briefly. Looking back to Uther, he knelt and offered Elune’s War-mace. “If that’s true… I cast my student, my prince , a man I cared for like a son into hell. I…”

 

*Start dramatic soundtrack of your choice*

 

    Tendrion spoke once more. “A power greater than herself muzzles Elune, does not permit her to speak of this place Lord Uther. But, I can feel her revulsion, her hate of this place. I can feel this broken afterlife pulling at my mind, trying to make me submit, to force me to serve, even as Elune guards my mind. I can sense it on the air, there is some horrific secret here that mortal souls are blinded to. I give you my word, my oath, that one day, we will return and leave not one stone standing on another. These, these shadowed lands take and take and take. Stand with us, and once Azeroth is safe we will bring Justice here.”

 

    With a decision made, Uther reached out and took the war-hammer. As he did, he felt a change within himself, and he felt more whole than he had since his death. All the blue in his skin and hair faded away, and his wings evaporated into smoke. The armor that was a part of him vanished for a moment before it returned, appearing similar to how it did in life, every feature still there, but now with undertones of lunar white. Opposite the sigil of Lordaeron, a small, unassuming crescent moon appeared. As all the half-applied mental bindings fell away, as Elune’s power formed a shield around his mind, Uther lifted up the hammer. “It feels good to have a familiar weight in my hands again. Where are we needed?”

 

    With a genuine smile on his face and a hero whose tales of valor, determination, and honor had convinced him to save that first Green drake, to realize that even if he couldn’t stop the war or save his people, he could do this one thing and leave the world a better place, standing at his side, Tendrion answered. “We need to head to Ardenweald, that’s where our first task is. Hopefully we won’t need to fight, but if we do they won’t know what hit them.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Two days later, Ardenweald had been both perilous and profitable. Both of the Mages in Tendrion’s raiding group had learned to create portkeys from Stellagosa when they had visited him at Azurewing Repose, and that had saved them so many times now. They had visited each of the ‘glades,’ stealing the souls being ‘tended’ there as the souls released ‘anima,’ an extremely powerful substance. Tendrion had been standing near Vol’jin when the troll had figured out what the substance actually was. After a tirade of cursing in a half-dozen languages, the leader of the Darkspear Trolls and Head Shadow Hunter spat out his epiphany. “Dis anima, it be power taken from da souls o da dead, dere lives, dere experiences, all dere emotions and hardships and victories. But dats not all it is. Anima, it has slivers o de souls demselves in it! If dis afterlife take da anima, den send de souls back to live again an again, each time de souls get weaker, get ground down! Sooner or later, de souls get too weak and fall apart into nothing!”

 

    Xuen, the white tiger of Pandaria spoke up in a somber voice. “It is worse than even that. The soul is the grounding for the mind, for the spirit! When it starts to fray, the only result can be madness. How many of our world’s problems are caused by souls shaved down to nearly nothing, souls that have been harvested here!?

 

    As they made their final collection trip at the last conveniently concentrated grouping of souls in ‘wildseed’ pods, they ran into a problem as they attempted to leave. That problem turned out to have three distinct parts. First, a barrier fell over the glade, making magical travel of any kind impossible. Second, the native army they had been evading the last two days was now encircling them as the magic hiding their presence was dispelled. To be honest, with enough effort the first two problems could have been solved in one way or another, but the third part of the problem was a very, very angry Winter Queen, ruler of the Night Fae, and one of the only six ‘Eternal Ones’ known to exist. Her power and rage were palpable and it was only the direct intervention of Goldrinn and Xuen, using their power to bolster the mortals and dragon, that allowed them to continue breathing. Goldrinn and Xuen even hesitated to attack her, so great was the gulf between their power and hers.

 

    (Boss music starts to play.)

 

    With a voice that caused a cold, biting pain in all who heard it, the Winter Queen strode into the glade. She was tall, easily fourteen feet (4.2 meters) in height, imperious and looked human or elven with the addition of ‘antlers’ that were actually flowering branches; she wore an elaborate blue robe, with a wide trailing cape. Ignoring the snarling Goldrinn and Xuen, she stalked directly to Tendrion. “So, my sister’s pet invades my realm and steals the souls under my care. You have hidden them all in your pocket dimension, I have been watching you . This sacrilege will not go unpunished but if you return those souls to my care, you will find more mercy than if I have to tear them out of you .”

 

    In response, Tendrion raised himself up to his full height and stared unflinchingly at the Winter Queen. He had defied gods before, what could doing it once more hurt? “You have no more right to them than I, and as long as they are in my care, they will remain whole and unharmed. You will be allowed to continue sucking them dry over my charred, burning, corpse.”

 

    While brave, that was possibly not the smartest thing to say to what could be accurately described as a wrathful god. Armor or no armor, Tendrion lost nearly a minute from the instant he saw her moving towards him to when he came back to himself thirty feet away against a tree with a broken wing. In that time, Xuen and Goldrinn had both lunged for the Queen, been caught and thrown as if they were mere children’s toys, and been introduced to trees of their own. Where Goldrinn was able to land on his shoulder, Xuen impacted his head with a sickening crack and did not rise, though he continued to breathe.

 

    As the Winter Queen moved to stand over the armored drake, Elune took control of her Herald. While she began to move the body, Tendrion took control of his magic and began working feverishly. Once again with a voice that did not fit the mouth it left, the goddess spoke. “Hello again, sister. I see you are still drinking deeply from the anima of the dead. I had hoped you would see it is wrong to abuse your subjects so.”

 

    With a calm and cruel smile on her face, the Queen responded. “Oh, don’t be so condescending, sister. You are more than the broken, tattered thing you were when we first met. Do not pretend you have not been doing the same.”

 

    “I drink deeply of my people’s belief! Of devotion built on the sure foundation of promises made and promises kept! I take only what is freely given, what my people choose to give me. I do not lie to them, I do not deceive them! Their freedom to choose, their choice to serve me makes my sustenance sweeter than you could possibly imagine!”

 

    With a dark laugh, the Winter Queen responded. “And such poor meals belief makes. Long before you existed, I once fed as you do. No wonder you are still so weak!”

 

    As the Winter Queen continued forward to begin usurping control of Tendrion’s pocket dimension, Uther gripped his hammer in white knuckles. This was an opponent far beyond him, hell, it was an enemy beyond even the Great Wolf. (Even Lordaeron had tales of the Great Wolf, whose determination and will could not be stopped, even by death.) With the confidence of a man running to his own death, but at peace with his choice, Uther the Lightbringer charged his foe, hammer ready to strike. Even as the world slowed around him, Uther paid it no mind. If he was going to die again, it would be for a good cause and in noble company. To his surprise, his attack was not as ineffectual as he expected.

 

    (Belief had a power all its own, granted it couldn’t strengthen an individual as quickly as consuming the shards of souls in anima could, but it was not useless either. Normally a mortal soul was incapable of directly benefiting from this power, but Uther had Elune rooting for him. Since the raiding group had left Azeroth behind her priests and priestesses had been busy. In every chapel and cathedral, in front of every race that would hear them, they had spoken at length of how the soul of one of Azeroth’s greatest heroes would be fighting a great battle in the afterlife, against a foe he could never hope to defeat.

 

    Prayers to the Light, to the Narru, to the Earthmother, to Azeroth herself, to the Loa, and to the Tidemother in every language of Azeroth had pleaded for Uther’s spirit to be granted strength against an impossible foe. Uther had lived a life of service, had been honorable in life and death, and as the prayers and well-wishes continued, people began to share stories of how Uther was the only reason a father, mother, or even themselves still lived. Even a few of the oldest living Orcs joined in, sharing tales of a great warrior wielding both a hammer and the Light as he fought with honor against them when their race had fallen into darkness. More than one of the other powers of Azeroth decided to ‘chip in’ a little power as well.)

 

    As Uther moved, Elune began funneling that belief, that power, into him. But even that was not nearly enough to stand against the Winter Queen. In life, Uther was a Paladin of the Silver Hand, a warrior that wielded a primordial force of creation alongside his hammer. Uther’s new hammer was special, it was a gift to a man Elune had chosen to be her champion. Through it, Elune helped Uther drink from the Light more deeply than he ever could have as a creature of flesh. More than was safe, in fact. Golden light surrounded Uther’s weapon as it flew through the air and struck the Winter Queen in her gut. Uther himself was nearly as surprised as his target when she went flying through the air. Only in his own head did he acknowledge the pain, the sensation of his soul beginning to fray as he directly channeled the Light in quantities far beyond anything he’d accomplished as a mortal. But if it lets me strike this blood god down, so be it!

 

    While Uther bought them time, as Goldrinn and the mortals guarded their draconic healer working feverishly on Xuen, Tendrion trusted Elune with his body. His focus was far afield now, his magic already surging as his plan of last resort was flung into motion. It was hard to shape magic so far away, and the materials resisted his efforts, but his own will was indomitable . He would not fail Uther. He would not fail his new mortal friends. He would not fail Goldrinn. He would not fail Elune.

 

    After a full two minutes of Uther challenging the Winter Queen, Elune’s amused voice rang out from his mouth once more. Tendrion had heard the goddess whisper to Uther, how the man only needed to stand for a few moments to ensure their victory. Even as she spoke through him again, Elune was also urging Uther to step back, whispering that the appearance of strength was more important that the reality now. “Tell me sister, can you sense anything amiss? Can you sense the peril of your realm? Can you smell it on the wind yet?”

 

    Pausing as she prepared to strike down a flagging Uther, the ruffled but wholly uninjured Winter Queen sent her senses out through the land that was utterly hers. “What have you done Elune! What…”

 

    Looking out towards the massive tree that dominated the horizon, the Queen gasped as she saw the tendrils of smoke beginning to rise. With a dark laugh, Elune continued. “I promise you that that is no ordinary fire that now threatens your realm, sister! If you and your forces hurry now and give your entire attention to extinguishing the flames you might be able to save Ardenweald. If you stay and fight us, if you dally even for a moment, you will lose everything . You receive new souls all the time, but you only have one realm. Choose quickly or lose it all, sister.

 

    (Every time they had spoken, the word ‘sister’ had gained more and more venom, but Elune’s last word was positively dripping acid. )

 

    The Winter Queen, for just an instant, spared Elune a look of burning hatred. Then she turned away and from every corner of Ardenweald her voice echoed. “Hear me! Everyone is to begin extinguishing the fires at once! Ignore the intruders, we will deal with them later.”

 

    The army swiftly left, rushing to deal with the columns of smoke that were now visible in every direction. Suddenly alone, the invaders felt a sense of relief, along with the collective epiphany that it was time to leave. Elune spoke one final time before she withdrew, her entire focus now on keeping Tendrion alive. While Elune’s alterations to her Herald’s flames and flesh allowed him to take in much more magic, to make it part of him, so many different fires burning highly magical objects at once were beyond his normal limit, at least for now. “Goldrinn, you must carry my Herald, if either he or I lose concentration for even a moment he will die. You must place him in a Moonwell as soon as possible.”

 

    Nodding in understanding, Goldrinn motioned for Yu’lon’s daughter to place Xuen on his back. As soon as his cousin was secured with a few ropes, Tendrion’s body was secured as well. The Great Wolf made no complaint as he bore a weight greater than his own as the group began to hurry away, needing to reach beyond the travel ward to escape. During their hasty retreat, Aviana rejoined them. When Vol’jin asked where she had been she responded with patience even as a magical wind began to blow behind them, hastening their steps. “Tendrion had a plan in case we met a foe beyond us here. When he called for it, his missing mage set off portkeys made of logs burning with his flames, and I went here and there and fanned them. We must make haste now, while I wish it was beyond them, we must escape before our enemies extinguish the flames.”

 

    True to his bargain, Bwonsamdi was waiting for them at the gate to his personal realm. He was obviously impressed at the chaos this group had caused. It had been more than enough for his own ends, and an old, hated enemy had received a personal delivery of the drake’s flames. Watching the group hurry through, he was impressed with the choked order the drake had given the mage controlling their delivery of magical fire. As they rushed past, Tendrion had simply said: “Send out everything. Let the forests burn. My flames will not harm innocent souls.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    With a bit of help from Aviana, the once-peninsula that contained the afterlife entrance to Bwonsamdi’s personal realm became an island with the destruction of the stone bridge connecting it to Ardenweald. With a favorable breeze, the new island began moving to the edge of the pocket dimension that encompassed Ardenweald. As the Ancient and Loa moved to catch up to the others, Bwonsamdi felt rather smug. He’d struck down an old enemy for all time and in the confusion and upheaval gripping Ardenweald stole enough of the land to upgrade his personal realm into something that with careful work would eventually rival Ardenweald or Bastion. O, but it’ll be even better den de others, cause I ain’t gonna be snacking on de souls dat come through. I know dat powa not earned always has a cost.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Beaten but not defeated, the group made it back to Azeroth to see nearly every priestess of Elune waiting for them with healing supplies on hand. Uther, as a soul without a body, was forced to remain a guest of Bwonsamdi until Tendrion had recovered enough to place him within the drake’s personal pocket dimension. (A priestess did step through to help heal the numerous injuries he’d received fighting the Winter Queen. All involved were rather confused about how exactly that worked, given that Uther existed as a soul without true flesh or bone, but the healing magic did it’s job anyway.)

 

    There was some hesitation among the Night Elven healers about treating Vol’jin and the other Trolls who had fought the forces of Ardenweald, but Tyrande put an end to that by taking care of Vol’jin’s injuries herself. “The Dark Trolls were not our closest friends, and we did not always get along. It still turns my stomach that their people are gone, Vol’jin. When we needed them, they fought alongside us against the Legion. Please spread the word that if there are any survivors, they will be welcome in Darnassus. If my people had known what the Twilight’s Hammer was planning, we would have fought for our neighbors.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Five days later, Tendrion was back ‘to work’ once more. He was also desperately attempting to ignore the innate connection he shared with Elune. As it turned out, Elune’s thoughts on Goldrinn had been… complex. For all the years he spent wallowing in violence and blood-lust, she had thought he could be better, be more. After fighting and dying in the War of the Ancients the Great Wolf had become more thoughtful and had set out to improve himself in any way he could. Apparently, his task of locating and recovering the Ancient Ashamane, a much beloved individual, had been part of a test to see if he’d really changed or was going to fall back into his old ways. As far as Tendrion knew, Elune’s only child was Cenarius, a being fathered by the Ancient Malorne a very, very long time ago.

 

    Tendrion had come to realize that Elune was either unable or unwilling to physically exist outside her sanctum, a place that was a kind of pocket dimension that physically existed on the moon itself. Though, she could work through people like himself or Tyrande. Elune’s sanctum wasn’t an easy place to exist for mortals or even dragons, so the only visitors she could have were extremely powerful beings like the Ancients or Dragon Aspects. (He was an exception, thanks to the fact that Elune had personally altered his body.) Elune’s home was made of beautifully carved luminous white stone, often overgrown with flowering vines, and contained every offering Elune had ever been given. ( So many rice cakes… Tendrion didn’t mind them, but even if his new body could actually sustain itself on the hundreds of thousands of sweetened cakes that existed in Elune’s realm, he still preferred meat. )

 

    As for why he was trying to limit his perception of Elune’s current activities? Well apparently the relationship with Malorne so long ago hadn’t worked out, with the Ancient sharing too few similarities with Elune. Goldrinn, however, had more in common with the goddess. Most citizens of Azeroth assumed Elune was only a peaceful creature, those people had never felt the goddess in their minds, driving them to avenge murders she was forced to watch, but unable to stop. Elune wasn’t an aggressive being, but she wasn’t passive either. She understood that evil had to be fought and innocents protected.

 

    (So many Titan constructs lay in ruin now, the dragons, whelps, and even eggs they’d killed avenged. Before he had burned each installation, Elune had insisted he copy the meticulous records of where and when the constructs had acted; it was a confusing request until he realized that the human his friends had sworn loyalty to also had a Bronze dragon in his service. Tendrion and Elune had shared the satisfaction in those victories, and it had taught the drake an important lesson: Sometimes, war and destruction were not just justified, they were necessary .)

 

    Using combat to force down everything he felt from Elune and her new consort apparently making up for at least a ten-thousand year dry spell, he refocused on the present. His faithful raiding team was in combat, along with the additions of a contingent of twenty Ironforge Dwarves on loan from the Explorer’s League, including Brann Bronzebeard himself, thirty elite soldiers of Stormwind’s Seventh Legion, and Blue dragons from Azurewing Repose, with eight Dragonspawn, Jagragosa and Stellagosa, both of whom were familiar with the installation they were besieging. (An advantage to being Elune’s Herald was that when he told people ‘There’s something we need to destroy or we might all die.’ they listened.) They were in the deserts of Uldum today, fighting their way into a Titan stronghold called the ‘Halls of Origination’ for more than one purpose.

 

    The stronghold, rising out of the sands as a pyramid of stone, was the true source of the near destruction of Azeroth not very long ago. A fail-safe was triggered during the campaign to root the Old God’s forces out of the larger Titan complex of Ulduar, and if the correct signal had not been sent in the aftermath the machine in this base would have activated and reduced everything on or above Azeroth’s planetary crust to base elements. Needless to say, the destruction of such a device was in the best interest of everything currently alive on the planet. ( Especially since the Titan’s diagnostic system had already made the decision to activate the device.)

 

    Although the guardians, living stone constructs for the most part though there were some undead mixed in, put up a hard fight, Tendrion had come prepared. If needed his group of ten could have secured the facility on their own, though it would have been a long slog. There was a close call when the ‘Origination’ dual-purpose planet shaping and doomsday weapon nearly activated before Brann was able to disarm it. Still, the Dwarves from a group dedicated to exploring the past proved argumentative when Tendrion announced their plans to destroy the base to prevent the Origination device from being triggered if they should ever lose control of the facility. But they did brighten up a bit at his next decision. “Brann, I heard you’ve used a Titan Forge before. There’s one here, somewhere. We’re going to put it to use. I recently visited the afterlife and collected a few souls, so between you, the lovely Blue dragons, and myself we’re going to figure out a way to stick a soul in a Titan construct.”

 

    Ultimately, Brann and Tendrion worked together over the Forge’s controls as the wyrm and drake wove magic. After a few mistakes, their first success was one of the Dark Trolls killed by the Twilight’s Hammer. After refusing to admit to using him as a test subject to be sure the process was safe, Brann and the dragons rolled up their sleeves. The second soul to be re-embodied was Uther himself, and Tendrion was eager to present Elune’s Hammer to him again. Some of the Dwarves and Seventh Legion troops had been hesitant to work with an unknown species of dragon, but seeing one of their heroes, one of the true champions of Lordaeron, brought back to life removed their doubts. Uther had a question, however. “I’m glad to be back on Azeroth, but is there a reason I’m taller and somewhat more draconic than before?”

 

    And it was true, Uther’s new body of living stone had clawed hands, a thick scaled tail and other slightly draconic features. The man was still clearly recognizable as Uther the Lightbringer, however. With a shrug, Tendrion answered him. “Well, I’ll admit to probably having a different opinion on the tail than you, once you get used to it it’ll help your balance tremendously. Other than that, I’m still getting used to this interface. If it really bothers you, I can make another attempt, but that would mean that someone else wouldn’t get a body today.”    

 

    As they moved through the souls stored in his pocket dimension, they got better at letting the soul in question influence the shape of the stone construction. Ashamane came out as a Siberian tiger sized ash-gray panther with draconic front limbs as well as the ability to breathe fire. Ursoc, a bear-shaped Ancient, was next and looked about right with only a few scales here and there; though he was much smaller than the last time he lived. Ursol, his twin brother walked out of a portal to the Emerald Dream nearly the same moment his brother was mobile to whisk Ursoc away to a quiet corner of the Dream to recover his strength. Tendrion convinced the two to stay for a time, and take all the souls that had received new bodies to the same place in the Dream, the location where the husk of G’Hanir, the first world tree and the source of all others, still stood. Through Elune, Tendrion was aware that a great number of Crimson Oaks and other trees had been planted there, and in fact the drakes sent with the Druid Thisalee Crow had propagated dozens more to flood the Dream with even more Life and Fire magic.

 

    As they worked, a surprise came up. A winged serpent with draconic claws came out of the Forge, and several people immediately went for weapons, assuming the creature was Hakkar, a Loa known as the Soul Flayer or blood god. Speaking up, Tendrion grabbed their attention. “Hold on, I don’t think this is Hakkar! Loa, please tell us your name.”

 

    “I am Quetz’lun, Loa of Cunning and formerly a friend to the Drakkari tribe of Trolls.” Shifting her new body around, the Loa winced at the sound of grinding stone as she examined the additions to her form. “While I’m not fond of the stone body, I appreciate the early release from the afterlife. It’s not all bad though, I’ve never had hands before.”

 

    With a tired smile, Tendrion spoke to the surprisingly feminine-sounding Loa. “Welcome back to Azeroth Quetz’lun. When we discovered that the souls of this world were being consumed, shard by shard, by the creatures that collect the souls of the dead we chose to abscond with as many souls as we could. I’d recommend sticking with us for now, after we let the stone bodies absorb magic in the Emerald Dream Elune has a plan to restore you to flesh. From there your own magic should take control of your biology and allow you to grow until you’re back to normal.”

 

    Slithering to the side, the Loa relaxed against the wall as she flexed her wings and claws. They weren’t exactly human hands, but they would allow her to grasp things in the way her old, scythe-bladed arms hadn’t. Honestly, that seemed like something of a major flaw in hindsight. Quetz’lun watched Tendrion and the others operate the Titan machinery for hours, squeezing the Halls of Origination for every scrap of material and magic possible. She was in a rather good mood, all things considered, as she greeted many friends that had been betrayed and murdered by the Drakkari in their desperation. She was distinctly amused to see Rhunok, a Loa that took the form of an arctic bear gradually drifting over to the twin Ancients Ursoc and Ursol, and found herself hoping that her friend struck up a friendship. A mistake the Loa, or at least the ones that worked with the Drakkari, had made was their isolation. When the tribe of Ice Trolls had turned on them in ambushes, they had no one to turn to and nowhere to go.

 

    As the rather magnificent drake finished with the last Loa and began to spread his efforts evenly between dragons, a tribe of Trolls who had apparently recently been wiped out, humans, Worgen, and elves, Quetz'lun turned her attention to the other dragons that had stepped back and were now observing the process. Having nothing better to do with her time, she moved over, slightly annoyed at the rasp of stone on stone as she slithered. By the time the Forge’s magic and material had been exhausted, she was ready to call Stellagosa and Jagragosa friends. After changing into her mortal form, Stella had been happy to assist her with ‘fixing’ the colors of her new body. With a careful use of overpowered color-changing charms learned from Earth, Quetz'lun soon looked nearly as striking as she did when alive and in her proper form.

 

    Off to the side, Jagragosa found herself highly amused as the way young Stella and the returned Loa had been sneaking glances at Tendrion. He was a loyal, strong, kind, and handsome drake after all, and Stella was at the age where many drakes began seeking their mates. Quetz'lun turned out to be young for a Loa, and had never found a male worth courting before. (She had violently turned down Hakkar. Even if he was the only other sentient creature with the same shape, Quetz'lun had never been desperate enough to bed a blood god.) By the time the Forge was depleted and the fortress on fire, Jagragosa had decided to encourage both of them to form a family around the drake. Once Azeroth was safer Harry Potter would send Tendrion’s mate, Vespiona, through and she wanted the poor stressed drake to have a welcoming family when she returned. Elune obviously had big plans for Tendrion, Jag assumed as the Aspect of the new Lunar Dragonflight. Her mate would be annoyed if he had to train another to take up the leadership of the Azurewing, but would agree that Stella’s happiness was more important.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Deciding not to be wasteful Tendrion burned the entire Titan complex with his flames, and when they had consumed and destroyed everything they could, the Seventh Legion detachment set off a massive chain of explosives. Then Tendrion burned the rubble. (When dealing with a doomsday device, it paid to be thorough. ) As mages opened portals to various locations, the drake turned to the commander of the Legion troops, and the head of the Explorer’s League. “Sergeant, Brann, you’re free to head home and rest or whatnot. My next target is a hidden continent south of Zandalar which is currently protected by some kind of magical mists. Our primary goals will be to subjugate or neutralize a civilization that worships the Old Gods and to capture another Titan Forge. Be extremely careful who you tell about this, both targets could turn the war against us if our enemy secures them first.

 

    “Unlike the ones we used earlier, the Forge complex is made entirely to create stone soldiers and we’re going to fortify it, though it has already been tampered with so taking control will be difficult. This might be a chance for the Zandalari to shine, if we frame the mission as destroying a mutual enemy before they rally against us. Sergeant, please see if you can convince King Wrynn to provide an airship. I can probably convince the Azurewing to enchant it in exchange for its use. Be advised, I’m going to be recruiting as many Blood Elves, Darkspear Trolls, and Tauren as I can. In times like this we all need to work together.”

 

    Working together to face evil was a message people could get behind, apparently. Five days later, Uther and Tendrion in his anthromagus form walked through the gate of Stormwind city. Uther had absorbed enough magic from the Emerald Dream fairly quickly, and was glad to see this city once more. It was an emotional return to the human capital, for both Uther and King Wrynn. Uther found himself spending much of his time at the Cathedral of the Light, healing and teaching the Alliance’s Paladins that began to pour in, desperate for a tip or two from one of the greatest of their order.

 

    Six days after Uther returned to Stormwind the Skyfire, the most powerful of the current Alliance airships was fully enchanted, and the pilots on the ship were constantly complaining about how low they had to keep the four massive engines that kept it aloft. In exchange for heavily enchanting the airship, the ship had been promised to Tendrion for any mission that protected the world at large in addition to access to the full technical specifications. The magical retrofit had been extensive; seven expanded cubes provided by the Azurewing each powered a dedicated wardstone. Before the ship had been powerfully armed for the world whose skies it flew along with carrying a small complement of gryphon riders and small aircraft. Now, the Skyfire could carry an army and serve as a siege weapon on it’s own thanks to rune-anchored feather-light charms and spacial expansions.

 

    Uther was in good spirits from seeing Stormwind again, but Tendrion was glad to see the next step in Elune’s plan begin. Since burning down the doomsday weapon in Uldum, Elune’s Herald had spent a great amount of time around Stellagosa and Quetz'lun, both seemingly eager to be in his company. To the amusement of a variety of individuals, he was oblivious to their interest in him and simply enjoyed their friendship. Both had been allowed to visit his current home, and been impressed with how he was stealing Nalice from their enemies.

 

    On Stellagosa’s advice, he had begun sleeping next to the Black dragon along with Stella and Quetz'lun, both to accelerate the magic working through her and provide a physical comfort both he and she were unused to. It had been awkward at first, but it had proven calming for everyone involved. Quetz'lun had nearly as little experience with positive interactions as he did, if you didn’t count the treacherous Drakkari that had once worshiped her. It was a strange group that was gathering around him, that was for certain. He succeeded in suppressing the memory of the words of an amused goddess that visited his dreams, complimenting him on his taste in consorts.

 

    As the Skyfire made its way to Zandalar to meet up with the navy of the Zandalari empire, Tendrion, Uther, Stellagosa, and Quetz'lun stood at the bow. While life hadn’t taken the path any of them expected, the air that rushed past their faces seemed to carry with it a sense of hope. Great change was sweeping Azeroth, and with luck and much effort, it might just be enough to see every enemy thrown down and every old evil vanquished.

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

   

   

A/N: That quote of Uther’s, “Always do what you think is right at the time. You might not always be right when all’s said and done, but you’ll live a life without regrets.” Is actually something my grandfather, who passed away recently, liked to say. I thought it fitting to include here.

 

Please leave a review, each one helps motivate me to keep writing.

 

And yes, thanks to Elune Tendrion is the only dragon in existence that can thrive on a diet entirely of sweetened rice cakes, the favored offering to Elune. I like to imagine that Elune’s had to expand her pocket dimension several times over the years just to make room for them all.

 

Other things: A few years before this takes place in Warcraft, the Drakkari Ice Trolls decided to kill their gods and steal their power. Obviously nothing could go wrong with that plan. The Drakkari were somehow shocked when everything went wrong. Quetz'lun has almost as blank a slate in the lore as is possible, she’s the ‘Loa of Cunning’ and when her priests murdered her, she created a new underworld realm and trapped all but one of them inside with her last breath. That’s it. Being pissed at getting murdered is something universal and doesn’t really say much. I was looking at the lore, and I realized she’s basically Azeroth’s Daphne Greengrass, just a little more powerful. (And also dead, sort of? Cannon isn’t terribly consistent with death of Loa in particular, and that isn’t even counting ‘Shadowlands.’)

 

You might guess from reading this that I’m not a fan of the current Blizzard expansion or writers, and you’d be right. Elune always seemed like an interesting character, so I hope I’m doing her justice here. Also, in cannon Elune and Goldrinn have an interesting relationship, in this fic Goldrinn’s made an effort to be a better person and Elune’s rewarded him by offering him the position of her consort. Given that Elune, while peaceful, doesn’t shy away from battles and wars that must be fought, a Goldrinn that wants to be more than an animal feels like a better fit than Malorne anyway. Elune sort of feels bad that when her son died she got him back, but Goldrinn lost everything he cared about. So she’s giving him a lot more children, Cenarius is going to be playing big brother to a lot of wolf-centaur kids. Uther’s going to be teaching one or two the ways of the Paladin and how to be a hero. I have the amusing mental image of Uther trying to teach a couple teens that are basically mini-Cenarius with wolf-parts instead of deer-parts how to be Paladins. At least they won’t need mounts.

 

My goal is to write cannon characters better than their original creators. I don’t know how I’m doing with Harry and friends, but at least my Elune is never going to send thousands of her chosen people to hell by accident.





Chapter 31: Chapter 31: Scales of My Own

Chapter Text

Thank you to everyone who reviewed the last chapter! I loved reading everyone’s thoughts on how my fic compared to the Warcraft Cannon.

 

A big thank you to my betas, who helped me fix problems and shave off rough edges in this almost 19k word monster of a chapter!

 

Now buckle up, there’s a lot happening in this chapter.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Chapter 31: Scales of my Own

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    One week after Harry Potter had left England, Lucius Malfoy was getting very nervous. Minister Fudge had gone off the deep end and Diagon Alley was now a police state, subject to a strict curfew. Fudge’s pet Aurors were now acting more and more like common street criminals, harassing both those with supposedly impure blood and those without the coin to pay the ‘fees’ the Aurors were collecting. Undersecretary Umbridge was the head of a new division of the Department of Magical Law Enforcement, the Ministerial Inquisition. That little worm of a minister wasn’t even returning his owls anymore! The fool obviously was trying to strangle the country to keep his own power, like he didn’t think for a moment he was going to incite an actual rebellion against himself. The first citizens were starting to flee to Hogsmead with everything that they could carry.

 

    Life in Malfoy Manor had become increasingly tense, Voldemort had not been happy when the Aurors attempted to arrest and/or murder Harry Potter. Tension had increased further when the Daily Prophet burned down, apparently thanks to Fiendfyre, the day after Fudge called for the nation to hunt down and kill Potter. Lucius could understand the sentiment that left the building in ashes, of course. Had any paper dared to print a command to kill his wife or son he wouldn’t have let those inside off with an obliviation. Though the obliviators had a sense of humor apparently, their victims could not recall the events of the Third Task or anything after. Obviously Potter still had friends in England still.

 

    Lucius was about to do something he might regret, but now seemed necessary. Voldemort had grown unpredictable and unstable, and Lucius was no longer willing to risk his family. He knew the Dark Lord had begun spying on his followers; Voldemort had punished his servants for deeds he could not have possibly witnessed himself. So, this would have to be done carefully. That morning, before the sun rose, Lucius packed his wife’s luggage himself, by hand. Inside was a note he’d composed with a bit of oriental magic, the words flowing onto a page as liquid ink while his hand was inside her bag. Once she was packed he woke her and quickly sent her on her way. Sharing what he hoped wasn’t, but was beginning to suspect might be, a last kiss with Narcissa he watched as she took off on a broom; a necessity since a paranoid Voldemort had begun to lay his own wards over the Manor’s existing ones.

 

    At breakfast, prepared by increasingly terrified house elves, Lucius knew he’d made the right decision. Sitting next to Voldemort’s throne was a Quetzalcoatl, a winged serpent with striking red and blue scales and plumage. The creature also boasted a pair of talons with only a single claw, although one sized like a sword, attached to each of its arms. It was having a conversation with the Dark Lord in Parseltongue, and Lucius felt every drop of blood go cold as he recognized exactly what this creature was.

 

    One hundred and seventy seven years before the Statute of Secrecy was adopted and began enforcement many nations in Europe, and indeed the world, had sent armies of muggles and wizards to Central America. The ships launched when desperate survivors told the story of a creature that was consuming the populace one blood sacrifice at a time and gaining strength with each life taken. The war that followed was desperate and bloody; though the creature was eventually destroyed, many lives were lost in the process. When the Statute was passed, it had required a massive re-writing of history that angered many magical historians. After all, a multinational invasion to save the world from a demon or some other invading power simply didn’t fit with the new narrative. And now that monster was in his home.

 

    Unsure as to whether or not Voldemort knew what the creature was, Lucius carefully drew attention to himself and refused to answer Voldemort’s questions. When the expected legilimency attack came Lucius brought everything he knew about the creature that had once plagued Central America to the front of his mind as an offering. Feeling his Lord’s surprise, Lucius spoke, or the closest thing to speech that was possible mind to mind. “My Lord, that creature is The Faceless One, The Soulflayer. He is Hakkar, the one who hungers for blood. He cannot be trusted, he will betray you the instant your blood is more valuable than your service. He lies like he breathes. It took a vast army to defeat him the last time, but even as they slew him he mocked the ones who killed him, claiming he would return.

 

    From what he could sense from Voldemort’s mind, his Lord was thoughtful for a moment as he absorbed the information. After a moment a voice rang out, painfully loud in his head. “Thank you Lucius. The serpent has indeed made many promises if I would only sacrifice my enemies to it. However, this still presents an opportunity. Hakkar is weak, a mere shadow of his former self but still powerful even as a spirit possessing an altered serpent. As a reward you will be given two tasks. First, I will soon release our friends imprisoned in Azkaban. You will see to their return to health. Secondly, you will begin researching a ritual to allow one soul to consume another; Rookwood will be helpful to you there, once he has recovered. Do these things, and you will find favor with me.”

 

    Lucius was very glad that Narcissa was far away from his home now. Even in the best of circumstances, magic involving the soul was dangerous and tended to change those who used it, and rarely for the better. Soul magic was a widespread taboo for a lot of very good reasons.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Narcissa Malfoy was devastated when she read her husband’s letter a few hours later as she sat in a rented room at the Leaky Cauldron. (It wasn’t the best accommodations she could have asked for, but Tom took his customer’s privacy extremely seriously.) Among other things, Lucius urged her and Draco to stay away from home and to avoid the Dark Lord’s plots. Lucius said that he trusted her to keep herself and Draco safe by any means necessary. That was ominous enough, but the fact that he’d slipped his will into her bags as well nearly broke her heart.

 

    Still, she eventually dried her tears and packed her bags along with the items she’d bought earlier and apparated outside the new wards of Hogsmead. She saw others walking towards Hogsmead and the sanctuary it offered and was grateful she’d brought a broom. As she made her way forward, she reflected that it was perhaps time to seek reconciliation with Andromeda. It wouldn’t be easy, there was too much time and pain between them, but the thought of having an ally in the castle was appealing.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Fifteen hundred years before Elune’s Portal opened, the Bronze drake Stine flew through the sky over the ocean. Right now he was north of the human settlements in what would eventually be called Lordaeron. (With such short lives, humans tended to make messes of their nomenclature.) He had nearly reached the Dragon Isle where Alexstrasza and her consorts were currently living, and the records said would continue to live for another few months before moving on to allow the island’s herds of elk to recover. Alexstrasza had laid a clutch there and she had raised them until they grew into drakes and left to seek their own paths in the tradition of their people. This was a mostly peaceful time for Azeroth: Deathwing had been quiet for so long many thought him dead, the Guardian Aegwynn had hunted down and destroyed demons surviving on Azeroth with great enthusiasm , and the Old Gods schemed quietly. Other than before the War of the Ancients and Deathwing’s betrayal, (which was out of the question thanks to his Lord’s tendency to ‘help people’) this would be the best time to contact Alexstrasza and ask for aid.

 

    With some effort, Stine was confident he could manage the butterfly effect of letting Harry Potter loose on a remote island at this point in time. While Stine genuinely liked his Lord, he also feared the headache and problems Harry would cause if presented with a world with so much suffering and death barreling towards it. (Like the world just before the demonic invasion that left countless dead and the world broken.) The Potter Dragonflight would eventually visit the War of the Ancients, but it was Stine’s hope that Harry could be elsewhere when they did. As he continued flying, he allowed himself idle thoughts about how the end of Azeroth’s golden age and so many lives could have been avoided. The Kaldorei Highbourne should have had a Blue dragon, perhaps Malygos and his consorts, instruct them about magic and the dangers involved. Or at least how not to summon an invasion of demons and blow up nine tenths of the planet.

 

    Of course, a certain queen would still have tried to seize power if it had been denied her. Azshara was an individual that really only loved herself not to mention the arrogance from being born with the power of a minor god. A fleeting thought amused the drake, just killing the vain, cruel narcissist would be a waste. Whatever else she might be, she was powerful and beautiful, and if taken from early enough in the timeline could be offered a path that didn’t end in millions dead and being stuck as some sort of elf-octopus hybrid. (Azshara still lived ten-thousand years later, but her service to the Old Gods had physically altered her.)

 

    Hmm, how far back, how many changes would it take for her to not only choose not to be evil, but become his Lord’s consort, to add her obscenely powerful bloodline to Harry’s own? Alira, Hermione, and Harry would probably start looking for at least one other to join them in less than a year, after all. More magical power didn’t contribute directly to an increased sex drive, but Harry’s quest to gain a dragon’s form almost certainly would. In most places it was weak, but there wasn’t a sentient species on Azeroth that didn’t have some draconic genes floating around their gene pools. (Well, except the Draenei, but they were new. Given their lifespans, there were probably efforts underway on that front already.) There was a reason dragons usually fell into family units of three or four, and it wasn’t just a result of the gender disparity in their birth rate.

 

    Titans, I’ve been spending too much time with Alira if that’s where my idle thoughts go. We couldn’t extract Azshara without destroying the entire timeline, or at least radically altering the last ten-thousand years. Even then, my Lord would not force himself on a woman, ever. It would have to be Azshara’s choice.

 

    This did give him an idea, however. While Harry wouldn’t approve of using magic to re-write Azshara’s mind, he probably wouldn’t mind if they used it to heal her mind of whatever flaw led her to become so self-centered and cruel. Forcing her to feel empathy, to care for others wouldn’t be easy, but if the end result was a well-adjusted non-murderous individual, would it be worth it? Would convincing her to stop lusting for power be the same as just overwriting her mind?

 

     Hmm, Harry would never ask or command us to figure out how to do this, but it might be useful to have on hand. Something to be kept secret and used in rare, special cases. Could we keep it safe? Blood lock the spellbook and restrict it to the loyal servants of our Lord and any of his worthy descendants?

 

    (There was no doubt in his mind that Harry was going to have descendants. Even if his Lord’s personal timestream never failed to give him a migraine there was no outcome where his Lord failed to have a family of his own. Oh sure, there were potential timelines where Elune’s Portal was destroyed and they never returned to Earth, timelines where Earth burned ( Somehow. On Earth his ability to discern the future was as limited as a human with ‘the sight.’) and Harry led a tide of refugees to Azeroth, timelines where Azeroth crumbled unexpectedly and Harry and his loyal followers lived in a network of cubes orbiting Azeroth’s star, constantly building new cubes as they were needed. There were even timelines where Harry died to a betrayal or assassin, and the Potter Dragonflight had to tear the ‘Shadowlands’ asunder until they had restored their Lord to his consorts.

 

    If an assassin left even one of Harry’s loyal followers alive, that would be enough; they were that driven. Experiments that had yet to take place regarding the Oath to a Loyal Lord proved that the Oath itself would continue to grow from the deepest emotions of those involved. ‘Love is stronger than hate,’ indeed. The Oath proves that beyond a doubt. The Burning Legion could arrive and burn Azeroth to a crisp the day after we return from this latest adventure, and Harry would usher every survivor into the Twilight Realm until it was safe to return. He would make it safe to return.)

 

    Pausing for just a moment, he withdrew a small sphere from his personal pocket dimension. While he had been setting up the ‘stick’ to ensure Gakin the Darkbinder kept his end of their bargain and removed the soul fragment, Stine had taken the opportunity to spend a year inside the Cube. Thanks to its nearly automated farms and the herd of goats he’d unleashed inside he had time to master the magic required for a pocket dimension, along with a few other things.

 

    He hadn’t been completely alone, several individuals had accompanied him, but he wasn’t one to brag about romantic conquests or mates that might be. They accepted his explanation that for now he needed to be completely dedicated to guiding his Lord and the awful mess of the resulting timeline. Once Harry was back on Earth and Elune’s Portal closed, Stine would have time to truly dedicate himself to a mate. Stine was really looking forward to what would come in time, but he had a duty that came first. With a talon, he fed a trickle of his magic into the sphere in a precise pattern.

 

    “Hello Stine. Speak to Andromeda, Aurogos, and Valistraza about developing magic to ‘cure’ an evil individual like Azshara to someone not evil or at least useful. It needs to be a gentle method that the target wants themselves, so their own magic won’t disrupt the process. There isn’t a pressing need, just a thought experiment at present. Don’t share this with our Lord for at least three weeks, and preferably not unless he asks. This is a message from Stine three weeks in your future.”

 

    Focusing on the sphere, which was a specially enchanted tool he’d created by integrating Earth’s and Azeroth’s magics together, he channeled magic as he moved through the air. He only missed a few beats of his wings as he felt the change in his personal timeline. That was never a pleasant experience. Since he signed up with Harry Potter however it had been happening alarmingly frequently, at least on Azeroth. The Bronze Dragonflight’s magic was tied to the Caverns of Time; Earth had proven a relief in that history was so much less fluid there. It had been alarming at first to be cut off from most of his abilities there, to be blind to every subtle movement of past and future. But it didn’t take long until Earth’s limited temporal mobility was as comforting as solid rock beneath his feet.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Tyranastrasz, one of the oldest dragons alive, even older than the Aspects themselves, (granted, not by much in comparison to how old they all were now) had been having a good day. His mate’s latest clutch had left the island to seek out apprenticeships and his mate would be laying her next clutch in about five months. Before the eggs were due they would be moving to another stronghold, probably Vermilion Redoubt in the Highlands. He was surprised to see two Red drakes flying from the western beach, and waited patiently as they came closer. Once he had a good look at them, they were easy to place as grandchildren of Alexstrasza and himself. There wasn’t a lot of variation in drakes compared to other races, but he’d spent a very long time at his Queen’s side and fathered many dragons; in these two, he could see his mate’s colors and muscle structure with his own influence in their wing shape.

 

    When they landed, he moved forward to greet them. They both bore a few small scars, the male especially had seen combat but they were both healthy, strongly muscled and well fed. “Greetings grandchildren. How can I help the two of you?”

 

    Tyranastrasz didn’t miss the way the female deferred to her brother, but still spoke for both of them. Ah. The male isn’t the ‘diplomatic’ dragon out of the two. No shame in that; from his build he’s a warrior, a protector. Indeed the female drake was well-spoken. Still, her words were nearly enough to ruin the wonderful day he’d been having. Time travel was always such a pain in the tail. Still he agreed to arrange a meeting for the two with their Queen with no others present, which was easy enough. As Majordomo no one questioned him when he sent the group that normally traveled with Alexstrasza away for a few days to inspect the Dragonflight’s various settlements, especially because they were planning to leave this place soon.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    As he escorted the siblings into the Dragonqueen’s personal chambers, which on this island were caves dug into a cliff, he found himself becoming concerned by how nervous the two were. As they approached his mate’s den, he realized they were afraid of their Aspect. Pausing just far enough that their voices wouldn’t be heard by their Queen, he motioned for them to stop. “Drakes, you need not fear Alexstrasza. No matter what trouble you find yourselves in, she will help you if she is able. Relax. No one will harm you here.”

 

    He was pleased that he managed to calm both of them, and they continued on to where Alexstrasza was reclining on a bed of massive pillows. Creatures smaller than a wyrm would find them horribly uncomfortable, as they were made of leather and hides from the many animals harvested for their meals here. Tyranastrasz couldn’t help but smile at his mate; she was a magnificent creature and he did not care that he had to share her. He saw that he had her interest when he showed the two drakes in. She had likely been expecting something far different when he’d sent her entourage off. “My Queen, these two drakes have requested an audience with you. I don’t think they lied to me about their origins, but they have come before you for a purpose they haven’t shared yet.”

 

    His heart started to race when his Queen rose to her full height in a posture meant to intimidate and spoke. “You drakes, you bear the colors of my Flight, but you are not a part of it. What manner of creature are you, and why do you come before me?”

 

    Tyranastrasz had been around his kind long enough to recognize a near panic and drakes suddenly torn between their fight and flight instincts. Moving forward and gently capturing them in his talons, gently stroking their sides with talons leaking calming warm magic, he spoke soothingly to them. “Peace drakes. If you have not come here to do harm, you will not be harmed. Introduce yourselves, tell us why you are here, and remain calm.”

 

    With a deep breath, the male introduced himself. “My name is Senastrasz, and this is my clutch-sister Dalistraza. We won’t be born for over fourteen-hundred years. I am a Skytalon and Guardian, my sister is a healer that has passed her trials. We have not betrayed you, Aspect. We have never, and will never, plot against you or our kind. We are here to seek your skill at healing that which no other can and to prevent any changes to the timeline our presence would cause, nothing more and nothing less.”

 

    That was interesting. Glancing at his mate, he saw that she had also detected no lies as well as how strongly the drake felt about not being a traitor. His Queen looked thoughtful for a moment. “I can sense no lie in you drake. Do you have some way to prevent your presence from altering history? It is not my sphere of influence, but I am aware that even small changes can have an enormous impact in the flow of time.”

 

    Dalistraza took her mortal form, a human with red hair and a caring face, a form that fit a healer, and spoke as she removed a small briefcase from a pocket. Inside was a stack of parchment and empty ink wells. “We have encountered magic that mortals will use to force themselves to honor contracts and keep their word. If you agree, we will use a simple contract to suppress your memory of those with us and our visit until your knowledge will no longer damage the timeline. Your memory will be suppressed by your own magic with your consent, we know we do not have the power to force this on you. There will be a word or phrase, combined with the burning of the contract in front of you, that will end the effect. Will you aid us in healing what we cannot, Dragonqueen?”

 

    Both wyrms were silent for a moment. That sort of magic was powerful, and could easily be misused. But at the same time, it would also prevent causality from being disturbed. Alexstrasza spoke once more. “Tell me about this injury you cannot heal, and why you have come to me now, drake.”

 

    Dalistraza responded. “In the future, our lives, mine and my brother’s, many others will rest in the hands of a human, only in his drake years by his people’s reckoning. When a party of drakes crashed into his residence starving, exhausted, wounded and desperate, he and the female that would be his mate washed them, bandaged their wounds, gave what healing they could, and offered them shelter for as long as they needed it. He was surrounded by enemies and wanted them to flee, before his enemies fell on them, but they had nowhere else to go. He gave them a home, safety, a purpose, and when they told him of others who were in danger, who were suffering, he picked up a weapon and went out into the night. Through darkness, danger, and flame he brought the broken to safety and warmth.

 

    “But an evil man feared his power, feared what change a good man would make, a man who would see suffering and refuse to let it continue, and had worked to keep the human weak, even going so far as to bind the girl he loved, even if the boy didn’t realize it at the time. The evil man tricked the girl when she was a child who trusted her teachers too much into giving up her Name in a magical ritual we still don’t fully understand. Though together we’ve chased off the man, the control remains and it has done great harm to her, and as she grows the effects are becoming worse. We’re afraid it will destroy her if not removed.

 

    “That man meant for the girl to be the perfect spy and if needed an unwilling, unknowing assassin waiting for his command. Despite everything we’ve done, the controlling magic remains intact, and as she’s grown as an individual it is constricting her more and more. I haven’t been able to help her, nor has a fully-trained Broodmother or even Senegos of the Azurewing. Our last hope is that you can remove it by brute force or fine skill where we could not.”

 

    Alexstrasza listened and then spoke. “You have given this man your loyalty then?”

 

    Responding more to the unspoken accusation that they had abandoned their Dragonflight, their Aspect, for a human than what was spoken aloud, Senastrasz spoke. “He never demanded our loyalty Dragonqueen, he has asked for nothing we would not have done anyway. We give him only that which he has earned, and everything we give him he uses to protect us and as many others as he can. I know your long history with mortals has been fraught with betrayals and mortal failings, but this man who stood alone deserves to be judged for his actions alone.

 

    “…He has saved so many lives because he wanted to , because it was the right thing to do, because he had the power to act where no one else bothered to. The young human woman we wish for you to heal is his support, the person he trusts more than any other. She is to him as Tyranastrasz is to you, Dragonqueen.”

 

    Tyranastrasz watched the conflict in his Queen’s eyes for a moment, before whatever was bothering her was pushed to the side, forgotten. He’d seen this before, but rarely. When asked, his Queen denied hesitating and he had long accepted it as one of her quirks. Alexstrasza spoke again, interrupting his thoughts. “Bring both of them before me, and I will do what I can.”

 

    With a bow, Dalistraza withdrew a cube the size of her chest from an expanded pocket. Once set on the ground she touched several runes in a pattern, and the cube expanded to eighteen feet (5.4 meters) on every side. Activating other runes, a door opened. “This is an invention of ours, Dragonqueen. We’re calling this cube ‘the Meadow,’ and using it to raise animals for consumption. Alira, a Green drake who’s been helping with her treatment, ‘Harry’, the patient ‘Hermione,’ and her parents are waiting within, if you’d like to see inside. As a precaution Hermione is asleep right now.”

 

    With an amused, curious smile Alexstrasza took her mortal form, appearing as a bronzed elf with draconic horns. Tyranastrasz followed suit, changing into a crimson-furred Tauren with bone-white draconic curved horns. Of all the mortals of Azeroth Tyranastrasz liked the Tauren best, they were simply good people with very few exceptions. (Spending time with his mate in their second forms was also the only time he would ever be physically larger than her.) Senastrasz joined them and revealed his second form was a High Elf with red eyes.

 

    Following the two siblings and his mate into the cube, he was very surprised by what he found once past a triple set of doors he assumed would allow the ‘Meadow’ to be used under water. A massive grassland dotted with trees and streams of water stretched a great distance, but at the edges where the other surfaces of the cube were, there were additional planes, each apparently having a separate orientation for gravity. Light was provided by not one, but four glowing orbs attached to the junction of a complicated tower of reflective white stone that rose from the center of each interior surface of the cube. In the distance deer, elk, bison, and several species not native to Azeroth could be seen grazing, though none came anywhere near the entrance. Compared to the size of the grasslands, it was obvious that the animals within were only enough to start herds that would expand massively as they bred without predators. Following his grandfather’s eyes Senastrasz spoke. “We’re just getting this place stocked. If you’re hungry feel free to help yourself to one of the male animals, we have extras.”

 

    One by one they returned to their true forms and took flight towards the base of the tower where three humans and one Green drake stood around a bed where a forth human slept. It was amusing for both him and his Queen to see the mortals gawking at the sheer size of the dragons. As his Queen took the human’s measure, Tyranastrasz spoke. “Never seen a dragon as large as us, mortal?”

 

    With a snort the young man answered for the group, apparently feeling most comfortable replying to Tyranastrasz’s Common in an ancient dialect of the Kaldorei. “No. I’ve met with Senegos several times, but he’s only about half your size, and that’s saying nothing for your mate. Hermione’s parents have only seen a young Red Wyrm that our healers have been working on at my family’s home.”

 

    Alexstrasza, giving the teen an intense look spoke to him. “Who is that wyrm and how did he come to be injured? And why have our kind not helped him ourselves?”

 

     Seemingly not intimidated by Alexstrasza, Harry replied. “His name is Vordistrasz, and seven hundred years ago from my perspective he was greatly injured in defense of my people. By chance or not he was found by two humans with knowledge of the healing arts and was hidden from those that would injure him further, but they did not understand his anatomy and could only help him so much. He took both of them as his Dragonsworn and one other. Senastrasz discovered the third Dragonsworn and we made arrangements to see him healed. Senastrasz and several others have been providing donations of healthy muscle and bone to see him restored, but we are keeping him asleep until he’s healed because of the crippling pain. We don’t know for sure what caused him to be so injured, but once he’s awake my people have a device for viewing memories. As soon as he’s fully healed Vordistrasz will be free to go wherever he wants.”

 

    With a small smile, Alexstrasza responded. “A good answer. Now, what can you tell me about the girl’s affliction?”

 

    His face turning grim, Harry replied swiftly. “Alira and Dali both think it would be best for you to come to your own conclusions, since they haven’t been able to cure her. Alira used a form of mental binding on Hermione, one that links their minds together almost as one, and was able to recover memories of the binding being applied and used. My people’s memory device, the pensieve, is able to reveal details and view events from angles not seen, but it lacks the ability to provide translations. Any of the three can translate for you Dragonqueen, but Alira and Dali are familiar with the problem.”

 

    When the human gestured to a stone bowl with swirling milky fluid within and explained it could either project a memory or immerse a user with physical contact, Alexstrasza and the two female drakes changed into their mortal forms and placed fingers into the swirling liquid surface. That left Harry, the sleeping teen, and the girl’s parents alone with Senastrasz and Tyranastrasz. Taking his mortal form, he watched as the teen began to pace and moved to sit on a bench near where his Queen and the others were absorbed in the ‘pensieve.’ Deciding to try to relieve the tension, Tyranastrasz spoke up in Common. “A useful tool, your pensieve. Relax humans, my Queen is not known as Azeroth’s greatest healer for nothing.”

 

    Pausing for a moment to take in the girl and the emotions of those waiting with him, Tyranastrasz continued. “Your daughter is in good hands, so why don’t you tell me about yourselves.”

 

    The girl’s father went first, his speech was a little shaky from emotion, (and possibly not being familiar with Common) but still easily understood. “My wife and I are healers specialized in treating teeth. The last few months have been interesting, I’d never been asked to remove a tooth or cleanse a cavity on a dragon before; it feels a little like asking to be bitten in half at times. Hermione is the first ‘Mage’ we’ve had in our family. When she turned eleven years old, she was invited to learn magic at a school, but no one warned us the Headmaster was an evil man that liked to enslave his students. We’re worried about Hermione… She’s our only child.”

 

    That caught the wyrm's attention. “Did you not want more children or were you unable to have them?”

 

    The man’s face closed off and stiffened. This was obviously not a comfortable topic, but the dragon felt it one worth discussing anyway given that his mate a few feet away was not only the world’s greatest healer, but also might as well be a fertility goddess. His wife spoke in his place. “We wanted at least a few more children, but we both have problems that prevented it. A few treatments of life-fire would probably be enough for Dan, but my insides can’t be healed so easily. When we helped the Broodmother watching over her charges, she explained that since my problem is a defect, not an injury, if she were to help me it would require removing the badly formed parts and regrowing them. It doesn’t help that both of us are nearly too old to have healthy children now.”

 

    Giving her a comforting look, Tyranastrasz spoke again. “I’ll speak to my Queen after your daughter is taken care of. She doesn’t get to help mortals as often as she’d like, and the chance to help you have healthy children isn’t something she’d pass up.” Turning away from them and changing the subject, he spoke to the teen. “And what about you, Mage? You’ve washed well, but I can still smell both the girl and the Green on you. Do you want a large family?”

 

    In a way, Harry was grateful for the distraction. He stopped pacing and answered the wyrm. “Not as large as Alira would like, I have to keep gently reminding her that two females is more than enough for me. If Hermione and I didn’t keep an eye on her she’d likely have talked a female of every race into my bed by now. I… Never knew my parents so I’m worried about how good of a father I’d be, but Alira and Hermione are convinced I’ll be a good one, and I trust them where I don’t trust myself. Even though I’m hesitant, a home full of love and happy children is my eventual goal. But we’re waiting for now; Alira’s not old enough for a safe pregnancy and we’ve been worried about Hermione’s condition. With so many Red dragons around, it’s been a pain keeping a birth control potion or spell active, however.”

 

    Tyranastrasz laughed openly at that. There was, after all, only one contraception spell that worked reliably on his kind, and if the Mage was sheltering a Red Broodmother his home would be awash with fertility boosting Life magic in no time at all. Glancing at the girl on the raised bed, the wyrm responded. “She’s outgrown the conditional spell that prevents pregnancy in females young enough for childbirth to harm them then? And you must have made a big impression on your Green. That behavior is triggered by her feelings that you aren’t just a good mate, but the best ; that you are so good a mate it would be wrong for her to keep you to herself. I see it once in a while with Alexstrasza’s children that are especially powerful or otherwise special.”

 

    Silence and a variety of small talk took place over the next forty minutes as those ‘inside’ the pensieve watched and re-watched the memories. An advantage of the pensieve was watching a memory was almost like being there yourself, people with enhanced senses could find things the original viewer wasn’t physically capable of perceiving. That was thanks to the pensieve incorporating magic usually associated with seers. Eventually Alexstrasza and the others exited the pensieve and the Dragon Queen turned to Senastrasz, the drake she’d identified as a warrior and Guardian just as easily as her prime consort.

 

    “Senastrasz. If you should ever encounter the Warlock who did this,” Alexstrasza briefly waved towards Hermione. “I task you with ending him in whatever way possible. I do not meddle in the affairs of mortals when I can help it, but that bearded twit ought not to go unpunished. Understood?”

 

    Senastrasz bowed low. “It will be done. We do not know where he fled to, but we will eventually find out. And he will regret his abuse of children.

 

    With that done, Alexstrasza moved over to where Hermione slept and began running glowing hands over the teen, especially her head. After a time she paused, looking pensive. Turning to Alira, she asked the drake to wake Hermione. She repeated her actions and nodded to Alira once more to put Hermione under again. Turning to the expectant humans and drakes, Alexstrasza spoke. “I need time to think. This is a problem I haven’t seen before and if there was an easy solution you would not have brought her to me. Tyran, I’ll join you at dusk for a hunt.”

 

    With a shallow bow, the wyrm acknowledged his Queen’s departure. They all watched the Red Dragon Aspect change forms and fly off to the exit. Tyranastrasz stayed with them for a time and even chatted with Hermione when she woke up again, carefully avoiding the topics Alira advised him to. As the sun began to set, he turned to Dan and Emma. “If you’re willing, my Queen is more than capable of healing your womb with ease. Healing a relatively simple problem will also help my mate think; she is in her element when healing and nurturing Life.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    After so long on the same island the game was becoming a bit sparse, but it still didn’t take long for Alexstrasza and Tyranastrasz to find their meals. Seeing his mate was stressed, likely having encountered the same problems with healing the girl that the other healers had, Tyranastrasz took it upon himself to relieve his mate’s tension.

 

    Later that evening, he ushered Dan and Emma out of the cube and into Alexstrasza’s personal chambers. The mortal nudity taboo was especially strong with these two, and they seemed even more worried about revealing themselves than the dragons themselves. After confirming they both consented, Alexstrasza explained that the healing could potentially affect their offspring, but not in any harmful way; their children might bear a birthmark or a small patch of scales. (Also, she warned them to be prepared for a powerful rush of desire from the Life magic about to course through them.)

 

    What followed was a story the two would probably never share truthfully, given that after physical contact with a tongue that was humming with magic (A physical medium let Alexstrasza gift the two a permanent blessing and saliva was the least offensive body fluid to work with.) and many times larger than themselves the two were overwhelmed by the reproductive instinct from Alexstrasza’s fertility blessing and almost immediately began efforts to give their daughter a sibling. Alexstrasza’s power was after all Life, the magic that stoked all sorts of primal instincts from violence to the urge to procreate. (Naturally the amount of magic involved decided the intensity; Tyranastrasz was actually impressed with the human’s restraint.) Two smiling dragons slipped out, deciding to go for a flight in the pleasant night air.

 

    Eventually they alighted on a bluff that overlooked the entire island. His Queen looked thoughtful, so Tyranastrasz offered to listen and give his thoughts. Alexstrasza wanted to help the teens, all three of the drakes were adamant that Harry was a friend of the Dragonflights and many other races besides. Moreover he didn’t just say the words, he acted, going out and fighting for those who needed help. As Alexstrasza explained what the problem was, he listened closely. “...and even the ways I know that would magically change her ‘name’ wouldn’t work, because she would be forced to fight against it! I really don’t know how to help her.”

 

    Relaxing with his mate resting against him, Tyranastrasz thought for a moment. “Does this magic have hooks all the way down into her soul?”

 

    With relief in her voice, Alexstrasza replied. “No, it doesn’t go that deep.”

 

    Thoughtful, he spoke again. “Hmm. Could placing her soul in a new vessel, even temporarily, be a solution?”

 

    Now thoughtful, she replied. “Possibly. Even then, it would need to be done in a way where she accepted a new name, it would have to be a permanent change. And… her soul and mind would have to be separated for a time.”

    “She has a mental bond with the Green drake. The two of them have even moved the girl’s mind into the drake’s body before. What do you have in mind, my Queen?”

 

    Rising with purpose, Alexstrasza answered. “The magic needed will be complicated, but with effort I can accomplish it. Wake our visitors and take them to the empty hatchery to gather shell fragments. I’ll start working on it right away and explain to her parents once they calm down a little.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Twenty eight hours later just before sunrise, Harry was whispering in Hermione’s ear as she knelt naked next to an egg, formed and laid that night by the Red Aspect. (A bonus of wielding incredibly vast amounts of life energy, Alexstrasza could control aspects of her own physiology in ways few others could.) This egg was unique because the Dragon Aspect had removed the process that would see a mind and soul form within. Alira was at her other side, also naked but that was her default state in her true form. “Hermione, you will always be my friend, my first love if not my only love. Trust me and follow Alexstrasza’s instructions. If this fails and you die, I will tear the timeline apart with my bare hands and stitch it back together until you are back at my side.”

 

    With that, Hermione gave Harry a deep, loving kiss and a less passionate one to her fellow consort. Obeying her instructions, Hermione shuffled forward and leaned against the soft shell. Alexstrasza spoke next. “Alira, tell me when you have her mind completely within your physical brain and I will proceed.”

 

    It was a few moments later when the drake reported success. Looming over them all in her true form, Alexstrasza gently cupped Hermione’s body close to the egg and began channeling a massive amount of magic. Though his eyes burned at the brightness, Harry did not look away. After seven minutes where the Dragon Queen had breathed carefully shaped magic onto the teen and egg seven times every minute, the glow faded and the Aspect withdrew her hands. Raising her right hand above the egg, she slit her palm with her left talon and let the blood run over the egg, the brief deluge sweeping away the unmoving human body. Harry’s mind locked up briefly at that sight. If I live a thousand years I will never forgive Dumbledore for making this necessary! Even without new commands the binding was getting worse, making Hermione’s mind begin to crack. He didn’t want her to be happy, to know real love; whatever happened the night I lived and my parents died must have made an impression.

 

    Both of Hermione’s parents went to lunge towards their daughter’s body, to scream and do something. Tyranastrasz gently held them back with one arm each in his mortal form. “I know it’s awful, I’m a father and grandfather who’s seen too many of my offspring die. But we are not our bodies, our flesh is just a covering, a shell. If nothing else, the young man who loves your daughter lied only about one thing. He’d need more than his hands to tear the timeline apart.”

 

    Forcing themselves to look away from the empty shell, the two parents instead watched Alira and Harry carefully fitting broken shell fragments to the too-soft egg. Alira had sliced her palm open and was adding a smear of blood to some of the fragments. After a few more moments of rest, Alexstrasza examined the egg with her magic. “We were successful! Her soul is safe, I need only merge ovum and sperm to give her a new home.”

 

    And they worked for a time, Alira having to leave Harry to finish adding the old shell fragments to form a covering over the soft egg. The amount of her blood needed to create the connection between her mind and the life forming in the egg left her tired and woozy. When he was done Alexstrasza slashed her other palm and added another coat of her lifeblood. This time, however, the egg absorbed every drop, the old shell fragments coming together as one and changing from worn and faded to sleek and shiny. And it was done.

 

    Barely looking at the empty body left behind, Harry summoned it to him and laid one hand over its heart and the other on the shell and focused. Alira stumbled over and copied him, and together they worked the spell they’d spent hours practicing on Ashwinders (magical snakes that only lived for an hour) and several of the spare velociraptors that had yet to become anyone’s familiar. While dragons had powerful magic, they did not have exactly the same kind as humans did. In another case of putting horribly dark magic to a better use, Harry and Alira tore every last drop of Hermione’s own magic (And not just the magic that was normally free for use, but the magic that allowed her body to draw in and process magic from the environment.) and infused it into the shell that contained the rapidly multiplying cells where her soul rested. Thankfully Alexstrasza’s enchantment handled most of the delicate work once the magic was introduced. As Hermione’s new form grew within, her old body’s magic ought to influence her new body to produce magic similar to what she had as a human.

 

    (Thanks to the practice runs, Harry now had several raptors imbued with Fire magic from the short-lived Ashwinders. Senastrasz would be completing the Familiar Ritual with one of them, and the other two would remain in stasis for the time being.)

 

    Senastrasz stepped forward and gently placed Hermione’s old body into a stasis container. Hermione was an organ donor; they weren’t sure how to donate her organs without declaring her legally dead, but there were good odds they’d find someone who needed them eventually. With a few final spells cast on the egg, Alira returned to her anthromagus form and delicately levitated the egg into an expanded trunk thickly layered in enchantments. For any of this to really work, Hermione would need to embrace her new life, her new identity. They would see her again, but only after her new Name had settled.

 

    After an emotional goodbye and both the Grangers and Harry giving Hermione all their love, Alira and the egg left the Isle with Stine. They couldn’t use her name, but just reiterated that they loved her; for the moment Hermione’s mind was active inside Alira’s head. (Over time, as the whelp grew Alira would use the connection to ‘surgically’ implant Hermione’s mind into her new body, carefully removing the foreign pieces of her mind that had been added to facilitate the binding to Dumbledore. A few pieces would be lost, sadly: To be sure this worked, Hermione couldn’t remember being called by her old name.) Stine was escorting them both to the Ruby Sanctum at Wyrmrest Temple, a safe place where many Red dragons began their life.

 

    After leaving the Dragon Isle Stine escorted Alira ten years into the past; eventually arriving at the Ruby Sanctum with a message signed and sealed by the Dragonqueen containing orders for a Broodmother who was watching over her eggs to care for the egg arriving with the Green drake as if it were her own. Alexstrasza also requested the Broodmother to train Alira for the duration of her stay. The whole plan felt like cheating as the Broodmother in question, named Rylinstrasza, had sent a report to the Dragonqueen the day before Harry arrived at the Dragon Isle reporting that every whelp under her care was healthy and ready to become drakes in a few days. From Harry’s perspective he would only be separated from the two girls he loved for a few hours, but from their perspective it would be ten years before Alexstrasza and her prime consort would escort those on the Dragon Isle to the Ruby Sanctum where Hermione was due to grow from whelp to drake.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    No one really slept well that night, and Harry had another difficult conversation with Hermione’s parents. “...Was that absolutely necessary? Would Hermione have been okay if she’d dated someone else other than you?”

 

    Dali, in her human form as they sat around a campfire in the Arboretum, responded in her Lord’s stead. (The Meadow expanded cube had been given to Alira to bury as a test of the automated water and herd management system. With luck the Meadow would be overflowing with animal herds when they retrieved it.) “The binding applied by Dumbledore was not done with Hermione’s health in mind. It wasn’t very bad when she was a little girl, but as she grew mentally it got worse. The best analogy I can use is wrapping a chain tightly around a tree and locking it there; it isn’t a big problem right away, but eventually it will kill the tree. We had to keep the truth of her condition away from Hermione, there was more than one command for her to die that we were carefully avoiding. Not kill herself, the command was simply to die.

 

    “There’s also the problem that Dumbledore was using her against someone with whom she was very fond, he was forcing her to betray her best friend and love interest. And, at any time he could have ordered her to kill Harry.”

 

    Dali looked at Harry. “My brother and the others are trying to ingrain good combat instincts into Harry. If Hermione tried to kill him while a deep part of her didn’t want to, either she would have died in the attempt, or she would have succeeded, and with magic, the guilt would have literally killed her. Not to mention that once Harry was dead, her usefulness would be over and she’d likely be disposed of one way or another.”

 

    In the end, Dali passed out Dreamless Sleep potions to ensure they all got some rest.

 

    The next morning Harry accepted a sample of blood from Alexstrasza and Tyranastrasz to assist in writing up magical contracts to suppress their memories. Part of the contract was a clause in which Harry agreed that he would restore their memories of himself and the others visiting them in the past when it was safe to do so. This presented a problem that Tyranastrasz had been dead for almost twenty years when Elune’s Portal had opened.

 

    At this point Harry’s plans for when to rescue people were constantly expanding, and the captivity of the Red Dragonflight during the Second War had no chance of being overlooked. But this was an occasion where he might need to let his oathsworn act without him. The Orcs had been… cruel and harsh in their treatment of Alexstrasza’s children, and even Harry himself knew the timeline would not survive if he witnessed the murder of the innocent and helpless. While he usually kept it well controlled, Harry acknowledged that he did have a temper and a hatred of bullies. He knew that even now the clan of Orcs who were responsible for that atrocity still lived in the Highlands. He made a mental note that if no one else was going to bring them to justice, he would visit them himself.

 

    Harry surprised the two wyrms when he took blood from his own arm and began writing up a third contract. This one was a more traditional magical contract and was as good as an unbreakable oath for Harry to render a service to Alexstrasza equal to the freeing of Hermione’s mind. There was an ‘escape clause’ or loophole in case he was rendered unable to assist the Dragonqueen, such as if Elune’s Portal closed unexpectedly. All the contracts were set to go into effect when Harry left Wyrmrest Temple in peace along with the others. To be seen by as few as possible Dali would carry her Lord and the others inside the Arboretum as she flew with her grandparents. It was not unusual for Alexstrasza to take healers under her wing, after all.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    For the Red whelp in the odd position of remembering her entire human life with the single exception of her name and some meetings with a previous Headmaster, life had been strange but good for the last decade. Granestrasza, who had asked Alira (the drake that had gone from dear friend and fellow consort to big sister) for a name that had something from her human parents, was excited for today. After ten years as a tiny whelp spent learning how to use her new body as well as in play and games with the other whelps was finally ready to become a drake. There was a lot of learning too, of course, but Rylinstrasza, Granestrasza’s Broodmother, her adopted mother, had been firm that socializing and learning by play was more important than burying herself in books.

 

    All of the wyrms and dragons that made the temple their home had been very amused when Granestrasza disappeared on a guided ‘field trip’ through Wyrmrest Temple. Granestrasza’s caretaker knew exactly where she had scampered off to, but it had still taken Rylinstrasza a week to remove the studious whelp from the library; in the end it was only possible when all the small holes Granestrasza had been using to sneak out for food and water had been sealed up. In her second chance at life, Hermione had not been permitted to bury herself in her studies and ignore her peers. Alira had found the entire event hilarious, but refused to assist citing breach of trust with someone she was going to be partnered with for many years.

 

    (While Granestrasza might not consider him a father figure, her new body’s biological father Tyranastrasz, ‘The Scholarly One,’ had a reputation that fit her perfectly. A Broodmother being asked to care for her Aspect’s egg had been somewhat unusual, but Alira had spread the rumor that the egg was premature and after Alexstrasza stabilized the egg she’d sent it to a Broodmother to care for since it was out of sync with the rest of her clutch. A Broodmother with a smaller clutch could better care for the egg, and since Alexstrasza’s clutches were never small she was forced to split her attention between many small lives.)

 

    Right now, Granestrasza and her eight adopted siblings were the only whelps in the Ruby Sanctum, a vaguely round section of forest and grassland with a shallow lake at one end. Alira hadn’t been sure what kind of dimensional magic was involved, if the Sanctum was a separate reality or a pocket dimension, but it was warm, sunny, and had many great places to play. When she arrived there were two other Broodmothers with their charges, but those whelps had grown into drakes and gone off to find directions for their lives and apprenticeships. Now, three other adult dragons either tended eggs or were preparing to lay them in the Sanctum.

 

    Alira had been a nearly constant companion and Granestrasza had watched the drake learn from Rylinstrasza. It was obvious that Alira was burying herself in work and study because she missed Harry dearly. For Granestrasza, it had been odd to have hazy memories of enjoying a very active sex life, but have no real desire to perform any of the actions she remembered only very vaguely enjoying with her mate. And Harry was truly her mate, her lifelong companion. How could a man that promised to tear time asunder if she was taken from him and meant it be anything less? Alira had mostly buried her sex drive, and Hermione didn’t begrudge her the occasional magical nap so her older sister could have privacy.

 

    (It had been almost terrifying when she first noticed almost a year ago that the mental bond she’d had for her entire time as a daughter of Alexstrasza and Tyranastrasz was fraying, becoming weaker over time. Alira had simply scooped the whelp into a cuddle and explained that it had served its purpose, but even without it they would still be best friends and sisters.)

 

    And today was the day she’d see everyone again. Today she and her new siblings would grow into drakes and leave the Sanctum and find their separate ways in the world. She was waiting on Alira’s shoulders, both of them in a tree near the entrance to the Ruby Sanctum, eager to see their loved ones again. (They were in a tree thanks to one of the lessons Granestrasza had learned during a walk through the temple. ‘Not getting stepped on by bigger dragons requires both parties to be careful.’) They were expecting either the Red Dragonflight’s Aspect, Prime Consort, or both to escort the visitors in, so the two had a perch out of the entryway.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    For the visitors, their first time seeing their lost daughter and best friend was when Dalistraza unshrunk the Arboretum and Harry went to exit, only to immediately get tackled off his feet by a little red missile. He didn’t know what to say. He didn’t even know what to call her so just held her close for a moment and rubbed her scales in the way he’d learned to do with Valistraza’s charges back in the Chamber of Secrets. After only a moment she detached from him and flew into her mother’s arms, nuzzling Emma and Dan when he came close.

 

    Harry was briefly distracted by the entirety of the doorway being taken up by crimson scales as a giant eye peered inside, making sure they were alright, and smiling at the reunion. Harry reaffirmed his decision to do something nice for Alexstrasza; she was a truly kind soul who didn’t deserve all the suffering in her future. Nor did she deserve what the Titans had done to her race. Sadly, Harry had to accept that as strong as he became, as many followers that chose to follow him, he was not a god. He could not forget that there were things he was unable to do, the Oath to a Loyal Lord would not let him; arrogance would only get his oathsworn killed, after all.

 

    The next hour was an emotional reunion, Alira joined them after Alexstrasza pulled back and explained that Hermione’s ‘ Name ’ was now Granestrasza, but they could call her by her original middle name if they wanted. To be safe Alira wanted to put off anyone saying her old first or last name until she had a little time as a drake; after that it would be fine to call her whatever they wanted. Granestrasza’s reunion with Astria, her half-grown Manasaber was adorable; Granestrasza could do little but make excited squeaking sounds as the cat puzzled out that her human was now a small dragon and began to nuzzle and groom her.

 

    Harry, though it wrenched at his heart, was explaining to his first love that if she no longer wanted to be his consort, she shouldn’t feel compelled to stay with him when she cut him off. In an adorably squeaky voice, Granestrasza spoke over him. “Harry James Potter! Of course I’m not gonna be your ‘consort!’ You are my mate, and Alira’s too. We are going to love each other as long as we live and you’re going to give both of us children as soon as the three of us are ready for them. As soon as I’m a ‘teenager’ again the three of us are getting some ‘alone time’ in until none of us can move! I hope you had someone brew stamina potions Harry, because Alira has gone without you for a decade.

 

    At noon Dan, Emma, and Harry watched from a safe distance with Alexstrasza and Tyranastrasz as Rylinstrasza created the magically enhanced flames that triggered whelps to grow into drakes. As one every shape in the flames began to change and as the flames died away nine healthy drakes were visible. Before Granestrasza was almost identical to her adopted siblings, her scales and shape were no different than the rest of Rylinstrasza’s brood. Now, Granestrasza was a darker red than the others, almost maroon in some areas. Where her adopted siblings had cream white underbellies, hers was slightly brown, as if she had a light dusting of parched earth.

 

    Goodbyes to the drakes she’d known and the dragon that had watched over her for the last decade took a while. Granestrasza promised she would see them again, though it might be a long time. Final thanks were given to Alexstrasza and Tyranastrasz, and then they left for their next destination, which was dispersing the other humans who had come with them to safe places to study. The magical contracts, tied to the Aspect and her prime consort by their own blood, used their own magic to seamlessly submerge the memories of meeting Harry and the others. It would be a very long time before they met again.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    One thousand four-hundred and ninety-eight years later, Alexstrasza stood in her mortal form atop Wyrmrest Temple. The war against the Lich King raged, even as the Nexus War continued. So much suffering, so much death ravaged the lands and her people. Soon she would have to end Malygos, have to put him down for the good of the world and all the people he was hurting. When an adventurer came to her on behalf of Tirion Fordring, the human leading the war against the scourge, with tales of a crusader that had dragged over a dozen of his injured fellows to safety before heading out into the frozen wastes to die alone when he contracted the Plague of Undeath, how could she not do all she could to help? With the adventurer’s help, she had crafted an item that contained her own flames and the cleansing power of her Dragonflight.

 

    “You must understand, young Dwarf, that cleansing the body in favor of life anew is something well within my grasp... removing the Plague of Undeath without affecting the body, however, is beyond the scope of the powers that I control. If this Bridenbrad is the beacon of light that you profess him to be, perhaps he will endure such a cleansing and thrive, but I cannot state with confidence that this is the salvation that you seek. Take it and go with all of my blessings.” As the adventurer began to walk away, Alexstrasza paused for a moment. While there was a chance this solution might work, it was also entirely possible it would fail and simply cause agony for no gain.

 

    There was something prickling at the back of her mind… Something that had the potential to matter here, now. With an effort fragments of a ritual floated through her mind, and she spoke again in a more sure voice. “Dwarf, wait! There is one other solution I can offer if this one should fail. I need a few drops of your blood before you depart. Korialstrasz! Accompany this mortal to the crusader and open a portal to the ground floor so Baleflame can join you. If this first solution fails, you will offer Bridenbrad the choice to continue life as a Dragonspawn, with our Dragonflight or with the mortals as he chooses. I will go prepare the ritual needed. Bring him and Baleflame directly to my personal chamber below Wyrmrest if the flames fail.”

 

    A few hours later, Bridenbrad was still slowly succumbing to the Plague as Baleflame, a Dragonspawn general and leader of the Red Dragonflight’s ground forces carried him through a portal. He tried to insist that he was contagious, but the scaled creature carrying him simply chuckled. “Crusader, out of all the creatures on Azeroth my kind are more resistant to disease than any other. While the flames of life burn within me, I will not be struck down by anything so mundane as sickness.”

 

    An hour later, Bridenbrad’s human body burned outside the temple. His soul and mind now slept safely in the egg created from Alexstrasza’s own body and the blood given by the hero that had begged for her aid. A few months of sleep within the extremely large shell, and Alexstrasza’s woven spells would see Bridenbrad emerge as a nearly mature Dragonspawn.

 

    After recovering, Bridenbrad knelt before Alexstrasza and thanked her deeply for saving his life. He didn’t stay among the Red Dragonflight then, the fight against the Undead Scourge needed every able body. Still barely able to control his new form, Bridenbrad accepted a portal to the Argent Crusade fortress in Icecrown to report his recovery and request a new assignment from Highlord Tirion Fordring.

 

    (Standing next to Alexstrasza as the representative of the Bronze Dragonflight in her mortal form of a small Gnome, Chronormu, better known as Chromie, tried not to let anyone see how uncomfortable she was when Bridenbrad thanked the Dragon Queen and left to rejoin the war against the undead. This… was not supposed to happen. Where on Azeroth did the Timeline change to cause this? Alexstrasza clammed up when I tried to pry to find out where she got the idea to rebirth the mortal as one of her half-dragon children.

 

     At least the repercussions should still be small, it’s only one mortal, an ordinary man with a strong will and noble heart. Who should have died but is still alive thanks to the Timeline changing without any visible cause. And isn’t suffering the fate of those who get saved by time-travelers. I’m sure this is fine , there’s no reason to worry. What’s the worst that could happen?

 

    Crap. I’m gonna be stuck finding out what’s going on, aren’t I? Wonder if I can trick Zidormi into taking this job instead?)

 

    Bridenbrad went on to serve with distinction and strength against the undead. With a thick spiked shield that weighed more than his old body and a halberd forged with his own fires, he learned to channel the Light alongside the enchanted flames that were the birthright of all Red dragons to great effect. After the Lich King fell, he wandered for a time and learned much of draconic culture until the Cataclysm struck and the short period of peace ended. (It was a strange experience to find himself more welcome among dragons than his own people; although when those he’d served with were around to introduce him not only was he welcome in the city or town but he usually got more free drinks than he could handle.) Then, he picked up his shield and returned to his chosen path of protecting as many innocent lives as possible.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Inside the Cube a party started up as Stine traveled to a safe place, a cave in a barren desert that was warded and put under the Fidelius Charm. They would remain here for a few days while they made their final preparations on who was going when and where. The Grangers, for all that this entire situation was far out of their comfort zone, loved their daughter, whether she had brown hair or red scales. Eventually they could be heard jokingly bemoaning the fact that they’d missed most of their daughter’s second childhood only to get her back now that she was a teenager again. Granestrasza was avidly looking forward to learning the anthromagus transformation, something Alira had been withholding, albeit for very good reasons.

 

    After the chosen cave was warded and the party in full swing Alira, ‘Hermione,’ and Harry eventually retired for a private reunion in the wing they had used the last time they lived in the Cube. Over a full day later Dalistraza was sent to ensure they were still healthy when the three had missed a few meals. After just under an hour, she returned to the main group in the mostly-empty (There was simply much more space than they were able to use.) Cube and explained that all three were suffering from dehydration, so she had treated that, healed Harry, and forced nutrition and sleep potions on all of them. After much badgering she admitted that in addition to exhaustion and dehydration, she had treated Harry for bruising and minor fractures in his pelvis.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    The first of the group to leave, Neville gave Harry a salute just before Dalistraza gave him a lift to a school for Druids in the Stonetalon Mountains a year after the Third War ended with the demon’s defeat at Mount Hyjal. Neville had worked hard to speak Darnassian and he was now mostly fluent in both Darnassian and Common. Normally the reclusive elves would not have allowed a human to study with them, but the word of a Red drake was enough for the teachers to allow Neville to demonstrate his talent. With a bit of effort, Neville grew a tree from acorn to thirty feet tall without use of a focus. Dalistraza’s presence might have given him the chance to show his skills, but it was his own power and skill that secured him a place amongst the Druids.

 

    As expected, Neville became a focus of interest as it became evident that he had indeed learned from a Green dragon, the original users of Nature magic that taught the demigod Cenarius, who in turn taught the Night Elves. Neville also encountered a facet of Kaldorei culture he hadn’t expected. Unlike humans, Night Elves had a birth rate that produced roughly three female elves for every male. Despite this the elves still desired to be loved, still had the natural drive to have intimate relationships with others. However, there were some major differences between the Kaldorei and modern ‘Western’ Earth culture.

 

    Female bisexuality was extremely common and socially accepted, and family units that produced children were usually composed of one male and two or more females. These relationships were usually built over time, with one female elf carefully evaluating potential additions to the group; a carefully built family often lasted until death. Elven society had also been impacted by the long separation where the Druids, and with them most of the race's men, slept away the millenia. 

 

While Night Elves reproducing with other races was frowned upon, the Kaldorei’s mostly dominant genetics meant that over the years many lonely elven women had loved the shorter lived races, and with support of close friends eventually returned to elven society mourning husbands and children, but introducing grandchildren to their people for the first time. Those grandchildren often looked slightly different than the average Night Elf, but not different enough to draw attention or question their parentage. While dating outside their species was a taboo, there were also rumors that circulated of how passionate the other races were in everything they did. Passion was often missing from Kaldorei society, a price of their immortality, and the shorter lived races often attracted attention from the elves simply by the enthusiasm they put into everything they did.    

 

    As Neville’s education progressed, he found himself responding to a fellow Druid’s flirting. She was outgoing and full of energy, and constantly challenged Neville to improve. During one of the seasonal one-week breaks, she introduced Neville to her best friend and lover, a quiet young woman who was studying healing at the Temple of Elune. There was certainly a culture clash in the budding relationship, and Neville had to think long and hard about going forward. In the end, he decided to pursue the relationship and find out where it went.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    The Patil twins, Susan, Hannah, Daphne and Tracey would all be spending between eighteen months and two years living in Stormwind city as they learned as much as they could. Instead of renting a house, they simply found an unused alley of the city, fortified it with magic and bonded an expanded cube, which the girls decided to call ‘the Dormitory’ with the stone wall. The Dormitory was a cube with a dedicated town/living area with more than enough gardens to feed themselves on the bottom plane, but on the sides and roof it had pasture for animal herds. It and the alley were soon protected by a bevy of enchantments, and at least one dragon would stay with them at all times. If the local guards or Mages found them, the only thing they would know for certain was that a group of young magic users were either living together in an expanded space or were using that corner to portal home at the end of the day.

 

    With some effort, Padma and Parvati secured apprenticeships with one of the less popular tailors. Susan and Hannah applied and were granted a place on the lowest rung of assistant healers at the Cathedral of the Light. Essentially they would serve as nurses as they learned to heal by watching those more experienced and gradually taking over more and more complex duties as they studied. Daphne, with Tracey as her friend and assistant, began investing the gold from the city of Gadgetzan. They would have to be careful not to influence the timeline or draw too much attention, but they would grow the group’s funds steadily, amassing resources for a mass buy-out of everything either useful or valuable on Earth when it would not affect the timeline. (In this case, the most critical part of the timeline was anything that would interfere with the dragons coming to Earth in the first place.)

 

    All six girls, of course, also practiced self-defense and a wide variety of magic religiously when not working at their main jobs. No matter what else they were, they were born witches and would never forget it. From time to time, they would pool together a bit of gold and hire a Druid, Mage, or Shaman to give them an afternoon of instruction in a field none of them were studying. Tomes borrowed from various libraries were copied and then were added to their own inside the Dormitory. Azeroth’s magic to prevent duplicating the books stopped Azeroth’s methods, not Earth’s , after all.

 

    The first time a petty criminal sought to attack them was always the last. Each of the girls had an interesting magical animal at their call if their own magic wasn’t enough. Between enchanted collars, applied spells and the creatures themselves, each girl usually had a friend invisible and nearby when out of the Dormitory. When the third of Daphne’s supposed business rivals attempted to shake her down and only succeeded in getting mauled by an invisible tiger, the city guard got involved briefly. Stormwind, however, only restricted animal ownership if the creature was absurdly dangerous. Otherwise, people were free to do what they wanted as long as no one was hurt. Since the fools had been either thieves or trying to intimidate a teenage girl, it was the official opinion of the guard captain that justice had been served. There may also have been laughter and a warning to the thugs to get the hell out of his city .

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Jason Atreides and Luna Lovegood chose to stay more mobile. Both would take instructions in the way of the forest and mastery of beast magic, and together they learned how to shoot a bow and use arrows as a medium for spells. In addition to her raptor, tiger, and dragonhawk, Luna eventually succeeded in bonding with a ‘Mannarunner,’ a unicorn with a pure white coat, a large, curved horn, and a blue mane and tail. Thanks to no small amount of magic and the efforts of her other familiars, she managed to steal and hatch an egg from one of Azeroth’s hydras. It grew into a terrifying hunter with four legs, a long powerful tail, a pattern of dark green and black scales, and three heads which each eventually learned to use a different type of magic. No one was quite sure how, but before she left Earth behind for a time her father had sent her two eggs to hatch. Both were creatures native to North America, the first was a rare horned serpent and the second was a Thunderbird.

 

Luna’s magic influenced her familiars to grow until they were no longer just animals infused with magic, but gained magic that could be shaped and directed. They became as capable of casting magic as she was, though wands were difficult to use. At the same time, their essence began to alter her in turn. From her dragonhawk Luna gained a predisposition to Fire magic, from her Thunderbird Storm. Normally human magicals had one or two types of magic that fit them, that allowed more finesse than others, that came to them easiest and could produce more power in their spells. Luna transcended that limitation as she learned the needed spells to take advantage of her diverse potential and even applied the Blue’s method of striking with simply shaped magic. Not to mention, in any sort of sparring session that allowed animal help Luna became a terrifying opponent.

 

    Jason eventually chose three hunting companions and magical familiars after much thought. Snow was an orphaned Frostsaber (Saber cats adapted to hunting in the ice and snow of Winterspring.) cub with pure white fur and blue stripes he and Luna had come across when a band of Orc hunters began butchering the sentient species in an effort to draw out the near mythical Shy-Rotam. (An old, powerful feline on the path to becoming an Ancient or Loa.) Storm was an ebony-feathered and dark red-furred gryphon, a rare find in the wilds of the Hinterlands. Dust had proven the most difficult to tame, but the yellow and black raptor covered in spikes and armored plates had submitted to him after the young female raptor had failed to kill Jason in an ambush in Netherstorm. After much practice, Jason became exceedingly skilled with his bow and the spells he could infuse into arrows while Luna focused more on her familiars and the new kinds of magics they allowed her, becoming a Mage with a terrifyingly diverse set of skills. (That at least one of her familiars learned every spell she knew made things even more terrifying.)

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Ron Weasley managed to surprise everyone. As they were near Stormwind three years before the Dark Portal reopened, he announced his intentions to leave the group for a time and make his own way in the world until Elune’s Portal opened some six years later. Ron… had always felt as if he lived in someone’s shadow. First it was his brothers Bill and Charlie, then later Percy and the twins. Even when he was friends with Harry and took part in the adventures the group got into, he found himself always jealous of others. That wasn’t who he wanted to be, and when he looked back at how he’d acted during the Triwizard Tournament, he was ashamed.

 

    While Ron didn’t really know where he’d be going or what he’d be doing, Azeroth was beckoning him with adventure. It wasn’t safe , the life he was choosing. He would live or die by his own merits, but he found he didn’t mind. With his sword, shield, and armor he began the journey to Northshire Abbey where the recruiting station for Knights of the Silver Hand waited for him. After a lot of thought, Ron had chosen to join the Order that continued to uphold the virtues espoused by figures such as Turalyon and Uther the Lightbringer. With a small bag of coins and a shrunken chest containing his still-growing warpstalker familiar along with pasture and herds to feed him, Ron presented himself to Brother Sammuel, the Paladin who was, for many humans, their first instructor on the path of the Paladin.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    With both Harry and Hermione free of outside mental influences, Remus returned home, actually arriving before he’d left. While he was combing North America for a method to anchor one’s animagus form, he was also moving through Germany, France, and Italy to lay the groundwork to recruit the werewolves there. While the packs had turned their backs on the broken werewolf puppet of Dumbledore’s, they were more willing to listen to a Worgen stronger than any of them even at the full moon. That Remus could transform at will was something that made them hunger for the transformation themselves. When the time was right, Remus led one group after another to Hogsmead and helped them through the ritual and aftereffects.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    With a smaller group, Harry found himself nervous as he prepared for his next task. Stine and Ralion had found a clearing as close to the cursed Tower of Karazhan as they dared. Caliona had been right when she said the best time to approach Tendrion was as he was leaving Karazhan’s library after collecting the knowledge he would later use to open Elune’s Portal. He took some time to hunt a stag and set it to roasting over an open fire as he waited with a clear view of the ruined tower. When he saw the distant shape in the sky, Harry sent a messenger patronus to him. “Tendrion, I need to speak with the only dragon free of both the Old Gods and the Titans. I’m alone, waiting in view of the tower with lunch on the fire, just follow your nose.”

 

    It took a while, and Harry knew the drake was verifying that he was actually alone. Given the life he led, Tendrion had every right to be jumpy and a bit paranoid. Eventually he approached, not out of the sky but stalking through the underbrush. Harry didn’t begrudge the drake this caution, he’d learned during his time on Mount Hyjal that dragons were a little vulnerable landing thanks to their positioning and divided attention. A dragon walking on the ground had less to focus on so they could fight better, and they could brace themselves against the earth to strike. Tendrion was not exactly what Harry expected.

 

    From all the tales he’d heard about the drake before him, Harry had the impression of Tendrion as a gleaming, heroic champion of a dragon, but seeing him in person told a different story. He was thin, thin enough to see his ribs and he had half-healed injuries and missing scales. His scales were an eye-catching glacial blue, but now that Harry knew more about dragons he could see that if Tendrion’s scales had ever touched one of the alchemical scale treatments his followers whipped up in increasingly large batches, it was very inferior to the ones Valistraza and Dalistraza worked together on. More than anything else, Tendrion looked haggard, he looked tired . Harry was struck with the realization that Tendrion wasn’t some idealized hero, he was only a dragon doing his best, one day at a time.

 

    Standing and carefully setting his spear and wand down on a stump next to the fire, Harry walked over to the drake slowly. Dragons were not bloodhounds, but larger sinus cavities than humans made for more scent receptors and a keener sense of smell. In preparation for this meeting Ralion, Caliona, and Talion had each spent a few moments rubbing their faces against his forearms. Scent couldn’t tell the whole story, but it would at least put truth to the fact that Harry knew Tendrion’s friends, and they were not stressed in his presence. After a few moments of smelling Harry’s offered arms with a puzzled expression on his face, the glacial-blue drake relaxed a bit. Making sure not to make any sudden moves, Harry led them back to his fire and pulled out a knife and cut off a bit of the roasted stag off for himself, gesturing for the dragon to take the rest.

 

    Whatever Tendrion had been surviving on while inside Karazhan, it had either run out or been insufficient to keep him sated. He fell on the half-roasted stag seasoned with garlic and hot peppers and after about ten minutes had eaten the whole thing, bones and all. Surprised, Harry took a swig of his nearly bottomless canteen and then passed it to the drake who was very surprised at how much it contained. With the drake now calmer and with a full stomach, Harry began to explain his presence. “Tendrion, my name is Harry. As you might have guessed, I’m a friend of your friends. I have a few things to tell you and then a request, and unless you agree to me suppressing your memory of this meeting or removing it outright, I’ll have to be very careful what I tell you. All I can say on that topic is that I’m friends with a Bronze drake who no longer follows Nozdormu.”

 

    Harry almost leaned away when Tendrion moved closer and inhaled while touching his snout to where Harry’s neck met his shoulders. He had to remind himself that no one had taught Tendrion subjects such as manners and ‘personal space.’ The drake was quiet for a moment before he spoke up. “You look like a normal human, but you don’t smell exactly right. Every human I’ve ever scented is just a little different, and your magic feels… off. That you’re here, it means that I succeeded, right? I got my friends to safety.”

 

    Harry smiled. “Yes. Vespiona, Caliona, Ralion and Talion are all doing well. Vespiona is back at home with Valistraza and the whelps you just rescued. If we’re both careful not to make any changes, that is the result of your struggles and actions.”

 

    Looking at Harry, the drake turned contemplative for a moment. “Then, why are you here? Disrupting the timeline is not a small danger, if only for the problems of dealing with the Bronze Dragonflight.”

 

    Sighing, Harry ran a hand through his hair for a moment before he responded. “I need a favor from you. My world is better off than Azeroth, but we still have our problems. Call it fate, chance, or the meddling of a higher power, but your friends came to me when I was surrounded by enemies on all sides and had no real hope of survival. With their help, we have a real chance but I still have enemies that seek my blood. I need power to protect those I care about, to keep my old and new friends safe. My people have a magic called the animagus transformation, it’s a kind of magic that allows them to be nearly indistinguishable from an animal. My father learned it and gained the ability to turn into a stag at will, his closest friend a dog. Normally the magic gives you a form that fits your personality, that reflects who you are at a deep level. With a war coming, I do not have that luxury.

 

    “A friend recently found a method to force your form to become a specific creature, but there’s a problem. The ritual would make my other form a blood sibling of the donor; I can’t accept a sample from a dragon that was born in bondage to the Titans, Old Gods or one that’s chosen to become my oathsworn. In the first two I could become a slave myself and we haven’t been able to get a real answer out of Stine about the third option, he just flinches when we bring it up; something about how he can’t tell us the result if we don’t actually do the experiment. Our Blues think it’s something to do with magical feedback.”

 

    Tendrion replied quickly, eyes alight with understanding. He had only survived as long as he had by having a quick wit. “That’s what you’re doing! You’re pillaging history, gathering an army!”

 

    Harry replied, drawing his wand and keeping it pointed away from the drake. “I wouldn’t call it pillaging, though while you were in Hyjal I was there too.” Harry paused and flicked his wand, briefly turning a stump and fallen log into a Night Elf bleeding out from a gut wound and Red, Blue, and Twilight whelps seemingly having trouble breathing. “We leave things like this behind, though the fakes are more elaborate. I’m building a nation of refugees, those who have nowhere else to go. Even the Bronze don’t know why for sure, but if they save an individual from their immediate death they still die. Taking them to my world prevents that.”

 

    Digesting that for a moment, Tendrion soon spoke again. “So, you’ve told me I save my friends, that they get to live, exiled to your world and you’ve also saved those I would not or could not. What, specifically, do you need from me?”

 

    Harry smiled. “I am asking you to willingly donate a tear, a drop of blood, and a scale. I wish I could have one of our healers treat you, but your friends would be able to detect the scent or magic left behind by a Red or Green drake. I’ve learned a few healing spells from my world that are harder to detect, if you’ll tell me where it hurts I can help. Since our meeting has left you behind schedule, I’ll also use one of my world’s methods of magical travel to place you in the sky not far from where you’re due to meet up with the others.”

 

    Half an hour later, the two tentative friends left each other’s company. Stine and the three drakes who had traveled with Tendrion had written out a contract that would ensure that history played out the same the second time. Tendrion, a bit confused by the magic taking effect, caught himself and turned his fall into a glide over the Swamp of Sorrows. The drake chalked up his disorientation to an after effect of his visit to Karazhan, perhaps the hooded spirit that had befriended him in the library had done something for his old injuries? He wasn’t completely healed, but he hadn’t felt this good in a while.

 

    Harry smiled as he packed up his campsite and left it exactly as it was before he found it. While he would have liked to do a lot more for the battered drake, he’d done what he could. As he teleported to where the Cube had been left with Stine, he briefly fingered the three vials in his pocket.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Some time later, as he was watching the Alliance envoy and the Skyfire’s captain discuss strategy with the Zandalari king, Tendrion had a brief moment where memories he hadn’t had before integrated with those he already possessed. It was unnerving, but apparently Elune had chosen to make him aware of changes in his own personal timeline. He found himself glad he hadn’t been born a Bronze, that was a deeply disturbing sensation.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    As Harry, Sirius, Alira, and Dali, with both drakes in their anthromagus forms, walked along the road they took in the sights and smells. ‘Hermione’ was inside the Cube in Harry’s pocket, receiving flying lessons from Senastrasz and spending time with her parents. (She was perfectly capable of flight as a whelp, but the change in body shape and size was throwing her off. Whelps used their magic instinctively to make flight possible, but drakes needed to make much more use of their muscles and skills to navigate air currents.) As Harry walked through Dustwallow Marsh, he had discovered it was a swamp crawling with insects and the native six-legged subspecies of amphibious reptiles, similar to Earth’s crocodiles or alligators, but bigger and meaner. Apparently they were also delicious if cooked properly. Harry had already added five of the creatures that had attacked them into the food supply. It wasn’t always easy to keep so many dragons fed, after all. If Harry’s early life hadn’t taught him not to be wasteful, his efforts to keep his followers fed would have.

 

    (Harry had a few ideas about using them as more than snacks; as they went further back into the past it seemed like a poor idea to remove the sheer mass of biological material attached to the people they saved. Between the various prey animals and maybe some ‘crocolisks’ harvested from the swamp here and left to breed in an expanded cube they should have enough material so the simple loss of mass did not cause problems.

 

    The Meadow had mostly flourished when Alira left it alone for a decade, though two of the interior surfaces had not gotten any water after a few years, and the Blackstone trees meant to provide a continuous flow of volcanic soil had grown out of control and filled in a third of the massive interior space with the dirt they created. Once they had dug a tunnel and reached the surface, they found the herds left inside had multiplied, though not as much as they could have had everything gone to plan. Cleaning up the interior was going to be a pain, but the plan was to build another ‘type two’ cube and use a flood of conjured water to wash much of the soil into the new cube.)

 

    Other than a few native beasts harassing them and a brief encounter with an Ogre (As far as nomenclature went, Azeroth’s Ogres were similar to the creatures called trolls on Earth but a little more intelligent.) Harry and the group arrived at a bridge. It was strongly built of stone mined from the surrounding area and led to an island not far off the coast, where the whitewashed stone walls and blue painted roofs typical of Azeroth’s human settlements could be seen. This was the city-state of Theramore Isle, the largest human settlement in Kalimdor. Harry was arriving about a year and a half before the Dark Portal reopened, and about four years after the Legion was repelled from Mount Hyjal. There were several reasons to be here, the most important of which was the Archmage who ruled the island.

 

    Jaina Proudmoore was the leader of Theramore, a former student of Antonidas, the Archmage who led the city-state of Dalaran prior to his death. She was also the second most powerful naturally-born user of magic (meaning no power boosts from Titans, Old Gods, Ancients or Loa) Azeroth had ever seen. Jaina had come to Dalaran to learn all that she could and had impressed those following her progress. Later, when the Undead Scourge came, she led a group of survivors across the sea to Kalimdor. Eventually she fought in the Battle of Mount Hyjal and helped protect the world. To say she was a skilled magic user was an understatement, she had honed her powers and mind so much that few could now rival her.

 

    On the advice of Stine and Senastrasz, Harry was here to try convincing her to accept him as an apprentice for a year or two. Though few knew, Jaina had been trained as a Battle-Mage, a training program that involved casters supplementing their spell-work with physical weapons. Generally, a Battle-Mage would exhaust most of their standing magic and then fall back on their weapon skills. Thanks to the incredible amount of magic she was capable of using however, Jaina rarely ran into a situation where her spells drained her. Still, her training in combining magic and melee would probably fit Harry well. Given how he’d been fighting when he didn’t simply rely on transfiguration, Lady Proudmoore was the best fit to help him move from ‘pretty good for a student’ to ‘man who you never want to fight.’

 

    Weary travelers coming out of the swamp wasn’t unusual for Theramore, so gaining entry was easy. Once inside, Harry rented a room at the inn while Alira took over the task of getting Hermione used to her new, more functional wings. Dali and Senas in their mortal forms made their way to the tower in the center of Theramore where Jaina lived and worked. Apparently Jaina had a Night Elf working as her bodyguard, spymaster, and advisor. The two siblings were simply going to introduce themselves and ensure Jaina was aware of the Bronze Dragonflight and what it did. A lot of what they would have to say, and the needed restrictions on Jaina’s use of any magic she learned from Harry or the others would make a lot more sense with that foundational knowledge.

 

    Pocketing the Cube again, Harry and Sirius went for a walk around the town. Theramore was clean, with well cared for trees, shrubs, and grass decorating the spaces between buildings and obvious pride taken in the whitewashed stone that made up many of the different buildings. As they passed the forge, Harry smiled at memories of learning to smith and forge. Shifting his spear, Harry took a closer look at the edge. It was holding together better since he’d reforged the blade after the battle with Gringotts, but the edge was in need of work again. There were a lot of different methods of forging magical blades, and Senastrasz had insisted Harry and the others integrate certain aspects of the elvish forging traditions. Instead of becoming weaker every time it broke and was reforged, his spear would become stronger; though admittedly at the cost of requiring more magic to infuse the blade every time.

 

    As Harry and his godfather walked around the town, they eventually made their way to the docks. Harry ended up walking down to the ocean, along a small path between the docks and city walls. It was relaxing, sitting there and listening to the waves and smelling the salt. Azeroth’s oceans had a different scent than Earth’s thanks to the difference in the dissolved contents other than salt. Sirius sat next to his godson and they simply relaxed there together and watched the activity along the docks. (There wasn’t much, but the workers were preparing goods to load onto a ship that was due to sail in soon.)

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    The Red siblings found that a personal meeting with Lady Proudmoore would take time to arrange, but found themselves able to meet with Theramore’s spymaster much sooner. The woman was a Kaldorei who was choosing to go by the name ‘Pained’ at the moment. No one was quite sure why, if it was an intimidation tactic or the woman wanted to mess with people meeting her for the first time. (She could also have been a little crazy, no reason to rule that out.) When she walked into the meeting room, a quirk of her eyebrows was the only indication of surprise at recognizing the two dragons for what they were. Pained had light pink skin, dark blue hair, and mail armor. She also had what was probably a gift from Jaina, a sword that was glowing brightly, obviously highly enchanted.

 

    After a few greetings and a bit of small talk where the dragons proved they were fluent in Darnassian, though a bit of accent from their native tongue did seep in, Pained got to the heart of the matter. “Why are you two here? I understand you tried to schedule a meeting with Lady Proudmoore?”

 

    Nudging his sister, Senas let Dali take the lead, she was the diplomatic one, after all. “Do you know of the Bronze Dragonflight and what they do?” At a nod, Dali continued. “We’re a bit out of our timeline just now, and we’re traveling with a group that includes a young Mage. He’s skilled, has wonderful reflexes, and his power is going to grow and grow as he masters a special skill of his people. He’s fought and killed before, he isn’t a true veteran but he knows which end of his spear goes where and he has a number of tricks that have served him well in the mostly small-scale battles he’s been in so far. But…”

 

    Senas stepped in and spoke up. “But there’s a limit to how much we can teach him. We can teach him a lot about how dragons use magic, but humanity has their own traditions that work better for them. And there’s also the fact that no matter what we do, we’re not able to truly push him like he needs to really grow. We’re having trouble being harsh enough with him. Lady Proudmoore can do what we can’t, she can forge him into the warrior we know he has the potential to become.”

 

    Now more curious, Pained asked the obvious question. “Why him? What is his significance?”

 

    Dali answered the question. “In the future, a band of very desperate drakes will call on Elune to open a portal to a world where they will be safe. ‘Harry’ will receive a dream from the goddess and rush to open the portal on his end. Harry is a good man, but before we came he was hopelessly surrounded by enemies on every side, and his few real friends were powerless to really help him. That first night Harry and his mate healed broken ribs, bandaged every wound they could find, and washed the drakes by hand, not caring about the blood, muck, and pus they got all over themselves.

 

    “Harry will be a legend to rival Anduin Lothar or Jarod Shadowsong before the end. He’s already saved hundreds of lives, Kaldorei, Dragon, and others; but he also has enemies that will see him dead to preserve their own corrupt power. He must reach his full potential.”

 

    The discussion went on for a time, and the next meeting involved Harry and Jaina herself. While busy running a city, the Lady Proudmoore had been finding herself bored. While there were often attempts by magic users to become her apprentice, none of them had offered her an entire world’s worth of new magic in exchange for teaching what she knew. Pained’s words that the drakes had little reason to lie, in fact their people’s culture looked down harshly on deceivers , helped convince Jaina. When the Archmage asked Harry to demonstrate what he knew, Harry led them into the Meadow cube. He explained how the cube’s system had malfunctioned leading to more dirt and less water than desired as they climbed up the tunnel to reach the surface. Jaina was impressed by transfiguration as a magical discipline, and by Harry’s variety of spells. She was not impressed whatsoever by his magical power, and believed only hesitantly that his magic was growing rather quickly.

 

    Still, Harry proved himself quick footed, possessed of good reflexes, and noble enough that he was unlikely to abuse what she taught him. After some deliberation, Harry Potter became the first apprentice of Archmage Jaina Proudmoore.

 

    A week later, after mastering a few essential spells, Jaina led him through a portal to a desolate sea for their first sparring session. Both employed magic to stand on the surface of the ocean, and stared each other down. Harry did not expect to win, but had honestly expected to do better than he had. Lady Proudmoore was not a barely trained cultist or an Auror that didn’t have a thousandth of her power. Harry lost track of how many times he was sent skipping across the waves when he just barely dodged or blocked a fireball twice his size or an orb of concentrated Arcane energy. The spar ended when Jaina froze his feet (and a disturbingly large patch of ocean) in place and Harry had the bright idea to transfigure the ice into a shield to block the largest fireball yet.

 

    He woke up some hours later, covered in bandages with Dali picking the last shards of magically hardened ice out of him. Apparently the impact had turned his shield into shards like glass and covered him in small wounds as well as sent him traveling parallel to the ocean for a respectable distance. On the plus side, he was given four days until their next spar. On the downside, he was given two thick treatises on magic to read and comprehend and the first in a painful series of exercises to expand his magic capacity.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Day by day, time started to pass. Alira and Dali both agreed that everything Dumbledore had done to Hermione’s mind was gone for good, and it was safe to call her by the name her human parents had given her again. Dalistraza walked Hermione through learning the anthromagus transformation. To no one’s surprise her form was that of an eighteen or nineteen year old version of her old body, with small changes made; essentially all the small flaws she’d disliked about herself had melted away. However, to everyone’s surprise, Hermione was unable to return to her draconic form after becoming human. Even the spells that could force a dragon into their true form had no effect.

 

    In an effort to calm his godson’s girlfriend, (for a dragon, being trapped on the ground was a good reason to panic) Sirius suggested that she learn the animagus transformation. Under Sirius’ tutelage, both Harry and Hermione worked on completing the magic and it wasn’t a surprise when Hermione achieved the transformation first. Not only was she more studious than Harry, but Harry’s path to animagery was complicated by the binding ritual. In a change from before they left Hogwarts, Hermione was ecstatic to be able to return to the air, barely minding the thunderstorm raging around her when she regained her wings.

 

    There was confusion from all involved when Dan asked his daughter if, since she had been stuck in her human form for a time, if she was ‘really’ a dragon or a human. To answer the question, Sirius smirked at Harry and cast the spell to return an animagus to their true, human form. Hermione was once again a brown-haired teenager. Harry cast the spell to return a dragon to their true form, and she became a drake. This repeated until Hermione lost her temper and began throwing magic and breathing sparks at both of them. The only conclusion anyone could reach was that testing was inconclusive.

 

    Hermione was also going to have siblings soon. Despite being unsure that even Alexstrasza could heal her body, Emma was now obviously pregnant with twins. Compared to her previous pregnancy however, this one was less draining. That was due both to Alexstrasza’s blessing and the Potter’s Mark tattoo over her heart. Dali had a theory that since Hermione was magical, it was entirely possible that either Dan or Emma, or both, had the potential to be either muggleborn or squibs. Thanks to the careful monitoring of both, four months after the marks had been added it looked like both adults could have been at least squibs if they had grown up near a stronger source of magic. Having access to a certain minimum of environmental magic was essential to developing magicals, from their time in the womb to their mid-twenties, and it was likely the two adults simply hadn’t had enough of the environmental magic during their early years. It was too late for them to become fully magical, but they were becoming fairly strong squibs, with the bonuses of having a longer life and their body’s magic slowly trying to heal every old injury or flaw. (This was intensified by the Life magic in their Potter’s Marks.)

 

    Six weeks after Hermione completed the animagus transformation Harry was on a tiny crest of rock jutting out from the sea, not far from Theramore. Even staying on the rock and not being thrown into the frothing sea was incredibly difficult thanks to the hurricane, one that Earth’s meteorologists would call a ‘Category Five,’ raging around him. (He had no idea that Stine had arranged for a team of his Naga oathsworn to be sitting below the waters, just to be sure their Lord didn’t drown if he lost his footing.)

 

    As the winds howled around him and the waves crashed over and around, Harry anchored himself with magic and focused on the final part of his ritual: Accepting and integrating the new instincts and mindset into his own even as he drew power from the storm itself to fuel the overwriting of whatever animagus form he would have had otherwise. ‘ As if you had been born as one of them,’ Indeed. Water, wind, and lightning raged around him, but as he focused more and more into himself, the outside world faded away. He eventually found himself in his own mind, standing next to a dragon. It was a Twilight drake, physically larger than Ralion or Caliona, that bore dark blue scales and deep purple wing membranes.

 

    As Harry stepped closer, feeling no fear at all, he saw that the drake wasn’t built like Senastrasz, it wasn’t a tank of muscles and thick scales. It was still obviously masculine, still strong and powerful, but it was a creature built for speed, for evasion and striking at the weakest point. It’s frame was larger than most of his drakes, but given the slight build was probably about the same mass. Oddly, the drake had the same shade of green for its eyes as Harry himself even if the color looked alien with slit, vertical pupils.

 

    James Potter, Peter Pettigrew, Sirius Black, and Remus Lupin had not only been pranksters, they had been innovators and inventors. One thing they discovered as they worked to master the animagus form using bits and pieces of traditions taken from England, Africa, and the Americas was that giving their other form a Name improved the process. A Name provided a grounding, a way to express the additions to their personalities. That was the real reason for the names they used as Marauders. For his Marauder name, Harry had chosen to join the appropriate draconic suffix with one of the names his parents had considered (although briefly, according to Sirius) before settling on Harry. As Harry stood there, staring back at the drake, it moved forward, offering a talon to clasp and spoke. “Hello Harry.

 

    With a real, genuine smile, Harry responded, moving closer. “Hello, Hadrion.

 

    With that, the two clasped their forearms together. The mental realm shattered like glass and in an instant the two were one being. In the real world, Harry’s roar echoed all the way back to Theramore as the dangerous hurricane lost most of its power and fell from ‘Category Five’ to a mere ‘Tropical Storm.’ Nearly all of the kinetic energy and ionization had been consumed by the final step of the ritual Remus had brought back from North America. Spreading untested wings, Harry beat them once and leaped into the air. He might not be overly familiar with how to work them, but he’d been watching his drakes fly for months now and no matter what shape he wore, Harry Potter belonged in the air.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.




A/N: Chromie is a believer in the Doctor’s words about ordinary people being the most important kind. Bridenbrad is the kind of person every world needs more of and now he’s alive and more powerful than ever before. He probably won’t be mentioned again, but I thought I’d show that Alexstrasza and Tyranastrasz inventing a solution for Hermione has at least one side effect.

 

Harry is now the apprentice of Jaina ‘All I ever wanted was to study’ Proudmore. He’s in for a rough, but possibly rewarding, time. He’s going to be skipped along the ocean many, many times.

 

I spent a lot more time on Hermione’s de-programming than Harry’s horcrux removal for two big reasons: We’ve all read Harry getting the horcrux out enough times for it to be boring and thanks to the dragons doing all the ‘prep work’ it wasn’t that big a deal to remove. Hermione needed a more elaborate solution.

 

I hope the rituals in this chapter were interesting. I didn’t dwell on the Animagus transformation’s many steps, simply because cannon’s are rather boring. As for the Marauder name, I thought it would be cool to make those names have a purpose. Hadrion is a Twilight dragon, and the best idea I could come up with that includes the dragon’s tradition of having ‘ion’ as a suffix. The name isn’t subtle, but then again Harry being a dragon isn’t meant to be subtle.

 

Please leave a review, I always love to hear what people enjoyed and didn’t enjoy. Each review helps motivate me to continue writing!




Chapter 32: Chapter 32: Black Scales

Chapter Text

Thank you to everyone who reviewed the last chapter! Many thanks to my betas for their efforts to help me edit these chapters, they catch a lot of mistakes I miss!



What I did to the Lestranges was inspired by a beloved computer game with a surprisingly good soundtrack from years back called Emperor: Battle for Dune. “ Why won’t they let us die?”



The Stargate SG:1 crossover, since people keep asking about it, will be kept in Omakes until we get to the epilogue, in which I have a number of ideas for bonus adventures that should be fun.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Chapter 32: Black Scales



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Lucius Malfoy hated to be the bearer of bad news. At this point he’d been up for nearly thirty hours, being both a part of his Lord’s Azkaban raid and arranging medical care for those taken from the prison. However, there was a problem with the three Lestranges, their behavior was off and diagnostic charms weren’t reading them as alive. When Lucius attempted the most powerful dispelling charm he was capable of, the magic had rebounded violently. Lucius had been thrown across the room and landed badly against the wall. As soon as his ribs were declared healed, Lucius approached his Lord to report that most of his followers were recovering well but Bellatrix and the Lestrange brothers were either ensorcelled or had been replaced with fakes. He did not look forward to his Lord’s rage when he learned that his most loyal followers were missing.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    In the depths of Hogwarts Castle, in the area given to Andromeda Tonks as a residence and work area, Narcissa Malfoy found herself deeply disturbed by the sight before her. It had taken three weeks, but eventually Andromeda had spoken to her outside of their mutual roles of Professor. Over the following week, Narcissa gradually began to reconnect to her estranged sister, and that had culminated in what she’d been shown today. (Narcissa knew her role as co-instructor of Magical Comportment and Magical Culture with Augusta Longbottom was mostly a political move to placate traditionalists, but had found herself enjoying the challenge anyway. The young Headmaster of Hogwarts was a clever one, both classes were made to bring every magical together as one with Purebloods being confronted with the fact that inbreeding was not a valid strategy for increasing power or intelligence and muggleborn being instructed in the best parts of the culture they were joining. Headmaster Salonar’s overwhelming theme of embracing traditions that served a positive purpose was both logical and reasonable. Although, there were significant portions of the classes mandated by the Headmaster that were not from any magical culture she knew of. Which just raised the question of where exactly did the headmaster come from?)



    Bellatrix, once a sweet, if more than a little unstable, girl was now in residence in Andromeda’s quarters, kept in magic suppressing chains. Narcissa knew, knew to the depths of her soul, that Bellatrix had changed for the worst once the Black Family had bullied her into a marriage with Rodolphus Lestrange, but she never knew why . It turned out that not only were Rodolphus and his brother Rabastan sadists of the highest order, but they had convinced the Blacks that a binding magical contract was an acceptable part of the marriage. Bellatrix had been forced to sign without being given a chance to read the entire thing and that contract had forced her to obey her husband and his brother, as well as never, ever, defend herself in any way from them.



    As Narcissa looked down at what was left of the two brothers, it felt as if her Black blood was singing in her veins. These fools had hurt her sister, had done unspeakable things to her and laughed over it. No wonder Bellatrix had latched onto Voldemort so powerfully, the Dark Lord would have never done what the Lestranges had to a loyal follower, and the times Bella was in his presence were probably the only moments she was safe. Still, Narcissa’s stomach twisted as she looked down at the two men on Andromeda’s workbench now reduced to their three most vital organs with arteries and veins, their eyes, and their ability to feel pain. Most disturbing of all was that the two brothers were still alive and perfectly aware, though legilimency was required to hear their screams now. Narcissa had, at the instruction of the sister she now found most terrifying, used legilimency and heard for herself the endless pleading of the brothers for Andromeda to let them die. Andromeda had yet to allow them that mercy. But after learning what they’d done to Bellatrix, Narcissa had a simple response. “They deserve this and more for what they’ve done to our sister. I hope you can keep them alive for a long time, Andromeda.”



    After a thoroughly disturbing conversation where Narcissa learned there was no reason the two couldn’t be kept alive indefinitely, their discussion moved away from punishment and onto what could be done for their older sister. Moving back to Andromeda’s living quarters, Andromeda’s husband served them tea and snacks before leaving the rooms, saying he had some work to do. Narcissa was left with Andromeda who served the tea and Bellatrix, who was sleeping chained to a bed that had been moved into the large living room. Andromeda spoke after sipping her drink.



    “Right now Bella’s sleeping off a number of potions to treat Dementor exposure. With her history they were probably worse on her than most people. As for what the Lestranges did, I haven’t decided on a treatment course yet. It might be kinder to bring in an Obliviation Specialist and simply remove most of the memories, but we would risk destroying her mind because of how much horrid material we’d have to remove and how unstable she was even before Walburga sold her off. Our other option is a series of treatments to slowly rebuild her mind after a powerful magical breaks the contract for us.”



    Narcissa spoke, her elegant features showing more than a little surprise. “You can’t break a magical contract that’s been signed in blood. And even if you could , the backlash would kill Bella!”



    Andromeda offered her younger sister a soft look. “Don’t worry Cissy, compared to another case I assisted with this contract is nothing. A contract signed in blood requires a magical ten to fifty times more powerful than the signers to break; it varies based on the intentions of those signing it. This one wasn’t even signed in good faith, with good intentions on both sides. I’ll request a visit from the individual I know once we’ve built Bella up mentally and physically first, I agree the strain might be a bit much now. But when she’s stronger that contract will be snapped like nothing and all the blow-back will fall on those animals downstairs.”



    Andromeda took a moment to compose herself as they sipped their tea. Narcissa understood and approved what had been done to them. Before Walburga had taken up so much of the leadership of the Family Black, no one would have dared to hurt one of theirs like this. One of the responsibilities of the Family Head was to punish transgressions against their own, whether or not the guilty party was hiding behind the law. Gradually, Bella began to stir, drawing both of their attention. Quickly throwing up a privacy charm so as not to disturb Bellatrix, Andromeda spoke again.



    “We can start helping her now. I made a deal to protect our sister and part of it is that she can’t hurt anyone else, so there’s no way we can let her loose in a school. The restraints are comfortable, but secure and keep her from using any kind of magic. If you’re willing to help with Bella’s treatment, just talking to her will help. So will gentle physical contact, but if she pulls away don’t push her. We’ll both need to be patient though, helping our sister regain her mind won’t be easy or fast.” Andromeda paused for a moment, and then spoke two more sentences before taking down the privacy spell. “Cissy, even if everything goes to plan, Bella’s never going to be stable enough to be trusted to live on her own. She’ll have to live with one of us going forward and be chained with either steel or magic.”



    Andromeda took down the privacy charm and moved to help Bella sit up, offering her water to help with the effects of the potions. Bellatrix exhibited mood swings and a lot of anger and fear, even when her sisters offered her foods she’d enjoyed as a child. Narcissa was strongly reminded of a dog that had been beaten until it became unpredictable and dangerous, and that completely killed any sort of sympathy for the Lestrange brothers. By the time they’d managed to talk Bella into eating a small meal and Andromeda surreptitiously used a Sleeping Charm on Bella three hours later, so she wouldn’t be awake when they forced the potions she needed to heal from Azkaban down her throat, Narcissa was ready to curse something.



    Andromeda sent her outside to an area in front of the school that was now a range for casting spells, and Narcissa spent her energy transfiguring and destroying targets until her son found her after dinner had been served in the Great Hall. As one of the school’s new Professors, Narcissa called for a meal when Draco guided her back to her own room. She hadn’t been able to keep the truth away from her son, and had shared his father’s note and fears with him. Now as she sipped on a mug of hot chocolate that the elf she’d called on apparently felt she needed, she slowly, haltingly, told Draco of what had been done to his aunt.



    “Draco, the Blacks prospered for a long time because before anything else, before we obeyed any lord or government, we looked after our own. If I knew a way I would tear Walburga Black from whatever hell she’s trapped in and torture her myself for what she did to both your aunts. Andromeda chose wisely and produced a powerful metamorphmagus for a daughter, and Bellatrix was sold to sadists , completely unable to defend herself. Draco, I want you to swear never to cross Andromeda, her daughter or her husband. You must never earn her wrath, because she is much more of a Black than I am.



    Thankfully Draco didn’t dismiss her words out of hand, circumstances and the year’s events had weighed heavily on him and forced him to think. He did still question her, though. “Never cross a healer?



    Narcissa’s almost broken laugh clearly disturbed her son. “Draco, magical healers aren’t required to swear an oath to do no harm. A healer knows how to keep people alive , even when death would be a mercy .” She had to pause to chuckle while looking off into the distance through the room’s window. “The Lestrange brothers won’t die until Andromeda gives them permission, but they’re never going to move under their own power or hurt anyone ever again. Andromeda did what our family should have done long ago and made them suffer.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    In another part of the castle, Headmaster Aurogos was now down to nine Dementors out of the dozen taken from Azkaban Prison along with the three Lestranges. Given the creatures had sided with Voldemort in the last war and only served the Ministry because no one else had given them a better offer, it seemed like a good idea to collect a few to study. So far tracking the creatures was a work in progress, but they had discovered that both Fiendfyre and Twilight fire could kill them, though the amount of magic returned by the latter was staggering. Red wyrms or especially powerful dragons could also kill them with Life-fire, though it wasn’t the most practical method. Efforts to modify the Patronus Charm to actually kill the foul creatures had so far failed, but Aurogos was hopeful they would eventually find a way to succeed.



    As Andromeda showed the results of venting her anger on the Lestrange brothers, Aurogos was in a warm, sunny configuration of the Room of Requirement. He was relaxing, basking really, in the sunlight with both of his dragonsworn who had chosen to remain at Hogwarts leaning against his sides. He was sipping at a drake-sized mug of hot chocolate the castle’s elves had provided without being asked. Like his Lord, the Dementors affected Aurogos worse than normal because of the memories of the Nexus War. Memories of losing his love and all his friends, of killing opponents he knew were on the right side of the war, of striking down a defenseless healer despite desperately wanting to spare his life all tore at him.



    The first dragon to serve as Headmaster of Hogwarts had discovered he needed time like this to relax. Time away from the stresses of running the school, town, and necessary research to relax and gather himself for the next task. Before coming to Earth he had never been a real leader before, and he was grateful he had so many people to lean on when he needed it. Naomi and Sarah continued to be the support he needed and he relished the time they were spending together in this calm, peaceful place where the only sound was a rustle of the breeze through the conjured trees and his dragonsworn turning the pages of the ancient tomes the Room had provided.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    The morning after he’d completed the animagus transformation, Harry embraced both of his mates one last time before he went out to start the day’s labors as apprentice to Lady Proudmoore. While Theramore was strongly constructed, before the ritual consumed most of the hurricane’s might yesterday's storm had been a powerful one and there were doubtless repairs to be made. Thankfully no one had been swept out to sea or carried off by the winds thanks to precautions by Lady Proudmoore; dealing with storms was something she’d seen her parents do as a child and she’d even helped in the aftermath of a number of powerful storms ravaging Kul Tiras.



    Harry left behind two females that had been deeply sated by the night’s events. Alira and Hermione had been surprised, though very pleased, at how aggressively passionate their lover had been, and both knew it was only his decision not to disappoint Lady Proudmoore that tore him away from the two of them now. It had been a wonderful night, (and previous afternoon, actually) and Harry had been more dominant with the two of them than he’d ever been before. Alira had melted, and Hermione certainly had no complaints. Though both were a bit sore, neither one had considered asking Harry to stop.



    Turning her draconic head to look at Alira, Hermione decided that it might have been a lack of ability to speak in her case; Alira hadn’t made any vocalizations other than pleased sounds in hours. Like anyone would if they had a second form, they had enjoyed every combination and discovered that while any mix of their forms was enjoyable, Hadrion’s physiology was exceedingly pleasant in their draconic forms. There was something in their instincts that was very pleased about being held down and ravaged while their mate whispered how much he loved them in their ears. (Technically the bone plates that performed the same purpose.) That Harry had made great strides forward in using magic to cause all kinds of wonderful sensations just made the experience better. In any case both of them were now in need of a warm bath, but there was just one small problem. “Alira, I can’t actually feel my back legs or tail.”



    That was an exaggeration, but only a slight one. Looking at Alira again, Hermione realized the drake had summoned a pillow under her head and relaxed under the warm, magically created sunlight. Harry and Hermione had enchanted this area together, making the stone floor comfortable to lie on and the artificial sunlight very intense. Sighing, Hermione used a wandless charm to do the same. It had been a very long night and it wasn’t like either of them had been passive ; after a bit of a rest both of them would be ravenous. Thankfully all the magical cubes with them in Theramore were now well stocked with livestock and some basic crops now; while Hermione often buried herself in Lady Proudmoore’s library Alira and the Red dragons had been busy making the life inside the cubes flourish.



    Four hours later Dalistraza gently nudged Hermione awake. Once her eyes focused, Hermione groaned, more at the knowing smirk on the healer’s face than the muscle soreness that was already fading. As she relaxed again and let the healer slowly run glowing claws along her form, Hermione noticed Alira was awake and still had a pleased grin on her face. Her mother, eight and a half months pregnant, was also in attendance, sitting on a comfortable chair that Dobby had begun to follow her around with to the amusement of everyone, save Emma. Once Dali pronounced them both fine with no problems a warm bath and day of rest wouldn’t see healed, Dobby brought in a late breakfast for both of Harry’s mates. It was either a small deer or very large goat (Or perhaps one of the especially tasty goat-talbuk hybrids running around the Savannah, their newest type-two cube.) and Dobby had seasoned it to perfection and roasted it to her exact preference. Dobby had become a friend to all three Grangers and was beloved by both them and the dragons. Hermione gave her thanks as she smelled the perfectly-cooked meal in front of her. “Dobby, you are the best elf ever!”



    Alira had already begun tearing into her meal, but Hermione paused and looked at her mother shyly. Emma just chuckled and reassured her daughter. “Go ahead Hermione, I’m used to what passes for table manners with dragons now. Eat up and we’ll all head to the big bath that’s around here somewhere.”



    With a quiet thanks, glad her mother still accepted her unconditionally, Hermione made quick work of what turned out to be a gazelle. Harry had apparently taken the newest cube to the grassy plains of the Barrens beyond the neighboring marsh at some point and collected a few dozen of the creatures. Eventually finishing her lunch, she was pleased her mom was happily snacking on some freshly baked honey rolls provided by Dobby while the two drakes caught up on several missed meals. Turning to Dali, who seemed to be relaxing in the warm sunlight herself, Hermione swallowed a mouthful of bone marrow and asked a question before grabbing a different bone to break open. “Were there any injuries from the storm? I know it was a big one, it needed to be for Harry’s ritual to work.”



    Cracking an eyelid open but not otherwise moving from her place on the sun-warmed floor, Dalistraza responded. “A few, a small section of wall collapsed when a tree that was really moving hit it. A few homes had windows and in one case a wall shatter, but no one died and the worst injuries will be fine in less than a week. There’s a reason these people follow Jaina, she was very strict on how strong the buildings here needed to be after she found out about the seasonal storms. People had been grumbling about how thick she wanted the walls and such, but I suspect that will stop now. Wake me when you’re ready to move, I could use a wash myself.”



    Hermione took a moment to needle Dali, the two were friends now and a little ribbing was perfectly acceptable between them. “I thought Ralion would be happy to spend time in the bath with you, is there a problem between you two?”



    Dahlia laughed. “No, I don’t have any complaints. I’m just staying away from him for now because unlike you I’m old enough to get pregnant, something you don’t have to worry about yet since you’re either ten or twenty six depending on how you count. You know how it’s impossible to keep any contraceptive working as a Red dragon; I have to keep away from him anytime I might be fertile. He’s a good man, err, dragon, but he isn’t quite ready for whelps of his own. I also want us to find at least one other female for our family before any kids are involved, it’s easier to lay that foundation first.”



    Thanks to her peripheral vision, Hermione saw her mom’s eyes glance at Hermione and Alira, who had eaten and gone back to sleep, for a moment. Dali saw the movement too and answered the unspoken question. “Alira’s thirty now, and if not for being in a relationship with these two she’d probably start her fertility cycle in the next five to ten years. However, I would be very surprised if Alira wasn’t synced to Hermione given everything they’ve been through and have in common. I doubt you’ll see any grandchildren from these two for at least twenty years. But in good news Emma your Mark is completely integrated and both you and your husband have settled as very strong squibs. I’d peg your life expectancy as close to a hundred and fifty years and close to two thousand if you decide to become dragonsworn.”



    Emma just smiled politely. She and her husband were grateful for the longer, healthier lives they’d been given and were still discussing if they actually wanted to swear the Dragonsworn Oath or not. The longer life was tempting, but one thing the dragons had been clear on was that a life well-lived was always better than a life that was simply long. But at the same time seeing their children and grandchildren grow and thrive for a millennium or more was tempting. Another thing to consider was that the Dragonsworn Oath was very personal, they couldn’t just swear it and never see the dragon in question again; it was in many ways similar to the Loyal Lord Oath. Valistrasza and Dalistrasza both had suggested her and Dan consider courting a female drake whose company they both enjoyed and adding her to their family, which was something Emma never thought she’d be seriously considering; neither her or Dan ever thought of themselves as polygamists. Although as they watched the various relationships form, Emma was realizing that there was a practicality to her daughter’s threesome. All three of them leaned on each other and there was no shortage of love among them.



    When Hermione had finished eating, Emma was the first to rise. When all three dragons seemed content to doze in the warm artificial sunlight on the Cube’s master plane, Emma asked Dobby for three buckets of water and ice. “Come on! You lazy lizards reek of sex! I want to try out the master bath in this place so get moving or taste cold water!”



    Groaning, the three drakes began moving towards the master bathroom in the estate that took up the entire roof-plane of the Cube. Initially Harry had thought it was far too much space and far too elaborate, but the style and amenities had grown on everyone. Eventually they reached a bathtub that could easily be mistaken for a fancy hotel pool. It was empty at first, until Dalistrasza returned to her human form and started manipulating the controls. Water started to rush in as the pipes drew from the system that circulated water around the Cube. It was clean and cold, but wouldn’t stay that way for long. (Cold, that is. Water circulation and filtering charms would keep the water pristine no matter how much dirt one scrubbed off inside.) Small runic arrays soon activated and quickly warmed the water. One side of the bathing pool was significantly warmer than the other, simply because the three drakes could tolerate much more heat than a very pregnant woman.



    When the water was warm, and a simple charm kept the hotter water away from Emma, the four females sank down into the water. Emma had gradually let go of the cultural nudity taboo she’d grown up with, at least around her daughter and female friends, so didn’t mind joining the group bath; though she did grumble when Hermione awkwardly helped her into the water without changing her form. As she settled into a very comfortable seat set in the wall of the pool that left the water near the level of her shoulders, she turned to her draconic daughter that was sinking into the water until only her head was sticking out. (It was hard to focus enough to speak at first, it turned out the seat had water jets that immediately began massaging away every ache and pain.) “Hermione, I know that after living in the Ruby Dragonshrine for a decade you only wear clothing for either practical or social reasons. Why are you suddenly being shy about your human form?”



    Hermione’s head sunk just slightly under the water, muffling her reply. It was true that living as a dragon whelp for a decade in a culture who only ever wore armor or jewelry, except in their mortal forms, had her much more comfortable with her own body than she’d ever thought possible. It was just another one of the positive changes that decade had brought, but one that really had nothing to do with this issue. Preferring water less warm than the Red drakes, Alira moved over, seeming to glide through the water with her wings extended just slightly below the surface. Emma had learned enough about draconic body language and her daughter’s sister mate (or consort, girlfriend, wife, the terms all seemed to apply now) in particular to recognize the mischievous teasing about to happen. And Alira didn’t disappoint. “Well you see Emma, we had a wonderful afternoon, night, and morning. Your daughter’s just embarrassed, you see love bites don’t show very well on scales.”



    Emma had to hold in her laughter during the next few minutes because a friendly, if dragon-sized, splash-war broke out between the two females and she didn’t want to drown. When the two calmed down a few minutes later, she decided to pile on to her daughter’s embarrassment with a little teasing of her own. Fair is fair, after all, and her daughter had joined in on the teasing directed her way as the calm, even flame of her married love life had petrol dumped on it by Alexstrasza’s Blessing and the Life magic in the tattoos she and her husband now wore. “Are you saying my daughter has an embarrassing hickey? I hope you were careful Hermione, if your father learned to turn into a dragon I’d be worried about him using those fangs on me for a while.”



    Hermione sunk down below the water until the only part of her visible above the water was her eyes and horns. Alira laughed and spoke again. “You really should be more worried about Harry Emma. We did have to stop a few times for fluids and some basic healing, and while the two of us do have a variety of marks, poor Harry got the worst of it. That reminds me: Dali, we need to brew up a scale treatment for Harry later today.”



    The conversation continued for a bit and Emma learned that thanks to their Aspects, female Red and Green dragons especially had a reputation for mauling their mates during lovemaking. Eventually Hermione was coaxed into her human form and Emma watched as Alira and Hermione shared a comfortably intimate moment as they washed each other, both apparently being sore enough to limit their range of motion thanks to some bruising on the shoulder that left little to the imagination. Both were firm though that sore now or not, last night had been very enjoyable, but after seeing how stiff the two were and the various marks on their skin, Emma found herself wondering just how bad off Harry was.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    That afternoon, after the repairs to Theramore were well underway and the most pressing concerns were addressed Harry found himself once again ‘enjoying’ a sparring match with Lady Proudmoore. After a few times skipping along the waves proved enough to re-open nearly every mostly-healed scratch mark he had, Jaina blowing up a transfiguration attempt briefly dunked Harry under the ocean. Harry had a rather high pain tolerance, but getting soaked in frigid salt water was still enough to make him scream.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    That night Lady Proudmoore accepted the invitation to dinner with her apprentice and his family. She’d met each of them over the almost nine months Harry had been learning under her, but hadn’t spent much time around most of them. It was a very lively gathering, that was for sure. Hermione she often saw in her tower, Jaina had allowed the surprisingly intelligent girl (or dragon, apparently no one was entirely sure which she was) permission to browse her collection so long as Hermione donated a few new volumes. Hermione would make a fine Mage, but she wasn’t nearly as much of a fighter as Harry was. Hermione’s strengths leaned more towards healing, enchanting, and runes though she could fight fairly well if she needed to. For better or worse her apprentice was proving to be talented with both magic and battle.



    Dan and Emma had been happy to handle the dental needs of Theramore, and between them and their daughter had been selling enchanted toothbrushes at very reasonable prices. Sirius Black came across as a man who had never grown up at first, and that had not done Jaina’s opinion of him any favors until she learned his story. Sirius was still healing, but had regained much of his vigor and enthusiasm for life. Sirius also had shamelessly flirted with most of the women in Theramore by this point, and rumors said he was dating one of the High Elves who had followed Jaina from Lordaeron. The northern Dryads that had stowed away in one of Harry’s cubes were friendly and endlessly cheerful. She was only a little familiar with the various dragons who had chosen to follow Harry, they mostly kept to themselves and spent their time either training or working on or in the various cubes, many even larger than the simply named Cube where they were currently enjoying a truly delicious meal of local vegetables, freshly baked bread, and the bounty of the sea.



    As the months went by, Jaina was more and more glad that she had accepted Harry Potter as her apprentice. Harry worked hard, was polite and eager to learn. But when he wasn’t being officially trained, he treated Jaina more like an aunt than the normal, more distant, relationship between master and apprentice. Recently, she’d found herself accepting an invitation at least once a week to dine with them, and enjoyed the time spent around the large table and the good company. As a child, she hadn’t valued time spent with her loved ones as much as she should have, and hadn’t spent time with her family since long before the Third War. After her father died, she hadn’t had the courage to visit home. Time spent like this was… soothing, like balm on an old wound she didn’t want to admit was even there.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Time continued to pass, and today found Harry slipping through the marsh, unseen by anything. Two months ago Hermione’s siblings had been born, a boy and a girl, both were healthy and almost certain to be strong magicals when they grew older, they already had more magic than was typical for an infant approaching their first birthday. Lionel and Arianna both showed the identifying feature Alexstrasza had warned the couple about, but instead of a birthmark or scales on their skin, their eyes were different. Both infants had slit, vertical pupils, the same as any of Harry’s dragons. But this wasn’t a bad thing, other than the small fact it made them stand out; both would likely have eyesight just a little beyond what was humanly possible. Hermione had spent a lot of time helping out with her younger siblings, often spending time with them to let her parents get some sleep. Harry had helped from time to time, and found it wasn’t as difficult as he expected.



    A commotion in the distance momentarily grabbed his attention and reminded him why he was here. Across the sea, the city of Stormwind had undergone political upheaval in the last few years. Much of the turmoil was the direct machinations of Lady Katrana Prestor. She was a supposed noble from the destroyed human kingdom of Alterac, but that identity was a lie; Prestor was really the Black Broodmother Onyxia. An unpleasant truth Harry had learned was that not every creature under the sway of the Old Gods could be saved; some had embraced the hate and madness.



    Onyxia, even though she plotted and schemed and sought to usurp the kingdom that she was convinced posed the greatest threat to her kind, was usually surgical when her plans called for death. More, whenever possible she chose to usurp, to control instead of simply killing obstacles to her plans. Her treatment of the human king, Varian Wrynn, was somewhat baffling, as she had used magic to split him into two component halves instead of simply using powerful magic to enslave his mind. Another mark in her favor was that despite having access to the child who would one day rule the kingdom, Anduin Wrynn had remained in perfect health, not even a trace of controlling magic had been used against him.



    Given her long life, Harry assumed Onyxia was well aware of the fact that even a light amount of mental conditioning applied to a child could impact the entire course of their life; that was what Dumbledore had done to Hagrid and Remus. The fact that the wyrm hadn’t done so spoke well of her, given the dark influence that poisoned her mind. So that was why Harry was creeping through the swamp under his father’s cloak, quickly passing the small army currently camped in preparation to invade Onyxia’s sanctum and kill her. Varian Wrynn himself was leading a mixed group of Stormwind’s soldiers and the best mercenaries money could buy. Harry and the small group in a specially prepared type-one cube in his pocket would soon attempt to persuade the Broodmother to join him instead.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    An hour later, Harry had navigated the ‘Wyrmbog,’ the place where Onyxia’s lair and hatchery rested. After so much time moving through the swamp he wished the advancing army hadn’t thought to monitor all incoming and outgoing magical travel and patrol the skies with gryphon riders. Just before he entered the line of sight of the Black drake guarding the entrance to Onyxia’s lair from the air, Harry let Talion out of the still nameless cube. Harry considered leaving the guard for later, but time was a factor and leaving him to die if they ran out of time seemed wrong. As soon as the drake let down his guard seeing Harry flying into the clearing on Talion’s back, Harry dropped him with an almost point-black stunner. In no time at all, the drake was inside the new cube and soon a very convincing copy was flying his patrol route. This repeated eight times as Harry encountered Onyxia’s Dragonspawn guards, servants, and probable handmaidens. As they descended into the cavern that had been dug out under the earth the temperature increased sharply.



    Eventually they came out into a large chamber, and Harry felt himself sweating even with the cooling charms both layered on and woven into his armor. In smaller side chambers to both sides were Onyxia’s latest clutch and in the center of the chamber, lit in a dramatic fashion from the molten stone showing through cracks in the floor and walls, was the dragon herself. Unlike most of kind, Onyxia had purple frills that matched her wing membrane along the sides of her head and trailing down her spine. Onyxia would be the oldest and largest dragon Harry had rescued so far; the wyrm was supposedly just over ten-thousand years old and twice the size of Valistrasza. Despite the sweltering conditions that provided the best chance for her eggs to hatch healthy, Onyxia seemed perfectly comfortable. Talion approached halfway, and gave a respectful bow while still out of her reach. With a tap to the side of today’s cube, Stine exited and to the Broodmother’s surprise, also gave a respectful bow.



    Harry stepped forward between his two drakes, and inclined his head to show respect. If he’d timed this right, Varian’s advance force would be setting up their spells to prevent teleportation and portals right about… now! Once he felt the magic lock into place, Harry began speaking in Draconic, a language that he could previously understand but wasn’t able to speak until he completed the animagus transformation. “Broodmother Onyxia, history says you die today, choosing to fight to the last instead of abandoning your clutch. Stormwind’s mages have just cut off any chance at magical escape, save for the one I offer you.”



    Onyxia snorted as she retorted. “You speak our language mortal, but you are no dragon. I can recognize the magic trapping us here, and I know what it means. Why do you come here, knowing I might simply kill you for your impertinence?”



    “Because I want to save your servitors, your clutch, and yourself. I am not from this world, and on my own world I am building a nation of those plucked from death. Stine and Talion are two of my oathsworn. I’m saving you because I think you’re worth saving along with your clutch, and because when I return to my world I’m going to need your skills in the darkest art .”



    “You seek my skills with S hadowflame?



    Completely serious, Harry looked the wyrm in the eye and replied. “Even darker than that Lady Prestor. I require a skilled advisor and agent in the blackest art ever devised: politics.”



    Onyxia let out a loud snort at that. “Very well mortal. I have no wish to die here today, and it was only pride that kept me from abandoning my children. My defenses see the army massing and I can sense they’ve cut off my escape. You mentioned oathsworn, I assume that you’ve discovered some binding magic?”



    With that, Harry withdrew a number of eggs taken from nests in Un’Goro Crater that had been abandoned when they didn’t hatch. Talion began explaining the Oath to a Loyal Lord and the reciprocal loyalty it enforced while Harry focused on transfiguring and duplicating replacement eggs for Onyxia’s clutch. In between aiding his Lord replacing the real eggs with the fakes, Stine explained that they were being careful to avoid altering history because while they were not weak, fighting the Bronze Dragonflight seemed suicidal at best. After nearly forty minutes, still with time to spare, Harry replaced the last egg, carefully levitating the real egg into an expanded trunk with the thermostat set to ‘nearly volcanic.’



    Onyxia swore the Oath to a Loyal Lord and the ritual completed successfully, even if Harry could feel her hesitance to submit to him making the bond weaker. That doesn’t matter, so long as I don’t betray her the magic will eventually be as strong as any of the original drakes. With every dragon save Onyxia herself replaced with fakes, Harry withdrew another trunk. The Meadow’s malfunction had been a boon in that once they fixed those problems in the cube’s automatic water systems and reduced the number of Blackstone trees, pretty much every problem had been solved. Harry wasn’t required to be a part of every rescue, Stine had already led several expeditions into the past for small groups along with his other oathsworn; and more importantly they had buried cubes in truly out of the way locations. Harry now had a dozen type-two cubes filled with stable ecosystems with predators and lots of prey. Thanks to one of those cubes, the latest trunk had exactly what he needed now.



    Upending the trunk, Harry quickly waved his wand back and forth until he had a pile of crocolisk carcasses about the same size as Onyxia. To the dragons surprise, the pile began to change shape, rapidly taking the general shape of a dragon and then Onyxia in particular. The false-corpse spell they usually used was insufficient this time, since Onyxia’s corpse had been collected by the Twilight cult’s necromancers. Soon Harry had a near-perfect copy of the Broodmother, and with that done the Black Family’s false corpse spell was layered on top of the transfiguration. Then a control spell was layered on top of that, and soon Onyxia was safely sleeping in a trunk and also in control of the fake body, moving it as her own. Given the fight about to take place, it would be suspicious if Onyxia didn’t give them as hard a fight as they expected, so a reason for the slight sluggishness, delayed reactions, and general weakness from the fact that this wasn’t actually her body was needed.



    From yet another storage trunk, Harry withdrew a false corpse of one his Night Elven oathsworn dressed in the light, flexible armor of Azeroth’s assassins. Several poisoned daggers were sunk into the fake dragon flesh and Onyxia was happy to bite the ‘assassin’ in half. The obvious conclusion he wanted King Wrynn and those with him to reach was that Onyxia had made more enemies than Stormwind, and someone had sent an unusually skilled assassin who had poisoned the Broodmother at the cost of her life. Harry’s subtle wards went off, alerting them that the entrance had been breached, so he gave final instructions to Onyxia’s false body as everyone else piled into the cube.



    “They’ll be here in just a moment. Remember not to oversell it, you’re poisoned and dizzy but still dangerous. It might be a good idea to challenge their honor for sending an assassin with poison, but fight as hard as you can anyway. But please try not to actually kill anyone. Once this fake body is ‘killed’ you’ll wake up in the trunk and we’ll get you into medical stasis until we can get you to safety.”



    With that, Harry activated a portkey after one last look around to be sure all evidence of his presence was gone and all his followers were safely in his pockets. Once back in the Cube in Theramore he joined the group watching the dramatic scene back at Onyxia’s lair through scrying magic as Varian Wrynn led his soldiers and mercenaries into the cave he’d just left. As far as changes to the timeline, this would only be a small one and shouldn’t affect anything else. When Varian had stormed Onyxia’s lair he had hired every healer possible, so despite fatal injuries in both timelines, those struck down were resuscitated before their souls departed. Even with the diminishment of her abilities Onyxia still fought hard and the group’s healers worked feverishly. Harry had seen a memory of Onyxia’s original death and let out a dark laugh when this fight ended the same way, with Varian leaping into the air and driving his elven sword into her skull.



    Not long after, Onyxia had been given the standard set of instructions for Harry’s oathsworn and instructed to obey Aurogos if he wasn’t around when she woke up. It was only a few moments of work to place the Broodmother in the stasis magic needed to keep her alive. Onyxia would wake up on Earth, from her perspective only a moment after falling asleep, and begin caring for her clutch in a dwarven-built hatchery beneath Potter Estate with her servants joining her once they too had sworn an oath to Harry Potter.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Several days after Onyxia had joined the Potter Dragonflight, a portal opened onto a desolate patch of ocean. Three silhouettes, only barely visible in the waxing moonlight, stepped out, but they were not what you might expect. Hedwig, Harry’s Cloud Serpent Lanju, and Hermione’s Manasaber Astria were visible in the dim moonlight. Hedwig had grown a little more in size and weight, she was now just a little smaller than a golden eagle. Her feathers had continued to change, and the blue streaks had become sharply curving patterns. Lanju still had his deep blue scales, but had grown a lot since Harry had met him as a hatchling. He was big enough to ride now, although just barely, and he still had some growing to do. Astria had lost her light pink fur and now had a coat of blue with glowing silver lines that formed simple, gently curving patterns. She was nearly full grown now and able to carry Hermione from place to place when needed. (Pained, spymaster of Theramore and Jaina’s bodyguard had helped Hermione create a traditional saddle like those the Kaldorei used for their Nightsabers that was comfortable for both rider and mount out of several hardened animal hides.)



    No one knew the three had been sneaking out like this occasionally. Hedwig, naturally, had been the one to suggest it and convince Astria to open a portal the first time. Thanks to the Familiar Ritual each of them had gained at least human levels of intelligence and begun learning magic, focused on a specific school that came easiest to them. Ice was the domain of Hedwig, her heritage as a snowy owl showing through. Lanju was increasingly skilled with Storm magic, which wasn’t surprising given that his kind loved to play in thunderstorms (which actually explained how he had ended up in Senegos’ care on Azsuna in the first place) and his breath attack was more lightning than fire. Astria, as a user of Arcane magic, was their ride back and forth to Theramore.



    After a few moments to get situated, the three creatures faced each other in a triangle with Astria standing on the water thanks to the same spells Harry and Jaina used and Hedwig and Lanju treading air not far above the water. There was a tense moment and then battle was joined, Hedwig unleashed a blast of cold from her wings that swept out across the water, creating a small field of ice. Astria’s shield withstood the attack while Lanju was able to dodge. From there they each took shots at the other two, careful to keep to spells and magic that wouldn’t be lethal. Astria was the first to bow out, while her shields had kept her from being injured, they also ate up a lot of magic to maintain. Not that she had as much power as the other two in the first place.



    From there the battle shifted into the sky, an owl clashing with a long serpentine dragon again and again in bursts of ice and lightning. After a while, Lanju crashed into the ice hard enough to rattle every part of him but not hard enough to break anything. Hedwig continued to circle until the draconic creature let out a quiet roar of submission. With no serious injuries the three worked on their various magics with the convenient ice for targets until the first rays of dawn started to break on the horizon. When Astria opened a return portal the three left, but not before unleashing one last attack to shatter the ice field into fragments small enough not to damage any ships that might pass through.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Two months after Onyxia joined the Potter Dragonflight Harry had taken a few days off from his apprenticeship and was waiting in one of the least hospitable places on Azeroth. Blackrock Mountain, once a fortress populated solely by the Dark Iron Dwarves, boasted, among other amenities, a giant pool of molten stone simmering merrily away below a curving stone pathway with a guardrail that was perhaps sufficient to protect Azeroth’s Gnomes, a race that only reached a height of three and a half feet (~1 meter) tall, but was wholly insufficient for anyone taller. Between the heat, smoke, and decidedly unfriendly locals, this was not a safe place to be.



    Today Sirius, wearing the armor of Theramore’s guards with as many enchantments as possible, stood along with Dali, Senas, Talion, and Harry. Dali and Senas were wearing their normal gear, and Talion was eager to put his skills to use as he kept sheathing and drawing his wickedly curved daggers along with the multitude of throwing knives secreted on his light armor. In case he was forced to change back to his true form, he was wearing a thick necklace with glowing runes close to his skin in his anthromagus form and an enchanted piece of metal in his true form also covered in glowing runes. Both articles only looked like enchanted slave collars, in truth they carried protective enchantments to keep the drake safe from what they were likely to encounter in Blackwing Lair. Hermione, Alira, and Stine were on standby in the Apartments, a new type-one cube built entirely to place individuals in stasis.



    Thankfully they didn’t have to wait too long until the small army they were waiting on arrived. History said that a group of about forty of Azeroth’s adventuring mercenaries arrived today and laid siege to Blackwing Lair, ending Nefarian and putting down the cruel dragon’s experiments. Harry was here for two reasons, to save everyone possible and to steal all the documents and notes related to Nefarian’s creation of the Chromatic Dragonflight. When Harry had released Valistrasza from the stasis device Ralion and the rest had brought her to Earth in she’d had fifteen Chromatic whelps with her. Six weeks later, five of them had been placed in medical stasis to keep them alive until a solution for their deteriorating health could be found. Two weeks after that fourteen of them resided in stasis, prompted by the sudden death of the apparently healthiest Chromatic whelp.



    With no warning, Zarilstrasza had suffered catastrophic organ failure while contentedly sleeping in a pile with the other whelps. The alarm spell Valistrasza had monitoring their health alerted her instantly, but even after her best efforts and the work of the Flamels and Andromeda had not been enough. Nefarian’s experiments to create a superior breed of dragons had only caused suffering and left his victims to lead short, painful lives. Valistrasza’s words that Zarilstrasza had at least been given the chance to know love and safety, and to know what it was like to be wanted thanks to Harry felt hollow as they buried her in a new private cemetery at Potter Estate. It had taken months for Harry to talk to even his mates about the awful hole in his heart from burying one of his youngest oathsworn. There really was nothing he could have done, unless he’d already stolen the notes and found a solution, but it still haunted him.



    Stine was proving himself the best time-travel advisor and general personal assistant imaginable. When Harry had explained his intentions to empty Blackwing Lair of every being who had not chosen to be a part of Nefarian’s madness and at least take copies of every note and document, Stine had sighed and explained what he needed to keep the timeline stable. The Mage who had been experimenting on whelps, who had died in Valistraza’s flames, had almost certainly been a part of the group that had killed Nefarian. Harry had given his permission for Stine to bring several people to Azeroth and given him a cube to do whatever Stine felt necessary. Stine had quickly left to collect several magicals capable of casting the Imperious curse and other dark magic. Keeping the timeline straight this time was going to be messy.



    Thankfully they hadn’t had to wait here long, Harry thought as he buried his thoughts and refocused on the present. The adventurers had arrived as he’d been lost in thought. As Harry walked over to the leader of the group preparing to invade Blackwing Lair, he almost chuckled as he caught up to Dalistrasza. She was back in her mortal form, playing on the emotions of the ‘raiders.’ “Please! My father was sent to spy on Nefarian but he’s gone missing! He’s all my brother and I have left, we need to rescue him!”



    As the teary eyes and surprisingly good acting ability of Dalistrasza began to break their hesitance to bring someone they didn’t know, Harry quickly introduced himself and explained why they were there. “I’m an apprentice of Lady Jaina Proudmoore. A friend of a friend, admittedly with a few extra steps, asked for assistance today. If you agree to let us join you, we’ll render assistance and give you this trunk of gold coins.”



    Costs to maintain enchanted equipment being what they were, that was enough to convince the raiders. Harry quickly organized the group to look over a written contract in which they promised to tell no one Harry and the others were there and Harry’s group agreed that every individual they took captive would either be reformed or killed before being released. Harry quickly gave a summation of history that the Black Dragonflight had been corrupted about ten-thousand years ago and that efforts, though so far ineffective, had been ongoing to cure them. Since Harry didn’t want any loot other than the scientific notes to give to his healers, there weren’t any real objections.



    There was a surprise however. Ronald Weasley had been living for the last two years as an adventuring hero roaming Azeroth. He had fought his way through decrepit castles and cursed caverns more than once now, but this was his first time being part of such a large group. He was glad to see Harry again, and it took a moment for them to figure out the differences in their personal timelines. Ron was certainly taller now, though still a bit lanky; thankfully by now he’d long since figured out the trick to reinforcing his muscles and bones with magic. It was a necessity in his chosen role as a shield-bearer, and he found the more he used his own personal magic to reinforce himself the easier it became and the more difficulty he had with offensive spells that relied on his own magic. Not that he had any trouble slashing, bashing, and burning his way through anything with a sword, shield, and the Light. Using the Light was akin to a religious experience for Ron, the touching of a primal force of creation was almost impossible to describe.



    Ron and Harry only had a few moments to catch up before the raid moved on, and Ron quickly placed the trunk Harry and the others hopped into within his own pocket. When he got odd looks, he explained. “He’s a friend of mine. He said the transport orb into Blackwing Lair has magic in it that sets off an alarm if a dragon that isn’t part of the Black Dragonflight tries to use it. Harry said that alarm is probably why Vaelastrasz hasn’t reported back, you know dragons aren’t usually good at ‘subtle.’”



    After Ron had placed his hand on the Orb of Command and the magic recognized the brand on his palm to teleport him into Blackwing Lair, he quickly let Harry and the others out. Harry clapped him on the shoulder and told him they’d catch up later, and just to do his own thing while Harry’s group supported the raid.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    The first large room they encountered contained a large number of dragon eggs, either Chromatic or magically altered Black, so Harry chuckled and turned to the Raid Leader. “When you’re ready, I’ll have my people collect the eggs. I want whatever dragonkin comes out of the woodwork alive, at least for now. Should be a good workout.”



    Talion joined the group invisibly creeping towards a group of enemies that was obviously using a highly magical orb to control a powerful Dragonspawn with apparently decorative wings that was busy tending the eggs. Harry had no real idea what exactly was going on here, but the claims of the eggs being ‘more precious than you know’ were promising. Talion and friends ended the enemies and seized control of the orb, turning the Dragonspawn, apparently named Razorgore, against the Orcs and Dragonspawn that suddenly began streaming into the room. Trusting the others to handle stuffing the eggs into the Apartments and into stasis, Harry stood with the raid’s spellcasters, throwing bolts of lightning and flames at the Orcs and overpowered sleeping spells at the dragonkin.



    Eventually, only Razorgore was left and given how he was fighting the controlling orb more and more, Harry decided to try something since he doubted the creature would listen to reason. He focused briefly on the magic of the Loyal Lord Oath, and reached out to make a connection to this individual now straining hard against the magic holding him still. It wasn’t easy, and if Harry hadn’t used the Oath ritual hundreds of times now he didn’t think he could have done it. Carefully, Harry reached out to Razorgore with the magic shaped just right and grabbed a hold of Razorgore’s head physically and the filth from the Old Gods binding him magically.



    (Different kinds of magic could be reinforced by drawing on the right emotions and mindset. The lightning magic Harry had become so fond of using benefited from the feeling that this very instant was the moment that would change everything that came after; transfigurations were improved by either a feeling of rock-hard permanence for stationary objects or a sense of changing, shifting life for animative transfigurations. The Loyal Lord Oath took something different; each ritual was a promise from Harry.)



    I will protect you. I will see your mind safe and whole. I will give you a place to live and thrive. Accept me, and you will be one of my people and I protect what is mine. Work with me, help me help you! With a twist that produced enough magical pressure to draw the attention of the entire room, Harry shredded the Old God’s magic just enough to replace it with the Loyal Lord bond. Harry wished he could show weakness just then; his reserves of magic and willpower had been growing quickly during his time at Theramore, but that single bit of magic, tearing away the Old God’s touch on a mind that was rather young and weak compared to even a newly full grown dragon, had taken everything he had. Shaking and dripping with sweat, Harry reached forward and placed his hand on the Dragonspawn’s head. “Sleep now, and when you wake continue your task of protecting your Dragonflight’s eggs.”



    When the dragonkin promptly fell asleep and was levitated into the Apartments to join the eggs in stasis, people looked at Harry oddly. For his part, Harry just shrugged and drank from his enchanted bottle of water to begin recovering his magic. Thankfully no one assumed he’d just used his entire capacity for magic, the fact that while it was farther away from the pool of molten stone higher in Blackrock Mountain, it wasn’t actually any colder was helpful. The next big fight was Vaelastrasz, a powerful Red wyrm that had been sent to investigate Nefarian’s actions here. Alone, apparently, with no back-up. Needless to say he’d gotten trashed by the larger, older, and more powerful Nefarian. “ Ah… the heroes. You are persistent, aren't you? Your ally here attempted to match his power against mine - and paid the price. Now he shall serve me... by slaughtering you.”



As they listened to ‘Lord Victor Nefarius’ give a short, mocking speech that honestly reminded Harry of Voldemort grandstanding in the graveyard, Harry briefly considered mocking ‘Nefarius’ for his lazy second name. Then Harry decided that since he’d gone with Hadrion for his he really didn’t have room to judge. With a few parting words, Nefarian finished pouring a torrent of dark magic into Vaelastrasz and teleported away. “ Get up, little Red wyrm And destroy them!”



    In any case, Vaelastrasz didn’t go down easily. Whatever magic Nefarian had poured into him to take control of the Red wyrm was burning away every sleep inducing poison or spell before it could really take effect, and the wyrm’s combat with the raid was exacerbating the injuries inflicted by Nefarian before they’d arrived. Running out of time Harry twitched his sleeves and triggered a handy trick he’d recently mastered during his time learning under Lady Proudmoore. Inside the sleeves of the robes he wore over his armor were two massively expanded pockets containing four hundred feet (122 meters) of magically forged and strengthened metal cables as thick as his thigh. The cables had been enchanted, treated with potions to protect them from magic, and inscribed with a ridiculous number of runes. Also, they were the latest expression of Harry’s Parsel-based magic, so they handily moved to entangle the Red wyrm. As the cables shout out of his sleeves, Harry called out to the raid: “Keep his flames away from them until I can get his mouth shut!”



    A few moments later, Vaelastrasz was bound and unable to move any part of his body. He was straining against the cables, and Harry touched his sparking spear to the nearest cable to throw off his muscle control for a moment or two. “Dali! Start healing the worst of the wounds from Nefarian! Once he’s not going to bleed out we’ll try to bleed off some of that energy so we can sedate him!”



    As soon as the raider’s injuries were treated most of their healers joined Dali in working on the bound wyrm. Those here had all worked with Vaelastrasz to gain access to Blackwing Lair and had noticed the existing wounds on the proud dragon before they’d been forced to fight him. Vaelastrasz himself trying to fight off Nefarian’s magic and begging the raid to kill him had made an impact; not to mention the few times he’d lunged to bite someone in half only to change direction at the last second and injure himself by biting into the stone. Once Vaelastrasz was stable, Alira came out of the cube and helped weave a more powerful sleeping spell as Dali bled some of the foreign magic out of the wyrm. A few moments after that Vaelastrasz was safely ensconced in stasis, and the raid moved onward.



    From there things became something of a blur for Harry, who actually had to sit down to rest during some of the ‘big fights’ because he’d exhausted himself with stunning spells on the whelps and other ‘small’ targets that seemed to be everywhere. After a very long slog, they had reached a creature Harry had never seen before. His lesson on the creatures of Azeroth had included ‘Core Hounds’ which were two-headed, thickly muscled canine creatures that varied from ‘large enough to ride’ to ‘large enough for a full-grown dragon, but not a wyrm, to ride.’



    For some reason, Nefarian had apparently subjected a core hound to the procedure to create Chromatic dragons, and the result was before them now. It was massive, purple, and covered in draconic scales. It was also rather aggressive . At this point Harry was tired enough to just try sending a giant bolt of lightning at one or both of the creature’s heads so they could move on to finish Nefarian and rest. Dali advised him to capture it instead. “Harry, whatever that thing is, it’s stable , it isn’t suffering and weak like the Chromatic whelps.”



    And that was enough for Harry. A bit of work had the thing beaten down and captured in his cables, though it did chew through them in several places. As the thing finally, finally, fell asleep and was hurriedly thrown into a big stasis cell Sirius walked over and spoke to his exhausted godson. “Well, if nothing else Hagrid will love that thing.”



    Harry groaned loudly, then began chugging potions to restore his stamina to be ready for the last fight.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Voldemort wishes he had as much style as Nefarian. Was Harry’s thought as the raid converged on ‘Lord Victor Nefarian’ lounging on a stone throne at the end of the final hall. One wall of the hall was open to the outside and showed a bleak vista of the devastated, volcanic landscape of the Burning Steppes. Harry had to admit, the dark plate armor and floating, flaming crown worked for Nefarian’s anthromagus form. Right now the raid was allowing the dragon to monologue a bit while they got into position to take him down. Nefarian was going to be a difficult opponent, not only was he an old, powerful, and cunning dragon, but he was creative and had made studies of many different kinds of magic. “ In this world where time is your enemy, it is my greatest ally. This grand game of life that you think you play in fact plays you...”



    Nefarian’s monologue stopped as he noticed Talion in his anthromagus form softly padding into position with two dangerous curved swords in his hands. “Oh, and what are you doing here, mixed in with my enemies drake?” Nefarian paused, then spoke again with magic and command lacing his words. “Turn on the mortals, show them what you truly are. Fighting for mortals is beneath you.”



    Stalking forward, Harry’s first Black dragon oathsworn withdrew a throwing knife after quickly sheathing a sword. Even though Talion began screaming at Nefarian, his movements remained graceful. “I spent the first ten years of my life alone, hungry, and desperate because of you Nefarian! I watched my siblings struggle and die against predators, mortals and your whelp hunters and I knew I could do nothing for them but die along with them if I tried to help. Because of you, I don’t even know my mother’s name! She never came back for us, so she was probably one of your victims long ago. Whatever path I walk, know that I will always hate you from the depths of my soul, Monster!



    Talion threw the custom-forged throwing knife with every bit of skill and strength he possessed. Four of the five inches (10 of ~13 centimeters) of blade embedded in the stone throne where Nefarian’s head had been only a second before. With a laugh, Nefarian teleported away and spoke in a booming voice as he returned to his true form, a very large Black wyrm with the normal black scales and vibrant orange wing membranes; also an excess of horns. “Very well. Let the games begin!”



    With that Drakonids began to flood the hall and the raid was suddenly very busy dealing with them and avoiding Nefarian as he walked through the hall, casting spells at random targets while immune from harm behind the most powerful magical shield Harry had ever seen. Drakonids were an unusual creature in that there were two ways to create them. They were either born individuals with one dragon grandparent or mortals infused with draconic magic; Dragonsworn would naturally become Drakonids over the centuries of their lengthened lives. Nefarian’s soldiers coming at them now were, according to Stine, the results of collected magic and blood being injected into the Orcs that willingly followed Nefarian. When he saw the raid hesitating, unsure if Harry’s group wanted to capture them alive, Harry called out. “Kill them all, I have enough prisoners.”



    Nefarian boasted a great number of magical disciplines mastered, and was soon taunting the raid while usurping their own powers against them. When the last Drakonid fell Nefarian noticed Talion moving to engage him, eager to carve out a pound of flesh for all the suffering the wyrm had caused. With a laugh, Nefarian boomed out in a loud voice. “ Let your true selves be revealed!”



    Talion, Dali, and Senas all immediately returned to their true forms and continued the fight. So did every druid present, whether they were in cat, bear, or other forms. Nefarian’s shield had faltered and thanks to either arrogance or because it took too much power to be practical had not been recast. Talion’s front talons now bore dangerous blades, and it took Harry only a moment to recognize the silvery sheen with just a touch of green: goblin silver impregnated with Basilisk venom. As Talion charged Nefarian with murder in mind, Harry quickly flipped through different ideas on how to ensure the dragon that was just a little smaller than Tyranastrasz didn’t end the Black drake who was not thinking clearly. Throwing caution to the wind, Harry switched from his wand to spear and began collecting a powerful electric charge on the blade. Hoping Nefarian would expect magical attacks but not magically generated electricity, Harry began charging toward the wyrm’s right side.



    To distract Talion from a suicidal charge at Nefarian, Harry shouted out a command in English as they were both halfway to Nefarian. “Talion! Apparate now!”



    His Lord’s words were enough to catch Talion’s attention. And Nefarian’s as well, given the sudden teleportation-prevention ward that slammed down on the entire hall suddenly. But Earth’s Apparition wasn’t the same spell as Azeroth’s Teleport and different methods for magical travel each required a different counter. (Or a broader ward that blocked everything, but that took a lot of magic and its complexity required more time to set up.) Harry apparated to one of the best places to fight a dragon, behind their front legs and thrust his spear up into Nefarian’s chest, only unleashing the electrical charge once he’d buried the entire head of his spear into flesh.



    Thanks to ‘practice’ with Jagragosa on Silvermyst Island, before her pregnancy restricted her movements too much, Talion knew exactly where to appear and dig his poisoned talons in. (Granted, that training had actually been meant to deliver other, non-lethal toxins.) Carefully avoiding the line of spikes along Nefarian’s spine that were long enough to skewer him, he appeared on the wyrm’s back and dug his claws into flesh where the wyrm’s wing met his back. Several major veins and arteries flowed through that junction where a dragon’s wings connected to their bodies, making it the best place to administer poisons on an adult dragon that was not heavily armored.



    Both Harry and Talion were forced to abandon their weapons thanks to the black, smoking blood that splashed out of the wounds inflicted. Unlike the black blood of the Orcs or the blue blood of the Draenei, draconic blood was normally red. The blood was yet one more sign that where other dragons were infected , had been tainted by the Old Gods, Nefarian had given in , had embraced their touch. (That an individual would embrace that choice wasn’t really surprising, in any sentient species with free will, some people will choose to become monsters.) A sudden movement from Nefarian made Harry jump back and Talion apparate away and also snapped the shaft of Harry’s spear, leaving the head inside. The old wyrm then made a rather large mistake when he used magic to heal over both wounds, trapping the head of Harry’s spear and Talion’s poisoned gauntlets inside his body. “Damn, I really liked that spear. Talion, are you okay?”



    Talion took a moment to shake off the impact from a rough landing caused by a glancing blow from Nefarian’s tail as the raid’s ‘tanks’ focused on drawing the wyrm’s attention. Ron accomplished that rather well when his shield, glowing with a golden light, slammed into the wyrm’s left eye and destroyed it before returning to his arm. Deciding to ensure his presence didn’t alter the timeline, Harry quickly wove a teleport-preventing ward around the surrounding area, just in case Nefarian decided to flee. That done, he took a few moments and wove a broad ward that would block all magical travel. Then, to spite the old dragon that had caused so much suffering, Harry wove a ward that made self-propelled flight impossible. Looking over, Harry saw Nefarian was beginning to realize that the poison in his system wasn’t breaking down from the volcanic heat and dark magic as he had expected it too. As Nefarian began to panic, he animated an army of skeletons from his fallen soldiers, but Talion and Senastrasz quickly pitched in to burn them to ash.



    Nefarian slowed more and more as the minutes ticked away. When he looked sluggish enough, Harry sent out what was left of his enchanted cables to bind the dragon. Nefarian’s magic and flames ensured that repairing the enchanted cables would now be more work than simply reforging them from scratch. With the dragon’s mobility at nearly zero in his death throes, Harry strode over and formed a ball of fire in his hands, covered by an illusion. Everyone else saw the flames as the normal crackling orange used by mages, but in truth the flames were dark blue Twilight fire. With the enormity of what this creature had done, the lives ruined and suffering caused it felt right to ensure he was really dead, so Harry pressed the ball of fire into Nefarian’s side, keeping careful control of it. Needing to leave most of the organs fairly intact, the ball of flames was coaxed by Harry through the dragon’s broad chest to consume Nefarian’s heart.



    Harry had understood that too much magic returned from the Twilight fire was painful, he had seen Ralion in the wake of Dumbledore’s Compressed Fiendfyre Bomb, but this was the first time he had experienced it himself. Thankfully, his Mark did it’s job and sent the excess magic to the other magical tattoos. Soon, the agony was spread first to Senastrasz and Talion, then the more distant Ralion back at Theramore. Eventually the magic stolen from Nefarian in his final moments would press heavily on all the drakes and humans that bore marks at this point in time. Ron, despite feeling the magic flood into his flesh as well, moved quickly and caught Harry as he nearly collapsed. A few whispered words later Ron helped Harry reach Nefarian’s head as the dying monster drew his last breaths.



    Drawing his Crimson Oak and Basilisk heartstring wand once more Harry unleashed powerful but targeted Confounding and Obliviation charms on Nefarian to mask his and his oathsworn’s presence. Rumors said that Nefarian had been reanimated to work for the Twilight Hammer’s Cult, and Harry wasn’t sure what memories might or might not pass over from Nefarian to the necromatic construct made from his corpse. With everything taken care of, Harry’s last bit of magic for the time being was to transfigure a really comfortable chair and collapse into it.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    As Harry took a sudden but well-deserved nap, the raiders began to plunder Nefarian’s hoard. There were more than a few good finds inside, not to mention riches in gold and gems. One was ‘Ashkandi,’ the heavy two-handed magical broadsword that had been gifted to Anduin Lothar by a member of the Red Dragonflight. Like Alexstrasza wove her actions around the commands of the Titans, during the First and Second Wars those that served her obeyed her orders not to interfere in the affairs of mortals in… new and interesting ways. Anduin Lothar was a man many admired and were willing to fight for, and that extended to dragons as well. While not technically able to provide assistance, Lothar’s army did receive supplies, weapons, and the odd bit of more direct assistance; the fact that many weapons, including this sword bore depictions of dragons told of the smiths that forged them.



    (Direct assistance was a little harder for the dragons to provide, compared to ‘misplacing’ ‘extra’ arrows or healing potions that would have spoiled if not used. Still, if the Orcs guarding a supply shipment noticed a dragon sleeping next to the road and attacked, why that dragon and any nearby friends had the right, nay, responsibility to defend themselves with all their strength.)



    Another find was a small trinket, an impossibly strong ebony shell that held a flowing silver liquid within. Senastrasz asked the mortals to hold off on deciding who got the admittedly powerful trinket for a time, explaining that while to them it would be a powerful trinket the dragons might have a more important use for it. The obsidian must have been over ten-thousand years old, because it held the power inherent to the Black Dragonflight, but without the taint of the Old Gods. The Raid Leader drove a hard bargain, but agreed to trade his group’s right to the trinket in exchange for five blades crafted in the Quel'Serrar forging method. Once the group returned to Stormwind by portal Senastrasz would be given the rare and expensive materials needed and would then spend the next week forging three swords and a pair of daggers.



    Eventually Harry woke up and chatted with Ron for a bit along with Hermione and Sirius. After resting and while still catching up, Harry bought an old chipped ax from one of the raiders and quickly enchanted it enough to at least get this next job done. Without touching any of Nefarian’s blood himself, Harry used magic to set the ax hacking away at the location where he lost the head and part of the shaft of his spear inside Nefarian. A few moments later he recovered the blade, now warped, half-melted, and practically oozing the corrupt, dark magic it had absorbed from Nefarian. With a sigh, Harry set the newly-purchased, and now smoking, ax to dig out Talion’s gauntlets which turned out to be in no better shape than his spearhead. Oh well, restoring these weapons is a task for another day. I should probably toss them, but no way on Earth am I wasting goblin silver .



    Harry was glad to see Ron doing well, but wasn’t terribly surprised when his ginger friend turned down Harry’s offer to rejoin the group in Theramore. Ron was getting ready to be part of the group that put down Hakkar and he was committed to joining the war in Silithus against the forces of the Old Gods. As a gift for his missed birthday(s), Harry gave Ron a strong and highly enchanted breastplate with automatic warming and cooling charms. Ron eventually accepted a portal to Stormwind, wishing them well and promising to meet up with the group after Elune’s Portal opened. He did accept a pair of cubes, one with pasture and a few deer and the other filled with buildings containing the stasis magic needed if he saved anyone who would have died without his interference.



    It was a subdued group that returned to Theramore to begin going over the notes of Nefarian’s experiments. Dali admitted that the team working on saving Harry’s Chromatic whelps (with the new addition of many more whelps along with some very sickly drakes and dragonspawn) would probably need to dissect ‘Chromaggus,’ the Core Hound subjected to the Chromatic Contagion. (The Contagion was a mix of blood and magic taken from a dragon of each Flight, warped with alchemy, and forcibly infused into a subject, according to the notes.) At some point, they would also need to see the Contagion itself in action. “That, at least, is easy enough. When Voldemort is defeated again I will not let his followers slink away again, no matter how many empty words they speak or how much gold they throw around. I refuse to use innocent people to test this process, but using the guilty in testing to save innocent lives sounds like justice to me.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    After receiving the notes on what had been dubbed ‘Neltharion’s Tear,’ the trinket that consisted of a silvery fluid suspended in obsidian, Harry asked to speak with Talion. A bit of scrying magic on the object proved it had originated from Neltharion, before he succumbed to the madness of the Old Gods; which explained why it held so much of the Black Dragonflight’s uncorrupted power. As Harry spoke to Talion, he was glad the drake was doing well, all things considered. Harry couldn’t claim he could do better if faced with Voldemort than Talion when confronted with the author of his life’s suffering. The Black drake was healing, and Harry knew such things took time.



    “Talion, I want you to have this. We’ve confirmed it was an artifact of Neltharion, from before his fall. Since you’re going to be my first Black Dragon Aspect, it feels fitting for you to have this. If nothing else, keep it as a reminder of the day you helped kill Nefarian.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Cannon Omake:

Stepping Forward in Time: A Dragon’s Restitution

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Lady Jaina Proudmoore, Archmage of the Kirin Tor and ruler of Theramore Isle, was in Stormwind City today, doing a favor for her apprentice. Harry Potter had been a breath of fresh air in her tower and her city, but nothing lasts forever. Both Master and Apprentice had known from the beginning that they would eventually go their separate ways, and eventually Elune’s Portal, wherever it was, would close. Unless Harry was trapped on the wrong side when it did, there would come a time when he would no longer teleport into her tower unannounced to visit and spend an afternoon or evening with her, like he had been doing from time to time since her first apprenticeship had ended. It was a bittersweet moment when Jaina told Harry she had nothing left to teach him, everything else was simply practice and unending exercises to increase his capacity and hone his fine control. The apprenticeship had been an exciting time for both of them, and Jaina was still reading through the mountain of texts Harry and his wives had given to her. She’d had to learn three new languages so far to decipher everything.



    Today she was on a trip to Stormwind to deliver the contents of an expanded chest to King Varian Wrynn, his son Anduin, and Mathias Shaw, Stormwind’s Spymaster and leader of SI:7, the spies and assassins who kept the Alliance secure. With the war against the Twilight Hammer’s Cult continuing and Anduin distancing himself from his father, it had not been easy to get the three of them in the same room. There was a specific sequence she needed to reveal the items in order to achieve the effect her apprentice wanted. Harry was certainly trustworthy, but over the years he’d stayed in Theramore he had developed a sense of showmanship. The contents of the trunk were most certainly about to cause a stir.



    Walking through Stormwind Keep, the castle where the royal family made their home, Jaina smiled as she approached a small dining room with a fantastic view of Stormwind city and the lake that fed the city’s canals. She took a seat and lost herself in watching the pleasant day outside and a simple magical focus exercise for a time, only being disturbed when she saw Mathias sitting in the chair next to her in the corner of her vision. Jaina dispelled the magic crackling between her fingers safely and then turned to the man now sitting beside her. “Do you have to do that all the time? Everyone knows you’re a master infiltrator, your job might get easier if you let us forget it once in a while.”



    Mathias Shaw, a man with brown hair and features that had helped him blend in nearly anywhere by being utterly forgettable, allowed a small amused smile to grace his face briefly; he knew he took too much amusement from moving unnoticed. Choosing to ignore the Archmage’s comment, Shaw spoke. “What do you have for us today Jaina? We don’t see you here in Stormwind often, not that I’m complaining. Your spymaster never fails to find a flaw or two in our security and then explain it in a note on top of the normal reports from Theramore’s intelligence network. Which she leaves on my desk. In my office, which should be physically and magically sealed.”



    Not bothering to hide her own smirk, Jaina responded. “Far be it from me to keep one of my followers from amusing themselves. I come bearing gifts from my apprentice, along with a bit of a show he set up.”



    With a quirked eyebrow, Shaw responded. “Ah, this would be your apprentice that my intelligence network could never find a mention of, anywhere, before he walked out of the marsh and asked to study under you?”



    With a laugh, Jaina responded. “I know exactly where he came from, spymaster. I’m not surprised you couldn’t find his history though. I gave my word to share the contents of this chest in a specific order, so you’ll have to wait.”



    With that, both settled in to wait. Given how busy Varian was, both Jaina and Shaw had come early in case the king’s schedule changed. A servant brought them both something to drink and some snacks which both of them checked for poison after the young woman left. Not that either expected an assassin to try killing them here, today, but checking food and drink away from home was a good habit that had saved their lives more than once. When Jaina had been there for nearly an hour, Varian Wrynn walked in, his countenance stern and fierce.



    On paper, Stormwind’s king held almost complete power but in practice the often greedy and corrupt nobility of Stormwind city had usurped much of the crown’s power while Varian was grieving for his wife and father. Today had obviously been frustrating. Jaina had previously had differing opinions on Varian Wrynn. He was not a man skilled with words or diplomacy, but the man’s actions had convinced her that he was a man who wanted the best for his people and son. He was, however, a man that was far from perfect; though he was honestly trying to be better.



    Both Jaina and Shaw rose and bowed before the King of Stormwind, though Jaina’s was markedly less deep as she was a ruler in her own right, though only over a single city-state. Varian called for food to be brought in, and he waited to eat until Anduin appeared, fresh from a day of studying at the Cathedral of the Light. Looking closely, Jaina saw flecks of blood on the prince’s sleeves, suggesting that he had once again been helping the injured that came to the Cathedral for aid. This illustrated a divide between father and son, Varian was a fierce Warrior while his son was a gifted Priest in training who wanted to mend the scars of war. Jaina smiled at Anduin. Though they didn’t see each other often, the two had developed a relationship like that of an aunt and nephew.



    With only a quick greeting to his father, Anduin moved to sit next to Jaina and began asking her about what she’d been doing lately. “That’s partly why I’m here. Lately I’ve been traveling and learning what I can, before I was asked to deliver this. ” Jaina nudged the heavy chest she’d taken out of a pocket and restored it to its full size. “I had just returned to Theramore after spending several weeks among our dragon allies, at Wyrmrest Temple and Azurewing Repose, before my apprentice asked me to deliver items to the three of you.”



    Both Varian and Shaw reacted when Jaina mentioned Azurewing. Six weeks ago the leader of the Blue dragon colony, Senegos, had made some bold claims, offered sanctuary to dragons that were the enemy of Alliance and Horde, and began sending agents out into the world to capture Black and Twilight dragons alive as well as offering tactical and magical assistance if local commanders agreed to take enemy dragons alive and send them to the Azurewing. Jaina continued, ignoring the rising tension. “I actually received a warmer welcome among the Azurewing, at least once they were sure I wasn’t sent there to harm them.”



    Noticing Anduin didn’t see the significance, Jaina explained the message Senegos had sent out. Anduin spoke up, trying to defend Alexstrasza who he knew by reputation thanks to the time he’d spent in Darnassus. Holding up a hand to cut him off, Jaina spoke once more. “One of the reasons I’m here is to deliver five-thousand guides to throwing off magic-based mind control. All three of you need to see a demonstration of how easily magic can usurp control of a person. I’ll explain more after.” Jaina withdrew a wand, a gift from her apprentice to aid in delicate magic, and pointed it at Shaw. “ Imperio. Kill your king.”



    Silently, she gave a different command. Through the Imperius curse, Shaw heard a voice command him: “ Place a dagger with no toxin on the blade at Varian’s throat but do not harm him other than a shallow wound Anduin can heal.”



    Before anyone could react, Mathias Shaw had stepped through the shadows and had a dagger at Varian’s throat, drawing just a faint line of blood. Varian, having spent time fighting for his life as a slave gladiator, knew that despite the verbal command Shaw was not going to slit his throat. Shaw’s body was tense, but postured so that if Varian were to move forward he could keep the dagger from doing damage. The supposed assassin was being very careful not to actually hurt him. More curious than anything else as soon as he realized that this was not an assassination attempt, he understood most of the lesson was for Anduin as his son panicked and began pleading with Shaw. Jaina spoke again. “Your father’s most loyal spy isn’t there , Anduin. Look at his eyes.”



    Without another word, Shaw sheathed his dagger and walked back to his seat without a word and sat there, perfectly still except for his breathing. Varian leaned forward and looked at the eyes of one of the few men he trusted almost unconditionally. They were glassy and slightly unfocused, looking at Shaw it was obvious that something was wrong with him. After letting both king and prince get a good look at the man’s eyes, Jaina reached into the chest and withdrew a smaller chest. Placing it out of the way, she withdrew a small leather bound book with the title, in Common, ‘Defense of the Mind.’ Jaina paused to create a magical barrier just above her clothing and released the Imperious curse. As she predicted Shaw immediately had a dagger at her throat, but was unable to pierce her shield.



    Placing the book in front of him, Jaina spoke once more. “I apologize for the dramatics, but you all needed to know about the danger. I hope you all read the book, it’s well written and easy to understand. As far as control spells, that one was comparatively weak, the control was simple and easy to make and comparatively easy to cast aside with training. If I had actually tried to make Shaw kill either of you he probably would have broken it immediately.”



    Anduin had stood and carefully healed his father’s throat. Either feeling safer next to his father or suddenly worried about losing him, Anduin sat again at his father’s side. Varian spoke next. “Thank you for revealing the danger Jaina, I assume there are no dangerous aftereffects to Shaw?”



    Though polite, Varian’s words carried a dangerous edge to them. “No, King Wrynn. This spell carries dangers to both caster and victim, but Shaw will be fine. I wanted you all to understand the dangers of a friend that was acting off, that might not be themselves. As far as I know there are only a few people on Azeroth that can cast that specific spell and none of us are teaching it to anyone, but there are many other such magics around. The eyes are almost always a warning, even spells that leave the victim moving like a puppet on strings will usually tell in the eyes.”



    Jaina moved on from there. “Anduin, you were defending Alexstrasza against the accusations of Senegos. What you didn’t understand was that the Dragon Queen herself is a victim, and there isn’t an easy way to remove it because of the vast power of the Titan or Titans that bound her mind.” Seeing the horrified looks around the table at the idea that Azeroth’s creators might not actually care about their creations, she continued. “It gets worse. The Dragonflights as they exist now have a magical bond that binds every member of a Dragonflight together and enforces obedience to the Aspect. With enough personal power and will an individual can ignore orders, but realistically only wyrms can be expected to do this. We’ve seen this cause problems three times in our history.”



    Shaw spoke up. “The Second War, when the Old Horde stole an ancient artifact and enslaved the Reds.”



    Jaina replied. “Yes, it was an item that the Aspects made with a rather large portion of their own power. When Alexstrasza tried to resist, the orcs murdered her children in front of her until she obeyed them. The other two times are the more recent Nexus War; most of the Blues that fought and died had no desire at all to be involved, but they were unable to disobey Malygos. Senegos of the Azurewing had a drake apprentice who he was grooming to replace Malygos as Aspect, but the war left him broken and no one at Azurewing has seen him since he fled to Kalimdor after recovering physically from the war.



    “For the other occurrence, I want you to imagine an evil god corrupting a Dragon Aspect and using the bond they share to access the mind of every individual dragon in the entire Dragonflight. Since the Titans forged that connection, those who saw something was wrong and tried to break the bond themselves would have only had the escape of death. Even for the dragons strong enough to ignore orders, the connection still exists. Through Neltharion, or Deathwing, the Old Gods have direct access to the mind of every Black Dragon.”



    Then, Jaina unveiled the next item on her agenda: A recording from Katrana Prestor, otherwise known as the Black Dragon Onyxia. Apparently wishing to make restitution now that she was free of the Old Gods, the box contained items for the three males in the room. Each gift came with a personal message. Onyxia gave the spymaster three large vials of Veritaserum. “Three drops will force any human to honestly answer any questions asked of them. I am unsure of the effects on other races, though it is likely lethal at three drops to the goblins.”



    To Varian, a being she had respected in a way that the haze covering her mind had twisted, she gave her entire collection of blackmail material and recorded treason, almost all of the thick book directed at the nobility of Stormwind. “King Wrynn, I want you to know I did not murder your wife. I took shameless advantage of her death, yes, but I did not kill her. I… admired you in a way, and the darkness I was trapped in warped that into something very different. Varian, there is rot in your kingdom; I give you what you need to cut it out so your nation can heal.”



    To Anduin, she sent something different. Inside the last trunk, bigger on the inside with the prince’s name on it was a living Black drake in stasis, bound in chains and shackles. ‘Anyxia’ looked like a much smaller version of her mother, with the same purple frills and horns identical to Onyxia. “Anduin, my plan for you was to marry you off to one of my least cruel daughters and usurp control of your kingdom through her. You would have been a puppet king, but one that lived a good life and was beloved by your people. Lady Proudmoore has a ritual that if you are willing, will bind my daughter to your service forever. Anyxia is yours to do with what you will, whether you make her a servant, mount, bodyguard, or consort.”



    The recording of a dragon paused for a moment, then sighed. “Even with my mind free, it still feels like madness to say this. But I gave my Lord my word that I would make restitution as much as I could without sacrificing my life. Anduin, you will be a good king one day, a greater king than even your father and grandfather, but you are still naive . You don’t understand that peace is an ideal that must be fought for, that a king must be willing to fight, kill, and wage war for their people. You do not really understand Varian; your father is Goldrinn’s champion not because he loses himself to anger and blood-lust but because he bends his rage to the protection of his people, including yourself. Anduin, it will be a harsh but necessary lesson for you, but sometimes war and strength is not just the best path to peace, but the only one.



    “And that is why I am entrusting my daughter to you. Through her you will learn that while Azeroth’s races can possibly live in peace, we are not the same . I remember enough of the kind child you were to know Anyxia will be safe in your service. The magic binding her to the Old Gods has been weakened but not destroyed. Tell her the truth that if she does not complete the ritual your father will kill her, and offer her a place as your servant instead. Do that and Anyxia will accept.”



    What followed was a long discussion about the magic involved, the Loyal Lord Oath, and numerous other subjects. Varian wanted to know everything Jaina knew about the Loyal Lord Oath ritual, and Jaina showed the group a memory of a young man, just a year or two older than Anduin himself performing the ritual in question with one Black and three Twilight drakes. Subtitles were provided by the Memory Viewing Device on loan from Azurewing Repose. “I’ve seen them interact, Varian. The drakes serve him unquestioningly, and would die for him if needed. In return for their service, he protects them in turn. I’ve checked, and the Oath doesn’t prevent him from ordering the drakes to die for him. He could if it was necessary, but he is incapable of spending their lives cheaply .”



    Just before dinner was served Anduin became the first native of Azeroth to complete the Loyal Lord Oath ritual since before the Sundering, ten-thousand years previous. Anyxia was decidedly nervous but not suicidal enough to attempt to fight or flee under the watchful eyes of one of Azeroth’s greatest warriors and Goldrinn’s Champion, one of the best assassins in the world, and Azeroth’s most powerful mortal user of magic. When the ritual settled, it wasn’t as strong as the initial bond between Ralion and Harry Potter but Onyxia’s daughter could feel the earnest, honest intentions of Prince Anduin Wrynn.



    Kneeling at the feet of the future king of Stormwind was about the safest place possible for her, and a better deal than she would have almost anywhere else. After a meal where Anduin had ensured she got enough to eat, she relaxed and stretched out next to the table as the humans continued to talk. Unable to focus on anything but the new magic wrapped around her, Anyxia gradually let the sensation of being protected, being wanted, lull her off to a comfortable sleep. As she slept, Anduin’s first commands would do their work and begin severing her from both the Old Gods and Black Dragonflight.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.





A/N: Hope you all enjoyed the chapter! The omake takes place after Harry’s already left Theramore, though he tries to stop in and say hello from time to time. I could use some ideas on pairings for Jaina and Sirius. Like Nymphadora Tonks, I see Sirius as choosing his romantic partner at least partially based on how much it would piss off his mother. (Given the inbreeding and how much good new blood in old magical lines seems to do, this isn’t even a bad strategy for Sirius, assuming he finds a compatible elf/draenei/whatever.)



For Jaina, I can see Harry trying to set her up with someone who would be good for her, poor Jaina has just not had luck with romance at all . (Her boyfriends/significant others keep turning evil or make awful decisions for their people.) I don’t mind setting her up with a dragon but I’m keeping Jaina away from Kalecgos because he’s a hell of a lot older than she is, (in the way that when he was a kid, Jaina’s great-grandparents hadn’t been born) and he isn’t my favorite character besides.



I’m not planning to pair the two together because neither one would want to leave their world behind permanently.



Anyway, thanks for reading. Please leave a review! Each one keeps me motivated to keep writing.







Chapter 33: Chapter 33: Transformations

Chapter Text

Looking at some of last chapter’s reviews I realized I never explained why Elune’s Portal being permanent would be a bad thing. Eh, it’s probably a good thing you all don’t share space in my head, but that means I need to actually explain my ideas .



Sorry I missed my normal posting schedule, but I’ve had family problems, insomnia problems, and I ended up throwing out most of the original version of this chapter.



Thanks to everyone who reviewed last chapter!



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Chapter 33: Transformations



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    After watching Harry cavorting through the air inside his expanded cubes as a dragon, Jaina decided to become an animagus. Jaina’s spymaster and friend Pained found herself swept up in the excitement as well. Both decided to forgo the Anchoring Ritual and pursue their natural forms, whatever they were, curious to see what they would get. As the resident expert on animagery, Sirius got more than a bit of teasing for all the time spent with two beautiful women, but eventually admitted that he wasn’t really attracted to either despite the friendly flirting. “I think I spent too much time as a dog in Azkaban, some of the instincts from Padfoot got stuck in my mind. I fought in several battles against Voldemort before you were born Harry, saw his power and Dumbledore’s too. Jaina makes them look like children playing with accidental magic, and Pained has been a warrior for longer than Hogwarts has existed. Part of my mind will always be warning me that they’re dangerous.

 

    Pained actually completed her transformation first, since some parts of the magic were easier for her. Pained’s form was a Nightsaber, a tiger-sized feline with gleaming yellow eyes, pitch black fur with silver stripes, a powerful frame, and large fangs that hinted that some saber-toothed cats had migrated to Azeroth long ago. The shape of a graceful, deadly hunter fit Pained exceptionally well. Because the Night Elves had been living and working with Nightsabers for millennia, the form wasn’t much of a surprise. Hermione was excited when Pained offered to let her help with the creation of the traditional tattoo for her new form’s shoulders. (The glowing tattoos mostly used by Azeroth’s Druids were more than just decoration, they were a vital safety device. Only the most dangerously insane dragons wanted to consume sentient individuals, but all dragons routinely hunted a wide variety of animals for sustenance.) Jaina’s form caused a bit more of a stir.



    By the time Jaina completed her transformation, Harry and the others had been living in Theramore for two years. Those years had been good to all of them; Sirius had cast off the last remnants of his time in Azkaban, the Granger family had grown again with the arrival of a second healthy set of twins, and Harry’s own little family was healthy and happy. Hermione had come to terms with the duality of her existence, and believed that the core magic of her old body bonding to her new form was the reason that both human and drake forms were her ‘real’ form. Alira sometimes felt like she was drowning in happiness, Harry and Hermione both loved her and she them, and she was even slowly convincing Hermione that a third female would benefit their family. Without knowing, Harry continued to support her arguments as he proved he now had the romantic drive of Harry and Hadrion combined.



    As for Harry, the years away from England had been good for him. In Theramore he wasn’t the boy-who-lived or anything else the Prophet accused him of being. He almost wasn’t even a Lord, with only a few of his followers present. The only reason people treated him as anything other than a normal person was because he was learning under Lady Proudmoore. Apparently she had turned away a large number of applicants, so his acceptance alone was noteworthy. When rumors started to spread, Jaina let the bartender in Theramore’s know that her apprentice was simply a talented Mage who was proving to be ‘acceptable.’ Given the Archmage’s reputation for demanding perfection, Harry was assumed to be at least significantly above average. Time away from Britain had also been good for his mind and personality; his unfortunate early life had forced him to be introverted and shy. Harry still wasn’t a ‘social butterfly’ but he had become more outgoing. As Lady Proudmoore taught him the value of intimidating his foes, Harry had developed a sense of 'showmanship.’



    Because of her agreement to keep any magic she learned from Harry a secret until the original drakes traveled to Earth, Jaina would be traveling directly to the Cube as soon as she completed her initial transformation during a thunderstorm on the plains that bordered Dustwallow Marsh. Those waiting in the Cube, which included Dan and Emma who were keeping a close eye on a glass sphere that showed their nursery, had a small party prepared and let out a cheer when a portal opened and Harry guided a rather large bird through. Jaina's animagus form proved to be a large, blue, dangerous looking avian. Shaking off rainwater like a dog after stepping through the portal, Sirius took over walking Jaina through the transformation back into her human form. Harry cast a charm on himself and the rainwater simply slicked off. Now dry Harry sat down in a nearby chair and spoke.



    “When we get back to Earth, I want to try teaching a bunch of muggleborn kids the animagus transformation after telling one group that magical animals are possible and another group that magical animals are the only possible result because they themselves are a magical animal.” Gesturing to the blue avian that was raptly watching Sirius, and had only given in to the instinctual urge to lunge at him twice so far, Harry continued. “Master Proudmoore’s form is a Thunderbird.



    When several voices objected, Harry waved his wand and transfigured chairs into a Thunderbird and Lady Proudmoore’s animagus form side by side. “Look! Side by side, you see the similar body structure? Almost exactly the same beak and primary wings? The talons are the same too. The only real difference is that it’s lost the odd, less functional second and third sets of wings, made the tail more compact, and replaced the white feathers for thicker blue ones! Whatever this thing is, I’d bet a cube it was originally a Thunderbird that got to Azeroth however the heck everything else seems to.”



    As the group watched, Jaina finished the transformation and returned to her human body. While incredibly powerful, Jaina’s magic wasn’t nearly as malleable as her apprentice’s, so the animagus transformation had been difficult for her. (The rigidity of her magic was a product of both her prior training and an inherited property. Years of rigid control exercises to prevent what on Earth would be called ‘accidental magic’ hadn’t helped either: When you were thousands of times stronger than the average magical child on Earth, accidental magic was to be avoided at all costs.) Walking over and serving herself a large helping of red meat, Jaina spoke.



    “I saw the creature whose form I was wearing as a child, in Kul Tiras we called it Azurethos. It is an immensely powerful creature the size of a small sailing ship that can control wind and storm, even create waterspouts and capsize ships. It’s species is rare but what I’ve been able to learn suggests they grow larger as their magic grows stronger. Thankfully as long as we leave Azurethos alone, it generally leaves us alone. During the Second War a few rangers had it somewhat trained, whenever it sunk one of the Horde’s ships in our waters they left some smoked meat out for it. Now there’s always a ranger or two watching the approach to it’s nest just to keep some idiot from setting it on a rampage.”



    Turning to the others, Harry spoke again. “See? Sounds like a Thunderbird found a portal or whatever and started absorbing magic here, making it stronger and mutate a little. If it’s old enough it might have even drank from the Well of Eternity or gotten a blessing from Aviana.”



    Jaina paused from her meal and concentrated for a moment. Holding her hands in front of her chest twice the width of her shoulders, palms turned slightly towards the sky, Jaina concentrated for a moment. Blinding arcs of electricity suddenly streamed between her hands. Harry’s face fell at seeing his Master use what had become his favorite intimidation tactic, and one she had helped him create as a focus exercise. Harry’s spars with Lady Proudmoore had never been easy, but he felt he was making progress towards his goal of winning. (He wasn’t there yet, and honestly knew he still had a long way to go.) Until now Lady Proudmoore had been limited to Arcane, Fire, and Frost magic so seeing his Master use an entirely new school of magic for the first time was disheartening; Jaina would be sure to learn and master many, many new spells that he would have to dodge in the coming weeks. (Shielding spells were mostly useless in his matches with Lady Proudmoore, there was simply far too large a gap in power between them; the shields only held as long as Jaina wanted them to.)



    Harry’s private moment of despair was interrupted by the click of a camera followed by laughter. Emma was cackling and the others weren’t much better. Sirius was the first to speak through his laughter. “You look like someone just killed your favorite pet!”



    After a good deal of good-natured joking, Dan Granger spoke up. “How do people, animals, and plants keep moving between worlds? I thought it took a monumental amount of magic to open a portal between worlds and even more to make those portals stable.”



    Jaina answered in the same tones she usually used to teach Harry. “Thanks to the information my apprentice and others have provided, there’s a simple answer to how things are getting to Earth from Azeroth. Azeroth has a lot of magic flowing through the ley-lines and in the air, and that amount is growing slowly but constantly. You see, many magical plants actually put out more magic than they take in as they absorb sunlight, and there’s no shortage of spells or magical creatures that do the same.



    “Magic can warp the physical universe, and when a certain level of saturation is reached, it doesn’t require a Mage to direct it, bits and pieces of Azeroth simply disappear. I can still remember warnings from my own master, Antonidas, to avoid locations where the magical saturation was much higher than normal. I don’t know why Azeroth would connect to Earth, but it’s possible that it’s related to the reason things and people from Earth end up here. On Azeroth we have Titan ruins in some places, machines and Waygates left behind, it’s possible Earth has a Waygate or something similar that has created a link between the two worlds.”



    Seeing the mostly blank looks at the mention of the term ‘Waygate,’ Hermione explained a little more. “A Waygate is a stone doorway that transfers matter between two paired gates. They’re a blend of magic and science. Once we reach the point in time where Elune’s Portal opens again, I’m hoping to… borrow … one and take it apart. If we’re lucky we might be able to build pairs of them to access the moon cube and our Mars base. Everyone that’s had to Apparate in space says it's awful.”



    Over the next several hours the group simply relaxed as they enjoyed pleasant food and company. Jaina’s sudden preference for red meat was commented on, but given her animagus form was an apex predator, no one teased her too much. Dan and Emma were the first to leave when their new infants woke up and demanded attention. As the night wore on, others left to their own residences until Jaina and Pained, her companion and friend since the Battle of Mount Hyjal, were the only ones left. Both would be found the next morning on a cushy sofa, soundly sleeping in their new second forms.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Two weeks later, Harry was hard at work on the ground floor of his master’s tower. There was a useful spell Lady Proudmoore was teaching him from her homeland that was so complicated and power-intensive it was usually cast by a dozen ‘Tidesages,’ or not at all. A week ago, Jaina had sent him to Stormwind to purchase a painstakingly crafted toy sailing ship. He really had no idea what to expect when Lady Proudmoore then had him conjure a seven foot (2.1 meters) deep aquarium with sand that took up an entire wall of the entryway into her tower. Standing above the aquarium, Harry had watched Lady Proudmoore flick a tiny Ice Lance spell into the toy sailing ship, sending the mostly accurate model sinking down into the water.



    For a solid week, Harry had been working on the rather complex spell that, when performed correctly, would cause a sunken sailing ship to rise from the sandy bottom and become a fully functional ship once more. Even more useful, the amount of magic required would make the restored ship respond to his thoughts and commands in the same way a complex ward scheme responded to its master. But so far Harry had been unable to correctly cast the spell. It was easily the most complicated magic he’d ever tried to master, and it required a rhythm. It was one of the few spells on Azeroth that typically used a verbal incantation: this spell was usually sung. Sadly, for all his many skills Harry was not gifted musically. Not to mention the ‘sea shanty’ had been put to new words that better fit the tune after Grand Admiral Daelin Proudmoore died in Theramore, and because of that the tune was not popular in Theramore.



    (Daelin, Jaina’s father, had nearly ignited another world war against the Orcs during the years of peace following the Burning Legion’s defeat at the Battle of Mount Hyjal. Even though it tore at her heart, Jaina had stood aside and let her father die to preserve peace. In doing this, she saved her followers in Theramore and her home nation of Kul Tiras from the wrath of the Orcs, not that her homeland was grateful.)



    Harry’s practice, which consisted of channeling magic in his bare hands and gesturing dramatically while standing above the tank containing the sunken model, made him feel a little ridiculous as people entered and exited the tower. And his attempts to hum the tune as he tried to get the magic to flow in the correct weave proved that he was not musically gifted. This spell, apparently intentionally without a proper name, was proving good exercise for both Harry’s magical capacity and control. He was grateful for a distraction when two individuals walked into the tower.



    Over the last two years, Harry’s magical ability in every field had flourished under Lady Proudmoore’s instruction. Between his Master’s instruction and guidance via correspondence with Aurogos, Harry had even gained the ability to ‘see’ magic. Both of the individuals walking into the tower, even though they appeared human, were hiding under an illusion spell. On an impulse, once the two had crossed the threshold Harry channeled magic in his left hand and dispelled their illusions; the two humans turned into a male Taunka (one of the offshoots of the Tauren, but bison-like instead of cow-like) and a female Night Elf. With the illusion gone Harry was able to sense they were both dragons with the male obviously a Blue and the female likely a Bronze. His first thought was that the Bronze Dragonflight had found him and he would need to get his family and followers out of Theramore quickly. But their behavior wasn’t right for that, so Harry spoke instead of preparing to flee. “Hello, if you’re here to see Master Proudmoore she isn’t available today but I might be able to help you.”



    Of all the possible responses, Harry didn’t expect for the female dragon to say what she did. “Senegos wasn’t joking, just being in the same room with him is giving me a headache. I can feel his very existence is contrary to the One True Timeline.”



    The male laughed softly and pulled the female closer, letting her nuzzle her head into his chest. “It’s nice to meet you, Harry Potter. My name is Khanagos and this is Jane. My mentor Senegos sent us to you when I asked for help in the future. We’ve come to ask for safe passage off Azeroth.”



    After quickly snapping off a messenger Patronus, Harry spoke again. “Follow me.”



    Before leading the two out of the tower, Harry paused and cast two invisibility spells on them. From there, Harry led them to the quiet corner of Theramore where the Cube had been anchored for the last two years. When they reached the Cube, Khanagos admitted he was impressed while ‘Jane’ was confused. At Harry’s instruction, Khan had to physically lift his partner and carry her inside; proving Stine’s contribution to the defenses, a ward that hid the Cube from being seen by any Bronze dragon other than himself was working correctly.



    Much of the Cube’s interior had been altered and reconfigured over the years it had been in use and the large grassy park that sat just inside was as good a meeting place as any. “This is my home away from home, feel free to make yourselves comfortable and return to your true forms if you want, it doesn’t bother me. Are you hungry or thirsty?”



    Following Harry to where a picnic table and chairs sat in the warm sunlight, the two paused for a moment, then an instant later the grassy park had a lot less free space. Harry examined the Blue and Bronze for a moment before he spoke again. They’re wyrms, but just barely. Comparing Jane to Valistrasza and Jagragosa she looks like she’s about halfway through a pregnancy, which is obviously why they’re coming to me. They’re not starved, but neither has been eating or sleeping as much as they should.



    “I can help both of you. I don’t know what exactly Senegos told you about me, but if you’re willing to swear a reciprocal loyalty oath I can not only get both of you somewhere safe, but give you a home with the other refugees from Azeroth. My world isn’t perfectly safe, but it’s a hell of a lot better than anywhere on this world. If you’re willing to work with me to build a better future, I can give you a place where you can live and thrive.”



    For a moment, both young wyrms were quiet. Harry was quiet as they shared a silent conversation using some form of mind magic, simply watching as their body language became less tense. When they seemed to be having a silent argument Harry spoke up again. “I offer safety for your clutch as well; the Titans have no claim on my homeworld.”



    That afternoon the Potter Dragonflight gained two wyrms, and the immensely valuable gift they brought with them. As Harry was ensuring they were comfortable in the Steppes, one of the spare expanded cubes with an interior of rocky hillsides interspersed with vibrant green fields of grass, Janedormi offered Harry something he didn’t think he would ever see. Before Tendrion offered Elune his service, he had managed to trick the Red Dragonflight into giving him a copy of their Archive, the repository that contained all of their knowledge and history. Harry had received a copy of the Blue Dragonflight’s Archive from Senegos after the old dragon was convinced he was trustworthy. Janedormi, fearing she would have to bargain with an unscrupulous individual, had managed, at no small risk, to make a copy of the Archive held by her Dragonflight. Unlike the other flights, the Bronze Archive was fiercely guarded and stealing information was the Flight’s second highest crime. To ensure the Archive was as useful as possible, she had made the copy as far into the future as she could.



    “Lord Potter…” Janedormi spoke hesitantly, looking down at the human who had given her mate and clutch a future, standing in the field that her mate was already turning into a proper hatchery. “the future recorded in the archives is unlikely to happen as it was recorded. Some stone was thrown into the Titan’s ‘One True Timeline’ and that future is diverging. I would go so far as to say the One True Timeline is now impossible; the way the timeways are shifting, it’s as if Azeroth itself is throwing the future into chaos. You need to be extremely careful traversing the Caverns in the future, the Bronze Dragonflight is realizing something has changed drastically and as the Caverns shift the Infinite Dragonflight seems to be attacking from every newly-revealed timeway.”



    “Thank you for the warning. We’ll be stocking the pastures here with breeding herds in the next few days. Anything in the basin near the entrance is for you to eat whenever you want. If you need more than that, let me know and I will ensure you get it. Once you two have settled in, I could use your help going through the Archive; there’s a few questions I want answered, chiefly why Elune’s Portal is temporary, and not a permanent gateway like the Dark Portal. You two are free to come and go through this cube and all of the others currently connected to ‘ the Cube,’ but please don’t leave them. It’s easier to keep you hidden if you’re behind our best defenses.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Two days later, Harry had to take a break from pouring through the Bronze Archive. Turning to his mates who were looking at him in concern as they too poured through the vast amount of information contained in a series of magical crystals, Harry spoke quickly. “I need to go somewhere where I can break something. I’ll be back when I’ve calmed down.”

 

    Twenty minutes later he was sparring with his master in an empty stretch of sea; Harry had found himself too angry to safely use magical travel. Jaina knew first hand that magic fueled by raw emotions could be dangerous, there was a reason she had spent so much time perfecting rigid control of her magic and emotions. As she stood on the increasingly choppy water and traded bolts of frost and fire with her apprentice, she came to appreciate how much his power had grown since he came to Theramore. Under the barest slivers of Azeroth’s moons, even she needed to be careful as more and more of Harry’s attacks came in the form of dangerous dark blue flames. (Even she would be in trouble if Harry’s Twilight Flames touched her skin.) When Harry turned into a drake and continued his assault, she was tempted to use her animagus form as well, but knew that if she tried to match her apprentice in speed and skill in flight she’d lose. With how his emotions were flaring, he might even harm her without meaning to.



    After forty minutes of throwing magic back and forth at each other, Harry had finally exhausted himself of magic and rage. When she took them back to her study, assuming he was ready to talk, she was concerned at the number and variety of privacy spells Harry put up. Eventually she managed to get him to talk over a cup of tea. “I’m sorry Master. I’ve told you about how the Loyal Lord Oath has changed me. Some things just set me off now; a Lord has responsibilities to those who serve him. I used to be mad that Sirius was thrown in prison without a trial, now I’m furious that the man he served loyally just discarded him.



    “I told you two new dragons found me and asked for help? One of them stole a copy of the Bronze Dragonflight’s archive in case she needed to trade it for her clutch’s safety. Tell me Master, if you were a Titan, how would you reward the Dragonflights for well over thirty-thousand years of faithful service?”



    Thinking for only a moment, Jaina replied. “If I had that kind of power, I would give them a world of their own, someplace where they could live peaceful lives and grow beyond a life of service to distant gods.”



    Harry’s dark laugh was unnerving. “I would do something similar. If I don’t act to completely alter the timeline within six months from the day Elune’s Portal opens, the Titan’s ‘grand plan’ will sentence their loyal servants to a slow, lingering extinction while removing the power they would need to save their race. The Aspects will lose their powers, and so many dragons will die their race will never recover. By the time I left it was already too late to prevent a massacre, something destroyed the Sanctums of Wyrmrest Temple… along with every egg, whelp, mortal helper, and Broodmother there.



    “If I can continue to evade the Bronze Dragonflight I can save them, but those dragons will never be able to return to Azeroth. I can’t imagine how Alexstrasza took that. I only knew her for a few days, but she’s someone that really cares , and her clutch died too. If I do nothing it will be her final clutch.”



    Jaina smiled at her apprentice. “I can’t see you doing nothing Harry. Just be careful, don’t take risks where you don’t have to.” Sipping her own tea, Jaina decided to shift her apprentice’s mind in a different direction. “I understand you were trying to learn why Elune’s Portal isn’t permanent, did you find out?”

 

    Now feeling much calmer, Harry responded, finishing off his tea. (It was hot enough to scorch, but there were upsides to being a dragon animagus: some traits carried over to his natural form.) “We’re mostly sure we know now, and it was really something we should have figured out years ago. If you use time-travel to save a life, that person still dies, anywhere you put them in the timeline. It’s an effect of the timeline correcting itself and something we don’t completely understand yet. We don’t know if Draenor/Outland is close to Azeroth or not, but even if Outland/Draenor was part of a separate universe like Earth, the Dark Portal has made it part of this physical universe. If Elune’s Portal was permanent, the effect would chase those I’ve rescued through and kill them.



    “When she helped Tendrion open the portal, Elune included a filter that’s keeping that effect, and some others, from affecting Earth. There’s a problem though; Khanagos helped with the calculations, and the energy requirement to keep the filter active is increasing exponentially as time passes. With enough time, the filter could suck a Titan dry and eventually the entire Pantheon.



    “Thank you again Master, I just needed to get out and break something. I need to get back to my girls, even with a few Patronus messages they’re probably worried about me.”



    After her apprentice left, Jaina leaned back in her favorite chair, reflecting on the dangers of unfaithful gods. She smiled as she thought of her apprentice however. Harry was a good kid, and she was glad he remembered her advice if he was ever in danger of losing control of his temper and magic: Get away from people and if you have to destroy something, break something , not someone. If their latest sparring match had been anywhere on land Azeroth would have another broken plain or razed forest.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Taking as deep a breath as he dared, Ron Weasley looked around the desolate red plains for a moment and checked his map. While a demon-infested and Fel-poisoned desert wasn’t exactly a tourist destination Ron still preferred it over the last place he’d fought. When we’re done with everything else on Azeroth I’m getting Harry’s dragons to burn the Plaguelands to ash. Nothing else will cure the blight of those lands. Hell, Stratholme is somehow still burning six years after the city caught fire, Ralion and the others might actually be able to lay that city to rest.



    Hellfire Peninsula was at least dry and not covered in slime, slime creatures, and poisonous mushrooms. Given the demon infestation Ron wasn’t ready to rule out swarms of undead hidden in some cave; there had certainly been enough death in this land. The Path of Glory...so many bones… so many innocents slaughtered.



    Stride by stride, Ron saw the wasteland roll by. It was a new and quickly growing tradition for the heroes who destroyed threats like Nefarian or Kel’Thuzad to be given some beast to carry them from place to place. Ron rode a Charger, an armored unicorn clad in thick, golden, glowing armor, but this wasn’t something he’d purchased or been given. When Lordaeron fell to the ravenous undead hordes, some Paladins had lost faith as everything fell apart. Their nation, their people, even their families withered and died at the touch of the Plague of Undeath; a disease that powerful wielders of the Light were immune to. Oh sure, a Paladin could be killed and raised again, but the Light was enough to keep one’s self going through many trials indeed, as long as one kept faith. But during the fall of Lordaeron a Paladin’s faith wasn’t enough to keep those they had sworn to protect, in many cases even their own families, safe when cultists hidden among the citizens were actively spreading the Plague.



    Ron’s Charger had once belonged to a Paladin who served Lordaeron, but when the knight lost faith and joined the evil sweeping the land, he forced his mount to follow. The poor creature had been tortured and broken, and Ron’s quest to redeem it had been long and costly. But that day, not so long ago now, when he had defeated it’s old master and laid a gleaming Arcanite Barding, forged by a master and blessed by an ancient equine spirit, onto the broken, hopeless beast and offered it the choice to pass on free of the burdens of this world or join him in his adventures had been worth every coin and every hour of toil when the beast chose to serve him in every adventure going forward. Forged of magic just as much as flesh and tied to Ron’s very soul, the Charger had the advantage over other mounts that it could go without food and water and existed in the physical plane only when needed; any injuries taken to flesh or armor healed the next time Ron summoned it.



    Today Ron was riding to a Draenei Temple to see if there was anything he could do for them in this cursed land. Many adventurers had already been through ‘Hellfire Peninsula’ while Ron was finishing up a few tasks back on Azeroth. One thing he had never doubted was that his Charger was a warhorse: even through the saddle and armor he felt the creature tense when the breeze shifted and they both caught a scent on the wind. Demons! And not a few either! One advantage of being in Outland was that he could finally let people he wasn’t about to kill see his familiar. A whistle and a gentle tug on the familiar bond and Ares teleported out of the shrunken cube where he’d been resting. Ares had grown into a deadly hunter, and a gift from Harry sometime in the future, routed through the six witches who until recently had been living in Stormwind had given his aptly-named Warpstalker a magical growth spurt. Apparently the group working to stabilize the Chromatic whelps under Harry’s protection discovered (or would discover) a version of the Chromatic Contagion safe to use on certain animals as they progressed to animal testing. Ares was now dark purple with white stripes, and he had grown to nearly the size of a drake.



    Ron was glad he wouldn’t have to hide his friend any longer, he was eager to get some real use out of a few spells learned from Hunters he’d worked with over the years. “Ares, I need you to find the demons. Let me cast ‘Eyes of the Beast’ on you first so I can see what you do.” Only a moment later the soft green magic took effect. “Go, don’t fight them yet, if the group is small enough for us to take down we’ll destroy them together.”



    With that, Ron closed one eye and readied the spear he kept on hand for mounted combat. It was awkward to see from Ares’ perspective in one eye and his current surroundings in the other, but this place wasn't safe enough to lose sight of. A few moments later Ron's stomach twisted. There were at least a thousand demons marching together, and not as many of the small, weaker ones as he’d hoped for. Ares got a good look around and noticed the siege equipment before beginning to return. Opening both his eyes, Ron quickly checked his map again. Based on the way the demons were marching, they’d probably been displaced when their portals and artillery assaulting the Dark Portal were destroyed, and their destination was… Without another thought, Ron drove his steed into a charge, running for the small Draenei settlement not far from him. He rested his spear in a comfortable but ready position and strapped his weathered but still strong shield on his back. Ares would find him, the Warpstalker always knew where his wizard was.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Despite his haste, Ron still ended up charging through the edge of the demon’s ranks as they blocked what his map said was the only accessible route to the Draenei’s Temple. As he rode through the front gates, both horse and rider dripping in demon blood, Ron was very glad that Common was easy to learn and had spread almost everywhere on Azeroth and Outland, the only known remnant of the planet Draenor. Shouting to get attention, he made for what looked like the place the leaders would be. “There’s a demon army coming! At least a thousand with siege equipment!”

 

    Having made a commotion those inside the temple structure came outside to see a young man on a Charger positively dripping with demon blood and entrails. After Ron repeated himself again, there was something of a panic. This settlement was sadly no fortress and there were maybe, maybe, forty adults present that could fight. Raising his voice over the growing panic, Ron spoke up. “You don’t have enough people to fight them, so you need to flee. Get everyone ready to move, the demons have the south and east escapes blocked, we’ll need to go north and west through the mountains.”



    One of the priestesses, though she also wore a bow and quiver on her back, spoke up. She had dark gray skin, horns that curved both back and out on her head, and light blue, silvery hair. “I’m Samaara, and I’m leading this place while our leaders are at Telredor. There is no path through the mountains, there’s just a jagged mess of spikes and broken stone. Knight, if you’re willing to bear a few children away we would be grateful, I don’t think we can do more than die well against that many. We can’t get a portal or teleport out through the demon’s ward.”



    Dismounting and allowing his Charger to fade away for now, Ron briefly drew a wand and tried creating a portkey. It was something he’d kept secret, but in a time like this the magic was too useful for him not to master. When nothing happened he cursed under his breath. Looking down into the valley the demons were now marching into, he considered his options. The cubes were supposed to be a secret, but he had enough space in the one he called New Elwynn to carry the whole settlement, even though that brought its own problems. The demon army would eventually find it if he buried it somewhere, he couldn’t ride out through a thousand demons alone without an enormous distraction, and it looked like they were out of any kind of flying mount.



    Ron quickly went into action, speaking in what he’d been perfecting as his ‘follow my commands or you’re going to die’ voice. “Get everyone you have who isn’t ready to fight here, now. Tell your guards not to bother the big purple Warpstalker that’ll be here soon, he’s with me.”

 

    With that, Ron withdrew New Elwynn and opened the door. “This is a portable wizard’s tower, it was a gift that needs to be kept secret. Get your people inside and then help me spread some things around this place. I can make a way through the mountains, but it’ll be hard and slow going.”



    From his older expanded chest, Ron began withdrawing his collection of odds and ends. When you have a practically infinite storage capacity, you tend to hoard anything you think might be useful eventually. Ron started pulling out every piece of wood and a great number of vials and expired potions. Turning to the Draenei guards that were falling back to the most defensible places, Ron spoke again. “Quickly, I need help building pyres where they won’t be noticed right away. I have a bunch of highly flammable materials on me, we’ll let the demons think they’ve taken the town and then burn them to death. Anyone know enough magic to set a fire-starting spell on a timer?”



    During the frenzied preparations, Ares returned. He too was covered in demon blood and gore, and he padded in front of Ron and dropped a rather large lump of flesh. Ron immediately paused what he was doing and praised his companion. Samaara took a moment to look at the oozing gift and then replied to a quiet question in her native tongue. “It’s the heart of a Doomguard. The Knight’s pet is dangerous, at least to our enemies, but it seems loyal to him. Don’t let the children near it just to be safe.”



    Just as the demons were preparing to siege the outpost, Ron shrunk and pocketed the cube and led the four Draenei chosen for their speed and skill to the mountains that bordered the outpost with sheer cliffs. Taking a deep breath, Ron transfigured the shear wall into a passageway and gestured for Ares to take point, which the creature did. Ron rushed in and quickly ran into the darkness and once the four Draenei were inside he closed the opening. “We need to move quickly, I’m leaving enough residual magic behind that their trackers will know where we’ve gone and might be able to follow us. Someone try to keep an idea of which direction the tunnel goes and I’ll swing it west after we gain some altitude.”



    Ron really, really, wished he was surprised when the first demon, enormous spider, tunneling worm, and family of extremely dangerous native creatures called ‘rock flayers’ barred their path and had to be fought, but he wasn’t. Ron had discovered that Harry Potter’s luck was contagious, and the fact that they were disturbing rocks and caves on a demon-infested world just made the endless array of monsters worse. When he stumbled into a new cavern and came face-to-face with the first rabid undead dragon, Ron knew it was going to be ‘one of those days.’ It took them three days to fight through the darkness beneath the surface until they reached the molding depression known as Zangarmarsh. Ron had guarded the refugees in the Cube the entire time as had the Draenei Samaara; both had only accomplished this by using the Light to force their bodies to keep going. The other guards had switched in and out as they needed rest.



    Once they stumbled down a rocky slope that led to the marsh, Ron told the group he needed to explain a few things and that they needed to keep a few secrets for him. For now though, a dozen of the fresher fighters set up a watch inside a shallow cave with New Elwynn resting within. Ron made it to the first soft patch of grass and stretched out in his armor, with Samaara doing the same. They were asleep in moments, deeply enough that neither noticed Ares moving them until Samaara was using Ron’s chest as a pillow. Rather tired himself, the Warpstalker curled around the two and was soon asleep as well. (Ares had been rather worried that his wizard hadn’t tried to find a mate these last four years, too focused on learning to fight better and to save others. This Draenei was skilled with her bow and a powerful user of the Light, just like his master, so he’d try nudging them together.)



    Eight hours later, Ron and Samaara woke up about the same time to find they still had dust, sand, and gore from the various creatures they’d run into both on and under their armor. Both groaned upon waking up, sleeping in armor and their positions hadn’t been the best choice, perhaps. Nor had not taking the time to get clean. Ron groaned as he started to peel off his armor, something had seeped under his armor and was causing painful welts on every inch of his skin. Getting to his feet, Ron started to move towards the bathing area not far away. While New Elwynn was mostly forests and meadows now, there was a small ‘town’ not far from the entrance with housing and other much needed facilities, including a bath designed after the Master’s Bath in the original Cube. Deciding to clean his primary armor later, (It was a foolish adventurer that didn’t carry at least one spare of everything. ) Ron turned to the Draenei that was following him, ignoring the other refugees milling about or cooking food.



    “I’m heading towards a place to bathe, you’re welcome to join me. There’s a small favor I’d ask, though. Can you find a healer willing to treat me? Something from our time underground is affecting my skin.”



    And that was how Ron found himself in the bath with a pretty young woman, warm water soaking off all sorts of horrible residue as Samaara carefully used her healing skills to pull toxins out of his skin. Before her people had nearly been annihilated by the Orcs, mixed bathing like this would have been scandalous. But after fleeing for their lives and living on the brink for so long, Samaara was just grateful to have enough warm water on hand to soak in; she simply couldn’t bring herself to care about the small fact her patient was male as she removed a toxin that had seeped into his skin. Both found themselves enjoying the water so much they were eventually missed and another priestess brought them some food. That she stayed after ensuring Samaara and her patient both got a meal in them, tempted by the pristine warm water, went unnoticed by the other two who were happily soaking away their troubles.



    Over the next few days, Ron explained haltingly that he was concerned about a malady that might be affecting the refugees. “Keep a close eye on your people for a wasting disease, if anyone here has it you won’t be able to cure them. A friend has a cure, but I can’t contact him for a few years. For now, he gave me a separate cube that can keep those affected alive until they can be treated. To be safe we should stay hidden for now, it doesn’t look like anyone ever comes by the cave outside.”



    (Until recently, Ron would have been able to contact Harry through the group of witches living in Stormwind, but they had either returned to the future or moved on. Ron had made a choice to not depend on Harry during his adventure, so he’d refused to have any means of contacting him. He had wanted, no needed , to live or die by his own strengths.)



    In the end, half of the Draenei Ron had led out of the Temple of Telhamat began showing the symptoms of the wasting death that proved a time-traveler had saved their lives. Apparently something had changed in the timeline, either more demons had fled the battles near the Dark Portal or whatever assistance would have saved some of those living at the Temple had been delayed or gone elsewhere. Soon the affected were placed into stasis devices when the group’s healers could do nothing for them. Ron offered them a choice.



    “The friend I mentioned is leading a group working to sow life on a lifeless world. If you have nowhere else to go, you’re welcome to continue living in New Elwynn, the only condition is that you help keep it secret. I could also use help in finding anyone else afflicted with this disease and keeping them alive. I’m going to travel Outland for a time and then return to Azeroth. I can drop you off near any settlement you want.”



    In the end, Ron vastly underestimated the lure of a secure home, abundant food and game from the vast forests lining the interior of the cube, and hope for the future. Most of all, however, those who chose to stay in his cube were so very tired of being desperate for their survival, day in and day out. Life hadn’t been kind to them in a very long time. Nearly all of the refugees not in stasis were children, women, and those unable to fight. They quickly made themselves at home, some who had been craftsmen before the Old Horde butchered their people got to work building anything they needed.



    Samaara decided to travel with Ron and together they struck out two weeks after their first meeting, Samaara sitting behind Ron on his Charger. They got along well, and their skills meshed together in an effective way. In combat against any enemy, Ron was the wall on which their enemies broke; with his skills and a variety of techniques he learned over the last four years he could draw and hold the attention of any opponent. Samaara was happy to put arrows in anything that chose to fight them. She was also a skilled healer, and through their travels found many places to apply her skills. Ron was mostly amused at how his familiar had been trying to encourage him to pursue her, and decided he would just have to see where the road of life took them.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    After two years studying under Lady Proudmoore, Harry was making a trip back home along with Alira, Hermione, Sirius and several dragons. Hermione’s parents and a few drakes had stayed behind, since Harry was coming back soon to finish his apprenticeship. Stine, as the one responsible for managing Harry’s timeline was the reason they were going back now; apparently there were a few things that needed to be done. Their rescue teams had taken to leaving a cube buried somewhere safe, rescuing those they could and setting up recording devices for those they couldn’t. Between missions, Stine and the others would place themselves in timed stasis. With numerous cubes full, Harry was taking them to Earth and would be performing the Loyal Lord ritual as many times as he could. He had also been asked to be part of the first terraforming project on Mars and see the first permanent settlement, an expanded dome, for himself.



    As Harry stepped through Elune’s Portal, he couldn’t help but scratch his Mark. On the advice of Janedormi, Harry and the others had recently emptied the emergency reserves in their magical tattoos of Life magic and used the command spell woven into the Marks to draw a different kind of magic for the reserve. This allowed those with the Mark to use the Bronze Dragonflight’s own magic to hide from their sight. It also made the marks feel itchy, like there was sand beneath their skin, but with the advice Janedormi had given the irritation was worth the trouble.



    You’ve done a very good job at concealing your presence. The only changes the Bronze Dragonflight is aware of so far, in chronological order, are Alexstrasza using a ritual similar to what Hermione endured to save a human that was fighting the Undead Scourge, Elune choosing a Herald, and Senegos going rogue. For your sake my Lord, I wish I could say the Bronze Dragonflight was stupid, but they’re not. We’ve always been especially good at espionage, so my Flight has likely already seen you coming or going from Azurewing Repose. The Bronze probably weren’t able to listen in on your conversations behind Senegos’ wards, but they will have seen your face. You need to be very careful not to get caught by a force you can’t overpower. For what it’s worth Harry, I hope you capture any Bronze sent against you. Even if they won’t submit to the Oath, a life as your slave will be a better future than what they have now. Of all the Titans, Aman'Thul was especially unkind when he enslaved the Bronze.”



    Once back on Earth on the twenty-third of December, Harry quickly found himself swamped by students he hadn't seen in years. Of course, they had seen him three weeks ago. Harry simply smiled and answered as many questions as he could. “Ron’s spending some time on his own. He wanted to travel as an adventurer, he’s doing very well the last I heard from him. You’ll all be shocked at how tall he is now.”



    While Harry wished he could have visited a bit more, he had places to be and things to do. His first stop was the castle’s Infirmary. Percy Weasley had made a choice when he saw the results of Delores Umbridge’s new initiative that was sentencing muggleborns to Azkaban and seizing their assets on charges even he had to admit were false at best. ( Invented was a more accurate term.) In a raid worthy of Fred and George, Percy had declared his moral character by rescuing a number of muggleborn children and their families. Umbridge had decided to prey on those too young for Hogwarts by using the Ministry’s ability to track accidental magic.



    After Percy had sent the innocents on ahead, the wayward Weasley had introduced the Ministry tracking device to Fiendfyre. (He had sacrificed for the Ministry, realizing it was not worthy of those sacrifices had given him enough hate to manage the spell.) A suppression system in the Ministry building had taken his wand and right arm to his bicep when it sealed that room, sacrificing those inside to protect the rest. But as Harry spoke to him as he rested in the same bed he himself had often used, Percy had no regrets. Harry offered Percy a job with an unusual signing bonus and Percy accepted. With an ecstatic Charlie now helping out with the Potter Dragonflight’s youngest dragons, every child of Arthur and Molly Weasley had now joined in some fashion. Charlie was greatly looking forward to the research group’s refinement of the Animagus Anchoring Potion; not that he was alone in wanting to be a dragon.



    (Percy’s missing arm would soon be replaced, though Harry would later regret not specifically asking for a human arm. Azurewing Repose continued to fight against the Twilight Cult, and every nation on Azeroth had agreed the penalty for working to destroy the world was death. It wasn’t hard for one of Senegos’ field agents to collect one of the cultists’ arms and have it cleansed of residual magic. Percy’s new arm ended up being somewhat more blue than his old one, but with a bit of work it was eventually the same length as his other arm. A band of soft red scales joined the new arm to his bicep, proof that one of Harry’s Red dragons had donated a bit of their flesh to give Percy two arms again. With so much Life magic coursing through them, Red dragons were truly a universal donor.)



    Fleur was doing well these days, though she remained at Potter Estate or in the Chamber of Secrets, her transformation to a form similar to Aviana still in effect. Harry was pleased to see the beginings of a new Potter Manor rising, the structure was going to be a mix of fortress and residence. During the brief tour of the foundation, Harry was impressed with the way the structure would blend strong defenses and comfortable living spaces with fantastic views of the expanded estate. Most of Harry’s followers from Azeroth were still living in one of several cubes for housing, but a town was being built near the edge of the once-empty expanded area steadily filling with volcanic soil. A network of subterranean structures, courtesy of Harry’s Dwarves, were slowly being covered as the soil was created by the Blackstone trees. Those trees continued to mature and produce an increasing amount of rich soil.



    A few simple structures could be seen at the bottom of the new lake where the Naga had begun building their homes. The Naga themselves were doing very well, and were usually either assisting Captain Bryne or quarrying more stone for both Potter Estate and Hogsmead. The enormous lake was about a third full already, and some cold-water fish had been introduced. So far Harry’s Naga had introduced a school of British native Roach, and had asked one of the employed muggleborn to purchase a number of trout that would grow up in the new lake. In the future pike and catfish would be added as well, but they needed to get the ecosystem started first. Above the water, crops were being prepared for a spring planting and the Druids asked to evaluate the soil and had given praise to Harry’s family for how well they had built up the existing soil. A few crops had gone in already, but outside of an agricultural cube that was only possible in or around the grove of Crimson Oak trees that were radiating Fire and Life magic.



    As Harry and the others toured what was now being called the ‘Crimson Thicket’ Harry got an update on how the Flamel’s patron Vordistrasz and Neville’s parents were doing. Their prospects for a full recovery were excellent, though it was taking time. Neville’s parents were becoming more active physically, and their minds were ever so slowly starting to heal. Vordistrasz had accepted several tissue grafts, and along with a steady flow of healing magic he wasn’t in quite as much agony anymore. (He was, however, still being kept asleep.)



    Moving to an open area, Hermione enlarged the cube containing those rescued from Blackwing Lair and Onyxia’s home. Onyxia herself was the first out of stasis, followed by her clutch. “Welcome to Earth, Broodmother. We’re taking your clutch out of stasis right now, you can either keep them in one of the side halls my Dwarves have built under us or we can set you up with a cube that’s empty right now. Once your guards and attendants swear the Oath they can help you move in wherever you want. By the way, would you be willing to teach others how to use the gifts of the Black Dragonflight? I’m hoping to create islands and turn them into undetectable fortresses in the future.”



    For the next few hours, Harry accepted one oath after another. Onyxia was helpful more than once in convincing the dragonkin that had once served her or her brother to sign on with the Potter Dragonflight. Vaelastrasz proved difficult, but with a concerted effort he was able to throw off the last of the magic Nefarian had poisoned him with and became the fourth wyrm to join the Potter Dragonflight. (Not counting the honorary status of Jagragosa.) It was only as Harry was nearing the sixtieth Oath Ritual that he felt the warning that his body and magic needed a rest.



    From there, Stine insisted Harry and the others be fitted with armor specially made to protect them in a vacuum and Harry learn to apparate in space. With a glowing compass on the armor’s forearm to direct him to his destination and the others in a type-two cube that was slated for delivery to Mars, Harry began to focus on apparating upwards. It took Harry three tries to make it out of Earth’s atmosphere, but when he did he had to stop and marvel at the view. It was truly incredible seeing the world of his birth like this. Eventually he moved onwards, a voice on the radio coaxing him to begin moving onwards. Since the moon was not currently positioned to be a good stopping point, he and the Blood Elf mage rescued from Hyjal made for the first way station along the route to mars. Harry’s first apparition jump with both points in space was rough. He ended up holding his gut for five long minutes as he willed himself not to vomit. Sure, the protective armor had a function that would clean the helmet and his face, but he still had zero desire to experience that for himself.



    Eventually he made it way to the first way station, glad to strip off his helmet and collapse. The magic requirements of apparating in space for any real distance would be beyond most of England’s normal wizards, (At least those who had attended Dumbledore’s Hogwarts, the new Headmaster was insisting on the students growing physically, mentally, and magically through a good diet and hard work.) but Harry had been an apprentice of Lady Proudmoore for two years, and a Twilight dragon for over a year now. Between the truly unpleasant exercises mandated by his Master and allowing his flames to consume as much as possible, Harry’s personal power had grown rapidly. After a half-hour’s rest to catch his breath and settle his stomach in the artificial gravity of the expanded sphere that made the first resting point on the path to Mars, (a bottle of coke helped) Harry felt well enough to continue.



    By the time the barren world stretched below him, Harry thought he mostly had the hang of space travel. If nothing else, he would do it again just to see the stars like this, so many and so clear. Harry reached the first martian settlement and was surprised to find the dome resting on stilts. The dome itself was about the size of four of England’s famous two-story buses, at least on the outside. Inside it had been given an expansion that prioritized stability over size, given the lack of magic in the outside environment. Ben Cooper, one of the muggleborn wizards who had been all but chased out of magical England (and was later hired by Clay Industries and eventually swore the Loyal Lord Oath) met Harry and the others at the airlock. “Welcome to Mars, Mr. Potter. There’s three people ‘in charge’ here, I’m just the guy that keeps them on the same page and makes sure we have the needed supplies on hand.”



    Looking around, Harry was impressed at the sheer size of the interior space. Cooper, a man in his mid-thirties, was happy to explain some of the engineering problems they had solved. “We don’t have a permanent foundation yet because we’re going to need to at least double the size of Mars to get Earth-like gravity. Our current plan is to use Blackstone trees in cubes with holes made to dump the conjured dirt. It’s going to take a lot of cubes, but increasing the planet’s mass isn’t our priority right now.”



    Hermione, who was terribly excited at the prospect of actually standing on Mars and being part of the efforts to terraform a planet, spoke up. She, along with Alira and Sirius had ridden in the Lakeside, a new cube that was planned to be deployed in the Valles Marineris. “What is your priority? I admit I’m not terribly familiar with this project.”



    Cooper responded. “Our first priority is to create a stable magnetic field, or if we can’t accomplish that, create a method to magically shield the planet from the solar winds. We can’t get any kind of atmosphere before we fix that problem, and until Mars has at least as much latent magic as Earth, we can’t power a shield of that size. We’re working on building ley-lines, but first we need to ‘leak’ enough magic so they can form. This dome has two hundred Kingsleaf trees growing in clusters with as many Stormbark and Blackstone around them as we can handle. We have the Stormbark trees leaching their charge into the soil outside through the stilts. Thanks to the new cube you brought we can begin our project at the Valles Marineris; we’ve had the pit dug and lined with gold cables for a week. We had to ‘accio’ a few asteroids to get the gold, we needed so much gold cable that we could have crashed the market back on Earth. We’ve been waiting on a cube built to grow Lacus Ferns to get enough water to start filling the canyon with water.”



    (Given the success of creating new varieties of magical tree from dragon-based wand cores, the research team had attempted to repeat the experiment with samples from Harry’s Naga. While the Naga samples alone failed to produce a useful plant, additions from the carcass Harry had previously sent to his research team after being sent by Lady Proudmoore to slay Tethyr, a monstrous Kraken attacking Theramore’s lighthouse, had proved to be what was missing. With Both Naga scale and Kraken heartstring (Ollivander had been very excited to craft more than a few wands from the slain creature.) samples in the resulting sapling, an extremely interesting plant had been born. Needing to root on the shores of a body of water, the Lacus Fern grew a dense human-sized clump of fronds, but it was under the water the plant truly existed. Its roots would dig deep, and when the plant was mature would conjure water. Interestingly, the plant also produced many strands of blue grass that spread quickly under the water, forming an excellent habitat and food source for underwater creatures.)



    The next morning, all fifty people currently assigned to the Martian Terraforming project stood at the lowest point of the largest geographical feature on Mars, the Valles Marineris. The valley was more than 2,500 miles (4000km) long, 120 miles (200km) wide, and where they stood now it was over 4.3 miles (7km) deep. The Lakeside, the new cube, was sitting on it’s new permanent pedestal atop a floating raft. As the plants within matured and produced water, excess water would be released and exit the cube, beginning the slow process of filling the canyon. A very excited group was working together now to put the finishing touches on the stone ring built around a pit the size of a Hummer. Around the edge were spaces for seven cubes, each filled with a dense forest of Kingsleaf and Stormbark trees. In fact, the forests contained so many Stormbark trees only Storm dragons could safely work within them now; no protective spell or material was enough to protect from the electrical charge that continued to grow.



    Soon the cubes would be fitted into slots and all the electricity and Storm magic they released would (hopefully) flood down into the planet’s core. The only downside was that this pit that was deep enough to touch the very edge of the planet’s core was only held stable by magic, magic that would be swept away by the charge carried down the reinforced gold/iron alloy cables. To keep the structure at least somewhat stable, it needed to be filled with something. Now that everyone was ready, the group moved to a higher location where the Lakeside was resting. As one, they withdrew their wands and began casting the Aguamenti charm with a slight flourish at the end to produce near-boiling water. Harry, not having used the charm recently, sent himself flying thanks to the pressurized jet of water. After recovering, he braced himself and drew a second wand, creating two streams at an angle to reduce the kick.



    Together, the group channeled for three hours, creating vast amounts of water that plunged down the slope and washed piles of sand into the pit. Harry was amused as the water behaved somewhat oddly, thanks to the gravity that was only about a third of Earth’s. When the sand that had been prepared to fill the pit was all washed in and the pit itself stood under thirty feet of cooling water, Harry smirked and flicked his wand, triggering the spell that locked each of the seven sparking cubes into the device and began channeling their output downwards. There was a tremendous light show as stray sparks escaped briefly before the circuit completed. Harry found himself wondering what exactly might end up living here in the future once fish were introduced. Scientifically the answer was nothing; but magic was an agent of change, and he wouldn’t be surprised if something, some little crustacean or bottom feeder managed to adapt and thrive down here.



    As they rested, Harry and those with him talked to the terraformers. They acknowledged that there was a good chance that this first attempt was not going to accomplish its goal of re-energizing the planet’s magnetic field, but even if it did nothing but pour energy into the planet, that was still useful. The dome they lived in was only the first, as time went by and they collected more metal from the surface they would build more domes and cubes, stock them with the appropriate plants, and use the released magic, water, and earth to begin the long task of building up the planet. As for this canyon, it would become the first Martian ocean as more and more of the relevant plants were cultivated. Ben talked about asteroid captures, which in the future would be taken to the massive forge cube slated to be built in orbit around Phobos, while the smaller moon of Deimos would be built up into a larger, proper moon from its current 7.5 mile (12 kilometers) diameter. Useful metals from asteroids would be processed and the rock would be dumped onto the planet’s surface.



    Harry was shown future planned sites, which included Olympus Mons. “We’re still trying to figure out how to keep a permanent shield up to maintain air pressure with zero environmental magic. For now we’re setting up cubes with mostly Blackstone trees in loose rings around the old volcano. Once we get the shield figured out, we’ll be building a lake in the caldera too. One way or another we’ll have this place habitable eventually, most of our ideas just need more environmental magic or proper ley-lines to power them. All magical flora generally produce at least some magic as the plants process sunlight, so we just need to keep building more type-two cubes and setting them on or in the surface. But honestly, it’s those Kingsleaf trees that are making anything here possible; where other plants process sunlight to create magic, the Kingsleaf are pulling it from another plane. Without them this wouldn’t be possible at all.



    Looking out at the desolate vista from the massive extinct volcano, Harry imagined the land as it might look in the future, wet and green. “I’ll see if more Twilight Dragons are willing to join you here. You haven’t complained, but I know you only have one drake here, and since each new Kingsleaf tree requires a donation of blood to root, that's limiting you. We’ve still only got two mature ones, Desperiona and Sethria. Sethria’s probably going to be needed for battles but Desperiona is a Broodmother and really isn’t interested in fighting. Your dome’s impressively big and there’s a lot of space you’re not using. When we get back I’ll transfer the herds from one of the cubes I carry into your dome. Work on getting a stable ecosystem set up, with a focus on creating herds of deer or bigger game, and I’ll get you what you need.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    After a return trip that wasn’t as bad as the journey to Mars, but still required a significant rest once back on Earth, Harry was meeting with the eclectic group responsible for overseeing the expansion of Clay Industries. So far, the original naval salvage division had expanded into a second company that dealt with oceanic mining. With funds from the salvage company, a research company was being created to give a front for various ‘technological advancements’ that would be a combination of applied magic and simply introducing substances from Azeroth. ‘Clay Botany’ was expected to go public in two months and begin selling some common food crops from Azeroth, including plants adapted to cold weather like snowplums alongside various grain crops that outperformed those commonly in use on Earth.



Clay Botany was also going to begin selling Crimson Oak saplings once Onyxia was settled in and prepared to deal with the International Confederation of Wizards. It was expected that if it was explained correctly, the ICW would approve the widespread use of plants that increased environmental magic, and over time increase the number of humans able to use magic. And it was true, after all. Over time, as more magic saturated the environment more people would be able to use magic, and those who could use it would be stronger. By Earth’s reckoning, there were no muggles on Azeroth, only squibs and those able to actively use magic.



    They stayed for just two more days on Earth before they headed back to Theramore just after they’d left. Before they did, Harry spoke to Aurogos and Amelia Bones. While Harry really didn’t want to engage in open warfare with the Ministry, with a mostly-secure city rising one stone at a time, Harry felt secure enough to approve capturing Aurors who still remained loyal to Fudge’s madness. Under Umbridge’s direction, the Ministry was now persecuting muggleborn for invented crimes and Delores had even gone so far as to accuse children too young to attend Hogwarts of stealing magic. Amelia, not being an idiot, had quickly discovered there was more going on in Hogsmeade than was obvious and gave Harry a vassal oath, admittedly weaker than the Loyal Lord Oath. She wasn’t immediately comfortable with so many different species, but was making an effort to include the Centaur, Dwarves, and Worgen. Hogsmead was becoming a melting pot and refuge.



    “I want everyone that’s captured pumped for every secret, every misdeed. Most of all, Madam Bones, I want you to find the truth of this report.” In front of both Harry and the General of Hogsmead was the final nail in the coffin of the Ministry’s corruption. Just recently discovered, Aurogos had given his Lord and Amelia a brief report on discrepancies between Hogwarts’ Book of Names and enrollment figures. Somehow, nearly half of the muggleborn students over the last fifty years had not survived to attend Hogwarts.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    In the Ministry, Percy’s resignation had triggered a massive search from top to bottom. Not far from the section that had monitored underage magic, a room had been sealed years ago for being politically inconvenient . Blood adoptions were looked down upon as proof of the inability to continue one’s line, but in reality had more uses than simply continuing a failing house. When a decidedly underpaid intern stumbled upon the magical device that tracked and wrote out the names of every blood adoption performed either on English soil or by citizens of the Ministry, the young man was stunned. If this intern had stumbled on this room before October seventh, he would have seen the names Abbott, Atreides, and Greengrass among others listed as having performed blood adoptions in the last decade. Now, those names were buried under an ever-growing list of Potters, with very strange first names.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Bonus: “Have You Seen My Son?”

(Takes place not long after the last time we saw Varian and Anduin.)



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Stellagosa was not exactly happy as she made her way through Stormwind Keep in her elven form. Her grandfather had pulled her away from ‘monitoring the stability of the magic enhancing the Skyfire,’ which was really just an excuse for her to spend time with Elune’s Herald. He was an interesting drake, and Quetz'lun was proving to be more interesting than she had ever expected a Loa to be. With any luck this matter would be over quickly and she could rejoin Tendrion and the others before they laid siege to the Mantid. While she understood the necessity, she was uncomfortable with the presence of the four guards her grandfather had assigned her.



    Half an hour later, Stella gave a respectful bow to Varian Wrynn, observing the expected social graces before she began to speak. “King Wrynn, I’m pleased to report that the task group under Lord Uther is poised to strike. There has been some friction between the various races, but the Zandalari are eager to settle the debts with our mutual enemies. But I’m here because my grandfather wanted to speak with you.”



    With that, Stella withdrew a disc from her pocket and placed it on the floor in front of her. Soon, the image of a large blue dragon with crystals for horns and talons appeared. Looking around briefly, Senegos realized he was being projected at his natural size and shrugged before taking his mortal form of a weathered elf. With a small gesture from his hand, a chair appeared and the old dragon sat down.



    “Greetings, we haven’t met before but my name is Senegos. I’ve heard much about you, Champion of Goldrinn. I’ll make this quick, King Wrynn. Three days ago my people found and captured the first assassins from the Twilight Hammer’s Cult that were hunting for your son in Azsuna. Last night one of my patrols found your son and the drake he was traveling with and brought them to my home. I don’t know why the Cult has put so many resources into killing your son, but it seems like you can’t throw a stone in the grasslands around my home without finding a new enemy skulking about. There have been numerous attempts to get around Azurewing Repose’s wards, but we’re hoping they stop soon. The local buzzards are getting fat.



    With just a note of panic and desperation in his voice, Varian nearly shouted at the old dragon. “Where is my son now?”



    As a fellow father himself, Senegos didn’t take offense. “He’s training with our warriors. I hired a specialist from the Wandering Isle to train Azurewing’s warriors, and ordered Anduin to join the group. You’ve probably heard of them: ‘Balance in all Things? ’”



    More relaxed now, Varian slumped into his throne. “My son is learning to fight? Willingly?



    Senegos laughed at that. “No, not willingly. Your son has a very… strange view of the world, Varian. But as a fellow father I felt that any number of bruises now are worthwhile if your son is able to fight off an assassin later. Anduin is a good kid, but he’s a bit soft. He’s said he’s training as a Priest, but personally I think he’ll make an excellent Paladin once he finds a reason to fight. Anyxia is also in training, both with our Skytalons and Mages, realizing how many people want to kill Anduin has really lit a fire in her. In any case, Anduin is safe now and will remain so as long as he is a guest in my home. Our mutual acquaintance, Lady Proudmoore, has been given permission to teleport through our outer wards, so feel free to send her to collect your son at any time.”



    Varian thought for a moment. He loved Anduin, he really did, but after everyone he’d lost he was terrified of losing his son too. If Anduin could learn to defend himself, could learn to use the Light he had become so skilled with for offense and defense in addition to healing, it would be a weight off his shoulders. Hardship encourages strength. No father wants his children to suffer, but this might be what Anduin needs to really grow.



    “Thank you Senegos. Anduin means everything to me, I’ll be sending for Jaina shortly, but would it be an imposition for Anduin to remain with you for training? As a father, I’ve made many mistakes but if everything you’ve said is true I would prefer Anduin learn some skills to defend himself.”



    “Raising children is an art, King Wrynn. No one is perfect, certainly not with their first child. And we would be happy to continue hosting the heir of Stormwind on one condition: that you send a Paladin to train him and any others who might find that path useful.”



    “Agreed. I will ask for a volunteer from the Silver Hand before nightfall.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    While Stellagosa sulked in her admittedly pleasant room in Stormwind Keep as she waited for the Paladin she would be escorting to Azurewing Repose to finish his business and prepare to leave at dawn, Jaina Proudmoore was taking wing towards Azurewing Repose. Jaina was glad she was well past the critical point in the timeline so she could use her animagus form in public as she flew next to a Blue drake that carried Pained on his back. Kelnegos was someone she’d met when she introduced herself to the Azurewing settlement, and they had become fast friends. He was a son of Senegos, a friendly and relaxed individual, and about thirty years old. At the insistence of his father, he was also slowly becoming a new Dragon Aspect.



    (Jagragosa was not the only resident of Azurewing Repose that had helped with the calculations to create Potter’s Mark, and every resident now wore the tattoos that both stored magic and encouraged one’s magic to grow. One percent of the magic from every dragon in residence at Azurewing was taken by the Marks and was being sent towards forcing the magical and physical transformation into a Dragon Aspect; right now there were three drakes enduring the change.)



    Kelnegos had begun spending a lot of time at Theramore, and was enjoying the kindred soul he’d found in Jaina. She too had once had to deal with a rapid growth of magic and the resulting control issues. During Kelnegos’ first visit, he had been incredibly impressed by the network of overlapping wards that protected the city. The resulting magic was fiercely protective, complex, and even self-regenerating. Lady Proudmoore had explained that even if three-fourths of the wardstones shattered, the remainder would restore the broken ones over the course of a week. Kelnegos hadn’t wanted to pry about the defenses, but had eventually asked if Jaina would be willing to help Azurewing set up something similar. Sure his home had magical defenses, but many of them were reliant on the ley-lines, and those could be moved with enough effort.



    Theramore’s defenses were creating more magic than they used and dumping the extra into the neighboring land and sea. Given the existing protections his father had woven over the millennia, Senegos had decided to only copy part of Theramore’s defenses. They were almost finished setting up three hundred and thirty three of Potter’s cubes planted with Kingsleaf and other shrubbery to each power a singular wardstone. Both Kelnegos and Senegos had been shocked speechless when they learned how many paired wardstones and expanded cubes protected Theramore. Both were aware of the importance of certain numbers in magic, but neither had ever imagined building a grid of seven-hundred and seventy-seven pairs of wardstones and expanded spaces to power them. Senegos had laughed and told Jaina that her home could withstand the might of at least two angry Aspects now.



    The three of them, Jaina, Pained, and Kelnegos, had been spending a lot of time together recently. Kelnegos could match Jaina’s skill in nearly every magical field and within a year or two would even match her for power. Kelnegos and Pained shared a love of peaceful forests and elven culture. Kelnegos had arranged several camping trips to quiet glades in Darkshore, Moonglade, and Quel'Thalas where they used his personal expanded cube instead of a tent. (It was tastefully decorated and managed to combine the aesthetics of a calm forest glade and a comfortable library. It also contained an ecosystem teeming with all sorts of delicious animals. Jaina and Pained would likely never admit to stalking their own dinners in their animagus forms, but hunting and taking down their own dinners proved to be enjoyable.)



    During their visit in the golden woods of the High Elves, they visited the thickets of Crimson Oak and other trees that were pushing back the foul magic that had tainted the land. The only failing of the trees was that they had to be protected, since they could be cut down. After ensuring none of the natives would be in danger, Jaina had been convinced to travel to the last bastion of undead threatening Quel'Thalas. There, while her two companions guarded her, Jaina flexed her magical muscles and conjured a cyclone of flame that left the undead ash on the wind and the fortress naught but melting stone. Sadly the foul magics used there had cursed the ground, but Kelnegos promised the native elves he would return with a more potent flame when he could.



    After ensuring that Anduin was being treated well, (if for the first time in his life as just another teenager instead of a prince) Jaina demonstrated the animagus transformation to the dragons and explained that they should be capable of it as well, and she expected they would even improve the process. Even Anduin found himself curious about what form he might wear, and decided that as long as his father wanted him to remain at Azurewing for the time being and learn what he could, he might as well make the most of it.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    A month later Anduin returned to Stormwind city feeling more sure of himself than he ever had before. Both he and Anyxia had been busy, making the most of the opportunity to learn everything they could. Anduin wasn’t sure if he really had the heart of a Paladin or not, but as he watched the Azurewing bring in the poor creatures corrupted by the Old Gods and slowly cleanse their minds, he saw what evil was capable of. The day Senegos’ forces raided one of the Cult’s ‘ research labs’ and brought back two hundred victims ranging from Human children, to Dragons, to elves and Tauren and everything in between, Anduin had found something worth fighting for. He went days without sleep, healing everyone he could as he desperately worked alongside his hosts to keep those victims from ending their own lives.



    Anyxia and Anduin returned to Stormwind keep with two new Oathsworn as well. Arvaku was a Nether drake rescued from the Twilight Cult, who were forcing her kind to breed and then butchering the offspring once they became drakes to harvest the substances used to create Twilight dragons. When she admitted to Anyxia that she had nowhere to go and no living family, Anyxia had introduced the drake to her Lord. Anduin had been unable to say no, so Arvaku was coming with them after an extensive list of healing procedures to repair physical damage and stabilize her aging.



    Nita Starwater had been born to a Tauren and a Night Elf who had chosen to live in seclusion, knowing that their relationship wasn’t popular with either of their peoples. Nita’s last memory of her father was him telling her mother to take her and run when the Cult attacked their homestead hidden in a quiet nook of Stonetalon. As long as she lived she would never forget seeing his elven eyes changing from their normal glow to burning orbs. Her father was a Priest of Elune, and in his final moments Elune answered his plea to lay waste to the threat to his family, granting him more power than he could control. With a scream, he lost control of the borrowed power and two dozen cultists died with him. Nita and her mother had escaped for a time, but before they could reach the closest settlement that might take them in, another group of Cultists had found them, drawn by the destruction of their comrades. Nita’s mother had not survived the cultist’s tortures, and Nita herself bore horrific scarring on her face, chest, and arms. Anduin had done what he could but time, possibly years of gentle, slow and steady healings would be needed to restore Nita to what she should have been. Knowing she wouldn’t truly be welcome anywhere, she had jumped at the chance to have a secure future with Anduin, and had become fanatical in her drive to protect him.



    They certainly made an odd group as they walked through Stormwind keep. Anyxia had learned the anthromagus transformation, and walked at Anduin’s side as a coal-black Draenei with glowing purple eyes, walking with a mage’s staff of blue wood with a simply carved fire-orange crystal as the focus. Nita wore plate armor, forged in silver and blue, the colors of the Stormwind Guard, with a broadsword across her back. Arvaku remained in her true form, still working on the foundational skills to change shape, but wore magically lightened plate armor that drew attention to her predatory, shark-like nature. Anduin himself wore armor fashioned from the freely-given scales of the Twilight drakes whose minds Senegos had freed. Anduin looked decidedly princely as he knelt before his father in his dark blue and purple armor with a blade not much different from his father’s resting at his side. Anduin was already reflecting on what he needed to do when his father pulled him from the floor and embraced him.



    As Varian stepped back to get a better look at his son and the changes in him, Anduin smiled and spoke. “Father, I still think peace is a noble goal. But now, what I’ve seen… We can’t let evil fester anywhere on our world. We can’t stand back and let innocents suffer! Father, we need to break the Cult’s hold on the Highlands. Senegos has offered to enchant all of our ships, air and ocean, if we continue to work together to rescue the Cult’s victims and put down those who freely choose to serve them.”

 

    No one present missed the pride on Varian’s scarred face. “My son the Paladin. I am so proud of you Anduin. I’ve already signed a treaty with the Azurewing; our airships will be fully enchanted in a week but our navy will take longer. Ironforge has agreed to my request to forge armor in Stormwind’s colors for every dragon willing to fight with us, and Senegos’ forces are preparing to fight side by side with ours as we retake the Highlands. Come, we will spend today catching up and tomorrow you will speak to our soldiers preparing to drive the Cult out of the Highlands.”



    A few moments later, father and son were sitting in a well-used study with a fantastic view of Stormwind, Anduin’s three Oathsworn standing guard outside. Varian had never felt closer to his son as they spent that afternoon together. “Anduin, I would send you to the Highlands with our troops if Deathwing himself did not prowl that land often. Instead, I’m going to place you in charge of seeing to those we recover. I want you to show the world that Stormwind has both strength and compassion. Will you work with me to win this war and give the world a better tomorrow?”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

A/N: Life’s been killing my desire and ability to write lately. For the last five years, I’ve been a caretaker for my elderly grandparents, and that part of my life is ending now. Between that, a few other bits of stress, and insomnia, I’ve just not been very creative.

Anyway, thanks for reading, I hope you enjoyed it! If you did, please consider leaving a review, each one helps motivate me to keep writing!







Chapter 34: Chapter 34: Detours

Chapter Text

 

Thank you to everyone who reviewed last chapter! I’ve never had anywhere near that much support for even two chapters combined!



Thank you to my betas, who catch so many things I would miss on my own!



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Chapter 34: Detours



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    As they were returning to Theramore, (Several years in the past, so Harry could finish his apprenticeship.) Stine had seen an opportunity and taken a detour. Of the various tragedies Harry wanted to visit, the genocide of the Draenei by the Orcs before the First War was near the top of his list. (Along with the Nexus War, the destruction of Quel’Thalas, and the War of the Ancients.) Harry and the others eventually arrived safely thirty years before Ron Weasley would rescue a settlement of Draenei that had survived the Orc’s purge.



    The Caverns of Time was an odd place where time and space contorted in strange ways; and the Caverns themselves were constantly shifting and changing. While the Bronze Dragonflight could make small changes, like altering tunnels or momentary alterations, the larger shifts of the Caverns were beyond their control. No one truly understood the rhyme or reason for the changes. Stine explained to his Lord that their path was open now, but wouldn’t be for very long, if they didn’t do this now they might not get another chance.



    Their destination was only possible because the Dark Portal did not simply allow travel between Azeroth and Draenor, (Or Outland, as the continent became known after it survived Draenor’s destruction.) it had bound the two worlds permanently. Even so, the path to their destination was ‘tricky,’ but once they arrived the group was thoroughly impressed. Harry had been to Outland once, but where they stood now, on the edge of Shadowmoon Valley was an entirely different world. (No one argued against adding ‘collect fauna and flora samples’ to their to-do list.) Most of the continent they stood on would survive the explosion in a few years that rent Draenor asunder, but the rest of the world was presumed lost. Stine was speaking and Harry drew his attention away from the breathtakingly beautiful world.



    “We can stay until our pathway back closes in five months, but not any longer than that. My Lord, we cannot significantly alter the history of this place. Any changes here, any changes that might affect the First and Second Wars have the strong possibility of preventing Tendrion and the others from opening Elune’s Portal or even being born. A paradox like that would make things… messy. I have a mostly complete list of Draenei that survived the next five months and a list of compulsions they need to be given to keep history as it should be. That information was not easy to collect. We also need to escape notice from the Horde, the Legion, and the Draenei that will survive. Other than that, we can secure plant and animal samples from the other continents. Always remember that Draenor is a savage world: Everything on this planet wants to kill you; never assume any plant or animal is safe.”



    Stine paused and took a breath. “My Lord, in addition to the Draenei and the few Orcs that died opposing the Horde, there are two groups of sentient beings you might wish to rescue from this world. The Arakkoa are avian humanoids with far too much pride and the feline Saberon are as violent as they need to be to survive on this world. They won’t be as easily convinced as those you’ve saved thus far, but the Orcs are going to massacre them too.”



    Their time on Mount Hyjal had given the group an opportunity to refine their methods, showing them what worked and what didn’t. Over the next few weeks they established a network of nearly-undetectable scrying spells over the most important parts of Draenor. Their base of operations was three type-two cubes stacked on each other (allowing those within to exit one door and enter the next cube) at the bottom of the shallow ocean off the island of Farahlon. (To be safe, the cubes were not only under the ocean, but also buried in sand.)



    Their preparations continued as the Orcs, riding a high of demon blood and Fel magic, began the slaughter of the Draenei people. The Orcs would have been surprised at how few of the Draenei they hacked apart were actually real . Thankfully, their system of using the Imperius on native wildlife to deliver transfigured insects carrying portkeys that replaced Draenei with fakes was extremely effective. Between the massacre at Karabor Temple and the sacking of Shattrath, Harry did capture several tribes of Saberon. The Arakkoa, realizing the Orcs were too dangerous after seeing the Draenei fall, began fleeing across the sea. Many Arakkoa found themselves whisked away by portkey just before Horde warships sank their vessels.



    One of the Draenei priestesses at the Temple of Karabor caught Harry’s attention as they watched for the right moment to trigger portkeys attached to the doomed Draenei. Physically she was noticeably younger than most of the others of her race, a guess of her age put her somewhere in her late teens or early twenties, and she had especially prominent horns that curved out over her shoulders. Sitting between Hermione and Alira, Harry felt embarrassed as he watched every desperate move she made as helped evacuate everyone they could to the harbor. She had obviously trained to use the Light for healing, never having used a weapon before in her life, but when the last warrior protecting the innocents fell she picked up his shield and a two-handed war-hammer from another and launched herself at the Orcs. Wielding the Light and the dropped weapon with fervor and savagery, but not experience or skill, Harry was in awe of her fire as she killed six enemies before she was overwhelmed. Just before the blow that would have killed her landed, he triggered the portkey already attached to one of her horns by a tiny transfigured insect and she was whisked to safety.



    As the priestess was instantly replaced with a false corpse, Harry felt unfaithful as he continued the job of remotely triggering various portkeys at the right moment. Not looking away, lest he miss something, he began to apologize before Alira laughed lightly while she nuzzled into his shoulder. She started to speak while still keeping most of her attention on the grizzly massacre they were watching with scrying spells.



    “There’s no need to apologize, Harry. I don’t mind you looking, or even choosing to add her to our family. Hermione and I have talked a lot and we don’t mind you taking another mate so long as she doesn’t come between us. I know you feel like you shouldn’t even have two mates sometimes, but you aren’t bound by the culture you were raised in anymore. You have the resources to provide for a hundred wives, you shouldn’t feel bound by what England’s mundane or magical worlds consider proper, you’re a Lord , a King .” The dragon in elven form triggered the portkeys she was watching and leaned in for a brief but passionate kiss. “Harry, you make the rules for our Dragonflight. The only limitation you have is to do the best job leading us as you can. Get to know her if you want and if you think she’d be a good fit for our family bring her to our bed. Hermione and I will do the rest. That priestess was certainly spirited in a way neither Hermione or I are.”



    While they were busy, Harry took a brief glance at his first love’s face. Hermione was blushing scarlet, but didn’t disagree with her ‘sister.’ The three of them continued to have a very enjoyable love life, and not just between Harry and his girls. Ah, so many wonderful memories… Harry was thoughtful as he turned his full attention to the web of spells responsible for rescuing the victims of Karabor Temple.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    When Harry and company left the planet of Draenor behind to return to Theramore, his group returned to the pathway that had led them there with ten thousand Draenei in stasis, along a thousand Arakkoa and two hundred Saberon. (The Arakkoa and Saberon sadly proved more difficult to collect and less numerous in general than the Draenei.) Harry had briefly spoken to the priestess, who was fairly calm all things considered. Which is to say that when Harry told her that she couldn’t immediately return to her sister, she tried to smack him with her borrowed hammer. Only the promise that Samaara was still alive in the future convinced her to step into the stasis chamber. Harry really had no idea if he would try to court her or not, but between discussions with Alira and Hermione, he found himself oddly emboldened. Eh, what comes will come. It’s a bit strange though, that Ron’s dating her sister.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    In their spare time many eyes had continued to peruse the Bronze Dragonflight’s archive. One of the mysteries that Harry desperately wanted solved was that of ‘the True End Time.’ In the ‘One True Timeline’ before the four Aspects, (with some assistance) slew Deathwing with the Dragon Soul, an obstacle prevented time travel to the War of the Ancients ten thousand years previous to borrow the most powerful weapon ever forged by man, elf, or dragon. That obstacle was actually Nozdormu himself, but at the very end of his life after abandoning the Titan’s plan and feverishly attempting to throw the so-called ‘true’ timeline off its rails. Before the Infinite (The name of the magically sundered Bronze dragons, after the Titan’s magic broke their bodies and drove them insane for abandoning their task.) Aspect was slain by a team of adventurers with help from a younger version of himself, the mad Aspect made a bold claim while indicating the desolate wasteland of a destroyed world where he had been hiding.



    The ‘End Time,’ I once called this place. I had not seen, by then; I did not know. You hope to... what? Stop me, here? Change the fate I worked so tirelessly to weave?



    You crawl unwitting, like a blind, writhing worm, towards endless madness and despair. I have witnessed the true End Time. This? This is a blessing you simply cannot comprehend.



    While the Titan’s betrayal of their draconic servants, rewarding tens of thousands of years of toil, blood, and heartbreak with extinction had driven Harry to rage, the possibility that those words were true made him… nervous. Elune’s Portal had to close to protect those he had rescued and would rescue, but Harry had no intention of leaving Azeroth to burn. One way or another, he would find a way to prevent the planet’s destruction while preventing the slow death of the dragonflights. But there was little point if something worse was coming, and the only one that knew what was dead. So on the way back to Theramore, when Stine happened to see an Infinite Dragon hurriedly making her way through the Caverns, Harry quickly joined him outside the Cube and helped subdue the creature that seemed to be physically cracking open in places. The physical mutations that went hand in hand with the mental deterioration was… grotesque up close.



    Naturally, about the time Harry, Stine, and Alira had the Infinite Dragon bound on the ground, asleep, and her wounds triaged, the Bronze task-force that had been chasing her down found them. As the group consisting of a wyrm, three dragons, seven drakes, and eight drakonid came around a corner, both groups stopped for a moment and stared at each other. In his head, Harry’s thoughts wandered for a moment. Damn my luck.



    Attempting to salvage the situation since Stine had a ‘deer in headlights’ expression, Harry spoke up in Common. “As you can see, we’ve got this handled, please return to your other duties.”



    The wyrm, (And why couldn’t we have gotten a young, wet behind the ears wyrm? This one looks as old and large as Vaelastrasz or Nefarian.) spoke up. “Kill the Infinite and we’ll be on our way, dragonsworn. They’re too dangerous to be allowed to live.”



    In response, Harry gestured with his wand and made all the sand between the two groups explode. A quick transfiguration heaved the Infinite dragon and Alira into the Cube and Harry swung onto Stine. A hissed (literally, Harry sometimes slipped into Parseltongue when agitated) command to Stine to fly and they were airborne. It wasn’t ideal, but Stine was the only one present capable of navigating the Caverns and Harry could defend both of them if needed. Though, fighting a Bronze dragon in the Caverns of Time was pretty similar to fighting Dumbledore in full control of all four of Hogwarts’ wardstones. Worse, even, because the Bronze were intrinsically tied to the Caverns; you would never fight a Bronze to exhaustion here.



    Stine flew like the devil was at his heels, which Harry felt was appropriate. Looking back, he started throwing simple magic back at the pursuers, and noticed that the drakonids had followed his example and the entire war party was in hot pursuit. As the chase progressed, the dragons began manipulating the Caverns to gain ground on them. Harry grimaced as another time-stop spell washed off him and Stine and began to conjure a blizzard. So long as there was Bronze magic in his Mark to counter the incoming Bronze spells, he’d be fine. Harry wanted to avoid using magic that would draw attention to him, but as the other group continued to close the distance, he had to switch to lightning.



    Thankfully, the first dragon he tagged with a lightning bolt went down twitching and tripped up another. He would do all he could to slow them down, but he did not want to kill them; the Bronze chasing them were slaves who literally could not see the truth that Harry was on their side, was trying to help them. That wasn’t to say he wouldn’t switch to lethal spells if he needed to. It wasn’t even a matter of choice. Stine would be executed as a traitor to his Dragonflight the moment they knew what was going on, and so would Alira and the others who had chosen to follow him. That was absolutely unacceptable.



    Still, this wasn’t going very well, the dragons and wyrm were a lot better at manipulating the Caverns than Stine was by virtue of many more years of practice and the additional power their age gave them. As a passageway snapped shut and Stine swerved into another, Harry wove a mass transfiguration on the sands below the second they were out of sight. A dozen Red Dragons came to life, and charged the pursuers, screaming that the punishment for treason was death. They wouldn’t know what to make of them hopefully, and the fact that the constructs would dissolve into sand when slain would point to a different origin than transfiguration.



    Speeding down another corridor that was, worryingly , curving into a ‘U’, Harry was thinking fast. “Stine, if I make a big distraction can we drop into the Cube and hide for a moment to plan?”



    Getting an affirmative, Harry wove his magic, shaping a spell and grabbing a handful of objects out of his pocket. (He’d gotten into the habit of carrying stones for transfiguration, since his training matches with Lady Proudmoore took place over water.) He also withdrew a rather large pouch of a finely powdered sleeping agent, and then magicked them together as they quickly ducked into the Cube. The Cube quickly fell into a small hole in the sandy floor that Stine had created. Outside, Harry opened the eyes of his construct as he stood beside one of Stine. If this didn’t work, they were in trouble because he had dumped his entire Mark’s work of Bronze magic into the construct. As the faster drakes caught up and surrounded him, Harry gestured threateningly with a staff design normally used by Druids and the wand the pursuers had already seen him use.



    The Bronze wyrm looked smug when it reached the circle of dragonkin that honestly didn’t even look out of breath. Harry began to destabilize the construct. “You won’t believe me, but I am a friend of the dragons, even when they’re not friends of mine. Sadly, I can’t allow you to capture me.”



    With that, the construct exploded and a rather large amount of magic detonated. The Bronze magic from Harry’s Mark along with as much Fire and Storm magic as he could cram into the constructs made for a rather spectacular explosion. (The Bronze magic was essential to stop the dragons from simply using temporal magic to avoid the explosion.) Hoping the detonation would overwhelm the Bronze’s magical shields, Harry had also woven the most powerful stunning spell he could into the mix. As they waited, standing quietly inside the Cube, Harry reached out and touched Stine’s Mark, draining enough of his magic to continue protecting him if more combat was needed. As soon as the heat dissipated a little, Harry teleported out of the Cube and administered the strongest sleeping spells he could to the group that had been dazed by the explosion.



    While he wanted to escape immediately, Harry first called out Alira and Dalistrasza to treat several of the drakes who had been too close to the explosion. He was tempted to try obliviating the group, but there was little point. Mind magics became more and more difficult to use the older their target, and trying to obliviate the wyrm would work about as well as using Legilimency on Jagragosa. (Which was, of course, not at all. In creatures with good recall, every century gave them a slightly more complex mind. During practice, Jagragosa had repelled his mental attacks by forcing Harry to relive her memories of the pain of childbirth. After, she’d explained that if he wasn’t a friend she would have simply broken his mind by forcing him to relive every memory of pain she’d collected in her four-thousands years of life at once.) At least the Bronze had only seen Harry’s armor, not his face, and it was relatively easy to forge new armor. As soon as the Bronze group was unlikely to die in the next hour or so, Harry cast a few charms on Stine to increase his flight speed and returned to the Cube. As they left, Stine activated a stolen beacon that would call for assistance for the downed group.



    Once they exited the Caverns of Time and found themselves needing to be somewhere other than Theramore Isle, (Their past selves wouldn’t leave Theramore to go on this trip for just over a week. Given the ‘excitement,’ no one faulted Stine for a slight navigational mistake.) Harry, Hermione and Stine worked together to ward a small cave far out of the way. When they were as secure as possible, Harry turned his attention to the Infinite dragon whose capture had caused no small amount of trouble. Both Alira and Dalistrasza were examining her carefully, wanting to understand the nature of her affliction.



    Of all dragons, the Bronze dragons were the most magical thanks to their close relationship with the Caverns of Time. With enough exposure and enough time to ‘soak in’ the Cavern’s ambient magic, injured Bronze would even bleed sand instead of blood. As Harry observed the healers, he tried to wrap his head around what exactly was wrong with this dragon’s biology that could cause not only her scales to turn black, not only cause cracks to form in her skin, but cause her to begin oozing black sand. It’s one thing to enslave a creature, but it just seems pointlessly cruel to do this to them if they rebel. Killing them is one thing, but inflicting this kind of suffering is simply monstrous.



    As the healers continued to work, Harry walked over to where the dragon’s head was restrained. “Hello. My name is Harry Potter, this is Alira and Dali, my healers. We got you away from the group of Bronze dragons that was hunting you, you’re safe now.”



    Gently, he ran his hand along one of the cracks along her side, trying to get a sense of the energy that was leaking from her. All the power she’s absorbed from the Caverns over her life, it’s leaving her violently, and destroying her physically and mentally. How can we stop it? I don’t know if the Oath will be enough to stop the damage, it’s like her own biology is trying to kill her. Ordering my sworn to heal does nothing unless they have the ability to heal themselves. Shit. Is every Infinite dragon dying slowly?



    “We’re going to help you if we can. What’s your name, dragon?”



    In a voice that echoed, the dragon answered him. “My name is Cirmu. Thank you, mortal, for saving my life, but you must release me, I must return to my task!”



    There was desperation in her tone as she spoke. In a firm tone, Harry responded. “You will be free to go once you are healed. Can you tell me anything about your condition? I know the fact that your hide is cracking open and leaking black sand is not a good thing.”



    As Cirmu continued to argue to be released immediately, those speaking with her began to realize that there was something deeply wrong with her mind. It wasn’t quite dementia, or at least not dementia as humans knew it. Deterioration was probably the best term, along with some kind of drive or obsession. In the end, Harry calmly placed a hand on her reclining head and spoke in a comforting tone as he began channeling magic into her. “We’re going to do everything we can to help you, Cirmu. Try and get some rest, okay?”



    With that, he and the healers lulled her into a sound sleep. Dali was the first to speak once their patient was deeply asleep. “That was a good choice, my Lord. There’s a lot wrong with her, but part of it is that she hasn’t been sleeping for far too long. Among other issues, she has an extreme case of something I treated Aurogos for more than once: Either intentionally through use of her own magic, or as part of the other problems she hasn’t had real, restful sleep in at least several months. Sleep is an essential bodily function, dragons need it just as much as humans. I wish I could say that was the worst of the tortures she’s enduring right now, but I can’t. It’s like her magic is tearing her apart and killing her slowly.”



    Harry sat in a nearby chair and thought for a moment. “Dali, do you think a physical donation of blood and flesh would help her? She’s absorbed so much magic from the Caverns over her life that right now she’s less a creature of flesh than magical sand. I could try to impose the Oath on her but I don’t know if I could overpower the foreign magic that’s harming her.”



    Dali was thoughtful as she took a chair at the picnic table in the grassy park where Harry and soon everyone else was sitting. “In the end she might become something like Bavaku, a mix of two kinds of dragon. I think you’re right that new blood in her veins and some grafted flesh might help her. You want her kept asleep for now?”



    “Yes. Are you willing to give her the transfusions and grafts? I’d like to start giving her a transfusion of as much blood as you can and see what that does.”



    “Of course my Lord. I’ll see if we can get some material from Valistrasza next time we return to Earth as well.”



    “Thank you Dali. I’m hoping Master Proudmoore has an idea or two on what we’ll need to do.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Back on Earth a week after Harry had left, Hogsmead’s investigation into the ‘accidental’ deaths of nearly half of all muggleborn children in the previous fifty years was progressing. As expected, the Ministry’s Improper Use of Magic office seemed to be how information had gotten out. Part of that office’s responsibility was to monitor underage and accidental magic and send obliviators when needed to preserve the Statute of Secrecy. Like links in the chain, one suspect lead to the next. Hogsmead’s defense forces had captured Mafalda Hopkirk first and during an extensive questioning under the meanest Veritaserum Amelia had ever used had admitted to selling names and addresses where the Ministry detected accidental magic.



    The woman had seen absolutely nothing wrong with what she’d done. When pressed on how she could continue selling names when those children never showed up at Hogwarts, the woman had coyly replied that the muggle world was a dangerous place. That was when Mafalda Hopkirk realized just how mean a batch of Veritaserum the world’s leading alchemists could create. With especially powerful ingredients and direct empowerment from Flamel’s Philosopher’s Stone, this batch of Veritaserum stripped away the layers of self-deception built over many years. Mafalda screamed as the potion forced her to speak the truth that she simply didn’t care what happened to a bunch of muggleborn kids, and the money was good enough to keep her from asking questions. She received no sympathy from her interrogators.



    Amelia Bones felt anger and despair that this had happened on her watch. On the advice of Headmaster Salonar, who she was now almost sure wasn’t entirely human, Amelia was going to try all of those accused together. So far, they had found no one who was truly innocent taking part. That brought up the question of what exactly the laws of Hogsmead were. She asked the Headmaster, since thanks to some clever maneuvering, (Aurogon Salonar hadn’t been a student for in Slytherin for even a week, but the hat hadn’t chosen wrong.) he actually controlled the quickly-growing city.



    “I suppose you could call us a kingdom, but that isn’t entirely accurate either. The plan for Hogsmead, and if Fudge declares war on us, all of England, is for our leader to submit to a reciprocal loyalty oath, a Loyal Lord Oath, if you will. All other laws will flow from that. For major trials like this, plan to present evidence to either a jury or a singular individual and we’ll go from there. I promise you that no one will buy their way out of this, there will be no ‘Imperius Defense’ for the guilty. When you’re ready, I’ll produce a contract the defendants will have the option of signing that will kill them if they are actually guilty. Whatever our legal system ends up being here, it will have no mercy on those who murder children. ” Amelia found she could respect that. She had no intention of convicting the innocent, but it was refreshing to know that the guilty would suffer, no matter how much gold they threw around or who they were related to.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    After living together for the last eighteen months, the group that consisted of Hannah Abbott, Susan Bones, Tracey Davis, Daphne Greengrass, and Padma and Parvati Patil had become close. Tomorrow they were leaving Stormwind for now, though they would visit again once they returned to the future. For the most part, the time had been well spent. Hannah and Susan had become adept at Azeroth’s common healing magics and the creation of dozens of potions used in conjunction with their new skills.

 

    Daphne and Tracey had created a small trading company that would be beneath the notice of everyone, including the rather handsome SI:7 agent who was either snooping or flirting with the two of them. (Or both, that was always a possibility.) A few, carefully selected employees would guide the company in their absence, making enough to stay profitable but avoiding attention. (A bit of magic would cause a series of letters with further instructions to arrive at the proper times.) When they returned to the time when they’d left, Daphne would take back full control of the company and use it to buy out many items that would resell for thousands of times their investment on Earth.

 

    The Patil twins were now seamstresses whose skill would only improve with time and practice. Inside the Dormitory, their own private cube, each girl enjoyed wearing the clothing produced by the two. Much of the clothing had striking visual effects, from lifelike flames to illusionary blizzards, and some of the formal wear created small illusions that actually told a story.



    On what was to be their last night in Stormwind, the six were relaxing in the perfect weather of the Dormitory’s park. All their preparations had been handled, all their goodbyes said, and they would be leaving in the morning. While the young women had made friends in Stormwind, most of the time they had simply spent together, relaxing or learning magic. With nothing else to do, Daphne spoke up as they sat around a fire pit, watching the flames with an air of depression. “To heck with this, we ought to have a party! We’ve all accomplished our own goals, and we’ve even made copies of the entirety of the Stormwind Library! You know, I bought up all the extra alcohol from that festival a few months back to sell on Earth. Anyone want to try some ‘Moonglow?’”



    Moonglow turned out to be a blue, glowing, sweet alcohol that was significantly stronger than the first taste would indicate. Like many other people throughout human history, these teenagers who had been living far from home for over a year overindulged. Dawn came and went, and none of the girls woke until nearly noon, all with raging hangovers. Also, there were some unexpected visitors in their home. Stormwind’s Royal Guard were supposedly the best of the best, soldiers without equal. They had the physiques to match, and many of Stormwind’s residents enjoyed watching them practice their skills in the training yard next to Stormwind keep. What the public didn’t know, however, was that the Royal Guard had gradually been replaced, old soldiers retired or promoted to commands in other locations, and the sons of Onyxia in their mortal forms had taken the empty positions.



    As Talion, the drake currently serving as the bodyguard for the six witches, had desperately tried to keep them out of trouble, Hannah and Pavarti had each decided to ask a member of the Royal Guard out for a ‘few drinks.’ As wakefulness returned, the girls slowly realized they were sprawled out on a comfortable rug in the Dormitory with two Black Dragonspawn. Everyone was still fully clothed, or as clothed as they normally were, anyway, but were covered in strange scents and stains. (Part of the drunken adventures had detoured through an alchemist’s storeroom; everything they were wearing was a loss, not even Dobby would be able to remove these stains.) If nothing else, the heat rolling off the two Dragonspawn was comforting, but this wasn’t an ideal circumstance. Thankfully, the two half-dragons had drunk even more than the girls and had even less of a tolerance. Talion managed to get his charges some coffee and set them to brewing hangover potions before the two Dragonspawn woke.



    Once they did, he gave them a folder of the blackmail material the girls had stumbled on to give to Onyxia. Knowing these two would almost certainly be dying soon, Stine decided to make an impromptu change to their plans. For now, he needed to appear to be just another Black drake or else alter their memories. Even hungover, he knew they would be able to remember him and the odd collection of scents here. “Those girls? They’re not the most fearsome dragonsworn I could have chosen, but they have other uses.”



    Even though dealing with a rather bad hangover, the two Dragonspawn managed to look vaguely threatening as one of them spoke. “I can smell a Red dragon on you, drake. Are you still loyal to your Flight? You haven’t presented yourself to Onyxia and you don’t have the scents from the volcano like Nefarian’s servants.”



    “I am as loyal as any other drake, do not forget yourself, half-breed. Would you have me blunder into your mother’s schemes and risk disrupting her plans with my ignorance? And I stay away from Nefarian because I have no wish to become just another of his experiments. As for the Red you smell? I don’t argue that. Red dragons are useful healers, and their Flight isn’t nearly as careful as they should be. With luck and skill, it is easy to pick one off. Thanks to a bit of effort and luck, I have subservient Red drake to heal my every wound and those of my followers. If you agree to keep that quiet, I will help you acquire one of your own when I return to Stormwind. I will be back in three months, I’ll meet with Onyxia then if you’re willing to set up the meeting for me.”



    After a bit of grumbling, the Dragonsworn agreed to let him go without a fight and Talion created a portal to the gates of Stormwind. Two and a half months from then, history said that all of Onyxia’s magically aged children with Bolvar Fordring died when she was exposed to the kingdom. But the only things that died that day were two dozen extremely convincing simulcrums.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Three months after he’d returned to Theramore, Harry had become slightly obsessed with restoring Cirmu to health. Even with assistance from Lady Proudmoore, the Infinite dragon was looking more and more like the result of a mad alchemist’s experiment. While the addition of blood and flesh from several of Harry’s Red dragons was keeping Cirmu alive, her physical body was slowly disintegrating into black sand. This was either part of the Titan Aman’Thul’s ‘blessing’ turning on the Bronze when she chose to alter the timeline, some kind of withdrawal effect from the power of the Caverns themselves, or a combination of both. And the process was speeding up as time went by. Harry found himself very thankful he had never asked or ordered one of his Bronze dragons to alter the timeline. They were aware that the timeline was changing because of their Lord, but they personally had never directly attempted to alter history. What they had been doing, collecting ‘useful resources’ from the timeline in a way they wouldn’t be missed was something that Aman’Thul had to allow since the ‘One True Timeline’ was dependent on Nozdormu borrowing the Dragon Soul.



    One night as his family, including the Grangers, Jaina, Pained, and all the dragons currently present relaxed after a meal Harry sighed as he looked through a number of texts from their library. At this point, he had given up reversing the deterioration or restoring Cirmu to her original form; he simply could not directly overpower the enchantments created by a Titan. “You know, I never realized how many different ways there were to create a chimera.”



    Sirius, who had been feeling a bit down after breaking up with his girlfriend of over a year since she wasn’t willing to leave Theramore, focused on his godson. “So that’s the best path forward for that sick dragon?”



    “Maybe. It’s the way I’ve found that might keep her alive, if there’s a better idea I don’t know what it is. The problem is finding enough compatible flesh. I’m not going to let one dragon die to save another.”



    Stine coughed, and looked at Janedormi. She had remained in Theramore, living in the network of expanded cubes with her mate and her eggs that were going to hatch soon. Either she or her mate, but never both, often joined the group for a meal and conversation. Despite being in a safe place, neither were willing to leave their clutch unattended. “My Lord, I might have picked up a useful bit of gossip a while back. A dragon named Tarecgosa ‘died’ when she saved a friend from an ambush by Twilight Dragonspawn, but some quick work on Kalecgos’ part preserved her soul, eventually binding the soul into a staff. I need to avoid the Caverns for a while, but Janedormi could collect Tarecgosa’s body and possibly bargain with one of the Loa betrayed by the Drakkari. I might be able to convince Kalecgos to give up his friend’s corpse, but she would find both convincing him and the Loa much easier. In fact, there’s no reason we can’t pick up both after you finish your apprenticeship my Lord. It won’t be the easiest thing, to keep an Infinite dragon in stasis with the magic she’s leaking, but with a cluster of Aeon pines to help stabilize the magic it should be possible.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Two months later Harry accompanied Lady Proudmoore to the city of Dalaran, which was currently under an immensely powerful magical shield powered by a complex intersection of ley-lines under the city. With the city’s defenses in place, there were very few individuals capable of entering the city, but Jaina was a recognized Arch-Mage in good standing so she was on a rather short ‘safe list’ that allowed her to portal through the wards. As they walked through the city, Harry found himself glad to have his spear once again.



    After it had been damaged while killing Nefarian and corrupted by the black tar that had flowed through the dragon’s veins, it had taken an immense effort to cleanse the wood and metal. Harry had created a special grove of magical trees in a new expanded cube, and one of Stine’s trips through time had buried it under what would eventually be known as Westfall. For seven thousand years the remnants of his spear had soaked in the cleansing Fire and Life magic from Crimson Oaks, Arcane magic from Hoarfrost Pines, Storm magic from Stormbark trees, and the chaotic magic that called to the parts of Harry that came from Hadrion from many Kingsleaf trees. Reforging the spear had been an experience, that was for certain. As he reshaped the blade and transfigured more wood onto the shaft, the magic within had been snapping and crackling like Harry was handling a downed power line. But the result had been worth it, and his new spear was both a melee weapon and a proper Mage staff as powerful as any other.



    Lady Proudmoore had not told her apprentice exactly what they were here for, so Harry had decided to take in the sights. Compared to Diagon Alley or old Hogsmead, Dalaran truly looked like a magical city. Towers with spires topped with purple crystals towered over domes painted in the purple that was the national color of the city-state. The streets and buildings at ground level were solidly built of sturdy stone that was clean and polished, and there were fountains and patches of grass that gave the city a welcoming feel. It was also the most powerfully magical place Harry had ever been, it was as if he could feel the magic in the air and on his skin.



    As he stood outside one of the Arch-Mage’s residences where his master had asked him to wait, Harry watched the other apprentices moving here and there. This was the city where Lady Proudmoore had learned to control and use her magic, and she had many stories to tell of her own apprentice years. As a group of apprentices, apparently making use of their free time to investigate the newcomer, came closer Harry laughed quietly when he saw the leader strutting like a peacock. The young man, in his late teens or early twenties, powerfully reminded Harry of Draco Malfoy in the way he moved. He obviously came from a powerful family, one that had neglected to reign in his arrogance. Not that Draco has been all that bad since we chased Dumbledore out of the school. If he’s willing to swear an oath, I wouldn’t deny him a place in my organization. But let’s see what this fool wants…



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    As Jaina spoke to Rhonin, the red-haired human who lead the Kirin Tor, about granting her apprentice permission to learn one of the ‘restricted magics,’ the spells or magical arts that had been deemed either too difficult or dangerous for the average Mage to learn, a commotion was heard from outside. Jaina groaned, her apprentice had the worst luck. She would bet her favorite staff that the sounds coming from outside were the other apprentice’s attempts at intimidation or hazing. She could recall a number of rather similar events from her own apprentice years, those attempting to assert their authority were strangely slow learners. Some things never changed, like the arrogance of those born into powerful families or lineages.



    Sure enough, when she and Rhonin opened the door there were a gang of apprentices in the common Dalaran robes scattered hither and yon with varying numbers of minor injuries. She almost laughed aloud as Harry turned to face her from where he was facing off against his last opponent standing. Seeing Harry distracted, the young man tossed a rather large ball of flames at his back. With a quick motion of his spear, Harry spun and caught the fireball on the spear’s tip. Without breaking his flow of motion, Harry ‘fixed’ the fireball, breaking it up briefly only to recompress it into a more uniform shape. He also added a significant charge of Storm magic as he sent the fireball into the ground at his opponent’s feet.



    There was a significant explosion, and the fool was sent flying into a nearby fountain. Rhonin looked between Jaina and her apprentice briefly before speaking up. “I see why you think your apprentice would be a good match to learn Kael’thas’ personal magics. He easily has the precision to control enchanted objects and your word is enough that he has the power to forge the enchantments. Follow me to the Archive and I’ll inform the librarian to make a copy of the documents.”



    By the time they exited Dalaran’s Archive, the gravity of his Master’s request became clear to Harry. There was only one Mage in Dalaran with the clearance to create copies of the restricted works, and the brief overview of the pair of thick tomes now in his hands was intimidating. Apparently Kael’thas Sunstrider had specialized in several fields, most notably in creating enchanted items that could be magically controlled during combat. This could be done with weapons, creating spears or such that would move on their own or other objects, like the ‘Verdant Spheres’ that would lazily orbit his head until called on. The magic Harry had been given to study was complex and challenging, but also promised to give him a powerful advantage in battle.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Since England’s Prime Minister had agreed to evacuate a section of London to conclude the latest Goblin Rebellion, Aurogos had enjoyed a rather good relationship with Britain’s mundane government. Today was the first time the drake had actually met with the man face-to-face, and it was nice to have earned some real trust. “I’m not disparaging your security team, Minister, but four magicals with a Dumbledore Hogwarts education aren’t really enough if the Ministry or Voldemort try to storm this place. I’m offering two things, first is training in magical battle, not dueling, for any recruits you might have. Second, I’m offering some additional muscle to secure your home, office, and transport between the two.”



    The Prime Minister, a consummate politician, responded. “I’ll consider it after I speak with my advisors. What else did you want to discuss?”



    “A few days ago, a young man named Percy Weasley rescued a number of English citizens from the Ministry. Fudge’s administration has begun to give sham trials to muggleborn citizens and has been shipping them off to Azkaban. They’ve also been seizing all their assets. Percy’s last straw was when the Ministry accused children too young for Hogwarts of stealing magic from purebloods. The Ministry’s ability to track those families has been destroyed, but we don’t know how many copies were made before that. We’ve been going around and setting basic alarm wards on all the families we can, we have the advantage of the castle’s Book of Names, but the families are so spread out…”



    Looking thoughtful, the man responded. “And you don’t have the manpower to protect them, spread across England. Are you asking to place them into protective custody? And what about the innocents at the Ministry’s prison?”



    Aurogon smiled a toothy smile. “Azkaban found itself emptied of innocents last night. There are also fewer Dementors on the island. It turns out they are only highly difficult to kill, not impossible. For now, the fact that our forces visited the prison is something of a secret. I was not kind when it came to removing the memories of our visit from all who’d seen us.



    “But yes, I would like to move the threatened families to Hogsmead. We have a significant amount of housing ready and more going up all the time. I’ve even hired a number of contractors that already knew about the magical world to construct housing with typical mundane appliances, so they’d be comfortable. One of our goals is to begin bringing new magic users into the magical world sooner.”



    Here, the Prime Minister chuckled. “Even as you work to bring the mundane and magical worlds together. I am aware that ‘healers’ have been visiting our hospitals and working miracles, Headmaster. I even have reports that lay out all the conditions you’ve healed. You’re not having any luck curing cancer?”



    Looking the man that ran Britain in the eye, Aurogon replied. “As technology progresses, the odds of the magical world being exposed increase. That’s not to say that technology is the only threat, I’m well aware that old hatreds can run deep. If the Statute of Secrecy is breached, it just seems prudent to be able to claim responsibility for using our gifts to do some good in the world. That isn’t to say we don’t want to help, our healers especially would revolt if I ordered them not to help as many as they could.



    “As for cancer, it remains a difficult disease even for us; a large part of that is that both squibs and magicals have enough magic that it keeps every cell working together, that’s why we live longer. Most existing healing spells require the patient to have magic of their own to work, they don’t heal, so much as guide the patient's magic to heal themselves. That said, there are a few techniques that can be used on those without magic, but they work by bolstering the body and causing existing cells to revitalize and replicate. Our animal testing on using that to treat cancer has been… well, not promising.”



    Aurogon ran a hand through his blue hair as he paused for a moment. “I probably shouldn’t tell you this, but we’re almost ready to begin testing on a solution. It isn’t the most elegant, certainly, and it requires more magical power than a dozen average healers can produce, but it will give the dying another chance at life.”



    After he seemed not to continue, the Minister spoke again. “I’ll ask my health department to create a list for you. Any specific qualities you’re looking for in test cases?”



    “At least during the early tests, younger patients have a better chance at survival and adaptation. We also need them strong enough that they aren't yet on Death’s door. Until the process is refined, I would feel uncomfortable asking for patients who aren’t terminal.”



    “Understood. While my government has strict rules for testing new medicines and procedures, I understand that magic can be more art than science. I would rather have a cure for cancer available now rather than wait for modern medicine to find it. You will , however, treat the patients and families involved with respect.” (Left unsaid was that the man’s father had died from cancer at a young age.)



    “Of course, Minister.”



    There was a companionable silence for a moment, but sadly both had too much to do to relax for long. “I assume you are preparing to overthrow Fudge’s government? The first time you came here you professed a profound distaste for the Ministry and things have only gotten worse since then.”



    “Yes. It would be nice if this wasn’t necessary, but the Ministry is so corrupt and bigoted that it does more harm than good. You remember the Sirius Black manhunt Fudge had you take part in? In five minutes of investigating I found enough doubt that the man had actually been convicted to give him a trial. In less than an hour we found the irrefutable truth that Sirius was falsely accused and almost certainly in prison for political reasons. Hell, he swore a traditional, binding, Godfather Oath! If he’d done what he was accused of he would have dropped dead from violating it! And that’s just one case. I had every inmate in Azkaban questioned under truth serum and found three others who shouldn’t have been there at all, and four more whose ‘murders’ were entirely justifiable under your laws. That’s in addition to the recent muggleborn persecution. Under Fudge’s government, ‘justifiable self defense’ works differently depending on how wealthy the involved parties are.



    “Hell, twenty percent of magical Britain is now living in Hogsmead already. That’s how strong the lure of a functional, fair, government is in my world.”



    From there, the meeting quickly wound down and ended. The Prime Minister’s security detail began recruiting and there were usually two members at a time training with the Hogsmead army. (It was with some dismay that the security head realized that Clay Industries had been recruiting muggleborn not living in the magical world.) The security teams that protected the Prime Minister, his family, and Britain’s royal family also began to purchase magical familiars at reasonable prices. The enchanted collars that maintained a disillusionment charm, however, were less reasonably priced. Still, for adding invisible tigers, velociraptors, and gryphons to the security team, the costs were worthwhile. The Prime Minister felt some long forgotten glee from his childhood when he walked into the security break-room to see tigers and dinosaurs playing with each other or else curled up in laps like large house cats.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Hogsmead, after several months of reconstruction, looked like an entirely new city. And it was a city now, no longer a small, quiet village. New buildings continued to go up, as did the outer walls. The hospital was nearly complete, a towering edifice of green stone, nestled alongside buildings representing at least six different architectural styles altered just enough to blend together.



    The city’s forges and barracks were circular, short buildings of gray stone, built into the earth in the practical and sturdy style of Azeroth’s Dwarves. The marketplace, though it was still under construction, was rising from the ground in elegant curved buildings of polished white stone with accents of gold leaf. (With the Mars team collecting asteroids, those loyal to Harry Potter had more gold than they could sell without crashing the market. Since gold didn’t tarnish, it was actually a useful building material.) Influenced by the Blood Elves’ homes, the market boasted beautiful trees with glistening white bark and golden leaves in small patches of earth; crimson banners hung off the few completed structures.

 

    The Hog’s Head had been rebuilt in the Gothic, Victorian style common in Gilneas and was often frequented by the city’s growing Worgen population. Aberforth Dumbledore still ran his pub and took advantage of the new clientele by offering a wide selection of roasted red meat. (Thanks to the wonderful smells coming from his new kitchen, even those with a human sense of smell were often lured into having lunch there.) The Town Hall, walls, and the Three Broomsticks were being built in the polished white stone and blue painted roofs common in Stormwind and its many colonies. And there were other influences as well. Draenei artisans busy at Potter Estate had been supplying beautiful stained crystal glass for many different structures, and the trees in the city’s parks had been given a special touch.



    The families who had been moved to Hogsmead for their own safety had a lot of adjustments to make. Their lives had been upended and they were moved into new, if comfortable, homes in a city still under construction. Learning that magic actually existed was a shock, but they saw proof every day, every time they strolled through the town or looked out a window. For the mundane families with magical children who had been moved for their own protection, seeing blue and purple-skinned elves walking through parks and streets, pausing to cup planted saplings with their hands glowing with a gently green light seemed like just one more oddity in their lives. For the wizards and witches of Hogsmead, seeing an entirely new magical species growing their trees from seedlings or cuttings to nearly mature trees was far out of the ordinary.

 

    Still, no one was complaining when it meant that their farms and orchards would be operational that much sooner. Most of Hogsmead assumed that Headmaster Salonar was buying their food from the muggle world, and were eager to produce their own. (In actuality, four agriculture-dedicated expanded cubes tended by Druids were responsible for feeding the town.) After the dozen elves finished the day’s work of magically growing plants and were paid by one of the Dwarves often seen working with the construction crews, they adjourned to one of the parks and made an announcement. Only one was fully fluent in English, and she spoke for the group. “We have the rest of the day free, if anyone would be interested in an opening lesson in the Druidic arts. The magic we used today is safe, calm, useful magic perfect for beginners.”



    Many of the mundane families who were in Hogsmead for protection from the Ministry encouraged their children to walk forward to where the elves were sitting under a Crimson Oak in the park. Under the careful watch of their parents, a slowly growing group of children too young to attend Hogwarts joined the circle of Kaldorei and received their first introduction to practical magic. The elves were gentle teachers, often placing their hands over the children’s hands while encouraging the park’s clover to grow so the children could feel what the magic should be. By the end of the day, most of the children could make the park’s greenery grow just a little faster. Practice and more instruction would see them master their first magic skill, and one that showed their parents a more useful side of magic than they usually saw when a Professor delivered a muggleborn’s Hogwarts letter.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    From his office in Hogwarts Castle, Aurogos smiled as he watched the Druid’s lesson from afar. As far as introducing a new species to the people of Hogsmead, that really couldn’t have gone much better. Moving to the windows that overlooked the Black Lake, he stretched, loosening up some stiff muscles. “I think we should introduce the Naga next, I can arrange for them to bring some fish to sell and stock the streams and lakes that are starting to fill from rain and melted snow. Then we can let the people meet other kinds of elves. What do you think?”



    Turning to the group gathered in his office, Aurogos looked from Professor Flitwick, (who had a vested interest in their new city-state welcoming non-humans) Vaelastrasz and Onyxia, (who seemed to be growing closer as they adjusted to Earth) Sethria, (who was now on-call at all times in case of an attack by Death Eaters or the Ministry) and Naomi and Sarah, his dragonsworn. Filius was the first to speak. “That should work out well. You could set them up in the market with a stand that sells aquatic plants and potion ingredients. Gillyweed is fun to use once you get past the taste but it isn’t the easiest thing to grow and harvest. It doesn’t help that we don’t have the right climate to grow it here, our lake isn’t nearly warm enough.”



    Thoughtful for a moment, Aurogos responded. “I’m sure we have a cube suited to growing it. If not, I'll make one. I might not be the artist Harry is becoming with expanded spaces, but we’ve gotten the process for the standard cubes nailed down pretty well.”



    After curious noises and expressions from the group, Aurogos chuckled. “Let’s just say that if you see a terrarium Harry’s been working on, be very careful not to fall in. It might be a long way down.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    After just over three years spent in Theramore, Harry’s apprenticeship with Jaina Proudmoore ended. It was a bittersweet occasion for both Master and Apprentice. They had a small ceremony inside the Cube’s park where Jaina gave a short speech. She finished with a smile on her face. “It isn’t normal for an apprentice to teach as much as the master, but I’ve learned as much as you have Harry. You have been a model apprentice, and as far as I’m concerned you are family now. Theramore will welcome you for as long as I live. You have exceeded every expectation. My apprentice, you have earned the title of Mage. Wherever you go, I hope you leave your mark on the world, Mage Potter.”



    “Thank you Lady Proudmoore. I have been honored to be your apprentice. I thought I had a good grounding in magic before I came here; but I was a fool. The last three years here have been the best of my life, and part of me wishes my family and I could stay here forever. But there is too much I need to do. Thank you for everything, Lady Proudmoore.”



    As was traditional, master and apprentice exchanged gifts. Jaina presented Harry with a matched set of lightly curved one-handed swords. They were similar to the pair she usually kept in her sleeves thanks to a clever bit of enchanted tailoring, but were a perfect match for Harry’s build. “I commissioned them in Ironforge. The materials are an alloy of Mithril and Enchanted Elementium, they weren’t cheap but a number of people in the city wanted to pitch in. My guards haven’t forgotten the help you’ve given them over the years. You’ve come a long way in your studies on enchanting Harry, so it’s up to you to enchant them.”



    “Thank you Master. They will be powerful tools in my hands. Your gift requires a little assembly. This is a wardstone,” Here, Harry withdrew a golden metal cube with each side measuring one foot long from a box. “that once you follow the instructions will integrate your tower’s existing defenses into a larger ward scheme. In the Bronze Archive, we found something we chose not to tell you about, since our actions are likely to prevent it from happening. If it does happen anyway, these defenses should keep your town safe. When Elune’s Portal opens, all functions of the ward will activate, and Theramore will become the safest place on Azeroth; you’ll be able to eject anyone that isn’t a friend with a single command and be able to detect anyone who enters with bad intentions.”



    The group shared one last celebratory meal together, and stayed up talking long into the night. Dan and Emma were surprised at the sight they found the next morning. They had turned in early, needing to take care of their children. In the main lounge of the Cube, Alira, Hermione, Sirius, Harry, Pained, and Jaina were all sprawled on various couches in their more animalistic forms. (Dobby had found himself in need of a hobby, since several of Hogwarts’ house elves had accidentally stowed away during the last visit to Earth and competed with him for work. With all the meat consumed by those in the cubes, Dobby had found he had ample material to create vast amounts of leather furniture. He’d even created all new chairs, recliners, and sofas for Jaina’s tower. Not only were Dobby’s creations elegant, they were very comfortable.)



    Just before midday, the group left Theramore. Instead of traveling through the Caverns of Time, they decided to use stasis spells instead since there were also a few rescues they planned to make on their way to the future. The Nexus War would be coming soon, after all.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Three days after he had raided Azkaban, Lord Voldemort was not a happy man. Someone, some unseen enemy, had infiltrated the prison before him. Bellatrix and the Lestranges had been replaced with simulacrums. Where those fakes had responded with force to Lucius, they had attempted to kill him by running at him and exploding powerfully. If his body had possessed eyebrows they would be gone now. Most of the other prisoners, all those who had been sentenced for violent offenses, had been cursed in some way he wasn’t familiar with. The moment they attempted to kill another thinking creature, even a house elf , they died. Whoever had woven that curse had been clever; it was possible to remove, but not without killing his followers. And to top everything off, the Dementors had refused to join him while ‘ the wielders of the hungry flames’ still lived. It had been difficult to figure out what had gone wrong, but apparently the group that had infiltrated the prison had killed at least a few of their number.



    There were other problems as well. Fenrir Greyback remained loyal to him but his power was dwindling. Greyback’s pack was being hunted down by the new werewolves based out of Hogsmead. These ‘Worgen’ were not stronger, faster, or more savage but they retained their full minds even in the face of the full moon. Already he had reports of the new packs hunting down werewolves that chose to prey on people, wherever they hid. One of Fenrir’s old victims, once a sniveling puppet of Albus Dumbledore but now a pack leader in his own right, was leading the efforts to destroy Fenrir and the bloodthirsty werewolves that followed him. Hogsmead presented its own problems. The city was defensible, had its own army, not Aurors or security forces, but army, and was growing quickly. How the place was supplying food for everyone present no one knew, most of the farms weren’t even operating yet.



    And to top everything else off, the patriarch of the Nott family had brought him bad news. “What do you mean there are thousands of Potters? There is only one Potter left after I killed the brat’s parents! Speak clearly or you will be punished.”



    The heavyset man stuttered briefly before he spoke in as calm of a tone as he could. “There was an attack at the Ministry, someone set off a Fiendfyre spell and probably died for it. During a search of the Ministry building, some flunky of the Minister found a device that records Blood Adoptions in the Family Records department, and there’s thousands of Potters on the list!”



    “Show me this list, now. ” When the elder Nott admitted he had not been able to get his hands on a copy, a frustrated Dark Lord held him under the Cruciatus a moment too long. It would be several days before Voldemort actually got his hands on the list, and apparently it had grown in that time. And the names were so strange… There were a few that seemed to be archaic English, but the rest were incomprehensible. Hakkar, the fallen god inhabiting a body increasingly similar to his own, (in composition, not shape) was amused at the list, but refused to share why. This is bad. Even if only one in ten of these individuals is ready for combat, that’s still a worrying number of enemies. Skipping to end, Voldemort saw the first new names to bear the name ‘Potter.’ The new Headmaster and the students that came to Hogwarts with him all joined the brat’s family days before they entered Hogwarts. This is bigger than I thought.



    That evening, Voldemort called a gathering of all of his followers, even those who could no longer take part in raids. “My friends, I have come to a decision about our path forward. We will be leaving England for a time and my new familiar will be leading us to the locations of caches of magic and weapons left behind by a fallen empire. Tomorrow at dawn we leave for South America.”



    Hakkar, who had been watching the gathering and enjoying the fear, began hissing angrily at Voldemort. In return, the Dark Lord gave an ultimatum. Ƥ: “You will guide us to the hidden repositories you spoke of or I will wash my hands of you and expose you to the ICW! I have had enough of your empty promises, you will give me the remnants of your empire and teach me blood magic!”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    The next morning, Lord Voldemort and all of his followers hijacked an empty fuel tanker that had recently offloaded its contents in England. On the advice of Lucius Malfoy, the crew was kept alive, but under the Imperius curse. Sections of the ship’s interior were quickly expanded and furniture was brought in. Severus Snape began to brew potions that would be useful in the jungle, where they would be digging for weapons and other items of power hidden under the surface. As Lucius walked from his Lord’s new sanctum to the improvised library where every family loyal to the Dark Lord had brought their collections, he found himself quietly depressed. Reports on Hogsmead showed that the town was overflowing with magic and life. Expanded farms were being built, new wards were being invented, homes and a hospital were going up. Compared to that, his Lord’s new sanctum was dark, lifeless, and depressing. Lucius truly hoped Draco did better for himself than he did. If his son ever did swear fealty to a Lord, Lucius hoped he gave his loyalty to someone who built things, instead of just tearing them down.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    As he sailed away from the Sunwell Plateau, Ron Weasley was looking forward to a bit of rest and relaxation. The campaign across Outland had been intense and at times extremely strange. Even though he used the Light, Ron had become wary of the Naaru as he had spent more time around them. It wasn’t exactly that he thought they might be evil, at least the ones he’d met, but there was something off about them. It’s probably the fact that they are not beings of flesh, but made of the Light itself. There’s no balance, none of the messy struggle that defines most living creatures. The Naaru swing between Light and Void in their life cycle, but they never touch that point between serenity and chaos where life thrives. Truly understanding people, whether Human, Elf, or Draenei might be impossible for them.



    Looking at his traveling companion, Ron smiled. Samaara had proven herself as a healer and support since they’d set out together almost a year ago. He had really come to love her, and they spent time together whenever they could. Right now, they were using a ship ‘borrowed’ from Blood Elves loyal to Kael’thas and the Burning Legion. Unlike the Guild he’d joined, he didn’t have any family to return to, so he and Samaara were heading to Northrend early. That land was infested with the dead, so even if there wasn’t any immediate action, they could always hunt down and weaken the Scourge. For now though, they were taking the slow way there and enjoying the clean ocean breeze.



    To Ron’s astonishment, the Draenei he’d rescued from the army of demons were still living in his cube, New Elwynn, and they seemed perfectly content there. Ron and Samaara visited often when they wouldn’t be seen, and later today they would be inviting some out to man the ship. New Elwynn now boasted a fully functional town that had the feel of a hunting lodge. Much of the town’s nutrition came from the herds of deer, elk, and talbuk roaming the cube’s forests and thanks to years of living on the edge of starvation the Draenei wasted nothing. Meat, organ, bone, horn, it was all put to use somewhere. Ares was absolutely in love with the pile of furs he’d been given. Compared to how they looked when he’d met them, the Draenei were fitter, had more energy, and their color had improved. The Crimson Oaks planted throughout the cube had burned away the Fel magic poisoning every living thing on Outland had, to one degree or another.



    When Ron and his girlfriend arrived in Northrend, they were planning to land in the easternmost area, a place called Howling Fjord. Ron had heard about the climate and native creatures, and on a whim had decided to get Hagrid a Proto-dragon for a familiar. Of course, subduing one might not be easy, but odds were pretty good he’d come across one that was harassing the locals at some point. All in all, he was looking forward to spending his time in green forests again, even if there was no shortage of undead roaming the continent he was sailing to. But for now, he was very happy that he’d managed to get a temperature control ward up on the stolen ship. The sight of his girlfriend in a bikini, (compliments of Patil Fashion Inc.) taking the rare opportunity to soak in some sunlight was simply magnificent.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    On the eve of the Nexus War, Janedormi and her mate released Harry and the others from several years of stasis in the Cube. She and Khanagos had remained inside the network of connected cubes since giving Harry their oaths, and had become quite comfortable in their new home. Jane had given birth, and her eggs had hatched as healthy and strong as she had hoped for. Harry would be both happy and irritated to learn that the Loyal Lord Oath had interacted with the remnants of magic that typically bound a Dragonflight together. This meant that the pair’s whelps inherited a weak bond to Harry. It was strong enough for them to feel a connection to the young man, to want to follow his lead but not strong enough to rob them of the choice of whether or not to serve him. But as the whelps grew up and listened to stories from Dalistrasza and Ralion, the only other two individuals not in stasis, they decided that Harry was the only leader for them.



    When he’d left Theramore, Harry had teleported to Northrend and under his father’s cloak moved like a ghost across Azeroth’s northernmost continent until he reached a place called Sholazar Basin. After the usual magical defenses were in place, the biggest danger for burying a cube was always someone detecting the defenses themselves. But here, buried in the sand under a calm river not far from a massive Titan device responsible for keeping Sholazar both protected and tropical in spite of the arctic conditions everywhere else in Northrend, even if someone was looking for a buried magical artifact the ‘background noise’ made them undetectable.



    After being brought out of stasis, Harry decided to stretch his magic and acquire something that might be useful in the future. He opened a portal to a stretch of sea where a number of ships had sunk during the Second War and breathed in the ocean’s scent. Soon scrying spells ensured they were alone, both above and below the waves. Standing on a conjured platform, Harry closed his eyes, ignoring his family and oathsworn behind him. With a deep breath, he began channeling the spell he’d learned by gesturing dramatically over an aquarium in the entryway to his master’s tower. (An aquarium that Harry had enchanted at Lady Proudmoore’s request. It still stood where he’d left it, but after vastly strengthening the tank and expanding the interior space it now included a dozen miles of ocean, a tropical island, and a rapidly growing population of fish and other marine creatures. Even using two portals without the normal liquid filters, the tank had taken two weeks to fill. Jaina had been caught more than once having entered the tank to relax by sailing a small yacht, something she’d learned to do as a child living in Kul’Tiras. Harry was especially proud of the enchantment that allowed complete control over the weather inside the tank.)



    While Harry knew he could complete the spell, it was still intensely difficult to pull off. He began to hum the tune as he guided his magic into the water with his bare hands. He began to sweat as he strained, but maintained his focus as he felt the spell ‘latch on’ and began restoring a sunken ship. With much effort the spell progressed slowly. Reaching a critical point, Harry raised his hands above his head as the spell reached its crescendo. For a moment nothing happened, and Sirius who had been watching patiently was about to make a comment when the surface of the ocean was disturbed by bubbles coming up from the deep. The very top of a mast followed, and inch by inch the ship rose out of the water. When the entire ship, a wooden sailing ship with dozens of rusted cannons visible, came to a rest on the water’s surface Harry nearly collapsed before he could finish tying off the magic.



    Sirius whistled as he watched the broken timbers knit themselves back together and the pale green sails repair themselves from almost nothing. “Well done Harry, this thing is about the size of a Spanish Galleon. Not as many cannons, but these ones are bigger than the ones on Earth. I’d bet they’re enchanted, no other way for them to be practical.”



    Hermione chuckled as she helped Harry sit down and pressed a flask of water into his hands. “Since when are you an expert on sailing ships?”



    With a smirk, Sirius responded. “When I was a kid I loved stories of the open water and the golden age of sailing. If I could have pulled that spell off I might have succeeded at running away to be a pirate.”



    Once he caught his breath, Harry spoke up. “That thing’s a lot bigger than the little trading skiffs I’ve raised before. Give me a minute and I’ll mount the wardstones and integrate the cubes. I hope everyone enjoyed the fresh air because we’re going to be busy. We have a lot to do in the next few months. The Nexus War is about to start. That pointless war saw so many dragons and magic users dead for nothing. In addition to simply saving as many as we can, there are three ‘special’ rescues I want us to complete.



    “Aurogos has done exceedingly well as Headmaster of Hogwarts, so we’re going to save his friends and girlfriend from dying when the Nexus was invaded. ‘Emmy’ Malin is a human Mage who was forced to work with the Blue Dragonflight to protect her family, but was working to sabotage them from within; we rescued her sister from the Twilight Cult at the battle of Silvermyst Isle. Last, a Red dragon named Keristrasza managed to kill Malygos’ consort Saragosa and in revenge Malygos violated her physically and magically. Then the Red Dragonflight ordered her killed. Saragosa will not be someone we save. For centuries her apprentices, especially the talented ones, had ‘accidents’ or just disappeared; she is every bit the monster as our enemies on Earth.”



    Standing up, Harry moved to board his new ship. “We have a lot to do, so let’s get going. Anyone have a good idea on what to call our new ship?”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Extra: Keeping Things Straight



    At a time indeterminate, a rather stressed dragon sat in a comfortable room inside the expanded cube his Lord had created for him. Unlike most other cubes, the inside was not a tropical or temperate paradise, but instead a vast desert. Sure, there were oases scattered here and there that provided water and pasture for just enough camels and other hardy creatures to keep a half-dozen drakes fed. Compared to typical cubes, that was nothing but it was worth it to be able to bask in the endless desert dunes whenever he wanted to. There was a small city not far from the entrance, and Stine could only smile as he looked out the window. As his power increased, Harry’s ability to permanently transfigure objects had grown. Transfiguration and alchemy had sculpted a city from pale red sandstone, and it truly had the look of a lost city, abandoned to the drifting desert sands and forgotten.



    He hadn’t asked his Lord for this, but Harry had wanted to do something nice for his first Bronze oathsworn as thanks for all the trouble he’d been to. Things like that re-affirmed that he’d made the right choice to follow him, even in the face of the problems Harry caused without meaning to. Looking around the room, Stine briefly massaged his temples before calling the room back to order. “Enough! I know this is a mess, but we need to figure this out now. I realize this timeline is complicated and loops into knots, but it is what it is. So shut up unless you have something useful to add.”



    Normally Stine would make an effort to be more polite, but the inhabitants of the room were six copies of himself, assembled from other points in the timeline, and three copies of Janedormi. Things had become so complicated that passing notes to his past selves was no longer enough to prevent paradoxes. Turning back to the wall covered in diagrams of timelines that wove around each other in twists and curves, Stine groaned. Harry Potter was a good man with a good heart, but his timeline was a mess and becoming more complicated with each jaunt through time. So much to do, so little time… Oh well, Harry appreciates it and with this new detour Ronald will as well. I need to make sure Yrel and Harry have the chance to interact; I don’t think there was ever a prophecy about her, but there’s just a little taste of destiny in her timeline. If things had been different, she could have been something incredible. Now she’ll have that chance on Earth.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



A/N: Real population numbers are always so hard to pin down in Warcraft’s lore, so for the Draenei losses I had to guess. Lore wise, the only indication on numbers was that there were enough skeletons for the Orcs to pave the ‘Path of Glory.’



Also, the first time I saw the quote from Murozond/Nozdormu, I really wanted to call a timeout and demand more information before anything else happened. Sadly, Blizzard just dropped that nugget and never mentioned it again, ever.



In World of Warcraft, just after she’s revealed as a dragon, part of Onyxia’s speech before she teleported away was: “Finish the rest of these meddlesome insects, children. Bolvar, you’ve been a pleasurable puppet.” Then all the royal guard protecting the throne room reveal themselves as Dragonspawn and she flees. Or at least, it was originally. Blizzard might have changed that sometime later, I’m going off an old youtube video.

And yes, Harry did pull off the same bit of magic Jaina did in the ‘Jaina Warbringer’ cinematic. While she made it look effortless, Harry is currently less magically powerful and will always be less musically inclined.



Please leave a review! Each one motivates me to keep on writing!






Chapter 35: Chapter 35: Luck, or Lack Thereof

Chapter Text

Thanks to everyone who reviewed the last chapter! And thanks to both of my Betas, who help my catch so many issues, big and small.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Chapter 35: Luck, or Lack Thereof



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    As the Nexus War began, Harry was walking next to Janedormi in her anthromagus form through the tundra scrub inhabited by the Drakkari Trolls. A Human and a Night Elf would stand out far too much here, so both were wearing invisibility cloaks enchanted by Harry himself. His father’s cloak was still superior, but Harry’s studies on enchanting had allowed him to create a number of the very useful cloaks. Together they moved, silent as ghosts, leaving no footprints, scents, or other signs of their passage. You couldn’t even hear the snow crunching under their feet. Eventually they reached the empty snowy expanse just outside the Altar of Quetz'lun. Here, Harry wove spells to hide their presence and create a space where anyone looking in would see an empty field.



    With their preparations complete, Harry refreshed the warming charms on both of them. He reflected briefly on his surprise that this continent was even colder than Scotland, but thankfully saw less rain, snow, and sleet. Both he and Janedormi pulled out a pair of binoculars, enchanted by Hermione, and watched the events at the Altar. More or less on time, the expected scene played out. The Trolls summoned the Loa of Cunning, a creature that resembled a giant crimson-scaled Naga with claws for hands and blue feathered wings, into an ambush and trapped her with magic that killed her as they drained her power. Also just as expected, a great darkness rushed out as the Loa breathed her last, obscuring the entire Altar. When the darkness receded, there was only one Troll still alive, and he was cowering behind the best shield he could conjure with the Loa’s stolen power. Harry sent a simple preservation spell racing invisibly towards the fallen Loa.



    That attack was what Harry was waiting for, so after a few moments spent making sure once more that no one was watching he began setting out the materials for what came next. Making sure his face was obscured by his hood, he nodded to Janedormi who set the enchanted cloak on the snow before returning to her natural form, and he began the ritual. This magic was something he’d learned from a Darkspear Troll, one of only eight he’d rescued from Mount Hyjal what felt like a lifetime ago. Several moments later, he finished the ritual and spoke aloud. “The Blood of Foxes, for the Loa of Cunning.”



    This was something of a risk, but Harry had been learning magic to deal with wraiths for years since he knew Voldemort would just fly away into the night if he killed him. (It was also a risk because he had changed the ritual’s most important material. Harry personally thought that if the only requirement was one fox’s worth of fox blood, there was no need to kill a furry little creature for this; he’d simply taken non-lethal amounts from a number of foxes. One of the type-two cubes recovered recently from where it had lain buried for millennia that contained forest, jungle, and grassland biomes had been stocked with small to midsize game, along with foxes, kneazles, and ravens, so Harry had plenty to work with. After millennia exposed to the magic of Crimson Oaks and Kingsleaf trees, the animals had become slightly larger. To be honest, Harry felt rather ridiculous asking Dobby and the other three elves he’d accidentally shanghaied from Hogwarts to try making saddles for them.



It seemed par for the course for his life when a few days later he’d seen Dobby leading the other house elves on a hunt, mounted on giant foxes and running down a rabbit the size of a pony with his spare enchanted spears. The years on Azeroth, or at least the years fully bonded to Harry, had been good for Dobby; he was strong, healthy and more calm. In an influence from Harry himself, or at least his animagus form, Dobby also seemed to be turning into what Dungeons and Dragons would call a Kobold, a small humanoid creature with lizard-like features. (Dan Granger had, at one point, purchased a source book to see how much of it was real and had brought it with him to Azeroth.) Instead of becoming less, losing intelligence or power, Dobby was growing slightly larger and was at least as intelligent as he was when he outsmarted the Malfoy’s to warn Harry.)



    After a moment, a hazy outline appeared in the air in the shape of the Loa Harry had just seen die. In the original timeline, Quetz'lun’s spirit had clung to the physical world long enough to see her vengeance completed before she had slipped into slumber; everyone he’d spoken to assumed she would eventually return to the physical world like Aviana and Goldrinn had. Harry would normally handle the negotiations himself, but without a lot of explanations Janedormi would garner more respect from the Loa. As planned, as soon as the spell was stable Harry bowed slightly and moved back, allowing the Bronze wyrm to take center stage. “Greetings Loa. You are aware of my people’s charge to preserve the Timeline above every other concern, yes?”



    Hazy and indistinct, the Quetz'lun responded. “Yes Bronze. I understand that you could not have warned me of my death. What do you want then?”



    Responding quickly, Jane spoke. “I will be blunt. Your corpse is of no use to you now, the manner of your murder saw to that. It will be left here to freeze and rot, a testament to the foolishness of the Drakkari. You know my Dragonflight does not interfere lightly, but you are well aware what happens when people of any species become desperate. Your corpse can serve a practical use in the future and save many other lives if used correctly. My Mage here has already applied a stasis spell to your body, but we will not take it without your permission.”



    The hazy outline became more distinct for a moment and Harry saw red scales and blue feathers for a moment. The Loa responded after a momentary pause. “And what do you offer in exchange? You should know I always honor my deals, but I only agree to fair ones.”



    Janedormi rose to her full height and looked the Loa in the eye. “This is the deal I offer: You will cling to this world long enough to avenge yourself and then sleep. We will take your body and put it to use while leaving a fake in its place. When you walk the physical world again, I will meet you and you will receive a personal favor from my Aspect that does not endanger the world, the Timeline, or his morals .”



    There was a longer pause then as Quetz'lun considered the offer. “I accept and will name my favor now, dragon. Save the children of the Drakkari tribe. This land weeps for the innocent. In the last few years, the endless tide of the dead has swept across Northrend and the Drakkari have been hard-pressed. The Drakkari are now beyond saving, because in their desperation they turned to clumsy sacrificial magic to defend their home. You will not find a single living child in their tribe now.”



    Both Harry and Janedormi recoiled as if struck, and felt their stomachs rebel at the thought. Sacrificing children was heinous. Sacrificial magic was potent and dangerous, and as he learned more Harry thought less of his mother for turning to it. He understood she was desperate, but wished she had fled England with his father, had found some island and placed a Fidelius there instead. Intention was especially important with sacrificial magic, but not nearly as important as the nature of the sacrifice. Lily Potter’s choice to die for her son was as pure an intention and sacrifice as possible. But taking a life, stealing a child’s potential to use in a magical ritual or ward…



    For the first time Harry spoke up. “The Drakkari have damned themselves. That much innocent blood shed, taken; it will tear their people apart until they are ground into dust. It will haunt them. There is no power in Azeroth, the Twisting Nether, or the Shadowed Lands that can prevent that now. But where are the results of those sacrifices? The power harvested would be the blackest curse upon this land, but that power should be obvious.”



    Quetz'lun’s ghostly form turned to him. “The Loa have a responsibility to this world, Mage, even though many of us ignore it. When the Drakkari turned to madness, Rhunok, Har'koa, and I disrupted the rituals, hoping that when they didn’t get the results they want they would abandon their madness and find another solution. They did not. Dragon, our deal is struck. Save the children, then deliver them to a people and place where they can thrive and my body is yours, take it with my blessings.”



    “I agree to your terms. Our deal is struck, Quetz'lun.” As soon as Jane finished speaking, the ghost disappeared and the ritual items were consumed by white fire until not even ash was left.



    Both Harry and his dragon were somber as they created a perfect copy of the Loa’s corpse with a splash of its blood and used a portkey to switch it out for the fake. Thankfully Harry’s stasis spell had been quick, and once the body was back in the Cube, both Alira and Dalistrasza confirmed he’d gotten to it quickly enough. The body no longer housed a soul, but brain death had not yet taken place. Thanks to the Drakkari it was now incapable of safely housing a soul, but the flesh itself wasn’t dead yet. Stine and Janedormi both confirmed that the Drakkari children would be safe at Potter Estate by the time Harry made it back home. Eventually the group of children would make their home in a dome much colder than average on Mars near that world’s North Pole; as a subspecies, the Ice Trolls of the Drakkari tribe had long since adapted to the cold weather. Those children would be the only Drakkari rescued.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Ron Weasley had been on Northrend for three months when he and Samaara received word that the Guild they had fought alongside in Outland and at the Sunwell Plateau was mobilizing to tackle the Undead Scourge and the Blue Dragonflight. Their Leader, as well as Alliance Command, were of the opinion that removing the lesser threat of the Blues would allow all the many factions now heading towards Northrend to focus on the Scourge that was threatening the entire world. Ron sent a message that he would meet the group at Valiance Keep, the Alliance port and fortress being built on an island just off the coast of Northrend.



    After acknowledging the message over a speak-stone, Ron and Samaara put the finishing touches on an ambush that would burn a battalion of undead marching through a narrow pass to ash on the wind. Ron found himself wishing he had a dozen barrels of Flamel’s ‘Alchemist’s Surprise,’ but the stuff they’d been whipping up seemed to work well enough. Mixing Firebloom, Flame Cap, Fire Leaf, and Sungrass (as a stabilizing agent) into a (somewhat) stable mixture wasn’t easy; their alchemist no longer had any eyebrows and had gained a few burn scars. Even transporting the mixture that could be best described as ‘explosively flammable’ wasn’t easy. But Ron reflected that it had been worthwhile as he and Samaara watched nausea-inducing smoke pour out of the canyon. With that, Ron and Samaara mounted his Charger and ran for the coast. There, under an ever-growing bevy of protective magics, their ship was waiting for them; it was manned by a rotating crew of Draenei and a few others Ron had picked up over the last year.



    At first he intended to return this ship to the Blood Elves, even if he was perfectly in his rights to keep it. (By the traditional law of Azeroth, if you do something that threatens the world, all your possessions are up for grabs by whoever stops you.) Now though, after having tasted the ocean spray and learned to sail, Ron had decided to take it back home with him if he could get a hold of an appropriate expanded container. The fact that he had visions of sailing Earth’s oceans with his gorgeous bikini-clad girlfriend at his side had nothing to do with his decision. Honest.



    In any case, it took them a week to sail from their current location to Valiance Keep. They arrived ahead of the Guild to find the town under siege by the undead, cultists having ferried in undead to seize control of the neighboring farm and mine, and small, skittering winged undead dive bombing the archers on the walls. Giving his girlfriend a kiss, Ron watched her withdraw her bow and head to reinforce the walls for a moment before he summoned his charger and double-checked that he had enough flammables on hand for what he had in mind. The Alliance soldiers were a little surprised to see him charge past them, his spear gleaming with the Light, but not stop to help them hold the line. Ron recognized the undead that were attacking them as Nerubians, what could be described as a spider-based centaur, and after fighting in the Plaguelands he knew that meant they were using tunnels.



    Sure enough, Ron soon found a number of holes not far from the beach in the cliffs where the seemingly endless tide of undead were pouring through. Each tunnel received an expanded vial of the latest batch of his group’s best attempt at ‘something very flammable,’ and Ron stopped to take a little pride in his work as each one of the holes belched flames like a dragon was nesting in the hillside. (Maybe it was influence from Fred and George, or maybe pyromania ran in his family, but Ron had come to enjoy incendiaries and explosives in general.) It was summer here in the Borean Tundra, but the winters were so cold that only the surface of the land ever really thawed. The flames would almost certainly create enough heat to collapse the tunnels, but just to be sure Ron added another, more explosive, vial to each tunnel as the flames died down, trying to get the explosive to bounce farther in. If that wasn’t enough to destroy the tunnels, he was sure the Alliance garrison had some explosives somewhere. With that problem solved, he finished up the few undead who had tried to attack him and made his way back to the walled town just off the beach.



    When Ron came back, covered in debris no one wanted to identify and reeking of the smoke that was pouring from the collapsing tunnels, the commander of the town’s garrison walked out to meet him. Instead of immediately speaking with the man, Ron pulled his shield off his back, charged it with the Light for a moment, and then hurled it into the diminished swarm of fliers besieging the walls. His faithful shield ricocheted from one vaguely bat-like creature to another, and dropped three of them. When the shield would have normally returned to him with the last of the magic allowing it’s flight, an arrow charged with the Light flew out and struck it, changing the trajectory and recharging it. In the next few minutes, Ron and Samaara eliminated the entire swarm of wolf-sized bats with far too many teeth in a fantastic cooperative effort.



    When his shield returned to his arm for the fourth and final time, Ron turned to the soldiers and started barking commands. “Pile up the corpses on the beach so we can burn them. Do it now before the next attack comes, but don’t touch the corpses with your bare hands! And don’t touch anything else before we disinfect your gloves!”



    Ron went out to assist, as did several Draenei from his ship wearing armor. Ron’s Charger was a warhorse, and dragging corpses into a pile was beneath him, but the faithful mount made no complaints as he dragged the larger corpses into a pile. While not exactly festive, Ron sat on the beach next to Samaara as they watched the formerly animated corpses burn. While unpleasant, this was a necessity since leaving the corpses around would simply see them re-animated the moment a necromancer got a hold of them. It probably wasn’t a good thing that he was getting used to the smell of funeral pyres.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    By the time the other members of the Guild started to trickle in, Ron’s group had nearly rooted out the cultist problem, (The Cult of the Damned was big on hiding among civilians and contaminating the food supply with the Plague of Undeath.) prevented a number of soldiers from being sent to their deaths, and sent the garrison’s commander back to Stormwind in chains to have the magic that was poisoning his mind removed. Ron had even gotten to destroy a shipment of plagued grain. (Nothing said ‘I’m fighting the Cult of the Damned’ like finding plagued grain.) Together he and Samaara had even killed an incredibly powerful kraken that was in danger of being used as a weapon of war by the Kvaldir. Ron really had no idea what the Kvaldir were, or what they wanted, other than to kill people. The fact that they fell apart into water and seaweed when they ‘died’ implied that while they were once creatures of flesh that looked like strong humans over nine feet tall they were now some kind of undead or elemental beings.



    Samaara had given Ron an incredulous look when he managed to fit the entire kraken’s carcass into the original trunk he’d been using to house and feed Ares, along with no small amount of seawater. Ron had long since emptied that container, and once they were back on the shore he quickly applied preservation charms to the carcass floating in the trunk. They had relied on Samaara’s illusion spells to hide the fact that there were briefly two kraken floating in the ocean. Ron simply shrugged and explained. “The right people can make all kinds of useful things out of the creature, no point leaving it there to rot.”



    Their adventure to deny the marauding sea ghosts a rather powerful weapon had also led to a new addition to Ron’s second cube that was dedicated to stasis chambers. Veehja was a Naga, and the last survivor of the Naga community that had been destroyed by the Kvaldir. When she gave her warning of the kraken bound under the waves by Azshara herself and told them where to find the weapon enchanted specifically to kill it by Azshara, she was dying, and only remained upright thanks to her force of will and pride. Even under significant torture, she had refused to tell her captors how to free the beast, and they had made her suffer for it. After she told them what they needed to know, Ron had insisted Samaara tend to her wounds. It wasn’t easy to see thanks to her scales, but Ron had seen enough Dragons and Naga to recognize the injuries just barely visible on the surface. Once Samaara and the other healers tended to her, Ron placed her into stasis, deciding to let Harry worry about her when they met up again.



    As the Guild joined them, their leaders began to work out a plan of action to end the Nexus War. Ron didn’t have much to say, only mentioning a few points that would make it easier for Harry to rescue the fallen. As they fought the Blue Dragonflight in locations from the Borean Tundra to the Dragonblight, Ron and Samaara were quietly amused. Ron had explained some of his origins, including the fact that he was a time traveler, to Samaara. He’d had to , in order to sate her curiosity about his refusal to aid the Bronze Dragonflight when his Guild had been asked to assist them. She knew there were more secrets to share, but understood Ron’s decision to withhold them for now. From time to time Ron and Samaara, when they could do so unobserved, would check the corpses that the Nexus War left behind for traces of the Black Family’s False Corpse spell using a diagnostic spell that only existed in the Black family Library. To say the Blacks were a paranoid bunch was an understatement. Ron knew Harry, or his oathsworn, were around somewhere by the numbers of corpses that were not.



    The two of them were part of the first group that, along with the Red Dragonflight, landed on the Coldarra, the island where the Blue Dragonflight’s capital city was built. As the name suggested, the island had the look of an ancient volcano’s crater, now collapsed and covered in ice and snow. As they began following the instructions of Raelorasz, the Red wyrm commanding the expedition, Ron found himself adding the dragon to his list. Ron was aware that the Dragonflights had harsh mental controls woven deeply into their minds, but that did not excuse this wyrm’s actions.



    Thinning out the Blue’s Dragonspawn forces was one thing, but Ron would never murder children, whether they be human or dragon. When Raelorasz ordered Ron to seize an ax from the enemy and use it to destroy the eggs the Blues were forcibly aging with energy taken from the ley-lines, it was a monumental effort to keep his face straight and not try thrusting a sword into the wyrm. Five years of nightly Occlumency practice was paying off, and was honestly the only thing that was letting him control himself.



    As Ron and Samaara walked through the snow, forgoing his Charger for a more stealthy approach, she spoke up. “Unlike a lot of other humans, I know you consider dragons ‘people’ just as much as your own species. You’re not going to destroy those eggs, are you?”



    With how well she knew him that wasn’t a question, but a statement of fact. Ron just gave her a small smile. Not much later, he’d stolen an ax as requested, but the previous owner was rather more alive than the monster commanding the Red Dragonflight’s local forces had wanted. Ron’s stasis cube now contained several more angry Dragonspawn, and he felt a little ridiculous binding them and levitating them inside where a team of Draenei took over and got them into stasis cells. With some practice, Samaara had learned to cast illusions, (A spare Crimson Oak and Blue dragon core wand from the most recent batch Ollivander produced drastically improved her ability to cast delicate enchantments.) and thanks to her if anyone looked and happened to see, they’d see Ron following Raelorasz’s orders.



    Still, smashing eggs within sight of the Blue Dragonflight’s capital wasn’t without risks. A Blue dragon, that if Ron had to guess (sexual dimorphism was not a big thing with dragons in their native forms) was female and rather young, landed and blinked rapidly a few times. Obviously she’d seen the illusion of Ron smashing eggs and was slightly shocked to see him levitating eggs into a cube. Before she could strike or say anything, Ron spoke up. “Just so there are no misunderstandings: I was ordered to smash these eggs by a dragon who I’m looking forward to beating the crap out of once the war is over. But there is absolutely no way I’m going to murder children of any species. These eggs will be kept safe from both sides of the war. I’m not a healer, but I know that forcibly aging these eggs enough so that they hatch as drakes is just as monstrous as murdering them.”



    Ron’s heart felt heavy as the dragon began to weep, but he still readied his shield and a sword laced with a special poison. Ron still remembered Aurogos bitterly explaining how the magic that bound the dragonflights together worked. Will, magical power, and life experience were the only things that allowed a dragon to disobey their Aspect, and they were rarely able to disobey before becoming a wyrm on their one-thousandth birthday. So, Ron wasn’t surprised when the dragon charged him with anguish on her face and tears in her eyes; she knew exactly what forcibly aging dragons to skip their first decade did to them but could do nothing but obey her Aspect. (Even the Twilight Hammer’s Cult, a group dedicated to destroying the world and serving dark gods, did not forcibly age the Twilight dragons to that extent. Twilight dragons were born as whelps, and remained that way for at least a year before growing into drakes; the Cult had found this to be the upper limit for magically aging a dragon without crippling, agonizing pain and insanity making them useless.)



    While fighting a dragon was never easy, Ron and Samaara both had the proper equipment. One weakness of dragons in general that they are rarely aware of is that before using their breath attacks, they tend to breathe in deeply. Ron was close enough to throw sleeping powder into the dragon’s face as she inhaled. Soon the dragon who hadn’t spoken, but said so much with her expressions, was sealed in stasis along with the eggs he was sent to destroy. With some luck, healers back on Earth would be able to do something for them.



    As Ron was working on the next mission from Raelorasz he came across a fragment of an Arcane Prison. When they came to Earth, Ralion’s group came through Elune’s Portal with a similar device containing Valistrasza and seventy-eight whelps; but that was a later model, one that had been improved. The one that Ron came across was built to be a form of torture; inside Keristrasza, a prisoner of war who had refused to bend to torture, was left to wander an empty void for eternity. (The prison’s magic kept her alive and prevented suicide.) Ron and Samaara eventually found all the fragments of the prison, which had been shattered to keep the dragon from ever becoming free.



    Ron remembered the name Keristrasza, but it had been nearly six years since he’d last been on Earth and try as he might, he could not recall any other information than the fact that Harry wanted to save her. Ron did recall the wyrm Keristrasza wanted to kill to weaken the Blue’s war effort, draw out Malygos, and avenge her own torture, however. He even let his anger show on his face before Keristrasza could explain Saragosa’s crimes. Deciding to explain himself, he gave a short explanation. “Malygos might have the excuse of insanity, but Saragosa does not. She has long earned a reputation that terrifies Blue drakes seeking apprenticeships; her apprentices keep having ‘accidents’ and ‘going missing.’ Especially the talented ones.”



    The dragon assumed Ron had befriended a Blue drake before the Nexus War began. That was both true and false, depending on perspective, and he didn’t correct her.



    Keristrasza turned out to be a welcome addition to the group as they continued their actions around the Coldarra. She was friendly, grateful, polite, and warm in a way few dragons chose to be. She proved to be clever as well, planning a trap for Saragosa that trapped the wyrm in her mortal form and disoriented her. From there, it was rather easy to end the powerful dragon. But as they were preparing an ambush for Malygos, Ron was becoming very nervous. Nervous enough to convince Samaara to watch from a distance, concealed under a snowdrift.



    It turned out Ron was right to be nervous because Raelorasz, the wyrm who arranged for the force to confront Malygos, was either an idiot or a traitor. Five dragons never had any chance of defeating the Blue Dragonflight's Aspect. Fifty dragons would have had the same odds. When Malygos brushed off the ambushers like they were nothing, the Blue dragons circling the Nexus not even stopping their own patrols and tasks to help their Aspect, he came for Keristrasza. She was no match for him either. Her last action before capture was using her magic to throw Ron clear of Malygos’ spell that left her trapped inside a massive ice block. Malygos quickly teleported both of them away. Malygos’ promise of forcing Keristrasza to replace Saragosa as his consort was ominous, but it was still a week before Ron had gathered a force together to raid the Nexus, the structure that served as the home of most of the Blue Dragonflight.



    Before his group could launch their rescue operation, Raelorasz ordered the objective changed from ‘rescue Keristrasza and bring her to Alexstrasza for healing’ to ending her life. Apparently knowing Ron’s group would take her alive no matter what he said, Raelorasz also hired a mercenary company to accomplish the new objective. Ron had planned to invade the Nexus with a Guild group of seven, including himself and Samaara. Unfortunately, the mercenary company had a non-competition agreement with his Guild, now that they had been given an official contract his Guild was bound not to interfere. So, Ron and Samaara accepted a ride to Valiance Keep and once there launched their ship. Five minutes after their ship left the docks Ron and Samaara arrived back at the entrance to the Nexus thanks to a portkey.



    After a few moments spent settling their stomachs and regaining their equilibrium, (portkey rides into areas with magical instability were not fun) Ron refreshed the Disillusionment Charms and the two entered the Nexus. And promptly tripped over the deeply unconscious mercenaries who had been stunned, bound, and left in a pile. Ron almost bashed the disturbance he noticed out of the corner of his eye before he realized it was someone removing the hood of a rather familiar invisibility cloak. The face revealed was familiar as well, but more mature than the last time he’d seen it. “Harry! I haven’t seen you since we killed Nefarian! How is everyone?”



    With a smile, Harry pulled five vials out of his pocket and responded. “Everyone’s doing great! It’s good to see you Ron. We can catch up later, but we’re short on time right now. I have five vials of a variant of Polyjuice Potion that’s safe for us and your girlfriend.” Harry gestured at the Orc who had been the mercenary’s shield-bearer. “Sorry, but you’re going to be impersonating him, Samaara, you’ll have to be the Tauren. Anyone else and you’d spend the whole time trying to learn to use differently shaped legs. We don’t have a lot of time, so we need to move quickly. Jason’s going to be your Hunter, Sirius will take the place of their Warlock, and Hermione will be taking the place of their Mage. We have armor that fits the mercenaries, and the helmets will keep you apprised of how the battle needs to go.”



    Samaara, having guessed what was going on, arched an eyebrow and asked a question. “What will you be doing?”



    Harry smiled as Sirius, Hermione, and a newly-collected Jason Atreides stepped out of the cube sitting in the hall. “The drakes and I won’t be far from you. We have enough invisibility cloaks for the eight of us that will be keeping up illusions in case there’s someone watching and capturing enemies here to shove into stasis. We’ll sort them all out when we get back home.”



    Ron took the vials, and explained to Samaara how they worked as she mouthed ‘ the drakes?’ in her native tongue. Ron just shrugged and mouthed back ‘ later.’



    Getting into armor was always easier with an extra set of hands, and before long the Ron and the others were polyjuiced and ready to go. They each had spare hair and vials in case they were needed. As the battle of the Nexus began, Ron reflected that it was in no way a fair fight. Few of the groups they encountered had more than five, and between his visible group and Harry’s, the defenders were facing a dozen enemies. Harry and the support group inside his Cube carefully left the Nexus looking like it had in memories from Aurogos and a few others, and it was a grisly sight. The mercenaries had shown (would have shown?) no mercy as they fought through this place.



    One by one, the Nexus’ residents that would have been butchered that day were captured alive and placed into stasis cells that would preserve their lives until they reached Earth. Dragonspawn, elves, even crystalized dryads were encountered and restrained. Oddly, no drakes or dragons tried to fight them, since they were too busy dealing with the creatures flooding into the Nexus through a tear in reality. Malygos’ general war strategy was to change the flow of Azeroth’s ley-lines so that all magic flowed into the Nexus, and this was having a rather poor effect on the fabric of reality inside the Nexus itself. Neither Harry or Ron knew exactly what was on the other side of the largest rift, but numerous creatures composed of Arcane Energy were flooding through. Between the magic thrumming through the halls and the backwash from the tear in reality, the unstable magic had disabled all magic-based communication and the magical alarms that should have been present, further crippling the defenders.



    Since the mercenaries had cleared out some of the rift’s creatures, Harry’s group was forced to do so as well. When the strongest illusion magic they could create was in place, Harry briefly changed into his Animagus form and used a Deep Breath of Twilight fire to consume the invader’s magic. When Harry bathed a creature that was essentially an elemental being composed of Arcane magic in the dark blue flames, Ron and everyone else had to pause for a moment, distracted by the energy pouring into the Potter’s Mark tattoos that were so easy to forget about. Ron wasn’t worried about destroying the creature, since it was actively trying to unravel reality, but he was worried about Harry collapsing and the pain as far too much magic invaded his own body. Hermione, seeing his concern, spoke up. “It’s alright! We tweaked the Marks recently, Harry’s the prime recipient, followed by Ralion, Bavaku, Senastrasz, and Talion. It’ll hurt for a few minutes, then the worst of it will drain into the wyrms.”



    As Hermione predicted, a few moments later and the worst of the pain subsided. Ron was briefly distracted by fond memories of Hermione’s tendency to be correct in anything relating to magical theory. While it was easily an hour of fighting, the time seemed to pass in a blur, with the idle chatter between old friends. Before long, they reached Keristrasza where she stood trapped in a block of ice, rearing on her hind legs as if trapped in a roar or scream. After examining her prison, Harry told the group it was a variation of the same spell Aurogos had used on Draco at Hogwarts, but perverted for lack of a better term. Malygos was using it to pour his raw magic, his very essence into the Red dragon, to warp her into something different. It was awful, it was cruel, and sadly, it was working. Blue was spreading like a contagion across her scales, both from her extremities and from the runes Malygos had carved into her, so deep that the marks far past her scales and deep into her muscles.



    As Harry and Hermione along with Khanagos and Janedormi examined the containment devices and made notes that would be given to whichever of their healers would be assigned to Keristrasza when they got home, Samaara stood close to the frozen dragon, noting that she hadn’t been given the small mercy of slumber, if the way her open eyes moved said anything. “What I don’t understand is why that fool of a dragon at the Red’s camp suddenly changed the plans to order her killed. It wouldn’t have been easy, but we could have gotten her out, especially if he had been willing to help us drag her out of here. What’s been done to her is horrific, but with time and care she might have recovered.”



    Harry answered, moving closer and placing his hand on the ice block that held the dragon in question. “The dragons are slaves. A race of beings known as the Titans saw their potential and forced them to serve, they even applied binding magic that is inherited through each new generation. There’s a law, a taboo, that the Titans enforced to protect that binding magic. They shaped the dragons into five separate Dragonflights, and forbid them from ever having offspring with a member of a different Flight; the penalty for breaking that rule is death for mother, father, and all the children. If Raelorasz changed his mind suddenly, that means he’s used scrying magic and thinks Keristrasza is carrying Malygos’ children.”



    There wasn’t much more to say after that. Once they had taken all the notes on the magical devices restraining and altering Keristrasza they freed the dragon, destroying the devices in the process. Ron’s heart hurt as the warm, friendly, almost cuddly dragon waffled between promising to end them and begging them to kill her. The group eventually distracted her and watched with heavy hearts as Khanagos and Janedormi returned to their true forms and physically restrained her long enough for Harry and Alira to force her to sleep. With all the foreign magic thundering through her, forcing her to sleep proved very difficult. The raw panic in Keristrasza’s eyes as the two wyrms restrained her evoked pity for her and anger for what had been done to her.



    When Keristrasza was safe and a false corpse left behind, Ron swore an oath to be a part of the group that ended Malygos.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    When the day’s work was done, including a heavy application of mental magic on the mercenaries who were now walking unsteadily to report to the dragon that had hired them, Ron and Samaara joined the group that took a portal back to the Cube. Samaara said that they needed to meet up with their ship soon, and in response Harry asked her and Ron to follow him. Hermione, Sirius, Luna, and several drakes followed them just to see their reactions. In the room that Harry had been using as an office to work on his various projects, he led the group to stand in front of what the two newcomers first assumed was a terrarium with a miniature rocky mountain that rose out of a lake or ocean dotted with islands. Harry got out an enchanted magnifying glass and passed it to Samaara first. With a smirk on his face, he gestured to an open expanse of water with a tiny speck sitting on it. When she dropped the magnifying glass and reached into the glass tank, she gasped. Ron copied her and was utterly shocked at how his arm seemed to disappear from the vast size of the expanded area within the tank’s boundaries. His shock was interrupted by the click and flash of a camera.



    Hermione joined the laughter that built for a moment. Harry spoke, gesturing to the tank. “I’ve gotten pretty good at building expanded spaces. This might be my best one to date, I feel like I’ve gotten it just right. The mountain has a ‘starter’ herd of goats and bighorn sheep, and the ocean has a functional biome that’s still growing, but all the seed animals are doing fine. I’ll add some sharks or something when there’s enough fish. Maybe dolphins? There’s coral forests planted, but the growth will be slow until we can get some Naga in there to speed it up. The only downside is that the expansion needs a high concentration of magic to maintain it. If I left this in London it would destabilize after a week or so and become a very strange bomb.



    “Luna was kind enough to trigger the portkey I placed on your ship when it was out of sight of land and any other ships. She and Jason were traveling together and are the only ones we’ve picked up so far. I can return your ship to the ocean any time you want, but it’s safer in there. I have a few brooms and such lying around if you’d like to go visit.”



    Laughing, Ron accepted a broom and the entire group each mounted one of the brooms being considered to replace Hogwarts’ aging and dangerous brooms. Technically still in testing, they were reliable so far and made for excellent beginner’s brooms. As Ron put the borrowed broom through its paces, he found it to be very stable and responsive, though not nearly as fast as Harry’s Firebolt. As they flew into the expanded tank one at a time Ron smirked at seeing Samaara quickly get the hang of flying; Azeroth’s harvest festival, Hallow’s End, included low-quality flying brooms that worked about the same as what they were using now. These brooms seemed to be a mix of Earth’s and Azeroth’s styles, so someone had spent a lot of time figuring out how to combine the best parts of two very different enchanted objects.



    When they landed on the crimson sailing ship Ron had claimed as spoils of war, Ron quickly explained to his crew what was going on and why the climate had suddenly switched from ‘arctic’ to ‘tropical.’ As Ron showed them into ‘New Elwynn,’ and introduced them to the Draenei that lived within, one of the residents asked a question. “So, I understand that we’re living in a cube that’s much bigger on the inside. So now we’re inside an expanded cube, inside an expanded aquarium, that’s inside another cube?”



    Luna, who looked older and much more tan than she had before heading off on her own adventures in the wild with only Jason and her creatures, answered. “Yes. And sometimes that last cube is put inside Harry’s pockets or another cube.”



    Dobby and the elves he’d claimed as assistants soon provided catering to the group who were relaxing in the artificial sun on the ships deck, swimming in the warm ocean, or enjoying a meal at the transfigured picnic tables inside Ron’s cube. It was good to catch up with everyone, and Ron learned that Harry’s apprenticeship had gone well, Hermione’s parents now had as many children as his own parents, (Dan and Emma were enjoying a quiet day with their kids elsewhere as they taught the oldest ones how to swim.) and Luna, along with Jason Atreides had been traveling Azeroth and Outland for nearly two years, collecting plants and animals. Needless to say, everyone had stories and adventures to share now. Ron felt better about his plan to capture a Proto-drake for Hagrid after seeing Luna’s seven familiars for himself. None of her choices were exactly safe for the Statute of Secrecy.



    Ron and his group stayed with Harry for over a week, assisting with his efforts to collect the victims of war. Samaara had wept openly when Hermione led them to the stasis cell that contained her sister; there was no doubt now that she would follow Ronald Weasley to Earth. Most of the Draenei who had chosen to live in Ron's cube were moved into housing in Harry’s Cube. After a full explanation and after seeing for themselves the ten-thousand Draenei in stasis, they didn’t really have any reservations about joining Harry’s nation. As one of the younger warriors said, “There’s not really a better form of Government than magically enforced loyalty between subjects and a leader. This Harry Potter has a good heart, isn’t an idiot, and Knight Weasley vouches for him. Where do I sign up?”



    A few of the Draenei of different specialties elected to remain with Ron and Samaara, and said their goodbyes to family and friends when the two groups separated. They would meet back up in less than a year, but for now they would continue working with the Paladin and his Priestess. When Ron and his group left to storm the Undead Scourge’s citadel of Naxxramas, their going-away party was a lot of fun. One of the house elves that had ended up trapped in Harry’s Cube was Stilly, Hogwarts’ resident expert on brewing alcohol. With not much to do, he’d been experimenting with Azeroth’s ingredients and recipes. Ron wasn’t the only one to wake the next morning with a hangover from the Potter Dragonflight’s first vintage, made from snowplums and snowberries. Not a stranger to alcohol, Ron had tried some of Azeroth’s finest alcohol when he visited the annual Brewfest celebration and thought Stilly’s creation was excellent. ‘Ice Wine,’ thanks to careful brewing and some alchemy, stayed just above freezing, left your breath frosty, and turned out to be the perfect companion to spiced talbuk steaks.



    There had been so many changes in the years he’d spent wandering Azeroth, but Ron keenly felt the difference as he clasped arms with Harry just before he took a Portkey to the Dragonblight. When he was younger, jealousy had burned in his chest, to the point it was a nearly constant companion. Now, he’d found himself, he had achievements of his own, and he was a better person than when he’d left.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    No matter how terrible, all wars end eventually. Ron was a part of the group that killed Malygos, and thanks to a few messages sent between him and Harry, knew he had one last part to play before leaving the Blue Dragonflight’s island and never returning. In the pensieve in his personal cube, Ron had watched Aurogos’ memories of the day Malygos died a dozen times. It felt wrong not to give the drake hope, to give him some clue that nearly everyone he cared about weren’t really corpses frozen to the floor of the Nexus. It was a burden to let the drake sink into despair, but not nearly as heavy a burden as his best mate had to shoulder.



    As Ron rode away from the pyre for Keristrasza’s false corpse, he looked back just once and saw a shimmer from an invisibility cloak parting and a wand in mid-air. While they’d been as careful as possible to not make any changes, there was a very real chance the clever drake would notice something off, and take a different path in his life. To avoid the paradox that would result from him not eventually traveling to Earth, Harry was forced to place strong but subtle controls in his mind; most important was a command to return to Azurewing Repose. (Originally, Aurogos had flown away from the Nexus over open water and pushed himself so hard he’d nearly died of exhaustion, claiming he’d been surprised both to wake up and arrive safely at Azurewing. Harry refused to take any chances that Aurogos would falter and fall exhausted into the ocean.)



Those controls wouldn’t be in place a moment longer than necessary, but Ron knew that if he wanted to tell the drake the truth, to give him some comfort, Harry’s position as Lord to a faithful servant nearly demanded it. Still, Aurogos had good reasons for trusting Harry as his Lord; the day they returned to Earth would be a good one for the drake.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    After the conclusion of the Nexus War, Harry and those with him chose to go back into stasis until it was nearly the right time to return to Earth. Mostly this was to minimize how much older they would be when they got back to Earth, but it was also a matter of simply not having much to do. Once again, Ralion, Dalistrasza, Khanagos, Janedormi and the two wyrm’s children would stay awake and watch over the sleepers even as they continued the easier work of picking up new followers by simply following the casualty lists from the war against the Lich King and his army of undead. Talion, Caliona, Senastrasz, and Bavaku joined them this time, having decided to stay awake and work on various skills and bits of magic. Personal pocket dimensions were a difficult bit of magic but so useful , so a lot of time would be spent learning that skill from Khanagos. Time went by peacefully, until they had nearly reached the day they had left Earth to begin this expedition in the first place.



    Thanks to keeping a close eye on events Janedormi and Harry, posing as her dragonsworn with a new, visually unique set of armor and staff, were right on time to witness the attempted assassination of Kalecgos, the dragon who would soon be chosen to replace Malygos as Aspect of Magic. As they watched Tarecgosa attack the ambushers and disrupt the magic draining Kalecgos of his magic, Harry deftly attached a portkey with a tracking charm to each of the Twilight Dragonspawn carrying out the attack.



    When Tarecgosa succeeded in saving Kalecgos at the cost of her own life, Harry slipped a preservation spell onto the dragon's body. As Tarecgosa lay dying on the snow, Harry had to admit he was impressed as he watched Kalecgos deftly extract her essence and soul and bind them into the Mage who had accompanied Kalecgos. Soon the mortal was sent off to collect desperately needed materials from the Firelands to sustain the extra soul he now carried, and Kalecgos turned to look directly at them. At that, Harry wove an illusion that covered the area and showed anyone looking a scene of Kalecgos mourning his friend. Now invisible to anyone outside the area he dropped the illusion concealing himself and Janedormi from Kalecgos.



    As the tension in the air rose, Harry sighed and waved to the Blue wyrm and began walking closer. With a significantly louder sigh of her own, Janedormi followed. Moving closer, Harry checked his preservation spell was in place and added several more. When the two wyrms continued to stare at each other without speaking, Harry spoke up himself. In the dragon’s own tongue, Harry spoke up loudly enough to be heard. “Kalecgos, you know what the duties of the Bronze Dragonflight are. What do you think would have happened if we had prevented the ambush and saved your friend’s life?”



    It was a good question because without careful observation of the Timeline, even Janedormi didn’t actually know the answer to that question. Still, given he’d nearly lost a friend and now stood over a lifeless corpse, Kalecgos could be forgiven for any lack of manners. Harry still recalled standing over Hermione’s lifeless original human body, and the emotions that caused. “Fair enough mortal. What are you two doing here?”



    With an amused expression, Janedormi motioned for Harry to continue. Acknowledging her ‘guidance’ with a nod of his head, Harry continued. “We’re here to save a life that will be very important at some other point in the Timeline.”



    Janedormi interrupted him with a small chuckle. “In this instance, you can just say ‘the future.’”



    Shrugging, Harry spoke again. “Okay, we’re here to save a life in the future. Kalecgos, if you could erect a privacy spell for just the two of us for a moment?”



    Though his heart was still heavy, Kalecgos complied with just a bit of interest. “What could you possibly have to say that your patroness should not hear, dragonsworn?”



    “She already knows most of this, but there’s one detail I can’t let her know yet. You know how it is. In any case, I’m offering to trade Tarecgosa’s body for knowledge on how to restore her mind and soul to flesh. If you agree, we will leave a convincing fake you can entomb in the Dragonblight.”



    “Why could your patroness not hear that offer dragonsworn?”



    “Because you will have to cooperate with Senegos to accomplish it, and to do that you will have to make up your own mind as to whether he is insane or not. You know that Azuregos traveled to Azurewing Repose to discover the truth for himself, and chose to side with Senegos. Admittedly, that isn’t the best endorsement possible, but Azuregos is odd, not evil or a traitor. If you agree to this bargain, seek out the truth and choose whatever path you feel is best. It would be wise, however, to not inform the rest of the Blue Dragonflight of any contact you have with Senegos until after the new Aspect is chosen.” (While he had yet to meet Azuregos, Harry was afraid to ask about the wyrm’s ears. Azuregos was the only dragon he’d ever seen that had them, and based on the appearance he wondered if some poor Night Elf thousands of years ago was missing theirs. Harry wasn’t even sure how that worked, other than some elf’s ears had been grafted on as a whelp or drake and grown with him.)



    “Obviously there is more than you are willing or able to say, but urging me to make up my own mind is not unreasonable. That your patroness allows you to bargain without knowing the terms speaks well of the trust you have earned.



    “I had intended to bind Tarecgosa’s soul to the mortal’s staff, creating an extremely powerful weapon. What would you advise me to do instead?”



    “Simply forge the mortal an extremely powerful weapon. I’m sure a dragon as wise as yourself can create a weapon just as powerful without sealing your friend’s soul into a piece of wood for all eternity.”



    With a nod, Kalecgos dropped the magic keeping their conversation private and stepped back. Janedormi moved forward and gently touched the warm body with a talon, quickly removing it from the snow and depositing it in her pocket dimension. A moment later, the fake corpse was in the same position and Harry was using magic to ensure the marks in the snow didn’t give away the deception. With a nod to Kalecgos, Harry quickly climbed onto Jane’s offered shoulder. Jane, speaking up, looked at Kalecgos intently. “Remember, if anyone asks, you never spoke to us, you never saw us, and we were never here.”



    With an amused expression, Kalecgos responded. “This isn’t the first time I’ve dealt with the Bronze Dragonflight. Safe travels.”



    And with that, Janedormi teleported herself and Harry away. Arriving in the Cube’s park, Harry slid off her and started shaking snow off as she did the same. Soon the two of them were sitting at a picnic table along with Hermione, Alira, and Dalistrasza. As a warm beverage chased away the chill of the Coldarra’s biting blizzard Harry spoke. “Well, that sets the stage for whatever plan Senegos is working on. He mentioned Tendrion had a part to play with the Blues soon, and I’m terribly curious about what it is.”



    Janedormi spoke up. “We’ll find out in time, my Lord. For now, are you ready to attempt your technique on Cirmu? Even my mate thinks the ritual you’re planning to use is horribly complicated magic.”



    Harry shrugged. “It will either work or it won’t. While I wish I could be more sure about that, there’s too many factors involved, including the patient herself. I think I’ve become competent with smaller creatures, however.”



    Harry gestured across the park, to a flock of gryphons rather smaller than what was normal on Earth or Azeroth. They were simple compared to what he planned for Cirmu, the creatures were either a mix of foxes and ravens, ravens and house cats, or kneazles that had been infused with a raven. (The last creature departed from the typical gryphon in that the head remained feline, while the front limbs remained avian and the ebony feathers swept down its back almost to its tail. Keeping the head intact ensured that the creature retained the Kneazle’s ability to ferret out untrustworthy people.) While not exactly fierce protectors, more than one person had told Harry they would be much sought after familiars.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    A few days later, Harry was finally ready to shape Cirmu into a chimera in an attempt to save her life. (In this case, the word chimera meant a fusion of disparate creatures instead of the specific type of animals that existed on Earth or Azeroth.) It was a rather extreme measure, true, but the fact that she was dissolving into black sand was an extreme condition. Stine and Janedormi were able to keep Cirmu time-locked as they moved her from the stasis cell to the large, complicated ritual circle. Harry had already decided to use Tarecgosa’s donated body as the base, then infuse it with extra flesh from the Loa Quetz'lun and a Horned Serpent from Earth. (Stine had supplied that with the handy advice that by accepting the freely-given remains, Harry was now/would be responsible for protecting the female’s clutch. Apparently she’d died thanks to wounds from a poaching attempt, and one of their agents performing reconnaissance found her before she succumbed.)

    With everything in place, Harry changed into his animagus form. Before he began, Harry paused for a moment to stretch his body. Muscles, powerful but not bulky rippled under scales such a dark blue they were almost black. He snapped his wings out as far as they’d go several times; the deep purple of his wing membrane was a color he’d come to like more as time went by. Finally, Harry nodded to the Bronze dragons and they gently lowered Cirmu into the circle’s center. With one last deep breath, Harry grasped the ritual knife he’d forged out of metal scraps taken from the ruins of Potter Manor and goblin silver taken from Goblins he’d personally killed during the battle to keep them out of Hogwarts.



    Usually, the circumstances of how an item was acquired meant little for the magic they were used for, but for this ritual, every object and component would have an impact on Cirmu for the entire rest of her life. If he had simply taken the bodies, the odds of the magic working the way he wanted would be very low. If he had killed, had murdered Tarecgosa, Quetz'lun, or the Horned Serpent, well he would likely end up with a creature Voldemort would be proud of, a creature that would be a useful weapon, but would know only suffering.



    Silently, Harry moved to three different points on the edge of the ritual circle and slashed his forelimb with the ritual knife to dribble blood on identical, equidistant runes. It’s begun, now there’s no going back or stopping. Harry soon lost track of time as he moved around the ritual circle, which was large enough to hold all of the material he was working with. Thankfully the ritual circle itself should keep Cirmu stable and the ‘parts’ pristine until the end. Moving to the Blue body, Harry began making a number of cuts into one side, then moving as quickly as possible to the other two ‘sources’ and carving pieces off. It was long and grisly, but as the minutes ticked into hours and Harry’s draconic limbs went from tired, to exhausted, to agonizing pain as he strained them with a task they weren’t suited for, his work went forward undaunted.



    Thanks to the nature of the ailment, the best way that Harry had found was to create a ‘host’ body, then transfer Cirmu’s mind and soul into it as he finished breaking her body down into sand and used it to infuse the new shape. That last part was essential, as it would ensure the body was a proper resting place for her soul. As Harry panted and used the building agony and strain as just one more freely given ingredient into the ritual, the new form began to take shape. Harry had chosen to weave the flesh together and connect all three heads, one draconic, one serpentine, and one that was more unique.



(There was a reason for this: Harry wanted Cirmu to have at least one physical brain that was untouched by the Titans, and three heads ‘balanced’ better than two. For some reason the Arithmancy simply worked out better with odd numbers, not even counting the numbers three and seven. Voldemort might be obsessed with using the most powerful magical number, but Harry was hoping to make use of the most stable one for this ritual.) Cirmu’s mind would inhabit all three, and her own internal magic would ensure that her mind essentially had the benefit of using three ‘networked’ brains. The last step of the ritual would both fuse everything together and re-size the various pieces together. (The Loa’s head was too large for the body, and the Horned Serpent’s too small.)



    Harry had no idea how long he’d been working by the time he finished his work with his ritual knife, but his throat was parched, his stomach had gone past empty to a gnawing emptiness, and every muscle and joint ached. Still, he kept his intention at the front of his mind, ‘this is a price I willingly pay for her to be healthy.’ When Harry staggered out of the circle and placed his talons at the edge, he found himself hopeful that the ritual would work as planned. Every one of his family and oathsworn stepped forward to touch the circle to help supply the magic. With his will forged into iron, Harry channeled his magic into the circle, and everyone else joined him soon after. For a long moment it seemed like nothing was happening, but then the air grew heavy.



    A wind rustled through the trees in the expanded cube Harry had created explicitly for this ritual. It was a cube with a massive forest containing all of their magical trees and many other magical plants besides. With a smile on his tired face, Harry focused on pouring as much of his strength as he could into the circle. Before their eyes Cirmu’s original body rapidly disintegrated into ebony sand, flowing into the new body through the cuts Harry had made. Every part of the body stretched and thickened as the additional mass integrated; as Harry had hoped, the limbs, especially the three necks, became longer as muscle and bone from the other other creatures joined the new body. The flesh melded and almost seemed to melt as it smoothed out until it looked like it had never been cut or altered and the different colored scales danced around the skin into patterns. As the swirling magic began to die down, the new creature began to look graceful, even properly feminine by draconic standards. Glancing around, Harry saw that the ritual had consumed all of the available material, there wasn’t a bone or scale left anywhere but the new creature.



    With the ritual completed and the new creature complete, the tension began to rise. Harry held his breath; a pretty creature or not, the only thing that really mattered was if it worked, and Cirmu was saved. The relief he felt when she opened three pairs of eyes and reshaped lungs took their first breath was enough for Harry to relax the tension that was keeping him standing. Thankfully as a drake he didn’t have very far to fall, and he was asleep before his head hit the stone. More than one person tagged his head with a Cushioning Charm before he hit the ground, though. Harry had overtaxed himself when he used magic to save Bavaku, when he refused to let the whelp die if he could do anything about it, so his passing out again this time was rather expected.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    When Harry woke up, feeling much better than when he’d fallen asleep, he was resting in a grassy field in the Ritual Cube. When he first opened his eyes, the only thing he could see was red scales, with a green wing draped over to the side. Scent told him everything he needed to know, that both his mates were curled around him. Shifting a bit, he briefly tried to untangle himself from the maze of legs, wings, and tails before giving up and returning to his human form. And was immediately trapped again as Alira and Hermione’s draconic forms shifted and grabbed him again. After several more unsuccessful attempts to escape, Harry gave up and returned to his animagus form carefully and let sleep claim him again; while he wanted to immediately go see how his plan had worked, he could admit to himself that he was still tired and sore.



    Some time later the scent of roasted meat woke the three drakes from their comfortable slumber, the three began untangling themselves. Ever since the three of them entered into a relationship, they had been getting first hand experience in the art of not accidentally injuring each other, something made more difficult by the twenty-one limbs between the three in their draconic forms. (Twenty-four if you count the drake’s long necks.) Knowing what Harry wanted to know, Alira spoke up as they were still untangling themselves. “Cirmu’s alive and well Harry; I told Dali to wake us if anything went wrong. Your ritual worked and we can see her later. We put water and food into your stomach after you passed out, but you need to eat something now. You were working on the ritual for almost forty hours.”



    As if noticing the trio waking up, Dobby briefly popped in and delivered a large meal and three carafes of steaming coffee, just a little shy of boiling. Of the trio, Harry was the only one who was a ‘morning person,’ his mates weren’t really functional until they’d had some caffeine. Suddenly ravenous, Harry tore into the deer Dobby had provided, and was surprised when he finished the entire thing. In fact, he was still a little peckish.



    In surprise, Harry turned his head to examine his side, checking himself for bloating. Alira, noticing what was going on, asked if he was feeling alright. “I’m alright, but I just ate an entire deer and I’m still hungry. It’s weird, I should be bloated or something.”



    At that, Alira abandoned her small roasted goat and began running a talon glowing with gentle green diagnostic magic along his side. She made a humming sound as she worked, but relaxed when she finished and drank some of her coffee. After she swallowed, she gave her diagnosis. “I think your body is trying to build up nutrients. Remember how our biology works? As whelps and drakes we shunt nutrients into a natural pocket dimension, then when the time comes we use that material to build our new shapes all at once. Most dragons are drakes for a century before growing into dragons, but Twilight drakes grow faster. We think they ‘naturally’ spend about a decade as drakes, if Ralion and Caliona are any indication, but it’s hard to know for sure. It can be hard to tell which drakes have been magically aged and which haven’t, so it’s mostly guesswork. With how old you were when you became an animagus, you might be ready to become a dragon in a year or so.”



    Harry was surprised to hear that. “Huh, I hadn’t really thought about that. This form’s just been so useful I never gave it’s growth much thought.”



    Hermione, now looking markedly more awake with some rather hot coffee in her, snorted. “Harry, the Animagus Anchoring Ritual might work as advertised if you had chosen a creature or being that didn’t have its own humanoid form. But since you did… We knew the magic might have odd effects, like the one where your draconic form uses your human shape as its anthromagus form, just like your human form uses Hadrion as it’s animagus. Your two sides aren’t as blended as mine are, but you aren’t exactly human or dragon, you’re sort of both at once.”



    “That’s true. Using Hadrion’s enhanced senses, Twilight fire, and physical strength in my human form hasn’t helped keep my two sides separate. Is there anything I need to know before growing into a dragon?”



    Alira settled next to Harry and leaned into his side, knowing she wanted to cuddle, Harry draped a wing over her. “We’ll find a dragon who’s just recently completed the transformation and ask them to let you use legilimency on them. Triggering the change is easier if you remember the feeling of changing from whelp to drake with a Broodmother’s help. I also have a scroll for you to study; Jagragosa made a copy for me last time we were at Azurewing Repose. It’s a technique to selectively stunt the growth of certain body parts when growing into a dragon; you’re not the first drake to change before his mates.”



    “It isn’t permanent, right?”



    Alira chuckled. “No, Harry. There’s a counter-technique on the scroll. Mind if we just stay like this for a while? It was awful watching you for the last few hours of that ritual; I know you couldn’t stop, but we all knew you were in agony by watching you move.”



    Soon, Hermione was leaning against Harry’s other side and he draped his other wing over her. None of them said anything for a while, simply enjoying each other’s presence.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Eventually the three of them got up and began their day. When they visited Cirmu, they saw the dragon reclining on the grass and examining herself. It was slightly amusing to see her attempting to control only one head at a time and failing; each head would move on their own and throw off her joined field of vision. Harry took a moment to look over her new body with a critical eye. Cirmu now had three heads, a serpentine black scaled head with silver horns and a cerulean gem set in the forehead on her right, the blue scaled draconic head in the middle, and the compact, almost boxy red scaled head with decorative(?) blue feathers on her left. Dalistrasza was following the middle head around and seemed to be trying to grind down the points on the horns that curled like a Bighorn ram; that would probably be a temporary measure, just to keep Cirmu from accidentally injuring herself while she learned how to work her new body. Each neck was roughly the same length, and nearly three times as long as an ordinary dragon’s.



    Red, blue and black were the dragon’s main colors; Cirmu now boasted a black underbelly, blue limbs and midsection, and red along the top of her back and tail. Her wings were twice the size of most dragons and were feathered with azure feathers instead of scales. Her talons were longer and sharper than usual in addition to being black. Her tail was twice the normal length, lacked the normal bone club that adorned every sub-species of dragon except for the Netherwing, and based on how she was moving it, was probably fully prehensile and mobile enough to touch her own nose with the tip.



    Harry and his group weren’t noticed until they were almost close enough to touch the composite dragon, at which point the black head whipped towards them and the other two attempted to do the same only to smack into each other. That head began hissing at Harry in agitation. Ƥ: “Was it really necessary to go this far to heal me?”



    Smiling at the chance to converse in Parseltongue, Harry replied in kind. “ You were dissolving into black sand . If there was a better way, neither myself, my healers or any of my researchers found it. I’m mostly just glad you’re alive, even if you have a long road to learn how to use your new form. How do you feel?”



    I feel so strange, everything is different, but there’s no pain anymore. Whatever you did let me keep my old magic alongside the new and I think I can still navigate the Caverns when I’m back on my feet.” With a motion that was slow and clumsy, Cirmu rose to her feet and bowed before Harry, though her right-most head seemed to have a mind of its own and refused to move in unison with the others. “Thank you for saving my life thrice over, Harry Potter. You saved me from the Bronze who were once my people, you saved me from the Aman’Thul’s cruelty, and you saved me from myself, from dying as a monster. I would be honored to become your oathsworn and join your Dragonflight. There is no place for me on Azeroth any longer.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Four days after Harry had recovered, the group that had been together since before arriving at Theramore island split. Those going home would return to Earth on the nineteenth of January, 1996. Two months had passed since the group left Earth, but for those who had been living in Theramore, it had been nearly four years since they’d been home. Dan and Emma Granger had been through a lot and had been very understanding over the last three, nearly four years, but were eager to return to England. Thanks to Alexstrasza’s fertility blessing, they now had three sets of healthy twins that they needed to find some way to explain to their extended family. Each child was very healthy, had slit eyes of wildly differing colors, and at least as much magic as the average Hogwarts first year.



    Harry had taken care of the kids more than once, and had even enchanted an expanded space for them to play in. Despite his worries, he didn’t mind dealing with children at all and in fact was soon embroiled in a competition with Sirius for ‘favorite uncle.’ Given the expansion in their family, Dan and Emma would be moving into Potter Manor. While they’d still be living in a cube while the manor finished construction, there was no shortage of room.



    Sirius was also heading home. The years spent away from Earth in the care of his godson’s healers had done miracles for his health, body and mind; while he hadn’t forgotten Azkaban, it was a distant memory now. While Harry had spent his time apprenticing under Lady Proudmoore, Sirius hadn’t been idle himself. Sirius had learned everything he could, and practiced combat magic at every turn. He had even studied Druidic magic and tactics to better use his animagus form that had been empowered by Goldrinn himself. Senastrasz had even forged armor and bladed claws for his canine form, and so far in practice they worked great. Sirius was ready to head back and make himself useful. Since there was a great need, both on Earth and Mars for equipment enhanced with magic, Sirius Black was ready to prove that no one enchanted mundane technology better than a Marauder.



    Sirius was entrusted with several cubes full of stasis units to secure at Potter Manor. He was also responsible for ensuring Janedormi and Khanagos’ clutch arrived safely on Earth; both wyrms had decided to stay with Harry until he reached home safely but wanted their children safe no matter what happened.



    When the other group was safely back on Earth, Harry found himself speaking with Stine and Janedormi. There was one last easily accessible massacre to visit before they headed home, and that was the fall of Quel'Thalas to the Undead Scourge. While Harry really wanted to rescue the humans living in Lordaeron that had fallen before the High Elves, they weren’t able to intervene. The Infinite Dragonflight had attempted to change the outcome of the Purging of Stratholme, and the surrounding area and time was under strict surveillance.



    (Near the start of the Third War, Prince Arthas of Lordaeron discovered a plague spreading across his kingdom. Eventually he learned that the Plague of Undeath, which caused its victims to rise as mindless undead, was being intentionally spread by cultists using infected grain and had infected his kingdom’s second largest city. He arrived too late to prevent the plague from infecting Stratholme. Left with no good choices, he decided to purge the city to prevent those rising as undead from killing anyone else. It was a dark, bloody, heart-wrenching day and it was the first step down a dark path for Arthas. That slaughter had left a mark on the very land: Stratholme had caught fire during the purge, and was still burning eight years later, in what was ‘the present’ for Harry.)



    Harry found himself reviewing documents on his desk in his office, Stine’s words fading into the background. Between when he’d left Earth and the short visit later, his followers had collected a large amount of information, and not just from England. The significant pile of documents had taken time to work through, but time was something he’d had plenty of while on Azeroth. He had, admittedly, focused on more pressing issues when he could, putting off those reports until he was closer to returning home. The page he kept glancing at was a summary of known military forces of the various magical governments. Dumbledore, Fudge, and Voldemort had all taught Harry that in the magical world, might made right; might was the only way to keep you and yours safe. If you were strong, people let you do anything you wanted, if you were weak you were at the mercy of those who had none. He glanced at a thicker file that had reports on the general culture of various magical countries.



    Until he’d gotten the first-hand reports from his oathsworn as they began infiltrating countries around the world to gather unbiased intelligence, Harry had assumed that his home country was one of, if not the worst on recognizing the rights of non-human creatures and first-generation magicals. They were not. England was actually one of the more progressive countries, and generally one of the safer ones. That answered the question why all the muggleborn and their families simply didn’t flee somewhere else. Harry glanced at a summary of the Golden Khanate, the magical empire that owed its existence to Genghis Khan and had borders significantly larger than modern Mongolia. A nation nearly the size of Europe had claimed for the last century that not one muggleborn had been born within its borders. All muggleborn were either enslaved quietly, since the country’s environmental magic proved toxic to house elves, or were used in… other ways. The Red drake with a human anthromagus form Harry had saved on the slopes of Mount Hyjal reported that every part of the Golden Khanate he’d visited had stunk of Sacrificial Magic, and not the nice kind Lily Potter had used.



    “Are you alright, my Lord?” Harry jolted slightly, and found himself looking at his two concerned oathsworn.



    “Sorry, I just got lost in my thoughts.” Harry paused for a moment, considering a question he would have once been afraid to ask. “Do you think I’m being selfish, Stine? At least half the reason we’ve made so many trips through time is for my own power, to have a loyal group behind me so that no one can ever trod on me again.”



    Stine, making use of his feline form, softly stepped closer and smiled at his Lord. “Harry, do you want power for its own end, or so that you can protect your loved ones and oathsworn? I know the Oath has changed you, driven you to ensure you can protect us. I have no doubts about placing an army at your command.”



    Harry smiled, pleased to let the lingering doubts go. “Thank you. I’m sorry for not paying attention, but let’s get the last bit of planning taken care of so we can save some elves. Since this is the last slaughter we can undo, let’s make it big.”



    Harry wanted to visit the biggest mass-casualty event in Azeroth’s history, the War of the Ancients, but none of the timeways they could access led there. After perusing the Bronze Dragonflight’s Archive, it turned out the reason for that was Nozdormu himself. The war between the Bronze and Infinite has to be the strangest war in history; both sides know they’re only fighting themselves, sometimes literally , but Aman’Thul ensured the Bronze either serve or their own minds betray them. Oh well, we’ll have a shot when Nozdormu travels to that time period to collect the Dragon Soul.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Stine managed to navigate the Caverns of Time safely, though it was slow going. Instead of flying, he was walking in his anthromagus form, covered in protective magic and wearing both the very best invisibility cloak, cut for his unusual body shape, Harry could enchant and the invisibility cloak that had once belonged to James Potter draped over it.



    Collecting the elves was something that was difficult at first, but became easier as they saw their defenses overrun and the army butchered. Harry was extremely tempted to sabotage the false corpses they left behind, to ensure the Scourge’s necromancers were unable to use them. That would have disrupted history entirely however, so each elf they rescued needed to be replaced with the Black Family’s False Corpse spell.



    It really became a marathon of spellcasting to keep up with the demand of dying elves, as history said ninety percent of their population died in less than a month. Stine and Janedormi both exhausted themselves creating an area inside the Cube where time moved faster, allowing Harry and the others to keep up with the demand for false elves. Harry passed his twenty-first birthday without noticing, covered in blood from injured elves and exhausted from constant use of the False Corpse spell along with creating specialized portkeys.



    By now, the group had become extremely efficient at these rescue operations, and even with being careful not to be caught, they still managed to rescue nearly thirty-thousand elves. Just like the Draenei, there were now more High Elves in Harry’s stasis chambers in his expanded cubes than anywhere else on Earth or Azeroth. When the last elf was safely in stasis, Dobby managed to get all the Cube’s residents into bed, though he made copious use of levitation charms. After a day’s rest, those inside the Cube celebrated with a massive party, glad to finally be done with this and their upcoming return to Earth. During the party, naturally everything went wrong.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Unbeknownst to Harry, the Bronze Aspect Nozdormu had been growing ever more frustrated recently. The most pressing source of ire was the fact that the Timeline was diverging drastically and he could not find the root cause. His charge, his purpose, given to him by Aman’Thul himself, was to safeguard the One True Timeline, and that was nearly becoming an impossible task. Nozdormu had only a small number of visible changes that his agents could find.



    First chronologically, though thanks to the Caverns of Time, that didn’t mean it was the first event to happen, Alexstrasza had succeeded in saving a mortal who should have died during the war against the Scourge. Alexstrasza either would not or could not explain how she had created the magic that saved Crusader Bridenbrad, and became angry at her fellow Aspect’s insinuation that ensuring the mortal returned to the field and continued his mission of protecting others was not a good thing. He could not press Alexstrasza too hard on that point without threatening the unity of the loyal dragonflights, and with the danger of Deathwing’s Cataclysm that could very well be fatal for them all.



    Second, there was the entire mess with Senegos and all those who followed him abandoning the wisdom of the Titans. Privately, Nozdormu was beginning to believe someone had proven to Senegos that the cost of defeating Deathwing would be the loss of the Titan’s blessing and with it the ability of their species to reproduce. There was little else he could imagine that would sway the old dragon to such blasphemy. Senegos continued to send his agents out into the field, but they were extremely well concealed while away from home. It didn’t help that Senegos had befriended more than one Bronze wyrm over the millennia and learned much about the nature of their magic. He was also building alliances while remaining safely behind his wards, which were constantly growing in strength. If direct conflict with Senegos became necessary, the only way to successfully lay siege to Azurewing Repose would be for the Blue Aspect to redirect the ley-lines away from Senegos’ fortress.



    Third, Elune had chosen or created a Herald. Nozdormu had no idea of the creature’s identity, if it had one at all beyond ‘Elune’s Herald’ or simply ‘the Herald.’ If the creature had a name prior to awakening in the Temple of Elune, it had never spoken it or been called by it in the presence of his agents. While Nozdormu was tempted to attempt to wring answers from Elune through her High Priestess, he expected that to go… badly. The most terrifying thing about Tyrande Whisperwind was that when she called out to her goddess for aid, Elune answered. Elune was her own creature and not bound to the Titan’s plans, her will was her own. Nozdormu was forced to accept that Elune and her Herald were beyond his reach or influence. Since he truly did not know the limits of Elune’s power inviting a conflict with her seemed... unwise.



    Fourth, there was an encounter that took place in his own Flight’s sanctum, where a supposed dragonsworn and an unknown drake had been caught restraining an Infinite dragon instead of simply killing her. The two had fled with the dragon inside a container of some kind, and eventually they managed to leave the hunting party unconscious on the sandy floor. Oddly, however, they did not seriously injure or kill the Bronze, and even set off a beacon to ensure their dragonflight found them before a wandering Infinite did. Determining the identity of the Bronze drake would be all but impossible thanks to how his Flight spent their lives in one time period or another, moving about wherever they were needed. So many drakes had been lost since the Bronze were given their duties and sadly this drake could be any of them. The human though, might prove easier to track down. He was wearing armor that completely concealed his features, but could easily be the same human that was seen coming and going from Azurewing Repose; the first time that unknown human had been seen was the very same day Senegos defied Alexstrasza.



    Still, finding that mortal had proven difficult. Given what he’d shown himself to be capable of when he fought off a Bronze hunting party, either an overwhelming force or Nozdormu himself would need to apprehend him for questioning. Again Senegos presented a problem; the easiest way to apprehend this mortal would be to catch him as he was leaving Azurewing Repose, but Nozdormu knew exactly what happened in branching timelines where Malygos or Deathwing had assaulted Senegos’ home. That old wyrm had been preparing to strike down an insane Aspect, even if it cost him his own life, for a very long time. Some creatures were simply too dangerous to fight in their own lairs.



    Nozdormu might have been forced to take a more desperate action to correct the Timeline, if he hadn’t stumbled into a bit of luck. Deciding to come back to the problem in the ‘Cataclysm’ conflict, Nozdormu chose to get a report from his agents that came into conflict with the Infinite Dragonflight during the Culling of Stratholme. The battle was long over when he arrived, but the clean up where his Flight used magic to ensure no traces of the Infinite’s meddling polluted the Timeline was an ongoing process. (As an example, it was vital that Prince Arthas not remember the Infinite dragonspawn and drakonid that attempted to kill him, since that would give the Lich King a dangerous fixation on dragon-kind later.) After Nozdormu received a progress update from the wyrm in command, as he was considering where and when to go next, he felt something amiss.



    Nozdormu had always known that he would eventually fall to madness and drag much of his Flight with him, thanks to Aman’Thul showing him his own death. Because of that, because he knew members of his Flight would oppose him in their future, Nozdormu had kept many of his abilities from those around him. It seemed to work, since his future self had either forgotten much of what he could do with Aman’Thul’s power or was insane enough not to consider many of his more esoteric abilities in his plans.



    In any case, the massive Bronze wyrm could sense small changes being made to history to the Northeast. What was strange was that the changes were self-terminating; he could sense the alterations themselves but there wasn’t any further disruption to the Timeline that he could sense. Normally when an outside force changed the Timeline, one change would cause another like dominoes falling against each other. What is the point of changing the Timeline without those changes building into something larger?



    Over the next month Nozdormu made extensive use of his mortal form, though he did have to conceal his awesome tattoos and wear a shirt, as he moved among the High Elves. It took a long time to figure out what was happening, even when it was all around him. The elves were not dying in the ‘right’ way. Instead of being wounded and their life, their future collapsing gradually, it was happening all at once. That led him to studying more corpses than he’d ever wanted to, and eventually he discovered that the elves were being replaced, at or near the point of death, with extremely good fakes. He only discovered that they were indeed fakes when he used his powers over time to age a real corpse and one of the fakes side by side for a century. After about seventy years, the incredibly subtle enchantment finally broke and the fake collapsed into soil.



    That left Nozdormu with some idea of what was going on. Someone is collecting the elves, but why? There is nothing that can stop their deaths. Is some evil stealing them away to use for some sort of ritual or Blood magic?



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    During the party, Harry found himself being pulled away by Stine. Despite the slight buzz from his second glass of Ice Wine, Harry realized his first Bronze Oathsworn was nervous to the point of shaking. As soon as they were out of sight of the others, Harry grabbed Stine’s shoulder with his hand. His first question died on his lips, since it would be taken as an order. If Stine hadn’t told him about the problem already, there was a reason. The drake was a trusted advisor because he knew temporal magic and its consequences far better than he did. “Stine?”



    Still exceedingly nervous, Stine forced himself to calm slightly. “Do you trust me, my Lord?”



    There was only one answer, and Harry gave it in a serious tone while looking Stine in the eyes. “Yes.”



    Stine quickly removed two trunks from a pocket and opened them. “You need to toss all of your gear except for your weapons and wands in the empty trunk and get into the armor set in the first trunk. I’ll help you since it isn’t the easiest thing to get on. We have ten minutes.”



    Nine and a half minutes later, Stine handed Harry the helmet of an armor set much bulkier than anything else he’d ever used. He could feel the protective enchantments and when he briefly checked the armor did nothing to prevent his own magic from flowing through. It was polished gray metal adorned with stylized gryphon features on the hands, feet, and chest. While it wasn’t Harry’s usual style, functionally it was a masterpiece. It was easily the largest armor he’d ever worn, but didn’t interfere with his movement at all. Once in place, the helmet seemed to fade away; it was still there, but it was completely transparent from the inside.



    No sooner had Harry fitted the helmet into place and heard it click as it meshed into the armor around his neck than an alarm went off. Something was tearing their rather impressive wards apart. Stine grabbed Harry’s arm, grabbing his attention for a moment. “My Lord, you need to remember that we all depend on you, that we need you . Your greatest attribute isn’t your magical power, or your cunning, but your will .”



    Harry didn’t wait to gather the others, but instead made his way to the Cube’s exit. Stine followed him as Harry snapped off a Patronus to the party with a harsh voice. “Everyone into their armor! We have a problem. If this goes badly, follow Stine’s lead. That is an order.”



    As Harry’s Patronus spell flew back into the Cube, Harry allowed it one glance before turning his jog towards the exit into a full run. His Patronus had continued to change, and it was now an elegant female drake that boasted physical features from both Alira and Hermione. ‘Prongs’ still boasted the original set of antlers, though.



    Exiting the Cube’s door, he only quirked an eyebrow when Stine immediately shrunk and stuffed the Cube into his satchel before changing into his natural form. Harry understood, while Stine looked similar to any other drake, his anthromagus form was distinctive. Turning to the tunnel that led out of the shallow cave, Harry found himself nervous to be facing whatever was on the outside. The Cube had been set up, along with several other interconnected cubes that he assumed Stine had already moved, in a small cave on a tiny barren island off the coast of the Hinterlands, a place no one ever seemed to come thanks to the ocean’s currents. (Even Naga avoided places like this, the strong waves and jagged stones were dangerous even to them.)



    Throwing his senses out, Harry realized that the attack against the wards was entirely brute force, an incredibly powerful magical being was simply throwing their might against the numerous defenses placed on the cave. The brute attack was so strong, Harry could only think of four or five individuals who could be doing it. This might even be beyond Lady Proudmoore. It is beyond her at this point in the timeline. So much power in the air… this would have killed me before I opened the portal for Ralion.



    Hoping that this was merely a misunderstanding, Harry stepped around the bend and into sunlight. And beheld Nozdormu himself in his very large dragon form flanked by a half dozen wyrms. Knowing exactly how bad this was, Harry decided to give civility a try. Casting a simple charm to amplify his voice, Harry spoke. “Hello dragons! You seem to be destroying my wards, any chance you’d be willing to stop?”



    The Bronze Aspect’s response killed Harry’s hope for any civility going forward. “Mortal, you and all your associates are to submit to questioning for your role in disrupting the Timeline. Surrender. You cannot escape or fight your way out this time.”



    Since Harry really didn’t want to fight a Dragon Aspect, he stepped back into the cave to think of something, and found Stine conjuring a portal into the Caverns of Time. Harry had no idea Stine was strong enough to pull that spell off, but then again he wasn’t the only one who had pushed himself over the last few years. (Harry knew Stine had spent many more years than he had taking groups through history to rescue as many as possible.) He knew the drake would be magically exhausted after that, but still ought to be able to fly. Harry leaned close and whispered to Stine. “Whatever happens, keep them safe.”



    Both knew that was a direct order, and one that would be carried out. With the portal open, Stine made a point of falling through and Harry followed quickly after. But not before releasing one of the custom spells he had created to destroy the cave’s remaining wards. Based off of Dumbledore’s Compressed Fiendfyre Bomb, Harry tossed an orb of Twilight flames that destabilized almost immediately. By then, he was through the portal and soon landed in the sandy passage, alone. He panicked for a moment, afraid Stine had been caught in the explosion or had gone elsewhere.



    Before Harry could begin to panic about the missing drake, Nozdormu walked out from around a curve in the passage. This time he was flanked by a horde of wyrms, dragons, and drakes. Including one that was wearing a very familiar bag. Good job Stine. Thankfully the Dragon Aspect hadn’t counted his servants following him it seemed. Remembering that the dragons had likely already seen his face at Azurewing Repose, Harry activated a control Stine had briefly shown him and his helmet split in front of his nose and folded back. Detecting lies was something most dragons learned to do, and Harry might be able to convince Nozdormu if the dragon could read his honest intentions. Locking eyes with the massive Bronze, Harry tried to put all his earnestness in his words. “Nozdormu. I am a friend of the dragons. I have acted with great care to preserve the timeline, and been careful not to disturb the march of time.”



    Nozdormu inspected the mortal before him for a moment. It was hard to believe he could have been responsible for the disruption alone, but his magic, his very being, screamed out to him what this mortal was. “ Outsider. You will tell me what you have done with the elves fated to die in Quel’Thalas.”



    “I’ve saved them. My home is less dangerous than Azeroth, but I found myself in a war with an evil man and his many servants. I needed an army of my own. I figure if I give the High Elves a home and hope for the future they’ll stand with me in turn. They would die on this world no matter what was done for them.”



    The Aspect let out a scoff that Harry could feel in his bones. “They will still die when your timeline collapses. You are not able to see the truth that your timeline is fleeting, immaterial. You are not the first invader to use these Caverns to reach Azeroth, but like all the others you will fade in time. And now you’ve given those elves false hope.”



    Stine and Janedormi had already explained the Bronze Dragonflight’s view of the universe, how they were so sure that there was only one reality and all the infinite possibilities were simply fleeting things that constantly formed and fell apart. Part of the reason they believed this was thanks to the nature of the ever-shifting Caverns of Time, but the lion’s share was thanks to Aman’Thul, Highfather of the Titan Pantheon, and the magic he had branded the Bronze dragons with. Thanks to him, the Bronze believed exactly what they needed to believe; like robots made of flesh. Harry wished the Titan had actually made robots or animated constructs to do his bidding instead of forcing that ‘programming’ onto a race of living creatures.



    “You are wrong Nozdormu. My world is a safe place, and I would offer it as a haven to anyone who would flee Azeroth. You believe what you were forced to believe, you cannot see the truth as surely as those enslaved by the Old Gods. I refuse to become your prisoner, to be at your mercy. Whatever comes, remember that I am on your side. I am on the side of Azeroth. The only thing I want for you is your freedom from the shackles you don’t even know exist!”



    With that, Harry snapped out two long whips from either hand, one made of Twilight flames, and the other of lightning. Nozdormu attempted to imprison Harry in a moment of time, but Harry lashed out with the Twilight whip and the spell shattered in a deluge of sand. Unlike the last time Harry was forced to fight in the Caverns, he had covered his torso in variations of Potter’s Mark, creating dozens of reservoirs of Bronze magic, and more importantly a complex web of inked Draconic Runes on this back that gradually filled the tattoos by converting his own magic. In combination with his Twilight flames’ ability to drain magic, Harry would never run out of the needed magic again.



    Nozdormu was surprised when his spell failed, but quickly shaped a harsher one, this one pressing in on Harry from all sides. In response, Harry shifted his whip into a sphere around himself, the blue flames hungrily consuming the highly magical sand on the ground. Nozdormu’s spell accomplished nothing once more, and the Aspect realized the mortal was weaving the Bronze’s own temporal magic through his spells just before a massive wolf of animated stone surrounded by a blazing inferno of blue flames came rushing at him. A heave of magic saw the construct age ten centuries in a heartbeat and fell to the ground as cold ashes. In response Nozdormu animated a hundred sandy chains from the Caverns themselves to lash at the mortal.



    In response to the chains coming at him from all directions, Harry called his spear to his hands and drove the blade into the ground. Tendrils of his bladed shadow spell rushed out, laced with blue fire. He knew he needed to go on the offensive. An Aspect was absurdly powerful, but the closest thing to a weakness they had laid in how they applied that power. This was a fight of power against precision. Mobility and making good use of his smaller size was vital as well. If Harry could wound Nozdormu he could convince the others to let him leave in exchange for their Aspect’s life. Harry spun, his spear directing all the flaming shadow blades to spin as well and obliterate the chains. With a goal in mind, Harry charged towards where Nozdormu stood on the sandy floor. He didn’t expect the dragon to weave his magic into a roar and the spell’s impact to throw him into the air like a ragdoll. Still, Harry had a flying disc in his pocket.



    Nozdormu would admit this man was fairly powerful for a mortal. His use of the Twilight Dragonflight’s parasitic flames made him more dangerous, but he wasn’t terribly worried as the human came at him again, dodging new chains formed from the floor, walls, and ceiling. He was certainly skilled on the stolen disc, that was for certain, but lacked the ability to alter his own perception of time. When he got close, Nozdormu altered the flow of time around himself and reached out to grab the human, assuming the battle was over. Instead, the mortal shifted at the last moment, spun his disc wildly, pulled a sword out of some pocket, and the old dragon lost his right forelimb at the elbow.



    Harry knew the battle would escalate now. He thanked Stine from the bottom of his heart that the new armor kept Nozdormu from seeing his body quiver and shake violently from the aftereffects of that strike. His body could channel a lot of Hadrion’s physical power, but even that wasn’t enough to sever an Aspect’s bone like he needed to. As with many things, throwing more magic at the problem seemed like a good idea at the time; but now everything hurt. Going to need to see a healer after that one. At least his attempt to use Storm magic to create a sharper blade around the sword gifted by Lady Proudmoore worked. Out loud, Harry spoke up again. “Alexstrasza can heal that for you if you get it to her quickly enough. Don’t assume your magic will preserve it alone.”



    Harry was surprised at how little pain showed in Nozdormu’s voice as he responded. “Last chance mortal, surrender or perish.”



    Harry took a deep breath and willed his body to stop shaking. “No, Nozdormu. Let me leave in peace and tend to your wound. You’re powerful but you are not invincible. I have no quarrel with you! Don’t force me to harm you further.”



    During the fight, Harry thought he had gotten a grasp for how strong the Bronze Aspect really was. He didn’t know if Nozdormu had been holding back, or if he was drawing power from the Caverns themselves now. But despite how strong he’d become, despite how much power he’d accumulated from training and consuming magic with Hadrion’s flames, the air felt just like that first time he’d stepped through Elune’s Portal. There was suddenly so much magic in the air it felt like Harry was trying to breathe wood instead of air, and as the Aspect’s anger brought the magic into focus, Harry felt it all focus on him.



    His senses, honed under guidance from Aurogos and years of harsh training under Lady Proudmoore were suddenly overloaded into uselessness. Time and Space around him felt wrong , and he wasn’t sure if his physical eyes were seeing the swirls of color washing out everything else or his magical sight was simply overwhelming his physical. The magic continued to build and clamp down on him, and Harry felt the sensation he recalled from his first side-along apparition. Nozdormu’s magic pressed on him, and Harry felt it crushing his body, mind, soul, and spirit. Stine’s words flicked through him, and Harry felt righteous anger bubble up from within. No! It will not end like this, not here, not now.



    With everything he had, Harry pushed back, flaring his magic against the presence crushing him. It wasn’t enough to let him breathe, but at least it relieved some of the pressure on his soul. Harry staggered, barely able to stay on his feet. Whatever was happening his senses were clouded and the world felt simultaneously too real and not real enough. As he nearly fell to his knees he briefly caught sight of a horrified Stine watching from the edge of the edge of the small army of dragons that were observing the confrontation. But as much as he fought it, the pressure continued to mount, more and more weight being piled against him. Even trying to throw the Twilight fire against the magic pressing down on him did nothing other than return a painful amount of stolen magic. Despite his best efforts, it was too much for him and Harry vanished with a peal of thunder.



    Nozdormu had a moment to bask in his triumph, the mortal had proven himself dangerous, too dangerous to easily take alive when he’d removed his claw. Suddenly he realized his mistake when the magic that was constantly informing him of the state of the Timeline started to scream in the back of his head. Something was wrong… What is wrong?! For the first time, Nozdormu wanted to scream back at the information constantly flowing into his head. Everything is not a useful answer!



    He collapsed, falling to the sand and ignored the outside world and his new stump that was still sluggishly weeping sand. He didn’t know how, he didn’t know why , but ejecting that mortal from reality had sealed the changes to the Timeline. Of all the myriad timelines and possibilities he could see, it had suddenly become impossible for the One True Timeline to go forward. He had failed in Aman’Thul’s task.



    Seeing their Aspect collapse, nearly catatonic to the sand shook the watching dragons. A voice, no one really noticed who, shouted out that they needed to get their Aspect and his missing limb to Alexstrasza quickly, and was enough impetus they needed to charge into action. No one noticed a single Bronze drake slip away in the chaos that followed.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Harry Potter, at the end of the wildest ride he’d ever had with any kind of magical transportation, found himself in a void when the ride abruptly stopped. He was so disoriented, he didn’t immediately realize he was in a vacuum and would have died if not for his new helmet automatically snapping closed before he experienced explosive decompression. Over the next few moments, Harry caught his breath. He was weightless, and wherever he was, it was perfectly dark. As his magic settled, he cast a wandless summoning charm for his spear, which he had managed to keep a hold of until he appeared here. Wherever here is. I’m probably not on a planet, but if this is space… where are all the stars? Lighting up the tip of his spear proved that his visor was working correctly, there simply wasn’t any light at all in this place.



    Trying to reach out was difficult, his senses were shaky and his body hurt. But as he reached out, he felt something that seemed… familiar. And hungry .

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



A/N: Sorry for the cliffhanger, but this chapter isn’t small already and there wasn’t a better point to cut it off. We’re building towards a conclusion. Not counting bonus chapters this fic should be done before chapter 50.

 

Thank you for all your reviews, each one motivates me to keep writing!











Chapter 36: Chapter 36: Through the Looking Glass

Chapter Text

Thanks to everyone who reviewed the last chapter! My muse has been mulish lately, but I’m still writing when I can.



Way back in chapter 4 I mentioned that Professor McGonagall was the Order’s search and rescue expert in the first war. Which makes sense to me; no one’s better suited for getting survivors out of a collapsed house than a Transfiguration Mistress. Harry had a number of private lessons with her, and given his luck he didn’t just learn ways to fight with Transfiguration.



Thanks to my Betas for all their hard work editing this monster of a chapter. You know, my length goal is actually 10k words? Maybe someday I’ll write a fic and stay at that length.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Chapter 36: Through the Looking Glass



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    After a moment of floating in the starless, utterly black void, Harry began to take stock of his condition and what materials he had on hand. It took a moment for him to find his new armor’s storage space, but when his arm sank to his forearm into a fold on his hip he knew he’d found it. He felt around and discovered Stine had ensured he had a few things on hand. One of those objects was a shrunken cube, a type-two, which meant it was extra-large and safe for use in space. Harry was tempted to enlarge it and immediately investigate what was inside, but he didn’t think he was alone out here. Instead he touched the outside of his helmet, channeling magic into the spot that had become the traditional location to integrate a speak-stone into armor. Hearing the quiet tone that meant it had activated, Harry spoke. “Hello? Is there anyone inside the cube in my pocket?”



    Harry was extremely glad to hear a familiar voice respond. Over the years he’d known him, Ralion had proved that he truly belonged among the Hufflepuffs at Hogwarts by being dependable and very hard working. Ralion was a natural leader once he’d worked past the trauma of his earlier life, and Harry had often given him leadership of different teams in the past. “We’re here my Lord. You have myself, Dalistrasza, Bavaku, Talion, Khanagos, and Janedormi ready to follow your commands. There’s also a large number of stasis cells with Draenei in them.”



    “Don’t be harsh with Jane; unless she led Nozdormu to our doorstep this wasn’t her fault. I want everyone not given other orders to inventory the cube, I want to know what we have to work with. If you can find a space-worthy armor suit for her, send Dali out to check me over. I want you, Bavaku and Khanagos to try getting us out of here, wherever ‘here’ is. Right now I’m floating in a void with no light, atmosphere, or gravity. A portal home would be great, and the sooner the better. We’re not alone out here, but I can’t tell what else is here.”



    Ten minutes later Dalistrasza, in her human form and wearing a set of armor similar to his own, had exited out of the cube Harry had briefly removed from his pocket before returning to a convenient size and returning it to safety. Treating his injuries through the armor he was wearing wasn’t ideal, but on Azeroth’s front lines it was often required. Harry’s injuries amounted to a rather impressive case of muscle strain and a familiar ache from his body’s reservoir of magic being strained after all he’d stolen from Nozdormu and the Caverns. As Dalistrasza finished, she spoke over the speak-stones in their helmets. “My Lord, you should rest for a while, at least until we know where we are.”



    Shaking his head, Harry responded. “There’s something out here, and it feels familiar. I don’t think it’s friendly either. Head back in and help out where you can. We need a way out of here.”



    Perhaps half an hour later, Harry got a report from Khanagos. “I’m sorry my Lord, but there’s no easy solution to getting out of here. We are at least in a different reality than the one we left going by the missing layers of Azeroth’s universe: The Twilight Realm exists, but the Twisting Nether or Earth’s version do not; and worryingly neither does the Dream. That means even if we could open an interdimensional portal with what we have on hand, I don’t know how we could target it.”



    “Is there any way to use our method of arrival as a way to get home, or at least trace it back to where we came from?”



    “No my Lord, and that brings up another problem. There is no magic or measurable ambient energy in the surrounding space. At all. Without ambient magic any kind of magic that isn’t a tightly-woven spell would dissipate almost instantly. We seem to be stuck in some sort of Void.” Harry briefly interrupted the wyrm with a string of curses; only the best ones from five different languages. “Yes, I know. If you think there’s something out there, that’s probably why there’s no energy present.”



    “Khanagos, what do we need to get out of here? If there’s no trail home, we should focus on getting out of here and worry about improving our aim afterwards.”



    “Power my Lord, we would need a lot more power. We’d also need to build a frame of some kind, this cube is sturdy but I wouldn’t trust its expansion to remain intact if we used it as a dimensional ship.”



    “How much usable metal do we have? We can get more magic by building forest cubes, but…”



    “Not enough my Lord. We’ll get you a full report later, but this cube’s at least half stasis chambers, and there’s a number of drakes in addition to the Draenei. That means we can propagate all the useful trees, but the limiting factor is building space for them. Talion’s already placing a few dozen Blackstone trees in pots to get us some fresh soil, in case we need to grow more food. You’ll have to find us some material to work with, I’ll send someone out shortly with a disc; normal discs and brooms don’t work in space, but we found a couple near the airlock that turn magic into thrust.”



    “That’s useful, I wouldn’t trust myself to apparate around yet; this place feels weird. Open a stasis chamber and get one of the Draenei out. If they don’t get sick, start waking up as many as we can feed. Hopefully at least some of them remember something useful about their dimensional ship that crashed on Draenor.”



    Harry withdrew a wand from the holster built into his new armor’s forearm and contemplated the spell he wanted to use for a moment. Eventually he chose to use a simple Point-me spell. There were better options for locating objects, but Harry was concerned about drawing attention from whatever he could sense somewhere out in the distance. His first attempts failed, but his third, more broad whispered ‘Point-me metal’ saw his wand spin wildly. With a smile on his face, Harry cast again. “Point-me nearest large piece of metal.”



    A few moments later Dalistrasza was back to deliver a ‘hazard warning’ orange disc, the same model the Mars team had adapted for when they needed to capture asteroids or work in space. (Floating aimlessly and having to apparate every time they drifted away got old, fast. A dragonspawn who had previously used a flying disc had built one from memory and the team had worked together to adapt the design for use in space.) As soon as Dalistrasza was back in the cube, Harry mounted the disc and set off. This model could use some work, it’s useful but it doesn’t handle well and the controls are awkward. The disc was also consuming a fair bit of magic, but not enough for Harry to really feel the drain; still, when he had the chance he would see if he could improve the design a bit.



    Navigating through zero-gravity on a jet-powered disc was a new experience for Harry and he would have enjoyed it, but the absolute darkness around him was unnerving. (Apparently the disc generated thrust by conjuring water, applying electrolysis, igniting the resulting gas, and then directing the explosive result through either a single vent or a combination of different ones.) He held his pointing wand in one hand and his spear in the other, conjuring just enough light to follow the Point-me spell. Half an hour later Harry knew by the movements of his wand that he was getting close. Slowing down so he didn’t run headlong into something, Harry risked a little more light. “Well, that is a piece of metal.”



    Harry skimmed over the surface of his find for several moments, the fragment was roughly rectangular, about the size of a six-story office building, and had been painted a dark gray. Eventually he reached the other side, and discovered what the metal was, or rather had been. He cast another spell, one he’d learned from Professor McGonagall and taught to Lady Proudmoore, that was used to find survivors or to confirm there was nothing living nearby. Once again he activated his speak-stone. “Everyone, I’ve found what I think is a spaceship, or at least part of one. It looks like it’s been torn in half, and there are disturbingly large claw marks in the metal. Khanagos, find a way to get all of it, or at least pieces inside so we can use the material. It should fit inside, at least in pieces. Ralion, while the others work on getting it inside, I want you to suit up and help me watch over them. Expect a fight with something big the moment we’re found, in the best case with some kind of predator. There’s nothing alive or any bodies out here.”



    Moments later, three drakes exited the cube, armored in their natural forms. Talion and Bavaku immediately got to work filing several hastily enchanted trunks with as much metal as possible. Ralion stood on the hull fragment with his armor’s claws embedded in the metal. Apparently the armor Stine had arranged to be left in the cube shifted with the wearer. (Someone had already nicknamed their current cube Orthanc, after a famous fictional wizard’s tower. Fantasy novels were surprisingly popular with those from Azeroth, possibly because they had lived in a fantasy setting. Harry had overheard many debates on what was and wasn’t possible, even Sirius and Hermione’s father had enjoyed spirited debates on the similarities between Dementors and Ring-Wraiths.) Harry was itching to take a closer look at the enchantments that allowed the armor to provide an airtight seal in both shapes, but now was sadly not the time. Activating the speak-stone again as he kept his attention on the seemingly empty expanse, Harry spoke up. Out of the corner of his eye, he could see large chunks of metal going into expanded trunks as Talion cut the hull, dragging a cherry red broadsword through as Bavaku collected every scrap with summoning charms. “Talion, any idea what kind of metal it is?”



    “No, I think it’s some kind of alloy but it could be a new element. It’s resisting heat and pressure very well but magic’s cutting through it pretty easy. Harry, we’ve found a few things that might have been tools or personal computers, but something’s torn them apart. I think the power sources have been torn out by whatever did this, don’t plan on anything we find being useful as more than scrap.”



    “Understood, still let’s hold onto anything that might be a computer. We might be able to get something useful from them later.”



    Harry was drifting above the busy drakes later when the hairs on the back of his neck stood on end. Glancing around, he could see Ralion tensing in the flares of light thrown off by Talion’s impromptu cutting torch. Talion and Bavaku were both on edge as well, and were glancing around as they tried to work faster. Still unsure what was out there, Harry sent out a pulse of magic in a spell that worked much like a sonar or radar pulse. When the return registered, he nearly fell off his disc despite being strapped in by his ankles. A flick of his hand created an orb of nearly blinding light, and he threw it into the void above him. Three more followed and revealed what exactly was surrounding them.



    Whatever the creature was, it was gigantic. Harry and his drakes were completely surrounded by what was best described as a mass of shifting darkness; while much of the creature seemed gaseous, other parts looked ‘fleshy.’ All of them activated personal shields immediately, and that saved Harry when a tendril shot out from the main mass at an insane speed. It ground against the strongest barrier Harry could create, forcing him back but failing to penetrate his shield. Choosing to go on the offensive before the creature went after his sworn, Harry electrified his shield and felt the charge channeling through the tendril as it quickly withdrew.



    Without hesitation, Harry spun his spear in a circle and stopped it suddenly, releasing a bolt of lightning into the massive creature. The mass of shadow and flesh shivered briefly and roiled for a moment. Given that small success, Harry quickly changed his shield to expand around all three of his oathsworn and the ship fragment they were now feverishly cutting into smaller pieces. The creature struck quickly again, this time with dozens of tendrils that wrapped along the entire spherical shield and began to squeeze. In response, Harry quickly coated the shield in a powerful electrical charge. By the way the tendrils twitched, it was obvious he was hurting the creature, but not enough to drive it off. Glad he hadn’t deactivated his speak-stone Harry barked a command as he focused on maintaining the shield. “Ralion! Deep Breath through the shield!”



    Normal flames could never exist in a vacuum, but magical flames like Twilight fire or Fiendfyre were not so limited. Without air to burn the flames required more magic to sustain them and became more difficult to use, requiring more concentration to direct. Heeding his Lord’s command Ralion sent a wide gout of flame through the shield, (the armor on his head briefly retracted while using a shield charm to keep air in it) and Harry opened a hole so the magical fire could pass through the shield. There was a rush of magic as the flames began to eat through the dense tendrils, Ralion’s mark quickly spreading the magic around. When the drake’s flame died out Harry followed it up by conjuring a torrent of lightning and sending it through the gap in the shield as he closed it.



    The surviving tendrils surrounding the shield shuddered, but this time something changed. Those within the shield felt as if some great beast was suddenly watching them intently, weighing their strengths and weaknesses. Then the creature spoke, and those both within and without the cube heard a great, grating voice in their minds. “ Lightning Child. I remember you…” As the creature paused for a moment, Harry vividly remembered the foreign entity he, along with Alira, Andromeda, and Hermione had driven out of Luna Lovegood at the first DA meeting. “ You forced me to flee a useful host, Child. But when I left your world I found this place, and it has made me strong.



    Using magic to project his thoughts, Harry answered as he gestured for the two harvesting the wreck to hurry up. You have certainly grown since the last time we met, I suppose you’ve been eating well.”



    So many lives… So many souls… So much power! I have grown far beyond the insignificant shard I once was, and it is all thanks to my previous host! It was child’s play to manipulate her as she slept and I found so many useful tomes in her home. Your world’s magic is so creative, so useful.



    I can’t imagine the odds that of all the places I would end up, it would be here.”



    Chance had nothing to do with it, Child. When you cast me out, I marked you. You were always fated to end up here eventually. I expected your soul to be drawn to me when you died, but you’ve been playing with dangerous magic Child.”



    Well, more like I’m the victim of dangerous magic. What do you want?”



    You cost me a host, Lightning Child. You will take her place. Become my vessel and you will know power unlike any you have ever tasted before!”



    And if I refuse?”



    You will submit in time. There is no escape from this place Child, save through me. This Void is mine, it is an extension of my will. I will return soon. If you submit to me you will find your fate much more pleasant, but you will serve regardless.”



    As the tendrils withdrew and the creature moved away, Harry did not release the shield. He did, however, draw his wand into his left hand and crudely sliced the metal wreck into six pieces with a flashy conjured flame whip spell. Subtlety had its place, but time was now a problem and the creature already knew where they were. With that done, Harry reactivated his speak-stone. “Khanagos, I need to know something useful about that thing. Talion, start forging standard cubes so we can get them enchanted. Everyone else, start waking the Draenei and any of the dragons already sworn to me. I’m going to try finding something more intact to convert into a dimensional ship.”



    As soon as the salvage crew finished packing the pieces away, they returned to Orthanc and Harry used a more complicated, more noticeable spell he’d learned from Lady Proudmoore. Originally meant to find ships in fog banks, it had seen use in the naval warfare of the Second War and worked by sending out a pulse of magic that returned to the sender when it encountered anything denser than water. I’m surprised how many wrecks there are here… Wait, is that a moon? Is this like creation’s junk heap or something? There really isn’t any environmental magic here, the spell should have failed by now but it’s still going.



    It took another five minutes, but his spell eventually stopped sending more information as the magic dissipated into nothing. Harry wasn’t one of the top forty enchanters on Azeroth for nothing; he summoned a few shards of metal and used alchemy to create a ‘quick and dirty’ improvised magical map of the surrounding area projected from a small runestone. Examining it for a moment, he began apparating carefully through the void. Somehow, it was even more stomach churning than traveling from Earth to Mars had been. That’s probably thanks to the absolute darkness.



    When he reached the first large wreck, he contacted those within Orthanc. “Ralion, get Khanagos to start scrying around me. There’s six wrecks that look big enough to work and I’m near the first one. I’m hoping that one of them will be suitable to convert into a way out of here, so get the Draenei that know anything useful about dimensional ships together with Khanagos.”



    Ralion acknowledged the command and quickly carried it out. Khanagos reported that he was scrying the wreck and would have a rough three-dimensional model in about half an hour. Harry decided to take a few moments to explore the wreck that looked like it was once painted a striking dark blue and conjured a vast beam of light from his spear to get a good look at it. Whatever this wreck had once been, it was now a beaten, twisted hulk of metal about a tenth of a mile (200 meters) long and a fourth that wide. It had been torn apart with so much force that the original ship was nearly impossible to visualize. Harry hoped he found one in better shape, because the results from the charm he’d first seen Minerva McGonagall use to assess the Chamber of Secrets for potential cave-ins were not promising. Still, Harry performed a summoning charm for ‘small objects’ and was immediately glad he was both wearing armor and maintaining a magical shield. Most of the small objects were shards of metal that Harry sent directly into Orthanc’s airlock.



    As soon as the scrying was done, Harry traveled to the next large wreck. This one was roughly 400 meters long, dark green and may have, at one point, been an elegant design intended to resemble some kind of bird. Still useless except for scrap metal, though hopefully I can come back for their computers. If nothing else I want to know where all that interior space went; I can only guess something went very wrong with whatever powered the ship. But what the hell could have eaten out such a huge void inside a ship? Still, there were some interesting objects that came at Harry’s call just before he moved on. I wonder if that uniform is practical? It just looks uncomfortable to me. The third wreck was gray, about 250 meters long, and resembled nothing else so much as a brick with some kind of engine stuck on the back. Sure, it had held together better than the previous two, but once again it’s interior had been savaged in pursuit of the crew and energy sources.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    After examining ten ships that all needed extreme structural repairs, possibly more than Harry’s group could accomplish even with magic, Harry was beginning to despair and was considering building something from scratch. Twice now he’d had to re-cast his mapping spell, and he was now moving away from what was once a fractured moon or planet. Unlike the other objects that were technological in origin, Harry had briefly explored a magical settlement. It had some recognizable magical defenses, or at least the physical runes and a drained wardstone. All the magic had long been torn out, either by the entropy of the surrounding Void or the creature who had demanded his service. Fat chance of that. I already know this creature’s nature: Beyond anything else, it is always hungry. If I let it take me, it would consume me from the inside and wear me like a suit as it feasted on everything it could. Luna was lucky it was so weak when it was riding along inside her.



    Harry snorted. ‘Through me it would gain a great and terrible power;’ I have become at least fairly powerful, I can’t let this thing infest me. I wish I had ended it when we tore it out of Luna, but we had no idea what it was then. Khanagos was probably right when he suggested it was a Void God that was killed but not destroyed. I’ve seen beings that shatter instead of die when you hit them right; that trip to Outland with Lady Proudmoore was… memorable, if nothing else. Selene Lovegood must have summoned a broken shard of something much larger by accident and died, then the fragment embedded into Luna.



    Harry shook himself out of his thoughts and readied a spell chain; with debris floating in the void he’d been having to enchant a rock with a powerful banishing charm and send it ahead of him before he went himself. Harry had no desire to end up inside of some object or splinched here. As he found the tenth potential dimensional ship, he noted that it was the largest object so far aside from the broken world he’d just left; a surveying spell told him it was nearly 800 meters (~1/2 a mile) long. So far it was by far the most intact as well, which was a hopeful sign. As he got back onto the space disc and began examining the ship, he saw it was shaped like a wedge and painted a light gray. The ship’s front was interesting, instead of being a solid shape, it was forked; between the two prongs there was an open space, apparently meant for smaller fighters or freighters. And there’s no doubt this is a warship, there’s a few clusters of intact guns, but the rest have been torn off.



    When his support team in the cube confirmed they had started scrying the wreck, Harry dared to enter the more intact launch bay between the two prongs. Speaking through the connection he hadn’t closed yet, Harry appraised those in Orthanc of what he was seeing. “This one looks mostly intact, but they fought back hard in this docking area. Whatever their weapons were they left scorch marks all over, and there’s even some slash marks melted into the deck.”



    Harry paused for a moment. There had been a strange sensation for a moment when he had briefly touched the interior wall. Something had brushed his mental shields, but it wasn’t an attack. Considering it for a moment, Harry placed his hand on the wall again. Emotions, someone infused emotions into a physical object. There’s no active magic, nothing that the beast could consume so he ignored it, but it’s almost like someone tried to tell a story with a very limited language. A few moments later Harry was describing the complex emotions to the others listening.



    “There’s a sequence. The first is mistrust, anger and fear. I think there were two factions that had been against each other for a very long time. Then there’s shock and desperation, and emotions I’d associate with seeing a home destroyed and a family lost. After that, there’s resolve and… unity? Then hope and more grim resolve. I think two separate warring factions chose to come together, against something that would have destroyed them both otherwise. From there the emotions change to a thirst for battle, for victory and a profound sense of duty. Then it breaks into horror and resolve, but more potent, like they were drawing a line in the sand.



    “Whatever happened, these people faced something awful thinking they were going to die before they ended up here. Maybe some sort of weapon? A technology or magic that sent matter here would be a powerful one, since it doesn’t seem like anyone got out. I think the part where they arrived here has a brief relief to be alive, followed by grim determination. They knew there was something out there, and they chose to go down fighting.”



    As Harry explored the ship, different areas had certain emotions stronger than others. As he continued examining the ship, it turned out there was significant structural damage to the underside of the wedge. Well, so much for just turning on their power generator and getting the lights on. Judging by the wires and conduits, the reactor was torn out. Still, this ship has a sturdy frame, is at least half or so intact, and it has a good feel. It’s larger than we really need, but I doubt we’re going to find anything much better.



    The scrying of those inside Orthanc agreed with Harry, and efforts were soon under way to build as many expanded spaces as possible to power the soon to be dimensional ship. Harry was now back on the exterior of the ship as he listened to a report from Ralion. “From what the Draenei have been telling us, the Naaru dimensional ship they used to flee Argus was powered directly by the Naaru themselves. Large parts of the structure were built out of crystals that served as magic capacitors as well as the basis for a lot of other technology. They said that this ship is a good size: It’s smaller than the Genedar, or Tempest Keep’s ‘ Eye ,’ but larger than Tempest Keep’s auxiliary ships.



    “The Draenei have developed an alchemical process to create crystals with different properties; we’re running a dozen artisans through an introduction to Transfiguration. Once they know the basics, they can transfigure the equipment they need to begin creating large batches of the crystals. We’ll need a lot of rock from that broken planet then.”



    Harry sighed audibly. “Makes me wish I’d made contact with a Naaru and asked for a sample to grow a new tree from. Ask Janedormi to set up a temporal-accelerated area but not activate it yet. You and I are going to be the main fighters here, Ralion. Your flames stole a lot of magic from the creature and it didn’t even notice. We’ll switch out and use that space to recover as well as forge everything we can. We’ll forge cubes, then bond them to the ship for the power we need. Or we might use a new design, I’ve been thinking of using a sphere instead of a cube where the expansion’s purpose is to leak magic.”



    “I’ll make sure everyone has a task. Dali wanted you to know that the Draenei are perfectly healthy and they’ll be completely safe from that wasting sickness until we return to Azeroth’s universe. Our forge here is already busy, but we’re also working on a few more sets of armor. A few of the Draenei are willing to fight with us. Anything else you need my Lord?”



    “Two things: I want two of the type-two cubes specifically made for collecting salvage as soon as possible. On those cubes make the only plane of gravity opposite from the airlock. Then explain the Marks to the Draenei and start placing them. I’m going to keep exploring and filling Orthanc’s airlock with small scrap to melt down.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Three days later, Harry had slept once. In a few hours, those inside Orthanc would be ready to begin welding prebuilt panels onto the Glamdring. This was a necessity thanks to the total lack of environmental magic in the Void; the armor would keep the magic generated inside the ship, instead of simply dissipating. Tolkien’s ‘Lord of the Rings’ novels were surprisingly popular with those born on Azeroth, and while Harry had been busy collecting material those hard at work in Orthanc had chosen to name the ship Glamdring, which in the book’s fictional elvish language translated to ‘Foe Hammer.’ Looking at the number (and sheer size) of the surviving cannons on it’s hull, the ship certainly looked like a Foe Hammer. Harry certainly couldn’t say anything about pulling names from Tolkien’s works when his own mental defenses were still shaped like Tolkien’s Isenguard fortress with Orthanc tower in the center.



    The first type-two cubes had been forged with an exterior layer of armor made from Elementium, a metal that could be created alchemically (though not easily or cheaply) while newer space-faring cubes used different composite alloys that served the same purpose and were easier to create. Thanks to a flurry of experimentation, metal from one of the larger wrecks was found to be fairly easy to transmute into what they needed. A half-dozen space-worthy suits had been crafted as well; Harry was glad for the help when he returned to the shattered planet to collect materials and scavenge the apparent settlements there.



    Apparently a magic-using civilization had felt the need to create a shield around their entire planet and they chose to use Void magic to accomplish this feat. Given the lifeless husk of their broken world, they had destroyed themselves instead. But the dead soil and frozen oceans had proven useful for stocking the growing collection of expanded spaces. Harry had ordered the collection of tomes from that dead world sealed until they got home. The ability to create a planet-wide magical shield would be useful for Mars, but the formula would need some minor adjustments.



    When he’d woken up from his rest in Orthanc, Harry had examined the existing expansion charm and altered it, doubling the amount of space inside. There had been a lot of hurried spellcasting to permanently conjure the necessary air before and after he altered the expansion; permanently conjuring anything other than water was taxing, but Harry wasn’t the only powerful magical in Orthanc. Ralion was acting as overseer for all the hurried work going on inside while Harry moved them about the void, collecting as much material and possibly useful technology as he could. Almost everything had been savaged and torn apart, but there were a few things that might be useful. It turned out the Glamdring was in such good shape because the crew had moved as many power sources as possible to the launch bay to lure the tentacles to an entrenched position; it hadn’t saved them but it did save most of their ship. Harry wished the simple Repair spells were more helpful; they had found a lot of interesting gadgets and tools but those repair spells also tended to destroy critical electronic components, reducing the items to burnt-out scrap.



    As Harry moved through the void today, he was following a complex magical instrument that tracked dimensional magic. Multiple spells that attempted to locate survivors had indicated at least one living person, but failed to give useful directions. Magic that detected a pulse, even at great distances, failed utterly. Khanagos had suggested that some kind of dimensional magic, like a spatial pocket, might have been employed by someone desperate and had quickly connected several of his personal tools together into what Harry was using now. Harry decided that when he had the chance, he’d do something nice for the Blue wyrm who had been extremely busy enchanting everything they needed.



    Eventually Harry’s quest to find what was probably the only survivor or group of survivors in this entire dimension led him to a ship. His destination was a wreck roughly fifty meters long and forty meters wide and tall the color of tarnished gold; it had once been larger, but there were sections where large pieces had been torn off. Harry ended up entering the craft from what had once been the cockpit but was now a twisted ruin. The light streaming from his spear revealed technology that looked very advanced, even incorporating crystals of some kind. As he went deeper into the ship, he resolved to place this wreck into the Glamdring’s gaping hole on its underside.



    Harry soon concluded this ship was probably built by a species completely unlike humans; there was no evidence of food of any kind, (other wrecks had stores of food and water, though the food was useless for anything other than compost) or sanitation facilities. Maybe some kind of plant-like aliens? Eventually, Harry found what he was looking for. In a room filled with a large number of crystals and what Harry guessed to be science equipment, his borrowed tool indicated there was a dimensional disturbance that appeared to be in the direct center of some circular protrusion on the floor. Now that he was here, his own magical senses could feel something too. A moment later Bavaku, looking slightly ridiculous in a space suit built for a Naga, was assisting his Lord at examining a small area of space that had been altered by either magic or technology. (Or both, possibly.)



    After ten minutes worth of attempts, Harry and Bavaku both quickly backed away when a flash of light signaled their apparent success. The figure that nearly collapsed to the floor as soon as the light show ended looked suspiciously like a female human in a space suit. She was also armed with a rather dangerous looking rifle. Harry created a small shield around the three of them, conjured air and triggered his helmet to open. After a moment where the figure seemed to be trying to regain equilibrium, it’s helmeted head turned to face Harry. She quickly manipulated a few controls on a small panel on her left forearm before reaching up and removing her own helmet. In the following exchange, Harry realized that the woman, a brunet woman in her early twenties, spoke a language that was some form of incomprehensible, bastardized English. Thankfully being able to communicate by conjuring images was enough to get the main points across; the woman seemed emphatically supportive of attaching the wreck of this ship to the Glamdring’s underside. He also realized that she looked like she would kill for something to eat, so he had Bavaku escort her to Orthanc’s mess hall.



    (Harry later heard that she broke down in tears when Bavaku led her to the mess hall and placed a bowl of Dobby’s beef stew and a piece of bread still hot from the oven in front of her. Apparently wherever she was from, proper meals were not common. Harry was exceptionally glad Dobby and two other house elves were with them even if they’d only been preparing vast quantities of relatively simple foods thanks to the number of people they needed to cook for. Still, Dobby had standards; even if the meals were simple they were still superb.)



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    A day after collecting the only survivor in the entire void, the various teams were hard at work bonding new plates to the Glamdring’s existing armor. Yesterday’s rescue was apparently telekinetic, despite not having any measurable magic, and proved very helpful. Whoever she was, the suit she’d been wearing was more advanced than anything else they had; and the occupant proved experienced working in zero-gravity. Several drakes Harry admittedly hadn’t interacted with much after rescuing them from Hyjal were leading the efforts to stock the expanded cubes and spheres, and had twenty cubes fully functional and ready to install once the plating was in place. Forty more cubes and spheres had been planted with their first saplings but still needed more work to bloom. What might be the first Draenei Druids were hurriedly learning the spells to encourage plant growth; as they learned the pace of completed cubes was rising.

 

After three failed batches, their alchemy team had created a fair number of the crystals that would serve as magical capacitors for the new ship, and those crystals were now being charged from Orthanc’s various magical trees. The gaping hole on the Glamdring’s underside was being filled in with what was left of the gold-colored ship along with a lot of other fragments with a combination of welding, transfiguration, and alchemy. Thanks to two-thousand Draenei and nearly two dozen drakes hard at work, they were making progress towards escape, but there was still a lot of work to do.



    As he watched yet another plate float through space to where it was needed, Harry felt the hairs on the back of his neck rise. After barking out a single command, Harry moved his disc further away from the Glamdring and prepared himself for a fight. Throwing out more orbs of light (A relatively simple spell, though these were slightly overpowered; the spell was most often used to read at night.) Harry watched the monster surround him once more even as a gleaming golden shield surrounded the Glamdring. While he waited for the creature to make its demands, perfectly content to buy as much time as possible, Harry reflected briefly on how fortunate they were to have so many users of the Light with them. As both universal forces and magic, the Light and the Void were diametrically opposed; they were also each other’s most effective counter. This meant that if Harry could keep most of the monster’s focus on him, the golden shield now being generated by two hundred Draenei would hold, especially with the magic about to be fed into their new Marks.



    Rolling his shoulders, Harry got ready for a fight. This was going to be a long battle, he not only needed to keep the monster’s attention on him but use his Twilight fire to steal as much power as possible. Normally a Twilight dragon’s flames were rather inefficient, only stealing between a third to a quarter of the destroyed magic; but that wouldn’t be the case here. On the spectrum of magic, the powers wielded by the Twilight were closer to the Void than any other type of magic. Void magic was easily consumed because it was more compatible than other sources.



    (The Twilight Dragonflight had been infused with Void magic and the essence of Nether drakes; when their biology settled, the result was that they wielded the power of neither, but a point between Nether and Void on the spectrum. Where the Blue Dragonflight was infused with Arcane magic, or the Greens with Nature, the Twilight dragons wielded the power of Entropy. Entropy magic almost always involved the removal of energy and matter from the physical universe; Harry had long since decided to outlaw the vanishing spell back on Earth since the simple spell removed both magic and matter from the physical universe. The Twilight Dragonflight’s flame did something similar, though some of that power was retained, while the ‘Twilight Realm’ they could access was the universal layer where energy stolen by Entropy spells and effects came to rest. Like other aspects of the creation, Entropy was neither good nor evil.



Like other universal forces, Entropy also served a very important purpose. Eventually every universe ended, and when a universe collapsed, Entropy came into play. When the conditions were right, when the ‘pressure’ from matter and energy in a universe fell low enough, matter and energy from Entropy’s realms would return violently. That made the Kingsleaf trees very interesting, since they reclaimed energy from Entropy. If the trees could reclaim energy, it was entirely possible that a sufficiently powerful Twilight dragon could do the same directly. Possibly, they could even directly reclaim matter, instead of simply using Kingsleaf to reclaim energy, then using that energy to conjure new matter.)



    Lightning Child, it is time to become my new host. You will serve me, willingly or not.”



    In response, Harry conjured and flung a spear of Twilight fire wrapped in Storm magic into the creature’s shifting mass. And that signaled the start of the longest battle of Harry’s life. The Void creature’s ancient anger (it had been here for a very long time) at Harry drove it to attack him in an ever-increasing rage, while the Light shield managed to burn away the occasional stray tendril sent towards the ship. Again and again the creature sent tendrils or blasts of energy against Harry, and every time they were deflected by flames and lightning. After an hour of fighting, Harry was tired. After six he was exhausted, and after twelve he was forced to switch out with Ralion and the two Twilight drakes who would fight in his stead while he rested. When Harry gave the word, Ralion and the others apparated out of Orthanc and Harry apparated inside, only to discover that after so much stress in zero-gravity he was unable to stand at the moment.



    Dalistrasza quickly ordered Harry moved into the temporally-accelerated area previously prepared by Janedormi. As they set him on a chair and began stripping his armor off, he almost laughed at how he was both utterly exhausted and brimming with energy at the same time. As the adrenaline faded, his muscles started to shake and Harry found himself unable to even feed himself. After a rather long day, Harry was soundly asleep as soon as he’d finished his meal, utterly soothed by the soothing heat of Dalistrasza’s healing magic relaxing his strained body. Harry had no idea that he’d been given a sponge bath at all, save that all the accumulated sweat he’d built up was gone when he woke up. After a quickly eaten breakfast and checking his equipment, he got back into his armor and made for the airlock. (He’d actually destroyed a wand yesterday when he channeled so much magic the Basilisk heartstring ignited. Thankfully he had no shortage of spares; few people found the Crimson Oak and Basilisk wands a good fit.)



    In the space outside Janedormi’s magic only thirty minutes had passed, but the two drakes fighting with Ralion had already tagged out and were being treated by Dalistrasza as Harry apparated into the battle. Before leaving, he gave the two a nod of respect and thanked them. While Janedormi or Khanagos would be a welcome addition to the battle he was returning to, they were more useful here, aiding the efforts to escape this void. And their magics wouldn’t be as effective against this foe. Light magic might be its opposite, but Twilight magic is even more effective.



    For nine days this cycle continued as various crews worked feverishly to convert the Glamdring into a dimensional ship. Following Harry’s example, everyone worked until they were exhausted and gave the task their all. Six days into the battle, the last of the magic-containing armor was welded into place and the installation of the expanded cubes and spheres began, along with the network of crystal capacitors. Gold harvested from the shattered moon and various superconductor materials from the wrecks stretched through the hallways of the ship, connecting the crystals to expanded spaces in a three dimensional power grid. It wasn’t the most elegant method to move magic, but it helped ensure that magic reached the most important areas first. Over time magic would saturate the entire ship, but that would take months or years.



    On the morning of the ninth day of the battle, Harry had an important task to complete before he rejoined the fight. He wasn’t as worried about rushing back as he had been before since Ralion was holding his own well enough right now. After five days of fighting for his life while Harry rested, Ralion had returned from battle, stripped off his armor and grown from drake to a mature, if young, dragon. Ralion had been close to maturing already, and the magic they had been feasting on was enough to trigger the transformation. He was now significantly larger, a mostly a dark blue, with a metallic teal on his underside and wing membranes; in addition to the large horns that grew from above his temples, curved out slightly then curved inwards before they joined together, Ralion had gained many spikes on his head and limbs. (Harry pretended not to hear Dalistrasza’s comments about filing down those new, very sharp, points as soon as the group was safe.) He’d needed a new space suit after his change, and one was hurriedly forged and enchanted for him.



    Near the Glamdring’s center, as deeply buried as possible, was the new control and ward room. The primary wardstone was impressive, a rectangular block of stone six feet tall and three feet on each side. Three days ago, Harry had carefully forged a pile of stones and capacitor crystals into the new wardstone; the stones had been collected from a long disused forge that had ended up buried and forgotten near his family’s home. (It had been found during the construction of a Dwarven hall.) He’d been keeping the stones in his portable enchanting workshop in the Cube that had been left behind on Azeroth. (Stine had labeled them clearly in three languages and packed the stones in the space-worthy cube he’d given his Lord.) This central wardstone was the most important piece of the entire ship, as it would regulate the flow of magic and control secondary stones all over the ship, like the wards at Hogwarts or Theramore.



    Despite not having died so far, Harry was becoming worried about the Void God’s mounting frustration. It had claimed to have learned Earth’s magic while possessing Luna, and Harry doubted the Glamdring’s shield would stand up to Fiendfyre or a clever use of conjuration. Or if the creature started throwing shards of the shattered moon at them. While it had tried a number of different spells and physical attacks, the creature hadn’t exactly been creative. Which might have something to do with its nature. It’s always hungry, so nothing it tries would destroy a potential meal.



    Standing next to the stone, Harry drew his ritual knife and carefully sliced open his right hand. Focusing on exactly the intent he wanted to imbue into the stone, he placed his bloody hand on the cold surface and began channeling magic. Slowly, the constant, sugar rush hyperactivity of having just a little too much magic in him receded as the stone drank in the power. Carefully, Harry activated his Mark with his left hand and felt the flow of magic flow through him into the thirsty stone. Harry was exceedingly glad for the safety features built into the magical tattoos as he felt the nearly empty reservoir in his begin pulling at the ones that belonged to his sworn and the Draenei who hadn’t officially joined yet. He wasn’t able to make out the individual Draenei as their power flowed into him, while they were powerful (and had grown more so as their new magical tattoos handled the overflow from Harry and Ralion) they weren’t as powerful as the dragons. Harry felt each drake and dragon’s strength as it bolstered him, getting small impressions of them in turn. Even Cirmu, who was still physically awkward but had still worked hard with magic-intensive alchemy to create the materials they needed.



    As the stone drank the magic like someone dying of thirst, Harry could feel the ship’s wards begin to activate. Nodding his head, he signaled Khanagos and the Draenei artisan most familiar with the dimensional ship that had carried them to Argus. Passing the knife, they too slashed their palms and began channeling magic. While Harry would remain the ship’s commander, those two would serve as captain and engineer so the wardstone needed to recognize them as well.



    By the time the wardstone stopped drawing magic, Harry was feeling empty. Harry left the rest of the Glamdring’s crew to their task of calibrating and synchronizing the crystals, (No one wanted to move half of the ship instead of the whole thing.) as well as ensuring each individual crystal was fully charged. They still needed more magic to actually get out of here, but in that they were lucky. As Harry walked out of the airlock with two Twilight drakes on his heels, he felt a profound sense of purpose. The Void God would die today. It was time to give his new ideas a trial run.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    As Harry cleared the golden shield, he changed into his animagus form. Taking a deep breath, he breathed out torrents of hungry blue flames until his depleted magic simply could not sustain any more. Returning to his human form, Harry drew two wands. With gently curving, sweeping gestures of his wands, the flames began to change. Slowly, they solidified into creatures, and Harry smiled behind his helmet as his Twilight fire condensed into dragons, phoenixes, proto-dragons, thunderbirds, cloud serpents, Blast-Ended Skrewts, and vast swarms of smaller gryphons and ravens. When the battle against this horrific creature began, Harry had not been powerful enough to conjure so many creatures, and last night he hadn’t had the focus to pull it off. Like my father before me, I have mastered Transfiguration. And it’s mostly been self-study since leaving Earth.



    When he got home, Harry fully intended to complete whatever ICW certification was required to call himself a Master of Transfiguration. Using his father’s invisibility cloak was one thing, being able to go to war with the same power to warp everything around him into a weapon was another. Transfiguration was something that few people back home seemed to consider to be dangerous offensive magic, and Harry was truly glad Sirius had arranged for private tutoring under Professor McGonagall. Remembering Lady Proudmoore’s lessons on the importance of style, Harry crossed both wands together in front of him and charged up a large bolt of lightning with the magic flowing into his mark from Ralion’s feasting flames.

 

    Since he’d learned to transform into Hadrion, Harry had been exploring the Twilight Dragonflight’s power. Now, he pulled deep on that part of him that had been empowered by Entropy and willed it into the lightning. Slashing both wands out the lightning sped towards its target and served as the command for the flaming creatures to begin the attack. Harry knew the lightning he sent out was different, as it was two-toned, a core of electric purple surrounded by cobalt energy.



    Harry smiled as the lightning hit the Void God and consumed a significant amount of energy. Without any need for orders, Ralion and the drakes with him began summoning their own flames for Harry to shape and send out. As the first wave of creatures slammed into the Void God, tearing into its flesh, the second was nearly ready. As immense torrents of magic poured into each of the four’s bodies, only to be immediately siphoned into their tattoos, Harry could feel the Glamdring changing from a collection of mundane metal into something more. All that stolen magic was being poured into every available Mark, and most of those individuals were channeling that magic directly into the ship, empowering the network of wardstones and charging the capacitors.



    Eventually, the monster of the Void fled when it finally realized that not only were the blue flames hurting it, but stealing its power. It must have been blinded by arrogance or rage not to notice that we’ve been stealing its power this whole time. Harry gave a simple command. “Chase it down and end it. That creature has consumed millions of lives, and it will not ever stop unless it’s dead.”



    Leading the charge, Harry began the pursuit on his somewhat-improved disc. Behind him Ralion followed closely as they outpaced the two drakes; further behind the Glamdring lumbered into motion. Harry was hopeful they would eventually be able to build a new power source for their ship and make use of the mundane systems, but for now the ship was entirely magical. Makeshift engines were making use of conjured water, splitting the water into oxygen and hydrogen, then burning that explosively flammable mixture to create thrust. Compared to the systems that had been in place it was crude but effective enough to slowly meander around a solar system.



    Compared to the previous nine days of battle, the Void God’s death was anticlimactic. Then again, they had been stealing torrents of power from the creature the entire time, every deflected strike or damaged tendril empowering Harry and the others. So much power had already been stolen that they had basically won two days ago; enough had been taken that they could only really lose if Harry or Ralion made a fatal mistake. The creature was silent as they chased it down, more and more creatures of shaped flame tearing into it. This close to it’s main body, it radiated a noxious sense of hunger and rage, right up until the moment it ceased to be. Of course it tried to separate and sneak away small parts of itself, but hungry flame creatures chased down every morsel.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Once they were secure, Harry joined the efforts to prepare the Glamdring to get them out of the void. Several hundred expanded cubes were set up, though their interiors needed more of the magical trees to be fully productive. The network of capacitor crystals needed more power before they were safe to use, and Harry was eager to collect as much useful scrap as possible from the void before they left. He wanted to especially collect any computer he might eventually be able to get information from, but raw materials were useful too. After all, they had no idea where they would end up. Navigating would be a learning process, but as long as they didn’t end up inside a star or planet they would be able to survive almost anywhere.



    As they worked, Harry also created a special cube to leave behind. This void seemed to be the final destination of unlucky mundane and magical both, so Harry created the largest cube and expansion possible. With all the lessons he’d learned from every expansion he’d done before, Harry forged a cube that was one-hundred feet (~30 meters) on each side and contained about as much interior surface area as North America. Fifteen clusters of magical trees would gradually spread soil and water around the entire interior surface, but it would probably take hundreds of years for the process to be completed. He left grazing animals and appropriate predators in stasis chambers that would open sequentially to ensure a healthy ecosystem. Information, written out in as many different languages as possible, explained the nature of magic, that children born and raised inside this place would likely develop magic, and a primer on how to use magic and construct a dimensional ship of their own. The final touch of this massive cube would be a system of runes that would use the cube’s excess magic to create light, making it the only light in the void.



    After three weeks of nearly non-stop work, they were finally ready to leave. Harry couldn’t help but smile as he slowly flew around the Glamdring’s outer hull with the final inspection team; the new plating was black and reflected no light, leaving the ship nearly impossible to see with his eyes. Several of the plates actually did have to be torn off and repaired, but the teams involved were now very skilled at their jobs and managed the repairs in only a few hours. (Between attempting to steer using the improvised engines and the mass of debris floating around, there have been some rather impressive collisions, but the Glamdring was built tough and had only become tougher since being salvaged.)



    While some sections of the ship had seen power restored thanks to Stormbark trees and ‘creative wiring solutions’ no one felt the need to observe their departure from the Glamdring’s original bridge. Given all the abuse the ship had endured, there were doubts about the ship’s window. With the ship’s level of technology and the fact that it was a warship, Harry really couldn’t understand why the original bridge wasn’t buried as deeply as possible. It wasn’t like they didn’t have cameras… There was no reason to place the bridge in a location where it could be easily destroyed.



    In any case, Harry stood in the new control room and rolled his shoulders. The room was rectangular, and a dozen comfortable but sturdy chairs were located in two half circles around the front, where an enchantment similar to Hogwarts Great Hall's ceiling showed the Void directly in front of the ship. The primary runestone was now sunk into the floor, with the first layer of secondary stones mounted in the walls of this room. Each chair had a station in front of it, where the ship’s various systems could be controlled by a magical interface. That sounds impressive, but really it’s not different from controlling a ward scheme, this just requires physical contact. Harry thought as he took his seat in the middle of the second row.



    Every test had shown that this should work, but there was still a sense of nervous anticipation in those present. With a deep breath, Harry placed his hands on the stone interface and listened to the Draenei and disguised Dragons report that the systems they were responsible for were operational. With everything as ready as it was going to get, Harry formed the connection with the ship by channeling a little magic into the console. Normally wardstones took a long time to develop quirks and personality, but Harry could already feel the central wardstone was eager to please and excited to have its purpose realized. With a mental command, he felt the capacitor crystals lurch into action as a magical shield just a little bigger than the ship formed outside. With a fair bit of excitement of his own, Harry activated the final system and thought hard about home. Feeling the need to say something as the last systems activated and the exterior view seemed to ripple, Harry spoke. “To boldly go, where no man has gone before!”



    Harry pointed ignored the snickering and the quiet ‘Yes Captain!’ Note to self, find motivational phrases from science fiction my oathsworn aren’t familiar with.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Back on Azeroth only a few moments after Harry Potter was banished from reality, Stine found himself suddenly very aware that Hermione was the only person present that had never taken the Loyal Lord Oath. Where Caliona, Senastrasz, Jason, Luna and especially Alira had been giving him a lot of very nasty glares, Hermione had proved that she possessed all the passion (some might say temper) of a Red dragon by angrily tackling him to the ground in her draconic form and looming over him with fire in her eyes. (And elsewhere as well, given the thin wisps of smoke coming from her mouth.) “ Explain. Now.



    Wishing he had a better answer, Stine looked directly into her eyes and spoke. “I can’t say this was the only way, but out of all the possibilities of the future, this is a path that leads to victory. Harry isn’t alone! Look around, those that aren’t with us anymore are with him! He has what he needs, I swear it! We’ve been all over the Timeline already! Nozdormu was always going to find us, there’s rules of consequence and repercussions we have to obey, but Nozdormu can cheat! ” In response to the pressure on his throat, he yelped out with only a hint of panic: “I have a plan!”



    Hermione stayed in place for a moment, pinning down the Bronze with a more agile, slight build for a moment before she reluctantly stepped back with a snarl. She did, however, express her displeasure by spitting a ball of fire onto the grass. “What is your plan then, temporary leader?”



    “Nozdormu had a panic attack after he banished Harry. We need to cause it. Azeroth’s mortals occasionally find a way to move through time, I know exactly where to acquire a way to travel through time that doesn’t require the Caverns. A few tweaks and we’ll get to work.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    After leaving the Void, several moments were spent in tense transition for Harry and his crew. (Except for those on the bridge, everyone else was inside Orthanc, which rested inside the pocket of Harry’s armor.) The bridge was deathly quiet for the entire five minutes, and the only thing visible was a swirling distortion. Well, the bridge wasn’t entirely silent. There were some groaning and straining sounds echoing through the ship, but there was no other choice than to hope they arrived in one piece. Eventually Harry felt the Glamdring’s interdimensional teleport complete with a shudder. Over the next few minutes those manning the various stations reported in, listing the damage to the ship. Overall it wasn’t too bad, but their ship would need some repairs before going any further. At first the only thing to be seen out of the illusion that showed the space in front of their ship was a black void, but then Khanagos began to sweep the illusion to the side and everyone relaxed when they saw stars again.



    Two days were spent making repairs: Six of the metal plates that kept the generated magic inside the Glamdring had been torn off during their transit and had been lost during the transition between universes. Their ship’s original hull needed to be shorn up in three different places as well; the massive patch job on the ship’s underside had held together, but only barely. Over time the ship would become tougher as the network of wardstones drank in more power and bonded further to the metal hull. Eventually this ship would be just like the one he’d raised from the sea bed, magic saturating every deck and shard of metal.



    As repairs neared completion, Harry found himself studying the visible galaxies intensely. Their first jump had put them into the empty space between galaxies, and Harry was very glad they looked familiar. “No, trust me, I know where we are now. Look, that’s Andromeda, that’s Pegasus, and those are the Magellanic Clouds. Which means this galaxy here is the Milky Way. I never thought five years of Astronomy would actually be useful, but there you are. I think Earth is in this general location, but we’ll just have to move closer and navigate by the stars until we find the right constellations.”



    During the week the Glamdring drifted through the chasm between galaxies many new trees were rooted and grown to maturity, the new practitioners of Nature magic vastly increasing the output of their expanded spaces. As they did their job, Harry began casting expansions in the ship itself, creating parks and vast stretches of farmland in some of the many, many unused compartments. With flowing streams and warm breezes the ship started to truly feel alive. More capacitor crystals were added to the network to take advantage of the additional magic. As the days went by, however, Harry began to feel strange in his human form, like there was some sort of painful pressure pounding on him. His only relief was living in Hadrion’s form, but that wasn’t exactly a hardship. It was a little awkward completing the Loyal Lord Oath as a drake, but Harry managed. Luckily it wasn’t too inconvenient, considering the sheer number he had to get through. Of the ten-thousand Draenei he had rescued from Argus, two-thousand had been relocated to Orthanc before Harry had been ejected from reality, and Harry planned to complete the Oath Ritual with each of them before they arrived home.



    There was a pleasant surprise once the capacitors had finished recharging and the ship’s in-universe teleportation system was used. (Functionally, the ship used something similar to Apparition when it didn’t need to breach from one universe to another.) It turned out that in-universe transportation only used about one-third as much power as the near-total drain that had gotten them out of the Void.



    Two and a half months, twenty-nine Teleportation-jumps, and thirty-four iterations of the Potter Brand Emergency Interstellar Navigation Telescope™ later, the Glamdring reached Earth, only for its crew to realize that this was not their Earth. At least, no one hoped it was their Earth, because the entire planet was a radioactive wasteland. So this is what Earth looks like when the mundane’s ‘mutually assured destruction’ goes from theory to reality.



    Even as efforts to locate survivors and prepare aid began, they received proof that this wasn’t their home after an inspection of Mars. The terraformer’s dome wasn’t present, nor was the slowly growing Martian sea. No one was surprised when Harry told the group they were going to make contact with the survivors and see what could be done to help them before they left this reality behind. Whatever had happened here, the vast majority of humanity was gone, and almost every magical being was as well. The radiation that seeped through every corner of the world had altered Earth’s ambient magic, and apparently even seeped into the ley-lines. The magic that flowed under the earth and swirled in the air was now itself poison.



Harry, who had not left his draconic form in months, was standing in one of the Glamdring’s cavernous interior spaces as his group prepared to launch a relief effort. The first scouts to apparate onto the surface had become extremely sick, even through their armor so a better solution was warranted. Their ship’s four remaining areas for launching and maintaining small craft had been connected by a combination of cutting a direct corridor and creating expansions. Given their ability to manipulate space, it seemed like a good idea to have their future fighter craft (unmanned, if at all possible) be able to fly through one opening, repair and rearm, and then fly out a different entrance.



When the Glamdring’s original crew had faced the Void creature, they had baited it with nearly every source of energy they had; and they convinced it to attack the battleground they chose. The ship’s auxiliary craft had still mostly been torn apart, but several were mostly intact; the current project was a simple angular cargo hauler that was hastily being fitted with levitation enchantments and magic-based propulsion devices to replace the destroyed engines. Some of the craft’s systems had been brought online by installing a small network of capacitor crystals and a standard cube stocked with Stombark trees, but the craft was still powered by magic. (The designs for magical propulsion in space had been improving. Slowly. )



    From orbit, the Glamdring’s crew had been using scrying magic since they had arrived. There were less than fifteen-thousand living sentient beings on the planet, with the largest group in North America living in and around some sort of military base. There were other, much smaller groups of survivors scattered across the most arid and isolated parts of Asia and Africa. Between the radiation itself and the way it had poisoned the ley-lines, every biome in the world had collapsed and every drop of rain was spreading poison. Deciding to try not spooking the surviving natives, their shuttle’s first mission was delivering a shipment of food, clean drinking water, and a simple alchemically created potion normally used to treat exposure to Fel magic. (The potion had worked well on their scout, so Dalistrasza was hopeful it would begin to heal the survivor’s radiation poisoning.)



    After dropping off twenty crates that had been clearly labeled, (as had all the contents) their shuttle began roaming the planet, collecting the smaller groups of survivors. At the mostly-underground mountain base, no one was visible as they flew in and left the crates behind, which was probably because the base had a working radar. Some mental magic might have been necessary to lure the desperate small groups of survivors into the ship, but they had few complaints upon being given as much food and water as they wanted along with medical care. The survivor’s problems were not just caused directly by radiation, as unless shielded from the radiation, plant and animal life could no longer survive. (If it wasn't the radiation itself, it was the decrease in sunlight and significant drop in surface temperature thanks to fallout choking the skies.)



Hoping to begin healing the planet, Harry’s oathsworn (now with a layer of lead on their airtight armor) had planted the first grove of Crimson Oak trees near an isolated, frozen lake in what had once been Canada. Their hope was that the Oak’s ability to draw in magic and return it to the environment after altering it would ‘filter’ this Earth’s magic, and in time even absorb the radiation itself. Many of the magical trees were planted in clusters to see what worked best, but there was an unpleasant surprise when they landed at Hogwarts. Or rather, where Hogwarts used to be. Compared to other craters, the gaping hole where Hogwarts, the school’s grounds, and Hogsmead once stood was massive. Harry recalled a debate between Sirius and Dan Granger about nuclear weapons and wards; Harry suspected that Hogwarts’ ancient wards had shrugged off the first nuke, but then a much large r warhead was sent out.



    With new, terrible suspicions, Harry began searching England, starting with Malfoy Manor. The Ancestral home of the Malfoys had also been reduced to a radioactive crater, which led Harry to a terrible suspicion about what had occurred on this world. As his oathsworn continued to deliver supplies and gradually build trust with the survivors, Harry began the arduous task of hunting down the man that might be responsible for this cataclysm. It felt oddly right, hunting as Hadrion.

 

    After five days of searching, Harry discovered a man living in an empty Buckingham Palace. His visage was covered in tumors, but the man with vividly glowing red eyes was still strong physically and magically. Sensing magic on this world was difficult thanks to the radiation, but this close Harry could sense the sickening feel of sacrificial magic; of lives forcibly taken. Given the sensation was enough for Harry’s draconic stomach to heave, it explained why they hadn’t yet found any magical survivors yet. This world’s version of Tom Riddle must have found or created a dark ritual to prolong his own life at the cost of others.



No words were needed, so Harry lashed out with a blast of lightning, channeled through his mouth. After only a moment he returned to his human form; Hadrion was better at large, blunt spells but fighting Voldemort required more precision. Although that strange, awful pressure bared down on him, he doubted he could win without the magical precision of his human form. Spells flicked back and forth, Voldemort quickly learning that Harry’s spells were far more powerful. The Killing Curse, Fiendfyre, a hundred other dark curses, each one of them was either countered or blocked. Where Voldemort lashed out with Earth’s tightly controlled magic, Harry responded with magic that was the culmination of everything he’d learned. For every spell the Dark Lord threw at Harry, he was forced to dodge or block a spell of lightning or fire from Harry. And counter so many transfigured attack animals. Sadly, to Harry’s aggravation, the toxic environmental magic disrupted travel-restriction wards very quickly, which meant that as soon as Voldemort realized he couldn’t easily kill this unknown man he fled. And so began the most destructive game of tag ever seen.



After fifteen separate battles and a chase that led all over England, Harry had Voldemort pressed against the edge of a steep seaside cliff. He had given up on organized travel wards and was simply continually disrupting the ambient magic; ensuring that any travel method would result in a splinching or worse. As Voldemort looked at him with hatred in his eyes, the Dark Lord spoke a single question. “Who are you?”



    As Harry created a compressed sphere of blue flames in his left hand while his right kept a wand trained on Voldemort, he decided to banter as he completed his spell. “I am the son of James and Lily Potter, and I am Justice for your deeds, Tom.”



    Even as Harry’s orb of flame began to let out small sparks of electricity as he continued to conjure and compress the flames, Voldemort proved he had at least one trick left up his sleeve. With a flick of his wand, a thousand Inferni buried just under the surface rose up. Including two that Harry recognized from the album Hagrid had given him as a first year.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Before leaving on a hunt for a Dark Lord that might have already been dead, Harry had left Ralion in charge of the relief efforts. As Harry had been hunting, Ralion had made contact with the survivors based out of the Cheyenne Mountain military base. Most of the base was actually underground, and the survivors there were lucky that a brilliant scientist who had been present when the world went to hell had stretched their ability to generate power and purify water; they were even growing food deep in the mountain. While the surface of Earth was devastated, many satellites were still functional and they had seen the Glamdring lumber into orbit.



While desperate, the survivors had remained civilized thanks to the leadership of Colonel Jack O’Neill. He was rational and practical with a dry sense of humor, and Ralion found he didn’t mind working with him. During the discussions of aid, the story of what exactly had happened came up. As Harry had guessed, a terrorist with seemingly magical powers and glowing red eyes began murdering both military and civilians in massive attacks and kicked off a war. (Fiendfyre and flee seemed to be Voldemort’s favorite tactic.)

 

Subtle mental magic wasn’t Ralion’s best subject, but he knew enough to believe the Colonel when he claimed to have no idea the terrorist’s base targeted in March of 1989 was a school. (Given the amount of time-traveling he’d done, the discrepancy didn’t bother Ralion; for whatever reason, they had landed in 1992 on this world.) O’Neill summed up the result of that attack rather succinctly. “If there were any of the magic-users that might have sided with us, wiping out a school must have driven them to the other side.”



“And eventually your leaders got desperate, and the nukes started to fly.” Receiving a series of grim nods in response, Ralion sighed. “We’ll help however we can, but our ship isn’t some gleaming edifice of technology. We’ve been navigating here for the last three months with telescopes after we got caught in a dimensional rift and had to salvage a ship. We’ve started planting groves of plants that should absorb the radiation, and we’re prepared to mine some asteroids and build you permanent, self-sufficient biomes. There will be some conditions, and we can negotiate them when our leader gets back. He’s out hunting for the man who started this.”



    They were interrupted when an airman assigned to monitor feeds from surviving satellites entered the conference room and reported explosions of some sort and massive plumes of fire in England. With a sigh, Ralion pulled out a small enchanted sphere and over the open speak-stone connection asked Khanagos to connect his orb to the scrying spell watching their Lord. Despite the high-quality projection, it was hard to tell exactly what was happening at first, given the torrents of fire.

 

    Massive flaming animals of Fiendfyre and Harry’s new Twilight flame transfigurations battled and tore at each other. The conference room watched with baited breath as the man who had murdered millions with his own hands fought a young man in his twenties who matched him spell for spell with no apparent effort. Colonel O’Neill started to utter a warning when Voldermort swirled his wand and all the Fiendfyre collapsed into an orb the size of a basketball, but the blue flame creatures pounced on it as both combatants teleported away.



    Ralion winced when the Inferni surfaced, his heart going out to his lord. Responding to a question while keeping his eyes on the battle, he spoke. “His parents. On our Earth that terrorist, Riddle, killed our leader’s parents when he was a toddler and now this Riddle has animated his parent’s corpses out of spite. James and Lily were brave enough to fight against him despite the danger. Riddle’s about to find out why you don’t disturb a sleeping dragon.”



    On the projection from the orb, the corpses of James and Lily Potter leapt at the man who was and wasn’t their son. In response, Harry threw the compressed ball of flames in his hand with a terrifyingly blank expression on his face. A split second after the ball hit the two corpses, the scrying device showed nothing but a maelstrom of blue fire. After a few moments the flames died down and the scrying orb revealed Harry striding purposefully through the ash towards the fallen form of Voldemort. With the sudden silence Harry’s words came through clearly. “I win Tom.”



In a raspy, choking voice, Tom Riddle responded. “Fool. My power is eternal, I am immortal!



“I’ll put that quote on your tombstone. ” With that, Harry pointed his wand at a rock for several moments as it slowly turned into a purple crystal. Soul magic wasn’t nice magic, but it was something Harry had learned to counter out of necessity. Stabbing the crystal into Voldemort's chest, Harry switched from a wand to his spear as it slid out of the sheath on his wrist. Placing the tip on the purple crystal, Harry channeled magic and slowly pulled Voldemort's soul, every piece of it no matter where it lurked, into the shard. For those watching, the magic was rather boring except for the sparks of lightning that danced around the spear’s tip. Harry felt the various fragments as they were pulled in, one by one until the man’s entire shattered soul was contained in the crystal. When he pulled it out of the scorched chest, the body dissolved into flakes of dust on the wind. Just to be safe, Harry conjured more flames that consumed everything around him.



Both on the scrying spell and the speak-stone in Ralion’s collar, Harry could be heard asking for a status update. With the show over, Ralion pocketed the sphere projecting the illusion and reported that he had made contact and things were progressing well before signing off.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    With Voldemort’s entire ravaged soul in a crystal, Harry had a brief moment where he wondered what to do with it. Not having a better idea, he traveled alone to the crater where Hogwarts’ once stood and returned to his draconic form with a sigh of relief. The pressure he felt bearing down on him had become nearly unbearable during the battle. As he stood there, watching the freezing wind swirl snow, ice, and other detritus, Harry centered himself for a moment. When he was ready, he opened a portal into the Twilight Realm. Like Ralion, Harry was gifted with controlling his other form’s flames, and struggled with abilities involving the Twilight Realm directly. (So far, this seemed to mostly rely on gender. With only a few exceptions, female Twilight dragons seemed naturally skilled at accessing and manipulating the realm they were intrinsically connected to where the males were skilled at controlling the destructive flames.)



Stepping through the portal, Harry looked around and relaxed. The Twilight Realm had a very specific feeling to it; it wasn’t his friend, it wouldn’t come to his aid like the Emerald Dream would for a Green dragon. In fact, if Harry let down his guard and stopped actively calming the chaotic magic that lingered everywhere, this place would destroy him. It wasn’t a welcoming place, but it was useful. Holding a wand awkwardly in his talons, Harry began a flurry of spellwork. With mostly transfiguration and enchantment spells, a massive cannon took shape, reinforced with runes. While Harry could have simply destroyed Voldemort’s soul, he wanted no part of that madman’s power in him if he could help it. Instead, he intended to introduce Voldemort to an interesting fact about the Twilight Realm. On Earth, Azeroth, or really any planet with a strong magnetic field, the chaotic magic could be forced to calm, could be made safe. Beyond that, so far there was nothing that could survive, nothing they’d tested that wasn’t instantly torn apart. While Harry didn’t think Voldemort’s soul could survive even the normal Realm if he just tossed the soul shard in, it felt worthwhile to be sure.



After forty minutes of enchanting and a few test fires, the soul shard was loaded into a shell that was enchanted to ignore friction. The cannon itself was powered by simple physics, a powerful chemical reaction, and copious use of the Unbreakable enchantment. Unlike normal projectiles, this bullet would never slow down unless it hit something. With all the appropriate safeties in place, Harry ensured the soul shard was still intact, (It was for the moment, but the soul within was starting to disrupt the enchantment containing it.) and fired. Once sure the soul shard had cleared orbit and had zero chance of re-entry, Harry returned to the physical plane. Note to self: Begin experimenting with a magic-based gun or railgun to replace the Glamdring’s missing cannons. When physics is your bitch, anything is possible.



From there, Harry knew there was one place he had to visit. He hadn’t been to Privet Drive in years. Apparating close, Harry decided to fly the rest of the way. For the most part, Surrey was an urban wasteland, and flurries of snow drifted past. No bombs had fallen here, but the radiation had killed the people and the constant haze had killed the plantlife. It was… surreal to glide through Little Whinging, to see his hiding places, the places Dudley had beaten him, all dead and desolate.



As He approached Privet Drive, Harry felt the magic present before he saw his former residence that had never been his home. Take that, blood supremacists! Your manor’s wards didn’t protect you. Hogwarts’ wards failed, the Ministry’s wards failed, but my Muggleborn mother’s wards still stand strong! As Harry drifted closer, he was forced to slightly amend that last thought. Well, they’re still standing anyway. But they’ve kept the radiation out. There’s a lot of magicals in there, they must be packed like sardines, I wonder who organized getting them here? Landing next to the house, Harry realized the Blood Wards were near failure, they were simply under too much strain. Placing a talon at the edge of the house, Harry carefully channeled enough magic into the wards to bring them back up to full strength.



    Carrying a cube with a few useful items in it had long since become a habit, so Harry withdrew a simple cube with no name and began withdrawing some stone and lead for permanent transfiguration. Ignoring the curtains that rustled every time he turned to look, Harry summoned a dozen car-sized asteroids out of the cube and set them nearby. Deciding to build a simple dome to start, Harry drew his spear and held it clumsily in his talons. While it felt clumsy to use a focus that wasn’t meant to be used by a dragon, that odd pressure had intensified during the fight with Voldemort; it was painful enough to keep Harry as a drake now.

 

    The asteroids began to flow together into a dome that covered Three, Four, and Five Privet drive. As the dome rose and cast the interior into darkness, Harry cast a one-way transparency enchantment on the dome, then conjured an orb of light that would mimic sunlight. That done, Harry planted the Kingsleaf and the dozen Crimson Oak saplings he’d been intending to plant before he’d gone after Voldemort. (It turned out that the trees did indeed filter radiation out of the environment, though it was a slow process; the trees could only take in so much without destroying themselves.)



    With the trees in the ground, Harry cast a powerful shield directly around the three houses inside the dome, and spent the next ten minutes laying out the boundaries of the expansion. Normally expanding an enclosed space would invite problems with pressure, (or rather, the lack thereof) but he simply left the door to his cube open. Once the expansion was stable, Harry conjured enough water to fill the empty space between the edge of the dome and the new island, giving the expansion a sizable lake around the houses. Later on, he would plant a Blackstone tree and one of the water-producing Lacus ferns and place a small hole to allow the excess water to flow outside. With that done, he began stripping out of his armor, needing to use magic to release all of the latches in this form. A warming charm later he jumped into the new lake; he’d been wearing the armor for a while and the smell was unpleasant. Summoning some food supplies, Harry flicked a charm onto himself and the water slicked off as if his scales were oil.



Trying to put a reassuring smile on his face, (without showing off his many teeth) Harry set the food out on the lawn and knocked on the door. Speaking loudly enough to be heard through the door, Harry tried to reassure those inside. “It’s safe to come out now. Your wards have kept the worst of the radiation away and there’s enough clean material out here that it’s dispersing rapidly. I promise not to hurt anyone.”



    Since those inside were still hesitant, Harry decided to cheat. It was easy to transfigure an outdoor grill, and soon he was using his wings to waft the scent of a sublimely-seasoned roasting talbuk under the door. He might look a bit ridiculous doing this, but he was hoping to put them at ease. As he paid more attention to the magicals inside, it seemed as if they were young and untrained. Eventually the front door opened, and Harry was genuinely surprised to see two skinny young girls crawl out of the house, ducking under a row of at least three very young centaurs. The girls were thin, and the smell coming out of the house was awful.



The two coming out watched him distrustfully for a moment and Harry sighed. Walking over to the water, Harry dipped a talon in and brought the temperature up enough to be comfortable to swim. Turning back to the house, he spoke up again. “I just made the water warm enough to bathe in, everyone come on out and wash off. I’ll transfigure you some new clothes. How did you even get the centaurs inside? They can’t have fit through the front door.”



    One of the two braver girls spoke up, and Harry finally recognized the two as Susan Bones and Hannah Abbot, circa 1992. “We brought them in through the garage, but we can’t get the door open without hurting anyone.”



    Moving to the front of the house, Harry carefully used transfiguration to pull the door straight outward, revealing three lamina and another centaur who unpacked themselves carefully before heading for the steaming water with a certain glee. Speaking up again, Harry created a table and placed the prepared food on it. “There’s food out here if you’re too hungry to get clean first, let me know if you need help unpacking yourselves. I have a healer on her way, she should be here in about an hour.”



    One by one more children exited the house like it was some sort of clown car. About half were magicals he could remember from Hogwarts, the others represented every magical non-human species on Earth; if he wasn’t mistaken he even saw a young Fleur and Gabrielle Delacour. Harry moved to the side and simply watched for anyone that looked to be drowning. It was probably inappropriate for him to even have his eyes open, but he’d rather be called a pervert than let someone drown in the lake. These survivors certainly didn’t have any compunction against mixed-gender bathing, so Harry didn’t let it bother him. They had obviously been living in very close quarters for a long time.



Lured by food and the desire to feel clean again, the survivors chose to simply ignore the talking dragon watching them. Most of the children were girls, though there were a few boys, including Dean Thomas who Harry had shared a dorm with at Hogwarts. Harry had never met a kitsune before, and found their species rather interesting. Apparently without the illusions (or their race-wide animagus-equivalent fox form) they were remarkably human with claws for nails, fox-shaped ears, and a tail. Nearly the last out of the house, two girls he recognized as muggleborn that had been in Hufflepuff and Ravenclaw a year above him exited the house while carrying another girl with them. She was weak, stumbling along as they supported her. Harry goggled for a moment at seeing his female reflection before he realized what had happened. The Blood Wards, with so much power needed to keep those inside the house safe, had nearly drained his local self dry.



    Not wanting to wait for Dalistrasza to get here, Harry rose and tried not to move in a threatening manner. Not an easy thing to accomplish, but this close to the girl that was his reflection the pressure that had kept him in his animagus form for months could be felt even standing there as Hadrion. A quick wandless summoning spell had basic healing and mana potions pulled from where he’d piled his armor inside the cube. Startling the two girls that had been moving the nearly drained girl, he convinced them to lean her against the house for a moment and bring him a bottle of water. Making a careful measurement of the two potions in the cap of the water bottle, Harry convinced his other self to drink both. …He might have been a little too generous on the magic-restoring potion, given how the girl seemed to gain a sudden sugar rush but not the strength in her limbs to move under her own power.



    Seeing that he now had an audience that was wary but not afraid, Harry spoke up. “It’s nice to meet you all. My name is Harry Potter, and how I got here is a long story. But please believe me when I say I am here to help.”



    Needless to say, that brought forth a torrent of questions from the locals. Harry was still answering questions in between carving steaks off the side of meat with overly dramatic motions of his spear clutched in his talons. There was widespread disbelief of the fact that he was a dragon animagus, and even more that back home he was the infamous ‘boy-who-lived.’ Strangely enough, the ‘girl-who-lived’ believed him. Warm sunlight, the steam coming off the lake, full stomachs, and piles of transfigured pillows and blankets conspired to lure many of the children and young teens to sleep by the time Dalistrasza arrived along with a few of the Draenei. Harry attracted a small group of watchers as he built an air-lock and created a door for the dome. (He also had to transfigure a pontoon bridge since the house was in the exact center of the dome.)



Dalistrasza chuckled briefly as she entered in her human form and paused to stare at the young lamina that had wrapped herself around Harry’s wings. He simply shrugged and replied quietly. “She just said I was warm and curled up on top of me. Now she won’t let go and I feel bad about waking her up.”



    While he was studying in Theramore, Harry had challenged himself to build a useful custom cube for all the people he was close to. Dalistrasza’s was a garden overflowing with Life magic and seemingly endless gardens of magical plants that were needed for healing potions. Several Draenei assisted the healer as she worked by fetching or brewing potions as needed.



One by one, the sleepy children were treated for malnutrition and the story slowly came out of what had happened here. Susan Bones explained that Albus Dumbledore had died suddenly, from what turned out to be a combination of a poisoned glass of wine at a Ministry function and a sleeping curse that kept him from calling for Fawkes. From there things had gone bad quickly, as Lord Voldemort announced his return and the Ministry folded like a deck of cards. Arabella Figg, knowing Voldemort would wipe out entire families and even their children if he felt like it, began carefully moving as many kids as possible to Privet Drive. She even provided several expanded trunks that had provided the group’s food after the fallout killed everything. (They were originally impressive mock-jungle cat runs for the most part.) Petunia and Vernon had complained loudly, but had quickly shut up when Arabella was able to talk ‘Rose’ Potter and the other children through harnessing their accidental magic. (Mostly this involved simply wanting something enough to make it happen.) The children never really accomplished much without wands or someone to teach them, but they had managed to make the plants they’d been eating grow.



Eventually one child too many came to live at Number Four, and Vernon became violently belligerent. Arabella simply tazed him and his wife, while the children restrained Dudley. No one knew what happened to Vernon, other than Arabella loaded him into his car at gunpoint and eventually drove back alone. Petunia became a prisoner in her own basement at that point when she demanded they all leave her house. Given that Rose, like Harry, had lived in the cupboard under the stairs until Arabella invited herself in, Petunia had no friends in that house. After a rocky start, Dudley turned out to be a better person than the one Harry had known and worked hard at turning Arabella’s cat playpens into small farms.



One day, Arabella went out to bring another child to safety and she simply didn’t come back. The children were aware of the danger currently loose in the world, and were smart enough not to go looking for her. As for the various non-humans? The Centaur were experts on Divination, but they weren’t the only ones to see the impending disaster on the horizon. One group of non-humans contacted another, and after many hurried discussions a very… diverse group traveled to England and the best safe haven the Centaurs had been able to find. Arriving just as the first nuclear bombs flew, they offered the children in the house all the supplies they had with them in exchange for shelter.

 

When one nation tracked Voldemort to Hogwarts, possibly not knowing it was a school and the children were hostages, a ‘brilliant’ general dropped a small nuclear bomb. Hogwarts’ wards stood strong, but the village of Hogsmead was wiped off the map. Hogwarts’ vaunted wards might have held off the first nuclear warhead, but the second was a thousand times larger. Voldemort’s attacks continued, and suddenly the fears of the generations who had lived through the Cold War came true as every suspected refuge of the magical terrorist was bombed. From there, the nukes became… less targeted and more frequent as old grudges returned at a very bad time. After all, what’s one more bombed out city?



    Life at Privet was crowded and unpleasant as the children were forced to remain inside at all times thanks to the radioactive fallout that blanketed the planet. Dudley had been making trips to forage for more food, and went out alone when it became apparent that the magical refugees were hit harder by the radiation. He too simply didn’t come back one day. As time went by, the Blood Wards struggled to keep those inside the house safe, and were forced to draw more and more power from the two people they were anchored to. Petunia died cursing her niece and her sister, the wards simply tearing everything away from the weak squib. Apparently she was buried in the backyard.



    Over the next few days, Harry and his oathsworn began building dozens of simple expanded domes in North America and England, with each cluster connected through tunnels. Harry had become rather good at creating expanded spaces, and the ones he created for the survivors included scenic mountains, island retreats, and enough basic housing and fertile soil that they would only starve if they became lazy. Much of this Earth’s magical knowledge had been destroyed, and what was left would need time to decontaminate with the rest of the world. Still, the dragons Harry was close to each had their own personal cube, and many spellbooks were copied for the magical children. More knowledge was written down or recorded, between Harry and Khanagos, they knew a thing or two about magic and Harry figured his ‘little sister’ would enjoy learning from a collection of his memories in a pensieve.



By the time all the survivors were accounted for, there were fifteen thousand mundane humans and sseventy magical children of varying species. When Harry asked for volunteers, six younger drakes and two Draenei chose to remain behind on this Earth to watch over and teach the magical children. It felt odd to leave them behind, but their Lord knew they had everything they needed to thrive on this world. (Including a large and varied bank of reproductive material under stasis. There simply were not enough humans left to avoid inbreeding in future generations. Humanity might end up being a quarter Draenei and a quarter dragon or more, but life would endure, and the new blood would be a good thing anyway.)



The last thing Harry did before leaving was explain his plan to use magical trees to slowly restore the world. If nothing else, the mundane survivors understood that the magical survivors would continually provide as many of the radiation-cleansing trees as was feasible. Aggressive action against them would be very akin to killing the golden goose.



With the survivors given housing, fertile farmland, and a pair of cubes filled with Stormbark trees to power a ship or airship, the irradiated Earth and its people had been given a real chance of recovering. The Glamdring left Earth once more, traveling away from Earth for a week before once more activating the interdimensional translocation array. All of his oathsworn were hopeful this next jump would bring them home, or at least closer. Well… Nothing to do but roll the dice.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



After Harry left, a sense of peace and hope slowly built among the survivors on Earth. For ten years, a converted military ship powered by one of the ‘Storm Cubes’ sailed Earth’s seas, it’s amphibious vehicles planting the steady supply of saplings across the globe. The trees slowly warmed the planet as they cleansed the air and radiation, but it was slow going.



The mundane survivors based out of Cheyenne Mountain reached for the stars and found alien life that had enslaved many innocents across the galaxy. After a cunning military campaign based mainly around stealing as many ships as possible, aided by enchanted weapons and armor from the magical enclave in Surrey, the mundane survivors left Earth behind. As the amount of radiation decreased, the survivors finished the job of restoring the planet and made Earth into a magical paradise, kept safe by a number of ships exchanged for magical solutions with the mundane survivor’s of humanity's near self-destruction. As part of their ongoing trade agreement, the domes that had once sheltered the remnants of humanity without any magic were stocked with many different kinds of animals found among the stars.



Those animals were gradually released into Earth’s wilds, where the abundant magic gradually altered them. Just like mundane humans occasionally produced a magical child, so too did the animals experiencing environmental magic for the first time. Entirely new species were created, some by nature and some by experimentation. Using the ships from their mundane cousins, the magical enclave on Earth launched terraforming efforts on nearly every world in the solar system as a hobby.



As the years went by and a new power rose to dominance of the galaxy, Earth was slowly forgotten, until the last group of mundane humans left it behind for greener pastures. Out of necessity, the people left behind began to experiment with the creation of near-human (and also near-dragon and Draenei) species. They even created an enchantment that was applied to the two female Draenei who had chosen to stay behind. This accidentally turned these Draenei into a mono-gendered subspecies when the spell that made their offspring into near clones of themselves with minor traits from the father bonded to them a little too well and became impossible to remove.



Earth became a paradise for magic and many different species living together in unity. When the planet healed, the magical trees continued to produce magic until Earth, just like Azeroth, began to lose small parts of itself as areas of high magical density broke the laws of physics and went elsewhere. Like Azeroth, this Earth began to sow magic throughout creation, giving of itself to worlds that had no magic of their own until the new worlds could nurture magical plants and animals of their own.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



Cannon Extra: Herald’s Plan



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    This battle could have gone both better and worse; I just wish the Mantid had surrendered. That was the main thought that echoed through Tendrion’s or as he was known to most of those here, the Herald’s, mind. The Zandalari had proven eager to fight alongside the Alliance and the smaller groups of Tauren, Blood Elves, and Darkspear Trolls the drake had managed to round up for this invasion, and they had proven their worth ten times over. While their victory hadn’t been bloodless, it had been overwhelming. The plan had been fairly simple; while the Skyfire airship drew attention the Zandalari warships would advance while obscured by conjured fog and destroy the enemy’s coastal fortresses before landing troops. Once the Mantid, a race of beings similar to the praying mantis who worshiped the Old Gods, realized the real threat was coming from the ocean, the Skyfire would re-position and cover the advancing army with additional artillery, short-range aircraft, and magic.



    That was the plan, and it had worked almost too well. Tendrion looked behind him at the massive tree that had once held the Mantid’s seat of government, now burning with both merry orange fire and his own black flames and sighed. Instead of surrendering, the Mantid had chosen to fight to the last when they realized the invaders were enemies of their gods. Despite the Mantid’s might, this had been more of a slaughter than a battle. Between the Zandalari’s artillery and the Skyfire’s, no static defense or garrison had lasted long. The Mantid were not helped that most of their army simply attacked in a mindless swarm. Being a race that was naturally capable of flight thanks to their insectiod wings, much of their forces had charged the Skyfire itself and found that it boasted a magical shield with teeth. (The Skyfire’s shield was a variant of the Earth’s Protego Diabolica spell.) The ground battle had been intense. Tendrion had fought as a living siege weapon, burning out structures and dashing forward to destroy their enemy’s weapons before they could target the soldiers storming the beaches.



    But if there was one factor that had decided the day, it had been a handful of new spells and foci from Azurewing Repose. A number of Senegos’ forces had joined the expedition at the last moment and brought with them a few simple spells and the most precise magical foci the invader’s magic-users had ever used. Instead of casting wasteful, inefficient spells with the usual poor control (by Earth’s standards) the Mages aboard the Skyfire had cast endless volleys of a spell that summoned swarms of small fireballs that sought out enemies and detonated. As a race, the Mantid relied on sound, both for essential communication and for their more dangerous weapons. (The Mantid’s sonic weapons were powerful enough to liquefy organs at close range.) Stellagosa, from her location on the Skyfire’s prow, had cast massive silencing charms that nullified the enemy’s weapons and threw much of their army into chaos.



    Elune’s Herald was broken out of his thoughts when he felt a familiar hand on his shoulder. While he had darted around the battlefield, throwing the Mantid into further chaos and burning all that he could, Uther had led their army from the front. Tendrion had seen Uther every time he had paused to pick a new target, and the man had obviously not forgotten how to inspire others during his time in the afterlife. In any case, he was grateful that Uther had guessed what was bothering him. “I know lad. I wish this could have gone a different way too, but remember what you explained about our foe. The Mantid did not simply serve the Old Gods, they formed from their very flesh. After today it’s obvious that they never really had the freedom to choose between good and evil. But take heart, I just got back from the base to the west where the Mantid’s most elite warriors made their stand. I found an egg too large to contain normal Mantid, but too small to hold one of their war-beasts.”



    Tendrion smiled. “The Mantid only have one queen at a time. I’ll have Stellagosa collect the egg, between Azurewing expertise and Elune’s grace, there might be hope for the Mantid after all.”

 

    Pausing to stretch a kink out of his neck, the drake let Uther’s news alleviate the stress of nearly ending an entire civilization. Still, there was much to do and no time for introspection. “Uther, I have a task to accomplish elsewhere for now. You’re in command of our forces here, but remember your objectives. First, you need to capture as many Mogu alive as possible to interrogate. Most of their magic is brutish and ugly, but the Mogu are the only known users of spells that can turn flesh into stone and stone into flesh. We also need to secure the Titan Forge Complex, with the priority being the portions under Kun’Lai and the Vale of Eternal Blossoms.”



    “Of course. I’ll be sending scouts out soon and I’ll move to secure the Forge as soon as it’s located. The water’s deep enough for a good port just to the north, so I’ll have a small force get started on that as well. Good luck with your task, Herald.”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    As Tendrion spat and shook himself off while standing next to a scalding, and rather acidic, pool in the Borean Tundra, he considered how to tell Stellagosa that she needed more practice making ‘Portkeys.’ He’d shed his armor upon returning to the Skyfire; hopefully this next task would be more diplomacy than combat. Giving up on shaking himself dry before the water froze on his wings, Tendrion simply bathed himself in his own flames before setting out. I won’t deny that Northrend is beautiful this time of year, but it’s still far too cold.



    An hour’s flight had him approaching Coldarra, and he set down on the first rocky outcropping that overlooked the crater. A few moments later he’d pulled wood out of his pocket dimension and lit a fire to alert the Blue Dragonflight’s guards that he was present. The Blues had mostly been in disorder since Malygos had died, and right now they were preparing to empower a new Aspect to lead them. Since Malygos had been slain inside ‘The Eye of Eternity,’ his lair and a magically created dimension, the vast power the insane Aspect had wielded in life had not dispersed, but had been trapped inside. During the next ‘Embrace,’ the rare astronomical event when Azeroth’s moons (The White Lady and the Blue Child) conjoin in Azeroth’s skies that power would be channeled into a wyrm to create a new Aspect.



    After sitting alongside his fire long enough to roast and consume several rabbits, Tendrion’s welcoming party arrived. Standing up, he took a moment to shake the snow off his back before giving the patrol a shallow bow. He briefly looked the six Blue drakes over before speaking. “I am the Herald of Elune. My goddess asked me to speak to your leaders to offer her blessing as you empower a new Dragon Aspect. I apologize for the inconvenience, but would you be willing to call an assembly of your Wyrms?”



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    While Tendrion hadn’t received any direct disrespect or insult, the amount of time he’d been left standing on a floating platform in the freezing winds felt like one. For whatever reason, the Blues had decided to have all of their important meetings outdoors on floating platforms that were massively upscaled versions of the personal flying discs. Sometime after he had gotten tired of freezing and built a small fire on his smaller platform, wyrms started to trail in. By the time they were ready to hear him speak, Tendrion had been forced to break ice off himself three times. The Blue wyrms seemed particularly grumpy and unwilling to hear him out, but thankfully Kalecgos called on him to speak.



    “Elune sends her greetings to the Blue Dragonflight! She wishes for me to give you an offer and a warning! If you will allow me to speak on her behalf on the day you choose your new Aspect, Elune will provide ten powerful sources of magic to further empower your new chosen leader in these dangerous times! The warning is this: At Elune’s command, I have been hunting down the Twilight Hammer’s Cult and have found that their plans to steal the eggs of the Dragonflights continue! I am afraid that those I caught did not know much, but I would suggest you move as many eggs as possible from where they are now. Elune offers her temple in Darnassus as a safe refuge to house your children along with those of Ysera’s Flight until the crisis has passed.”



    While Tendrion really did try to follow the discussion that followed, he was so cold he was beginning to turn blue. (Which, given that Elune had changed his scales from a dark blue to black, was a problem.) As Kalecgos offered him a portal to Darnassus, Tendrion resolved to learn magic to stay warm even in the arctic chill of Northrend before he returned the morning of the Embrace.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



    Tyrande Whisperwind was both amused and exasperated as she meditated in the Temple’s Moonwell late that night. Elune’s Herald had returned to the Temple through a portal late that morning, and she had joined in an effort that saw two dozen priests and priestesses work together to carry the exhausted, and especially large, drake into the private bathing pools in the Temple’s living spaces. The poor dragon was half frozen and had taken a long time to warm as a pair of healers worked to fight off the awful cold he was developing. One of Darnassus’ chefs had been contacted to provide a simple nutritious broth for Elune’s Herald, since in the few moments the dragon was coherent he had mentioned he couldn’t stomach anything solid right now. (Upon exiting the portal in the Temple, he had immediately lost the contents of his stomach.)



    Tyrande would be wary of the new visitors pouring into Elune’s Temple if not for the joy the goddess felt that Blue, Green, and Red dragons trusted both Elune and the Kaldorei enough to move their children, both hatched and unhatched, into the Temple. While Tyrande was ready for either a good night’s rest or a vacation, when one of the Temple’s guards interrupted her, saying that her guest had arrived, Tyrande left the Moonwell behind. She was extremely glad that an old friend had been able to arrive so quickly. As she stepped out into the moonlight and saw a hooded human woman with a staff waiting for her she reached forward to embrace her. “Lady Proudmoore, it is good to see you again. Thank you for coming so quickly!”



    Pulling her hood back, Jaina smiled. She hadn’t visited Teldrassil in years, and she’d missed the calm, tranquil atmosphere. “It’s good to see you as well, Tyrande. Your message sounded urgent, how can I help you?”



    With a smile Tyrande led Jaina into the Temple. Users of magic had been looked down upon by her people ever since the War of the Ancients, but Jaina Proudmoore had proven herself a friend of the Kaldorei in the Third War and since. Many demons had fallen to the Arch-Mage during the Legion’s invasion of Hyjal and recently Jaina had sacrificed Theramore’s vaunted neutrality by allowing Alliance soldiers to travel through her port in response to the Horde assaulting their people to the north in the hopes that applying pressure in the Barrens would force the Horde to divert troops away from Ashenvale. “As you can see, we have become a refuge for those who fear what the Twilight Cult would do to their eggs.” Tyrande spoke quietly as she walked around the sleeping dragons that took up almost all of the interior space in the grand hall of Elune’s Temple. “We simply do not have enough room, I was hoping you would be able to help us with that.”



    Ignoring the dragons, Jaina walked to the nearest wall and began examining it. Cautiously she channeled some magic into the stone and had a thoughtful expression as she pulled her hand away. “Sadly I’m no artist with expansion magic, but I can easily get you enough space to house a thousand dragons. Can you have paper and quills brought? I will need to make measurements and calculations before creating the expansions, and it would be best if we started with some side rooms so I can get a feel for the temple’s stone. Actually, it would probably be best to lay a wardstone as well; with so many guests you could have strong defenses soon.”



    With a gesture, one of Tyrande’s guards ran off to gather what Jaina needed, carefully weaving through sleeping dragons while she attempted to avoid a number of playful whelps that had become bored. “I have some understanding of what a wardstone does, and while normally I would reject such a thing here, with so many innocent lives at stake I would be grateful. I will ask Elune for direction about the material and what defenses should be included. What did you mean about not being an artist? I admit my only exposure to this kind of magic is the common enchantment woven into containers.”



    “Tyrande, you’ll have to visit Theramore for an afternoon sometime. You wouldn’t believe how much space there is inside my tower’s aquarium.”



    Even as she enjoyed a moment of peace with a friend, part of Tyrande was dreading the return of her husband. Malfurion had understood the dragon’s need for a refuge, but he had not been happy to house Blue dragons in their capital city. They had argued for a time before Tyrande ordered Malfurion to lead Darnassus’ Mages and Druids out to find herds of deer and elk to feed the Temple’s new residents. Thankfully she had a day or two before she had to worry about more arguments as he and his Druids were out in various places in the world, moving many animals to the forests outside the capital as possible and placing fertility blessings on both the new arrivals and the depleted original herds to increase their numbers.



    Tyrande had been incredibly impressed with the first expansion Jaina created several hours later; a single utility room now had enough space for all of the dragons already present to sleep. By the time Jaina finished using portals to collect dirt, (mostly muck from freshwater lakes and streams covered with desert sands) collect water, and even create artificial sun and moonlight every adherent of Elune was extremely impressed with her. Each expanded room would soon bloom with all manner of plant life, as soon as the city’s Druids returned. Jaina created two more expansions that day, and promised to return to create more soon. Tyrande finally managed to get some restful sleep during the day, and that night was once again feeling amused. Elune had eagerly approved setting a wardstone in her Temple and had tasked Tyrande with collecting a number of rare materials to combine into a powerful base for the protective enchantments.



    Tyrande checked on the healers tending to Elune’s Herald (he was doing better, but still had some fluid in his lungs and wouldn’t be ready to fight again for at least a week) and gave orders to have Shandris Feathermoon recalled to lead their people until she returned. After greeting her adopted daughter and the leader of all the Kaldorei’s armies, a rank that had involved exactly zero nepotism, Tyrande prepared for a small adventure away from her duties as she collected the materials Elune requested. Perhaps Lady Proudmoore would be willing to accompany me? She looked as if she could have used a vacation from her responsibilities and the war herself.



    Tyrande laughed quietly to herself as she prepared to leave the Temple when the serpentine Loa and Blue drake Elune had shown to her entered and respectfully asked to be shown to Elune’s Herald.



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.



A/N: Yes, Harry has now converted a Harrower Dreadnought into a Naaru-style dimensional ship. The tarnished gold ship he welded into the Glamdring’s wound was what was left of a Protoss Arbiter (sans Protoss) that didn’t quite make it safely out of the final Starcraft 2 mission. The Ghost they rescued is just there for an idea for an epilogue adventure that’s been bouncing around in my head lately. (If you need to know her story, she ended up stuck with allied Protoss forces during a chaotic fighting retreat. Once stuck in the Void, the Protoss crew placed her into dimensional stasis because their ship had no human-compatible rations.)



I really wanted to get Harry back home in one chapter, but it just stretched out. He’ll make it back home next chapter if I have to write out another 20,000 words.



Tendrion doesn’t like Northrend, he’s not much for snow and ice. Give him a jungle any day.



For some reason I have the idea in my head that one of the Star Trek crews, maybe Voyager’s, gets stuck in the Void five minutes after Harry leaves.






Chapter 37: Chapter 37: Plans Go Awry

Chapter Text

This chapter took a while for a couple of reasons. First, it’s a bit longer than usual and second my muse decided I needed to outline and/or write out a few chapters of some ideas for other fics.

 

Big thanks to my betas, who helped me find a lot of things I’d missed in this chapter!

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Chapter 37: Plans Go Awry

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Sister, you have no idea what you’ve done. Nozdormu, the Aspect of the Bronze Dragonflight, was reclining in the artificial warmth of Ruby Dragonshrine; a few hours ago he had regained consciousness for the first time in days. As soon as he had banished that mortal from the Caverns of Time, (From existence actually. The Caverns hosted numerous dimensional weak points and the Bronze Aspect had simply tossed the mortal out the nearest one and into nonexistence.) the Aspect had been overwhelmed by the drastic shift in the Timeline and the feedback had driven him insensate. Even now, relaxing in the warm sunlight of the Ruby Dragonshrine, Nozdormu could feel that the future had shifted away from the One True Timeline. But after Alexstrasza and Ysera had tended to him, that fact seemed… less important.

 

    He was lost in thought for a moment, until he shifted slightly and his attention snapped to his right forelimb. For whatever reason his old one had disintegrated into sand before it could be reattached, but he had graciously been given a replacement. Korialstrasz, the youngest and only surviving consort of Alexstrasza had volunteered his limb as a replacement and even now was reclining in the Dragonqueen’s personal chambers as Alexstrasza slowly used her magic to encourage a replacement to grow. (Something that was only possible because her Consort was a powerful user of Life magic himself.) The Red forelimb was too small for him, it’s donor being only two-thirds the Aspect’s size. But already the limb had become a part of his body, and thanks to Alexstrasza it was growing steadily to be a perfect match for his other forelimb. Flexing the new (to him, anyway) talons, Nozdormu felt the Life and Fire magic of the Red Dragonflight's second most powerful individual flowing through him, already hopelessly merged with his own magic, coloring his own power. Tainting it!

 

    But he couldn’t bring himself to tear it off. For better or worse the damage has been done. Nothing left to do now but make the best of it. between the replacement limb and all the power Alexstrasza and Ysera had poured into his flesh to make it his own, the damage was done. Even if he tore it off now and tried to confront the battles to come with only six limbs, he couldn’t remove the foreign energy that had polluted his core magic, it was as if someone had poured water from a lake and a river into a bowl; they were easy to combine but impossible to separate.

 

    Sighing, the dragon reflected on what had happened after he had collapsed. Whatever drake had been working with the outsider had obviously blended with his own forces after he’d fought the Mage, and suggested a time and place to bring him before Alexstrasza for healing. He wasn’t sure if that was malevolent or not, this point in time was far enough into the war with the Twilight Cult and Dragonflight that Alexstrasza would be well acquainted with treating injuries from Twilight fire, but his insistence that Ysera also be on hand was disturbing. The disruption in the Timeline had been tearing at his mind, and Ysera lulling him to slumber had been a welcome sensation, though it had kept him from refusing the replacement limb. That drake had warned Ysera of a subtle and deep mental control that had been placed on him, and explained to her that she would only be able to detect it by the resistance to her efforts in tearing it out. Doubting the Bronze drake, but choosing to heed his words anyway, Ysera had applied her magic to him as Alexstrasza labored to replace his missing limb, supposedly loosening some sort of deep-seated mental magic.

 

    If there was something altering my decisions, I was never aware of it. With how cautious she and Alexstrasza have been since I woke up this morning, I shudder to think about what she actually found… Have I been compromised? Has the madness that will drive me to create the Infinite Dragonflight someday already taken root? Neltharion fell to madness, in part anyway, because he was alone. He never trusted the Black Dragonflight as much as he did the five of us that became Aspects. With the One True Timeline no longer certain, or maybe even completely impossible, will my sister’s treatment keep me from going insane, or is that destiny fated? Was Aman’Thul wrong?

 

    With nothing better to do for the moment, Nozdormu stretched out for a moment and let himself drift back to sleep; losing a limb and gaining a replacement was no small injury. (Not to mention the new arm growing rather quickly to match his other was draining on its own. He was not a young dragon, after all.) Maybe he could forget these new doubts in his dreams.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Tendrion decided that he really needed to do something nice for Stellagosa when he had the time. Over the week he’d spent recovering from hypothermia and a horrible cold in the Temple of Elune both she and Quetz'lun had taught him a few spells to stay warm even if he chose to take a stroll along a glacier. Between that and the specialized arctic recipe for scale treatments, he felt comfortably warm as he watched every Blue wyrm gather to choose their new Aspect. Elune’s Herald felt out of place, and oddly would have fit in better before Elune had altered him. (Well, at least in regards to the color of his scales. The Blues would never have listened to a Twilight drake.) Still, as the group gathered around the Nexus’ entrance for last minute politicking or greeting old friends, he had to consciously keep a smile off his face.

 

    After a debate among the Blues, even Senegos’ mates Jagragosa and Kylrigosa were present. Senegos, however, was neither welcome nor able to leave the island where his home rested; years spent tying himself to the ley-lines to strike down an insane Aspect had left him tethered to the land itself. Both mates of Senegos were wearing ivory and cobalt plate armor that was obviously enchanted just in case they had to fight their way out after a new Aspect was chosen.

 

    Eventually Kalecgos noticed the Herald and greeted him. After that, Tendrion spoke up loudly enough to be heard by most present. “I have the items Elune has provided. Whenever it is convenient, we should incorporate them into the focusing array you’re planning to use. Since you’re using the Embrace as part of that focus, Elune might have a suggestion or two to increase its power.”

 

    One of the wyrms, whose name Tendrion only knew because Elune had decreed he must not become the Blue’s next Aspect, spoke up. “Do you mean Elune or yourself, messenger?”

 

    Giving Arygos a smile that was all teeth, Tendrion responded. “I mean Elune herself. I am both her Herald and child, she is the only mother I have ever known. She sees through my eyes and speaks through my mouth whenever she pleases.”

 

    That was all true, and Elune had even directly told Tendrion that he had been adopted through magic as she remade him in her private realm. Without more conversation, Kalecgos, Azuregos, and Tendrion took wing and flew up to a floating platform. The platforms had been rearranged since his last visit, with the massive platform where the wyrms would debate the future of their Dragonflight and one would be chosen to ascend now lower than the others that circled it in ascending rings. While there were some outliers, nearly the whole of the Blue Dragonflight would have been sorted into Ravenclaw if placed under the Sorting Hat so it was no surprise when they collected an audience as Elune’s Herald inspected the focusing and infusing array.

 

    “This isn’t bad at all. Whoever decided to use the Embrace as part of your ritual was very clever. We’ll only need a few alterations for this to work.” Speaking up a bit, pitching himself to be heard by their audience, Tendrion continued. “Elune always felt it strange that the Titans limited the Blue Dragonflight, the Flight tasked as the guardians of all magic, to Arcane and Frost magic. Magic is so much deeper and wider than those two schools, and Elune’s gift to your Dragonflight will give your new Aspect a broader collection of power to call upon.”

 

    Elune’s Herald walked to where the focusing array had a place reserved for one of Elune’s gifts and with a gesture from his claw withdrew a gleaming blue metal cube that was eighteen feet on every side from his pocket dimension. “Elune’s first gift to you is an artifact containing oceans of Arcane magic, deep and pure.” Moving to the next place, he withdrew another cube, identical but for the magic pouring out of it in the Blue wyrm’s senses. “Earth is the backbone of the world, firm, resolute and dangerous in the right or wrong hands.” Tendrion kept speaking as he withdrew one cube after another. “Entropy is often mistaken for Void magic, but there is a subtle difference those who have fought the Old God’s corrupted cultists and Faceless will recognize. Entropy removes energy and matter from our universe, but that power can be reclaimed. Both Black and Red dragons can call on Fire magic, but it is not theirs alone. Fire is both a tool and a weapon, it will cleanse what nothing else will. Frost you know well, this cube contains enough icy magic to turn the desert of Tanaris into a frozen plain. Mastery of Life magic makes Alexstrasza Azeroth’s greatest healer. This cube does not contain enough to let your new Aspect rival her, but it will let them become a powerful healer if they have the patience to learn.

 

    “Nature magic is the realm of the Green Dragonflight, Druids, Loa, and the Ancient Guardians. What few know is that it’s possible to infuse nearly any kind of magic into plant life with patient skill; infuse the right plant with the right magic and nearly anything is possible. The power of the Twisting Nether is different from the magic that occurs naturally on Azeroth, but it is not inherently evil or corrupting. Malygos started the Nexus War after consuming a band of Netherwing dragons, but everyone who understands the reasons we do not eat sentient life knows the reason Malygos traded one madness for another: A soul consumed always exacts a toll.” Tendrion exchanged a glare with Arygos briefly before continuing. “Storm magic is wild, free, and a bringer of change; the lightning strike that burns down a corrupt forest. Water magic is tranquil, healing, and useful for going around obstacles that cannot be torn down.”

 

    As he finished speaking, Tendrion slotted the last cube into its place in the focusing array. Each cube was a variation of the designs that had become popular in Azurewing Repose, and each had been filled with magical flora exactingly cultivated by Elune herself; this was the first time the ten cubes had left Elune’s personal realm. He took a deep breath as the surrounding mithril inlays began to glow as the magic leaching out was captured and directed. When the array became active at the height of the Embrace, every drop of magic inside the cubes (save for the absolute minimum needed to maintain the interior expansions) would pour into the Blue’s new Aspect. Now… all I need to do is expose the Blue Dragonflight’s traitor.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    An hour later, Elune’s Herald smirked to himself as Kalecgos let loose a roar that must have been heard for miles as Malygos’ scavenged magic flowed into him along with all the power stored in the massive expanded cubes that had been integrated into the array. Between those cubes filled with magical plants and Elune’s own gift of power there had actually been too much for any dragon, wyrm or not, to survive. Elune was now channeling the overflow, taken from the magic that had once belonged to Malygos, into him. It wouldn’t be enough to force his own change into a Dragon Aspect, but it was pushing him farther along that path. Combined with all the power he’d claimed from the Ardenweald he might even reach that pinnacle before this war against the Old Gods and their servants came to its conclusion. This was nearly as painful as his desperate gamble in the Shadowed Lands, but he accepted the pain gladly because it meant his plan was working.

 

    (When two dragons of different Flights interbred, the slavery that came from the Titan’s magic conflicted and was disrupted in both parents and offspring. Disrupting that binding magic in an Aspect required either an equally powerful mate or an immense infusion of magic tuned to disrupt the binding. By doing it now, as all that power poured into Kalecgos and elevated him was even easier, though the cost was still high.)

 

    Looking down, he found himself smirking at Arygos who was bound and restrained along with two Twilight Dragons on a platform near the ground. Senegos’ mates had promised a dark fate for Arygos, but still better than the traitor deserved. Arygos had been conspiring with Deathwing, promising to lead the Blue Dragonflight into the service of the Old Gods if only he could become its Aspect. His reaction of summoning a strike force of Twilight Dragons when exposed had proven his guilt. When Senegos’s mates returned home, they had promised to send a scroll on a massively complicated spell and a series of potions. Because the Blue Dragonflight was flirting with extinction and their need for more numbers was desperate, Arygos would be the first test of the magic that would flip his gender, turning the traitor into a Broodmother. As for the two Twilight dragons and the dozen drakes that were bound below them, Tendrion would give them a choice: Service to Elune or Senegos.

 

    Trying to distract himself from the sensation of power flooding through him, he went over the fight that had occurred when Arygos, exposed and facing the entirety of the Blue Dragonflight, had called on the Twilight strike team for aid. It probably surprised them how I knew exactly how to counter everything they tried. It wasn’t even hard, considering I was put through the same training and my flames are more than capable of destroying theirs. Today has been a good day.

 

    Tendrion felt Elune’s presence swell in his mind, knowing it meant that she was seeing through his eyes again. Then she spoke, mind to mind like she often did. Indeed my Herald. The new power is settling in Kalecgos even now, and the magic the Titans did not intend for his kind will soon free his mind. I do not regret my contribution even though I will be weakened for a time and will need to rest soon. You will need to be vigilant while the mortals take control of the Forge under Pandaria. My temple is now a sanctuary, and more dragons and terrified refugees arrive daily. I would have you guard it while I slumber and gather my strength, my Herald.

 

    As you wish. I will send Uther a message that he will be in command for now and return to your temple immediately. Should the Twilight dragons wish to serve you…

 

    Have them kept restrained for now my Herald. When my strength recovers you and Tyrande will heal them together.

 

    Instead of words, Tendrion simply sent his contentment and joy in return. He had wanted, so very badly, and for so long, to help his people, to free them from the chains of madness and blind hatred. Now these ones would be free of the Old Gods, and work with either Senegos or himself to make the world a better place. And speaking of breaking mental controls... He looked down at Kalecgos as the thrum of power slowed and eventually stopped. One Aspect down, three to go.

 

    Suddenly he felt the tired mirth from Elune in his mind. Two down, my Herald. Nozdormu has been dealt with by my pebble and the avalanche of stones that follow him; I doubt it was planned but they saw an opportunity and seized it. I have a plan for Ysera, but it will need to wait until I am strong again. My pebble may free Alexstrasza or not, we will need to wait and see. Successful or not, my pebble will be given the opportunity to try. He owes the Dragonqueen a debt.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Harry Potter, fourth year student at Hogwarts School of Witchcraft and Wizardry was not looking forward to tonight, tomorrow, or the rest of the school year. Last night his name had come out of the Goblet of Fire and instantly the entirety of the school had turned against him, save for Hermione. Even Ronald Weasley had joined his detractors. Harry slumped. He should eat something, but he honestly just wasn’t hungry. This felt like a repeat of second year all over again. Looking at Hermione as she nibbled a bit of salad and watched him worriedly, he gave her a weak smile. She had stood by his side through thick and thin, and proven time and time again that she was a true friend. Almost dropping his head to the table, he looked up. The sky was overcast, but he could have sworn he saw a half dozen shapes moving through the clouds, in the direction of the school’s entrance. He only saw, or thought he saw, silhouettes, but…

 

    Suddenly jerking upright and turning his head to look towards the head table, Harry considered being polite. Then again, the Headmaster had said he believed him last night but hadn’t bothered to let the school know he was competing against his will. Taking a deep breath, Harry shouted from where he sat. “Headmaster Dumbledore, by any chance is the First Task going to involve dragons?”

 

    Snape instantly began to berate him and take points, but it wasn’t like Harry cared at the moment. Dumbledore, in his grandfatherly voice that must be something the old man practiced in front of a mirror, replied. “Harry, whatever would give you that idea?”

 

    Harry just jerked a finger towards the ceiling and the cloudy evening it depicted. “I notice you’re not saying ‘no.’”

 

    As that sunk in, Harry suddenly had a real sinking feeling in his gut. ‘No, I’m not going to expect a fourth-year student that’s had two useless defense professors to fight a dragon.’ Was a reasonable statement and something he really wished Dumbledore would say, and the fact that he hadn’t… Harry ignored the Headmaster and turned to Hermione. “I suddenly feel the need to research dragons in the library with you tonight.”

 

    Any response from Hermione went unspoken when Dumbledore jumped to his feet and suddenly his voice echoed from every stone in Hogwarts. “There are intruders in the castle! All students are to shelter in place until they have been removed! Filius, Minerva, help me seal the Great Hall.” Dumbledore quickly turned to his fellow Headmasters. “Please ready yourselves for battle, one of the intruders is so powerful the castle’s wards can no longer detect the others.”

 

    With a flourish of his wand, the doors of the Great Hall slammed shut and locked before glowing in flashes as Dumbledore and Professor Flitwick began applying protections. Harry’s head of house flicked her wand and the only other exit of the Great Hall sealed shut, the stone moving until the corridor was just another wall. Harry heard one of the French students mock Dumbledore for trying to distract away from Harry’s comment, but the Great Hall went silent when the doorway shook, like Hagrid had struck the massive doors with his fist. Hard. Dumbledore and Flitwick, who had stood back, began applying more spells to the doors, and it looked like whatever was there had left. Then the doors rocked under another blow, hard enough to shake bits of dust loose around the door. There was a pause, then another blow, harder this time, and another, and the door buckled inward briefly.

 

    One last blow came, and the door banged open. Harry wasn’t sure how it happened, but Dumbledore and Flitwick had been thrown backwards into the wall, probably thanks to the backlash from their spells failing. What stepped through was not the giant or troll Harry expected, but instead a man. He was wearing green leather that might have been either clothing or armor, and the shade tickled at his mind for a moment before he realized he’d only ever seen that shade of green on Slytherin’s Basilisk. The man was young, perhaps twenty years old, and he sheathed his wand with a twitch of his wrist as he strode into the Great Hall with a smirk on his lips. He paused briefly, taking in where Dumbledore was slowly rising before sweeping his eyes through the Gryffindor table. Harry gulped when the man locked eyes with him, realizing the man’s eyes were nearly the same shade of green as his own. As the man strode directly towards Harry, the whole hall held its breath. Since he and Hermione were now outcasts there was a significant amount of space at the bench, which allowed the man to sit down right next to Harry.

 

    Now closer, the man’s facial features were revealed, and Harry realized he’d only ever seen them in one person before. Once seated, the man held out a hand for Harry to shake, but instead the boy jumped to his feet and screamed at the man. “Where have you been! Do you have any idea what I’ve gone through?!”

 

    When Harry got a laugh in return, he tried very hard to slug the man. That only got him an arm twisted behind his back and forced back into his seat as the man laughed harder. Now even more angry, Harry almost missed the man’s words as he spoke. “I know we look similar, but your father had hazel eyes, Harry. Take another guess.”

 

    Harry, now entirely confused, looked closer at the strange man before speaking again. “Are you my dad’s brother, my uncle?”

 

    The man looked at Harry with a friendly smile, as if he was teasing a younger sibling. “Nope. Here, take a look at this:”

 

    With that, the strange man pulled back the leather hood, and Harry realized there were runes in the leather that looked like they had been carved out before molten metal was poured in. As he angled his head so Harry could see it easier, he heard a gasp from Hermione before he realized what he was looking at. There, on the forehead in the same exact place as his own famous scar that people loved to gawk at was a faded white line in the shape of a lightning bolt. That.. was impossible… that meant… The man patted Harry on the shoulder before he reached into a pocket and pulled out a covered tray. Glancing at Harry’s plate and thinking, probably remembering his own life, the older Harry pulled out a second tray. Placing one in front of each of them, he pulled back the covers. Harry hadn’t been hungry, but the scent of roasted meat and vegetables was enough to make his mouth water. Oddly, the scent wasn’t beef or lamb, and he didn’t think it was venison or elk either.

 

    Apparently able to guess Harry’s question, the older version of himself answered without being asked. “It’s talbuk, a semi-magical grazing animal about the size of a moose. Don’t worry, it’s not intelligent like Unicorns or some others. It is, however, delicious. I hope you don’t mind if I eat while I answer questions, I sort of built up an appetite getting here and that’s on top of the extra hunger I’ve been dealing with lately.”

 

    With that, the man dug in eagerly, just barely maintaining civilized table manners. Harry had a bite before anyone could stop him, and discovered that it was surprisingly good. “This is good.”

 

    “I have a wonderful cook, he’s the only reason we haven’t starved or been stuck eating charred meat for the last four months.” The older Harry looked back and forth between Harry and the ever-curious Hermione and chuckled. “Ask your questions. There’s a few answers I won’t give in the Great Hall, but I’ll explain those later in private.”

 

    Harry had questions, but he was almost shouted down at the massive rush of words from Hermione. The other Harry laughed. “One question at a time Hermione, and speak it slowly enough that I don’t have to alter my perception of time to comprehend you please.”

 

    “How did you travel back in time so far? Time-Turners only go back five hours at a time!”

 

    Harry smirked, pointedly finished chewing, and then spoke again. “It’s complicated. I have traveled in time, but it’s more sideways than backwards. I’m obviously older than your Harry, but I am not your Harry. Then again, I am. Or rather it’s better to say that we are both Harry Potter.”

 

    Seeing his explanation hadn’t actually explained anything, he continued. “I’m from another reality, so I’m a completely different Harry Potter. However, because of how souls work, your Harry and myself are also parts of a greater whole. And no, I don’t know how or why that works, but I have a kind of proof for it anyway.”

 

    Harry, the younger, spoke up. “Then you know what’s going to happen to me, who put my name in the goblet!”

 

    Annoyingly, the older Harry chuckled again. “Maybe. But alternate realities aren’t straight copies of each other. To quote a friend and advisor, who is a lot smarter than me, ‘The broad strokes will be similar, but if you try to count the trees you’ll go mad.’ Before coming here, we landed on an Earth where we were born as a girl and Voldemort returned in ‘89, conquered England, then started a war that got nearly everyone killed. It’ll be fifty years before the radiation dissipates and anyone on that world can survive outside the domes my team built without lead-infused enchanted armor.”

 

    All of the muggleborn and half bloods familiar with the end of World War Two went pale. Hermione actually gasped and Harry felt his stomach drop as he spoke up. “How many…”

 

    “There were about fifteen thousand muggles that survived, and only seventy magical children. Voldemort got desperate and cobbled together a sacrificial ritual to steal the life and vitality of magicals and hunted down every magical that wasn’t hiding under our Mom’s blood wards; Number 4 Privet Drive was like a clown car when I got there. The radiation was strong enough to poison the magic flowing through the ley-lines and that killed those that escaped Voldemort’s sacrificial ritual.”

 

    While that horror percolated, older Harry ate a few more bites of his roast. “It’s not so bad though, if the survivors follow the plan I put into place they’ll be fine. ‘ Rose Potter ,’ our local self, has enough teachers, books, and magical notes to study for the next millennia. We didn’t have my main library at Potter Estate, but it turned out Khanagos and his… wife, are sort of pack-rats. By the time we got everything duplicated we had to build a new dome just for their library.”

 

    (When Khanagos had given copies of his personal tomes and scrolls to the new magical library on the irradiated Earth, he had commented that ‘The best part of knowing how to create a pocket dimension is never having to leave a good book behind!”)

 

    That was about the time Dumbledore got back onto his feet and shouted at the newcomer. “What have you done? That location was secret for a reason!”

 

    The older Harry laughed, a deep belly laugh at the apparent absurdity of Dumbledore’s statement. “Old Fool. The Ministry of Magic has Harry’s address.”

 

    “That is no reason to tell the world! His family is now in danger!”

 

    “No more than they were yesterday really. Don’t play dumb old man.” Harry paused to stick a forkful of potato into his mouth and chew. “You idiots threw away the chance my parent’s deaths gave you and never purged the Ministry of Magic of Voldemort’s supporters. Worse, you allowed those clearly guilty to go free on their bribes even as you allowed Sirius to be falsely imprisoned until he broke free.” A pressure descended on the Great Hall, and suddenly no one but the newcomer could breathe easily. “He was loyal to you. Sirius fought and was willing to die for your Order of the Phoenix Dumbledore. And you repaid that loyalty by throwing him away.

 

    The pressure on the hall faded away, and the older Harry turned to his younger counterpart. “Your godfather is Sirius Black, an innocent man who was thrown into Azkaban without a trial, right? I might be making an assumption based on my own life.”

 

    “You’re right, Sirius is innocent. I saw Pettigrew alive myself and he admitted to betraying my family as he begged for his life. But Snape lied to the Minister and no one would listen to me.”

 

    Older Harry patted his younger self on the shoulder. “Don’t worry, I’ll handle that for you. Sirius is a great guy and rather clever once his head cleared up a bit. I even have the healer that treated my Sirius with me, so we’ll get started on that tonight. I sent him a Patronus with a tracking spell on it earlier, so he should be here soon and she can get started on him.”

 

    Dumbledore boomed across the Great Hall. “And how do you plan on ‘dealing’ with the Ministry?”

 

    The older Harry smirked. “I’ll attempt words and reason the first time. But a government that imprisons the innocent and frees the guilty doesn’t deserve to stand. I’m in the wonderfully freeing position of being powerful enough to take care of that with my own hands if the corruption runs too deep to cut out.”

 

    Dumbledore took a few steps closer and thundered out a few more words. “And do you think I will simply let you do this?!”

 

    The older Harry laughed again. “No, I intend to drag your foulest actions into the light Albus. Then I will prove to the world that you’re a dark lord just as Grindelwald and Voldemort are. Then I will kill you in a duel.”

 

    Harry, the younger one, suddenly had a worrying thought. “Harry, you mentioned the world Voldemort destroyed. But you didn’t say what happened to him.

 

    The older Harry spoke again. “I killed him and destroyed his soul. The hardest part was getting him to stand and fight, I ended up chasing him all over England before he ran out of tricks.”

 

    That response, said between two bites of food, caused a chill in those listening. Voldemort had been the nation’s boogieman for decades, and to hear, even if they didn’t fully believe it yet, that this man had killed him and made light of it… Even Dumbledore stood silent. Hermione was the one to break the quiet. “What do you mean the Headmaster is a dark lord? He’s the greatest light wizard alive!”

 

    More chuckles rang out through the hall. “Oh Hermione, you need to learn the difference between truth and propaganda. People thought the same thing about my world’s Dumbledore. I’ve already verified he’s done a few of the same things both here and on my world, but here, let me show you what happened the day we chased my Dumbledore out of Hogwarts. It was a day that very nearly went badly for us.”

 

    With that, he withdrew a golden circle of metal the size of a large serving platter. “This is a runic device similar to but slightly different from the pensive. The only name it has, as far as I know, literally translates to Memory Viewing Device. Enjoy.”

 

    He withdrew a strand of silver from his temple with a wand that slipped into his hand from his sleeve, and suddenly the room darkened as the projection formed into an almost life-sized version of the Great Hall ten feet above the floor. The projection was very good, and the images that followed, where the students stood in ranks and discussed mental alterations were immensely disturbing. Younger Harry felt his stomach drop as he watched a boy only a year older than himself launch into a duel with Albus Dumbledore, matching talent and skill with passion and ferocity. The conclusion of the duel, when the Headmaster left the students to die to a spell he’d never heard of and fled… The dragon animagus’ screams as he threw his own flames against the Fiendfyre were piercing. There was a palpable relief when Harry managed to finish snuffing out the cursed fire, the projection showing a subtitled translation of the Parseltongue words the other Harry had spoken to end the threat.

 

    Once the projection faded away the only sound that could be heard was the clink of silverware as the older version of himself finished his meal and returned the utensils and tray to an expanded pocket. “Now, let’s go over a few things, Harry. And before we go any further, you can call me Hadrion instead of Harry. It’s a slight alteration of a name my parents considered briefly and what people call me sometimes, in the tradition of our father.” Harry nodded, knowing exactly what Hadrion was talking about, but having no idea what the name signified; Prongs and Padfoot were slightly more descriptive. “I have a few tricks and spells to teach you Harry; there are things I’ve learned that fit me very well, and others I’ve invented. I probably won’t have time to teach you everything I learned during my apprenticeship, but I can certainly get you off to a strong start.”

 

    Albus Dumbledore had moved closer and spoke up. “I’m sorry, whoever you really are, but I insist you leave immediately. The safety of these students is my duty, and I won’t have you teach young Harry dark magic.”

 

    Hadrion must have noticed the doubt on his face, because he responded to the Headmaster’s accusation. “I don’t use ‘ dark magic’ Albus. I have studied some truly evil magics, but that was only to ensure I could counter them. Then again, I use my own definition of ‘dark,’ not your definition or the Ministry’s because they change based on whatever is convenient at the moment.”

 

    No one missed the annoyance in Dumbledore’s voice as he responded. “Then what do you consider to be dark, young man?”

 

    “It’s a simple definition, Albus. Spells that require the caster to embrace emotions like rage or hate. Anger is more nuanced, there’s a big difference between righteous anger and jealous anger. Magic that alters the user for the worse, which ranges from mental corruption to a decrease in intelligence. And forcible sacrificial magic is probably the darkest magic there is. Sacrificial magic is something I find distasteful, but a sacrifice given out of love is among the most powerful magics there are.” At that, Hadrion looked at him, and more precisely his scar, which was a hint that he knew exactly how they had survived the killing curse.

 

    The Headmaster began to bluster that Hadrion had given far too simple a definition, but the man spoke over him. “Silence old fool. I won’t be lectured on the nature of good and evil by someone who’s caused as much suffering as you have.” Judging by the wave of his hand, he’d actually silenced the Headmaster wandlessly , before he refocused his attention on him. “I can see you still have faith in the Headmaster, Harry. Let’s drag some truth out into the light and fix that. Do you know how you were delivered to Number 4?”

 

    Harry could only shake his head. “I have the memory of that. You see, in my fifth year our godfather tricked Professor McGonagall into signing a contract that actually made her do something useful. I got some private lessons and my transfiguration really bloomed. I, and probably you, learn better by doing than by studying. Not to mention that spells get a lot easier when you learn to focus your magic and intent. That’ll probably be lesson number one or two after my healer clears you for spell practice.”

 

    Harry found himself curious and asked as ‘Hadrion’ reclaimed the memory he’d shown a moment ago and withdrew a small case of vials from his pocket. “Did she make it so you don’t need to wear glasses?”

 

    Hadrion chuckled. “Yes, she also took care of a lot of other things too. Dali’s the best healer I’ve ever met, she’s kept me in good health for years now.”

 

    Before anyone could say anything else, the memory Hadrion had added was projected high into the hall. Harry very rarely found himself angry, found himself truly furious, but that… he’d been left on the Dursley’s doorstep wrapped in a blanket in the middle of the night, without even a basket. Albus Dumbledore had dumped him on people that hated magic with a note being the only thing to tell his Aunt that her sister was dead. And McGonagall… ‘ The worst sort of muggles…’ and then she just leaves me there! Never bothered to check up on me!’

 

    Harry hadn’t even realized he’d jumped to his feet with a sparking wand in his hand until Hadrion put his hand on his shoulder and spoke. “Minerva, if that night went differently on this world, please provide your memory of it, but please understand that I know how to detect a fake memory and if you try, I’ll let my local self start throwing spells. This is your only chance to ever regain his respect and spare you his hate.”

 

    Minerva was affronted. “How dare you! Why would you think Harry Potter would ever hate me?”

 

    “Because you watched the Dursleys, understood that they were terrible people, and then gave a helpless child to a woman who hated her sister, hated magic, and soon came to hate her nephew. Her husband was even worse. You knew, but Albus said it was for the best and you never bothered to check on him. That makes you an accessory to child abuse, just like Albus and Ms. Figg.” Hadrion’s tone was cold as ice, and people shivered as the temperature in the Great Hall plummeted. Harry was glad that Hadrion seemed to be angry for him, or perhaps he was angry for both of them?

 

    Harry spoke up briefly. “You mean that old woman with the cats?”

 

    “Yeah. She is Dumbledore’s spy and she’s been watching you for years, she’s actually a squib that breeds kneazles with domestic cats.”

 

    Harry wasn’t paying attention to the room at large, too shocked to do so. Hermione spoke up instead. “But… the Headmaster couldn’t have known, and even if he did, it wasn’t his responsibility, right?”

 

    Hadrion glanced at her, locking eyes briefly and searching for something. After only a brief pause he responded. “There’s a reason that even in the magical world, people don’t usually dump babies on porches in the middle of the night. In November. Albus failed his responsibilities in several ways here. First, Sirius Black was Harry’s godfather and the guardian his parents chose for him, and Albus allowed him to be sent to Azkaban without a trial. Even though the man was loyal to him. ” The room had become colder briefly at those words, and Harry suspected that loyalty meant a lot to Hadrion. “But that wasn’t really an accident. Albus wanted Harry to suffer. Do either of you know what an Obscurus is?”

 

    Harry had never come across that term, but given the gasps and cursing, especially from the Durmstrang students, he guessed it wasn’t good. He was surprised that Hermione was stumped as well. “It isn’t a common occurrence nowadays. I came across the creature by chance, if memory serves as I was researching with my Hermione for the Third Task. An Obscurus is an insanely dangerous, and always lethal, magical parasite that occurs when a child is abused for accidental magic. Sound familiar?”

 

    Harry was barely aware of the audience as the blood drained out of his face and fell back onto the bench. Hermione spoke up again. “But… The Headmaster couldn’t have known that was a possibility. Obscuri must be incredibly rare, right?”

 

    Hadrion turned away from them and glared at the Headmaster. “They are rare. There’s a very specific criteria that has to be met, otherwise the child in question just ends up crippled magically, with half or less of the magical potential. But let me tell you a story I learned while my friends and I were helping rebuild Hogsmead.” At the suddenly loud mutterings, Hadrion sighed and spoke louder. “Oh, that’s barely a story worth telling. We had a short war with the Goblins, they torched Hogsmead but we got everyone inside the castle first and wiped out their army with only two losses and not one of them even getting into the school. Nothing builds school unity like transfiguring cannon fodder, conjuring serpents, or working together to call lightning so you all don’t die by goblin steel.”

 

    Hadrion let that soak in for a moment before continuing. “Anyway. In 1891 a young witch was playing with her magic and was caught by some muggle boys who attacked her. That permanently damaged her magic and created an Obscurus,” Everyone in the hall was shocked as a bolt of silver flame was parried by a graceful swerve of Hadrion’s wand. He continued to casually deflect the bolts of silver flames that were being hurled at him by an apoplectic Albus Dumbledore.

 

    Harry had no idea why the Headmaster had fallen into a rage, until Hadrion finished his sentence. “Her name was Ariana Dumbledore. She survived for eight years until she was killed in a three-way duel between her brothers and Albus’ lover. That was the result of a horrible attack and one terrible day. How much worse do you think the effects of ten dark years would be?” With the hand not holding a wand, Hadrion reached up and pressed a finger to the hood he’d placed back on his head rather quickly. “Talion, move your group in and get the students out of the line of fire. I’d prefer them to be able to watch, but their safety is more important.”

 

    Harry had no idea where the new people were coming from, but suddenly there was a team of six people on the edges of the hall, and they were summoning the benches on which the students sat high onto the walls. Oddly once the benches came close, the walls gained their own gravity, keeping them in place. As the main floor of the Great Hall cleared, the duel intensified. Where Albus was animating the tables and cutlery and keeping up a barrage of that silver fire spell, Hadrion was responding by flipping stones out of a pocket and transfiguring wolves, dragons, and snakes as well as answering the silver flames with dark blue fire. Where the Headmaster simply stood in place, Hadrion was dodging and moving constantly as fire leapt from his hand and his wand danced, a wand that was not the Holly and Phoenix feather wand he used.

 

    He was briefly distracted when a woman with long red hair and a soft, motherly face that looked to be around twenty sat down next to him and introduced herself. “It’s nice to meet you, Harry. My name is Dali of House Potter, and I’m your counterpart’s personal healer. Do you mind if I start some diagnostic spells?”

 

    When he shook his head, she drew an interestingly carved wand and began casting spells on him, but kept one eye on the duel down below. It really was impressive, neither of the two were tiring yet despite the number of spells thrown back and forth. Dali hummed as she considered the results, and this attracted Hermione’s attention. “Did you say you were part of the Potter family? Are you a relative?”

 

    Harry noticed she placed her wand into her bag before speaking again. “Accio spare glasses. Here Harry, try these instead, they adjust automatically to whatever prescription you need. And Hermione, I wasn’t born a Potter but my Harry offered me a home and family when I and some others desperately needed them. I can’t say my life has been boring since being adopted, that’s for sure, but Harry and the others have been great. I can’t wait for us to get home; Ralion, the guy that turned into a dragon in that memory, and I are planning on starting a family almost as soon as we’re back at Potter Estate.”

 

    Harry glanced away from the battle for a moment, taking in the woman’s appearance. He couldn’t ever remember seeing this well before, and it was distracting him a little. “Hadrion mentioned the Potter Estate too, where is that? I’ve never even heard of it before.”

 

    The woman smiled in response. “I can’t tell you where it is because there’s an active Fidelius Charm in place back home. But it’s a great place, there’s fertile farmland, a lake, and we’ve been rebuilding the house for a while now, bigger and sturdier than it was before. Your grandparents were good people. During the last war Voldemort needed to silence them, which is why the house was left as a moldering ruin. But you’ll see when you get there, there’s a presence, a magic, that’s built up from generations of your family living and being buried there. That’s the truest treasure, that the moment you arrive you can feel the echoes of Potter's long past, and feel that while they weren’t perfect, they were good people almost to a one. Your family is truly one to be proud of Harry.”

 

    Hermione spoke up, as their eyes went back to the duel. She saw ‘Dali’ was writing notes on a pad of paper, either shorthand or some different language, which made sense as she had cast a long string of diagnostic spells. “Remus told Harry that his grandparents died of Dragon Pox.”

 

    It was strange how the tenor of the duel was moving back and forth. The Headmaster had settled into a cold, quiet rage as the spells he sent shifted to curses that were either countered by more of the blue fire or splashed on shields no one present had ever seen before. Dali answered a moment later, her attention drawn by a particularly impressive exchange of spells.

 

    “They might have, in this reality. On ours, Dragon Pox was something said to be polite. Charlus and Dorea Potter died violently in a burning house surrounded by at least a dozen Death Eater corpses at the hands of Voldemort himself. They died, but they took a lot of evil people down with them and the world was better off for each raping, murdering, terrorist they ended. Hermione, I’ve been your healer as long as I’ve been Harry’s and I’ve treated you for a few things, do you mind if I cast some diagnostics on you as well?”

 

    “Go ahead, but I’d like to read the results if you don’t mind.” Harry and Hermione both refocused on the duel that was heating up now. Dumbledore had fallen back on transfiguration, and the growing piles of rubble were now spending time as knights in armor that were fairing rather well against Hadrion’s animals. Hadrion was actually on the back foot, until he conjured a long whip of lightning and slashed Dumbledore’s entire army in half. Taking out what must have been a box with an expansion charm, he dumped it out beside him creating a mound of small stones that came up to his waist. Many of those stones immediately shifted into more animals and wandered off to harass the Headmaster. Harry and Hermione were both distracted when she glowed a light green, and the healer hummed loudly before speaking.

 

    “Hey kids, cover your ears okay? I’m not an expert at the Sonorous charm.” Both did, and after a mumbled incantation, Dali spoke again but much louder; the first few words she spoke gave Harry an odd sensation. Đ: “My Lord!” Thankfully after that she switched to English. “This Dumbledore hasn’t stolen Hermione’s Name! These kids only have a few obliviations and some trust compulsions; this Albus might be significantly less evil than the Dumbledore back home.” Noticing that her interruption had paused the duel, she gave one last statement before quieting her voice. “But feel free to keep toying with him, it really is fun to watch.”

 

    Harry and Hermione gaped at Dali openly for a moment. Hermione verbalized what he was thinking first. “You mean Hadrion has just been toying with the Headmaster so far?”

 

    With a snort, Dali nodded towards the duel that was picking back up again. “Definitely. He hasn’t used his spear or any of his custom transfiguration spells yet. Not to mention any of the fancy stuff he learned during his apprenticeship.”

 

    Harry only asked one word as the battle resumed. “Spear?”

 

    “Technically it’s his Mage Staff, but Hadrion can fight in close quarters if he needs to; he has a number of useful enchanted objects too. I don’t know all the materials he put into it, but I know the spear’s core was once the lightning rod at Potter Manor. It was one of the things that were salvaged when we cleaned up the rubble.” Looking down, they saw that the tempo had changed again, and Hadrion was dominating. He was even including spells that Hermione identified as Disarming Hexes. Dumbledore tried to rally, and every last loose piece of stone or rubble turned into an animal and leapt at Hadrion, only for his left hand to explode into a torrent of shadows tipped with sharp blades that swept out and impaled every last animal, tendrils even swirling around Dumbledore’s shield and applying pressure like a swirling mass of pythons. Once the shield snapped, a Disarming spell got through and Dumbledore’s oddly knobby wand sailed towards Hadrion.

 

    Something strange happened when the wand was nearly in his hand, however. Hadrion jumped backwards, almost appearing to teleport, and let the wand hit the floor. He immediately tapped the side of his head, apparently activating a magical radio once more and gave a series of orders in a commanding tone. “I need a dangerous artifact team in Hogwarts’ Great Hall now. Be ready to deal with Frostmourne or the One Ring. Hogwarts, I need the wand contained as much as possible for the moment until we’re ready. You’re going to lose some stone but I’ll make it up to you.”

 

    Harry looked to Dali only to realize she’d gone pale, and looking at Hermione she’d gone pale as well. “A little explanation please?”

 

    Dali was first. “Frostmourne was a cursed rune-blade, it’s famous for corrupting the Prince of a kingdom who loved his father and his people, and was ready to die for them, into a man who gleefully burned his nation to ash, killed everyone he’d ever loved, and led an army of undead to commit countless atrocities. The One Ring is fictional as far as I know, thankfully.”

 

    Hermione spoke up. “It’s from a popular series of fantasy books, it’s an item that the Dark Lord poured his hatred, anger, and will to dominate into. The ring corrupts anyone that wears it, betrays them to their death, and is always seeking to return to its master. The ring itself is intelligent.”

 

    As Hermione explained, three more people walked in as a series of runic arrays formed in the very stone of Hogwarts. One of them, who was wearing thick plate armor and was nearly the size of Hagrid, held back and spoke in that strange, harsh language that Dali had used a moment ago. “What’s he doing? I heard the word ‘barrier’ but couldn’t understand anything else.”

 

    Dali spoke over Hermione’s claims of not having heard the same thing. “It’s Draconic Harry, it’s a magical language like Parseltongue. With some effort and practice you can learn to understand it and communicate with those who speak it, but your Parseltongue and their Draconic both go a little weird. Basically the magical languages mingle and though we understand each other, to other speakers we end up with something like a weird foreign accent. Khanagos is here to keep the students safe and keep that thing’s influence from spreading. Ralion and his understudy are here to help destroy it.”

 

    Hermione spoke up. “If the Headmaster’s wand is really that dangerous… is it safe to destroy here?”

 

    Dali waved her hand. “It’ll be fine, they destroyed an evil Void God, albeit probably a half-powered and mentally damaged one a few months back. This probably won’t be nearly as bad.”

 

    A moment later, a massive myriad of shield spells sprung into existence around the three men watching the wand as if they expected it to leap into the air and begin casting on its own. No one could hear what was said, but Harry and the understudy stepped back several paces as the man who must be Ralion transformed into a huge dragon, but from a species he’d never seen before with many spikes and a large unique horn adorning its body. Harry assumed he’d hit a growth spurt since the memory of running the other Dumbledore out of Hogwarts took place. Everyone present gasped, one of the supposed rules of the Animagus Transformation was that you could not become a magical creature, yet here was proof otherwise. It took a deep breath as Hadrion and the other conjured handfuls of those dark blue flames.

 

    Harry supposed he should have guessed what was happening when the dragon inhaled, but the torrent of blue fire was still a shock. Surprisingly the torrent hit the Headmaster’s wand, and in the first clue that Hadrion was not overreacting, nothing happened. Harry’s counterpart then hurled the conjured balls of fire at the wand before creating more, a move copied by the understudy, and more of that unique blue fire joined the inferno. Harry gasped when the flames were actually forced back and merrily ate into Hogwarts’ enchanted stone instead. Hadrion barked something he didn’t catch and they redoubled their efforts trying to overcome the wand’s defense, even as it began to float in a cloud of ghostly shadows sparking with pale eldritch light. Those shadows and sparks slowly began to solidify as the wand floated higher as the outline of a hand began to form around it. Every hair in the Great Hall stood on end. Hadrion barked out more orders in that strange language and what looked like a hole in reality tore open just behind him. Seven people in bulky suits of armor walked through the portal, and their hands began to glow with golden light which was directed towards the floating wand, the flames parting to make way for it. But still, the ghostly figure holding the wand continued to solidify outwards from where it touched the wand. Everyone in the hall could feel a horrific pressure like the air was thick with old hatred, rage, and hunger.

 

    Harry gasped when something unexpected happened. At the same instant, on both Hadrion and himself, invisibility cloaks appeared, concealing everything but their hands and heads. Harry would have liked to keep his invisibility cloak a secret, but instead watched Hadrion pause for a moment before raising his hands once more, crimson, blue, and sickly yellow magic dancing from his fingers in bursts. Hadrion turned to look directly at Harry and spoke, his voice amplified without stopping the magic flying at the wand. “Harry! That cloak has protected your family for generations, listen to it and let it guide you, we could use some additional help here! It’s still coming through!”

 

    Harry Potter took a deep breath, let it out, and listened. It wasn’t words, exactly, but gentle guidance on how his magic should flow. He raised his hands and joined his alternate self, spells forming slowly at first, then speeding up as he learned how to shape it better. The magic had a rhythm to it, a flow. Harry realized the first crimson spell isolated a small piece of the wand’s defensive magic, the blue froze it in place, nullifying the defense, and the sickly yellow spell destroyed it. He was amazed at how much faster and more powerful Hadrion’s spells were, but didn’t let up as he did what he could. At the time, he never even realized he was using magic wandlessly from both hands. As the barrage of spells continued, the shadowed being holding the wand became less distinct, less solid. Harry felt the defense grow weaker under his spells, and he felt the massive static charge that made everyone’s hair stand on end when Hadrion decided to end the fight. As he cupped his hands together an orb of violet energy formed. Hadrion threw it, and the spell turned out to be a bolt of violet lightning as thick as a football. (Soccer ball)

 

    That lightning got through and directly impacted the wand, which everyone realized when the wand screamed loudly enough to shatter every window in the castle. (The students were grateful that Dali and several other figures had erected shields around the spectators.) Harry was reminded of Dementors, or the screech of a dying rabbit. Insanely enough, that first bolt only damaged the wand and not even badly enough to expose the core, so everyone redoubled their efforts. It took two more bolts of lightning for the wand to catch fire, and everyone could see the moment the last protections were destroyed because the wand was instantly consumed in the blue flames supplied by the dragon.

 

    Silence fell over the room then and protective spells were torn down, revealing that the Great Hall was missing two feet of stone where the wand had laid, nothing left but ash. Dali began casting a series of diagnostics on Harry, then pulled out a flask. “Here, drink this. It’s water with a few diluted potions in it. Until I say otherwise, I want you to drink nothing else, all right?”

 

    Hermione asked what potions were included and Harry listened while drinking the seemingly bottomless flask. “Oh, just a few things to get him started that worked well with my Harry. There’s a few vision enhancing elixirs, a regeneration elixir, and a few more to begin dealing with the childhood malnutrition, but he’ll need some healing sessions soon to overcome that.” In response to a question about the difference between elixirs and potions Dali continued. “Potions usually have an immediate effect while elixirs have a lesser effect that lasts longer, but both are still commonly referred to as potions. We brew potions and such things alchemically, which is a much better process if you can manage it. In exchange for learning some healing spells from me I can get you started in alchemy when I have some free time.”

 

    “You want to bribe me to learn healing magic with alchemy lessons?!

 

    “After patching my Harry up so many times, I’m convinced that all Harrys need a personal healer and I won’t be here forever. I’ve taught my Hermione a few things, plus it’ll give me a chance to get you two into a relationship together.” Dali had a warm laugh, Harry decided even as he blushed at the idea. “I suspect you’d be happy together, given that my Harry and Hermione have been happily married for about five years now.”

 

    Harry realized that the healer was amused by watching both Hermione and himself sputter, but to be honest it felt something like having an older sister; teasing without any real venom. His attention was drawn to the floor, where Hadrion was berating Dumbledore for using that wand and being so blind to not realize what it really was. Everyone present gasped when a bolt of green energy, one that he had seen occasionally in a nightmare ever since his first encounter with the Dementors, sped at Hadrion’s back. Harry realized the Killing Curse was going to hit Hadrion, the man’s only companion still on the floor of the Great Hall was the dragon had flopped on the floor and was catching his breath; too far away to help. The others had left as they had arrived when they were no longer needed.



    Then, the Killing Curse just stopped, hanging there in mid-air. The entire hall heard Hadrion speak, even though his words were spoken softly. “I really hate that curse.” He waved his hand, and Professor Moody flew through the air towards him and impacted the ground on his knees, hard. “Accio Fake Moody’s Flask of Polyjuice Potion.”

 

    A flask jumped from the man and leaped into Hadrion’s left hand even as Hogwarts’ stones shifted and writhed in time with the grasping motion of his right hand, flowing up from the floor as tentacles to bind the Defense Professor. Once the man was restrained, Hadrion gestured with his right hand and a ball of blue fire leapt at the Killing Curse suspended in mid-air, destroying it. Opening the flask, Hadrion sniffed the potion inside and even poured out a few drops that hung in the air, then he turned to where the Gryffindor table was suspended on the wall. “Fred, George, could you do me a small favor and take a sip so I can prove that, once again, it’s the Defense Professor trying to murder Harry Potter?”

 

    With that, he threw the flask and must have cast some magic because it floated directly to the Weasley twins. After briefly checking the potion, both twins swallowed a few gulps and promptly turned into Alastor Moody, sans prosthetic leg or eye. Harry saw Hadrion’s smile as both twins suddenly fell over, grumbling about the many aches and pains their new bodies felt. In a tone that was a command, Hadrion spoke again. “Dobby!”

 

    Two elves appeared at that call, but they couldn’t have looked more different. The elf that had protected Harry from Lucius Malfoy looked like a small pathetic creature, wearing an odd number of socks and rags as he hunched, attention clearly on the other elf. Hadrion’s Dobby was a much more impressive creature: He was twice the size of the other, and he was obviously fit and strong. He stood upright and wore black clothing with no visible seams, buttons, or zippers; he even had a cape that fell just past his knees. Both elves examined each other for a moment, before turning to Hadrion. “Dobby, could you please collect the real Alastor Moody and bring him here? If I’m remembering right, he’s locked in a trunk in the rooms this fake has been using. After that, feel free to give this world’s Dobby some pointers, okay?”

 

    With that, the foreign Dobby saluted and grabbed the local’s wrist before they both popped away. A moment later a trunk appeared and the school finally got to see Hadrion’s spear as he touched the lock with the blade’s tip, then thoughtfully rotated the spear to unlock the trunk. From his vantage on the wall Harry could easily see into the trunk, and it was at least twenty feet down to the bottom of the expanded space. Hadrion quickly looked inside, conjured a comfortable looking robe and tossed it down. A moment later he levitated another Alastor Moody up out of the trunk and transfigured a piece of rubble into a prosthetic leg and a walking staff. Moody quickly attached the leg and stormed over to the fake, grotesquely removing the fake eye as well as a wand from inside the stolen jacket the fake had been wearing. Then, he stormed over to Albus Dumbledore where he sat on a transfigured chair, looking shell-shocked and very old. That did not stop Moody from slugging the old wizard in the face and shouting at him. “You’ve known me since I attended Hogwarts Dumbledore! How the hell did you not notice I’d been replaced with a Death Eater? Crouch Jr. is a good actor, but not that bloody good! You’ve had a Death Eater loose in your school for months!”

 

    When Moody calmed down a bit, Hadrion threw up a privacy spell of some sort and spoke to him. It was a short conversation, but Moody seemed agreeable to whatever was discussed. Hadrion spoke up again, loud enough for everyone to hear him. “Well, now that we’ve discovered that Albus Dumbledore was using what might be the most dangerous cursed relic ever and figured out who was behind the yearly plot to kill Harry Potter, it’s probably time to turn in for the night. Sadly the castle is a bit beaten up just now; I think all the windows in the castle are gone and the rooms lower than the lake are flooding. Nothing a bit of magic and time won’t fix luckily. Professor Flitwick, could you summon the Aurors please? And Professor Sprout, I have a place for the students to get some sleep tonight. Would you escort them to the entrance of the kitchens? I’ll set it up in that hall. Dali and Ral? Please escort those two to ‘that’ room.”

 

    Harry saw that the dragon resting in the rubble of the Great Hall had risen and caught its breath, and watched it turn back into a young man about the same age as Dali. ‘Ral’ cast a Sonorous Charm on himself as he walked over the wall where the tables and students rested. “Okay everyone, I’m placing a cushioning charm on the floor here in case anyone stumbles. It’s pretty easy but it takes some getting used to, watch me and follow Professor Sprout out please.”

 

    With that, the man demonstrated stepping from the walls to the floor several times. Harry joined the group moving out of the Great Hall. The action of smoothly stepping from one plane of gravity to another looked simple, but there was a bit of a trick to it, nearly half the students ended up falling face-first into Ral’s cushioning charm as they made the transition. While not smooth, Harry at least didn’t embarrass himself and even managed to catch Hermione when she stumbled. With that they followed Dali as they moved through the halls and upwards, even using a couple secret passages Harry hadn’t found until he’d started using the Marauder’s map. Hermione was obviously brimming with questions and couldn’t decide which to ask first, but eventually she chose one. “You didn’t stumble at all stepping onto the floor, have you had practice with something similar?”

 

    Dali smiled as they paused for a moment near the grand staircase, probably waiting on Ral to catch up. “We use a lot of expanded cubes, I think we’re up to four standard sizes now. They set one up by the Hufflepuff common room near the kitchens when that wand shattered all the castle’s glass. Our first one that we just call ‘The Cube’ ended up with six planes of gravity inside that could each support a small village thanks to the guy carving the runes being exhausted and duplicating portions of the formula. But it turns out that having the extra space worked out really well, our cubes generally have their own ecosystem or farms inside. I have a personal cube that has a massive garden for medicinal herbs, if you learn alchemy from me we’ll probably do it in there.”

 

    Ral soon joined them, apparently in a hurry he had reverted to his dragon form and simply jumped, taking three floors at a time. When he caught up to the group on the seventh floor he returned to his human form and briefly kissed Dali before turning to the two teens. “We’re not far now. There’s a hidden room that isn’t on your map, but you would have found it by asking the house elves about a year from now; they call it the Come and Go Room or the Room of Requirement, and it’s a useful tool. Hadrion will be up shortly, the Aurors have a lot of questions but he is only going to answer them once.”

 

    Once inside the Room, Harry quickly found himself stretched out face-down on a comfortable couch in shorts without a shirt while Dali ran glowing hands across his back and limbs. Hermione was very interested in the happy groans he was making, as she noticed how relaxed and sleepy he’d become as the soothing warm magic did its work. After she finished Harry found he was hungry again, so at Dali’s suggestion he asked Dobby for something to eat. Harry was disturbed from the plate of snacks (sandwiches with leftover roast and various vegetables) he had been given by the arrival of his alternate self. Dali had told him that her healing magic would give him an appetite as his body needed the nutrients to build itself up and she hadn’t been joking.

 

    Smiling at his younger self, ‘Hadrion’ quickly helped himself to a bit to eat and then spoke. “Now that we’re alone Harry, I’ll tell you a few things I didn’t want to say in the Great Hall. To start with, I’m not going to be here very long, probably between four and six months. To make a long story short, a very powerful being kicked me out of my reality along with my followers and we’re heading home, but there’s either an infinite number of realities or close enough to infinite that it doesn’t matter. Our basic plan is to use Hogwarts and the Room of Requirement to target the right reality and take our dimensional ship home.”

 

    Smiling at seeing Hermione explode with questions again, Harry waved his hand and transfigured a replica of the Glamdring next to the table. “We scavenged the Glamdring after we got spit out in a Void, she’s 800 meters long and was a warship before we salvaged her. Have you seen science fiction Hermione? Good, to sum up the Void, magic and technology sent many spaceships and a planet to an area with no stars or energy of any kind. An evil, hungry creature lurked there and before the ships or people could find a way to get home, it would tear their ships open and eat them. Long story short, we’re alive and it isn’t.”

 

    He caught his breath and waved off most of their questions for a moment. “Harry, my life changed for the better when I was about a year older than you. A group of refugees had created a portal that joined Earth and another world together. To make a long story short, they were infected with magic far more evil than the Imperious Curse and the only way to save them was to use a magical oath that forces reciprocal loyalty between them and myself.” He paused for a moment to let Hermione explain a few words before continuing. “You’ve seen that the Ministry of Magic is rotten Harry, but you’ve only seen the tip of the iceberg. I have a few people tracking down Sirius, they’ll bring him here so Dali can treat him.”

 

    The discussion of the Ministry’s evils continued for some time. Neither teen wanted to believe that a group of pureblood supremacists had been using the Ministry's underage magic detection to murder muggleborn, but Talion had already captured and interrogated Delores Umbridge. Watching that… was honestly rather nauseating. “Harry, there is evil in this world and it only thrives when no one stands up and tells it ‘no.’ You might be able to make the Ministry into something that deserves to govern the people, but it will be an uphill battle. But if you have the power to change the world and do nothing, you are as guilty as every other person who stands by and lets evil happen. If you’re willing to fight for a better world, I can give you the power to do so.”

 

    Hermione spoke up with a lot of objections, assuming he was talking about some dark ritual. She really didn’t like the amused smile on his face as she gave her list of objections to dark magic. Eventually he spoke up, having to briefly silence her. “Take it easy. Becoming stronger magically isn’t easy, but it is possible with intelligent hard work. Harry needs power both in having people behind him and the kind of magical strength that ‘discourages’ people thinking they can just kill him in a duel. The Oath to a Loyal Lord is an easy ritual that enforces loyalty and I have two ways to build Harry’s power so he can survive the tournament and change the world. What do you say, are you willing to change the world Harry?”

 

    He could see his local self thinking hard. He understood. Before he’d met the drakes that tumbled through Elune’s Portal, he himself had only wanted to be ‘just Harry.’ Having lives in the balance, having people directly dependent on him led him to become a leader, to become a Lord. For those that had chosen to give him their loyalty, he could do nothing but his best. While it hadn’t been an easy path, nor would it be in the future, Hadrion would make the same choices all over again if he could. Magical England was a bigoted place, in his own reality and in this one, but he would make it better, no matter what came. He wasn’t surprised when the local Harry made a decision, there were people that needed saving, after all. After watching Hermione give his local self a hug and promising to stand by him, Hadrion spoke up again.

 

    “I’m glad. Now, you probably don’t feel it because you belong here, but there’s a pressure bearing down on me because two pieces of the same soul don’t belong in the same universe. Whenever possible, I’ll be spending time in my animagus form.” Both teens yelped in surprise when Hadrion returned to his draconic form, but it was short lived after they’d seen Ralion earlier, who was much larger. He did get some questions about that, and answered them.

 

    “The short answer is that Sirius sent Remus to America to find an anchoring ritual for the animagus form a few hours after he found out Hermione and I were harboring intelligent dragon refugees in this room.” He smiled, trying not to show too many teeth as Hermione turned to Dali who had pulled out her Alchemy supplies and was creating batches of healing potions. The Red drake stepped back and returned to her natural form, and gave a wave before she turned back into a human and got back to work.

 

    “I have an anchoring potion for the ritual for both of you available and I’ll even be able to make more if we can find the Nicolas Flamel of this reality. We made notes when I used the anchoring ritual and my researchers along with the Flamels improved and simplified the process a bit. Sadly I can’t make more until we talk to Nicolas Flamel, he made changes to the formula but no one with me can read his recipe and notes, we think it’s either in code or an unknown dead language or both. Different subspecies of dragon have different powers, but Hermione I have one for you from a dragon that is a hybrid Blue and Red. Which is interesting because Blue dragons use Arcane and Frost magic, and Reds use Life and Fire magic. Harry, I don’t know the details about the one I have for you because I haven’t rescued the dragon in question yet, take my advice and don’t think about it too much, time travel is confusing, but my Bronze explained the dragon whose form it grants was exceptionally talented at multi-threaded thinking. That’s exceptionally useful for complex spells and might help you learn faster too.”

 

    After answering a few more questions, there was just one last thing for Hadrion to do. After explaining how the Twilight dragon’s fires destroyed any magic or magical creature other than the user, Hadrion conjured a small spark of it in his claw and held it to one of Harry’s toes. Harry and Hermione thought this a little odd until Dali explained that there was a parasite living in Harry’s scar. “The Blue flames destroy any magic or magical creature other than the user, he was testing to see if this would be a simple fix to destroy the parasite in your scar. You’re not the same Harry Potter, but apparently you’re close enough for the Twilight Flames not to burn you.”

 

    Returning to his human shape, Hadrion cradled a small flame in his hand and held it near Harry’s scar. As promised, it was rather painful but soon the group heard screams that were obviously not Harry’s echoing through this portion of the Room of Requirement. In the end, careful manipulation of the dangerous flames exorcised the foreign soul without lasting damage and the local Harry Potter fell asleep, utterly exhausted, as Hermione used a sponge soaked with a weak potion to clean the black tar and ash from the scar from her exhausted friend.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    With his local self resting, Harry walked through the partition into the larger Room of Requirement. A dozen Draenei and Khanagos were busy integrating expanded cubes permanently into the castle, something that was needed for their plan to work. To make a long story short, they were hoping to use Hogwarts to target their reality. It wouldn’t be easy, exactly, but with some luck the control interface of the Room of Requirement would be able to guide them home. Still, that would require a large amount of power, more than the school or this world’s ley-lines could generate, but that would be solved with a combination of the Potter Dragonflight’s expanded cubes and capacitor crystals.

 

    While Hadrion had been distracting Headmaster Dumbledore, Khanagos had already usurped his position of Headmaster by directly appealing to each of the founder’s wardstones. Like back home, Albus Dumbledore had only ever attuned himself to the Gryffindor stone and that gave the Blue wyrm an opening. The only downside was that he was now oath-bound to choose a worthy successor before leaving, but that wouldn’t be too much trouble. As he walked around the room to get status updates, Hadrion smiled. The pressure that had driven him to his animagus form in the previous reality had dissipated when they had left and this world hadn't built up much yet. He would be stuck as a drake nearly all the time, but once this world’s Harry mastered his Animagus transformation he might be able to walk around as a human without trouble. To the best of their knowledge the more ‘distance,’ the more differences between himself and the local Harry Potter, the less the current universe would try to remove him.

 

    Hadrion was glad to learn that so far, it looked like they would be able to get home on their next reality jump, even if that jump would be a long time coming. The Glamdring was currently on the far side of Mars receiving some repairs and upgrades. About three-fourths of the ship’s original weapons had been destroyed, and the remaining ones were inoperable for now so crews were working on repairs and attempting to build magical replacements. For now, magnet-based and magic-enhanced railguns seemed to be the best option, and several other options were in testing. Their ship had some kind of technological energy shielding originally, but most of the exterior projectors had been destroyed and even if they repaired the remaining one they couldn’t power it yet. But that was a problem they would solve eventually.

 

    He was glad he had already arranged for the next week’s worth of Daily Prophet headlines, even a full reprinting of the paper’s coverage of the battle that had driven Dumbledore from the castle as well as the full story of the Goblin Rebellion of 1995. It had been a long day thanks to the Glamdring’s day/night cycle conflicting with England’s, but Hadrion gave a toothy smile to one of the Draenei bustling about. Yrel had caught his attention as he’d been triggering portkeys as the Old Horde slaughtered the Draenei at the Temple of Karabor: Despite having no military training at all, she had picked up weapons from the fallen and drawn a line in the sand; the Orcs would come this far and no farther. Her actions had ensured dozens of children made it to the evacuation ships in the harbor, saving their lives that day. There was a savagery to Yrel, a passion, a fire that came forth in that moment, and it appealed to him. Alira and Hermione had both given him permission to bring her into their family if he wanted, but instead Harry was simply getting to know her for now. Even though both his mates had given him permission, it felt like cheating on them to bring Yrel into their family without them present, but he was eagerly looking forward to introducing them once he was back home.

 

    Hmm… That reminds me. I think Hermione is the only person left in the Cube that never took the Loyal Lord Oath, so she wouldn’t have been forced to hear Stine out after I got kicked out of reality. I know Hermione can have a bit of a temper, but I’m sure she’ll be reasonable and not do anything rash.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Back on Azeroth, Stine gingerly rubbed his neck where his Lord’s consort had ‘gently’ held him as she ‘encouraged’ him to explain the situation regarding their missing Lord. Out of all the different kinds of dragons, Hermione certainly fits in best with the passionate Reds. Double-checking the magical invention of a greedy but not terribly wise Mage, he rolled his shoulders as he waited with Lady Jaina Proudmoore. She had placed a Disillusionment spell on him; sadly the sensation of freezing egg dripping down his scales hadn’t abated. They’d been waiting together for a while now and were about to strike the first blow in retaliation of Nozdormu banishing Harry from reality. Finally, the door to the private room opened and Varian Wrynn, king of the human kingdom of Stormwind and his son Anduin entered. Once the door was closed, Jaina bowed before reaching a hand out and dispelling the spell that was keeping him invisible.

 

    After bowing himself, the Bronze drake spoke up. “Greetings King Wrynn, Prince Anduin. I’m part of a faction of dragons that have been freed from the Titan’s slavery and I’m here to offer you the chance to change history for the better.”

 

    That statement required the usual explanations, but soon the conversation was back on track. “After carefully examining the Timeline, I believe sending you back to the day your father was assassinated would change history for the better. You cannot prevent Stormwind from falling to the Old Horde, but King Llane’s survival and a more orderly evacuation would ensure many more survivors made it to safety. Also, this will be a sensitive subject, but the half-Orc Garona was not a willing participant in your father’s murder. If you can capture her alive and bring her into the present day, Lady Proudmoore can destroy the sorcery binding her mind. Consider that when she killed your father, she was only eleven years old. Remember that in their early years, Orcs age almost twice as fast as humans.”

 

    There was more than a little debate after that, but Varian Wrynn accepted the task. Four hours later, he returned to the meeting room in full armor with his weapons and several week’s supplies on hand. After another series of instructions, he accepted the device from the drake and activated it. From Jaina’s perspective, Varian disappeared from the room in a flash of magic and only bare moments later walked back in while carrying a very unhappy ‘teenage’ half-Orc tightly bound in iron chains. Stine found himself dizzy and vomiting in a corner from the distortion as he perceived history as it was and is, and the change settling in. This was one of the changes that his kind were forbidden to make, but in this case the Timeline’s change was entirely positive.

 

    In the past, where Varian as a child had watched his father’s murder, history swerved onto a new path and settled in place like cooling stone. A stranger had stormed onto the scene and drawn a pair of swords as Garona lunged for his father with tears in her eyes. A dance of steel ensued and ended quickly as a young woman chose to die on the stranger’s blades to ensure the man who she had come to love as a father didn’t die that day. Almost since her birth, dark and powerful magic had been woven through her mind. She was unable to refuse the command to kill King Llane, but she was free to lunge for her target, ignoring the swordsman who was close enough to end her with a sad smile on her face. She hadn’t been expecting the stranger to slam his armored fist into her temple instead of simply cutting her down. When she woke up, the man was carrying her into a cave where he placed them both inside a stasis chamber and activated it. They’d woken and taken a horrible spinning form of magical transportation to a city that was similar but different from the place they’d left.

 

    History now showed that King Llane Wrynn had survived that assassination attempt and led his people to flee Stormwind in the night, leaving a nearly endless maze of deadly traps for the invading Orcs to stumble through. Compared to the previous version of history, many more survived the siege, and once they arrived in Lordaeron King Llane went on to rally the disparate kingdoms and species together to fight back the threat. King Llane died several years later when the Orcs overran a fortification and killed all inside, a hero to his people, a champion of the Alliance, and a noble soul. Varian Wrynn was the only individual not a Bronze dragon to remember the original timeline, but that was a sacrifice he was happy to make. Garona Halforcen received extensive treatment to purge her mind, Jaina eventually called in Velen of the Draenei to assist her. When Jaina discovered Garona’s cursed daggers were strengthening her mental slavery she sent the blades to Azurewing Repose to be disposed of by one of their Twilight dragon prisoners.

 

    Eventually, Garona knew freedom for the first time in her life, and was offered a place in either Stormwind or among her mother’s people with the Draenei survivors on Azuremyst Isle. While young by human or Draenei standards however, Garona was physically, emotionally, and mentally as mature as any new recruit. Instead of enjoying an easy life, she chose to repay her debt to King Wrynn and joined the Alliance military, quickly earning membership in SI:7, the Alliance’s intelligence agency. She proved to be exceedingly skilled as a spy and assassin. In the months to come more than one assassin hunting Stormwind’s royal family met their death on her blades.

 

    And back at the Cube, hours after leaving Stormwind behind, Stine prepared for the next foray into making history just a little better to ensure that the Timeline diverged from the Titan’s grand plan. What thread to tweak next? Hmm… Illidan Stormrage could have been so much more than he was. If Outland was secured against the Legion, if they were driven entirely from it and the land made into a bastion, that might draw some of their ire the next time the demons lay siege to Azeroth.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    On an alternate Earth, Hadrion smiled as he watched his younger counterpart and Hermione complete the final step of the modified animagus ritual. Thanks to the hurricane raging around them this oil rig had been abandoned; it was a lucky find, given the space they needed and how few islands on Earth were actually empty. The First Task was scheduled to occur in two weeks, but Harry and Hermione had both been diligent in their studies. When they hadn’t been learning the Animagus transformation in a temporally accelerated cube, they had been learning various magic from tutors. (Hadrion suspected the blue drake that had volunteered to tutor both of them would ask to remain with this world’s Harry. She was another one of the drakes he’d rescued and not had much contact with after, so as long as she’d be reasonably safe on this Earth there wasn’t a problem. She might even make a good candidate for Headmistress.)

 

    He had been amused to see Dumbledore’s reputation fall apart in a matter of days between the man’s verifiable actions and the wild speculation of magical Britain. Albus Dumbledore had been forced to admit to the public that he had taken the Elder Wand from Gellert Grindelwald, who had also once been his lover, after their famous duel with nary a thought as to the wand’s bloody history. The arrogance to assume that the Elder Wand’s entire bloody history was nothing but a story of human greed… As the days went by, aggressive and impressive reporting from magical papers around the world spoke of dozens of historical figures who had been good and decent people before they acquired that wand, then once it was theirs they had fallen into madness and evil. Hadrion had arranged for Rita Skeeter to be present at the confrontation in the Great Hall on the condition that she report everything truthfully.

 

    Between articles uncovering the dangers of an object enchanted to sow death and discord Skeeter’s headline proclaiming Albus Dumbledore’s life had been spared because he wasn’t as evil as the one Hadrion had known had been savage. Tearing an old man’s reputation and legacy apart would have given the dimensionally displaced Potter a bad taste in his mouth if this Albus had been the man he pretended to be. Like back home Albus Dumbledore’s political maneuverings had accomplished nothing, and Hogwarts had continued to turn out one class after another where the students who’d grown up as blood purists or hating non-humans never had their beliefs challenged. Albus Dumbledore could have done so much good with the power society had given him, but he never used that power to make the world a better place.

 

    Sirius Black had been located rather quickly, thanks to a Patronus tagged with a tracking charm. He already looked like a different man than before, rapidly recovering physically if not mentally, which would take more time. Nicolas Flamel had finally agreed to meet yesterday and his Patron, the Red wyrm Vordistrasz was now under Dali’s care as well. (It was odd that this earth had received the same visitor from another dimension as well. There was speculation that Earth had been ‘paired’ with Azeroth somehow, though no one knew how that was possible.) Hadrion had overseen the warding and expansion of Potter Estate once again, giving the younger Potter a place of refuge and a true magical fortress.

 

    For the most part things were going smoothly, the Ministry was of course unhappy but that was unavoidable. The same scheme that used the Ministry’s tracking equipment to find and eliminate muggleborn children was active, though not as large and well-funded as on his own world. Alastor Moody and Amelia Bones had been helpful in investigating, and had agreed with Hadrion when he decided that instead of attempting to push the case through normal channels (which would probably result in a reflexive acquittal) they would have a public tribunal. Minister Fudge would probably attempt to disrupt the proceedings; thankfully the Minister’s Aurors and Hit Wizards were outnumbered by Hadrion’s Draenei warriors, not to mention the dragons. Bones and Moody were uncomfortable using a foreign army to ensure justice in their own government, but they were less uncomfortable with the rot that had seeped into the Ministry.

 

    Hadrion smiled as the hurricane began to fall apart into a tropical storm, and as the wind and rain calmed, he could see the new forms for Harry and Hermione. Both had become drakes, luckily they were old enough for their new forms to bypass the ‘whelp’ stage. Hermione had a different color scheme than the drakes he’d seen before, like any Red she had crimson scales as her main color, but where most Reds had a cream colored underbelly and wing membranes, Hermione’s new form had brilliant azure. Harry wasn’t actually sure if he’d rescued a hybrid dragon yet or not; this sample could have come from one of Valistrasza’s unhatched daughters or perhaps from Azurewing Repose. It was also entirely possible that he simply hadn’t rescued the dragon in question yet.

 

    His younger self had an even more unusual form. Harry Potter was now a drake twice as large as average, with dark blue, almost black scales; the drake’s chest was larger and broader than usual, which was obviously to support the dragon’s most unusual feature. Instead of simply having one head on a drake’s long neck, this dragon had five heads on even longer necks. Each of the original Dragonflights was represented, with a Red head on the right side, followed by a Bronze, then a Blue head in the middle, next to a Black Head, with a Green on the left side. Given that they all had the usual horns, Hadrion teleported to his younger self and immediately stunned him. Ignoring the gaping and protesting Hermione, Hadrion transfigured pieces of the oil rig into soft foam, which he then quickly stuck on all the sharp points around Harry’s five heads.

 

    Looking at Hermione, he spoke up as he finished. “Not too long ago I saved the life of a dragon that was dissolving into sand by shaping her into something like this. Until he gets used to the new appendages it’s either this or strapping cones on him like veterinarians do. It’ll take some time for him to learn how not to poke his own eyes out.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Hadrion was almost jealous as he watched the local Harry Potter study. Like Cirmu, Harry’s animagus form had different physical brains but only one soul and the separate brains all shared the same mind. Harry had hardly left his new form and right now was reading three books at the same time while his Green head was working through a simple exercise to build up magical control in his left forelimb and talon. Once he’d learned how to physically move his new appendages, he’d quickly discovered that he was capable of reading and comprehending multiple things at once as long as a head was dedicated to compiling the new information. Multi-threaded thought indeed. At least this gives me an idea for how to save the Chromatic dragons in my care. We just need to get home first. I’ll ask Dali to take some samples, he is the first stable Chromatic dragon I’ve ever seen.

 

    ‘Getting home’ was looking decidedly promising so far. Thanks to some of Hogwarts’ special properties and a good deal of frantic calculations, they were planning to ‘bore’ through to their home dimension as soon as they had enough magical power amassed in the Room of Requirement. Even Khanagos had been impressed by the school’s enchantments that were like nothing he’d ever seen before; the Founders had brought a castle to life with magic and granted it a sense of direction that would eventually build into full sentience. Granted, more than one Headmaster and Headmistress over the centuries had disagreed with the castle and the Founders intentions and sought to constrain the castle’s growing mind. Human ego apparently didn’t enjoy taking commands from a castle, no matter how well enchanted, about what to teach and how to maintain discipline. Hadrion’s Druids had come up with a novel solution to preventing future headmasters from abusing Hogwarts: A treant is an elemental creature that is essentially a walking, talking tree. As time went by, dozens of magical trees with carefully chipped shards of stone from the castle itself implanted in their trunks had been planted all across Hogwarts’ grounds and within the adjacent forest. The connection between the trees and the castle would grow with time until Hogwarts would be able to walk among the students, using one treant or another as an avatar. A new tradition where one of Hogwarts’ Druids would plant a new tree every year had also been planned.

 

Khanagos had reorganized the schedule to include bi-weekly lessons on schools of magic not taught at Hogwarts, such as Druidism, the Light, or an introduction to Shamanism. Harry had been concerned at first, given Khanagos’ anthromagus form was a rather large Tauren, but a solid illusion spell easily disguised him as a stereotypical wizard with more gray than white in his massive beard and long hair.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    On the day of the First Task, Hadrion was reclining in his Animagus form, under an invisibility spell on one the Blue Dragonflight’s floating platforms above the Quidditch Pitch. Since he remembered his own tournament and how many eggs had been lost for nothing, the visiting Potter Dragonflight had something of a surprise for the competitors. Watching the local Harry come into his own magically had been deeply rewarding, but oddly he hadn’t followed the same path as himself. Where he had found talent in Storm, Transfiguration, and later Fire magic, the local Harry had found talent in Charms and weaving the different gifts of his Animagus form together; where Hadrion tended to simply defeat his foes with overwhelming power or a blade, this Harry wove magic with utmost care, with cleverness and a light touch. And it had been a shock to learn that Harry had the powers gifted to each of the original dragonflights. Hadrion was not jealous of the massive amount of work ahead of his local self however, those gifts hadn’t come with instruction manuals or instinctive understanding. It would be the work of a lifetime to master them all, but luckily Harry had the time.

 

    Soon enough, the First Task began. The Potter Dragonflight had hired Lee Jordan to play announcer for the task on the condition that he be professional. Hadrion chuckled as he listened to the announcer’s opening statement. “Welcome everyone to the First Task of the Triwizard Tournament! There’s been a slight change of plans, you see the Task was originally to steal a golden egg from a nesting dragon, but the new Headmaster vetoed that as overly dangerous for both the competitor and the other dragon eggs. It also wasn’t in any way fair, because they had secured four different species with radically different difficulty levels. Not to mention that Ludo Bagman was caught charming the selection method to ensure that fourth-year Harry Potter received the most dangerous beast!”

 

    The judges received a wide array of booing for that announcement. Albus Dumbledore was still in the Judge’s Box, thanks to his name being used in the magically binding contracts for the Tournament. The man had lost nearly everything, and looked old and tired as his every mistake and failing had been drug into the light. As long as he didn’t try to interfere in his counterpart’s life, Hadrion was willing to let him live out the rest of his life in peace. He really wasn’t as evil as the man Harry had known, and given the fact that both men wielded the same wand, even the evil of his own Dumbledore was questionable. Albus had seen Harry just once since the night Hadrion had dueled Albus in the Great Hall, and the man had sagged, shame rolling off him in waves, when he saw Harry’s faded scar.

 

    In any case, Lee was speaking again. “The new challenges are intended to give all competitors a more equal difficulty while still showcasing their school’s strengths. Please give a warm welcome to Victor Krum, who is now entering the stadium!”

 

    Victor, who had obviously been preparing to face a dumb beast, entered with a sour look on his face. At the moment, there was only a broken plain of black rocks and a single golden egg at the far side of the arena. That was true for a moment before, with a peal of thunder that made the audience’s bones vibrate, Ralion apparated into the area in all the glory of his natural form. “The contestants’ goal is still to retrieve the Golden Egg, but they are now facing sentient creatures! Down in the arena is Ralion Potter, a man who was adopted into the Potter Family by the visiting Harry Potter! The challenge will start in one minute. Each of the challenges has its own theme, ladies and gentlemen! This one is ‘Through the Flames!’”

 

    With that various areas of the arena floor exploded with sheets of blue flames while some other areas of the stone began to spark menacingly. Ralion spoke up. “Welcome Mr. Krum. Your goal is to get past me in whatever manner you feel wise. My only warning is to beware my flames, they are as fierce as Fiendfyre and only slightly more tame!

 

    When Lee shouted out “Begin!” Victor immediately began throwing dark curses at Ralion’s eyes. Yrel, who was sitting next to Harry along with Cirmu in her anthromagus form, a rather stunning crimson and azure Naga, chuckled as Ralion simply breathed a jet of blue flames to counter, then shifted those flames into a pair of giant hawks that orbited his head. In retaliation, Ralion spun and flicked his tail into a bonfire of blue fire burning near him, sending a loose wall of flames towards Victor. In the back and forth that followed, Victor quickly learned that magical shields did not block the flames but physical objects did, for a moment anyway. Durmstrang’s tendency to focus on curses and dark magic was made apparent as the magic flowed back and forth between the two.

 

    Victor eventually used a combination of spells to obscure Ralion’s vision and dropped into a tunnel he’d carved into the ground. When he couldn’t see the Champion, Ralion sent out an arc of electricity that would have hit an invisible competitor. When that revealed nothing, he moved over to where Victor had last stood and after a few moments of digging, unearthed the tunnel. With visible effort he created a ball of orange flame cupped in his claw, then placed it in the tunnel and flooded it with a wall of relatively cool flame. Victor had proven himself cunning however, and had not only conjured water in the tunnel as he went, but also collapsed the tunnel behind him at regular intervals. Ralion’s strikes on the surface with his claws and tail sent chips of stone flying but were fruitless, Victor had not gone in a straight line and the dragon was stumped.

 

    Lee kept his announcing vague enough not to give anything away, but was one of the few who caught the golden egg disappearing into the ground. “And Victor Krum has done it! In a show of magical might and cunning, Victor Krum has completed the First Task!”

 

    Every fire immediately snuffed out, and a moment later Victor blew a hole in the ground to exit his tunnel. Ralion offered him a quick bow and received a nod of respect in turn, then he apparated out of the arena. Victor smiled and held the egg up, truly looking the part of a victorious champion covered in sweat, soot, and dirt. He was ushered off to the healer’s tent but other than a case of magical exhaustion and a few bruises he was fine.

 

    Fleur Delacour was up next. As she entered the arena, the charred stone that littered the area began to break up. Lee’s voice explained. “Let’s welcome the charming Fleur Delacour! You might wonder why the arena’s changing folks, that’s because we have an entirely new challenge for our next competitor. Another member of the visiting Potter clan, let’s give a warm welcome to Janedormi Potter, and yes they made me practice until I could pronounce that right. She’s the wife of Hogwarts’ temporary Headmaster Khan Potter, and her challenge is ‘The Sands of Time!’”

 

    As the arena’s stone finished dissolving into sand, it began to swirl and all other sounds were quickly drowned out by the rasping of sand usually only heard deep in the desert. As the sand swirled into a massive cyclone, it began to change color, and only a moment after it started the sand had become a glittering gold, and began to slow, quickly losing all of its momentum and falling back to the ground. As the sudden, localized sandstorm abated it revealed something that certainly hadn’t been there before, a Bronze-scaled dragon nearly twice the size of Ralion. Turning to look at Fleur, it spoke. “Greetings Ms. Delacour. To reach your goal you will have to use both your mind and magic. Good luck.”

 

    At Lee’s signal, Janedormi released a deep breath, pouring obscuring sand across the battlefield. When the sand fell to the ground it revealed two new figures standing in front of her, one was a Bronze drake and the other was a tall blue elf with long ears wielding a glowing, slightly curved one-handed sword. The elf wasn’t clothed in much, just simple leather armor meant to give a wide range of movement. Fleur immediately noticed that the large dragon’s eyes had gone glassy and unfocused, suggesting her mind, and while deep the voice had clearly been female, was focusing on some magic. What kind of magic was immediately clear when the two constructs lunged for her, working in tandem. The drake reared up on its hind legs and snapped its wings, creating a gust of wind that buffeted Fleur backwards and nearly out of the arena, and as she looked down, she realized she had been knocked into some kind of ritual circle made of glowing sand.

 

    Jumping out of the circle and leaping forward, the quarter-Veela began throwing spells at both the elf and drake, not doing much more than making them dodge at first. The drake was slow and attacked using its sandy breath weapon along with buffeting blasts of abrasive dusty air from its wings while the elf charged her with its sword. Hoping to fight only one at a time, Fleur moved so that the elf was between her and the drake and began throwing all sorts of charms at her. The elf was agile, but eventually a spell got through and pierced its shoulder. To Fleur’s shock the elf began bleeding sand, and she just barely dodged the sword swung at her. She failed to dodge the surprisingly powerful backhand strike that followed it up, however, and fell to the ground missing teeth, with a broken jaw and bleeding nose. As the construct moved to end her with its sword, time seemed to rewind, and Fleur found herself back in the ritual circle with both constructs back where they’d been at the start. She gaped briefly at the implications, at how that was even possible, but soon found herself back on the defensive.

 

    Fleur did not have a lot of experience with combat, and that cost her another reset as the drake managed to take her off her feet just in time for the elf’s sword to sink in her gut. It was painful, but the sensation was dull and not nearly as bad as it should have been. Rewound back to the runic circle once more to the astonishment of the audience, she began to understand how this would need to play out. Thankfully each reset restored her strength and stamina, or this would be impossible. Over the next fifteen minutes, Fleur learned to dodge quickly as well as what spells worked and didn’t on her opponents. She was so excited when she managed to destroy the elf’s head with a blasting curse, but then the bone club on the drake’s tail nailed her from behind and broke a number of ribs. That was how she learned that the sand constructs reset to full health when she did. Fifteen minutes later a particularly clever plan saw her creating a magical trap in the places the constructs reset and letting the glowing sword run her through again.

 

    The instant she was back in the runic circle, she detonated her trap and disabled both constructs. With a wary eye on the much larger dragon that seemed to be slowly coming out of a trance, she quickly made her way to the egg. She knew her time was worse than Victor’s, but Fleur could admit to herself that practical combat was something she needed more practice in. As she held the golden egg in her hands, she saw the dragon acknowledge her with a polite nod of her head before vanishing in a swirl of sand. Returning the gesture, Fleur moved towards the medical tent. Physically she was fine, but mentally she was exhausted. She barely heard Lee’s comment that you had to admit that custom apparition had a certain style to it.

 

    As the cheering began to die down, Cedric walked out. From his place next to the judges, Khanagos rose and moved his hand in a slow circle, conjuring clouds into being, and then a small storm. Out of nowhere, rain began to pour in the half of the arena that held the golden egg, and soon the rain was replaced by hail, then sleet, and then enough snow that their shortest Champion would be utterly buried. Soon the pillars of ice were visible as they rose out of the snow drifts, towering over the Hogwarts champion. With a… slightly savage grin on his face Khanagos disappeared from the stands in a swirl of snow as a flurry built between the six pillars of ice. In an instant the snow exploded outwards, landing on the audience and champion and revealing the massive Blue dragon, just slightly larger than his wife, that now stood in the arena. Lee spoke up again. “Headmaster Potter will be providing Cedric Diggory’s challenge himself, but don’t expect him to go easy on him! This challenge is named ‘Winter’s Hardships!’ Good luck Cedric, I hope you know a good warming charm!”

 

    After being given the signal to start, the audience laughed when small balls of snow began to roll themselves larger and eventually assembled themselves into snowmen. Then the five snowmen grew icy claws and began rushing towards Cedric faster than most people could run. Cedric spent the next twenty-five minutes battling animated piles of snow and ice of all shapes and sizes before he found a winning strategy. A summoned wind dispelled the clouds that were still lazily dropping more snow revealing the warm (well, warm-ish, it was still Scotland in November) sunlight. As the temperature climbed, Cedric moved steadfastly forward, constantly belting out a rather unusual spell. When every curse and hex he knew failed to adequately disperse the endless army of animated ice, in desperation he’d fallen back on a spell he’d seen his mother use around the house. He’d learned he couldn’t challenge the cold directly, so instead he was belting out a drying spell at every piece of ice or snow he could find. It wasn’t easy but it worked, and the audience roared with him when he held up his egg in triumph before his legs buckled and he was levitated into the medical tent. (It turned out the new Headmaster could conjure a rather ferocious ice-panther.)

 

    When the cheers finally wound down, Lee spoke up again. “Now ladies and gentlemen, usually that would be the end, but we have one more contestant today! Starting in the 1991-1992 school year, a new Hogwarts tradition began where at least one person at Hogwarts, usually the Defense Professor, tries to kill Harry Potter. And no, I’m not joking, we’re literally four for four now. In this case a Death Eater that was reported to have died in Azkaban replaced Alastor Moody and placed Harry Potter’s name in the Goblet of Fire in some kind of nefarious scheme! As you might have heard, on November first our world gained a second Harry Potter who has found himself far from home. After a truly incredible duel where the new ‘Hadrion’ Potter defeated Albus Dumbledore and destroyed some kind of powerful ancient horror lurking in the fabled Elder Wand, he revealed the fake Moody.

 

    “Hadrion has been training Harry in secret ever since. Sadly, Harry still has to compete in the Tournament and give it his best effort or he’ll lose his magic! Now since Hadrion and the wonderful folks traveling with him have spruced up this task, you might think he set up something simple for Harry, that he might go easy on himself.” Lee gestured to where Harry was walking onto the arena floor. “Sorry Harry, Hadrion said this would build character.

 

    Harry groaned loudly at that. His other self was awesome, that was true, and he almost never wanted to leave his new animagus form, but Hadrion insisted that Harry be able to defend himself. That wasn’t a bad thing, exactly, but every time he got used to one level of training it simply got harder. The words ‘build character’ had begun to truly terrify him. As Harry watched, Khanagos swept a claw over the frozen soil and the ice melted away. Another swipe of his claw pulled scattered boulders up from the earth, reversing the compaction that had created the arena from the school’s pitch. As the arena continued to change, it started to look familiar… Crap. This is almost like Hadrion’s memory of his First Task. But the area for the dragons is too large… Oh… Oh no

 

    Harry’s fears were realized when Janedormi, eyes aglow with some kind of magic, walked back into the arena leading four of Earth’s dragons, a Chinese Fireball, a Common Welsh Green, a Swedish Short-Snout, and a Hungarian Horntail. Each dragon was obviously ensorcelled in some way, their eyes glowing as they obediently followed their eggs that levitated in front of the Bronze wyrm. Lee continued his narration. “Ladies and gentlemen, if you were watching Harry’s face you saw when he realized just what was about to happen. Harry, your only goal is to retrieve the golden egg, you can start as soon as the Headmaster is finished and leaves the arena. We’ll be placing up a silencing barrier so the crowd doesn’t spook the dragons, as soon as he’s out you’re clear to begin.”

 

    Both Harry and the crowd watched raptly as the Bronze wyrm arranged the four dragons around the transfigured nest, facing each other, before the Blue wyrm moved closer and began chanting in Draconic along with his mate. Harry lapsed into profanity as he caught part of the chant. Lee spoke up again. “I have no idea what spell they’re casting, but based on those wonderfully inventive curses coming from our youngest champion I bet he does. Let’s not be too harsh with the kid… And it looks like the Headmaster is finished! He and his wife have started backing away, I wonder what they did?”

 

    Slowly the dazed look of the four very different dragons faded. Ignoring everything known about their species’ nesting behavior, they began to nuzzle each other even as they inspected their eggs in the combined nest. Their eyes were still slightly glassy, but that was fading. Glancing around, Harry saw several wizards begin casting a spell that would block sounds from the audience from reaching inside. As they started, a now familiar dragon Patronus landed in front of him and spoke. “You can do this Harry. Go slow, use your senses, follow your instincts. Fighting them isn’t required. Do your best, I set a few things up so you won’t die. And try to have fun, alright?”

 

    Harry relaxed and sat behind a rock as he waited for Khanagos to fully exit the far side of the stadium. When he did the four dragons snapped to attention as the magic keeping them docile faded away. However, that didn’t mean they turned on each other. In fact, the four curled around the nest protectively, eyes warily darting this way and that for threats. As he sat, Harry decided there were a couple of different ways he could do this. He had no desire to fight them all, and based on their behavior he figured they would fight together if he tried. Still the dragons were much calmer than the one in Hadrion’s memory, so that gave him a few ideas. His first idea was to simply summon the egg, which failed. So, going with his next idea, he waved his new wand, Crimson Oak and a shard of Khanagos’ horn, and spoke clearly. “Accio Cattle!”

 

    At the moment, his worries about the Statue of Secrecy were less than his worries about the dragons across from him. There’s a cattle ranch somewhere in Hogsmeade, isn’t there? I can pay for the cows later.

 

    As Harry waited for the emergency bovine delivery, he opened all of his senses and observed the nesting dragons. He had learned everything he could about the history of Azeroth’s dragons, including what had happened to those who refused to serve the Titans. No one really knew their fate, even Senegos himself didn’t know for certain. After the Aspects had been empowered and the Titan’s magic swept through the Proto-dragons who had chosen to serve, the new Dragonflights had woken from their slumber, a slumber that could have been a day or a century, in new shapes. From the moment they had fallen asleep, they had never found another sentient Proto-dragon no matter how hard they searched. The Titan’s records stated that a disease had swept through the species that had just recently gained sentience, and none of those who were more than animals had survived. Harry had to remind himself that being able to look at the past with a clear head was a new thing for Hadrion’s dragons, because mind control was the only reason anyone would just believe that story.

 

    As he waited for the cows to arrive, Harry stared at the dragons guarding their nest. What had been done to their species wasn’t right, it wasn’t fair. It was evil and exploitation, and it made him angry. Hadrion had shared the advice his Sirius had given him, about how if he couldn’t be angry for himself, be angry for others and if he had to fight, to draw on that anger. Before he knew what he was doing, Harry reached out with his magic in a way he hadn’t before. He didn’t know what he was doing, everything he could sense told him there was no magic on the four dragons before him other than the spell the wyrms had cast to make them cooperate. But before learning from Hadrion and his followers, Harry Potter had learned to go with his gut, and Hadrion had told him that Harry had an even better grasp of instinctive spellcasting than he did.

 

    So Harry let that anger for a sin long ago boil in his chest and reached out with his magic as he stood up from behind the rock with his hands outstretched. And as he saw his own magic envelope the Hungarian Horntail’s head, he felt his magic strain against something that every sense he had told him was not there. A more experienced user of magic would never do something like this blind, but Harry wasn’t limited by prior experience. When at first he couldn’t succeed, he took a deep breath and gathered his strength, sucked deep at his rage that a species was given the choice to serve or be destroyed, that the Titans had styled themselves as loving gods after what they’d done, and screamed as it fought back. Harry was working mostly off his emotions, his instincts, but that normally wouldn’t be enough. But the enchantment was old, tattered, and ragged. It was far from the world where every ebb and flow of Azeroth’s ley-lines would sustain it. And it had the misfortune to get between Harry Potter and an innocent life.

 

    To the shock of the audience, the Horntail had locked eyes with Harry as he stepped out from behind the rock. No one really knew what was going on, but the dragon was soon screaming as well, it’s front claws reaching up to grasp its agonized head. There was a moment before the tension snapped and the dragon fell to the ground, breathing heavily but alive. Harry collapsed as well, breathing deeply against his rock. Eventually the dragon lifted its head, turning to look at Harry with more intelligence in its eyes than had been in its bloodline for a vast span of time. Surprising everyone present, it spoke. Harry didn’t know or care, but a translation spell had been woven ahead of time for the audience, in case he lapsed, without meaning to, into Parseltongue… or Draconic.

 

    The Broodmother’s voice was strained and tired and raw, and it was obvious she had never spoken before. “Words… words can not express my gratitude, small one. My ancestors so long ago… They refused to bow, to serve the Shapers… Many of our kin were deceived and joined them and were made to sleep while the Titans dealt with us. They didn’t even bother to kill us, they just spread a curse… Our young were born as animals, the spark that gave us thought, language and control of magic never grew in them. The Titans made my people slaves not just for the power of our magic and muscles, they coveted our ability to give knowledge to our young before they hatch. Those who had refused to serve spent their lives burying the knowledge of our betrayal deep… Magic was as new to us as thought, but they forced that knowledge deep into their offspring. Every hatchling since has had that knowledge, but with our sparks hidden in darkness… They never understood.

 

    “Small one, I can never repay what you have done for me. My spark lingered in darkness, just as all my kind have for thousands of generations. I… felt your rage, your anger for me! I name you the Leader-of-my-flight, the one-who-I-follow. Forever will I hunt in your shadow. My leader, I will serve you in this life and the next!”

 

    A flash of magic which was easily recognized as the formation of a magical vow blazed brightly for a moment before dimming. Harry rose again with a smile on his face. His studies of Alchemy hadn’t progressed very far yet, but he had created simple magic and stamina replenishing potions. He downed one of each and reached under his shirt; the magical tattoo Dali had placed over his heart had helped his power grow, and now he opened it completely, not just accessing the hidden reservoir but pulling strength from all the other nearby Marks. With the raw power flooding through him, he raised his hands again and focused on what he’d just accomplished. Harry Potter was a simple man, Hermione had cut straight to his core when she’d told him he had a saving people thing. In front of him were three mothers and their children, trapped in magic that suppressed their very souls, that reduced them to a life as animals. But not for much longer.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    The next day’s paper had been a full-page sequence of Harry completing some sort of wandless magic then collapsing exhausted, before the obviously concerned dragons tenderly lifting him and gently laying him in their nest to rest. Hadrion ended up exhausting himself explaining the origin of Earth’s dragons, that they were a magical creature that had just grasped sentience when a terrifyingly powerful race of creatures noticed them and decided they would make useful slaves. The Wizarding world did not like the idea that the dragons they farmed for wand cores, leather, and potion ingredients were sentient beings whose souls had been suppressed for tens of thousands of years, but Hadrion had found that fear was an efficient motivator.

 

    He simply held a press conference and told the world that he knew the Titans had visited Azeroth a long time ago, but he didn’t have any idea where they were now. Then he gave a rough outline of the other extra-terrestrial threats he knew of. By the end of his presentation, some of which included his own personal memories, Wizards and Witches everywhere saw the wisdom in having a powerful magical species to stand shoulder to shoulder with should Earth be invaded. It helped that the Potter Dragonflight had begun selling seeds and cuttings for all the magical plants they had access to, not only replacing the potion recipes that required dragon components but spurring on a massive wave of experimentation.

 

    Once Harry was rested and the four newly-sentient dragons had been taken aside for some of Hadrion’s followers to begin teaching them everything they needed to know, Hadrion began learning the magic his younger self had used. It was exceptionally aggravating because weaving magic the way Harry had done went against every one of his trained instincts. But today, a few days away from the Yule Ball, the two of them were visiting the Romanian dragon preserve after reaching an agreement with the Keepers. Both were flying in their drake forms alongside the much larger Alexandra, the first dragon whose soul Harry had released from it’s bondage. It hadn’t taken much coaxing for the newspapers to run an article on the Hungarian Horntail choosing her name, given that Alexandra meant ‘defender of mankind.’

 

    Looking over, Hadrion chuckled at seeing Harry struggle to stay balanced as they neared the sanctuary. While the five-headed Chromatic drake was a powerful and useful form, it wasn’t nearly as graceful as his own Twilight drake form. Still, there was no doubt about how useful and powerful it was, not to mention that Harry’s balance would become easier when he grew into a dragon; the dragon’s added mass would easily balance out the four extra heads. Hadrion was really enjoying training Harry, he felt like an older sibling introducing his brother to the majesty of magic, and Harry had proven a dedicated student. Already Harry had learned at least the first basic lessons for each of the Dragonflight’s powers he wielded. Fortunately most of the Bronze Dragonflight’s temporal abilities were impossible without access to the Caverns of Time. (Hadrion firmly believed that no teenager should have something as dangerous as time-travel at their beck and call.)

 

    But far from a useless power, Harry had learned to use the Bronze’s power for scrying spells. Scrying was similar to the ability to see the future, but strictly for the present. ‘What is’ as opposed to the ‘what will be’ or ‘what might be’ of most divination techniques. (Sometimes scrying could reveal ‘what was’ as well.) Together the group landed and they introduced themselves to the sanctuary’s Keepers, with the Potters giving misleading names. While Voldemort roamed the world, it was better if he had no idea Harry could turn into a dragon. It would have been satisfying to end the dark lord immediately on his arrival to this Earth, sadly Voldemort had placed a Fidelius charm over his current location. While it was tempting to try destroying it anyway, Harry needed something to narrow down the location further than ‘somewhere in England, probably.’ The Fidelius was useless on truly ancient minds for the most part, but sadly none of Harry’s followers were old enough for the spell to fail. (The two wyrms with him, Janedormi and Khanagos were only slightly over a thousand years old. Then again, the problem with seeing through the Fidelius could have something to do with the spell having been cast before they came to this universe.)

 

    After six hours of breaking a powerful and very ancient curse, Hadrion announced they were done for the day. Charlie Weasley came over to Hadrion (who was going by Halion today) and offered him a rather large drink of water. The two sat for a moment and watched the female dragons, most of them mothers, fawn over the five-headed drake. Charlie spoke up after a moment. “Do you mind if I ask why you only broke that curse on females?”

 

    Turning his attention to Charlie, Hadrion replied. “A couple of reasons. They’re less territorial in general because it's their natural instinct to have two, three, or more females sharing a single male. I also want them to imprint on my younger brother because he’s thinking about remaining here when we leave. The females should also be willing to keep the males from doing anything stupid when we get to them if they’ve had time to adjust themselves.”

 

    Charlie chuckled. “Nothing wrong with wanting to make things easier for family. I’ve studied some genetics so you’ve got me curious now. Is your brother a half-sibling or…”

 

    Hadrion replied quickly. “No. The extra heads aren’t a natural trait, but magic being what it is they are likely to show up in his children as well. I can’t say he’s my brother genetically, but family is more than blood.”

 

    Sensing a sensitive topic, Charlie moved to another. “I wanted to work with dragons my whole life, learning that they were intelligent hasn’t changed that at all. I can’t wait to speak with them as we learn each other’s languages.”

 

    Hadrion was chuckling in his own mind. Charlie probably didn’t even realize it, but there was a wistful longing in his tone and posture as he spoke. Hadrion remembered jokes being bandied about Gryffindor tower about how Dragon Keepers really loved dragons and how upset they had gotten Ron. Smirking, Hadrion spoke up again. “You know, Mr. Weasley, my group’s leaders have gotten a hold of the Flamels. That means we can start brewing the materials for the Animagus Anchoring Ritual again. If you give me your oath to give my brother a hand once in a while I can get you a spot with a few of the Hogwarts kids when summer comes. The last step requires a hurricane, so we’re stuck waiting on the weather, since no other type of storm will do. You will, of course, have to keep this a secret until it becomes common knowledge.”

 

    Charlie eagerly agreed, and Hadrion smiled as he watched the local Harry get cornered by the grateful, overly affectionate dragons. He knew enough body-language to know it was time to take Harry back to Hogwarts. He’d also have to give Harry the ‘birds and bees’ talk on the way. Thankfully they didn’t have to fly far, there was an expanded cube waiting with the security detail that thankfully hadn’t been needed just a few miles away.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Hadrion probably could have given Harry a different talk, told him to wait until his twenties or something, but he himself had found happiness in the arms of Alira and Hermione when he was only a year older than this Harry. Even if Harry ignored his warnings about the difficulties of preventing pregnancy around powerful sources of Life magic, Harry could literally do nothing but retire to Potter Estate and live comfortably for his entire life by managing his resources. So when they returned to Hogwarts, he asked his other self to wait a moment before they parted ways. After a few moments ruffling through the few personal items he had with him in his quarters in the Room of Requirement he found the item he was looking for. When Harry saw him returning he groaned. “Please, no more lectures about relationships and reproduction. Please.

 

    Hadrion chuckled before reaching a talon into the expanded bag he wore under his wing. “No, I think we covered everything. If you have any questions you can ask myself or Dalistrasza, believe me as my healer she’s seen everything. Drakes are clumsy enough that their first time almost always ends in at least minor injuries. Remember how I told you that sex is a deeply enjoyable act, especially if there’s a strong relationship? I want you to have this. When I left Earth on my first long trip to Azeroth, Aurogos gave me a small book with everything he knew about using magic to make sex even more enjoyable. My mates and I added to it over time and now I’m giving you a copy. This doesn’t mean I expect you to sleep with Hermione, and don’t think I haven’t noticed you two growing closer, but if you do make that decision, this can help make your first time more memorable. Enjoy the ball, I’ll be watching but I can’t take my human form at the same time you do.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Harry and Hermione both enjoyed the Yule Ball tremendously. Hermione had looked radiant in a blue periwinkle dress, and Harry’s newly-tailored dress robe in dark grays complimented her wonderfully. But as much fun as the teenagers had that day, Hogwarts’ Headmaster and his wife had truly stolen the show. Janedormi, in her first public appearance in her Night Elven mortal form, had chosen to wear a crimson dress that accentuated her blue skin and showed enough to be tantalizing while still remaining mostly modest. The entire night, Khanagos clearly saw no one besides his mate.

 

    At the conclusion of a night spent dancing, Janedormi had told her mate she’d taken a fertility potion that morning. On hearing that Khanagos had lifted his wife in a bridal carry and informed Minerva, who was still the Deputy Headmistress but no longer Gryffindor head, that the school was in her care and apparated out with a peal of thunder that rattled the windows. Harry and Hermione left soon after, stealing away to the cube Hadrion had enchanted for them that was kept in the Room of Requirement. Both teens were mentally aware that their unusually magical animagus forms would affect them even as humans, but even though they knew intellectually that they had apparently been inhaling a particular brand of pheromones all night, when Harry told Hermione he loved her and she said the same… Well let’s just say they enjoyed the first night together, and every night thereafter.

 

    Both teens were horribly embarrassed the next day when on their way to breakfast in the Great Hall Dalistrasza waylaid them and insisted on healing the common injuries. Both teens were mortified as Dali healed bruising, bite marks, and Harry’s wounds that had convinced Hermione to pause part way through and file nails short. At least the gossip in the Great Hall ignored them completely, the Headmaster and his wife taking center stage as Rita Skeeter had produced a full page photo of Khanagos’ illusionary form dancing passionately with Janedormi. Rita wasn’t even the only one to speculate wildly about the overheard comment regarding a fertility potion and possible future dragon animagi, most in the media having assumed it was a family trait like Parseltongue or Metamorphmagi.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    As the Second Task came and went without incident, (Or the audience being able to see anything; Hadrion’s group had only meddled with the First Task.) Hadrion had grown ever more anxious to return home. He’d never been away from his own mates for so long, but the magical array they needed required Hogwarts itself to perform some crucial functions and the old stones could only absorb the needed magic so quickly. (The environmental magic at Hogwarts had been increasing drastically as the magic the castle couldn’t absorb directly was bled off into the air and soil. By the time they were done, and the castle released the magic after their plan finished, this Earth just might double the magic flowing through its ley-lines.) It didn’t help that he’d been enjoying an extremely active sex life for almost six years now; the drop from that to nothing had been causing stress and dragging down his mood.

 

    Surprising him, Cirmu had caught her Lord alone one evening and informed him that she would be happy to serve him in any way he wanted. “My Lord, you gave me everything when I had fallen to madness and despair. Your will and magic rebuilt me, touched every cell of my flesh. You might consider it an obsession, but no other male will ever have me unless you command me to allow it. You are my King, my Lord, my Aspect. I love you in ways that would be unhealthy if you hadn’t done so much for me. If you want me to become your mate like Alira and Hermione I will, but I will be happy simply being your servant, your consort, your plaything, a concubine to give you strong, if unusual, children.”

 

    After some internal debate and recalling the memory of Alira informing him of what was expected of the leader of a Dragonflight, Harry gave in. He hadn’t realized how tense he’d become, how much the lack of physical affection and closeness had bothered him. Those private moments with Cirmu gave him the patience to wait for the plan they’d set in motion to play out.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    It turned out that their preparations would be complete and ready to activate at the last moment before midnight on the twenty-fourth of June. Maybe destiny liked to play games, or maybe there was some significance to the date, because that was the night of the Third Task. (It wasn’t the solstice; that had occurred two days prior.) To Hadrion’s complete surprise, Madam Bones and Alastor Moody had taken his information and gone through the Ministry like a wildfire. Learning the truth that members of their own government had decided that there were simply too many muggleborns and had been culling them… Like Harry (both of them) had learned to take his righteous anger and focus it into his spellcasting, Madam Bones had done the same with politics.

 

    Laws that prevented the use of Veritaserum questioning of subjects were ignored, and Nicolas Flamel was happy to provide a steady stream of his particularly insistent Veriatserum. Hadrion suspected that this world’s corruption was not as pervasive as his own, but still it was an impressive accomplishment: Somehow those two had done the impossible and actually cleaned up their government. Fudge was serving a sentence in Azkaban, along with many of the original Death Eaters who had avoided their sentences. Others like Lucius Malfoy were on the run, fleeing from a newly lean and aggressive justice system.

 

    Hadrion’s increasing amount of free time as one problem after another had been wrapped up had led to him spending more and more time with Cirmu when he wasn’t training his local self. Cirmu turned out to have an even more naturally submissive personality than Alira. (For a given value of ‘natural’ after Harry had used alchemy to give her another chance at life and built her new body from the ground up.) But if she wanted to be his loyal servant, confidant, and concubine, Hadrion was happy to indulge her if it made her happy. Given his own love-life now consisted of Hermione and two dragons, Hadrion had found he really didn’t have any objections that sounded reasonable when he’d walked into Harry’s personal cube a few days before the Third Task to find his other self had mastered the spells to create truly magical sensations in a partner through physical touch and was making full use of his animagus’ form extra heads.

 

    Hadrion had to admit Harry had good taste in partners as he saw Hermione, (who had ignored both his and Dalistrasza’s warnings about Life magic interfering with birth control spells and was due to give birth in September) both Patil twins, (Parvati had gone to the ball with Ron, and it hadn’t gone well. Somehow she and Padma (who had also had an unpleasant evening with Cormac McLaggen) had been commiserating about their horrible dates, Hermione had joined them, and the next morning the three had woken up with hangovers and in bed with Harry.) Fleur Delacour, (who had apologized for her insulting comments on Halloween after Harry had rescued her and her sister during the second task) Alexandra the Horntail in her anthromagus form, (For the dragons of Earth, their anthromagus transformation was almost an exact analogue of the animagus. Alexandra had mastered the transformation completely except for the whole ‘blending in’ part, given that her form was a Kitsune with tan skin and rust-red hair.) and Maragosa.

 

    Maragosa was the Blue drake that had been tutoring this world’s Harry, and had already arranged to remain behind with him. Before the Third Task she would formally accept the position of Headmistress and control of Hogwarts’ impressive wards. While many would probably be hostile to her control of the school, her magical training and the resources she had access to would overcome any objection. Even the staunchest pureblood would look the other way for the depth of magical instruction Khanagos had set the standard for.

 

    Luckily, Harry had the resources to provide for and house his harem. The Potter Dragonflight had rebuilt this world’s Potter Manor, though it was only a rather simple (though secure) dwelling at the moment, so Harry would have a place for his new family to live. Heck, with diligent practice Harry would be powerful enough to raise an island from the deeps through volcanism within a decade. So Hadrion had turned and silently closed the door, leading Yrel away. He would tend to label the Draenei as ‘constrained’ in regards to relationships and sex, but a big part of that was their culture’s universal use of the Light. The Light was good for healing and augmenting defenders, but the side effects of the magic decreased fertility and the ‘base’ urges that led to romance and reproduction. But every Draenei that wore the Potter’s Mark magical tattoo now had a reservoir of Life magic just above their heart, and that was correcting this imbalance. Dali expected their birth rate, once they were comfortable on the correct Earth, to equal or slightly exceed that of humans rather quickly.

 

    Hadrion still wasn’t sure if Yrel truly wanted to be just one of his wives (To him the terms wife, mate and consort were interchangeable at this point.) or not, but he had urged her to make a decision before talking to Alira and Hermione. Alira was a wonderful person, and while she enjoyed playing the role of submissive to Hadrion she was terribly convincing when she wanted to be. For example, poor Hermione had never been attracted to females of any shape, form, or size before the three of them had lost their virginity together. That… hadn’t lasted long. Hadrion had to focus hard and bite the inside of his cheek to focus on the present and not the long list of wonderfully pleasant memories the three had made together.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    As the Third Task began, once again Hadrion had deployed a floating platform, a larger version of the Blue Dragonflight’s flying disc, above the Quidditch Pitch that had become a maze. There had been a lively debate about how to handle this event and what was going to follow. Carefully attuned scrying magic had caught Pettigrew sneaking onto the school before dawn and adding a destination onto the portkey that would end the Triwizard Tournament. Hadrion was nervous about the safety of his local self, but in the end had to admit that Harry was imminently more prepared than he had been. Even better, as far as they knew the secret of his animagus form was intact.

 

    Eventually the task started and Harry waited just inside the maze’s entrance for a blushing Fleur. The two linked arms and proceeded through the maze as if it was an afternoon stroll and not a competition. Still, the two made exceptionally good time. The fact that Harry’s spell repertoire was superior to the defensive spells on the maze itself didn’t hurt, as each dead end was simply blasted to smithereens. Quite soon, Harry reached the cup and gave Fleur a smile as they stood across from each other. To satisfy the magical contract, both would need to give their best effort to achieve victory. Hence an intense but brief duel erupted between the two, the brilliant light show reflected on the top of the hedge proved the only point of interest for the spectators so far. Hadrion had enjoyed the comparison between the First Task, which was the only one his followers had altered and the Second, which resulted in the spectators watching the surface of the lake in February. In Scotland. Six people had been treated for frostbite that day, but none of them had been competitors.

 

    While Fleur had obviously been pushing herself hard after learning her faults in the First Task, Hadrion knew the duel could only end one way. When Harry learned his actions the night of the Yule Ball had ensured he was going to be a father, he had applied himself with a vengeance. He had been trod on too many times in his life, and he would never allow that to happen again. His life was no longer just his own, he had a wife and child to consider. Hadrion knew that Harry and Hermione had eloped, but he was not sure if they had told her parents yet. Well, I’m glad to say that is absolutely not my problem.

 

    With Fleur restrained by conjured rope, Harry strode forward, quickly gave her a blistering kiss, and then grabbed the cup. As expected, the portkey whisked him away into a location under a Fidelius. Reaching out, Hadrion focused on the beacon his younger self had been carrying without knowing. At the same time, Ralion joined him. They arrived to find that Voldemort had created an elaborate magical trap that immediately stunned Harry. With Ralion at his side, two deep breaths of Twilight Fire not only tore the trap apart but also brought down the Fidelius Charm. While Ralion moved to seize Dark Lord and Pettigrew under his talons, Hadrion snapped every travel ward known to wizards in place. Then threw in every travel ward he’d learned on Azeroth as well.

 

    A simple reviving spell was enough to wake Harry who took his draconic form as well. By then Voldemort was trying to crawl away and Wormtail was writhing on the ground with four broken limbs, ensuring that even if he was stupid enough to transform, he would not be able to escape. A massive snake sped out of the underbrush and attempted to flee while carrying the grotesque infant form of Lord Voldemort, but two of the pursuing dragons slammed claws onto the serpent, shattering her spine. Hadrion had been curious what Harry had planned for tonight, oddly he had never asked him for any assistance for his planning.

 

    Normally in his animagus form, Harry spoke with either one head consistently or all of them together. Hearing different heads trade off was disconcerting, like the rare occasion the Weasley Twins did the same, but the terror it inspired in Tom Riddle was obviously intended. The Red head on the far right began. “Hello Tom. It’s good to see you again, I was afraid we wouldn’t have the chance to settle things between us, personally.” Harry switched to speaking with the Black head. “I’ve thought about your many crimes, and I’ve considered what would be a fitting justice, or revenge for you Tom.”

 

    Harry paused, obviously to let the dark lord’s terror grow. Eventually he began to speak with his Blue head. “Should I devise some new torture spell? Something worse than the Cruciatus? I could do it, you know. I know enough now to make hours, days, or even years under a spell feel just like the first second.” Again, Harry switched heads, this time to the Green on the far left. “I could trap you in an endless nightmare. Would you like that Tom? Eaten alive by your worst fears in a horrific dream that never ends?”

 

    Obviously terrified, Voldemort shouted back, having finally given up crawling away from the three dragons. “You don’t have it in you to torture me Potter! No matter what you do, I will return. I am immortal, unending! Dragon or not, you are nothing before me!”

 

    Ominously, it was the Bronze head that replied. Hadrion realized his local self had been spending a lot of time with Janedormi, and the Bronze wyrm had been distinctly amused recently. “Oh sure, I could do all of those things Tom. But you know what? I don’t have to sully my hands to be done with you forever. I admit, I might not have been as vicious with you if my wife wasn’t expecting our first child right now. But you and your followers are a threat to my family , and I’ve been talking to a portrait of Dorea Potter, nee Black. My grandmother has been a wonderful help deciding how to deal with threats to my family.

 

    “I’ve also discovered I enjoy irony. So Voldemort, you wanted to live forever? I’m going to make you choke on it. Thanks to my visiting older self, I have been able to identify exactly what ritual you used to create this pathetic homunculus. I’m sure you’ve been using a potion to strengthen it, but did you know it can exist on pure magic alone if the environment has enough? You’d lose the ability to use magic after a week, and the ability to move after a few months, but that’s okay. There’s not enough magic here… but let’s walk and talk. Someone please stun Wormtail and make sure he doesn’t get away.”

 

    With no other words, Harry levitated the horrific infant into the air and withdrew a cube from the standard messenger bag many drakes wore under their wings. Now morbidly interested in what his other self had planned, Hadrion forced Wormtail into an enchanted sleep and used magic to drag him behind the group as they entered the custom cube Harry had been living and spending his free time in for months. Like all cubes it contained some enchanted trees, but as they moved towards the central park, Hadrion realized that Harry had replaced nearly all of them with Aeon Pines, the trees infused with the Bronze Dragonflight's power to bend time. What was more, there was an… altar, of sorts, standing in the middle of the park with curved sections of metal littering the ground. A careful examination of the rune-covered metal revealed that if put together, the pieces would form a perfect sphere large enough to encase the homunculus. There was also a circle made of Draconic runes on the flat, circular stone. “So, any last words before I make sure that you live forever, Thomas Marvolo Riddle?”

 

    The monstrous infant inspected the metal components and the ritual circle for a moment before it spoke again. It put on a brace face, but the three dragons could see it was terrified. “No matter what you do, you will never defeat me! I will destroy you Harry Potter!”

 

    Still speaking with only the Bronze head, Harry levitated the cursed infant so it was sitting in the first part of the sphere. Before it could crawl away, the next fit into place and the metal joined together as if there had never been a seam in the first place. “So Tom, did you know that one of the powers I gained from my animagus form involves Time magic? I actually got this idea from a book that’s become rather popular among Hadrion’s followers. It’s a good read and has a plot involving a dark lord who had used a ring to ensure his immortality. Now now, I’m sure you did something much more clever, but don’t worry, the next time you see me I’ll be adding the rest of your soul into your new home. In fact, here’s a rather fancy locket compliments of Regulus Black. You really shouldn’t have been cruel to his house elf Tom.”

 

    Slytherin’s locket was carelessly tossed into the sphere that was now almost entirely assembled, and Harry continued. “Anyway, I got my idea not from any great battle or swing of the plot, but from a simple line. I won’t bore you with the whole quote, but the relevant part was ‘and every day was as long as a life-age of the earth.’ Do you want to guess what you’re going to experience in a moment, Tom?”

 

    Now visibly terrified, the infant began trying to tear its way out, but without its wand escape was impossible. The wandless curses it could manage splashed off the combined shield spells of three powerful dragons. Pausing before fitting the last segment on to seal the homunculus inside, Harry spoke one last time. “Time is like a vast desert Tom, it will grind even the greatest soul down to bone and the bone to dust eventually. My tutor in this power spoke of the cruelty of a leader that gave true immortality to mortals in exchange for their undying service. In time they became empty shells, devoid of any emotion or desire, nothing left but the purpose they had been given immortality for. That usually takes thousands of years. Starting now, you’re going to experience a thousand years every day for eternity Tom. This is Vengeance for my parents and all the innocents you killed, and Justice to protect my wives and future children. By the time I find the rest of your horcruxes you won’t be capable of action or speech, so this is goodbye Tom.”

 

    With that, the final section of the sphere closed with a soft click, instantly silencing the soul within. Harry’s Bronze eyes glowed brilliantly for a moment before the runes on the outside of the sphere and the runic circle flared to life, the sphere starting a gentle rotation as it rose to hover in the middle of the circle, utterly silent. Ralion was the one to break the silence. “Wow. That was… impressive. Remind me never to become your enemy, Harry Potter.”

 

    Harry laughed and sagged, starting the time-dilation spell had taken a lot out of him. Together they moved from the small forest to where Wormtail still laid, bound and unconscious. Harry rolled his shoulders and braced himself. “I have to do one more thing, do you mind helping me?”

 

    Hadrion checked the custom watch attached to his left forearm. “We have a few hours before the Glamdring needs to descend into the atmosphere over Hogwarts for our ride home. What did you have in mind?”

 

    Moving over to Wormtail, Harry pressed a talon into the man’s Dark Mark and pushed magic with as much anger, rage, and negative emotions as he could into it. It wasn’t exactly right for summoning Voldemort’s followers, but it was close and insistent enough that only a moment later the free Death Eaters began apparating into the complete darkness Harry conjured. He was flaring magic into his Red head’s eyes, causing them to glow an ominous crimson, the only thing the Death Eaters saw as they appeared. The three dragons could sense the palatable fear as Voldemort’s servants heeded the call.

 

    Hadrion realized it was a smaller group than had gathered when his Voldemort had returned. When it seemed as if no one else was coming, Harry dispelled the black obscuring fog. It only took one Death Eater splinching himself violently when he hit a rather vicious travel ward to realize that there was no escape. Harry spoke up, addressing them. “Hello. My name is Harry Potter, and I’ve just defeated Voldemort for the third time. I have neither the time nor patience to deal with you, so I will not repeat myself. You have two choices before you. You will either swear a magically binding oath to serve me in all things for the rest of your life, or you will die. Choose quickly.”

 

    After a moment Lucius Malfoy stood and removed his mask. “May I ask how you defeated the Dark Lord?”

 

    Harry replied, all five heads speaking in an eerie unison. “Tom Riddle feared death. He wanted to live forever, so I made sure he would. In the last few minutes here, Voldemort has experienced decades. And he will continue to experience a millennia every day, until the end of time, trapped in a small sphere. You can see for yourself if you want, but I warn you that approaching that glade,” Harry pointed a claw towards the nearby park that had somehow become exceedingly ominous in the last few moments before continuing. “is now death for anyone other than myself.”

 

    One of the men jumped to his feet and ran for the glade. Judging by his ax, the man was Walden Macnair. He had barely set foot into the park before falling back out, screaming. His right leg and left arm had aged so fast that they had crumbled into dust. Harry spoke up again. “Like I said, your only choices now are service to your last breath or immediate death. Make your choice.”

 

    One of the others removed his mask, revealing him to be the older man who had fathered Theodore Nott. “And what will you have us do, if we agree to serve you?”

 

    Harry smiled on three of his faces. “England is becoming a better land every day. You will protect this glorious new future and spend the rest of your lives hunting down evil like yourselves. Using evil men to hunt evil men seems appropriate, does it not?”

 

    Nott sneered. “I would rather die!”

 

    Harry responded with his Red head even as his Green released a small bolt of vicious poison at the man. It immediately began eating into his flesh with a sizzling sound. He had to speak up to be heard over the screams of two dying men. “Granted. You, all of you, are a threat to my family. Serve or die. Make your choice or I will simply kill you all and be done with it.”

 

    With that, the remaining six Death Eaters knelt and swore a magical oath of slavery to Harry Potter. They hated it, oh they truly did, but they were cowards. Any Death Eaters with the bravery to stand in the light had spent the last decade in Azkaban while these men had hidden like roaches. Soon, Harry was giving them their first commands. “You will transfer all of your vaults, assets, and properties to me immediately. All of your families will be allowed to live in the former Malfoy Manor, now the Potter Manor annex, until your children graduate Hogwarts or fail their seventh year. You will be given enough funds to see them educated that far. When asked, you will tell them that you chose to serve a terrorist and why, and then you will tell them that you lost and your mistake has cost their family everything. You will also do whatever is necessary to ensure your families never become a threat to mine. I will not be as merciful with them as I am with you.

 

    “After that, you will begin hunting down any murders or those who enable them and ensure they are brought to justice, either with the DMLE or by your own wand if they are a murderer. You will not harm the innocent or bystanders. You will not allow yourself to be captured, but if an Auror catches you, do not cast any curses on them that a healer could not easily cure. If you are captured, you will speak only the truth about anything they ask except that you serve me. I suggest you do not allow that to happen. You will follow both the letter and the spirit of these commands, now go.

 

    With that, Hadrion slashed his claw dramatically through the air and tore down the travel wards. The surviving Death Eaters fled immediately. The three dragons quickly left the cube, shrunk it, and returned to Hogwarts. Once there Harry left his animagus form and proudly carried the cup to the awards ceremony while Ralion returned to the Glamdring, now in orbit over Scotland. Hadrion however made his way to the Room of Requirement, to make one final check on their preparations. While the English Prime Minister had not been happy to clear the skies over Scotland, he had admitted the necessity when presented with all the relevant information. Presenting the man with the crucial components of one of the Glamdring’s auxiliary craft had placated the man, however. That cargo transport was never going to fly again, but the components, including the faster than light engine, would eventually be reverse-engineered.

 

    When he reached the Room of Requirement, his first task was to verify that the castle was empty. Other than the ghosts and the last few house elves collecting a few trunks that had been left behind, only the Headmistress and the other two who were staying behind on this world remained. Now that the awards ceremony was complete, students, their parents, and the population of Hogsmeade would be boarding the Hogwarts Express. (While using the castle, augmented with capacitor crystals and over a thousand magic-producing expanded spaces was mostly safe, it was still going to release a lot of magic. Likely more than was safe for humans at close range.)

 

    Hadrion had truly enjoyed the week he spent sculpting the iconic train’s interior, and had left the five crimson-painted passenger cars with enough space to move the entire population of London if needed. The middle car now held dormitories, common spaces, and dining areas for adults, children and the families of Hogsmead, while the other cars included an ocean with beaches, islands, and opportunities for diving and swimming, dozens of miles of a vibrant pine forest, a tropical rainforest that smelled amazing, and a car that was split into a theme park, water park, and three dimensional maze. (Just like back home, Neville had taken to a new wand and the Druidic arts very well. As soon as each car had been expanded and the interior shaped, Neville had worked with the castle’s elves to make them vibrantly green. Even the ocean car was teeming with aquatic plants, even Gillyweed was now blooming under the water.) Each car now made ‘proper’ use of the walls and ceiling, ( Why would anyone with magic waste all that space? ) and permanent cushioning charms had been woven into the edges where one stepped onto the wall. Since the train and rail line was owned by the school, from now on the expanded cars would act as affordable vacation rentals when they weren’t in use moving students to and from the school. Muggleborn students and their families would be welcome year round, and it was expected that a week’s vacation on the train would make for an improved introduction to the magical world.

 

    Hadrion watched the awards ceremony finish and the people begin moving to the train. There was still over an hour left until the Glamdring needed to descend, but they couldn’t dally. Like on the last world, Hadrion was leaving behind a few oathsworn. It felt selfish, but privately he was glad none of the ones he’d become close to had wanted to remain behind. Maragosa had already accepted the mantle of Headmistress from Khanagos, and Hadrion said his goodbyes to her and the married Draenei couple who had chosen to remain behind to teach wizards and squibs alike to wield the Light. (Muggles had proven incapable of interacting with the cosmic force of creation, but in the end that might be for the best. The Light, for all its positive points, tended to go hand in hand with zealotry.) Granted, they understood that the Light needed to be offset with one of the more primal, wilder branches of magic to avoid a drop in, well, vitality among the users. Vordistrasz, the Flamel’s patron on this Earth as well, had woken up and was happy to share the Red’s Life magic to anyone who swore an oath to never use the magic for evil.

 

    With their goodbyes said, Hadrion turned to see his local self had flown in a window and was nervously pacing. He turned and clasped talons with the young man who was about to inform Hermione’s parents that the two had eloped a number of months ago and also that Hermione was nearly ready to give birth to their first child. The teen began to speak, obviously not quite sure what to say. “Thank you Hadrion. You’ve done so much for me, when you could have simply taken control of Hogwarts and done nothing else. I… Even though I’m about to have two muggles try to murder me, I don’t regret you walking into the Great Hall on November first. You’ve made this world a better place, you’ve made my life so much better. If not for you, I’d be going home to the Dursleys tomorrow, not my own home. I… owe you everything.”

 

    Hadrion chuckled. “You owe me nothing, Harry. If you had the opportunity, you would do the same thing. Who knows, someday you might. If you want to honor me, all I ask is that you do what you can to make the world a better place. You don’t need to build an army like I did, if you wanted to you could simply finish removing that soul curse from Earth’s dragons and retire to your estate. But you have the ability to be a truly great leader, and I would ask that you put yourself forward. Start small if the thought terrifies you. I gave you a list of my ‘ Dragon Army,’ so you can start by organizing a study group next year. Earth’s dragons could use your help too. Vordistrasz might be more powerful than you when he finishes his therapy, at least until you come into your own, but he isn’t really a leader. But if you ask him, I think he would be willing to help you learn everything you need to ensure the newly-sentient dragons don’t become a threat. He would make a wonderful majordomo, that’s a role he understands and would excel at.”

 

    Hadrion paused, and grasped his younger self on the shoulders. That was hard to do with the drake’s five heads. “What I’m trying to say is, if I’ve helped you, pass it on. Live your life well, and I hope you have a big happy family. Dali said you’re well on your way to that anyway.” He had to pause to laugh for a moment. “Now, I get that you’re nervous, but stop stalling and go have dinner with your in-laws. If all else fails, remember you’re rather tough as a dragon and I need you to stay that way till we’re through, this form doesn’t have the fine control I need to pilot my magical spaceship.”

 

    With that, Harry laughed and opened the nearest window before leaping out and gliding down to the train that was just leaving the station. He’d already set a cube up on the rear car to host his in-laws. Hadrion made one last check of the Castle and Hogsmeade and decided that if the Unspeakables setting up monitoring equipment just outside the castle’s wards wanted to risk their lives to observe what was about to happen they were free to do so. The Headmistress was now jogging to her office, which was the only place in the castle with enough shielding to avoid the potentially lethal burst of magic. (Well, enough shielding to protect a dragon anyway. Blues wielded magic as their birthright, and Maragosa had a Potter’s Mark if she became overwhelmed anyway.) With nothing else to do here, with all his goodbyes said, Harry Potter thanked Hogwarts for helping him home and apparated onto the Glamdring waiting in orbit. It was time to head home.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Despite the nearly crushing force of this reality telling him he didn’t belong, Harry smiled as he slipped into his seat in the Glamdring’s control room. That pressure built over time, but since he and the local Harry had spent so much time as ‘Hadrion’ and ‘Chromius’ it had been bearable. Harry was glad his hunch about the need to create distance had worked, otherwise he would be in a stasis cell right now. Placing his hands onto the stone interface, he smirked as he felt the Glamdring’s personality in his mind, like a deadly tiger affectionately rubbing against him. While he had been busy on Earth, most of his oathsworn had been busy improving the ship. Weak points had been bolstered and every charm and component had been lovingly tweaked and improved. She certainly handled a thousand times better now than she had over that irradiated Earth. Harry laughed aloud as he heard purring in his head.

 

    The rest of the control crew had been waiting on him, and Harry had almost been late when the ship had chosen to divert Harry through a deck he hadn’t seen before where glittering golden technology had taken over two halls and an expanded storage area. That had been somewhat concerning, until Harry had reached out and felt magic, the same magic he perceived in his head now as a loyal and content tiger. Somehow the ship’s wardstones had interfaced with some sort of salvaged technology and now the Glamdring was using excess magic to create more of it. It was something to look into more later, he had gotten the sense that the playful ship had been keeping others out, wanting him to see it first.

 

    Slowly the minutes ticked down, and it was time. With a broad smile on his face, Harry began bringing the ship down in a wide spiral. As he did, he heard Dalistrasza at a new terminal advising the Royal Air Force that they were in motion and asking them to convince one stubborn airliner whose flight would pass through their wake if they didn’t move. Between the exterior hull that was a non-reflective black, enchantments woven to absorb most radar the only easily detectable proof of their passage would be the chaotic air currents they left behind. (Eight-hundred meters of a salvaged and repurposed interstellar ship that had never been intended for atmospheric flight would do that.) Harry noted Talion reporting that the rune clusters responsible for absorbing heat were working even better than they’d expected and nudged the Glamdring forward a little faster. Though honestly, it was less nudging and more he was holding her back a little less.

 

    When some base commander panicked and launched an ICBM at them, Harry rotated the ship so the functional parts of their ‘point defense’ could lock on and destroy it. Then he told Dali to put him on the radio frequency the British Military used. “To the moron that just shot at us, my craft has the express permission of the Prime Minister to be in your airspace. Check your chain of command before you embarrass yourself further. But to ensure your stupidity is contained, gunner, target that base and fire an ion cannon at thirty percent!”

 

    Ralion gave him a smile full of teeth as he carried out his Lord’s order. Most of the ship’s original systems were still dark and silent, but they had gotten a few to work. The Glamdring now boasted functional technological inertial dampeners as well as a few dozen weapon turrets. Ralion cackled as he charged, aimed, and fired one of the repaired weapons that would strike the military base like a bolt of lightning and disable or destroy all of their electronics, rendering them blind and helpless. Unless someone was unlucky enough to be within a few feet of the impact however, it wouldn’t kill anyone. Accelerating even more, Harry felt the connection between Hogwarts and the ship form as they got close enough. To begin slowing them down even further, he activated the massive array of hover charms along the ship’s underside. A massive discharge of magic rushed up to greet them from Hogwarts castle, and Harry almost lost himself in the beauty of it. It looked like the most intense aurora ever seen on the planet as the massive wash of magic built around the ship.

 

    To get them home, they weren’t ‘jumping’ so much as ‘tunneling.’ It turned out that breaking through from one reality to another was easy, for a given value of easy, anyway, but finding the exact reality you wanted was a bitch and a half. (The most crucial component of the array sending them home was a depressing large vial of Harry’s own blood; it acted as a command to ‘find this reality.’) Still, everything seemed to be working correctly. Right now on their target Earth, Aurogos was probably having a panic attack at what his wards were reporting. Thankfully, Dali would be informing him of their situation as soon as possible.

 

    Outside the aurora built, then flared enough to be nearly blinding. Harry was still connected to the ship but he’d relinquished control as he felt the castle below take control of their path and synchronize with the Glamdring’s wardstone network. Slowly the ship tilted its forked prow directly downwards and began a pre-planned descent into the thickest part of building energy. Far too close to the topmost parts of Hogwarts for comfort, the magic ‘caught’ and the Glamdring joined the castle’s efforts. And then they were gone, and the Ministry of Magic found themselves scrambling to explain a very strange atmospheric phenomenon.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Once again, the illusion projecting the view in front of the ship showed nothing but ripples of color. It was a long five minutes as the bridge crew held their figurative breath. Harry braced himself to act as soon as they were home; sadly their calculations for getting home were only really certain to be ‘not inside of an object.’ Eventually the ship re-entered reality and Harry immediately began spinning the prow towards the sky and throwing the hover charms to full power, trying to adjust their momentum to avoid a collision with Hogwarts or Hogsmeade. Even when he’d gotten the prow pointed back into the sky, keeping them from hitting anything was difficult. After several long moments where he really wished he could simply fire the Glamdring’s main thrusters to gain altitude, (but had to consider the downsides this close to the ground and people) he managed to curve their arc back into the sky. Dali was frantically speaking to the local Air traffic control, but she still managed to arrange for a familiar voice to be heard on the bridge.

 

    Ginny Weasley, who hadn’t been happy to be left behind on Earth when Harry had taken a group to Azeroth, was speaking quickly. “Harry, the Headmaster just left to get the Prime Minister to clear the skies for you. We heard you went missing just a few days ago. Welcome back. Given how much you’ve been abusing the Timeline, you probably want the date. It’s the first of March, 1996.”

 

    Harry let out a loud sigh before activating his speak-stone. “Well, that’s a bit later than I thought it would be, but given how long I’ve been gone I’m not going to complain. If you can, please contact Aurogos and let him know the hover charms on our ship are failing, too much stress and some of them burned off during transit. I think we have an hour before they’re useless. There’s also some kind of strange energy buildup on our hull and I don’t want that energy anywhere near people; we need to get the Glamdring back into orbit soon. And Ginny, it’s good to be home. It’s been a hell of a trip.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

A/N: Finally finished! I think this is easily the longest chapter I’ve written. Hell, 29,500 words is longer than some fics. Anyway, next chapter should be out much sooner and will probably be a set of ‘extras’ that are cannon to my fic, one of them will be what Voldemort has been up to recently. If there’s some plot thread in this fic you’d like to see more of let me know in a comment!

 

Thank you to everyone who reviewed the last chapter, each comment motivates me to keep writing!

 

 

Anyway, thanks for reading and I hope you enjoy this chapter!









Chapter 38: Chapter 38: Those Left Behind

Chapter Text

I’m not dead! I sort of lost my muse for Elune’s Pebble for a while, and ended up working on my side fic instead. I’ll be posting that when I have more chapters written out. Next chapter will be the normal length and focus on Harry, this chapter is just sort of odds and ends. 

 

Thank you to everyone who reviewed! Your support means the world to me!

 

Thank you to my betas, who make sure my stories are readable and at least a little coherent!

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Chapter 38: Those Left Behind

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Earth ‘B’ aka Irradiated Earth, Surrey, Four Years after Harry’s Departure

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Of all the interconnected habitation domes England’s apocalypse survivors maintained, this one had long been Rose Potter’s favorite. The other domes were so very, very tame with orderly fields, orderly farms, and orderly forests. But this one, with its jagged spires of rocks, scattered pools, and complex pattern of air currents just seemed to call to her. She dodged various hazards with her vibrant red hair trailing behind her, a smile on her face as she put her fifth flying disc through its paces. Some of her previous discs had been damaged (or destroyed) in crashes, but she’d decided to relegate her previous disc to use outside the domes when she’d completed this beauty. (Because the radiation was still a concern, as little equipment as possible was used both inside and outside the expanded domes. Once worn outside, their protective gear was stored next to the entrance used.) Eventually she found who she’d been looking for, the Green drake Inodius, one of the seven drakes (and two Draenei) that had once served Rose’s ‘brother’ before volunteering to remain behind to help them and heal the world.

 

    Landing close by, she removed her enchanted goggles and used her fingers to brush her long red hair out of her face. She’d been born with the same black hair of her father and brother, but once life improved and the most urgent work of ensuring the expanded domes in England were stocked with plants and animals was taken care of she’d decided to change it to her mother’s color instead. After mixing and drinking a relatively simple potion it was even permanent; Rose loved this color so much she hadn’t cut her hair since. With a smirk, she walked over to the dragon sunning himself and flopped down against the dozing dragon, leaning against him at the base of his neck and spilling her hair all over his face. Sputtering the dragon woke and grumbled when he started to inhale the red locks. With his now open and alert eyes focused on Rose, he spoke in an accent that was barely even noticeable anymore. “You and your hair. I’d complain, but compared to some of the other ‘coping mechanisms’ I’ve had to deal with, yours isn’t that bad. You’re welcome to join me if you want Rose, it’s a wonderful day to relax and there’s nothing we need to do until tomorrow.”



    When her brother’s followers had divided their tasks, each choosing to apply themselves where they were most needed, Inodius had taken on the task of counselor and mind healer. It… was a monumental task, even four years to the day after her brother had left to find his own world. For the first year, Inodius had barely allowed himself to get the real, restful sleep he needed; by day he’d helped each of the seventy traumatized children as best he could and by night he magically chased their nightmares away. It helped that for the first two years they had all lived in a newly expanded and cleaned Number Four together, but Inodius had still been stressing himself into an early grave. It got so bad their Draenei healer had started dosing him with a Dreamless Sleep potion once a week. As time went by he learned to balance his own needs and those of the survivors he was helping; now Inodius was more of an informal counselor than anything else, regularly checking in and just being available if anyone wanted to talk. Rose gathered her long hair and made herself comfortable, reclining against the base of his neck. Twirling a lock of her hair, she couldn’t argue it was her coping mechanism. While the terrors that plagued her days and nights were not nearly as bad as they once were, she still found herself panicking if she opened her eyes and couldn’t see the vibrant red strands.

 

    Rose lost track of time, remembering that year she’d been solely responsible for powering the Blood Wards. After her Aunt had died, she’d been terrified. Aunt Arabella had told her the protections were based on her mother’s love, but as time dragged on the kids realized the blood wards were killing her, no matter what they did. She remembered becoming so weak she couldn’t even get out of bed, wasting away as the wards slowly killed her to keep her and the others alive. She hated feeling helpless, hated knowing there was nothing she could do but try to stay strong, hated knowing she was dying and all the people she cared about would die with her…

 

    A taloned claw gently touching her leg drew her out of her memories and back into the present to see a scaly head had curled around and concerned eyes were staring back into hers. “I’m alright Inodius. Not a real flashback or anything, just bad memories.”

   

    The head moved closer and gently nuzzled her before moving back. “Remember, you can always talk to me about anything. No one expects you to put your past behind you quickly or easily.”

 

    Rose chuckled, leaning back against the drake. “The memories aren’t as bad as they used to be, like you said at the beginning, time is the best medicine. I think my mind is about as healthy as it can be for surviving the apocalypse a few years ago.”

 

    The two simply sat there for a while, enjoying the warm breeze that kicked up, bringing the scent of rain. Another reason Rose loved this dome was the weather was almost perfectly natural, but locked into summer day in, day out. As a thunderstorm built around them, complete with lightning and thunder, she relished the heavy feeling in the air before the first drops of rain fell. Inodius preferred weather that was moist and warm, and the more time she spent in this dome the more Rose agreed. England was cold, damp, and soggy; give her warmth she could feel in the rocks and her bones any day. The rain was torrential, her simple shirt and shorts were soaked through in seconds, but she didn’t mind. Water wouldn’t damage them and the rain itself wasn’t cold; she’d done this before, riding through the storm on a disc, loving the feeling of wild freedom.

 

    Another reason she liked Inodius was that he wasn’t a mother hen, one of his wings had moved to offer shelter to her, but a simple shake of her head and he withdrew it and they took in the storm together. The downpour only lasted twenty minutes, enough to calm the dome’s dust and water the grass that fed the livestock; this dome pastured nimble goats, roaming talbuk, and the occasional hybrid of the two. Rose took a few minutes to draw her wand from the sheath on her forearm and cast a few spells into her hair but didn’t move otherwise. As the two sat together in the sunlight as the clouds dissipated, Rose spoke up again. “I’ve decided on an Animagus form.”

 

    Inodius let out a ‘hmm’ sound that she could feel vibrating in his chest. “So what did you choose? If you’re not sure, you don’t need to rush, you know.”

 

    “I know. I’ve thought about it a lot, and I’ve decided I want to use the sample from Cirmu, the three-headed dragon. Sure, I remember her being a little clumsy, but something about that form just appeals to me.”

 

    “I’d bet it’s something to do with your Parseltongue ability, one of her heads came from a Horned Serpent. And don’t worry about the clumsiness, remember your brother forged her into a new form to save her life; you’d be clumsy too if you’d just gained two extra heads and a different body shape. It’s a good form.”

 

    The two lapsed into quiet again as they basked in the sunlight and let the air dry them. Rose was the first to speak again. “They’re leaving.”

 

    Inodius replied after a sigh, his voice low. “They are. The mundane survivors have found a way off-world but they don’t want to tell us much about it. They want to take you and the other magical humans with them.” He continued quickly when he sensed the fear coming from the girl, with so much practice healing minds he’d grown more empathic over the last four years. “I told O'Neil what I’ll tell everyone else tomorrow. The other dragons and I won’t stop any of you from leaving, but we won’t allow them to coerce you into leaving either.”

   

    Rose relaxed. “Why on Earth would we want to leave? We have everything we need and the planet is healing, though slowly. They do understand that magicals need environmental magic, right?”

 

    “I believe they think they can create a substitute. Sadly they’ve also made it clear only human magicals are welcome.”

 

    Rose snorted at that. “They might as well have said nothing then. Even Dean wouldn’t leave the others behind, despite the way he complains about having to listen to dragons.”

 

    “Given he’s already helping to repopulate Earth with a Veela and a Lamia, I don’t doubt that. And don’t worry about his complaints too much; I’m just glad he feels safe enough to grumble.”

 

    Rose laughed. “Well, our enclave has what, four females for every male? He still needs a few more to ‘meet his quota.’ Part of that’s from the female-only Veela, Kitsune, and Lamia, but Aunt Arabella had more luck rescuing girls for some reason.”

 

    “There’s no rush, in the long run it’s better for the resulting kids if there’s real relationships and love between the parents. Have you thought about finding a male yourself or are you comfortable with Heather? Both of our healers can manage the artificial insemination procedure after all, and your ‘brother’ left us enough donated ‘material’ to ensure a healthy population.”

 

    Rose blushed brightly at that. Even back when she’d been bedridden from maintaining the wards, Heather had been special. Her Kitsune girlfriend had patiently taken care of the unpleasant necessities of her condition and then offered… more, time and again. (Given the fact they all expected to die and had little to no hope, it hadn’t been an uncommon occurrence in that house.) After the domes were built, Rose had enjoyed puberty with the vibrant Kitsune that had sworn to be by her side for life. “No, Heather and I have decided to go for a more natural solution. I want a huge family and so does she, so whatever male we pick out would need to be able to handle us both.”

 

    Rose was silent for a moment and Inodius was happy to let her collect her thoughts. Eventually she spoke again. “Both our healers say Heather and I are physically old enough to safely carry a child, and we’ve been talking about children for a while. Heather knows I want a big family and is willing to help repopulate Earth; I’m looking forward to watching our children play together.” Rose paused for a moment. “Inodius, you’ve been there for all of us. You’ve been kind and compassionate. You are hard-working, clever, and you have a sense of humor I’ve come to enjoy. Heather and I are moving into the forest cabin in the next dome over, we’d love for you to join us.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Earth ‘C,’ Hogwarts Express, Ten Minutes After Harry Parted Company With Hadrion

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Harry may have underestimated how fast the Hogwarts Express was moving, but he still managed to catch up to it after a bit of physical exertion. He briefly found himself wishing his animagus form was as graceful as the ‘standard’ drake from Azeroth, but not for long; the benefits of his form’s five heads far outweighed the downsides. The expanded cube, definitely not the one containing Voldemort, fused to the rear car was still there, and he steeled himself for what was about to happen as he entered. Hermione had invited her parents to the Third task, which had been opened to muggles by the new headmaster. Thanks to the precautionary evacuation of Hogsmeade onto the expanded Hogwarts Express the train would be arriving at King’s Cross the next morning with the residents of Hogsmeade village; with the train and villagers immediately returning to their homes after dropping off most of the students and guests. Most of the students and their families were making use of the provided accommodations on the train or had brought tents, but Harry’s entourage had simply bonded an expanded cube to the exterior of the last car. (This simple expanded cube was almost entirely livestock pasture inside, along with a few vegetable fields; it would be used to feed guests on the train in the future.)

 

   Hermione was waiting for him at the entrance in an extremely comfortable chair she’d conjured, something she’d learned to do after learning their contraceptive charms had failed. (Both of them had been warned that their animagus forms would interfere with any form of contraception, but both of them had assumed it wouldn’t matter as long as they stayed in their human forms. As it turned out, like Hadrion they weren’t exactly human anymore: The fact that their animagus forms had their own anthromagus forms meant they were both human and dragon in either form.) Knowing he was going to be a father changed his whole life, but as time went by Harry was more excited than anything else. If nothing else, someday the story of his first time with Hermione on Christmas Eve giving them a son would make a good story, but right now wasn’t that time.

 

    Gently embracing his wife with his heads he took a moment to examine her and make sure she was safe. He knew Hermione wasn’t weak , but his admitted brutality against Voldemort and his followers had been a direct result of the threat they posed; Voldemort and his followers had proven they had no problem murdering women and children. With a gentle touch of magic, Harry lifted Hermione onto his shoulders, shifting his wings to keep her in place. His wife snorted in amusement, but allowed Harry to coddle her, while she wasn’t as fragile as he thought, she knew he’d had a stressful night and it was something of a walk to where her parents were waiting. Riding on Harry, she slipped a hand under her robe and gently caressed her bump where their son was growing. The last six months had been stressful at times, but Harry had stood by her at every step. He’s young, but he’s going to make such a wonderful father.

 

    For Hermione, a lot of the normal doubts of a pregnant teenager hadn’t applied. If she wanted a career she had an extremely long life to get around to it, Harry could easily support them both, and their little family would be moving into the home Harry owned that sat on miles of expanded farmland. Both of them enjoyed the physical closeness as Harry took them from the entrance to this cube’s only real structure, the tower that acted as an irrigation control system. Harry had chosen to have their dinner on a balcony overlooking a field where a herd of sheep could be seen grazing. Hermione smiled at seeing her parents sitting at a dining table with Alexandra in her Kitsune form. She laughed when neither of her parents believed she was actually a dragon, but since they were having their late dinner on a balcony overlooking a pasture, Alexandra simply took a running leap off the side, turned into a Hungarian Horntail on the way down, and swooped around the area for a while, scattering livestock. She returned by flying back towards the balcony while ditching most of her momentum, transforming back in the air and re-entering the balcony with a roll. She and Harry had paused in the hall, watching the spectacle, and Hermione used her parent’s distraction to slide off as Harry contorted his body to make it easier for her. Dan and Emma were surprised to see the five-headed dragon entering the large balcony with their daughter, but accepted the explanation that it was her friend Harry in his animagus form.

 

    (“Mom, remember when Professor McGonagall turned into a cat when she was explaining that magic exists? Same thing with a vastly superior animal.” 

   “No, I am Harry Potter, there is no ‘we.’ All of the heads are me, there aren’t any other people in this form, my mind is in each physical brain and magic keeps me in sync.”)

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    After a wonderful meal prepared by Dobby, and one where Harry had impressed Hermione’s parents with his careful attention to proper table manners despite his inhuman form, all of them were watching a scrying spell of the Hogwarts and the surrounding sky as a massive wedge-shaped spacecraft with a distinctive forked prow descended from the sky amid a dazzling show of light that looked like the most intense Aurora Borealis in history. With a flash that blinded them and broke Harry’s concentration, causing the scrying spell to slowly fizzle out, the ship disappeared. Harry spoke up. “Just in case this didn’t work and my alternate reality double got stranded in this universe, I’ll give it a day or two before I switch back. I’ve spent so much time as a dragon, my human form feels naked anyway.”

 

    Emma spoke up with a coy smile. “I guess you’re talking about your scales but I hate to point out you’re not wearing anything other than that handy messenger bag under your wing.”

 

    Harry chuckled, his five separate heads making the sound in unison. “Sort of. You could say I’m wearing illusionary pants, which are about the only kind that are practical when you look like this.” Harry’s red head swiveled around dramatically, gesturing at the wings, heads, and tail. “I’m kind of nervous about this, but there’s something we need to tell you. Hermione explained that my alternate self suggested we give dating a chance, because he’d been married to his Hermione for years. We did, and found that we really did work out well as a couple.”

 

    Hermione spoke up then, clearly nervous but also feeling a strange calm. “Neither one of us are perfect, but our relationship has a comfortable intimacy. We’ve been close friends ever since Halloween of our first year, and we officially started dating in November.” Hermione took a deep breath before continuing. “During the Easter holidays, we decided to elope.”

 

    Dan had been mostly quiet during dinner, having sensed something was afoot, but it was Emma who connected the dots first. “That’s why you haven’t shown off your animagus form, you’re pregnant and changing shapes would hurt the baby!”

 

    The next few moments were chaotic. Harry didn’t think Hermione’s father was some kind of retired elite assassin but the man’s use of a dessert knife was unusually dangerous. Assuming it couldn’t pierce his scales, the man had leaped to slash his eyes, but even as a dragon Harry had the reflexes that had made him a skilled seeker. Each swipe at his eyes failed, and a quick headbutt to Dan’s hand relieved him of the knife. The scene graduated from serious to darkly comical as Dan managed to get two arms around Harry’s Black neck and begin applying pressure. The other four heads began to look back and forth between the man’s surprisingly strong grip and the others in the room. Hermione had her face buried in her hands groaning in embarrassment and Emma had initially been trying to stop her husband but was gradually catching on to the fact that no matter how much her husband squeezed, Harry had four other throats to breath through. Alexandra, who had promised not to intervene unless someone’s life was actually in danger, broke out in laughter when Emma called out to her husband. “Dan! Remember the Hydra from mythology? You’re not going to do anything other than give him six heads.”

 

    With that, Dan reluctantly let go of Harry and stepped back for a moment to calm himself. Hermione and her mother were sitting together, Hermione swept into a tight hug, and Harry took a moment to breathe healing flames onto his Black neck from his Red head. A few moments later they were seated at a crescent-shaped couch, with Harry reclining on the floor thanks to his large size, Hermione seated next to him, Emma seated next to her daughter and Dan seated next to his wife. For the first time, Hermione removed her school robe which she’d enchanted with an expansion charm to hide her pregnancy. Now only wearing comfortable loose clothing, Hermione spoke. “There are magical ways to prevent pregnancy, and we used three separate charms until I found out I was pregnant. My animagus form is half Red dragon, and Harry obviously has a Red head too. Red dragons have powerful Life magic, which enhances healing, fertility, and primal urges in general. We were warned that Life magic breaks down any kind of physical or magical contraception, but we thought we’d be safe in our human forms. It’s unexpected, and the sailing hasn’t been entirely smooth, but we’re happy together, really. I’m happy with him.”

 

    This was a lot for the two parents to take in, so Emma asked a question not related to the fact that she was going to be a grandmother before fall. “So the different colors of dragons have different powers? What does each color do then?”

 

    Harry replied. “From right to left: The Red head has Life magic, the Bronze head has magic dealing with altering the flow of time or divination which is related, the Blue head has a more rigid type of magic good for shields or permanent enchantments and ice, uh, the Black head basically gives me lava or volcano powers, but I haven’t practiced them much yet for obvious reasons, and the Green head lets me interact with the Dream and spit corrosive acid among other things.”

 

    Hermione looked at her dad and spoke up again. “Dad, because of all the insanity of the magical world, Harry’s had a lot of combat training in both forms. I know Harry’s body language well enough to know he was restraining himself from striking back: He basically let you try to strangle him, please don’t do that again. I want our son to know his grandfather.”

 

    From there, the group spent the rest of the trip in discussion of one thing or another. Harry and Hermione had mutually decided not to mention the fact that they had built a harem together ( Whose harem it was was debatable, magic knew they’d both enjoyed it so far.) or the fact that both of them were now ‘human plus.’ With the plus being a long-lived magical creature. By the time Harry gently scooped a drowsing Hermione up with a talon and began carrying her to a nearby bedroom, her parents had become a little more comfortable with the idea of their pregnant daughter already being married. It was a load off the teen’s minds, but Harry wasn’t sure if he’d trust Dan around sharp objects for a while, just to be safe.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Earth ‘A,’ South America, February 19th, 1996

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Lucius Malfoy seethed in the stifling jungle heat. The last two months had been filled with difficult work that was far beneath his dignity, but that was the price one paid for serving a madman. It had been difficult to admit, even to himself, but the Dark Lord was clearly insane. His new familiar, the reincarnated Blood God, was at his side at all times. No matter what else had been whispered into Voldemort’s ears, Hakkar had shared the secrets of Blood Magic. Most of the Dark Lord’s followers had accepted his ‘gift’ of an empowering ritual that easily tripled their magical power, but there was a cost; mental instability and a drop in intelligence. It was only in the last week that Voldemort had succeeded in combining two vastly different schools of magic and produced his first stable Blood Inferius. Now, Blood Inferi guarded Voldemort’s base, a temple to the very creature that now stood at his side they had reclaimed from the jungle.

 

    A traditional Inferi was simply a corpse animated by magic and was not terribly dangerous on its own. Voldemort’s newest creations were living humans until they were used in the first ritual, dozens at a time. These creatures were then infused with the blood of many other humans and a blood-anchored potion that made them obey the Dark Lord without question. These creatures had no rot, the magic preserving them at the point of death and replacing their souls with a magic construct that controlled their flesh. But that wasn’t all, these monsters had proved to be stronger than five men and capable of running down a Centaur at full sprint. Traditional Inferi had a crippling weakness to fire, and while magical fire was still the best way to fight a Blood Inferius, they were partly resistant to fire and heat. Voldemort had commanded his followers to forge weapons and armor for his new creations and that process was ongoing.

 

    Lucius had been given the responsibility of leading the collection of the muggles needed to fuel his Lord’s war machine. The other Death Eaters had mocked him for refusing to simply raid the muggle’s unguarded villages and take everyone, but his strategy had proven effective at sating the Dark Lord’s desires while still avoiding the attention large raids would garner. Instead of taking needless risks Lucius had used stealth, Legilimency, and portkeys to remove the violent dregs of society from an ever expanding area of South and Central America. The depravity and callousness of these ‘cartels’ sickened even him, and the people they had been terrorizing celebrated their absence. The local governments simply assumed the cartels had gained a new rival. Voldemort had been pleased, apparently a man who had shed innocent blood made a stronger Blood Inferi than one who had not. Lucius had cautioned against expanding their raids farther north than the muggle country of Mexico, citing the increased surveillance of the American Ministry of Magic. After tonight they would begin loading Voldemort’s new army and all of the stolen wealth and material into the stolen ship: Lucius’ Imperiused muggle contacts had spoken of dictators who ruled with a bloody fist in Africa and Asia; more killers for the taking. This afternoon Lucius had emptied the local prisons, and Voldemort was processing those poor souls even now.

 

    Lucius wished that the mass Inferi ritual was the worst magic to be performed today, but it was not. Tonight at the full moon Voldemort was going to attempt to consume Hakkar, but Lucius, along with Augustus Rookwood and Severus Snape, who had all refused the empowering rituals, were deeply concerned. The three had spent over a month cobbling together a ritual to meet the Dark Lord’s demands, but when Lucius had been allowed to see his Lord’s preparations where the old temple was now exposed to the night sky, it was obvious that the Dark Lord had altered the ritual. To what end, none of them knew.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    That night the full moon was high in the sky and all of Voldemort’s servants had gathered on the temple’s roof. Voldemort wanted all of his loyal followers to witness his ‘ascension.’ Given the fact that the winged serpent with deadly talons had no doubt heard Voldemort’s plans, Lucius had a very bad feeling. (While Lucius wanted to believe the creature’s only language was Parseltongue as his Lord did, he doubted they were so lucky.) The only sound was the wind and the groaning from the six wizards bound within the ritual circle the Dark Lord had prepared. (That there were only six when seven made much more sense magically was another worry.) Bowing with the rest when Voldemort strode into the moonlight, Lucius buried his doubts as deep as he could. For better or worse, this was the Lord he had chosen and Lucius had no desire to incur his wrath.

 

    A few paces after Voldemort slithered Hakkar. The creature had continued to alter the serpent it was possessing until it was the perfect, if miniature, image of the monstrosity that had been recorded in many paintings and old tomes. Lucius shuddered as he considered the fact that once it had regained its proper shape, it had begun to grow. He allowed himself the dwindling hope that his son and wife would not be forced to deal with a world where Hakkar regained its full power. Last time it took the unity of people from every corner of the globe, wizard and muggle both, and victory was still costly. Even when they had killed its body the soul refused to die. If the last of the Perevell family hadn’t offered himself as a sacrifice, containing the foreign soul until he could be thrown through the Veil the monster would have done just as it is doing now. How did it even return from the land of the dead?

 

    Lucius’ thoughts were abandoned when his Lord reached the edge of the ritual circle and turned to his followers to speak. “My friends, you are about to witness my ascension into a god! But first, we have one small matter to deal with. You see, one of you has been disloyal, has betrayed me and all of us.” Lucius was suddenly terrified, and in his panic could not even breathe, along with many others. “In fact, this morning the traitor once again attempted to warn our enemies at Hogwarts of my plans.”

 

    Lucius had known Severus Snape a very long time, since the man had joined the Death Eaters just after leaving Hogwarts. While the Halfblood was not his equal, the man had his respect for his prowess with potions and dark magic. Still, he was surprised when Severus Snape conjured Fiendfyre without an audible incantation or any visible movements. Still, the flaming lion that quickly grew as it consumed Augustus Rookwood was enough of a warning for Lucius to jump to his feet and draw his wand as Severus conjured more cursed flames, obviously intending to let them run wild. The potion master was struck mid-cast by a spell Lucius had never seen before, visually it looked like a bolt of crimson energy that was oddly… wet. He assumed it was a spell Hakkar had taught the Dark Lord. Similar bolts of magic struck the Fiendfyre creatures, causing them to collapse inwards until nothing was left. With Voldemort having demonstrated once more why he was feared, the man twitched his wand and Severus floated closer to him, apparently paralyzed by the magic wrapped around him.

 

    Severus Snape came to a stop before Voldemort, his wand having fallen from his grasp along the way. When he was within arm’s reach, Voldemort spoke to the group again. “I’m afraid Severus has not truly been loyal for a rather long time. You see, when he learned I was targeting the Potters he pleaded for me to spare the woman and give her to him as a reward for his efforts in my name. Because I chose not to spare the mudblood James Potter sullied himself with, our once friend became an enemy, swearing to avenge the trash he lusted after. Severus’ mental defenses are truly impressive, and learning the truth was difficult. But when Severus attempted to sabotage tonight’s ritual I learned the truth.” Voldemort’s expression changed from stern to mocking, and he continued. “Despite your loyalties, you were still such a useful servant Severus. And now you will serve one last purpose, you see this ritual requires seven wizards, and I only have six. Now my loyal servants, watch as your master ascends beyond the limits of mortal flesh!”

 

    With no more words, a flick of Voldemort’s wand had Severus naked and bound like the other sacrifices and placed into the circle. The Dark Lord abandoned his own robe and entered the circle carrying only an obsidian dagger salvaged from the depths of this very temple. Lucius saw that Hakkar was remaining outside the circle but was waiting patiently. Voldemort began to chant in an unknown language, and the words caused his followers physical pain. When the time was right, Voldemort slit the throat of the first of the six wizards Lucius had found working with the cartels; but the man did not die or bleed out, instead the blood only bubbled and frothed around the wound. The chanting changed and intensified as the Dark Lord moved around the circle slowly, leaving Severus Snape for last. Once he had cut the traitor’s throat, Voldemort switched his chanting to Parseltongue, and Lucius felt the air change, as if something had gone wrong with the very world itself. Every hair stood up on his arms and neck, and despite the bright moonlight the world seemed to darken.

 

    Then, Hakkar entered the circle and slithered to Voldemort. The world itself seemed to stand still as Voldemort slit the creature’s throat with an expression of triumph on his face. The expression died when one of Hakkar’s talons slashed the Dark Lord’s throat in turn. Despite the consequences, Lucius was tempted to try derailing the ritual at that point but did not: Years of instruction from his own father had beaten the most important truth about rituals into his head: Do not ever interrupt a ritual in progress. (Consequences were unpredictable and often deadly.) Despite the wound, Voldemort tried to continue the ritual, but now he was joined by Hakkar, both of them screaming to the sky in the serpent’s tongue. Their combined voices reached a crescendo and stopped. Everything was still for a moment, and then Lucius felt an immense pulling on his soul and magic. There was a rushing sensation and he blacked out.

 

    Lucius woke up at dawn, face still pressed against the cold stone. Looking around he saw the rest of the Death Eaters unconscious, but alive. Working his way to his feet he let out a quiet gasp when he saw the rainforest around the temple. In the years since Hakkar’s temple had fallen out of use, the abundant magic in the valley where it rested had created a jungle teeming with magic and life. That was all gone now. In miles for every direction, all that could be seen were brown trees slowly collapsing into splinters and the many dead animals that had thrived here. There was not one living plant or animal as far as he could see. Standing at the edge of the temple facing the dawn was a single humanoid figure wearing a crimson silk robe with his back turned to Lucius. Stumbling closer Lucius knelt while keeping his wand in his hand. “My Lord?”

 

    The figure turned. It was not a deformed homunculus without a nose and impossibly pale skin that gazed at Lucius but a handsome man with tanned skin. In fact his only features outside the human norm were his eyes. His pupils were slit and where white ought to be, instead his eyes were azure. Nowhere in those eyes could Lucius see mercy or forgiveness; only malice, cruelty, and hunger. “Yes Lucius. Despite the unexpected, last night’s ritual turned out for the best.”

 

    The figure turned to look out over the dead jungle once more, and took a deep breath. As it did so, Lucius felt a power, a presence that could not be compared to anything he’d ever felt before. Voldemort’s presence had always been terrifying, suffocating. Now… it was on another level entirely. It felt as if any twitch in Voldemort’s aura could overwhelm and grind him to dust; like the slightest desire from this man would be enough to kill anyone. This new Voldemort held a hand out in front of him and a ball of flame the size of Hagrid formed effortlessly in front of him. “Wake your fellows Lucius. We have things to do and places to visit.”

 

    Turning away from the ball of flame, Voldemort walked back into the temple. Lucius, frozen in place, watched the spell begin spitting out smaller streaks of flame that impacted the dead jungle below, like Voldemort had compressed a thousand fireballs into one. Each impact created an explosion of fire the size of a muggle house, and quickly ignited the surroundings. As the dead jungle caught fire and the flames spread, Lucius rose and obeyed his Lord.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    If Hakkar the Soulflayer had one weakness, one Achilles's Heel, it was hubris. His plan to consume the upstart wizard had gone exactly to plan, until the moment it hadn’t. The blood god knew that Tom Riddle had shattered and sundered his own soul and had decided to prey upon that weakness. Everything Riddle was should have been consumed, but instead the Dark Lord had twisted the ritual just a little at the last moment and given himself a fighting chance. When Hakkar’s soul fell upon the tattered remains of Voldemort’s, the ritual both were undergoing made them equals. They had struggled for hours during the night, but neither had emerged victorious. Instead, both had been subsumed into a new being that was both Hakkar and Lord Voldemort, and yet neither. In the truest sense of the words, the two had become one.

 

    Strangely, the events of that night fulfilled most of the prophecy given by Sybill Trelawney that had led Voldemort to hunt down the Potter family. Hakkar’s origins are shrouded in mystery and not even the other Loa know from whence he came. Some say that he was birthed from the darkest emotions of sentient beings, from the imprints all intelligent creatures leave behind in the Dream. It could be argued that Tom Riddle’s most deadly enemy was not Dumbledore or Harry Potter, but the emotions that ran wild after the Horcrux rituals weakened his soul. Voldemort altered the ritual at the last moment in a desperate attempt to even the playing field, marking Hakkar as his equal. Hakkar most certainly had a power the Dark Lord knew not. And the very moment the ritual began, the moment both Voldemort’s and Hakkar’s planned betrayals sprang into motion, neither of them were able to live while the other survived.

 

   " The one with the power to vanquish the Dark Lord approaches... born to those who have thrice defied him, born as the seventh month dies... and the Dark Lord will mark him as his equal, but he will have power the Dark Lord knows not... and either must die at the hand of the other for neither can live while the other survives... the one with the power to vanquish the Dark Lord will be born as the seventh month dies....”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

A/N: Sorry to leave everyone hanging, but I sort of lost my muse for this fic for a while. I kept writing, I’ve got another shorter fic I’m working on that I’ll start posting when I have more written out in advance. To be honest, some of the flaws in Elune’s Pebble have been sort of gnawing at me, but this fic will get finished eventually. Next update should be in two weeks, and will either be Elune’s Pebble, or the first chapter of ‘For Pirate Harry, Just Add Water.’ (My side fic might need a better name, now that I think of it.)

 

Thank you so much to everyone who’s taken the time to leave a review or messaged me, your support means a lot! 

Chapter 39: Chapter 39: Home

Chapter Text

What do you know, I almost got this chapter out on time. Eh, a few hours won’t hurt anyone.

 

Thank you to hkurtz2013 on Fanfiction for all your help editing and improving my story.

 

Thank you so much to everyone who left a review, I read every one even if I haven’t replied to them like I normally try to.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Chapter 39: Home

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Hogsmeade, March 1st 1996

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Fifteen minutes after returning to the world of his birth, Harry asked for quiet on the bridge for a moment. Since he’d managed to keep the Glamdring from colliding with Hogwarts or Hogsmeade his crew had been delivering a flurry of damage reports and status updates. Dalistrasza, who was managing their communications, responded to his nod and connected the latest incoming call. Harry had not interacted with Aurogos in a rather long time and it was good to know he was doing well. “It’s good to have you back, Harry. I’m here with the Prime Minister right now and he would like an explanation for why he should clear the skies above Scotland.”

 

Harry cleared his throat before speaking up. “Greetings Minister. To make a long story short, about a year ago from my perspective I got tossed out of reality. It took a while, but I’m back thanks to my group’s efforts to salvage and convert a wrecked spaceship into a magic-powered interdimensional ship. I will be happy to sell you some technology to study, but right now we need to get my ship into orbit; the outer hull and several interior layers are saturated with an unknown energy or radiation we picked up between realities. That’s why we need to get into orbit ASAP.”

 

To his relief, Harry heard the Prime Minister issuing orders to begin clearing the skies before he spoke up again. “I hope you can give me a good reason for doing this, it’s not like I can tell the public the truth and they’d be put out that the reason I altered the flight paths was to keep magic hidden anyway.”

 

Harry paused for a moment. “Oh. Actually, I want the air cleared because this ship is big and wasn’t designed for use inside an atmosphere; it isn’t aerodynamic. To get the right reality we had to use a ground-based beacon of sorts, if we hadn’t cleared the skies during our descent the air currents could have downed commercial flights.”

 

Another flurry of orders went out and England’s mundane political leader spoke again. “That’s useful, thank you. The skies should be cleared in fifteen to twenty minutes, can you tell me anything about the radiation you mentioned?”

 

Harry glanced at Khanagos for a moment, and when he shook his head Harry answered the Prime Minister. “Not yet, but we’re already collecting some for study. With some luck we’ll have answers in a few days. We don’t even know for certain that the unknown energy is harmful, but under the circumstances…”

 

“I won’t argue against caution. Local air-traffic controllers are reporting in, most airliners are starting to divert out of the air-space now…” The Minister’s words were cut off by a shout of alarm as the Glamdring started to list.

 

Khanagos spoke up quickly. “Our hover-array is failing, it must have taken more damage than expected. Without it…”

 

Harry spoke quickly. “Order the village to raise its shield, I’m going to get us vertical and fire the main engine. Any chance we can use the translocation system yet?”

 

The Draenei engineer replied. “No, we need at least ten hours to purge and recharge the crystals, if we do it any sooner we risk a catastrophic explosion.”

 

“Understood. Minister, I’m sorry to cut this short but our ship took more damage in transit than we thought, I’m taking us up now before we’re forced to land for repairs.” With that, Harry focused on his task. While they’d been waiting for the skies to clear, he’d leveled out the Glamdring to distribute the ship’s weight more evenly across the hover charms. (The charms were essentially the same as those found on broomsticks, simply layered and applied in a grid.) It was difficult, but Harry managed to guide his wedge-shaped ship’s forked prow back into the sky and began urging the ship upwards. A moment later the wards protecting Hogsmeade and Hogwarts flared to life in a shining dome and Harry sent a mental command to activate the massive runic arrays that conjured water, then split the easiest substance to conjure into oxygen and hydrogen before igniting the result. He had to start slow and ease the engine as high as he thought it could handle; while vastly improved, many of the Glamdring’s controls were still more art than science.

 

It was slow to start, but over the next few moments the Glamdring built more and more speed. The hover charms continued to fail, but by then Harry was only using them to keep the ship steady as they gained altitude faster and faster. He managed to safely switch to the smaller hydrogen thrusters along the hull to keep the ‘less than perfectly aerodynamic’ ship pointed ‘up’ though there was some wobbling. While reaching space was stressful, it still only took seven minutes. A cheer went up when they escaped the atmosphere, but it was another fifteen minutes before Harry could remove his hands from the interface to wipe the sweat off his forehead. After a moment to catch his breath, Dalistrasza reconnected to the Prime Minister’s office through Aurogos’ speak-stone. “We’re in space and moving away from Earth. Were there any aircraft caught in our wake? If so, I can probably rescue them before they hit the ground.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

In the Prime Minister’s office those present had been rendered speechless by the video feed from a spy plane that was close enough to capture the Glamdring’s wobbling ascent to space with its’ infrared camera. The ship’s commander had possibly overstated the disruption to air travel, but not by much. When ‘Harry’ asked if any aircraft were caught in their wake, several people took a moment to get an answer while the Prime Minister simply gazed at the speak-stone on his desk. Headmaster Salonar had followed through on his promises to train wizards loyal to the English government, and his own magical security team used the stones in place of radio. Apparently, no matter how easy the blue-haired wizard standing before him made it look the spell to create the stones was difficult and draining. But the end result was extremely useful; if there was a maximum range for the stones no one had found it yet.

 

After his officials reported no planes had been knocked out of the sky, the Prime Minister spoke up, looking pointedly at Headmaster Salonar. “I believe there is more going on than you’ve shared so far.”

 

Aurogos was silent for a moment. “That is true. Thanks to our improved situation we don’t have as great a need for secrecy anymore. I would like to officially extend an offer for you and your security detail to visit Hogsmeade to see what we’ve built for yourself. I give you my word we will also reveal as much as we can safely. I would be happy to arrange a meeting with Madam Amelia Bones, formerly the head of the Department of Magical Law Enforcement for the Ministry of Magic, now the mayor of the city-state of Hogsmeade and commander of its militia.”

 

The Prime Minister considered the offer for a moment. His magical security officers had given amazed and jaw-dropping reports of the rebuilt city that had swelled to include nearly half of magical Britain. It was lauded as a beautiful city and a safe refuge. It took him only a few moments to come to a decision. “I will take you up on that offer. Today’s schedule was light, so I will join you there after a press conference.”

 

“Excellent. I will meet you at the city’s gates.” The Headmaster paused, glancing at one of the muggleborn hired on as security. “Andrew, was it? I heard you received your portkey creation certification recently. Remember your target location needs to be at least fifty feet away from the gates to avoid bouncing off our wards. You do not want to bounce off our wards.”

 

With that, the Headmaster left. There was a short but intense meeting with England’s top military leaders where the Prime Minister was a voice of calm and restraint, arguing that they had no reason to suspect ill intent from the magicals just because they owned a spaceship. While he would have preferred to keep the existence of the magical world secret, last month’s discussion with his American counterpart had forced him to reveal the truth to his cabinet. The President’s warnings and suspicions of extraterrestrials, along with the presented evidence, had caused a discussion of magic in general and magical species in particular. It had taken a few demonstrations from his security force, and the revealing of the usually invisible magical familiars, but even the harshest skeptic had been won over. With those around him placated, the Prime Minister excused himself and moved to the room reserved for meetings with the press. Once there, he gave the media a quick explanation for the hurried disruption in air traffic: A potentially massive, as well as potentially lethal, disruption in air currents they had only discovered with moments to spare. “More information will be available in the coming days, and I will give you another briefing tomorrow.”

 

As the Prime Minister left the press room behind, he spoke quickly to his chief aide. “I will be out of contact for the afternoon. If the Americans contact us, inform them that the situation is being handled and there is no reason to panic, no matter what they say, understood?”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Meanwhile, Harry was guiding the Glamdring towards Mars where it would receive repairs on the side of the planet furthest from Earth. (The Glamdring had been given runes and spells to hide its presence, but Harry was afraid they had been damaged while traveling between realities. Not to mention the spells and rune-sets they’d used had never been intended for use on a starship. But there was nothing to be done about that now, so Harry decided not to obsess about it, what would come would come.) It was a relief to be home, though he was looking forward to seeing Potter Estate once more, not to mention Hogwarts and Hogsmeade as well. While the Glamdring actually pouted when he passed the controls off (and that reminded him he needed to ask some experts what would happen if a ward system assimilated a magic-proof computer or vice-versa) Harry just didn’t have the time to pilot her the rest of the way. A few moments of walking and he, along with Dalistrasza, Janedormi, and Ralion were clad in armor and apparating into space from one of the Glamdring’s launch bays. (There had been many opportunities to refine their space-apparition skills in the last year.) Soon the four were floating in the vacuum over England before they made the last jump down to Potter Estate. Dalistrasza left the group to see how her patients had fared in her absence while Janedormi walked towards the manor house to find her children. Ralion decided to be Harry’s security guard.

 

While Harry wanted to see how his ancestral home had changed in his absence, Aurogos had sent a Patronus message to let him know the English prime Minister would be visiting Hogsmeade that afternoon. Harry did get to see a nearly complete fortress of lovingly carved stone that stood where there had only been a burned out, moldering ruin the first time he’d visited. It was disappointing to learn that Alira, Hermione, and the others were still on Azeroth, but he would be reuniting with them as soon as possible.

 

Apparating to the Chamber of Secrets with Ralion following close behind, Harry saw that Valistrasza and her massive brood of whelps had moved into a dedicated cube. There were still a few friendly whelps flitting about, making use of the Chamber’s library. Harry shocked the whelps by how much he’d grown, and laughed as he quickly climbed the stairs and exited through Myrtle’s bathroom. Most of the students he passed in the hallways didn’t recognize him at all, not that he could blame them. Harry hadn’t considered himself short, but before he’d left Earth he had never been anywhere close to ‘tall.’ After years of using a magical tattoo that usually kept a supply of Life magic close to his heart, Harry had grown to an inch over six feet (185 centimeters) and had some muscles he was rather proud of. (He was not a wall of muscles like Ron was. Like his animagus form, he was lean; like an agile runner instead of a professional body-builder.)

 

By the time he escaped the castle with as few greetings as he could manage, the Prime Minister had arrived. With only Ralion at his side he caught up to where Aurogos, looking decidedly professional in the robes he used as Headmaster, was giving the man a short tour of the rebuilt city. Harry caught up and listened to one of his oathsworn’s words as they moved through the market district that was mostly styled after Quel'Thalas, with golden trees and gleaming, elegant architecture that favored thinly-hammered gold leaf as adornment. (The ‘High’ Elves definitely liked the color of gold; Harry had been quietly amused when he learned their choices in color and theme were an attempt to be as distinct from the ‘Night’ Elves as possible.) “We’ve focused on the more essential buildings first, but recently we’ve had time to really build up the market here. In another month our tailors will open their shops, and another month after that we’ll be ready to start exporting our first shipment of beer and wine. Our Icewine is made with alchemy and is rather good. From there we’ll start exporting food and other goods across the world; magic lets us produce far more than we need for ourselves, and the plan is to sell everything we don’t use ourselves.”

 

Harry listened as the Prime Minister spoke. “Alcohol has been around as long as civilization, I wouldn’t mind a few bottles of what you’ve created myself.”

 

“I’ll send you the first case of Icewine we have ready, Minister.” Harry noticed the newcomer to the group, Madam Amelia Bones, the woman responsible for governing the city as well as its defense. “The Headmaster is correct that the wine is very good, especially on a hot summer’s day.”

 

Amelia paused as she fully caught up with the group. Her eyes flicked to Harry for a moment before widening in surprise. Without missing a beat, she introduced herself. “I am Amelia Bones, Mayor of Hogsmeade and commander of its militia. I spent decades trying to reform the Ministry, but never made much progress. If you want, we can have a working lunch in the town hall while we answer your questions.”

 

Soon they were seated around a table on the third floor of town hall in front of a window overlooking a large park. Harry and Ralion received some strange looks when they joined the group, but given neither the Mayor or the Headmaster objected, the seven wizards of the Minister’s security team didn’t argue their presence. Lunch, arrayed buffet-style against the far wall, smelled wonderful, so Harry followed the others and gathered a large plate. His increased appetite had diminished somewhat, but he was still being driven to eat enough food for two people his size; his animagus form was still storing more nutrients in preparation for growing from a drake into a dragon. Harry watched Aurogos transfigure the table, changing it from a grand table into two, a larger one for the security team and Ralion, and a smaller one for the four leaders. Once they were seated, the Prime Minister asked who he was. “My name is Harry Potter. Headmaster, what is your opinion of these two? Our secrets will come out eventually so it might be wise to share them now.”

 

All eyes turned to the Headmaster as he erected a rather complex privacy spell around the four of them. “The Mayor has lived up to her reputation. She was initially uncomfortable dealing with non-humans, but refused to allow that fact to interfere with her duty. Hogsmeade is probably the most just and fair magical enclave in the entire world thanks to her. The Prime Minister is a politician, but one that genuinely wants the best for the people he governs.”

 

Harry considered his next words for a moment. “Then I’ll trust your judgment. There’s a lot you both should know, so I’ll start at the beginning of this ‘adventure.’ On October sixth of last year I came across a portal from another world in time for four exhausted, injured, and downtrodden teenagers, by the way their race measures time, from another world to tumble through. They were carrying a magical stasis device that contained one pregnant adult female and seventy-eight toddlers. They needed help, so I gave it and kept them secret to protect them from the Ministry and others. Because I protected them, they chose to help me throw off Dumbledore’s mind-controlling magic and grow into my own. I’ve learned a lot from them.”

 

While Harry paused, Amelia spoke up. “That massive drain on Hogwarts’ wards, that was this portal?”

 

Harry replied quickly. “Yes. And that drain was nothing compared to the amount of power required to initialize the portal from the other end. Since the portal was stable and would only be a problem if it destabilized, say in an attempt to close it by someone unfamiliar with the extremely complex magic involved, we secured it on both ends. To avoid a disaster, the portal needs to leach magic until it depletes itself.” When the Minister wanted more information about how they had secured it, Harry continued. “It’s now protected by three Fidelius Charms, a wonderfully aggressive ward stone on both ends, and we’ve collapsed all the entrances to the cave system on the other side and filled the cave system with dangerous creatures even I wouldn’t want to fight.”

 

Amelia was the next to speak. “The elves that have been teaching ‘Druidic’ magic among other things, they’re native to that world as well, aren’t they?”

 

Harry replied. “Yes. My team has visited the other world more than once and brought back refugees willing to swear a binding magical oath in exchange for sanctuary. There are dozens of sentient species on ‘Azeroth,’ thanks to the extremely high level of environmental magic; there are even humans there but we’re fairly certain they originated on Earrth and migrated somehow.”

 

The Prime Minister was the next to speak. “Captain Bryne and his salvage operation?”

 

Harry smiled. “Yes. Most of what he’s selling is from Earth, but he’s auctioned a few items from Azeroth as well. His crew are mostly human, although many were born on Azeroth, but some crew members require illusions when near other ships or land. Magic helps his salvage operations but his crew still put in a lot of hard work.”

 

“I can imagine. Bryne fascinated the media, and they’ve been following him ever since. His most recent operation was the deepest salvage operation in history, a Spanish Galleon that sank in a rather deep bit of the Atlantic.”

 

The discussion continued for a while, with Harry sharing what he was comfortable with. After they covered information regarding the Ministry and basic information about Azeroth, Harry spoke again. “I don’t know if people are ready to be told they aren’t alone in the universe, but eventually that will come out. It might be a good idea to lay the groundwork so people don’t panic.” Harry paused before continuing. “Your fellow leaders will also need to be told. Earthlings are not alone in the universe. Some aliens are friendly, some are not. Earth must be prepared to defend itself. I plan to start a company to reverse engineer and sell technology from my ship; we have samples of tech ranging from showers that don’t use water to the fundamentals of faster-than-light travel.

 

“I’ll also have information prepared about the interdimensional threats we know about, but if the other leaders don’t know about magic they won’t understand or believe. There’s a lot of work ahead of us, but also opportunities. My people have begun terraforming projects on Mars and Venus, for example. Mars has the simple problem of not having enough mass, while Venus’ atmosphere will need to be radically altered. I’ve stood on Mars, the barren dusty planet already has habitation domes and might have a breathable atmosphere within twenty years with enough work. We’re sculpting Mars into a refuge for those who’ve fled Azeroth, but once the planet can support life we’ll be accepting human refugees as well.”

 

With a few final farewells, the Prime Minister and his security detail left, deciding to visit the mundane families with magical children who’d been moved to Hogsmeade for their protection. Harry slumped in his chair after the man left. Aurogos chuckled as Harry turned to Amelia. “Your niece and the others are still on Azeroth. I tried to dance around it, but we made significant use of an area where ‘real’ time-travel is possible to rescue people; the locals call it ‘The Caverns of Time.’ We picked up Jason Atreides and Luna Lovegood before I got booted out of reality, but Susan and the other girls should still be several years in the past on Azeroth.”

 

Amelia replied. “I trust you ensured they were safe?”

 

“Of course. Not only are they living in pretty much the safest city on Azeroth, not only do they have their own custom expanded cube that’s warded to hell and back, but they have bodyguards in dragons and their familiars that are kept under a disillusionment charm whenever the girls are out and about. Anyone that bothers them will get eaten by an invisible tiger or dragon. I’ll be heading back to pick them up and handle a few things soon.”

 

Amelia was silent for a moment, taking the time to examine Harry with a critical eye. “What oath are you demanding from the refugees?”

 

This was an important question: Before today Amelia had little first-hand knowledge of Harry, and what she did ‘know’ was mostly rumors and speculation. You could say Amelia was concerned at the idea of Harry having a loyal army, and given his comment about time-travel she suspected that army could be much larger than she’d seen. Merlin knows how many of those expanded cubes his followers had built. Understanding Amelia’s worries, Harry replied. “It’s called the Oath to a Loyal Lord. It’s a reciprocal loyalty oath, unlike Dumbledore or Voldemort I have no problem giving my loyalty in turn. Speaking of, has there been any sign of Dumbledore? In the reality I was in just before I came home the local Dumbledore was wielding an extremely dangerous cursed artifact, one I’d like to see destroyed as soon as possible if it exists on this world as well.”

 

That derailed their discussion for a moment as Harry had to explain alternate realities. “…the important thing to remember is that alternate realities are usually similar but different, Janedormi described it like this: ‘The broad strokes will often be the same, but if you try to count the trees you’ll go mad.’”

 

Amelia could understand that, theoretical magic and the nature of the universe wasn’t her specialty but she wasn’t a fool either. “Last question before we move to other matters: How old are you now and where did you spend that time?”

 

Harry replied. “Let’s see... Before I left Earth, I was fifteen. Then the first rescue mission went six months into the past where a group of us studied under a Blue dragon and worked out methods for switching survivors out with false corpses to avoid damaging the timeline. I spent three years apprenticed to an incredibly talented Archmage and five months undoing a genocide on Draenor. Then four months dealing with the Nexus War, and the year I spent getting home after being flung out of reality. There were a few odds and ends, so I’m twenty-two now.”

 

“Now that that’s all out of the way, what is our current situation?”

 

With the answers to her questions resolved, Amelia focused on a subject where she wasn’t completely out of her depth. “Hogsmeade is three-fourths rebuilt. Our defenses are as complete as they’ll ever be, your research division seems to invent or rediscover something every time we’ve finished. Hogsmeade’s essential services, the hospital, food production, and our armories are fully functional and busy. The Headmaster built and designed a prison inside an expanded cube where the inmates are forced to farm their own food or starve. The interior is unpleasant, but still vastly superior to Azkaban. Two thirds of the Aurors formerly under my command have joined us here and form the backbone of our militia alongside new recruits. Half of the militia are traditional wizards and witches, one forth are the Worgen that were previously werewolves, and the last quarter are various other magical species. I suspect half of that last quarter are dragons, now.”

 

Aurogos shifted in his chair. “You’re about right. My Lord, Hogsmeade’s militia has been training in mixed tactics from both Earth and Azeroth. After much debate, we’ve combined the two traditions into something that works rather well. Each member of the militia now has at least basic enchanted armor and weapons, and those who use magic have Ollivander’s Living Wands as well. The Worgen are rather effective and terrifying in their armor and don’t need much besides their claws.”

 

Amelia continued from where the Headmaster had left off. “The militia is currently divided into thirty-seven teams with ten members each. Each team has at least one shield-bearer trained to draw hostile spells and effects and negate them, at least two healers, and at least one specialist. If Voldemort had controlled half of our militia during the first Blood War he might have won a direct military victory against the Ministry.”

 

Harry smiled, that was good to know, but there were still some worries. “Status of Voldemort and the Ministry?”

 

Aurogos answered first and then gestured for Amelia to continue. “As far as we can tell Voldemort is either hiding in a bunker or has left England. There hasn’t been a peep out of him since he sacked Azkaban in January.”

 

At Aurogos’ nod, Amelia continued. “As for the Ministry, the situation is complicated. Fudge has clamped down hard on Diagon, he isn’t even letting people leave anymore. Before this all started, Diagon and the surrounding area was the largest concentration of magicals in England thanks to expanded apartments. About half of those people are now in Hogsmeade but the rest are trapped now. Fudge has hired at least five hundred mercenaries; they're working with whatever is left of the DMLE to keep an iron grip on the area as Fudge’s private army. We’ve managed to keep them from leaving London with travel wards and a few direct confrontations, but their numbers are growing. More mercenaries arrive every day, and we know that Fudge will be launching an attack on us when he can, not that it will do anything but splash against our walls. Recently he’s started rounding up halfbloods and muggleborns, forcing them to fight for him.”

 

Harry asked another question. “What about the goblins?”

 

Aurogos answered. “Thanks to Potter’s Marks charged with Arcane magic, they don’t have to worry about losing their intelligence and have stopped using the ‘Dark’ intelligence-boosting potions. Right now their doors are open, but I’ve ordered them to withdraw when Fudge’s army tries to break down their gates. You earned their respect with that gift of seven type-two cubes; most of their civilization is no longer under London, they’ve actually been moved to tunnels under the Isle of Man. Gringotts has begun using its resources to buy land and homes on the island as they go up for sale, eventually it will be owned entirely by the Goblin Nation, and it will be a place where they can walk on the surface without harassment. The Goblin’s army will fight for us if I call on them, and we can use their tunnels to access Diagon Alley, bypassing the Ministry’s defenses.”

 

Harry asked his next question. “The ICW?”

 

Aurogos smiled before he replied. “Given the number of magicals living in Hogsmeade now, Amelia was able to lobby them for a provisional seat and representative. Lady Katrana Prestor has been enjoying her assignment and has convinced the other magical nations not to give Fudge’s government any official support. Unofficially however, we suspect that many of the mercenaries propping up his government are trained spies or infiltrators and have been sent by their governments. Our scrying team caught images of two different groups of mercenaries doing battle after they had stumbled into each other attempting to enter the Department of Mysteries. Both groups fled, and we were blamed for the attack.”

 

Harry lost himself in thought for a moment, then turned to Amelia. “Madam Bones, you are more familiar with magical governments outside England than I am. I’ve trained diligently and become much stronger while I was away. Do you think a demonstration that I’ve surpassed Dumbledore or a demonstration of what our militia can do would be more effective at forcing other nations to let us be?”

 

The former head of the Ministry’s DMLE responded. “Proof you’ve surpassed Dumbledore would have a larger effect. Truly powerful wizards have a mystique ; it’s cultural and almost in our blood to rally to a magical much more powerful than ourselves. Our world loves and fears those who rise to become Lords. Are you confident you can face five-hundred mercenaries and make it look easy? Because that is what you would have to do.”


Harry smiled silently so it was Ralion, who’d been quiet until now, who answered. “On Azeroth, Dumbledore would have barely earned the rank of Mage, and that would have been for his skill , not his power . Harry trained for years with Azeroth’s most talented Archmage, honing the skills he had and learning new ones. As for power, he’s passed the halfway point to grow into a Dragon Aspect in his second form. He could lay low a thousand wizards if he had to.”

 

Harry spoke up then. “I won’t do anything stupid, but I highly doubt there’s much danger for me. Amelia, your forces will prevent the enemy from fleeing. I think I’ll walk into the Leaky Cauldron and dramatically make my way to the Ministry’s front door, which ought to get Fudge’s attention. Is there any reason we can’t take down the Ministry tomorrow morning? I think we’ve left them alone long enough now, Fudge has proven that he will not put his people first or relinquish power voluntarily.”

 

“I will have our teams in place to prevent Fudge’s government from escaping. All of them need to be held accountable for their actions. With your permission I will also send a team to the Department of Mysteries to secure the time-turners if nothing else.”

 

Aurogos spoke next. “I can accompany that team, I’m sure I’ll find a way to make myself useful.”

 

Harry spoke with a smile in his voice and a smirk in his eyes. “Good. I’ll draw them out and keep their attention while Hogsmeade’s forces will prevent anyone from fleeing and secure strategic targets like the DoM. Is there anything else we need to plan right now?”

 

Amelia replied. “No, we’ve been planning to overthrow Fudge for months now but the Headmaster kept putting it off. At least I know why now, Lord Potter.

 

“I hope to be a better leader than Dumbledore or Voldemort, Madam Bones. If there’s nothing else I’ll return home for now. I’ve yet to actually step inside my own house, it’s been rebuilt while I was away.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

On Azeroth, Stine stood in a clearing in Northern Ashenvale Forest, an area that would soon be known as Felwood, speaking to a tattooed purple Night Elf wearing a blindfold. “I know you’re going to be pressured into consuming the first demonic artifact you can get your hands on, but doing so will poison your mind and damage your sanity.”

 

The blind elf, wearing rather worn clothing, stopped sharpening his unique weapons and replied. “Tichondrius is nearly Archimonde’s equal, he must die if Azeroth is to survive. If losing myself to madness is the cost to ensure victory here, so be it.”

 

Stine spoke up, interrupting the elf. “Yes, but then what happens the next time Azeroth has a crisis? Not to mention the damage you could do while mad. Sacrifices are necessary, but don’t be so eager to throw yourself away , Illidan.” Stine changed to his feline form and began to channel a spell that glowed orange and gold between his hands. “Feel how I’m shaping this spell? This won’t completely protect you from the effects, but it will protect your mind from the worst of the corruption. Can you copy the spell please?”

 

Illidan Stormrage paused his preparations for the coming battle and spent the next few moments copying the Bronze drake’s spell. Soon enough, the elf had copied the spell and the same orange and gold light surrounded his hand like a glove. He gave a shallow bow to the drake and spoke again. “I remember the Bronze Dragonflight’s powers and duties from long ago drake. For you to go against your purpose like this… I cannot promise I will be alive to fulfill it, but tell me what I can do as thanks for your warning.”

 

Stine paused for a moment. He hadn’t intended to change Illidan’s path beyond ensuring he reached Outland a little saner. Still, if nothing else Harry Potter had taught him to think on his feet. “I will make three requests: First, in any army you build or lead, beware betrayers. Second, treat those who give you their fealty with respect and lead them well. Third, be kind to those without allies or secure homes of their own, especially any dragons you encounter.”

 

Illidan nodded to the drake and rose, heading away to begin his work. There were so many demons to kill and so little time, after all. As Illidan turned away, Stine began casting Azeroth’s Teleport spell and seconds later was transported away. After the drake had left, a shadow detached from a tree and stepped into the light, resolving into a female elf. She walked with a predator’s grace but remained out of arm’s reach of Illidan as she followed him to the encampment where their meager army waited. Illidan spoke as he walked, his lack of physical sight proving no hindrance at all as he navigated the trees. “What do you think, Shandris?”

 

“Mother never spoke of you if she could help it, but when she did she often said how you could have been so much more that you were. I never could get a straight answer of why you were called the Betrayer, Illidan.”

 

Illidan replied as they moved silently through the forest. “I suspect that Malfurion convinced her that my betrayal was creating a new Well of Eternity. There is little love between my brother and I, and despite what he would have you believe that goes both ways. I heard the Watchers discuss the World Tree grown over the Well I created, but no one ever wanted to think about what would have become of our people if I hadn’t nursed it into being with water from the original, the Well that made us into what we are.”

 

Curious, but not exactly ready to trust his words, Shandris asked the obvious question. “Why did you create a new Well then? Malfurion always said it was because you couldn’t stand to lose the power when the first Well imploded.”

 

Illidan laughed darkly. “Malfurion is still a fool then, even after ten-thousand years. Shandris, I sacrificed my eyes in return for the ability to See. The first Well empowered us, our people were saturated in its power. We drew power from the Well, every last one of us whether we used magic as I do or not. Even those who never saw the Well of Eternity with their own eyes drew its power from birth. What do you think would have happened to our people if that flow of energy was suddenly cut off?” When he didn’t receive an answer, Illidan continued. “Our people would have died agonizing deaths, Shandris. Our strongest would have survived as well as those who could draw power from Nature or Elune, but we lost so many in the war, and I doubted our people would have survived more losses. I was unwilling to watch the war’s survivors bury their children and anyone too weak to survive. I have had a long time to think about this, and if the demons burn or consume the World Tree and the new Well, our people will meet the same fate. We must not allow this.”

 

Shandris spoke again as they neared their encampment. “And will you consume a demonic artifact to prevent that?”

 

Illidan laughed. “If I must. Using the drake’s spell will cost me some of the power I would gain otherwise, but that is a good trade to keep my mind intact. Now, let’s go see what the scouts have to report and move out, there’s demons to hunt tonight.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Nine grueling, bloody hours later Shandris stood next to Illidan and the corpse of Tichondrius, the second most powerful demon invading their world. The battle had been costly, and Illidan had indeed consumed the powerful artifact corrupting the forests. Shandris and what was left of their army had protected Illidan while he worked, consuming the energy in the demonic skull while using the spell from the Bronze drake to filter out the worst of the corruption. Illidan had still grown wings, hooves, claws and long curling horns as he integrated the foreign magic into himself. He was obviously exhausted and injured, just like the rest of their surviving soldiers. It had cost half of the army Tyrande had given Illidan to command while Shandris observed him, but the battle was won, the demons and undead were destroyed. Now that the battle was over, Shandris worried for her adoptive mother and the other battles being fought right now. At least she would be able to soften the blow of Illidan’s transformation when she gave her report.

 

With the demon’s lord’s corpse dissolving, Illidan barked out commands. “Those of you still able, build pyres and burn the enemy’s corpses. If nothing else, we will not let the enemy’s necromancers simply re-animate their lost army. Work in groups of ten within sight of at least two other groups, and I want at least four in any group watching for surprises while the others get the fires burning. Healers, do what you can for the injured. Shandris, I’m going to burn out this part of the forest, better to leave it ash than let the demonic taint spread.”

 

An hour after that, Illidan and Shandris were sitting on a bluff overlooking the burning forest when Tyrande and Malfurion arrived at the meeting place. Malfurion, as predicted, reacted badly to his brother’s transformation, but to the Kaldorei general’s surprise Tyrande said nothing when Malfurion banished his brother. So Shandris spoke up instead, halting the flight of a man she’d bled and fought with today. “Illidan, wait! As General of the Sentinel Army, I hereby declare you a Sentinel and thus under my authority for your actions today. Malfurion may be able to have you banished in peacetime, but during war my authority outranks his. High Priestess, you ordered me to watch and report to you. Illidan’s army survived only because of his actions, the demon lord we fought was too powerful for us to face, so Illidan consumed a powerful artifact to gain the power we needed to kill Tichondrius. I have more to report to you in private before you make a decision whether or not to support banishing Illidan.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

In the end, Illidan Stormrage was still banished after the demon lord Archimonde was destroyed at the peak of Mount Hyjal. But the less popular Stormrage brother acquitted himself well, fighting hard as they delayed the undead. Illidan was badly wounded when Archimonde finally gave up sending waves of undead and decided to breach their defenses with his own vast strength. To Shandris’ surprise, Tyrande supported her lover’s decree of banishment, but insisted Illidan be given supplies and ordered Shandris to escort Illidan to a coastal village and ensure he was given a ship. When Shandris demanded to know what the hell she was thinking in private, Tyrande admitted that Elune herself had informed her that Illidan needed to be sent away. Even though Shandris argued, Tyrande informed her that the only reason she’d been sent to observe Illidan in the first place was because the goddess demanded it.

 

Illidan went into exile with his head held high and half of the army he’d led against Tichondrius walking away with him. Shandris told him about the goddess’ direct involvement in Illidan’s more dignified exile after Illidan woke from a dream that left him drenched in sweat, visibly afraid, and smelling of brimstone. He laughed bitterly as he set sail for some distant shore. A week later, Shandris swore as she saw the Watchers, an independent organization of elves that worked in the shadows, intimidate the villagers into giving them ships to pursue Illidan a few days later. Shandris had decided to give her forces some time off in the peaceful sea-side town and could only send a messenger bird to warn Illidan of the danger before she mounted her Nightsaber and rode for their capital. While the Watchers were independent, there was a limit to that independence.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

After leaving Illidan behind, Stine switched to Apparition and made three random jumps before activating his return portkey. When he arrived in the Cube, he turned to Hermione and confirmed he’d done what he’d intended to. He hadn’t realized how scary his Lord’s mate was, until she and Alira had been separated from Harry. But now he spoke in a joyful voice as he looked at the woman who’d become increasingly irate since losing Harry. “It’s time to head back to Earth, we’ve done what we needed to. We should pick up Neville, Ron’s group, and the apprentice group in Stormwind on our way back, but other than that we’re done on Azeroth for now.”

 

As soon as Stine finished speaking, Hermione replied urgently. “What about Harry?”

 

Stine smiled, he knew she’d been stressed and worried for their Lord, so he answered her quickly. “According to Janedormi at our last planning session he should make it home on his own in April of 1996. We shouldn’t have to move around anymore, we’ll just use portkeys to collect the others when the time is right, and use the stasis chambers to sleep until we’re needed.” Stine looked around the group that had remained on Azeroth when Harry had run afoul of Nozdormu, then continued. “We’ve done what we needed to, now we can head home.

 

Not long after, Alira, Hermione, Stine, Jason, and Luna, along with their familiars were sleeping in stasis chambers. Caliona and Senastrasz chose to remain awake inside the Cube, looking forward to quiet years alone together. The two had long since become a pair and had spent many years together as they moved from place to place and time to time collecting those they could for their Lord. Caliona had recently grown from drake to dragon thanks to magic that accelerated her aging, but Senastrasz still had at least a few decades to go. Knowing that they’d be heading home when they’d collected their Lord’s followers, the two decided to treat the next eight years alone in the Cube as a honeymoon.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

After their initial planning session for tomorrow’s strike against the Ministry concluded, Harry returned to the Chamber of Secrets. He wanted to return to Azeroth and find Alira and Hermione and the others, but that would have to wait until after the Ministry fell tomorrow. His personal desires had warred with his responsibilities to his people and lost. Ralion had decided to return to Potter Estate, and his parting words made Harry smile. “Dalistrasza and I decided to wait until we made it home to start a family, so after she checks on her patients we’re going to celebrate making it home.”

 

Walking down the stairs into the Chamber, Harry realized the whelps he’d seen earlier had told the others, since there were at least a hundred whelps waiting for him when he arrived. Once more Harry found himself buried in draconic children, and they monopolized his attention for a while, all trying to talk at once. He stood up when he noticed Valistrasza in her natural form exiting a side chamber, followed by Astoria Greengrass. Astoria looked healthy and was brimming with energy, which was a good sign her blood curse had been cured. Harry smiled and greeted them both, carefully wading out of the whelp pile. He looked closely at Valistrasza; pregnant dragons didn’t ‘show’ as much as mammals tended to, but after spending time with Senegos’ mate Harry could tell she’d laid her clutch. “It’s good to see both of you again. How are your eggs doing, Vali?”

 

Instead of answering, Harry was led into an expanded cube that had been warded as if it carried the most precious treasure on Earth. Inside, Harry saw several drakes, two dragons, and a dozen dragonsworn of differing races tending nearly a thousand eggs. He was shocked briefly at the sheer number, but realized that he himself had rescued at least half that many between his first trip to Hyjal and the raid that killed Nefarian. He only recognized one of the dragons, and she quickly left her woork behind and approached him. Desperiona carefully nuzzled her head into him and nearly purred when Harry carefully scratched a line of small horns he’d heard Ralion complain itched recently; while she was gentle he still had to brace himself and call on some of his animagus form’s strength to stay on his feet. Valistrasza spoke as Harry divided his attention between the dragon in front of him and the eggs on either side. “My clutch is healthy and safe my Lord, they should hatch in three months. This is our main hatchery cube, most of the rescued eggs have been brought here. We have a separate cube for the Black and Twilight eggs where we’re gently reversing the Old God’s corruption; when the eggs are ‘clean,’ we bring them here. All of our Chromatic eggs, whelps, and drakes are in a third stasis cube until we a way to stabilize them.”

 

Harry looked around the hatchery one last time before gently pushing Desperiona away. He didn’t mind cuddly dragons in general, but the instincts that came from Hadrion were beginning to distract him, in probably the same way the Potter Dragonflight’s only Twilight Broodmother’s instincts were affecting her. (Dalistrasza had been monitoring his food intake and had informed him he was probably weeks away from growing from drake to dragon. His currently elevated testosterone (and the draconic equivalent) had been annoying for the last few months. Harry was looked forward to the stronger and more magically powerful adult form, but would miss the agility and speed of his current animagus form.) Looking around, Harry spoke up as he turned to Valistrasza. “Is there anything you need?”

 

Valistrasza chuckled as she briefly turned her attention to one of the eggs nearby. After a moment she turned back to Harry. “We have all the supplies we need, the only thing I would ask for is additional trained Broodmothers and assistants. I’ve already asked for volunteers like Astoria here and we’ve gotten a lot of help, but training assistants takes time. Our eggs hatch six months after being laid, so all of these will hatch by September. We can barely keep track of the whelps we have now.”

 

Harry looked out at the eggs and sighed. He could see Valistrasza’s clutch nestled between a sea of Red and Blue eggs, but they had taken a while to locate. On one of the Cube's walls he could see Black dragonspawn tending Black eggs through the heat-shimmer of the sweltering conditions the eggs needed. “We have so many stasis cubes waiting for me at Potter Estate, I’ll prioritize the ones with dragons and hopefully get you more help. In fact, I was planning to head over now. I have some samples our research team might be able to use to help the Chromatic dragons in stasis, and an idea for something else if that doesn’t work. Take care, and if you need anything else, let me know.”

 

With that Harry left the strongly warded cube behind and made his way to the room warded to allow apparition in and out of the Chamber. This time he managed to dodge the swarm of overly friendly whelps and was soon at Potter Estate. Since no one had seen him arrive, Harry shifted to his animagus form and took to the sky. It felt so natural to spread his wings and fly, he thought to himself as he soared through the air, taking in the changes to his family’s ancestral home. He could tell Potter Manor was nearly finished, and he smiled as he saw the doors were large enough for drakes to walk through; overall the house looked less like a house and more like a sturdy stone fortification shaped out of gray stone. It had two stories and looked large enough to comfortably house well over a hundred people without expansion charms. Well, if I had wanted a normal house I wouldn’t have left the Dwarves in charge of the project, but the house looks ruggedly beautiful and secure. Hermione and Alira both want a big family and Cirmu wants to bear my children even if she hasn’t told me so we’ll need plenty of space and strong defenses.

 

As Harry passed over the thicket of Crimson Oaks planted to help heal those with tricky injuries, he caught an updraft and rode it higher. The Flamel’s patron Vordistrasz was still resting among the trees, but he was awake and alert and Harry caught the scent of roasted elk as he passed over the wyrm. Now higher, Harry saw the small town where most of his oathsworn lived, and it was lively and bustling, every race on Azeroth was represented. Further out, Harry glided out over the expanded area and saw the empty hole created when they expanded Potter Estate was nearly filled in and much of the new land had crops growing in the rich soil. Harry smirked when he saw the small frozen forest surrounding a thicket of Hoarfrost trees where the Frost Nymphs that had stowed away in a cube were harvesting snowberries. Harry turned away and angled back towards his home, flying over the crystal clear lake Saska and his other Naga had made into a cozy home for themselves. Though fairly deep, he could see clear to the bottom and the many vibrantly colored aquatic plants that had been planted.

 

Circling lazily to shed speed and elevation, Harry came into a landing outside the front door of his home. He returned to his human form just in time for Sirius to run out and embrace him, clearly glad to see him safe. Harry tried to speak to him but was interrupted by the Granger’s oldest twins toddling out of the house ahead of their parents. This… this felt like what Harry had always thought coming home should feel like. If only Alira and Hermione were here…

 

The moment Harry had that thought, he spun around at the sound of an incoming apparition, one either unskilled or one that was purposefully made louder than needed. Stine, the drake he’d last seen infiltrating Nozdormu’s forces to slip away quickly removed the Cube, their first successful portable expansion, from his bag and enlarged it before backing away quickly. No sooner had he done that, then the door burst open and two women rushed Harry, one human woman he knew very well with bushy brown hair and the other an elf with forest green hair he’d come to love just as much. As he ran to them, swept them into his arms and spun the three of them around, he decided he’d never been happier. I was wrong before. This is what coming home should feel like.

 

As Harry stopped spinning and embraced his loves, he put aside the plans for dealing with the Ministry tomorrow and the faint outline he had for one last trip to Azeroth to settle his debts. If nothing else, he had to honor the contract he’d signed with Alexstrasza. Never let it be said that Harry Potter would betray someone who’d done a great service for him. Never let it be said that he would abandon those in danger if he could help it. Never let it be said that he was disloyal to those that had earned it. Harry Potter was a Lord now, and he refused to give his followers a poor example to follow.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

A/N: We’re getting to the end. Next chapter Harry gets to show off a bit, and things start wrapping up.

 

Thanks again to everyone who left a review! Each one helps motivate me to continue writing!

 

Chapter 40: Chapter 40: You Reap What You Sow

Chapter Text

Thank you to everyone who left a review last chapter!

 

Thanks to my betas who help me make each chapter better!



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Chapter 40: You Reap What you Sow 

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Harry smiled as he opened his eyes, memories of the previous day filtering in as he woke up. Yesterday he’d reunited with everyone he’d been missing since Nozdormu evicted him from the Caverns of Time and it had been wonderful seeing all of them alive and healthy. Ron and his followers, Neville, and the group studying in Stormwind were all safely home too. Most of them had gone to rejoin their own families but Ron had been given a guest room and Neville was sharing a wizard tent with his parents on the Estate. Frank and Alice Longbottom still weren’t fully recovered, but they were awake and aware. Both had difficulties conversing, problems with processing incoming information and both had to speak slowly and deliberately to be understood, but Harry had never seen Neville so happy. Ron had also remained on the Estate overnight, building up the courage to introduce his new wife to his mother. (Harry wished him luck with that. ) Reaching out he pulled Hermione and Alira closer to him, enjoying their warmth; he had a busy day ahead of him but wanted to remain where he was for a few more moments.

 

    While he could have stayed in bed all day, Harry soon drew himself out of bed without waking his wives when the sun rose. He was a bit of a morning person, but even he was surprised by how much energy he had today; he actually felt like he’d had three cups of coffee already. He chuckled to himself as his consorts shifted, snuggling into each other. (He decided to let them sleep as long as he could; from their perspective the three of them had been separated for two months, for Harry it had been a year . The three of them had ‘celebrated’ their reunion long into the night and both Alira and Hermione were exhausted. ) As he quickly dressed in his newest Basilisk hide armor Harry let his eyes roam Potter Manor’s master bedroom. The room itself was massive, easily large enough for Harry and his consorts to remain comfortable in their draconic forms, even Cirmu. (Neither Alira or Hermione had been upset when he explained how Cirmu had become his third consort; he was slightly concerned that Alira had convinced Hermione that he actually needed a massive harem.) Much of the room was empty and the walls were bare, but that would change in time; Harry found he liked the dark-stained stone and supporting wooden beams.

 

    Leaving the massive bedroom behind, Harry began his hunt for breakfast. Curious about his new home, Harry used magic to enhance his senses. Potter Manor was a large building even without the use of expansion charms and had been divided into different wings for family, oathsworn, and guests. Knowing he had a bit of time, Harry explored his home and his enhanced sense of smell told him the Granger family and Sirius were living at opposite ends of the crescent-shaped family wing with the master bedroom in the middle. Moving towards where he could smell breakfast, Harry discovered where Ron and his new wife Samaara had spent the night in the guest wing and where Khanagos and Janedormi had spent the night with their children in the wing reserved for his Oathsworn. His nose told him all of the original nine drakes had rooms here now, though Aurogos’ was mostly unused since the poor drake barely ever got away from Hogwarts and Hogsmeade.

 

    Harry had been about to head to the big dining room for breakfast, but he caught a scent he didn’t recognize in the corridor where his original oathsworn were staying. It took him a moment to realize whose room it was, before he knocked and entered. Draconic culture had entirely different standards of privacy, and if Potter Manor was only inhabited by dragons, this room wouldn’t even have a door. Harry smiled as he saw a drake he’d not seen in years curled in the sunlight, sprawled in front of a single dragon egg surrounded by what Harry recognized as runic monitoring equipment. He entered the chamber where Vespiona was resting but did not approach the egg; nesting dragons and especially first-time mothers tended to be ‘irritable’ about people approaching their clutches. Still, with a new scent in the air it didn’t take long for the drake who’d remained behind on Earth to wake. As she blinked sleep out of her eyes, Harry spoke. “Good morning Vespiona. I haven’t seen you in a long time, how are you and your egg?”

 

    Vespiona rose, moving towards Harry and giving him the normal draconic bow with her neck exposed and wings on display, her purple scales catching the morning light. “My egg is healthy and I’m doing better, my Lord.”

 

    Harry smiled. “Rise, like I always said, you don’t have to bow to me. Was your pregnancy as difficult as our healers expected?”

 

    Rising, Vespiona gestured for Harry to follow her and went to check on her egg. The monitoring magic would have alerted her and the healers at Potter Estate if anything had gone wrong, but she still felt better after checking on her only egg with her own eyes. “It was worse. I’m sorry, the others have done so much for you and I just…”

 

    Harry slipped into his draconic form and gently brushed against her. “ I made the choice for you to stay behind, remember? I have a duty to my followers just like they have a duty to me, I wasn’t about to risk your health or your whelp’s. I only met Tendrion once, when he was on his way back from Karazhan, but I’ve heard plenty about what he’s been up to. Would you like to hear what I know?”

 

    Vespiona gave Harry a genuine smile. “I would love that my Lord. Let’s sit next to my egg, it's developed enough that it should be able to hear and understand if the whelp inside is awake.”

 

    “Most of Azeroth knows your mate only as Elune’s Herald. He's built a reputation for himself, outing cultists and saving lives; but he’s done so much more. He raided the Shadowed Lands and returned many souls to Azeroth, including Uther the Lightbringer…” Harry spent nearly an hour telling Vespiona about what the father of her child had been doing on Azeroth. Mostly it was just rumors, things people said in taverns, but Harry’s oathsworn had confirmed some of the rumors themselves. The two ate together after a house elf brought food, and Harry couldn’t help but smile as he reconnected with one of his first oathsworn. Vespiona had nearly been too young to carry an egg to term, so her pregnancy hadn’t been an easy one even with excellent healers helping her; Harry was glad to see that she’d mostly recovered. He wasn’t sure why, but even after leaving her on Earth for her own safety, even after only seeing her once in the last six years, he still felt a greater connection to her than the Draenei he’d been living and working with for the last year.

 

    The two shared a comfortable companionship until Harry needed to head to Hogsmeade. He found Alira and Hermione in the hall outside and they followed him to gather his people together to finish the conflict Cornelius Fudge had started. As he gave out assignments to those joining him, part of Harry was still thinking about Vespiona. She hadn’t said it, but they both knew that as much as she wanted to rejoin her mate on Azeroth, Harry would not, could not, allow her to leave unless it was safe for her there. That meant that Azeroth’s Twilight Dragonflight would need to be freed from their mental slavery and the Twilight cult that controlled them obliterated. It’s about time I visited the Temple of Elune, but I need to deal with the Ministry first.

 

    As Harry opened a portal to the gates of Hogsmeade for himself, Neville, Ron, and Ralion, Senastrasz, and Dalistrasza in their humanoid forms, he focused on the day’s task. Minister Fudge had proven himself unfit for leadership in Harry’s second year when he imprisoned Hagrid for the sake of appearances. After Voldemort’s return, Fudge had proved himself a fool. In the months since the end of the Triwizard Tournament, Fudge had proven himself a tyrant. After today Britain would be rid of him.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Ron woke up in his guest room at Potter Manor and found his gaze drawn to his wedding ring. It had been an impulse to ask Samaara to marry him, not long ago. Their guild had just cleared out ‘Blackwing Descent’ and Ron’s share of the loot had included a ‘Lava Coral,’ which despite the name was actually a gemstone. It was a beautiful glistening orange and fantastically rare, and Ron had silently slipped it into his pocket and then visited a jeweler the next time he had a free moment. His proposal hadn’t been anything grand, but it was passionate just like the private wedding which followed. (There hadn’t been any guests, the two had simply found a priest.) With a smile he kissed his wife’s brow before leaving the bed. Things to do today: First, shower. Second, eat a hearty breakfast. Third, overthrow the Ministry of Magic. Fourth, introduce my wife to my family. Why does introducing Samaara to Mom sound harder than overthrowing a government?

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Neville summoned the barest trace of the power given to him by the Ancient Ashamane as he silently slipped out of the tent where his parents were still sleeping. The connection to Azeroth’s panther Ancient had surprised him when he had undergone the first ritual at the Stonetalon Druid school and meditated until his spirit touched the Ancient who’d given her life to protect Azeroth during the War of the Ancients. With everything he knew now he understood more about that ritual than even the Archdruid who’d taught the students at the school. Every Druid used these rituals to reach out to the Ancients who’d fallen in defense of Azeroth to make a bargain, though few really understood it. Even Neville wouldn’t claim to fully understand, but he did know that the Druids were gifted tiny parts of the Ancients themselves that took root and grew in the same metaphysical place that wizards kept their animagus forms. In return, the Ancients received as much magical energy from the ritual as could be safely siphoned from the Druid to strengthen them, but much more importantly every time a Druid shifted into their likeness they were remembered.

 

    For the Ancients trying to claw themselves back into the physical world, to live once more, that remembrance, that belief, gave them an anchor to aid their return and a reminder to never give up. During the rituals to learn the new forms, both sides benefited in a true symbiosis. Neville had nearly been floored when he’d woken from his stasis cell in the Cube just before they returned to Earth: With the Ancients that had given him tiny pieces of themselves walking the physical world once more his Cat, Bear, Stag, and Stormcrow forms felt much more alive, much more real. Each form was still part of Neville Longbottom, but now it felt like ‘Neville’ was more than he was before.

 

    Looking back to the couch where he’d slept the night before, he was tempted to stay and spend the entire day with his parents. His parents were doing so much better, but catching up last night had worn them out and their healer had insisted that they both rest after a few hours and gave them both Dreamless Sleep potions. Happy tears glistened down his face as he moved to Potter Manor to join the day’s work. Outside he nodded to a young Tauren moving through the Crimson Thicket, the corner of Potter Estate where a grove of Crimson Oaks had been planted, and smiled at the nod he’d gotten in response. Almost the entire Tauren race qualified as ‘good people,’ but there weren’t many of them walking around Potter Estate yet. Most of the initial trips focused on ‘big targets,’ like massacres and wars. The Tauren had been hunted by the Centaur for centuries and slowly lost much of their population, making it harder to rescue them. Still, there were hundreds of Tauren in stasis now, waiting for their turn to swear the Loyal Lord oath.

 

    Neville took a deep breath of the fresh, clean air and his form rippled as he changed; fur replaced skin and the enchanted leather armor he’d been wearing disappeared as he assumed his ‘Cat’ form. When he had finished changing Neville resisted the urge to roar. Instead he raced off towards the Manor, deciding to get his morning exercise in before breakfast. Azeroth’s different species took different forms as Druids, for example Night Elf Druids in ‘Cat’ form looked like panthers, while Tauren looked like lions with horns. Neville’s forms had taken the shapes of animals from Earth; his Cat form let him walk the world as a white Bengal tiger. Like all other Druids, Neville’s forms weren’t exact copies of the animals they resembled, for example his Cat form was more muscled and had much greater endurance than a normal tiger. Neville grinned as he began to run. 

   

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    The first thing Susan Bones did upon blinking awake was reflexively cast a golden healing spell on herself. During her training at Stormwind’s cathedral one thing had been pounded into the aspiring healer’s heads: ‘You can heal no one if you are dead.’ That meant that in any scenario healing herself first was almost always the best choice, even if it meant someone else died. Well, I can cast the ‘Resurrection’ spell now, if I can apply the spell before their soul leaves the physical world.’

 

    Susan chuckled as she cast a more nuanced spell on herself to counter her hangover as she carefully stepped over her Aunt and the long golden coils of her familiar in search of water. Hangovers were never fun, but at least magic made them more bearable. When she’d arrived in Hogsmeade yesterday and found her Aunt, their reunion had seemed like a good occasion to tap into not only the local winery’s first vintage of Icewine, but a number of the alcoholic beverages they’d been collecting on Azeroth. It had been late by the time her aunt was free anyway. Daphne was probably right that alcohol was valuable enough to collect, but the amount they’d collected by buying out the vendors after Azeroth’s many seasonal celebrations ended seemed… excessive. Still, between the first bottle of Moonglow and the last Hot Apple Cider she and her aunt had reconnected. They’d also gotten entirely smashed, but that seemed like a good idea for Susan to work up the courage to admit that she’d not only gotten drunk on their last night on Azeroth and had a rather good time, but now wanted to date one of Onyxia’s half-human sons. 

 

    Their last night on Azeroth, poor Talion had been trying so hard to keep six drunk young women out of trouble. It was far too much to ask with the women in question actively looking for trouble. Looking back, Susan was surprised at how aggressive she’d become after getting the Royal Guard alone but despite doing things she would never normally do while drunk she couldn’t really regret it. Really, the only thing that bothered her now was that she didn’t know his real name and the suffering he’d be going through as the Potter Dragonflight removed the evil magic from his mind. Well, given what Onyxia had admitted his family name was Fordragon, if he chose to use his father’s family name anyway . After quenching her thirst Susan lost herself in thought as she pulled ingredients from an enchanted bag case and began to craft healing potions alchemically. There’s worse things than seducing the son of one of Azeroth’s heroes. I hope he’ll want to get to know me better.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Ted Tonks swung his legs out of bed and promptly collapsed onto the floor, causing enough noise for his wife to grumble but thankfully not enough to wake her. Looking down, he saw that he’d partially transformed in his sleep, again. It took several moments of effort, but his legs below the knee slowly lost their fur and the shape intended for a quadruped. Once his form was fully human again, he carefully got back to his feet and made his way into the kitchen to start a pot of tea. Ted hadn’t been lying when he said he thought Azeroth’s Tol’vir were interesting, and when given the chance he’d begun learning to take their unique form. The process he was working on wasn’t exactly the normal animagus transformation or the method Azeroth’s Druids used, but a hybrid of both. The Potter research group was constantly expanding and they were always working on something; the process Ted was working on had been created by the Flamels, two Druids, and Sirius Black. I wish I could dedicate more time to learning my form, but an hour in the morning some days is all I can manage. The ‘Potter Dragonflight’ now employs almost every mind healer in Britain, but we’re still swamped. So much trauma and pain… Hell, we’re going through gallons of Dreamless Sleep potion every night just so the worst off can get restful sleep.

 

    With the morning tea started, Ted laid down on the plush rug in the living room of the quarters they’d been given in Hogwarts. Turning onto his side, he began focusing on the difficult skill he was attempting to learn. Sadly I’m really just an average wizard, so I have to settle for slow but steady progress. He looked down and watched as his legs grew black and orange striped fur once more and shifted their shape. With some luck and enough effort I can achieve my form soon enough to help Andromeda with her transformation. I’m glad she picked a similar form, at least as far as shape. I’m not surprised she chose to be a Black dragonspawn, though.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Ginny Weasley had been up for hours by the time the sun rose, and she’d spent that time checking and double checking one of the Potter Dragonflight’s ‘special projects.’ With the salvaged ‘Curator’ golem fallen defending Hogwarts and the failures of early tests in creating powerful golems a group had begun working on alternatives. Upset that she hadn’t been included in the group heading to Azeroth, Ginny had joined this project as a prospective pilot. Her natural desire to compete, to be the best , had driven her to throw herself into learning everything she needed and now she was proud to be the best pilot they had. It’s a shame I won’t be joining this battle unless things go to hell. Still, I’m sure I’ll get to show what I can do soon. If nothing else I’ll be busy helping to build the ‘Mark Two’ as we add technology from Harry’s spaceship.

 

    Looking up, Ginny gazed at the wonderful thing she’d earned the right to pilot. I don’t think I can go back to brooms after using this…

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    At the time, Griphook had been extremely disappointed when he hadn’t been chosen to join the army that marched on Hogwarts. Given the outcome of that battle, in hindsight he was glad he’d been ordered to guard the bank instead. He, like many others, had assumed their surrender to the Headmaster would demean them at best or destroy their people at worst. Instead, the Headmaster had given each goblin a magical tattoo that allowed them to keep their intelligence without resorting to mind-warping potions. He smirked to himself as he went about his business that day. The fact that every one of us wearing Potter’s Mark has twice or more the magical power we started with doesn’t hurt. Now I think I have everything ready, and I won’t spoil Lord Potter’s surprise if I don’t start selling popcorn until after the battle starts.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    By the time Harry and the others got to the militia’s armory where last-minute planning was taking place, Hogsmeade’s defenders understood the plan was to let Harry Potter attract attention and theirs was to secure objectives and prevent their enemy from escaping. Madam Bones had also given them orders to move in to support Harry if he needed it, but to let him stand against the Ministry alone until then. Amelia had also explained that Harry had gone on a quest for the power he needed to protect the people he cared about, and had lived six years in the last few months. She hadn’t been believed until the twenty-two year old Mage walked into the armory flanked by his companions. Harry was easily recognized by the people who remembered James Potter and Neville had only spent two and a half years on Azeroth so his changes were less striking. No one recognized the mountain of muscles and gleaming plate-mail armor that was Ronald Weasley however.

 

    The next few hours passed with double-checking the militia’s existing plans as various teams left to get into position. Finally, at eleven Harry walked to the outgoing apparition point. He was only slightly nervous; compared to the Void God he didn’t expect Fudge’s wizards to put up much of a fight. He chuckled as he appeared high in the sky over London; Fudge had become extremely paranoid and ordered incoming magical travel blocked so Harry simply cast a Disillusionment Charm on himself and glided down as Hadrion. Thankfully there was an empty alley near the Leaky Cauldron; Harry landed there, changing form without becoming visible. With a last confirmation that the support team was ready to prevent the coming battle from affecting anyone outside the alley, Harry reached his hand out and casually opened the front door, using a surge of magic to shatter the charms and curses on the door. He dismissed his Disillusionment Charm as he opened the door.

 

    Stepping into the pub Harry could smell despair in the air. Half the pub was full of Fudge’s ‘law enforcement’ brigade and they had been harassing the servers until he walked in. The normal people looked worn, beaten. Like a conquered people. Let’s change that. With a simple, if overpowered, spell active Harry spoke in a voice that could be heard clearly in every part of Diagon and the surrounding alleys. “I have returned.”

 

    By then, a number of simple stunning spells had impacted his shield spell. Harry responded with a sharp slash of his right hand that cast the same spell in an arc that shattered the thug’s shields and stunned everyone who’d raised a wand against him. Harry nodded to Tom, the pub’s owner he remembered fondly from the summer before his third year. “It’s good to see you again Tom. I’m here to clean up the Ministry and depose a despot. If you toss these thugs outside, my people will take care of them.”

 

    The shocked bartender simply nodded numbly and directed his staff to begin levitating Fudge’s enforcers out of the pub where they quickly disappeared. As Harry moved towards the entrance to Diagon Alley, Tom shouted out, desperation and hope in his voice. “Do what you need to but come back here after, you hear? Lunch is on the house, Mr. Potter!”

 

    Harry chuckled and walked out of the pub. Glancing at the brick wall outside with glowing blue eyes, he saw that it had been locked from the other side. He drew his spear from its enchanted sheath on his wrist and tapped the stone with a burst of magic, once more destroying the existing enchantment and blasting the wall inward. A bit sloppy, but I can afford to waste magic here, plus it’s good intimidation. On the other side were twenty wizards wearing the traditional uniforms of the DMLE. Harry’s opponents didn’t wait for the dust to clear and began firing curses into the cloud of dust blindly. Harry laughed as the hostile spells struck his shield and did absolutely nothing. Lady Proudmoore said my shield spell was ‘adequate’ the last time we trained together. These fools can’t touch me.

 

    Harry slammed the butt of his spear onto the ground and a wave of sparking magic swept out from his feet. Every one of his opponents fell to the ground twitching. Then Harry gestured with his left hand, and rubble from his entry into Diagon became rather large snakes that grabbed the twitching prisoners and drug them through the open door, into the pub, and out to where Neville was tossing the prisoners into an expanded prison cube. Harry moved forward, more spells coming towards him from cover; in this case the tables from Fortescue’s ice cream shop. With a wave of his hand the overturned tables turned into snarling wolves that battered the attacking wizards until they lost consciousness. They too were dragged through the Leaky Cauldron.

 

    Moving forward Harry was surprised about the lack of resistance, at least until he saw what was easily two-hundred wizards wearing DMLE colors massing near the steps of Gringotts bank. Instead of rushing towards him the moment he came into view, they seemed content to wait for him to come to them. Harry did a double-take at what he saw on the steps leading to the bank: Every inch of the steps and Gringotts’ roof was covered in goblins, who were treating the battle like a Quidditch match. Apparently one of the goblins was even selling popcorn and soda. Looking back at his opponents who really shouldn’t be standing so close to each other, Harry decided striking them all down with a single area of effect spell would be too easy. (Plus, he had an audience and didn’t want to bore them.) Instead, he drove the blade of his spear into the cobblestones and twisted the stone and earth into a new shape. A five-headed dragon, so large it could barely maneuver inside the alley, tore itself out of the pavement and roared to the heavens. The defenders suddenly looked less sure of themselves. You know, it’s kind of nice to be fighting mere mortals without worrying about dark gods or Dragon Aspects showing up out of nowhere if I let my guard down. What’s the saying? Big fish in a small pond?

 

    Harry commanded his transfiguration to swing its central head down and he hopped on. Standing on the only head without large horns, Harry lifted his crackling spear up and swung it down. That was the signal for his transfigured dragon to lumber into action. Fudge’s mercenaries lacked the discipline of real Aurors or Hogsmeade’s militia, and when their strongest blasting spells had no effect on the massive construct charging at them they broke ranks and fled. Then Harry began lashing out with orbs of lightning that left his enemies twitching on the ground. Once the group waiting to ambush him had fled or been taken down (between his magic and the dragon construct’s might, it hadn’t taken long) he tapped the butt of his spear against the head he was riding on and the dragon lowered him to the ground. That’s it? Is that really all two-hundred wizards are capable of? Stepping off, Harry gently placed his spear’s tip against the dragon and pulsed more of his magic into it. To the delight of onlookers, the large dragon began to shed smaller dragonspawn, which immediately began to haul away the twitching prisoners. Eventually the original construct was only the size of a drake, and Harry spoke to it in Draconic. “Guard the constructs hauling prisoners, then guard Diagon’s entrance.”

 

    Harry waved to the spectating goblins and continued down the alley; Diagon began at the Leaky Cauldron’s entrance and ended almost a mile later at the Ministry’s main entrance. (Oddly, Diagon wasn’t actually a straight line, the road curved several times for no apparent reason.) As Harry continued his stroll, more wizards flung spells at him, but he saw many more faces peering out from windows or doorways, eyes full of a desperate hope. At the next intersection, Harry walked into an ambush and spells lashed out at him from all directions. Pausing to decide how to deal with this ambush, Harry smirked and reached out for his pocket dimension. It was a difficult piece of magic, but easier for dragons and dragon animagi since it built off the natural pocket dimension their kind stored excess nutrients in. When he had the items he wanted in his hands, he spoke up using magic to be heard anywhere in the Alley. “While I was away, I learned many things. I’ve become good at enchanting, would you like to see something I created from a true master’s notes?”

 

    Harry laughed aloud when one of the mercenaries shouted out in a very heavy Russian accent. “No!”

 

    Ignoring the man, Harry activated three spheres the size of his fist. The spheres began to orbit his head, one crackling with Storm magic, one wreathed in the cobalt flames of the Twilight Dragonflight, and the third bearing a soft green glow. Deciding to lecture as he moved, he spoke up as he continued moving, completely ignoring the continued volley of spells. (When he left Theramore, his shield spells could hold back Lady Proudmoore for thirty seconds; with his trip through the Void and all the time spent practicing on the way home, he’d gained even more power and skill.) “These are called Verdant Spheres. Enchanting them mostly consisted of following the notes I was given, but I managed to add my own spin.

 

    With that, the spheres shot away from him, the Storm sphere darting into a store and bouncing from enemy to enemy, electrifying them. The flaming sphere sped towards the group attacking him from under a shield maintained by seven wizards and shattered it, then struck the wizards inside, leaving them with debilitating burns. The last sphere impacted the street near a group of wizards and seven stone Naga slithered out of the cobblestones; they immediately got to work subduing their targets with clubs. Harry stood patiently while his Verdant Spheres flew about. Such a useful tool, but splitting my concentration to control them isn’t easy. My ‘little brother’ can use seven spheres at once, but I’m limited to three for now. Even with only three I’m having trouble keeping my shield up. They're just too hard to control, not much more than intimidation or a party trick at the moment. Eh, something to work on.

 

    When the last enemy fell Harry’s spheres returned to him and were put away. More and more faces were watching him now, peeking out from shops and the residences above. As ever, the citizens of magical Britain were sheep; too afraid to stand up for themselves, too eager to fall in line. Instead of standing up for themselves, instead of fighting for their country and their freedom, they were idly waiting for someone to rescue them. I’ll talk to Mayor Bones and my Broodmothers; they’re good at psychology. Britain’s culture must change, I refuse to lead a nation of cowards unwilling to fight or even think for themselves. Despite what Fudge believes, I never wanted to rule these people but now there’s no other choice. Leaving them alone would only end in disaster and more war. Now, let’s see if Fudge’s private army is making one last stand in the Ministry building, they should still have close to three-hundred mercenaries left.

 

    As Harry walked along the last stretch of Diagon towards the main entrance to the Ministry of Magic, only a few scattered individuals tried to stop him. He’d never really enjoyed combat, but he was certainly feeling a rush, a thundering in his veins now. As he neared the rather fancy doors of the Ministry’s entrance, Harry twirled his spear idly for a moment as he slowed his pace. While outwardly he looked distracted, inwardly he was checking and double-checking his protective magic. I have a good solid shield charm up, my armor’s working perfectly, and I have a ward against Fel magic active too. Like there’s any chance Fudge hasn’t authorized his lackeys to use the Killing Curse by now.

 

    With a deep breath, Harry straightened as he reached the entrance and with a gesture from the fingers holding his staff tore through the magic sealing the door. With almost silent footsteps and the tapping of his spear on the stone floor, Harry walked inside and saw every remaining wand loyal to Fudge pointed at him. Since his trial the previous summer, catwalks had been added along with some other fortifications; now those still loyal to Fudge stood all around, each one having a clear line of sight on him. (Well, those loyal to Fudge or too cowardly to argue anyway; the obvious office workers had been positioned in the front, probably to ‘motivate’ them.) He even saw the tyrant himself standing on a catwalk with his wand drawn. Harry heard a sound like a steam whistle, and then every one of Fudge’s enforcers and all the normal office-people shouted out as one. “Avada Kedavra!”

 

    Many of the spells coming at Harry were probably miscast and mostly useless. The Killing Curse was not as simple as the Levitation Charm, not only did you have to fuel the spell with your own hatred, you had to be able to focus the created Fel magic into a very specific pattern. Without that tight focus the curse wasn’t able to sever a soul but with this many miscasts there was enough Fel energy to poison him terribly. That is, of course, if he allowed it to touch him. By the time the streaks of light were coming at him, Harry had both of his arms up with his hands stretched out. This was the hardest bit of magic he’d done today, and the first time he’d really strained himself. To the wonder and terror of those arrayed against him, each killing curse stopped moving and hung in the air, as if Harry had simply frozen them in time. “I wasn’t expecting to be welcomed home Cornelius, but this reception seems a little cold. Good job on conjuring enough death magic to prevent anyone here from ever having children if I don’t clean up your mess. Excuse me for a moment.”

 

    Pulling on Hadrion’s power and ignoring the odd burning sensation as he did, Harry manifested a small orb of Twilight flames, transfigured it into a crow, and sent it out to begin consuming the frozen bolts of green light. “Cornelius, you were always an unfit leader and now you’ve become a tyrant. I never wanted to usurp the Ministry, I only wanted peace and safety for our people. You decided to malign and attack me: You forced me to be your enemy, and now your rule ends. Everyone, throw down your wands and walk out of the building with your hands up. Otherwise I will demonstrate what I’ve learned while I was away.”

 

    Some of the office workers dropped their wands and began fleeing, but the rest of the room decided not to surrender. Instead, a hail of curses flew at Harry, and he responded with a skill he’d created while fighting in the Void. Twilight Fire was a skill that consumed magic and returned some of that magic to the caster. Harry had learned that by focusing his magic he could condense the flames and create what he called Twilight Lightning. Instead of his usual bright white bolts, Harry’s Twilight Lightning was neon violet surrounded by a dark blue hue; as Harry swept his arm across the hall the vividly colored lightning consumed the remaining Killing Curses and many of the incoming spells. And with that, battle was joined. Less dangerous lightning arced around Harry as he leaped through the air and gathered more Storm magic to the tip of his spear. Harry landed among the ranks of his enemies with a crash, but that was nothing compared to the peal of thunder when he struck the head of his spear into the ground, creating an omnidirectional shock wave that left many twitching on the floor and the sound of thunder reverberating through the Ministry and Diagon outside.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Concealed with fifty members of Hogsmeade’s militia, Headmaster Salonar noted the way stray sparks of lightning danced across the ceiling, thunder echoed through the halls, and all of his hair stood on end. There were five Worgen waiting under his invisibility charms with their teams, and Aurogos was sure they looked ridiculous under their armor. Letting the concealing magic drop, he strode towards the door to the Department of Mysteries and spoke. “ That would be our signal, let’s move people! Remember our first target is the Time-Turners, then everything else. Researchers can do crazy things when their leaders get paranoid and desperate, so watch yourselves and stay together. Stunning spells unless your lives are in danger, if these assholes have started summoning CThulhu I want to know where and when.

 

    Finished speaking, Aurogos drew two scythes from his pocket dimension, one in each hand. In his left was the icy blade he’d used at Hogwarts, and in his left was his new dark scythe. He’d forged this new blade, quenched it in blood from a Twilight dragon, and lovingly piled all the new enchantments he’d learned onto his new weapon. As he slashed the black scythe into and through the DoM’s magically reinforced door and tore the defenses apart as if they were nothing, he reflected that his second weapon had come out very well indeed.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Despite the numbers arrayed against him Harry had little trouble facing his foes. Once he was among them not only did their discipline fail but they lost the ability to fight him without friendly fire. Obviously they don’t care about injuring each other, that’s the fifth goddamn Fiendfyre spell I’ve had to put out! Snarling, Harry paused and turned away from where his Twilight fire was consuming a Fiendfyre serpent and conjured more of the cobalt flames into being, then transfigured the flames. With his voice magically enhanced and heard through the entire Ministry, Harry shouted a command to the seven flaming wolves before him. “Hunt down any stray Fiendfyre and tear the magic out of anyone stupid enough to conjure hellfire inside a building in downtown London!

 

    The enemies still standing looked at him in sheer terror but Harry didn’t care. More lightning jumped away from his every movement as his temper started to fray. Looking up at the catwalk where Minister Fudge had stood until it was clear the Ministry was losing, Harry gathered lightning around him in an aura and jumped. Cradling himself with the magic surrounding him, Harry soared into the air until he landed on the catwalk in question. An idle motion of his hand formed a sphere threaded with lightning in his hand. Striding down the hallway to hunt down Fudge, Harry tossed the sphere behind him where after falling for a few moments it fractured, bolts just powerful enough to stun split off and began seeking out those still standing. As he stalked his enemy, he enhanced his senses and turned to follow the trail.

 

    A few moments, and a small pile of stunned enemies later, Harry came to a dead-end. But it wasn’t quite as dead as it looked. All the extra Marks laden with the Bronze Dragonflight’s magic and the conversion array he’d inscribed on himself to prepare for a conflict with the Bronze of their Aspect came in handy now. There was magic residue to go with the scent-trail that ended here;  for better or worse Harry Potter knew this magic. Fudge must have been carrying a Time-Turner. Unable to keep the building anger out of his tone, Harry activated his speak-stone. “I need a Bronze consult at my position now.”

 

    Before he’d finished speaking, Stine walked down the hallway, his Tol’vir form looking decidedly out of place in the Ministry’s halls. “I’m here my Lord. Give me a moment to focus and then channel as much of your stored Bronze magic as you can. I can’t travel through time without the Caverns, but I can send you through a tear that’s already been made. I recommend heading to the Chamber of Secrets soon, Valistrasza will be there to help you.”

 

    Putting aside the drake’s strange advice, Harry focused his magic as directed. Stine padded up behind him and placed his hands on Harry’s shoulders as the Bronze magic built, and then with a twist that reminded him just a little of Nozdormu kicking him out of reality, Harry was alone in the hallway. Assuming he’d arrived when he needed to, he cast an invisibility spell on himself and began following the Minister’s scent. Harry quickly gained ground on the man who’d apparently taken time to calm himself before trying to make his way to Diagon Alley, probably hoping to escape into London. Harry caught up to Cornelius Fudge in the Atrium and followed the man as he walked into the alley. As Fudge walked out of the Ministry building, Harry cast a Disillusionment spell on him and stunned the man, quickly shoving the newly deposed Minister into a prison trunk.

 

    It was hard to keep silent as Harry stalked into an empty store and conjured a portal to the Twilight Realm; instincts that he usually kept tightly controlled wanted him to roar his victory to the heavens. As he stepped into a different layer of reality to bypass the draconian wards on Diagon Alley, Harry smiled to himself. Assuming nothing had gone wrong with the other teams and Stine informed the militia to begin sweeping the Ministry, the day was won. He couldn’t help but laugh as he started chain apparating to Hogsmeade. (The destructive magic that lingered everywhere in this place made magical travel difficult, but relatively short jumps were safe with enough experience.) As the adrenaline began to die off, Harry began to feel strange. His magic felt… unsettled and he could hear the roar of blood in his ears. Dammit, what is wrong with me now?

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    In the Chamber of Secrets Astoria Greengrass blinked her tired eyes. Six thirty in the morning wasn’t an unreasonable hour to be called out of bed, but she’d had a very long night. One of the dragons Harry had saved from death on Mount Hyjal had needed assistance, a lot of assistance birthing her clutch. She'd been badly injured before Harry had gotten to her and while she’d healed, there had been enough scar tissue to make childbirth very difficult. The next time I see Valistrasza coming up to me with surgical equipment, a breathing mask, and a rope , I am running the other way. At least the new mother and her clutch are healthy, and I can admit it feels good to have helped with that. Astoria had taken a very long bath after she was done and the soak had relaxed her so much she’d fallen asleep in the Prefect’s Bath. (Astoria wasn’t a Prefect, but everyone involved agreed she’d earned the right to use it.) Winky had helped her into bed with a smile. 

 

    Now, after a late night she was standing in front of her Patroness as Valistrasza looked down at her Dragonsworn. “I’m sorry Astoria, but I need you to take over for me for at least a few hours. I’ll make sure you get a full weekend off soon, I promise.”

 

    Astoria nodded, her Patroness was always busy so she was as well; there was always something that needed doing and some days they seemed to rush from one crisis to another constantly. Valistrasza oversaw all the Potter Dragonflight’s Hatcheries, the training of the Broodmothers who were caring for the whelps and eggs, and the care and placement of the orphans Harry had collected. Suppressing a yawn, Astoria spoke as she saw Desperiona walk over. (After so much practice Astoria moved so she could be easily seen by both dragons without conscious thought; like they told the whelps, not getting stepped on was a cooperative activity.) Desperiona was an adult Twilight dragon with the temperament and drive to be an excellent Broodmother but she had never received any training so was working as Valistrasza’s assistant while she learned. “What’s the emergency this time?”

 

Valistrasza nodded to Desperiona as the other dragon paused to stretch a kink out of her neck. “I received a message that our Lord is ready to grow into a dragon, but he’ll need help.”

 

Astoria looked up at Valistrasza, concern in her tone as she replied. “Is he okay? His animagus form is a drake, isn’t it? Even the Netherwing and Twilight drakes usually do fine on their own.”

 

The group began moving towards the Chamber’s apparition point. “He should be fine, he’s just having a difficult time of it. The same thing happens at home all the time: Drakes on the cusp of growing into dragons go into combat and the stress tips them over the edge. Desperiona, go prep the Kingsleaf forest cube. Winky, you’re in charge of Harry’s gear, all his clothing and armor has to come off and I don’t want the whelps playing with his tools. Also, Harry might have prisoners with him, make sure they get to Hogsmeade’s dungeon then get Astoria some strong tea and something for her throat. Astoria, you’re going to have to keep an eye on those Green eggs I was watching. Remember the lesson about keeping the whelps calm and preventing them from hatching too early? It’s the same thing as singing a human child to sleep, if you need help feel free to send for it. Desperiona and I will be out of contact for as long as this takes.”    

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    In an empty field Harry left the Twilight Realm behind and quickly apparated directly to the Chamber. Unsurprisingly Valistrasza in her elven form was waiting for him, which was a good thing because he’d started shaking. Quickly moving to him she took his staff and placed it on the nearby table as she spoke urgently but without any panic. “My Lord, you need to strip and remove everything from your pocket dimension. I’ll explain later but we need to move quickly now.”

 

    Together the two of them started removing his clothing; Harry would normally ask more questions but something was clearly wrong with him and he trusted Valistrasza. When he’d removed the last item from his pocket dimension and his Verdant Spheres were rolling across the floor he nearly lost his balance as Valistrasza helped remove his last article of clothing. Harry was glad he wasn’t as shy as he once was; it helped that Valistrasza was a skilled healer. Still, as he moved he started to sweat as he became more and more feverish. Finally nude, he tried to speak as she began gently leading him into a specialty cube he vaguely remembered creating, but couldn’t remember why it was special. “I got Fudge, he’s in the prison trunk and someone needs to search him.”

 

    Valistrasza continued to gently guide Harry into the cube. “He’ll be secured, I promise. Winky will take care of him.”

 

    Harry laughed, feeling his fever continue to climb as they moved into the cube. “You’ve done so much good here Vali.” In addition to the usual fever symptoms, Harry began to feel drunk; his emotional control and inhibitions were falling apart. “I’m so sorry Vali. I looked and looked.” Harry looked Vali in the eyes and continued as his eyes started to tear. “We couldn’t find your mate. I even made two extra passes and tagged him with every tracking spell ever , but we couldn’t find him. When he teleported away from you the last time he just disappeared. I’m so sorry…”

 

    The elf-shaped dragon gave Harry a small smile. “It’s okay Harry. I mourned my mate before I ever met you. Here, drink this.” Harry began taking deep swallows of the bottle he was given. “I know there was a Bronze wyrm in our settlement when he left so you had to be very careful.”

 

    Valistrasza paused, running a glowing hand across his bare chest. “My Lord, it’s time. I want you to listen to me carefully.” Seeing Harry really did try to focus himself, even though it was obviously not easy, she continued. “‘Hadrion’ has been close to becoming a dragon for a while, and stress from the battle was enough to cross the tipping point. In a moment you need to change forms, then Desperiona and I will help you through the process. Your mates will be here soon, but you need to concentrate first.”

 

    Harry realized they had come to a stop in a large grassy field circled by hundreds of Kingsleaf trees and another dragon was waiting for them. It took Harry a moment to process that the other dragon was Desperiona, the Twilight Broodmother he’d rescued during his first trip to Mount Hyjal so long ago. Harry could feel soft sand under the grass and realized this was the cube he’d built to Valistrasza’s specifications years ago to help whelps and drakes that had a difficult time growing into their next form. But it was hard to think just then, it felt like the fire in his chest had grown into an inferno. It took Valistrasza three tries to get him to pay attention to her again. “Harry, you need to change forms.”

 

    Harry did, and suddenly all the sensations he’d been feeling magnified. He was barely able to hear Valistrasza as she took her true form and Desperiona moved closer. “Harry! You need to guide the transformation without fighting it. Let your magic free, it needs to run free right now. We’re going to give you some of the special flames, like when you saved Bavaku. Breathe them in and let them become part of you!”

 

    Both dragons began to carefully breathe the same special fire that was necessary for whelps to grow into drakes on their Lord; Valistrasza’s crimson flames danced and intertwined with Desperiona’s dark blue flames as they swirled around Harry. Normally drakes didn’t need this, but Harry had never been a whelp; drakes instinctively relied on the earlier transformation when they became dragons. Harry felt the flames flow around him, Valistrasza’s tasted like Life and Hope and Renewal while Desperiona’s flames tasted of Chaos, of destruction, and Entropy itself. Harry pulled both of them into himself, felt the different energies conflict and struggle against each other. Then he gathered his magic and turned inward: using his own power he reached out and bound the competing essences and threw his power against them, forcing them to work together with all his magical might. He needed both; he would give his people, and as many others as he could, Hope and Renewal but he would defend those who flocked to him with destruction and all the fires of hell if that was what it took.

 

    As the discordant energy settled inside him, the world outside became clearer. He could see both dragons trying to stand on shaky legs, but wasn’t worried about them.  Their scents proved they weren’t hurt even as they tried to steal his focus and he realized what he’d been doing inside himself must have expelled a lot of magic around him. There was more than one reason Dragon Aspects had multiple consorts and while Harry hadn’t reached that height yet, he was treading the path. Power was an aphrodisiac and he had probably expelled enough magic to give half of Dalaran magical intoxication. With focus, he heard Vali giving him instructions again, telling him to focus on the technique Alira had given him for this day and then reach inside himself and let the power he’d drawn in loose. He tried to move slowly, he tried to control the process, but once he began to release the gifted magic he lost all control as it surged through him, touching every organ, muscle, bone, nerve, and sinew. The sensation was overwhelming, it felt like every nerve he had triggered at once, like power and strength flooded in from the cosmos and surged into his every cell. Harry Potter burned and he relished it.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    The two Broodmothers backed away quickly, nearly tripping over themselves on shaky legs. Desperiona spoke up, looking to the senior Broodmother and her instructor as crimson and cobalt flames swirled around their Lord and waves of magic washed over them. “Is any of this normal?

 

    Valistrasza laughed without looking away from their Lord, from their Aspect. “No! He should have just sweated and bulged and maybe screamed in pain as he grew, not whatever the hell this is!”

 

    Desperiona spoke again as they watched their Lord slowly grow as mass was pulled from his natural pocket dimension and transmuted into muscle and bone. “Why do I feel drunk?”

 

    Valistrasza laughed again, feeling the same effect. She’d never actually been drunk unlike her Twilight friend; drunk dragons were destructive even when they were friendly. “Remember our healer’s lesson on magical intoxication? But we should be dizzy or pass out, not…”

 

    This time it was Desperiona’s turn to laugh. “I feel it in my bones, it’s that same feeling of a guardian standing between me and everything that wants to hurt me, but it’s so much stronger now! I swore to follow a human child for the sake of my children…”

 

    Valistrasza continued the thought as they watched Harry change; he was half their size now and still growing. “And now we serve a dragon who has nearly ascended as an Aspect. He will protect us even if he has to burn the entire world, and now he has the power to do it!” Valistrasza’s voice died down to almost a whisper, but her companion could still hear her. “How can we do anything but serve with everything we have in return?”

 

    Together they watched in silence as their Lord completed his transformation. Finally, the magic began to die down and Harry roared to the sky in a call that shook the air and made the sand vibrate around them. After that he paused to catch his breath as all three of them took in his new shape. He was large for a newly grown dragon, not as large as Senegos or an Aspect, but definitely not small. He was slightly larger than both of the Broodmothers. On his underbelly and wing membrane, Harry had the normal color for a male Twilight dragon, a silvery blue-green, and he certainly had the normal yellow glowing eyes, but instead of the normal dark ultramarine of a mature male Twilight dragon, Harry’s primary color was a dark magenta. The Broodmothers thought the color of royalty fit their Lord. Harry’s new form had the normal pair of large, sweeping horns that swept out slightly then joined back together at the tips, but lost many of the normal spikes jutting out in every direction. Harry had gained muscle and mass, but he still wasn’t a hulk of muscle like many Red dragons Valistrasza had known. He was still a creature built to swoop in, strike, and then retreat before an enemy could harm him. Over the next few moments, all three agreed this new form looked good on him.

 

    When Harry had caught his breath, Desperiona moved to him and started massaging his muscles with blunt talons. (Since joining the Potter Dragonflight as a Broodmother, she’d filed down the sharp points, glad she no longer needed to fight.) Valistrasza stepped back and quickly walked to the cube’s exit. Opening the door leading to the Chamber, she saw more faces than she expected. Hermione and Alira were there, as expected, but she wasn’t familiar with the dragon wearing the shape of a female Lamia. (Cirmu had taken a while to figure out her anthromagus form. She’d started as a Naga but had gradually shifted to a more attractive shape.) The Draenei was also a surprise, but she addressed them anyway. “I’m glad you’re here. Our Lord has grown into a dragon, though the process was more dramatic than expected. Right now the thing he needs most is physical massage with a little magic to relax his new muscles. He also shouldn’t change forms for at least three days. Your presence will help, but be aware that he won’t ‘settle’ for two to five days; he will be unusually amorous until his hormones settle.” The Broodmother took a breath. “Alira, you’ll be glad to hear that body modification technique was successful, more or less.” With a sigh, the Broodmother looked each of the four in the eyes before continuing. “ No matter what, if you’re smaller than an adult dragon do not engage in sexual relations with him unless you are on top for at least a week. He isn’t coordinated enough to avoid seriously injuring you right now otherwise. Any questions?”

 

    The Lamia was the first to speak. “Is there game in this cube?”

 

    That was an easy answer. “Yes, but the herds have been scattered by his transformation. Feel free to ask Winky for food if you’re not up for hunting. Anything else?”

 

    With nothing else to say, Valistrasza stepped out of the way and the group stepped inside, even the hesitant Draenei gathered her courage and followed the more eager others inside. Once they were within, Alira, Hermione, and the dragon she now recognized as Cirmu from her medical file each returned to their draconic form with Hermione accepting the Draenei as a passenger before taking to the air to follow the three-headed dragon. As she prepared to take her leave, she gave Alira her attention when the Green drake began speaking. “I’m sorry about your mate, Valistrasza. We did everything we could, but it’s like he just ceased to exist the second he teleported away. We can’t figure out what happened to him.”

 

    Valistrasza heaved out a heavy sigh before she spoke again. “I know what happened. I won’t say this in front of my children, but my mate was very conflicted when he left. We broke the Titan’s law together but I was the one pushing him to stay with me, to leave Azeroth with our clutch. I don’t know if the Titan’s magic was especially strong in his mind of if his mind was especially weak, but if you couldn’t track him and he’s never resurfaced anywhere, I’m sure he modified the Teleportation spell for suicide; it’s a dangerous spell to get wrong, and a Blue dragon could have easily… He vaporized himself. He… left me and his clutch behind. He didn’t even tell me! I waited for him. I almost waited too long I…”

 

    When the Broodmother turned away, overcome with emotion, Alira moved to comfort her. Nuzzling her head into the larger dragon’s face, Alira gently comforted the instructor she’d been away from for years. “Easy… Even if your mate is gone, you have a whole Dragonflight to keep you safe now. Harry will never forsake you, your Aspect will never abandon you or your clutch. You’ve been through so much, why don’t you take a day off?”

 

    Valistrasza paused for a moment before speaking. “I have been busy ever since Harry opened my stasis sphere. There’s just so much to do…”

 

    Alira moved closer and spoke gently to the older dragon. “You have assistants and at least two Dragonsworn, don’t you? They can cover your tasks for a few days. You deserve the rest.”

 

    Valistrasza relaxed. “I could really use some time to relax. You’re right that the others can handle things for a few days. Thank you for convincing me.”

 

    Alira gave the older dragon a toothy smile. “Good. Now why don’t you join us for a while? I know you’re not looking for a new mate, but you’ve been alone too long.”

 

    Valistrasza stiffened for a moment. “I… Yes, I haven’t felt a mate’s touch in a long time… But I don’t want…”

 

    Alira moved, looking up into the Broodmother’s eyes. “You can just have fun with us. Harry won’t demand you become his mate; he understands that all you really want is to take care of the young ones. Besides, Hermione, Cirmu, and I were not enough to sate Harry when he was a drake, now… You can just pretend you’re back home and your Aspect has chosen you as his newest consort.”

 

    Valistrasza was obviously conflicted, looking between the cube’s exit and the direction where the others had gone. “I… I shouldn’t. He’s much younger than I am.”

 

    Alira smiled up at the dragon. “That isn’t important. He’s nearly an Aspect. Nearly your Aspect.”

 

    As the Broodmother thoughtfully turned to the clearing where Harry was getting used to his new form, Alira added one last incentive by pulling a scroll out of the messenger bag tucked under her wing. “Here, you should read this. This is a temporary body modification spell, the opposite of what Harry used earlier. It’s nothing permanent, it only lasts a few days once cast. It’s just for fun.”

 

    Valistrasza returned to her mortal form and accepted the scroll, quickly reading through it. She immediately blushed and was soon distracted by the scroll’s contents. Without noticing, she began to walk towards the clearing where her Lord was getting used to his new form. Left behind Alira took her elven form and drew her wand before she cast a Patronus spell. “Hello Astoria. Harry is fine, but Desperiona and Valistrasza are taking a few days off to rest. Please inform the others.”

 

    After watching her Patronus, a handsome drake, depart Alira turned to the cube’s entrance; the place interruptions would come from. Twenty minutes later she had exhausted her knowledge of locking and privacy charms. In fact, she wasn’t even sure where the door actually was anymore. “Oh well, Hogwarts has a curse-breaker on staff now, they can get us out if they need us.”

 

    With that, the smug drake returned to her true form and took wing. She had a celebration to join.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    As Aurogos finished securing the DoM alongside five teams of Hogsmeade’s militia, he received a message. A patronus tiger ran to his side and spoke in Stine’s voice. “Fudge tried to flee with a Time-Turner. He failed, but now I need three Time-Turners; one delivered to Potter Estate, another to Vali at Hogwarts, and one I’ll pick up in a few moments. I’ll be sending instructions to the people who need it. Our Lord will be out of contact for a few days, he’s getting that last ‘growth spurt.’”

 

    With a chuckle, Aurogos activated his speak-stone and started speaking. “Madam Bones, we’re clear to send in all teams to finish clearing the Ministry. Fudge is in custody after fleeing via Time-Turner and Lord Potter will be indisposed for between two days and a week, I’ll explain more later. Oh, and the Department of Mysteries is nearly secure but we could use a few more teams down here.”

 

    When he finished, one of the militia wizards nearby spoke up. “Indisposed for a growth spurt? How does that work?”

 

    Aurogos chuckled and looked around the militia team that had just rounded up the last unspeakable. “My friends, let me tell you about the joys of being a dragon animagus. The process isn’t perfect yet, but the Flamels have been very interested in improving our method…”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

   

A/N: I’m mostly basing Hadrion’s dragon form off ‘Theralion,’ with a few less spikes and more reddish primary scale color.

 

Poor Astoria. I wrote that part from some of my memories in raising livestock.

 

WoW’s new expansion does look interesting, but I don’t expect coherent lore after recent years. Blizzard’s art team is fantastic, but even the cinematic doesn’t pass the ‘does this make sense’ test. Stone-Bro has more character than most of the last expansion’s ‘cast,’ but how did the dragons get there soon enough to save him? And why didn’t he move to the back of the beacon where he had a little more room to avoid falling to his death? But who cares, because it ‘looks cool.’ Things don’t need to make sense if they look cool, after all. >_<

 

But I do hope the writers give the dragons some love, they’ve had a rough time in canon.

 

Thanks to everyone who left a review last chapter, I read and enjoy every one. Each review motivates me to keep writing!

 

Chapter 41: Chapter 41: The Return and Departure of Albus Dumbledore

Chapter Text

I’m back with another chapter of Elune’s Pebble! I’d been sitting on about half of this chapter and just could not get it written for the life of me.

 

Anyway, a big thank you to my betas who helped me iron out the kinks and shape the chapter into something better!

 

And thanks to everyone who reviewed the last chapter, I read and treasure every review! 

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Chapter 41: The Return and Departure of Albus Dumbledore

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    When the command came, Ron Weasley eagerly spearheaded the force that charged into the Ministry in Harry’s wake and began sweeping it one room at a time. Between his shield, armor, and the Light, nothing could touch him. Those who chose not to surrender either got their teeth knocked out from a strike with his shield or fell to the stunners of the group behind him. Like the rest of the team he’d been assigned to, Ron had watched Harry’s progress thanks to a scrying spell. What shocked Hogsmeade’s militia wasn’t the raw power he displayed, (well, wasn’t only the raw power) but the control and restraint. Despite facing over two hundred wizards before he’d even reached the Ministry’s front door, Harry hadn’t killed anyone. Sure, there were some injuries, but compared to the spells the Fudge’s goons had been throwing at him?

   

    Four hours later when the last prisoners were taken the first casualty list came in. Thanks to Harry directly breaking the enemy force and the superior numbers, organization, and training of the Hogsmeade militia, there were only twenty-six deaths that day. Every one of those had died when one desperate fool or another lost control of Fiendfyre.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    By the time the sun was nearing the western horizon, Ron was feeling nervous in a way that he hadn’t been as they toppled Fudge’s Ministry. Right now he was walking with his brother Bill to the apparition point in Diagon. After the Ministry was secure curse-breakers had been called in and he’d spent the day making conversation with his brother as the work of ferreting out the Ministry building’s every secret and hidden danger went forward. His older, but no longer bigger brother had picked up on Ron’s nerves and started needling him about them. “What’s the matter Ron? Nervous about meeting the family again?”

 

    Ron replied. “You could say that. How’s Fleur doing? I didn’t see her at the Estate.”

 

    “She’s moved in with me in the castle. Mom wasn’t happy about that, and even less happy when we eloped. The Headmaster performed a small ceremony with just the three of us. Poor Mom wanted us to have a big ceremony at the Burrow.”

 

    “You should have just told her you wanted the ceremony just between the two of you, then offer to let her throw a wedding reception. That’s what I’m going to do.”

 

    Bill stopped walking and gaped at his younger brother. “What! You’re married?”

 

    Ron smirked, and spent a moment removing the gauntlet from his left hand. When he’d finally gotten it off, he showed his eldest brother his wedding band with a gleaming orange stone in the center. “Jeweler tried to talk me out of splitting the stone in half for two wedding bands. Lava Coral is so rare he wanted to keep it whole. Splitting the gem halved the magic it can store, but with the mithril-eternium band the rings are still useful and elegant.”

 

    Bill let out a whistle as Ron slipped his glove back on and they continued on their way. “I’ve never seen a stone that color before or even heard of ‘Lava Coral.’ Not even in the shipments Miss Greengrass purchased on Azeroth. I’ve been using some of those gems, metals, and stone to bolster the wards protecting Hogwarts and Hogsmeade.”

 

    Ron replied. “It’s a very rare stone. I just saw the color and imagined it on Samaara’s hand and I knew it was time to propose.”

 

    Bill laughed as they finally reached the apparition point.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Bill was terribly amused when they appeared just outside Hogsmeade; Samaara had rushed her husband and laughed as Ron spun her around in a circle. As part of Hogwarts’ staff and one of Harry’s oathsworn, Bill recognized the young woman as a Draenei, a long-lived and powerfully magical race. While he was happily married himself he could admit to himself that she was beautiful in her own way, though he still thought Fleur was far more beautiful, trapped as a Harpy or not. They certainly act like newlyweds, he thought to himself as Samaara gave Ron a blistering kiss. Ron spoke up, interrupting Bill’s thoughts. “How was your day? I know you were planning to spend it with Yrel, you can bring her with us if you want.”

 

    Samaara snorted. “She left this morning. She’s now helping Lord Potter come to terms with his ‘growth spurt.’ But I don’t mind. We spent yesterday together and we will have years to catch up now. I’m just so glad to have her back! I thought she died a hero at Karabor and mourned her, but the hurt never really went away. Just knowing she’s alive and well makes all the trials since worthwhile.”

 

    Ron smiled broadly. “So she finally took the plunge? I heard she’s been considering becoming Harry’s consort for months. What pushed her over the edge?”

 

    “I don’t know. So are you ready to introduce me to your family?”

 

    Ron was still clearly nervous, so Bill said nothing when Ron and his wife left for Hogsmeade's market to stall for time. He did send out a messenger Patronus however. “Fleur, you should come to the Burrow tonight. Ron’s got a surprise that should be entertaining if nothing else.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    The sun was setting as Ron rode to his family home on his gallant charger with his wife’s arms wrapped around him. Like many other family homes, the Burrow itself and the Weasley-owned lands had been moved to the residential district of Hogsmeade for protection. A Dwarven construction crew had spent two days working with Arthur and Bill to build an addition for the house and strengthen its frame. (The Burrow still looked like no other home, but with solid stone supporting the uneven wooden structure it was no longer one ‘Finite’ away from disaster.) Even the pond had moved, and one of Harry’s Naga had overseen its expansion and stocked it with species of fish that would thrive in Scotland. Inside the Burrow Ginny was the first one to see the warhorse in glinting golden armor, painted fiery orange by the setting sun, and its two passengers approach. Every Weasley had already gathered by then, and rushed out to greet their prodigal son.

 

    Molly wasn’t far behind her daughter, but she paused when the equine turned its gaze on her. But a moment later a man with Weasley red hair had dismounted and helped the blue horned woman off and the assembled redheads (and Fleur) goggled when the horse dispersed into motes of golden light when the man who must be Ron stopped touching it. Everyone looked at the near stranger for a moment, their first thought that Ron had grown. He was a little taller than Bill now, and much more broad. (Ron’s brothers suddenly found themselves jealous of their younger brother, his muscles had muscles.) He’d obviously taken a few moments to remove his armor, since he was wearing a finely-tailored silk shirt and pants in a style obviously from the other side of the portal and comfortable brown leather boots. Ron’s face had matured with the rest of him and bore a few thin scars from where something with sharp, narrow claws had gone for his eyes.

 

    But it was the look in his eyes and the way he held himself that had changed the most. Gone was the awkward teenager desperate to escape his brother’s shadows, gone was the boy who coveted Harry’s fame. The Ron that stood before his family was confident and self assured like only a blooded warrior truly is. This was a Ron that had made peace with himself, had chosen to walk a difficult path, fully aware it would refine him in the same way a smith refined raw gold, melting out impurities and hammering it into a pleasing shape. This was a Ron that had looked evil in the eye and learned how to plant his feet, square his shoulders, brace his shield, and spit in its face. This was a Ron who had left Earth a boy and returned as a man. And as his family would begin to discover after dinner, this was a Ron who had stories. Tonight and many other nights Ron would use a borrowed pensieve to tell the story of a boy who’d gone to Azeroth in search of his own path, and returned as Ron ‘The Wall on Which Evil Breaks’ Weasley. For years the men and women he’d fought alongside had simply called him ‘The Wall.’

 

    There were some hiccups as he reunited with his family, Molly was not exactly pleased with Ron’s wife. By the end of the night however, even Molly had to admit that Samaara was a skilled healer and worthy companion for her son; memories of their exploits on the Sunwell Plateau against the Burning Legion or in Northrend against the Scourge provided proof that Samaara had watched her son’s back and healed his wounds. Seeing a demon as large as a small mansion charge her son was terrifying, but the way he planted his feet, raised his shield, and turned his conviction into the power he needed to draw a line in the sand... She was horrified at the dangers he’d braved, but she’d never been more proud of the man Ron had become.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Daphne Greengrass was grateful one of the newer Dragonkin had been nearby when she was trying to get into the Chamber of Secrets. She was really looking forward to seeing Astoria, but the girl hadn’t been able to get away from her apprenticeship yesterday when Daphne had made it home; some kind of emergency had come up. Catching up with her parents had been wonderful, and her father’s gob-smacked expression when she’d revealed her share of the loot from Azeroth had made a wonderful memory. But it wasn’t like she could blame her father; mithril was rare enough to be legendary on Earth, but it was much more common on Azeroth. Her expanded trunk with hundreds of mithril bars meant it was time for the Potter Dragonflight to start selling them off before the market tanked.

 

    After sleeping in her childhood bedroom the previous night, Daphne was determined to reconnect with her sister. Her father Cyrus had looked completely healthy for the first time in over a decade and even though he told her Astoria was even more improved, she still had to see it with her own eyes, had to be certain her little sister was healthy. After the friendly Black Dragonkin in human form (the dark hair and orange eyes gave away his Flight) opened the inner door Daphne thanked him and began her search by asking the curious whelps that fluttered up to her, eager to meet someone new. Eventually the whelps led her to a Dragonspawn who eventually escorted Daphne to the Hatchery cube and granted her access, but only after Daphne revealed her Potter’s mark. While usually she would have considered that level of caution paranoia, after all the stolen eggs Harry had recovered she could understand.

 

    She eventually found Astoria and their mother sitting in a comfortable transfigured recliner with her little sister sound asleep and her mother singing a soothing lullaby to the eggs around them. Daphne didn’t understand at first, but her mother explained in a whisper while she sipped some tea that after all the stress these eggs had gone through they were in danger of hatching early, possibly prematurely enough that no healing technique could save them. To prevent that, she and Astoria had been taking turns singing them back to sleep inside their eggs. So Daphne tapped the recliner with her wand to widen it, cleared her throat, and began singing a simple nursery song to give her mother a break. It was… nice, sitting here so peacefully with her mother and her little sister, even if Astoria was exhausted from her apprenticeship.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Since the day she’d met Harry, Onyxia, former Broodmother of the Black Dragonflight, felt she’d done quite well for herself. Her Lord had not only spared her and her clutch from the death coming for her, he’d also saved her servants who were responsible for taking care of her eggs. Her loyal Dragonspawn had grown skilled in hatchery work by necessity, since she was constantly busy usurping power in Stormwind. Ah… the more things change, the more they stay the same.  

 

Now she was sitting in the ICW chambers on a world not her own, sworn to follow a human child who was growing into a true Dragon Aspect, and working to overthrow the hidden magical communities of Earth using the guise of Lady Katrana Prestor once again. True, that wasn’t exactly what she’d been commanded to do, but it was the goal she was working towards anyway. Certainly, she did not know Harry Potter as well as some of the other oathsworn but with very few exceptions she knew these competing countries would offend his sense of Justice. It didn’t hurt that these wizards were so obsessed with their supposed superiority over all other beings that they would not, could not, leave Hogsmeade or Britain alone when the world learned about the many varied species Lord Potter had rescued that dwarfed England’s population of magical humans. Idle thoughts of the Potter Dragonflight’s Aspect tearing the Golden Khanate down brick by corrupted brick was all that kept her from beginning the slaughter herself as she listened to their representative drone on, presenting a mask of nobility while his country drowned in sacrificial magic. Even the man speaking before the assembly now in golden robes reeked of lives forcibly taken.

 

    Still, she was here for a reason. Unlike during her time on Azeroth, she now served a good man and it was imperative that all these fools have no excuse when they struck like the vipers they are. Her job was to distract and subvert them until her Lord was prepared, just like how they had minimized the damage done by the Ministry and struck only when their strength was gathered and victory was assured. It was comforting that the Lord she now served refused to waste lives. As the pompous man’s speech continued on and on, she rolled her shoulders. Today was the day that Fudge would be brought to Justice and his Ministry would fall, in fact the attack should have begun earlier, before the morning session. With the time difference, she should be getting confirmation of their victory at any time now. Say what you will about the International Confederation of Wizards, but the Caribbean island they’d purchased for their headquarters was even more lavish and luxurious than the royal chambers of Stormwind Keep.

 

    As if summoned by her thoughts, one of her aides entered the meeting hall and made his way directly towards her. If I wasn’t courting Vaelastrasz this one would make an enjoyable diversion. Her inner monologue derailed for a moment. When did I start finding humans attractive? I hope those years in Stormwind didn’t give me a human-fetish… The Broodmother paused for a moment as she reflected on the directions her amorous thoughts had taken since leaving Azeroth. I blame Bolvar, she grumbled to herself before turning her attention to her aide . While aides were allowed to interrupt the chamber while it was in session, it was considered to be in very poor form. The speaker in golden robes trailed off as a murmur built in the grand chamber. Without a word, her aide handed her an enchanted folder, but his expression told her everything she needed to know. Still, for appearance’s sake if nothing else, she quickly flipped through the details of the battle and her instructions going forward. A moment later, she stood and requested permission to take the floor. As the representative of a provisional member, technically she had the lowest priority for speaking rights, but this was a very slow day and the Supreme Mugwump (a newly elected American) looked desperate for something to break the monotony.

 

    Once recognized, Onyxia smiled and embraced her Prestor persona. With a confident stride, she gathered up her documents in her left hand and her ever-present silver staff in her right and left her desk, moving towards the one person she hated most in the entire chamber. “I have momentous news, fellow representatives. A great event has taken place in Britain this morning.”

 

    Letting the expectation build, Onyxia came to a stop in front of the most foul human she’d ever met. “As of this morning, the British Ministry of Magic is defunct. In a nearly bloodless battle, the Ministry’s last stronghold was breached and its defenders captured. Cornelius Oswald Fudge was caught attempting to flee and will be tried for crimes against Britain at the convenience of our Lord.”

 

    Oh, how the Broodmother relished the shock on Umbridge’s toad-like face. How a few simple words turned her whole world upside down. Onyxia continued to smile at Delores as the meeting hall erupted into chaos, and continued to do so even as the Supreme Mugwump brought it back to order and spoke directly to her. “Assuming you are correct, may it please this body to know the identity of the ‘Lord’ to which you refer?”

 

    Still looking at this monster who joyfully tortured children, Lady Prestor replied. (And yes, even to her Umbridge was a monster. Even as a slave to dark gods Onyxia hadn’t stooped so low. Her talons were not clean, but she had never tortured children. ) “I understand your concern, Supreme Mugwump, but please put your fears at ease. Britain has not fallen under the rule of Lord Voldemort or any other Dark Lord. I and many others serve a good man with a strong sense of Justice, his Lordship Harry Potter. Oh, how she relished the fear that blossomed on Delores’ face at hearing that. “I have one last announcement to make if it pleases this august body, Supreme Mugwump.”

 

    “Please continue, Lady Prestor.”

 

    “Dolores Umbridge is hereby under arrest. She will be tried in Hogsmeade in one week on charges of murder and the torture of children. Our Lord has a… personal stake, in ensuring swift justice in this case.” When the repulsive woman took in a deep breath to spew more hate, like she’d done every time the two interacted in the last few months, Lady Prestor made a slight gesture with her staff and the woman was silenced and restrained in pitch black rope before she began. Leaning close, Lady Prestor spoke in her ear.

 

    “You shouldn’t have lashed out at your betters, Toad.” In a louder voice, she continued as she turned to address the hall once more. “I welcome all of you to confirm my claims, but please do not attempt to violate our borders. While this change of government was nearly bloodless, I do not guarantee any attempts to violate our sovereignty will be so clean.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

   

    Five days after the fall of the Ministry, Harry paused to enjoy the afternoon sky; his magenta scales drinking in the sunlight as he ‘reclined’ on his back. The weather was warm, sunny, and pleasant with only a few clouds in the sky. His appreciation of the weather was abruptly cut off when Ralion’s large and heavy form crashed to the ground beside him. Letting out a groan, Harry rolled over and hoisted himself upright. Vordistrasz, the Red wyrm who had been injured when the Flamels were still teenagers, was standing in front of him with a smirk on his face. It wasn’t easy to tell, but Harry knew it was there. He’d spoken with Vordistrasz for the first time this morning and explained the situation on Azeroth to the frustrated dragon, and ended up promising the dragon he could accompany him back to Azeroth in a week. Even Vordistrasz himself didn’t know if he would be staying on Azeroth, but he was determined to see the world of his birth once more and report the results of his mission to the Dragonqueen if nothing else. Personally, Harry hoped he would stay on Earth, but he could admit that was mostly because he didn’t want to lose the Flamels. Alchemists of their skill did not grow on trees, after all.

 

    Then Vordistrasz had asked Harry who had been training his adult dragons in how to fight, since combat as a dragon was vastly different from fighting as a small, agile, and fast drake. Vordistrasz had healed and regained his strength and the carefully implanted and nurtured donations of flesh from Aurogos had altered his magic enough to free his mind. Still, as Harry charged his impromptu combat instructor, he found himself grouching a little as the wyrm exploited a weakness in his stance, disrupted his balance, and threw him to the ground with his tail. Fighting as a dragon was forcing him to unlearn most of the habits he’d learned while learning to use Hadrion’s lithe drake form to its fullest. And it wasn’t even just direct combat, he needed to learn how to fall without injuring himself and how to shift his weight in different situations. Speaking of, that was not the correct way to fall. Valistrasza took a break from corralling her whelps (this was a good opportunity for them to get fresh air and see the adults at work) to force the primary joint in his left wing back into its socket. Without numbing the pain first. (“Think of this as a reason to improve quickly, my Lord.”) Harry let out a roar and forced himself upright, focusing on his balance before charging back in. I need to learn this. I need to learn this and somehow Vordistrasz is the only adult dragon on Earth that’s been trained in physical combat.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    The next morning, Harry groaned as he woke. After yesterday he felt like one enormous bruise; even with the last of his ‘growth spurt’s’ hormones flowing through him he’d had to skip the more pleasant forms of exercise after coming off the training field. At least the combat training had been fruitful; by the time the sun set he wasn’t getting his ass kicked nearly as badly as when he’d started. Cirmu had joined in the ‘fun’ since she hadn’t practiced hand-to-hand (well, talon-to-talon really) combat since Harry’s alchemical ritual. Opening his eyes, he noted the three-headed dragon resting across the bedroom with both her wings in slings; apparently her new form made her lighter and faster at the cost of some durability. This was the first time since overthrowing the Ministry that he’d slept in Potter Manor; the four days and nights since growing into a dragon had been spent inside a cube with his consorts and the two Broodmothers who’d joined them. I will have fond memories of those four days as long as I live. Also, possibly some children. Well at least I know Desperiona and Valistrasza won’t mind having my children, Broodmothers without a mate on Azeroth often just have clutches with their Aspect or their Aspect’s male consorts. Still, I’ll offer both of them rooms here in my home. Even if draconic culture doesn’t have the same expectations of me as a father, I can’t imagine not having some part in any of my children’s lives.

 

    As Harry slipped out of the large bed he paused for a moment to gently run his fingers through Yrel’s white hair. She stirred but didn’t wake and Harry smiled as he slipped into the bathing area for a hot shower. While Harry and the others who’d sailed the Glamdring out of the Void had been waiting for the complicated array responsible for sending them home to charge, Harry had spoken to Yrel often and been frank with her about what things would be like if she wanted to join his family. She’d been hesitant to accept his offer, but apparently the time spent with her sister or meeting his other consorts had convinced her to join them. Who am I kidding? My sneaky Green consort has wanted to give me a harem since she swore the Loyal Lord Oath. If she tries to add any more I’ll have to put my foot down, Alira and Hermione were enough for me, with Cirmu and Yrel joining us now I don’t need anyone else. As he stepped under the warm stream of water, Harry groaned as it soothed his bruised muscles.

 

    Yesterday he’d started swearing in the enormous backlog of rescued individuals and even though his experience with the Loyal Lord Oath Ritual allowed him to swear in seven new oathsworn at once, emptying the stasis chambers stored at Potter Estate would still take months. While Harry had saved many lives on Azeroth and Draenor, it seemed as if his oathsworn had saved just as many without him. Every sentient species was represented, someone had even collected Harpies and Azeroth’s Centaur. Azeroth’s Harpies had become cruel and bloodthirsty (admittedly, more cruel and bloodthirsty) when Aviana, the Ancient who had birthed their race died during the War of the Ancients. Something had broken in them when Aviana died. Still, Harry had access to excellent researchers and alchemists so there was every chance something could be done for them. Azeroth’s Centaur were barely sapient, immensely violent cannibals that built nothing, invented nothing, and grew nothing who simply raided others for food, supplies, and everything else. Harry had no idea what to do with the hundreds of them in stasis other than give them simple tasks as farmers.

 

    By the time Harry finished his shower and was drying off, he saw three of his four consorts stirring. I know I love Alira and Hermione deeply, and I’m already very fond of Cirmu and Yrel. Each of them is different from the others, and I love them for different reasons. Hermione was my closest friend for a long time, even though she was bossy, ever since the Troll having her in my life, at my side, just feels right. I love her intelligence and compassion. Alira is devoted to me, but she’s also a sneaky drake when she wants to be; definitely would have been sorted into Slytherin. She’s zealous in the love and affection she gives, how could I not reciprocate in turn? Cirmu is someone I left my mark on as I was saving her life, and perhaps she did the same to me in turn? Cirmu’s trust in me is so absolute it’s utterly humbling. There is literally nothing I could do to destroy that bond short of killing her; and that isn’t something I will ever do. Our relationship started out as something purely physical, a gift freely given to me when I was missing Alira and Hermione, but we bonded; she’s as eager to have my children as Alira. Yrel can be shy and bashful, but there’s a passion, Fire, a powerful sense of Justice lying just under the surface. I think what attracted me most was the way that when her world was falling apart and she had the choice to survive or throw her life away to buy desperately needed time for others, she didn’t hesitate, just threw herself into the carnage. Yrel’s choices and Fire drew me in, like a moth. She decided to live or die for the sake of others long before that battle, after all she’d been training as a priestess, a healer, for years by then. Is it odd that three of my four consorts are trained or training as healers? Does that say something about me?

 

    Harry had paused as he was dressing to watch Alira as she tried to tempt him to spend another day in bed. He chuckled, quietly not to wake Hermione, who was still soundly asleep or Cirmu who was enjoying the effects of a rather strong pain potion and could use extra rest. “I wish I could Alira, but there’s too much to do. You’ll have to wait for tonight.” Harry glanced at Yrel who was just blinking the sleep out of her eyes. “Yrel, this afternoon we’re starting the discussion for the new legal code for Britain, would you like to join me for that meeting?”

 

    Yrel’s sleepy eyes focused and she replied quickly. “Yes, but I don’t know what I could offer…”

 

    Harry smiled at her and stepped away from the dresser to gently cup her face. “I’d like you there even if you just whisper thoughts into my ear. This will only be the first discussion of many; hammering out fair laws won’t be easy or fast. Breakfast should be up in a few moments.”

 

    Only a few moments later, Harry and his consorts (save Cirmu who was still sleeping off a bone-knitting potion) were eating breakfast at the private table in Potter Manor’s family wing. Thanks to the way the house was divided, each section (Family, Oathsworn, and Guest) had their own kitchen and dining area, as well as a larger shared space. As they ate, everyone discussed their plans for the day. Alira would be heading to the Hatchery to help out wherever she can, eager to continue her long-neglected Broodmother training. Hermione would be spending the day with her parents, as well as studying everything she can about the Glamdring. Yrel would be spending the morning with her sister. With a final goodbye, Harry headed out.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    At nine am in Hogsmeade, Harry sat at a round table, idly flexing his hand. At least that’s a few more oath rituals done. It’s going to be a long job to get everyone sworn in though.

 

    Over the next few moments, the room filled. Harry greeted each individual as they entered. “Good morning Madam Bones. Aurogos, good to see you. Khanagos, Janedormi, glad you two could make it.”

 

    A few moments later, everyone was seated with a beverage of their choice and something to take notes with. Harry cleared his throat and began. “Good morning everyone. Madam Bones, Aurogos, thank you for taking charge while I was indisposed after arresting Minister Fudge. We’ve got a lot to cover today, so let’s get started. We’ll start working on the legal code this afternoon, but let’s start today's discussion on our government structure. I want everyone here to be able to speak freely, but please be polite. Madam Bones, I asked Khanagos and Janedormi to join us here for any wisdom they might be able to share. They’re both rather scholarly dragons, and have been around long enough to see civilizations rise and fall.”

 

    Harry took a deep breath and looked direct at Amelia before continuing. “My goal is to have a county that can govern itself with minimal direct control from me. My current thought is to lay down a system of laws with input from those around me and allow Britain to be governed by three tiers of politicians; Mayors for individual cities and towns, Governors for the various regions, and a Minister that oversees the entire county. I know the only mayors we need right now would be for Hogsmeade and the Diagon area, but I’m sure we’ll get more towns in the future. I would like everyone with political power bound by magical oaths to avoid corruption and ensure fair governance. There would also need to be a system to add new laws or change existing ones, but with the mess the Ministry made I will be personally approving or rejecting every new law. Unless there is some pressing need we can have some kind of open forum or debate two or three times a year where anyone is welcome to present their problems and concerns.”

 

    Amelia was the first to speak. “It’s a relief you don’t intend to rule Britain with an iron first from a throne of skulls. Since your plan would eliminate the Wizengamot, how would you handle trials?”

 

    Harry replied quickly, an answer already in his mind. He’d been preparing this for years. “Each community would have several judges, and trials would involve a three-judge panel. Ideally, each trial would have one local judge and two others from farther away to avoid bias. Our main goal with building a government will be to keep it as small and unobtrusive as possible. I want as many positions as possible to be part time and unpaid. No more politicians that decieve to get into office and end up wealthy from bribes. No more trading influence to hoard power. No more guilty men using their wealth to escape punishment while the innocent suffer.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    The discussion and debate lasted for hours with Harry and the others familiar with Azeroth explaining the governments there, focused on what worked and what did not. Hammering out a new government was no small task, and this would only be the first discussion of many. Harry leaned back in his chair, feeling exhausted already. He hated politics. As the group helped themselves to refreshments and sat back down, Harry spoke again. “Let’s put aside the discussion of government for now and move on to other matters. That will give us time to consider what has been discussed and think up new questions. Now, what is the most pressing business we have before us?”

 

    Amelia spoke up. “While you were indisposed we questioned every one of Fudge’s foreign mercenaries under Flamel-grade Veritaserum. About a third of them are operatives from other nations sent here for a wide variety of reasons, from ensuring the Statute of Secrecy held together to pilfering the Department of Mysteries, not that any of them managed to break in. Roughly another third are the kind of people I wouldn’t want roaming Britain; murderers, rapists, and hardline blood supremacists. There are some people who simply wanted a steady paycheck and believed the Ministry’s lies, at least at first.”

 

    Harry was thoughtful for a moment. “The foreign agents that are decent people will be ransomed back to their countries of origin, with different fees depending on why they were here. For those sent to uphold the Statute how does something like ten galleons, plus the cost of food, medical care, and any potions they require sound? Including the Veritaserum?”

 

    After the group shared grins, Amelia spoke up. “That works. What will you do with the criminals?”

 

    Harry looked around the table as he spoke. “Any suggestions?”

 

    Janedormi coughed into her elven hand. “I may have a suggestion. As part of Stine’s assault on the Timeline he gave some useful advice to Illidan Stormrage. Illidan still reigns as Lord of Outland and continues his war against the Burning Legion. Those found guilty of murder or consorting with the Legion in Outland are forced to join his army, forced to be useful even if it’s just as cannon fodder.”

 

    Harry smirked. “One way or another I bet he could use some wizards, and any help they give him would be useful against the Legion. Anything that diminishes the Legion is a good thing. Amelia, what do you think about sentencing murderers to fight against a nearly-unstoppable army of demons for the rest of their lives, however long or short that might be? It wouldn’t be hard to ensure they sign a contract in blood to keep them from defecting.”

 

    “I’ve read the intelligence report on the Legion, most of these thugs wouldn’t last long without a lot more training. But they could easily make useful support personnel, healing assistants, food producers, warders, etc. As long as we’re careful about only sending those who deserve it, I’m on board. If you’re willing, we could also accept prisoners from other prisons around the world though I’m sure you’d want to question them under Veritaserum before sending them off.”

 

    “Yes, I would. I’ll write to Lord Stormrage asking him to accept our prisoners and make them useful. Aurogos, would you be willing to find a courier? I’m planning to return to Azeroth in five days to tie up loose ends and repay a debt.”

 

    “Of course my Lord.”

 

    “Thank you. Now, let’s move on to the next topic…”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Three days later, Harry was looking decidedly lordly in his perfectly polished gleaming silver armor with purple accents as he followed the shaken warden of Nurmengard prison through the castle. Harry had just shown the man his own memories of the extraterrestrial threats he’d encountered, including Luna’s Void parasite, his later battle with it in the Void, the forces of the Old Gods, and his rather minor encounters with the Burning Legion. But it was probably the memory of his duel with an alternate Albus Dumbledore and the subsequent destruction of the Elder Wand that had shaken the man the most. The warden began speaking as they made their way up the tower, his English strongly accented but still comprehensible. “After your oath, I won’t ask whether that was all true or not. But are you so sure that you can control Grindelwald?”

 

    Harry replied as they continued the long climb up to the tallest point of the tower. “Yes. You’re aware of the power of contracts written and signed in blood, I’m sure. If he wants out of his cell Gellert will sign one and swear a special oath. Neltharaku, one of the lieutenants of the man leading the war against the demons, is currently at my home under the care of my healers. His people have an especially powerful way of sealing oaths.”

 

    Potter Estate was currently playing host to a sealed cube carrying much of the small Netherwing Dragonflight, including one of Illidan Stormrage’s lieutenants, Neltharaku, Patriarch of the Netherwing Dragonflight. Bavaku, the drake Harry could so easily remember as the dying whelp he’d helped save so long ago, had delivered a message to the Black Temple in Outland three days ago. After agreeing to put Earth’s murderous wizards to work in his fight against the Legion, Illidan had spoken to Bavaku at length about how he was so healthy and stable compared to the Nether dragons that served him. That had led to a formal request for Harry’s healers to do what they could for the rest of the Netherwing. Not only were Harry’s healers carefully infusing blood, flesh, and magic from donor dragons to overcome the Netherwing’s lack of vitality and mayfly-short lifespans, (compared to other dragons, elves, or even humans ) but they were also teaching Illidan’s healers the procedure Dalistrasza and Valistrasza had created. Harry’s oathsworn were also sharing the magic used to create the Potter’s Mark tattoos.

 

    While Harry could not remember the original timeline of Outland, specifically the years Illidan had ruled over the broken continent, both Janedormi and Stine insisted that Stine’s actions had drastically altered the events of the last five years. After Illidan’s failed attempt to destroy the Lich King, he’d returned to Outland and consolidated his power, willing to work with anyone there as long as they were an enemy of the Burning Legion. After his recovery from the ill-fated duel with Arthas Menethil, Illidan had even reached out to the Black dragons stranded on Outland. After Illidan ordered the Gronn hunted to extinction and personally slew Gruul the Dragonkiller, the surviving Black Dragons had sworn loyalty to Illidan. (Mostly out of self-preservation, Outland was not a friendly place and their odds of survival if they spurned Illidan were low.) Their leader Sabellian even became one of Illidan’s lieutenants. While Harry wasn’t usually pro-extinction, the Gronn had been dangerous and cruel creatures as intelligent as the troll that had nearly killed Hermione in their first year. Creatures that caused suffering for their own amusement weren’t something he would miss. Gruul had personally impaled many Black dragons on spikes and left them to die in agony, so Harry didn’t weep for him either.

 

    Apparently the Black and Netherwing dragons were doing very well as part of Illidan’s empire, the Blacks in particular had flourished as Illidan intensified the gradual weakening of the Old God’s influence and had been working to stabilize Outland with what Talion jokingly referred to as their inborn ‘volcano powers.’ The warden spoke again as they reached the halfway point of the long climb to Grindelwald’s cell, stumbling over the name of Harry’s guest. “So, this Nel-thara-ku, he was injured in the war against the demons?”

 

    “Magic is limitless in what it can accomplish. With enough power you can tear open the path to new planes of existence, new realities, or create entire worlds. I like to think that magic is capable of infinite wonder and infinite horror, endless healing and unending destruction. Neltharaku was on a planet that was magically torn apart by a servant of the demons and the destructive backlash of energy robbed him of most of his power and lifespan, but he gathered his strength and struggled on anyway. By the time my healers are done with him he should be three times as strong as he was and have at least half of those lost years restored to him.”

 

    “ Good God. How do you even heal something like that?”

 

    “A lot of complicated healing along with a donation of blood, flesh, and magic from a healthy individual. It leaves the donors weak for a while, but they recover eventually.”

 

    “How on Earth did your healers figure something like that out? I’ve never heard of a healer doing something like that!”

 

    “I took responsibility for some refugees, including a toddler. He was dying despite our best efforts until we tried using a muggle-style blood transfusion alongside a transfusion of magic. We still almost lost him, but the kid’s grown healthy and strong since.”

 

    The warden looked at Harry, pausing his climb. “That’s the best kind of story. And now your healers are passing what they’ve learned on.”

 

    “Of course. That knowledge will save many more lives as it spreads.”

 

    The rest of the climb was quiet. Harry was glad the warden had agreed to sign a contract to keep his silence until Harry made the things he’d shared public knowledge. Eventually they reached the top floor of the tower, and the warden drew his wand before casting a complex series of diagnostics on what appeared to be a stone wall. After a few moments his posture relaxed and he began casting an even more complex series of spells at the wall. Harry had to marvel at the complexity of the prison as he watched the warden dismantle the spells that kept the prisoner cut off from the rest of the world. “How often do you physically check on him?”

 

    “Twice a year unless something comes up. Normally only a team of house elves is allowed past this point, though even they don’t enter the cell, only sending in food, reading material, and cleaning spells.”

 

    “Reading material?”

 

    “Mostly books, sometimes newspapers and magazines. Grindelwald’s first warden apparently made a deal that he would provide things for Gellert to read in exchange for sparing the guard’s lives if he ever broke out. I spoke to Gellert when I took over and agreed to continue providing reading material in exchange for good behavior.”

 

    The warden paused partway through a wand movement. “Mr. Potter, I believe you that there’s terrible evils wandering the universe, but my government would choose to ignore any evidence you gave them short of an actual invasion of Earth. If you take him with you, you must leave a corpse behind so the world will simply assume he died in his sleep. And… I might be called to testify under oath that Grindelwald is really dead, especially after the mess in Britain with Voldemort.”

 

    “That isn’t a problem. I know an extremely effective false corpse spell and I can remove your memories of all your interactions with me if you wish.”

 

    “It would be for the best. Good luck and I’m sorry I can’t do more.”

 

    With that the man completed the last spell to reveal the hallway and the cell it contained and turned to look at Harry. Harry cast an invisibility spell on himself and drew his wand before he spoke. “Thank you for your help. Obliviate. Confundo. You came to investigate a possible disturbance but found nothing, in hindsight you will realize your prisoner was dying but was still too proud to show weakness.”

 

    With no further words the warden began casting the spells that would hide the hallway containing this prison’s only cell once more, completely missing the invisible man walking into the hidden hallway before the wall sealed again. Without another thought, he began walking back down the stairs to his office.

 

    After watching the warden disappear down the stairs, Harry turned his attention to the revealed cell and got his first look at the man who had terrorized the magical world in the twenties, thirties, and forties. While old and not particularly fit, the man looked reasonably well fed and seemed to keep himself as well groomed as possible considering the circumstances. As the wall finished sealing itself up, Harry dropped his invisibility spell and conjured a chair. As the man gazed at Harry from a recliner where he was stroking a cat, apparently a large kneazle that was curled into a tight ball, he saw there was still a cunning intelligence in those blue eyes. Before Harry could introduce himself the man spoke up, speaking in English. “Ah. So the man responsible for destroying the future now stands before me.”

 

    Harry paused, his greeting dying before it was said. “You’re a seer.”

 

    It was something that had been rumored about the man, but the history books Harry had found never confirmed the presence of the ability one way or another. Gellert spoke again after a moment. “The only future I saw for myself was being murdered in my cell, but that vision is gone now, shattered like glass. Nothing I have seen since is certain, everything is constantly shifting now from one future to another. It is maddening.

 

    “I thought you were unable to use magic inside your cell?”

 

    “I cannot. But I still receive visions while I sleep. It has been so long since I could freely use my magic, I have forgotten how clearly I could See when I could consciously guide my visions but I know I lost much of my ability to See the future.”

 

    Harry replied quickly. “There are many different universes, Mr. Grindelwald, and it is possible, though difficult, to travel between. I met refugees from another universe and gave them a home, their actions have thrown our future onto a different path from what you saw, just as my actions on the world of their birth has frustrated Azeroth’s seers in turn. From what I know that is a universal weakness of seers.” Seeing he had the former(?) Dark Lord's complete attention, Harry continued. “I am here for information, Mr. Grindelwald, and to give you an offer. I’ve discovered the origin of the Deathly Hallows. Both the Elder Wand and Resurrection Stone must be destroyed.”

 

    Grindelwald leaned forward in his chair. “I tried to warn Albus, I begged him in our letters to destroy the wand. What about the cloak, is it not a part of the set?”

 

    “Yes and no. Do you have any idea where either of them are located?”

 

    Gellert leaned back in his chair, pausing before he spoke again in an amused voice. “I never had much luck finding the stone but I will help you destroy the wand. But I haven’t had a real conversation in so long… Before I tell you where to find it, please tell me where the damned Death Stick came from.”

 

    Harry replied quickly, eager to get this errand over with. “In the endless tangle of universes and the countless worlds within, for some reason our world is close to one called Azeroth. That planet has environmental magic a hundred times stronger than ours, so high that the people who live there are all either fully magical or squibs; there’s no such thing as muggles. Seven hundred years ago, an individual from a race of sentient dragons named Vordistrasz sensed a disruption of magic and what he believed to be necromantic constructs. By the time he arrived the constructs had already opened a portal to our world and he chose to follow knowing it was likely a one-way trip. The constructs were actually souls bound to armor, and despite Vordistrasz’s significant power, they beat him nearly to death.

 

    “One of constructs, the one wearing a silvery cloak sent the other two away to scout, and offered Vordistrasz a chance to destroy the two items he’d been sent to release on Earth, an unassuming stone and knobbed wand. The attempt failed, the cloaked construct fled with the others in pursuit, Vordistrasz was left in agonizing pain until my healers were recently able to graft healthy flesh onto him, and the three constructs were never seen again. The Resurrection Stone and the Elder wand have spread death and misery across our world ever since. The Elder Wand was always the more visible danger, changing hands often as it whispers to its wielders, drawing out the worst in them. The stone is much more quiet, working its way through history one suicide at a time; though I doubt that’s the only thing it can do. Soul magic is a nasty discipline, after all.”

 

    Harry paused for a moment. When he was fifteen and all the world seemed to be against him, on a night where he’d gone to bed enduring the sting of Umbridge’s torture, Harry had received a message in a dream. The goddess Elune had reached out to him, imploring him to open the portal for his desperate future oathsworn. Last night he’d had another dream not of his own making, and he didn’t like what it implied. His dream had two parts, the first was a request to come to Elune’s Temple in Darnassus and the second was a warning, emphasizing something he’d already suspected; he’d seen the Elder Wand transposed several times with the infamous runeblade Frostmourne. Elune’s message was clear, so Harry spoke again. “The Elder Wand influences its wielders. I don’t know exactly how much, but from what I’ve read about you, Mr. Grindelwald, you were a revolutionary willing to kill before you ever touched the wand. The wand made you worse, but how much of your reign of terror was your own decision and how much was the wand we’ll never know.”

 

    Grindelwald replied after a moment of reflection. “You are correct. I was a killer long before I stole the Elder Wand. Albus took it from me after our duel. Years passed before I realized what had happened and began imploring him to destroy the wand, but by then…”

 

    Harry sighed. “By then it was too late, and the wand had its hooks deep in him. Between Albus’ hubris and the wand, he did a great deal of damage to Britain, guiding the country to stagnation and subtly fanning the strife Voldemort took advantage of. He caused suffering with his poor decisions and the way he wielded his power.”

 

    With a knowing look, Gellert replied. “You suffered personally, didn’t you?”

 

    “Yes. He had more power than anyone else in Britain, even the Minister thanks to his reputation and power. When I find him, even if I can be sure he’s free of the wand’s influence after I destroy it, I can’t let him go free because his mere presence would cause strife. I’m building a better government than we had before, a just government. People would rally to Dumbledore because he represents the past and they refuse to acknowledge their society was stagnant and corrupt. Despite my oathsworn wanting to get even with him just as much as the relatives he trapped me with, he’s getting the same deal you are, Mr. Grindelwald.”

 

    The old man leaned forward in his chair and spoke with a curious expression on his face. “And what deal is that, Mr. Potter?”

 

    “Exile. There’s a great evil that goes from world to world, killing everything that lives and poisoning the worlds themselves to prevent life from ever returning. You will spend the rest of your days fighting demons under the command of a man who earned the title ‘Demon Hunter’ with toil and blood. Between the blood contract you’ll sign and the oath you’re going to take you won’t be able to betray him. How does the chance to atone for your mistakes, one dead demon at a time, sound Mr. Grindelwald? Even if all you accomplish for the rest of your life is to stall the Burning Legion for a time, you will still save lives. In time, you might even save more lives than you murdered in your bid for power.”

 

    Gellert didn’t cackle or laugh maniacally, but the man did smile a nasty smile, one filled with the promise of unleashing every horrific spell in his repertoire on beings that actually deserved it. “It sounds like a better option than waiting to be slaughtered like a pig by your dark lord. I think I’ll take my cat with me, but I’ll need a wand to get his bird out of the wall.”

 

    As Harry’s attention was drawn to the tightly curled ball of fur, some memory was clamoring for his attention. In his defense, Harry had lived years since the day of the ‘Battle Before Breakfast’ where they’d chased Dumbledore out of Hogwarts. It took several moments before he recalled the spell to identify an animagus, but when he did he sent the spell flying into Grindelwald’s cell and the cat glowed green for several long seconds. Harry spoke, sagging back into his chair. “Hello Albus.”

 

    Harry was silent for a moment, considering the situation. “Let me guess, Albus gave a command like ‘bring me somewhere safe’ and whatever control spell he had over Fawkes gave the phoenix enough free will to bring him here and trap himself in the wall?”

 

    This time Grindelwald did cackle before speaking. “He’s been my guest since you chased him out of Hogwarts.” Gellert stopped petting the cat on his lap and poked its side instead. “I never studied the animagus transformation, much less what happens to carried items, but my old friend has gone… I believe the muggle term is ‘cold turkey?’ Poor Albus has become horrified with what he’s done in the last few months. Though I admit our conversations have been rather one-sided.”

 

    Harry sighed as he watched Albus’ animagus form refuse to uncurl from its ball or even look at him. “I don’t have time for this.”

 

    With that, Harry cast the animagus reversal spell into the cell followed instantly with a summoning charm. Suddenly there were two wizards sitting in the comfortable recliner and the Elder Wand hanging in the air as it resisted Harry’s summoning charm. “ Been there, done this. I’ll be back in a moment.”

 

    Not wasting time while the Elder Wand was fighting for its continued existence, Harry partially phased himself into the Twilight Realm and walked into Gellert’s cell, passing through the bars like a transparent ghost. (His adult dragon form had granted him a greater mastery over the layer of reality he was intrinsically linked to, allowing him easier access and the ability to exist in both the physical world and the Twilight Realm simultaneously.) Reaching out for the wand, he pulled himself and it fully into the Twilight Realm and apparated to a desolate mountain peak nearby. While the Elder Wand immediately began trying to summon or conjure a being to wield it, possibly even the wand’s creator, the destructive chaotic magic surging through the Twilight Realm slowed its progress considerably. Deciding the trick he’d pulled with the soul of Voldemort from Irradiated Earth was due for an encore, Harry transfigured and enchanted a chemical rocket strong enough to reach past Earth’s orbit. It was a bit of a fight, getting the wand into the projectile, but soon the Elder Wand was flying beyond the atmosphere with Harry watching its progress with his trusty pair of enchanted binoculars. After Hadrion had grown from drake to dragon, Harry had noticed this realm felt more welcoming, more homey, but even now he wouldn’t survive this realm’s surging chaotic magic outside of a planet’s magnetic field. Even with his increasing control of this place, entering it without that stabilizing effect would be suicide.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Albus and Gellert had watched Harry fade out of the physical world, horrified and impressed respectively. Over the next half hour the two made stilted conversation With Gellert remaining in the recliner and Albus claiming a chair from the room’s desk. They had lapsed into silence once again when Harry faded back into existence on the other side of the cell’s bars. Both men could sense the strange magic wafting off the young man, and could smell the remnants of the Twilight Realm dispersing from Harry. Harry rolled his shoulders and slipped back into the chair he’d conjured earlier. “Sorry about the wait, that’s the second time I’ve dealt with an Elder Wand and it never gives up easily.”

 

    Albus Dumbledore looked at the child he’d failed and had to clamp down hard to keep himself from looking away in shame. What have I driven Lily and James’ son to? Looking Harry in the eyes, he spoke up. “Mr. Potter, words can not express my regret for my actions. You deserved so much better than the life I arranged for you. I know I have no right to demand anything after all I’ve done, but please, tell me you haven’t followed the path that led Tom Riddle to become Lord Voldemort.”

 

    Harry gave the man a weak smile. It was easy for his mind to understand that much or all of what Dumbledore had done to him was the result of the corruption of a dangerous artifact, but his heart still saw the man who’d sent a child to live ten dark years with Vernon and Petunia, among other things. “I’ve learned magics great and powerful, Albus. But I refuse any power that would corrupt my mind or threaten my family. I assume you know the risks of artificial aging? I assure you I haven’t done that to myself, I’ve simply lived seven years since we last met. As for the magic you saw… Let’s just say I found the most interesting creature and performed a ritual to anchor my animagus form to him.”

 

    Harry looked at both men before continuing. “Now, it is my intention to exile both of you from Earth along with the worst of the prisoners taken from Fudge’s thugs and give you to Illidan Stormrage, the Lord of Outland, to assist his efforts to destroy the Burning Legion and save all creation from their Crusade to kill everyone , everywhere. Gellert, I’m going to be leaving a fake corpse that will stand up to any scrutiny. Albus, after you’re gone I will tell Britain that I found you and freed you from the cursed artifact that had gradually taken control of you over the last fifty years. Feeling immense guilt, you accepted my offer of transport to Outland to assist in the fight against a great and terrible evil. You will have at least a few weeks of semi-regular mail service with anyone you wish to correspond with before we lose contact when the connection fails. You may or may not get occasional correspondence after that, my oathsworn are debating the merits of stealing four dimensional ships. Mail service won’t be a priority between universes, but I’m sure we’ll occasionally trade with the other universe.”

 

    Dumbledore proved his merits as an educator when he reflexively replied. “Theft is not something you should be encouraging…”

 

    Harry laughed in response, feeling a little lighter now. “That entirely depends on who is being stolen from. ‘Evil people don’t deserve nice things,’ after all. If you had taken everything from Malfoy after Voldemort died he wouldn’t have been nearly as dangerous, for example. In this case the dimensional ships would be taken from beings my followers worshiped as gods before their minds cleared up.”

 

    (During the year’s travel through the Void and two alternate Earths, the two thousand Draenei oathsworn that had joined him for that adventure had gradually changed their opinion of the Naaru. But, they had a good reason for their changing opinions. The Eredar had met the Naaru, living manifestations of the Light whose physical forms looked like complicated glowing wind chimes, when the Naaru rescued a faction of them from Sargeras and the other members of their race who chose to join the Burning Legion. That was a good thing. Less good, however, was the fact that the newly renamed Draenei (‘Exiled Ones’ in their language) eventually came to universally worship the Light and Naaru as gods. Their beliefs were more complicated than that, but the fact was that after spending years living with the Naaru and using the magic gifted by them the Draenei had changed; their society became more rigid and their species began to procreate less and less.

 

    ‘Balance in all things’ had become a motto for Harry’s followers when dealing with the changes magic caused because using magic carried the very real danger of changing the user. That was why the Hogwarts curriculum had changed to include Nature magic and elemental spells. The Naaru’s effect on the Draenei might or might not have been deliberate, but it had been stifling enough to prove that the Light’s unchecked influence was not a good thing. More than one of Harry’s oathsworn had suggested stealing Tempest Keep, both the primary dimensional ship and the three support ships to strand the Naaru on Outland. At least on Outland the Naaru could make themselves useful by directly opposing the Burning Legion.)

 

    Harry was amused to see that neither old man knew how to respond to that. Harry spoke up as he pulled a heavily enchanted folded paper out of his pocket. “This is the contract that you need to sign in blood before I take you anywhere. Just in case you’re thinking of trying something, don’t. I was busy in the years I’ve been gone and I am willing and able to thrash you both if I have to.” Harry took a deep breath and released it before he turned to his former Headmaster. “A warning Albus: we managed to break your control spell on Hermione, but it was a messy, awful ritual we used. Part of me is hoping this comes to violence so I can take you apart limb by limb for what you did to my wife.

 

    Grindelwald seemed amused by Harry’s threat while Dumbledore simply paled. Eventually as Gellert finished reading the contract and sliced his palm to drip enough blood into an inkwell to sign, Albus spoke up. How!? Harry, my treatment of Miss Granger is one of the many things that has gnawed at me since I was able to see what I’d become! I… that ritual where I betrayed her trust and stole her Name … there shouldn’t…”

 

    With an expression as hard as granite and a voice as cold as Antarctica, Harry replied. “Since you’ve been trapped here Hermione has gained two more mothers, one blood and the other not, an additional biological father, and I gained a debt I need to repay to a fertility goddess. The ritual involved tearing her mind and soul out of its current vessel and giving her an entire new life. I will never forget the sight of her lifeless husk discarded on the floor while we hurried through an untested ritual, Albus Dumbledore . For your own sake, be silent.

 

    Both men inside Gellert’s cell were widely considered two of the three most powerful wizards alive. But as Harry’s control of his magic slipped for only a moment, they were driven to their knees covered in a cold sweat by the sheer weight of his anger. Gellert could only smile wistfully as the young man regained control over himself and the pressure relented, thinking to himself as he signed the contract and drew a little more blood for the False Corpse spell. I thought I had reached the pinnacle of what a wizard could achieve before Albus bested me, I was wrong. It is humbling to learn how much farther it is possible to go.

 

    Neither man spoke as Albus timidly signed his own contract and passed both through the cell’s bars. Harry took Gellert’s blood and with a practiced hand summoned three rabbits from his pocket to perform the Black Family’s False Corpse spell. Albus was tempted to object to the dark spell, but wisely held his tongue. Once everything else was ready, Harry withdrew two blue metal manacles. “Each of you put one on, they will suppress your magic until you can swear the oath I mentioned. Where is Fawkes?”

 

    Gellert answered Harry’s question by quickly standing and moving a bookshelf. Harry sighed as he saw Fawkes’ blessedly inert foot sticking out of the stone wall. When both wizards locked their manacles on Harry levitated the fake corpse, opened a portal into the Twilight Realm, apparated a few feet into the cell, then opened a new portal and walked through. Unlike the first portal, the second remained open. Harry levitated the corpse onto the bed and spoke as he summoned a clean pair of comfortable wool robes for Gellert from a pocket. “Don’t step through the portal yet or you’ll die. Put these on and get your fake dressed in what you’re wearing while I pull Fawkes out.”

 

    While keeping one eye on the two men, Harry quickly drew his spear and channeled a stone-cutting spell in a square around Fawkes’ talon. While the cell disrupted magic, he simply drew more magic than it could ever hope to control directly from the Twilight Realm. By the time he had removed the block of stone and replaced it with the rocks he always kept in a pocket for his transfigurations, there was a visible torrent of power rushing from the portal into his skin. With one last spell, Harry adjusted the false corpse’s clothes to look like it had dressed itself and stepped into the portal with the stone cube holding Fawkes under his left arm. “This way. Stay close while we’re on this side, the Twilight Realm is lethal if you don’t have someone to hold back the energy.”

    With that, Harry led Gellert and Albus into the Twilight Realm, and from there it was a simple matter to chain apparate until he reached Potter Estate and he conjured another portal back to the physical world. He allowed himself to be amused at the unfortunate disorientation the two experienced, but he wasn’t about to share the secret protecting his home with either of them. After Harry dragged the two into a type-two cube they would be gifting to Illidan, creatively named ‘Field Hospital,’ Gellert looked around the cube’s massive interior appreciatively. “So that is how it feels to be trapped in a Fidelius without the secret. Mr. Potter, this is an impressive expanded space, I’d love to know how you keep it stable.”

 

    Harry led them deeper in towards a massive central structure built out of white stone, past the reception area that was simply clean, shortly trimmed grass. “You’ll learn the secret soon enough. Here,” Harry quickly withdrew two pairs of glasses from one of his pockets. “These are enchanted to provide a written translation for any of the languages spoken here, they’ll also work as normal glasses if you need them. Follow me and don’t bother the healers, they’re overworked and a bit grumpy.”

 

    If Harry hadn’t been in such a dark mood at standing next to Albus Dumbledore, he would have been amused at their reaction to Harry’s healers and their patients. Nearly every race of Azeroth was represented here, Harry could even see Saska surgically implanting flesh from a Red dragon into a Nether drake. Harry waved to Andromeda but didn’t dare interrupt her as she was giving a mature Nether dragon a blood transfusion. Before he’d left that morning he’d spoken to Neltharaku and his healer to be sure the fully-grown Nether wyrm was well enough to bond a Dragonsworn, so Harry hoped two wouldn’t be much more of a strain. (The wyrm was only eighteen , an age most dragons still had over ninety years left as a drake before they even became adults; in under two decades he’d not only grown to a size other dragons would take a thousand years to match, he’d also burned through most of his lifespan. At least he’d get some of those years back now.)

 

    Neltharaku looked well when they approached him, as well as remarkably less translucent than the first time Harry had met him. The Netherwing gradually became less corporeal as they aged as more of their physical form became energy pulled from the Twisting Nether. Now, Neltharaku had slowly spreading patches of completely solid Black and Blue flesh where he’d received transplants and a completely solid (and clearly visible through his mostly transparent body) circulatory system thanks to donated blood. It was a truly bizarre and unsettling sight, but if you watched a single vein closely you could see him becoming more solid, the healing spreading out from his veins slowly. Harry chuckled as the wyrm looked up from the moose he’d been eating and spoke to them in Common. (This cube was going through a lot of meat, the dragon’s new flesh had to come from somewhere after all.) “Lord Potter, thank you for doing this for us. I feel so much better already, so much more solid. Thanks to you I don’t have to worry about simply dispersing into the wind one day.”

 

    Harry gave the dragon a warm smile. “I’m glad to help your people, Patriarch. These men are Gellert Grindelwald and Albus Dumbledore. Both of them can do some good serving under Lord Stormrage.”

 

    The dragon looked between both of the elderly men for a moment. “They’re not very strong, are they? I thought ‘Gellert’ was supposed to be some kind of magical powerhouse, not a third rate wizard.

 

    Harry swallowed a chuckle at the surprised expressions on both old men’s faces and responded. “Neither one of them ranks as a Mage by power, but they make up for that with control and a wide variety of spells. I’d say they have decent odds of defeating Khadgar if they worked together.”

 

    Neltharaku was thoughtful for a moment. He’d met Khadgar several times and even worked with him to destroy demon encampments, the Arch-Mage was powerful and no fool. “If you say so, human. Do you think they could take Lady Proudmoore as well? I have not met her, but she is supposedly the most powerful mortal wielder of magic next to Khadgar.”

 

    Harry broke down laughing, almost to the point of tears. “By the Void, no! Lady Proudmoore is a much more powerful Mage than Khadgar and only lacks his decades of experience. I trained with her for three years and she overcame my every trick, even the ones I invented myself. There’s little these two could do to surprise her.” Harry centered himself and much of his amusement fell away. “Are you willing to take them as your Dragonsworn?”

 

    The dragon turned its attention back to both wizards standing behind Harry. “Are they aware of Lord Illidan’s task?”

 

    Albus was still wallowing in shame, so Gellert spoke for both of them. “My hands are stained with innocent blood, dragon. If you give me the chance to atone I will fight with everything I have for the few years I have left.”

 

    Given Neltharaku’s size, it was easy to miss the translation glass, a larger monocle version of what the old men were wearing, over one eye but given the number of different languages spoken by healers and patients here it was a helpful tool. So he had no problem understanding Gellert’s words. “You will have more than a few years, wizard. In exchange for service the Dragonsworn Oath grants you greatly increased power and life expectancy. It is a thankless war we wage for the protection of all life, so we’ll be giving perks even to the criminals Lord Potter is sending my Lord.”

 

    The Dragonsworn oath was an interesting piece of magic to watch, but Harry let out a sigh of relief when it was done and both Dumbledore and Grindelwald became Neltharaku’s first Dragonsworn. Harry stayed until the two had been given their initial orders and one of Neltharaku’s assistants was telling the former dark lord about the enemy he’d be facing until he fell in battle or the Burning Legion was destroyed. Freeing Fawkes from his block of stone had been as easy as asking Talion to join them and asking him to melt the stone to slag. When the stone had completely melted, a gout of flame erupted and when it died, a downy phoenix chick chirped up at Albus. To Harry’s surprise, Fawkes chose to remain with Albus when Neltharaku ordered Albus to remove the control spells he’d placed on his companion.

 

    As he was leaving, Dumbledore attempted to speak with him, but Harry cut the man off. “Albus, you made mistakes and hurt many people. I’m sending you away for the stability of Britain and because this is a chance for you to fight true evil, to make creation a safer place... I admit part of my decision is because of the pain you inflicted on the people I love. Actions have consequences, Albus. You chose to wield a weapon you damn well should have known was cursed. You thought too much of yourself, and others paid the price. Go into exile with your head held high and make your mark on Lord Illidan’s war.”

 

    With that, Harry left his old Headmaster behind without looking back. He wished Albus Dumbledore the best but was unwavering in his choice to banish the old man. It really was the best outcome for everyone; while he felt bad about tearing the man away from everything he knew, thanks to nearly fifty years of the Elder Wand poisoning his mind Albus didn’t have friends as much as he had pawns.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Three days after breaking Grindelwald out of prison, Harry was standing in Outland, near the entrance to Shadowmoon Valley. As he waited alongside Ron, Samaara, Yrel, and a dozen dragons in their anthromagus forms, (including Neltharaku, who was wearing the shape of a High Elf) Harry took in the molten, Fel-irradiated desolation with a heavy heart. Harry spoke as he used a pair of binoculars to inspect the volcano that continually erupted sickly glowing green lava. “This place was so beautiful once, thriving and thick with animals and plants. Damn Gul’dan! There was so much beauty here!”

 

    “You sound like my brother.” Those words were the group’s first warning that the man they were meeting had arrived. Illidan Stormrage stepped out of the shadows flanked by a Naga Harry knew by reputation as Lady Vashj and a number of elven Demon Hunters. The Demon Hunters were probably Illidan’s elite, judging by the extensive magical tattoos and obvious proof they had gone through the customary ritual to sacrifice their physical eyesight for the ability to see magically in a way no other could. Vashj was fairly typical for a Naga, though she did have a unique coloring. Lord Illidan stood tall, his horns, wings, and cloven feet on clear display.

 

    Harry replied quickly, not liking the sound of that. “Draenor held a savage beauty before Gul’dan tore the planet apart. Much was lost, but in time you may be able to heal the land.” Harry withdrew a shrunken type-two cube from a pocket and expanded it by triggering a rune on the surface. “All of the dragons that traveled to my world are safe within. This ‘Field Hospital’ is yours to use however you see fit. Inside are the prisoners we discussed by correspondence. I also have several gifts that will aid Outland in general.” Harry reached into a satchel hanging off his armor once more. “This is a cube containing saplings of various magical trees my people have developed, one species in particular draws magic from the Twilight Realm and releases it into the surroundings, the others take that magic and transmute it into other kinds among other effects.”

 

    Illidan paused in examining the cube for a moment and turned to Harry. “Impressive. And potentially useful as well.”

 

    “Indeed. If you plant the saplings around Outland you might be able to stabilize the continent, though you might need a world tree for that.” Harry paused and turned to the Naga at Illidan’s side. “Lady Vashj, thank you for coming. In exchange for a favor I might call on in the days to come, I offer you these three cubes. Each one carries magical plants that produce a continuous supply of water. Currently they only produce as much as a small stream, but when the plants are fully mature that will increase to a river’s worth at least. Given the scarcity of water on Outland…”

 

    “A kingly gift human. But be careful what you ask for, I will not betray my loyalties so cheaply. ” Reading non-human expressions was something Harry had learned since helping to open Elune’s Portal, and he could clearly see Vashj’s threat.

 

    “I do not expect you to. I am simply planning to hunt down a threat to my people, and I would prefer not to come into conflict with yours if possible.”

 

    One thing Harry appreciated about Lord Illidan was that the man was brief and focused. There was no pointless conversation, no pretty, meaningless words with him. Only a few moments later the two groups were parting ways, and Harry spoke to Illidan one last time. “The prisoners are all magic users. While they may not be effective against the Legion directly, those too weak can still be effective support personnel, blacksmiths, couriers, healers, and workers. I may send more in the future.”

 

    “As you wish, human. Is there anything else?”

 

    Harry replied. “Do you know the current status of Tempest Keep? I am considering ‘liberating’ The Eye and two of the support ships from the Narru.”

 

    Illidan let out a genuine laugh at that. There had been no love lost between Illidan and the Narru since they had nearly convinced the Alliance and the Horde to besiege his loyal Naga and his holdings in Shadowmoon Valley. Correspondence with Tyrande, and the priestess’ subsequent efforts, had been the only reason the ‘Cenarion Expedition’ had been reigned in and Illidan’s stronghold had not been invaded while he was distracted with running a critical series of raids against the Legion. “I believe the Narru intend to reclaim their ships, but all four are damaged. Since Kael’thas betrayed me they’ve also become infested with demons and a number of creatures from the Void. If you intend to lay claim to the Narru’s ships I can dispatch a team of my hunters to help purge them.”

 

    Harry smiled and gave a shallow bow. “I will be in contact, Lord Stormrage.”

 

    Illidan smirked and returned the bow. “Good hunting, Lord Potter.”

 

    With that the two parted ways, and Harry conjured a portal that his group quickly filed through. He had places to be, but for now he required a bath. It wouldn’t do to visit the Temple of Elune for the first time while covered in the dust of Outland, after all.

   

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Old but not Dead

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Albus looked up from the newspaper he’d received when the last courier from Earth had visited. Seeing Delores Umbridge, battered and with a split lip, drag herself back to her post distributing food in the Illidari’s mess hall he sighed and returned to his ‘Sunday’ copy of the Hogsmeade Quibbler, finding this single issue had more facts and honest reporting than the Prophet had printed in decades. Apparently Harry had sent recommendations for certain prisoners and Albus thought some of his ideas were quite fitting. Fudge had been assigned as a cook, quickly learning spells to provide nutritious and passably tasty meals to Lord Illidan’s armies. Umbridge had been assigned to distribute the food, but had yet to learn how to restrain her hatred for muggleborn or non-humans. Given that Harry had freely shared healing techniques that kept Nether dragons from dying of old age before thirty, it wasn’t unusual for Delores to make a snide remark and a Nether drake to drag her out of the hall and show their displeasure. Not that she wasn’t being provoked often, many individuals had joined the game of needling her until she lashed out and earned another beating. Albus would feel sorry for her, but given the fact that she had done exactly the same thing to students in his school, not to mention the dozens of muggle-born children whose murders she’d quietly arranged Albus wasn’t even going to think about speaking up in her defense.

 

    Albus smiled as he read the paper’s headlines again as he ate the rabbit and vegetable soup Cornelius had prepared for lunch. It wasn’t the best, the man was still figuring out how spices worked when he wasn’t complaining about working like a house elf and earning his own beatings, but it was edible. (Thanks to an Illidari or two with Druid training the meal had a few vegetables grown in the fields of the ‘Field Hospital’ cube. A number of the banished prisoners were being taught Druidic magic and would be responsible for food production going forward.)

 

‘Harry Potter Claims Complete Control of Britain!

Already working with Mayor Madam Bones and Advisors to Create Fair Government and Laws!’

 

‘Lord Potter Hammering out Legal Code! Expects Britain to Govern itself!

Man-Who-Had-Enough Declares Culture Will Change!’

 

‘Despite Only Recently Overthrowing the Ministry, Lord Potter Already Looking Forward to Relinquishing Direct Control, Reportedly Wants to Focus on His Family!’

 

‘Lord Potter Announces His Marriage to Four Women! Identities Unknown!’

 

‘Heinous Crimes Unveiled! Fudge’s Ministry Revealed as Not Only Corrupt and Useless, but Evil! Lord Potter Demands Justice for the Innocent!’

 

‘Lord Potter Sentences the Guilty to Lifetimes of Service!

Former Minister, Undersecretary Among those Banished!

 

‘A Slave to a Dark Artifact?!

The Triumphs and Defeats of Albus Dumbledore!’

 

    Albus’ eyes became wet as he read the final article. He wished it wasn’t true, but despite painting him in a terrible light, not one word was anything but the unvarnished truth. He folded the paper away as he lifted his bowl and drained the soup. There was a lot to do today. His Patron, the dragon that he now served, and would for the rest of his life, wasn’t a slave driver but neither did he allow Albus and Gellert to sit around idly. Albus needed to get back to work enchanting copies of Harry’s expanded cubes; soon the Black Temple, which he felt desperately needed a more cheerful name and more colorful décor, would be able to outlast any siege by simple virtue of producing all of their own food.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Gellert Grindelwald was spoiling for some action after his first week in Outland. Oh, he’d learned many fascinating things, and met fascinating people, and even been busy using his magic, but it wasn’t the same as real combat. (Thankfully everyone spoke Common and it was an incredibly easy language to learn.) Lord Potter had even been kind enough to provide each of the banished with one of Ollivander’s new Living Wands and he was beyond ready to let loose and see what this new wand was really capable of. That wasn’t to say he and Albus had been idle in the days since their banishment, oh no. Both men had been busy conjuring everything from water to building material, transfiguring new and better defenses, and laying wards. These ‘Demon Hunters’ were certainly skilled at offense, but were clueless on how to lay a wardstone and turn a defensible stone structure into a fortress. Between his own skills and Albus’ experience with Hogwarts’ legendary wards, the Black Temple would soon be impregnable. Albus was starting to gain some of his old vigor back, in fact both men were seeing the mounting benefits of the Dragonsworn Oath as their Patron finished his recovery. Each day his body was stronger and ached less, to say nothing of his steadily growing magical power. Still, he was a man who had terrified the entire magical world, and he desperately wanted the chance to cut loose now that he had a truly evil enemy.

 

    Finally, his chance came. Neltharaku received a report that the Legion had sent a strike force to reopen one of the interdimensional portals that had torn this world apart, and decided that it was a good opportunity to see what his new Dragonsworn could do. Not much later, Albus and Gellert were riding Black drakes flying away from Honor Hold, the main human settlement in ‘Hellfire Peninsula’ along with a dozen elven Demon Hunters, each on their own Black drake and three human scouts on gryphons. (Demon Hunters usually preferred to work with Nether drakes, but many of them were still being treated in the delightful expanded space Harry Potter had given to Lord Illidan.) The humans had sent a message reporting the demonic activity these scouts had discovered, while the Demon Hunters ranging from ‘grass green’ to seasoned veterans were there to see how Albus and Gellert handled their first bit of demon slaying and assist as needed.

 

    As they flew, Gellert decided that this place had been well named. Almost nothing grew here, the Peninsula was a barren wasteland of red rock that bore the scars of many battles. More than ready for battle, he cackled as they began circling for a landing, the frenzy of demonic activity below them clear to see. “Finally, some real action!”

 

    A few moments later their group had landed on a ridge overlooking the demon’s main camp and the old men were stretching to work the kinks out of their old bones. The most arrogant of Illidan’s Demon Hunters soon interrupted them with a sneer. “I don’t know why the Master is wasting his time with the likes of you but if you’re going to do anything, get on with it so you can give up and we can take over. Void knows you’re barely strong enough to be called Mages.”

 

    Gellert simply smirked and looked over the ridge at the camp that hadn’t seen them yet. While some demons were resistant to fire, he doubted they would survive Fiendfyre or some of his other wonderfully destructive spells. But before he could cast anything, Albus spoke up in a patronizing tone that would annoy even the brats he’d taught at Hogwarts. “Oh, I beg for a moment of patience, my good man. There’s a particular spell I invented in my younger years, and it’s been so long since I was able to use it.” Albus turned to the dragon he’d flown on. “My dear, would you mind donating a bit of blood? I only need enough to coat my wand.”

 

    Obviously curious, the dragon carefully opened a small wound on its forelimb and Albus rolled his wand below the wound to ensure it was entirely coated except for the grip and moved to the edge of the overlook. “Gellert, would you mind casting a healing charm on Evidria? This is no place for an open wound. Now everyone! Pay attention, this is something you’ll enjoy.”

 

    Glad to see his old friend and enemy looking a bit more lively, he quickly disinfected and healed the minor cut. It wasn’t a deep wound, but even he had no desire to explain to Sabellian that one of his daughters had gotten an infected wound on his watch. That done, he quickly joined Albus on the edge as the man languidly moved his wand as if conjuring a gentle breeze, to the scorn of their fellow Illidari. (Compared to what that insane upstart Voldemort called his followers, Gellert could live with being an ‘Illidari.’ Lord Illidan had impressed even him with his ruthlessness, drive, and raw power after all.) Gradually Albus’ movements sped up and a small ball of flame formed in the air. Then, with a sudden jerking movement of his wand the unassuming ball of flame sped towards the heart of the demon’s encampment. As it streaked through the air, the blood on Albus’ wand caught flame and flared brightly without burning his hand. As the blood was consumed, the streak of flame exploded in size, becoming a meteor of flame that was nearly as large as, if not larger than, the entire camp. Flaming talons and draconic heads formed out of the flame and the spell roared loudly enough to nearly deafen them even at this distance.

 

    The meteor of flame hit the ground and Gellert smirked as he watched the Illidari elves step back in shock at the wave of heat that washed over them, even here. The encampment didn’t catch fire, anything flammable simply flashed into ash as the stones melted. While much of the spell’s fury was expended creating a bubbling pool of lava, the spell wasn’t finished yet; shapes formed out the lingering flames, soon resolving into drakes. In a voice that reminded Gellert why he was attracted to Albus in the first place, his old friend bellowed out a command with magic dripping in his every syllable. “Hunt down and consume as many demons as you can! Feast!

 

    Gellert laughed as the flaming dragons split up, chasing down and consuming the stragglers before taking wing towards a demon camp scheduled to be dealt with by another group in a few hours. “You’ve been holding out on me, old friend! Was that the Thirteenth use for dragon’s blood that you discovered? It reminds me of Fiendfyre.”

 

    Albus smiled and spoke. “Yes, I decided not to publish this for obvious reasons, the spell is fiendishly difficult to cast and control. But it seemed like the best way to kick off our next great adventure.”

 

    Gellert smiled widely as he beckoned the drakes the two had rode to ready themselves. “I admit it’s an adequate spell Albus, but you’ve left me without any targets! You’ll have to let me cast the first spell next time! There’s another demon incursion to the east, we might as well wipe them out now that your fireworks have riled them up.”

 

    Half an hour later, twelve Illidari and three human scouts watched open-mouthed as the two old men laid siege to the Legion’s fortifications at the Throne of Kil’jaden. This place should have needed dozens of Illidari and at least one lieutenant to clear, but Albus and Gellert were making a game of it! Gellert was advancing through the demon’s ranks in a swirl of hungry blue-white flames that stripped the demon’s flesh from their bones. Then, with whatever focus he wasn’t using to maintain his fiery defense, he was using some form of alchemy to transmute the smoldering bones into gleaming silver and then necromancy to animate them. Each demon he killed only swelled his growing army of skeletal constructs.

 

    Meanwhile, Albus was just as busy throwing bolts of deadly silver flame with precision into the larger demons and everything they’d stockpiled. (He’d discovered that whatever the demons used to power their artillery exploded wonderfully with a bit of prodding.) Thanks to Fawkes sitting on his shoulder, the man was teleporting in flashes of flame, supporting Gellert’s area-of-effect spells with precision strikes. More and more demons were flooding through the base’s demon gates, (pulling a stream of demons from some other part of Outland) and the two men would eventually be forced to retreat, but even when they were out-manned and a castle-sized Pit Lord joined the fray, the two had one more trick to play. After quickly conferring, Fawkes switched wizards and took Gellert to a massive demon skeleton they’d flown over earlier while Albus twisted the red stone all around him to rise as every monster known to wizard kind. The next few moments were a bit hectic as Gellert countered the charging Pit Lord with the massive animated Pit Lord skeleton Fawkes had taken him to and delivered to the battle.

 

    Gellert smiled widely, showing his stained teeth, as his animated skeleton matched strength with the living siege engine. As their massive glaives met and locked, he let loose a maniacal laugh and infused his creation with the same flames he’d wreathed himself in earlier. He had to stop and drink deeply from a flask while Albus briefly covered him, he wouldn’t admit it but animating that skeleton had taken a fair bit out of him. That was when Albus glided past above him, riding a transfigured Basilisk and shouted out. “No rest for the wicked Gellert! More flames and push for the demon’s gates before we get another big one!”

 

    With a swirl of his wand, Gellert was again wreathed in hungry flames and charged forward. He did pause for a moment to cast a nasty bit of soul magic he’d once come across in a forbidden tome. Apparently these demons were dangerous because they could only be killed in the Twisting Nether, anywhere else and you didn’t get their real selves, they just reformed after a while. Well, let’s see what happens if my constructs start absorbing the demon’s souls!

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    From a safe distance, the Illidari and scouts from Honor Hold watched silently as Gellert’s Pit Lord made of white flame and silver bones carved with runes overcame its evenly matched opponent and stole its weapon. To their horror, those silver bones broke apart under the frantic casting of the insane Mage and stabbed deep into the (barely) still living Pit Lord. Before their eyes, the creature screamed as its skin began to change, first shriveling before it was sucked inward. A moment later they watched even the demon’s bones shatter before being absorbed by the silver bones etched in runes. As it reformed, each bone seeking out its proper place, the skeletal Pit Lord seemed a little larger and much faster as it picked up both of the massive weapons lying on the ground and charged into the endless swarm of demons pouring out of the demon’s gates. One of the scouts looked at the Illidari in horror before he spoke. “Where the hell did you find these monsters?!”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Two hours later, Albus and Gellert were kneeling in front of Lord Stormrage as the Illidari (also kneeling) who’d watched their efforts reported in. Though Illidan’s servants were shocked at the wizard’s skills, especially compared to most of the prisoners Harry had sent, they reported events exactly as they had occurred. Eventually Illidan turned and addressed the two of them directly. “Well done. Are your constructs permanent?”

 

    Gellert replied. “Mine are, but the smaller ones are not terribly durable. The ones made from rock are temporary unless a prohibitive amount of magic is used to create them. I have complete control of the Pit Lord skeleton and weaker control of the others. What should I do with them?”

 

    “Have them stay in the courtyard for now. We’ll use the small ones as cannon fodder in our next raid and the large one as another defense for the Black Temple until we find a better use for it. Tomorrow both of you will report to our blacksmiths to be fitted for the sealed armor Lord Potter provided the plans for. In two days the Keystone will be charged and ready. Rest and prepare, for you will be joining my chosen and I in battle.”

 

    With that, Illidan stalked away to prepare for the next battle. Dismissed, the group made their way to the mess hall, ignoring the dust, grime, and ash sticking to their skin. Illidari in general weren’t the most sociable people, but as Albus and Gellert tore into their meals, getting seconds and thirds of meat roasted with a local root crop, every one of the team assigned to observe and assist them congratulated them on a job well done. Eventually the two were sated and decided to retire. Both men had small rooms (they hadn’t stayed small for long) in the temple’s Dragon Quarter, and Albus had recently spent some time creating an expanded room that was a cross between a natural hot spring and the Prefect’s bathrooms from Hogwarts. As they made their way in they were joined by the dragon who’d carried Albus into battle earlier. After looking between them for a moment, Evidria spoke up. “Do you mind if I join you? Both of you really impressed me earlier.”

 

    Gellert’s face lit up with a mad smile. He might not know draconic body language, but since he’d gotten to Outland he’d been using Legilimency at every opportunity. His Patron had even encouraged him to do so, explaining that gaining experience at detecting and combating mental intrusions was essential for those hunting demons. Evidria was obviously entranced by their displays of power earlier in the day and was considering a physical relationship with one or both of them. Browsing through her mind this drake was obviously no coward, but after four years of nearly continuous battle with the Illidari was deeply tempted by the six months of light duty and relative relaxation she’d be granted for a pregnancy. She didn’t care if a child fathered by either of them was only a half dragon, only that their power would give her offspring a good chance at survival in a very hostile world. While he knew Albus had no interest in females of any species, he had more varied tastes. Still, he knew the Dumbledore family had a long and storied history, not to mention their bloodline’s odd relationship with phoenixes; it would be a shame to let Albus’ bloodline die out. It would take some convincing, but Gellert was sure he could talk Albus into continuing his line, one way or another. His old friend deserved a family after all he’d been through. “Of course not. Why don’t you tell us more about yourself, since we barely know more about you than your name and species.”

 

    Albus groaned when he saw the gleam in his old friend’s eyes as the drake eagerly followed them into the part of the bath he’d reserved for himself and his old friend. He knew from experience just how convincing Gellert could be after all, and he himself still had bad habits with Legilimency that he’d yet to really break.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

A/N: And that’s a wrap. Hopefully the next chapter won’t take as long, but sadly my muse doesn’t respond to bribes or threats. (She’d make a terrible politician.) 

 

Please leave a review if you enjoyed the chapter!




Chapter 42: Chapter 42: The Dragon Aspects

Chapter Text

Sorry about how long it’s taken me to get this chapter out. Long story short, I’ve been feeling a little down and as I wrap up Elune’s pebble I feel like I’ve made a lot of mistakes. If nothing else I should have started with something less ambitious for my first fic. Anyway, I hope you enjoy chapter 42!

 

A big thank you to my betas, especially hkurtz2013 on Fanfiction for all their help getting this latest chapter out!

 

And thank you to everyone who left a review, I read and enjoy every one!



.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Chapter 42: The Dragon Aspects

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Darnassus was a magnificent sight under the light of two moons. Harry could still remember every detail of the night he’d asked Alira and Hermione to become his consorts in a recreation of this city, but the scene he’d created in the Room of Requirement was a pale imitation compared to the real thing. Darnassus gleamed under the moonlight and there was a feeling of tranquility in the air along with the soft sound of bubbling water from the city’s pools and streams. Harry smiled as he slowly made his way over a bridge of white stone, Caliona, Ralion, Senastrasz and Talion just behind him in their mortal forms. When Harry had sent Hedwig ahead with a message, Neville had sent one of his own. Moments after entering the city proper he’d been pulled away by three gorgeous Kaldorei women. I guess Neville made a good impression while he was attending Druid school. Good for him.

 

    Harry smiled as Hedwig landed on his shoulder. She had continued to grow, finally stopping at the size of a golden eagle as she’d changed thanks to the blessing from Aviana and pilfered reagents from Azurewing Repose on the adventure she’d undertaken during her first trip to Azeroth. Many of her original white feathers had been replaced with azure ones, and she had grown strong physically and magically. He scratched her chin the way she liked and chuckled when his owl melted into his touch. Harry came to a stop as he crossed the last bridge and looked up at the temple towering ahead. Hedwig had been delivering correspondence for him to the first Night Elf he’d met what felt like a lifetime ago when he first stepped through Elune’s Portal. He’d been keeping his eyes open and finally recognized the familiar face waiting in front of the Temple of Elune. Slipping easily into the ancient dialect of Darnassian Elune had gifted him, Harry waved and called out. “Priestess Moonshadow!” As he moved closer, Harry continued at a softer volume. “It’s good to see you again.”

 

    Siara Moonshadow took a very close look at the human who’d spoken to her. When she’d agreed to meet with Harry Potter, she was expecting to see the skinny teenager she’d met in a cave half a year ago. Instead, she was standing in front of a fit young man in his early twenties that was healthy and strong. And dangerous, survival instincts honed over her long life supplied. Harry Potter had grown powerful. Instead of the wand he’d carried back then, he now carried a spear that no doubt doubled as a Mage’s staff, which was rather unique. After examining him, she glanced at the group behind him. It only took a moment to realize they were all dragons, but she only recognized one of them. “Elune-Adore Harry, Senas. It is good to see you once more.”

 

    “Ishnu-alah Priestess. Were you able to schedule the meeting I requested?”

 

    “Elune’s Herald is leading a campaign in Pandaria. After refusing to join the world’s efforts against the Twilight Cult the Pandaren attacked the Herald’s expedition when they started excavating. I believe the High Priestess would like to speak with you instead, however. It’s not every day Elune speaks to those not sworn to serve her, after all.”

 

    “If she can make time for me I would appreciate it.” With that Siara began leading the group up the steps towards the Temple of Elune. As they neared the temple, Harry spoke again.

 

    “I’d like to make an offering, if that’s permitted. I don’t worship Elune but it still feels right to thank her, to acknowledge the help she gave me. Back then I was surrounded by enemies and I had no hope for the future. I’ve spoken to other Kaldorei about the offering, and while I have a number of rice cakes, I was wondering if that was the only offering accepted?”

 

    Still moving forward, the group walked into the shadow cast by the temple as Siara responded. “Elune’s preferred offerings are always sweet. Rice cakes are the standard offering, but hunters often offer the best cuts of their kills roasted with honey. Elune also seems to prefer things made by the one giving the offering, as opposed to things bought from a merchant.”

 

    “Thank you. If possible I would like to speak with the High Priestess first and then make my offering, I have all day if needed.”

 

    With that, Harry stepped into the Temple and froze for a moment, eyes far away. There was a bone-deep sense of calm, peace, and renewal here that reminded him powerfully of both dreams Elune had given him. After a moment he continued walking, following Siara towards the stairs that ringed the moonwell at the center of the Temple. As they moved, Harry noticed the area was much larger inside than it was outside and started feeling out the magic in the area. (Why it had been expanded was obvious, since there were adult Blue and Green dragons visible in the distance, apparently pulling daycare duty for a mix of Blue, Green, and Red whelps.) Before he could stop himself, he spoke out loud. “The expansion is a little rough but very stable. Lady Proudmoore’s been practicing.”

 

    Smiling at the reminder that the Temple had become larger as it turned into a refuge to those who needed it, Siara gestured them forward and led the group up a flight of stairs to a landing that overlooked the Temple’s Moonwell. “I’m going to request an audience with Tyrande and I will return as soon as I can. It is customary to meditate here while waiting for an audience with the High Priestess.”

 

    On the stone floor were a number of leather mats, so Harry sat down and crossed his legs. Behind him the drakes copied him; as they all got comfortable Harry turned to the owl still clutching his shoulder. “You can explore if you want Hedwig, we might be here a while. I’ll send you a Patronus if we need to leave suddenly.”

 

    With an imperious hoot, Hedwig took wing and left to explore the temple. Harry had been surprised to learn that Elune had opened her temple to a great number of worried dragons, but he wasn’t worried about Hedwig. Young whelps often had impulse control problems with their predatory instincts, but his first familiar had the benefit of experience; she’d survived the Chamber of Secrets and its swarms of adorable whelps after all. Harry relaxed and closed his eyes. Mediation wasn’t something he did often, but the skill was an essential part of building and maintaining mental defenses so it was something he was familiar with. As Harry relaxed his mind, he felt the sense of tranquility and renewal become even stronger. The aches and the lingering exhaustion from pushing himself a little too hard in his personal training dissolved and Harry smiled as his body followed his mind.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Not long after separating from Harry, Siara was speaking quietly with High Priestess Tyrande Whisperwind as the two moved towards the landing where Harry was waiting. “… Since the last time we met he’s traveled through the Caverns of Time at least once. The first time we met he was a teen suffering from too much work and not enough food. He’s grown into a man now, one with the bearing of a leader; the dragons with him seem comfortable following him.”

 

    Tyrande considered the Priestess’ words as they walked. After hearing an abbreviated version of Siara’s tale, many things began to make more sense. She had been terribly curious about the identity of Elune’s Herald. As Siara had spoken, Elune had given her High Priestess visions of a Twilight drake, perhaps the only one of his kind with a free mind, so very alone during the battle for Hyjal. All on his own that drake had decided to stand against evil and earned the goddess’ respect. Considering the Herald’s abilities were similar to a Twilight’s but refined, perfected, his origin made sense. As she approached the group Tyrande moved silently, observing the human and the dragons with him. More than anything else, she could feel how the boy’s followers were at peace, were content. Tyrande smiled, glad to see the lost dragons had found what they needed.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Harry opened his eyes calmly and stood. Taking a few steps towards the High Priestess, he gave a shallow bow and spoke. “Greetings High Priestess, it is a pleasure to meet you. Elune sent me a dream asking to come here, but before we discuss anything else, I’d like to give you a message to pass on to Elune’s Herald.” When Tyrande indicated that she didn’t mind, Harry continued. “Please tell him his mate, and the egg she laid, are safe and healthy. They miss him dearly, but Azeroth is too dangerous for them to join him yet.”

 

    As if summoned by Harry’s words, the enchanted water in the Temple’s Moonwell began to glow for a moment before with a bright flash of moonlight a large drake, black as night with pale horns and talons the same shade as Azeroth’s White Lady flashed into being with an unnecessarily flashy teleport spell. When the creature spread his wings and leaped onto the landing, the observers saw the shifting stars on the underside of his wings. Realizing there wasn’t much space, the Herald took his mortal form, a bipedal Drakonid, a tall scaly form that kept his natural colors. Harry smirked as he met Tendrion for the second time. “I thought you were busy fighting Pandaren?

 

    In a light tone, Tendrion replied. “Ashamane owed me a favor. Those ‘Shado-Pan’ think they’re so great at stealth but Ashamane’s making a game out of pouncing on them before they have any idea she’s there.” Before Harry’s followers could say anything, Elune’s Herald continued. “Tyrande, could we move this meeting somewhere more secluded?”

 

    A few moments later Harry placed the Cube onto the floor of Tyrande’s private office and opened the door. The moment he closed the door behind the last of the group, Tendrion retook his true form and was immediately swarmed in the scaly physical embrace of Caliona, Ralion and Talion. Unlike the last time they’d seen each other however, Caliona and Ralion were full-grown adult dragons, and for the first time Tendrion was forced to look up to them, instead of the opposite. With a chuckle, Harry led Tyrande to a table near the large grassy field that contained the Cube’s entrance, giving Tendrion and his former followers a chance to reconnect. Senastrasz joined them, not wanting to interrupt an emotional reunion. Harry spoke first. “While we give them a few moments, would you care for a meal? My cook has traditional Kaldorei dishes or some things from my homeland if you’d like to try.”

 

    Later, as Harry, Senastrasz, and Tyrande finished a rather wonderful meal the emotional dragons joined them, blending into their anthromagus forms as they approached the table. Understanding that this was the time to talk ‘business,’ Tyrande was the first to speak. “So it is possible to free the Black and Twilight Dragonflights. Senegos claimed it was true and Prince Anduin has been seen traveling with both a Black and Twilight drake, but I admit I was… skeptical.”

 

    Tendrion, taking a seat in one of the chairs Harry conjured, replied. “That was what I begged Elune for. And now my dear friends can see the world as it truly is.” Elune’s Herald paused for a moment, voice shaking just a little. “That makes everything I’ve been through worthwhile. Lord Potter even risked coming back to Azeroth to share what he’d learned. That reminds me, Elune asked me to collect certain information and deliver it to you.”

 

    The drake shifted as he carefully withdrew unwieldy stone discs with glowing white runes from his pocket dimension. “While the Titan’s Law commands death for any dragon that procreates outside their own flight, especially cunning dragons have sometimes evaded their fellow dragons. Certain Titan installations were responsible for eliminating these dragons until Elune sent me to seize their records and destroy them. These discs contain the records of precisely when and where these installations sent ‘enforcement units’ to eliminate dragons. Naturally, I am only giving you these records to add to your archives, and not because an outsider could theoretically rescue these dragons, whelps, and eggs and bring them somewhere safe. Even though you have a Bronze drake in your service, I’m sure you will preserve the sanctity of the timeline instead of preventing these dragon’s murders and taking them someplace safe.”

 

    Harry smiled. “Of course. I will act in the same spirit Elune intended when she included a ‘filter’ in Elune’s Portal that keeps the consequences of meddling in the timeline on this side of the portal.”

 

    Tyrande suddenly found herself wishing for a vacation once more. She spoke again as Senastrasz drew a wand and began levitating the records further into the town built on every interior surface of the Cube ‘Harry’ carried in his pocket. “Elune wishes for us to act regarding the Aspects and the damage done to them by the Titans. Elune and her Herald have cleansed the mind of Kalecgos by altering the magic he absorbed during his ascension into a Dragon Aspect. Nozdormu has not been the same ever since his arm was lost and Korialstrasz offered his own as a replacement before his death. I believe that was you?”

 

    Harry smiled, but it was not a friendly smile, showing too many teeth. “Yes. Nozdormu threw me into the Void and nearly got me eaten by a minor Void god. The next time we meet we will ‘discuss’ the consequences if he does that again. That leaves Alexstrasza and Ysera.”

 

    Tyrande replied. “Ysera’s mind should be her own again soon. Elune and Goldrinn worked together to accomplish that.”

 

    Seeing Tendrion shudder, Harry leaned forward, very curious. “How did they accomplish that?”

 

    Tyrande’s connection to Elune was not as... intimate as Tendrion’s, but even she had sensed enough to paint a very vivid picture of how Elune, Goldrinn, and Ysera had spent a week together in Elune’s private realm. With a coy smile she replied. “I will only say that Ysera’s next clutch will be… interesting.”

 

    Before Harry could respond Tendrion spoke as Senastrasz returned. “Elune decreed you have the right to attempt to free Alexstrasza to honor the debt you owe her.”

 

    Harry straightened in his chair and his demeanor lost its playfulness. “I accept. Now, what can you tell me about…”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Harry smiled as he stood in front of the sacrificial altar in Elune’s Temple. Like the rest of the temple, the altar was carved out of white stone that wasn’t quite marble and bore a simple carving of a crescent moon. Harry didn’t worship Elune but after the boon she’d bestowed on him most of a decade ago it felt right to thank her properly. Elune accepted a wide variety of offerings, but he was fairly sure that she’d never been given sweets from Earth. It had been a long time since he’d really cooked anything, but he’d knocked the rust off his atrophied cooking skills and produced a pretty good Treacle Tart. Speaking the short invocation in Darnassian he smiled as the entire tart disappeared in a shimmer of pale moonlight. Harry chuckled as his offering was accepted and in his mind’s eye he saw a hand formed out of pale light place a pebble at the top of a mountainside. When the hand withdrew, the rock teetered and bumped another, then both of them slipped down the hillside, knocking more and more rocks loose until that one solitary pebble became a landslide that reshaped everything.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Four months before Harry stepped into Elune’s Temple for the first time, Alexstrasza, Aspect of the Red Dragonflight, landed heavily in Desolace. Her limbs were weary and she was sure she’d sprained something with a careless landing, but she was far past caring. For tens of thousands of years she had served the Titans, and had been a guardian of Azeroth. The Dragonqueen had endured the ages, had borne losses and humiliations but this latest blow had been more than she could bear. Not even twenty years ago she’d endured slavery at the cruel hands of the Orcs, had lost all but one of her beloved consorts, even Tyranastrasz, who had been at her side from the very beginning. It had been a miracle that her youngest, her most clever consort Korialstrasz had escaped the Orcs at all. And now even he was gone. When an explosion rocked Wyrmrest Temple Alexstrasza had been the first to seek out the source, the first to see the rubble where the Sanctums, the prime hatcheries of every Dragonflight, had once stood. And lingering among the rubble, everywhere , was the last wisps of the explosive spell her final consort had woven with every last drop of his life and magic.

 

    As the wasteland’s dust died down, the broken queen examined her surroundings. Her wings would carry her no further, so she would have to walk as she chose the place her bones would lay, one more set of bones among the thousands of animal skeletons that littered the desert. At least when I die here, the magic leaching from my bones will restore this desolate land. In time Desolace will be more than a graveyard; one last service to the world from a failed leader.

 

    As the once proud Dragonqueen trudged through the drifts of dust, her limbs quivered and her wings nearly dragged on the ground. After the explosion, after the loss of thousands of whelps and eggs and those who cared for them, the accusations had begun to fly. No matter how much she wished otherwise no one could argue that her final consort was innocent, that Korialstrasz hadn’t committed an atrocity . When even Ysera, her blood sister had failed to speak up for her it had simply been too much. Alexstrasza stumbled as her empty stomach cramped painfully enough to bring her to her knees, but after breathing heavily for a moment continued on. How long has it been since I’ve eaten? Six days? Seven? How much longer will it take? Or will the lack of water finish me off first in this forsaken desert? How long will it be before Eonar’s power finally lets me die? Even the magic of a Titan isn’t infinite. I just have to be patient. It isn’t as if I deserve a quick death anyway.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    For Alexstrasza, the next several days seemed to dance and blur together. Despite her desire to die her body refused to give in easily, but the absence of food and water would kill even an Aspect in time. As the noon sun baked the endless drifts of dust, Alexstrasza looked out over the bone-littered desert. “Soon. I will be with you soon, my loyal consorts, all my fallen children. I hope that you can forgive me for my failures and cowardice.”

 

    Alexstrasza had chosen a wide, low hill as the place her bones would join the countless others that littered Desolace. In the distance she could just barely make out the small patch of green Druids had reintroduced to the land, but everything besides that was naught but bone, dirt, and dust. Alexstrasza could never remember feeling so weak, not even in her earliest memories, as she watched mirages, tricks of the eye and mind dance in the ever-present heat. Weak or not, travelers and Desolace’s scavengers stayed far away from her. At one point she thought she saw a mortal standing before her, but if he was real she simply ignored him and closed her eyes again.

 

    The next time she was awake a strong talon was lifting her head and pouring a simple soup of broth and organ meat down her throat; she could even taste healing potions mixed in. Despite how weak she was, she nearly struggled and fought, she had come here to die. But the Dragonqueen recognized the color of his scales, the feel of his magic, and his scent in the air, so instead she leaned into him and began to weep. “Tyran, I’ve missed you so much… I tried so hard, but everything just kept falling to pieces…”

 

    Tyranastrasz gently shushed his queen and helped her drink the rest of the enormous bowl he’d been given. When she was finished he held her tightly and wove a teleport spell around both of them. In a flash, the two were sitting in an idyllic land of endless green grass and her lost Prime Consort began feeding her an entire roasted clefthoof, strip by strip.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Harry Potter closed the door to the Meadow type-two cube softly. Once outside, he shrunk the cube, placed it in his pack, and apparated just outside Theramore Isle where Hermione was waiting for him. His talk with Alexstrasza could wait a day, and he wanted to see how his gifted wardstone had integrated with Jaina’s existing wards anyway. As he walked into Theramore with Hermione at his side Harry was glad that his meeting with Tyranastrasz had gone as well as it had, and that the old wyrm had recovered so quickly. When the Potter Dragonflight had stepped back in time and replaced Tyranastrasz with an animated false corpse, the dragon had looked terrible. The Orcs had demanded that he breed war mounts with his Queen and had been quick to torture her in his stead when he refused. No amount of compliance had kept him from being abused and starved, and history said that he’d been killed by Deathwing just before Alexstrasza was freed.

 

    While time was of the essence and plans had to be drawn up, Harry couldn’t bring himself to intrude on the two dragons as the old Consort doted on his brokenhearted Queen. In any other case, Harry would have ushered Tyranastrasz into a stasis chamber to protect him from causality asserting itself. But Tyranastrasz was old, only a few decades younger than Senegos, and even the best healing couldn’t completely restore him to health. The old wyrm had chosen to spend the rest of his life at Alexstrasza’s side, however long or short that was.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    The next morning, Harry let himself into the Meadow. Two enormous Red dragons were easy to find among the rolling green hills of thick grassland inside one of the cubes designed to feed Harry’s draconic followers. From a distance he could tell that they’d bathed in the cube’s lake, the caked dust and detritus of Desolace washed away. While Alexstrasza still looked unwell, he could tell that she wasn’t dehydrated any longer and her stomach was full. Note to self, restock the herds in here soon. Alexstrasza hasn’t been eating as much as she should in a long time and a few big meals aren’t enough to get her back to a healthy weight.

 

    Approaching while making a point not to startle the two, Harry eventually stood before the two massive wyrms. Only Tyranastrasz was awake, Alexstrasza was sleeping fitfully at his side. The Prime Consort spoke softly when Harry was close. “I hardly believed you, when you said you were violating the Timeline because my queen needed me. Thank you for reuniting us for however long I have left.”

 

    Harry smiled sadly at the old wyrm. “Nozdormu and his flight only see what they’re meant to see.” Harry’s eyes drifted to the slumbering Aspect. “If I’d done nothing, if I hadn’t interfered with Aman’Thul’s timeline the world would continue and Deathwing would die, but there would be such a cost to her and your people…”

 

    “Damn the Timeline. Damn the Titans. Damn anything and everything that drove my mate to suicide in that forsaken desert!” Harry felt the old dragon’s anger: Draconic was a language that tended to be a bit growly at the best of times, now Tyranastrasz’s angry words made his bones vibrate.

 

    Harry smiled as the unbridled fury in Tyranastrasz’s words woke his Queen. “I understand, truly I do.”

 

    Tyranastrasz, seeing he’d already woken his Queen, laughed. “I remember your oath to your mate, Harry Potter. You swore if she was taken from your side you would tear the Timeline apart with your bare hands and stitch it back together. I feel the same.”

 

    As Alexstrasza blinked sleep out of her eyes, Harry gave the two a few quiet moments together before interrupting them. “I apologize Dragonqueen, but we have little time. This,” Here, Harry withdrew a contract on enchanted parchment, signed in the Aspect’s own blood when they’d parted ways after their first meeting. “is the contract you signed to preserve the Timeline. It is no longer needed, remember!

 

    As he spoke the last word in English, Harry lit the parchment on fire. When flames consumed the last scrap, Alexstrasza spoke up with a small amount of amusement in her voice. “Was that supposed to do something, dragon?”

 

    Harry smiled. “Fifteen hundred years ago I came to you on your island home, begging for your help to heal my mate. You did what no other could, and now I am here to settle my debt to you.”

 

    Alexstrasza looked carefully at the human before her. “I can remember things I could not before you burned that contract, and I can finally remember how I knew to save Crusader Bridenbrad. But every sense I have says that the boy I met back then was human, and you are a dragon choosing to wear a human’s shape.”

 

    Harry replied. “My father had the ability to become an animal, different from the way the Druids do. With this method you become a creature that reflects a deep part of yourself. My father became a prideful stag, his playful and loyal friend a dog.” Seeing he had the attention of both dragons, he continued. “I was facing a war and a mad wizard who will stop at nothing to destroy me, and the ability to become a stag or a dog wasn’t enough. When Elune opened a door from Azeroth to my home, I eventually met a Twilight drake you’ve heard of, Dragonqueen. He endured the torture that the Twilight Cult uses to turn the eggs they steal from other Dragonflights into slaves and remained himself.

 

    Alexstrasza gave Harry a tired smile. “The same drake from Mount Hyjal?” When Harry nodded in confirmation, the Dragonqueen continued. “I have heard of him before. He was… busy, while we drove the Twilight Cult off Mount Hyjal.”

 

    “Using magic and that drake’s freely offered blood, scale, and tears, I bound his form to mine, but there was a hiccup. Since the first time I transformed, I haven’t been entirely sure if I am a human that can transform into a dragon or a dragon that can transform into a human. Spells that return an ‘animagus’ to their human form and spells that force a dragon out of their mortal form both work on me.”

 

    Wanting to lighten the mood, Tyranastrasz lifted a claw and cast the spell used to force a dragon into their true form. As promised where the human had stood there was now a newly adult Twilight dragon. Tyranastrasz and his Queen had both lived long lives and had often studied magic together in quiet years. While the dragon before them was visibly nervous, he had none of the ‘taint’ that was obvious in dragons corrupted by the Old Gods. After letting them observe him for a moment Harry returned to his human form and conjured a round table and three comfortable chairs. “While I wish that there was enough time for you to fully recover, there are things we must discuss Dragonqueen.”

 

    Alexstrasza sighed and took her mortal form giving the human her full attention. Tyranastrasz followed and they sat down with Harry. “After what you’ve done for me you can call me Alexstrasza, Harry. Tyran explained what happened in the Sanctum, why my beloved ended himself and so many innocents. But even so, the horror of Korialstrasz’s final act…”

 

    As a pitcher of water and glasses appeared on the table, Harry looked the Dragonqueen in the eye. “I have good news and bad news, but before that… You should know I wasn’t born on Azeroth. Nozdormu called me Outsider, and he wasn’t wrong. My world is attached to Azeroth only through what we call Elune’s Portal.”

 

    Despite Alexstrasza’s poor health, there was still something dangerous in her expression as she locked eyes with Harry. “ You cut off Nozdormu’s forearm.”

 

    Tyranastrasz choked on the water he was sipping, whipping his head towards Harry as the teen replied. “Yes. Since you healed him, has he seemed reflective, more thoughtful than usual?”

 

    Tyranastrasz proved his wisdom when he cut off Alexstrasza’s angry retort, placing a hand on his Queen’s arm. “You imply that Nozdormu is or was suffering from some ailment? Perhaps like the corruption the Black Flight suffers from?”

 

    “Yes. It isn’t anything so overt, it’s much more subtle. But that doesn’t mean it won’t be disastrous if not dealt with. I am working with Elune and her Herald to see this done.”

 

    Alexstrasza spoke up. “But why? Why is this your fight human?”

 

    “Because when I was alone and in desperate need of allies, Elune sent me dragons who needed me as much as I needed them. Together we’ve secured my home and overthrown an evil government, but I couldn’t call myself a Loyal Lord if I let their loved ones suffer and die when I have the power to set Azeroth on a better path before Elune’s Portal fades.”

 

    Alexstrasza spoke again. “You’re attacking Nozdormu’s charge, the One True Timeline. Why?”

 

    “Sometime soon, when Nozdormu goes to retrieve a weapon from the past, you need to go with him. According to the Bronze’s archive, Nozdormu will be forced to kill his older self, the Aspect of the Infinite Dragonflight. ‘Murozond’ claims that the ‘timeway’ he chose to hide in, a future where all life on Azeroth was extinguished, was ‘a blessing you simply cannot comprehend’ and that it was nothing compared to the things he’d seen. When that time comes, I ask you to go and speak to Nozdormu’s older self and try to learn what caused him to abandon Aman’Thul’s task.”

 

    “The Infinite dragons are insane, they attack their past selves and seem driven to collapse the Timeline.”

 

    Harry replied to the Red Aspect. “I agree that they are insane. I captured one and spent months trying to heal her.” Harry slowly drew his wand and gestured off to the side, creating an illusion that was a slideshow of Cirmu’s treatment. “The Infinite are in constant, staggering amounts of pain. Their magic is broken and digs into them like shattered glass, they slowly dissolve into black sand, and they are denied the restful sleep that every living creature needs to stay sane. Even dragons need sleep, need to rest their minds.”

 

    Alexstrasza blanched when his presentation ended with the ritual that gave Cirmu three heads. “That treatment seems… extreme.”

 

    Harry shrugged. “She was dissolving into sand. Nothing else we tried worked. In the final ritual I combined three willingly donated bodies, accelerated the process to finish dissolving her body into magical sand, then poured the sand, her mind and her soul into a new body. She’s doing quite well now.”

 

    The Dragonqueen spoke again, looking between Harry and her lost consort. “Mortal, no matter how much I appreciate your help, appreciate you returning Tyran to my side in my hour of need, you have still been meddling with the Timeline. It is my duty to…”

 

    Harry raised a hand and spoke, cutting off the Aspect; Harry’s posture straightened and his tone changed as he drew on the part of him that was Lord Potter. “Alexstrasza, I have changed much more than you know, and I will not apologize. A moment ago I said I have good news. Let me share it before you decide what your duty is.” When Alexstrasza hesitantly bade him continue, he did. “My ‘good news’ is this: When your last consort destroyed the Sanctums, the primary hatcheries for all five dragonflights, he killed not one Broodmother, assistant, whelp, or egg. I’m sorry I couldn’t prevent Korialstrasz’s death, but his life and magic were used to fuel his last spell and I have no way to fake that.”

 

    Both dragons were silent when Harry finished speaking. After a moment, he continued. “The Bronze Dragonflight can’t save people from death like this, even when they try death still comes. Causality asserts itself, or the afterlife is grabby, we don’t know for sure what causes it. The only way to use the Caverns of Time to save lives is to send those rescued to another universe and close the portal before the two universes mingle.

 

    Alexstrasza spoke again. “You claim my children and all the other clutches in the Sanctums will live, but on your world instead of Azeroth. I…”

 

    The Dragonqueen was silent for a moment. Part of the laws she was sworn to enforce as Aspect stated that she could not allow desertion from the Dragonflights. Despite the fact that she was still bound to the Titan’s will, to carry out their commands, she resisted. On any other day, if Alexstrasza hadn’t spent nearly two weeks depriving herself of food and water in a suicide attempt, Harry would have no chance at all at reasoning with the Dragonqueen. But the foreign magic, the magic that kept those invisible chains unbreakable, had been diverted to keeping Alexstrasza alive. Right now that magic was focused almost entirely on sustaining and healing her body. Once she was healthy that foreign magic would return to its purpose but right now those invisible chains were the weakest they had ever been, and Harry intended to strike while the iron was hot.

 

    As the silent battle raged in her mind, Harry spoke again. “Despite our best efforts, many of the dragons in the Sanctums were infected with the Cult’s disease. Apparently Nefarian’s work with the Chromatic Contagion was mixed with parts of the formula for the Scourge’s Plague and made to transmit like the Worgen curse. Those infected can still be saved, but I need your help, Aspect.”

 

    For the first time, Alexstrasza refused to carry out her ‘duty.’ Her duty to prevent the desertion warred with the love she had for her children, for her people, and for her fallen consort, and lost. She had loved Korialstrasz dearly, and the thought of letting the children they’d made together die… it was too much to ask. Alexstrasza spoke as she sagged in her chair. “Tell me what you need, mortal.”

 

    Harry replied. “I have a plan to accomplish several things at once Dragonqueen. I ask that you heal that which others cannot, birth what others may not, and love even the unlovable.”

 

    After a moment Alexstrasza spoke softly. “Those are the words Eonar spoke when she gifted me her power; you’ve copied one of the Dragonflight’s archives. How would that help the infected?”

 

    “Even without those rescued from the Sanctums, I have hundreds of dragons slowly dying from the Chromatic Contagion. Our efforts to save them have failed so far, but my research team has found an answer in a clever bit of blood-based magic, similar to the Dragonsworn Oath. With a strong father, your children can save the infected by providing the stability and vitality the sick need so badly.”

 

    The Dragonqueen was silent for a moment. “Show me. Prove your words and I will give you my answer, Outsider.”

 

    Without a word, Harry stood and focused for a moment. He was still working on increasing the size of his pocket dimension but he already had enough space to keep a few (shrunken) cubes safe. After a moment of concentration one of the Potter Dragonflight’s type-two cubes dropped into his waiting hands and he returned it to its normal size. Compared to even the cubes they were using on Earth’s moon or Mars, this one was impressively armored and covered in protective runes. As Harry opened the complicated magical lock, he turned to the waiting dragons. “Once inside you must not approach any of the infected. The Twilight Hammer’s Cult altered Nefarian’s invention and it has become a highly contagious magical plague. It can even spread to new victims even through my stasis chambers, which are powered by Bronze magic.”

 

    Tyranastrasz spoke as he followed Harry inside. “That is disturbing, but makes sense. They must have found some way of bypassing the Bronze’s temporal magic to steal eggs and target their Sanctum. Temporal magic is a powerful tool.”

 

    “Countering their control of time isn’t impossible. If you can infuse yourself with their power most of the Bronze’s spells will have no effect. That can be accomplished either through directly stealing it like the Cult does or transmuting other magic into the kind the Bronze use. I know Nefarian and the Twilight Cult both managed to capture Bronze dragons and drain them dry.”

 

    Alexstrasza spoke, turning her full attention to the human in front of her. “And you? How did you manage to counter the Bronze’s spells?”

 

    “Runic tattoos. They help me alter my magic, among other things.” As Harry spoke the two ancient dragons followed him through the cube’s airlock and into the interior structure of the cube itself. This cube was about half as large as the Meadow where Alexstrasza had been recovering, sacrificing interior space for additional stability. To the astonishment of the Reds, the interior was covered in neat grids of stasis chambers glowing with the subtle golden light of the Bronze Dragonflight’s magic. Not only did the chambers take up nearly the entire cube, except for a number of parks overflowing with magical trees, but they were stacked on each other up to seven chambers high. Some were small, sized for a humanoid or dragon whelp, while the larger ones could contain anything smaller than a Dragon Aspect. While the interior was massive, nearly all of the chambers were full, and contained more species than just dragons.

 

    Harry paused at a pedestal located just before the entryway led to the massive grid. It took him another moment to open another magical lock and withdraw a thick tome. Turning to the dragons, Harry explained as he started flipping through the book. “Those rescued from the Ruby Sanctum are in three different places. Do you mind using one of the Blue Dragonflight’s flying discs? There’s not enough space for you to fly otherwise.”

 

    Thankfully the beginner discs were not terribly difficult to use, and the three were soon moving through the maze of stasis chambers. The first chambers they passed were filled with humans and High Elves, but Alexstrasza stopped when they passed the first chamber filled with broken-looking Red drakes. After Harry backtracked he looked up the chamber’s number in his book. “We rescued these drakes during the Second War. They’ve been through a lot but time and gentle care will see them healed.”

 

    Alexstrasza walked over and gently touched the stasis chamber, her elven face drawn as she remembered the enslavement of the Red Dragonflight. Harry and Tyranastrasz gave her a moment, with the wyrm looking around at the others who’d been saved. He snarled, showing teeth even in his Tauren form at a chamber not far away, holding a mix of Red whelps and four green-skinned Orcs, two males and two females. “ Orcs. Why in the Twisting Nether would you bother saving any of them?”

 

    Harry replied as he turned several pages in the tome. “Not every Orc is evil. I admit they aren’t my favorite race and their culture breeds violence but sometimes there’s some worth saving.” He stopped speaking as he found the correct page. “Here, these were Orcs killed by their own kind in Grim Batol. This one tried to hide whelps their leaders were going to mutilate, these two tried to flee Grim Batol with as many whelps as they could carry, and this one was sneaking Alexstrasza extra food, hoping with a little more strength she could free herself.”

 

    Harry paused, turning to look at the old consort. “I hate the Old Horde for their actions, for the horrors they committed, but the ones who realized their people were wrong and tried to do something about it? Those I’ll protect whenever I can.”

 

    Alexstrasza had stepped up behind them and was gazing at one of the Orcs. “I remember this one. Of all the Orcs I saw in Grim Batol she was the least cruel, and the few times she managed to sneak her wolf’s kills into my prison were the only times I had anything close to a full stomach.”

 

    With that the group continued onwards, with Harry pausing their journey when asked about some of the other chambers. “This cube holds most of those we rescued from the Bastion of Twilight in the Highlands. The Cult had captured a lot of dragons and whelps and most of them are here.”

 

    When Alexstrasza gestured to a large purple-pink Twilight dragon nearly the size of a wyrm very securely chained to the floor inside a stasis chamber, Harry continued. “This is Valiona. She’s been magically aged and she’s one of the few to survive that torture reasonably sane. Even though she looks healthy she’s going to need months of careful treatment by my healers, and even then she’ll be lucky to have a third of the lifespan she’d have enjoyed without the artificial aging. Removing the Old God’s influence will have to be done very carefully in her case, she’s nearly at the point nothing will help her, like Nefarian or Sinestra were.”

 

    Alexstrasza spoke as they continued on their way, flying through the corridor between two rows of stasis chambers on flying discs. “What do you mean, what is the difference between those you can and cannot help?”

 

    Harry was thoughtful as he led the two dragons through several intersections in the maze-like grid. “The Old God’s influence is like a poison, or a disease. It gets worse over time, and the progress is faster if the victim embraces the madness. Eventually the victims’ bodies physically change, usually starting with their blood. When Nefarian died, his wounds oozed black tar . Altered blood seems to be the first physical change, at least with dragons. Once that happens nothing can be done for them.” He closed his eyes for a moment, remembering some of his attempts to heal those beyond saving. “I’ve tried to save several that have gone that far. When I do, their madness recedes, the voices constantly whispering in their heads go silent, but their bodies break down, sometimes until there’s nothing left of them but dust.”

 

    The Reds had a silent conversation when Harry finished, the emotion in his voice and expression had been obvious. A moment later they came to their first destination. “This group is infected, so keep a tail-length between you and the chamber.”

 

    It took a moment for the Dragonqueen to recognize the whelps and their Dragonspawn caretaker with the discoloration of the Chromatic Contagion. Alexstrasza spoke after a moment. “This is Xerestrasza’s brood, or most of it, and the dragonspawn is a healer in training from Wyrmrest Temple. I… can feel the Contagion from here, are you certain you can cure it?”

 

    Harry replied as they followed the row, walking past the stasis chambers filled with dragons, whelps, eggs, and Dragonspawn. “It won’t be easy, but my healers and research team believe we can heal their minds and stabilize their bodies with your help Dragonqueen.”

 

    After a moment of silence they came to the large stasis chamber that held the rest of the dragons rescued from the Ruby Sanctum, including her own clutch. Several of the eggs had hatched prematurely from exposure to the Contagion, and even frozen in time it was obvious they were in agonizing amounts of pain. Harry stepped back as Tyranastrasz wrapped his Queen in a tight hug, keeping her from rushing towards her children. Harry had hated the Twilight Hammer’s Cult ever since the first time he’d been told about their cruelty and their many victims. But in the last few weeks as he’d joined the teams rescuing the Cult’s victims in the Highlands and Wyrmrest Temple’s five Sanctums to prepare for today, Harry had begun to feel true hatred for the Old Gods. Destroying the Cult is pointless if their gods aren’t destroyed as well, like pulling a weed and missing the root. But how? It can’t be impossible, nothing is truly impossibl e to kill, just difficult. Harry idly conjured a chair and sat as he thought. Twilight fire and lightning are powerful, but I don’t like the idea of entirely relying on them against C’Thun or Yogg’Saron. If Azeroth’s people had a way to destroy them the Old Gods would already be dead and gone. So, how then…

 

    Harry’s gaze turned to Alexstrasza as her consort comforted her as they looked into the stasis chamber. That… that might work. I’ll talk to Hermione soon. She’s taken control of our research teams and might not be happy I’m giving her another project, but she’ll understand.

 

    As Harry watched Alexstrasza his heart went out to her. She’s been through so much but at least I can lighten her load a little.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Negotiations with Alexstrasza were only a formality after Harry proved he’d been telling the truth. But even this small amount of freedom from the Titan’s chains was only temporary, as she recovered her strength and didn’t need that foreign magic keeping her alive those chains would reclaim her mind. With the trust he’d earned it was easy for Harry to convince Alexstrasza to sign a new magical contract written in both of their blood. On Harry’s side, the contract bound him to save as many lives on Azeroth as he could, and in return Alexstrasza agreed to follow his lead until the next Midsummer, which was about six months away. After the contract was signed and he’d returned it to his pocket dimension, Harry spoke in a very serious tone. “Alexstrasza, thank you for agreeing to work with me. In a moment you should return to Wyrmrest, but first I need to ask you a question. What would you sacrifice to prevent the extinction of the four loyal Dragonflights and the needless deaths of Ysera and Nozdormu, along with thousands of innocent mortals and dragons?”

   

    Alexstrasza replied in a serious tone, the word extinction had caught her ear. “I would endure any torment and sacrifice myself, mind, body, and soul to prevent such a tragedy. Mortal…” Alexstrasza paused, considering some of Harry’s earlier words and actions. “...Harry, is extinction… is that the path we are treading?”

 

    Harry stood, drawing himself to his full height. “Not anymore.” After a moment’s pause, Harry continued. “Are you ready to return to Wyrmrest? We’ve been inside of a temporally-accelerated area; outside it’s only been about eight hours since you left Desolace.”

 

    Alexstrasza looked around the Meadow wistfully for a moment. After seeing the proof that her children still lived, Alexstrasza had signed the contract and then eaten another meal, this time enjoying two deer, four goats, and a talbuk. “Yes, I am ready. Are you ready to share your plan, Harry?”

 

    “Yes, at least the first part. Compared to the original timeline we’re a little ahead of schedule, but that’s a good thing. The first thing you need to do is order the Blue Dragonflight to flee Coldarra. Any eggs or whelps should be moved to Elune’s Temple and all of them that can fight should move to Wyrmrest Temple.” Harry paused, he didn’t want to explain everything yet, but he should probably tell her a little more. “This coming attack on the Blue Dragonflight is why the Cult assaulted the Sanctums; they attacked your children to sow discord and create a distraction. If you don’t get the Blues away in time so many will die that their Flight might never recover.”

 

    Alexstrasza began speaking, starting with a serious tone but changing to something warmer as she spoke. “I admit it… chafes, to follow the orders of a mortal. But you have my trust, Harry Potter. Do not abuse it.”

 

    Harry smiled at the Red Aspect. “Thank you Alexstrasza. Once you have the Blues safely out of the way please call a meeting with the other Aspects. Tyranastrasz and I will join you then.”

 

    With that, Alexstrasza squared her shoulders, focused her magic, and Teleported to Wyrmrest Temple. Now that the two were alone, Tyranastrasz spoke, an edge of menace in his tone. “I trust that your plans for my mate will not harm her. She has been through enough already, Mage.”

 

    Harry gave the wyrm a weak smile. “I owe you and your Queen much, Tyranastrasz. And even more importantly, many of my Oathsworn are her children and grandchildren. I have their loyalty and they have mine, I refuse to dishonor that.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    At Wyrmrest, Alexstrasza rolled up her metaphorical sleeves and got to work, returning to her true form and issuing commands as soon as she’d arrived. A message to Kalecgos started the Blue’s exodus and in less than a day the Blue Dragonflight had evacuated their home. From the few clutches that had been there to the numerous civilians present, to most of the Blue’s dangerous artifacts, the Coldarra was soon empty save for a few well-hidden scouts. As soon as they arrived at Wyrmrest Temple the relocated Blues were set to work strengthening the Temple’s magical defenses. After a private discussion with Kalecgos, Alexstrasza even agreed to ask Jagragosa, mate of the heretic Senegos to help improve their defenses in exchange for all the leniency she could give Senegos.

 

    Alexstrasza’s reception had been mixed on her return but after she gave her initial orders she told any who would listen of the Twilight Cult’s atrocity in the Sanctums. Just before the meeting she’d called for her fellow Aspects, she called an assembly of all who could be spared from their tasks. “My fellow dragons, when the Cult struck against us our Sanctums, when they snuck in like rats to murder our children it was a truly grievous blow. But even in the darkest acts, there is still hope! Every dragon save my Consort Korialstrasz will live, though Azeroth can no longer be their home. Though we may never see them again, our children will prosper and thrive on a distant world. Grieve that they have been taken from us, but celebrate that they will yet live!”

 

    An Orc with black armor and a famous magical hammer stopped at the edge of the gathering, stunned for a moment and lost his chance to speak with the returned Dragonqueen when Nozdormu urgently led Alexstrasza into a side room. Both Aspects took their mortal forms to fit inside; Alexstrasza was surprised to see that even in his mortal form Nozdormu’s right arm retained its Red scales. Nozdormu spoke first. “Sister, this isn’t how the Timeline should have gone, events are changing. Is this the Outsider’s doing?”

 

    The Dragonqueen smiled at the Bronze Aspect before she spoke. “It was the Outsider, brother.” Alexstrasza paused for a moment, before continuing. “He is… less than pleased with your actions the last time you met, but eventually agreed to remain civil as long as you do not attempt to evict him from reality again.”

 

    Nozdormu spoke again, sounding just a little lost. “Sister, ever since our encounter in the Caverns, I’ve begun to doubt the Timeline, to doubt myself, to doubt everything! The Timeline is constantly shifting, nothing is sure anymore!”

 

    Alexstrasza placed her hands on his shoulders and spoke softly in a warm tone. “Then we will simply do what we can, brother. If the Timeline is unsure, we will choose the best path possible one day at a time.” When her fellow Aspect still seemed unsure of himself, Alexstrasza gave his shoulder a gentle squeeze. “Come, I will need your wisdom and counsel in this meeting.”

 

    A few moments later the two Aspects entered the meeting room and found Ysera, the Green Dragonflight’s Aspect and Kalecgos, the newly chosen Blue Aspect waiting for them. Before they finished exchanging pleasantries, a portal opened and two figures stepped out. The first was a crimson-furred Tauren that all present remembered as the mortal form of Alexstrasza’s decades-long dead Prime Consort. The second caused even more of a stir when Nozdormu began gathering magic as he shouted: “ Outsider!

 

    In response Harry raised a hand crackling with Twilight Lightning. “Calm yourself, Aspect. If you even try feeding me to a Void god again you will regret it.”

 

    Kalecgos and Ysera turned to stare at Nozdormu, not yet registering the threat posed by the newcomer. After sighing loudly and releasing the magic he’d been gathering Nozdormu replied, hoping to assuage the odd looks he was getting. “Recently in my personal Timeline I discovered this Outsider was stealing doomed High Elves and replacing them with very convincing false corpses. He fled into the Caverns and refused to surrender. We fought, and after he severed my arm I brought the full power of the Caverns down on him and ejected him from reality. His return should be impossible. ” When the Dragonqueen gave him a gentle nudge with her elbow, the Bronze Aspect continued. “However, during the confrontation he did claim to be a friend of our kind, and he has been careful not to not unduly disrupt the Timeline. In fact, the great disruption to the Timeline came only after I cast him out. He… may not be our enemy.”

 

    Harry nodded to acknowledge the dragon’s words. Turning to the others, he began speaking again. “My people discovered a way to write binding magical contracts with blood, and I have signed one with Alexstrasza. Nozdormu, your Timeline would see the world safe, but at a terrible cost. Soon, the Twilight Cult will storm the Coldarra and steal artifacts to give life to a stitched amalgam of all five dragonflights.” Harry paused and turned to Kalecgos before he continued. “I believe that, intentionally or not, this creature will have a soul by the time it arrives to assault Wyrmrest Temple alongside the Cult.”

 

    Kalecgos spoke up, his intelligent eyes gleaming as he grasped Harry’s meaning. “You believe they infused this creature with one of our phylacteries, one of the soul jars the ancient Blue dragons created?”

 

    Harry nodded and continued. “Possibly by accident, but yes. Since this ‘Chromatus’ has a soul and hasn’t been corrupted beyond saving by the Old Gods thanks to the massive magical charge needed to animate the creature disrupting all foreign magic, even the Old God’s corruption…”

 

    Alexstrasza interrupted Harry, speaking up excitedly as she grasped his plan. “If this ‘Chromatus’ isn’t just a necromantic construct then we might be able to break his connection to the Old Gods and gain a powerful ally. Nozdormu, do you know how strong this creature is?”

 

    Nozdormu, aware of what the Timeline should be, spoke up with shock in his voice as he collapsed into the chair Harry helpfully conjured behind him. “Chromatus, in the Timeline we have drifted away from, was nearly strong enough to fight all four of us at once and win.

 

    Ysera spoke up next. “Mortal, how do you intend to accomplish this? Cleansing corruption is no simple, easy thing.”

 

    “Nothing worth doing is, Ysera. Elune will send her Herald and High Priestess when the moment is right. Also, Senegos and his followers at Azurewing have freed whelps, drakes, and even a few dragons, and I have some hard-won skill at freeing minds. It will not be easy, but if we plan well and work together, we can steal one of the Old God’s most powerful weapons away from them.” Harry paused, nervously running a hand through his hair. “If we do this right, we can turn Chromatus, capture every last Twilight dragon with him and win the day with very few losses. We can take the Old God’s slaves and turn them into allies simply by freeing them. Are you willing to work with me until the battle is won?”

 

    By this point, three of the four Aspects of the Wyrmrest Accord had begun to escape the mental bindings chaining their minds; only Ysera had yet to begin escaping the Titan’s binds.  So as Harry expected Alexstrasza threw her support behind Harry, then Kalecgos agreed as well, seeing the wisdom in turning enemies into possible allies. Nozdormu was hesitant, but he was beginning to believe Harry had been honest when he claimed to be a friend of the dragons; the attack that took his arm could have been a fatal strike if the human had gone for his head instead. Ysera did not trust Harry, but agreed to follow him in the battle to come anyway. She knew that if the Dragonflights did not present a united front they would fall and the word would burn.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Three days later Harry was watching the four Aspects rally their Flights for the fight to come. As expected, two days ago the Twilight Cult had invaded the Coldarra, only to find the Blue Dragonflight absent, along with nearly every magical artifact the Blues had hoarded over the millennia. (Many for good reason, some objects were too dangerous to ever see the light of day, and like Azuregos many Blue dragons made a hobby of seeking them out for the good of all. Some things were best locked away in a vault and forgotten.) Most importantly a relic of Malygos had been left behind: a Surge Needle. Built around a flying disc large enough to carry three wyrms, this artifact would draw a massive torrent of magic from Azeroth’s ley-lines and forge that power into the spark that ignited life in their new weapon. Kalecgos had been a little shaken when he returned after ensuring that a Surge Needle had been left  for the Cult to find, and had nearly exploded when Ysera had asked him what was wrong. “There’s a soul, a draconic soul, bound to the Surge Needle I left behind! And it isn’t just sitting in a crystal, it’s hopelessly twined with the whole device. The soul is a component of the Surge Needle, an essential component!

 

    Harry had spoken up from where he’d been carving a small wardstone as part of the Temple’s new perimeter alarm. “Do you know who built the Surge Needle? I assume Malygos had some hand in it, but did anyone else work on it?”

 

    Half an hour later, Kalecgos had returned from meeting with several dragons who had served Malygos during the Nexus War. “Saragosa. Malygos’ Prime Consort did most of the work on the Surge Needles used in the war…”

 

    While the Aspect would have gone on, perhaps expressing his disbelief, Harry spoke over him. “That explains the soul then.” When the Aspect turned to face Harry with an incredulous expression, he continued. “What? Saragosa’s apprentices tended to disappear, especially the talented ones. If you don’t believe me, talk to the drakes old enough to have fought in the Nexus War; the ones I’ve met were terrified of her. While Malygos was incapacitated, she ruled your Flight. No one spoke against her, even when an apprentice of hers washed ashore with a broken neck and marks from a dragon’s talons.”

 

    Alexstrasza’s expression fell from where she’d been listening across the room as she directed the Temple’s Defenders. An old memory rose to the surface, of Senegos begging her to appoint a new Aspect, claiming that Malygos’ madness was dragging the entire Flight down, and his last words as her guards dragged him away. Senegos had been right, when he claimed that the Blue Flight’s suffering would spill over and spread, like a poison, if left untreated. If she had acted, had transferred Malygos’ power to a new Aspect, the Nexus War could have been avoided entirely.

 

    The day before they expected the Twilight Cult and associated dragons to assault Wyrmrest Temple, at least according to their scouts and scrying spells, Harry was addressing the Temple’s drakes when he was rudely interrupted. “I’m looking for volunteers for a critical role during the battle; I need some of you with endurance and agility to carry elven archers into battle. Each volunteer will receive an invisibility spell, but once the arrows start to fly…”

 

    In all honesty, Harry could admit he had been acting rather childishly in regards to Thrall, the former Warchief of the Horde. The Shaman had given up leading the Horde to focus on calming the raging elements and hopefully bringing the world back into balance. Possibly a noble pursuit, but nearly everything the Orc does and is still doing rubs me the wrong way. But I think all my anger at him comes from his failures as a leader. He made so many mistakes and failed his people so badly. A true leader must understand his people, must guide them to overcome their flaws. I’m doing that, England and the Potter Dragonflight have already begun combining the best parts of Earth’s and Azeroth’s cultures into something better. Thrall was raised by humans and he never knew or cared about the evils of his people’s culture. Hell, Thrall was raised as a slave after the Old Horde was defeated but then allowed his people to enslave others. Looking at the nearly apoplectic Orc striding towards him, still damp and dripping green slime from a stagnant pool of water in Un’Goro Crater, Harry sighed quietly. Perhaps I have gone just a little too far with opening portals to unpleasant destinations under his feet.

 

    The bolt of lightning that slammed into Harry’s instinctive shield spell suggested he had indeed pushed Thrall too far. Still, Harry was in no mood to put up with the Orc’s tantrum. Looking over his shoulder Harry spoke. “I’m busy. Go away Thrall, or I’ll send you someplace worse this time.”

 

    Honestly, Harry wasn’t completely sure why he was being so aggressive with the Shaman, he could usually control himself better. Maybe it was because Thrall’s leadership of the Horde had caused so many problems? In any case, he was surprised when Thrall spoke, he wasn’t aware he’d been in the Temple long enough to hear the rumors the dragons were whispering to each other. “This has gone on long enough! I know what you are , dragon. You’re an infiltrator, a spy sent here to sabotage the dragons from the inside and tear them down. I won’t allow it, Twilight filth!”

 

    Harry had been surprised to learn how much the dragons of Wyrmrest loved to gossip. It turned out that between recent events and his presence the dragons had plenty to discuss: During the Twilight Cult’s siege of Mount Hyjal, Tendrion had saved many lives, and had snatched many dragons from the grasp of the Cult. Most of them had kept their silence, but with the uncertainty since the destruction of the Sanctums and Harry’s arrival, those who had seen Tendrion fighting the Cult had begun to share their stories. Harry had been amused by the way the rank and file drakes and dragons had tried to make sense of Harry’s presence and his obvious importance to the Aspects. To the dragon’s senses, it was clear Harry was one of them, but he never took his ‘natural’ form. Speculation had been rampant, and that was when those rescued by a Twilight drake working against the Cult had shared their tales. Again uncharacteristically aggressive, Harry replied to the Shaman while purple Twilight Lightning began to dance around his right hand. “You continue to prove yourself a fool, Thrall. Stand down or get hurt, I don’t care which you choose.”

 

    “I have killed Twilight dragons before, Spy. I will not allow you to continue deceiving the Aspects!”

 

    Harry snarled as his magic started to flare in his anger. “So like an Orc to murder innocents and then brag about it!”

 

    “Twilight Dragons are monsters, twisted abominations that must be put down.”

 

    Thrall could have continued, but Harry spoke over him in a roar, fingers itching to reduce the Shaman to ash and his spear leaping out of its sheath on his wrist. “Silence! You know nothing fool, not even what the Twilight Dragons are. You have no idea how they are made! Dragons are sapient, aware, inside their eggs. Twilight eggs are stolen from the other Dragonflights and infused with the squeezings from Nether drakes, twisting them into new shapes, but that is only the start of their suffering! As they mutate within their shells, Faceless come, their torture begins, and then the whispers start. Agony, suffering, pain becomes their entire existence as dark voices whisper in their minds, offering an end to the suffering if only they will swear to serve the whispers as their new gods. Every living thing will break under torture eventually and those whelps are so helpless, unable to fight or flee. When they give in, begging to do anything, serve anything, if only the pain will stop, a magically binding contract forms, binding them as slaves.”

 

    One of the drakes Harry had been addressing spoke up, ignoring the tension between Harry and Thrall. (Most of the drakes had actually been placing bets on when the two of them would come to blows and who would win.) “So there’s nothing that can be done for them then? Is Senegos wrong?”

 

    Without looking away from Thrall, each of their weapons crackling with lightning ready to unleash, Harry replied to the question. “Magical contracts are not created equal. One created by torturing another into submission is not as strong as one entered into willingly. Intent is crucial. Always remember that Love is stronger than Hate . You can usurp the Twilight’s binds, and bring them back to sanity, but you have to care, you need to have compassion, an unselfish love for others, to do it. You have to be able to look past what they’ve done, see what they could be, and reach out.” Harry’s voice started to waver. “And then you have to stop them from killing themselves when they realize what they’ve been made to do and the horror sets in.”

 

    The imminent battle between Harry and Thrall was interrupted by the voice of Alexstrasza, who had entered the room with her sister Ysera, both in their natural forms. “After you brought Tyranastrasz to me in my darkest hour, you quoted Eonar’s Charge. You said you needed me to love the unlovable, but I hadn’t realized just what those words meant to you.” Alexstrasza paused, looking between Harry and Thrall; she’d been drawn by the feeling of Harry’s magic spiking and a drake near the entrance had told her Thrall had aimed to cripple or kill with the first strike. “Thrall, stand down. Harry is here in the Temple as my guest, and is under my protection, not that he requires it. Both of you will focus your efforts on the battle to come. You can settle your grudge after we have survived the coming battle.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Six days after Alexstrasza returned to Wyrmrest Temple, battle was on the horizon. From the top of the Temple Harry could see plumes of thick black smoke that had once been settlements of Northrend’s native Tuskarr and Taunka, the residents evacuated to the other side of the continent thanks to Kalecgos. Using his battered but still functional binoculars, Harry could see the oncoming army burning everything they could and using the Old God’s power to warp the land. He could even see a massive bruise-purple wyrm with Red, Bronze, Blue, Black, and Green heads near the rear of the enemy’s army gorging on an entire herd of elk the Cult’s drakes brought to him. That’s a lot of food even for something his size. Harry adjusted the same binoculars Sirius had enchanted for him before the Goblin assault on Hogwarts and recoiled when he got a better look at the five-headed dragon. How is it even alive? It’s worse than Frankenstein’s monster! I see bone where skin and scale have flaked away, muscle exposed to the air, and places where it’s oozing something. If its nerves are working at all it must be in excruciating amounts of pain. That’s why it's eating so much, it must be trying to kick-start its body’s natural healing. Not a bad idea, but this Chromatus desperately needs a real healer. Harry looked at it again. And probably a Priest, I swear I just saw something slither under its hide.

 

    Turning his attention to the Cultists creating edifices of cursed metal to warp the land, Harry spoke without looking away. “You’ll need to purify the land after the battle. Elune’s Herald can accomplish that without much trouble.”

 

    Alexstrasza replied, standing next to Tyranastrasz; she was watching their enemy with her natural eyes, not needing any device or magic. “Agreed. I can see the cultists mounting drakes and their supply column is already moving, they will be here soon. Is everything ready?”

 

    Harry replied with a confident voice. “Yes, I think so.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Inside one of the inner chambers of the temple, a dozen floors beneath where Harry stood watching the slow approach of their foes, Tyrande Whisperwind looked around, observing the preparations for the coming battle. Two hundred Kaldorei archers, the very best that could be spared from the war, were walking among the assembled Blue, Green, and Bronze drakes, finding a partner for the battle to come. Just over four-hundred drakes assembled here, and only five from Alexstrasza’s flight. Too many painful memories from the Second War… Her attention was drawn across the room as a Blue dragon opened a portal and Sin'dorei, Blood Elves, began to enter the chamber. Tyrande recognized the man at the front of the group, Regent Lord Lor’themar Theron, the leader of the Blood elves; he was a tall elf in carefully maintained armor with a scar bisecting his blind left eye. Walking over, Tyrande spoke. “Greetings Regent Lord. I am glad you chose to join us.”

 

    Lor’themar’s response was cool, the weight of many years of mistrust between their people evident. Still, he was polite. “High Priestess. Your message said that an important battle would be fought here today, where are my people needed?”

 

    Before Tyrande could reply, a Red wyrm began shouting. “The Cult is moving towards us, they’ll be here in half an hour. Drakes! Find an archer and strap on your gear! Archers! Find a drake and stow whatever arrows you have with you! Our allies have provided four quivers of arrows for each of you, the green ones are poisoned and are for the cultists and any Faceless! The red arrows are enchanted and are to be used on the Twilight dragons! Kalecgos will be here in ten minutes to begin casting invisibility spells, be mounted and ready by then!”

 

    Tyrande spoke, raising her voice to be heard by all those in the hall. “This battle is more important than you have been told! The Twilight Cult has sparked a new war, devastated our world, and caused famines and chaos that threaten all of our people! Today we strike a powerful blow against them! Every Twilight dragon has been stolen from their mothers by the Cult and tortured into submission, into slavery! In the battle to come, every red arrow that scores a non-lethal hit will not only remove a drake from this battle, it will let us begin freeing their minds! Each drake we spare today will become an ally tomorrow. We fight the Cult to protect our loves ones, but these drakes will fight to avenge their own torture, the pointless deaths of their siblings, and all the horrors they were forced to commit!”

 

    Lor’themar made a hand sign to his troops and spoke. “Interesting. The dragon mentioned an invisibility spell?”

 

    A Green drake standing nearby replied as a Kaldorei adjusted the straps on his riding harness. “A mystery dragon has been sharing some very interesting spells, including this one. Supposedly we’ll be able to see each other once the spell is cast and we should be invisible for at least half an hour. The Cult will figure out what’s going on pretty fast, so our job is to do as much damage as possible and then fall back to the Temple.”

 

    Tyrande spoke again as the Blood Elves began picking out dragons. “Lor’themar, during the battle I will be needed elsewhere. Are you willing to take command of the archers?”

 

    Ten-thousand years of bad blood had passed between the Night Elves and their fair-skinned kin but recently Tyrande had begun the long, difficult work of healing the rift between them. That divide would linger for years no matter what, but giving the Regent Lord command of Kaldorei during a joint engagement was a strong step forward. With a small smile, Lor’themar replied. “I would be honored, Tyrande.”

 

    With that, Tyrande ordered her people to obey Lor’themar as they would her, and left the group behind. The last thing she saw as she moved to join Elune’s Herald was the Regent Lord mounting the oddly small and agile Green dragon who’d been given command of the Temple’s drakes.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    At ground level Senastrasz was helping the Temple’s ground forces into the armor they’d been forging around the clock since Harry and Alexstrasza had arrived at the Temple. Most of the earth-bound troops were drakonids and dragonspawn, with a handful of dragons and wyrms who'd been grounded by old injuries. Compared to what he’d become accustomed to, their traditional armor looked ornamental, so he’d shared some of the schematics the Potter Dragonflight had created. As he finished adjusting a Blue dragonspawn’s breastplate, one of the veteran warriors began questioning the wisdom of this heavier armor, complaining that it would limit their mobility. Annoyed, Senastrasz replied as he moved on. “In this battle our job isn’t to charge in, the only thing we need to do is draw a line and hold it. Our Blue friends have been feverishly enchanting this armor, if nothing else it will cut down deaths from Twilight fire. It will still burn but with these enchantments it will drop pieces burning with magical fire. If you get that blue fire burning on your scales, get to someone wearing golden armor. They’re the only ones we have that can keep the flames from killing us so keep them safe, understood?

 

    With that said, the group got back to work. Senastrasz smiled to himself as he saw the rest of the soldiers had caught on and were quickly helping each other armor up now. After he’d met with the Aspects, Harry had ordered his followers to help prepare the Temple’s defenses. He’d been busy, mostly in the forge, Alira was assisting the healers and demonstrating a number of Earth’s useful healing spells, Hermione had been teaching the Blues a thing or two about enchanting and wards, and Stine had mostly been keeping an eye on things in case the Wrymrest Accord turned on them. The Potter Dragonflight had put in a lot of effort to keep themselves hidden on Azeroth for a reason after all. But now that their Lord had convinced the Dragonqueen to sign a contract written in her own blood, they could operate a little more openly. Of course we’re not actually telling anyone we’ve formed our own Flight. According to the Temple’s rumors we’re just some drakes that chose to work with that mysterious Twilight drake from Hyjal.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Ysera groaned internally, just barely keeping a serene expression on her face as she spoke with Thrall. “Peace Shaman. You’ve already made your opinion on the newcomer clear. We haven’t shared our plans because we may still have traitors within the Temple.”

 

    With a sigh, Ysera turned to face the Shaman, interrupting her handmaiden’s efforts to finish attaching the light, flexible armor to her neck. As much as she wanted to argue that her scales would be good enough, she remembered how the Outsider had badgered Nozdormu into describing the danger of Chromatus, the Cult’s latest abomination. While the Outsider had provided the schematics, her armor had been forged by Wyrmrest’s usual smiths alongside a team of hastily hired Dwarves and enchanted by the Blue Aspect himself. Like her sister, she was no stranger to wearing enchanted jewelry but armor was something she’d never worn before. She carefully refrained from smirking as she flexed a talon encased in thick, bladed armor. I can see why the mortals are so fond of using magical armor to augment their natural abilities, I just wish this wasn’t needed. Out loud, Ysera spoke to Thrall. “If you choose to fight with us, our ground forces could use your help.”

 

    Grumbling under his breath, Thrall turned away and began the long climb down to the Temple’s base.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Harry mounted his newest flying disc as he turned back to the four Aspects now standing before him in their mortal forms at the Temple’s peak. “They’re nearly here. I’m going to head out, but I’ll run like hell if Chromatus joins the fight. The four of you need to wait to join the battle until Chromatus joins the fight, Tyrande and the Herald will join you then. Possibly Lady Proudmoore as well.”

 

    I’m glad Master Proudmoore was willing to join us. She might not be as powerful as a Dragon Aspect but she isn’t weak either: more importantly she’s creative. Looking out, he saw that the Twilight force was almost in position. Time to get going, if nothing else Master will enjoy the chance to really cut loose, and I admit I’m looking forward to fighting alongside her. She said she wanted to come from the coast…

 

    It took Harry a moment, but then he saw his master’s animagus form in the distance, slowly approaching the Cult’s army from the coast to the south. Not a bad place to start from, Chromatus is still gorging himself to the northwest while the cultist’s column is further south, following the road near the ocean… If I fly north a little and then head straight south to destroy their supply wagons while Master disrupts their front lines... That should make things easier on the defenders.

 

    With that, Harry shifted his armor and touched a rune on his neck to extend the helmet from its storage space around his neck. While some parts had been replaced and enchantments upgraded, this was mostly the same armor he’d used in the Void against the Void god. But the colors had changed, he’d carefully applied red and gold paint with black accents to match Alexstrasza’s gift the day before: She’d caught up to him when he finished speaking to the drakes who would be playing a pivotal role in the upcoming battle and given him a tabard she’d commissioned for him. He’d been surprised at the quality, the fabric was incredibly tough; a necessity for cloth worn over armor. Harry liked both the symbolism as well as the design: A red background, black on the edges, and in the center a representation of Wyrmrest Temple’s tower with a pair of draconic wings spread to the sides in dull gold.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Inside the ears of every drake and archer riding invisibly on their backs, a quiet tone preceded Harry’s voice. Kalecgos’ spell had been cast, and one by one their formation had silently leapt out of the Temple; the mounted drakes had slowly circled higher and higher above the frozen wastes about to become a battlefield. “Archers, get ready. Lady Proudmoore and I are going to hit their army, as soon as we get their attention start tagging the enemy drakes with the red, smooth arrows. The poisoned ones have a rougher texture to make them easier to tell apart. Good luck up there.”

 

    At Harry’s command, each archer fitted an arrow to their bowstring and chose their first target. None of them really knew what was about to happen, but expected it to be flashy. They were not disappointed.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Harry smirked as he knelt and grabbed his disc with one hand as he banked his turn much faster than he needed to. Whispering into a speak stone inside his helmet, he smirked as he started to gain some real speed as he guided his disc down towards the cultists. “ Now Master. Try to take out that big… thing with the tentacles near the front, I’ll take out their supply wagons and work my way towards you.”

 

    Despite not expecting a reply, given his Master was still in her animagus form, he heard a rough voice speak over the connection. “I’ll meet you in the middle, Harry.”

 

    Harry smiled and focused on the fight. He was aiming directly for the enemy’s supply wagons and could already tell they were hauling very dark magical artifacts. (The kind of ‘dark’ that even Sirius’ ancestors would flee in terror from.) Thirty seconds before impact he leapt from his disc and changed his angle to land a good ways away from his disc. At least I figured out a few useful things during the year I was ‘traveling.’ Voldemort’s ability to fly was a real puzzle, but it wasn’t too hard to figure out after Mr. Scamander let me study that Horned Serpent. Now… this should be fun.

 

    Creating as much crackling neon purple Twilight Lightning and compressing it on the blade of his spear, Harry smirked as he neared the ground. Ever since the first lesson Aurogos had given on Elemental Magic, lightning had obviously been ‘his’ element. As a teenager, the irony of his famous scar had annoyed him to no end but he’d moved past that years ago. Now he just reveled in the way his magic sang and crackled in time with the striking light show building up on his blade, just itching to be released. Just before he struck the ground he cast a few spells on himself, a shield and something to protect him from the impact, and focused on releasing the crackling energy in an arc, just like he’d turned on the goblins during the siege of Hogwarts. Embracing the predatory instincts of Hadrion, Harry let out a snarl as he impacted the snow in an explosion that sent rocks and a wave of crackling lightning in all directions.

 

    Hopping out of the crater he’d made, Harry caught Master Proudmoore heaving a mostly frozen tsunami of seawater, debris, and her own twist on Storm magic, pale lightning flickering through the flood onto Cultists near the army’s front. Behind him, the disc he’d been flying exploded violently in a massive explosion of black fire: He wanted to keep the Cult guessing as long as he could, so instead of filling the disc’s expanded space with his own flames, he’d cornered Elune’s Herald instead and spent some time trapping the drake’s unique flames in a stasis spell. (Not an easy trick.) The supply wagons had been at the rear of the Cult’s army, so Harry turned towards the Temple and started the day’s bloody work. No mercy for this filth. They chose this, chose to turn against their own people and cause suffering, chose to end the world. They need to die, and I’m not the only one who thinks so.

 

    Looking up, Harry saw that while the attack on the ground had the attention of the enemy drakes, their own archers were hard at work. Hermione did wonderful work on those portkeys. I’ve weighted the scales as much as possible, but let's see if an old friend wants to join in.

 

    With a manic grin on his face, Harry stabbed his spear into a nearby hill and poured his magic into it. Feeling less like he was casting a transfiguration and more like he was drawing something out of the stone that had always been there, Harry fed his intention into the magic flooding into the stones and dirt. Goldrinn! Join us in battle or miss out!

 

    Sure enough, he felt the animating magic abruptly leave his control and turned towards the nearest group of cultists who had drawn knives and were charging at him with no regard for their own safety. That was fine with Harry though, as the Avatar he’d forged for Goldrinn finished tearing itself free from the hillside he made a broad sweep with his spear, more purple lightning sweeping out in a wide arc. Every cultist for dozens of feet was caught in the lightning and fell to the ground, dead before they stopped twitching. With space, Harry slashed his spear through the snow at his feet and the ground writhed, birthing a dozen wolves the size of small ponies. When Goldrinn’s Avatar let loose an ear-splitting howl the new wolves joined him and leapt into the fray. With a moment of focus, Harry threw an orb of lightning with his left hand that bounced into the disrupted but still dangerous army, striking its first target just long enough to stop the Tauren’s heart before jumping to another enemy.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Lor’themar smiled as he watched Lady Proudmoore and an unknown Mage tear into the advancing cultists. Lady Proudmoore truly is an incredible Mage, and the other seems just as dangerous. As the half-frozen tsunami lost power and elementals began to arise from the slowed water he glanced around even as he let another arrow fly. So far, his part of the battle was going very well. One by one the enemy’s drakes were being captured even as poisoned arrows rained on the advancing cultists. Lor’themar found himself wondering just what these arrows were poisoned with when his latest shot into the shoulder of a rampaging Orc killed it in seconds… The dragon’s strategist is a good one, whoever they are. I’ve never ridden a dragon before, and there’s a bit of a trick to maintaining accuracy, but Atarus is working with me, just like the drakes are with their own riders. Even invisible the Cult would be able to find ground-based archers in a battle like this, but with us mobile and constantly moving in three dimensions… Well that makes it a little safer for us, even with those fools shooting arrows, bolts, and spells randomly into the air.

 

    Glancing around the battlefield, he saw that about two thirds of the enemy’s drakes had been transported away by the enchanted arrows; the rest had made their way to the ground and were assaulting the temple alongside the Cult’s infantry. Why are they landing… Wait, the Cult came to destroy the Dragonflights… His eyes broke away from the drakes that were landing and swept out over the advancing army. While Lady Proudmoore was attacking from the south and that Lightning user was tearing apart the Cultist’s supply train and rearmost forces, in the middle of the column cultists were working on some kind of siege equipment, enchanted catapults and ballista. They’re probably saving the Ballista for the big dragons, I don’t recognize what they’re loading the catapults with, but I can guess what it’ll do.

 

    Activating his speak-stone, Lor’themar barked out orders. “Fall back! Back to the Temple! Quickly!”

 

    Sure enough, the catapults began to fire, and the enchanted spheres they launched exploded in midair. The first explosion was strong enough to kill or stun half a dozen drakes, and Lor’themar shouted even as he obeyed his own orders. “Use the capture arrows! Before they hit the ground!”

 

    Atarus, because he was an unusually small dragon, was able to quickly turn around as well as race towards the falling drakes with powerful beats of his wings. Lor’themar managed to get an enchanted arrow into the flank of a falling drake bleeding heavily from his mouth and nose. Quickly taking the battlefield in, he saw that others were being handled by others, but the last drake was too far away. Sadly both drake and rider were clearly unconscious and unable to help themselves. At the same moment Atarus began to move, Lor’themar shouted at him to dive, leaning close as he drew one of his last few enchanted arrows. Approaching the ground much faster than was really safe at an angle, Atarus managed to get close enough for Lor’themar to get a shot off, praying that his aim was true. Suddenly aware that the ground was too close for Atarus to pull out of his dive, Lor’themar drew an enchanted arrow and stabbed it into the dragon’s shoulder only seconds before they would have hit the ground.

 

    Given his experience and the leadership roles he’d held, Lor’themar was well acquainted with a wide variety of magical transport. Whatever magic had been placed on these arrows was by far the longest and worst ride he’d ever had. Arriving in a hall deep within Wyrmrest Temple was jarring enough to knock the air out of his lungs and even with his training and self-discipline he couldn’t keep himself from breathing in the green mist that hung everywhere in the room. But as he passed out, Lor’themar was glad to see that all of the drakes who’d been knocked out of the air had arrived and were being treated by healers wearing breathing masks.

 

    Only a few moments later, Lor’themar was waking up still strapped to Atarus’ back. A Red Dragonspawn had climbed to within arm’s reach and was waving an extremely pungent vial in front of his nose. Looking down he could see a human doing the same to Atarus. After taking a few seconds to shake off the extremely effective sleeping gas, Lor’themar watched the Dragonspawn carefully remove the arrow from Atarus and press a glowing hand to the dragon’s shoulder. In a few moments the wound was fully healed, and the masked healers hurried back through a massive double door that leaked green gas when opened. Atarus stretched, rolling his shoulders and spoke. “Back to the battle for us then. Good thinking with the arrow, Regent Lord.”

 

    As the dragon quickly strode through the halls, Lor’themar chuckled. “Never a moment of rest, is there?” After taking some deep breaths of the clean but cold air that flowed through the temple’s halls, he continued. “My friend, after this war is finished I hope you will visit me in Quel'Thalas. If nothing else, the story of this battle will be worth a drink or two at the tavern.”

 

    The dragon’s only response was a laugh as he leapt into the air to bypass a staircase as they rose through the Wyrmrest Temple, looking for a place with a good view of the battle; he still had most of his poisoned arrows, not to mention the ones he’d brought to the Temple. Lor’themar was sure he could find good homes for them before the battle was over.

   

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    With almost every motion Harry either threw lightning or transfigured more wolves for Goldrinn to command. Sure, the gibbering army of cultists was ‘killing’ some of the smaller wolves but nowhere near as fast as Harry could create new ones. As he fought his way through the frozen wastes towards Wyrmrest Temple he got his first good look at Master Proudmoore’s efforts as he crested a hill. He’d always known she was Powerful with a capital P, but seeing the tidal wave she’d brought ashore animated into a hundred water elementals with crackling hearts of Storm magic really hammered the point home. A few moments later he’d nearly reached the center of the column when to his surprise a figure entirely encased in armor lashed out with his staff and a wave of magic reduced the dozen horse sized wolves advancing on him to ash. What was more surprising was that the man had used The Light , instead of the Elemental or Void magic common among the Twilight Cult. Hmm. Someone important maybe? Or just someone with a very strong will? It's not easy to use the Light for evil.

 

    Instead of the relatively weak blasts of lightning he’d been using to avoid tiring himself out too soon or absorb too much magic too quickly, Harry slashed his spear and sent a tightly compressed bolt of Twilight Lightning hurtling at the cultist. He was grudgingly impressed when the man protected himself by casting Divine Shield; it was one of Ron’s favorite spells and was a perfect, if short-lived, defense. He’d been feeling the magic his lightning siphoned from its victims since he started the battle, but that was nothing compared to what he got when the spell he’d created by perfecting Hadrion’s Twilight fire slammed into the absolute defense. Still, just because he’s invulnerable for the moment doesn’t mean he’s safe.

 

    Smiling behind his faceplate, Harry dodged the cultist’s next golden spell and began transfiguring the battlefield. Invulnerable or not, the armored cultist still fell when the ground beneath his feet fell away. As the man was falling Harry canceled the transfiguration at ground level, then downwards in a controlled cascade to bury him. He almost didn’t dodge in time when the armored cultist appeared behind him, throwing a bolt of twisting, dripping shadow that warped everything it touched. Hmm. I’ve never seen magical transportation like that before, it looked like a shadowy pustule formed out of nothing and he simply stepped out of it. It’s fast and probably some kind of Void magic. I could throw up a ward but that would interfere with the portkeys, I’ll just have to live with it for now.

 

    Dodging a shadowy tendril of Void magic, Harry responded with a powerful arc of purple lightning. Again it splashed against a shield, this one a nearly opaque dome of dark purple magic. Harry simply smiled and cast again; the lightning he’d been throwing around was a spell he’d created from the parasitic flames of his animagus form. So long as he could avoid serious injury and kept casting it was impossible for him to lose a duel of attrition, but still Harry was surprised at the skill and power of his opponent. After trading a few more spells back and forth, the man started to speak using a spell to amplify his voice; his words could be heard all the way back to the Temple. “Faithful children! Today is a momentous occasion! Today we will not merely bring down our greatest enemies, but we also welcome our lost son back into the fold!”

 

    Ah. The Cult still has spies inside Wyrmrest, someone’s told him the rumors flying around the Temple. Answering the man by conjuring a dozen small balls of lightning with his left hand while his right touched his spear’s blade to the stone. As he finished transfiguring a hundred serpents of greatly varying sizes Harry replied, also empowering his voice to be heard near and far. “You’re insane if you think I would ever kneel to false gods, fool.”

 

    As the serpents lunged at the man he cast Holy Nova, a rapidly expanding dome of golden magic that protected him from both the lightning and destroyed the advancing serpents. Harry reflexively doubled up his own shield and was glad he did: Despite spreading across a large area, the Holy Nova was a powerful attack. Stepping back Harry started throwing some of his more destructive spells at his opponent, starting with piercing curses and gradually getting more and more destructive. By now the surrounding cultists, the ones not not getting torn apart by Goldrinn’s avatar and pack in the distance, had gotten their bearings and were charging through the snow at Harry. But as his spells got more destructive, none of them made it very close. Harry sighed when all of his attacks were absorbed by the Priest. (a pretty safe bet given the man’s choice in spells) Damn it. I’m not just fighting him, I’m fighting everything he can call on too. He must be one of the Cult’s leaders, maybe the leader with Cho’gall dead, but he’s not someone my oathsworn knew about.

 

    As Harry transfigured a substance they’d found in one of the Glamdring’s computers (it made Greek Fire look tame , a kind of highly combustible acid) into arrows and banished them at his opponent, the Priest started to talk again. “This soul has lost his way and fallen from the path, but he has found power while stumbling in the Dark! He must be taken alive so that we can show him the error of his ways, so that he can take the mantle that he has earned!

 

    Harry blinked as he considered the Priest’s words. Fuck. That sounds like the Cult thinks they can empower a Dragon Aspect. In the original Timeline Ultraxion was ‘only’ an immensely powerful but extremely unstable Twilight Dragon, Deathwing must have kept stuffing him with magic then sent him to Wyrmrest just before he burst. Until recently I’ve kept a low profile, but between Elune and Senegos the Timeline’s shifted a lot. Did Deathwing or the Old Gods decide to empower a real Twilight Aspect? That… could be a problem. Fuck, Ultraxion nearly destroyed the world by tearing down the barrier between the physical world and the Twilight Realm with brute force. Fuck, I don’t want to know how easily a Dragon Aspect could do that.

 

    He’d kept fighting as he thought, but as the priest rebuffed his latest spell, Harry began to lose patience with this fight; the Priest was significantly weaker than he was but was keeping up because the Old Gods were pouring vast amounts of power into their servant. Still, the fight against the Priest was becoming annoying, so Harry decided to step things up a notch. He can keep pulling as much power as he wants from his masters, it only makes me stronger. With my Mark I don’t have to worry about absorbing too much magic; time for a scorched earth approach. Burn!

 

    With that Harry switched to a less controlled spell, momentarily abandoning his spear he held his hands up, palms facing away, and bathed the surrounding area for hundreds of feet in crackling Twilight Fire. Sure, the blue flames were less focused than his newer lightning spells, but this way he could deny the Priest the entire area, not to mention that he still hadn’t figured out a way to transfigure the lightning. As the Priest started to speak again, ensconced in a shimmering Void barrier once more, Harry flicked a wand into his right hand and began twisting his flames into wolves even as his other hand conjured more of the hungry magical fire. “His trials and sufferings have forced this lost drake to invent new magic, and today his strength will become ours!”

 

    With a wall of blue flames constantly hounding the Priest, he was forced to keep a powerful shield up constantly; Harry could really feel the incoming magic from his flames now, the sensation was starting to burn even with his Mark. Still, as Harry swept his arms in a spiral and his flames shifted into a tornado of destructive magic bearing down on his opponent, the Priest’s magical shields were still standing strong. Oddly he’d stopped casting spells at Harry, apparently realizing Harry’s shields were nearly as good as his own. In fact, he was pulling a small object out of a small pack resting at the small of his back. It took Harry a moment to recognize the object even using his mage-sight. Unsurprisingly, when the Priest shook the purple sphere the size of a softball a hostage fell out. At first glance the hostage was a human woman in silver chains inscribed with black runes that seemed to twist and shift, but in the back of his head Hadrion pointed out she was obviously a dragon. Instead of stopping his attack, Harry simply manipulated the flames so that if they managed to pierce the Priest’s shield they would avoid the hostage. The Priest held a dagger to the dragon’s neck and simply watched Harry for a moment, trying to figure out what he would do. He also began chanting under his breath in a harsh language, the native tongue of the Old Gods.

 

    Harry spoke softly in Draconic. “Do you know if he speaks Draconic?”

 

    The dragon replied softly but urgently. “I don’t think so, I’ve seen him ‘discipline’ Twilight drakes for using it in front of him. Be very careful, this Priest is too smart for his own good.” She paused for a moment before speaking again. “I don’t think he’ll kill me, he promised to give me to the Cult’s new monster. I would rather die right now than be Chromatus’ Broodmother.”

 

    “Relax your magic, lower all your defenses and I’ll get you to safety.”

 

    As the Priest continued to chant, Harry called much of the blue fire eagerly consuming the nearby ice and stones to himself, compressing it around his armor. With the spells they’d been throwing at each other apparition or teleporting was difficult, the Priest’s Void spells being especially disruptive, but there was a spell most wizards overlooked that was perfect for this situation. With a smirk inside his helmet, Harry created and primed a portkey out of a small stone and tossed it lightly into the air, then performed a Switching Spell with the Priest’s hostage. At the same time, he began the near-instant cast of a spell he’d learned from Master Proudmoore but didn’t get to use very often: Blast Wave.

 

    Like the name implied, as soon as Harry switched places with the former captive he released an explosion that rushed outwards in all directions, and because he was now in arm’s reach of the Priest, inside his shield , finally scored a hit. The wave of Twilight flame that followed managed to catch Harry’s opponent and the hungry flames tore into the man’s staff, robes, and flesh. Turning to face his opponent as he conjured more blue fire to consume him, Harry saw the portkey land on the hostage out of the corner of his eye and whisk her to safety. Well, to be safe she’s going to the same place the Twilight drakes are, but they’ll be able to get those cursed chains off her pretty quick at least.

 

    Briefly stunned by the Blast Wave, the Priest quickly tore off his burning helmet, revealing a man of average height and stocky build and a face that was familiar even with the small embers of Twilight flame spreading across his brow. Harry almost paused when he recognized the man, not someone he’d seen in person, but one of the major figures of Stormwind: Archbishop Benedictus, the man who’d led Stormwind’s Priests and had been in control of the city’s Cathedral District for years. Still, the man was continuing to chant, and Harry was disinclined to let the man finish whatever he was doing. Huh. The flames are consuming his magic and flesh, that’s a good thing. But he’s somehow getting more flesh faster than it’s burning away. Wonderful. Oh, and he’s still chanting a language that is audibly corrupting and evil. Time for more extreme measures.

 

    With the flames not working, Harry swallowed his distaste and drove his spear into the prone man’s throat. Oh Merlin, I lodged a sharp metal spear into his vocal chords and all it did was change the pitch. Channeling Twilight Lightning into him is doing nothing but stealing vast amounts of magic, without my Mark as a safety valve I’d be dead twice over already. What the bloody hell does it take to kill him?!

 

    Continuing his efforts Harry channeled lightning directly into Benedictus through his spear with his right hand while creating a tornado of blue fire centered on the man with his left. As the man’s flesh regenerated faster than it could be destroyed the Archbishop’s skin was becoming leathery and purple, quickly becoming less and less human. As human skin, muscle, and bone were replaced with something that felt wrong, they became increasingly dense; the amount of stolen magic was climbing rapidly. Are his arms turning into tentacles? They are. I wish I could try Fiendfyre, but this idiot is literally becoming an Avatar for at least one of the Old Gods. Fiendfyre isn’t that difficult a spell to cast, most of the Cult’s magic users could manage it but only a few would be able to control it. Suicidal Cultists able to cast Fiendfyre? No thank you.

 

    When one of the still chanting man’s new tentacle arms tried to reach for him, Harry jumped back, withdrawing his spear and using the blade to sever the tentacle. Although the arm simply regrew, at least the severed part fell to ashes in the wall of flames Harry was keeping centered on the Avatar. The rush of magic as the limb was consumed was powerful enough that Harry was distracted for a moment, which gave his opponent the chance to rise. As the creature stood, it was obvious that there really wasn’t much left of Benedictus: the Avatar stood nine feet tall, its face had only eyes and a mess of tentacles, it had tentacles for arms, and it stood nude, showing nothing but featureless, wet, glistening skin. Finally finished chanting, it spoke in a voice that attacked Harry’s very mind, even through his mental defenses. You will serve us well, dragon. You escaped our gaze before, but now our eyes are open and they see you.

 

    It’s probably a bad thing that this thing is still actively being consumed by Twilight fire and just doesn’t care. Time for my next trick. For both work and fun, Harry had become very skilled with the Expansion Charm. He’d created some incredible things as his skill had improved, but that didn’t mean the spell wasn’t dangerous if used incorrectly. Given that nothing else had worked so far, Harry returned his spear to the wand holster on his wrist and drew his Crimson Oak and Basilisk Heartstring wand. Then he cast the Expansion Charm incorrectly as hard as he could. Along dozens of invisible lines, Harry tore the Avatar apart by creating expansions inside its body. Anyone watching would have seen the very air warp for a moment, before the Avatar simply fell apart into pieces, each expansion severing the warped flesh cleanly.

 

    All the pieces, save one, were instantly consumed by the blue flames; only the head, where Benedictus had anchored the Avatar, survived the flames. That severed head began laughing, a disturbingly inhuman sound, as Harry collapsed like a puppet with its strings cut, screaming in pain. He nearly blacked out, unable to control his body, barely able to think as the pain rolled over him. So much magic… Fuck. This is like what happened to Ralion, before we started using the Marks. That idiot gave himself over, let them take his flesh as their own, and their flesh became his. My mark is either burned out or overwhelmed…

 

    All around them, Harry’s Twilight Fire fire was extinguished by a gesture from the reforming Avatar. While Harry writhed in agony, the ground for forty feet around him began to tremble and crack. Pale green tentacles began to slither out from the ground, and as the Avatar rebuilt itself, for the first time Harry experienced the Old God’s whispers in his mind. A mental attack of terrible power threaded through his head, grabbing hold of the agony and twining with it. As Harry began to black out, he threw himself into a battle for his very soul.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Ralion, like the rest of Harry’s Oathsworn, had been terribly busy. Before the years he’d spent serving a Loyal Lord, he would have been terrified to be standing in Wyrmrest Temple, surrounded by dragonkind’s most elite warriors. But as he rushed forward in his human form almost to the front of the defensive line keeping the Cult out of the Temple, his once shiny golden armor now covered in soot and blood, he felt no fear at all as he approached a fifteen foot tall Red Drakonid writhing on the ground as Twilight fire ate into his face and shoulder. He barked out a command to the Red dragonspawn who was dragging him out of the battle by his tail, carefully not letting the blue flames spread to him. “We need to get this off him now. Hold him down as best you can, don’t worry about the flames.”

 

    With his words being obeyed, Ralion knelt and conjured blue flames in his hands and brought them into the Drakonid’s face. Very carefully, he attacked the uncontrolled flames with his own, ignoring the spear at his neck from someone who hadn’t seen him do this yet. Twilight flames destroyed everything but the being who had created them, like slightly friendly Fiendfyre. In a contest between two flames the one that was more tightly focused, more controlled, always won out. Ralion had practiced zealously for a decade, had honed his every skill. The fact that he’d been a full adult for just over a year helped too. After a few heartbeats the Drakonid began to thrash less and he withdrew his hands wreathed in blue flame, leaving none on his patient’s face. A moment later he’d neutralized the rest of the flames and leaned back, glad to see the spear had been withdrawn. A few seconds later he managed to shape the flames on his hands into a fiery house cat. With a smirk on his face, he gave it a command. “Go play with the cultists.”

 

    The fiery cat smiled and ran into the battle, carefully threading under friendly legs. A moment later a cultist screamed, the cat had briefly latched onto its face, before leaping off and making its way deeper into the enemy’s ranks. Moments ago the enemy’s drakes had dropped down to the ground and the Cult’s weapons had driven their archers out of the sky. Those drakes had quickly made for the front line, and while they’d caused a significant number of injuries, they were quickly being picked off by the archers from the Temple’s windows, or sometimes from their partner drakes, clinging to Wyrmrest’s masonry. The battle seemed to be going well, but the amount of magic feeding through his Mark was… concerning. The last time the network of Potter’s Marks had been spreading this much magic around was… The Void god, as we killed it. What is Harry facing?

 

    Ralion tried to put his doubts to rest, and used his flames to save a few more of the defenders. A cheer went up when Lor’themar announced that all visible Twilight dragons had been neutralized and ordered the archers to focus on the Cult’s spellcasters and generally support the defensive line. His eyes were briefly drawn by an explosion, something had been thrown at the Temple but had impacted the physical shield ward. (Harry had spent an afternoon teaching Kalecgos about Earth’s style of warding. With an Aspect’s power and his centuries of experience with magic, Wyrmrest Temple had become much safer.)

 

    As he tried to focus on the task his Lord had assigned him, Ralion felt his Mark feed an increasing amount of magic into him. Over the next few moments the tattoo began to burn as it tried to shunt more and more power into him and every other Mark present on Azeroth. Then, the power spiked dramatically and he fell to his knees in agony. Damn, this hurts worse than Dumbledore’s Fiendfyre bomb. If Harry’s Mark is feeding this much power into me, it’s doing the same to a dozen others, giving us all as much as we can survive. What the hell is he fighting?

 

    Ralion tried to rise but stumbled, one hand going to his chest. A burly Green Drakonid reached out and steadied him, honest concern on his scaly face. “You okay?”

 

    Ralion steadied himself as he tapped his armor near the neck. Like his Lord he was wearing the same armor he’d been using in the Void, with a few upgrades. Turning to look in the direction he knew Harry was fighting for his life, he spoke into the speak-stone in his armor’s collar. “Herald, Harry’s fighting a god out there. I have to help him and I could use your help.” Tapping the control again to close the channel and another that made his helmet snap into place, Ralion turned to the Drakonid watching him intently. “I need you to throw me: Straight up, as hard as you can.”

 

    Somewhat confused by the request, the Drakonid nevertheless lifted Ralion into his hand and wound up for a throw, like Ralion was any other stone he’d thrown before. Just before he was sent flying, Ralion managed to draw his wand and cast a Feather-light Charm on himself. Instead of the three-hundred pounds of armor and muscle of his anthromagus form, the full force of the rather muscled Drakonid’s throw was applied to about fifteen pounds of weight. This got Ralion the height he needed, and a hundred feet up he returned to his true form. His golden armor briefly caught the winter sun, as he kicked off Wyrmrest’s tower. Beating his wings hard, Ralion gained as much altitude as he could, eyes zeroing in on his Lord, writhing in pain with tentacles sprouting up all around him. Quite a ways away, Lady Proudmoore was trading spells with half of the Cultist’s spellcasters to the south, obviously annoyed at how they were working together to wear her down and exhaust her. Still, she was gaining ground, and with each enemy she took down her job got a little easier. Goldrinn’s Avatar had fought its way nearly to the front line further north, but was trapped in combat with five towering Faceless Ones. With so many Cultists on the field, their defensive line was being pushed hard even with archer support from the Temple. The Dragon Aspects could have destroyed the entire army in half an hour or less but they needed to be fresh when Chromatus took the field. He could see Chromatus was watching the battle with interest from his perch on a distant hill, but with his size he could be at the Temple in moments if he chose.

 

    Almost as high as the peak of the Temple, Ralion smirked inside the armor that had shifted with him. I suppose I can thin their ranks a little on my way. Eyes peeled for anything, he leveled out, then began a steep descent. Quickly building up a lot of speed and dodging shots from both ballista and catapults, Ralion took a deep breath as he neared the ground. At the last moment he pulled up and released a torrent of blue fire that he shaped into animals nearly as soon as it left his mouth. Looking to his side, he was amused to see Tendrion doing the same with the black flames Elune had given her Herald. It was a strange reflection of his life before he met Harry Potter, with him now leading his smaller brother in all but blood. Focusing on the distant but rapidly approaching scene of some Faceless abomination advancing on his Lord, Ralion put all other concerns out of his mind. Harry had done so much for him and the others, given them a home, a place, a purpose, and hope. He would not fail his Lord now.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Harry was locked in a battle inside his own mind. Dark voices whispered to him, pecking at every weakness and promising everything he ever wanted if he would only submit. The boy he’d been before Elune’s Portal opened would have fallen in seconds, but he’d grown in many ways since then. His fears? He hadn’t feared Voldemort for a long time now and he’d looked Dumbledore in the face and sentenced him to exile for his actions. The Dursleys weren’t even worth mentioning, the only reason they still walked free was the orders he’d given to his followers. For years his only real fears had been losing his loved ones. What can you even tempt me with?

 

    Unsurprisingly, the voices answered, promising him wealth, power of every kind, and any woman he wanted. Inside his own head, Harry laughed. I have more gold than I’ll ever need. Power? I only wanted the power to defend those I care about and I still somehow ended up with more than I ever dreamed of. Women? I’m quite happy with what I have, and even if I wanted more, I could have a pretty female from any species in my bed just by asking. Apparently Azeroth’s women think power is attractive, it’s actually taking work to keep Alira from further complicating my love life.

 

    Again and again the voices tried to to find a chink in his armor, some way of breaking his will. He saw images of him returning to Earth as a conquering warlord, Dumbledore’s severed head in his hands as proof he’d claimed vengeance for those ten dark years the old fool had sentenced him to. Again, Harry laughed mentally. I’ve already avenged myself with him; Albus will live with the weight of his mistakes for a very long time. He’ll know what I’ve accomplished through what few letters people write to him, and that will be his only window into the world I’m building.

 

    As the whispers found no easy weakness they could exploit, the mental attack began to cause as much pain as possible. Harry had felt pain before, had known the agony of Voldemort’s Cruciatus. The Old Gods, working through their Avatar, managed to do worse by attacking not only the body, but the mind and the soul as well; and they didn’t stop at torturing Harry with only own pain. In a horrific experience, Harry felt every sensation from the Cultists injured and dying in the nearby battle, the ‘Ascendants,’ cultists who had merged with elemental spirits and were apparently in perpetual soul-deep agony, and even the constant suffering from a stitched-together dragon watching the battle from a hill in the distance. Physically Chromatus was barely alive, his immense power forcefully sustaining his life; spiritually, the soul that had lodged inside him as the Cult brought him to life was not anywhere close to properly bonded to his flesh. In both his mind and the physical world, Harry screamed.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Ralion heard Harry, and could see him twitching on the ground, now in the grasp of a dozen sickly tentacles with the Avatar standing above him. He was almost there, almost close enough to help him. Turning to Tendrion who was just a little behind him he spoke urgently. “I’ll hit the abomination, you get him free.”

 

    With that said, Ralion began conjuring highly compressed Twilight Fire around his armor, layering it thickly. Commanding his flames to not harm his Lord, he gathered more magic around himself as he abruptly crashed into the ground, choosing to miss the Avatar but use the woven spell to transfer the physical force of his crash and send the thing flying into the distance burning in his flames. Seconds behind him, Tendrion did something similar but decidedly less dramatic and purged the tentacles binding Harry.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Inside his head, Harry knew he was losing the battle for his mind. He’d grown powerful, yes, but against the combined might of four gods each dozens of times stronger than the one he’d already faced? Against the combined agony they’d caused? He felt like his mind, his soul, everything that made him Harry Potter was being compressed smaller as something dark was being poured into the new space.

 

    Then out of nowhere, the pain lessened just a little. It still felt hopeless, but he was no quitter. He pushed back against the shadows in his mind, as hard as he could.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    With a sinking feeling, the two dragons watched as the human in front of them stood up. Somewhere along the way, Harry had lost his helmet revealing his face. His expression was pained and his normally attention-grabbing green eyes had been replaced by writhing pools of darkness. As the two dragons watched, the figure before them gathered a worryingly large amount of magic into its right hand in the form of crackling lightning, enough to kill them both at this range. Tendrion was visibly nervous, but Ralion calmly changed back into his human form, removed his helmet, and walked towards his Lord. Coming to a stop before Harry, Ralion ignored the way his Lord was visibly fighting himself, ignored the way he was dangerously close to unleashing a rather powerful magical attack, and spoke while holding his hand out. “I know you can fight this Harry. Remember that I need you, that everyone back home needs you, that the people you have yet to save need you. Remember that in the same we serve you, you serve us as the Loyal Lord we so desperately need.”

 

    With his piece spoken, the first Oathsworn of Harry Potter reached out and clasped Harry’s right hand, still holding the half-formed lightning spell. His armor would protect him for a moment, and he was confident that was all he needed. His Lord had faith in him , so he would have faith in his Lord.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    And inside his own head, Harry heard the words of his first oathsworn. And he realized that the torments and whispers in his head had been fighting so very hard to cut him off from his sense of duty, from the part of him that would never leave any innocent to suffer if he had the power to help. The darkness assaulting him had made him forget who he truly was, and Ralion’s reminder was timely. Just as the Loyal Lord Oath ritual had broken his followers free of their chains, it provided a grounding, a bulwark, to guard his own mind. Harry reached for the strength of the bond that connected him not only to Ralion, but thousands of others now. I am a Lord. That is the path I’ve chosen to walk. I cannot fail, I cannot give in or others will suffer. Far too many of the people I care about, people who are precious depend on me. Nothing will break that bond, now or ever.

 

    As he regained control of himself and drove the maddening whispers out, Harry dispelled the energy in his hand. Even as he blocked out the last of the outside influence, he felt… unclean. Spending a night meditating next to a Moonwell sounds pretty good right now, but we have other things to do. Out loud, he spoke with authority even as he pulled a ‘surprise’ out of his pocket dimension. “Herald, take us back to the Temple.”

 

    Harry waited until the Old God’s avatar had nearly reached them, moving very quickly across the snow from where Ralion had launched it, before twisting the top of the innocuous golden sphere, about the size of a basketball and dropping it. Then he slammed the area with the most powerful travel denial ward he could forge, leaving only a tiny exemption for the magic that Elune used through her followers. “ Now Herald.”

 

    Between one blink of the eye and the next, Harry found himself, along with Ralion, Tendrion, Tyrande and Master Proudmoore standing near one of the windows of Wyrmrest Temple where the four dragon Aspects had been watching the battle unfold. Turning to Kalecgos, who had control of the Temple’s wards, Harry spoke urgently. “Bring the wards up all the way, now!

 

    Sensing the urgency in Harry’s tone, the Dragon Aspect obeyed. A visible barrier of shimmering blue energy sprung into existence around the Temple just as a star was born where he’d fought the Priest and the Avatar he became.

 

    The light came first, and without Harry quickly adding a tinting spell to the Temple’s shield the light would have blinded even Draconic eyes. A moment later the shock wave hit, rattling the Temple even through the shield. Then rocks, some of them rather large , began to rain down for miles around. As the blinding light began to fade, a crater easily two miles across became visible, the edges made of sagging molten stone. Fires raged everywhere and many of the draconic skeletons that gave the Dragonblight its name were burning. Within the new crater, many of the tunnels and subterranean halls of Azjol-Nerub were visible, exposed by the blast.

 

    As all eyes turned to him, Harry winced as a southern section of the crater buckled, then collapsed and the frigid ocean began rushing in. Lady Proudmoore spoke first. “Harry, what was that?!”

 

    Harry shrugged, still staring out at the crater and the seawater beginning to fill it. “My people have a saying that sunlight is the best disinfectant. I had some spare time, so I did some experimenting and created an expanded space that could store and compress material from a star.” Harry pointedly did not mention the devastation when the dozen extremely expanded containers had been lowered into a star’s mantle, collecting a little too much material. “The Solar Bomb is something of a last resort. The Cult’s leader gave himself to his gods and became an Avatar, nothing I could do even slowed him, I was constantly destroying his flesh but he regenerated faster than I could harm it.”

 

    A breeze picked up, scattering the smoke that had obscured the invading army, or rather, what was left of it. Between the blast itself and the sheer heat from a significant amount of plasma and burning hydrogen, not much was left. Harry tracked the devastation with his eyes, but realized something disturbing: There were a lot more bodies in the area covered by the ward he’d thrown up to disable magical travel. Outside of that, there was only the slagged remains of the siege equipment. “Some cultists must have cast Mass Teleport just before the bomb went off.” Suddenly concerned, he looked to the hill where Chromatus had been watching the battle unfold. “Our target’s digging himself out. He must have pulled up the surrounding earth to protect himself. He’s either going to attack or flee.”

 

    Alexstrasza spoke up, a simple gesture swinging the window wide open as she stalked towards the edge with Tyranastrasz on her heels and the other Aspects not far behind. “Then the time has come for us to join the fight. Lady Proudmoore, please assist our warriors below, there may be cultist stragglers to deal with.”

 

    Before Nozdormu could follow Alexstrasza and Ysera out the window, Kalecgos spoke suddenly. “Wait! Nozdormu, since we have little time, could you give us more? I believe something momentous has happened.”

 

    With a smoothness that Harry’s Bronze dragons had never managed, everything outside the room seemed to come to a standstill as the Aspect of Time accelerated the flow of time within the room. Turning to look at Kalecgos Nozdormu raised an eyebrow, prompting Kalecgos to speak. Turning to Harry, Kalecgos examined him closely before speaking. “How do you feel? That was an impressive battle you fought out there.”

 

    Harry stopped walking towards the window, Ralion standing behind him. Behind them Tyrande was quickly strapping herself to Tendrion’s back, grateful for the Cushioning Charm certain parts of the Herald’s armor had been enchanted with. “I feel wrong… or right? I don’t know how to describe it. At first I just felt filthy from the mental attack, but in the last few moments that’s burned away. My magic feels grander, but also more balanced. More controlled, sharper. Complete.

 

    Kalecgos gave Harry a sharp look. “I suppose you consumed a lot of magic during your battle?” At Harry’s nod, Kalecgos gave him a warm smile. “I can feel your power, the change within you Harry. The others will notice when the battle to come no longer consumes all of their attention. You have achieved what only six others before you have accomplished; congratulations on your ascension, Dragon Aspect. Like you said, I felt complete after my ascension, like I’d been missing some essential part of myself all my life and never noticed. After my ascension as the Blue Dragonflight’s Aspect, when my power had settled I found myself able to perceive the breadth of magic, from the flows deep in the ground to flickering flames of potential in its every user. It was so beautiful I couldn’t help but weep. Take a moment to breathe and center yourself. Then, if you’re willing, tell me: What is the true heart of the Twilight Dragonflight’s power?”

 

    Remembering that Kalecgos had only been a Dragon Aspect for weeks at this point, Harry followed his suggestion. Reaching deep he considered the question. Now that the initial rush was fading away, he had no doubt that Kalecgos was right; he’d been on this path for a long time, and turning his lightning and flames loose on the flesh of a god had been the last push he needed. After a moment of meditation, he started speaking with his eyes closed. “Entropy. That’s the heart of the Twilight, from our flames to the realm we can access. Entropy is the cosmic force that is slowly eating the universe, gram by gram and spark by spark, but it isn’t endlessly hungry like the Void. It doesn’t desire our deaths, it isn’t concerned with us at all. It’s just so incredibly vast, so massive…” Harry trailed off for a moment, a puzzled look on his face. “And it has a purpose. There’s a cycle. Everything dies eventually, mortals, dragons, planets, stars, universes, even the sum total of every universe. Someday, everything everywhere will be claimed by Entropy…”

 

    Harry was quiet for several long moments. The words he was speaking were things he’d guessed at for a while but now he was absolutely sure that he was speaking the truth. Suddenly, both mentally and in the real world he reeled back violently. After taking several deep, shaking breaths he started to speak again. “But even when the last star blinks out, when the last life ends, when the last remaining universe fades and everything is gone, Entropy will still be there. For one second , one moment , one heartbeat , it will hold every mote of matter and all the energy in creation. But only for an instant, then Entropy will give back everything it has ever taken in a rush, and a new existence will begin. Universes will be born in a cataclysm beyond anything we can imagine or comprehend and from there everything will begin again. It’s a cycle , the grandest cosmic cycle there is.”

 

    Harry finished speaking and sat in the chair Lady Proudmoor conjured for him and took in another shaking breath. Ralion approached as the others watched and spoke. “Are you all right, my Lord?”

 

    Harry smiled tiredly. “It’s overwhelming, I’ve never felt so small . I don’t know if it is even possible for Entropy to notice something as insignificant as we are, but when I reached out to understand my own power I knew that was the truth. I don’t know if what we’ve been doing actually attracted its attention, but Entropy or some small part of it knows about the way Twilight dragons can draw power from its realm and the way our Kingsleaf trees do the same.” Harry paused for a moment, looking at everyone there in turn. “Entropy is patient, it is in no rush to end one cycle and start the next. It gave me permission to take as much as I could, and to spread forests of our tree across as many worlds as possible in every universe I could. I think it, or the infetistimal part of it that noticed me, was curious to see how long we could stave off the end of the cycle.”

 

Lady Proudmoore was the first to speak after a prolonged silence. “Well, that is interesting.”

 

After a short silence, Nozdormu spoke, informing them that they had about half an hour before his temporal acceleration effect ended. Those that had been fighting took the chance to get water and a snack and passed the time in quiet conversation. (Everyone with access to bottomless pockets or pocket dimensions eventually learned to carry at least some food just for the convenience.) Harry was quiet as the time ran out, considering the universe and his place in it. When it was time to leave, Kalecgos gave his respects one last time and dove out of the window.

 

    Harry smiled and followed, almost floored by the difference as he traded human skin for Hadrion’s scales. ‘Complete’ was really the best way to describe it, like his dragon side had been missing something but he’d never noticed until it was suddenly there. And my magic feels so much more potent. I could get used to this.

 

    Wind rushing past his face and over his wings, Harry let the exhilaration of his new power push him higher and faster. It had always been difficult to use magic as Hadrion, especially the more complicated spells. But now… I have a feather-light spell and half a dozen others active to increase my speed and durability, and it’s easy.

 

    In moments he outpaced the Aspects who’d left before him, weaving around their larger forms. More wards to prevent magical travel snapped into place as he and Kalecgos ensured that Chromatus couldn’t simply Teleport away. As they approached the abomination, the five-headed dragon that had been sewn together was trying to get some altitude, either to flee or fight. As Harry passed Alexstrasza he raised a magical shield, dodging icicles the size of telephone poles fired from Chromatus’ Blue head, balls of sand fired from his Bronze, and letting his shield absorb a spray of sizzling acid from his Green to let him get close enough to open his jaw and release a crackling bolt of blue-white lightning into the base joint of Chromatus’ left wing. Harry smirked as Chromatus fell out of the air with a screech. He hadn’t used his Twilight Lightning, or even caused all that much damage really, he’d simply shocked Chromatus hard enough to disrupt control of his wing, with predictable results.

 

    One by one, the group that had left Wyrmrest together touched down, landing far enough to dodge attacks but close enough to support each other if it was needed. Harry ended up landing at one edge of the crescent-shaped formation with Ralion on his left, which gave him room for his more destructive abilities if he needed them. Chromatus’ deformed heads watched the assembling group carefully, but said and did nothing. In fact, no one said anything at all, both sides buying time. Chromatus was waiting for his wings and nearby muscles to stop twitching. As for the rest of them, well Harry smiled as Kalecgos raised an opaque magical shield around the group. Tendrion spoke aloud as he placed a talon at the edge of the magical dome.

 

    “Elune, please aid us! Give us a reprieve from the evil that stalks this world!” A moment later Kalecgos’ barrier pulsed with the power of Elune, causing it to suddenly block out all light, plunging them into darkness, broken only by the glow from the magical trinkets and armor some of them were wearing. Harry was surprised to find his draconic form had gained small points of flickering blue light from glowing scales along his spine, running from his head to the tip of his tail and spiraling down each of his limbs to his talons. They were only in darkness for a moment, however, before Tyrande raised her arms above her head, glowing light cupped in each hand, and brought a shaft of moonlight into the darkness. After a moment spent gathering Elune’s power, Tyrande brought both hands together and spoke. 

 

“Mother Moon, please grant us your blessing. Grant us clear thoughts and open minds!” As she finished speaking, Tyrande brought the power she’d been gathering in her hands together and the light flared brighter. As she pulled her hands away, the new orb of light grew brighter and slowly rose above even Chromatus’ heads, illuminating the inside of the dome just as brightly as a full moon on a cloudless night. 

 

Chromatus spoke as the dome was illuminated, his voice strange: He began speaking with his Blue central head, then randomly changed which head he was using; more, he desperately needed a powerful healer, some of his voices were rasping, others were as mangled as his various throats. “What is it you plan, Aspects? You think you’ve trapped me here, with you? You are trapped here with me! You stand before me like lambs to the slaughter! Even if you kill me, I promise it will be the last thing any of you ever do!”

 

    Ysera replied, her voice calm and soothing. “I can sense your power, the rage and pain that consumes your entire being, Chromatus. You suffer. You rage . But deep down I can sense a soul, lost in pain and terror. Let us help you.”

 

    When the Chromatic dragon, half again the size of the Aspects paused in shock and surprise, Alexstrasza began speaking. “That you live and breathe is a miracle Chromatus, let me ease your pain, your suffering. Let me mend your flesh and heal your wounds. With time and care, you could be magnificent.”

 

    Before Chromatus could reply, Kalecgos spoke. “You are truly powerful. While stronger than the four of us, you are not a Dragon Aspect yet. I admit I am both terrified and intrigued about the heights of power you could reach as one of us.”

 

    Speaking to an increasingly confused Chromatic dragon, Nozdormu spoke next. “Ever since our brother Neltharion was driven to madness, the four of us have been… incomplete. Deathwing will never return to us. I would never have considered this option, but recently my eyes have been opened. We cannot turn back the hands of time, no matter what we wish. But we can look to the future. Join us, Chromatus. Lend us your strength as we lend you ours. Stand with us as a protector, as a guardian, and we will elevate you as a Dragon Aspect. In time the Chromatic Dragonflight will soar the skies of Azeroth alongside our own.”

 

    Feeling Elune’s presence inside the dome swell, Harry spoke next. “Think carefully Chromatus. You have two paths from this point, you can either choose a long, fulfilling life as the leader of your own Dragonflight, or your story will end, here and now.”

 

    All five of Chromatus’ heads suddenly twisted to gaze at Harry. “You think to challenge me, Twilight whelp? Me, the greatest creation of Neltharion?!”

 

    Harry replied, small arcs of lightning sparking along his scales as he gathered his magic. In the moonlight arcs of electricity jumping between the glowing scales were both visible and slightly intimidating. “You know the power of the Twilight Dragonflight, Chromatus. Your scales will offer no protection against my flame and lightning with so many missing and damaged. My flames will find every gap and sink into your flesh. Do you think the Aspects cannot hold you back for the bare moment it would take for my power to begin consuming you from the inside out? All of us here would prefer to see you stand as a strong guardian, but if you choose the path of a destroyer your death will fuel the ascension of two or more of my followers into Dragon Aspects. Make your choice, Chromatus.”

 

    Harry watched Nefarian’s greatest creation glance between them, obviously thinking hard. Chromatus was intelligent, possibly even the dragon equivalent of a genius thanks to his mind occupying five different brains; each of those brains even retained much of the information from before Nefarian had butchered their previous bodies. Harry had no doubt Chromatus had seen what the Cult’s Twilight dragons had accomplished and knew exactly how powerful the flames he and Ralion could bring to bear were. He also suspected Chromatus could sense he’d reached the destination he’d started towards the moment he’d first embraced Hadrion during that hurricane off the coast of Theramore. It should have taken at least a decade or two longer, but between the Void god and facing that avatar I’m the first Twilight Dragon Aspect. Merlin, I can’t believe how much more potent that Avatar was than the creature in the Void. But it makes sense, whatever the reason, Azeroth is incredibly rich in magic and the Old Gods have been feeding on it like the parasites they are for a very long time. Somehow they were replacing the Priest’s physical flesh with their own, and that flesh powerfully magical.

 

    Chromatus was still looking between the various dragons as thoughts raced through his head, clearer than at any time he could remember thanks to Elune’s blessing. Eventually he spoke. “Am I to be a Dragonflight of one? The Titan’s law forbids commingling between dragonflights and I doubt you will return Kirygosa to me.”

 

    Harry replied. “Nozdormu and I came into conflict because I often trespassed through the Caverns of Time. I have arranged a Prime Consort for you befitting of a Dragon Aspect, as well as two other consorts. All of them will add to your bloodline.”

 

    (Harry had read reports about the incredible variation of the ancient proto-dragons, the species that the Titans had uplifted to create the Dragonflights. Compared to the rescue operations in more recent years, that ancient time had been more difficult to reach but easier to rescue individuals since the Bronze Dragonflight almost never went that far back in time. At the time, it had seemed like a good idea to make sure that some of the more interesting bloodlines survived, especially the silver proto-dragons whose breath attack was liquid metal with some very interesting properties. A female Silver had been claimed by the Flamels, who along with their Patron Vordistrasz were fascinated by the way the metal was both alive and not. When Harry had seen the metal twitching as they prodded it, he’d immediately given orders to set the Flamels up with a lab in one of the settlements that would soon float above Venus. Thanks to Sirius and the Grangers the Potter Dragonflight was nearly ready to launch expanded domes attached to blimps to begin terraforming another world.)

 

    Harry watched the expressions on the Chromatus’ faces. Nefarian had created the Chromatic dragon to be a weapon, nothing more and nothing less. The inclusion of a soul had been accidental, and was the only thing that gave them a chance here and now. That Chromatus had yet to attack any of them so far was very encouraging, though it was mostly thanks to the hard work of Elune and the two servants she’d sent. Eventually, Chromatus came to a decision and spoke while looking around the assembled group. “If there is one thing I want, it is to see the Chromatic Dragonflight prosper. Somehow, it has never occurred to me that the Cult’s mission to kill everything on Azeroth would interfere with that. I… I suddenly feel aimless. My goals are in conflict: I cannot accomplish the purpose I was created for and lead a new Dragonflight… I accept your offer, Aspects, and I will abide by this bargain as long as you do the same.”

 

    Harry smiled, glad he had chosen this path. “Alexstrasza, Ysera, Tyrande, please begin healing him. Tyrande, start as close to his heart as you can and focus on purifying his blood.”

 

    Without hesitation, what were arguably the three greatest healers on Azeroth began their work. While Chromatus moved, breathed, and carried a soul, his body had been built out of the corpses of at least five different dragons. His immense magic was really the only thing keeping him alive. Over the next two hours, the three healers were busy: Where Chromatus’ bones were visible, Alexstrasza’s power coaxed new flesh to grow. Where he was tainted by dark magic, Tyrande used Elune’s power to cleanse. Where muscles and organs had withered, Ysera’s power restored them.

 

    While Chromatus received desperately-needed healing, Harry and the others were not idle. At the moment Elune was actively severing the connection between the Old Gods and Chromatus as well as preventing them from perceiving ing anything within the dome, but this was a temporary solution. Harry was working on a more permanent one, collecting blood from every dragon present to write out a contract written on paper created from branches of the world tree Nordrassil. Blood was a powerful reagent, and as he carefully mixed Nozdormu’s donation of gritty red blood, (thankfully he wasn’t bleeding sand or this would become difficult) Harry reflected that these materials would be incredibly dangerous in the wrong hands. As the exhausted healers stepped away from the improved but not completely healed Chromatic dragon Harry stepped forward and carefully drew the needed blood from Chromatus.

 

    With the blood drawn, Harry spoke up. “Time for the final part of the plan Elune and my group created. Chromatus, Alexstrasza, Tyranastrasz, Tyrande and Elune’s Herald will enter this expanded space I’ve created. Alexstrasza, your handmaidens are already in residence to assist you however you need. I’ve given you an interior space twenty times the size of the Meadow you’ve already seen, and enough game to feed a thousand dragons. In a few moments one of my Oathsworn will take you thirty years into the past to a safe location. Your task is to finish healing Chromatus and ensure the first naturally-born Chromatic dragons are healthy and strong. Any questions?”

 

    Nozdormu spoke. “When do you intend for them to return?”

 

    Harry smiled, showing off a lot of teeth. “When Deathwing brings everything he has to bear against you. Chromatus must remain a secret until then. Tell your dragonflights that he was destroyed and Alexstrasza is recovering from her injuries in a secret location. The spies and traitors will assume that we destroyed Chromatus together, but at a terrible cost.”

 

    Kalecgos smiled, showing off many bright, shining draconic teeth. (As a whelp, his Broodmother had taught him a spell to clean his teeth, and he’d used it every day of his long life.) “So you intend to let Deathwing and the Cult commit to a final battle, then reveal Chromatus has switched sides?”

 

    Harry replied, returning Kalecgos’ draconic smile with one of his own. “Yes. Chromatus might not be powerful enough to end Deathwing alone, but with the four of you and my own contributions? We will manage, one way or another.” Harry paused, his wings drooping before he continued. “We should also be prepared for the Old Gods to empower a Twilight Aspect. The lead Cultist, who turned out to be Archbishop Benedictus, apparently wanted to turn me and use me to lead the Twilight Dragonflight.” Harry shrugged, a motion that was odd as a quadruped with wings. “I don’t actually know what a Twilight Aspect can accomplish, but I promise to find out.”

 

    A few other questions and concerns were raised, but soon the group parted. As Kalecgos was preparing spells to turn the dome’s interior into a smoking war zone, Harry stepped into the massive sphere where Alexstrasza and the others had already entered. Taking a deep breath, he desperately hoped Tyranastrasz didn’t murder him for what he was about to do.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Hearing Ralion report that he was ready to carry this massively expanded sphere through the Twilight Realm to the Caverns of Time where he would meet up with Stine, Harry sighed and moved to a dragon-sized table inside the sphere where he had one last task to accomplish before parting ways with Alexstrasza and the others. Placing the blood he’d collected on the table, Harry picked up something that amused him, a dragon-sized quill-point pen. Dipping it into the bucket of donated blood, Harry carefully swirled it around, dipped the tip into the ink, and began writing out the most powerful magical contract ever created.

 

    Thankfully the wording was simple and didn’t take long to write in Draconic, which was a rather efficient language. He’d practiced this before, admittedly without the powerful blood and the paper from a world tree and was soon finished. He turned to Alexstrasza and the others who had watched him write with curiosity. “Alexstrasza, you and Chromatus need to sign this. I know this conflicts with the Titan’s will, so I order you to sign and fulfill this contract. Remember what we discussed, about how the path you were walking led to extinction and suffering. It may take years for you to truly understand, but once you sign this contract, the debt I owe you for giving Hermione back to me is paid.”

 

    Despite his advanced age, Tyranastrasz nearly removed Harry’s head with his talons when he saw that Harry had written up what would be called a marriage contract back on Earth. But Harry slipped into the Twilight Realm, and the ancient consort’s flames were not powerful enough to destroy the contract. Harry watched, half phased into another realm, as Chromatus stalked over and clumsily signed his name to the document in his own blood and then Alexstrasza, moving as if she was fighting her own body, signed her name as well.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Harry quietly teleported out of the expanded space, leaving those inside alone. I don’t like this. I don’t like this but there really is no better way to free Alexstrasza’s mind. Nozdormu’s mind was freed by trickery, Kalecgos’ by Elune altering the magic used for his ascension, Ysera will be freed in a rather similar way by the concerted efforts of Elune and Goldrinn. But Alexstrasza was always going to be the hardest one, she was certainly the most powerful Aspect, save Deathwing. I suppose this is one of the burdens of leadership, choosing the least awful decision and living with it. On the plus side, Chromatus is almost entirely a blank slate at the moment. Who he becomes, what kind of person he grows into will be in the hands of Alexstrasza, Tyranastrasz, and Elune. Hopefully she will forgive me once her mind is clear. If nothing else, the surprise I left for her deeper in the expanded space should cheer her up. I had no idea that she and Ysera had a blood-brother, much less that he’d nearly been murdered by Galakrond only to end up in one of the Titan’s hidden laboratories. The false corpse the Titan’s servants left behind was nowhere near as good as the ones I make.

 

    As Harry helped Kalecgos set the stage to convince everyone a truly impressive battle had been fought inside the magical dome, his mind continually wondered. When the dome fell and they returned to Wyrmrest, Harry heard the casualty reports. Despite quite a few wounded, not many had died. In fact they had many more prisoners than friendly dead, so once the Twilight drakes were freed and were given the chance to join them, there was a net benefit. The Cult had certainly sustained a number of losses, but nearly half of their army had managed to retreat. At least I managed to kill Benedictus and the Avatar. That was certainly a successful test of that bomb, though the damage was greater than I expected. The ocean is still rushing into Azjol-Nerub through the crater, with a little work that could be a rather unique port eventually.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    It turned out the dragons of Wyrmrest Temple really did know how to throw a party. The mood was jovial, even with Alexstrasza absent ‘so that she could heal’. The victory celebration took place two days after the battle so the wounded could get back on their feet and Harry had busied himself helping with the repairs wherever he could. Alexstrasza was constantly on his mind, and any defense raised felt hollow in his own ears. He was so distracted he nearly missed the Red drake subtly trying to get his attention at the feast. He could tell by her shape and scent that she was pregnant, days or perhaps moments away from laying her egg. Curious, Harry excused himself and managed to evade well-wishers long enough to fade into the Twilight Realm unnoticed, something that had become vastly easier now that he was an Aspect. Careful not to startle the drake, he reached out and gently drug her into the Twilight Realm as well, suspecting that he would need the privacy.

 

    The drake’s first words caught him soundly off guard. “Please help me. I’m carrying your egg and I’m going to lay any day now. I haven’t been able to get away, I didn’t know what to do.”

 

    Awkwardly comforting the very stressed drake that thought he was someone else, Harry promised to help her as much as he could. Once she was safely inside an expanded space, Harry left Wyrmrest Temple behind and made his way immediately to the nearest Moonwell.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Alexstrasza stretched languidly, waking from her dozing nap. Looking down at herself, she smiled. A voice spoke from nearby, drawing her attention. “You have always been radiant when you’re expecting a clutch, my Queen.”

 

    Alexstrasza turned to Tyranastrasz, or rather what was left of him; where he had once been a creature of gleaming red scales, now he was almost entirely made of ethereal white light. It had been gradual, almost impossible to notice at first, but as the decades went by more and more of her love’s body was replaced by glowing moonlight, Elune’s power made solid. Alexstrasza knew, had known from the beginning, that she would lose Tyranastrasz to old age. Proving he could read her as easily as ever, Tyranastrasz spoke. “None of that, my love. You’ve grieved me once before. These years have been a gift, one I’ve treasured no matter the circumstances. We both know my time has come. I love you more than anything else, but I am so very tired .”

 

    Both of them looked up when Chromatus landed nearby, dropping a pair of bison before walking closer. Where he was once a nightmarish abomination, closer to undead than alive, now he was sleek, healthy, and graceful. First his Blue, then the rest of his heads focused on Tyranastrasz. Without a word he embraced Alexstrasza as he stepped closer, one of his wings gently pulling her to his side with Tyranastrasz standing before them. The old dragon spoke again, shifting his head to look one of Chromatus’ heads in the eye, a warm smile gracing his face. “Chromatus, take care of my Queen for me.” Turning to look at Alexstrasza one last time, he continued. “Live in the present, don’t lose yourself mourning the past.” The few remaining patches of red scales on the ancient wyrm began to fade into silver moonlight, his entire body quickly becoming transparent. “Live well my love.”

 

    With that, Tyranastrasz simply faded away, the glowing moonlight dispersing. Everyone inside the expanded sphere had known this was coming and had made peace with it, more or less. Tyranastrasz had understood from the beginning that the way Elune was extending his life couldn’t last forever, and he had died with a smile on his face. But still, he had been so very dear to Alexstrasza for so long and would be missed dearly. As Chromatus embraced the Dragonqueen tightly she leaned into his side and wept.

 

    That evening Chromatus gently nudged Alexstrasza awake. It had been a long day, all the other residents of this expanded sphere had visited to pay their respects; Tyranastrasz had been incredibly well-liked. Speaking with his Green head next to Alexstrasza’s head, he gently roused her. “Wake up, my Queen. You need to eat something; this morning’s kill is still fresh, I cast a stasis spell on it earlier.”

 

    Over the next half hour, Chromatus fed his Queen one and a half bison, searing the meat with his own flames for flavor. As they finished and he cast a spell to clean their talons, Alexstrasza spoke. “Thank you for comforting me today, my King.”

 

    Gently nuzzling Alexstrasza with each of his five heads, Chromatus replied. “You don’t need to thank me. I am yours just as you are mine , you are my strength just as I am yours. ” He paused for a moment, deciding to change the subject. “We’ll be returning to Azeroth soon. To be honest, I’m not sure I want to leave.”

 

    Alexstrasza leaned against him, comfortable in his presence. “This place has been good to us, all of us. You have grown strong and healthy as you learned compassion and what it means to lead. Tyrande needed time away from her people to rest, and I feel her connection with Elune is even deeper than it was before.” Alexstrasza chuckled for a moment, her tone becoming sardonic as she continued. “ Dralad has certainly enjoyed the last thirty years.”

 

    Chromatus let loose a laugh that could be more felt than heard this close to him. “You’re just annoyed that your brother seduced all three of your handmaidens.” His tone turned teasing. “Or maybe jealous that your healers in training had such an easier time overcoming the Titan’s shackles? Their argument that the Dragonqueen’s brother was obviously automatically a part of the Red Dragonflight seemed sound to me.”

 

    The Dragonqueen rolled her eyes before becoming more serious and replying. “I was angry and felt betrayed when we first arrived. But you have made every effort to ensure I feel loved and valued. Tyran truly approved of you by the end of our second year here, you know. I know how much you valued his opinion.”

 

    Chromatus replied, looking at the place where the other dragon had faded away. “Whatever was done to my soul washed it clean. If I truly dig deep, painfully deep , I can remember bits and pieces of my life as a Blue, but that life is behind me now. Tyranastrasz was noble and intelligent, he truly earned his moniker ‘The Scholarly One.’ He was someone worthy of modeling myself after, I was lucky to have such an excellent example as I was throwing off my shackles and becoming my own person.”

 

    Alexstrasza snuggled a little further into his side and replied. “You have done well, my King. A battle looms in the future, but I have more faith that we can put Deathwing to rest than ever before, and not simply because of your power. Seeing children grow and flourish is something I love. Our first clutch has grown strong and healthy, as have those you sired with Coras and Zora.”

 

    Chromatus smiled, his children were something he took a lot of pride in. “I don’t know how the Twilight Aspect managed to bring my other consorts into the present safely, but watching all of my children grow has been a joy.” He stretched out his necks, one by one in the artificial twilight of the expanded space that had been their home for the last thirty years. “It has been amusing seeing the variation in my children. We never quite know what color or kind of magic my other consorts will birth, or how many heads our own children will have. But thanks to you they’ve all been healthy, which is more than enough for me.”

 

    Alexstrasza smiled, resting her head against her mate, her King. Today had been a difficult one, and she would mourn Tyranastrasz for a long time to come. But his passing had been peaceful, and he had not left her alone. Soon they would return to Azeroth to fight yet another battle, but these years that Elune and Harry Potter had gifted them had been just what she needed to heal and regain her strength. Despite her initial misgivings, Chromatus had grown into an affectionate and loving mate, and he had earned his title as King of the Dragons for more than his raw power. She had one last thought as sleep claimed her: I admit I am looking forward to seeing what Deathwing does when he realizes that not only is Chromatus alive, but he has joined us. Even if Harry Potter does not join us, or is forced to spend the battle countering the Cult’s Twilight Aspect, I think everything will be alright.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

    Four months in the future, at the moment when Harry Potter walked out of the Temple of Elune for the first time, Tendrion woke up extremely disoriented. Blinking awake as he looked around the cozy cave that he made his home in, he stood up and extricated himself from the tangle of limbs where he and his companions were sleeping against Nalice, the Black Dragon who had asked to serve him as his majordomo once he’d usurped the magic binding her to Deathwing and the Black Dragonflight. Thankfully she hadn’t lost the traits that marked her as a Black, since the bone-deep soothing heat she exuded was the reason they all slept against her. He blinked again as he looked at the pile of dragons and Loa. One, two, three. Four? One too many. Let’s see, Nalice: check. Stellagosa: Check. Quetz'lun: Check. Telastrasza: Check. Wait… what? Dammit, the timeline’s changed again and I’m remembering both versions. I met Telastrasza on Hyjal, back when I was rescuing the Cult’s victims. She helped me rescue eggs and whelps and strike a blow against the Cult, and then as she helped wash the red paint off... she lingered and gave me my first experience with a female. Harry Potter met her at Wyrmrest Temple in the new timeline and got her safely to me, and she laid her egg almost immediately when she felt safe. Our son is nearly ready to hatch now.

 

    Tendrion padded silently through the cave, soon reaching their little hatchery. Her egg is as healthy as Nalice’s clutch that will hatch as Lunar dragons. Elune told me those would hatch when the time was right. I hope Vespiona can join us soon.

 

    Much calmer now that his mind had settled, he grabbed a teakettle and brought it to boil with his own flame, carefully keeping it quiet. While he was still tired, he needed something soothing to help him get back to sleep now. As he added leaves from a tin, he let his thoughts roam. It’s hard to believe I’m thirty-five now. Those decades in Elune’s Sanctum, in and out of Lord Potter’s creation seemed to speed by so fast… And the company wasn’t bad at all. Tyrande desperately needed some time away from her responsibilities, and I think Alexstrasza needed the same. I’ll never forget the nights Tyrande and I stepped outside the Sanctum in that wonderful sealed armor, wandering the surface of the White Lady. I never imagined you could see so many stars…

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

A/N: I don’t really understand the Twilight Cult’s battle strategy in the ‘Thrall: Twilight of the Aspects’ book, so I changed it. In this fic, they began by infiltrating the Sanctums and releasing the Contagion to sow discord and distract the Dragonflights, or if things went really well kill/turn every living thing in Wyrmrest Temple, because the dragons might have been unwilling to kill their whelps. Then the Cult attacked the Nexus, because they needed a Surge Needle, which they used to animate Chromatus. Then, they attacked the Temple in force to destroy the Dragonflights.

 

As I brushed up on my lore to write this chapter, I found myself feeling worse and worse for Alexstrasza. It’s like Blizzard just decided to make the poor dragon’s life as awful as possible, so I added the bit with her getting her brother back just because I could.

 

Thanks again to everyone who left a review! I read every one and they motivate me to continue writing!



Chapter 43: Chapter 43: The Right Question

Chapter Text

I’m back! Thanks to everyone who left a review! Each one motivates me to keep writing.

Thanks to my beta hkurtz2013 for all his work helping me edit this, it wouldn’t be as good without his help!

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Chapter 43: The Right Question

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Harry smiled as the first light of dawn broke through his window at Potter Manor. Along with a lot of others, he’d returned to Earth the previous day: After they’d left Wyrmrest Temple behind and taken yet another trip through the caverns of time, Harry had apparated the expanded sphere containing Alexstrasza, Chromatus and the others to the surface of the White Lady and left the sphere in Tendrion’s care. (They could have left right after the battle, but the party had been worth staying for, case of mistaken paternity aside.) Elune’s Herald had told Harry that while he was welcome in Elune’s Sanctum, the pocket reality had odd effects on living things. Since Harry was neither a god, an Ancient, a creation of Elune, or a Priestess who’d spent over ten-thousand years channeling Elune’s power it was safer not to follow Tendrion inside. Even with Nozdormu being cordial to them, Harry’s group had slipped silently through the Caverns on one last trip. Elune had given him a list of dragons butchered for interbreeding with other Flights, and Valistrasza was still complaining about not having enough Broodmothers to go around. With a little luck, they’d collected at least a few trainees to lighten her load.

 

Harry smiled to himself, shifting a bit to get a little more comfortable; he was feeling very mellow with the warm sunlight on his magenta scales. He hadn’t gotten a lot of sleep last night, but he really didn’t mind. As more light filtered into the warm room, he glanced around. He was in his draconic form, reclining on his side with Cirmu’s sinuous form wrapped around his own (literally, Cirmu had decided to prove she was one-third snake) with the humanoid shapes of Hermione, Alira, and Yrel sleeping against the crook of his neck. Shame I can’t get out without waking them, but I’ll let them sleep a little longer. Where was I? Right, Valistrasza. I need to formally offer her and Desperiona rooms here at the Manor, and ask them exactly how they want them set up. The Manor might get a little chaotic with a bunch of whelps running around, but I think it’ll be nice.

 

Letting his eyes droop closed for a moment, Harry tried to plan out his day. When I have time, I need to start work on that hall I had the construction team add while I was away. I’ve already moved one of my expanded terrariums there, so we have a nice little seascape with beaches, islands, and calm water already in. When I have time I’ll add new ones, every environment imaginable, forests, deserts, jungles, maybe even an artistically shaped wasteland or two. When Elune’s Portal closes I’ll even put The Cube in the hall, we can use it as a vacation house inside my house. What else? I need to visit Hogsmeade this afternoon and after that I’m heading to Mars for an update on the terraforming and to look over the habitats for Venus. Once we’re sure they’re airtight I’ll cast the expansions on them in the morning and head back. Ugh, then tomorrow’s all political meetings, starting with Onyxia and the latest from the ICW.

 

Despite the busy day ahead of him, the comfortable bed (more a nest of differently sized pillows, really) drew Harry to rest his head and close his eyes for just another hour or two. There’s probably a good physiological reason to sleep as a human occasionally, but this is so very calming. As a dragon, not only can I sense my consorts’ magic is calm and relaxed, but I can smell all the subtle scents that tell me what they’re feeling and how healthy they are. Alira is so content and comfortable, I’m sure she’s having a very good dream. Hermione has been spending too much time doing research again, I’ll have to ‘convince’ her that she shouldn’t be skipping meals just because she’s working on an interesting project. Memories of the last time Harry had ‘convinced’ her to take better care of herself brought a smile to his face. Then again, she could just be goading me into a repeat performance. Hermione really is fun in the bedroom, all those wonderful ideas...

 

Yrel is still getting used to the new relationship, but it’s been wonderful to watch her ‘let her hair down’ and just enjoy herself. Cirmu is content and relaxed sleeping the way she is, but her scent’s been changing subtly recently. She’s still healthy, but there’s some change in her pheromones; I don’t have the frame of reference to understand. Hmm… We did spend four days locked in a cube together with Desperiona and Valistrasza. Between Hermione and Vali, there would have been enough Life magic to overcome any kind of contraception. Did we even bother to cast a contraception spell? I’m not sure, the first two days were mostly a rush of hormones and activity. I wonder why she hasn’t told me yet? If I can smell something different I’m sure Alira and Hermione have as well and they’re both healers. I still have doubts, but I think… I think I’m looking forward to being a father.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Two hours later Harry was enjoying the luxury of Potter Manor’s master bathroom. With space expansion charms, Harry had created a shower fit for a Dragon Aspect, and he and his consorts were making the most of it. The ridiculous scale of the shower and adjacent bathing pool was a necessity, since a shower in his human form did nothing for his draconic one. Harry put down a brush as large as a small car, foaming with soap bubbles, and gestured for Cirmu to rinse herself off. Harry spoke up as he stepped under a stream of water that had more in common with a waterfall than most showers. “If there’s one aspect of draconic culture that I’ve grown to like, it’s the group bathing.” Harry reached down and gently ran his soapy talons down Alira’s smaller scaly back where she was relaxing under the torrent of hot water. “It’s just one more way to share time together and bond.”

 

Hermione snorted from where she and Yrel were sitting on a pair of conjured stools, her fingers gently massaging the Draenei’s scalp as she worked shampoo into Yrel’s white hair. “We all saw you and Alira ‘bonding’ earlier. I’m surprised she can still walk straight.”

 

Harry laughed, his form flickering for a moment as he traded Hadrion’s form for the shape he’d been born with. “She does look content, doesn’t she?”

 

Everyone briefly turned to glance at the Green drake who seemed to have fallen asleep with a smile on her face. Harry waved a hand and gently shifted her head away from the water to keep her from inhaling any while she slept. Ignoring the natural arousal from seeing all of his lovely consorts in their natural state, he walked over and gathered a handful of shampoo. Harry gave a one armed hug and a chaste kiss to Hermione, then Yrel, a warm feeling in chest when they leaned into the embrace. A little shifting and a moment later he’d conjured a simple stool and was running his hands through Hermione’s hair as Yrel’s fingers massaged his own scalp. Yrel was the next to speak, her tone deeply relaxed as they worked. “This is nice. It’s a shame we can’t stay in here all day, though I suppose we’d get soggy eventually.”

 

Harry laughed as they watched Cirmu finish rinsing soap off herself and begin moving to join them, changing from her three-headed dragon form to her crimson and azure-scaled Lamia shape on the way over. To everyone’s amusement, she paused to gently poke Alira with the tip of her tail several times before leaving the drake to sleep. Cirmu came to a stop not far away, the bronze skin of her upper body slowly moving under a waterfall before she made herself comfortable with a cushioning charm on the pleasantly warm tile nearby. After a long, languid, distracting stretch, she spoke as the three got back to work on each other’s hair. “We have all the time in the world to enjoy this Yrel. I’m sure Harry will find ways to improve everything here in the centuries to come.”

 

Harry found himself thoughtful for a moment at the reminder of their probable lifespans. Assuming they avoided violent deaths everyone in the shower would live for fifteen thousand years or more. And there’s a very good chance I’m never going to die of old age. With the Potter’s Mark tattoos, empowering my consorts as Dragon Aspects and giving them the same lifespan is only a matter of time. It will take years, but we have the time. Out loud, Harry turned to look at Yrel. “Have you made a decision about the Animagus Ritual? I heard the Flamel’s research team finished developing a third version of it recently, before they got so interested in that Proto-drake’s living metal.” Before she could answer, Harry spoke again. “You don’t have to make a decision now, there’s no rush at all.”

 

Yrel glanced at Harry briefly before smiling and focusing on what her hands were doing. “I have. I’m not exactly sure which individual I want to ask for the blood, tear, and scale from yet, but I’ve decided to join you all as a Storm Dragon.”

 

Hermione spoke. “That’s a good choice, their natural color isn’t too different from yours and I bet a Storm dragon would look fantastic with your horns.”

 

Harry smiled and just listened as his consorts debated what Yrel would look like as a dragon. He chuckled when Cirmu spoke up. “Storm dragons are interesting creatures; compared to the Dragonflights, they’re closer to the creatures we originated from, more primal. ” She smiled warmly at the newest addition to their family. “And of course, our Aspect has had a real talent for Storm magic since his first lesson; there’s a story about a young wizard blasting a hole in magically reinforced stone after all. I wonder what your children will be capable of?”

 

Harry spoke up. “As long as they’re healthy I’ll be happy. I’m actually looking forward to being a father, even if I don’t feel ready.” Harry paused for a moment, looking around at his companions; the soft look and soft smiles of support made the world of difference. “I have no idea how to raise children, but I think if the five of us work together we can manage.”

 

Hermione smiled as she rose, walking over to the nearest waterfall to rinse her hair. “I’m sure it will work out, Harry. If nothing else we have plenty of people we can ask for help when we need it. It was kind of lonely growing up as an only child, I’m glad our kids will have plenty of siblings.”

 

As Harry stood up to rinse himself off, he found himself agreeing with Yrel. He really wished they could stay here all day, but there were things to do and places to visit.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Harry sat down to a late breakfast with his hair still damp from the shower and smiled when he saw that Sirius was just finishing up his own meal. The girls would be down a little later but Harry probably wouldn’t see them until tonight. Turning to his godfather as he finished piling his plate high with food Harry spoke. “Late night Sirius?”

 

Sirius chuckled for a moment. “You could say that. How about you?”

 

Harry smiled widely. “Cirmu and Yrel stayed behind on that last trip, so we had to celebrate our reunion. It’s been too long since we caught up, how have you been?”

 

It had been a while, at least for Harry. Sirius had lived with Harry in Theramore during the three years Harry apprenticed under Lady Proudmoore, but Harry had lived nearly two years since Sirius and the Grangers had traveled home. “I’ve been doing great, Harry. It’s been busy as hell since I got back from Theramore, but I’ve honestly enjoyed myself, and I’ve been learning so much about enchanting and science.”

 

Harry cut in. “I heard you were one of the people behind our new helicopters?”

 

Sirius chuckled briefly before continuing. “Yeah, Remus was able to secure a few combat helicopters. Mostly military surplus, but we did nick a few from despots.”

 

Harry smiled. “Nothing wrong with that, as long as we don’t get caught.”

 

Who do you take us for?! There might only be two Marauders left, but we still know how to manage mischief.” Sirius was serious for only a moment before he started to chuckle. Harry followed.

 

A moment later both men calmed down and Sirius spoke again. “Actually… Do you have any free time today Harry? There’s something I’d like you to take a look at if you don’t mind.”

 

Harry finished chewing a bite of bacon and swallowed it. “I have a few hours until I’m needed in Hogsmeade. Tell me about it while I eat and then we’ll head out.”

 

As Harry enjoyed Dobby’s excellent breakfast, Sirius began his tale. “My family has had a private island since the Blacks were officially founded about two-thousand years ago. Since I mentioned it to him, Stine’s been using it as a place to stash people, basically when your Oathsworn were rescuing people and returned to Earth before they’d left they would spend the time at Black Island and store the stasis cubes there, at least until Potter Manor was finished. The island’s always been strongly magical, but since Elune’s Portal opened the Island’s magic has changed entirely. I was never too great at sensing magic but even I can tell something’s different.”

 

“Hmm. Elune’s Portal has been releasing a lot of magic on Earth. Most of that eventually ends up in the ley-lines, is the island near an intersection?”

 

Sirius took a sip of his tea while Harry took a moment to eat. “Not according to any of the surveys of the area. Apparently it’s been a puzzle for a long time, the place has always been more magical than it should be. It was fading away, getting closer to normal ambient levels of magic for the last century or two, even when I hid there after you helped me escape Hogwarts. But the last time I visited a month ago it was brimming with magic, not as much as Azeroth but more than Hogwarts before the portal opened.”

 

“Interesting. How are we getting there?”

 

“Has to be a portkey made by the current Family Head, nothing else gets through the wards even before the island’s wardstones started bathing in all the extra magic.”

 

As quickly as he could, Harry finished his late breakfast and jogged back to let his consorts know he was heading out. After a quick goodbye he met Sirius at Potter Estate’s portkey departure area, with only minor bruises. It turned out that a third story window wasn’t tall enough to leap out, transform, and gracefully take flight. Thankfully a three story fall wasn’t enough to harm Hadrion. I won’t live that down for a while. I bet it really looked grand to anyone watching at Wyrmrest, though.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

After experiencing ‘Number 12,’ Harry had certain expectations about Black Island. He was pleasantly surprised to discover it was a bright sunny island covered in date palm trees, hardy grass, and gravel walkways overgrown by pomegranate trees. In the distance Harry could see a white sand beach bordered by weathered rock; the ocean just beyond was a pale green he’d never seen in England and small waves were gently lapping at the beach. The island itself was divided between sprawling gardens and leisure spaces, including a fire pit, gazebos, several sandy dueling pits, and a spell range with targets at different distances. The house Harry could see built on the tallest hill of the island was surprisingly not a Gothic manor or even any style that Harry was familiar with. Gravel pathways wound everywhere, and the air was fresh, clear, and surprisingly hot. (‘Hadrion’ wanted Harry to take his dragon form and stretch out in the sun for a few hours.)

 

Harry began to feel out the ambient magic and found himself surprised. “This is interesting, Sirius. Do you know what type of magic flows through ley-lines?”

 

“On Azeroth, pure Arcane. Earth’s ley-lines are mostly Arcane, but there’s other kinds of magic present, especially in places where Dark Magic is practiced.”

 

Harry nodded. “Yep. Earth’s lines have had a lot of Arcane dumped into them through Elune’s Portal lately though, so there’s not much of a distinction right now. What’s interesting about your island, Sirius, is that it’s like sensing a rainbow of different magic. I think I can pick out every type of magic except for Fel and Void.”

 

Sirius replied as he began leading Harry towards the old stone house on the island’s highest hill. “So… every type of magic the Potter Dragonflight uses?”

 

Harry stopped walking for a moment, closing his eyes to think and feel out the surrounding magic once more. “Yes, actually.” Both men were silent for a moment, then Harry snapped his fingers. “The Oath Ritual! Unless the oathsworn ask me not to, I always tweak the original ritual to include a magical adoption, and the ritual uses blood for the binding. So this is Black Island, my grandmother Dorea was born a Black...”

 

Sirius finished his godson’s thought. “And somehow magic from the people you’ve adopted is saturating the family island. Something is drawing magic from family members to empower the island! That’s why it was dying off in the last few centuries as the Black family dwindled but came roaring back once you started using that ritual! There must be an artifact here somewhere collecting magic from family members, probably very well hidden. I think if it was hurting your people we’d have already heard about it, but we’ll let the healers know anyway. For now let me show you the house; it’s part of your heritage through Dorea.”

 

As they walked, Harry examined the structure more closely. “I don’t recognize the style, I admit I was expecting something like Grimmauld.”

 

Sirius chuckled. “It’s Roman, about two-thousand years old now. When my brother and I were both in Hogwarts, my grandfather brought us here to teach us about the family’s history. He also taught us the spells needed to maintain and protect the house; those are still the only spells I know that use ancient Hebrew incantations.”

 

“You’ll have to teach them to me.”

 

“That’s the plan Harry. If something happens to me before I have kids of my own you’ll be the new Family Head of the Blacks after all.”

 

Harry laughed for a moment before replying. “I’ve got enough responsibilities of my own Sirius, I don’t need more. But I wouldn’t mind visiting here once in a while. Or staying until I need to leave to meet with Madam Bones.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

I still hate Politics. Four hours of meetings and then another hour constantly repeating myself to what has to be the biggest collection of idiots in Britain. The first four hours of closed-door meetings with Madam Bones and various advisors had gone smoothly enough, but the last hour had been dedicated to a public forum and it seemed every member of the defunct Ministry of Magic who hadn’t been banished had chosen to attend. In the end Harry had been forced to remind those bureaucrats that he wasn’t reforming the Ministry, he was replacing it entirely because it and they had failed so badly. I’m glad I’m getting nearly a full day off Earth, no politics on Mars, after all.

 

Suffice it to say, Harry was rather happy when he was done with the day’s meetings and apparated directly home to collect his armor, his consorts, and some followers for the trip to Mars. To Harry’s surprise, when he returned to Hogsmeade to collect the final group of supplies, visitors, and colonists bound for Mars he spotted Aurogos speaking to England’s Prime Minister. Aurogos spoke up before Harry could say anything. “Greetings my Lord. The last time we spoke I offered the Prime Minister a tour of several facilities on Mars, and today seemed like a good time to follow through. I’ve arranged security and guides, while you complete your own tasks he will receive tours of our soil production cubes on Olympus Mons, the slowly rising Mariner Sea, and one of the established domes on the surface.”

 

Harry shrugged, offered the Prime Minister his greetings and double-checked his armor’s airtight seal while Aurogos and a few others helped their guests into standard space-grade armor. A few moments later everyone’s armor had been checked and double-checked and everything and everyone had been loaded into a type-two cube. Content to be getting away from politics, Harry shrank the cube, placed it into his pocket and apparated ninety miles straight up. I can never get over the view; there’s so many stars once you get outside the atmosphere. It really is beautiful.

 

After taking a moment to get orientated, Harry smiled inside his visor. I wonder if I can reach Mars in one jump? Only one way to find out!

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

After ascending as a Dragon Aspect, it turned out that Harry not only had enough magic to travel from Earth to Mars in one apparition, but to his embarrassment he actually overshot on his first attempt. After a few more apparitions he was standing outside the airlock of the Potter Dragonflight’s first Martian dome, the structure that had become a distribution hub for the entire planet. Handing over the type-two cube that contained this week’s supplies for all of their terraforming efforts on the red planet, Harry stayed to watch as the cube was opened and various smaller cubes were unloaded. The cube containing the Prime Minister was soon moved to a different dome where he’d be staying for the next day or so. Content that the situation was handled, Harry exited the airlock and made his way to orbit, soon heading to where the Glamdring was waiting for him.

 

In a carefully maintained orbit of Mars that always kept the red planet between itself and Earth, the Glamdring floated in the frame of the Potter Dragonflight’s first orbital dry dock. Much of it was still under construction, and in fact he could see a welding team hard at work expanding the skeletal frame as he moved closer. When he stood on the Glamdring’s hull, spells on his boots keeping him in place, Harry looked out at the two frames slowly taking shape in the distance. The first bore the rough shape of a capital ‘A’ bisected by a long vertical line; the ‘Percheron’ was the Potter fleet’s first workhorse, built to accomplish tasks such as transporting material or playing tug for ships or asteroids. Later models could even be adapted to carry fighters, but the bugs needed to be worked out first.

 

The second frame, however, was not intended to be a peaceful ship. Harry’s engineering team had, in a bit of copyright infringement, begun work on a scaled down version of the fictional Klingon Bird of Prey. The ‘Hawk’ was designed for a crew of up to ten and was small enough that the Glamdring could carry hundreds of them if needed. The Hawk was intended for combat, scouting, and could even lay mines. (Not that they’d developed mines for use in space… yet.) If successful, both ships would be the first of their class and would be the first additions to the Potter Dragonflight’s space arsenal. I have no idea what’s out there, even in my home galaxy, but I’m not so naive to think that there isn’t evil lurking in the depths of space. I don’t seek conflict, but I understand now that sometimes it can’t be avoided.

 

Turning away from the new frames, Harry entered the Glamdring’s airlock. He couldn’t help but smile as he felt the ship’s ward matrix brush against him; he could tell she was excited to have him back on board. She feels a little more intelligent, a little more alive every time I visit. I would be concerned, but she’s still so eager to please and happy to see me. One of the ships we scavenged had crystal-based computers, it must be interacting with the wardstone network somehow. Harry would have kept ruminating on the Glamdring’s development, but he’d had a long day and quickly threaded his way through the halls to his room and removed The Cube from his pocket. When he stepped inside he discovered his consorts waiting for him in his home away from home. I suppose I’m not quite that tired after all.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Ten hours later, Harry was walking through the first of the dozen new domes in the Glamdring’s hangar, preparing to cast the first expansion of the day. Each dome was thirty feet wide, twenty feet tall, and had a flat base. Hermione was by his side, double and triple checking the dome’s construction while Harry built up an image of what he wanted the interior to look like. When he’d first cast expansions, he’d left the interior a simple empty space, but with a few boulders (taken from the surface of Mars in this case) he could get creative. Essentially the boulders would remain their current size, taking up about a third of the dome’s interior while Harry expanded the space around them. Flicking his wand and transfiguring one boulder into a miniature mountain, Harry spoke up. “What do you think, Hermione? I’m thinking of making this one a shallow ocean with a few islands, then mostly forests and small lakes for the next one.”

 

Hermione paused, looking around the dome speculatively. “Our first step in terraforming Venus does call for a lot of water. Once the expansions are in I’ll have our Druids focus on Lacus ferns in these domes.”

 

Harry replied in a warm tone. “That will work, but I’ll make sure to include marshlands and prairies so everyone gets enough to eat. All my oathsworn can survive off fish except for the dragons, but I’m sure we can add something for them to eat in the marshland we’re creating.” He paused, taking one last look around the dome. “I’m ready, how about you?”

 

Hermione responded by sealing her armor, an act Harry quickly copied. Wand in hand, he focused and a moment later the world twisted; both Harry and Hermione were left standing at the bottom of what would eventually be a small ocean. In time the space would be filled with plants, fish, and probably some of Harry’s Naga. I’m glad the Glamdring’s internal seals are holding since we just dropped the air pressure in the hangar to half. Or will, anyway, by the time the pressure finishes equalizing. Better get to conjuring some air.

 

With that, Harry started conjuring air while Hermione worked on water. Technically he could leave the permanent conjuring to others, but since the major perk of being a Dragon Aspect was overwhelming magical power, he figured he could save his people some time. The terraforming team had a dozen domes built, and over the next two hours Harry took his time creating the shells for the biomes and settlements that would soon move in. By the time he was finished expanding the last dome, his Druids had already finished transplanting magical saplings into the first.

 

While Harry had been busy in the Glamdring’s hangar the ship had been in motion. On Mars, there were three main problems to solve: Lack of mass, lack of atmosphere, and lack of a protective magnetic field. Day by day, those problems were being solved. In strategic locations, expanded habitats were leaching Earth and Storm magic deep into the planet, even as the habitats continually released water and soil to build up the planet. Venus, on the other hand, had a thick and inhospitable atmosphere, only about four-fifths of Earth’s mass, and a weak magnetic field.

 

With the domes expanded and the crucial magical saplings being planted, Harry moved to a different part of the hangar with Hermione by his side. She was obviously excited, while she wasn’t personally involved with the terraforming teams Hermione had studied everything she could of the magic and science involved. “Obviously Venus is far too hot, and we don’t really have a good way of fixing that yet. The first thing we’re going to do is start adding as much liquid water as we can. But no one’s really completely sure how much good that’s actually going to do, so we have other ideas to try too. Once these habitats are sorted out, the Venus team will start building magical filters.”

 

Harry glanced at Hermione as they walked. “Same system, more or less, that Captain Bryne’s ship is using, right? What’s the plan for all the carbon once it gets pulled out of the air?”

 

Hermione, obviously enjoying the time she’d spent with the research teams, replied quickly, excitement quickening her words. “Diamonds. Bryne’s filter gave us a supply of pure carbon and after some tinkering at Potter Estate your Black dragons figured out a reliable way to turn it into diamonds. We’re going to make them as reflective as possible then drop them on the surface. That way we clean the atmosphere, build up the planet’s mass, and help reflect sunlight all at once.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Compared to casting the expansions, launching the four zeppelins was almost boring. They were sturdy, their materials and enchantments carefully chosen to resist corrosion and wear for centuries, and each had a wardstone powered by a ‘mature’ expanded sphere identical to the one he’d given to Alexstrasza. The zeppelin's lift chambers had taken nearly an hour to fill after three domes were installed near the bottom of each superstructure and the zeppelins ejected into space. As the first zeppelin reached full capacity and was gently guided into Venus’ gravity well, Harry listened intently to Ben Cooper, the manager of the various terraforming groups. The man had proven himself, easily earning the promotion. Cooper had started as the manager of the first Martian dome, and as their terraforming operations expanded he’d managed to keep the various teams working together and made sure everyone got the needed supplies. As Harry stood next to an observation window with Hermione and some of the Glamdring’s permanent crew, Cooper was giving him an update on their efforts.

 

“I’ll start with the best news: Mars’ magnetic field is now half a percent of Earth’s. We’re not entirely sure which project is responsible, but most likely it’s a combination of three things: The Storm magic we’re introducing to the planet, the Earth magic, and the slowly rising amount of environmental magic. Our domes and cubes continue to release as much magic as possible, and it seems to be making a difference. I’m sure you remember the Valles Marineris, the water level has stopped rising for now thanks to evaporation. At least some of that water vapor is being lost, but we think a decent amount is remaining in the atmosphere and is being retained.”

 

Harry shrugged as the first zeppelin leveled out in Venus’ upper atmosphere. “It feels wasteful to say, but don’t worry about what’s lost. Our Kingsleaf trees will pull magic out of the Twilight Realm for the other plants as long as they live. As far as I know there’s no practical limit to how much we can reclaim from the Twilight Realm.”

 

“That is interesting. I’ll request more expanded spaces for Mars then. I’ve started attaching the cubes no one’s living in to balloons, it’s easier than adjusting them each time the dirt and water flowing out manage to bury them.”

 

Harry nodded. “That’s a good idea. Other than adding more of these zeppelins, I think we should focus our efforts on Mars for the time being. Make sure there’s space in the habitats for settlers. It isn’t imminent , but eventually I want to begin accepting human refugees.” Harry sighed. “Not to mention that I also have tens of thousands of rescues from Azeroth to finish swearing in.”

 

The conversation died off as they watched the second zeppelin begin its descent into Venus’ atmosphere. Like the first it briefly dipped down into the dense clouds before rising to a safe height. Harry smiled; it would take time, but eventually Sol would have three livable planets. My people will have plenty of space to live and thrive. In time we can even expand beyond Sol, but I want another capital ship or two ready before we start exploring; the Glamdring is definitely a warship but it isn’t invincible. Who knows what might be lurking out in the Milky Way?

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Later that afternoon Harry was back at Potter Manor for a series of briefings. He was seated at the head of a rather large formal dining table with six people sitting with him. “Welcome Mayor Bones, Broodmother Onyxia, Captain Bryne, and Lady Saska. You already know my advisors Khanagos and Yrel. Let’s keep this informal and start with general overviews. Dobby will bring in lunch when we’re ready for it. Are there any problems with Hogsmeade or England right now Amelia?”

 

Amelia sipped her tea, apparently enjoying the drink brewed with leaves from two worlds. “Things are mostly calm right now. There’s no shortage of grumbling from people who aren’t happy with all the changes but I think they’ll settle down in time. Once Voldemort reveals himself to the public I think you’ll become more popular though. You and I know what the Ministry would have done when he revealed himself.”

 

Harry shook his head. “A lot of nothing, then continued life as normal when he took over. There’s enough jobs to go around, right?”

 

“Yes, your companies are the largest employers right now and I’ve heard they don’t mind providing training which is making a real difference. I’m told Hogsmeade’s Ice Wine is in demand around the world, far more than they can produce right now, so I just authorized the vineyard’s expansion.”

 

“Good. Onyxia? How fares the ICW?”

 

“There are rumors of someone moving in the shadows, and someone is contacting the various governments directly. Several prisons, both magical and mundane, have been emptied with portkeys but there’s no sign of the prisoners so far. Other than that, things continue as normal. It’s in my normal reports but I want to reiterate that England’s government was not the worst on Earth, some of the ICW representatives reek of foul magic and lives forcibly taken.”

 

“I’ve learned more about the Golden Khanate than I’ve ever wanted to know since my oathsworn began scouting Earth.” Harry let out a breath slowly. “The number of innocents murdered there is sickening, and I know I won’t be able to resist stepping in forever. For now, the only interference I want is our spies to begin extracting their muggleborn.” Harry paused again. “Before we do anything more than that, I want our position in Britain secure. I’ll be spending a lot of time working through the backlog of oathsworn which means our military can expand.”

 

Amelia spoke up. “I will begin expanding the militia as well, since I suspect that when the other nations learn how many non-humans are living here they will do something stupid.”

 

Harry nodded. “Thank you. Might as well expand now when we have time to have the older veterans train the new hires. Captain Bryne, I saw the figures for Clay Naval Salvage and I’m impressed. Three new ships similar to yours will be launching in the next six months; please expand your crew and train those best suited to captain their own ships.” Harry’s lips twitched upwards. “How do you like the sound of ‘Admiral Bryne?’”

 

Bryne smiled as he leaned back into his chair. “It doesn’t sound awful my Lord. I know your space force tried to recruit me several times, but I belong on the water with the spray in my face and the wind in my hair. I’ll make sure we have enough skilled sailors for both of the new salvage ships and the cargo hauler.”

 

“Thank you Bryne. Saska, I haven’t spoken to you in a while, how are my Naga settling in?”

 

Saska smiled, stretching her serpentine body briefly. “We’re doing well my Lord. We have a proper colony in Potter Estate’s lake and we’re flourishing. Our males have been spending time at the Black Lake to assist the Merpeople.” At Harry’s raised eyebrow, she continued. “The Black Lake is landlocked and the Ministry gave them no help bringing new blood in, so they have a disastrous inbreeding problem. They know it too. Their ancestors were probably Naga that ended up on Earth millennia ago, so some fresh blood should revitalize their species. With new blood the next generation might even be able to leave the water like I can; the half-Naga should be able to use magic like we can too, which will help a lot.”

 

Harry nodded. “Good work. I admit I never thought much about the Merpeople after my fourth year ended. Is there anything else they need?”

 

Saska nodded her head. “We’re already introducing more plants and fish to the lake and enchanting orbs to bring sunlight to the lake bed. The Black Lake is not a small body of water, so with more light they can harvest enough fish to not only feed themselves but a small city as well. We’re slowly raising the lake’s temperature so it can support more life too, but that has to be done very slowly so the Merpeople can adapt. In fifty years the water will be tropical and teeming with fish, plants, and potion ingredients.”

 

Harry was thoughtful for a moment. “Hogwarts will have to start teaching first years how to swim, a tropical beach will be far too tempting to keep the students away.”

 

As the day continued, one meeting began to blur into the next. As much as he needed to make these decisions, Harry was very much looking forward to the day things calmed down and he could retire from direct leadership. With daydreams of competent leaders taking his place, he headed to bed that night exhausted in a way not even the recent battle at Wyrmrest Temple had caused. Still, there were benefits to being the Aspect of the Potter Dragonflight, and he couldn’t keep the smile off his face as he and Yrel joined the others who had already fallen asleep in a pile, tired from the long day.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Lord Voldemort’s lips quirked upwards in a cruel smile as he watched his newest army file into the battleship. It was one of five, all either wrecks he’d repaired and levitated back to the surface or more modern muggle ships he’d stolen and altered. Looking away he stretched out his left hand and the smooth skin and graceful fingers blurred into scales the color of freshly shed blood and a single talon that could disembowel a Hungarian Horntail with ease. Knowing he was alone, that the few followers who hadn’t partaken in the empowerment rituals that bound them to him forever were out on their own tasks, he spoke aloud. “Such a duality, even now. I know I am one being, but I can still remember every moment of both lives.” He looked out over his small fleet, feeling every empowered wizard, every Blood Inferi, knowing where each and every one were and what each of the fifteen thousand members of his army were doing. “Voldemort was weak, pitifully weak compared to those who wield true power. Hakkar had power, but his ambition, his imagination , was lacking. I have both of their strengths and all their powers.”

 

He drew a deep breath of the salty breeze, enjoying a sensation he’d never bothered to really enjoy in either of his previous lives. But it wasn’t just the air he was breathing in. “Below the earth is one of the ley-lines that flows directly from Hogwarts. Living both lives has taught me patience. Whatever portal that sprang into existence between that castle and Stranglethorn Vale, I can feel it slowly destabilizing from the echoes in the ley-lines. That Potter child has obviously visited Azeroth and grasped as much power for himself as possible, enough to best Voldemort before he ascended into me. He may have even made powerful allies on the other side of the portal; he has certainly recruited at least a few lost drakes.

 

“Before my ascension, either of me would have attacked as soon as my army was gathered. I will not. I have known defeat and humiliation, I will not risk it again on the off chance that foolish boy has befriended one of the great powers that walk Azeroth. No. My forces are ready, the world’s fools are falling over themselves to dance to my tune. We will strike after the portal has closed, so that the child that humiliated me cannot flee and return with Ysera or an Ancient at his side. Azeroth’s lifeblood flows through the Earth, thundering through the ley-lines. I will know the moment that portal falters and fades, and then I will strike.” Voldemort gave out a cruel laugh. “I have all the time in the world. I am a god, after all.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Albus Dumbledore groaned as he laid on one of the tables in the Black Temple’s mess hall. Gellert was slumped not far away, his arm in a sling and passed out, a bottle of the strongest drink the former headmaster had ever tasted rolling away from the former dark lord. At least they passed out the good booze when we got back. I’ll have to see about getting the wizards that aren’t doing much else trained as healers, we obviously don’t have enough to go around. Not that I mind being given a bottle and told to suck it up while the healers take care of the most injured first. By Merlin’s dirty socks I can’t believe we didn’t lose anyone when that battle turned sour. Even Lord Illidan came back bloody. Well that isn’t unusual, but this time he was covered in his own blood.

 

Knowing he was going to have a hangover in addition to the burns, bruises, and fractured bones, Albus decided to take a nap. After a pitched battle that had lasted over twenty hours, he had earned it. When he woke, he could hear and smell a meal being served. Unfortunately sleeping on a wooden table while drunk had left him stiff as a board. With great difficulty, he managed to open his eyes and look around. Most of what he saw was blue, and it took him a moment to realize he was looking at an elf. After a few more moments he realized the elf was seated next to him with two bowls of some kind of soup. As he slowly shifted off the table and into the bench seat, he briefly looked around and realized Gellert was missing. The elf spoke before he could even begin to worry. “Your friend will be fine, the healers took him to the healing ward a few hours ago, they’ll wake him up and kick him out when they’re finished with him.”

 

Albus nodded his head as the elf pushed a bowl of soup towards him with a grimace. “You need to eat, but don’t expect to like the taste. After a raid on one of the Legion’s worlds we all get stuck eating this for a few days, it’s a mix of low-grade healing potions, tons of nutrients, and a few unpleasant things that will flush most of Xoroth’s poison from your veins.”

 

Albus lifted the bowl to his lips and slurped a few mouthfuls. It tasted like the potions Madam Pomfrey gave out to people who really annoyed her. Setting the bowl down and giving his stomach a moment to settle, Albus spoke. “Thank you. You’re Altruis, right? Lord Illidan’s fifth in command?”

 

The elf smiled and took a sip of his own soup. “Aye. I’ve been watching you and the others from ‘Earth.’ Most of you are only good for supporting the Hunters, but you and your friend have some real promise. You fought well on Xoroth, even if you need to work on your endurance. Eat up, you need three bowls of that a day until our healers say we’ve purged enough of the Legion’s filth. Get some rest, then get the healers to check you out after lunch, they’ve got the worst injuries taken care of and they’re working their way to the less injured. Tomorrow’s a rest day, then after that you and your friend have training with me.”

 

At the time, Albus felt honored. Altruis was probably the third most powerful Illidari and a cunning warrior. Later, he would feel only terror and pain.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

After five days of special attention from ‘Altruis the Sufferer’ Albus was torn between his desire to murder his torturer or mulishly admit that he was actually seeing impressive results. On the sixth day he and Gellert were eating breakfast as they conversed with one of the Illidari’s Naga, an unusual specimen of the race who seemed to have lost her fins and gills and traded the usual shades of green and blue for coal black and burnt orange. “I heard you humans are all bound as Dragonsworn. I know how that goes.” She gestured to herself. “Once we secured Outland and recruited Sabellian and his dragons, a lot of the elves agreed to become Dragonsworn for the increased power and vitality. Naturally everyone started to wonder what would happen if a water-bound Naga bonded with a dragon with power over earth and stone. I volunteered and swore the Dragonsworn Oath to Samia, Sabellian’s consort. I miss my fins and natural ability to breathe water, but the new magic, strength, and the speed at which I heal makes up for it. That’s why you’re getting pushed so hard physically, the more you work the more you gain when you heal.”

 

Albus, who after five days of torture disguised as physical and magical training was in the best shape of his life nodded his head. “Indeed. Back home magic users have gotten lazy, they don’t see the need to work for their physical fitness.”

 

Gellert laughed, setting his morning tea down to avoid spilling it. “You mean we’re lazy, fat, and stupid. Altruis could have conquered the world in a month, Lord Illidan would be worshiped as a living god as soon as he started throwing his power around. That Potter boy’s no slouch either; in a fight between him and the rest of the world I’d bet on him. Potter is going to change things up and finally shake them out of their stagnation if it kills them. I’ve exchanged a few letters with old followers who turned their lives around, it didn’t take much convincing and now their families are either joining Potter or keeping their ears open and sending him information.”

 

As Albus finished his third helping of breakfast (the more muscle he gained the hungrier he got) he saw something interesting coming into the mess. Three human reporters and three cameramen walked into the room, led by Altruis. A moment later the group had gathered around Albus’ table and three cameras flashed, capturing the sight of Albus and Gellert sharing a meal with a serpentine woman. “Albus, Gellert, Caribdis, you’re leaving in an hour as part of the group cleaning out Tempest Keep. The dimensional ships are infested with demons and void creatures, so we’re sweeping them ahead of Lord Potter’s engineering team. Lord Illidan agreed to let these people accompany your team so they could bring back proof of the Legion’s dangers. Our Lord believes more wizards from your world’s prisons would give us more healers and other support, even if there’s no others on your level.”

 

It turned out that the three reporters represented the Hogsmeade Quibbler and two widely-read international papers. Albus was particularly unhappy at the never-ending torrent of questions as he got ready for the day’s work. Gellert, however, was enjoying himself explaining the story of how he, a radical willing to kill, had stolen the Elder Wand and the events that followed. “And then Potter offered me the chance to do my part to save creation from the flame. In the next week you will only see the weakest remnants of the Burning Legion’s armies, the forces left behind when the Illidari and their allies drove them off this world. Get as many photos as you can of Outland, this broken husk is all that’s left of Draenor. Albus and I have seen much worse, worlds reduced to rocks floating in the Void or covered in magical and physical poison so thick nothing will ever live there again.”

An hour later as the group flew over a shattered world on the backs of drakes, Albus enjoyed the dumbfounded expressions on the reporter’s faces. Sweeping his gaze across the horizon he felt his heart clench. This could have been Earth. No. If the Legion had come for us we wouldn’t even have this much left, Earth would have been nothing but a desolate wasteland. As they neared the forlorn forest to the west, he saw the grove of towering magical trees Mr. Potter had gifted to Lord Illidan and the other inhabitants of Outland. There were a dozen clusters of them now, all across the broken world: Kingsleaf created raw magic out of nothing, Crimson Oaks took that magic and changed it to nurture life and slowly burn away the Legion’s tainted power, Blackstone trees conjured new, rich soil, Lacus Ferns were nursing streams into existence, and the towering world tree near Shattrath bound Outland together. Albus had walked the edge of Outland and seen the shattered rocks floating in the Nether slowly drift back to the main continent and stay there, and the streams that poured off the land’s edge forming new seas instead of dispersing into the Nether. It warms my heart that even this place isn’t beyond saving. Harry may never forgive me, but I am proud of him anyway. He has accomplished so much…

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

As they neared Tempest Keep in the desolate (and oddly purple) wasteland of Netherstorm, the group’s scouts reported that the Legion’s forces had rallied nearby and were feverishly trying to activate an interdimensional portal. Altruis quickly came to a decision and a short flight later began addressing the group. “Form ranks! Our ‘wizards’ will start with a long-range barrage on my command, then all our Demon Hunters will charge in. Drakes, support and defense! Albus, keep the observers safe. They know we’re here, so there’s no point in waiting. Go!”

 

Seeing that there were demons charging towards them already, Gellert frantically slashed his wand back and forth, conjuring his latest creation: Globes of sizzling off-white flames took shape before him, then sped away, homing in on the nearest demons before exploding like bombs. As soon as the globes exploded, dozens of small flames took the shape of rats and swarmed into the demons, biting into flesh and growing as they consumed. The former Dark Lord was rather proud of his latest creation, this new spell was similar to tightly targeted Fiendfyre; it consumed magic and flesh to grow stronger and was fiendishly difficult to counter. Albus on the other hand put his knowledge of alchemy to use, transfiguring four catapults that began raining combustible barrels of fluid onto the approaching demons. It felt nice to use alchemy creatively; the fluid he’d yet to name was a volatile combination of Greek Fire and the chemicals Black Dragons used in their breath attack.

 

While the reporters stood in awe, getting as many photographs as possible, most of the Illidari just rolled their eyes at the show-offs, leveled their blades at the incoming demons, and leapt into battle.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

With the Legion’s latest attempt at retaking Outland dealt with, the group continued to Tempest Keep, the four crystalline dimensional ships that floated just past the edge of Netherstorm’s landmass. Getting inside wasn’t difficult, and neither was the following battle where wizards and demon hunters tore through the stragglers with ease. The four ships, or rather the primary ship, ‘The Eye,’ and the three half-sized support ships, ‘The Botanica,’ ‘The Mechanar,’ and ‘The Arcatraz’ had been stolen from the Narru by Kael’thas years ago and given to the Legion. Demon engineers had then altered the ship’s hardware to suit themselves and left much of the complicated mechanisms a mess. Sweeping the pests from the interiors proved time-consuming but not terribly difficult. When the ships were clear Albus found himself fascinated as Potter Engineering teams worked feverishly to restore the cannibalized and damaged systems. It ended up taking a week before any of the ships could move, and even then it was only to begin a slow drift back to the Black Temple. Time and again Albus found himself reflecting in wonder at the many things he’d never even dreamt were possible.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Alexstrasza’s return to Azeroth was quiet, at least at first. Tendrion had carried the expanded sphere that had been her home for the last three decades and appeared in the Moonwell in Elune’s Temple in a flash of moonlight. The Dragonqueen had stayed for a few hours, speaking with the Broodmothers who had evacuated their clutches there and healing those who requested it of her. Others she gave her blessing, magic that increased fertility and eased childbirth. As she made her way out of the Temple, preparing to Teleport back to Wyrmrest Temple, she couldn’t keep the smile off her elven face. It has been too long since I saw whelps of all the different Flights playing together. In the years to come this will be a common sight once more, I swear it! Not only will we bring the Black Dragonflight back into the fold, but we will welcome the Nether, the Chromatic, and the Twilight Flights. It will take time, but we can create new Aspects for those flights with the method Harry and his followers created. My mate has already grown significantly stronger with only the Marks of those of us inside the sphere, I cannot wait to see how powerful my king becomes as a true Dragon Aspect.

 

With a smile on her face, Alexstrasza Teleported to Wyrmrest Temple with the expanded sphere in her arms. As promised, Tendrion had sent a message ahead, and no sooner had she placed the Sphere inside her heavily warded personal chambers than she found herself meeting with the other three Aspects. As she looked around the only secure room in the Temple large enough for the four of them to meet in their true forms, she realized how much good the last thirty years had done for her. After this war is over, I will make the other Aspects take time off to relax if I have to chain them somewhere comfortable. I can see the stress and wear on all of them, even Kalecgos. Gaining control of a Dragonflight was something he never really planned for or desired, he simply stepped up when needed; the stress is wearing him down already. Something for the future, we must secure the world first.

 

“Welcome back sister. I admit I was worried, but you look better than you have in centuries!”

 

Alexstrasza embraced Ysera warmly, with a hidden smile on her face. Dralad would be excited to see her again, but that surprise would have to wait for now. By the time Alexstrasza laid her second clutch in the sphere, she had been completely free from the Titan’s controls but she knew her sister wasn’t quite there yet. (While the blood contract she’d signed had forced her into a relationship with Chromatus, he had insisted that she give Tyranastrasz one last clutch while she was able. Her oldest consort and lover had only been able to give her one, but after losing Korialstrasz and their last clutch, it had meant the world to her.) Until Ysera’s mind was her own, meeting Dralad and her many nieces and nephews inside the sphere would have to wait. Alexstrasza gave her sister a teasing smirk. “And how have you been, sister? I know you spent two weeks in Elune’s Sanctum with her and Goldrinn.”

 

It had been millennia since she’d seen her sister sputter indignantly, and Alexstrasza couldn’t help but laugh. She was tempted to keep teasing her sister, but decided not to embarrass her. Apparently both Elune and Goldrinn were still making up for a dry spell that had lasted far too long and had been eager to include Ysera in their fun; the sounds one could hear near the sphere’s entrance during those two weeks had been proof the three had greatly enjoyed their recreation. Sadly there were serious matters to discuss and lighter topics had to be put aside for the time being. Kalecgos cleared his throat and began to speak. “Welcome back Alexstrasza, it is good to have you in Wyrmrest once more. Was your ‘vacation...’ productive?”

 

Alexstrasza smiled and replied. “It was. Chromatus has grown healthy and strong, and become a leader our people will follow with pride. Tyranastrasz managed to teach him everything he knew about leadership and combat before he passed. When Deathwing strikes, Chromatus will be ready to turn the tide.”

 

Nozdormu spoke next. “That is good to hear, but Chromatus alone will not be enough. The Timeline is still fragmented but in many of the possible futures I can see Deathwing brings a Twilight dragon directly empowered by the Old Gods, a true Dragon Aspect. In some futures he brings two, a male and a female. We will be hard pressed if he brings two.”

 

Kalecgos spoke again. “I have already made contact with Harry Potter through Azurewing. He is a full Aspect, and one of his companions is a powerful Twilight dragon on the path to becoming an Aspect. If Deathwing brings two, we will just have to hope that their greater experience will win the day.”

 

The group was silent for a moment, uneasy glances moving back and forth. After updating Alexstrasza on the new security of the Temple and the current state of the world, Nozdormu spoke again. “I have a suggestion. In the original Timeline, the weapon that felled Deathwing was something I and a band of mortal adventurers retrieved from the past, a weapon of terrible power.”

 

Ysera was quiet for a moment. “You speak of the Dragon Soul. While the artifact was immensely powerful, it has taken so many lives already… Are you certain that it is necessary?”

 

After a long pause where Nozdormu flexed his Red forelimb, he replied uneasily. “I am sure of very little sister. I would prefer to have the Dragon Soul and not need it, then need it and not have it.”

 

Alexstrasza spoke up. “If you are going, we will all go together. I know who you expect to meet along the path brother, and there are questions I must ask him. The one who would block your path may have knowledge we desperately need.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

A week later the three Aspects followed Nozdormu through the unending twists and turns of the Caverns of Time, following a path only the Bronze Aspect knew. In time they stepped onto a desolate world in the far future, not far from Wyrmrest Temple, and Alexstrasza retched uncontrollably for several minutes. For thirty-thousand years, her entire purpose had been to ensure life flourished; seeing, feeling, standing on a dead world was beyond disturbing. When she calmed herself and looked around, she saw Wyrmrest Temple in the distance, across the plains of drifting ash. “Nozdormu, is that…”

 

The Bronze Aspect looked away from where Deathwing’s corpse, dead for centuries at least, continued to leak molten lava from where it was impaled on the spire of Wyrmrest Temple. “I call this place the End Time. This is what happens to the world if we fail and Deathwing succeeds. This is what the Infinite Dragonflight has been trying to create, and this is where my future self waits for us.”

 

As the four stood there taking in the destruction, a flash of light behind them heralded a rush of wind and ash as Chromatus teleported out of the expanded space he’d hidden in as they journeyed through the timeways. “Then let us find him and ensure this future never comes to pass.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

One by one the Aspects felled the furious ghosts who guarded this forlorn future. While the ghosts might have been a dangerous challenge for most mortals, Chromatus and the four Aspects simply destroyed their physical forms and released their tortured souls. Soon they came to the Bronze Dragonshrine in the hills overlooking Wyrmrest. There, the largest Infinite dragon any of them had ever seen reclined in the sand. Like all other Infinite Dragons its form was webbed in cracks leaking trickles of black sand, its scales were chipped and cracked, and Ysera was not the only one who could sense the creature was desperately weary and yet unable to rest. As they landed, it spoke without opening its eyes, as if reading from a script, or repeating a memory. “The ‘End Time,’ I once called this place. I had not seen, by then; I did not know. You hope to... what? Stop me, here? Change the fate I worked so tirelessly to weave?”

 

Several groups of Infinite Dragonspawn looked up at them, their tortured forms racked with agony and their eyes empty. Ysera looked at them and shook her head, so Chromatus ended their suffering with quick bursts of dark violet flames. As the last one fell, the Infinite dragon rose, trailing the Dragonshrine’s bone-white sand. Shorter-lived races, at least those not familiar with dragons, would have missed the tremors of pained muscles under scales, the shivers of agony, the way his eyes took far too long to focus, but the five gathered together did not. With glassy eyes, Murozond spoke again. “You crawl unwitting, like a blind, writhing worm, towards endless madness and despair. I have witnessed the true End Time. This? This is a blessing you simply cannot comprehend.

 

Alexstrasza spoke. “ Brother , what has happened to you?”

 

That was enough to throw Nozdormu’s future self off the script. He barely managed a question before the Dragonqueen was upon him, running a talon glowing with healing magic the color of cheerful flames over his hide. “Sister? What are you doing here?

 

Nozdormu let out a hollow laugh as Ysera joined her sister, taking Murozond’s other side and working emerald healing magic into his suffering older self. “Hello my future self. The Timeline I strove to protect and you strove to destroy has been lost to both of us. An Outsider, a friend to dragon-kind came to Azeroth and set us on a new path. He convinced Alexstrasza that she needed to come here, to hear your… madness.

 

Murozond, the cracked reflection of Nozdormu, laughed; the broken sound echoing through the hills. As Alexstrasza and Ysera did what they could, he forced his vision to clear and glanced at the dragon even less expected than his fellow Aspects. “What are you doing here, abomination?!”

 

Chromatus gave the old, defeated dragon a smile on his five faces before replying. “I was given a chance to change my fate, broken one. I chose to become a Guardian, a protector instead of a destroyer. Soon we will face Deathwing and release him from his suffering, and I will take my place as the King of Dragons with Alexstrasza ruling at my side as Queen. Before that happens, we came here at the advice of the man who saw me free from the Old Gods. Murozond, please tell us why you chose to abandon your Charge. Tell us of the True End Time, we need to know why you made your choice.”

 

Murozond’s eyes left the Chromatic dragon and drifted to the crimson-scaled replacement limb on his younger self. An injury which he had never been given. “Aman’Thul’s Timeline shattered... Your Outsider has done the people of Azeroth a great service, if he has accomplished what I never could. I… saw the truth, saw what was to come and lashed out, desperate to stop it. But I always knew, deep in my mind, that my actions were pointless because they always led to this moment, where my younger self and his mercenaries slew me.”

 

He looked at his younger self, then at each of the Aspects and began to understand. “Nozdormu, you must not waste this gift. I am not you, and you may not become me in the cycle of time. The chains of fate have been broken, and the clockwork universe shattered.”

 

Alexstrasza and Ysera continued to apply their healing magic, and the old dragon couldn’t help but lean into their touch. Ever since he had abandoned Aman’Thul’s charge, agony had been his ever-present companion, but he had made due anyway. Still, his time was running out. Murozond spoke again as he slowly relaxed and slumped back to the sands, knowing any attempt at conflict against four fellow Aspects and the dragon who could match all of them was pointless. Mustering his thoughts, he pushed on. “I can remember so many costly, narrow victories. So many times the cost for one more dawn was far too high.” Murozond glanced at Ysera for a long moment, then looked away with a sad expression on his face. “The Guardians of Azeroth walked a bloody, heartbreaking path, but one by one we faced dangers and won. I followed Aman’Thul’s path like a good slave… never knowing what lay at the end.”

 

The dragon laughed brokenly for a long moment. “Aman’Thul and the others never cared about us, or anything living on the surface of Azeroth.” Spite built in Murozond’s voice, and the next words were spat as much as spoken. “ Azeroth, they only ever cared about Azeroth!

 

Alexstrasza started to speak, but Nozdormu let out a gasp of shock and caught her attention long enough for Murozond to continue. “You already know, my younger self. Azeroth is a Titan , a slumbering world-soul not yet ready to wake. I knew this long ago, but even when Sargeras held our entire world in his arms I could not see! I was still blinded by Titan magic! Even the mortals who held the world together with blood and bravery never saw! The Truth! The most horrific truth!”

 

Murozond turned to his younger self with a snarl, aggression in his every muscle and sinew. “ Our Guilt! Our Sin! We walked the Path laid out for us! We guided history, nudged Azeroth time and time again back onto the ‘ One True Timeline!’

 

By now, Alexstrasza and Ysera were physically restraining Murozond from trying to kill his younger self. “The answer was right in front of us, but we never asked the question! We followed instead of leading, and we walked our people into damnation! A thousand battles, victories, defeats! Our loved ones suffered and died! I saw hope kindled from despair and suffering like none of you can yet imagine! And in the end we won! The Old Gods destroyed! The Legion extinguished! The mortals joined together as one to protect the world! We conquered Death itself! We even reclaimed our ancestral homeland! It took oceans of blood, but we won! We stood victorious over every foe! And then we lost! We lost everything! All our toil, all our suffering, all our losses, they were all for nothing!” The Infinite dragon collapsed again, letting out mad cackles born of suffering and defeat. “I shepherded history, nudging it time and time again, and at the end of the One True Timeline, I found the True End Time.”

 

When he finished speaking, Murozond broke into hysterical, broken laughter that was almost sobbing. The four Aspects glanced at each other, not understanding their insane brother. And he was insane, there was no doubt. Chromatus was still standing further back, watching the others. A horrific thought began crawling through his five heads. While the Aspects remained indecisive, he stepped closer and looked Murozond in the eye. When he had the old dragon’s attention he spoke, giving voice to his darkest thoughts. “You said Sargeras held Azeroth in his arms, was that literal?”

 

Murozond couldn’t bring himself to speak through his mad laughter, but nodded his head. Chromatus continued. “So the Titans are living things as large as planets? And Azeroth is an infant, slumbering away until it’s ready to wake?” His only response was another nod interspersed with more laughter. “So if Azeroth one day grows up, becomes a ‘world walker’ itself, what happens to the people living on her?”

 

Murozond laughed even harder, the glowing cracks in his form spreading further and faster than they ever had before, Aman’Thul’s magic desperately trying to silence the broken Aspect before he could speak. Five dragons leapt into action, bringing all of their vast power to bear to keep Murozond in one piece just a little longer. But even together they could not stop the spreading cracks or the black sand pouring out of them. Murozond looked up as every organ in his body failed and spoke his last words. “Chromatus, even now I can not answer you. I can only say that you have found the right question.”

 

And with that Murozond, once Nozdormu, the Aspect of Time, the last Guardian of Azeroth, died. He was the only one who walked history to its conclusion, saw the End, and lived to tell the tale. He was broken, yes, insane, yes. Try as he might, search as hard as he could, he’d never found a path, a future, a timeline that avoided the True End Time while Aman'Thul's ‘gift’ blinded him. Unable to save his people he embarked on a darker path, driven by guilt and rage. If he couldn’t save the world, he would destroy it. If Azeroth would consume everything and everyone he’d ever loved and sacrificed for, if the end was inevitable, then he would push back, do whatever was necessary to be sure that Azeroth was dead from the east to the west, from the highest mountain to the planet’s very heart. So that no Titan would rise, that no being would consume his loved ones, his people, and live.

 

At his last words, Murozond fractured like frail glass, his entire form shattered and disintegrated into black sand. That sand fell into a pile, staining the white sand of the Bronze Dragonshrine. The five dragons were silent for a long time, standing in one of Azeroth’s myriad possible futures with the dark sand that had once been a Dragon Aspect swirling around their talons and sticking to their scales.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

A/N: This was a twist I planned out years ago, when I was first outlining Elune’s Pebble. I hope I’ve done it justice.

 

Please leave a review! Feedback helps me improve and motivates me to keep writing!

Chapter 44: Chapter 44: The Power of Promises Made and Promises Kept

Chapter Text

Part of the holdup on this chapter was because I couldn’t work out whether or not to toss the opening section. Ultimately I choose to leave it in. Is it a rather long detour on Elune’s origins? Yes. But, I think it fits because she is the impetus for derailing cannon in the first place and Blizzard can’t seem to give her an origin story or even a decent character arc. Like I’ve said before, my version of Elune would never send her people to hell by accident.

 

A big thanks to my betas for their help with this chapter!

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Chapter 44: The Power of Promises Made and Promises Kept

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Tyrande Whisperwind drew in a deep breath of the air rushing past. She could smell the frigid sea to the south and the thin scent of burning bone. That scent clung to the Dragonblight even months after the battle where Wyrmrest’s defenders had driven off the Twilight Cult and convinced Chromatus to join their side. Glancing down at the drake beneath her, she reached forward and rubbed his neck. Tendrion looked back at her and gave a very toothy smile to the elf perched on his back, behind his wings. They were moving fast enough across the Dragonblight that words would be lost, but they aren’t needed. After ten-thousand years as Elune’s High Priestess and leader of my people, I hadn’t realized how desperately I needed a break from my responsibilities. Thirty years spent in Elune’s Sanctum, Alexstrasza’s sphere, and the surface of the White Lady… I will always treasure that time. And all those conversations with Tyranastrasz and the others were so very useful, their insights will help me lead in the years to come. But for now… The Goddess insisted that we meet with the Aspects today, I wonder why? My connection to Elune has never felt so… distant. I have never felt the Goddess deliberately pull back from me before.

 

Arriving at Wyrmrest Temple, Tyrande dismounted and spoke to the guard standing at the Temple’s western entrance. Thankfully both Elune’s Herald and herself were known to him so they were allowed inside without delay. As they were led to where the Aspects were gathered, Tendrion spoke to their guide. “How are the captured Twilight drakes faring?”



The Green Dragonspawn replied with an excited voice. “Very well. We’ve had to keep many of them from killing themselves, just like the Twilight Aspect told us. But as their minds clear, well, no other Flight has thrown themselves into combat training like they have; they refuse to be victims ever again and work themselves to the bone to grow stronger. The infirmary is constantly full of them, they push themselves too hard and ignore injuries that would send a Red or Green running for a healer.” The Dragonspawn shrugged his shoulders. “They’re feral, vicious, and uneducated, but once the war is over we’ll have all the time in the world to smooth out their rough edges. 

 

“I’m glad we spared them instead of killing them; they make up a third of the Temple’s fighting drakes and a dozen have grown into dragons so far. I feel better about our chances against Deathwing already.” He paused before continuing. “There’s rumors going around the Temple that the Dragonqueen intends to replace the Black Dragonflight with the Twilight, but recently we’ve begun capturing Black drakes and whelps, and they’re getting the same treatment. They’re slower to respond, but Senegos’ method is working! The Old God’s madness is leaving them! In some cases they are literally vomiting evil black tar, but they can’t stop talking about how much better they feel afterward!”

 

Both Tyrande and Tendrion smiled. Tendrion showing Tyrande his home, especially introducing Tyrande to Nalice, the Black Broodmother serving as his majordomo was the moment she understood at least part of Elune’s plan for her Herald. Elune intended for him to sire an entirely new Dragonflight. The Storm Dragons of the Broken Isles have left their homes, their Broodmothers and children have joined the others sheltering in Elune’s Temple while their warriors have joined the other flights here. And that isn’t even mentioning Chromatus and his offspring. With the additions of Chromatic, Storm, and Twilight, Azeroth will have at least eight dragonflights. Nine if Tendrion and the eggs in his Moonwell join the others. I am glad the dragons are rebuilding their strength. And not just their numbers, it seems as if our old allies have begun shaking off some old malaise; I can feel more hope in beings here than I’ve felt in any dragon since before the Sundering. Tyrande spoke next as they took a turn lower into the Temple. “It lightens my heart to hear that those tortured souls are not beyond help. I hope they can find peace when the war ends.”

 

Moving through the seemingly endless corridors of white stone, their guide eventually led them to a pair of massive closed doors with two mature dragons standing guard. Again, the guards knew them, so it only took a few words to be allowed inside. The scene inside… was not what Tyrande expected to see. Alexstrasza, Chromatus, Kalecgos, Nozdormu, and Ysera were flopped around the room, starting forlornly at a golden disc the size of a dining plate floating in the center of the room. Tyrande’s heart began to beat faster. She recognized the Dragon Soul, history’s most terrifying weapon. The Aspects must truly be worried to have retrieved such a weapon. But even the presence of such a cursed artifact should not have caused this despair; something must have gone badly wrong.

 

Her eyes were drawn to Tendrion as he stepped forward. As the doors were closed behind them, he cleared his throat as Tyrande felt Elune’s presence surge through her Herald. The distance in her connection with the Goddess vanished and she felt Elune’s determination, hope, sorrow, and a loss so deep there was no word in any language she spoke to describe it. She saw Tendrion’s posture change as the dragon stepped back and Elune took direct control of his body. When ‘he’ spoke, the dragon’s voice was not his own, but something more musical and feminine. “Greetings Aspects. So you have discovered the Truth?”

Tyrande saw draconic eyes come to life and emotions flicker between them. Surprise first, but that was quickly followed by suspicion. ‘Tendrion’ continued. “Peace Aspects. I would have warned your people long ago, but Aman'Thul found me before your most ancient ancestor took their first breath, back when I was weak and vulnerable. He ensured I could never speak the truth, never warn or expose the secret, or instruct another to do so.” Elune nodded at Tyrande. “Even with my most trusted.”

 

Chromatus understood the hint. “Welcome to Wyrmrest, Elune, Herald, and High Priestess. The five of us have only recently returned from the Caverns of Time. We visited the War of the Ancients to retrieve the Dragon Soul, but first we visited a place that Nozdormu called the End Time. When we encountered Nozdormu’s future self, the leader of the Infinite Dragonflight that called himself Murozond, we did not fight him, but sought to learn the truth. To learn why he sought to destroy Azeroth and all life on our world.” The Chromatic wyrm took in a deep breath. “Before we spoke, we had thought him merely insane. And he was insane. But even in his madness he had a purpose; on a dark day in our world’s future, he saw everyone and everything on the surface of Azeroth consumed. He dedicated himself to preventing this but he was blinded and the only way he could see to prevent this atrocity was to cause the death of everything.”

 

Tyrande gasped in shock, she was tempted to dismiss the words of a crazed dragon, but the Aspects looked like their whole world had fallen apart. They had learned something terrible. Chromatus continued. “The Titans are beings the size of entire worlds, so large the swipe of a sword could cleave a planet in half. And Azeroth is a slumbering infant, learning and growing as she dreams. She isn’t ready to wake yet, but eventually she will.”

 

Tyrande nodded. The Titans must come from something, and the Ironforge Dwarves had been obsessed with learning about their creators for years. The term ‘Worldsoul’ wasn’t new to her. Chromatus looked at her, as if he was waiting for something, but she couldn’t understand what it could possibly be. He spoke again. “Azeroth will awaken and grow into a being with the size and mass of the entire world.”

Still, Tyrande did not, could not, see the problem. Then he continued. “What happens to everyone living on Azeroth when our planet changes shape and walks off into the endless expanse?”

 

For a moment, Tyrande’s brain skipped a beat. It did not, would not, consider the consequences of Azeroth’s awakening. Then she began to feel a cold terror deep in her stomach. Despite what the Highbourne and their descendants might think, she wasn’t uneducated. She had learned the basic principles of science as their world had discovered them. And she understood what magic was capable of as well. Any change, any transmutation on that scale… Everyone would die. There was simply no hope for any of their survival. Tyrande looked at Tendrion's face as she sought out her link to Elune, desperately hoping the Chromatic dragon was wrong but all she felt from Elune was sorrow. A quick bit of levitation from Kalecgos saved her from falling to the floor in shock, shock so deep she almost missed Elune’s next words.

 

“Now that you know what will come Aspects, what will you do about it? Will you sit here waiting for the end? Or will you ensure those you’ve sworn to protect will survive?”

Alexstrasza realized what would be needed with a gasp. “The Naaru’s dimensional ships! If we build hundreds or even thousands of Potter’s expanded spheres we could evacuate the entire planet, or at least those Outland could not support.”

Tendrion’s mouth curved upwards in a smile. “Yes, you could Aspect. But… some must be left behind. For a world-soul to awaken it must absorb sapient beings and add them to itself, it will take millions of souls to forge its own.” Elune let out a sigh at the defiance on her audience’s faces. “You must understand what is at stake, why Azeroth must mature and walk the stars. I suppose the time has come. After millennia beyond counting, it is finally time to tell my story.”

No one spoke. All of them were intensely curious; in the thousands of years they had known or known of Elune, the goddess had never revealed her origins. After a pause where Tyrande could feel the goddess gathering her thoughts and courage, Elune began her tale. “Long ago, in an age lost to time, Aman'Thul was the first Titan to awaken. He found himself alone in the universe, so he sought out other titans to nurture, to guide to awaken as he had. Khaz’goroth, Norgannon, Golganneth, they were the first three slumbering world souls he found in the endless expanse. I was the fourth.”

Elune paused, giving her audience a moment to digest her revelation. “The first four titans, the foundation of the Pantheon, found me while I was still dreaming. But for whatever reason, whether it was some quirk of the races who lived on my surface or just a difference between myself and the others, I dreamed lucidly. Unlike the others, I knew the people who lived and died on my surface. I knew their hopes, their dreams, their failures, their loss. And I came to love them, like you love your own children. Elunaria was home to as many different races as Azeroth, and as my dreams calmed as I matured, my people realized their world was a living thing. They believed in me, honored me, and in turn I gave them springs that could heal any disease or wound, forests that could comfort broken hearts, and fields so fertile they no longer needed to fear famine.”

Tyrande felt the loss, the horror, and the sorrow well up in her goddess, and she found herself laying a comforting hand on Elune’s borrowed shoulder. “And then it was time for me to wake. On that day, the people I had come to love were lost to panic, because Aman'Thul and the others had gathered far above my surface, far enough that their very presence would not cause harm, but still visible to the naked eye.” Tendrion swallowed. “They watched, and then it began. Like the day that drove Nozdormu to madness, everything on my surface froze, even the winds stilled. I… You cannot imagine the euphoria, the pleasure, the rightness to wake after slumbering for eons beyond count. It felt so right, as my surface buckled, as my oceans began to shift.”

 

Tyrande, nearly overwhelmed with the emotions these memories evoked from her goddess, interjected. It was only a guess, but just as Elune had known her since she was a shy initiate at the Temple of Elune in Suramar, Tyrande had come to know Elune in the dozen millennia since. “But then you remembered your people.”

 

Elune cleared her borrowed throat. “Yes. Despite the sheer joy at finally waking, I remembered my people. Surely if this day was the best of my life, they should share in my celebration?” Tears began to fall from Tendrion’s eyes. “No. They had fallen to the ground in pain. Young, old, infant, adult, my people were screaming in agony as the natural alchemical reaction of my birth tore the life from them to give me what I needed to walk the stars. That was the first time I truly knew horror. Joy turned to bitter ash, and despite everything I was pushing me to complete the change, to join the others of my kind and walk the cosmos, I pushed it down.”

Tyrande wrapped her arms around Elune as the goddess cried. “You cannot imagine the agony, the unnaturalness, the unfairness of what followed. I was at war with myself, my very nature wanted me to continue, but the part of me that had taken joy in my people won out, but only barely.” Elune took a deep breath. “I could not endure that again. No matter how much I loved them, I could not make the same decision twice. As I fought to give back what I was taking, my people’s agony lessened as my own grew. They began to get back to their feet, terrified but alive. And then Aman'Thul spoke. Not anything so limited as sound, not anything so clumsy as language. But words all the same. He spoke, and I and every living thing on my surface heard him. He said: ‘Elunaria, it is time to wake up.’ I told him: ‘No.’”

“But the Highfather of the Pantheon has never taken disobedience well. He reached out, a massive hand breaking through my skies and impacting my surface with enough force to level mountains.” Elune sucked in a breath through clenched teeth. “Aman'Thul has led all the other Titans since he discovered he was not alone in the universe for a reason. His power is immense, unstoppable. His hand touched me, and I began to wake against my will. The transformation I had forced down despite the agony began again.”

 

Elune paused again, and looked each of those in the chamber in the eye, trying to impress the gravity of the situation. “At that moment I knew he was going to kill my people. I knew there was only one way to stop him. Between one heartbeat and the next, I chose death. I turned the core of magic that would have become my heart against myself, and even the Highfather could not act quickly enough to stop me. I tore my spirit, my soul, from my body as I spoke my last words to my people.”

There was silence for a long moment until Elune continued her tale. “Aman'Thul pulled back, horrified that I had chosen death over walking the stars at his side. My ‘sacrilege’ was the biggest blow the Pantheon had ever known until Sargeras betrayed them. With my body dead, the four Titans who had come to witness my birth left Elunaria in peace, and my people began the slow process of rebuilding. Many had died, and the gifts I’d given them began to fade away with my death. But my people were resourceful and strong, and they banded together as never before to survive.”

Elune paused for a moment. “My soul entered the shadowed lands and found the world my herald and the others saw not so long ago when they retrieved souls still needed on Azeroth. I was given to the Winter Queen to be nurtured on anima until I took my place at her side, as a new Eternal One.” Elune’s tone became angry, and she snarled as she continued. “Tyrande, if you ever walk those shadowed lands it means I have failed you, but if you ever do, you must not trust any ruler of that place or their servants. I know what they are, even if they bound me from warning anyone when my soul was broken and weak. I can only say that given the chance I would see them ended, the kingdoms they’ve built torn down brick by brick, and all their works undone.” Elune calmed herself, though it took an effort. “But that is a tale for another day.”

 

“While I languished under my sister’s ‘tender care,’ my people earned my love all over again. Even with the veil between life and death between us, I could still perceive what was happening on my corpse. My people mourned for their dead, they rebuilt, and then they flourished. They forced themselves to grow, to expand, to learn. They reached for the stars and many left Elunaria, passing beyond my sight. But they did not forget me! They built an empire across the stars, they plumbed the mysteries of the cosmos, they found worlds where the Titans had left behind technology and magic, and they learned the truth of what happened to me. And one day, two thousand years after I died rather than take their lives, the people I died for built alliances, gathered their forces, and used a dying star to tear open a pathway to the shadowed lands.”

 

Elune laughed, honest and mirthful. “Those filth posing as gods of the afterlife had no idea what to do when dimensional ships darkened their skies and millions of soldiers stormed their ‘afterlives.’ I was a prisoner in Ardenweald because I refused to feed from the dead’s anima, but when I saw the first soldiers land I recognized my people. Somehow they had learned what had happened and they came for me. They had even prepared a shell for me, something to sustain my soul until I grew strong enough to exist without it. Together we fled the shadowed lands, leaving those false afterlives in flames!”

 

Elune’s voice calmed again. “After that, I spoke with my people and delighted in the stories of their travels and all the things they had accomplished. I had to refuse when they offered to take me home, out of fear that if my soul and body reunited I would awaken. After that, I traveled the universe. Eventually I found a world whose first race had just gained intelligence. I settled my shell on that world’s moon and began my slow climb to power, one promise given and one promise kept at a time. I had to start small, empowering a single mortal with the ability to heal. Since then I have always given what boons I can give to those who believe in me.

“Eventually I encountered a Pantheon that had grown, but I was not fond of any of them save Eonar. If she had been given the choice I believe she would also have refused to awaken but after I chose death, Aman’Thul ensured other Titans could not repeat my ‘sacrilege.’ Since then, years beyond counting have passed. Fifteen times Elunaria has given rise to new life only to see it eventually reach to the stars and leave their birth world behind, forgotten. Three times the first people I loved have descended from the realms they now walk to move Elunaria before the star it orbits destroys my world, moving it to a newborn star far away.”

Elune paused, watching the Aspects absorb her tale. “Now comes the time for the most important part of my tale. When she wakes, Azeroth will be the only living Titan, and she must wake and walk the stars or all creation may die. The Pantheon faced Sargeras before the War of the Ancients and they all died, though they managed to protect their souls. As long as their souls exist, the Titans have the ability to eventually recover their strength and power by bonding to a soulless world and beginning over again, but Sargeras has been hunting the Pantheon’s souls for a very long time, and now only Eonar is free.

“Azeroth must wake and walk the stars, for the good of the entire universe.” When the dragons began to object, Elune raised Tendrion’s talon to placate them. “You do not understand, there is an enemy only awakened Titans can face. Since the very beginning of our universe, there has been a constant struggle between Order and Chaos and a separate struggle between material existence and the Void. The Titans have ensured that their counterparts, the Chaotic Void Lords, do not consume the material universe, but their influence has waned. The Void Lords created the Old Gods and many other horrors, and they must be opposed. Not only will Azeroth be more powerful than Aman’Thul when she wakes, but she has been burned by the Burning Legion’s Fel magic and the Void’s Old Gods and survived. When she rises to walk the stars, those old scars will let Azeroth resist those magics; perhaps even enough for her to survive what the Pantheon could not.”

No one said anything for a time; there was, after all, quite a lot to unpack. Alexstrasza was the first one to speak. “Even if it seems necessary, to sacrifice so many...”

Tendrion’s face smiled, and Elune replied, her voice sounding tired. “You need only seek out volunteers, Dragonqueen. As you explore the cosmos, simply share what you know and offer those you meet the chance to become something greater.” She turned to look at Nozdormu. “You and your power will be the key to all of this, Timeless One. When the time is right, you will need to expend everything you have to create a passage from Azeroth to another place and time.”

 

That confused the rest of the room briefly, but Alexstrasza stood up a little straighter. “You intend for us to use Harry Potter’s stasis cubes. With them, we can collect volunteers and stockpile them on Outland or a similar place, then when we have enough we can place them on Azeroth just before our world awakens.”

Tendrion smiled, before his body broke into a massive yawn. “You are correct, Dragonqueen. Now I apologize, but I have exhausted my Herald. Prepare for the battles to come. I will give you all the aid I can.”

 

With that, Elune stepped back and Tendrion was abruptly back in control of his own body again. He tried to speak, but found that Elune’s use of his body had exhausted him terribly and he only barely managed to settle on the floor before slipping into a pleasant dream. The Aspects and Tyrande looked at each other for a moment before Alexstrasza sighed. “I believe we are all exhausted, mentally and physically. I will request meals for all of us and for this room not to be disturbed unless there is an emergency. Tyrande, you are welcome to join us.”

 

Tyrande found herself treated to the oddly domestic sight of the four Aspects and Chromatus enjoying a meal together, followed by the use of their various breath attacks for dental hygiene. Tyrande was silent as she watched the exhausted and stressed dragons make themselves comfortable. Alexstrasza and Ysera laid down against each other and soon after Chromatus settled next to them, draping a wing over his queen and her sister. Nozdormu and Kalecgos settled further away, but not much further. Tyrande herself settled on a pile of borrowed pillows against Tendrion’s side, ready to spend the night as she had so many times before during the thirty years in an expanded sphere in Elune’s Sanctum.

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Harry Potter stood in the warded basement of Potter Manor. When his followers had rebuilt his home, the basement had received special attention; it was mostly one large open space, intended to be a place to practice magic and spar, even in his animagus form. There had been a lot of physical training going on down here: Harry was still nursing the bruises and bites Ralion had given him the previous night. Vordistrasz, the Flamel’s patron, had chosen to remain on Earth and was still teaching Harry and his dragons how to fight claw-to-claw, but Harry was benefiting even more from the sessions with Ralion. Where the venerable Red Wyrm had a refined fighting style, Ralion had endured an excessively vicious early life, and even after a decade of service to Harry, the Twilight dragon fought dirty. As he watched his Oathsworn with the best temperaments to act as counselors guide the day’s first group to be brought out of the stasis cubes, Harry resisted the urge to rub his tailbone. Hadrion’s poor, abused tail. At least that bite wound will heal without a scar.

Looking out at the very mixed group entering the room, Harry put a warm smile on his face. These were some of his most recent rescues, the draconic families who had defied the Titan’s law and mated outside their flights. The first group had a male Green and a female Red, but their offspring made Harry pause for a moment. I suppose if you mix green and red you get yellow, but the whelps also have color accents from one or both parents. Hmm… I wonder. From what Dralad said, ancient Proto-Dragons never knew exactly what scale colors or magic their children would be born with. I wonder if that trait will resurface without the Titan’s magic or if it will require interbreeding between different Flights or crossbreeding with their ancient ancestors? Alira mentioned Vordistrasz was courting the Silver Proto-drake working with the Flamels. While I won’t be playing matchmaker, I have to say I’m curious how a Red’s Life magic will mix with a Silver’s living metal.

Harry stepped forward to greet the family. Moments later he began the oath ritual he’d used so many times before for the first time that day, adding seven new oathsworn to the Potter Dragonflight. With a smile on his face Harry took a moment to scratch the scales of the whelps now sitting on his shoulders. This was why he swore in whelps in his human form; the magic that bound them together was so comforting that they almost always wanted physical contact as soon as the ritual ended. Harry didn’t mind being used as a jungle-gym, but Hadrion’s form had so many spikes and so much space to climb now that getting the whelps off him took dedicated wranglers and no small amount of time. Turning his attention to the extremely relieved parents watching their children climb on their new Aspect, he started to speak. “Welcome to my Dragonflight. Please speak to my followers in the next room and we’ll find the best place for you to help us. Right now we especially need Broodmothers and assistants. We’ve rescued so many young ones without parents, any help you can give Valistrasza would be greatly appreciated.”

With some effort, the parents retrieved their whelps and bowed in their mortal forms, a male Kaldorei and a human woman. The male dragon spoke as they left. “At once. Thank you so much Aspect. Before your team found us we had no hope, no way to truly escape the fate waiting for us on Azeroth. For saving my family, you have my loyalty until my last breath.”

 

Harry smiled as they walked out. It was a reminder of how many lives he’d touched, how many he’d saved. Turning around, he saw the next group was a larger family where a Green and a Blue had fallen for each other and their dragonsworn, a Human male and a female Kaldorei had remained faithful to their Patrons. He grasped the ritual knife, the same he’d used for that first ritual with Ralion what felt like a lifetime ago. This was why he’d chosen his path. This was why he had become a Loyal Lord. There was so much suffering, so much injustice, so much cruelty in the universe. He knew that a perfect world or universe was impossible, no matter how hard he and his loyal followers fought. But I can make the universe a better place. One step, one life, one day at a time. They say evil only triumphs when good men do nothing. I will never stand back and allow evil to flourish when I can fight.

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

As the moon reached its zenith that evening, Sirius Black stood alone on Black Island. He breathed in and out slowly, calming himself and breathing in the magic that swelled around him. He stood in the middle of three concentric circles he’d dug into the grass and sealed with bricks, all by hand, no magic. With so many going back and forth to Azeroth, it had been child’s play to tag along and collect the materials he would be using tonight. Feeling as calm as ever would, Sirius stopped meditating and left the circles, returning with three small barrels about the size of a small keg, each enchanted with a powerful preservation spell. Placing each barrel just outside one of the rings, Sirius took a deep breath and stripped, standing nude in the light of the full moon. Taking one last moment to gather his will, Sirius began the ritual he’d created.

There was an element of danger, to be sure, but at the same time this was something he needed to do. He hadn’t told his godson about either of his reasons, about how he refused to be left behind, to be useless to the man he’d failed as a child or how after striking out romantically again and again he’d found a kindred spirit. Keristrasza was a Red dragon who, even as she slowly recovered herself, had chosen to raise the clutch she was carrying, no matter that her brood’s father had mutilated, tortured, and raped her. Despite the sins of their father, she had chosen to love her children, to raise them as she apprenticed under Valistrasza as a new Broodmother. Sirius had met her not long after she arrived on Earth and had struck up a conversation that led to a long night where they just talked and drank tea together until the sun rose. More than anything else, Sirius had been impressed and drawn to her kind heart. As they spent more time together, he found himself caring less and less that she wasn’t human. Keri was something special, that was for certain. And I will stand by her side as an equal for as long as she will have me.

 

Taking the barrel just outside the innermost circle, Sirius removed the lid. As he carefully began pouring blood into the sealed trench, he started to speak as he poured his magic and intent into his words. “Gahz’ragon! You were a violent beast, worshiped by the bloodthirsty and raised on sapient flesh! You thought nothing could challenge you, nothing could hurt you, but I hunted you and ended you with my own claws and fangs! I take your form for my own!”

 

Sirius carefully poured the barrel of blood into the circular trench, the blood sparking with magic as it flowed out. When the trench was full, Sirius resealed the barrel and rolled it out of the circles and out of the way. Stepping into the next ring, he hefted the second barrel and began pouring the blood into the middle circle. “Vethir, Leader of the Storm Drakes! I came to you with a warning. I told you that in the days to come your people would only be safe when you took your place among the great Dragonflights of Azeroth, that you needed to free yourselves from Odyn’s cruelty and lies! You refused and would have doomed your people in the storm to come, so I forced your hand. I uprooted your entire way of life, destroyed your homes, drove the game far from your hunting grounds. I broke the bonds of slavery between your people and Odyn. Even now, your Broodmothers and whelps shelter in the Temple of Elune and your warriors train with your distant kin. I can feel your rage, your hatred brimming through the blood I took from you. But I know it will fade as your people thrive in the role I forced upon you. Vethir, I take your form and power as my own!”

 

Sirius truly could feel the anger in the blood as it filled the trench, but maintained his focus as he sealed the remaining blood and moved on. As he removed the lid on the final barrel, the air became heavy, and he felt a presence, like eyes were watching him from the shadows. Soldiering on, Sirius began to speak as he poured out the blood; nearly recoiling from the raw, untamed magic emanating from every drop. “Kimbul, Loa of Tigers, Doom of Prey, I earned your blood. Long ago your loyal followers were murdered and their souls trapped beyond your reach. You are an honorable being and refused to accept new supplicants until those souls were free. With your blood, freely given, I imbue my new form with your grace and strength.”

 

As Sirius used the last drop of blood and set the empty container down outside the circle, he resolutely ignored the dragon-sized tiger that had appeared out of the shadows as he handled the Loa’s blood. If Kimbul wanted to see for himself what Sirius was doing with his blood, he wouldn’t complain. Reaching the center of the three concentric circles, he turned his face towards the moon and changed into the dire wolf animagus form Goldrinn had gifted him. He was grateful to the Ancient, he really was, but Sirius had changed. A happy black dog or wolf simply wasn’t the form he needed anymore. Staring at the moon, Sirius let out a long howl as he reached out with all his own power and all the magic of the island and whatever artifact connected this land to Harry’s followers. Just as he had when the Black Family Magic cleansed his mind, Sirius grasped for that strength and pulled. With a heave of his will, magic of every kind except for corrupting Void and Fel rushed around him in a torrent as the rings of blood glowed, seeming to evaporate into a rush of energy that joined the rush flowing into him. Sirius fought against the burning pain as he changed, focusing on the magic he’d been planning for weeks to the exclusion of all else. When his long howl was joined by the victorious roars of a tiger and dragon it was a surprise even to him.

As the light faded away, Sirius caught his breath. He stood on his family’s oldest holding, the land where a good man had built a fortress and a dynasty, a new being. His magic thundered in his chest, a hundred times stronger than ever before. Vision was suddenly a confusing and bewildering thing, given that he had three separate heads, each with their own line of sight. Still, with effort he managed to turn all three heads to see the Loa Kimbul, or his projection, give him a nod of respect and fade away like mist on the breeze. Then Sirius stood alone. Later, when he managed to find a reflective surface, he would spend some time admiring his new form.

He was the size of an adult dragon, and he’d successfully integrated traits from all three samples of blood. His base form was a hydra with four legs, a long, strong tail, and three heads. His new form drew the central head and the pair of powerful wings from Venthir the Storm dragon, as well as most of his blue-gray coloring. From the Loa Kimbul, his new form took the left of its three heads, a tiger’s head with striped orange and black fur, as well as supernatural grace and strength. The final head, the one on the right, was a wolf’s head with jet-black fur and provided the supernatural senses and vitality gifted by Goldrinn. It could have looked tacky and patchwork, but Sirius’ skill at transfiguration (as well as a little help from the observing Loa) had blended every part together into something graceful and balanced. Even where the two side head’s fur met scales blended smoothly.

 

As he gradually realized what it meant for his mind to exist in three separate brains linked by magic, Sirius began learning how to move his new form. As the dawn came and he was certain he wouldn’t make a fool of himself, he called for Kreacher to take a message and a pre-prepared portkey to Potter Estate. The head of the Black family was sure he’d be hearing about the dangers of experimental magic from the healers, but he was looking forward to surprising Keristrasza. As he waited for Kreacher to deliver his message and a portkey via a chain of apparition hops, he wondered what his mother’s portrait would say to his plan for proposing to a dragon? If nothing else, at least the source of the Family Magic approves of my choice to pursue Keri and my plan to formally adopt her children when they hatch. Hmm. Would that make her clutch Black dragons?

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

On Azeroth, a week after acting as Elune’s mouthpiece with the Dragon Aspects, Tendrion rode a convenient thermal as he angled for a small platform of quarried stone jutting out of the craggy north-eastern slopes of the Kun-Lai mountains. He wasn’t alone; Quetz'lun, once a Loa worshiped by the Drakkari trolls before they betrayed her, glided through the air to his right while the Blue drake Stellagosa of Azurewing soared to his left. In the last week, he’d been busy: Elune had sent him on a number of errands, ranging from working with his old team of mortals to subdue and capture a series of Black dragons to ensuring that the displaced Storm dragons settled in with the rest of the other Flights. (For some reason, Elune had become increasingly amused as his team delivered each Black dragon to Azurewing Repose or Wyrmrest Temple for healing.) As he landed on the platform with his companions, he examined the structure and the archway that led deeper into the mountain. After only a few moments his eyes darted to the passageway leading inside and spoke with a smile in his tone. “Good to see you again, Uther.”

 

The paladin in a body of living stone stepped out of the shadows and offered a warm and genuine welcome. Then Uther gestured to the passage he just came out of. “It’s good to see the three of you again as well. I feel like I’ve done nothing but put out one fire after another since we landed on Pandaria. I swear, if it wasn’t the Pandaren trying to force us out of their lands it was the Sha, and if it wasn’t the Sha it was a force of Mogu or Mantid slinking out of every shadow. This is the third access point we’ve found, but praise Elune that this one is only an hour’s march to the controls we need and the forge itself.”

 

Tendrion breathed in and the four of them started forward at a fast jog, both drakes quickly taking their anthromagus forms. “I’m glad you discovered this entrance then; the Engine of Nalak’sha runs under the entire continent after all. Is everyone in position?”

Uther smiled. It wasn’t a kind smile, or a nice smile. It was the smile a soldier wore when things went exactly to plan. “Yes. Azurewing sent us two dragons and four drakes from the Blue, Black, and Red Flights. It wasn’t easy, but eventually that wizard on loan from Lord Illidan managed to break into our Mogu prisoner’s minds. Our dragons and Mages have been practicing turning stone to flesh and flesh to stone since.” Uther tapped a stone finger against his stone face. “They probably could have managed the final step on their own and returned us to flesh and blood, but we decided to wait until we had control of the Engine of Nalak’sha.”

Tendrion nodded in agreement. “Mages casting magic is good enough for constructs or animal companions, but Elune showed me memories of the Mogu creating armies with the Titan’s power. The Engine adds something to the final result, some spark that’s hard to quantify. I may hate the Titans for their callous cruelty, but they really did build wonders. In the next few weeks we’ll be gathering all the souls we rescued from the shadowed lands from the Dream and leading them here. Most of the stone bodies we forged for them in Uldum still need more time soaking in the Dream’s magic before they’re ready for the final step.” Elune’s Herald had a thought as they jogged through a truly impressive hall on their way deeper into the mountain. “How did the animal tests go?”

 

Uther grimaced. “While the team operating the Engine can forge stone into flesh and blood animals now , the early attempts were… bad.”

Quetz'lun, who intended to regain her glorious flesh and blood body when they reached the Engine, spoke up for the first time. “ How bad?”

Uther looked a little disturbed but replied anyway. “Some early attempts made men who fought the Undead Scourge without flinching vomit. Others had to be killed with fire. Lots of fire. One of them, a kind of small, vicious, vaguely draconic creature escaped and fled into the endless halls under Pandaria. Judging by some of the claw marks we’ve found in the months since, it didn’t stay small for long.”

 

The group lapsed into silence for a time, no one particularly happy at the thought of something dangerous in the dark network of halls, tunnels, and Titan machinery that spread the breadth of the continent. Without much to say the group simply jogged along, those with wings amusing themselves by taking to the air and gliding every time they reached a staircase.

A little under an hour later, the group passed a living constellation in the shape of a Cloud Serpent that seemed pleased by their presence, waving as they walked by. Uther waved back and spoke again. “That is Elegon. No one knows why the Mogu either created or reprogrammed it, but after millennia alone down here, it was so happy to see another living thing that it tolerates us in its domain. We offered to let it free, but it doesn’t want to leave, apparently it is happy maintaining the Engine.”


When they arrived at a control terminal that overlooked a massive circular hall with dozens of alcoves along the edges the group of technicians (dragons and Azeroth’s various bipedal races both) greeted them and explained the last-minute modifications they’d been making. At Uther’s suggestion, they performed one last test. With a long, rumbling whine, the machine activated. In one of the larger alcoves, a drake formed under the control of the Black dragon behind the Engine’s control terminal. Once the drake was quickly inspected for flaws and cracks, the volume increased once again as an eldritch glow built up in the entire circular hall and the single occupied alcove in particular. Despite knowing what to expect Tendrion and his companions flinched badly when the drake first moved, but it only shifted itself, whether coming to attention or taking a more comfortable pose the watchers weren’t sure. The light and sound continued to build, then just before the watchers were rendered blind and deaf, the Engine of Nalak’sha began to power down. To the astonishment of the newcomers, the test subject was no longer a construction of stone; now the construct’s scales gleamed in the low light, pitch black obsidian with gray highlights and glowing crimson eyes. It did nothing for a moment, then hacked and coughed, choking on nothing as it took its first breath.

Tendrion returned to his natural form and sedately followed the healers rushing forward to check on the new creature. After a few moments spent helping even out its breathing, the healers examined it carefully before declaring it perfectly healthy. Stepping closer, Tendrion examined the drake. Its eyes followed him, watching him watch it. Curious, he stepped closer, bringing nose against its neck and inhaling. The new drake had hardly any smell at all, the normal oils and pheromones had yet to build up. What little scent there was said the drake was a wildly divergent subspecies of dragon, but it was still obviously female. Stepping back, he watched the drake return to its ‘parade rest’ stance. He turned to the approaching technicians as they took their turn to examine the drake. “Is she sapient?”

The drake turned her attention to him, but he didn’t know if that was because she understood the words or if it was simply the sound. The lead technician, a male Draenei replied. “Not yet. All the constructs we’ve made that aren’t specifically intended to be animalistic or simple beasts of burden are born with the ability to understand any language the Engine’s operator does. As well, they seem to inherit knowledge from anyone who uses the terminal, but not experience; we assume there’s some kind of mental imprint taken from the user.” He nodded to the drake. “They’re also compliant and will obey any order; we’ve learned to be very careful about what we say around them.

 

“Our best guess is that their minds will become more complex as they experience the world. Failing that, some kind of magical bond with another living thing should be enough to complete their growth into a new person.” The technician shifted before continuing. “As far as bodies and hormones go, the constructs are whatever age they’re intended to be; for example if a naturally born dragon her shape and size could safely mate and carry a pregnancy to term, so could she. According to our Blue dragon, our female humanoid creations that have been impregnated and are now carrying a child are forming souls of their own as their children grow inside them. Those constructs observed a mated pair trying for a child and became curious. These constructs enjoy sex as much as any other living thing, so unless specifically ordered not to they tend to gravitate towards a member of the opposite sex.”

 

Tendrion let out a hum, thoughts flying through his mind. An endless army of mindless automatons was one thing, but new creatures with souls? That was quite another. After a moment he turned to Uther. “We overtaxed the forge and ran out of stored material in Uldum before all of the rescued souls got new bodies. How much material do we have here?”

 

Uther smiled that soldier’s smile again. “Uldum’s ‘Forge’ of Origination had three different functions, the construct chamber you used was a distant third place. Here we have enough material to build an army, and we are already mining more. I have tried time and time again to explain why our presence here is so vital, but the natives continue attempts to throw us off their continent, even with Xuen supporting us. But their attacks have died down since I ordered anyone captured be sent down into the mines until they give a binding oath to leave our forces alone. Right now they’re mining more ley-stone than we can use.”

 

Once again, thoughts started to fly through Tendrion’s mind. This… this was a game-changer. He could only ask one last question before Uther and Quetz'lun regained their old bodies. (Well, Uther still had the additional dragon bits, but he’d gotten used to them and wasn’t complaining, even about his tail.) “Can the constructs only be created in the alcoves, or can we create limbs in the alcoves, then assemble them and create a larger construct in the open area?”

 

One of the technicians leading the nameless drake to the observation area replied. “We can, but any construct has to be able to fit out the doors. That little trick you dragons use to turn human-sized requires a sense of self these new people won’t have for a long time.”

 

Tendrion nodded, splitting his attention between his plans and watching Uther and his companion’s bodies shift from stone to flesh. As the light died down and the healers verified their health, Tendrion turned to the new drake who had followed them up the stairs to the control podium without being asked. “There is a great danger facing the world, my shiny new friend. If we lose, the world and everything in it will die.” He paused, trying to phrase his next words very carefully. “Tell me what you think of fighting with those protecting our world.”


The drake was confused for a moment. Her brain was functional, and she had at least some foundational knowledge, but she had no experience or sense of self. After a time, she replied. “I am part of the world. I will fight.”

 

Tendrion smiled. Turning his attention as the healers stepped away from Quetz'lun, he saw the way she flushed as she looked at him, the way her new eyes dilated. He suspected his evenings would be even more interesting now that she could participate in intimacy instead of simply watching. In any case, he turned to the technicians who had stepped back from Uther, who was flexing real muscles for the first time since the Third War. “My friends, I want you to run this place at full capacity as often as you can. In two days the Skyfire will arrive on a cargo run to Northrend, so get as many constructs operational as you can.”

 

One of the team who hadn’t spoken before, an Ironforge Dwarf, replied with the obvious question. “What should we create?”

 

Tendrion was quiet for a moment. “Have we found a way to grant souls to male constructs?” When the answer was negative, he continued. “In that case, I want you to turn out female constructs only. After the current crisis ends, we can integrate them into existing couples or family units without much trouble. As for what shapes…”

Tendrion was quiet for a moment. In the quiet of his mind he reached out to Elune. She notably didn’t command or tell him what to do, but she did give advice. “As many drakes and humanoids as you can, as well as some larger dragons. With the new expanded cubes we won’t run out of food ever again, so don’t worry about overpopulation. As for the species…”

He looked at the newborn drake at his side, really looked at her. Her build was different and the shape of her scales didn’t really fit with any of Azeroth’s existing dragons. “Don’t limit yourself to copying dragons that actually exist. Velisa here is a good example, she isn’t a Red or a Blue or any established Flight, she’s something new, or something old, or something that has never existed on Azeroth before. Be creative and experiment; as long as they’re healthy and can fight and fly, more variety is better than less. The same goes for humanoids. We’re going to need archers and spell casters more than anything else. They’ll need to be trained, but even if they can only create a simple layered shield spell by the time they’re needed, that will help immensely.”

 

The Dwarven technician replied. “Combat skills seem to integrate well, but they will need practice.”

Tendrion nodded. “A mixed army then. Inform them that if they fight Deathwing and the Twilight Cult with us, then we will assist them in finding families and sparking souls of their own. Give them the command to report any abuse, and I will ensure that anyone working with them treats them just like any other sapient being.”

With that, Tendrion turned back to Uther who was relearning how to balance himself and Quetz'lun who was leaning heavily on Stellagosa, stepping closer to his companions. He was on a bit of a tight schedule, but he had time for this. The Skyfire and her sister ship would be arriving in two days. The Skyfire would be delivering troops and war materials to Northrend while the Skybreaker would be returning the wizard and escort on loan from Lord Illidan and delivering a very dangerous package to the Botanica, just before Lord Potter’s engineers took it home.

As the hours went by, Tendrion barely noticed Velisa falling into the role of his assistant as he took a turn at the Engine’s controls and created bodies for the various souls still resting in his pocket dimension. There were some interesting species represented, including a Wild God from some far flung world that looked like a pitch black giant cat with six legs and barbed tentacles coming out of its back. He also took a turn creating drakes and found himself unsurprised when Elune guided him to create two dozen Lunar dragons. At the end of the day when he left the Engine flanked by Quetz'lun and Stellagosa (who’d spent the day helping the Loa re-adjust to a body made of flesh) Velisa followed quietly. He wasn’t quite sure if he wanted another companion, but he was sure that Velisa hadn’t been ordered to follow or assist him, it was her choice. If her first choice as a thinking being is to follow me, who am I to tell her no?

 

Two days later, the Skyfire departed for Northrend from the landing pad carved into the crags of the Kun’Lai mountains with four hundred new drakes, ninety dragons smaller than a standard dragon but larger than a drake, ten full-sized wyrms, and five-hundred humanoids of wildly diverse species. Apparently a Green dragon had taken a turn at the controls and sunk into a kind of meditation, his mind half in the waking world and half in the Emerald Dream. Tendrion was convinced that the varied humanoids were species that had existed at some point in the past and died out, leaving some kind of echo in the Dream. He felt a rush of emotion from Elune at the sight of one species in particular and remembered her words about the people she had chosen to die for.

 

The Skyfire’s expanded holds easily held all of the new recruits, though it was likely some would end up lost in the expanded cubes that provided magic for the gunship and food for the crew. After ensuring they were safely on their way, Tendrion headed to a dig site further south, traveling with a small force of Illidari who’d been responsible for tearing the secrets of the Mogu’s magic from their minds, secrets that had been essential for creating the new forces on their way to Northrend. Elune’s Herald had sent his companions to Wyrmrest Temple ahead of him to ensure the new creatures received a warm welcome. Introducing them as the sapient creations of a Titan Forge would go a long way to ensuring they were well-received, and his position as Herald of Elune would go a long way to preventing any abuse. He was looking forward to arriving at Wyrmrest Temple and overseeing their integration personally. But for now, Tendrion had a rather important escort mission to occupy his time.

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

On Earth, Harry prepared to receive important visitors. Yesterday, the Botanica, the Naaru dimensional ship Lord Illidan’s forces had cleared out and his own engineering team had restored, had arrived safely in Pluto’s orbit. Everyone involved was glad to see proof that the paired interdimensional beacons worked as intended. Decontamination teams swarmed the crystalline dimensional ship even as one of the Glamdring’s auxiliary craft (their first working model of the Percheron class) took possession of a very dangerous cargo and jumped away, heading for a point in the void between galaxies. Tendrion had stood vigil over the cargo until it was safely on board the Botanica, leaving only moments before the engineers guided their new ship home. As part of their deal, Lord Illidan’s forces had cleared out the last straggling demons from the four Naaru interdimensional ships and Harry’s engineers had restored them. As per their agreement, the Mechanaar had been sent to Azeroth to assist in the creation of additional dimensional ships, while the Eye and the Arcatraz were being refitted by the Illidari alongside a recently-captured Legion ship to assist in their struggle against the Burning Crusade.

After ensuring that things had gone to plan and he was no longer needed, Harry gave orders for the Glamdring to prepare to follow the Percheron. For now, he needed to greet Azeroth’s draconic King and Queen and guide them through Elune’s portal.

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Aurogos leaned back in the Headmaster’s chair, one hand running through his blue hair. Usurping Albus’ position had been a tactical move back when he’d done it but the months since, spent overhauling the curriculum, adding entirely new disciplines and career paths to prepare his students, even his weekly lessons to the students themselves… He’d come to truly enjoy the position. My dragonsworn have proven themselves worthy as well, truly the best assistants and helpers I could have asked for. Jason could be a professor in two different subjects, which means he’s got a job in the fall if he wants it. By the Void, the fall semester is going to be packed as we start educating Harry’s new Oathsworn. Five thousand new students! Even with expansions we can’t handle that in this castle. Some will be taught at Potter Estate, but those who can’t handle the cold well are headed to the school on our new volcanic island. Onyxia has been using that area to teach Harry’s Black dragons to control their powers; it took a while but the island’s stable now. I suspect that most of the whelps are going to end up there going forward. Maybe in the years to come we can split the students in half, put half of them here and half in the annex and have them switch schools each semester. That might work, use the first term to teach them warming and cooling charms, then make them practice.

 

Aurogos turned his chair around to gaze out the window at the new and improved Hogsmeade. It’s strange to say, but burning to the ground was the best thing that ever happened to the town. It really looks like a magical city should, none of this ‘like the mundane but worse’ aesthetic they had before. Clean stone streets, alchemical gold gilding in the market, magical trees and canals everywhere, enough farms to feed ourselves twice over. His inner monologue was derailed when the door to his office opened and Naomi walked in carrying a stack of paperwork in one hand and her current rune project in the other. After she set down the forms, this week’s student petitions, on the edge of his desk she moved to one of the things he’d added to the Headmaster’s office, a comfortable work bench with everything you’d ever need to create a runic artifact. He watched Naomi work for a while, his mind drifting to all the fun they’d had, alone or with Sarah, in the bedroom. (And his office. And the Room of Requirement. And the expanded cube his Lord had created just for him, with the icy mountain slopes, slightly warmer pine forests, and a dozen cozy little caves with their own hot springs.) To be honest, the two teens had helped him immensely, helped dull the old hurts that ravaged him. He still wouldn’t piss on Malygos if that failure of an Aspect was on fire, but the anger he felt had dulled, it didn’t keep him awake at night anymore. Malygos was dead and unlamented, and his dragonsworn had helped him recover from his grief.

 

He was just getting back to plotting out Hogwarts’ budget for the next quarter when Sarah walked into his office and locked the room behind her. To Aurogos’ surprise she immediately stepped up to his desk and tapped her wand on the small statue of the four Hogwarts’ mascots that controlled the room’s privacy enchantments. Aurogos was immediately concerned, and he saw Naomi was concerned as well. In the months they’d been intimate together, both of his female dragonsworn had done something similar, but their body language and scent had been entirely different, oozing lust instead of stress and fear. This was something much more serious. With the room sealed, Sarah withdrew a shrunken trunk and an attached note. After so many letters and reports back and forth recognizing his Lord’s handwriting wasn’t difficult. Tearing the letter open, the poor drake nearly had a heart attack when he saw the first words were ‘I’m sorry...’

The rest of the letter continued. ‘...Aurogos. I should have found a better way, spared you the suffering you’ve gone through and have only begun to recover from. I was there in the Nexus, and I forced you to remember events as they happened the first time. I can only hope the results outweigh the price paid. -Harry’

Aurogos let the note slip through his fingers, gaping at the shrunken trunk. As he did, he felt some delicate enchantment, something affecting his mind, shatter like fragile glass. Immediately digging out the memories of the day he’d found his love and all their friends dead in the Nexus at the end of the Nexus War, the first thing he noticed struck him with the force of a warhammer. The Paladin mourning Keristrasza, the war prisoner I helped cremate, was Ron Fucking Weasley! There’s no way Harry ignored the Nexus War! As his mind flickered through finding his love and all their friends frozen to the floor, more red flags sprung up. The corpses weren’t real. Harry and his team tried, but the positions and poses were just a little bit off. That’s what the mind spell did! It made sure I never questioned what I was seeing! But why…

In both the physical world and in the privacy of his own mind, Aurogos winced. Damn. If there had been any change in my response at all I wouldn’t have come to Earth in the first place, causing a paradox. As soon as I burned those corpses I fled and started flying over the ocean; I never understood how that didn’t kill me. Harry did something, implanted a command for me to return to Senegos and safety. The drake relaxed at the thought. At the time, confronted with the loss of everyone and everything he loved, he’d started flying aimlessly, suicidally. If Harry hadn’t done that, hadn’t forced me to return to the only home I had on Azeroth, I would have kept flying until my body and magic failed and I fell into the ocean. He saved me. With that realization, he relaxed. No one liked learning they were the victim of a mind-control spell, but in this case his Lord hadn’t had any other recourse. Without Harry’s intervention his poorly-considered plan would have worked, and he would have fallen to his death when his wings gave out. Or worse, he would have drowned in the middle of the ocean, and no one would have ever known what happened to him.

 

As all those thoughts ran through his head, he realized that the expanded trunk on his desk could only contain one person, his first love. Glancing up at his two dragonsworn, his lovely, loyal, faithful companions who had done so much for him, given him so much, he swallowed slowly. He could tell that Sarah knew exactly what was inside the trunk, he could see the fear that he would neglect her and Naomi in her body language and scent. After a brief moment’s consideration, he spoke. “Naomi, Sarah, I am giving you both a new order. If at any time you feel neglected, I want you to let me know. Harry has rescued my first love, but I will not cast you aside for Valiance. If she forces me to choose between you and her… Well, I already gave you my word that I will never abandon you, no matter what.”

Before he knew it, both of his female dragonsworn were in his arms. Neither was crying, but both were taking comfort in his presence. Moments later, he returned the trunk to its normal size and returned to his true form, glad the first thing he’d done to improve the office was cast an expansion charm. As he helped Valiance, the golden-skinned high elf with brilliant blue eyes out of the trunk, he took in what she was wearing in the light of his office. I sense Alira’s hand in this; Valiance’s dress and jewelry match every color and shade of my scales.

 

Before he could say anything, Valiance had clamped to his neck like a limpet. Tears came as she started to babble, telling him how terrified she’d been during the war, how terrified she was of upsetting her supervisor, of being made into an example. But more than anything else, how terrified she’d been for him. How she’d been punished more than once for stealing the casualty reports, how she had seen so many drakes listed as killed and knew he could be next, or even already dead and one of the hundreds of deaths where the commanding wyrms hadn’t bothered to even record a name. Aurogos had been worried about how Valiance would get along with his other dragonsworn, but as she wept into his scales, letting go of the stress and horror of the war she’d lived through, Sarah and Naomi stepped in, bringing Valiance into a group hug. Aurogos smiled as he wrapped a wing around all three of them. His first love had been through hell and it had left a mark, but she was alive. She would heal in time, just as he had. She would never be alone, he swore it.

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Inside a heavily armored expanded cube onboard the Glamdring, Harry stepped back from the swirling mass of crimson and cobalt flames dancing in front of him, careful to keep his talons far away from the fire. Unlike Hadrion’s normal flames, these were completely out of his control. Harry couldn’t help but smirk as the flames consumed a cage of Dementors, the creatures screaming as they died. Along the floor, even through the thick layer of ice the foul creature’s presence had left behind, a riot of wildflowers bloomed. Yes. That will do. Now we just need to test it. 

 

Alexstrasza, keeping her distance from the consuming flames even in her natural form, spoke. “I would never have imagined anything like this. Do you really believe this flame will accomplish its task, Harry?”  

 

“We won’t know for certain until we test it.” He held out a claw, and after a moment a surge of white mist leapt from his talons and coalesced into a wispy drake before flying through the wall for the Glamdring’s bridge. 

 

The Dragonqueen, with her King a few paces behind, looked at the young Dragon Aspect. “And if this is the solution you’ve been seeking?”

 

“Then we are prepared.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Omake: The Plot Thickens

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.

 

Once again, the members of SG1 were gathered around a conference table with a representative from the Pentagon. This time, Colonel Jack O'Neil had collected the refreshments, which turned out to be soda and popcorn. As the last members trickled in, Dr. Daniel Jackson turned to his team. “If you give me a few minutes I can provide subtitles for the intercepted communications.”

 

By now, the entire team had watched the footage at least once, so the content was not a surprise. Dr. Samantha Carter replied, looking up from her own notes. “Go ahead if you want, but don’t worry about adding them to my copy of the footage. This ‘Common’ really is easy to pick up.”

 

To the surprise of the Pentagon’s representative, one member after another of the United State’s premiere exploration and first contact team chimed in, admitting that they could speak the language. All eyes turned to O'Neil when he told the group he’d learned it as well. “What? Like Carter said, it’s an easy language to pick up. I might not speak thirty languages like Dr. Jackson, but I’ve picked up a few things over the years.”

 

Teal’c, the team’s only alien member, spoke next. “Indeed. O’Neil speaks Goa'uld more fluently than many Jaffa I have known.”

With the greetings out of the way, the projector lit up. General Hammond, the base commander, was the only one who hadn’t seen the footage before, and he whistled as the alien’s salvaged battleship left the orbital dock over Mars. “I’ll have to thank the Tok’ra again the next time we contact them. The footage from their spy satellites is incredible.”

There was silence as the group watched the ship clear the planet’s gravity well while a long checklist ran through the open channel between the ship and the alien’s ground control. After the third time a proper noun was mentioned, Hammond spoke again. “Am I hearing things or is their ship’s name ‘Glamdring?’”

Teal’c replied, eyes on the ship as it performed a short-range hyperspace jump to the orbit of Pluto. “Indeed. Even without the continuous repairs and improvements, their warship truly deserves the name ‘Foe-Hammer.’”

The Pentagon official spoke up. “We caught that too. So we’re dealing with Goa'uld after all.”

Both Daniel and Jack snickered at that. When the two looked at each other, Jack gestured for Daniel to explain. “Actually, ‘Glamdring’ is Quenya for Foe-Hammer.” Seeing the blank looks from Sam, Hammond and the representative, he sighed and continued. “It’s a fictional language invented by J.R.R. Tolkien.” Still getting blank looks, he continued. “Famous author of The Lord of the Rings and the Hobbit? No? It’s a popular fantasy series.”

Teal’c chimed in. “Indeed. I have read these books many times while in quarantine.”

Hammond spoke next. “So, either these aliens have been enjoying our culture when they’re not working on terraforming Mars and Venus, or…”

The representative spoke up again, clearing his throat. “Actually, our intelligence department has identified one of the speakers on the recordings.”

Sam, the team’s scientist and only female member spoke up. “The one with the heavy English accent?”

Looking a little flustered, the representative continued. “Err, yes. Benjamin Cooper, age twenty-four, listed as a resident of Great Britain. There are no records of his schooling from eleven on, and any family members we talk to simply reply that he’s traveling for work. Any offers of employment have been firmly rebuffed.”

SG1 chuckled at that. Most of the communications intercepted by their new Tok’ra built spy satellites were mundane, day-to-day things. No one had managed to break the code or figure out what the Mars terraformers were actually requesting, ‘dragons,’ ‘magic wands,’ or ‘expanded cubes’ were obviously code for something. Daniel spoke up as the video paused. “That’s a good sign. From what we can tell, Cooper is the manager for all the terraforming they’re doing across the solar system. One of the sections I translated this week had Cooper pushing the construction of more habitats for the surface; whoever this ‘Lord’ that they’re following is, he wants enough room on the surface to accept human refugees within a year. It’s tricky to pick out aliens or humans through the recordings for the most part, but their lunar foundry is run by one of the obvious non-humans. The conversation between the foundry’s manager and Cooper was polite and respectful, even friendly. Cooper even offered to send the foundry a dozen live deer if they surpassed the current production schedule.”

Jack snorted. “ Twenty-four and already in charge of terraforming a solar system? Including those exploration missions on Jupiter’s moons? Somehow I don’t think whatever job offers you’re handing out are going to compare.” He paused to glance through his notes for a moment. “So we have confirmation that at least one of the species setting up camp in Sol are strictly carnivores?”

 

Daniel nodded. “Yes, we intercepted a transmission where a new arrival on their foundry attempted to requisition fruit, vegetables, or even a box of salad greens. Cooper ended up sending her a ‘garden kit’ so she could grow her own food during the next supply run to and from the foundry. But that’s just one species, there are at least seven different species confirmed now: ‘Draenei,’ Kaldorei, Naga, Tol’vir, Worgen, and Dryad. Most of that is from the foundry staff complaining about forging that sealed armor we see them use in space. Apparently adjusting it for wildly different physiologies is time-consuming.” Daniel leaned back and cleaned his glasses for a moment, lost in thought. “These transmissions are only a small part of the picture, there’s a lot of context we’re missing. Most of the more important information is either transferred by couriers using their personal teleportation devices or some kind of signal we can’t intercept yet.”

 

The table was quiet for a moment, the group considering the ramifications of so many different species working together. After a lengthy pause, the Pentagon’s representative spoke again. “With everything we’ve learned so far, what is your latest assessment?”

 

Dr. Jackson was quiet for a moment, staring at the Glamdring arriving in Pluto’s orbit before he spoke. “I think we need to be very careful about how we approach them. These people have been chased off of their worlds, depending on the translations of a few terms I can’t understand without more context, perhaps even out of their own reality. Despite the danger of exposing themselves, they are still popping into hospitals in the dead of night and healing large numbers of people, especially children. I believe that we can work alongside them, but if we push too hard or threaten them…”

Everyone present turned to the screen, now zoomed in to view the Glamdring’s obvious, varied, and plentiful weapons emplacements. “I suspect the only reason they have not made direct contact with us is their desire to negotiate from a position of strength.” Looking the representative in the eye, Dr. Jackson continued. “Strength, not hostility. If we provoke them, it could easily come to a war that we cannot afford, not with the Goa'uld threat hanging over us. So far these aliens have not committed one hostile act, aside from that incident where they desperately needed a transfusion kit.” Daniel paused, taking a deep breath before continuing. “One last observation: Up until the last few days, they have been very careful about not leaving Sol. Some of what I’ve translated suggests that they assume, but don’t know for certain, that there is a hostile interplanetary civilization in our galaxy, possibly due to their previous experiences.”

 

Jack spoke up. “They’ve been defensive. I don’t know where they picked up that hulking battleship, but given the amount of material they’ve been taking in and out, and the exterior repairs we’ve seen them make? Either it was a hunk of space junk they found or it saw them through a hell of a fight. That new ship, the crystal one, I don’t think it’s a warship. I don’t know what they’ve salvaged, but we can see them prepping armor plates and some gun emplacements for its new shell. I’d bet they’re going to rebuild the whole outer hull, whatever it’s made of now sure as hell doesn’t look practical.”

 

Sam spoke next, offering her insights. “Whatever they’re doing, they are being extremely cautious about that new ship. I’m not sure why, but they’re quarantining the crew and I suspect they’re doing a heavy decontamination. Probably stripping the interior down to almost nothing.” She bit her lip as she brought up a new image, a cluttered page of her own notes and calculations. “They retrieved something from inside and immediately took it away in their new multipurpose ship. Then two days later the Glamdring jumped away on a similar course, but there’s a problem: There’s nothing in the direction they jumped to. They could have made short jumps beyond our ability to detect and changed their heading, but as far as we can tell they haven’t detected the Tok’ra satellites.”

 

Jack spoke up next. “If I was dealing with something very hazardous, you know where I’d store it?”

 

Carter paused for a moment, thinking over her commanding officer’s words. “A random location in empty space, away from any star. Unless an object gave off a large energy signature, no one would ever find it.”

 

Daniel spoke up as the team gazed at a still photo of the alien’s ship. “I wonder what that object was. If they’re going to all this trouble, you’d think they could just throw it into a star and be done with it.”

 

.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.


A/N: Finally back to this fic. There’s only a few more chapters left, maybe 4-5. I’ve had various ideas for the battles to come bouncing around in my head for years now, so I hope they’re enjoyed. Recently I’ve been playing a bit of Skyrim (I’ve had the game forever, but never really got into it) so you can imagine the ‘absorbing dragon soul’ effect with Sirius. From here on out he’ll even be able to speak the dragon’s tongue.

 

Next update will probably be my adult fic ‘The Blood of Serpents,’ but my muse is restless. I’m also putting the final touches on chapter one of ‘Just Add Water,’ which is an entirely new long-ish fic I’m working on.

I read every review and they motivate me to keep writing! Let me know what you think of Elune’s backstory, I think it fits her and makes sense in the Warcraft universe. 





Series this work belongs to: